All - Orient Black Swan PriceList

<div>
<table cellspacing="0" rules="all" border="1" style="border-collapse:col

lapse;">
<tr>
<th scope="col">ISBN</th><th scope="col">HB/PB</th><th s
cope="col">Title</th><th scope="col">Author</th><th scope="col">Year</th><th sco
pe="col">Page Extent</th><th scope="col">Price (Rs.)</th><th scope="col">About t
he Book</th><th scope="col">About Author(s)</th><th scope="col">Territorial Righ
ts</th><th scope="col">Catalogue</th>
</tr><tr class="textmode">
<td>978-81-250-3862-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Historica
l Demography and Agrarian Regimes: Understanding Southern Indian Fertility, 18811
981</td><td>Ravindran Gopinath</td><td>2010</td><td>265</td><td>925.0000</td><td
>
This book, situated at the interface of history and demography, reconst
ructs demographic changes in southern India from 1881 to 1981. It measures and m
aps fertility changes keeping in mind the trends in the present, the concerns of
the past processes and trajectories, and the spaces within which changes have t
aken place. Population and fertility change is thus analysed beyond the narrow c
onfines of purely demographic variables with crucial emphasis on concrete histor
ical contexts. The work also provides, for the first time, data on mortality, fe
rtility and nuptiality, at the district level.
A pioneering study, it critically reviews the historiography on demogra
phy, in particular fertility change, and provides a detailed annual series of co
rrected population statistics for a full century. Applying conventional methodol
ogy to hitherto underutilised registration data, the author shows the dynamic tr
ends in demographic change and their links to the larger changes in the politica
l and economic spheres. Further, he identifies key determinants of fertility by
analysing the interconnections between different demographic variables.</p&gt
;
For the first time since Kingsley Davis seminal work on the historical d
emography of the subcontinent, The Population of India and Pa
kistan (1952), this study comes as an invaluable reference f
or students and scholars of history, demography and population studies.</p&gt
;
</td><td>
Ravindran Gopinath is currently P
rofessor at the Department of History and Culture, Jamia Millia Islamia, New Del
hi. He does research on Indian economic history with a focus on southern India.&
lt;br />

</td><td>World</td><td>Agriculture</td>
<td>978-81-250-4558-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Feeding
the Forgotten Poor: Perspectives of an Agriculturist</td><td>William Dollente Da
r with Arun Tiwari</td><td>2012</td><td>144</td><td>475.0000</td><td>Bo
osting food security and ensuring the small cultivators proper access to and a f
air deal in the market have been the key areas of William Dars work as scientist
, policymaker and administrator. The author, a farmers son, says he chose to read
agronomy at university because the science that explains the sprouting of seeds
and growing of crops was almost hard-wired in me.
Feeding the Forgotten Poor i
s an autobiography in which personal reminiscences serve as a vehicle for voici
ng concern for the disprivileged. It takes up large issues and draws attention
to orphan crops and hidden hunger. Noting that more than one billion of the worlds s
even billion people go hungry or are malnourished, the book critically examines
the political, economic and environmental issues to which contemporary agricul
ture is closely tiedtariffs and farm subsidies, water pollution, biofuels, the p
rospects and problems of genetically modified organisms, the growing backlash a
gainst mechanised agriculture and increasing support for sustainable practices.


Envisioning the scenario in the year 2050, when the global population is proj
ected to cross the nine million mark, Dar draws the important general conclusio
n that viable solutions are not just about technology and sciencethey require a
change in mindsets, sound policy and adroit handling of institutions.
</td><td>William Dollente Dar is the first Asian and
Filipino Director General of the International Crops Research Institute for th
e Semi-Arid Tropics (ICRISAT). 
Arun Tiwari is the CEO of Indo-US Healthcare Pvt. L
td., and also teaches in the School of Management Sciences at the University of
Hyderabad. </td><td>World</td><td>Agriculture</td>
<td>978-81-250-5503-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Environme
ntal Jurisprudence and the Supreme Court: Litigation, Interpretation, Implementa
tion</td><td>Geetanjoy Sahu</td><td>2014</td><td>344</td><td>750.0000</td><td>&l
t;p>Since the 1980s, the Supreme Court of India has intervened regularly and
actively in cases involving environmental issues, calling both state and private
agencies to task on environmentally destructive actions and policies and assert
ing itself in the implementation of its judgments. It has thus earned itself a w
idespread and formidable reputation as a green court. But how green is it really and
what does it even mean to be green in an Indian context?

Environmental Jurisprudence and the Supreme Court sheds lig
ht on these questions by offering the first comprehensive empirical analysis of
cases pertaining to environmental litigation that appeared before the Supreme Co
urt between 1980 and 2010. This analysis, supplemented by interviews with judges
, lawyers and petitioners in environmental litigations, reveals that there is no
single stance or attitude governing the Supreme Courts approach to environmental
issues. Rather, the Court has reacted differently in different cases, sometimes
in ways that seem contradictory to its own precedents.&l
t;span>
The current volume examines a range of judicial attitudes, concerns, pr
essures and trends with respect to environmental jurisprudence. It emphasises th
at environmental litigation and activism in India cannot ever be studied or prac
tised in isolation but must rather be concerned in tandem with the twin (and som
etimes rival) concerns of development and social justice. It also contextualises
the Supreme Courts decisions within the wider framework of environmental discour
se in India, which itself assumes a variety of radically different forms. These
range from the so called environmentalism of the poor, which privileges peoples tra
ditional use and stewardship of natural resources to the more rarefied environme
ntalism of the middle class, which jettisons concerns of social welfare and deve
lopment to focus on the intrinsic value of nature.
</td><td><div> </d
iv>Geetanjoy Sahu is Assistant Professor at the School of
Habitat Studies, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai.<div> <div> </div></td><td>World</td><td>Agricult
ure</td>
<td>978-81-250-5855-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Science,
Technology and Development in India: Encountering Values </td><td>Rajeswari S. R
aina</td><td>2015</td><td>312</td><td>750.0000</td><td>There are multip
le development problems in India that demand S&T solutions. Sound scienc
e is crucial for development policy formulation. Though many debates on technolo
gies and development outcomes assume they are value-neutral, the S&T and
development policy realms and the dynamic historically-conditioned interface be
tween them are value-laden and normative. This book argues that to ensure ethica
l development outcomes, it is important to acknowledge these values and enable p

ublic engagement and dialogues to get them right. The essays in this volumeorgani
sed into four sections based on the values that inform the relationship between
S&T and development policydiscuss and analyse how these values and norms
govern Indias S&T and development choices
</td><td>Rajeswari S. Raina is Principal S
cientist, National Institute of Science, Technology and Development Studies, New
Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Agriculture</td>
<td>978-81-87358-07-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>WTO Agree
ment and Indian Agriculture</td><td>Anwarul Hoda(Ed.)</td><td>2002</td><td>235</
td><td>660.0000</td><td><stron
g>In INDIA, the WTO Agreement has
been dogged by controversy from the very beginning.
This volume attempts to
capture this ongoing debate. An interesting feature of this book is that it is
interactive. Nine papers on the subject have been interspersed with arguments an
d counterarguments on them to flesh out the various strands in the controversy m
aking it comprehensible to the interested reader while placing a wealth of data
before the expert.</td><td><div> &
lt;/div>Anwarul Hoda, former Deputy Director-General in th
e WTO, and Professor, the Indian Council for Research in International Economic
Relations (ICRIER), New Delhi.<div> </div><div> </div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Agriculture</td>
<td>978-81-87358-15-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Lived Isl
am in South Asia: Adaptation, Accommodation and Conflict</td><td>Imtiaz Ahmad an
d Helmut Reifeld (Eds.)</td><td>2004</td><td>334</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Lived Islam in South Asia
: Adaptation, Accommodation and Conflict is an extremely timely a
nd important publication. Fourteen interesting papers, based on intensive fieldw
ork in Nepal, Sri Lanka, Pakistan and India, explore a highly controversial subj
ect. They touch on the everyday religious lives of the Muslims in these countrie
s.
The book argues that Islam cannot be understood through the works of theol
ogians alone, for whom it is a formal, uniform and rigid system of beliefs and p
ractices. Popular Islam, or Islam as it is practised by millions of Muslims in S
outh Asia, has an empirical validity and is a dynamic process of adjustment and
accommodation as well as conflict with other religions, with which it coexists.
</td><td>Imtiaz Ahmad is former professor of Politi
cal Sociology at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. <div>&lt
;br /></div><div>Helmut Reifeld is India repre
sentative of Konrad Adenauer Foundation, New Delhi.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT
,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-87358-24-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Good Women
do not inherit Land: Politics of Land and Gender in India</td><td>Nitya Rao</td>
<td>2009</td><td>368</td><td>795.0000</td><td>GOOD WOMEN should not claim a share in
the inheritance, even if they have no brothers. Notions such as this have, in thei
r own way and over time, given the women in the Santal Parganas the resolve to w
rest what is rightfully theirs.
This is a powerful book in the way in which i
t unfolds the lives and anxieties of Santal women in the two villages of Dumka d
istrict, Jharkhand. From the very beginning, adivasi women come alive through se
parate life histories. They span different situations and social patterns but al
l of them relate to rights in landed property, and their own troubled identities
in the backdrop of harsh living conditions, social discrimination and lack of s
tate support. Land for the Santal women is not a mere economic resource. It stan
ds for security, social position and identity, and in this men have a distinct a
dvantage. Soon after, writing in a personal vein, the author unfolds how these a
nxieties of the Santal women resonate her own.

The author traces the relationshi
p between Santals and their land from historic times to the modern era when they
have access to both the modern legal system and their own customary laws. She a
lso examines the role of external agencies in this struggle government administr
ative bodies, non-governmental organizations and political leaders. As modern in
fluences crowd out traditional mores the author asserts that development is not
always a benign process of social advancement but a highly political struggle fo
r re-negotiating power relations between men and women, and among social groups.
The use of a community identity as adivasis has also been responsible for denying
women rights to land in the context of the movement for political autonomy of J
harkhand.
Based on rich ethnographic material, this sensitive book lays bare
the reality of being an adivasi and an adivasi woman, in all its nuances, in the
modern globalized world.
</td><td>Nitya Rao is Senior Lecturer, School of Development
Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, UK.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</t
d><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-87358-29-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Delhi: A
ncient History</td><td>Upinder Singh (Ed.)</td><td>2007</td><td>250</td><td>220.
0000</td><td>NOT MANY people know
that the busy and bustling capital city of Delhi a
nd its surroundings have a long past, going back thousands of years. Prehistoric
stone tools have surfaced here and many ancient remains have been found, someti
mes accidentally by farmers tilling their fields, and at other times by archaeol
ogists carrying out systematic excavations. A mound one passes everyday or a nar
row strip of stream tells a story of ancient times. Centuries of history coexist
with metro stations and plush cars.
The readings in this book give us glimps
es of the lives of people who lived in the Delhi area over the centuries, and ho
w these details have been pieced together by historians. It brings into focus th
e importance of the historians method and the sources of information found in anc
ient texts, archaeology and even legends and folklore, sometimes hanging on the
thread of a slender historical fact.
The editor of the volume, points to the
urgency of further exploration and documentation to fill in the still all-too-m
eagre details of Delhis ancient history. However, she ends on a note of caution,
bordering on alarm, when she points out that invaluable evidence of the citys pas
t is being extensively destroyed due to quarrying and the construction of new ro
ads and buildings. Such activities are an integral part of the modernization of
a living city but the balance between modernization and the preservation of anci
ent remains is indeed very fragile and needs to be maintained from an informed a
nd realistic perspective.
This collection of essays has been put together by
a teacher for students of history, but will also be of enormous value to a large
number of other interested readers. </td><td>Upinder Singh &
lt;/b>teaches ancient Indian history at the University of Delhi.</td><td>IN,N
P,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-87358-35-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Sunda
rbans: Folk Deities, Monsters and Mortals</td><td>Sutapa Chatterjee Sarkar</td><
td>2010</td><td>212</td><td>550.0000</td><td>The lower deltaic Bengal, the Sundarbans</strong&gt
; has always had a life of its own, unique in its distinctive natural aspect and
social development. Geographical and ecological evidence indicates that most of
the area used to be once covered with dense, impenetrable jungle even as patche
s of cultivation sprang intermittently into life and then disappeared. A continu
ous struggle ensued between man and nature, as portrayed in the punthi literatur
e that thrived in lower deltaic Bengal between the seventeenth and nineteenth ce
nturies. The constructi
on of a permanent railroad connecting Calcutta to Canning further facilitated th
e influx of new ideas and these, subsequently, found expression in the spreading
of co-operative movements, formation of peasant organizations, and finally culm
inated in open rebellion by the peasants (Tebhaga Movement). The struggle betwee
n men and the dangerous forests was therefore overshadowed by the conflict among
men.
This book will be of great interest to students of history, sociology,
anthropology and economic geography.</td><td>Sutapa Chatterje
e Sarkar is Reader, Department of History, West Bengal State Universit
y.</td><td>IN,NP,PK,LK,MV,BD,BT</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-87358-39-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Rebuildin
g Buddhism</td><td>Sarah Le Vine and David N. Gellner</td><td>2009</td><td>396</
td><td>795.0000</td><td>Rebuilding Buddhism</strong&g
t; describes in evocative detail the experiences and achievements of Nepalis wh
o have adopted Theravada Buddhism. This form of Buddhism was introduced into Ne
pal from Burma and Sri Lanka in the 1930s and its adherents have struggled for r
ecognition and acceptance ever since. With its focus on the austere figure of t
he monk and the biography of the historical Buddha, and more recently wit
h its emphasis on individualizing meditation and on gender equality, Theravada
Buddhism contrasts sharply with the highly ritualized Tantric Buddhism traditi
onally practiced in the Kathmandu Valley. Based on extens
ive fieldwork, interviews, and historical reconstruction, the book provides a r
ich portrait of the different ways of being a Nepali Buddhist over the past sev
enty years. At the same time it explores the impact of the Theravada movement a
nd what its gradual success has meant for Buddhism, for society, and for men an
d women in Nepal.</td><td>Sarah Le Vine</str
ong> is Associate in Sanskrit and Indian Studies, Harvard University. She is
also the author of Mothers & Wives: Gusii Women of East Afri
ca (University of Chicago Press, 1979), Dolor Y Alegria: Wo
men and Social Change in Urban Mexico (University of Wisconsin Press
, 1993), and The Saint of Kathmandu: Tales of the
Sacred in Distant Lands (Beacon Press, 2008). 
David N. Gellner is Professor of Social Anthropo
logy and Fellow of All Souls, University of Oxford. Among his other books are &l
t;em>Resistance and the State: Nepalese Experiences (Social Science Press, 2003), The Anthropology of Buddhism an
d Hinduism: Weberian Themes (OUP,2001), <em&
gt;Contested Hierarchies: A Collaborative Ethnography of Ca
ste among the Newars of the Kathmandu Valley, Nepal (OUP, 1995), and
Monk, Householder and Tantric Priest: Newar Buddhism and its Hierarc
hy of  Ritual (Cambridge University Press, 1992).<
/td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MM,LK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-7824-373-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Blac
k Hole of Empire: History of a Global Practice of Power</td><td>Partha Chatterje
e</td><td>2013</td><td>440</td><td>595.0000</td><td>When Siraj, the ruler of Bengal, overran the British settleme
nt of Calcutta in 1756, he allegedly jailed 146 European prisoners overnight in
a cramped prison. Of the group, 123 died of suffocation. While this episode was
never independently confirmed, the story of the black hole of Calcutta was widely
circulated and seen by the British public as an atrocity committed by savage col
onial subjects. 
The Black
Hole of Empire follows the ever-changing representati
ons of this historical event and founding myth of the British Empire in India, f
rom the eighteenth century to the present. Partha Chatterjee explores how a supp
osed tragedy paved the ideological foundations for the civilizing force of British
imperial rule and territorial control in India. 
Chatterjee takes a close look at
the justifications of modern empire by liberal thinkers, international lawyers,
and conservative traditionalists, and examines the intellectual and political re
sponses of the colonized, including those of Bengali nationalists. The two sides
of empire''s entwined history are brought together in the story of the
Black Hole memorial: set
up in Calcutta in 1760, demolished in 1821, restored by Lord Curzon in 1902, an
d removed in 1940 to a neglected churchyard. 

Challenging conventional truisms
of imperial history, nationalist scholarship, and liberal visions of globalizati
on, Chatterjee argues that empire is a necessary and continuing part of the hist
ory of the modern state. </td><td>Partha Chatterjee
 is professor of anthropology and of Middle Eastern, South Asian, and
African Studies at Columbia University; and honorary professor at the Centre for
Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta. His books include The Politics
of the Governed and Lineages of Political Society</em&gt
;. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</t
d>
<td>978-81-87358-46-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Nature, C
ulture and Religion at the Crossroads of Asia</td><td>Marie Lecomte-Tilouine (Ed
.)</td><td>2010</td><td>388</td><td>750.0000</td><td><stro
ng>Nature, Culture and Religion at the Crossroads of Asia&lt
;/em> explores how ethnic groups living in the Himalayan regions understand
nature and culture. The first part addresses the opposition between nature and
culture in Asias major religious traditions such as Hinduism, Buddhism, Islam
and Shamanism. The second part brings together specialists of different repre
sentative groups living in the heterogeneous Himalayan region. They examine ho
w these indigenous groups perceive their world. This includes understanding th
eir mythic past, in particular, the place of animals and spirits in the world of
humans as they see it and the role of ritual in the everyday lives of these p
eople. The book takes into account how these various perceptions of the Himala
yan peoples are shaped by a globalized world. The volume thus provides new way
s of viewing the relationship between humans and their environment.</t
d><td>Marie Lecomte-Tilouine is Senior
Researcher in Social Anthropology at CNRS, France, and teaches at the Institut
National des Langues Orientales, Paris. She has recently published <em&gt
;Hindu Kingship, Ethnic Revival and Maoist Rebellion in Nepal (Collected Essays
), Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2009.</td><td>IN,NP,
BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-87358-48-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Reflectio
ns on Cambridge</td><td>Alan Macfarlane</td><td>2009</td><td>243</td><td>450.000
0</td><td>The traditions and creativity of Cambridge University have
survived 800 years. In celebration, this first-ever combined historical and an
thropological account explores the culture, the customs, the colleges and the po
litics of this famous institution. As Professor there for nearly forty years
, the author sets forth on a personal yet dispassionate attempt to understand
how this ancient university developed and changed, and how it continues to influ
ence those who pass through it. This book delves into the history and architect
ure as well as the charm and the ghosts of Cambridge presenting a valuable res
ource for anyone who studies, teaches, visits, or is intrigued by this great int
ellectual centre.</td><td>Alan Macfarlane</strong&g
t; is Professor of Anthropological Science, University of Cambridge, and Life
Fellow, King’s College Cambridge. In 1986 he was elected a Fellow of
the British Academy. He was born in Assam, India, and his work covers Britain,
India, China and Japan . Throughout his distinguished career, Alan Macfarlane
has published widely in history and anthropology. His publications include &lt
;em><A href="http://www.alanmacfarlane.com/witchcraft/book.html&quot
; target="_blank">Witchcraft in Tudor and Stuart England</A&gt
; (1970,1999) Routledge, London; Resources and P
opulation (1976) CUP; <A href="http://www.alanmacfarlane.com/F
ILES/individualism.html" target="_blank">The Origins of Engl
ish Individualism</A> (1978) Blackwell, Oxford; &lt
;A href="http://www.alanmacfarlane.com/FILES/guide.html" target="
_blank">A Guide to English Historical Records</A> (19
83) CUP ; <A href="http://www.alanmacfarlane.com/FILES/cultur
e.html" target="_blank">The Culture of Capitalism</A>&

lt;/em> (1987) Blackwell, Oxford; <A href="http://www.alan
macfarlane.com/savage/book.html" target="_blank">The Savage Wa
rs of Peace</A> (1997) Blackwell, Oxford; <A hr
ef="http://www.alanmacfarlane.com/tea/book.html" target="_blank&q
uot;>Green Gold: The Empire of Tea</A> (2003) (with Iris M
acfarlane) Ebury Press, London.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Anthropol
ogy / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-87358-51-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Religiou
s Division and Social Conflict: The Emergence of Hindu Nationalism in Rural Indi
a</td><td>Peggy Froerer</td><td>2010</td><td>316</td><td>295.0000</td><td><p&
gt;Religious Division and Social Conflict: The Emergen
ce of Hindu Nationalism in Rural India is an ethnogr
aphic account of the emergence of Hindu nationalism in a tribal (adi
vasi) community in Chhattisgarh, central India. It is argued that
the successful spread of Hindu nationalism in this area is due to the involve
ment of the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS), a militant Hindu nationalist or
ganization, in local affairs. While active engagement in 'civilizing'
strategies has enabled the RSS to legitimize its presence and endear itself to
the local community, the book argues that participation in more aggressive st
rategies has made it possible for this organization to fuel and attach local t
ensions to a broader Hindu nationalist agenda. 
The book further argues that while the RSS is the active agent in thi
s process, its specific impact is a function of its relation of opposition to
the Church. The influence of the latter, which was well established in the are
a, has recently been challenged by the RSS. In order to protect and strengthen
their respective positions of dominance, both institutions have been instrume
ntal in dividing the local population. This division has often been expressed
in conflict over land, healthcare and political leadership. 
The book engages with themes such as religion, land relations, liquor
disputes, health care, and political leadership.
</td><td>Peggy Froerer is Lecturer in Anthropology,
School of Social Sciences, Brunel University, UK.</td><td>IN,NP,PK,BD,BT,LK,MV<
/td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-87358-52-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Rebels fr
om the Mud Houses: Dalits and the Making of the Maoist Revolution in Bihar</td><
td>George J. Kunnath</td><td>2012</td><td>265</td><td>625.0000</td><td>
Dalits participate in the Maoist Movement in a variety of ways as party cadres,
guerrilla fighters, loyal suppliers of food and shelter, and as both active an
d passive members of a host of revolutionary mass organizations.
Why did the Dalits of the Magadh region of South Bihar and, in particu
lar, the district of Jehanabad, infamously termed the killing fields join the Mao
ist Movement? Were they trapped between two fires the revolutionary and counterrevolutionary violence? Did all Dalit castes support the Maoists or was there a
ny particular Dalit caste at the forefront of the struggle? What did they achie
ve through the Maoist Movement? What reasons do they give for their current sta
te of demobilization? Rebels from the Mud Houses: Dalits
and the Making of the Maoist Revolution in Bihar exa
mines Dalit mobilization and the transformation of rural power relations in the
context of intense agrarian violence involving Maoist guerrillas and upper ca
ste militias backed by state forces in Bihar in the 1980s. The book investigate
s why thousands of Dalits took up arms and participated in the Maoist Movement.
It explores the dynamic nature of Dalit response which involved a movement fro
m relative quiescence to mobilization and armed resistance, and eventually, to
demobilization and alternative assertions based on caste identities.
Rebels from the Mud Houses</e
m> highlights the specificities of Dalit participation in the Maoist Movemen
t and develops an anthropology of the Maoist Revolution in India.</td
><td>George J. Kunnath is Research Fello

w at Anthropology Department, Goldsmiths College, University of London. His res
earch interests include Marxist and Maoist guerrilla movements, caste and class
relations, Dalit and Adivasi identity politics, development-conflict nexus, vi
olence and research ethics. </td><td>World</td><td>Anthropolo
gy / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-87358-58-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Education
, Unemployment and Masculinities in India</td><td>Craig Jeffrey, Patricia Jeffer
y and Roger Jeffery</td><td>2010</td><td>256</td><td>695.0000</td><td>"...[T]hrough close et
hnographic work, the authors throw new light on larger debates about developme
nt, education and employment in India, and raise important issues and question
s that demand further exploration and debate by sociologists and policymakers
alike." 
<em&
gt;Economic & Political Weekly
"The focus on
masculinity, education, modernity, and social status among rural young men in
northern India highlights the problems with education in India. The authors ex
plore the mindset of those for whom rural education is a system that often fai
ls, demonstrating a volatile mix of disenfranchisement on the one hand and under
employment on the other." 
gt;Susan S. Wadley, Syracuse University
"The book is
important for both academics and policy makers: 'we question accounts of
education as an unproblematic social good within development academia'. Not
quite the condemnation of education as causing the problem, but a warning that
education on its own will not achieve its goals, and that with some people in
some contexts, it can have its 'dark side'." 
gt;Alan Rogers, University of East Anglia
Education, Unemploy
ment and Masculinities in India re-evaluates debates on education,
modernity, and social change in contemporary development studies and anthropol
ogy. Education is widely imputed with the capacity to transform the prospects
of the poor. But in the context of widespread unemployment in rural north Indi
a, it is better understood as a contradictory resource, providing marginalized
youth with certain freedoms but also drawing them more tightly into systems o
f inequality.
The book advances t
his argument through detailed case studies of educated but unemployed or under
employed young men in rural western Uttar Pradesh. This book draws on fourteen
months' ethnographic research with young men from middle caste Hindu, Mus
lim, and ex-Untouchable backgrounds. In addition to offering a new perspective
on how education affects the rural poor in South Asia, 
Education, Unemployment and Masculinities in India inc
ludes in-depth reflection on the politics of modernity, changing rural masculi
nities, and caste and communal politics.</td><td><STRONG&g
t;Craig Jeffrey is Associate Professor in Geography and Interna
tional Studies at the University of Washington. He has published widely, inclu
ding papers in World Development, Modern Asian Studies, Annals of the Associat
ion of American Geographers and Development and Change. &l
t;STRONG>Patricia Jeffery is Professor of Sociology at the U
niversity of Edinburgh, Scotland. Her recent books include (with Roger Jeffery
) Dont Marry Me to a Plowman: Womens Everyday Lives in Rural North India (Westvi
ew Press and Vistaar, 1996). Roger Jeffery&l
t;/STRONG> is Professor of Sociology of South Asia at the University of Edi
nburgh, Scotland. His recent books include (with Patricia Jeffery) Population,
Gender and Politics:Demographic Change in Rural North India (Cambridge Univer

sity Press, 1997).</td><td>IN</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-87358-59-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Unruly Hi
lls: Nature and Nation in Indias Northeast</td><td>Bengt G. Karlsson</td><td>2011
</td><td>350</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Unruly Hills</st
rong> examines the intersection of environmental and ethnic politics in the I
ndian state of Meghalaya. Based on extensive fieldwork, the author traces the en
tanglements of forest management, mining and territorial conflicts with local de
mands for indigenous sovereignty and rebellious aspirations for ethnic homelands
. Massive extractions of limestone; controversies over uranium deposits; and the
Supreme Court ban on logging apply to the cases specifically explored. </p&g
t;
The book will be of interest to students of anthropology, political eco
logy and environmental history as well as to those concerned with development an
d the rights of indigenous peoples.</td><td>Ben
gt G. Karlsson is Associate Professor in Social Anthropology
at Stockholm University. His main research interests concern the politics of
nature and identity, especially in relation to indigenous peoples movements in
India. He is author of Contested Belonging: An Indigenous Peoples Strugg
le for Forest and Identity in Sub-Himalayan Bengal (2000) and co-editor of Ind
igeneity in India (2006) with T.B. Subba.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,
PK</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-923046-0-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Tulsi
and the Cross: Anthropology and the Colonial Encounter in Goa</td><td>Rosa Mari
a Perez</td><td>2012</td><td>208</td><td>650.0000</td><td>The book is the outcome of the authors long-term fieldw
ork in Goa and seeks to bridge the gaps in the anthropological research in this
state of India. The existing research, essentially historical, tends to consid
er Goa as Catholic, Portuguese-speaking and framed by Portuguese cultural refer
ences. The author offers an ethnographic approach to the understanding of the c
olonial encounter and of colonialism. Her ethnographical research shows that Go
a is, and was, dominantly Hindu and the perception of Goan society as essential
ly fragmented is a colonial imposition. The author takes into account indigenou
s views, with special focus on a group of devadasis of a H
indu temple. Through them the author aims to dismantle both the stereotypes sta
ged by Portuguese colonialism and an essentialist and Eurocentric view of the c
aste system in India.</td><td>Rosa Maria Perez is Professor of Anthropology at ISC
TE-Lisbon University Institute. Over the past ten years she has been a regular
Visiting Professor at Brown
University, USA. Among her recent books in Engli
sh are Kings and Untouchables: A Study of the Caste System in Western
India (Delhi 2004) and Mirrors of the Empire: Towards a
Debate on Portuguese Colonialism and Postcolonialism (Lisbon, 2002).&
lt;/p></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-923046-1-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Night of
the Gods: Durga Puja and the Legitimation of Power in Rural Bengal</td><td>Ralph
W. Nicholas</td><td>2013</td><td>240</td><td>675.0000</td><td><stro
ng>Durga Puja is the most visible annual event in West Bengal
. This ethnographic account shows that Durga Puja in the countryside was a very
different event from the modern version of the puja, one t
hat symbolized legitimacy and counterposed generous redistribution against the
ruthless collection of revenues. The offerings and sacrifices that were integra
l to the traditional pujas provided communion for the landh
olding families as well as their dependents in the community. 
Among the many features of the puja that are pec
uliar to Bengal is the notion that autumn is the night of the gods when worship
is untimely, that spring is the proper time for the observance.</td><td
>Ralph Nicholas is Emeritus Professor of Anthropol

ogy and the Social Sciences at the University of Chicago.</td><td>World</td><td>
Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-923046-2-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>When Marr
iages Go Astray: Choices Made, Choices Challenged</td><td>Lina Fruzzetti</td><td
>2013</td><td>200</td><td>650.0000</td><td>When Marriages Go Astray: Choices Made, Choic
es Challenged is an account of inter-caste and interreligious marriages and presents detailed case studies from Bishnupur, a town i
n West Bengal. In this study Lina Fruzzetti looks into a rarely studied aspect
of female agency in India: how can we understand societys concern with marriages
deemed to have gone astray? How do women cope with their families rejection of
their choices? 
This work addresses womens dilemm
a in selecting ones marriage partner in a society still bound by the tradition o
f arranging marriages for their children. Fruzzetti analyzes the discourse of h
ow these young women set about negotiating new boundaries by denying their impo
sed ideal as custodians and preservers of tradition. Instead of acquiescing to r
ules and cultural obligations, they decide to navigate the confines of culture
and their decision often sets them against kinship, family, or even ones faith,
notably in cases requiring conversion to a new religion. These women realize th
at in asserting their freedom to choose they face conflict with the expectations
of their upbringing and pose challenges of acceptability to their families, soc
iety, caste, and occasionally religious communities.
</td><td>Lina Fruzzetti is the Royce Family Professo
r in Teaching Excellence and Professor of Anthropology at Brown University. </td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-923046-3-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Thirteen
Festivals: A Ritual Year in Bengal</td><td>Ralph W. Nicholas</td><td>2016</td><t
d>262</td><td>750.0000</td><td>
An expression common among Bengali Hindus says baro mase, te
ro parban, in twelve months there are thirteen festivals. While each o
f these occasions is built around the worship of a particular god or goddess, t
hey are also performances where setting, attire, ornamentation, recitation, mus
ic, and sometimes theater are brought together. Thirteen dramatically understat
es the number of such occasions around the year. Previous books in this series
have described and analyzed the axial rituals in the annual cycle in the villag
e of Kelomal, Purba Medinipur, West Bengal. These are the famous Sanskritic Dur
ga Puja, the high point of the autumn in Bengal, and the less well known verna
cular spring ritual of Gajan, devoted to Siva.   
The present work deals with the great variety of rituals that take place duri
ng the remainder of the year, including worship of Sitala, goddess of disease a
nd mother of the village; Manasa, goddess of snakes; Laksmi, embodiment of pros
perity dwelling in the rice crop; Krsna, who offers the possibility of liberati
on; Satya Narayana, who has a Muslim personality as Satya Pir; and the goddesse
s worshiped by women within the house: Sasthi, goddess of children; the auspici
ous Mangal Candi; and Bipattarini, who saves people from danger.
</td><td>Ralph W. Nicholas is the William R
ainey Harper Professor Emeritus at the University of Chicago.</td><td>
World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-93-83166-08-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Shades of
Difference : Selected Writings of Rabindranath Tagore</td><td>Radha Chakravarty
(Ed.)</td><td>2015</td><td>312</td><td>850.0000</td><td>This unusual c
ollection brings together Rabindranath Tagore's writings on forms of differ
ence based on gender, caste, class, nation, community, religion, language, art,
literature, philosophy, social custom and political belief. Via new translati
ons, along with Tagore's own writings, lectures and conversations in Englis
h, this illustrated anthology presents his complex, dynamic approach to commonl

y perceived dualities -- such as life/death, nature/culture, male/female, tradi
tion/modernity, East/West, local/universal, urban/rural etc. -- to highlight hi
s humanistic vision and its significance for us today.
The accompanying Audio Visual material, Tagore & His
World, provides a broader context for Tagores evolution as a thinker
and artist, offering glimpses of his life, travels, educational vision and crea
tive experiments in the visual and performing arts. Through a range of contempo
rary adaptations from diverse sources and in different languages, it marks how
Tagores spirit lives on today, his legacy undiminished, for the world at large.
</td><td>Radha Chakravarty is a
writer, critic and translator. She has co-edited The Essential Tagore, nominat
ed Book of the Year 2011. She is the author of Feminism and Contemporary Women
Writers and Novelist Tagore: Gender and Modernity in Selected Texts. She has tr
anslated some of Tagores important works, as well as the writings of several maj
or Bengali writers from India and Bangladesh. She has also edited and co-edited
a number of anthologies of South Asian literature. She was nominated for the
Crossword Translation Award, 2004. She is Professor of Comparative Literature a
nd Translation Studies, Ambedkar University, Delhi.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,B
D,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-93-83166-10-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Shades o
f Difference: Selected Writings of Rabindranath Tagore</td><td>Radha Chakravarty
(Ed.)</td><td>2016</td><td>312</td><td>650.0000</td><td>
This unusual collection brings together Tagores writings on forms of di
fference based on gender, caste, class, nation, community, religion, social cus
toms and political beliefs. Via new translations, along with Tagores own writing
s, lectures and conversations, this illustrated anthology presents his complex,
dynamic approach to commonly perceived dualities like life/ death, nature/ cul
ture, tradition/ modernity, East/ West, local/ universal etc.- to highlight his
humanistic vision and its significance for us today. 
The accompanying Audio Visual Material, Tagore & His World, provides a
broader context for Tagores evolution as a thinker and artist, offering glimpse
s of his life, travels, educational vision and creative experiments in the visu
al and performing arts.

</td><td>
Radha Chakravarty is a writer, critic and translato
r. She has co-edited The Essential Tagore, nominated the  New Statesma
n Book of the Year 2011. She is the author of Feminism and Contemporary Women
Writers and Novelist Tagore: Gender and Modernity in Selected Texts. 
She  was nominated for the Crossword Translation Award, 2004.
She is Professor of Comparative Literature & Translation Studies at Am
bedkar University, Delhi.
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-93-83166-15-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Gitanjali
Reborn: William Radices Writings on Rabindranath Tagore</td><td>Martin Käm
pchen (Ed)</td><td>2016</td><td>258</td><td>850.0000</td><td>
After his path-breaking translation of Tagores poems in 1985, Radice ev
olved into an ambassador of  the poet in the Western world. He also tr
anslated Tagores short stories and brief poems, and finally translated Gitanjali
afresh, restoring Tagores original English manuscript. W.B. Yeats had, in his a
ttempt to edit them, seriously tampered with many Gitanjali poems. 
From 2011 to 2013, when the poets 150th birth anniversary was celebrated, Radi
ce went from city to city in Asia, Europe and North America to advocate Rabindr
anaths importance as a poet and what he means to him.</strong&g
t; 
Radice, himself a recognised poet and an erudite scholar, delved into the deepe
r meaning of Tagores poems and songs, gauged his emotions and hidden thoughts an
d discussed his ideas on education and the environment with an insight probably
no other Westerner has. This book presents a comprehensive collection of lectu
res and essays Radice wrote during those festival years.
</td><td>
Martin Kämpchen was born in 1948 in
Boppard (Germany). He studied a year each in the USA and in Paris; his Ph.D. in
German Literatuire is from Vienna. He taught German at the Ramakrishna Mission
Institute of Culture, Kolkata. Returning to University, he did an M.A. in Madr
as (Chennai) and a Ph.D. in Comparative Religion from Visva-Bharati, Santiniket
an. He has translated the Sri Ramakrishna Kathamrita and Ta
gores poetry from Bengali to German. He has authored the only German Tagore&
nbsp; biography and written several books on Tagores relationship with Germany
in English and German. 
Kämpchen is involved in the development work
of two tribal villages around Santiniketan since 25 years. He has received, am
ong others, the Rabindra Puruskar of the West Bengal gover
nment, the Bundesverdienstkreuz (Order of Merit) of the German government, and
the Merck Tagore Award of the Merck Company and the Goethe Institut India.
</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-93-86296-66-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Gramscis C
ommon Sense: Inequality and Its Narratives</td><td>Kate Crehan</td><td>2016</td>
<td>240</td><td>950.0000</td><td>
Acknowledged as one of the classics of twentieth-century Marxism, Anto
nio Gramscis Prison Notebooks provides an approach to class
that extends beyond economic inequality to include other forms of inequality, s
uch as those of race, gender, sexual orientation, and religion. 
The author, Kate Crehan explains the understanding of inequality in &lt
;em>Prison Notebooks, focusing in particular on Gramscis interrela
ted concepts of subalternity, intellectuals, and common sense, and putting them
in relation to the work of thinkers such as Bourdieu, Arendt, Spivak, and Said.
 
The Gramscian concepts are clarified through case studies; for example, the i
dea of the organic individual is explained through a study of Adam Smiths work,
and Gramscis understanding of common sense is clarified through examining the po
litical narratives associated with the Tea Party and Occupy Wall Street movemen
ts in the U.S. 
Gramscis Common Sense provides an accessible and us
eful introduction to a key Marxist thinker whose writings throw light on the tw
enty-first centurys increasing inequality.  
It will be invaluable for students and scholars of from a wide range o
f disciplines, including anthropology, sociology, political science, history, g
eography, and literary studies. 
</td><td>
Kate Crehan is Professor Emerita, College
of Staten Island and the Graduate Center, City University of New York. </p&g
t;
<td>978-81-250-5864-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Troub
le with Marriage: Feminists Confront Law and Violence in India</td><td>Srimati B
asu</td><td>2015</td><td>280</td><td>850.0000</td><td>
The Trouble with Marriage considers the
legacies of legal reforms around marriage and gendered violence in India in th
e 1980s which were strongly influenced by demands of the womens movement: lawyer
-free Family Courts, the criminal prosecution of domestic violence, rape law re
form, and the promotion of alternate dispute resolution as a mode of better gen
dered access. Looking backward to legislative debates, and forward to everyday
life in legal sites of marital trouble, such as Family Court, police cells for
women, and mediation organizations, it presents a portrait of contemporary marr

iage and of legal culture. 
New legal subjectivities and strategies emerge as men and women negoti
ate concerns with money, kinship and violence in formal and informal venues, us
ing a range of potentially contradictory civil and criminal laws. Some laws bec
ome popular in ways not imagined as part of their feminist scope: Family Courts
proffer reconciliation as optimal solution, rape law secures marriage by evacu
ating consent as a criterion; domestic violence claims help with better economi
c settlements while rendering violence invisible. 
Through compelling ethnographic vignettes and a re-evaluation of femini
st theories of law, marriage, violence, property, and the state, Basu argues th
at despite reforms, legal process reproduces the profound structural vulnerabi
lities generated by marriage. Alternative dispute resolution, designed to empowe
r women in a less adversarial legal environment, has created new subjectivities
, but, paradoxically, also reinforces oppressive socioeconomic norms. </p&gt
;
This book would be of interest to those in Law and Society Studies, Ge
nder / Womens Studies, Anthropology, Sociology, and to those activists and NGOs
who work on gender, marriage and violence. 
</td><td>
 srimati basu is Associate Professor of Gender and Womens Studies and Anth
ropology at the University of Kentucky. <a></a>
<td>978-81-250-5878-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Class, Pa
triarchy and Ethnicity on Sri Lankan Plantations : Two Centuries of Power and Pr
otest</td><td>Kumari Jayawardena and Rachel Kurian</td><td>2015</td><td>364</td>
<td>825.0000</td><td>
Class, Patriarchy and
Ethnicity on Sri Lankan Plantations takes as its central theme the p
lantations of Sri Lanka, from their inception in the early nineteenth century t
o almost the present day in the twenty-first. Drawing on a wealth of archival m
aterial, it offers a detailed and compelling empirical narrative of the lives a
nd struggles of plantation workers, who have constituted, for much of modern Sr
i Lankan history, the single largest organised workforce in the country. In doi
ng so, it explores the complex links between power and class, gender and ethnic
hierarchies both on the plantations and outside and crucially situates the lab
our movement on the plantations within the wider political and social economy o
f Sri Lanka. 
The current volume begins by tra
cing the origins of the plantations in then Ceylon, the acquisition of Indian T
amil workers and the labour practices during the colonial period. This in turn
contextualises the subsequent discussion on rising labour and political conscio
usness among plantation workers and their struggles for labour and democratic r
ights, which the authors track through the post-Independence period and into th
e twenty-first century. Particular attention is paid to the role of political p
arties, trade unions and other pressure groups in supporting or opposing these
rights, within a background of class, ethnic, linguistic and nationalist consci
ousness and chauvinism. The book provides an astute analysis of the strategic a
lliances and political manoeuvres made by the various actors in this struggle.&
lt;/p>
This volume offers readers a tru
ly integrated history of the labour movement on Sri Lankan plantations. It bala
nces an empirically rich narrative with a nuanced analysis of the class, ethnic
, linguistic and political consciousness that has informed and opposed the stru
ggles of plantation labour on the island.
</td><td>
Kumari Jayawardena is former Associate Pro
fessor, Political Science, University of Colombo, Sri Lanka.
Rachel Kurian is International Labour Ec

onomist, Institute of Social Studies, The Hague.
<td>978-81-250-5773-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Interpret
ing Islam, Modernity, and Womens Rights in Pakistan</td><td>Anita M. Weiss</td><t
d>2015</td><td>204</td><td>650.0000</td><td>
Throughout the world, and especially in South Asia, myriad constituen
cies are grappling with rethinking and renegotiating the contours of society, p
articularly womens place in the larger social order. This is raising profound qu
estions regarding womens social roles and rights eliciting disparate, conflictin
g images concerning what constitutes womens rights, who is to define these right
s, where responsibility lies for ensuring rights, and the role states should pl
ay in articulating and clarifying what is acceptable and unacceptable within lo
cal contexts.
This book analyzes various efforts in Pakistan to conduct ij
tihadinterpretationas different groups reinterpret womens rights, seeki
ng to reconcile the exigencies of modernity, local and global pressures to ensu
re womens rights with prevailing Islamic and cultural views, and feminist analys
es of power and control of women and their rights. It begins with an overview o
f the Government of Pakistans construction of an understanding of what constitut
es womens rights, elaborates on traditional views and contrasts these with conte
mporary popular opinion. It then focuses on three very different groups percepti
ons of womens rights: progressive womens organizations as represented by the Aura
t Foundation and Shirkat Gah; orthodox Islamist views as represented by the Ja
maat-i-Islami, the MMA government in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (2002-2008), and al-Huda
; and the Swat Taliban. 
Author Anita Weiss argues that the resultant culture wars are visibly ri
pping the country apart as groups talk past one another, each confident that it
is the proprietor of culture and interpreter of religion, while others are &lt
;a></a>misinterpreting both. 
This book will be an essential resource to scholars interested in the
discourse on Islam and womens rights, gender studies and development studies as
well as to how different groups come to understand women's rights
while grappling with the forces of modernity.   
</td><td>
Anita M. Weiss is Professor and Head of t
he Department of International Studies at the University of Oregon, USA. <st
rong> 
</td><td>IN,PK,NP,MV,BT,BD,LK</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5902-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Displayin
g Indias Heritage: Archaeology and the Museum Movement in Colonial India</td><td>
Madhuparna Roychowdhury</td><td>2015</td><td>400</td><td>950.0000</td><td>
Displaying Indias Heritage describes the history o
f museum-making in the Indian subcontinent in the 1800s and 1900s with special
emphasis on the experience of Bengal. It details the connection between the mu
seum movement and the broader political and cultural environment of the time.&l
t;br />
The central discussion focuses on the colonial Indian Museum in Calcutta, wh
ich began as a natural history collection and soon became a repository of archa
eological artefacts from across the subcontinent. The emerging contest between
imperialism and nationalism shaped the visualisation in the display boxes here.
In describing this history, the book also highlights the complex relationship
between knowledge and power. 
During the period of high nationalism, when regional historiesoften blended wi
th mythical narrativesbecame popular, scientific history writing placed an empha
sis on archaeological knowledge. Local museums began asserting their right over
excavated artefacts and princely states presented the pre-eminent position of
their families through palace museums; through these histories of provincial an
d local museums, the book shows how museum-making was intimately tied to compet
ing political loyalties and identities. It presents a convincing case to consid
er museums as a modern public sphere where the territorial and cultural bases o
f nationhood were negotiated. 
Issuing from strong archival research, Displaying Indias Heritage draws a connection between the culture of historyconstituted by the knowle
dge of history and the historical imagination of peopleand a series of individua
l endeavours in history-writing, collecting and museum-building. This volume wi
ll interest students of modern Indian cultural history, museology, archaeology
and cultural studies.
</td><td>
Madhuparna Roychowdhury is Assistant Prof
essor in the Department of Ancient Indian History and Culture, University of Ca
lcutta, Kolkata.
<td>978-81-250-5907-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Foundati
ons of Human Development: A Life Span Approach</td><td>Asha Singh</td><td>2015</
td><td>174</td><td>195.0000</td><td>
Human Development is the study of humans, from conception to death. It p
rovides an understanding of the physical, socio-cultural and environmental infl
uences on growth and development, and the different roles that individuals play
at different stages. It also focuses on the changes that take place in individ
uals as they progress through the human lifecycle.
This book focuses on human development in all domainsphysical, social,
cognitive, linguistic, and emotional. It discusses the norms of growth and deve
lopment, and the factors influencing their progress, in the Indian context, wit
h special reference to the plurality of Indian families. The important features
of this book are:
<ul>
<li>Introduces
the study of human development, and the various the
ories underlying it.</li>
<li>Covers
issues relating to sexuality, reproductive health, fert
ility and
conception, and the influence of genetics, heredity and environm
ental
factors.</li>
<li>Provides
detailed discussions on childbirth, care of the newbo
rn, infant care, and
developmental milestones.</li>
<li>Explains
the significance of the early childhood and preschool
period.</li>
<li>Explains
the concept of middle childhood, and the growing childs
position in the
larger physical and social world.</li>
<li>Describes
growth and developmental changes during adolescence,
focusing on Indian
social contexts.</li>
<li>Discusses
the roles and responsibilities of adults.</li>
<li>Discusses
physical changes and health issues among the elderly
, as well as current
demographic trends, policies for the elderly, and not
ions of death.</li>
</ul>
Lucid and engaging, this book will be invaluable for all students of H
ome Science. Child counsellors, teachers and behavioural psychologists will als
o find it useful. 

</td><td>
Asha Singh is Reader, Human Development an
d Childhood Studies, Lady Irwin College, New Delhi. She has been writing about
the use of Arts in pedagogy, as well as developing curricula for courses in The
atre in Education for the National School of Drama, CBSE(i), IGNOU. She has als
o guided the Arts in Education Position paper for NCF 2005, NCERT.
<td>978-81-250-5908-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>In the Cl
ub: Associational Life in Colonial South Asia</td><td>Benjamin B. Cohen</td><td>
2015</td><td>224</td><td>750.0000</td><td>
Clubs in India are often regarded as antiquarian institutions left ov
er from a bygone era with little to teach us about the past or present. Yet, &l
t;em>In the Club presents a different picture of Indias clubland.
This book offers a comprehensive examination of social clubs across India. It a
rgues that clubs have been key contributors to Indias colonial associational life
and civil society, and remain important nodes in public culture today. </p&
gt;
Using government records, personal memoirs, private club records, and
club histories themselves, In the club explores colonial
club life with chapters arranged thematically. Legal underpinnings bind clubs w
ithin, and to each other, across regional and national borders. Many clubs occu
py prime locations and maintain their historic interiors. All clubs faced finan
cial crises as they increasingly entered the global marketplace. No club could
function without servants and staff, while issues of race and class in clubs co
ntinues to be debated today. <a></a>Womens clubs occupy an important
place in clubland, while many clubs continue to thrive today in their postcolo
nial milieus. 
This book will be critical reading for scholars of history and sociolo
gy as well as social scientists interested in colonialism, associational life an
d civil society in India. It will also be of interest to intellectually engaged
club members, aspiring members, or just those curious about the inner-workings
of clubs across India and beyond.
</td><td>
Benjamin B. Cohen is  Associate P
rofessor in the Department of History at the University of Utah.
<td>978-81-250-5926-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Indias Fir
st Democratic Revolution: Dayanand Bandodkar and the Rise of the Bahujan in Goa<
/td><td>Parag D. Parobo</td><td>2015</td><td>296</td><td>875.0000</td><td>
Goa features in academic and popular discourse as a place of exceptions
, contrary in several ways to national trends. Along with its small geographical
size, Goas legacy of Portuguese colonialism is often cited as the leading reason
behind its character. However, such explanations disregard its complex history
and fail to address one of its most important distinctions: the fact that it bro
ught to power in the Assembly elections of 1963, a government driven by the Bahu
jan Samaj; the first of its kind in India. This government was headed by Chief M
inister Dayanand Bandodkar, a lower caste mine owner and philanthropist, whose p
opularity continued to wax over the next decade. 
Parag D. Parobo tackles the question of Goan exceptionalism in Indias Fi
rst Democratic Revolution, focusing not solely on its Portuguese past, but rathe
r on the variety of influences that shaped modern Goa. Central to this issue are
the comparatively little explored story of caste-based land and power relations
in pre-colonial and early colonial Goa; emerging caste movements and identity p
olitics among both upper castes and lower castes in the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries; and the interactions of caste politics with competing colonialisms,
both Portuguese and British.
Parobo traces the history of land relations and caste movements into th
e post-Liberation period of Bandodkars far-reaching land reforms, which destroyed
the centrality of land in power-privilege relations, liberated lower caste tena
nts from crippling dependence on landlords, and opened up new employment opportu
nities for the Bahujan. Accompanied by substantial investments in education and
health, they ushered in greater equity and democratisation. Goa, therefore, scri
pted a distinctive story of Bahujan success. This volume explores that history,
and its implications for Bahujan politics in India.
</td><td>Parag D. Parobo is Assistant Professor, Department o
f History, Goa University.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5955-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>A Place f
or Utopia: Urban Designs from South Asia</td><td>Smriti Srinivas</td><td>2015</t
d><td>224</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
A Place for Utopia is firmly rooted in a South Asi
an context but links questions and discussions of its urbanism, religion, pasts
and futures to a global milieu and history. The volume blends ethnographic, vi
sual, and archival methods and uses various ideas of utopia for social science an
alysis that can productively open up new intellectual spaces, other histories,
and urban policies. It moves across a hundred year period of South Asian modern
ity and its challenges from the early twentieth century to the early twenty-fir
st century. Central to the designs for utopia in this book are the themes of ga
rdens, children, spiritual topographies, death, and hope. 

From the vitalist urban plans of the Scottish polymath Patrick Geddes&
amp;nbsp;in India to the Theosophical Society in Madras and the ways in which i
t provided a context for a novel South Indian garden design; from the visual, t
extual and ritual designs of Californian Vedanta from the 1930s to the
present to the spatial transformations associated wi
th post-1990s highway and rapid transit systems in Bangalore that are shaping a
n emerging Indian New Age of religious and somatic self-styling, Srinivas tells
the story of contrapuntal histories, the contiguity of lives, and resonances be
tween utopian worlds that is generative of designs for cultural alternatives an
d futures.  
This book will be of considerable interest to students and scholars of
urban studies, anthropology, religion, geography, sociology, philosophy, South
Asian studies, design, history, and cultural studies. 
</td><td>
Smriti Srinivas is professor of anthropolo
gy at University of California, Davis. She is the author of Landscape
s of Urban Memory: The Sacred and the Civic in Indias High-Tech City;
In the Presence of Sai Baba: Body, City, and Memory in a Global Reli
gious Movement; and The Mouths of People, The Voice of God
: Buddhists and Muslims in the Frontier Community of Ladakh.</p&g
t;
<td>978-81-250-5619-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Power an
d Contestation : India since 1989 With a new Epilogue</td><td>Nivedita Menon and
Aditya Nigam</td><td>2014</td><td>288</td><td>825.0000</td><td>
This book traces the post-1989 tectonic shifts in Indian society, econ
omy and polity, which marked the unraveling of the Nehruvian consensus around a mo
dern, secular nation with a self-reliant economy.
In this period of rapid transformation, caste and religion have come t
o play major roles in national politics, global economic integration created co
nflict between the state and dispossessed people, even as the processes of glob
alization enabled new spaces for political assertion, such as around sexuality.
Simultaneously, older challenges to the state have continued in Kashmir and th
e North-East, while Maoist insurgency deepened its bases in the heartland. And
in a unipolar world characterized by American hegemony, questions have arisen a
bout the relevance of non-alignment for India as a nuclear power.
The epilogue to this edition makes the narrative up-to-date by extensi
vely analysing issues animating India today. It offers insightful perspectives
on the 2009 and 2014 general elections, the civil society-led anti-corruption m
ovement of 201113, as well as the massive protests against sexual violence and t
he need for legal reform.
As an introduction to the complex internal histories and external powe
r relations of a major global player, Power and Contestation</em&gt
; will be indispensable for students and scholars of Indian politics, journalis
ts, and general readers with an interest in contemporary India.
</td><td>
Nivedita Menon is Professor at the Centre
for Comparative Politics and Political Theory, Jawaharlal Nehru University. &
lt;/p>
Aditya Nigam is Professor at the Centre fo
r the Study of Developing Societies.
<td>978-81-250-5626-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Langu
ages of Uttarakhand - Volume 30, Part 2 - Peoples Linguistic Survey of India</td>
<td>Uma Bhatt, Shekhar Pathak</td><td>2015</td><td>348</td><td>1395.0000</td><td
>
The Peoples Linguistics Survey of India tries to give an idea of the ext
ant and dying languages of India. It is the outcome of a nationwide survey of l
anguages that has been documented by linguists, writers, social activists, and
members of different speech communities. The volume documents the languages pre
valent in the state of Uttarakhand. Critically, the book encapsulates the world
view of the speakers of the discussed languages.
The languages of Uttarakhand have a wide variety as well as rich herit
age because of the various linguistic influences of the different settlers who
came to India from time to time. Here, languages of the Tibeto-Burman family
are spoken along with Austro-Asiatic languages. This volume attempts to documen
t these varieties of languages so as to preserve them in this globalised world,
where migration and other factors are resulting in loss of languages.</p&gt
;</td><td>
G. N. Devy is the chief editor of the PLS
I series. He taught at the Maharaja Sayajirao University, Baroda, till 1996 bef
ore leaving to set up the Bhasha Research Centre in Baroda and the Adivasi Akad
emi at Tejgadh, where he worked towards conserving and promoting the languages
and culture of indigenous and nomadic communities. Apart from being awarded th
e Padma Shree, he has received many awards for his work in literature and langu
age conservation.
Uma Bhatt retired as Professor of Hindi a
nd Linguistics from Kumaon University, Nainital. She has been editing the womens
quarterly Uttara with her team for last twenty-five years. She is also associa
ted with PAHAR (Peoples Association for Himalayan Area Research) and other orga
nisations working on Himalayan languages and literature.
Shekhar Pathak taught at Kumaon Universi
ty, Nainital; was Fellow at IIAS, Shimla and Nehru Fellow at Centre for Contemp
orary Studies, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, New Delhi and now works volun
tarily with PAHAR and has been editing their annual journal of same name for th
e last three decades.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography
</td>
ages of Kerala and Lakshadweep</td><td>M. Sreenathan and Joseph Koyipally(Eds.)<
/td><td>2015</td><td>360</td><td>1375.0000</td><td>
This fifteenth volume of the Peoples Linguistic Survey of India<stro
ng>, The Languages of Kerala and <em&
gt;Lakshadweep contextualises Keralas language wealth in its social e
cology. This volume deals with Malayalam and provides a description of its ling
uistic features. The volume also looks into the other tribal languages of the s
tate.  Another sizeable section of the volume is devoted to the varian
t of Malayalam, Dweep Malayalam which is spoken in Lakshadweep, and which varie
s considerably from the language of the mainland. 
</td><td>
M. Sreenathan is Head and Dean, Departmen
t of Linguistics, Thunchatchu Ezhuthachan Malayalam University, Vakkad, Kerala.
 
Joseph Koyipally is Associate Professor in Compa
rative Literature, University of Kerala.

<td>978-81-250-5628-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Street Co
rner Secrets : Sex, Work, and Migration in the City of Mumbai</td><td>Svati P. S
hah</td><td>2014</td><td>296</td><td>850.0000</td><td>
Street Corner Secrets challenges widespre
ad notions of sex work in India by examining solicitation in three spaces with
in the city of Mumbai where sexual commerce may be solicited alongside
other income-generating activities. These spacesbrothels, streets, and public d
ay-wage labor markets (nakas)are seldom placed within the s
ame analytic frame.   Focusing on women who had
migrated to Mumbai from rural, economically underdeveloped areas within India,
Svati P. Shah argues that selling sexual services is one of a number of ways w
omen working as laborers may earn a living, demonstrating that sex work, like d
ay labor, is a part of India's vast informal economy. Here, various means o
f earninglegitimized or stigmatized, legal or illegaloverlap or exist in close pr
oximity to one another, shaping a narrow field of livelihood options that women
navigate daily. In the course of this rich ethnography, Shah discusses policin
g practices, migrants' access to housing and water, the production of publi
c space, critiques of states and citizenship, and the location of violence with
in debates on sexual commerce.
Throughout, the book analyzes the role the city plays in the changing
contours of sexual commerce in Mumbai, as well as showing the highly contingent
ways in which knowledge about sexual commerce and sex work is being constructe
d. Ultimately, the book maps the silences and secrets that constitute local dis
courses of sexual commerce on Mumbai's streets. 
This book will be of particular interest to scholars and students of anthropolo
gy, sociology, urban studies, and gender and sexuality studies.</td><td>
Svati P. Shah is Associate Professor in the Depart
ment of Women, Gender, Sexuality Studies at the University of Massachusetts, Am
herst.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5629-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Social In
clusion in Independent India : Dimensions and Approaches </td><td>T. K. Oommen</
td><td>2014</td><td>352</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
<ul>
<li>This book
discusses the various forms of social
and economic exclusion (discrimination and marginalisation)
that
persist in contemporary India, and how they may be remedied.</li&
gt;
</ul>
<ul>
<li>It argues that a welfare state can be c
reated by
securing social, economic and
political just
ice for the socially
and educationally backwa
rd classes of citizens.</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>It argues that inclusive growth and &lt
;strong>human development can be achived
only by ensurin
g equality of status
and opportunity for the
vulnerable sections of society.</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>It suggests affirmative action/positive
discrimi
nationreservation of seats in education institutuions and
reservation in jo
bsthat may be adopted to build a more inclusive
society.<
/li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>This proposition
is examined with reference to nine excluded s
ocial categoriesDalits, Adivasis, subalterns,
religious and l
inguistic minorities, women, migrants, the poor, and the
disabled</stro
ng>.</li>
</ul></td><td><div> </div><b&
gt;T. K. Oommen is Professor Emeritus of Sociology, Centre for the Stu
dy of Social Systems, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, Ne
w Delhi.<div> </div><div> </div></
td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5722-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Kerala Mo
dernity: Ideas, Spaces and Practices in Transition</td><td>Satheese Chandra Bose
and Shiju Sam Varughese</td><td>2015</td><td>256</td><td>775.0000</td><td>
The southwest coast of India has always been a significant site within
the global network of relations through trade and exchange of ideas, commoditi
es, technologies, skills and labour. The much longer history of colonial experi
ence makes Keralas engagement with modernity polyvalent and complex. Without und
erstanding the multiple space-times of this region, it is impossible to make se
nse of the complexities of Kerala modernity beyond its general description as Ma
layalee modernity.
From the colonial pepper trade and Narayana Gurus philosophical engagem
ent with the question of caste to the seemingly disparate elements that weave t
ogether an eclectic past  through the Muziris Heritage Project; from the
debates on womens sexuality around the Suryanelli rape case to the gendered con
stitution of public space during the mass annual Attukal Pongala ritual; from t
he changes in state attitude towards providing piped water supply to how Cochin
ports inter-War history has scripted urban modernity; from the shaping of the p
ublic sphere to the radical Left politics of the 1970s and the emergence of pop
ular janapriya literaturethis book analyses the ideas, spac
es and practices that intricately weave the regions experiences of modernity.&lt
;/p>
Kerala Modernity emphasises the methodological nee
d to re-examine the idea of region as a discursive category to explore Keralas reg
ional modernity apart from Eurocentric and nation-centric frames of analyses. T
he interdisciplinary presentation, complete with a Dalit critique of modernity
in the Foreword, will be an important contribution to literature on Kerala and
the debates on alternative modernities in South Asia. It will be of interest to
students and scholars of history, sociology and literary and cultural studies,
as well as the interested general reader.
</td><td>
Satheese Chandra Bose is Assistant Professor, Dep
artment of Political Science, Government Sanskrit College, Pattambi, Kerala.&lt
;br /> Shiju Sam Varughese is Assist
ant Professor, Centre for Studies in Science, Technology and Innovation Policy,
School of Social Sciences, Central University of Gujarat, Gandhinagar.
<td>978-81-250-5732-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Afflictio
n: Health, Disease, Poverty</td><td>Veena Das</td><td>2015</td><td>272</td><td>8
50.0000</td><td>
Affliction&a
mp;nbsp;inaugurates a novel way of understanding the trajectories of health and
disease in the context of poverty. Shifting the focus from the encounter betwe
en patient and practitioner within the space of the clinic, it privileges the n
etworks of relations, institutions, and knowledge over which the experience of
illness is dispersed. 
Based on a long period of immers
ion in low-income neighborhoods in Delhi, Veena Das asks who is the subject of
illness? How do different kind of healers understand their own practice? Docume
nting the astonishing range of practitioners found in the local markets in the
poor neighborhoods of Delhi the book interrogates how the magical and
the technical are knotted together in the therapeutic experience of healers and
patients. What is expert knowledge? And how can we retain an openness
to different disciplinary orientations to health, disease, and poverty while
also critiquing the practices of global health, state policies, and markets in
health care?
Affliction is the term Das gives
to the experience of everyday forms of suffering that are routine and cruddy r
ather than spectacular and dramatic. Attentive to the way illness produces the
braiding of care and violence, the book shows how illness is absorbed in everyd
ay life even as it erodes it. Das demonstrates with great delicacy and tact the
fragility of the real and the ordinary realism with which the poor navigate th
eir milieu.
This book will be of interest to
anthropologists, sociologists, public health researchers, students of philosoph
y and literary theory. 
</td><td>
Veena Das is Krieger-Eisenhower Professor
of Anthropology and Professor of Humanities at Johns Hopkins University. 
</td><td>IN,PK,NP,MM,MV,BT,BD,LK</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5733-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Wording t
he World: Veena Das and Scenes of Inheritance</td><td>Roma Chatterji</td><td>201
5</td><td>492</td><td>1395.0000</td><td>
The essays in this book explore the critical possibilities that have b
een opened by Veena Dass work. Taking off from her writing on pain as a call for
acknowledgment, several essays explore how social sciences render pain, suffe
ring, and the claims of the other as part of an ethics of responsibility. They
search for disciplinary resources to contest the implicit division between thos
e whose pain receives attention and those whose pain is seen as out of sync wit
h the times and hence written out of the historical record.
Another theme is the co-constitution of the event and the everyday, es
pecially in the context of violence. Dass groundbreaking formulation of the ever
yday provides a frame for understanding how both violence and healing might gro
w out of it. Drawing on notions of life and voice and the struggle to write ones
own narrative, the contributors provide rich ethnographies of what it is to in
habit a devastated world.
Ethics as a form of attentiveness to the other, especially in the cont
ext of poverty, deprivation, and the corrosion of everyday life, appears in sev
eral of the essays. They take up the classic themes of kinship and obligation b
ut give them entirely new meaning.
Finally, anthropologys affinities with the literary are reflected in a
final set of essays that show how forms of knowing in art and in anthropology a
re related through work with painters, performance artists, and writers.</p&
gt;
The book brings together case studies from different parts of the worl
d, from Palestine, Lebanon, Chile, the US and India. It will be of interest not
only to anthropologists and sociologists interested in comparative perspective
s but also to artists, scholars in art, literary studies and philosophy.</p&
gt;
</td><td>
Roma Chatterji is Professor of Sociology a
t the Delhi School of Economics, University of Delhi.
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5961-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Tuberculo
sis in India: A Case of Innovation and Control</td><td>Nora Engel</td><td>2015</
td><td>280</td><td>595.0000</td><td>
India is the country with the highest number of patients with active tu
berculosis (TB). Emerging drug resistance poses a huge threat, but migration, ur
banisation, poverty and the complexity of public and private healthcare challeng
e the control efforts as well. Innovation for TB control is urgently needed and
is often imagined as providing new drugs, diagnostics and vaccines. In this book
, Nora Engel argues that innovations of services, organisations, strategies and
delivery mechanisms are crucial too.
In a unique analysis on how innovation for TB control is practised, thi
s book provides extensive coverage of four cases of innovation in public TB cont
rol in India: the involvement of private sector players, the emerging policy res
ponses to multidrug resistant TB, the development of new diagnostic technologies
and of new treatment guidelines.
The book asks how diverse actors (public and private health providers,
patients, activists, researchers and policymakers) engaged in TB control in Indi
a are balancing innovative activities with ongoing control work. This shows that
innovation for TB control is not a linear process of improvement, but rather a
complicated, continuous undertaking, in which different perspectives and practic
es often clash. How can innovation be fostered without jeopardising the control
efforts? And how is an infectious disease to be controlled without stifling inno
vation?
Using approaches from science and technology studies (STS), innovation
studies, medical anthropology and sociology, the book provides suggestions on ho
w innovation and control could be balanced, and offers a relevant and unique con
tribution to the literature on innovation in global health and on TB in India.&l
t;/p>
</td><td>Nora Engel</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethn
ography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5967-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Conquest
and Community: The Afterlife of Warrior Saint Ghazi Miyan</td><td>Shahid Amin</t
d><td>2015</td><td>352</td><td>995.0000</td><td>Conquest and
Community tells the story of the Indo-Turkic warrior saint Ghazi Mi
yan and his influential cult in the Gangetic plains. A purported nephew of Mahm
ud of Ghazni, Ghazi Miyan was supposedly martyred in holy war against Hindu ki
ngs near Bahraich in modern-day Uttar Pradesh in 1034 CE. Conspicuously absent
from contemporary Persian chronicles about his famous uncle, he is, nevertheles
s, the subject of glowing hagiographies from the seventeenth century onwards, a
s well as an oral folkloric tradition, which thrives to this day. His cult con
tinues draw pilgrims of varying castes, both Muslim and Hindu, from all over no
rthern India to his shrine in Bahraich.
 Shahid Amin studies the history and growth of this cult and its mani
festations in the tales people tell, the ballads they sing, the shrines they vi
sit and the hagiographies they have written. He also addresses the disquiet and
criticism the cult has provoked in both orthodox Hindu and Muslim quarters, fo
r Ghazi Miyan is a complex, sometimes troubling figure, an amalgam of different
traditions and tropes that do not always coexist easily. He features in text a
nd folklore both as a pious iconoclast, who smashes Hindu idols and also as a
staunch protector of cows and cowherds, a putative brother to Hindu women, and
a connoisseur of things Indic from pan to the humble mahua
tree. 
 In studying the Ghazi, his cult and its reception history, this book
offers an astute perspective on the ways in which the Turko-Islamic invasions
of India, c. 10001200 CE, have entered historical and popular memory. By conside
ring the role of religious conflict in the building of the multi-religious cult
of Ghazi Miyan, it also sheds new light on the nature of syncretism in the sub
continent.
 This new kind of of subaltern history, will interest historians, bot
h medievalist and modern, anthropologists, folklorists and st
udents of popular culture, religious studies and historiography.
</td><td>
Shahid Amin is former Professor of History at Delhi
University and author of the award-winning Event, Metaphor, Memory:
Chauri Chaura, 1922-1992.
<td>978-81-250-5980-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Selected
Works of C. Rajagopalachari Volume III, 192325</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan, N. Bala
krishnan and Deepa Bhatnagar</td><td>2015</td><td>568</td><td>1295.0000</td><td>
Chakravarti Rajagopalachari, the last Governor General of India, was, i
n the words of his grandson Rajmohan Gandhi, a prophetic political figure who pred
icted in 1916 the success of Gandhis satyagraha in India. A true follower of Gand
hi, C.R., or Rajaji (as he was called), gave up a lucrative practice as a lawyer
in 1919 to fight for the countrys independence. He explained Gandhis political mo
ves to the Indian public in speeches, and in articles in Gandhis Young India. Gan
dhi spoke of Rajaji as one of satyagrahas finest exponents and also as his conscie
nce-keeper, a remark that underscored their personal relationship.
Selected Works of C. Rajagopalachari, Vol. III, 192325</em&
gt; is the third in a series of ten volumes being published in associat
ion with the Nehru Memorial Museum and Library on the writings of Rajaji, coveri
ng the period between 1907 and 1972. This volume begins with Rajajis efforts to e
ducate the people on the significance of the Council-boycott resolution passed a
t the Gaya Congress in December 1922. A section of the Congress was in favour of
Council-entry and was eager to contest the elections to legislatures with the f
ormation of Swaraj Party in 1923. Others including Rajajiopted for complete boyc
ott and wanted Congress to focus on the constructive programmepropagation of khad
i, the removal of untouchability and prohibition. In addition to his consistent
criticism of the Council-entry programme, the book also features Rajajis endeavou
r to spread the message of the constructive programme, and the setting up of Gan
dhi Ashram at Tiruchengodu, Tamil Nadu, in February 1925 and his subsequent with
drawal from public life. The documents in this volume also reflect Rajajis views
on a wide range of subjects, including the treatment of political prisoners in I
ndian jails and the position of Indians in Kenya and South Africa.
This volume is a collectors edition that will be useful for students, re
searchers and academics studying the Indian national movement in all its facets.

</td><td>
<ol>
<li>
Mahesh Rangarajan is Director
, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library (NMML), Teen Murti House, New Delhi.</p&g
t;
</li>
<li>
N. Balakrishnan is former Dep
uty Director, NMML.
</li>
<li>
Deepa Bhatnagar is Head, Rese
arch and Publications Division and NMML Archives.
</li>
</ol>
 
<td>978-81-250-5983-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Gender, L
ivelihood and Environment: How Women Manage Resources</td><td>Subhadra Mitra Cha
nna and Marilyn Porter</td><td>2015</td><td>236</td><td>725.0000</td><td><div
>This volume brings together contributions from different parts of the world
to show the multiple ways in which women manage their resources, while simultane
ously providing for their families. </div><div> 

</div><div>The essays, based on recent anthropological research in d
iverse societies across ecological zonesthe Himalayan border, Kentucky (USA), Tan
zania, Norway, and Gujaratdeal with issues of knowledge management, social contro
l and hierarchy, responses during disasters, and the values placed on womens work
. Gender is the most pervasive of inequalities, and women are the most disadvant
aged group. The ethnographic sketches presented here show how women negotiate ad
versity: they trade their bodies; put in extra labour for smaller returns; excha
nge and collect items that men do not consider worthwhile; form cooperatives, an
d join micro-credit savings systems. </div><div> <div>The essays focus on a concept of development that incorp
orates ideas of justice and human rights, and a gendered perspective helps to id
entify areas often ignored in formal economic analysis. Providing important less
ons for environmental management, Gender, Livelihood and Environment takes a clo
se look at how women, who have traditionally been assigned the tasks of preserva
tion, eke out their survival through sustainable means. </div>&lt
;div> </div><div>This book will be of interest to unde
rgraduate and postgraduate students of Environmental Studies, Cultural Anthropol
ogy, Gender and Womens Studies, Sociology and Economics. It will also provide use
ful resource material for institutions and NGOs that deal with environmental man
agement, resource management, gender issues, and planning and development.</d
iv><div> </div></td><td>
Subhadra Mitra Channa is Professo
r of Anthropology, University of Delhi.
Marilyn Porter is Professor, Depa
rtment of Sociology, Memorial University, St. Johns, Canada.
<td>978-81-250-6001-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Toda
Landscape: Explorations in Cultural Ecology</td><td>Tarun Chhabra With a Forewor
d by Anthony R. Walker</td><td>2015</td><td>624</td><td>4000.0000</td><td><p&
gt;The Toda people of the Nilgiris District in south India are one of the oldes
t indigenous groups in South Asia; they are also reportedly among the most stud
ied and written-about in the region. While the field was dominated by Western
scholars in the beginning, Indian researchers and writers began contributing to
Toda studies from the early twentieth century. 
The Toda Landscape: Explorations in Cultural Ecology</em&
gt; represents a major breakthrough in Toda studies. From his interactions with
the Todas from 1990 onwards, the author, Tarun Chhabra, has collected and ana
lysed ethnographic data that had eluded even the greatest of Western ethnograph
ers. Through his first-hand narrative accounts of important Toda rituals, cerem
onies and routines, all accompanied by visual documentation in the form of phot
ographs and maps, he provides new data that will significantly aid the preserva
tion of Toda traditional culture.
The Toda Landscape highlights previously unknown a
spects of Toda cultural heritage:
<ul><li>Their sacred
geographysacred waters, sacred hi
lls, and sacred trees and rocks.
</li><li>
Some sacred
institutions, which have their own distinct, hit
herto undocumented,
rituals, and the intricacies of their traditional attire
and
embroidery motifs.
</li><li>
The entire domain of
Toda ethnobotany. 
</li><li>
The complex
interweaving of myth and reality in Toda lives,
evidenced in the
routes Toda spirits are said to follow to their afterwor
ld.
</li></ul>
With its detailed descriptions of sparsely documented aspects of Toda
life, all complemented with stunning photographs, The Toda Landscape

 is an invaluable addition to the field of social anthropology and c
ultural studies. Its focus on ethnobotany and the flora and fauna of the Nilgir
is region will also greatly help students and scholars of environmental studies
and botany.</td><td><div>Tarun Chhabra prac
tises dentistry in Ootacamund, the heart of Toda country. He has authored numero
us papers on some unique aspects of Toda culture, and has also lectured widely.
His current passion is ecological restoration in the Nilgiris.</div></td><
td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-6013-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Sociology
and History: Dialogues Towards Integration</td><td>A. M. Shah</td><td>2015</td>
<td>272</td><td>625.0000</td><td>
Conceived as a series of dialogues between Shah and his fellow social
scientists, and indeed between the two disciplines of Sociology and History, e
ssays in this collection nuance ethnographic fact with a historical dimension i
n ways that were path-breaking for their time.
The book includes Shahs well-know
n study of the Vahivancha Barotstraditional record-keepers of genealogies and na
rrators and creators of myths. The focus on genealogical depth explains the vit
al role this group plays in legitimizing lineage, clan, and a suitable ancestr
y traced back to a glorious mythological past. M. N. Srinivas in a foreword pro
vides the theoretical backdrop. 
By examining historical records,
Shah, along with M. N. Srinivas, questions the myth, till then accepted as a g
iven, of the self-sufficiency of the Indian village. An essay on the political
system in eighteenth-century Gujarat, shows the persistence over time of wellintegrated structures of power, spanning the village, provincial and imperial l
evels. 
Shah offers several essays on th
eory and method in sociology and history, anchored in review of literature, and
empirical materials. A significant inclusion is the discussion between Shah an
d Romila Thapar on sociological understanding of ancient India, examining the
relation between lineage, clan, caste, and the state. Three other essays deal w
ith the history of sociology and anthropology in India as seen from the perspec
tive of three early journals. 
The book will be invaluable for
scholars and students of sociology, anthropology and history.
</td><td>A.
M. Shah retired as Professor, Department of Sociology, University of
Delhi, Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropo
logy / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-6024-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Rule by N
umbers: Governmentality and Colonial India</td><td>U. Kalpagam</td><td>2015</td>
<td>372</td><td>850.0000</td><td>
Rule by Numbers examines aspects of the productio
n of statistical knowledge as part of colonial governance in India using Foucau
lts ideas of governmentality. The modern state is distinctive for its bureaucratic
organization, official procedures, and accountability that in the colonial co
ntext of governing at a distance instituted a vast system of recordation bearin
g semblance to and yet differing markedly from the Victorian administrative sta
te. 
The colonial rule of difference that shaped liberal governmentality in
troduced new categories of rule that were nested in the procedures and records
and could be unraveled from the archive of colonial governance. Such an exercis
e is attempted here for certain key epistemic categories such as space, time, m
easurement, classification and causality that have enabled the constitution of
modern knowledge and the social scientific discourses of economy, society, and histo
ry. 
The different chapters engage with how enumerative technologies of rul
e led to proliferating measurements and classifications as fields and objects c
ame within the purview of modern governance rendering both statistical knowledg
e and also new ways of acting on objects and new discourses of governance and t
he nation. The postcolonial implications of colonial governmentality are examin
ed with respect to both planning techniques for attainment of justice and the r
ole of information in the constitution of neoliberal subjects. 
The book would be useful to researchers and advanced post-graduate stu
dents in the fields of history, political science, postcolonial studies, anthro
pology, sociology, economics, and public administration. 

</td><td>
U. Kalpagam is professor at the
G. B. Pant Social Science Institute, University of Allahabad. She is both an ec
onomist and an anthropologist.  
<td>978-81-250-6047-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Discounte
d Life: The Price of Global Surrogacy in India</td><td>Sharmila Rudrappa</td><td
>2015</td><td>224</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
India is the top provider of surrogacy services in the world, with a mu
lti-million dollar surrogacy industry that continues to grow exponentially, as i
ncreasing numbers of couples from developed nations look for wombs in which to g
row their babies. Some scholars have exulted transnational surrogacy for the pos
sibilities it opens for infertile couples, while others have offered bioethical
cautionary tales, rebuked exploitative intended parents, or lamented the exploit
ation of surrogate mothers. However, very little is known about the experience o
f and transaction between surrogate mothers and intended parents outside the len
s of the many agencies that control surrogacy in India.
 Drawing from rich interviews with surrogate mothers and egg donors in
Bangalore, Discounted Life focuses on the processes of social
and market exchange in transnational surrogacy. Sharmila Rudrappa inte
rrogates the creation and maintenance of reproductive labor markets, the functio
n of agencies and surrogacy brokers, and how women become surrogate mothers.
 The author argues that this reproductive industry is organized to con
trol and disempower women workers and yet her interviews reveal that, by and lar
ge, the surrogate mothers in Bangalore found the experience life affirming. Rudr
appa explores this tension, and the lived realities of many surrogate mothers wh
ose deepening bodily commodification is paradoxically experienced as a revitaliz
ing life development.
 A detailed and moving study, Discounted Life deline
ates how local labor markets intertwine with global reproduction industries, how
Bangalores surrogate mothers make sense of their participation in reproductive a
ssembly lines, and the remarkable ways in which they negotiate positions of powe
r for themselves in progressively untenable socio-economic conditions.
This book would be useful to students and scholars of Sociology and Women and
Gender Studies.
</td><td>Sharmila Rudrappa is Associate Pro
fessor in Sociology and the Center for Women and Gender Studies at the Universit
y of Texas at Austin, where she is also director of the Center for Asian America
n Studies.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnogr
aphy</td>
<td>978-81-250-6051-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Violence
and the Burden of Memory: Remembrance and Erasure in Sinhala Consciousness</td>
<td>Sasanka Perera</td><td>2015</td><td>354</td><td>745.0000</td><td>Po
st-Independence Sri Lanka has been wracked by decades of civil war and politica
l violence, particularly from the late 1970s to 2009. These protracted conflic
ts have been immensely destructive, resulting in many thousands of deaths and d
isappearances, both of armed personnel (whether of the Sri Lankan state or sepa
ratist outfits) and civilians.
How is such extraordinary institutional violence remembered? Political
conflict in Sri Lanka and the attendant death and destruction have resulted i
n the emergence of public monuments and memorials, built and maintained by the
state or other public organisations as well as private ritual and memorial prac
tices, which have occasionally moved into the public domain. They have also pro
voked a great deal of commentary in the form of visual arts.
Violence and the Burden of Memory takes as its th
eme these forms of remembering and memorialising large-scale violent death and
destruction and the attendant loss, grief and suffering. Sasanka Perera explore
s how issues of memory and forgetting are represented in these monuments, publi
c and private rituals and the works of visual artists through sociological anal
ysis and ethnographic research. This, then, is read within a wider intellectua
l discourse on how memory works, drawn from other global contexts.
The author skillfully demonstrates how most public narratives, pa
rticularly state narratives, of Sinhala heroism have focused on institutional
victories and successes, thereby erasing particular acts of individual sufferi
ng and loss and eroding spaces for critical evaluation. While the state has en
joyed relative success in preserving and presenting a public narrative of trium
ph and heroism through its war memorials and military monuments and rituals, it
has not been as successful at providing survivors of the fallen spaces in whic
h to remember and mourn their dead, nor at mourning the loss of innocence effe
ctively. Personal and evaluative approaches to the horrors of political violenc
e have, therefore, become the province of private forms of remembering and arti
stic commentaries. 
</td><td>
Sasanka Perera is Professor at Department
of Sociology and Dean, Faculty of Social Sciences, South Asia University, New
Delhi.
<td>978-81-250-6053-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Founts of
Knowledge</td><td>Abhijit Gupta and Swapan Chakravorty</td><td>2015</td><td>376
</td><td>750.0000</td><td>
Founts of Knowledge is the third in a series titled Book Histor
y in India, which was started in 2004 to showcase the latest research in what was
then a nascent field in Indiathe history of the book. It continues the trajector
y of the first two volumes (published by Permanent Black) in establishing book h
istory as a major tool of enquiry in the Indian academy, and brings together the
finest scholars and the most recent research in the area.
This volume carries the second instalment of the four-part study of cen
sorship of print during the Raj. It also examines print modernity and book entre
preneurs in colonial Benares; the complex history of Konkani print culture; the
re-configuration of the community and building of a reading public by the coming
of print in undivided Bengal through studies of theBhagavata Purana an
d the literary journal Bangadarsan; the construction of childhood throu
gh Hindi childrens periodicals in north India in the early twentieth century; ear
ly travels of the Bible in the Gangetic plain; and problems relating to the impo
rt of British educational texts in colonial India, especially Bengal.
This collection will be an invaluable resource for book historians, lit
erary and textual scholars, historians of colonial India, historians of trade, s
ocial scientists, and researchers in media theory. It will also be of great inte
rest to students and scholars of history, literature, publishing studies, print

culture, and cultural studies. 
</td><td>
Abhijit Gupta is Professor, Depar
tment of English, Jadavpur University; and Director, Jadavpur University Press,
Kolkata. He completed his graduation in English from Jadavpur Universit
y and received a PhD from Cambridge University for his work on 19th-century Brit
ish publishing. His other research areas include science fiction, graph
ic novels, crime fiction and the 19th century. His previously published
work includes A Facsimile Edition of H. Sargent's Bengali Translat
ion of Aeneid 1810 (2013, co-edited with Amlan Dasgupta); New
Word Order: Transnational Themes in the History of the Book (2011, co-e
dited with Swapan Chakravorty); Crazy and Crazier: Tall Tales of a Fant
astic Family (Manojder odbhut bari by Shirshendu Mukhopadhyay)
(2011, translated); and Funny and Funnier (short stories by S
hirshendu Mukhopadhyay) (2010, translated).
Swapan Chakravorty is Kabiguru Ra
bindranath Tagore Distinguished University Professor in the Humanities, Presiden
cy University; and former Director-General, National Library of India, Kolkata.
An alumnus of Presidency College, Kolkata and Jadavpur University, he obtained h
is D. Phil. from the University of Oxford. He joined the English Department at J
adavpur University in 1985 and was Head from 2005 to 2007. He has also been Join
t Director, School of Cultural Texts and Records. His previously published work
includesNameless Recognition: The Impact of Rabindranath Tagore on Other Indian
Literatures(2012, edited); New Word Order: Transnational Themes in the
History of the Book (2011, edited with Abhijit Gupta); and Mov
able Type: Book History in India (2008, edited with Abhijit Gupta).
<td>978-81-250-6075-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Banking o
n Words: The Failure of Language in the Age of Derivative Finance</td><td>Arjun
Appadurai</td><td>2016</td><td>188</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
Renowned scholar Arjun Appadurai argues that the economic collapse of
2008, while indeed spurred on by greed, ignorance, weak regulation, and irrespo
nsible risk-taking, was ultimately a failure of language. To prove this point,
he takes us into the world of derivative finance, which is now the core of cont
emporary trading and the primary target of blame for the collapse. 
Through his incisive analysis, Appadurai draws on thinkers such as J.
L. Austin, Marcel Mauss, and Max Weber as theoretical guides to showcase the w
ays languageand particular failures in itpaved the way for ruin. He also</p&gt
;
<ul>
<li>highlights
the importance of derivatives in contemporary finan
ce, isolating them as
the core technical innovation that markets have prod
uced. </li>
<li>shows
that derivatives are essentially written contracts about
the future prices
of assetsthey are, crucially, a promise. </li>
<li>pinpoints
one crucial feature of derivatives (seen especially
in the housing
market)that they function as complicated promises that are u
sed to
speculate on the probability of others not keeping their promisesand
details how this feature spread like a contagion through the market. <
/li>
</ul>
With his characteristic clarity, Appadurai explains one of the most co
mplicated aspects of our modern economy, and makes the critical link between th
e numerical force of money and the linguistic force of what we say we will do w
ith it.  
Banking on Words will be of considerable interest
to scholars and students of cultural and social anthropology, economics, and la
nguage and linguistics. 

</td><td>Arjun Appadurai is the Goddard Professor of
Media, Culture, and Communication at New York University and a senior fellow of
the Institute for Public Knowledge. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td
><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-6128-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Zamorins
and the Political Culture of Medieval Kerala</td><td>V. V. Haridas</td><td>2016<
/td><td>388</td><td>875.0000</td><td>
The Zamorinruler of the kingdom of Ko?ikko?u in modern-day Keralaleft an
indelible mark on world history when he welcomed Vasco da Gama in 1498. But a f
ew centuries earlier, the Zamorin was only a local chief, heading a few village
s. How did he become an independent ruler after the disintegration of the Ceras
in the twelfth century? How did the Zamorin come to be recognised and legitimi
sed as the king?
This story of the creation of an image of royalty is the focus of <e
m>Zamorins and the Political Culture of Medieval Kerala. Relying
on the archival richness of a large collection of unpublished palm leaf manuscr
ipts called Granthavari, documents of the political and ro
yal establishments of the time, this book reconstructs the days of the Zamorin.
It carefully details the power and authority he claimed and actually wielded,
and the various methods through which he sought to legitimise itelaborate ritual
s, patronage of temples and scholarship, propagation of art and culture, etc. &
lt;/p>
While the great past was always remembered, the Zamorins little kingdom d
epended on the existence, interaction and interdependence of various nodes of p
owerthe royalty, royal functionaries, locality chiefs, local magnates and temple
authorities. This book argues that studying these nodes of power, which relate
d themselves to the Zamorins court and among themselves through elaborate custom
s and rituals, is vital to analysing the state structure in late medieval Keral
a. 
Complete with a foreword by Kesavan Veluthat, this book convincingly a
rgues for the little kingdom model to analyse the premodern state in Calicut. Sch
olars and students of historiography and history, especially of medieval Indian
culture and society, will find it immensely useful.
</td><td>V. V. Haridas is Assistant Professor, Depar
tment of History, University of Calicut.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthrop
ology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-6136-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Bharatiya
Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan : Uttar Pradesh Ki Bhashayen (Volume 29, Part 1)</td><t
d>Ganesh Devy,Badri Narayan, Ramashankar Singh</td><td>2016</td><td>456</td><td>
1975.0000</td><td>
The Peoples Linguistic Survey of India is a right based movement for ca
rrying out a nation-wide survey of Indian languages especially languages of fra
gile communities such as nomadic, coastal, island, hill and forest communities.
 
 
This book is Part 1of Volume 29 (Uttar Pradesh ki Bhaashyen [H
indi]) of The People's Linguistic Survey of India (PLSI) undertaken and exe
cuted by Bhasha Research and Publication Center, Baroda.  &lt
;/p>
The present book contains the information on language and linguistic v
ariety of the Uttar Pradesh State of India. The languages included in this book
are: four scheduled languages: 
Urdu, Nepali, Sindhi, Hindi; Non-scheduled languages - Awadhi, Ilahabadi, Kan
nuji, Kaurvi, Tharu, Bagheli, Bundeli, Baiswari Awadhi,  Brij, Bhojpuri
and Other nomadic languages [like the languages of Nishad, Pandas, Nat, Kanjar
jati and the Mahavatas]
</td><td>
Dr Ganesh N Devy taught English at the&am

p;nbsp;Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda; a renowned literary critic and
activist; founder and director of the Tribal Academy at Tejgadh,&n
bsp;Gujarat; and director of the Sahitya Akademis Project on Literature
in Tribal Languages and Oral Folk Traditions. He is an active participant in th
e functioning of Bhasha Academy. He was awarded the Padmashri in 2014. 

Professor Badri Narayan is the volume edit
or of   Bharatiya Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan :  Uttar Pra
desh Ki Bhashayen (Volume 29, Part1) (Hindi). He is presently the professor in
Centre for the study of discrimination and exclusion, Social of Social Science,
Jawaharlal Lal Nehru University, New Delhi. He has been identified among top t
en intellectuals in India by the reputed magazine, INDIA TODAY in 2010. His rec
ent publication is Kanshiram: Leader of the Dalits, Pengu
in Books, and New Delhi 2014. His other important publications are Th
e making of the Dalit public in North India: Uttar Pradesh, 1950-present,</e
m> Oxford University Press, (2011), Fascinating Hindutva : Saffron
Politics and Dalit Mobilization ( 2009 ) and Women Heroes
and Dalit Assertion in North India ( 2006 ) from Sage Publication,
New Delhi. His books and writings have been included in the course of various u
niversities like the University of Chicago, Columbia University and also in Ind
ian Universities and taught to the students. 

Mr. Ramashankar Singh an editorial associa
te in this volume. He is a senior research fellow at G B Pant Social Science In
stitute, Allahabad. He is MA (Ancient History) from Awadh University, Faizabad,
Uttar Pradesh.
<div> </div>
<td>978-81-250-6230-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Nursing a
nd Empire: Gendered Labor and Migration from India to the United States</td><td>
Sujani K. Reddy</td><td>2016</td><td>288</td><td>875.0000</td><td>
Drawing on extensive archival research and compelling life-history int
erviews, Nursing and Empire examines the lives of Indian nu
rses, which have unfolded against a complex backdrop of Anglo-American capital
ist imperialism and the emergence of a postcolonial Indian nation-state still t
ied to this global system. 
The bookbegins with the movement of white, U.S.-based single female m
edical missionaries to India and proceeds through the remaking of the colonial
medical map through race-based segregation in the U.S. and the open door imperial
ism of the Rockefeller Foundation in India. It ends with the Cold War emigratio
n of Indian nurses as one outcome of the critical role played by U.S. medical
interests in a colonial civilizing mission. 
Complicating the long-held view of Indian women as passive participant
s in the movement of skilled labor in this period, Reddy demonstrates how these
"women in the lead" pursued new opportunities afforded by their mobi
lity. At the same time, Indian nurses also confronted stigmas based on the natu
re of "womens work", religious and caste differences within the migran
t community, and the racial and gender hierarchies of the U.S.
Spanning two centuries and multiple geographic spaces, Nursi
ng and Empire sheds light on histories of capitalist expansion and m
arginalized womens histories of resistance and labor migration. 
This book will be of considerable interest to scholars and students of
gender studies, labor history, and U.S.India relations. 
</td><td>Sujani K. Reddy is Associate Professor, Ame
rican Studies, State University of New York Old Westbury.</td><td>IN,N
P,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5509-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Unforgott
en : Love and the Culture of Dementia Care in India</td><td>Bianca Brijnath </td
><td>2014</td><td>240</td><td>850.0000</td><td><div style="text-align: j
ustify">As life expectancy increases in India, the number of people li
ving with dementia will also rise. Yet little is known about how people in Indi
a cope with dementia, how relationships and identities change through illness a
nd loss. In addressing this question, this book offers a rich ethnographic acco
unt of how middle-class families in urban India care for their relatives with
dementia. From the husband who wakes up at 3 am to feed his wife ice-cream to t
he daughters who gave up employment for seven years to care for their mother wi
th dementia, this book illuminates the local idioms on dementia and aging, the
personal experience of care-giving, the functioning of stigma in daily life, an
d the social and cultural barriers in accessing support.  &l
t;br /></div><div style="text-align: justify">&nbsp
;Offering a timely and accessible entry into the everyday world of care this bo
ok adds to the current research around dementia care in developing world contex
ts. The analyses highlight the complexities of care, ageing, culture and love i
n Indian families in an era of globalisation, money, transnationalism and migra
tion. Simultaneously it also shows how cultural frameworks historically specifi
c to India, such as medical pluralism and hope for a cure, the emotional curren
cy of feeding and eating, and the powerful bonds of kinship and reciprocity, co
ntinue to structure everyday worlds and practices. </
div><div style="text-align: justify"> Targeted to an
thropologists, South Asian specialists, transcultural psychiatrists, gerontolog
ists, public health experts and social scientists interested in the fields of a
geing, gerontology and culture, this book will also have relevance to families
and carers for people with dementia. </div></td><td>&lt
;strong>Bianca Brijnath is a NHMRC Early Career Fell
ow in the Department of General Practice, Monash University, Australia.<stron
g></td><td>IN,PK,LK,BD,NP,BT,MV</td><td>Anthropology
/ Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5521-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Hindu-Cat
holic Engagements in Goa: Religion, Colonialism, and Modernity </td><td>Alexande
r Henn</td><td>2014</td><td>228</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
Vasco Da Gamas celebrated passage to India (149799) not only initiated a
period of Christian expansion, in which Jesuit missionaries declared war to the
alleged idolatry of Hindus. The engagement with the until then largely unknown and
unexpectedly rich culture of Hinduism was also part of profound modern&nbsp
;transformations that, in the long run, lead Christian Europe to recognize the p
lurality of religions around the globe.
HinduCatholic Engagements in Goa offers a novel perspective on
the Portuguese empire and Catholic hegemony in Asia that for almost half a mille
nniumfrom 1510 to 1961had its capital in Goa. Based on fresh archival studies and
extensive ethnography, it reveals the dramatic role of religion at the beginning
of colonialism and modernity and provides insight into Goas intricate Hindu-Cath
olic syncretism today. 
Hindu village gods and Catholic patron saints commonly attract venerati
on from people of the respective Other religious community and, yet, do not create
confusion between the distinct identities of Hindus and Catholics. At the core
of this seeming syncretistic paradox lies a communal concern for neighborhood, g
enealogy, protection and health that, at times, overrules doctrinal divides in t
he village communities. Hindus and Catholics share trust in communicating with t
he divine and holy in ways that occasionally favor ritual over belief and apprec
iate substance before meaning. Contrary to postcolonial theories of Othering, this
book identifies religion thus as an inherently hybrid dimension of the intersec
tion of colonialism and modernity and identifies local, rather than universal an
d epistemic, rather than ethical principles at the core of Goas remarkable religi
ous pluralism.
This book will be welcomed by scholars and students of history, anthrop
ology, postcolonial theory, and cultural studies. It will also appeal to informe
d readers who are interested in the making of early modern Goa. </p&
gt;
</td><td>
Alexander Henn is Associate Profe
ssor of Religious Studies at Arizona State University.</td><td>IN,PK,L
K,BD,NP,BT,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5483-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Rajnitik
Samajshastra: Ekkisvin sadi ke Badalte Sandharbh mein (Hindi)</td><td>L N Sharm
a and K Murari</td><td>2014</td><td>344</td><td>275.0000</td><td><st
rong>Rajnitik Samajshasta is a textbook o
f Political Sociology. 
The book is aimed for postgraduate courses in political science across
north Indian universities, but the undergraduate students of Political Science a
nd Sociology will be the maximum takers of this book, because this subject is al
so covered in UG syllabus of sociology and political science. This book covers a
ll the latest development in the field of political sociology. This book will al
so be useful for the students of competitive examinations [who opt political sci
ence, history and sociology]. 
A very well written book, it discusses philosophical and sociological b
ackground of political sociology, emergence of political sociology, definition,
scope and development of political sociology, difference between political socio
logy and sociology of politics, and relevance of political sociology. This also
discusses the approaches in political Sociology: behaviouralism and structuralis
m; systems, approach and structural-functional approach and also Marxist and his
torical approach. The elite theory of political power and the condition of depri
ved sections has also been covered in this book. The book deals with concepts of
influence, power, authority and legitimacy; Politicisation of social stratum[fo
rces]: caste: origin and evolution, representative politics and caste system; cl
ass: Marxist approach, Weberian approach and functional approach; religion, comm
unalism, co-existence of multi-culturalism and secularism; Indian politics and p
roblem of ethnicity; Indian politics and problem of linguistic groups. </p&gt
;
Also covered in the book are: new social movements related to feminism,
child development, elderly persons and the society, dalits, the development of
minorities, and the environment; the group theory of politics, analysis of the g
roup theory, and interest groups in India. Political parties and political syste
m.
The book has chapters on Modernization, political development and polit
ical culture :  bureaucracy, society and politics in the context of the
21st century, Political  socialization, political participation, publi
c opinion, electoral behavior, strengthening of peoples powers and secularization
, political communication, political conflict and revolution and regional integr
ation in south Asia all described from political sociological perspective.
</td><td>L N Sharma is formerly, Professor
and Head, Department of Political Science, Patna University. He has over 44 yea
rs of experience in teaching political Science to undergraduate and post graduat
e students. He has written several books amongst which Political Socio
logy: A Grammar of Politics has been published by Universities Press
[India] Private Limited some 30 years ago.
Krishna Murari is currently teaching Polit
ical Science in Swami Shraddhanand College, University of Delhi. He has co-autho
red Bharatiya Samvidhan, Loktantra, Evam Shasan Vyavastha w
ith Professor M P Singh. He has published articles, papers and reviews in variou
s political science books, journals and seminar proceedings [in English and Hind
i].  
<td>978-81-250-5484-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Covering
and Explaining Conflict in Civil Society</td><td>Nalini Rajan (Ed.)</td><td>2014
</td><td>216</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Covering and Explaining
Conflict in Civil Society is a collection of essays that highlights
issues of ethics specifically in journalism of conflict. The media takes an acti
ve interest in reporting cases of conflict as political unrest has a direct and
immediate impact on peoples lives. 
In the first part, this volume presents four such reportages; one each
from Libya, Pakistan, Turkey and Khairlanji (India). Devoted to reportage, these
case studies raise an important question: How far can a reporter prescribe and
opine in her reportage? The authors explain, by their own example, the need for
a journalist to be aware of this question during live reportage.
The second part of this volume is a critical look at the contemporary m
edia scene in India. The authors draw our attention to the vibrant civil society
that shook the administration when allegations of corruption cropped up. Citing
instances of corruption within the media, the essays delineate the conflict bet
ween vested interest and ethics in journalism. In the concluding part, the autho
rs focus on social media, as a new medium of civil society, playing an active ro
le in the reportage of conflictthrough clicks and shares. The essays here provoke
the reader to ask if journalistic ethics do find a place in social media at all
!
Presenting case-studies, theory and arguments, this volume is invaluabl
e for students of journalism and mass communication. It will also be of interest
to the lay reader.
</td><td>Nalini Rajan is Professor at Asian College
of Journalism, Chennai.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5488-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Being
of Bhasha: A General Introduction</td><td>G. N. Devy (Ed)</td><td>2014</td><td>
152</td><td>895.0000</td><td>The first volume of the Peoples Linguistic
Survey of India brings to the reader the journey undertaken in 2010, by a group
of visionaries led by G. N. Devy to document the languages of India as they exis
ted then. The aim of the Peoples Linguistic Survey of India was to document these
languages, spoken in Indias remotest corners. Indias towns and cities too have fo
und a voice in this survey. What this journey did was to bring a groundswell of
support from people from all walks of life, leading to The Being of Bhasha.</td><td>G. N. Devy, taught at the Maharaja Say
ajirao University, Baroda till 1996, before leaving to set up the Bhasha Researc
h Centre in Baroda and the Adivasi academy at Tejgadh where he has since worked
towards conserving and promoting the languages and culture of indigenous and nom
adic communities. He has also been the recipient of many awards for his work in
literature, tribal craft and language conservation. He was awarded the Padma Shr
i in 2014. He is the Chief Editor of the PLSI series.</td><td>World</t
<td>978-81-250-5489-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Indian Si
gn Language(s)</td><td>G. N. Devych(Ch. Ed.), Tanmoy Bhattacharya, Nisha Grover
and Surinder P. K. Randhawa</td><td>2014</td><td>240</td><td>1150.0000</td><td>
This thirty-eighth volume of the Peoples Linguistic Survey of India is d
evoted to the Indian Sign Language (ISL), the language of the Deaf in India. The
articles in the volume are divided into four parts. The first discusses both it
s formal linguistic and orthographic features; the second presents the sociolingui
stic themes of the ISL such as bilingualism and language variety as well as lang
uage planning and policy issues. Part three presents various synchronic aspects
of the ISL. The final part comprises articles on themes interfacing Sign Languag
es and other knowledge systems. This very first collection of articles on the IS
L, is a critically important contribution to the discipline.

</td><td>
Chief Editor: PLSI 
G. N. Devy, taught at the Maharaja Sayajirao Univ
ersity, Baroda till 1996, before leaving to set up the Bhasha Research Centre in
Baroda and the Adivasi academy at Tejgadh where he has since worked towards con
serving and promoting the languages and culture of indigenous and nomadic commun
ities. He has also been the recipient of many awards for his work in literature,
tribal craft and language conservation. He was awarded the Padma Shri in 2014.
He is the Chief Editor of the PLSI series. 
 
Volume Editors 
Tanmoy Bhattacharya, is an associate profe
ssor of Linguistics at the Centre for Advanced Studies in linguistics, universit
y of Delhi. His research interests include syntax, psycholinguistics, gender, di
sability, deaf education and sign languages. 
 
Nisha Grover, has been involved with the education
of deaf children since 1974 for which the Akshar Trust was started twenty five y
ears ago. 
 
Surinder P.K. Randhawa, is a senior consul
tant with the Indira Gandhi National Open University, Delhi where she teaches th
e BA course in the Applied sign language studies.

<td>978-81-250-5491-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Neolibera
lism and Water: Complicating the Story of Reforms in Maharashtra</td><td>Priya San
gameswaran</td><td>2014</td><td>340</td><td>895.0000</td><td><ul>
<li>Neoliberalism and Water tells us the story of
the reforms in the water sector in Maharashtra in the first decade of the twent
y-first century. </li>
<li>It looks at it through the prism of neoliberalism, which works in c
ombination with other processes, and by the specific nature of water as a resou
rce. </li>
<li>The introductory discussion of different approaches to understandin
g neoliberalism provides the base for the ensuing discussion of water reforms.
</li>
<li>It discusses changes in urban and rural drinking water, and irrigat
ion, and concepts like piped water, 24x7 water, water entitlements, commodity,
and entrepreneurship. </li>
<li>It raises the questionsWhat kinds of visions of development of the u
rban and the rural do current water reforms draw upon? How is decentralisation
mediated by ideas like self-sufficiency, depoliticisation, and expertise? What
kind of work goes into constructing markets and determining prices? Who are the
new kinds of private actors who have emerged in the arena of water? How are mind
sets and modes of working changing even among public institutions? </li>
</ul></td><td>Priya Sangameswaran is
Assistant Professor in Development Studies at the Centre for Studies in Social
Sciences, Calcutta. </td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography
</td>
<td>978-81-250-5497-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Tibetan R
efugees in India: Education, Culture and Growing Up in Exile</td><td>Mallica Mis
hra</td><td>2014</td><td>328</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Tibetan
Refugees in India focuses on the issue of education for the
Tibetan community as an important ingredient conceived to not only protect and
preserve tradition but also engage with modernity by the Tibetan Government in E
xile. The volume recognises the dilemmas that the community grapples with in try
ing to achieve a balance between tradition and modernity in education and the strate
gies it has employed to deal with the issue. Life in exile is seen as a continuo
us learning experience for the community with trying to be exclusive yet also to p
revent exclusion in a modernised world. 
The Introduction sets the tone with the idea of and about refugeeism as
a complex and problematic global reality. The chapters examine the educational
options available to the Tibetan youthTibetan schools and Indian schools respecti
vely. It details the curriculum and pedagogy in both sets of schools and the imp
act it has on the Tibetan youth, their sense of identity, nationhood, Tibet in t
heir imagination and their attitude towards the Dalai Lama and the Tibetan strug
gle.
</td><td>Mallica Mishra is Associate Facul
ty (PGDMS-Development Studies), at the Entrepreneurial Development Institute of
India, Ahmedabad. </td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography<
/td>
<td>978-81-250-5500-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Groun
d Between: Anthropologists Engage Philosophy</td><td>Veena Das, Michael Jackson,
Arthur Kleinman and Bhrigupati Singh (Eds.)</td><td>2014</td><td>360</td><td>11
50.0000</td><td>The guiding inspi
ration of this book is the attraction and distance that mark the relation betwee
n anthropology and philosophy. This theme is explored through encounters between
individual anthropologists and particular regions of philosophy. Several of the
most basic concepts of the disciplineincluding notions of ethics, politics, temp
orality, self and other, and the nature of human lifeare products of a dialogue,
both implicit and explicit, between anthropology and philosophy. These philosoph
ical undercurrents in anthropology also speak to the question of what it is to e
xperience our being in a world marked by radical difference and otherness. 
In The Ground Between&l
t;/em>, twelve leading anthropologists offer intimate reflections on the infl
uence of particular philosophers on their way of seeing the world, and on what e
thnography has taught them about philosophy. Ethnographies of the mundane and th
e everyday raise fundamental issues that the contributors grapple with in both t
heir lives and their thinking. With directness and honesty, they relate particul
ar philosophers to matters such as how to respond to the suffering of the other,
how concepts arise in the give and take of everyday life, and how to be attuned
to the world through the senses. Their essays challenge the idea that philosoph
y is solely the province of professional philosophers, and suggest that certain
modalities of being in the world might be construed as ways of doing philosophy.

social scientists, philosophers and literary scholars.</td><td>Veena Das i
s Krieger-Eisenhower Professor of Anthropology at The Johns Hopkins University.&
amp;nbsp;
Michael Jackson is Distinguished Professor of World Religions at
Harvard Divinity School.Arthur Kleinman is the Esther and Sidney Rabb Prof
essor of Anthropology at Harvard University.Bhrigupati Singh is Assistant
Professor of Anthropology Brown University. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,MV,BD,
LK,PK</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5501-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Prob
lem of Caste</td><td>Satish Deshpande (Ed.)</td><td>2014</td><td>436</td><td>595
.0000</td><td>Caste is one of the
oldest concerns of the social sciences in India that continues to be relevant e
ven today.  This book tracks how scholars from different disciplines ha
ve responded to the caste question in independent India and highlights recent sh
ifts in perspective. 
The general perception about cast

e is that it is an outdated concept that was slowly but inevitably dying out unt
il it was revived by colonial policies and promoted by vested interests and elec
toral politics after independence.  However, this hegemonic perception
changed irrevocably in the 1990s after the controversial reservations for the Ot
her Backward Classes recommended by the Mandal Commission. Mandal triggered a ne
w awakening by revealing that only a privileged upper caste minority believed in
the declining significance of castefor the  vast majority of Indians ca
ste continued to be a crucial determinant of life opportunities.  
This volume collects significant writings spanning seven decades, three
generations and several disciplines.  The introduction contextualises
established perspectives in relation to emergent concerns, and is followed by fo
rty essays organised into six sections.  
The first section offers a sample of disciplinary responses ranging fro
m sociology to law.  The second explores the relationship between caste
and class, while the third highlights the interplay between caste and politics.
  
The fourth section covers old and
new challenges in law and policy.  Emergent research areas are represe
nted in section five and section six showcases post-Mandal innovations in caste
studies.  
This transdisciplinary volume bri
ngs together sociologists, anthropologists, political scientists, historians, ec
onomists and others.  It will be essential reading for students and sch
olars across these disciplines.
</td><td>Satish Deshpande is Professor, De
partment of Sociology, Delhi School of Economics. </td><td>World</td>
<td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5355-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Marrying
in South Asia: Shifting Concepts, Changing Practices in a Globalising World</td>
<td>Ravinder Kaur and Rajni Palriwala</td><td>2014</td><td>440</td><td>1095.0000
</td><td>Marriage has long been
central to the study of kinship and family and to imaginings of culture, identi
ty and citizenship. If the deeply gendered nature of marriage has been critique
d by feminist researchers, the conjugal contract has been the subject of debate
in the legal domain and the economics of marriage and of the wedding ceremony
figure in the discourse on development.
Engaging with these and other st
rands is Marrying in South Asia, a volume which looks closely at Bangladeshi, P
akistani and south Indian Muslims, Bhutanese ethnic groups, Nepali widows, the
Sri Lankan Tamil diaspora, south Asian gays and lesbians, middle class and urba
n, working class communities and many other groups. With the globalising world
as the backdrop, the essays trace the encounters with changing notions and prac
tices of marriage.  The book examines processes that make a marriage,
the implications of non-marriage or its end and the acknowledgement of multiple
sexualities, as well as the contestations and conflicts, including in the law
courts, that are part of the institution. The integration of the larger economi
c and political contexts in understandings of personal relations around marriag
e is significant. The diverse ethnographic accounts, demographic analyses and e
conomic investigations provide a wider window to marriage than is usually avail
able in a single volume.
This volume brings together scho
lars in sociology, anthropology, economics, demography, development studies, qu
eer theory and gender studies, and historical research, from around the world.
Marrying in South Asia is a must-read for students of the social sciences and f
or all of us interested in the ideas around conjugality and the institution of
marriage.</td><td>Ravinder Kaur is Profess
or, Department of Humanities and Social Sciences, IIT, Delhi.
Rajni Palriwala is Professor, Department of Sociolo

gy, Delhi University.
<td>978-81-250-5356-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Cine-Poli
tics: Film Stars and Political Existence in South India </td><td>M. Madhava Pras
ad</td><td>2014</td><td>224</td><td>825.0000</td><td>Cine-pol
itics explores the unique link established between cinema and politi
cs in south India since the 1950s. Taking up the trajectories of three major st
arsM. G. Ramachandran, N. T. Rama Rao and Rajkumar, from Tamil Nadu, Andhra Prad
esh and Karnataka, respectively the book shows how the widespread political mobi
lisation of star charisma in south Indiacine-politicssheds critical light on the na
ture of democratic political life in postcolonial India. Insisting on the centr
ality of both cinematic and political aspects in interpreting the cine-politica
l event, the author locates the emergence of the phenomenon against the backdro
p of demands for the linguistic reorganisation of the states soon after indepen
dence. The argument leads us through the various formal and narrative shifts ena
bling the production of a cinematic form that allowed marginalised populations,
deprived of political existence in the newly forged nation, to enact the fanta
sy of popular sovereignty.</td><td>M. Madhava Prasad &lt
;/strong>is Professor, Department of Cultural Studies, English and Foreign L
anguages University, Hyderabad.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnograph
y</td>
<td>978-81-250-5359-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Cultural
History of Early South Asia: A Reader</td><td>Shonaleeka Kaul</td><td>2014</td><
td>388</td><td>995.0000</td><td>Cultural History of Early So
uth Asia: A Reader presents a wide-ranging survey of the diverse art
forms of early South Asia. In doing so, it departs from the dominant tendency
of treating the arts as static heritage of the past with just exhibition value, a
nd instead perceives them as dynamic processes of meaning and communication &lt
;em>in the past. It connects cultural production with ordinary li
fe, to explore the various roles which literature and visual arts played in the
lives of their communities. Here, art is investigated as objects of aesthetic
enjoyment, but also as creations of rhetorical or philosophical moment, as well
as of utilitarian value. 
Through its broad chronological sweep covering the earliest specimens of cult
ural expression like the prehistoric rock paintings of Bhimbetka; the ornaments
of the Harappan culture; the frescoes and rock-cut temples of Ajanta and Ellor
a; the Pali Jatakas, and South Asian folklore, the book ar
gues for a variety of audiences in ancient and early medieval South Asia. 
Bringing together authoritative voices on South Asian history, archaeology an
d literature, the book presents complementary views which will help in understa
nding the popular dimensions of the subcontinents art and culture. It will acqua
int its readership with fundamental contributions to the regions art history, an
d yet do so in a way that questions and opens up received wisdom, and initiates
a new understanding of early cultural processes. Scholarly, yet accessible, it
will be of enduring relevance for researchers, students of history and cultura
l studies, as well as lay readers interested in the artistic traditions of Sout
h Asia.</td><td>Shonaleeka Kaul </strong&gt
;is Assistant Professor, Department of History, University of Delhi. <
/td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5379-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Multiple
Voices and Stories: Narratives of Health and Illness </td><td>Arima Mishra and S
uhita Chopra Chatterjee (EDS.)</td><td>2013</td><td>336</td><td>950.0000</td><td
><div style="text-align: justify">In the field of medical sociol
ogy/anthropology, narratives of patients are widely used as an approach to under
stand social reality and lived experiences. As a theoretical and methodological
entry point, they contribute towards defining the scope of discipline, point out
the limitations of the positivist language of biomedicine, and highlight the role
of culture and society in understanding health, illness and suffering in everyd
ay lives.
Inspired by the possibilities of narratives, Multiple Voices and Stories is a coll
ection of essays on the narratives of health which goes beyond the patients and
their immediate families to include midwives, traditional healers, complementary
and alternative medical practitioners, health workers, to name a few.
The essays are arranged thematically. The first section captures the voices of t
he care-providers and healers in different settings. The second section narrates
the voices of the self in providing accounts of doing healthwhether curing an il
lness episode, living with a chronic illness or engaging in everyday practices o
f health. The third section goes further by offering two contrasting examples on
mental health narratives by showing where and why a narrative approach to medic
ine works or does not work.
The volume also raises important questions like: What functions do these narrati
ves perform? Do they generate evidence? If yes, what kind of evidence? How does
such evidence provide an alternative to the evidence in biomedicine? Where do narr
atives stand in the practices of evidence-based medicine and public health?
Bringing together essays by well-known scholars, this volume is an indispensable
read for students and scholars of medical sociology/anthropology, sociology/ant
hropology of health and illness, public health, narrative theory, social work an
d nursing studies.</div></td><td>Arima Mishra is Associ
ate Professor, Health, Nutrition and Development Initiative, Azim Premi Universi
ty, Bengaluru, Karnataka, India.<div> </div><div>&l
t;b>Suhita Chopra Chatterjee is Professor of Sociology, Department
of Humanities and social sciences, Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur, We
st Bengal, India.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</
td>
<td>978-81-250-5394-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Language
and Cultural Diversity: The Writings of Debi Prasanna Pattanayak Volumes 1 </td>
<td>D P Pattanayak</td><td>2014</td><td>944</td><td>2100.0000</td><td><div st
yle="text-align: justify">This collection of essays by Debi Prasann
a Pattanayak brings together for the first time the writings of this eminent Ind
ian linguist. The essays were compiled by the author himself, under the aegis of
the IGNCA with whom these two volumes have been co-published. It contains his s
peeches and writings spanning a career over forty years.</div></td><td>&lt
;b>Debi Prasanna Pattanayak retired as the Director, Central Instit
ute of Indian Languages, Mysore. He was honoured with the Padmashree in 1987. Hi
s interests are multilingualism and mother tongue education, minor, minority and
endangered languages, sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, applied linguistics,
computational linguistics, folklore and lexicography.</td><td>World</td><td>Ant
hropology / Ethnography</td>
and Cultural Diversity: The Writings of Debi Prasanna Pattanayak Volumes 2</td><
td>D P Pattanayak</td><td>2014</td><td>592</td><td>1600.0000</td><td>This collec
tion of essays by Debi Prasanna Pattanayak brings together for the first time th
e writings of this eminent Indian linguist. The essays were compiled by the auth
or himself, under the aegis of the IGNCA with whom these two volumes have been c
o-published. It contains his speeches and writings spanning a career over forty
years.</td><td>Debi Prasanna Pattanayak retired as the Direct
or, Central Institute of Indian Languages, Mysore. He was honoured with the Padm
ashree in 1987. His interests are multilingualism and mother tongue education, m
inor, minority and endangered languages, sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, ap
plied linguistics, computational linguistics, folklore and lexicography.</td><td

>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5423-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Borderlan
d Lives in Northern South Asia</td><td>David N. Gellner</td><td>2014</td><td>320
</td><td>1050.0000</td><td>Borderland Lives in Northern Sout
h Asia provides valuable new ethnographic insights into life along so
me of the most contentious borders in the world. The collected essays portray e
xistence at different points across India's northern frontiers and, in one
instance, along borders within India. Whether discussing Shi'i Muslims str
iving to be patriotic Indians in the Kashmiri district of Kargil or Bangladeshi
s living uneasily in an enclave surrounded by Indian territory, the contributors
show that state borders in Northern South Asia are complex sites of contestati
on. 
India's borders with Bangladesh, Bhutan, Burma/Myanmar, China and
Nepal encompass radically different ways of life, a whole spectrum of relations
hips to the state, and many struggles with urgent identity issues. Taken togeth
er, the essays show how it is possible to comprehend Northern South Asia's
various nation-state projects without relapsing into conventional nationalist a
ccounts. 
Academic borderland studies are dominated by examples from North Ameri
ca (especially the US-Mexico border) and from Europe; this volume shows that e
xamples from Northern South Asia also deserve a central place in discussions of
borders and state-making. 
This book will be an essential reference for South and Southeast Asian
specialists, for anthropologists, sociologists, and historians of the region,
for anyone interested in border and boundary issues, and for those using and st
udying ethnographic approaches to the state. </td><td><b&
gt;David N. Gellner is Professor of Social Anthropology at the Univers
ity of Oxford.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>Anthropology / Eth
nography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5424-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Moder
n Spirit of Asia: The Spiritual and the Secular in China and India</td><td>Peter
van der Veer </td><td>2014</td><td>296</td><td>995.0000</td><td>The Modern Spirit of Asia challenges the notion that modernity
in China and India are derivative imitations of the West, arguing that these so
cieties have transformed their ancient traditions in unique and distinctive way
s. Peter van der Veer begins with nineteenth-century imperial history, explorin
g how Western concepts of spirituality, secularity, religion, and magic were us
ed to translate the traditions of India and China. He traces how modern Weste
rn notions of religion and magic were incorporated into the respective nation-b
uilding projects of Chinese and Indian nationalist intellectuals, yet how moder
nity in China and India is by no means uniform. While religion is a centerpiec
e of Indian nationalism, it is viewed in China as an obstacle to progress that
must be marginalized and controlled. 
 Van der Veer, an outspoken proponent of the importance of comparati
ve studies of religion and society, eloquently makes his case in this groundbre
aking examination of the spiritual and the secular in China and India. This b
ook allows both Indians and Chinese to examine their social history from a comp
arative viewpoint. These historical trajectories have a lot in common, but at v
arious points Indians and Chinese have made choices that have led to very diffe
rent outcomes. 
The Modern Spirit of Asia is a welcome break from the ub
iquitous emphasis on economic growth in the comparison of India and China. It w
ould appeal to all those interested in comparing India and China who want to be
informed about the contemporary world in which India and China are major playe
rs. </td><td>Peter van der Veer
is director at the Max Planck Institute for the Study of Religious and Ethnic
Diversity in Göttingen, Germany, and a Distinguished Professor at Utrecht
University in the Netherlands.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>A

nthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5425-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Figuratio
ns in Indian Film</td><td>Meheli Sen and Anustup Basu</td><td>2014</td><td>304</
td><td>1050.0000</td><td>Just as the celebration of 100 years of India
n cinema comes to an end, this book takes stock of continuities as well as brea
ks that have made Indian cinema what it is now
Volume contains original, sophisticated and complementary selection of
chapters that examine figures in and of Indian cinema 
Indian cinema here is taken in its broad sense to include popular and
more art and new / niche film developments
This collection of essays brings together ideas about figures and figu
rations that have been swirling around in Indian cinema studies for a considera
ble period now
Thematically arranged under four sections, the essays (12) examine a w
ide range of films that differ stylistically and linguistically under an umbrel
la concept of figuration or Indian modernity
The authors approach Indian cinema from multiple perspectives, ranging
from investigations of the political and the generic, to unraveling the figura
tive resonances of fabrics, stars, and icons, in an era of media convergence. &
lt;br />
 
Figurations in Indian Film demonstrates that the convers
ation about the relationship between bodies, modernity, globalization, aestheti
cs and politics is far from settled and suggests some exciting new ways of theo
rizing the same. 
This book would appeal to any reader interested in Indian cinema, cult
ure and politics. </td><td>Meheli Sen</stron
g> is Assistant Professor in the Department of African, Middle Eastern, and
South Asian Languages and Literatures (AMESALL) and the Cinema Studies program
at Rutgers University, USA. Anustup Ba
su is Associate Professor in the Department of English at the Un
iversity of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, USA. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV
,BD,PK</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5429-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Decolonis
ation, Development and Disease: A Social History of Malaria in Sri Lanka</td><td
>Kalinga Tudor Silva</td><td>2014</td><td>272</td><td>950.0000</td><td>
The 1901 Census of Ceylon identified malaria as a bane of the island. And through
the ensuing century a story of development has sprung around the control of this
endemic disease. A story of development that is scripted by a postcolonial stat
e, as it grew to espouse a hegemonic Sinhala nationalist ideology.
Decolonisation, Development and Disease looks at t
he dynamic interplay between malaria and its social, political and environmental
milieu in Sri Lanka over an 80-year period from 1930 to 2010. The volume begins
with an ethno-historical account of the accumulated body of indigenous knowledg
e and practices and cultural adaptation to fevers and how it saw a rapid decline
with the arrival of western medicine. Then it analyses the consequences of the
devastating malaria epidemic of 193435, which, affecting mainly the Sinhala South
, in some ways shaped Sri Lankas transition from a colony to a postcolonial devel
opmental state. The book also examines the manner in which civil war (19832009) t
riggered yet another outbreak of a malaria epidemic.
Employing postcolonial studies, post-development and discourse analysis
, and examining colonial records, government statistics, oral history, ethnograp
hic research and newspapers, this book challenges the conventional modernist wis
dom relating to the role of tropical medicine in combating disease and points to
the social and historical embeddedness of malaria epidemics.
Arriving at a time of reconciliation in Sri Lanka, this volume will be
of interest to ethnographers, social historians, public health experts, administ
rators and students of political science. 

</td><td>Kalinga Tudor Silva is Senior Professor at the Depar
tment of Sociology, University of Peradeniya, Sri Lanka.</td><td>World</td><td>A
<td>978-81-250-5430-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Socio
-Cultural Context of Water: Study of a Gujarat Village</td><td>Farhat Naz</td><t
d>2014</td><td>256</td><td>850.0000</td><td>Water as a commodity in a c
onsumer society is critically studied in this volume, the rural hinterland being
viewed through the micro world of Mathnaa. Socio-cultural Context of
Water: Study of a Gujarat Village analyses vario
us aspects of water management at a project in Mathnaa in Sabarkantha district o
f the state of Gujarat noted for its aridity. 
This small village is sharply differentiated along the lines of caste,
tribe, class and gender. Wells are the main source of irrigation, rainfall being
erratic. Water scarcity is an arena of conflict, which leads to the social acto
rs trying to exploit the situation for their vested interests depending on their
relative power positions. A significant finding of this volume is that Schedule
d Caste and Scheduled Tribe farmers too own borewells and are able to participat
e in user-group committees, thus gaining social mobility. 
The author has explained to what extent attempts to revive the institut
ions for community water management have been successful, illustrating local pow
er dynamics in terms of wealth, land ownership and access to water. </
td><td>Farhat Naz is at present with the I
nternational Water Management Institute, New Delhi. </td><td>World</t
<td>978-81-250-5437-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Beyond Tr
anquebar: Grappling Across Cultural Borders in South India</td><td>Esther Fihl a
nd A. R. Venkatachalapathy(Ed.s)</td><td>2014</td><td>644</td><td>1150.0000</td>
<td><div style="text-align: justify">A rare Indian colony of the
Danish empire. A place that fostered the modern printing press and Protestant
Christianity in the subcontinent. A tourist haunt that was ravaged by the tsun
ami in 2004. This is Tranquebar, known as Tharangampadi, a charming coastal tow
n in present-day Tamil Nadu. </div>
<div style="text-align: justify">Beyond T
ranquebar is a collection of twenty-four essays by scholars who brin
g to relief the many dimensions of this town. The book takes us to seventeenthcentury Denmark, as the kingdom strives to find a place in the thriving colonia
l enterprise. It moves east to Maratha-ruled Tanjore where gifts can shift the
balance of power. It takes us to a place where ideas, textiles and furniture ar
rive and depart, from as far away as Serampore in Bengal and Copenhagen in Denm
arkgoing beyond geography to contribute to literacy and education in India and a
lter tastes in distant Europe. </div>&l
t;div style="text-align: justify">This volumeexamines the place fro
m the perspectives of a diverse range of academic disciplinessocial anthropology
, art history, sociology of religion, ethnography and history. It enquires into
the lives of natives and foreigners, i.e. Danish, German and British, as they
grapple(d) across borders both physical and cultural, in the past and the prese
nt. </div><div style="text-align: justify">This c
ollectionis unique in that it centres on activities which radiated from this im
portant south Indian place, instead of seeing this place as an appendix to the
national history of Denmark or to the Christian mission activities from Germany
. Thereby, the authors and editors of this volume peg Tranquebar in its rightfu
l place in the scholarly map. </div><div style=&
quot;text-align: justify">This book will be useful for students and scho
lars of colonial history, South Asian studies and anthropology. They will benef
it from the diverse strands of research a seemingly small place offers.</div
></td><td>Esther Fihl is Professor, Department of
Cross-Cultural Studies, University of Copenhagen, Denmark, and research leader
of Tranquebar Initiative of the National Museum of Denmark. &

lt;p>A. R. Venkatachalapathy is Professor, Madras Institut
e of Development Studies, Chennai, India.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthro
pology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5440-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Golden T
hreshold: An Anthology of One-Act Plays and Stories</td><td>K R Ranjith Krishnan
, K L Rajalekshmi</td><td>2014</td><td>132</td><td>95.0000</td><td>Golden Threshold is a textbook of English for under-graduate st
udents, based on literary texts, both dramaand short fiction.  The te
xts have been selected from a variety of contexts and present different
kinds of themes and ideas. The authors range from Sir Arthur Conan Doyle and
Eugene ONeill to O. Henry and R. K. Narayan. Each text is followed by a glossary
and comprehension questions covering all aspects of the text.</td><td
>K R Ranjith Krishnan is Assistant Profes
sor of English at NSS College, Pandalam.
K L Rajalekshmi is Assistant Professor of English
at Government College, Karyavattam, Thiruvananthap
uram.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4935-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Keralas Gu
lf Connection, 19982011: Economic and Social Impact of Migration</td><td>K. C. Za
chariah & S. Irudaya Rajan</td><td>2012</td><td>280</td><td>975.0000</td><td
>This volume situates the phenomenon of migration from Kerala to the G
ulf in its economic and social contexts. Based on migration surveys carried out
by the authors, the volume is a comparative study of the surveys carried out i
n 1998, 2003 and 2008. It looks at the changes migration has brought about in t
he lives of the families left behind by the migrant. It also carries a two-part
epilogue. While the first analyses the panel data from the 1998 and 2008 surve
ys, the second evaluates the results from the most recent survey conducted in 2
011 that throws light on migration during the global financial crises of 2008 a
nd its aftermath on employment in the Middle East.</td><td>K. C. Zachariah is Honorary Professor at Centre for Developme
nt Studies, Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala 
S. Irudaya Rajan is Chair Professor, Ministry of Ov
erseas Indian Affairs (MOIA) Research Unit on International Migration at the Ce
ntre for Development Studies, Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala </td><td>World</td><td
>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4988-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Flesh and
Fish Blood: Postcolonialism, Translation, and the Vernacular</td><td>S Shankar<
/td><td>2013</td><td>204</td><td>750.0000</td><td><strong&
gt;Flesh and Fish Blood is a book that takes off from
the idea that postcolonialism needs to break new ground since a character of s
taleness and ennui has come into postcolonial studies. The book brings into foc
us the need to infuse both new archival resources to approach the study of what
postcolonialism means and also to stress new methodologies in analysing postco
lonial studies.
The book therefore is a call to such a challenge. Working with literat
ure and film from India in English, Tamil and Hindi, the book explores the rich
potential of what S Shankar insists on calling the vernacular,</e
m> and studies it as a critical term capable of opening up fresh areas for s
tudy within postcolonial studies. The book recommends and pushes for renewed an
d more focused attention to translation issues and comparative methods for thei
r relevance in uncovering disregarded aspects of postcolonial societies such as
India. Often, the argument draws out broader implications, offering provocati
ve remarks on humanism and cosmopolitanism. Beyond its focus on India, <em&g
t;Flesh and Fish Blood opens up new hor
izons of theoretical possibility for postcolonial studies and cultural analysis
in general.
</td><td>S. Shankar is a literary critic,

novelist and translator. His books include a volume of criticism, Te
xtual Traffic: Colonialism, Modernity and the Economy of the Text, a
novel, No End to the Journey and a co-edited anthology, &l
t;em>Crossing into America: The New Literature of Immigration.&#1
60; He teaches in the English Department at the University of Hawaiʻi
at Mānoa.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Anthropology /
Ethnography</td>
Works of C. Rajagopalachari Vol. I 190721</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan, N. Balakris
hnan, Deepa Bhatnagar (Eds.)</td><td>2014</td><td>472</td><td>1295.0000</td><td>
Chakravarti Rajagopalachari (18781972), popularly known as Rajaji, was
the first Governor General of independent India (194850).  A lawyer by
profession, he was drawn into the non-violent nationalist movement steered by M
ahatma Gandhi and came to be known as his conscience-keeper. He was awarded Indias
highest civilian award, the Bharat Ratna in 1955.  A prolific writer
, he is also known for his books on the Mahabharata and the
Ramayana. 
This volume looks at the period when Rajaji became involved in the freedom mo
vement (190721).  It is a collection of articles and letters he wrote t
o prominent leaders like Gandhi, Gokhale, Vijiaraghavachariar, and in newspaper
s like The Hindu, Madras Mail and Commonweal. These give us an insight into the thoughts of one o
f the most important leaders of the Indian national movement in the Madras Pre
sidency. 
Selected Works of C. Rajagopalachari, Vol. I, 190721 is t
he first in a series of ten volumes published in association with Nehru Memoria
l Museum and Library (NMML) on the writings of Rajaji. </td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan is Director, Nehru Memorial
Museum and Library (NMML). 
N. Balakrishnan is Deputy Director, NMML. 
Deepa Bhatnagar is in charge of the Research and
Publications Division and NMML Archives. </td><td>World</td><td>Anthr
opology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5019-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>People of
the Maldive Islands</td><td>Clarence Maloney</td><td>2013</td><td>488</td><td>1
695.0000</td><td>This book is an engagingly told cultural historical na
rrative of the island nation of the Maldive Islands from the earliest references
in Indian and European classics. It also narrates the story of the settlement b
y people from South India and Sri Lanka, and their later conversion to Islam. Th
e second half of the book is an anthropological perspective of life as it was in
the mid-1970s, with chapters on society, politics, religion and the economy. &l
t;/p>
The change due to international influence in recent decades, especially
in the capital Male, has been so vertiginous that many Maldivians are keen to u
nderstand what life was in their parents' time, when population was one-thir
d of what it is today, the traditional fishing and lethargic cultural ethos that
prevailed, and before modern education and international contacts had such an i
mpact. 
People of the Maldive Islands is of more i
nterest now as it was made unavailable during the thirty-year dictatorship of Pr
esident Gayoom, before the democratic revolution of 2008. Many tourists, mostly
Europeans, who visit every winter and stay on the little islands, also have an i
nterest in the traditional culture. The Maldives has gained relevance in recent
years because of present day Islamic movements, trade relations with India, and
more so because of the mortal threat of the rise of the ocean and acidification
of coral islands. This was made famous by the then President Nasheed's plea
on the international stage for reversing human causation of global warming. 
This book would be of interest to anthropologists, scholars of culture
studies and Maldivians.
The book has photographs depicting the lifestyle in the Maldives people
in the 1970s before the massive impact of modernization.
</td><td>CLARENCE MALONEY is an independent social scientist
consultant in development projects in South Asian countries.</td><td>World</td><
td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5028-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Radical R
abindranath: Nation, Family and Gender in Tagores Fiction and Films</td><td>Sanju
kta Dasgupta, Sudeshna Chakravarti and Mary Mathew</td><td>2013</td><td>389</td>
<td>850.0000</td><td>Much has been said and documented about the multif
aceted genius of Rabindranath Tagore. Radical Rabindrana
th is a post-colonial reading that focuses on areas th
at have been marginalised because of the more dominant and compelling desire in
the West to establish Tagore as a transcendent visionary and poet-philosopher.&l
t;/p>
The volume breaks new ground as it critiques Tagores non-conformism, rad
ical outlook and occasional ambivalence as seen in his novels and short stories.
In its re-readings of his works, it meticulously analyses issues such as sexual
desire, repression, and jealousy on the one hand, and nation, politics, family
and gender on the other. It also shows how, amidst changing social structures, h
is women protagonists are motivated by promptings of self-discovery and self-rea
lisation, as well as a compulsive need to recreate their identities. 
The book includes readings from selected film versions of Tagores fictio
n. These trace the deviations from the original texts to highlight how pre- and
post-independence Indian/Bengali film-makers have appropriated Tagores liter
ary texts by emphasising gender positions, the politics of the sexualised body a
nd body images.
It also provides details of Tagores early years of growing up, his
formative influences and also throws light on his intellectual combats with cont
emporaries like Chandranath Basu and Dijendralal Roy. In an interesting detour,
the authors bring forth his relationships with women like Kadambari Devi, Ranu M
ukherjee and Victoria Ocampoencounters that allow a glimpse into a mind that desp
ite being progressive and fearless, was not devoid of contradictions.
For students and scholars of comparative literature, and those with a k
een interest in Tagore, the man, the poet, and the radicalan indispensable read, bo
th at home and in the world.
</td><td>Sanjukta Dasgupta is Professor an
d Former Head, Department of English and Former Dean, Faculty of Arts, Universit
y of Calcutta. 
Sudeshna Chakravarti is Professor, Departm
ent of English, University of Calcutta.
Mary Mathew is Professor, Department of English, No
rth Carolina Central University in North Carolina, USA. </td><td>World</td><td>A
<td>978-81-250-5049-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Memories
and Movements: Borders and Communities in Banni, Kutch, Gujarat</td><td>Rita Kot
hari</td><td>2013</td><td>200</td><td>975.0000</td><td>Situated in nort
hern Kutch in Gujarat, the Banni grasslands lie on the border dividing India and
Pakistan. It is home to diverse communities; while Muslim pastoralists form the
majority, one also finds Dalit Hindus, and a community that is neither Hindu no
r Muslim. Bannis people, have for centuries, moved freely between Sindh (Pakistan
) and Kutch (India)a reason why, perhaps, the Indo-Pak border has not been able t
o produce a sense of bounded citizenship in them. While still referring to Sindh a
s their homeland, they recognise Gujarat as their governing regime. These two ex
periences of belonging give rise to the cultural imaginary of Banni. 
Memories and Movements</em&gt
; is an ethnographic account of present-day Banni society, where the rhetoric of
change and development have made inroads quietly but surely. Poised on the brink
of socio-economic transformation, it hosts huge tourist populations for a few mo
nths every year. The result is an immense demand for its distinct products and s
ervices such as its handicrafts and music. 
The labour of its women feeds the embroidery industry in Banni. Kothari
raises poignant questions, among others, about the position of Bannis women: Do
the handicraft industries give women more freedom and self-determination? Or do
they entrench gender-inequality further? 
The author also tells the story of the entrepreneurial success and resu
ltant social mobility of a hitherto untouchable community. In presenting a picture
of Bannis complex, tiered society, she shows how its people navigate social bord
ers on an everyday basis and transcend territorial borders through memory, song
and story. In her insightful foreword to this volume, Urvashi Butalia highlights
how Kotharis questioning of the very notions of region and nation is remarkably fre
e of jargon, and yet deeply informed by theory. </td><td>Rita Kothari is Associate Professor, Humanities and Soc
ial Sciences Department, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT), Gandhinagar.
Rita Kothari has published widely on language politics, translation, and the reg
ions of Gujarat and Sindh. She is the author of Translating India: The
Cultural Politics of English and The Burden of Refuge: Sin
dhi, Gujarat, Partition. She was also the co-editor of Dece
ntring Translation Studies and Chutnefying English, and translator of
Angaliyat: The Stepchild; and Unbordered Memorie
s and Speech and Silence.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnog
raphy</td>
<td>978-81-250-5052-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Global I
ssues, Local Contexts: The Rabi Das of West Bengal</td><td>Ruchira Ganguly-Scras
: justify">This book is an ethnographic study of a community of leather
workers (the Rabi Das), and their transformations under global capitalism. The l
ived experiences of the Rabi Das are embedded within the broader context of Indi
a''s economic liberalisation as well as in the local system of class and
cultural relations in Bengali society. The various chapters in the book provide
a detailed analysis of the changing nature of their conditions of employment, e
ducation, lifestyle and survival strategies. In her richly textured narrative Ru
chira Ganguly-Scrase uncovers the process of Rabi Das cultural and economic marg
inalisation despite six decades of efforts towards self-improvement. This editio
n also has a new Preface.
readers in anthropology, comparative sociology, development studies and Asian St
udies.</td><td><b&gt
;Ruchira Ganguly-Scrase obtained her PhD in Anthropology from the Univ
ersity of Melbourne. She is Professor of Anthropology, and the National Course D
irector for International Development Studies and Global Studies, Australian Cat
holic University, Melbourne. Previously she was the Coordinator of the Centre fo
r Asia Pacific Social Transformation Studies (CAPSTRANS), University of Wollongo
ng, Australia. </td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5054-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Memory,
Identity, Power: Politics in the Junglemahals, 18901950</td><td>Ranabir Samaddar<
/td><td>2013</td><td>328</td><td>595.0000</td><td>First published in 1998, Memory, Identi
ty, Power is a full-length study of the Junglemahals,
an area lying at the margins of the Indian state of West Bengal. Rather than fol
ding into frontier forgetfulness, Junglemahals has seen frenetic administrative
and political activity and has been the focus of scholarly attention because of
continuous struggles by the indigenous peasants of that area. Spanning the perio
d between 1890 and 1950, this book describes in rigorous detail the transition o
f Junglemahals from being a frontier region administered by custom and local power
to its coming under the full-scale rule of colonial Bengal. 
This transition fractured communi
ties and forced its people to provide evidence of ownership of their own soil. I
t caused widespread unrest and unleashed a series of political mobilisations. Sa
maddar analyses how these mobilisations, centred around festivals and rites, fic
tive genealogies and origin myths, helped present a collective culture, one which
transcended the tensions and fissures marking the fabric of this region. Narrate
d through inter-textual observations on a variety of texts (such as witness and
affidavit accounts, census handbooks and colonial survey reports), the book pres
ents this region as one that grappled for a historical identity in the face of c
olonial settlement operations. 
Since 2005, violence has revisite
d the Junglemahals. Revised, and carrying a new Preface and a discerning Postscr
ipt, this book asks the historian to be innovative in tracking sources of so-cal
led obscure histories, reminds the social scientist of the complex way in which
memory works in our time, implores the cautious administrator to seek reason, an
d cautions everyone of us against the violence that has visited areas and region
s like the Junglemahalsin the Past and in the present. </td><td>Ranabir Samaddar is
Director, Calcutta Research Group, Kolkata. He belongs to the school of critica
l thinking. He has pioneered along with others peace studies programmes in South
Asia. He has worked extensively on issues of justice and rights in the context
of conflicts in South Asia. </td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Eth
nography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5098-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The '
Medieval' in Film: Representing a Contested Time on the Indian Screen (1920s
-1960s)</td><td>Urvi Mukhopadhyay</td><td>2013</td><td>348</td><td>925.0000</td>
<td>Wars, nationalism, economic d
epression, colonisation, decolonisation and, more recently, globalisation, have
affected perceptions of contemporary as well as past worlds. Cinema, a popular m
edium directed to the broadest possible audience, has reacted to and in turn sha
ped the changing political, social and economic conditions of the times.</p&g
t;

This book investigates how the cinematic medium negotiated the dominant ideas o
f history in order to construct a range of historical imageries. Focusing on the
medieval epocha notion of historical age which came only during the colonial per
iod as an equivalent to the European idea of Middle Agesit studies the influences
of various nationalist imaginations of the past, unmistakably present after the
emergence of a mass-based nationalist movement in the 1920s and 30s.
The pre-modern idea of society and governance in the medieval period came under a
ttack from the modern colonial rulers. Also, because of its association with the I
slamic ruling class it was criticised by the dominant Hindu nationalist ethos of t
he time. The volume examines this contested time on screen, and raises questions
like: How did the internal organisation of the film industry guide the articula
tions of certain stereotypical images of the medieval during the 1920s to 1960s? H
ow did dominant historiographical interpretations influence a popular production
like film in the colonial and the post-colonial situation? Did the cinematic re
presentation succeed in codifying medieval reality with stereotypes other than tha
t of elitist vision of historicity?<div style="text-align: jus
tify">With an extensive filmography and detailed bibliography, the words
that populate the book are also complemented with glimpses of posters and scene
s from the films discussed in the book. An important read for students and schol
ars of film studies, history, visual anthropology, South Asian studies and cultu
re studies.</div></td><td>&
lt;b>Urvi Mukhopadhyay is Assistant Professor, Department of Histor
y, West Bengal State University, Barasat.<div style="text-alig
n: justify">She did her Bachelors (1996) and Masters (1998) in History (b
oth from Jadavpur University, Kolkata) and completed her PhD (2004) from School
of Oriental and African Studies, University of London.</div></td><td>World
</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5114-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Writi
ngs of Pamela Price: State, Politics, and Cultures in Modern South India: Honour
, Authority, and Morality</td><td>Pamela Price</td><td>2013</td><td>348</td><td>
950.0000</td><td>Pa
mela Price has been a perceptive observer and analyst of the poli
tics and cultures of southern India for more than three decades. She became inte
rested in how the people in the region honour and respect those in public life w
hile doing research in Madurai on Dravidian nationalism. She has also researched
on similar issues in Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka. This volume is a collection
of ten of her essays that appeared between 1979 and 2010, presenting studies fro
m different political domains and linguistic areas. 
This volume brings together ten o
f Pamela Prices essays that appeared between 1979 an
d 2010, presenting studies from different political domains and linguistic areas
. They represent the authors long involvement with political culture in south Ind
ia.  They focus on conceptions of honour, authority, and morality. Pric
e examines both change and continuity in ideas, values and symbols in colonial a
nd post colonial south Indian politics. She outlines evolution in cultural meani
ngs of power and influence under imperial rule and later under electoral regimes
, giving evidence of individual agency in cultural constructions. 
A running theme in political perf
ormances in post-colonial state politics, and one which she pursues in several o
f the essays in this collection, is the politics of honour and respect commanded
by public figures that sheds light on the multifaceted nature of domination. Ho
nour and respect and the dynamics of competition to command these attributes are
topics of increasing interest in scholarship on south India to which she has ma
de significant contributions.
This volume of essays will be an
invaluable guide for students of history and politics of southern India in both
the colonial and modern periods. The book will also appeal to those interested i
n understanding the culture and politics of south India.
</td><td>Pamela Price is Professor Emerita in South Asian His
tory at the University of Oslo.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography
</td>
<td>978-81-250-5126-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Censorium
: Cinema and the Open Edge of Mass Publicity</td><td>William Mazzarella</td><td>
2013</td><td>296</td><td>950.0000</td><td>In the world of globalized media, provocative images trigger culture wa
rs between traditionalists and cosmopolitans, between censors and defenders of f
ree expression. But are images censored because of what they mean, what they do,
or what they might become? And must audiences be protected because of what they
understand, what they feel, or what they might imagine?
Censorium
 is an innovative analysis of Indian film censorship.
William Mazzarella argues that we must go beyond understanding the regulation of
the cinema in India as a violation of free speech, as a colonial hangover, as a
symptom of repressive moralism, or as a struggle between liberals and conservat
ives. Drawing on extensive archival research and interviews with leading Indian
censors, filmmakers, lawyers, journalists, playwrights, and actors, Mazzarellas s
tudy grants the censors the compliment they least expect: to be taken seriously.
Rather than polemicizing against censorship from an external standpoint, Mazzar
ella rigorously explores the self-contradictory language of censorship from with
in. Ultimately, he shows us how film censorship is about far more than the movie
sit is a key to understanding why political and cultural legitimacy is so unstabl
e in mass-mediated societies.
general readers concerned with contemporary Indian culture and politics, and of
specialist value to students and scholars of media studies, anthropology and soc
iology, and critical theory. 
</td><td> William Mazzarella is Professor of Anthr
opology at the University of Chicago.<div> </div><div&
gt; </div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>Anthropology /
Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5177-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Impossibl
e Citizens: Dubais Indian Diaspora</td><td>Neha Vora</td><td>2013</td><td>264</td
><td>875.0000</td><td>Indian communities have existed in the Gulf emira
te of Dubai for more than a century. Since the 1970s, workers from South Asia ha
ve flooded into the emirate, enabling Dubais huge construction boom. They now com
prise its largest non-citizen population. Though many migrant families are middl
e class and second- , third-, or even fourth generation residents, Indians canno
t become legal citizens of the United Arab Emirates. Instead they are classified
as temporary guest workers. In Impossible Citizens, Neha Vora draws on her ethno
graphic research in Dubais Indian-dominated downtown to explore how Indians live
suspended in a state of permanent temporariness
While their legal status defines them as perpetual outsiders, Indians a
re integral to the Emirati nation-state and its economy. At the same time, India
nseven those who have established thriving diasporic neighborhoods in the emirated
isavow any interest in formally belonging to Dubai and instead consider India th
eir home. Vora shows how Indians in Dubai, despite their inability to formally b
elong to the emirate, do in fact practice and narrate many forms of belonging an
d informal citizenship. In so doing, this book contributes to new understandings
of contemporary citizenship, migration, and national identity, ones that differ
from liberal democratic models, such as those in India and the West, and that h
ighlight how Indians, rather than Emiratis, are the quintessentialyet impossible
citizens of Dubai.
Impossible Citizens would be of interest t
o students and scholars of migration, diaspora studies, sociology, social anthro
pology, and studies of political economy, state and citizenship. This book will
also be of particular interest to Indian audiences, many of whom have personal,
financial, or other connections to the Gulf region, which in many ways is a part
of a transnational imaginary of Indiannesss.
</td><td>Neha Vora is Assistant Professor
of Anthropology at Lafayette College in Easton, Pennsylvania, USA</td
><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5233-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Combating
Corruption: The Indian Case</td><td>Yogesh Atal and Sunil K. Choudhary</td><td>
2014</td><td>312</td><td>825.0000</td><td>With the exposure of major s
cams like 2G spectrum, Commonwealth Games and Adarsh, public anger against corr
uption boiled over as witnessed in the massive protests of 201112. 
Combating Corruption: The Indian Case provides a perspec
tive for viewing the increasing levels of corruption in the higher echelons of
politics and bureaucracy in post-Independence India, and the limits of popular
struggles and legislative/administrative measures to combat it. Looking at the
phenomenon as deviance from norms and a systemic dysfunctionality, the authors ar
gue that it can be resisted by effective strategies of mass mobilisation under
charismatic leaders. Focusing on peoples participation, it traces the emergence
of anti-corruption movements to the JP Movement of the 1970s, and culminates w

ith the protests led by Anna Hazare and Baba Ramdev and the rise of the Arvind
Kejriwal-led Aam Aadmi Party. 
The book fills a major lacuna in our sociological understanding of corruptiona
s exemplified by cases of grand embezzlementand the popular opposition to it. Id
entifying the traditional sources of corruption, the authors show how the probl
em manifests itself in the social, economic and political contexts peculiar to
India. And in doing so, they underline the crucial role of state institutions a
nd a vigilant civil society in tackling a problem that afflicts almost all, and
not only the developing, societies. 
As instant history, Combating Corruption is an account of an unprecedented phas
e of mass protests in India. A must-read for political analysts, sociologists,
journalists and general readers alike, it is indispensable for understanding c
ontemporary India.</td><td>Yogesh Atal</stro
ng> was Principal Director of Social and Human Sciences at UNESCO from 1974
to 1997. He has written extensively on development-related issues, political pr
ocesses and the Indian social structure. Sunil K. Choudhary is Associate Professor, Departme
nt of Political Science, Shyam Lal College (Evening), University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5235-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Light
of Knowledge: Literacy Activism and the Politics of Writing in South India</td>
<td>Francis Cody</td><td>2013</td><td>272</td><td>925.0000</td><td> The
Arivoli Iyakkam (the Enlightenment Movement) is considered to be among the most
successful mass literacy movements in recent history. Led by activists from the
peoples science network and the progressive writers association, the Arivoli Iya
kkam worked in conjunction with district-level administration to encourage activ
e citizenship among the most oppressed classes in rural Tamil Nadu. In <em&gt
;The Light of Knowledge, Francis Codys ethnography of this social move
ment and government program highlights the paradoxes inherent in such movements
that seek to emancipate people through literacy when literacy is a power-laden s
ocial practice in its own right.
The Light of Knowledge is set primarily in the rur
al district of Pudukkottai and it is about activism among laboring women from ma
rginalized communities who have been particularly active as learners and volunte
ers in the movement. In their endeavors to remake the Tamil countryside through
literacy activism, workers in the movement found that their own understanding of
the politics of writing and Enlightenment was often transformed. Indeed, while
activists of the movement successfully mobilized large numbers of rural women, t
hey did so through logics that often pushed against the very Enlightenment ratio
nality they hoped to foster. Offering a rare behind-the-scenes look at an import
ant area of activism, The Light of Knowledge engages with c
ritical social theories of language and citizenship. This book will appeal to a
range of readers interested in sociology, feminism, development studies, and edu
cation. </td><td>Francis Cody i
s Associate Professor in the Department of Anthropology and the Asian Institute
at the University of Toronto. 
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5270-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Critical
Studies in Politics: Exploring Sites, Selves, Power</td><td>Nivedita Menon, Adit
ya Nigam and Sanjay Palshikar</td><td>2014</td><td>564</td><td>1175.0000</td><td
>Critical Studies in P
olitics is a collection of essays that redefines the discipline of po
litical science. It brings into view objects of study not normally visible to t
he discipline, through a creative engagement with other disciplinary formations
.
The volume is divided into four
broad intersecting sections. The question of constructions of selfhood emerges

as a central pre-occupation in the first titled Exploring Selfhood'. The ess
ays in this section--ranging from the modern Dalit self to the construction of
the Asura over time--investigate the construction of the Self in the face of th
e Other; and looks at selfhood, not so much as a question of past cultural memo
ry but as self-fashioning in the present. 
The second section--'Spatial
ity and Power'--analyses the idea of spatiality and explains its relationsh
ip with power. It discusses issues ranging from urbanisation and the politics o
f SEZs, to the entry of cinema halls in Delhi, and its implications for the for
mation of the 'public'. The third section titled 'State and Governm
entality' examines state practices as they render legible various aspects o
f populations--from prison labour under colonialism to the organisation of offi
cial memory by the postcolonial state. 
'Reconfiguring Categories of
Thought'--the final section--seeks to unsettle conceptual categories such
as 'capitalism', 'science', 'politics' and 'developm
ent'. 
Located in the 'interstices
of disciplines', these essays by scholars from mainstream political science
departments are at once contemporary and historical. This volume will be of in
terest to students and scholars of political science, film and culture studies,
gender studies and anthropology.</td><td>Nivedita
Menon is Professor, Centre for Comparative Politics and Political Theo
ry, School of International Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, Delhi.</p&
gt;
Aditya Nigam is Senior Fellow, Centre for the Study
of Developing Societies, Delhi.
Sanjay Palshikar is Professor in the Department of
Political Science, University of Hyderabad, Hyderabad.</td><td>World<
<td>978-81-250-5272-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Dual Iden
tity: Indian Diaspora and Other Essays</td><td>K. L. Sharma and Renuka Singh (ED
S.)</td><td>2013</td><td>340</td><td>875.0000</td><td><div style="text-a
lign: justify">Diaspora (from the Greek, meaning scattering, dispersion) is th
e mass migration of people with common roots to more than one location. The word
was first used for Jews exiled from Israel in ancient times. The Indian diaspor
a, of over twenty million, is spread across many regions and continents.
This collection of essays examines the concept of diaspora, considering its cult
ural, economic, geographical, political and social dimensions, and focuses on th
e Indian diaspora. It also examines issues of displacement and resettlement, and
of the creation of a distinctly socio-religious Indian community.
This volume reflects on conceptual and methodological questions, as well as the
historical contours of the issue. Readers will find analyses of the nature of mi
gration, ethnic divides and tensions, and linkages with the homeland. Case studi
es of the Indian diaspora in Australia, Sri Lanka, South Africa and Fiji, as wel
l as the diaspora of Dalits, provide insights regarding multiculturalism. Discus
sions on how place is being substituted by space and how globalisation gives a new d
irection to migration are among the distinctive features. The essays also traver
se the fields of sociology, social anthropology and cultural mediations.
An invaluable resource for students of modern Indian history, politics and socio
logy, this book should appeal to all those interested in understanding the ramif
ications of the Indian diaspora. This collection will be of help to researchers
enquiring into multicultural ties, and policy makers concerned with internationa
l relations.</div></td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&g
t;K. L. Sharma is Vice Chancellor, Jaipur National University
, Jaipur, Rajasthan.</div><div style="text-align: justify"&gt
; </div><div>Renuka Singh is Associate

Professor, Centre for the Study of Social Systems, School of Social Sciences, J
awaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Anthrop
ology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5284-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Gendered
Citizenship: Historical and Conceptual Explorations</td><td>Anupama Roy</td><td
>2013</td><td>308</td><td>525.0000</td><td>Through successive historica
l periods, ‘becoming a citizen’ has involved a gradual exte
nsion of equal membership to more and more persons and groups. However, the pro
mise of equality masks the exclusionary framework of caste hierarchies, gender
differences, and religious divides, which determine actual experiences of citiz
enship.
Historically, citizenship was constituted through a series of exclusio
ns whereby large sections of people, (colonised societies, slaves, women and wo
rkers) were considered inadequate for it. Citizenship is therefore made up of m
ultiple margins, but it also releases powerful new imaginaries and practices of
citizenship. 
This revised edition of Gendered Citizenship</em&
gt; (first published in 2005) examines the gendering of citizenship. I
n the context of resistance against the colonial rule, the language of citizens
hip that emerged in late colonial India was based on a gendered notion of the c
ommunityboth national and political.
Pulling in arguments on how the Indian Constitution transformed the id
ea of citizenship, it teases out the plural sites of citizenship which existed
at this moment, and traces the forms in which idioms of citizenship endure in c
ontemporary times. It explores in particular the landscapes of new citize
nship which have emerged in the form of flexible citizenship with graded entitl
ements, as distinguished from spaces of stable citizenship. It proposes t
hat a concerted effort towards an interactive public space can congeal into sha
red bonds of citizenship.
This book will be valuable for advanced students, researchers and scho
lars of political science, history, sociology and gender studies. It would also
be helpful to those studying social exclusion and the general reader intereste
d in debates over gender and citizenship.</td><td><strong&
gt;Anupama Roy is Professor at the Centre for Political Studies
, Jawaharlal Nehru University, Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropol
ngs of A. M. Shah: The Household and Family in India</td><td>A. M. Shah</td><td>
2014</td><td>536</td><td>950.0000</td><td><ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">This volume brings together t
he seminal contributions of the sociologist Profes
sor A. M. Shah to the study of the household and family in India.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The Household Dimen
sion of the Family in India (Book One) was widely regarded as a <s
trong>landmark study when it first appeared in 
1973. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">It combines mic
ro and macro perspectives, and offers a rigorous c
ritique of the stereotype of the decline of the joint family under
conditions of industrial modernisation. This book continues to be used as a pr
incipal text in many family and kinship courses in sociology dep
artments across the country.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">It is reproduced here with th
e original foreword by M. N. Srinivas and the orig
inal Annotated Bibliography.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The Family in India
: Critical Essays (Book Two), first published in 1998, covers a <s
trong>wide range of theoretical, methodological, substantive and policy issu

es relating to the family.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Book Three, titled 
Essays on the Family and the Elderly, contains three mo
re recent essays, which explore the effects of changes in the fa
mily on the elderly; explain the relevance of <s
trong>census data for studies of the household; and comment on
the current state of family studies in India from
the perspective of the authors many decades of engagement with the field. </li
>
<li style="text-align: justify">The Writings of A.
M. Shah has a foreword by Professor Patricia Uberoi&lt
;/strong>.</li>
</ul></td><td>A. M. Shah retired as Professor
of Sociology, Department of Sociology, Delhi University, in 1996.</td>
<td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5345-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Tranqueba
rWhose History? Transnational Cultural Heritage in a Former Danish Trading Colony
in South India</td><td>Helle Jørgensen</td><td>2014</td><td>368</td><td>11
50.0000</td><td>Tranquebar, a small fishin
g town on the coast of Tamil Nadu, was a Danish trading colony from 1620 to 18
45. In recent years, the drive to develop it into a heritage destination has ge
nerated large-scale conservation and restoration efforts aimed at
preserving the monuments of the towns colonial past 
Alongside the proliferation of surveys and development plans, manifold
agents including local and state-level authorities, private entrepreneurs, res
earchers, NGOs, and touristsDanish and Indiancongregate in the town. Yet the town
scape also sets the scene for the everyday lives and concerns of the local inha
bitants. TranquebarWhose History?</em&g
t; explores the significances of cultural heritage in this small town, revealin
g the multiple attachments to, uses of, and negotiations around the townscape a
nd its histories in daily life, tourism, research and heritage development. 
The discussion moves from the differing motivations attending local an
d transnational constructions of Tranquebar as a remote location, and the somet
imes contradictory expectations from development; the conflicting attitudes to
modernity and notions of aesthetics among various stakeholders; to shifting con
structions of history in which Tranquebar emerges as a postcolony, caught betwe
en colonial nostalgia, collective memory and contemporary narrations of anti-co
nquest.
This volume will be useful to those engaged in anthropology, history,
postcolonial studies and cultural studies. It will also be of interest to stude
nts of heritage and tourism, heritage practitioners and to the general reader.&
lt;/p></td><td>Helle Jørgensen </em&
gt;lectures at the Department of Culture and Society, Aarhus Uni
versity, Denmark</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-6236-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Sexual St
ates: Governance and the Struggle to Decriminalize Homosexuality in India </td>
<td>Jyoti Puri</td><td>2016</td><td>232</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Se
ction 377 of the Indian
Penal Code is one among the large and complex system of laws,
policies, and practices aimed at mitigating
the threat of homosexuality. This statute endangers a range of
subjects, including religious minorities, who are troublingly
considered prone to same-sex behavior. 

In Sexual
States,
 </spa
n>Jyoti
Puri tracks the efforts to decriminalize homosexuality and to show
that the regulation of sexuality is fundamentally tied to the
enduring existence of the state i
n order
to understand how Section 377 is governed. Through extensive
fieldwork among state institutions, she finds that the law and state
agencies such as the police are pre-occupied with managing sexuality
and its perceived threat to the social order. Equally interested in
efforts to modify Section 377, this book draws on encounters with
sexuality rights activists to highlight the approaches and strategies
that have evolved over the course of their struggle.
Sexual States
also discusses the shutting down of dance bars, modifications in rape
laws, and efforts to curtail migration from Bangladesh to show that
regulating sexuality more generally helps uphold regional and
national states as inevitable, legitimate, and indispensable. By
highlighting the heterogeneous sexual states in the Indian context,
Puri provides a framework to understand the links between sexuality
and the state. 
<a></a>
This
book will be of significant interest to scholars and students of
sexuality and gender studies, sociology, anthropology, political
science, and legal studies.</td><td><p style="margin-top: 0.18
cm; margin-bottom: 0.18cm; background-image: initial; background-attachment: ini
tial; background-size: initial; background-origin: initial; background-clip: ini
tial; background-position: initial; background-repeat: initial">
Jyoti Puri
is Professor of Sociology at Simmons College, Boston, Massachusetts.</span&gt
;</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-6239-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Thinking
Gender, Doing Gender: Feminist Scholarship and Practice Today</td><td>Uma Chakra
varti</td><td>2016</td><td>364</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
In the 1980s, gender was acknowledged as a useful and necessary catego
ry of analysis. The first generation of feminist scholars defined the new field
and provided a rich corpus of works; later generations of scholars and activis
ts then expanded it through their writings on culture, film and media, and sexu
ality.
Thinking Gender, Doing Gender focuses on these iss
ues, as well as on pedagogy and classroom practice, theoretical obstacles creat
ed by disciplinary constraints, and practices in the performing arts from a gen
der perspective. This volume focuses more on doing gender
rather thinking gender: in classrooms, in the making of curricula, in the writi
ng and recall of history, in reading literature and cinema, and in the practice
of culture in theatre and urban spaces.
</td><td>
Uma Chakravarti is a feminist historian wh
o taught at Miranda House, Delhi University for over three decades. She writes
on early Indian history, the 19th century and on contemporary issues. She has b
een associated with the women's movement and the movement for democratic ri
ghts since the early 1980s and in this capacity she has been part of many inves
tigations into communal and caste based violence and state violence in conflict
zones. 
ages of Punjab - Volume 24, Part 2 (PLSI)</td><td>Omkar N Koul, Roop Krishen Bha
t (Eds)</td><td>2016</td><td>240</td><td>995.0000</td><td>
The Peoples Linguistics Survey of India tries to give an idea of the ex
tant and dying languages of India. It is the outcome of a nationwide survey of
languages that has been documented by linguists, writers, social activists, and
members of different speech communities.
This volume documents the languages spoken in the state of Punjab. Apa
rt from a detailed description of Punjabi language, the volume includes entries
describing the linguistic features of the regional dialects of Bauria, Bazigar
i, Bhand, Dhaha, Gojri, Lahanda, Lubana, Odi and Sansi. A survey of folk and wr
itten literature is also included. In addition, the volume provides information
about the invaluable contribution of Punjab to the development of Hindi and Ur
du languages and literature. 
</td><td>
and culture of indigenous and nomadic communities. Apart from being awarded the
Padma Shree, he has received many awards for his work in literature and langua
ge conservation.
Omkar N Koul is a former Director of the
Central Institute of Indian Languages, Mysore. He has had a distinguished caree
r authoring over fifty books. His areas of academic interests are linguistics,
language education, communication and comparative literature.
Roop Krishen Bhat is a former Professor a
t the Central Institute of Indian Languages, Mysore and Directorate of Adult Ed
ucation, MHRD, Government of India. He has over thirty-five titles in Kashmiri,
Urdu, Hindi and English. His areas of academic interest are language, literatu
re, culture and media
ages of Puducherry - Part 2, Volume 23</td><td>G. N. Devy and L. Ramamoorthy, G.
Ravisankar</td><td>2016</td><td>104</td><td>675.0000</td><td>
The Peoples Linguistic Survey of India tries to give an idea of the ext
This volume presents to the reader the multiethnic, multicultural and
multilingual nature of the Union Territory of Puducherry and the history and t
he status of the languages in Puducherry. Formerly known as Pondicherry, Puduch
erry has been greatly influenced by French culture and language which can still
be seen in the wide use of French in the region. The Union Territory comprises
four small unconnected districtsPuducherry, Karaikal, Yanam and Mahe. Each regi
on has its dominant language as the local official language (Tamil in Puducherr
y and Karaikal, Malayalam in Mahe and Telugu in Yanam). This volume also highli
ghts the spiritual identity of the region. 
</td><td>
L. Ramamoorthy heads the linguistic-dataconsortium for Indian languages at the Central Institute of Indian languages, M
ysore. He was earlier associated with the Pondicherry Institute of Linguistics
and Culture as Director-in-charge. His academic interests are sociolinguistics,
language planning and language technology. 
 
G. Ravisankar is Associate Professor in Linguistics
at the Pondicherry Institute of Linguistics and Culture. His areas of special
isation are phonetics, phonology intonation studies, translation and speech syn
thesis. 
<td>978-81-250-6274-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Towards a
New Sociology in India</td><td>Mahuya Bandyopadhyay And Ritambhara Hebbar</td><
td>2016</td><td>276</td><td>750.0000</td><td>
The past few decades have seen tremendous changes, both in the larger
conditions that characterise the world and in the shifts in the way people rela
te to each other, to social relationships, identity, place and culture. Given t
he changes that have occurred in the very ideas of society and the social, how has
the discipline of sociology equipped itself to understand this transformation?
What are the challenges of capturing the interrelations between the state, mark
et and society? Can sociological imagination enable innovation and newness as
researchers struggle to make sense of the rapidly altering worlds they encounte
r?
In this context, this book brings together research conducted in new a
nd unconventional sites to present a different sociological imagination that by
passes the dominant categories (that of caste and village) through which India
is sociologically known and represented. It presents a collection of essays by
young scholars attempting to redefine the contours of the disciplinethrough the
choice of field sites, the exploration of new issues and problems, and the rewo
rking of traditional anthropological methodology in new, unconventional sites.&
lt;/p>
This volume deals with contexts as diverse and unique as a genetics la
boratory; a Bollywood editing studio; a community arts project spanning an urba
n village, a bus journey, and a town that has ceased to exist; a defence thinktank; and family and communal relationships in a transformed world. While refle
cting the authors concern with changing issues, methodology and field sites, the
y are also accounts of personal journeys into the discipline of sociology. 
The essays challenge and push the boundaries of sociology and provide
a re-imagining of India through new sites and methods of research. It will be i
nvaluable for students and researchers in sociology at the undergraduate and po
stgraduate levels. 
</td><td>
Mahuya Bandyopadhyay and Rit
ambhara Hebbar are Professors of Sociology, School of Developmen
t Studies, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai. 
<td>978-81-250-6279-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Subal
tern Speaks: Truth and Ethics in Mahasweta Devis Fiction on Tribals</td><td>Sanat
an Bhowal</td><td>2016</td><td>208</td><td>675.0000</td><td>
A study and postmodern critique of Mahasweta Devis major fictional writi
ngs on tribals, The Subaltern Speaks addresses some primary co
ncerns of Subaltern Studies historians and explores the representation of tribal
people as subaltern.
Adivasis today are caught between an aggressive and seemingly benevolen
t version of capitalism, although the lines between the two have increasingly bl
urred. British India created formal property rights to replace customary ones; n
eoliberal India chased them off their land in pursuit of development, dubbed the
m terrorists and unleashed the armys might against them. Adivasis have only seemed
to appear in recorded history when resisting the state, and their consciousness ha
s been reduced to this identity along with their politics. The story of adivasi
women is far more harrowing.
Following Gayatri Spivaks deconstructive approach, Sanatan Bhowal draws
upon some leading thinkers of our timeBadiou, Levinas, Foucault, Deleuze, Lacan a
nd Zizekto address Spivaks question: Can the Subaltern Speak? Using this heterogen
ous assemblage of ideas as a backdropin which Badiou's philosophy of truth, r
esistance and responsibility for the other figure prominentlyhe focuses on Devis eth
ical representation of the adivasis she has loved, lived with and whose cause sh
e has passionately espoused lifelong. He also underlines the need to unthink con
ventional discourses before any genuine understanding of tribal consciousness ca
n be arrived at.
The volume will be of interest to scholars and students of Subaltern St
udies, English and Comparative Literature.
</td><td>
Sanatan Bhowal is Associate Professor, Pra
sanna Deb Womens College, Jalpaiguri, West Bengal.  
<td>978-81-250-6289-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Metabolic
Living: Food, Fat, and the Absorption of Illness in India</td><td>Harris Solomo
n</td><td>2016</td><td>304</td><td>995.0000</td><td>Public health offic
ials estimate that India is among the global leaders of metabolic disease, speci
fically obesity and diabetes. In Metabolic Living, Harris Solomon shows how illn
ess and social life interrelate in this context. The book examines how people in
Mumbai experience the permeability of food, fat, the body, and the city. Solomo
n illustrates how this permeability takes shape as the lived predicaments of met
abolic disease.
Drawing on ethnographic fieldwork carried out in Mumbai's home kitc
hens, metabolic disorder clinics, food companies, markets, and social services,
the author details the absorption of everything from snack foods and mangoes to
insulin, stress, and pollutants. Solomon contends that the onset and treatment o
f metabolic illness raise questions about who has the power to decide what goes
into bodies and how much permeability people can ultimately bear. Evoking metabo
lism as a vital condition of urban life, Solomon reorients our understanding of
chronic illness in India and beyond.
This book will be of interest to readers concerned with health and medi
cine in India and globally, and with the everyday life of food in urban India. I
t will be useful to students and scholars of anthropology and sociology, critica
l studies of the body, global health, and urban studies.
</td><td>Harris Solomon is Assistant Professor of Cultural An
thropology and Global Health at Duke University </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</t
<td>978-81-250-6301-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Doing Sty
le: Youth and Mass Mediation in South India</td><td>Constantine V. Nakassis</td>
<td>2016</td><td>336</td><td>1075.0000</td><td>In Do
ing Style, Constantine V. Nakassis expl
ores the world of youth and mass media in South India. Through ethnographic de
scriptions of college life in urban Tamil Nadu, Nakassis examines what Tamil yo
uth call style: the display of ostentatious brand fashion, s
peaking in cosmopolitan English, or acting out bombastic film heroism, among ot
her kinds of acts. As Nakassis shows, acts of doing style ex
press the ambivalent desires and anxieties of these youth who live in the shado
ws of global modernity. This ambivalence is reflected in the conflicted ways t
hat youth do style. Among youth, what appear are not authe
ntic but fake branded garments, not fluent English but English-peppered Tamil,
and not imitations of film heroes but ironical and playful citations. </p&gt
;
Doing Style also explores the connections among y
outh peer groups and the sites where such stylish &l
t;/em>objects are produced: textile workshops, music-television channels, an
d the Tamil film industry. Nakassis shows how these connections deeply conditio
n the production and circulation of these media. They inscribe youth 
style on these media, materializing as fashiona
ble garments, on-air speech styles, and film texts that anticipate and give for
m to youths ambivalent acts of style.

Doing Style presents an important and timely look at contem
porary youth culture, globalization, and mass media as they interact in a vibra
nt and rapidly changing India. This book will appeal to socio-cultural anthrop
ologists, sociolinguists, and scholars of media and cultural studies.
</td><td>Constantine V. Nakassis is assistant profes
sor of anthropology at the University of Chicago.
ages of Nagaland - Volume 21, Part 2 - Peoples Linguistic Survey of India,</td><t
d>G. N. Devy and Duovituo Kuolie</td><td>2016</td><td>320</td><td>1450.0000</td>
<td><div>The Peoples Linguistics Survey of India tries to give an idea of t
he extant and dying languages of India. It is the outcome of a nationwide survey
of languages that has been documented by linguists, writers, social activists,
and members of different speech communities.</div><div> &
lt;/div><div>This volume attempts to bring to the reader the wealth of
languages of Nagaland and contextualise them within contemporary linguistics. Th
e languages surveyed have been divided into two parts(a) Tenyidie Group and (b) O
ther Naga Groups. The content of the survey is based entirely on structural base
s, mainly, phonology, morphology and syntax. In an attempt to document these var
ieties of languages, this volume aspires to preserve the languages spoken in the
state of Nagaland in this globalised world</div><div> &l
t;/div></td><td>G. N. Devy is the chief editor of the PLSI
series. He taught at the Maharaja Sayajirao University, Baroda, till 1996 befor
e leaving to set up the Bhasha Research Centre in Baroda and the Adivasi Akademi
at Tejgadh, where he worked towards conserving and promoting the languages and
culture of indigenous and nomadic communities. Apart from being awarded the Padm
a Shree, he has received many awards for his work in literature and language con
servation. <div> </div><div>Duovi
tuo Kuolie is Professor and Head, Department of Linguistics and Tenydi
e, Nagaland University. He is also the recipient of the Sahitya Akademis Bhasha S
amman Award and the Governors (Nagaland) award.</div></td><td>World</td><td
>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-6313-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The After
life of Sai Baba: Competing Visions of a Global Saint</td><td>Karline McLain</td
><td>2016</td><td>280</td><td>950.0000</td><td>Nearly a century after h
is death, the image of Sai Baba, the serene old man with a white beard from Shir
di village in Maharashtra, is instantly recognizable to most South Asians (and m
any Westerners) as a guru for all faiths. During his lifetime Sai Baba accepted
all followers who came to him, regardless of their religion, caste, or gender, a
nd preached to them a path of spiritual enlightenment and mutual tolerance. Thes
e days, tens of thousands of Indians and foreigners make the pilgrimage to Shird
i each year, and Sai Baba temples have sprung up in unlikely places around the w
orld, such as Munich, Seattle, and Austin.

Tracing his rise from village guru to global phenomenon, Karline McLain
uses a wide range of sourceshagiographies and memoirs, songs and films, posters
and photographs, temple rituals and sermons, fieldwork and interviewsto investiga
te the different ways that Sai Baba has been understood in South Asia and beyond
and the reasons behind his popularity amongst Hindus in particular. Shining a s
potlight on an incredibly forceful devotional movement that avoids fundamental p
olitics and emphasizes unity, service, and peace, The Afterlife of Sai
Baba is an entertainingand enlighteninglook at one of South Asia's
most popular spiritual gurus.
This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of religio
us studies, media studies, anthropology and sociology.

</td><td>KARLINE MCLAIN is Professor of Religious St
udies at Bucknell University in Pennsylvania.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,P
K,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-6327-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Conceptio
ns: Infertility and Procreative Technologies in India</td><td>Aditya Bharadwaj</
Assisted reproductive technologies have become a visible part of conte
mporary Indian reality. Popular culture, print and electronic media, and the ex
pansion of IVF clinics in Indian cities and towns have together normalised the
idea of test-tube babies. For the first time in modern India, the tradit
ionally stigmatised condition of infertility and its cultural and biomedical ma
nagement is being vocally and publicly articulated. 
Infertility and assisted reproductive technologies in India lie at the
intersection of multiple cultural conceptions. These conceptions are key to unde
rstanding the spread of reproductive technologies and the social implications o
f infertility and childlessness in India. This study is situated in a number of
diverse locales: the political economy of health in India; biomedical politics
within the private sector; emerging governance frameworks to control the appli
cation of these technologies; the mass media as a field for promoting and conte
sting assisted conception; traditional norms and ideas and their continued rele
vance in the contemporary religious domain; and the way Indian culture produces
gendered suffering, stigma and the eventual engagement with conception technol
ogies. Together, these aspects unravel the complex nature of infertility and as
sisted conception in contemporary India. 
Conceptions will be of interest to scholars and s
tudents of anthropology, sociology, medical science and technology studies. 
</td><td>
Aditya Bharadwaj is Research Professor of
Anthropology and Sociology of Development at The Graduate Institute, Geneva. &
lt;/p>
<td>978-81-7824-003-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td> An Anthr
opologist among the Marxists and other Essays</td><td>Ramachandra Guha</td><td>2
001</td><td>280</td><td>450.0000</td><td>Inside every thinking Indian there is a Gandhian and a Marxist struggling
for supremacy, says Ramachandra Guha in the opening sentence of this wonderfully
readable book of ideas, opinions and reflections. A substantial portion of the
book expands on this salvo: it analyses Gandhians and pseudo-Gandhians, Marxists
and anti-Marxists, Nehruvians and anti-Secularists, Democrats and Stalinists, s
cientists and historians, environmentalists and cricketers in short, it examines
and discusses all those who comprise the intellectual life of thinking Indians
today.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"><b&
gt;Ramachandra Guha, historian, biographer, cricket-writer and columni
st, he is probably Indias best-known writer of non-fiction. </div&g

t;</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-7824-190-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Anthropol
ogy in the East: Founders of Indian Sociology and Anthropology</td><td>Patricia
Uberoi, Nandini Sundar and Satish Deshpande(Eds.)</td><td>2007</td><td>568</td><
td>795.0000</td><td><strong&gt
;Anthropology and sociology have long histories in India. Yet, wi
th the exception of fieldwork experience, there is neither much available on the
institutional and material contexts of these disciplines, nor on the practices
of pioneering anthropologists and sociologists.
The present book fills an imp
ortant gap. While the sociology of India is not purely a national phenomenon (sc
holars and centres studying India exist outside), and while Western theories hav
e been important, this book shows that local influences and personalities played
a major role in shaping the field.
The volume spans a century of life and wo
rk, from the late nineteenth to the late twentieth century, and focuses on schol
ars with varying research trajectories. However, it also shows the threads that
bind these scholars: their common concern with nation-building, social reform, a
nd the value of science.</td><td>Patricia Uberoi is
currently Honorary Director of the Institute of Chinese Studies, Centre for the
Study of Developing Societies. She has taught in the Australian National Univer
sity, the Delhi School of Economics, and Jawaharlal Nehru University. She has be
en Professor of Sociology, Institute of Economic Growth, Delhi. <div
> </div><div>Nandini Sundar is Prof
essor, Department of Sociology, Delhi School of Economics. She has previously wo
rked at Jawaharlal Nehru University and the Institute of Economic Growth, Delhi.
\</div><div> </div><div>Satish Desh
pande is Professor in the Department of Sociology at the Delhi School
of Economics. He has previously been on the the faculties of the Institute of Ec
onomic Growth, Delhi, and the University of Hyderabad.</div></td><td>IN,NP
,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-7824-300-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Anthropo
logy in the East: Founders of Indian Sociology and Anthropology </td><td>Patrici
a Uberoi, Nandini Sundar and Satish Deshpande (Eds.)</td><td>2010</td><td>580</t
d><td>695.0000</td><td>Anthropology and so
ciology have long histories within India. Yet, with the exception of fieldwork
experience, there is neither much material on the institutional and material co
ntexts of these disciplines, nor on the practices of pioneering anthropologists
and sociologists in shaping the intellectual contours of their craft.&nbsp
; 
The present book, on the major figures in Indian anthropology and soci
ology, fills an important gap. While the sociology/anthropology of India is not
purely a national phenomenon (significant scholars and centres for the study o
f India exist outside its borders), and while Western theories have been import
ant factors, it is demonstrated here that local influencestheoretical, instituti
onal, and nationaland local personalities played a major role in shaping the fie
ld. The volume spans approximately a century of life and w
ork, from the late nineteenth to the late twentieth century, and includes schol
ars with extremely varying research trajectories.  However, it also sho
ws the threads that bind these scholars: for example, their common concern with
nation-building, social reform, and  the value of science. 
Because it combines biography, institutional history, and critical ass
essment in its account of some of the most major Indian anthropologists and soc
iologists, this book will interest all anthropologists, sociologists, and South
Asianists, as well as all interested in intellectual history and biography. &l
t;/p></td><td>Patricia Uberoi is Profes
sor of Sociology at the Institute of Economic Growth, Delhi, and also Honorary
Director of the Institute of Chinese Studies, Centre for the Study of Developin
g Societies, Delhi.  She has taught sociology at the University of Del

hi and the Jawaharlal Nehru University, and has been co-editor of Con
tributions to Indian Sociology since 1992.  She has publishe
d extensively on gender, family, kinship, and popular culture with ref
erence to both India and China. Nandini Sun
dar is Professor, Department of Sociology, Delhi School of Econo
mics. She has previously worked at Jawaharlal Nehru University and the Institut
e of Economic Growth, Delhi. She has authored Subalterns and Sovereig
ns: An Anthropological History of Bastar, 1854-1996</em&
gt; (1997) and co-authored Branching Out: Joint Forest Management in
India (2001). Her areas of interest include political and legal soci
ology, social history, development theory and practice, and intellectual histor
y. Satish Deshpande is Senior
Fellow at the Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi, and was form
erly Reader at the Institute of Economic Growth, Delhi.  His areas of
interest include caste and class inequalities; contemporary social theory; the
history and politics of the social sciences; and SouthSouth intellectual interac
tions.  He is the author of Contemporary India: A Sociologic
al View (2003) and several journal articles.  He is also th
e book reviews editor of Contributions to Indian Sociology
and associate editor of International Sociology.</p&gt
;</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-7824-302-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Concis
e History of Indian Literature in English</td><td>Arvind Krishna Mehrotra (Ed.)<
/td><td>2010</td><td>472</td><td>495.0000</td><td>For anyone intereste
d in the story of English in India, or in the finest English storytellers of In
dia, this is the essential companion. This book is a history
of two hundred years of Indian literature in English. It starts by looking at
the introduction of English into Indias complex language scenario around 1800. I
t then takes up the canonical poets, novelists, and dramatists, as well as a fe
w unjustly forgotten figures, who have made significant contributions to the ev
olution of Indian literature in English. The book comprise
s twenty-four chapters, written by some of Indias foremost scholars and critics.
Each chapter is devoted either to a single author (Kipling, Tagore, Sri Aurobi
ndo, R.K. Narayan), or to a group of authors (the Dutt family of nineteenth-cen
tury Calcutta; the Indian diasporic writers of the twentieth century), or to a
genre (beginnings of the Indian novel; poetry since Independence). &
lt;p>Though the contributors are all experts in their chosen areas, this is a
book for the non-specialist general reader. Biographical information on major
literary figures is provided, and in most cases their work is historically con
textualized. The chapters can be read selectively (for example, to follow the d
evelopment of a genre) or in the order in which they appear, which is chronolog
ical. William Jones and Thomas Macaulay, Henry Derozio and
Toru Dutt, Bankim and Tagore, Kipling and Naipaul, G.V. Desani and Raja Rao, R.
K. Narayan and Nirad C. Chaudhuri, Sarojini Naidu and Anita Desai, Gandhi and N
ehru, Mulk Raj Anand and Aubrey Menen, Khushwant Singh and Ved Mehta, Verrier E
lwin and Salim Ali, Jim Corbett and M. Krishnan, Nissim Ezekiel and A.K. Ramanu
jan, Salman Rushdie and Vikram Seth, Amitav Ghosh and I. Allan Sealy, Gieve Pat
el and Girish Karnad, social reformers and religious thinkers, conservationists
and hunters, Presidency College and St Stephens College, drama and translation,
this volume covers everything of literary significance that has happened in In
dia.</td><td>Arvind Krishna Mehrotra is a
well-known poet, critic, and translator. His books include (as editor) <em&
gt;An Illustrated History of Indian Literature in English (2003); &l
t;em>The Transfiguring Places (1998); and The Absent Tr
aveller: Prakrit Love Poetry from the Gathasaptasati (1991). He has
edited The Oxford India Anthology of Twelve Mode
rn Indian Poets (1992).</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnogra
phy</td>
<td>978-81-7824-322-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Part
itions Of Memory: The Afterlife of the Division of India</td><td>Suvir Kaul</td>
ify">The essays in this book suggest ways in which the tangled skein o
f Partition might be unravelled. Two of them deal with culture and history in
what is now a part of Pakistan. Other contributors range over issues as divers
e as literary reactions to Partition; the relief and rehabilitation measures p
rovided to Partition refugees; and the Dalit claim, at the prospect of Partition
, to a political community differentiating them from caste-Hindus. The power o
f 'national' monuments to evoke a historical past, and the power of le
tters to evoke more immediately poignant pasts, are themes in some of the othe
r essays. Imaginatively written, and grounded in painstaking scholarship, this
is a collection for all interested in their own histories.</td><td>&l
t;p>Suvir Kaul teaches English at the University of Penns
ylvania. He is the author of Poems of Nation, Anthems of Empire (2000) and of T
homas Gray and Literary Authority (1993). </td><td>World</td><td>Anthr
<td>978-81-7824-350-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Hindu Wid
ow Marriage: A Complete Translation, with an Introduction and Critical Notes by
Brian A. Hatcher</td><td>Isharchandra Vidyasagar</td><td>2012</td><td>270</td><t
d>795.0000</td><td>Before the pa
ssage of the Hindu Widows Remarriage Act of 1856, Hindu tradition required a wom
an to live as a virtual outcast after her husbands death. Widows had to shave th
eir heads, discard their jewellery, live in seclusion, and undergo acts of pena
nce. Ishvarchandra Vidyasagar was the first Indian intellectual to successfully
argue against these strictures. Renowned Sanskrit scholar and passionate socia
l reformer, Vidyasagar was the leading proponent of widow marriage in colonial
India, urging his contemporaries to reject practices that caused countless wome
n to suffer.
Vidyasagars strategy involved a re
reading of Hindu scripture alongside an emotional plea on behalf of the widow,
resulting in the reimagining of Hindu law and custom. He made his case through
a two-part publication, Hindu Widow Marriage, a tou
r de force of logic, erudition, and humanitarian rhetoric. In this new translat
ion, Brian A. Hatcher makes available in English, for the first time, the entir
e text of one of the most important nineteenth-century treatises on Indian soci
al reform.
An expert on Vidyasagar, Hinduism
, and colonial Bengal, Hatcher enhances the original treatise with a substantia
l introduction describing Vidyasagars multifaceted career, as well as the histor
y of colonial debates on widow marriage. He also provides an overview of basic
Hindu categories for first-time readers, a glossary of technical vocabulary, an
d an extensive bibliography.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Isharchandra
Vidyasagar (18201891), the renowned Sanskrit scholar and reformer, a le
ading figure in the Bengal Renaissance, was responsible for transformations in
everything from Bengali prose style and printing techniques to Sanskrit curric
ulum and Hindu social practice.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify"> </div><d
iv style="text-align: justify">Brian A. Hatcher is Professor and Packard Chair of T
heology in the Department of Religion at Tufts University. His research centres
on Hinduism in modern India. He is the author of Idioms of Improvem
ent: Vidyasagar and Cultural Encounter in Bengal; Eclectici
sm and Modern Hindu Discourse; and Bourgeois Hinduism, or
the Faith of the Modern Vedantists: Rare Discourses from Early Colonial Bengal&
lt;/em>.</div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD</td><td>Anthropology / Ethn
ography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4573-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Understa
nding Caste: From Buddha to Ambedkar and Beyond</td><td>Gail Omvedt</td><td>2012
</td><td>140</td><td>295.0000</td><td>Understanding Caste appr
oaches the historical issue of caste and anti-caste movements from a position o
f insightful inquiry and rigorous scholarship. Critiquing the sensibility which
equates Indian tradition with Hinduism, and Hinduism with Brahmanismwhich consi
ders the Vedas as the foundational texts of Indian culture and discovers within
the Aryan heritage the essence of Indian civilisationit shows how even
secular minds remain imprisoned within the Brahmanical vision. And so it looks
at the alternative traditions nurtured within dalit movements, which have ques
tioned this way of looking at Indian society and history.
Written in a lucid and readable s
tyle, the author elucidates how dalit politics and the dalit vision require goi
ng beyond even the term dalit and how it has contributed to being symbolic of the
most oppressed and exploited sections within the graded hierarchies of caste.
Alongside the ascendance of Hinduism, the book traces the invasive trends of re
sistance and revolt in the tenets of Buddhism and radical bhakti, in the anti-p
atriarchal stands of early feminists, in the pervasive radicalism of the&nb
sp;dalit activistsfrom Phule and Periyar, Ramabai and Tarabai, to Kabir, Tukaram
and Ambedkar, even for that matter Buddha himself. 
This book brings to the reader th
e failures and triumphs of the many efforts that have aimed to dissolve the opp
ressive facets of Hinduism and its caste ideology, and continue to organise in
newer ways for 'another' possible world where equality and human freedo
m reign supreme. It also makes visible the logic of dalit politics and the rise
of the Bahujan Samaj Party, as a major alternative to the rise of Hindutva.&lt
;/p>
This important and essential re
adingwill be an invaluable primer on the subject to students of dalit and caste
studies and politics.
This revised editio
n has a new and comprehensive Index.</td><td><div st
yle="text-align: justify">Gail Omvedt is Former
Chair Professor, Dr. Ambedkar Chair for Social Change and Development, Indira Ga
ndhi National Open University.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology /
Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4653-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Hist
ory of Assam: From Yandabo to Partition</td><td>Priyam Goswami</td><td>2012</td>
<td>308</td><td>270.0000</td><td><ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">This text covers an important
period in the history of modern northeast India, from the Treaty of Yandabo in
1826 that marked the beginning of British expansion in the region, till Partiti
on in 1947. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">It discusses the history of th
e colonial province of Assam, which included most of modern Assam, Meghalaya, N
agaland, Mizoram and Arunachal Pradesh. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">It details the colonial expans
ion and associated political developments and also analyses the important socia
l, cultural and economic changes during the period. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">A key aspect is its focus on t
he growth of political consciousness in the region and the impact of the pan-In
dian national movement on the society and politics of the region. </li>
</ul></td><td>Priyam Goswami is Professor, Department o
f History, Gauhati University, Guwahati.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / E
thnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4658-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Islam in
South Asia: A Short History</td><td>Jamal Malik</td><td>2012</td><td>536</td><t

d>1025.0000</td><td>Islamic and I
slamicate South Asia has become a focal point in academia, esp. since 9/11. Whe
re did South Asian Muslims come from? How did they fare in interacting with Hin
du cultures? How did they negotiate identity as ruling and ruled minorities and
majorities? Islam in South Asia aims to synthesize
the long history of Islam as an intrinsic part of Indian society seeing the va
ntage point of such a complex history as a series of cultural encounters that w
ere mutually energizing.
Part I cover
s early Muslim expansion and the journey of the Arabs into South Asia and their
formative phase in context of initial cultural encounter which produced a uniqu
e blend of Islamicated culture (app. 7001300). Part II view
s the establishment of Muslim empire, cultures oscillating between Islamic and I
slamicate, centralized and regionalized power, when Muslims became part of the
Indian social fabric embodying cultural change through new urban centers and in
tellectual hubs as well as the expanding agricultural societies (app. 13001700).
The third cluster is composed in the backdrop of regional centralization, terr
itoriality and colonial rule, displaying processes of integration and different
iation, of marginalisation and privatisation of Muslim cultures in colonial set
ting, that helped the cause of masculinized Islam to create new forms of social
ization which threatened to tear apart the tradition of tolerance in Muslim soc
ieties (app. 17001930). Tensions between Muslim pluralism and singularity evolvi
ng in public sphere as religious identity politics in the period of high nation
alism followed by post-colonial predicaments make up the fourth cluster (app. 1
9302002).
The book would interest all those
interested in intellectual, cultural and social history of Muslim South Asia,
and in history of religions, as well as social scientists, social and cultural
anthropologists, theologians and Indologists.
</td><td>Jamal Malik  is Professor of Religious Stud
ies at the University of Erfurt, Germany. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>
<td>978-81-250-4661-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Ahmedabad
: Shock City of Twentieth-Century India</td><td>Howard Spodek</td><td>2012</td><
td>348</td><td>1100.0000</td><td>
At least three times in the last century Ahmedabad
was a shock city, an arena in which developments of n
ational importance took place first and most intensely. Gandhi led Indias indepe
ndence struggle; Ahmedabad was his home. He and his fellow citizens, together,
honed their strategies for national freedom and for urban development. </p&g
t;
Immediately after Independence, a
s India began its modern industrialization, Ahmedabads textile magnates entered
into multinational agreements to expand into new entrepreneurial directions bas
ed on chemicals and pharmaceuticals. They also brought to Ahmedabad such modern
institutions as the first Indian Institute of Management, the National Institu
te of Design, and the Physical Research Laboratory. They chose to work with the
Textile Labour Association, enabling that Gandhian union to flourish as a mode
l for all of India, and later to give birth to SEWA, one of Indias most importan
t womens organizations.
Late in the twentieth century an
d early in the twenty-first, India experimented with a series of new political
strategies, and again Ahmedabad provided leading innovations with national repe
rcussions: the Mahagujarat movement for a linguistic state; the Nav Nirman agit
ation for clean government; the KHAM alliance for greater inclusiveness. The po
litics of Hindutva, however, turned Ahmedabad into Indias demonstration case of
the lethal consequences of crossing the moral boundary into uncontrolled politi
cal-religious violence.
To understand the major turning

points in modern Indiathe legacies of Gandhian leadership, of multinational indu
strialization, and of innovative strategies of political organization in a crea
tive democracyone must understand the transformations introduced by the people o
f Ahmedabad. 
Students of urbanization globally
, and of the history and politics of modern India, will find the present accou
nt invaluable.</td><td>Howard Spodek is Pr
ofessor of History at Temple University, USA.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><
td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4662-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Muslim Be
coming: Aspiration and Skepticism in Pakistan</td><td>Naveeda Khan</td><td>2012<
/td><td>276</td><td>895.0000</td><td>In Muslim Becoming, Naveeda Khan challenges the
claim that Pakistan''s relation to Islam is fragmented and problematic.
Offering a radically different interpretation, Khan contends that Pakistan inhe
rited an aspirational, always-becoming Islam, one with an open future and a tend
ency toward experimentation. For the individual, this aspirational tendency mani
fests in a continual striving to be a better Muslim. It is grounded in the thoug
ht of Muhammad Iqbal (18771938), the poet, philosopher, and politician considered
the spiritual founder of Pakistan. Khan finds that Iqbal provided the philosoph
ical basis for recasting Islam as an open religion with possible futures as yet
unrealized, which he did in part through his engagement with the French philosop
her Henri Bergson.
Drawing on research in the neighb
orhoods and mosques of Lahore and on readings of theological polemics, legal his
tory, and Urdu literature, Khan points to striving throughout Pakistani society:
in prayers, theological debates, the building of mosques, readings of the Qur&#
39;'an, and religious pilgrimages. Emphasizing skepticism toward the practic
es of others that accompanies aspiration, Khan seeks to affirm aspiration while
also acknowledging its capacity for violence.
This book would be of interest to
scholars and students of anthropology, politics, religion, Islamic Studies and
postcolonial studies.</td><td>Naveeda Khan is Assis
tant Professor of Anthropology at Johns Hopkins University.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,
LK,MV,PK</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4514-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Aging and
the Indian Diaspora: Cosmopolitan Families in India and Abroad</td><td>Sarah La
mb</td><td>2012</td><td>356</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>The proliferation of old age homes and increasing numbers
of elderly living alone are remarkable new phenomena in India. These trends are
related to extensive overseas migration, the transnational dispersal of famili
es amidst global labor markets and the rise of a new Indian middle class. Sarah
Lamb's moving and insightful accountbased on nearly fifteen years of fieldw
ork in India and the United States, with a focus on Kolkatatakes us inside Indi
as emerging old age homes and into the households of elders living alone in Indi
a and with US-settled children abroad. Lamb also investigates recent state effo
rts to legally mandate parental care in India, and scrutinizes the ways senior
Indian Americans make use of and critically reflect upon forms of state-suppor
ted elder care prevalent in the United States. 
Aging and the India
n Diaspora provides an engrossing and vivid portrayal of the in
novative and ambivalent ways older Indians and their communities are reworking
aging as they confrontboth embracing and challengingprocesses they associate with
modern, Western and global living. Lamb's study probes debates and cultural
assumptions in both India and the United States regarding how best to age; th
e proper social-moral relationship among individuals, genders, families, the ma

rket, and the state; and ways of finding meaning in the human life course.
</td><td>Sarah Lamb is Associate Professor of Anthropology at
Brandeis University, USA.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Anthropology / E
thnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4532-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Nature, E
nvironment and Society: Conservation, Governance and Transformation in India</td
><td>Nicolas Lainé and T. B. Subba (Eds.)</td><td>2012</td><td>260</td><td>
795.0000</td><td>The future of humanity lies uncertain as nature falls
prey to the loot and plunder initiated in the name of development, growth and p
rogress today. As the vast riches of the earth continue to be endangered, a glo
bal consciousness regarding the importance of natural resources, biodiversity,
etc. is on the rise. Given such a scenario, what is required is further underst
anding of mans interaction with the environment. 
This contributory volume examines the interrelationship between nature
and society in South Asia. It focuses on four points: perception of natural re
sources during colonial rule, conservation of nature, role of governments in ad
ministering environment, and transformation of nature as a result of developmen
t or industrial projects. 
The book divided into three broad themes, analyses the major decisions
taken in India with regard to environment after Independence and their consequ
ences; the relationship between communities which consider natural environment
as an essential part of their identity, and as a key factor for social, politic
al and economical issues; and the urban explosion and/or the construction of in
frastructure such as dams or roads that have impacted the relationship between
different social groups and their territory. It also examines the set-up (polic
y and stakes), process and consequences (often the displacement of populations)
of such projects in three different states of India.
Offering a wide variety of case studies representing a large panel of
approaches and methodologies from Sociology, Economics, History, Anthropology,
and Development Studies, this volume will be an useful read for students and sc
holars of environmental studies, and NGOs working towards conserving nature.&lt
;/p>
</td><td>Prof T. B. Subba is Professor and
Head, Dept. of Anthropology, North-Eastern Hill University, Shillong.
Dr Nicolas Laine is a doctoral student in Social An
thropology at the School for Advanced Studies in Social Sciences (EHESS), Paris
.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4555-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>North-Ea
st India: A Handbook of Anthropology</td><td>T.B. Subba</td><td>2012</td><td>452
</td><td>750.0000</td><td>With co
ntributions from both senior and young anthropologists, North-East Ind
ia: A Handbook of Anthropology brings together nineteen essays on No
rth-East India. Carefully crafted with the most up-to-date and competent review
of literature on North-East India, the book is divided into four sections.
The first section of the book dea
ls with the prehistoric archaeology of North-East India and discusses the stat
us of archaeological research in the region. The chapters in the second section
reconstruct the colonial context in the light of the then socio-economic and p
olitical scenario of the country in general and the region in particular, the e
volution of various colonial policies towards the tribes of the region, also gi
ving us a glimpse of Hutton and Mills as ethnographers and administrators. The
following section focuses on approaches and models of physical anthropology of
North-East India, understanding human growth, dermatoglyphics, dental anthropol
ogy and population genetics. The last section probes into the social-cultural a
nthropology of the region with chapters on tribal social organisation and agrar
ian relations, among others.</td><td>T. B. Subba&lt

;/b> is Professor and Head of the Department of Anthropology, North-Eastern
Hill University, Shillong.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethn
ography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4706-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Decoloni
zation in South Asia: Meanings of Freedom in Post-independence West Bengal, 19475
2 </td><td>Sekhar Bandyopadhyay</td><td>2012</td><td>272</td><td>625.0000</td><t
d>This book explores the meanings
and complexities of Indias experience of transition from colonial to the post-co
lonial period. It focuses on the first five yearsfrom Independence on 15 August 1
947 to the first general election in January 1952in the politics of West Bengal,
the new Indian province that was created as a result of the Partition.
The author, a specialist on the h
istory of modern India, discusses what freedom actually meant to various individ
uals, communities and political parties, how they responded to it, how they exte
nded its meaning and how in their anxiety to confront the realities of free Indi
a, they began to invent new enemies of their newly acquired freedom. By emphasiz
ing the representations of popular mentality rather than the institutional chang
es brought in by the process of decolonization, he draws attention to other conc
erns and anxieties that were related to the problems of coming to terms with the
newly achieved freedom and the responsibility of devising independent rules of
governance that would suit the historic needs of a pluralist nation. 
Decolonization in S
outh Asia analyses the transitional politics of West Bengal in li
ght of recent developments in post-colonial theory on nationalism, treating the n
ation as a space for contestation, rather than a natural breeding ground for homo
geneity in the complex political scenario of post-independence India. 
The book will appeal to academics
interested in political science, sociology, and cultural and social anthropolog
y.
</td><td>Sekhar Bandyopadhyay is Professor of Asian History a
t Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand.</td><td>IN,BD,BT,PK,NP,LK,MV</
td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4707-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Producin
g Bollywood: Inside the Contemporary Hindi Film Industry</td><td>Tejaswini Ganti
</td><td>2012</td><td>440</td><td>850.0000</td><td>Producing Bollywood offers an unprecedented look inside the social and professional worlds
of the Mumbai-based Hindi film industry and explains how it became Bollywood, the
global film phenomenon and potent symbol of India as a rising economic powerho
use. In this rich and entertaining ethnography Tejaswini Ganti examines the cha
nges in Hindi film production from the 1990s until 2010, locating them in Hindi
filmmakers efforts to accrue symbolic capital, social respectability, and profe
ssional distinction, and to manage the commercial uncertainties of filmmaking.
These efforts have been enabled by the neo-liberal restructuring of the Indian
state and economy since 1991. This restructuring has dramatically altered the c
ountrys media landscape, which quickly expanded to include satellite television
and multiplex theaters. 
Ganti contends that the Hindi fi
lm industrys metamorphosis into Bollywood would not have been possible without t
he rise of neo-liberal economic ideals in India. By describing dramatic transfo
rmations in the Hindi film industrys production culture, daily practices, and fi
lmmaking ideologies during a decade of tremendous social and economic change in
India, Ganti offers valuable new insights into the effects of neo-liberalism o
n cultural production in a postcolonial setting.</td><td>Tej
aswini Ganti is Associate Professor of Anthropology at New York Univer
sity.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4716-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Adiv
asi Question: Issues of Land, Forest and Livelihood</td><td>Indra Munshi (Ed.)</
td><td>2012</td><td>420</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Depletion and destruction of forests have eroded the already fr
agile survival base of adivasis across the country. Deprived of their tradition
al livelihoods, an alarmingly large number of adivasis have been displaced to m
ake way for development projects. Many have been forced to migrate to other rur
al areas, the urban fringes or cities in search of work, leading to further ali
enation. 
This systematic alienation, howev
er, is not a modern-day phenomenon. Invasion of adivasi territories, for the mo
st part, commenced during the colonial era and later intensified during the pos
t-colonial period. The Adivasi Question&l
t;/em> situates the issues concerning the adivasis in a historical context w
hile discussing the challenges they face today. 
The introduction examines how th
e loss of land and livelihood began under the British administration. The Briti
sh brought tribal land under their control and weaned the adivasis away from sh
ifting cultivation. It analyses how the colonial government forced a section of
the adivasis to take up cultivation on lower rates of assessment, thereby maki
ng them dependent on the landlord-moneylender-trader nexus for their survival.

The articles, drawn from writing
s of almost four decades, discuss questions of community rights and ownership,
management of forests, the states rehabilitation policies, and the Forest Rights
Act and its implications. It presents diverse perspectives in the form of case
studies specific to different regions and provides valuable analytical insight
s.
Bringing together contributions
by well-known sociologists, historians and environmental activists, this book w
ill be an indispensible read for students and scholars of environmental studies
, anthropology, sociology, political science, and policy-analysts. </
td><td>Indra Munshi retired as Professor, Departmen
t of Sociology, University of Bombay. </td><td>World</td><td>Anthropol
<td>978-81-250-4720-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Red Tape:
Bureaucracy, Structural Violence, and Poverty in India</td><td>Akhil Gupta</td>
<td>2012</td><td>384</td><td>1150.0000</td><td>Red Tape presents a major new theory
of the state developed by the renowned anthropologist Akhil Gupta. Seeking to un
derstand the chronic and widespread poverty in India, the world''s fourt
h largest economy, Gupta conceives of the relation between the state in India an
d the poor as one of structural violence. Every year this violence kills between
two and three million people, especially women and girls, and lower-caste and i
ndigenous peoples. Yet India''s poor are not disenfranchised; they activ
ely participate in the democratic project. Nor is the state indifferent to the p
light of the poor; it sponsors many poverty amelioration programs.
Gupta conducted ethnographic rese
arch among officials charged with coordinating development programs in rural Utt
ar Pradesh. Drawing on that research, he offers insightful analyses of corruptio
n; the significance of writing and written records; and governmentality, or the
expansion of bureaucracies. Those analyses underlie his argument that care is ar
bitrary in its consequences, and that arbitrariness is systematically produced b
y the very mechanisms that are meant to ameliorate social suffering. What must b
e explained is not only why government programs aimed at providing nutrition, em
ployment, housing, healthcare, and education to poor people do not succeed in th
eir objectives, but also why, when they do succeed, they do so unevenly and erra
tically. 
students and practitioners in sociology, anthropology, politics, geography, econ

omics, development studies, and literature. Its insights into bureaucracy and de
velopment will provide essential inputs to policy makers, administrators, and pe
ople who work in the non-governmental sector.
</td><td>Akhil Gupta is Professor of Anthropology and Directo
r of the Center for India and South Asia at the University of California, Los An
geles.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4730-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Digital C
ool: Life in the Age of New Media</td><td>Pramod K. Nayar</td><td>2012</td><td>2
64</td><td>695.0000</td><td>You email your report, check the position
of your stocks, play your favourite Rahman, and upload new patches for your fav
ourite simulation gameall using the same three-inch-by-five device that fits int
o your palm. You chat, share, play and blog, even check for directions to the n
ew Italian restaurant in town online. Everyday life is now digital.
 Digital Cool examine
s life in the age of New Media. From Facebook to Internet dating, tablets to Tw
itter, cyber avatars to Wikisit tells the story of how human lives today are hea
vily mediated by cool technologies, and how the technologies themselves are media
ted by our ways of living, playing, working.
 Digital Cool is simultaneously about indiv
idualisation, with its make-believe detachment (Cool), and the fierce collectivis
m facilitated by New Media. Theres the young woman waiting for the tube while sw
ishing through the bestseller shes just bought on her iPad, indifferent to her s
urroundings; there is also the fury of the mainly online Pink Chaddis campaign
of 2009, the collaborative radical political critique of kafila.org, or the arr
ival of Spring in Tahrir, with its unforgettable images of Google executive Wae
l Ghonim coordinating revolution on Facebook, accessed on his smartphone. 
 US Congressmen tweeted President Obamas first State of the Union addre
ss as he spoke, the world was alerted to Andres Iniestas World Cup-winning goal
on Twitter, and the incredible landing of US Airways Flight 1549 on the Hudson
was first reported on the microblogging site. Twitter is today the cool way to
update followers; YouTube is the platform on which a participatory culture and th
e sense of belonging to a community play out.
 Digital technology empowers, enthuses, informs and mediates new forms
of community, activism and identity. Culture jamming, participatory journalis
m and commons knowledge are all components of the activist new media, but also
of popular culture.
 Wide-ranging, accessible and incisive---welcome readers, to the world
of Digital Cool! Click here to enter.</p&
gt;
</td><td>Pramod K. Nayar teaches at the de
partment of English, University of Hyderabad. 
He is a widely published author. His previous publications include:&lt
;/p>
States of Sentiment (Orient BlackSwan, 2011) 
Postcolonialism (Continuum, 2010) 
Packaging Life (Sage 2009) 
The New Media and Cybercultures Anthology (Wiley Blackwell,
2010) 
An Introduction to New Media and Cybercultures (Wiley Black
well, 2010) 
Seeing Stars: Spectacle, Society, Celebrity Culture (Sage 2
009) 
Postcolonial Literature: An Introduction (Pearson 2008) 
Contemporary Literary and Cultural Theory (Pearson 2009)</t
d><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4755-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bollywoo
d in the Age of New Media: The Geo-televisual Aesthetic </td><td>Anustup Basu</t
d><td>2012</td><td>272</td><td>925.0000</td><td>This study of popular Indian cinema in an age of globalization, n
ew media, and metropolitan Hindu fundamentalism focuses on the period from 1991
to 2004. Popular Hindi cinema took a certain spectacular turn from the early 199
0s as a signature Bollywood style evolved in the wake of liberalization and the in
auguration of a global media ecology in India. Films increasingly featured trans
formed bodies, fashions, life-styles, commodities, gadgets, and spaces, often in
non-linear, window-shopping ways, without any primary obligation to the narrative
. Flows of desires, affects, and aspirations frequently crossed the bounds of st
ories and determined milieus. Basu theorizes this overall cinematic-cultural eco
logy here as an informational geo-televisual aesthetic.
Bollywood in the Ag
e of New Media connects this filmic geo-televisual style to an on
going story of the uneven globalizing process in India. It explains how the irre
verent energies of the new can actually be tied to conservative Brahminical imag
inations of class, caste, or gender hierarchies. Using a wide-ranging methodolog
ical approach that converses with theoretical domains of post-structuralism, pos
t-colonialism, and film and media studies, this book presents a complex account
of an India of the present caught between brave new silicon valleys and farmer s
uicides. 
The geo-televisual aesthetic will
prove useful not just for scholars of Indian cinema and media, but also for tho
se of Indian political and cultural modernity at large, from visual anthropologi
sts to political scientists. The book is as much about the new globalized imagin
ary of a national elite as it is about film.
</td><td>Anustup Basu is Assistant Professor of English and C
inema Studies, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA.</td><td>IN,PK,BD
,BT,LK,NP,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4764-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Freedom a
nd Beef Steaks: Colonial Calcutta Culture</td><td>Rosinka Chaudhuri</td><td>2012
;>Freedom and Beef Steaks explores path-breakin
g debates to do with the literary,  with identity, and with cultural a
uthenticity in nineteenth-century Calcutta--- debates arising from the flux of
creative and critical work in that period. The seven essays collected in this b
ook range across a diverse field of interests that have been, so far, under-res
earched. Crucial to our understanding of the making of modern Indian culture in
a particular location, these are issues that uncover the complexity of the pos
tcolonial field and further extend its scope.
 A humorous poem written by Henry
Meredith Parker (17961868) about the newly educated youth of Calcutta is used t
o frame debates for and against meat-eating as the issue played itself out agai
nst the backdrop of a developing Indian nationalism. A closer look at the polit
ical poetry written by a radical iconoclast such as Derozio reveals the communa
l stereotyping of the Muslim as Otherrepresentations in keeping with British histo
riographical orthodoxies of the time. Scrutinising early letters written to the
Calcutta Journal in 1819 about the communitys thoughts on
naming and defining itself, Rosinka Chaudhuri also deals with the early history
of the Anglo-Indians.
There are chapters in this book t
hat range from an analysis of recurrent problems in modernist readings of the p
oems of both Milton and Bengals greatest nineteenth-century poet, Madhusudan Dat
ta, to the changing modes of everyday cultural experience in the city as experi
enced in the shifting representations of the drawing rooms of colonial and post
colonial Bengal. Finally, in an important chapter on certain subalternist &
nbsp;historians (mis)readings of Tagore, the author investigates the place of th
e relation of history and literature in history-writing today. 
 Situated in a modernity that was

both radical and traditional in texture and forms of play, the texts examined
in these essays challenge received ideas of historicity through their own parti
cularity. This volume will be of interest to students and scholars of literatur
e, cultural studies and postcolonial studies.
</td><td>Rosinka Chaudhuri is Fellow in Cultural Studies at t
he Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta (CSSSC). She has published Ge
ntlemen Poets in Colonial Bengal: Emergent Nationalism and the Orientalist Proje
ct, Derozio, Poet of India: The Definitive Edition, and (co-edited with Elleke B
oehmer) The Indian Postcolonial: A Critical Reader.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Anthro
pology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4778-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Exclusion
, Social Capital and Citizenship: Contested Transitions in South Africa and Indi
a</td><td>Tina Uys and Sujata Patel(Eds.)</td><td>2012</td><td>688</td><td>1195.
0000</td><td>Historically, India and South Africa have a lot in common
; the migration of indentured and passenger Indians to South Africa, the role a
nd influence of Mahatma Gandhi in the freedom movements, their shared commitmen
t to install democracy in their respective countries, and other such issues. Po
st-Independence, battling enormous poverty and inequality, these countries have
undergone transitions at different points in history in their endeavour to res
tructure the economy and polity through political projects which are largely el
ite-driven.
Exclusion, Social Capital and Citizenship</s
trong> shows how though transition always carries the promise of
inclusion for social groups inhabiting the margins of society, there is nothing
inherently inclusive about the elite-dominated transitions that occurred in So
uth Africa and India. The people of these countries, therefore, have articulate
d alternate visions of resistance to contest these.
Divided into three sections, this volume analyses whether we can use t
he prism of one experience to assess another in some other country and the less
ons learnt from them through such contextualised comparisons. These and other m
ethodological issues are studied in this collection. The book also describes ho
w diasporic Indians deal with their minority status in post-apartheid South Afr
ica; the intellectual resources that the Muslim minority groups in India employ
to articulate their identity and assert their citizenship; and redress polici
es for groups previously disadvantaged on the basis of race in South Africa and
caste in India.
Bringing together sociologists from both South Africa and India, this
volume is a must-read for students and scholars of sociology, diaspora studies
and political science. </td><td>Tina Uys is C
hairperson, Department of Sociology, University of Johannesburg,
South Africa.
Sujata Patel is Professor, Department of
Sociology, University of Hyderabad, India. </td><td>World</td><td>Anth
ropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4206-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Communali
sm & The Intelligentsia in Bihar, 18701930 </td><td>Hitendra Patel</td><td>2
uot;>This volume gives an account of the rise of Hindu communalism in Bihar
in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, and its relationship with
the nationalist ideology, through the activities of the intelligentsia. It sho
ws how a Hindi-speaking intelligentsia emerged, carrying with it notions of his
tory, identity and visions of a new social order where caste, national and relig
ious loyalties co-existed. While Hindu communal forces were unable to match the
dominance of the Congress with its view of a composite nationalism, the presen
ce of the former in the political spectrum was significant. Hitendra Patel narr
ates the Bihari intelligentsias efforts to mobilise people and disseminate Hindu
symbols and stereotypes, while trying to give legitimacy to a communal view of t
heir nationalism. He discusses two movements that aroused widespread passions:

one for the use of Hindi, replacing Urdu, in education and the law courts from
the 1860s, and the other for cow protection. The growth of the Hindi press and a
nti-Bengali sentiments are outlined. Patel also analyses intra-community discou
rses on lower-caste inclusion, revealing divisions within the Hindu fold.&n
bsp;</td><td>Hitendra Patel teaches at the
Department of History at Rabindra Bharati University, Kolkata</td><td
>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4204-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Call
of the Sea: Kachchhi Traders in Muscat and Zanzibar, c. 18001880</td><td>Dr Chhay
a Goswami</td><td>2011</td><td>360</td><td>995.0000</td><td>Drawing on archival sources, <s
trong>The Call of the Sea examines the sig
nificant role played by Kachchhi traders in connecting Muscat and&amp
;nbsp;Zanzibar to the thriving emporiums of Bombay an
d Mandvi. It provides an insight into the business environment and sophisticate
d sea-trade network in the western Indian Ocean that existed in the n
ineteenth century. Kachchhi entrepreneurs carried on a flourishing trade in ivo
ry and cloves, among other products. They also acted as bankers and financiers,
and operated an effective credit network for Indian mercantile communities.&am
p;nbsp;The maritime history of the mercantile communities from Kachchhi is inte
rwoven with the history of the littoral societies of Muscat and Zanzibar.</td><td>Dr Chhaya Goswami is an independent sch
olar based in Mumbai, and was a lecturer in Elphinstone College, Mumbai.</p&g
t;</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4222-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Voice an
d Memory: Indigenous Imagination and Expression</td><td>G. N. Devy, Geoffrey V.
Davis and K. K. Chakravarty(Eds.)</td><td>2011</td><td>368</td><td>850.0000</td>
<td>Voice and Memory: I
ndigenous Imagination and Expression is a companion volume to Indige
neity: Culture and Representation. The essays present a critical enquiry into t
he cultures and literatures of indigenous communities. They deal with their sto
ries of colonial experience, their marginalization and their struggles to avert
the decline of their socio-cultural status, and the emergence of their voice i
n the respective national literature. Rather than seeking succour from a human
rights regime, Aboriginal peoples have consistently looked for lessons of envi
ronmental balance and social regeneration in their own literature, knowledge sy
stems and cultural traditions.
The essays in this volume show h
ow these groups have acknowledged, internalized and adapted to their own idiom,
linguistic and cultural nuances and expressions left behind as a relic of colo
nial presence. Further, in their endeavour to analyze the reasons behind their
alienation, they have consistently been self critical, holding the white coloni
sts responsible for their current situation, but recognizing and narrating inst
ances of complicity of Aboriginal elders in the persecution of their women. &lt
;/p>
Running through the volume is the
view that the indigenous people are agents rather than objects of change. They
have the capacity to classify, codify and present their knowledge and perceive
and evaluate changes in the environment. The essays also highlight the rejecti
on by Aboriginal groups of the prevailing view of their cultural heritage as a
"social problem", at odds with the imperatives of contemporary existe
nce.
This book is a celebration of in
digenous cultures rooted in their physical and cultural environment rather than
an archival repository or a museum gallery. Bringing together scholars from ac
ross the world, this volume will be of invaluable interest to students and scho
lars of sociology, anthropology, tribal studies, colonial studies, literature an
d linguistics.</td><td>

G. N. Devy is Director and Founder of Bhasha Research and Pu
blication Centre, Baroda, and Adivasi Academy, Tejgadh.
Geoffrey V. Davis</b&
gt; is Chair, Association of Commonwealth Literature and Language Studies (ACLA
LS), Aachen, Germany.
K. K. Chakravarty is Chancellor of the National University of Educational Planning and Admin
istration (NUEPA), and Director, Institute of Heritage Management and Research,
Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
nding Indian Society: Past and Present</td><td>B S Baviskar and Tulsi Patel (Eds
.)</td><td>2011</td><td>388</td><td>550.0000</td><td>Understanding Indian Society br
ings together a collection of writings by eminent scholars across disciplines th
at capture the dynamic character of Indian society. The fifteen essays focus on
four vital areas-gender relations, religion, developmental concerns and social c
hange, and the future of the disciline of sociology. The volume explores a wide
range of issues as varied as Muslim women's struggle for independence in a p
atriarchal society, colonial linkages of female foeticide, religious and communa
l conflicts, dilemmas of practising medical ethics, participation of the Patidar
diaspora in the prosperity of the Gujarati community, among others. Taken toget
her, the collection demonstrates the analytical richness of current scholarship
and gives fresh insights into the society of India. Commemorating Professor A. M
. Shah's work in the contemporary context, the contributors highlight the ma
jor role he played in the growth of sociology as a discipline. The book will be
of interest to specialists in gender studies, sociology of family and religon, m
edical socillogy and development studies. It will also appeal to readers interes
ed in the complex structure and practices of Indian society.</td><td>&
lt;p>B.S. Baviskar, Senior Fellow, Inistitute of Social Sc
iences, New Delhi; formerly Professor of Sociology, University of Delhi.&n
bsp;Tulsi Patel, Professor of Sociology,
University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography
</td>
<td>978-81-250-4266-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Indian Di
aspora in the United States: Brain Drain or Gain?</td><td>Anjali Sahay</td><td>2
011</td><td>264</td><td>1050.0000</td><td><ul type="disc">
<li>Indian Diaspora&lt
;strong> in the United States looks at th
e topic of brain drain from a new lens. It uses Indian migration to the United
States as a case study. </li>
<li>Its approach is different from the conventional way of looking at inte
rnational migration from India. The book includes discussions on brain gain and bra
in circulation for source countries. </li>
<li>Recipient-countries not only benefit in the form of remittances, inves
tments and savings but also by networking and bringing ideas and technology into
India. </li>
<li>By achieving success in and visibility in host countries, the diaspora
community further influences economic and political benefits for their home cou
ntries. </li>
<li>This groundbreaking work brings economic and political issues to the
dimension of migration and concerns over brain drain. With its rigorous, networ
k approach, this book is a valuable contribution to the studies of Indian diasp
ora, labour, and globalization. </li>
</ul></td><td>Anjali Sahay is Assistant Profes
sor of Political Science and International Relations at Gannon University, Penns
ylvania</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnograph
y</td>
<td>978-81-250-4267-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td> Women of
Honour: Gender and Agency among Dalit Women in the Central Himalayas</td><td>Ka
rin M. Polit</td><td>2012</td><td>380</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>In Women of Honour</s
trong>, Karin Polit gives an ethnogra
phic account of how relationships are shaped among the Dalit people of Chamoli,
Utttarakhand. Through thick descriptions of everyday lifeconversations, friends
hip, dress, workthe author shows that gender identity is a process. Questioning
the assumption that Indian women are mute and powerless, she argues that the pe
ople of Chamoliwomen and mensee themselves as part of an agentive unity. These ne
tworks of agency, which include divine agents, are described as the basis of an
honourable life.
The book will be of interest to a
nthropologists, feministsespecially Dalit feminists, sociologists and cultural c
ritics.
</td><td>Karin M. Polit is lecturer both at the South Asia In
stitute and at the Institute for Ethnology, University of Heidelberg, Germany.</
td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4275-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Coloniali
sm, Modernity, and Literature: A View from India </td><td>Satya P Mohanty</td><t
d>2011</td><td>272</td><td>950.0000</td><td>This is an innovative volume of essays situated at the intersection o
f at least three multi-disciplinary fields: postcolonial and subaltern theory; c
omparative literary analysis, especially with a South Asian and transnational fo
cus; and the study of alternative and indigenous modernities. This definitive new wo
rk grounds the political insights of postcolonial and subaltern theory in close
textual analysis and challenges readers to think in new ways about global modern
ity and local cultures. Focusing in part on Fakir Mohan Senapatis ground-breaking
late-19th century Oriya novel Chha Mana Atha Guntha (Six Acres and a
Third), the volumes comparative method suggests to readers non-ethnoce
ntric and non-chauvinist ways of studying Indian literature. It de-emphasises re
gional literary histories, especially the construction of hoary pasts and glorio
us traditions, to focus instead on cross-regional clusters of historical and cul
tural meaning. The essays attempt in-depth interpretations instead of merely cel
ebrating authors and their works. They challenge readers to think in new ways ab
out global modernity and local cultures.</td><td>Satya P. Mohanty, the editor of th
e volume, is a Professor of English at Cornell University. He is one of the fou
nders of the Future of Minority Studies (FMS) Research Project and the founding
director of the FMS Summer Institute. His book, Literary Theory and
the Claims of History, argues for a post-positivist realist theory of
culture and literature and introduces a new theory of social identity, especial
ly minority identity. He has co-edited Identity Politics Reconsidere
d and The Future of Diversity. His areas of interest are literary cr
iticism and theory, colonial and postcolonial studies, South Asian and comparat
ive literature. His work shows his deep commitment to his bi-cultural backgroun
d. </td><td>IN,NP,PK,BD,BT,MV,LK</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</t
d>
<td>978-81-250-4325-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>New Worl
d of Indigenous Resistance: Noam Chomsky and Voices from North, South and Centra
l America</td><td>Lois Meyer and Benjamín Maldonado Alvarado (eds.)</td><td
">After centuries of colonization, the ongoing struggle to preserve com
munal knowledge, rituals, language, traditions, and teaching and learning pract
ices has taken on even more significance in the increasingly standardized world
of globalization. For many indigenous societies, protecting community-based cu
stoms has involved the rejection of state-provided education, raising a series
of interconnected issues regarding autonomy, modernity and cultural sustainabil

ity.
In New W
orld of Indigenous Resistance, these questions are ap
proached from multiple perspectives by means of an innovative exchange between
linguist and human rights advocate Noam Chomsky, and more than twenty scholars,
activists and educators from across the Americas.
 In response to Chomskys ideas, vo
ices from Argentina, Bolivia, Ecuador, Guatemala, Mexico, Panama, Peru, the Uni
ted States, and Uruguay draw from their first-hand experience and scholarship,
speaking to, with, and at times against Chomskys views.
</td><td>Lois Meyer&
nbsp; is an applied linguist and Associate Professor in the Departmen
t of Language, Literacy & Sociocultural Studies at the University
of New Mexico in Albuquerque, U.S.A., and a close collaborator with the Co&#17
3;alition of Indigenous Teachers and Promoters of Oaxaca (CMPIO).
Benjamín Maldonad
o Alvarado is a Mexican anthropologist specialising in indigenous educ
ation who has lived in Oaxaca for thirty years, collaborating with variou
s indigenous organizations and carrying out ethnographic studies among the Mixe
, Mazateco and Chatino peoples.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>
<td>978-81-250-4463-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Middle-C
lass Moralities: Everyday Struggle over Belonging and Prestige in India</td><td>
Minna Saavala</td><td>2012</td><td>236</td><td>495.0000</td><td>New middle-classes present themselves as the epit
ome of modernity and progress. Both in their role as social models and culturebrokers, they seem to promote a heightened consciousness of cultural difference
and nationalism. Middle-Class Moralities examines
how the new middle classes of India create identities, practices and politics
of the everyday in a dialogue that involves other social categories and an imag
inary West. Drawing upon ethnographic and interview material, this book studies
family relations, leisure, food, housing and religious practices of these emer
ging and enterprising social classes.
Defining the middle classes is a
political and embodied process that people negotiate by making instrumental us
e of (or domesticating) the idea of the West. A closer and analytical look at t
he consumption-driven, status-obsessed middle classes reveals their deeper stru
ggles that seek to engage such cultural concepts as dharma, purity, and auspici
ousness.   
The fieldwork for this study was
conducted mainly in the city of Hyderabad among its upwardly mobile people who
have identified themselves as Hindus. The Indian situation, argues the author, is
comparable to that of the urban middle classes elsewhere, especially those of
the traditionally hierarchical Asian societies. The dilemmas of these classes i
n a fast-globalizing India have seldom been given the detailed attention offere
d in these pages.</td><td>Minna Saavala is an Adjunct Professor in the University o
f Helsinki, Finland, and currently engaged in research on transcultural communi
cation for the University of Tampere. She is a social anthropologist who has
researched social change in India, reproductive health issues, family relations
, as well as migration and transnationalism. Her publications include <em&gt
;Fertility and Familial Power Relations: Procreation in South India (
Curzon 2001) and research articles, among others, in Contributions to
Indian Sociology, Social Anthropology, Ethnos,
and Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies.</t
d><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4472-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Gendering
Colonial India: Reforms, Print, Caste and Communalism</td><td>Charu Gupta(Ed.)<

justify">Drawing on contemporary critical theories and academic debate
s, Gendering Colonial India ex
amines how notions of patriarchy were recast and challenged in colonial India b
etween the early nineteenth and the first half of twentieth centuries. This def
initive collection of essays analyses the close interaction between gender, ca
ste and community identities.
This volume brings out various
regional complexities and lively public debates on social reforms for women and
their impact on issues like sati, widow remarriage, domes
ticity, sexuality and education. It shows how women emerged as both objects and
subjects of popular discourse and discussions. Simultaneously, the essays eng
age with concerns around masculinity, inter-caste intimacies and communal ident
ities.
The debates found multifaceted
expression in an emerging dynamic popular-public sphere and also in a flourish
ing vernacular print culture. These in turn served as powerful tools for propag
ating dominant ideas about women and for fashioning national, regional and comm
unity identities.
The three primary texts transla
ted by J. Devika, Anshu Malhotra and Charu Gupta bring out the relationship, mo
st often fraught, between popular literature, reforms and women. 
With contributions from both e
stablished and emerging feminist historians, this book will be an indispensible
read for students and scholars of modern Indian history, colonialism, national
ism, gender studies and popular culture. </td><td>Charu Gupta
 is Associate Professor in the Department of History, University of De
lhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4490-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Afghanis
tan: How the West Lost its Way</td><td>Tim Bird and Alex Marshall</td><td>2012<
/td><td>320</td><td>795.0000</td><td>In this compelling book, Tim Bird
and Alex Marshall ask how and why the international community has so signally f
ailed to achieve its objectives in Afghanistan. Th
ey trace the story from the hurried post-9/11 decision to invade onwards, expla
ining how ambitious development plans failed to bear fruit, how muddled Western
policies allowed Afghans to grow more opium poppies than ever beforeand how, de
spite all promises, life has become worse rather than better for many Afghan ci
tizens.</td><td>Tim Bird is a
lecturer in the Defence Studies Department of Kings College, London, based at th
e Joint Services Command and Staff College (JSCSC) in Shrivenham, UK. 
Alex Marshall is a lecturer in the History Departm
ent at Glasgow University, UK.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Anthropology
/ Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4504-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Cultural
Studies in the Future Tense</td><td>Lawrence Grossberg</td><td>2012</td><td>368
</td><td>750.0000</td><td>Lawrence Grossberg is one of the leading int
ernational figures in the study of the relations between political and popular
cultures. In Cultural Studies in the Future Tense,</s
trong> he offers a powerful critique of the forms of progressive
intellectual-political analyses. He asks why we so often tell the same stories
over and over (as if the world were not changing or were changing in precisely
the same ways) or tell stories that claim to be absolutely new (as if the world
were magically new). He argues for an understanding of cultural studies as con
junctural analysis, based on commitments to contextualism, anti-reductionism an
d articulation. Cultural studies sees the world in terms of contingency and det
ermination, the old and the new, economies and cultures, etc. Refusing to reduce
modernity to its Euro-American forms, and challenging its taken-for-granted u
nderstandings, he argues that euro-modernity is a specific geo-historical actua

lization of a more complex and diverse diagram. 
Grossberg sees the current global tumult defined by struggles among an
d for multiple ways of imagining and being modern. Consequently, he begins to r
ethink a number of fundamental modern concepts and their relationsincluding econom
y, culture, the popular, and politics. This book offers a vision of a contempor
ary cultural studies that embraces complexity, rigorous interdisciplinary pract
ice and experimental collaborations in an effort to better explain the present
in the service of the imagination of other futures and the struggles for social
transformation.</td><td>Lawrence Grossberg is the
Morris Davis Distinguished Professor of Communication Studies and Cultural Studi
es, and Adjunct Distinguished Professor of American Studies, Anthropology, and G
eography at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, USA. </td><td>IN,PK,B
D,NP,BT,LK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3868-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Sacrifici
ng People: Invasions of a Tribal Landscape</td><td>Felix Padel</td><td>2010</td>
<td>504</td><td>950.0000</td><td>
Sacrificing People is a new, u
pdated edition of Felix Padels classic case study of colonialism, originally ent
itled The Sacrifice of Human
Being: British Rule and the Konds of Orissa. T
he journey of the book, like the struggle of the Konds, is from colonial intrus
ion to developmental destruction.
The book puts into perspective th
e communal murders and ethnic cleansing that happened in the district of Kandha
mal where the Konds are concentrated, in 20078, where an explosion of orchestra
ted violence occurred, mostly in the form of attacks against Christians, on a s
cale recalling violence at the time of colonial invasion (1830s-60s), when inva
ding forces burnt dozens of Kond villages. The role and words of the first miss
ionaries in Orissa, who targeted this district in particular, is analysed to th
row light on recent events. The books increasing relevance is also due to Bauxit
e cappings on the high mountains dominating the Konds landscape in southern Oris
sa. Their base rock was named Khondalite, honouring the Konds, but their high alu
minium content has elicited an invasion of mining companies with even greater i
mpact on the Kond culture and environment than the British invasion.
 As renowned anthropologist Hugh
Brody writes in his Foreword to this new edition, it is impossible to read Padels
work without being drawn into its flow of history, anthropology and profound i
nsights into the way colonial projects have shaped how we see the world in gene
ral, India as a nation and tribal peoples in particular. Moving beyond the parti
culars of a remote resource conflict, Sacrificing People o
ffers a way of comprehending the roots of human violence by understanding ourse
lves and our place in the modern structures of power and control, whose core is
a sacrifice of human beinga cruelty and dominance more extreme than human sacri
fice because it sacrifices the essence of being human. This book will fascinate scholars and the dis
cerning public alike, as a meticulously researched, exceptionally original stud
y of the forms of domination that permeate the modern world.</td><td>
<div style="text-align: justify">Felix Padel
is a freelance anthropologist trained in Oxford and Delhi universities. Interest
ed in tribal cultures, the natural environment and tracing the origins of societ
y, he connects his life and work with his great-great grandfather Charles Darwin
. He is also a performing musician in Indian and Western traditions, and lives i
n Wales and Orissa.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography
</td>
>
;
;
</td><td>
lt;br />

<td>978-81-250-3829-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Before th
e Divide: Hindi and Urdu Literary Culture</td><td>Francesca Orsini (ed.)</td><td
>2010</td><td>320</td><td>1005.0000</td><td>Based on a workshop on Intermediary Genres in Hindi and Urdu, <stron
g>Before the Divide: Hindi and Urdu Literary Culture is an att
empt to rethink aspects of the literary histories of these two languages.
Tod
ay, Hindi and Urdu are considered two separate languages, each with is own scrip
t, history, literary canon and cultural orientation. Yet, precolonial India was
a deeply multilingual society with multiple traditions of knowledge and of liter
ary production. Historically the divisions between Hindi and Urdu were not as sh
arp as we imagine them today. The essays in this volume reassess the definition
and identity of language in the light of this. Various literary traditions have
been examined keeping the historical, political and cultural developments in mi
nd. The authors look at familiar and not so familiar Hindi and Urdu literary wor
ks and narratives and address logics of exclusion and that have gone into the cr
eation of two separate languages (Hindi and Urdu) and the making of the literary
canons of each. Issues of script, religious identity, gender are also considere
d.
This volume is different in that it provides a new body of evidence and ne
w categories that are needed to envisage the literary landscape pf north India b
efore the construction of separate Hindu-Hindu and Muslim-Urdu literary traditions.
This collection of essays looking into the rearticulation of language and its
identity in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries will be useful fo
r students of modern Indian history, language studies and cultural studies.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Francesc
a Orsini is Reader in the Literatures of North India at the School of
Oriental and African Studies, University of London. She is the author of The Hin
di Public Sphere; Print and pleasure: Popular Literature and Entertaining Fictio
ns in Colonial North India (forthcoming) and is the editor of Love in South Asia
.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3830-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bridging
Partition: Peoples Initiatives for Peace between India and Pakistan</td><td>Smit
u Kothari and Zia Mian with Kamla Bhasin, A H Nayyar and Mohammad Tahseen (eds.)
justify">Over the past three decades, in the shadow of hostile nationa
lisms fuelled by radical Islamic and Hindu politics, military crises, a runaway
arms race, nuclear weapons and war, an amazing set of civil society initiative
s has been taking root in India and Pakistan. A citizens diplomacy movement emb
racing thousands of activists, scholars, business people and retired government
officials has emerged in an unprecedented effort to build national and cross-b
order networks for peace and cooperation between the two countries. In these es
says, leading scholars, activists and writers from India and Pakistan reflect
on the political and personal impact of crossing the border, and exploring the
possibilities and limits of this new movement in its quest to chart a path to
peace between the two countries. </td><td><div style="text-ali
gn: justify">Smitu Kothari (1950-2009) was one of Ind
ias leading scholar-activists. He was director of Lokayan, New Delhi, and co-ed
itor of the Lokayan Bulletin, a journal of political, cult
ural and ecological struggles in South Asia. He founded Intercultural Resource
s, a forum for research and political intervention on the impacts and alternati
ves to destructive development. He was a visiting professor at Cornell Univers
ity and at Princeton University.  </div>Zia Mian is a physicist from Pakistan a
t Princeton Universitys Program on Science and Global Security, and a visiting
fellow at the Sustainable Development Policy Institute, Islamabad. He has writ
ten extensively on nuclear weapons issues and is active in the South Asian and
global peace movement. He teaches at Princeton University and has taught at Qua
id-i-Azam University, Islamabad. He is affiliated with the Eqbal Ahmad Foundat
ion. In 2001, Smitu K
othari and Zia Mian co-edited Out of the Nuclear Shadow, a
collection of essays challenging the nuclearisation of India and Pakistan.&amp
;nbsp;</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3921-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Art of No
t Being Governed, The: An Anarchist History of Upland Southeast Asia</td><td>Jam
es C. Scott</td><td>2010</td><td>462</td><td>1195.0000</td><td>For two thousand years the disparate groups that n
ow reside in Zomia (a mountainous region the size of Europe that consists of po
rtions of seven Asian countries) have field the projects of the organised state
societies that  surround them slavery, conscription, taxes, corvee la
bour, epidemics and warfare. Significantly, writes James C.Scott in this iconoc
lastic study, these people are not innocent who have yet to benefit from all th
at civilization has to offer; they have assessed state-based civilizations and
have made a conscious choice to avoid them. The book is essentially an anarchist
  history , the first-ever examination of the huge literature on state
-making that evaluates why people would deliberately  and reactively re
main stateless. Among the strategies employed by the people of Zomia to remain
stateless are physical dispersion in rugged terrain; agriculture practices that
enhance mobiliy; pliable ethnic identities; devotion to prophetic, millenarian
leaders; and maintenance of a largely oral culture that allows them to reinven
t their histories and genealogies as they move between and around states. The Art of N
ot Being Governed challenges us with a radically different appro
ach to history that views events from the perspective of stateless peoples and
redefines state-making as a form of internal colonialism. In contrast to the West
ern ideal of the social contract as fundamental to state-making Scott finds the
disturbing mechanism of subjugation to be more in line with the historical fac
ts in mainland area studies  that  will be applicable to othe
r runaway, fugitive, and marooned communities, they Gypsies, Cossacks, tribes f
leeing slave raiders, Marsh Arabs, or San-bushmen.
 In accessible language, James Sc

ott, recognized worldwide as an eminent authority in Southeast Asian, peasant,
and agrarian studies, tells the story of the peoples of Zomia and their unlikel
y odyssey in search of self-determination. Along the way he redefines our views
on Asian politics, history, and demographics, and even our fundamental ideas a
bout what constitutes civilization.</td><td>James C. Scott is Sterling Professor of
Political Science, professor of anthropology, and codirector of the Agrarian S
tudies Program, Yale University, and a fellow of the American Academy of Arts
and Sciences.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Et
hnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3946-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Chinese
Myths</td><td>Anne Birrell</td><td>2010</td><td>80</td><td>250.0000</td><td>Anne Birrell has translated representative narratives drawn from over a hu
ndred classical texts in the course of her work on various aspects of <stron
g>Chinese mythology, and here she introduces a splendid selec
tion especially for the general reader. Lucidly retold using English equivalent
s for the Chinese names, these lively mythic tales are full of colourful episod
es and vivid characters. Helpfully organised by themes and motifs which set the
m in the context of mythology the world over, these stories are a fascinating t
reasure trove that has long been inaccessible and unknown to many readers.</td><td>Anne Birrell of Clare Hall,
University of Cambridge, is the author of Chinese Mythology: An Introd
uction and has published translations including New Songs
from a Jade Terrace, The Classic of Mountains and Seas and <em&gt
;Popular Songs and Ballads of Han China.</p&
gt; </td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3947-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Greek My
ths</td><td>Lucilla Burn</td><td>2010</td><td>80</td><td>250.0000</td><td><p&
gt;Here retold in all their dramatic power are some of the most exciting and in
fluential of all Greek myths: the epic struggle of
the Trojan War, the wanderings of Odysseus, the tragic destiny of Oedipus, and
the heroic adventures of Herakles, Theseus, Perseus and Jason. The author intr
oduces the complex pantheon of Olympian gods and goddesses, describing their at
titudes, genealogies and often comic relationships, and illustrates the persona
lities and their stories by drawing upon the artistry of the ancient culture wh
ich created them. A concluding chapter reviews the powerful and continuing imag
inative legacy of Greek myth, from Botticelli to Freud. This book contains 50
illustrations</td><td>lucilla burn</strong&
gt; was formerly Assistant Keeper of the Greek and Roman collections in the Bri
tish Museum. She is now Keeper of Antiquities at the Fitzwilliam Museum, Camb
ridge. She lectures widely and has published books, articles and reviews on var
ious aspects of classical archaeology. </td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV<
<td>978-81-250-3948-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindu My
ths</td><td>A. L. Dallapiccola</td><td>2010</td><td>80</td><td>250.0000</td><td>
India has long been regarded as the home of Hinduism, its mythology co
nstituting the backbone of Indian culture. The myths have been adapted over the
centuries to incorporate new or revised characters and continue to play a cent
ral role in modern Indian life. Retold here in their colourful and dramatic spl
endour, they touch on the key narrative themes of creation, preservation, destr
uction, delusion and the bestowal of grace. They also portray the main deities
of the Hindu pantheon—Shiva, Vishnu and Devi—and their rela
tionships with anti-gods, nymphs and ascetics. Drawn from a variety of sources,
most notably the encyclopaedic texts the Puranas, the myths range from the ear
ly centuries ad to the sixteenth century, conveying their enduring appeal and t
he religious teachings derived from them. This books contains 37 illustrations.
 </td><td>A. L. Dallapiccola is

Honorary Professor at the University of Edinburgh and makes research visits t
o India. She is the author of Hindu Visions of the Sacred </em&gt
;and Indian Love Poetry as well as a Dictionary
of Hindu Lore and Legend. </td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</
td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3949-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Persian
Myths</td><td>Vesta Sarkhosh Curtis</td><td>2010</td><td>80</td><td>250.0000</td
><td>The traditional tales and stories of ancient Iran describe confro
ntations between good and evil, the victories of the gods, and exploits of hero
es and fabulous supernatural creatures such as the magical bird Simurgh and the
div or demons. Much of our information about Irans pre-Is
lamic past comes from the holy book of the Zoroastrian religion, the A
vesta. Although not written down in its present form until the thirt
eenth or fourteenth century, parts of the Avesta date back
originally to between 1400 and 1200 BC. As well as the words of the prophet Zo
roaster and stories about Ahura Mazda, the Wise Lord, it also incorporates earl
ier pagan myths which reappear in the Shahnameh (
Book of Kings). A magnificent epic in rhyme completed in ad1010 by th
e poet Firdowsi and featuring his most famous hero, Rustum. Dr Curtis draws upo
n all of these sources to retell for modern readers the stirring legends of anc
ient Iran, which have inspired centuries of manuscript illustrations. This book
contains 42 illustrations.</td><td>Vesta Sarkh
osh Curtis is curator of ancient Iranian coins in the British Mus
eum and is editor of Iran, published by the British Instit
ute of Persian Studies. </td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Anthropo
logy / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3950-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Roman My
ths</td><td>Jane F. Gardner</td><td>2010</td><td>80</td><td>250.0000</td><td>&lt
;p>The myths of the Romans are stories not abou
t the gods but about the Romans themselves. Writers such as Livy, Virgil and Ov
id presented myths as if they were actual histories of the origins and early da
ys of Rome. The stories of Aeneas, Romulus and Remus and the Seven Kings give var
ying accounts of the founding of the city; Romes destinyher divinely fore-ordaine
d rise to poweris stressed in all of them. Some myths provided models of virtuou
s and public-spirited behavior which citizens (both men and women) were encour
aged to emulate. They could also add lustre to the reputations of Romes ruling fa
milies, and stress their fitness for power, by describing past acts of heroism
and civic duty. Roman myths were, in short, propaganda. Jane F. Gardner retells
some of the best-known stories, and a few less well-known, examining their pl
ace in the society, religion and literature of ancient Rome. This book contains
39 illustrations</td><td>Jane F. Gardner</st
rong> is Emeritus Professor of Ancient History in the Department of Classics,
University of Reading and former Curator of the Ure Museum of Greek Archaeolog
y. She is the author of numerous books and articles on Roman society and Roman
law.</td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</
td>
<td>978-81-250-3702-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>From West
ern Medicine to Global Medicine: The Hospital Beyond the West</td><td>Mark Harri
son, Margaret Jones, Helen Sweet (Eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>500</td><td>1095.00
00</td><td>The hospital has for m
any years been the symbol of modern, scientific medicine. Indeed, it was in the
hospital that modern Western medicine was born. But until recently we had little
idea of how or why these iconic medical institutions developed outside the West
ern World. From W
estern Medicine to Global Medicine provides the firs
t book-length account of the hospitals emergence in Asia, Africa and other non-We
stern contexts. Its essays examine various facets of hospital medicine from eigh
teenth century onwards, including interaction with indigenous traditions of heal
ing and with economic and political issues during the colonial and post-colonial
periods. An introductory essay provides an overview of the varied trajectories
of institutional development taking place outside Europe and North America, whil
e the individual contributions-from historians, anthropologists and sociologists
-provide important insights into the varied uses and forms which hospitals have
taken in non-Western contexts. 
This interdisciplinary volume wil
l provide an indispensable introduction to anyone seeking to understand the glob
alisation of Western medicine over the past century or so. It will be invaluable
to historians seeking to place Western medicine within broad historical process
es such as imperialism and modernisation, as well to those who seeks to know mor
e about the peculiarities of specific contexts. Analysts of contemporary medical
policy and medical cultures will also find critical insights into the factors d
etermining the nature and success of medical interventions.</td><td>&l
t;b>Mark Harrison is Professor of the History of Medicine and Direc
tor of the Wellcome Unit for the History of Medicine at the University of Oxford
.<div> </div><div>Margaret Jones
is Research Officer at the Wellcome Unit for the History of Medicine, Universit
y of Oxford.</div><div> </div><div>H
elen Sweet is Research Associate at the Wellcome Unit for the History
of Medicine at the University of Oxford.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Anthr
<td>978-81-250-3725-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Wives, W
idows and Concubines: The Conjugal Family Ideal in Colonial India</td><td>Mythel
i Sreenivas</td><td>2009</td><td>184</td><td>625.0000</td><td>The book examines how the family became the centre
of intense debates about identity, community, and nation in colonial Tamil Nad
u. Developing ideas about love, marriage and desire were inextricably linked to
caste politics, the colonial economy, and nationalist agitation. The book argu
es that notions of community centred around the changing family were fundamenta
l to shaping national identity in the early twentieth century. </p&
gt;
Emerging earliest among professio
nal and mercantile elites seeking to reform colonial property relations, and fu
eled by the feminist and anti-caste politics of nationalist movements, this emp
hasis on conjugality took numerous, sometimes contradictory, forms.  O
n the one hand, conjugality provided a language with which women laid claim to
a host of rights, from the right to inherit a deceased husbands property to the
right to seek emotional and sexual fulfillment in marriage.  On the ot
her hand, appeals to conjugality also served to reinscribe womens oppression bot
h inside and outside marriage.  Mapping this complex history in relat
ion to the culture, politics, and economy of the Tamil region, the bookopens ne
w arenas of inquiry about the family and colonial modernity in South Asia. Re
cipient of the Joseph W. Elder Prize in the Indian Social Sciences from the Ame
rican Institute of Indian studies this book would be of special interest to his
torians of modern South Asia, as well as anthropologists, sociologists with an
interest in women and gender. 
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Mytheli Sreen
ivas is Assistant Professor of History and Womens Studies at The Ohio
State University.  She studied history at Yale University and the Univ
ersity of Pennsylvania.  Her research in Chennai, New Delhi, and Lond
on has been supported by several prestigious fellowships, including a Fulbrigh
t-Hays award, and has been published in the Journal of Womens History &
lt;/em>and the Journal of Asian Studies.</div></td
><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3749-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Wicke
d City: Crime and Punishment in Colonial Calcutta</td><td>Sumanta Banerjee</td><

td>2009</td><td>656</td><td>1195.0000</td><td><div style="text-align: ju
stify">Jal, juochuri, mithye katha / Ei tin niye Kolikata</e
m> (Forgery, swindling and falsehood: these three make up Calcutta)A popular c
ouplet from early-eighteenth-century Calcutta.</div><div style="t
ext-align: justify">This elegant, impeccably researched and wide-rangin
g work of social history is a riveting journey into the underworld of colonial
Calcutta.</div> From dust
y official files to half-forgotten popular literature of a dark past, 
The Wicked City unravels a fascinating
panorama of crime in the colonial metropolis over two centuries. It begins in t
he eighteenth century with the plots of bribery and murderous vendetta hatched
in Governor Warren Hastings office in the White Townthe tiny European part of th
e city. The story then moves into the dingy backstreets of the Black Townthe vast,
sprawling Bengali habitationand offers a glimpse into the world of indigenous d
acoits. As the eighteenth century flickers out, a new century sees the dawn of
new types of crimes like counterfeiting, even as the technology used in old for
ms of crime like burglary, becomes increasingly more sophisticated.
In this onward march of crime in
the course of Calcuttas rise from fledgling town to giant metropolis, a process
ion of colourful characters emerged and thrived in all their diabolic grandeur.
With all their imagination and creative devices, they elevated crime to the st
atus of art. After im
mersing itself in the world of criminals, the book shifts its gaze towards the ap
paratus built by the colonial rulers to deal with them. In doing so, what clear
ly emerges is the symbiotic relationship between urban crimesspawned by the colo
nial ethic of acquisitiveness and aggressive pursuit of self-interestand the new
laws and modes of punishment, fashioned by the colonial rulers to control thos
e crimes.</td><td>Sumanta Banerjee Born and educated in Calcutta,  he has
been a journalist by profession for more than forty years. Currently based in D
ehradun, he writes political commentaries on current events in India, and is en
gaged in research on popular culture and social history of nineteenth-century B
engal. His published works include In the Wake of Naxalbari
(1980); The Parlour and the Streets: Elite and Popular Culture in Nin
eteenth Century Calcutta (1989); Dangerous Outcast: The P
rostitute in Nineteenth Century Bengal (1998); and Logic in
a Popular Form: Essays on Popular Religion in Bengal (2002).</p&
gt;</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3789-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Middle-Cl
ass Moralities: Everyday Struggle over Belonging and Prestige in India</td><td>M
inna Saavala</td><td>2010</td><td>236</td><td>750.0000</td><td>New middle-classes present themselves as the epito
me of modernity and progress. Both in their role as social models and culture-br
okers, they seem to promote a heightened consciousness of cultural difference an
d nationalism. Middle-Class Moralities examines how
the new middle classes of India create identities, practices and politics of th
e everyday in a dialogue that involves other social categories and an imaginary
West. Drawing upon ethnographic and interview material, this book studies family
relations, leisure, food, housing and religious practices of these emerging and
enterprising social classes.
Defining the middle classes is a political and
embodied process that people negotiate by making instrumental use of (or domesti
cating) the idea of the West. A closer and analytical look at the consumption-dr
iven, status-obsessed middle classes reveals their deeper struggles that seek to
engage such cultural concepts as dharma, purity, and auspiciousness.
conducted mainly in the city of Hyderabad among its upwardly mobile people who h
ave identified themselves as Hindus. The Indian situation, argues the author, is c
omparable to that of the urban middle classes elsewhere, especially those of the
traditionally hierarchical Asian societies. The dilemmas of these classes in a

fast-globalizing India have seldom been given the detailed attention offered in
these pages.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Minna Saavala
 is an Adjunct Professor in the University of Helsinki, Finland, and c
urrently engaged in research on transcultural communication for the University o
f Tampere. She is a social anthropologist who has researched social change in In
dia, reproductive health issues, family relations, as well as migration and tran
snationalism. Her publications include Fertility and Familial Power Relations: P
rocreation in South India (Curzon 2001) and research articles, among others, in
Contributions to Indian Sociology, Social Anthropology, Ethnos, and Journal of E
thnic and Migration Studies.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Et
hnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3960-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>India Re
membered</td><td>Percival Spear and Margaret Spear. Introduction by Narayana Gu
pta</td><td>2010</td><td>200</td><td>360.0000</td><td>This book is one
of memories and reflections of historian Percival Spear, and his wife Margaret.
Their association with India began in 1924 when he joined St Stephen's Coll
ege, Delhi, as a young lecturer and stayed on in the city till 1944. 
Unlike many books of the period that studied the political turmoil
from the viewpoint of the leaders, India Remembered</strong&gt
; looks at India during its quest for freedom in the early twentieth century th
rough the eyes of two perceptive people. In the first part of the book, Perciva
l Spear carefully writes about his two-decade long relationship with the colleg
e, fellow teachers, missionaries, students, friends, both he and his wife made,
and the huge political storm of the freedom struggle through the eyes of a sym
pathetic yet detached historian. In the second part, Margaret Spear takes the Ve
randah Viewpoint on Indiapainting a sketch of the land, the ordinary people, thei
r lives, joys, travails and festivities.
The Spears passionate involvement with India is reflected in their wr
iting, imbued with feelings, observations and insights, that makes this memoir
an enduring read. This second edition of the book has an introduction by histor
ian Narayani Gupta, and will be of interest not only to students of history, bu
t also yet to the general reader.</td><td>Perci
val Spear was an English historian who spent much of his life t
eaching modern Indian social history. He taught at both Cambridge University
and St Stephen's College with great distinction. He passed away in 1982.&lt
;/p> Margaret Spear, Percival Spear&
#39;s wife, came to India in 1933. In 1940 she joined the staff of the Director
-General of Information in India, later to become part of the Department of In
formation and Broadcasting. She left India in 1944.
<strong&
gt;Narayani Gupta has loved in Delhi since 1946, the year after
the Spears left teh city. She taught history at Jamia Millia Islamia, and has
worked on the history of Delhi.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Anthropology / E
thnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3961-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Subjugate
d Nomads: The Lambadas under the Rule of the Nizams</td><td>Bhangya Bhukya</td><
fy">This book traces the historical transition of the Lambada community
of Hyderabad State under the Nizams during colonial rule. The study spans near
ly two centuriesfrom the early eighteenth to about the middle of the twentieth
century. The author shows how this community, originally caravan traders, confr
onted the colonial or modern state power which had adversely transformed their
lives. 
The market economy and growth o
f transport hampered the Lambadas caravan trade. The state discouraged their nom
adic ways, inducing them to become peasants on wastelands and in forest tracts.
From the middle of the nineteenth century, they had to depend on cattle-raisin
g and agriculture, often becoming agricultural labourers. The state came to vie
w their extension of agriculture as a threat to forest conservation, subjecting
them to harassment and eviction. They began losing their plots of land through
usurious money-lending and extortion. Zamindars claimed rights over wastelands,
and extracted taxes. Exploitation by various agencies reduced the Lambadas to
working as bonded labourers on farms. During famines and the off-season, some
resorted to dacoity. This led the state to brand them as a criminal community a
nd relocate them as criminal tribes under surveillance. Protracted suffering and
victimisation compelled the Lambadas to revolt, which was transformed into the
Telangana armed struggle at the end of the Nizams rule.
The Lambadas had tried to respond
to the challenges faced through a programme of self-reform. From the 1820s, le
aders emerged from within the community, who rearticulated Lambada history, spi
ritual beliefs and culture. These find expression in the oral tradition which w
as crucial in shaping their community identity, now a significant element in de
mocratic politics.
</td><td>Bhangya Bhukya did his PhD from University
of Warwick, U.K and now teaches history at Osmania University in Hyderabad. H
e is also a British Academy Visiting Fellow in SOAS, University of London. He h
as published influential works on the history of marginalised communities of In
dia. His research interests are community histories, the effects of power/knowl
edge, governmentality and dominance over subaltern communities, particularly ad
ivasis (original); the state and nationalism, and identity movements by forest
and hill peoples in the nineteenth and twentieth century.</td><td>Wor
ld</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3978-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Health, I
llness and Medicine: Ethnographic Readings</td><td>Arima Mishra (Ed.)</td><td>20
10</td><td>332</td><td>925.0000</td><td>
Health, Illness and Medicine b
rings together a collection of writings in the sociology of medicine by eminent
sociologists and anthropologists. It attempts to understand the existing and fut
ure potential of this sub-discipline in the Indian context and beyond. In doing
so, the contributors engage with a range of debates on illness, health care and
health policies.
Commemorating Aneeta Minochas unparalleled contribution to m
edical sociology in India, this study revolves around two major concerns: the po
sition of medical sociology in sociology, and the interface of sociology with me
dicine and public health.
Reflecting on the current debates in the field of
sociology of health and illness, this volume explores a wide range of issuesmedic
al pluralism, public health discourses on risk and prevention, family planning p
ractices, efforts at combating tuberculosis, HIV/AIDS, organ transplantation, th
e relationship between illness and cultural practices, and illness narratives. T
he book is unique in that it brings together research studies that are theoretic
ally informed and ethnographically grounded.</td><td><div style=&qu
ot;text-align: justify">Arima Mishra teaches in the D
epartment of Sociology, Delhi School of Economics, University of Delhi. Examinin
g a wide range of issues on the lay discourse on heart diseases, critically look
ing at notions of risk, lifestyle and prevention, efficacy of alternative medici
ne and healings systems, she is actively engaged in research studies of medical
sociology for a decade.
Names of Contributors: Riddhi Banerji, Sikha Batra, R
uby Bhardwaj, Reema Bhatia, Suhita Chopra Chatterjee, Flora Cornish, Ritika Gang
uly, Shilpa Khatri, Avanish Kumar, Chandani Liyanage, Arima Mishra, Meerambika M
ahapatro, Tulsi Patel and Anuprita Shukla.
Foreword written by Professor A. M
. Shah and Preface written by Professor Rajni Palriwala.</div></td><td>Wor
ld</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3992-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Water and
Development: Forging Green Communities for Watersheds</td><td>Arun de Souza</td
><td>2010</td><td>350</td><td>895.0000</td><td>This book shows how watershed development projects intervene in p
eoples lives and the ways in which an entire community gets reconstructed around
the implementation of a new resource. It challenges the popular view that rura
l communities are an unchanging entity, steeped in tradition and economically s
tagnant. The author deconstructs these preconceived notions through which rural
India is perceived and establishes how a community, far from being static and
autonomous, is fluid and changing.
In analysing the processes invo
lved in bringing together a heterogeneous group of people for a common cause, t
he study raises pertinent questionsis the mere fact of scarcity enough to motivate
them to come together? Can scarcity enable them to put aside their differences
and invent a new method to conserve and manage their available water? Explaini
ng the dynamics engaged in it, the author focuses on: <ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">The way narrating a myth helps
build a community, creates a utopian space of united action and solidarityone th
at transcends class-caste-factional divisions</li> </ul> <ul&gt
;
<li style="text-align: justify">The everyday political pra
ctices of the village and its relationship to the wider polity of the village a
nd the state where factionalism is not just a divisive factor but also builds a
nd sustains complex relationships</li> </ul> <ul>
<li
style="text-align: justify">The image that a community portrays to
outsiders who visit the village where all forms of contestations and plural in
terpretations are swept aside to present themselves as a distinct group with a
sense of a we feeling</li> </ul> The village community is, thus, forged in a relationship with the p
resent and lives in continuity with its past. It is intricately linked to the l
arger processes (both global and local) beyond its boundariesbe it the global gr
een movement, the changing aid policies, or the states present efforts to encour
age NGOs to work with the government.
The authors meticulous research
based on field surveys, participant observation, interviews and archival work,
will be useful to students and scholars of development studies, ecology and en
vironment, environmental history and natural resources management. It will also
be of interest to policymakers, activists, NGOs and development practitioners.

</td><td>Arun de Souza is lecturer, Department of Sociology,
St. Xaviers College, Mumbai.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</t
d>
<td>978-81-250-4007-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Liberali
zations Children: Gender, Youth, and Consumer Citizenship in Globalizing India</t
d><td>Ritty A. Lukose</td><td>2010</td><td>300</td><td>565.0000</td><td>Liberalizations Ch
ildren explores how youth and gender have become cruci
al sites for contested cultural politics of globalization in India. Popular di
scourses draw a contrast between midnights children, who were rooted in post-indep
endence Nehruvian developmentalism, and liberalizations children, who are global i
n outlook and unapologetically consumerist. Through a careful analysis of consu
mer citizenship, Ritty A. Lukose argues that the breakdown of the Nehruvian vis
ion connects with ongoing struggles over the meanings of public life and the cu
ltural politics of belonging. Those struggles play out in the ascendancy of Hin
du nationalism; reconfigurations of youthful, middle-class femininity; attempts
by the middle-class to alter understandings of citizenship; and assertions of
new forms of masculinity by members of lower castes.
Moving beyond elite figurations o
f globalizing Indian youth, Lukose draws on ethnographic research to examine ho
w non-elite college students in the southern state of Kerala mediate region, na
tion, and globe. Kerala sits at the crossroads of development and globalization
. Held up as model of left-inspired development, it has also been transformed t
hrough an extensive and largely non-elite transnational circulation of labour,

money and commodities to the Persian Gulf and elsewhere. Focusing on fashion,
romance, student politics and education, Lukose carefully tracks how gender, ca
ste, and class, as well as colonial and postcolonial legacies of culture and po
wer, affect how students navigate their roles as citizens and consumers.</p&
gt;
</td><td>Ritty A. Lukose is Associate Professor in
the Gallatin School of Individualized Study at New York University. <
/td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4094-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Adivasis
in Colonial India: Survival, Resistance and Negotiation</td><td>Biswamoy Pati (E
d.)</td><td>2011</td><td>384</td><td>1050.0000</td><td>How do we define adivasis? A post-modernist approach will s
ituate them as colonial constructs. However, as this book goes to show, tribals w
ere not just a colonial creation. They were a part of south Asian reality at th
e time of Indias colonisation. Their world was not a monolithic one but the orde
r of stratification was significantly reinforced with the advent of colonialism
and its diverse interventions, in terms of the complexities arising out of lan
d settlements and the commercialisation of agriculture.
Bringing together contributions f
rom historians, sociologists, social anthropologists and younger scholars, this
volume provides a holistic view of the world of adivasis under the British in
the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. It unravels the ways in which the adiva
si society negotiated with itself and interacted with the shifts and changes th
at were taking place during this period. The essays focus on the impact of the
sahukar-zamindar-sarkar nexus on the adivasis; the question of dispossession an
d migration in the face of colonial capitalism and global needs of labour; the
process of politicisation and resistance against coercive strategies of control
and dominance; the problems within the adivasi society, and the questions of
identity and patriarchy; medical colonialism and the adivasi healing systems; a
nd the different ideologies that guided the adivasi politics in colonial Indiafrom
protests against feudal rulers, to protests against the national movement and
later, the struggles led by the socialists and communists. While tracing the tr
ajectory of the life of the adivasis, the book also examines the genealogy of t
he concept of higher and lower races.
Going beyond the colonial and an
ti-colonial theme to explore the world of the adivasis and their social history
, this book makes a conscious effort to locate the present in the context of the p
ast. It contributes to the understanding of the encroaching colonial ideals and
intentions in the name of development and civilisation, that continue to impact
their lives even today.</td><td>Biswamoy Pati is A
ssociate Professor, Department of History, University of Delhi.</td><td>World</t
<td>978-81-250-4164-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Out of T
his Earth: East India Adivasis and the Aluminium Cartel</td><td>Felix Padel and
Samarendra Das (Eds.)</td><td>2010</td><td>772</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Out of this Earth is a penetra
ting anthropological study that uncovers the hidden history behind mining projec
ts in tribal areas of south Odisha. Capping its largest mountains are some of th
e worlds best bauxite deposits, promising prosperity to one of Indias poorest stat
es. Entrenched capitalist notions of development collide with the locals' pe
rception of metal factories as a new colonial invasion. Tribal people who have l
ived around them since history began, do not see these mountains as a resource t
o be exploited, but a source of life itself. 
Meticulously researched, this sem
inal book brings to light the displacement and cultural genocide of adivasis, al
ongside hideous scams and pollution. It lays bare the complicated and bloody his
tory of the aluminium industry, at the heart of the military-industrial complex.
</td><td>Felix Padel is an anthropologist
trained in Oxford and Delhi universities. He connects his life and work with tha
t of his great-great grandfather, Charles Darwin.
Samarendra Das is an Odia writer, filmmaker and acti
vist with the Samajvadi Jan Parishad (Socialists Peoples Council), trained in mat
hs and computer science at Brahmapur and Indore universities.</td><td>
World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4188-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Society a
nd History of Gujarat since 1800: A Select Bibliography of the English and Europ
ean Language Sources</td><td>Edward Simpson</td><td>2011</td><td>392</td><td>106
0.0000</td><td>This book consolid
ates scholarship on Gujarat in English and other European languages, notably, Du
tch, German, French, Italian and Portuguese. It draws together well-known source
s, as well as rare and under-exploited research material. Detailed bibliographic
al references are provided for books, chapters, periodical literature, dissertat
ions, project reports, other materials published since 1800; anonymous works and
select government publications, such as gazetteers and census reports, are also
included. The titles considered spread across the disciplinary boundaries of hi
story, political and development studies, literature and the liberal arts, socio
logy, cultural and social anthropology. In these respects, the book is a compreh
ensive introduction to modern traditions of scholarship on Gujarat.
The reader is however also encour
aged to treat the references as artefacts of power each entry playing some role
in the way we have come to know what we know about Gujarat today. Writing often
has a social life, entertaining relations with other texts, with other authors,
and with a readership. Annotations pointing to some of these connections are pro
vided, especially when titles are uninformative, argument, data or provenance no
table, or when serendipity has demanded. In this respect, the text can be read t
o trace the genealogy of certain ideas, regional traditions and preoccupations i
n the literature. Taken as a whole, the book can be read creatively as an altern
ative form of regional history, as a condensation of the literature from which c
urrent ideas about Gujarat have been formed.
The book also contains a substant
ial introduction based on new and original research on the key themes in the lit
erature on Gujarat and how these themes spill into popular politics and life in
the region at present. Society and History of Gujarat since 1800:
A Select Bibliography of the English and European Language Sources</strong&gt
; is an invaluable guide to anyone interested in modern Gujarat, an audience whi
ch will include activists, administrators, scholars, students and others with cr
itically informed minds.
</td><td>Edward Simpson is a senior lecturer in soci
al anthropology at the School of Oriental
and African Studies, London.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethn
ography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4189-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sacrific
ing People: Invasions of a Tribal Landscape</td><td>Felix Padel</td><td>2011</td
><td>504</td><td>795.0000</td><td>Sacrificing People is a provo
cative anthropological study of the structures of power and authority which the
British rule imposed on a tribal people of Central India, the Konds. The Konds p
ractised human sacrifice and in the pretext of rooting out this barbaric ritual, t
he British waged wars of conquest against them subjecting them to a century of e
xploitation. 
Recalling the violence during the
colonial period, this book puts into perspective the violence and ethnic cleans
ing in the district of Kandhamal (20078) when invading forces burnt dozens of Kon
d villages. It also brings to light how mining companies have invaded the Kond t
erritory due to the rich Bauxite cappings dominating their largest mountains and
displaced several million tribal people.
From colonial intrusion to develo
pmental displacement, the author draws attention to how the colonial mindset and
system of exploitation continue till date. Who is an innocent victim? When is t
he taking of life justified? Who claims the right to do so? Who is sacrificing w
hom? It is through these questions that this book analyses the roots of human vi
olence which sacrifices the essence of being human.</td><td><div st
yle="text-align: justify">Felix Padel is an anth
ropologist trained in Oxford and Delhi universities and connects his life and wo
rk with his great-great grandfather Charles Darwin.</div></td><td>World</t
<td>978-81-250-4195-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Write
r's Feast: Food and the Cultures of Representation</td><td>Supriya Chaudhuri
and Rimi B. Chatterjee (Eds.)</td><td>2011</td><td>256</td><td>795.0000</td><td
><ul>
<li>Sharing food, eating salt, breaking bread, raising a t
oast, picnics in the wild, formal dinnersall have certain ideological, political
and social significances. Some foods are taboo, whereas others endow the eater
with purity. The means of preparing or processing food in different cultures e
ach symbolise something. </li>
<li>The Wr
iters Feast is a collection of essays that discuss the
various symbolic representations associated with food. </li>
<li>The essays in this volume show how food is a system of signs through
which human societies give meanings to the material world they inhabit. </li
>
<li>The book is divided into four thematic sections. </li>
<li>The first section eating cultures looks at soc
ial practices and systems relating to food and its consumption. </li>
<li>The second section gendering food, focuses on t
he gender implications of cooking and serving food. </li>
<li>In
the third section, migrancy, diaspora and the cosmopolitan gourmet&lt
;/em>, the overwhelming importance of the symbolic function of food is discu
ssed in immigrant narratives, as cuisine comes to be associated with the lost o
r abandoned homeland of the refugee or migrant. </li>
<li>The la
st section of this book, the body and its limits, looks in
to the implications of excessive appetites on the human body and what drives th
em. It also speaks of healthy eating practices. By way of contrast, it also exa
mines what happens to human beings, their bodies when driven to the limit by ex
treme physical conditions or by famine and want.</li>
<li>The Con
tributors featuring in this book are scholars from all over the world.</li&gt
; </ul></td><td>Supriya Chaudhuri i
s Professor and Co-ordinator of the Centre of Advanced Study in the Department
of English, Jadavpur University, Kolkata.
Rimi B. Chatterjee teaches English at Jada
vpur
University, India. Her academic book Empires of the Mind (OUP India, 20
06), won the SHARP de Long Book Prize for that year.</td><td>WORLD</t
and the Raj: Socio-economic Transition of the Hos, 1820-1932</td><td>Sanjukta Da
s Gupta</td><td>2011</td><td>384</td><td>995.0000</td><td>While recent research on adivasis under colonial rule
tends to focus on issues of identity politics, categories and definitions, it
is important to emphasise that the histories of adivasis were shaped by the co
nstantly evolving British policy towards them, their own unique features, sociocultural traditions, and the nature of their integration within the colonial st
ate, which in turn determined their self-definitions and their relations with o
thers.
 This book brings back a focus o

n the colonial history of adivasis and discusses the issue of their identity ag
ainst this background. It is a study of the Hos of Chota Nagpur from 1820, when
they first came into contact with the British, to 1932, when their protests to
ok the form of religious reform movements in an attempt to develop a distinct t
ribal identity.
 In their encounter with the Brit
ish, the Hos were confronted with several challenges, such as their role in the
changing political system; their right of access to local territory a
nd forest resources; the growing influx of outsiders into their villages; and t
he restructuring of indigenous institutions of authority. While dealing with th
ese circumstances, albeit with varying degrees of success, the Hos developed an
ethnic and political awareness vis-à-vis the British, other adivasis, and
the non-adivasi population, leading to the Haribaba movement for self-purifica
tion and other socio-religious reform movements.
 Meticulously researched and repl
ete with statistical data, a detailed glossary and bibliography, this insightfu
l volume will be useful for scholars and students of history, sociology and ant
hropology. 
</td><td>Sanjukta Das Gupta is Associate Professor,
Department of History, University of Calcutta.</td><td>World</td><td>A
<td>978-81-250-4199-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>States of
Sentiment: Exploring the Cultures of Emotion</td><td>Pramod K. Nayar</td><td>20
11</td><td>316</td><td>850.0000</td><td><ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">This book proposes that our r
esponses to various situations, events and representations are not entirely pri
vate, individual and internal. They have a crucial social dimension. </li&gt
;
<li style="text-align: justify">Emotions are a result of the
internalisation of cultural codes and discourses that inform, and even determin
e the appropriateness or inappropriateness of emotional responses.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">We see a terrorist as a threa
t, a cyclone as worrying, a rags-to-riches story as a feel-good moment. We mour
n the sudden death of Michael Jackson, we rejoice in the victory of a triumphan
t Tendulkar and we react with horror and shock to 9/11. All of these are emotio
nal responses to specific representational strategies that present these people
and events in particular ways. These strategies in turn construct our emotiona
l relations to the events and people.  </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Exactly how sentiments of car
e, passion, desire, pleasure, fear, sympathy or pity are discursively commodifi
ed (made a commodity) in the mass media, films, reportage and the other public
culture forms today is the subject of this book. It demonstrates how cultures t
oday are getting emotion-driven.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The book is organised around
four sentimentswell-being, suffering, aversion and hope.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">It uses reality TV, hate speec
h, self-help literature, media coverage of  9/11 and 26/11, autobiogr
aphies, websites and films, and blends theoretical insights with elements of in
novative inquiry, to show how emotions are packaged and how these emotions then
determine social relations itself. </li>
</ul></td><td>Pramod K. Nayar teaches at the department
of English, University of Hyderabad.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Anthropology / Ethno
graphy</td>
and Belonging: Land, Love and Lethal Conflict in the North-West Frontier Provin
ce of Pakistan</td><td>Are Knudsen</td><td>2011</td><td>252</td><td>620.0000</td
><td>Violence and Belonging examines the meanings of lethal conflict in a little-studied tribal soci

ety in Pakistans unruly North-West Frontier Province and offers a new perspecti
ve on its causes. Based on an in-depth study of local conflicts, the book chall
enges stereotyped images of a region and people miscast as extremist and milita
nt.
Being grounded in local ethnography enables the book to shed light on
the complexities of violence, not only at the structural or systematic level, b
ut also as experienced by the men involved in lethal conflict. In this way, the
book provides a subjective and experiential approach to violence that is appli
cable beyond the field locality and relevant for advancing the study of violenc
e in the Middle East and South Asia. The book is the first ethnographic study
of this region since renowned anthropologist Fredrik Barths pioneering study in
1954.

</td><td>are knudsen is Research Director at the Ch
r. Michelson Institute in Bergen, Norway</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK,PK</td><td>A
<td>978-81-250-3363-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Nation in
Imagination: Essays on Nationalism, Sub-Nationalisms and Narration</td><td>C. V
ijayasree, Meenakshi Mukherjee, Harish Trivedi and T. Vijay Kumar (Ed.)</td><td>
2007</td><td>296</td><td>1150.0000</td><td>The book is a collection of papers presented at the 13th Triennial con
ference of the Association of Commonwealth Literature and Language Studies (ACLA
LS), held in 2004 in Hyderabad. The essays examine the swiftly changing connotat
ions of nation in todays global world. The contributors to the volume come from d
ifferent parts of the world, and this makes the collection a truly cross-cultura
l attempt to re-examine nationalism and understand its complex negotiations in t
he present. The title Nation in Imagination points
to the shaping influence of narratives in the shifting contours of the concept o
f nation.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">&lt
;b>Dr C. Vijayasree is Professor of English at Osmania University,
Hyderabad. </div><div style="text-align: justify"&gt
; </div><div style="text-align: justify"><b&
gt;Dr Meenakshi Mukherjee retired as Professor of English at Jawaharla
l Nehru University, New Delhi. </div><div style="text-ali
gn: justify"> </div><div style="text-align: jus
tify">Dr Harish Trivedi is Professor of English at De
lhi University, Delhi. </div><div style="text-align: just
ify"> </div><div style="text
-align: justify">Dr T. Vijay Kumar is Professor of En
glish at Osmania University, Hyderabad. </div></td><td>World</t
<td>978-81-250-3403-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dishonou
red by History: 'Criminal Tribes' and British Colonial Policy</td><td>Me
ena Radhakrishna</td><td>2008</td><td>240</td><td>595.0000</td><td>In this path-breaking study, Meena Radhakrishn
a traces the history and implications of a piece of colonial legislation--the &l
t;strong>Criminal Tribes Act. She discusses the changing notio
ns of crime and criminality over a period of time, and shows how the colonial ad
ministration's traditional prejudice against gypsies combined with realpolit
ik on the one hand, and with a need for wage workers on the other, to feed into
the category 'hereditary criminal'.

Focussing on the itinerant tradin
g community of Koravas in colonial Madras, Dr Radhakrishna studies in detail the
process of its forced sedentarisation in a police and missionary-run settlement
. Here the community was meant to be reformed, albeit more through wage work tha
n evangelism. The study shows how inspite of severe and repeated ruptures from i
ts past, the community survived and forged a strong trade union movement. 
The archival sources used in this
study establish the community to have been an honourable and useful part of sed
entary society in the past. However, through a careful analysis of its present o
ral culture and folklore, Dr Radhakrishna shows that its members have lost memor
y of that history, and share the widespread belief of the community's earlie
r, dangerous criminality.
</td><td>Meena Radhakrishna teaches at the Department of Soci
ology, Delhi School of Economics, University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Ant
hropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3451-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Kashmir:
Insurgency and After</td><td>Balraj Puri</td><td>2008</td><td>168</td><td>395.0
000</td><td>Kashmir: Insurgency and After
attempts to understand the nature and historical roots of the insurgency in Kash
mir, and examines the causes and consequences of the blood-soaked rupture betwee
n the Kashmiri people and the Indian state. It delves into the erosion of the ba
sis for secular and democratic politics in the state by narrating the history of
its alienation from the rest of the country. The author argues that the politic
s of secession and the militancy of the Kashmiri urge for freedom and democracy
can be best contained by an unhindered extension of the processes of Indian demo
cracy to the state. This tract was first published in 1993 as Kashmir: Towards I
nsurgency. This extensively revised edition brings the Kashmir story up to date.
</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3654-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Imaginin
g Multilingual Schools: Languages in Education and Glocalization</td><td>Ofelia
García, Tove Skutnabb-Kangas and María E. Torres-Guzmán (Eds.)</t
stify">This book brings together visions and realities of multilingual s
chools throughout the world to order to examine the pedagogical, socioeducationa
l, and sociopolitical issues that impact on their development and success. The c
hapters describe and analyse schools with different target populations. Each con
tribution, written by well known scholars, affirms the desirability of multiling
ualism as a societal resource and as a right of individuals, whilst acknowledgi
ng the social, economic and political differences that make the acquisition of m
ultilingualism easy for some and difficult for others.</td><td><b&g
t;Ofelia García is a professor at Teachers College, Columbia Univ
ersity, where she presently serves as coordinator of the bilingual Education pro
gram and co-ordinator of the Centre for Multiple Languages and Literacies.
&
lt;p style="text-align: justify">Dr. Tove Skutnabb-Kangas&
lt;/b>, Emerita, guest researcher at the Department of Languages and Culture
, University of Roskilde, Denmark and visiting professor at Åbo Akademi
University, Department of Education, Vasa, Finland, had a bilingual upbringing
in Finnish and Swedish in officially bilingual Finland. She has been actively
involved with minorities struggle for language rights for over five decades. Her
main research interests are in linguistic human rights, linguistic genocide, l
inguicism (linguistically argued racism), bilingualism and multilingual educati
on, linguistic imperialism and the subtractive spread of English, support for e
ndangered languages, and the relationship between linguistic and cultural diver
sity and biodiversity. She was the Linguapax Award recipient and the Carl Axel
Gottlund Award recipient, both in 2003. She has written/edited around fifty books and monographs and
around 400 book chapters and scientific articles in over thirty languages. Amo
ng her path-breaking books in English are Bilingualism or Not the Educ
ation of Minorities (1984); Minority Education: from Shame
to Struggle, ed. with Jim Cummins (1988); Linguistic Huma
n Rights. Overcoming Linguistic Discrimination, ed. with Robert Phil
lipson (1994); Language: A Right and a Resource. 
Approaching Linguistic Human Rights ed. with Miklós Kontra, Robe
rt Phillipson and Tibor Várady (1999); Linguistic Genocide in E

ducation - or Worldwide Diversity and Human Rights? (2000); <em&gt
;Sharing a World of Difference. The Earth's Linguistic, Cultural, and Biolo
gical Diversity (with Luisa Maffi and David Harmon, 2003) and Imagining Multilingual Schools: Language in Education and Glocalization, ed. with Ofelia García and María Torres-Guzmán (2006).
Multilingual Education  for Social Justice: Globalising the
Local (ed. with Ajit Mohanty, Minati Panda and Robert Phillipson) w
ill appear in 2009. Sh
e is presently involved in projects in Nepal and India where Indigenous children
are being taught through the medium of their mother tongues. She lives on a sm
all ecological/organic farm in Denmark with husband Robert Phillipson. For mor
e publications, see her home page <a href="http://akira.ruc.dk/~tovesk/&
quot;>http://akira.ruc.dk/~tovesk/</a>. 
Mar&#237
;a E. Torres-Guzmán is Associate Professor of Bilingual/Bicultura
l Education in the Department of International and Transcultural Studies at Tea
chers College, Columbia University.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnogr
aphy</td>
<td>978-81-250-3664-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Indigene
ity: Culture & Representation</td><td>G.N. Devy, Geoffrey V. Davis and K.K.
Chakravarty (Eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>405</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>The papers in this volume were presented at
the 2008 Chotro Conference on Indigeneous Languages, Culture and Society, Jan 2
008, Delhi. It forms Vol.I of a 2-volume collection. The papers in this collecti
on analyse the history and contemporary situation of indigenous peoples from dif
ferent parts of the world. The focus is on language and literary and cultural ex
pression. The authors examine issues ranging from the loss of languages and lite
rary/cultural traditions, representation of indigenous peoples by mainstream soc
iety, deprivations faced by them natural resources, education and civic faciliti
es, and their history of colonization (including by the modern nation-state). Bu
t the papers also examine the creativity, knowledge systems and rich cultural tr
aditions of indigenous peoples.</td><td><div style="text-align
: justify">G.N. Devy was Professor of English at MS U
niversity, Baroda. He is the founder of Bhasha Research & Publication Ce
ntre and the Adivasi Academy. He is the author of 4 of our books.
Geoffrey Da
vis teaches Anglophone post-colonial literature at the universities of Aachen &a
mp;amp; Duisberg-Essen(Germany).
K.K. Chakravarty is Secretary, Indira Gandhi
, National Centre for the Arts. </div></td><td>World</td><td>An
thropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3665-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Cinema a
nd Censorship: The Politics of Control in India</td><td>Someswar Bhowmik</td><td
">This narrative historiography traces the evolution of censorship discour
ses in post-colonial India, delineates the theoretical bases of censorship claim
s and contentions, and uncovers its many socio-political dimensions and complexi
ties.

The exercise of film censorship i
n modern India, Bhowmik argues, must be de-linked from its colonial origins, as
such a practice violates the sacrality of the constitutionally granted freedom o
f speech and expression in the post-independence system.
Penetrating the haze
of bureaucratic manipulation, judicial laxity, vested interest and political or
public pressure surrounding the film censorship debate, the author disagrees wi
th the popular notion of censorship as moral restraint. Rather, he reveals that
its true import lies in the propagation of political agendas. The overarching ch
ronological schema that he devises outlines the intricate interplay of policies
of governance and strictures of censorship.
As in his other books Indian Cine
ma Colonial Contours (1995) and Behind the glitz: Exploring an Enigma called Ind
ian Film Industry (2008) Bhowmik grounds the specific topicality of &l
t;strong>Cinema and Censorship within the wider con

texts of film history and culture. A riveting read, this book goes into the very
heart of the problematiques of Indian cinematic censorship.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Someswar Bhow
mik is currently research scientist with the Educational Multimedia Re
search Center, St. Xaviers College, Kolkata. He has researched and written extens
ively on the sociological aspects of cinema and television in both English and B
engali. He is also a documentary film maker and has been awarded for his product
ions.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3680-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Scriptin
g Lives: Narratives of Privileged Women in Kerala</td><td>Sharmila Shreekumar (Ed
n: justify">How does one examine the lives women script in the intimacy
of diaries, letters and other personal narratives and how can one relate these t
o the social worlds in which they are produced?
Centring its investigation o
n contemporary Kerala, it examines a range of diverse and seemingly disconnected
discourses around the Kerala model, tourism, AIDS and sexual violence and argue
s that present-day Kerala maps two opposing worlds. It imagines itself as a perf
ected utopia and, simultaneously, also as a dystopiaa society that is on the edg
e of collapse. The book attempts to explore these divergent self-descriptions of
Kerala. Concurrently it also analyses a range of personal narratives to trace h
ow dominant women configure their selves. It deploys the term dominant women to sign
al women of relative privilege, whose experience speaks simultaneously of devalu
ation and dominance. Their lives also signal the asymmetries, the instabilities
and the inequalities within the category woman. These women are, in many ways, the
subject of the development narratives of the state. The book reveals how discou
rses apparently removed from womens everyday shape their personal experiences and
, in turn, how womens self-formations overwrite, extend and rework these larger dis
courses.
Sreekumars writing is compelling and textured. Her research, based on
a wide range of womens narratives, makes this a riveting journey into the making
s of modern-day Kerala.</td><td>Sharmila Sreekumar
is Associate Professor in the Department of Humanities and Social Sciences, IIT
Bombay.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3682-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Craft Mat
ters: Artisans, Development and the Indian Nation</td><td>Soumhya Venkatesan</td
><td>2009</td><td>316</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
Craft Matters explores the ways in which ‘tr
aditional Indian craft producers’ engage with the efforts of governme
nt and non governmental agencies to preserve, promote and develop their crafts.
Based on long-term ethnographic fieldwork among the Labbai Muslim mat weavers
of Pattamadai town in South India, this anthropological study explores the ways
in which the famous pattu pai or high-quality silk-like mats of Pattamadai bec
ame classified as traditional craft objects, and what this classification has m
eant to the weavers who are now simultaneously national heroes and (paradoxical
ly) marginalized and suspect Muslims. Handwoven by poor Muslims and bought by e
lite Tamil Hindus for use in marriage ceremonies and as craft objects by other
affluent sections of society, the mats are made within the literature to embody
liberal ideals of harmony between Hindus and Muslim, rural poor and urban elit
es, the past and the present, and tradition and modernity. The mats make their
weavers accepted and celebrated within the wider nation, allowing them to act o
n the national stage. However, this is constantly constrained by the very ways
in which ‘craft’ is conceptualized in India. &lt
;p>This book will be of interest to anthropologists concerned with the agenc
y of objects, the production of persons through things and the working of devel
opment on the ground. Written in a lively and jargon-free style, it will also b
e of interests to scholars of development, development practitioners and all th
ose fascinated by craft.</td><td>Soumhya Venkatesan is a lecturer in Social Anthropology at the University of Manchester.
She did her BA in History at the Women’s Christian College, Universi

ty of Madras, an MA in Art History at the National Museum Institute in New Del
hi and her M Phil and Ph D in Social Anthropology at Christ’s College
, Cambridge. She moved to Manchester in 2006 following a Hunt Memorial postdoct
oral fellowship (Wenner-Gren Foundation) and a postdoctoral research position a
t King’s College, Cambridge.</td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethn
ography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3686-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Disabili
ty And society: A Reader</td><td>Renu Addlakha , Stuart Blume, Patrick J. Devlie
ger, Osamu Nagase and Myriam Winance (Eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>476</td><td>950
.0000</td><td>In the 1980s disable
d scholars in the West began to develop a radical critique of biomedical concept
ions of disability that focused exclusively on the individual body and its limit
ations. They also exposed the failure of the social sciences to critically addre
ss what this medical understanding of disability meant, and what it excluded fro
m consideration. Out of their work emerged what is generally called the social mo
del of disability. Over the past twenty years this perspective has generated a su
bstantial literature, much of it making use of the methods of qualitative social
research. Narratives and life histories produced by disabled people themselves
have a central place in the Disability Studies literature. This work has major i
mplications for professionals in the rehabilitation field, for the social scienc
es, and the ultimate goal, for the full integration of disabled people into soci
ety. However almost all of if focuses on the traditions, practices and dilemmas
of northern countries.

In India, in Thailand and in most
of Asia, the field of disability continues to be dominated by the biomedical mo
del. Thus, disability is understood as an incurable chronic illness and, increasin
gly, an object for medical diagnosis and investigation. Despite many positive de
velopments, little convergence between disability politics and practice on the o
ne hand, and sociology and anthropology on the other has taken place. Surveying
the international literature on disability and rehabilitation, it becomes appar
ent that many studies carried out in Asian countries are designed to measure the
extent of (unmet) need or the impact of services or attitudes to disabled peopl
e. Virtually no studies make use of the innovative, usually qualitative and ofte
n holistic approaches developed in Western countries over the past twenty years.
This book introduces readers in Asian countries to the recent disability lit
erature of the West. The editors hope that it will inspire new thinking among so
cial scientist, rehabilitation professionals and organizations of disabled peopl
e themselves that could further the empowerment of people with disabilities.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Renu Addlakha
 is a Senior Fellow at the Centre for Womens Development Studies, New D
elhi. Her areas of specialisation range from the sociology of medicine, to psych
iatry and public health policy. She is the author of Deconstructing Mental Illne
ss: An Ehnography of Psychiatry, Women and the Family (2008) </div&g
t;<div style="text-align: justify"> </div><d
iv>Stuart Blume is Professor Emeritus in the Department of
Sociology and Anthropology, University of Amsterdam and holds the Chair of the
Innovia Foundation for Medicine Technology and Society. His publications include
Insight and Industry: On the Dynamics of Technological Change in Medicine (1992
) and Limits to Healing: On Science, Technology and the Deafness of a Child (200
6, in Dutch) </div><div> </div><div>
Patrick J. Devlieger is senior lecturer in social and cultura
l anthropology at the University of Leuven. His publications include Rethinking
Disability (2003) and Blindness and the Multi-Sensorial City (2006)
Osamu Nag
ase specialises in disability studies and is currently Associate Professor at th
e Graduate School of Economics, University of Tokyo. Currently he chairs the Int
ernational Committee of Inclusion, Japan. </div><div> </div><div>Myriam Winance is a sociologist.
She currently holds a research position with INSERM (the French National Resear
ch Institute for Health and Medicine) and is affiliated with CERMES (Centre for
studies in Medicine, Science, Health and Society) and the Universite de paris XI
</div></td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3701-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Low and L
icentious Europeans: Race, Class and White Subalternity in Colonial India</td><td>
Harald Fischer-Tiné</td><td>2009</td><td>452</td><td>975.0000</td><td>Building on, yet defying and interrog
ating the subaltern studies paradigm for the understanding of South Asian histo
ry, this book re-examines some of its tacit assumptions and introduces the cate
gory of white subalternity. 
 Harald Fischer-Tine? explores, innovatively, the intersection of the v
arious systems of differentiation and hierarchy in British India between 1780
and 1914 that neatly demarcated the rulers from the ruled. In examining the his
tory of white non-elite groups such as European sailors, vagrants, criminals an
d prostitutes, and elite efforts to either reclaim or hide them from the native ga
ze, this book challenges received ways of interpreting colonial rule. The study
makes a strong case for understanding colonial power relations not in terms of
a fixed white-over-black contestation but rather as a situational, contextual and
dynamic system. It argues that racial identity, including colonial whiteness was
a fluid category. It faced the constant threat of being undermined in the colo
ny along the lines of class, gender and deviancea result of complex stratificati
ons within European society. Importantly, the study shows how the discourses an
d practices of the British civilising mission in India bore striking similarity t
o the project of educating and disciplining the lower classes at home. </p&g
t;
Drawing on a wealth of arch
ival and published material, travelogues, autobiographies and an exclusive coll
ection of insightful illustrations, this book combines cutting edge theoretical
approaches with thorough empirical analyses. Fischer-Tine?s innovative examini
ng of race and class and his elegant and fluid style combine to make this an ex
ceptional book, especially useful for anyone interested in the social
and cultural history of  British imperialism and in the histo
ry of colonial South Asia as a whole.</td><td><div style="tex
t-align: justify">Harald Fischer-Tiné is Profess
or of History at the ETH  Zürich (Swiss Federal Institute of Tec
hnology, Zurich). He has published widely on Modern South Asian History and the
history of colonialism.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Anthropology / Ethnog
raphy</td>
<td>978-81-250-1080-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Vedi
c People: Their History and Geography</td><td>Rajesh Kochhar </td><td>2000</td><
td>273</td><td>625.0000</td><td>I
n The Vedic People, well-known astro-physicist Raje
sh Kochhar provides answers to some quintessential questions of ancient Indian h
istory. Drawing upon and synthesizing data from a wide variety of fields linguis
tics and literature, natural history, archaeology, history of technology, geomor
phology and astronomy Kochhar presents a bold hypotheses by which he seeks to re
solve several paradoxes that have plagued the professional historian and archaeo
logist alike.<div style="text-align: justify"> </div></td><td><div style="text-align: justify"><b&
gt;Rajesh Kochhar, currently Director, National Institute of Science,
Technology and Development Studies (NISTADS), New Delhi.</div></td><td>Wor
ld</td><td>Archaeology</td>
<td>978-81-250-2344-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ayodhya:
Archaeology After Demolition (Rev. Edn.)</td><td>D.Mandal</td><td>2003</td
><td>88</td><td>210.0000</td><td>
Archaeology has become implicated in the Ayodhya controversy. It has been claime
d that archaeological evidence provides irrefutable proof of the existence of a
Rama Temple at the site of Babri Masjid, and of the destruction of this temple b
y Babur. The author uses standard archaeological procedures to question the clai
m. He examines the structural and artefactual evidence and analyses the stratigr
aphic information of B. B. Lals excavations. Exploring possible alternative inter
pretations of the available data, he concludes that there was no temple of stone
or brick lying below the mosque, and that there is no evidence of any act of de
struction. The book is a defence of archaeology against its political misuse. A
cautious examination of the archaeological evidence reveals a great deal about t
he working of communal politics. The archaeological discoveries which are suppos
ed to prove the demolition of a Rama temple by Babur actually show no more than
the logic of a politics which destroyed the Babri Masjid on 6 December 1992.</td><td>D.Mandal, teaches in the Department of Ancient
History, Culture and Archaeology, University of Allahabad.</td><td>World</td><t
d>Archaeology</td>
<td>978-81-7824-127-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Discover
y of Ancient India, The: Early Archaeologists and the Beginnings of Archaeology<
/td><td>Upinder Singh</td><td>2005</td><td>410</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This book is written as much for the gene
ral reader interested in India's antiquity and its pioneering archaeologists
, as for students of the history of archaeology, colonialism, and constructions
of the past.
It breaks colonial archaeology down into its specific constituen
ts and examines the ideas, impulses, tensions, and individual contributions that
comprised early studies of India's ancient past.
It focuses, at the outs
et, on the ideas and work of Alexander Cunningham, the first Director General of
the Archaeological Survey of India, as well as his assistants.
It then look
s at a number of related issues-the different definitions of archaeological rese
arch; the conflict between field archaeologists and architectural scholars; the
debate over whether antiquities should be left in situ or removed to museums; th
e different approaches and initiatives towards the conservation of historical mo
numents.
Finally, it looks at the contributions of Indian scholars to archae
ology, and at the Indian princes vis-a-vis the conservation of historical monume
nts.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"><b&gt
;Upinder Singh is Reader in History at Delhi University. Her
earlier books include Kings, Brahmanas and Temples in Orissa: An Epigraphic Stud
y AD 300-1147 (1994), and Ancient Delhi (1999).</div></td><td>World</td><t
d>Archaeology</td>
<td>978-81-7824-143-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Studying
Early India - Archaeology, Texts, and Historical Issues</td><td>Brajadulal Chat
topadhyaya</td><td>2005</td><td>294</td><td>495.0000</td><td>This book comprises a set of interrrelated essays on
some of the key issues which continue to excite historians and scholars of earl
y India. It shows the profound impact of colonialism on the study of India&#39
;s early past, the new methods and premises introduced into India by colonial st
udies, and the variety of departures from traditional, pre-colonial modes of his
tory-writing. It goes on to show that post-Independence historiography has brou
gh a fresh set of problems to the fore: such as the integration of archaeology w
ith narratives of early Indian history; of the trajectories of social change and
social formation; of the historical position of ideology and its shifts; and of
the ways of communicating knowledge of a past which is now increasingly under n
on-academic fundamentalist onslaughts.
With its diverse parts connected by st
rong threads of interest in the changing nature of history-writing on early Indi
a, this new book on the methodological changes that confront the historian of pr
e-colonial India will consolidate Professor Chattopadhyaya's reputation as o
ne of the foremost thinkers in his area of ancient and early medieval history.&l
t;/p></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Braja
dulal Chattopadhyaya was educated at Calcutta and Cambridge. He has ta
ught at Burdwan University and at Viswabharati, and for the longest tenure at Ja
waharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, where he is currently Professor of History
. His books include Coins and Currency Systems in South India (1977), The Making
of Early Medieval India (1994) and Representing the Other? Sanskrit Sources and
the Muslims (1998). He has edted several volumes, including most recently the c
ollected essays of D.D.Kosambi, titled Combined Methods in Indology and Other Es
says (2002).</div></td><td>World</td><td>Archaeology</td>
t;br />
</td><td>
</td><td>World</td><td>Archaeology</td>
P,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Archaeology</td>
<td>978-81-7824-010-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Architect
ure in Medieval India: Forms, Contexts, Histories</td><td>Monica Juneja</td><td>
">From the first half of the nineteenth century, the archi
tectural history of medieval India has been the subject of divers
e books, essays and miscellaneous writings. The present book pulls together the
most significant of these writings, revealing the impressive array of historical
ideas about Indias past that has emerged through the study of its monuments. Mon
ica Juneja makes this anthology a major historiographical intervention which tra
ces the colonial emergence and nationalist development of, as well as contempora
ry advances in, the discipline of architectural history, both within India and i
n relation to art history in the West.</td><td>
Monica Juneja, P
rofessor of History, Delhi University. She specialises in art and architectural
history and is coeditor of The Medieval History Journal. </
td><td>World</td><td>Architecture</td>
<td>978-81-7824-017-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Concise H
istory of Modern Architecture in India, A</td><td>Jon Lang</td><td>2002</td><td>
214</td><td>975.0000</td><td>This
is an invaluable book for those who want to understand the geography of their c
ities, as well as for students of Indian architecture. In lucid language that sp
eaks to laymen and architects alike, Jon Lang provides a history of Indian archi
tecture in the twentieth century. He analyses its tangled developments from the
founding of the Indian Institute of Architects during the 1920s to the present d
iversity of architectural directions. He describes the often contradictory tugs
of the international and the local as he reviews architects efforts to be up-to-d
ate in their work. Over 150 photographs and line drawings explain and illustrate
concepts outlined in the text. </td><td>Jon Lang&a
mp;nbsp;is Professor at the University of New South Wales in Sydney, Australia.<
/td><td>World</td><td>Architecture</td>
e History of Modern Architecture In India</td><td>Jon Lang</td><td>2010</td><td>
is an invaluable book for those who want to understand the geography of their
cities, as well as for students of Indian architecture. In lucid language that
speaks to laymen and architects alike, Jon Lang provides a history of Indian a
rchitecture in the twentieth century. He analyses its tangled developments from
the founding of the Indian Institute of Architects during the 1920s to the pre
sent diversity of architectural directions. He describes the often contradictor
y tugs of the international and the local as he reviews architects efforts to be
up-to-date in their work.
Lang examines the early influence
s on Indian architecture both of movements like the Bauhaus as well as prominen
t individuals like Habib Rehman, Jawaharlal Nehru, Frank Lloyd Wright and Le C
orbusier. He looks at monuments, museums, resettlement colonies, housing, offic
es and movie halls all over India in his wide-ranging survey. Over 150 photogra
phs and line drawings explain and illustrate concepts outlined in the text.
</td><td>Jon Lang is Professor at the University of New South Wales in Sydney, Australia wh
ere he served as the Head of the School of Architecture during the 1990s. Ea
rlier, in the 1980s he was Director of the Urban Design Program at the Universi
ty of Pennsylvania where he taught from 1970 to 1990. Professor Lang was born in Calcutta and edu
cated there, as well as in South Africa and the United States. He has served
as a UNESCO consultant in Turkey and a NATO Fellow in Belgium. As a Ford Found
ation Fellow he has taught at The Indian Institute of Technology in Kharagpur.
He has worked professionally as an architect, urban designer and educator in bo
th North and South America, in Europe and in Asia. Jon Lang is co-author with Madhavi Desai and Miki
Desai of Architecture and Independence: The Search for Identity</e
m> (1997). He is also the author of Creating A
rchitectural Theory(1987) and Urban&lt
;/em> Design: the America
n Experience (1994). </td><td>World</td><td>Architecture</t
d>
<td>978-81-7824-228-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Architec
ture in Medieval India: Forms, Contexts, Histories</td><td>Monica Juneja (Ed.)</
ustify">From the first half of the nineteenth century, the architectural
history of medieval India has been the subject of diverse books, essays and mi
scellaneous writings. The present book pulls together the most significant of t
hese writings, revealing the impressive array of historical ideas about India&#3
9;s past that has emerged through the study of its monuments.

The writings reproduced here are
located by the editor within the specific intellectual, political and socio-cult
ural contexts within which they emerged and were elaborated. By this means, Mon
ces the colonial emergence and nationalist development of, as well as contempor
ary advances in, the discipline of architectural history both within India and i
n relation to art history in the West.

Professor Juneja's introducti
on also examines the intellectual importance of architectural history for all hi
storians, arguing that the study of India's medieval architecture needs to
be made integral to every history of conquest, state-building, and the movements
of populations and traditions across the subcontinent. She demonstrates that id
eas about buildings and their histories have frequently been polemical and instr
umental: they have been politically deployed to construct or fabricate a collect
ive past. They have been used to provide symbolic meanings which have helped sub
jugate or unify heterogeneous communities and nations. In short, the architectur
al history of India's contentiously misnamed 'Muslim' period is reve
aled as the site of tensions between Hindus and Muslims, colonialists and nation
alists, traditionalists and postmodernists.

This book will open the eyes of g
eneral readers and students to the politics of interpreting monuments often take
n for granted, even as it attempts to resensitise scholars to the vitality and o
verwhelming relevance of this sometimes neglected area of historiography.</p&
gt;
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Monica Juneja
 is Professor, Department of History, University of Delhi. She is the
author of a monograph on the rural image in French painting, and of several lea
rned articles (in English, French and German) on European and Indian art as wel
l as on questions of cultural and gender history. She is Associate Editor of The
Medieval History Journal.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Architecture</td>
<td>978-81-250-5933-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Unnyayan
kendrik Arthobidya :Unnyayan-er Pokhye ki-kaaj-kore</td><td>Debdas Banerjee</td>

<td>2015</td><td>320</td><td>260.0000</td><td>Many of the developmenta
l initiatives and injections have worked well in some spaces, while it by and l
arge failed elsewhere in the underdeveloped world. What kind of knowledge regar
ding the state market society interface that one ought to acquire to put those
experiences in perspective broadly constitutes the domain of Developm
ent Economics [Unnyayankendrik Arthobidya].
The introductory chapter discusses in details, different approaches ab
out constitutes development in underdevelopment, and the contemporary debate o
n the Ends and Means of development to set the rest of the chapters in motion.
The means of development has fractured development economics broadly
between macro development economists- focusing on economic structures, growth,
international trade, and fiscal policies and micro development economist, who s
tudy market response and adjustment, individual initiatives, microfinance, educ
ation, health and other social programs. Moreover the structuralist macro econo
mics and the new developmentalism are distinct fields. The book does classify
the divergence in theories. 
The broad themes covered are: duality, poverty, distribution of income
and wealth, inclusive growth, trade and growth, industrialization, technology
, urbanization and finance for development. Theoretical materials are presented
through verbal argument, diagrams and occasionally elementary algebra. </p&
gt;
The theories of development notwithstanding unevenness in development
warrant scrutiny. Therefore, at the end of each chapter, the theory-idea-hypo
thesis critically interrogated, using analytical as well as illustrious statist
ical exercises, often with a special reference to India.
The annotated bibliography at the end of the book would give cue to a
dvance study on the respective subject.
</td><td>Professor Debdas Banerjee is a familiar name in the
field of Development Economics. He is pro-Vice Chancellor and Professor-Head, Ce
ntre for Development Studies, Central University, Bihar. Formerly, he was the Pr
ofessor of Economics at Institute of Development Studies, Kolkata. He has publis
hed widely in India and abroad.</td><td>World</td><td>Bangla</td>
<td>978-81-250-3475-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Spoken E
nglish: A Foundation Course Part 1 (for speakers of Bangla)</td><td>Kamlesh Sada
nand and Susheela Punitha</td><td>2009</td><td>212</td><td>195.0000</td><td>The book is intended to help develop the oral communication skills of secon
d language learners, especially those who have had a regional language medium of
instruction at school and who have had little or no exposure to spoken English.
It is primarily aimed at students preparing to enter the main stream, which wou
ld require them to compete with those who have a stronger base in English. The b
ook can also be used as self-instructional material by people who are employed o
r engaged in different activities of their own. The book comes with an audio CD
that gives learners an opportunity to listen to dialogues in everyday situations
and that provide answers to practice exercises as well. Also included are brief
, easy to understand tips on pronunciation, vocabulary, grammar and usage. The b
ook offers learners a second and more advanced set of 25 functions that require
the use of relatively complex language structures than those in Part 1.</p&gt
;</td><td>Dr Kamlesh Sadanand is former Professor and Head, C
entre for Phonetics and Spoken English, CIEFL, Hyderabad. Besides her long years
of experience in teaching and developing ELT materials and in supervising resea
rch work, she has published several papers and books, prominent among which is A
Practical Course in English Pronunciation. <div> <
/div><div>Ms Susheela Punitha is former Professor of
English, Mount Carmel College, Bangalore. She has also been actively engaged in
developing course materials and in conducting ELT workshops.</div></td><t
d>World</td><td>Bangla</td>
p style="text-align: justify">The book is intended to help develop
the oral communication skills of second language learners, especially those who
have had a regional language medium of instruction at school and who have had li
ttle or no exposure to spoken English. It is primarily aimed at students prepari
ng to enter the main stream, which would require them to compete with those who
have a stronger base in English. The book can also be used as self-instructional
material by people who are employed or engaged in different activities of their
own. The book comes with an audio CD that gives learners an opportunity to list
en to dialogues in everyday situations and that provide answers to practice exer
cises as well. Also included are brief, easy to understand tips on pronunciation
, vocabulary, grammar and usage. The book offers learners a second and more adva
nced set of 25 functions that require the use of relatively complex language str
uctures than those in Part 1.</td><td>Dr Kamlesh Sadanand is former Professor and He
ad, Centre for Phonetics and Spoken English, CIEFL, Hyderabad. Besides her long
years of experience in teaching and developing ELT materials and in supervising
research work, she has published several papers and books, prominent among which
is A Practical Course in English Pronunciation. <div styl
e="text-align: justify"> </div><div style=&quot
;text-align: justify">Ms Susheela Punitha is former P
rofessor of English, Mount Carmel College, Bangalore. She has also been actively
engaged in developing course materials and in conducting ELT workshops.</div
></td><td>World</td><td>Bangla</td>
<td>978-81-250-3379-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Harilal
Gandhi: A Life</td><td>Chandulal Bhagubhai Dalal. Edited and Translated by Tridi
p Suhrud</td><td>2007</td><td>320</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Harilal Gandhi, the eldes
t son of Mohandas and Kasturba Gandhi, is a mysterious, fascinating figure. Para
doxically, Harilal has also been the subject of much speculation in recent times
. Chandulal Bhagubhai Dalals life of Harilal Gandhi is the only full-length biogr
aphy available on him. It reconstructs a life from letters, family records and a
rchives of the Sabarmati Ashram, and old files of newspapers.

Apart from the life of Harilal Ga
ndhi as chronicled by Chandulal Dalal, Tridip Suhrud has included twelve appendi
ces constituting of hitherto unpublished letters and related material. Chandulal
Dalals biography, combined with the Translators Appendices, contains the complete
published, un-published and archival material available on Harilal Gandhi.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Chandulal Bha
gubhai Dalal (1899 -1980) participated in the Salt Satyagraha and the
Quit India movement and was imprisioned in the years 1930 and 1942. As the direc
tor of the Gandhi Smarak Sanghrahalaya, he created the foundation of the present
day archives at the Sabarmati Ashram, Ahmedabad. He also wrote a five part Hist
ory of the satyagraha in South Africa. </div><div style="
text-align: justify"> </div><div style="text-al
ign: justify">Tridip Suhrud has translated non fictio
n from English into Gujrati and Gujarati into English. He is at present translat
ing into English a four part biography of Gandhiji written by Narayan Desai. He
is associated with the activities of the Sabarmati Ashram Preservation and Memor
ial Trust, Ahmedabad.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3432-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Harold E.
Palmer: From Learner-Teacher to Legend</td><td>Makhan L. Tickoo</td><td>2008</t
d><td>432</td><td>1250.0000</td><td>Harold E. Palmer. It views Palmer at work through the 4
7 years of his creative effortswith their vast range and, for their day, amazing
newness and depth. It also raises hitherto unraised, partially raised or misrepr
esented issues that arise in looking for the the sources and supports of his maj
or discoveries ad seeks to highlight the true nature of the additions and enhanc
ements he made to give it theoretical fecundity and, more significantly, practic
al power and prescience inside a fruitful linguistic pedagogy. In two separate b
ut inter-animating parts, the book first discusses the four major phases of his
working life in a chronological order and also studies his contributions to Eng
lish grammarits theory and pedagogic practice, to the sound system of English and
its intonation, to the study, selection and use of English vocabulary in langua
ge teaching and in learner-oriented lexicography and to language curricula and l
anguage teaching methodology and materials. The author brings into focus a lot o
f issues in ELT that Palmer had raised and which are relevant even today, especi
ally in the context of Asian ELT.</td><td><div style="text-ali
gn: justify">Makhan L. Tickoois one of the most emine
nt scholars and teacher-educators in India and abroad in the field of ELT. In th
e course of his long and illustrious career, he has served as Head, Department o
f Material Production, CIEFL and as Head, Specialists Department at the RELC, Si
ngapore. He has published widely and in various areas of ELT, applied Linguistic
s, curriculum development etc.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Biographies</td
>
<td>978-81-250-3690-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Short
History of Aurangzib</td><td>Jadunath Sarkar</td><td>2009</td><td>424</td><td>59
5.0000</td><td>This book is an ab
ridged version of the unrivalled five-volume History of Aurangzib&
lt;/strong> by Sir Jadunath Sarkar. It contains one half of the material of t
he original work. Yet, the author, who himself shortened it, has not compromised
on the essential aspects of this history practically the history of India for s
ixty year. Aurangzibs career prior to his accession has been skillfully compresse
d while significant events during his reign have been dealt with in detail. 
This concise edition, written in
an inimitable style, will continue to be a valuable resource for students and sc
holars of medieval Indian history.
</td><td>Sir Jadunath Sarkar was a noted Indian Bengali histo
rian.</td><td>World</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3635-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Beacon A
cross Asia, A: A Biography of Subhas Chandra Bose - Centenary Edn.</td><td>S.K.B
ose</td><td>2009</td><td>400</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This is the English edition of a trilingual biography of Su
bhas Chandra Bose, the German and Japanese editions being the other two. The aim
of the biography is to place Subhas Chandra Bose in a correct historical perspe
ctive with regard to his much publicised revolutionary activities, and to provid
e an understanding of an extremely complex man, much maligned by Britain and gre
atly misunderstood by her allies.</td><td><div style="text-ali
gn: justify">S.K.Bose, Editor-in-Chief of this work i
s the Founder-Director of the Netaji Research Bureau and has been editing the Co
llected Works of Netaji, nine volumes of which have already been published.</
div></td><td>World</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3043-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Writing L
ife: Three Gujarati Thinkers</td><td>Tridip Suhrud</td><td>2009</td><td>280</td>
<td>795.0000</td><td><strong&g
t;Writing Life looks at the lives and work of three 19th century
thinkers of Gujarat Narmadashankar Lal Shankar, Manibhai Nabhubhai & Gov
ardhanram Tripathi. (The last mentioned is the author of Saraswatichandra). Poe
ts, essayists and Novelists, these three writers deeply influenced the intellect
ual life of Gujarat. Moreover, the book shows, how the idea of social reform is
deeply linked in their work to the idea of the nation. The author also shows how
Gandhi, following these writers, created another notion of nation, reform and t
he moral dimensions of these.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Tridip Suhrud is a political scientist and c
ultural historian. He is Professor at the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Communic
ation Technology, Gandhi Nagar. He has also translated several works from Gujara
ti into English and vice versa. He is the series editor of our Gandhi Studies se
ries, and the author/editor of our Harilal Gandhi, and of our forthcoming 4 volu
me biography of Gandhi by Narayan Desai.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Biogr
aphies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3049-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Harilal G
andhi: A Life</td><td>C.B. Dalal, Translator: Tridip Suhrud</td><td>2007</td><t
d>324</td><td>850.0000</td><td>&l
t;strong>Harilal Gandhi, the eldest son of Mohandas and Kastur
ba Gandhi, is a mysterious, fascinating figure. Paradoxically, Harilal has also
been the subject of much speculation in recent times. Chandulal Bhagubhai Dalals
life of Harilal Gandhi is the only full-length biography available on him. It re
constructs a life from letters, family records and archives of the Sabarmati Ash
ram, and old files of newspapers.

published, un-published and archival material available on Harilal Gandhi. 
</td><td>Chandulal Bhagubhai Dalal (1899 -1980) participated
in the Salt Satyagraha and the Quit India movement and was imprisioned in the ye
ars 1930 and 1942. As the director of the Gandhi Smarak Sanghrahalaya, he creat
ed the foundation of the present day archives at the Sabarmati Ashram, Ahmedabad
. He also wrote a five part History of the satyagraha in South Africa.&nbsp
;<div> </div><div>Tridip Suhrud 
has translated non fiction from English into Gujrati and Gujarati into English.
He is at present translating into English a four part biography of Gandhiji wri
tten by Narayan Desai. He is associated with the activities of the Sabarmati As
hram Preservation and Memorial Trust, Ahmedabad.</div></td><td>World</td><
td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-250-1021-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>J. P. His
Biography (Rev. & Abrgd.)</td><td>Allan Scarfe and Wendy Scarfe</td><t
y">This revised edition brings to a close the fascinating life story of
Jayaprakash Narayan, one of the last outstanding moral and political figures who
carried forward Gandhis legacy of non-violent mass struggle and village self-suf
ficiency into post-Independence India. The biography vividly illustrates JPs infi
nite capacity for reflection and change, working relentlessly as he did for issu
es as varied as the freedom struggle, panchayati raj, workers rights, and collect
ive self-help.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&g
t;Allan Scarfe and Wendy Scarfe, Australia
n teachers (now retired) who first worked as volunteers in JPs ashram.</div&gt
;</td><td>World</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-250-1028-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Beacon Ac
ross Asia, A: A Biography of Subhas Chandra Bose - Centenary Edn.</td><td>S.K.Bo
se</td><td>1996</td><td>400</td><td>750.0000</td><td>This is the English edition of a trilingual biography of Sub
has Chandra Bose, the German and Japanese editions being the other two. The aim
of the biography is to place Subhas Chandra Bose in a correct historical perspec
tive with regard to his much publicised revolutionary activities, and to provide
an understanding of an extremely complex man, much maligned by Britain and grea
tly misunderstood by her allies.<div style="text-align: justif

y"> </div></td><td>BOSE, S.K., Editor-in-Chief of this
work is the Founder-Director of the Netaji Research Bureau and has been editing
the Collected Works of Netaji, nine volumes of which have already been published
.</td><td>World</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-250-0418-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hall of
Fame: A Collection of Short Biographies</td><td>D.Horsburg</td><td>1969</td><td>
199</td><td>115.0000</td><td>The
book contains short accounts of the lives of Socrates, Joan of Arc, Abraham Linc
oln, Louis Pasteur, Tolstoy, Rabindranath Tagore, Mahatma Gandhi, Albert Schweit
zer who, by their qualities of mind and heart, have presented an imperishable ex
ample of what man is capable of in terms of great human values.</td><t
d>
D.Horsburg&l
t;/span></td><td>World</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5615-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Beloved B
apu : The Gandhi-Mirabehn Correspondence</td><td>Tridip Suhrud and Thomas Weber(
Ed.s)</td><td>2014</td><td>552</td><td>1025.0000</td><td><ul>
<li>The current volume offers readers unprecedented insight into the rel
ationship
between Mahatma Gandhi and Mirabehn, his foremost Western woman
disciple, who came to India to dedicate her life to Gandhi and and remained his
faithful companion for twenty-three years. </li>
<li>Gandhi and Mira corresponded extensively when they were not together
. The current volume brings together this correspondence in its entirety for the
first time, interweaving Gandhis letters to Mira with her own responses to him a
nd putting them in conversation with each other. </li>
<li>The letters are arranged chronologically, which allows readers to un
derstand the trajectory of Gandhi and Miras relationship. They reveal the depth a
nd complexity of this connection, which was as close and loving as it was
troubled.</li>
<li>The letters also provide glimpses of Gandhi and Miras work in the kha
di
industry and in village India, their views on ashram life and people, t
heir struggles with health and diet, and their opinions on living a good life an
d serving truth. </li>
<li>The original letters reproduced here are accompanied by the editors
commentary, which contextualizes the correspondence and offers readers impo
rtant historical and biographical background information .</li>
<li>This book will interest not only historians, students and scholars o
f Gandhi but
also the lay reader.</li>
</ul></td><td>Tridip Suhrud is Director, Sab
armati Ashram Preservation and Memorial Trust, Gandhi Ashram, Sabarmati, Ahmeda
bad.<div> <div>Thomas Weber 
is Honorary Associate, School of Social Sciences and Research Associate, Center
for Dialogue, La Trobe University, Melbourne.</div></div></td><td>
World</td><td>Biographies</td>


</td><td>
<ol>
<li>
t;
</li>
<li>
</li>
<li>
</li>
</ol>
 
</td><td>World</td><td>Biographies</td>
sidency. 

>
Publications Division and NMML Archives. </td><td>World</td><td>Biogr
aphies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5569-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Duty, Des
tiny and Glory: The Life of C. P. Ramaswami Aiyar</td><td>A. Raghu</td><td>2014<
/td><td>216</td><td>575.0000</td><td>C. P. Ramaswami Aiyar, famously k
nown as C.P., was born in 1879 to a marriage that was a celebrated union of two
leading Tamil Brahmin families. He became one of Indias greatest constitutional
lawyers, a passionate general secretary of the Indian National Congress, a loy
al dewan of the princely state of Travancore and vice-chancellor of two differe
nt universities simultaneously. In the midst of a lecturing tour at universitie
s in London and Oxford in 1966, C.P. breathed his last. 
Inheriting an immense fortune through his mother, and an iron resolve to purs
ue academic excellence from his father, C.P. was the prize boy at school and coll
ege, and he quickly rose to become a top lawyer at the Madras bar. He also beca
me the youngest advocate-general of Madras. His undying zeal took him to the go
vernors executive council, the viceroys executive council and the League of Natio
ns. And as he advised the maharaja of Travancore through political intrigues, h
e grew unpopular and narrowly escaped an assassination attempt. 
This biographer presents C.P.s life through the diligent execution of his duti
es; an obedient son, a nurturing senior lawyer, a lieutenant in the Besantine C
ongress faction, an administrator dedicated to nation building and social refor
m, and an academic in relentless pursuit of intellectual excellence. We are sho
wn a man who inherits the will to prove the stars wrong and script his own dest
iny, establishing a legacy in legal, political and academic worlds. And this gl
orywith its accompanying very human failingshas been told with an elegance that i
s too charming to miss. 
Duty, Destiny and Glory will interest students of biograp
hy, modern Indian history and political science, as well as the general reader.
</td><td>A. RAGHU is Associate Professor
of English, Thangal Kunju Musaliar College of Arts and Science, Kollam, Kerala.
<td>978-81-250-5568-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Rabindran
ath Tagore : One Hundred Years of Global Reception</td><td>Martin Kämpchen
, Imre Bangha and Uma Das Gupta (Editorial Adviser) </td><td>2014</td><td>692</t
d><td>1295.0000</td><td>
When Tagore won the Nobel Prize f
or Literature in 1913 for his own English translation of Gitanjali &l
t;/em>(Song Offerings), he became the first non-European to do so, achieving
immediate fame.Translations in other languages of this and other works followe
d. Reams were written on his writings, and his personality. As aworld citizen,
Tagore aimed at bringing the East and the West together for an inclusive humanism.
His was assumed to be the Voice of Indiaindeed of Asia and the colonised world.
The Nobel Prize gave him the authority to speak, and the intellectual elite of
many countries listened. 
The editors of Rabindra
nath Tagore:  One Hundred Years of Global Reception had ask
ed Tagore experts worldwide to narrate how the Bengali author was received from
1913 until our time. Their thirty-five essays arranged by region or language g
roup inform us about translations, the impact of Tagores visits, and his subsequ
ent standing in the world of letters. Tagores reception while often enthusiastic
was not always adulatory, occasionally undergoing dramatic metamorphoses, and
diverse political and social milieus and cultural movements responded to him d
ifferently. This nuanced global reception is for the first time dealt with comp
rehensively and systematically in this volume presented as a work of reference.
These essays remind us that Tagores works keep being reprinted or retranslated
for he continues to be relevant to modern readers.

</td><td> Volume Editors : Martin Kämpchen,&
amp;nbsp;a PhD in German Literature from Vienna and Comparative Relig
ions from Visva-Bharati, is an author, biographer, researcher and translator of
Tagore.
Imre Bangha &lt
;/b>a PhD in Hindi from Visva-Bharati, Santiniketan, is Associate Professor
of Hindi, University of Oxford. He works on Old Hindi literature and on the Hun
garian reception of Tagore.
The editorial adviser<strong&g
t;<span style="font-size: 13.5pt; font-family: Calibri, sans-serif; back
ground-image: initial; background-attachment: initial; background-size: initial;
background-origin: initial; background-clip: initial; background-position: init
ial; background-repeat: initial"> &
lt;b>Uma Das Gupta, The contributors are Tagore experts fr
om around the world.</td><td>World</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-7824-181-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Plain Spe
aking: A Sudras Story</td><td>A.N. Sattanathan, Uttara Natarajan(Ed.)</td><td>200
6</td><td>245</td><td>395.0000</td><td>The memoirs and lectures of A.N. Sattanathan, presented here in a fully an
notated edition, with a critical introduction, constitute a key literary-histori
cal document of the caste struggle. Sattanathans autobiographical fragment is a
unique record of non-brahmin low-caste life in rural South India, where the pres
ence of poverty and caste prejudice is the more powerful for being understated.
As the experiencesparsely and beautifully renderedof the low-caste but not st
ereotypically untouchable villager, it is, quite simply, revelatory, and will make
an impact as such on the English-educated reader, to whom that experience has b
een so far unavailable.
In a complementary narrative, Sattanathans lectureson
The Rise and Spread of the Non-Brahmin Movement as the most outstanding event in S
outh Indian History in the twentieth centuryoffer a lucid summary of the cultural
and historical conditions that find more personal and immediate expression in th
e memoirs. </td><td><div style="text-align: justify">
A.N. Sattanathan had a distinguished career in the a
ll-India services. He was Collector of Customs and Central Excise, Calcutta, and
in later life wrote and published widely on politics and economics in India. I
n 1969 he was appointed Chairman of the first Tamilnadu Backward Classes Commiss
ion and made a lasting impact on the states policy of affirmative action towards
lower castes. </div><div style="text-align: justify"
> </div><div>Uttara Natarajan is Se
nior Lecturer in English at Goldsmiths College, where she teaches and researches
in nineteenth-century English literature. Her publications include Hazlitt and
the Reach of Sense and Blackwell Guides to Criticism: The Romantic Poets.</d
iv></td><td>World</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-7824-193-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Gandhis P
risoner? The Life of Gandhis Son Manilal</td><td>Uma Dhupelia-Mesthrie</td><td>20
ot;>Mahatma Gandhi had four sons. The second of these was Manilal who, throug
h his work, was the son that most closely espoused and persistently furthered th
e moral and ideological vision of his father.
Born in India, Manilal Gandhi
spent his early years with his parents in South Africa, during which time his fa
ther was emerging as a mass leader and advocate of satyagraha. It was at this st
age that Gandhis vision was transformed into a way of life via the establishment
of community livingat the famous Phoenix Settlement and Tolstoy Farm.
Manilals
life was shaped within these two communities. Gandhi returned with his family to
India in 1914 but within three years Manilal was sent back to South Africa as a
n emissary to continue Gandhian work in the country where it had originated. For
nearly four decades, subsequently, Manilal was involved in editing and publishi
ng the Gujarati-English weekly Indian Opinion from Phoenix, furthering Gandhian
ideals and politics, and making the newspaper a significant organ of the alterna
tive press. Through much of his adult life Manilal was an activist editor, impri
soned several times for protesting against unjust laws. His fearlessness was Gan
dhi's greatest gift to his son.
This biography explores major aspects of
the Mahatma and his family that no biographer or historian has hitherto touched
upon. In part this is because no one has until now had access to the mass of unp
ublished papers, the hundreds of letters, the interviews with family and friends
, and the now obscure newspapers and related materials on which Uma Dhupelia-Mes
thries biography is based.
This book is, consequently, both intellectual biog
raphy and family history, a work of vast scholarship and skilfull narration whic
h will enthral all who are interested in Gandhi, his family life, his sons, and
the Gandhian global legacy. </td><td>Uma Dhupelia-Mesthrie&lt
;/b> is Associate Professor, Department of History, University of th
e Western Cape, Cape Town. She is a granddaughter of Manilal Gandhi.</td><td>IN<
/td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-7824-219-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Last Lib
eral and Other Essays, The</td><td>Ramachandra Guha</td><td>2007</td><td>292</td
><td>395.0000</td><td>'I call
myself a Nehruvian Indian [and] I like to think that the term "Nehruvian I
ndian" captures more than my own c.v.', says Ramachandra Guha in his In
troduction to this sparkling collection of essays. His book is a meditation on h
ow a large area of contemporary India's cultural and intellectual life has i
n fact been fashioned by exceptional individuals who have, in diverse ways, imbi
bed the spirit of liberalism, secularism, personal integrity and social commitme
ntvalues which Guha associates with both Nehru and Gandhi.
Guha's heroes a
nd heroines include environmentalists and social activists, teachers and scholar
s, scientists and writers, politicians and bureaucrats. Quietly purposeful and p
ublicity-shy figuressuch as Chandi Prasad Bhatt (the 'father' of the Chip
ko Movement) and Satish Dhawan (the 'father' of the Indian space program
me)are described and discussed in finely crafted pieces, as are others whose care
er and achievements have been more public and prominentsuch as Madras's C.Raj
agopalachari and Nepal's B.P. Koirala, Karnataka's Shivarama Karanth and
New Delhi's Anil Agarwal.
Two essays look at the spell cast by Nehru on
a couple of Indians who would not normally be thought of in connection with hi
m, namely Nirad C. Chaudhuri and Atal Bihari Vajpayee; a related essay looks a
t 'ideas of India' in books by writers with cosmopolitan rather than c
hauvinistic perspectives. Intellectually influential Indians, such as the econom
ic-historian Dharma Kumar, the writer-publisher Sujit Mukherjee, and the pedagog
ue-critic T.G. Vaidyanathan, are memorably etched in essays on them. So are imp
ortant journals such as the Economic and Political Weekly and the Indian Economi
c and Social History Review. Other essays feature influential foreigners, such
as theMarxist cricket-writer C.L.R. James, and the revolutionary authoritarians
Joseph Stalin of the USSR and V. Prabhakaran of Sri Lanka's LTTE.<
/td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Ramachandra Gu
ha has been described as the Indian who has given scholarly writing
a good name. The Last Liberal and Other Essaysa companion to Guha's An Anth
ropologist Among the Marxists and Other Essayswill consolidate his internationa
l reputation as a historian and biographer who conveys wide learning in elegant
prose.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-7824-342-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Feminist
Vision or Treason Against Men? :Kashibai Kanitkar and the Engendering of Marathi
Literature</td><td>Meera Kosambi</td><td>2011</td><td>352</td><td>395.0000</td><
td>Kashibai Kanitk
ar (18611948), was the first major woman writer in Marathi. She wa
s largely self-taught and keenly conscious of the benefits of womens education.
She promoted this and other emancipatory measures for women through her prolif
ic and wide-ranging writingsboth fiction and non-fictiondeploying them as a mode
of social reform discourse. 
The present book includes transl

ations of most of Kashibais works: both her novels (in abridged form); a review
of Pandita Ramabais American travelogue; long extracts from Kashibais episodic au
tobiographical narrative as well as from her biography of Indias first woman doc
tor, Dr. Anandibai Joshee; and an article tracing the history of womens educatio
n in Maharashtra.
A comprehensive introduction by M
eera Kosambi contextualizes these texts and situates Kashibai within her social
and literary milieu. Kashibai, Professor Kosambi shows, was a pioneering write
r who created a new paradigm in Marathi literature. It was she who enabled Maha
rashtras rich tradition of womens writings by foundational contributions which eng
endered Marathi literature.
</td><td>Meera Kosambi&l
t;/b> (Ed.) is a sociologist trained in India, Sweden, and the USA.
She has specialized in Urban Studies and Womens Studies. A major focus in her re
search is Maharashtras social, cultural, and urban history. Her books include &l
t;em>Returning the American Gaze: Pandita Ramabais The Peoples of the United S
tates, 1889 (Permanent Black, 2003) and Crossing Thresholds:
Feminist Essays in Social History (Permanent Black, 2007).</p&gt
;</td><td>World</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-7824-365-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Unsettlin
g The Past: Unknown aspects and Scholarly Assessments of D.D. Kosambi</td><td>D
.D. Kosambi , Meera Kosambi (ed.)</td><td>2012</td><td>402</td><td>895.0000</td>
<td>Of virtually no modern histor
ian other than D.D. Kosambi (19071966) can it be said: He changed the way in whic
h Indian history was conceptualized and written. In fact, the term Renaissance ma
n springs to mind because Kosambis intellectual contributions cross disciplinary
boundaries, ranging from ancient history to mathematics to Sanskrit literature
to numismatics to Indias energy policy.
This book contains relatively unk
nown writings by Kosambi, including several obscure but important essays and an
unpublished childrens story. Also made available here for the first time are so
me wonderful letters that Kosambi wrote to, among others, the scientist Homi Bh
abha and the writer-historian Robert Graves. These reveal Kosambis mastery of th
e epistolary art. 
Other sections contain tributes t
o Kosambi by his friends, and essays by major contemporary scholars on his cont
ributions in diverse fields. The volume gives a new and well-rounded picture of
Kosambis writings, as well as mature assessments of his scholarship by some of
the best minds of our time.
The editor, Meera Kosambi, provid
es an Introduction which situates her father within his social, political, inte
llectual, and familial milieux.</td><td>D.D. Kosambi(19071966), the Harvard mathemati
cian and Marxist who trained himself in Sanskrit and ancient Indian studies, wa
s arguably Indias most influential historian of the twentieth century. His daugh
ter,  <b&gt
;Meera Kosambi, who has edited this volume, is a sociologist. Her seve
ral books include Crossing Thresholds: Feminist Essays in Social His
tory (2007), and Women Writing Gender: Marathi Fiction Bef
ore Independence (2012).</td><td>World</td><td>Biographies<
/td>
<td>978-81-7824-116-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Gandhis Pr
isoner? The Life of Gandhis Son Manilal</td><td>Uma Dhupelia-Mesthrie</td><td>200
t;>Mahatma Gandhi had four sons. The second of these was Manilal who, through
his work, was the son that most closely espoused and persistently furthered the
moral and ideological vision of his father.
Born in India, Manilal Gandhi s
pent his early years with his parents in South Africa, during which time his fat
her was emerging as a mass leader and advocate of satyagraha. It was at this sta
ge that Gandhis vision was transformed into a way of life via the establishment o
f community livingat the famous Phoenix Settlement and Tolstoy Farm.
Manilals l
ife was shaped within these two communities. Gandhi returned with his family to
India in 1914 but within three years Manilal was sent back to South Africa as an
emissary to continue Gandhian work in the country where it had originated. For
nearly four decades, subsequently, Manilal was involved in editing and publishin
g the Gujarati-English weekly Indian Opinion from Phoenix, furthering Gandhian i
deals and politics, and making the newspaper a significant organ of the alternat
ive press. Through much of his adult life Manilal was an activist editor, impris
oned several times for protesting against unjust laws. His fearlessness was Gand
hi's greatest gift to his son.
This biography explores major aspects of t
he Mahatma and his family that no biographer or historian has hitherto touched u
pon. In part this is because no one has until now had access to the mass of unpu
blished papers, the hundreds of letters, the interviews with family and friends,
and the now obscure newspapers and related materials on which Uma Dhupelia-Mest
hries biography is based.
This book is, consequently, both intellectual biogr
aphy and family history, a work of vast scholarship and skilfull narration which
will enthral all who are interested in Gandhi, his family life, his sons, and t
he Gandhian global legacy.</td><td>Uma Dhupelia-Mesthrie&
nbsp;is Associate Professor, Department of History, University of the
Western Cape, Cape Town. She is a granddaughter of Manilal Gandhi.</td><td>IN,NP
,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-7824-073-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Last Libe
ral and Other Essays, The</td><td>Ramachandra Guha</td><td>2004</td><td>292</td>
<td>495.0000</td><td>Guhas book is
a meditation on how a large area of contemporary India's cultural and intel
lectual life has in fact been fashioned by exceptional individuals who have, in
diverse ways, imbibed the spirit of liberalism, secularism, personal integrity a
nd social commitment. Guha's heroes and heroines include environmentalists
and social activists, teachers and scholars, scientists and writers, politicians
and bureaucrats. Quietly purposeful and publicity-shy figures are described and
discussed in finely crafted pieces, as are others whose career and achievements
have been more public and prominent.</td><td><div style="text
-align: justify">Ramachandra Guha has been described
as the Indian who has given scholarly writing a good name. This book is a compan
ion to Guha's An Anthropologist Among the Marxists and Other Essays.</div
></td><td>World</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-7824-074-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Amitav Gh
osh: A Critical Companion - With a New Essay on Satayajit Ray by Amitav Ghosh</t
d><td>Tabish Khair (Ed.)</td><td>2003</td><td>190</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Looking back now, I am more than ever a
ware of the part that [Satyajit] Ray played in shaping the imaginary universe of
my childhood and youth. I see this even in such details as my interest in scien
ce and science fiction; in ghost stories and the fantasticalWhen I saw Agantuk [T
he Stranger], in which the main character is an anthropologist, I began to wonde
r whether my interest in anthropology too, owed something, perhaps subconsciousl
y, to Ray, ruminates Amitav Ghosh in this book. In Gh
oshs unpublished essay, the writer discusses the influence of Satyajit Ray on his
work, and the functions of the narrative arts. This book examines Ghoshs fiction
through separate critical essays by reputed scholars in six countries. It inclu
des a study of the early novels, as well as essays on In an Antique Land, The Sh
adow Lines, The Calcutta Chromosome, and The Glass Palace. </td><td>&l
t;div style="text-align: justify">Tabish Khair (
Ed.) is associate professor in the Department of English, University of Aarhus,
Denmark. Contributors: Robert Dixon, Claire Chambers, Leela Gandhi, Padmini Mong
ia, Jon Mee, Anjali Gera, John Thieme, Rukmini Bhaya Nair</div></td><td>Wo
rld</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-7370-303-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Outside
the Archives</td><td>Y.D.Gundevia</td><td>2008</td><td>448</td><td>475.0000</td>
<td>You cannot work with a giant a
nd not tell people anything about him, said Dr Zakir Hussain, propmpting Y.D. Gun
devia to write about Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru.
During his 36-year career in th
e Indian Civil Service, Mr Gundevia came into close contact with Pandit Nehru wi
th whom he had a genuinely cordial working relationship. In this book of memoirs
with a difference, the author makes Pandit Nehru the central figure, narrating
little interesting incidents which illustrate how Nehru worked and what he worke
d for.
The book presents a wealth of revealing information that not only desc
ribes Nehru and his policies, but also frankly delineates other world figures su
ch as Lord Mountbatten, Stalin, and Krishna Menon. The truth about Indias efforts
to settle the Kashmir question with Pakistan (even to the point of a proposed t
ransfer of territory) is told in full for the first time.
Also important is t
he inimitably forthright and humorous style in which the author describes these
world figures and events, and reveals facts not yet out of the archives.</p&g
t;</td><td>Yezdezard Dinshaw Gundevia (1908-1986) graduated f
rom Wilson college, Bombay in 1929. </td><td>World</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-7371-146-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Wings of
Fire: An Autobiography</td><td>A P J Abdul Kalam, Arun Tiwari</td><td>1999</td>
Avul Pakir Jainulabdeen Abdul Kalam</stron
g>, the son of a little-educated boat-owner in Rameswaram, Tamil Nadu, had an
unparalleled career as a defence scientist, culminating in the highest civilian
award of India, the Bharat Ratna. As chief of the countrys
defence research and development programme, Kalam demonstra
ted the great potential for dynamism and innovation that existed in seemingly mo
ribund research establishments. 
This is the story of Ka
lams rise from obscurity and his personal and professional struggles,
as well as the story of Agni, Prithvi, Akash, Trishul and Nagmissiles that have b
ecome household names in India and that have raised the nation to the level of a
missile power of international reckoning. This is also the saga of independent
Indias struggle for technological self-sufficiency and defensive autonomya story a
s much about politics, domestic and international, as it is about science. </td><td>A P J Abdul Kalam with Arun Tiwari.</
td><td>World</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-7371-210-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Top 1000
Scientists: From the Beginning of Time to 2000 AD</td><td>Philip Barker</td><td
">The history of scientific progress is full of surprises. How many peop
le realise, for example, - that the term 'electricity' was coined in 16
46? - or that benjamin Franklin invented the lightning conductor? - that even
a seemingly recent invention such as the television turns out to have been paten
ted in 1884. This book covers science and scientists from the earliest recorded
days right up to the new millennium, and will become an invaluable reference wo
rk as well as a delight to dip into.</td><td>Philip Barker&lt
;/b> is a scholar of the history of science and lectures in Nepal, India and
Sri Lanka</td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,PK,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY
,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-7371-548-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Wings of
Fire: An Autobiography (Abridged, Special Student Edition with Exercises)</td><
td>A P J Abdul Kalam</td><td>2004</td><td>144</td><td>160.0000</td><td>APJ Abdul Kalam&#3
9;s autobiography depicts an extraordinary life: a chi
ld born into a little-educated family of boat-owners in Rameswaram---a small pil

grim town in Tamilnadu---who grew up to lead India's space research and miss
ile development programmes, and emerged as one of the most important scientist-l
eaders of our time. 
Wings of Fire</em&gt
; is a powerful story of courage and belief, as much an individual journey as th
e saga of independent India's search for scientific and technological self-s
ufficiency. This simplified and abridged version now makes Dr Kalam&#3
9;s inspirational story accessible to all readers. 
A comprehensive glossar
y provides help in the understanding of technical terms. Th
is Special Student Edition contains Exercises.  
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">APJ Abdul Kal
am was born in 1931 to a little-educated family of boat-owners in Rame
swaram, Tamilnadu. He went on to have an unparalleled career as a scientist in I
ndia, culminating in the receipt of India's higher civilian award, the Bhara
t Ratna.
As mission director in the launch of SLV-3, India's first satell
ite launch vehicle, and later, as chief of the country's defence research an
d development programme, he realised the potential for dynamism and innovation i
n India's research establishments. This is as much the story of Dr. Kalam&#3
9;s own rise from obscurity and hist personal and professional struggles, as it
is the saga of independent India's struggle for self-reliance in defence tec
hnology.
Dr. Kalam was sworn in as the eleventh President of India on 25 July
2002.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-7824-474-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Writing T
he First Person: Literature, History, and Autobiography in Modern Kerala</td><td
>Udaya Kumar</td><td>2016</td><td>336</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Why did
autobiographical writings emerge in Kerala more than a century ago? What were th
e social, material, and cultural features that motivated individuals to write p
ersonal histories and memoirs? This book shows the complex ways in which private
recollections, and the use of memory for loosely literary ends, also entailed t
he production of history by another name.
Udaya Kumar analyses this period of social transformation to show the e
mergence of new resources for the self-relective writer, as well as of new idiom
s of expression. Among the many genres and forms he studies are anti-caste writi
ngs, works advocating spiritual and social reorientation, monologic poetry, and
early novels in Malayalam.
Sree Narayana Gurus thought, the portrayal of women and desire in Kumara
n Asans poetry, and the fictional worlds created by major novelists of this perio
d (such as O. Chandu Menon and C.V. Raman Pillai), says Udaya Kumar, excited fre
sh appraisals of morality, personal emotions, and shared pasts. The envisioning
of caste reform, the recording of historical change, and the creation of politic
al identities, he shows, are often inextricable aspects of new literary practice
s.
Using Keralas cultural history as his entry point, Udaya Kumar has writt
en an uncommonly inspirational book of ideas about the relationship of literatur
e to history, on literature asin a sensehistory in person.
</td><td>Udaya Kumar is Professor at the Centre for
English Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University. He has been Professor of English a
t the University of Delhi and of Cultural Studies at the Centre for Studies in S
ocial Sciences, Calcutta. He was Leverhulme Visiting Professor at Newcastle Univ
ersity, and Fellow at the Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, and at the Indian I
nstitute of Advanced Study. His publications include The Joycean Labyr
inth: Repetition, Time and Tradition in 'Ulysses' (Oxford: Cl
arendon Press, 1991), and papers on contemporary literary and cultural theory an
d Indian literature.
<td>978-81-7824-489-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Mugha
l Nobility : Two Political Biographies</td><td>Iqtidar Alam Khan</td><td>2016</t
d><td>316</td><td>995.0000</td><td>
Mirza Kamran (blinded and deported to Mecca in 1553) and Munim Khan (d.
1575), whose political biographies this volume carries, are known for their pr
ominent roles in the early Mughal state, over the time it was struggling to con
solidate itself over North India.
This was the crucial period which saw a process of gradual change in t
he structure and cultural ethos of the ruling establishment that Babur had brou
ght with him. It came to be popularly known in India as Sultanat-i Mughlia (the
Mughal Empire). One of its distinguishing features was the plurality of persua
sions from which it drew its military personnel: Turkish-speaking Sunni Turanis
, Irani or Khurasani Shias, Indian Muslims (the so-called S
haikhzadas), and Hindu Rajputs. The political lives of Mirza Kamran and Munim Kh
an provide vital insights into the changing formation and character of early Mu
ghal rule.
Most modern histories of this period, says Iqtidar Alam Khan, centre o
n Babur, Humayun, and Sher Shah. The trajectories and careers of the upper eche
lons of the nobility were never thoroughly assessed, and in some ways these two
early classic studies have served as founding pillars for Mughal prosopography
. Long out of print, they are reprinted here with a new Introduction by the aut
hor and remain indispensable for an understanding of the politics of Mughal Ind
ia.
</td><td>
Iqtidar Alam Khan retired as Professor of
History, Aligarh Muslim University, in 1994. He was President of the Indian His
tory Congress in 1997. He has authored several books on medieval India
, including Indias Polity in the Age of Akbar (2015); Gunpowder and Firearms: Warfare in Medieval India</e
m> (2004); Historical Dictionary of Medieval India. He
is the editor of Akbar and His Age (1999).
<td>978-81-8028-023-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>A Clear S
tar - C.F. Andrews and India 1904-1914</td><td>Daniel OConnor</td><td>2005</td><t
d>308</td><td>675.0000</td><td>Ch
arles Freer Andrews first came to India in 1904 and even in his lifetime he was
being turned into a saint, a fate similar to that of his greatest friend, Gandhi
. This book gets behind that obfuscation. Others have studied the story of his l
ater development but this is the first closely researched account of the period
between 1904 and 1914, which traces Andrews transformation into a significant pla
yer in modern Indian history.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Daniel OConnor is an Anglican priest-teacher.
He taught at St. Stephens College, Delhi and while working there he became inter
ested in C.F. Andrews. His most recent book, Interesting Times in India has been
published by Penguin, India.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-87358-63-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>4 Victori
a Terrace: Memoirs of a Surgeon</td><td>Subir K. Chatterjee</td><td>2012</td><td
>288</td><td>625.0000</td><td>4 Victoria Terrace: Memoirs
of a Surgeon covers tumultuous times in recent history, beginnin
g from the later years of British Rule. Rarely does one come across a doctor&#39
;'s account of what it meant to experience and handle human tragedies of the
magnitude of the Bengal Famine or the Partition of the country.
Apart from being a doctor''s travelogue, there is hardly any ma
jor city in the world that Dr Chatterjee has not visited, this book also unfolds
an extremely perceptive description of one of our most important social institu
tions: medical colleges and hospitals. We also get an inside view of the medical
profession itself, one of the most politicized at every level, but not without
enduring friendships and knowledge sharing.
These pages contain some tragic stories of dedicated brilliant doctors,
who become the victims of their own profession. There are also accounts of almo
st miraculous surgery that saves patients, all but dead, and often just a few ho
urs old.
The book ends with a reflection on the ethical dilemmas inherent in the
medical profession in general and pediatric surgery in particular.</t
d><td>Professor Subir K. Chatterjee is a m
ajor figure in world pediatric surgery and has pioneered the speciality in the e
astern region of the country, especially, in the city of Calcutta (now Kolkata)
and continues at 85 years to dedicate his life to treating patients and teaching
surgery to his students. Some of his students have become leaders in their fiel
ds. Professor Chatterjee has authored numerous learned papers in national and in
ternational journals and is also the author of Anorectal Malformations (Oxford a
nd Delhi, 2006).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Biographies</td>
<td>978-81-7371-582-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Practica
l Biotechnology: Methods and Protocols</td><td>S Janarthanan, S Vincent</td><td>
quot;>The book helps undergraduate, postgraduate and research students to per
form basic experiments in biotechnology. The laboratory protocols are simple to
understand by students from different scientific backgrounds. Each laboratory ex
ercise contains an introductory unit, protocol and easy-to-follow instructions f
or reagent preparation. The methods and protocols given here aim to make student
s ready for independent research in biotechnology laboratories.
The protocols
include
<ul><li style="text-align: justify">DNA Isolation</li&g
t;<li style="text-align: justify">Molecular Biology Methods</
li><li style="text-align: justify">RNA Isolation</li>&l
t;li style="text-align: justify"> Useful Information for Molecular
Biology Methods </li><li style="text-align: justify">Worki
ng with DNA</li><li style="text-align: justify">Preparatio
n of Solutions</li> </ul>
</td><td>Dr S Janarthanan is Senior Lecturer, Department of Z
oology, Thiagarajar College, Madurai. He served as a Research Scientist for seve
ral years at Entomology Research Institute (ERI), Loyola College, Chennai (Madra
s). He has conducted and coordinated national and regional level training progra
mmes in Techniques in Biotechnology sponsored by the Department of Biotechnology,
Government of India, as well as ERI, Loyola College. <div> </div><div>Dr S Vincent is Reader, Departmen
t of Advanced Zoology and Biotechnology, Loyola College, Chennai. He has publish
ed several research papers in national and international journals and has co-aut
hored the book Applied Genetics. He is a Steering Committee Member in the Minist
ry of Environment and Forests, Government of India.
</div></td><td>Worl
d</td><td>Biotechnology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-483-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Concepts
in Biotechnology (Revised Edition)</td><td>D Balasubramanian, C F A Bryce, K Dh
armalingam, J Green, Kunthala Jayaraman</td><td>2004</td><td>502</td><td>650.000
0</td><td>The book covers the fun
damental principles and concepts in biotechnology which form the basis for the s
ubject and illustrates their applications in selected areas such as health care,
agriculture, animal systems, bioprocess technologies and environmental aspects.
This textbook is the outcome of a COSTED-IBN project on curriculum development
in biotechnology for undergraduate study. It is designed to provide a strong bas
e in this emerging, interdisciplinary are which holds great promise for economic
development.</td><td>D Balasubramanian, C F A Bryce, K Dharm
alingam, J Green, Kunthala Jayaraman</td><td>World</td><td>Biotechnolo
gy</td>
<td>978-81-7371-501-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Molecula
r Biotechnology: Principles and Practises</td><td>Channarayappa</td><td>2006</td
><td>1228</td><td>975.0000</td><td><p style="text-align: justify"&g
t;Molecular Biotechnology: Principles and Practices is intended as a textbook ai
med at providing undergraduate and postgraduate students with a strong base in t
his emerging and highly promising interdisciplinary science. It strikes a balan
ce between two important aspects of the science the theory of molecular biology
and the experimental approach to the study of biological processes. The main fe
ature of this book is that it covers a wide range of molecular techniques in bio
technology and is designed to be a student- and teacher-friendly textbook. Each
technique is described conceptually, followed by a detailed experimental account
of the steps involved. The book can also serve as reference to the interested r
eader who is venturing into the field of biotechnology for the first time.
S
pecial Features -Provides comprehensive and up-to-date coverage of key concepts
in biotechnology - Logical format used to provide easy access to the informati
on - Clear and well-labelled figures - Extensive crossreferencing between cha
pters</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"><b&g
t;Channarayappa received his B.Sc. (Ag.), M.Sc. (Ag.), and Ph.D. degre
es from the University of Agricultural Sciences, Bangalore. He then went on to e
arn a second Ph.D., in Genetics and Developmental Biology from West Virginia Uni
versity, USA, in 1990. He worked as a Postdoctoral Fellow and Postdoctoral Rese
arch Associate at the University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston. H
e was the recipient of the Jawaharlal Nehru National Award for Outstanding Postgraduate Agricultural Research (1993) for significant research contribution in g
enetics and plant breeding, awarded by the Indian Council of Agricultural Resear
ch, New Delhi. He has been teaching both undergraduate and postgraduate students
of molecular biology and biotechnology courses for more than 20 years. He is th
e author of many scientific papers resulting from research conducted in plant sc
iences, mutation research, and cancer biology.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,L
K,MV,PK</td><td>Biotechnology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-616-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Plant Bi
otechnology: Methods in Tissue Culture and Gene Transfer</td><td>R Keshavachandr
an, K V Peter</td><td>2008</td><td>312</td><td>395.0000</td><td>There is growing demand for more food crops. Agri
cultural yield is however challenged by two concerns: availability of arable lan
d and reduced water resources for irrigation. Biotechnology offers several tools
that can be used appropriately for sustainable agriculture. Recent advances in
molecular biology and recombinant DNA technology can make increased production a
nd pest resistant crops with increased nutritive value a reality.
The book has 21 chapters contribu
ted by eminent scientists from all over the country. It discusses the various te
chniques and aspects of biotechnology that can bring about crop improvement.
The book serves as a textbook for postgraduate students and researchers working
in the fields of plant biotechnology and horticulture and a reference book for u
ndergraduates.
</td><td>Dr R Keshavachandran is Professor, Centre
for Plant Biotechnology and Molecular Biology, and Coordinator, Bioinformatics C
entre, Kerala Agricultural University, Thrissur. <div> <div>KV Peter is Professor of Horticulture
and Former Vice-Chancellor, Kerala Agricultural University, Thrissur. </div
></td><td>World</td><td>Biotechnology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-648-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bioinfor
matics and Bioprogramming in C</td><td>L N Chavali</td><td>2008</td><td>224</td>
<td>295.0000</td><td>With the flood of information originating from gen
ome sequencing projects, biology is being transformed from a laboratory-based sc
ience into an information science. Now, a stage has been reached where students
and scholars of biology cannot study or carry out research in biology without us
ing the tools of computers and bioinformaticstools which an ordinary biologist ma
y not be proficient in.
Bioinformatics and Bioprogramming in C is
designed to introduce C language to the biology, biochemistry, microbiology and
biotechnology community as a tool for solving biological problems. To help in un
derstanding the concepts, most of the terminology used is biocentric and the pro
grams written help in real-life problems like gene sequence analysis and predict
ion.
The book moves gradually from simple ideas to more complex programming
concepts, thus equipping the reader to comprehend the case studies on dynamic pr
ogramming and PAM matrices included at the end.
Special Features The program
s in the book are all bio-centric. Hands-on approach Has already been prescrib
ed as a textbook in Osmania University for bioinformatics students 
</td><td>L N Chavali has over 20 years of
progressive engineering and IT experience. He has contributed to the design and
development of leading edge technologies and complex IT applications in differen
t domains for global customers using state-of-the art processes. Currently he is
a visiting faculty at Osmania University teaching students of bioinformatics.</
td><td>World</td><td>Biotechnology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-946-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Molecula
r Biology</td><td>Channarayappa</td><td>2015</td><td>508</td><td>650.0000</td><t
d>
This book is a comprehensive over
view of the subject and is written in a clear and simple language. It also inco
rporates several student-friendly features. There are numerous illustrations an
d tables that will enable the readers to grasp the concepts easily. Each chapte
r begins with Learning Objectives and includes Key Points and Self-assessment Q
uestions. The Further Reading section guides the students towards advanced disc
ussion of the topics. It is hoped that the book will be a valuable textbook to
students of biotechnology, genetics and other courses which have molecular biol
ogy as a component. 
</td><td>
Dr Channarayappa &l
t;/strong>has PhD degrees from the University of Agricultural Sciences, Beng
aluru and the West Virginia University, USA. He worked as a Postdoctoral Fellow
and Postdoctoral Research Associate at the University of Texas, MD Anderson Ca
ncer Centre, Houston, USA. He has been teaching undergraduate and postgraduate
courses in molecular biology and biotechnology for the past 25 years. His main
areas of interest are genetics, plant breeding and cancer biology. He is the au
thor of Molecular Biotechnology and Cell Biolog
y, also published by Universities Press.
</td><td>World</td><td>Biotechnology</td>
matics: Basics, Algorithms and Applications</td><td>Ruchi Singh, Richa Sharma</t
d><td>2010</td><td>272</td><td>295.0000</td><td>Bioinformatics has been
recognised and studied as a separate discipline only in the last decade. Being
a multidisciplinary subject it requires knowledge of several subjects, such as m
olecular biology, biochemistry, computer science and others. Students in a bioin
formatics course are from different academic backgrounds; those who have studied
biology (i.e., botany, zoology, biochemistry, microbiology, etc.), will require
an introduction to mathematics and computer science, while those with a backgro
und in physics, chemistry and mathematics will need explanations of biological p
rinciples. 
This book provides a simple and concise explanation of the basic princi
ples, tools and applications of bioinformatics. It explains
<ul><li>subjects that are part of a conventional bioinformatics cour
se, such as databases, database access and analyses tools </li> <li&gt
;principles of computer science that underlie the algorithms which are built int
o these tools. </li> <li>core algorithms of sequence analyses and p

hylogeny construction. </li> </ul> Starting with a brief o
verview of biological terminology used frequently in bioinformatics, the content
s are grouped into five sections:<ul><li>bioinformatics an
d algorithms </li> <li>databases and matrices </li> <li&g
t;alignment and comparison of sequences</li> <li>algorithms to ana
lyse data </li> <li>applications of bioinformatics</li>
The book has been planned and structured as an undergraduate textbook f
or the one-semester foundation course in bioinformatics. In order to make the bo
ok more useful for a wider section of students and teachers, the book has been k
ept concise and relevant, at the same time covering all important aspects. Care
has been taken to design the algorithms such that even beginners can understand
them without difficulty.
</td><td>Ruchi Singh has worked as Lecturer, Department of Bi
oinformatics, SRM University, Chennai. She has published papers in international
journals and guided several projects for postgraduate students. She is keenly
interested in teaching and research in the field of bioinformatics. &lt
;div> </div><div>Richa Sharma is Pr
ofessor and Head of Department, Department of Information Science and Engineerin
g, The Oxford College of Engineering, Bangalore.</div></td><td>World</td><
td>Biotechnology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-716-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Cell Bio
logy </td><td>Channarayappa</td><td>2010</td><td>624</td><td>975.0000</td><td>&l
t;p style="text-align: justify">Cell Biology covers one of the most
fundamental and elaborately studied areas of biology: the cell. The cell is the
basic unit of life and has all the structural and functional properties require
d for life. The book has been divided into 20 chaptersbeginning with the origin o
f biological systems and ending with tools for the study of cells. Every effort
has been made to include the most recent information. Each chapter is provided w
ith an adequate number of illustrations.
This book can serve as a basic te
xtbook for students of molecular biology, genetics, biochemistry, agriculture a
nd biotechnology, or as a reference book for those interested in learning the fu
ndamentals of cell biology, in particular, the origin, organization and function
s of subcellular components and cell types.
Special Features
<ul><li style="text-align: justify"> It is a comprehensive
book on Cell Biology</li> <li style="text-align: justify"&gt
; Molecular Biology is a separate volume and will follow </li>
<li style="text-align: justify"> Includes current research findi
ngs </li>
<li style="text-align: justify"> Origin of life and the theories
of origin of life have been uniquely discussed for the benefit of students, whi
ch is generally lacking in most cell biology books.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify"> Chapters and subject informati
on is well organized and systematically presented. This helps reader to access
the information easily. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify"> Sufficient number of computer
graphics and photomicrographs generated by the author himself has been included
for easy understanding and for authenticity; the figures are well labelled and r
epresent the subject appropriately. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify"> 16 pages in colour </li&gt
;
<li style="text-align: justify"> Large size format </li>&
lt;/ul></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Cha
nnarayappa, received his B.Sc. (Ag.), M.Sc. (Ag.), and Ph.D. degrees f
rom the University of Agricultural Sciences, Bangalore. He then went on to earn

a second Ph.D., in Genetics and Developmental Biology from West Virginia Univers
ity, USA, in 1990. He worked as a Postdoctoral Fellow and Postdoctoral Research
Associate at the University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston. He was
the recipient of the Jawaharlal Nehru National Award for Outstanding Postgraduat
e Agricultural Research (1993) for significant research contribution in genetics
and plant breeding, awarded by the Indian Council of Agricultural Research, New
Delhi. He has been teaching both undergraduate and postgraduate students of mol
ecular biology and biotechnology courses for more than 20 years. He is the autho
r of many scientific papers resulting from research conducted in plant sciences,
mutation research, and cancer biology. He has already published a book with us:
Molecular Biotechnology: Princ
iples and Practices.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Biotechnolog
y</td>
<td>978-81-7371-719-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Principl
es and Practice of Animal Tissue Culture</td><td>Sudha Gangal</td><td>2010</td><
td>248</td><td>350.0000</td><td>The technology of cell, tissue and orga
n culture is of primary importance in the development of the biotechnology indus
try. Major advances in the biological sciences have been possible, at least part
ially, due to this technology. Principles and Practice of Animal Tissue
Culture provides basic information on the technology of animal tissue
culture and discusses several specialised techniques. The book is well supporte
d by relevant graphs and photographs of equipment and cultured tissues.
The book is a comprehensive practical guide that emphasises good laborat
ory practices''. Protocols, aseptic techniques, media preparation and da
ta have been systematically presented to be of help primarily to students of bio
technology. The second edition of this book includes a new chapter on Primary Cu
lture of Chick Embryo Fibroblasts written in the same lucid style.
The book explains
<UL>
<LI>The principles of animal tissue culture in simple terms;
<LI>How to set up a laboratory for tissue culture in India with the equipm
ent and facilities available locally;
<LI>The procedures for various experiments and specialised techniques in a
clear and lucid manner.
<LI>How to use a primary culture to help in the study of cellcell interacti
ons, maintenance of functional ability of cells and effect of external stimuli o
f cell functions (in the new chapter).
<LI>Various methods with the help of photographs and drawings of equipment
in twenty colour plates.
</UL></td><td>Sudha Gangal is a biomedical scientist wi
th over four decades of experience in research. She is a founder member of the M
oving Academy of Medicine and Biomedicine, Pune, and has been the Vice-President
of the organisation since 2001. Her chief research areas are tumour immunology,
cell biology and genetic diseases. She conducts basic and advanced training pro
grammes for students and teachers on a regular basis, and has published several
research
papers and contributed chapters in several books. She is now Emeritus Professor
of Immunology, Rajiv Gandhi Institute of Information Technology and Biotechnolog
y, Bharathi Vidyapeet University.
</td><td>World</td><td>Biotechnology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-829-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Textbook
of Basic and Clinical Immunology</td><td>Sudha Gangal, Shubhangi Sontakke</td><
td>2013</td><td>572</td><td>950.0000</td><td>This book has been written
keeping in mind the needs of the Indian student and curriculum. The content is
exhaustive and cannot be found in any single textbook, Indian or foreign. Its un
iqueness is the packaging of the basic and the clinical aspects of immunology in
a single book. The goal of creating this book is:
<ul>
<li>To put forth the concepts involved in immunology in as simplified a m
anner as possible for the students whose first language is not English</li&gt
;
<li>To reduce to the minimum, description of animal experiments so elegan
tly conducted to explain the several important concepts (This was intentionally
done to avoid confusion amongst students who are not exposed to animal sciencebas
ically the book gives more weightage to human immunology)</li>
<li>To include immunology of diseases commonly encountered in South-East
Asian countries, so that students of medicine will grasp the basic complexities
of the diseases they encounter</li>
</ul>
The book is thematically divided into two sections. 
The first sixteen chapters deal with basic immunology. This part deals
with development and maturation of cells of the immune system, molecular basis o
f diversity of immune response, movement of cells to the site of infection direc
ted by soluble mediators, functions of effector cells and molecules, and careful
control of harmful effects of activated immune effectors. Chapter 17 is entirel
y devoted to the principles of laboratory techniques used in immunology.</p&g
t;
 The second part, covered in ten chapters, deals with immune response t
o infectious and non-infectious diseases such as cancer, autoimmune diseases, al
lergy (hypersensitivity) and diseases caused by mutations occurring during sever
al developmental steps in the complex process of maturation of immune response,
giving rise to immunodeficiency diseases. While dealing with the problems in the
life-saving procedure of allogeneic transplantation, a special section is devot
ed to the development of new biologics such as engineered monoclonal antibodies
and fusion proteins, future applications of derivatized stem cells and other gen
etic engineering applications.</td><td>Sudha Ga
ngal has over four decades of experience in cancer research. Her
chief areas of research are tumour immunology, cell biology and genetic diseases
. She is a founder member of the Moving Academy of Medicine and Biomedicine in P
une. She is a Fellow of Indian National Science Academy and Indian Academy of Sc
iences. She is the recipient of Ranbaxy award for Applied Research in cancer imm
unology. She has been the President of Indian Immunology Society and Indian Asso
ciation for Cancer Research. 
The author conducts basic and advanced training programmes for students
and teachers on a regular basis. She has several research papers and contribute
d chapters in a number books to her credit. Two editions of her bookPrinciples an
d Practice of Animal Tissue Culture, have been published by Universities Press.&
lt;/p>
Shubhangi Sontakke is the retired Head, Department
of Biochemistry, Shivaji University, Kolhapur. She is presently working as Profe
ssor of Biochemistry at the Rajiv Gandhi Institute of IT and Biotechnology, whic
h is a part of Bharati Vidyapeeth University, Pune. In addition to teaching Biot
echnology to B. Sc. and M. Sc. students she has also taught Immunology to M. Sc.
students at both these institutes.</td><td>World</td><td>Biotechnology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-774-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Manageri
al Economics and Financial Analysis</td><td>Shailaja Gajjala, Usha Munipalle</td
><td>2012</td><td>376</td><td>350.0000</td><td>Economics is the simple
logic we apply for making decisions every day, be they purchases or investments.
However, any concept or theory can be made complicated by the use of unnecessar
y jargon. Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis aims
to cut through this barrier and present information in a logical and straightfor
ward manner. 
This book covers three important areas in the field of Finance: Manager
ial Economics, Financial Accounting and Financial Management. Designed to meet t
he undergraduate course requirements of engineering students, this book aims to

present the main concepts and theories in a simple and lucid style. It includes
many worked out examples and problems and provides interesting snippets of infor
mation relating to the current scenario in India.
Salient features:
<ul>
<li>Central points presented in easy-to-remember bullet form</li>&lt
;li>Worked out examples progress from simple to complex</li><li>L
ine drawings included to enhance understanding and for quick reference</li&gt
;<li>Key terms defined at the end of every chapter</li><li>Com
prehensive practice questions and assignments (with answers) provided for every
chapter</li><li>Neat, clutter-free layout to improve readability<
/li></ul></td><td>Shailaja Gajjala</strong&g
t; is a Professor at the Department of Business Management at Osmania Universit
y, Hyderabad. Her area of specialization is Finance. She has over 22 years of t
eaching experience, has authored a book and has a number of research papers to
her credit.
Usha Munipalle is a Professor at the Depa
rtment of Commerce, Osmania University, currently working at Nizam College, Hyd
erabad. She has been the Coordinator of the MBA course at Nizam College since 2
007. Her area of specialization is Industrial Economics. She has edited several
books and published many papers in reputed journals. </td><td>WORLD</
td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-7371-776-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Producti
on and Operations Management: Theory and Practice</td><td>Dipak Kumar Bhattachar
yya</td><td>2012</td><td>616</td><td>550.0000</td><td>Pro
duction and Operations Management is a core subject for MBA stude
nts; it is compulsory reading for them. This book conforms to the syllabus requ
irements of most national and international MBA/PGDBM programmes.
The special features of this book are:
<ul type="disc">
<li>It is written in lucid language</li>
<li>There is limited use of technical jargon</li>
<li>Case studies have been added </li>
<li>Explanation of theory with practices from industry given as examples
</li>
<li>Numerical examples have been included</li>
<li>Discussion of contemporary areas have been added</li>
<li>Adequate examples and illustrations have been provided</li>
<li>General and Critical Review Questions have been appended at the end
of each chapter. </li>
</ul>
Emerging areas discussed include: Ethical Issues in Production and Ope
rations, Six Sigma Practices, Production and Operations Management Research, an
d International Production and Operations Management. </td><td><p&
gt;Dr. Dipak Kumar Bhattacharyya is a Professor a
t the Xavier Institute of Management Bhubaneswar. He was formerly Corporate Dir
ector, Camellia School of Business Management, Kolkata, and visiting faculty at
XLRI, Jamshedpur and at IIFT, Kolakata and has served as the Dean, IISWMB, Kol
akata Director, Centre for Management Education, AIMA, New Delhi. . 
A prolific writer, he has had more than 75 articles published in research jou
rnals and has written several textbooks, many of which have been recommended as
textbooks at Business Schools and Universities.</td><td>World</td><t
d>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-7371-784-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Industri
al Psychology</td><td>Dipak Bhattacharyya, Sutapa Bhattacharya</td><td>2012</td>
<td>300</td><td>350.0000</td><td>It is a comprehensive textbook for eng
ineering and management students. The subject is covered in relation to the spe
cific areas of syllabus as well as emerging thoughts in the field. Industrial P

sychology or IP is a scientific study of factors affecting employees or worker
s. It comprises of work and time study, motivation and leadership. It also enco
mpasses highly critical human resource management functions like recruitment, t
raining and development. The modern challenges of managing diversity, change, t
echnology and innovation can be effectively met only with training in IP. The b
ook covers all these aspects in a lucid manner with a student-friendly approach
.</td><td>Dr DK Bhattacharyya: H
e is Professor at Xavier Institute of Management, Bhubaneswar. He holds an MA i
n Economics from Jadavpur University and PhD from Calcutta University. He ha
s extensive teaching experience at leading management institutes. He has publi
shed several articles in journals and written textbooks that have been prescrib
ed in many universities.
Sutapa Bhattacharya: She is a postgraduate in psyc
hology and a practicing psychologist. She has a strong experience in the bankin
g sector. </td><td>World</td><td>Business and Manag
ement</td>
<td>978-81-7371-688-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Collecti
ve Bargaining</td><td>B.R.Patil</td><td>2014</td><td>564</td><td>675.0000</td><t
d>This book outlines the conce
pt of collective bargaining as it has developed in many industrial countries. It
does not restrict itself to the development and present status of collective ba
rgaining in the industrialised market economies alone, but analyses its developm
ent and practice in Indian industries too.</td><td>B.R.Pat
il</td><td>World</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-7371-733-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Research
Methods in Human Resource Management</td><td>Valerie Anderson</td><td>2011</td>
This book addresses the needs of HRM and CIPD students writing a management rep
ort or dissertation, providing both theoretical frameworks and practical guidan
ce. Providing an accessible guide to the planning and execution of HRM research
projects, this text seeks todevelop the knowledge and skills of first-time res
earchers for effective research into HRM issues in organisations.</td
><td>Valerie Anderson &l
t;/b>(Chartered MCIPD, BA (Hons), M.Ed, PhD) is a principal lecturer in HRM
at Portsmouth Business School, UK. Before her career in Higher Education, she g
ained extensive HRM and HRD management and consultancy experience in a range of
different public and private sector organisations. She now undertakes extensiv
e teaching and research into how people learn, particularly informal learning a
nd the learning of professionals</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BD,BT,LK,ID,SG,MY,MM
</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-7371-737-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Introduc
tion to Organization Theory: Structure and Design of Organizations </td><td>Sang
hamitra Bhattacharyya</td><td>2011</td><td>208</td><td>275.0000</td><td>Introduction to Organization Theory is a
textbook for students and scholars of business management, aspiring to be prac
ticing managers in the corporate world. It introduces them to the concept of o
rganization theory, structure and design.
The focus is on the structure and
design of organizations, the theories underlying the design of structures, th
e effectiveness of organizational design in ensuring organizational survival a
nd growth, and the management of organizational restructuring and change to pr
event corporate decline and failure.
Most standard textbooks on organi
zational theory currently in use are by foreign authors, and cite predominantl
y US or European examples. To address this lacuna, at least two Indian case st
udies have been discussed in each chapter and numerous examples of Indian orga
nizations and their experiences have been included to explain concepts and the
ories.
</td><td>Sanghamitra Bhattacharyya was formerly Asso
ciate Professor, Department of Management Studies, IIT Madras. She holds a BE
in Metallurgy and is an FPM in Behavioral Sciences from IIM Calcutta. She is c
urrently working with Feedback Foundation, a consulting organization in the de
velopment sector.</td><td>World</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-7371-745-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Managing
Change: A Critical Perspective</td><td>Mark Hughes</td><td>2011</td><td>392</td
><td>450.0000</td><td>This textbo
ok is designed to cater to HR and business degree programmes at both undergradu
ate and postgraduate level. The book explores how and why change occur
s, and how this process can be managed effectively. It offers a critical perspe
ctive, challenging the main assumptions in this area and ensuring that the comp
lexity of the subject is understood. It includes:
<ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">Increased depth and breadth in
cluding chapters on Perspectives, Power and Politics, Ethics, Agents and Agency
, HRM and Evaluation</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Revised, more logical structur
e: the book has been divided into parts for easy navigation and the chapters ha
ve been restructured to reflect strategic, group and individual change</li&g
t;
<li style="text-align: justify">Critical perspective balanced
with improved learning features to make the text more accessible including an a
ppendix featuring 20 popular change management techniques</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">A final chapter focusing on ev
aluating the practice and theory of change management, concluding many of the d
ebates introduced in the text.</li>
</ul></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Ma
rk Hughes is a Senior Lecturer in Organisational Behaviour in Brighton
Business School.</div></td><td>IN,PK,BD,MM,BT,NP,LK,ID,MY,SG</td><td>Busi
ness and Management</td>
<td>978-81-7371-747-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Internat
ional Finance</td><td>G Shailaja</td><td>2011</td><td>528</td><td>450.0000</td><
td>It is a textbook for managemen
t students and a reference for practicing managers. In this revised edition, al
l the chapters have been updated. New chapters on global strategic alliances, i
nternational taxation, international project management and currency crises hav
e been added. The approach has been to blend theory with practical aspects of d
ecision-making. Latest policy changes in the Indian scenario have been included
. Salient features of the book are:
<ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">Learning objectives, keypoints
and glossary are provided for each chapter</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Illustrative examples and solv
ed problems will improve the learners orientation for numerical work</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Self-assessment questions of d
ifferent types like MCQs, fill in the blanks and descriptive answers</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Interesting case studies that
will sharpen analytical skills</li>
</ul></td><td>Dr Shailaja is Associate Profes
sor with Osmania University. She has over 20 years experience in teaching mana
gement courses.</td><td>World</td><td>Business and Management</td>
Methodology</td><td>Ratan Khasnabis and Suvasis Saha</td><td>2015</td><td>320</
td><td>295.0000</td><td>
Research Methodology addresses empirical research issues with a focus

on research design, the problems involved in constructing an appropriate resear
ch design and the means to overcome these problems. Data, its sources, methods
employed to obtain data, experimental techniques employed, types of errors that
may creep in, how to measure, check and control errors are all addressed. Once
the data is collected, methods to analyse the data, present them as a cogent r
eport and the limitations of research are dealt with. A detailed case study il
lustrates all the concepts explained in the book and the chapter-wise assignmen
ts will definitely help the student to understand the basic issues of market re
search. The book is primarily intended to serve as a textbook for the students
of Management at the undergraduate and postgraduate levels.
</td><td>
Dr Ratan Khasnabis is Retired Professor, Department o
f Business Management, University of Calcutta and is still associated with the
Department as Honorary Director of MHROM. He has taught various subjects at the
postgraduate level. His research areas include applied econometrics, agricult
ural economics, small industries and small business and environmental economics
. He has published several papers in reputed journals. He has also published bo
oks on Economics and other branches of social sciences.
Dr Suvasi
s Saha is Professor, Department of Business Management
, University of Calcutta. He has been in postgraduate management education for
over 29 years.  He has been a consultant for several reputed firms in
India. His areas of interest include marketing research, strategic marketing,
services marketing, sales and distribution, brand management, new product devel
opment and sustainable marketing. He has published over 65 papers in national a
nd international journals. He has been conferred the best Professor of Marketin
g Global Award by World Education Congress in the year 2012.
</td><td>World</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-7824-258-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Indias Ne
w Capitalists: Caste, Business, and Industry in a Modern Nation</td><td>Harish D
amodaran</td><td>2009</td><td>366</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Who are the major new Indian business people? What is
their social profile?
Business in India was traditionally the preserve of cer
tain Bania communities clubbed under the Vaishya order. The term Bania, in fact, acq
uired a generic connotation and could refer to the village moneylender, shopkeep
er, wholesaler, or large factory owner.
More recently, Indias commercial etho
s has changed massively with the entry of businessmen from the ranks of Brahmins
, Khatris, and other castes with a predominantly scribal or administrative backg
round. The past four or so decades have seen a further widening of the social ba
se of Indian capital to include agrarian and allied service castes such as Kamma
s, Naidus, Reddys, Rajus, Gounders, Nadars, Ezhavas, Patidars, Marathas, and Ram
garhias.
As a result, entrepreneurship and commerce in India are now no long
er the exclusive bastion of the old mercantile castes. The social profile of Ind
ian business has expanded beyond recognition. And, in order to do business effec
tively in contemporary South Asia, it is necessary to understand the culture, et
hos, and ways of doing business among the regions new trading communities.
In
tracing the modern-day evolution of business communities in India, this book is
the first social history to document and understand Indias new entrepreneurial gr
oups. Written accessibly, and combining analytical rigour with journalistic flai
r, it also contains fifteen individual case studies that embellish its general f
indings.</td><td>
>Harish Damodaran is Senior Assistant Editor with The Hindu Busines
s Line. A specialist in agri-business and commodities reportage, he has spent mo
re than fifteen years understanding the worldview and functioning of Indian busi
nessmen. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Business and
Management</td>
<td>978-81-7371-650-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Human Re
source Management</td><td>Iain Henderson</td><td>2009</td><td>268</td><td>475.00
00</td><td>Human Resource Management</strong&
gt; is designed for the managers of tomorrow who are increasingly requ
ired to undertake aspects of HRM as part of their day-to-day duties. It is an id
eal text for MBA students taking a first HRM course or module and Masters studen
ts on general business and management programmes. 
Comprehensive but extremely accessible, this textbook draws on the late
st academic research and provides students with everything they need to know abo
ut HR theory and practice. Using case studies and practical examples, it places
HR firmly in a managerial context giving students the real-world perspective nee
ded to succeed in people management.
In this innovative book, Henderson demonstrates an understanding of bus
y MBA students¿ needs and time limitations, avoiding too much emphasis on h
istorical detail and providing plenty of support material, including tutor and s
tudent websites.
</td><td>Iain Henderson, BSc, MBA and PhD
is a Senior Teaching Fellow at Edinburgh Business School, Heriot-Watt University
.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,MM,MV,BT,BD,LK</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-7371-683-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Revoluti
on in Project Management </td><td>A Sivathanu Pillai</td><td>2009</td><td>252</t
d><td>395.0000</td><td>Most projects have many stakeholders with differ
ent aspirations from the projectthe customer demands quality, the investor wants
fair return on investments, the project manager wants timely completion of the p
roject. All of these sometimes conflicting objectives have to be satisfied at th
e same time.
With the proper management and control mechanism, a holistic vi
ew of how a project is running can be obtained and its likely performance in fut
ure determined. This is to avoid a drain of resources in projects which are no l
onger viable, or to continue such projects which show promise of completion.
Revolution in Project Management reviews the steps in organising and managing pr
ojects, from how to build a realistic schedule to how to measure both success an
d failure. Indias successful Integrated Guided Missile Development Programme (IGM
DP) is provided as a case study.</td><td>A. Sivathanu Pillai&
lt;/b> is Distinguished Scientist and Chief Controller Research & Develop
ment, DRDO and CEO & MD, BrahMos Aerospace. He assisted Vikram Sarabhai in t
he evolution of the ten-year space profile and was a core team member, with APJ
Abdul Kalam, of SLV-3, Indias first satellite launch vehicle. Dr. Pillai joined D
RDO in 1986 in the Integrated Guided Missile Development Programme (IGMDP) and i
ntroduced innovative management systems and techniques for realising critical te
chnologies for Agni, Prithvi, Nag, Trishul and Akash missiles, through networkin
g with academic institutions, R&D laboratories and industries. These project
leadership abilities gave him the position of CEO & MD of the Indo-Russian
joint venture BrahMos Aerospace and its advanced supersonic cruise missile BRAHM
OS. Dr. Pillai is an International Project Management Association (IPMA, Switzer
land) certified A Level Project Director. </td><td>World</td><td>Business and Mana
gement</td>
ional Human Resource Management</td><td>Chris Brewster, Paul Sparrow, Guy Vernon
justify">This new and substantially revised second edition of International Human Resour
ce Management explores both comparative and internat
ional HRM, discussing leading practices and the controversies that surround them
. Developed fro the authors extensive experience in the field, it presents a comp
rehensive treatment of the subject from a truly global perspective, including ma
terial from the Pacific Rim, China and India. Chapters are grounded in academic
research and include case studies, activities and a range of other feature to te
st and reinforce students understanding.

This excellent book will prove to be most valuable for postgradua
te and undergraduate HRM students. It is very comprehensive in compass and cover
age while being interesting and fluently written by a group of internationally r
enowned scholars.
<div style="textalign: justify">Professor Michael Poole</em&g
t;</div><div style="text-align: justi
fy">Cardiff Business School, UK, and editor of t
he International Journal of Human Resource Management&
lt;/div>
</td><td>Chris Brewster is Professor of International HRM at
Henley Management College, UK. <div> </div><d
iv>Paul Sparrow is Director of the Centre for PerformanceLed HR and Professor of International HRM at Lancaster University Management Sch
ool, UK. </div><div> </div><div>Guy Vernon is Lecturer in Human Resource Management at Southampton University, UK.&
lt;/div></td><td>IN,PK,BD,MM,BT,NP,LK,ID,MY,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,
SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-7371-596-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>e-Govern
ance</td><td>Ashok Agarwal</td><td>2008</td><td>452</td><td>695.0000</td><td>&lt
;p style="text-align: justify">Today, information and communication
s technologies are being used by governments to deliver services to citizens at
convenient geographical locations. The objective is to make the services more tr
ansparent, improve their reach and reduce response time as well as cost. While s
ome of these e-governance projects have been successful, there have been issues
with the implementation and sustenance of many other projects.
This book is a
selection of case studies of a few of the on-going e-governance projects entere
d for the CSINihilent e-Governance Awards 20052006. It is hoped that this compilat
ion will help in sharing valuable information on successful models, evaluation o
f models and potential implementation issues that need to be addressed in large
e-governance projects.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify
">Ashok Agarwal is a gold medalist in mechanical engi
neering from BITS Pilani. He did his masters and doctoral programme from the Uni
versity of Minnesota and started his career with Bell Telephone Laboratories. He
worked as a professor of MIS at the Indian Institute of Management Calcutta (19
691986), during which period he was also the project coordinator for the Computer
Aided Management Centre sponsored by DOE and UNDP and a member of the Board of
Governors of IIM, Calcutta for four years. He was Ford Fellow at MIT and Univers
ity of Minnesota. He was consultant to numerous organisations and member of vari
ous academic and parliamentary committees.
As an entrepreneur, from 1986 onw
ards Dr. Agarwal was involved in setting up various IT organisations in India an
d was the founder of SQL Star International Ltd. He is the Convener of CSINihilen
t E-governance Awards and is currently Convener of Special Interest Group on E-G
overnance for CSI. Dr. Agarwal is currently on the Board of ACS Technologies Ltd
, Cyber Media India Ltd and several other organisations.</div></td><td>Wor
ld</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-7371-581-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Consumer
Affairs</td><td>Sri Ram Khanna, Savita Hanspal, Sheetal Kapoor, H K Awasthi</td
><td>2007</td><td>352</td><td>450.0000</td><td>The consumer movement i
s a collaborative effort to provide protection to consumers from the unfair deal
ings of the trade and industry. Consumer Affairs articulates important reading a
nd reference material for consumers from every layer of society, thereby empowe
ring people - individually and collectively - to exercise their rights and resp
onsibilities consciously. This book provides comprehensive coverage of consumer
concerns which have been recently brought into focus, and which are still evolv
ing. It includes adiscussion of: 

<ul>
<li>Consumer rights and responsibilities </li>
<li>The Consumer Protection Act, 1986 </li>
<li>The three-tier consumer complaint redressal procedure </li>
<li>Redressal agencies </li>
<li>Important cases as examples </li>
<li>Product quality, standardisation and testing </li>
<li>Advertising and sales promotion: social, ethical and legal aspects
</li>
<li>The Competition Act, 2002 with the latest amendments </li>
<li>Sustainable development, green marketing and ethical consumerism &l
t;/li>
</ul>
With increasing consumerism in a free-trade economy, there is an urgen
t need to create consumer awareness at the grassroots level, beginning with the
student community. With this end in view, the University of Delhi has introduce
d an optional paper on consumer awareness for students of B. Corn (Hons) and th
e new B.A. programme. This is the only comprehensive text book that covers the
syllabus for this paper in Consumer Affairs. The chapters are well-written and
the language is simple and easy to comprehend. This book will also prove useful
to consumers, especially those dealing with consumer issues in the government,
in companies, and those pursuing the redressal of consumer complaints. </p&
gt;</td><td>Sri Ram Khanna is Professor at
Faculty of Commerce and Business at the Delhi School of Economics Campus, Univ
ersity of Delhi, where he has taught Marketing and International Business since
1982. He was formerly Dean of Faculty and Head of the Department. As a consume
r advocate he has been practicing competition and consumer law and has conducte
d several cases at the MRTP Commission and tribunals under the Consumer <br&
gt;
Protection Act. In 1983, he set up the Voluntary Organisation in the Interest
of Consumer Education (VOICE), along with some colleagues at Delhi University
. He was closely involved in the consultation process that led to the shaping o
f the draft bill on consumer protection, prior to its enactment in December 1986
. He currently serves on the Board of Consumers International, London and is C
hief of the National Consumer Helpline set up at the University of Delhi. 
Savita Hanspal is Reader at the Department of Com
merce, Kamala Nehru College, University of Delhi. She is a member of VOICE and i
s involved in various capacities at the National Consumer Helpline. 
Sheetal Kapoor is presently working as Reader and
teacher-in-charge in the Department of Commerce, Kamala Nehru College; she is
also guest faculty at the Department of Commerce, University of Delhi. She has b
een actively working in the area of consumer awareness and contributes regularly
to Consumer Voice. 
H.K. Awasthi is an advocate and was Deputy Genera
l Manager (Law), MMTC Lrd, a leading trading house in the public sector. He has
over 30 years of experience in consumer affairs. </td><td>World</td><
td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-7371-456-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Disaster
Management</td><td>Harsh K Gupta</td><td>2003</td><td>188</td><td>495.0000</td><
td>This book contains seven chapters, each dealing with one major natur
al disaster encountered in our country. Each of the authors is an expert in that
particular field. The outstanding contribution of this book is that it not only
deals with the forecasting and description of the various natural disasters, bu
t also stresses the management aspect, exhaustively detailing the necessary step
s that need to be taken to deal with the fallout in the wake of these disasters.
The book also describes the advances in remote sensing and the state-of-the-art
technology available in India for the monitoring and prediction of these phenom
ena. It also draws up a comprehensive warning system to be implemented, in order

to minimize the extensive losses to life and property that occur year after yea
r.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-7371-307-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Decision
Making and Problem Solving</td><td>John Adair</td><td>2000</td><td>96</td><td>1
95.0000</td><td>Decision Making and Problem Solving explains the key pr
inciples for developing your thinking skills and applying them creatively and pr
oductively to every challenge. Acknowledged as an international authority on man
agement thinking, Adair combines practical exercises with straightforward guidan
ce on: 
<ul><li>understanding the way your mind works</li><li>ad
opting a structured approach to reach the best decision </li><li> as
sessing risk and generating successful options for action </li><li>
using brainstorming and lateral thinking to increase your creativity </li>
<li> creating a personal strategy to become a more effective practical thi
nker.</li></ul>
</td><td> </td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,MV,LK</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-7371-318-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Body Lan
guage at Work</td><td>Adrian Furnham</td><td>2000</td><td>96</td><td>195.0000</t
d><td>Body Language at Work will transform your ability to interpret cr
itical gestures and tell-tale expressions (in yourself as well as others). But A
drian Furnham eminent professor of psychology, writer and broadcaster waves no m
agicians wand; he dispels the exaggerated claims and common misconceptions surrou
nding body talk to reveal the true significance of this fascinating yet powerful
form of communication. He covers: 
<ul> <li>how we betray attitudes, emotions and personality in non-ve
rbal ways</li><li> what body language can and cant communicate</li
><li> the nature and meaning of signals eye gaze, facial expression, ge
sture, posture, touch</li><li>what our clothes, jewellery and even c
hoice of deodorant say about us </li><li>how far we can expose the a
rtful dodger, the office phoney and the interview fake.</li></ul>
</td><td> </td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,MV,LK</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-7371-394-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Global E
lectronic Commerce: Theory and Case Studies (MIT Press)</td><td>J Christopher We
stland, Theodore H K Clark</td><td>2001</td><td>608</td><td>775.0000</td><td>&l
t;p>Electronic commerce has spurred far-reaching changes in business, on mult
iple fronts, using many technologies. This book provides a deep, practical under
standing of these technologies and their use in e-commerce. Unlike other books o
n e-commerce, it does not concentrate solely on the Internet. Instead, it sugges
ts that the Internet is only a bridge technology, attractive because of its low
cost and global reach, but unattractive because of its slow speed and poor user
interface.</td><td> </td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Busines
s and Management</td>
<td>978-81-7371-415-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Marketin
g Research</td><td>Debashis Pati</td><td>2002</td><td>720</td><td>725.0000</td><
td>Marketing and sales is all about logical decision making and implementation. An
d Marketing Research is the aid to analyze, know, evaluate, and decide. It is an
essential link between the marketer and the marketplace, and a basic part of an
y marketing and sales process. Marketing and sales without marketing research is
gut feeling and this is best avoided in order to succeed. This book attempts to b
lend marketing research into marketing and sales. The author wishes to create an
ideal perspective for market research among marketers, advertisers, sales profe
ssionals, consultants and, above all, market researchers. It is a necessary text
book for all management students, a handy reference for marketing managers, a us
eful guide for professionals in market research and advertising agencies, and an
essential tool for management trainers.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Bu
siness and Management</td>

<td>978-81-250-6424-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Organisat
ional Studies in India</td><td>R. C. Tripathi and Rohit Dwivedi(Eds.)</td><td>20
16</td><td>560</td><td>1525.0000</td><td>Indian organisations are more
complex than organisations elsewhere, because of the unique cultural, economic a
nd political contexts to which they belong. They present a diverse mix of new an
d old, religious and secular, rational and irrational; there are organisations t
hat rank among the best, and those that barely deliver. In todays economically in
terdependent world, the success and failure of Indian organisations have implica
tions for other nations as well.
Unlike previous research that studied organisations on the basis of uni
versal principles, through Euro-centric models based on Western knowledge, Organ
isational Studies in India presents a range of perspectives and employs multiple
lenses to provide a comprehensive understanding of the way organisations functi
on in India.
This collection of research studies focuses on a diversity of issues th
at organisationsin Indiaface, along with the differences in their contexts. The
common theme across all chapters is an assessment of the extent to which Indiano
rganisations hasbrought about the convergence of resources to build a modern nat
ion-state. Focusing on alternative ways of looking at organisational phenomena,t
he contributing authors bring together their vast experience in academia and pra
ctice in their writings to present a nuanced picture of organisational practices
and behaviour.
With its emphasis on perspectives embedded in the Indian context,this b
ook will be of immense value to students and scholars of psychology, organisatio
nal studies and comparative management,and scientist-professionals in India and
abroad. It will also interest transnational organisations operating in India and
those employing Indians in other countries.
</td><td>R. C. Tripathi (ed.) is the editor of the i
nternational journal Psychology and Developing Societies. He was earlier Profess
or (Organisational Behaviour) and Chair, Department of Psychology, University of
Allahabad.
Rohit Dwivedi (ed.) is Associate Professor, Indian I
nstitute of Management, Shillong.
;
<ul>
<li>highlights
uced. </li>
<li>shows
the future prices
<li>pinpoints
in the housing
sed to
/li>
</ul>
ith it.  
><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-250-5774-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>FDI in In
dia: History, Policy and the Asian Perspective</td><td>Manoj Pant with Deepika S
rivastava</td><td>2015</td><td>320</td><td>750.0000</td><td>
Will large corporate giants monopolise and take over highly profitable
sectors? Will the government have effective control over these companies? How
will FDI affect local businesses? These are frequently asked questions and FDI in India is a comprehensive study that attempts to answer
them. 
The volume begins by tracing the evolution of Indias foreign investment policy
in the 1980s to developments in the 2000s. This is contrasted with a study of
the policy decisions of Asian countries that India competes with in the global
stageChina, Thailand, Malaysia and Singapore. In looking at the Indian case, the
book highlights the changes in industrial productivity after liberalisation and
also presents a comparison of the performance of domestic- and foreign-owned f
irms. 
Drawing on these analyses the book recommends policy changes for the governme
nt to consider. Breaking the artificial distinction between FDI and trade, it i
mplores the government to reduce administrative obstacles in developing synergi
es between the two. The authors argue that in bringing greater competition and
technology spinoffs for the local industry, FDI is likely to benefit the econom
y. 
By describing and providing econometric substantiation of spillovers due to t
he investment, FDI in India argues for wider engagement wit
h FDI. This book is lucid in its style and will be useful for students and scho
lars of economics, commerce and development studies. It will also be of interes
t to those keen to understand foreign investment and the challenges it poses in
the Indian context.
</td><td>
Manoj Pant is Professor, Centre for Intern
ational Trade and Development, School of International Studies, JNU.
Deepika Srivastava is probationer, Indian
Economics Service, and former Assistant Professor, Lady Shriram College, Delhi
University. 
<td>978-81-250-2741-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Becoming
a Global Audience - Longing and Belonging in Indian Music Television</td><td>Va
msee Juluri</td><td>2004</td><td>168</td><td>510.0000</td><td>What does globalization mean for the television aud
ience? Becoming a Global Audience examines concerns
of cultural imperialism in relation to the actual experience of television rece
ption in a postcolonial context. The rise of satellite television in India in th
e context of economic liberalization in 1991 has been marked by the localization

of global music television networks like MTV and Channel V. This book argues, h
owever, that this "Indianization" is no cause for celebration. Using i
n-depth interviews with Indian music television viewers and theoretical approach
es drawn from political-economic, cultural, and post-colonial studies, it argues
instead that the reception of "Top Ten" shows and nationalistic music
videos is part of a profound reordering and appropriation of common sense under
the changing social relations of globalization.</td><td><div style
="text-align: justify">Vamsee Juluri received hi
s Ph.D. in communication from teh University of Massachusetts at Amherst. His wr
itings on audiences and globalization have been published in communication and c
ultural studies journals in the United States and the United Kingdom. He present
ly teaches in the Department of Media Studies at the University of San Francisco
.</div></td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,MV,LK</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-250-3577-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Synergy
: Communication in English and Study Skills for Students of Commerce and Busines
s Management</td><td>Board of Editors</td><td>2008</td><td>164</td><td>100.0000<
/td><td>Synergy:&lt
;/strong> Communication in English and Study Skills for Students of Commerce
and Business is meant for use in undergraduate commerce and management courses,
and it is intended to equip students with the communication and study skills nec
essary for further study as well as for work. The book has a brief introductory
chapter on forms of communication in business organisations, which is followed b
y sections on written, spoken and nonverbal communication. Also included is a se
ction on vocabulary development and study skills, in which students could need h
elp and practice. Besides simple descriptions and explanations as well as exampl
es and exercises on the topics concerned, the book offers valuable tips on diffe
rent aspects of the communication and study skills covered.</td><td>&l
t;b>Board of Editors</td><td>World</td><td>Business and Management<
/td>
<td>978-81-250-3694-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>India and
the Global Financial Crisis: Managing Money and Finance</td><td>Dr Yaga Venugop
al Reddy <a href=</td><td>2009</td><td>368</td><td>85
0.0000</td><td>This collection of essays provides insights into the mak
ing of public policies across a spectrum of areas between the years 2003 and 200
8, a period of rapid growth of the Indian Economy as well as extraordinary chall
enges for the conduct of monetary policy. It was during this period that Dr Y.V.
Reddy was the Governor of the Reserve Bank of India. He has earned universal ac
claim for managing, as Governor of RBI, India's calibrated financial integra
tion with the global economy.
Ever since the financial crisis erupted in the
USA in 2007 and spread to the rest of the world, there has been an interest in
India's management of a financial sector that has facilitated growth and has
yet maintained stability.
What contributed to this situation? What was the
RBIs perspective and what were its policies?
This volume attempts to answer th
ese questions. It also provides a comprehensive account of the events that led t
o the global financial crisis, the policy responses, the directions for future r
eforms and an Indian approach to meeting the challenges of contagion from the tu
rmoil.

Click here to view <a href="http://www.orientblackswan.com/Indi
a_and_the_Global_Financial_Crisis_Media_Coverage.pdf" target=blank>Press
coverage / Press review</a> of this book
</td><td>Dr Yaga Venugopal Reddy served as the Gove
rnor of Reserve Bank of India from September 2003 to September 2008. He is curr
ently Emeritus Professor, University of Hyderabad. He has been a membe
r of Commission of Experts of The President of The UN General Assembly on Refor
ms of The International Monetary and Financial System. He has also been a Guest
of the Committee on Global Thought, Columbia
University, New York.</p&gt
; His contributions were recognised by award of Doctor of Letters (&l
t;em>honoris causa) by Sri Venkateswara University, India; and

Doctor of Civil Law (honoris causa), by University of Mauri
tius. He was also elected as Honorary Fellow of the London School of Economics
and Political Science. Prior to being the Governor, he was
Executive Director for India, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh and Bhutan at the Internat
ional Monetary Fund. This was preceded by his stint as Deputy Governor, Reserve
Bank of India. He was also Secretary, Ministry of Finance, and Additional Sec
retary, Ministry of Commerce in the Government of India. He served the Governme
nt of Andhra Pradesh, India, in several capacities including Principal Secretar
y and SecretaryFinance and Planning. He was also advisor in the World Bank. He has been closely associated with several academic institutio
ns in teaching and research capacities. He has authored several articles and pu
blished a number of books.</td><td>World</td><td>Business and Manageme
nt</td>
<td>978-81-250-4192-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>India an
d the Global Financial Crisis: Managing Money and Finance</td><td>Dr Yaga Venugo
pal Reddy <a href=</td><td>2009</td><td>368</td><td>6
25.0000</td><td>This collection of essays provides insights into the ma
king of public policies across a spectrum of areas between the years 2003 and 20
08, a period of rapid growth of the Indian Economy as well as extraordinary chal
lenges for the conduct of monetary policy. It was during this period that Dr Y.V
. Reddy was the Governor of the Reserve Bank of India. He has earned universal a
cclaim for managing, as Governor of RBI, India's calibrated financial integr
ation with the global economy.
Ever since the financial crisis erupted in th
e USA in 2007 and spread to the rest of the world, there has been an interest in
India's management of a financial sector that has facilitated growth and ha
s yet maintained stability.
This volume attempts to answer t
hese questions. It also provides a comprehensive account of the events that led
to the global financial crisis, the policy responses, the directions for future
reforms and an Indian approach to meeting the challenges of contagion from the t
urmoil. Click here to view <a href="http://www.or
ientblackswan.com/India_and_the_Global_Financial_Crisis_Media_Coverage.pdf"
target=blank>Press coverage / Press review</a> of this book<
/td><td>Dr Yaga Venugopal Reddy served as the Gover
nor of Reserve Bank of India from September 2003 to September 2008. He is curre
ntly Emeritus Professor, University of Hyderabad. He has been a member
of Commission of Experts of The President of The UN General Assembly on Reform
s of The International Monetary and Financial System. He has also been a Guest
University, New York.
His contributions were recognised by award of Doctor of Letters (&lt
;em>honoris causa) by Sri Venkateswara University, India; and D
octor of Civil Law (honoris causa), by University of Maurit
ius. He was also elected as Honorary Fellow of the London School of Economics a
nd Political Science. Prior to being the Governor, he was
Executive Director for India, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh and Bhutan at the Internati
onal Monetary Fund. This was preceded by his stint as Deputy Governor, Reserve
Bank of India. He was also Secretary, Ministry of Finance, and Additional Secr
etary, Ministry of Commerce in the Government of India. He served the Governmen
t of Andhra Pradesh, India, in several capacities including Principal Secretary
and SecretaryFinance and Planning. He was also advisor in the World Bank. He has been closely associated with several academic institution
s in teaching and research capacities. He has authored several articles and pub
lished a number of books.</td><td>World</td><td>Business and Managemen
t</td>
<td>978-81-250-4162-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Fifty Wa
ys to Improve Your Presentation Skills in English</td><td>Bob Dignen</td><td>201
t;>Fifty Ways to Improve Your Presentation Skills in English&l

t;/strong>, belonging to the Fifty Ways series, is intended to help second la
nguage business people/students improve the skills involved in making presentat
ions in English. It has modules on planning, making a good start, using multime
dia visuals and closing.</td><td>Bob Dignen is dire
ctor of a company that specialises in language, communication and intercultural
training.</td><td>IN,BD,PK,NP,LK</td><td>Business and Management</td>
ys to Improve Your Telephoning and Teleconferencing Skills</td><td>Ken Taylor</t
stify">Fifty Ways to Improve Your Telephoning and Telecon
ferencing Skills in English, belonging to the Fifty Ways series,
offers second language business people/students valuable tips on improving thei
r skills in telephoning and teleconferencing, which have become essential modes
of communication in present work contexts. The accompanying CD provides practi
ce in listening comprehension, necessary when you use the telephone to communic
ate. </td><td>Ken Taylor is a highly experienced te
acher-trainer and training manager.</td><td>IN,BD,PK,NP,LK</td><td>Business and
Management</td>
<td>978-81-250-4158-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Negotiat
ions</td><td>Anne Laws</td><td>2011</td><td>164</td><td>295.0000</td><td><p&g
t;Negotiations, belong
ing to a set of four books on business skills, is designed to help no
n-native speakers negotiate effectively in English. The book gives useful tips a
nd the language needed at different phases in business negotiations and also on
handling cultural differences.</td><td> </td><td>IN,LK,BD,PK,NP</
td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-250-4159-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Meetings
</td><td>Anne Laws</td><td>2011</td><td>152</td><td>295.0000</td><td>&l
t;strong>Meetings, belonging to a set of
four books on business skills, is designed to help non-native speakers participa
te effectively in English at meetings. The book gives useful tips and the langua
ge needed when preparing for meetings, at meetings and during follow-up after me
etings.</td><td> </td><td>IN,LK,BD,PK,NP</td><td>Business and Man
agement</td>
ys to Improve Your Business English</td><td>Ken Taylor</td><td>2011</td><td>144<
/td><td>350.0000</td><td><stro
ng>Fifty Ways to Improve Your Business English, belonging to
the Fifty Ways series ,offers second language business people/students valuabl
e tips on improving their business English skills. It has sections on networkin
g, socialising, presentations, telephoning, etc.</td><td><div styl
e="text-align: justify">Ken Taylor is a highly
experienced teacher-trainer and training manager.</div></td><td>IN,BD,PK,N
P,LK</td><td>Business and Management</td>
ys to Improve Your Business English Using the Internet</td><td>Eric Baber</td><t
y">Fifty Ways to Improve Your Business English Using the
Internet, belonging to the Fifty Ways series, offers second langu
age business people/students valuable tips on improving their business English
skills using the internet and on the use of English when communicating online.
The book shows business people and students how the internet can be used as a v
aluable resource to learn business English.</td><td>Eric Baber is director of an onl
ine language school which offers language training primarily to business people
.</td><td>IN,BD,PK,NP,LK</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-250-4157-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Presenta
tions</td><td>Anne Laws</td><td>2011</td><td>148</td><td>295.0000</td><td><p&
gt;Presentations, belo
nging to a set of four books on business skills, is designed to help
non-native speakers prepare and make presentations in English. The book gives us
eful tips on what makes a good presentation and how to prepare for it, presentat
ion language and evaluation checklists for the learner to use when preparing and
after giving a presentation.</td><td> </td><td>IN,LK,BD,PK,NP</t
d><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-250-4042-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The WTO a
nd India: Issues and Negotiating Strategies</td><td>Alokesh Barua and Robert M.
Stern</td><td>2010</td><td>441</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>This book add
resses the complex issues pertaining to WTO agreeme
nts and negotiations, and provides a rigorous analysis of the impact of WTO-ind
uced reforms on the Indian economy. It also outlines what Indias strategic think
ing ought to be in future multilateral negotiations under the WTO, keeping in v
iew their long-term economic goals. Bringing together the work of several econo
mists and policy thinkers, the volume sheds light on several questions.</p&g
t;
<ul>
<li>Why is trade liberalisation beneficial forboth develope
d and developing countries in</li>
<li>their long-term economic
interests?</li>
<li>What are Indias interests in a multilateralfor
um like the WTO and how can India gain maximum advantage?</li>
<li
>Does India have a clear-cut and well-defined set of negotiating strategies?
</li>
<li>How have the economic reforms affected different segme
nts of the Indian economy?</li>
<li>Do the reform measures confo
rm to India's long-term economic interests?</li>
<li>Are the
benefits from the WTO-induced reforms fairly and evenly distributed across reg
ions and population?</li>
<li>Is there evidence to support that
economic reforms have led to a decrease in income inequality and poverty in In
dia.</li> </ul> A brief historical overview of the <s
trong>WTO presents the readers with the necessary background.
The book is divided into six thematic sections. Section I</str
ong> analyses the perspective of developing countries, with special referenc
e to India. Section II addresses various negotiatin
g options and strategies. Indias sectoral interests in market access are dealt w
ith in Section III. Section IV</st
rong> looks at issues of trade facilitation and transparency in government p
rocurement. Issues such as TRIPS and the GATS are considered in S
ection V. Finally, Section VI focuses on issues of poverty and i
ncome inequality.
The volume provides a sound economic analysis of Indias proactive role
in the revival of the WTO negotiations. It will be a valuable reference to scho
lars and students in understanding the causality between actual economic events
and WTO-induced economic reforms. 
</td><td>Alokesh Barua is Professor of Economics at
the Centre for International Trade and Development, School of International S
tudies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.
Robert M. Ste
rn is Professor of Economics and Public Policy at the University
of Michigan.</td><td>World</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-250-3990-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Course
in Business Communication</td><td>Madhulika Jha and Shashi Shekhar</td><td>2010
</td><td>90</td><td>110.0000</td><td>A Course i
n Business Communication deals primarily with the com
munication needs of students pursuing business management courses. The book pro
vides in-depth knowledge of the various forms and practices of business communi
cation which should help learners to understand the nuances of business communi
cation and enhance their communication skills at the work place.
The book is divided into three partsthe first part presents an overview
of communication, its nature, scope and significance. Negotiation and presenta
tion skills are discussed in Chapters 2 and 3 of this section. Chapter 4 discus
ses the importance of meetings and how best they can be conducted. In Chapters
5and 6, which form the second part of the book, the significance and characteri
stics of the most important and basic skills of communicationspeaking and listen
ing are discussed. Part III which deals with written communication comprises th
e essentials of effective business writing. This section elaborates on the imp
ortant forms of written communication, namely, letters, reports, notices and ci
rculars, resumes, paragraphs and e-mails.
Each chapter is followed by questions to test learner comprehension. W
e hope that students who study this book will be able to use the knowledge effe
ctively.</td><td>Madhulika Jha&#
160; is currently Director, Amity Institute of English and Business Communicat
ion, Amity University. She has twenty-eight years of teaching experience
and has taught in the Department of English, Bhagalpur University. She has sp
ecialised in linguistics and language teaching. She
conducts workshops and seminars with leading corporate houses and has been a re
source person for Executive Development Programmes, Management Developmen
t Workshops, Employees Development Workshops, and Faculty Development Workshops
. She also supervises M. Phil. and Ph. D. students and has published a number o
f books and scholarly papers. &#1
60; 
 
Shashi Shekhar</strong&gt
; is Senior Lecturer at Amity Institute of English and Business Communication,
Amity University. He obtained his Masters degree from Banaras Hindu University
and Post Graduate Diploma in Teaching of English from theCentral Institut
e of English and Foreign Languages[CIEFL] and presently he is pursuing doctoral
research in the area of Applied Linguistics and Language Teaching. He has been
teaching in M.Phil, Post Graduate and Undergraduate programmes for over six ye
ars. With his experience in teaching EFL/ESL, he has been a part of
several training programmes including Executive Development Programmes, Manage
ment Development Workshops, Employees Development Workshops, Faculty Developmen
t Workshops etc.</td><td>World</td><td>Business and Management</td>
of Business Communication</td><td>Dr Anjali Kalkar, RB Surywanshi and Amlanjyot
i Sengupta</td><td>2010</td><td>108</td><td>120.0000</td><td>
Textbook of Business Communication is de
signed to help undergraduate students of commerce acquire a keen understanding
of the nuances and mechanics of business communication. Split into six units, t
he book covers comprehensively the topics of communication and methods, with sp
ecial focus on business, soft skills needed to support verbal communication, bu
siness correspondence, report writing and the use of technology in business com
munication. The book also comes equipped with practical exercises that help stu
dents gain a thorough understanding of the concepts being explored. The book ha
s been prepared to make students aware of the importance of communication in bu
siness settings, to help them understand how it works and to develop the relate
d skills through practice. </td><td>R.B.Suryaw
anshi has worked as a member of the Faculty of Commerce (Universi
ty of Pune) and a principal for the last twenty-five years. He is presently Cha
irman of the university’s Board of Studies for Business Practices, Me
mber of the Academic Council, Senate Member and Member B.U.T.R. &lt
;p>Anjali P. Kalkar, who has taught at the gradu
ate and postgraduate levels, is presently working as Principal-in-Charge of the
Indira College of Commerce and Science, Pune. She is also Member of the Academ
ic Council and Chairperson of the Board of Studies for Foreign Trade, Universit
y of Pune. Amlanjyoti Sengupta</strong&g
t; is presently working as a lecturer in English at the Indira College of Comme

rce and Science, Pune. He has presented papers at both national and internation
al conferences.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-250-3843-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Public A
dministration in the Globalisation Era: The New Public Management Perspective</t
d><td>Uma Medury</td><td>2010</td><td>288</td><td>395.0000</td><td>This book explores the transformative effect o
f globalisation on the theory and practice of public administration in the twent
y-first century. It outlines on the complex dynamics of worldwide changesthe ref
ormulation of the fundamental premises of the discipline, restructuring actual a
dministrative models and rapid technological advancement with accompanying chang
es in the traditional hierarchical and bureaucratic system of governance, result
ed in the emergence of an alternate paradigmthe New Public Management. Detailing
the influence of New Public Management with its dominant neo-liberal orientatio
n on public administration, the author outlines:
<ul style="text-align: justify"> <li>The reorientation of
the fundamental bases of public administration, </li><li>The restru
cturing of administrative models,</li><li> The concerns raised about
applying its uniform principles in diverse political and socio-economic systems
, and </li><li>The adoption of a pragmatic development strategy that
welds market individualism with a state-centred approach.</li></ul>
This book offers a comprehensi
ve understanding of the historical processes that shaped the discipline of publi
c administration, its reincarnation in the present form and its current challeng
es. Grounding the readers in the realities of the field through examples of poli
tical experience of countries, this book will be indispensable for students, sch
olars and practitioners of public administration</td><td><div style
="text-align: justify">Uma Medury is a Professor
of Public Administration in the School of Social Science, Indira Gandhi Nationa
l Open University (IGNOU), New Delhi.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Business
and Management</td>
<td>978-81-250-4283-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Business
Communication: Basic Concepts and Skills</td><td>J. P. Parikh, Anshu Surve, Swa
rnabharati and Asma Bahrainwala</td><td>2011</td><td>268</td><td>225.0000</td><t
d><div style="text-align: justify">Business Communication: Basic
Concepts and Skills deals with the basic concepts and practices of communicatio
n and their applications in the business world today. The present-day global mar
ket demands employment-ready graduates with good communication skills. 
The book will help prepare students to meet this important requirement for jobs
in the corporate world by equipping them with the necessary knowledge and techni
cal know-how.
The book uses a learner-centred approach to encourage and promote autonomous lea
rning. It has exercises at the end of every chapter that reinforce the most impo
rtant points taken up in it and also simple classroom activities to help initiat
e active learning based on real-life situations. The exercises have been designe
d to cater to the needs of mixed-ability classrooms.
Written in a simple and clear style, the book focuses on the key aspects of comm
unication in general and business communication in particular, using examples fr
om everyday life, photographs and graphics to aid comprehension. It includes det
ailed discussions on different models and types of communication, intercultural
communication, the relation between self-development and communication, the SWOT
analysis, presentation skills, job application letters and resumes, and intervi
ew skills. The useful range of topics it covers makes Business Communication: Ba
sic Concepts and Skills a comprehensive textbook for students of business commun
ication.</div></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">&l
t;b>J P Parikh holds a PhD in English literature and a diploma in m
aterials management. He has co-authored India in Canadian Literature.</div&

gt;<div style="text-align: justify"> </div><
div>
Anshu Surve holds a PhD in English literature. She has undertaken res
earch in the areas of communication skills and ELT and presented papers at seve
ral seminars and conferences.</div><div>  Swarnabharati holds an M Phil in English and a Post Graduate Cert
ificate in Teaching of English from EFLU, Hyderabad. Currently, she is pursuing
PhD in English literature at the M. S. University of Baroda, Vadodara.</div&
gt;<div> 
Asma Bahrainwala holds an MA in English and is a recipient of the Sha
kespeare Society Professor V. Y. Kantak Gold Medal. Her collection of poems ti
tled Arid Inscape is soon to be published. 
The authors are currently teaching business English and communication at the Fa
culty of Commerce of the M. S. University of Baroda, Vadodara.</div></td>
<td>World</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-87358-61-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Telec
ommunications Revolution: Mobile Value Added Services in India
</td><td>Mukesh Kumar, Ram Kumar Kakani</td><td>2012</td><td>412</td><td>695.000
0</td><td>The telecommunications industry continues to grow at a formi
dable pace and within it, the mobile value added services (mVAS) industry displ
ays impressive potential for influencing the lives of millions of people. Drive
n by technology and innovation, experts believe that the mVAS industry has eve
n greater possibilities than electronic commerce (e-Commerce). The role of techn
ologies and regulations is taken into account in the analysis of the Indian mob
ile telecom industry. This is followed by proposing possible business models an
d future scenarios for mVAS in India.
The Telecommunications Revolution: Mobile Value Added Serv
ices in India studies the mVAS industry in depth. It compares mVAS t
rends in India with those in other parts of the world like the USA and Europe,
Japan, South Korea and China.
This lucidly written book will be of great interest not only to the
student of telecommunications and business studies, but also to policy makers,
industry professionals and the interested general reader.</td><td>&lt
;p>Mukesh Kumar works with the Department of Tel
ecommunications (DOT) and belongs to the Indian Telecom Service (ITS), Governme
nt of India. His work background combined with his endeavour at XLRI resulted i
n his research interests into the world of technology based business modeling e
specially in mobile telephony. Presently he is working in the capacity of DGM i
n Kolkata Service Area (KSA), BSNL and has been overseeing wireline Broadband n
etworks and services. He has also been instrumental in introducing Fibre To The
Home (FTTH) service in KSA.
Ram Kumar Kakani is Associate Professor in
Strategic Management and Finance at XLRI Jamshedpur. His areas of interest inc
lude Business Analysis, Business Groups, Corporate Finance and Strategy brought
forth by the empirical work on the Indian corporate sector. He has co-authored
many text books and other books including the popular Corporate Fina
nce (8/e), Financial Accounting for Management
(3/e), and Strategic Thinking. He has also published cases
and papers in refereed publications including AI & Society&lt
;/em>, Decision, Innovation Journal, and Rich
ard Ivey Case Bank.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>Bu
siness and Management</td>
<td>978-81-87358-66-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Polit
ics of the Pharmaceutical Industry and access to Medicines: World Pharmacy and I
ndia</td><td>Hans Löfgren (Ed.)</td><td>2013</td><td>368</td><td>725.0000</
td><td>The pharmaceutical industry presents</strong&gt
; one of Indias most successful stories of economic expansion and improvements in
public health. Indian firms have made access to quality medicines possible and
affordable in many developing countries.  Indian pharmaceuticals are al
so exported on a large scale to the United States and other highly regulated mar
kets. A wave of mergers, acquisitions and tie-ups point to growing integration b
etween Indian firms and global pharma multinationals.
The Politics of the Pharmaceutical Industry and
Access to Medicines: World Pharmacy and India&nbs
p;examines this important industry from different economic, social and political
perspectives. Topics covered include the implications of TRIPS-compliant intell
ectual property rights, the role of flexibilities under TRIPS, the market regula
tion system, the role of Indian firms in exporting HIV/AIDS medications to Afric
a, the issue of free trade agreements, the power and reach of foreign pharmaceut
ical multinationals in Indias domestic market, and the sustainability of India as
a major generics supplier.</td><td>Hans L</strong&gt
;öfgren 
is Associate Professor in Politics and Policy Studies, Deakin University, Melbou
rne, Australia. His publications include, with  P. Sarangi (ed
s) The Politics and Culture of Globalisation: India and Australia (Social Science Press, New Delhi, 2009); with M. Leahy &
E. de Leeuw (eds) Democratising Health: Consumer Groups in t
he Policy Process (Edward Elgar, 2011).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,
LK,MV,PK</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-87358-55-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Economics
and is Stories</td><td>Amal Sanyal</td><td>2012</td><td>260</td><td>650.0000</t
d><td>Economics and its Stories </strong&g
t;demystifies technical terminology and goes to the heart of the ma
tter. 
The narrative of the book starts with the birth of economics from soc
ietal anxieties of pre-industrial Europe. It then follows up its growth into a
self-conscious and assertive discipline. Along with the account, Amal Sanyal,
with his characteristic lucidity of style, is able to breathe life into the c
olourful 18th, 19th and 20th century gurus such as Smith, R
icardo, Marx, Walras, Keynes. The narrative strings together the events and tr
aditions of the era of these mentors with the economics they developed and con
troversies around them. In the process the book explains the concepts that ar
e indispensable for understanding our economic world today. 
Economics and its stories has chapters on the theory of markets; market failure and the role of t
he government; the labour market and unemployment; money and finance; internat
ional economics and globalisation; and economic development. 
The book should appeal to the interested reader as well as students o
f economics. </td><td>Amal Sanya
l teaches economics at Lincoln University, New Zealand. He has taught
and interacted with many other universities, including Jawaharlal Nehru Universi
ty, New Delhi. He has worked in theoretical macroeconomics, political economy a
nd developmental policy. He has written on public policy issues in India and con
tributed to development planning in Mauritius. He has also contributed to theore
tical research in governance, corruption and tax evasion. His work has appeared
in journals like Economica, Public Choice, Journal of Comparative Economics, Jou
rnal of Post Keynesian Economics and Economic and Political Weekly.</td><td>IN,N
P,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-87358-17-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Indias Eco
nomic Future: Education, Technology, Energy and Environment</td><td>Manmohan Aga
rwal (Ed.)</td><td>2009</td><td>294</td><td>595.0000</td><td>The Indian
economy continues to grow rapidly, taking in its stride poor harvests and ris
ing oil prices. Industrial output, which had tended to be relatively low, has
increased to double-digit levels, accompanied by rising levels of savings and
investment. Indias healthy export performance has resulted in increased amounts o

f foreign exchange reserves, insuring against a large balance of payments (BOP
) deficit in the future. An important factor in this process has been Indias re
lative political stability. Democracy is well entrenched and changes of govern
ment occur reasonably peacefully. Is there a fly in the oint
ment? Could the growth process slacken or can it be accelerated further? What
are the constraints to maintaining a high rate of growth over the next decade
or two? These questions acquire special significance as we try to understand l
ong-term growth in the current context of global economic slowdown. The papers
in this volume seek to answer these questions. </td><td>&l
t;strong>Manmohan Agarwal  former Professor, Centre f
or International Trade and Development, School of International Studies, Jaw
aharlal Nehru University (JNU), is Senior Visiting Fellow at The Centre for In
ternational Governance Innovation (CIGI), Canada. He has a long and distinguis
hed record of expertise in international trade, development and econo
mics as it relates to Asia, and especially to India. </td><td>IN,NP
,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-87358-05-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Trade, Fi
nance and Investment in South Asia</td><td>T. N. Srinivasan (Ed)</td><td>2001</t
d><td>487</td><td>780.0000</td><td>THIS BOOK contains an important set of papers cov
ering subjects such as the impact of changing global trade policies on India; ch
arting a free trade area in South Asia; Indias informal trade with Bangladesh and
Nepal; India-Bangladesh bilateral trade; a plan to strengthen regional trade co
operation in South Asia with special reference to India and Pakistan; a comparat
ive analysis of the Chinese and Indian experience of multinational and expatriat
e foreign direct investment; foreign direct investment and economic integration
in the SAARC region and health policy challenges for India.
All these papers
are then placed within an overall perspective in an original paper by T. N. Srin
ivasan Issues in Trade and Finance in South Asia.</td><td>T. N.
Srinivasan is Samuel C. Park Jr Professor of Economics at Yale Univer
sity.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Business and Management</td>
<td>978-81-250-4209-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Lesson
for My Teacher (Book+CD)</td><td>APJ Abdul Kalam and Arun Tiwari</td><td>2011</
td><td>20</td><td>175.0000</td><td><p style="text-align: justify"&g
t;As children, Abdul Kalam and his best friend Ramanadha Sastry sat together in
class. Ramanadha Sastry was the son of the head priest. One day, a new teacher
who came to their class objected to the fact that a Muslim boy sat with a Hind
u Brahmin. In a harsh manner, he asked Abdul Kalam to go and sit at the end of
the class. This incident hurt both boys.  The head priest took strong
action against the teacher. He summoned the teacher and said that he can no lon
ger teach in that school. The teacher learnt his lesson that his duty was to te
ach religious harmony and not to poison little minds with superficial differenc
es. He asked for Kalams forgiveness and seeing that the head priest allowed him
to continue teaching.</td><td>Dr A. P. J. Abdul Kalam is a recipient of the Bharat
Ratna, Indias highest civilian honour, and a former President from 2002 to 2007.
He is one of independent Indias most inspirational action and thought leaders.
Popularly known as the missile man, he is admired for his contributions as an eng
ineer and a scientist. As a peoples President, Dr Kalam developed a special rappo
rt with children, whom he always encouraged to dream big. <div styl
e="text-align: justify">Professor Arun K Tiwari is the co-author of
Wings of Fire, the autobiography of former President and
Bharat Ratna A P J Abdul Kalam. As a former missile scientist who worked with K
alam, Tiwari is currently the managing director and CEO of Indo-US Healthcare.&
amp;nbsp;</div>
 
Adopted for BookBox by Ananya Parthibhan.</td><td>IN</td><td>Children's Book
s</td>
<td>978-81-250-4210-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>School T
opper (Book+CD)</td><td>APJ Abdul Kalam and Arun Tiwari </td><td>2011</td><td>20
</td><td>175.0000</td><td>Abdul K
alam secretly wished to study in a good school, but he knew that his parents co
uld not afford it. To his great surprise, his father had arranged for some fund
s and decided to send him to The Schwartz School at Ramanathapuram.
One day at school, by mistake Kal
am ran into the wrong class, where he found his Math teacher who insulted him a
nd caned him in front of the class. Kalam felt crushed, but this renewed his ze
al to study hard and make his people proud. That term, he scored full marks in
Math. The same teacher then appreciated him in public and this praise quite mad
e up for the earlier humiliation.
</td><td>Dr A. P. J. Abd
ul Kalam is a recipient of the Bharat Ratna, Indias highest civilian h
onour, and a former President from 2002 to 2007. He is one of independent Indias
most inspirational action and thought leaders. Popularly known as the missile m
an, he is admired for his contributions as an engineer and a scientist. As a peop
les President, Dr Kalam developed a special rapport with children, whom he always
encouraged to dream big. 
Professor Arun K. Tiwari is the c
o-author of Wings of Fire, the autobiography of former Pr
esident and Bharat Ratna A P J Abdul Kalam. As a former missile scientist who w
orked with Kalam, Tiwari is currently the managing director and CEO of Indo-US
Healthcare.
Adopted for BookBox by Ananya Parthibhan.</td><td>IN</td><td>
Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4211-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Designin
g a Fighter Jet (Book+CD)</td><td>APJ Abdul Kalam and Arun Tiwari </td><td>2011<
/td><td>20</td><td>175.0000</td><td><p style="text-align: justify"&
gt;Abdul Kalam was always fascinated by the flight of birds. He knew he had to
study engineering to realize his dreams of designing machines that could fly, l
ike aircraft. While studying at the Madras Institute of Technology, Kalam was a
sked to design a fighter jet for his final project. 
One day, his professor came to review his progress and expressed disappointment
. He was so upset that he asked Kalam to show him a better design in 3 days or
he would cancel his scholarship! The next few days, Kalam put his entire energy
into the project, as he had to prove himself and save his scholarship. All his
stress finally paid off and his professor was very impressed and happy with hi
s project work.</td><td>Dr A. P. J. Abdul Kalam is a recipient of the Bharat Ratna,
Indias highest civilian honour, and a former President from 2002 to 2007. He is
one of independent Indias most inspirational action and thought leaders. Popular
ly known as the missile man, he is admired for his contributions as an engineer
and a scientist. As a peoples President, Dr Kalam developed a special rapport with
children, whom he always encouraged to dream big. 
Professor Arun K. Tiwari is the c
o-author of Wings of Fire, the autobiography of former Pr
esident and Bharat Ratna A P J Abdul Kalam. As a former missile scientist who w
orked with Kalam, Tiwari is currently the managing director and CEO of Indo-US
Healthcare.
<td>978-81-250-4212-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Failure
to Success (Book+CD)</td><td>APJ Abdul Kalam and Arun Tiwari </td><td>2011</td><
td>20</td><td>175.0000</td><td>Th
e first attempt to launch SLV-3 was unsuccessful. As expected, there was a pres
s conference immediately, where reporters had many questions. 
While Abdul Kalam felt responsib
le for the crash, his chairman Professor Satish Dhawan took it upon himself to
answer all the questions with confidence. He promised the media to launch SLV-3
exactly a year later.
The entire team worked doubly har
d to make it happen, and a year later, it was a grand success! There was anothe
r press conference, but this time, Prof. Satish Dhawan gave the mike to Abdul K
alam. To him, Prof. Dhawan was an ideal and inspirational team leader.</p&gt
;
ul Kalam is a recipient of the Bharat Ratna, Indias highest civilian h
Professor Arun K. Tiwari
is the co-author of Wings of Fire, the autobiog
raphy of former President and Bharat Ratna A P J Abdul Kalam. As a former missi
le scientist who worked with Kalam, Tiwari is currently the managing director a
nd CEO of Indo-US Healthcare.
<td>978-81-250-4213-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Missile
Man (Book+CD)</td><td>APJ Abdul Kalam and Arun Tiwari </td><td>2011</td><td>20</
td><td>175.0000</td><td>The peopl
e of the country were not sympathetic about the delay in launching the AGNI mis
sile. After repeated failures, Kalam addressed his team; he encouraged them and
finally announced that AGNI will be launched successfully in the very next tr
ial. His words rejuvenated his entire team and they began to work with renewed
energy.
Several dignitaries were invited
for the launch. On the eve of the launch, the Defense Minister asked Kalam how
he wanted to celebrate the AGNI success. Kalam asked for a thousand saplings to
be planted in their Research Centre. The next day, Mother Earth blessed them w
ith the success of AGNI as it was a smooth launch.
ul Kalam is a recipient of the Bharat Ratna, Indias highest civilian h
Professor Arun K. Tiwari
 is the co-author of Wings of Fire, the autobiog
raphy of former President and Bharat Ratna A P J Abdul Kalam. As a former missi
le scientist who worked with Kalam, Tiwari is currently the managing director a
nd CEO of Indo-US Healthcare.
<td>978-81-250-4214-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Thank Yo
u, Mr Secretary (Book+CD)</td><td>Kiran Bedi</td><td>2011</td><td>20</td><td>145
.0000</td><td>The Secretary of t
he Tennis Association, who issued railway concession forms, loved to keep peopl
e waiting in a queue. Kiran Bedi used to travel extensively for her tennis tour
naments so she needed a concession form, but she had to stand for hours in this
nearly static queue. 

One day she finally lost her pat
ience and boldly said to the Secretary, that thanks to his ways, she has learnt
not to ever waste anyone elses time. Hearing this, the Secretary got furious an
d later intentionally deprived her of participating in Wimbledon, although she
was eligible for it. Kiran Bedi was heartbroken for a while, but remained thank
ful to this gentleman for teaching her to value others time.</td><td>&
lt;p style="text-align: justify">Dr Kiran Bedi w
as the first woman officer to join the Indian Police Service in 1972. She pion
eered humanitarian policing by transforming prisons and boldly reducing corrupt
ion. She received the prestigious Magsaysay Award in 1994. She has also founded
two NGOs in India: Navjyoti for welfare and preventive policing in 1987 and th
e India Vision Foundation for prison reformation, drug abuse prevention and chi
ld welfare in 1994.
Adapted for BookBox by Ananya Parthibhan.</td><td>IN</td><td
>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4215-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Boy-Cu
t for Girls (Book+CD)</td><td>Kiran Bedi</td><td>2011</td><td>20</td><td>175.000
0</td><td>While playing tennis,
Kiran Bedi felt her long braids became more and more of a nuisance, as they kep
t dangling in front of her face and disturbing her game. Once, when she couldnt
stand this any longer, she got her parents permission and ran to the mens saloon
across the road and got her hair cut. This is how she got her boy-cut, which la
ter became a trend among girls. She was glad that at an early age, she learnt h
ow to prioritize simple things in life. </td><td>Dr Kiran Bedi was the first woman
officer to join the Indian Police Service in 1972. She pioneered humanitarian p
olicing by transforming prisons and boldly reducing corruption. She received th
e prestigious Magsaysay Award in 1994. She has also founded two NGOs in India:
Navjyoti for welfare and preventive policing in 1987 and the India Vision Found
ation for prison reformation, drug abuse prevention and child welfare in 1994.&
lt;/p>
<td>978-81-250-4216-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>How to L
ose a Shoe (Book+CD)</td><td>Kiran Bedi</td><td>2011</td><td>20</td><td>175.0000
</td><td>One day, while travelli
ng, Kiran Bedi stepped into the ladies compartment. All the women beat her up.
They all thought she was a boy because of her clothes and haircut. She was piti
lessly dragged to the compartment door, and her shoe fell off the train. She ma
naged to act quickly and let the other shoe fall, so that whoever gets her firs
t shoe, finds a pair for use. She later read that the legendary Mahatma Gandhi
had also done something similar when one of his slippers fell off the train. He
had then continued his journey barefoot, happy that his slippers would be of u
se to someone.
</td><td>Dr Kiran Bedi&l
t;/b> was the first woman officer to join the Indian Police Service in 1972.
She pioneered humanitarian policing by transforming prisons and boldly reducin
g corruption. She received the prestigious Magsaysay Award in 1994. She has als
o founded two NGOs in India: Navjyoti for welfare and preventive policing in 19
87 and the India Vision Foundation for prison reformation, drug abuse preventio
n and child welfare in 1994.
<td>978-81-250-4217-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Crane Be
di (Book+CD)</td><td>Kiran Bedi</td><td>2011</td><td>20</td><td>175.0000</td><td
>In 1982, as the Asian Games wer
e only a year away, the Governor of Delhi called for Kiran Bedi and gave her th
e herculean task of regulating the chaotic Delhi traffic. Kiran Bedi became bet
ter known as Crane Bedi, as she hired all the cranes in the city and towed away w
rongly parked vehicles. One day, a sub inspector towed away a VIPs car that was
parked wrongly. This happened to be the then Prime Minister Smt. Indira Gandhis
car! In spite of this, Kiran Bedi appreciated and supported the sub inspector f
or carrying out his duty conscientiously.</td><td>Dr Kiran Bedi was the first woman
officer to join the Indian Police Service in 1972. She pioneered humanitarian
policing by transforming prisons and boldly reducing corruption. She received t
he prestigious Magsaysay Award in 1994. She has also founded two NGOs in India:
Navjyoti for welfare and preventive policing in 1987 and the India Vision Foun
dation for prison reformation, drug abuse prevention and child welfare in 1994.

<td>978-81-250-4218-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Tihar Ja
il (Book+CD)</td><td>Kiran Bedi</td><td>2011</td><td>20</td><td>160.0000</td><td
>The years spent at Tihar Jail w
ere the most fruitful years of Kiran Bedis life. At first, she was taken aback b
y the filth and darkness of the prison. She then decided that she would bring a
bout a change in this hell on earth. 
With a group of trusted official
s, she worked on improving the hygiene and general condition of the prison. For
the prisoners, she designed programs that kept them engaged in useful activiti
es. To break the barriers of religion, she gathered all of them to take part in
various religious festivals. 
The prisoners had opportunities to study and were taught to practice m
editation. By the end of her stay at Tihar jail, she had transformed the prison
into an Ashram.</td><td>Dr Kiran Bedi was the first woman officer to join the Indi
an Police Service in 1972. She pioneered humanitarian policing by transforming
prisons and boldly reducing corruption. She received the prestigious Magsaysay
Award in 1994. She has also founded two NGOs in India: Navjyoti for welfare and
preventive policing in 1987 and the India Vision Foundation for prison reforma
tion, drug abuse prevention and child welfare in 1994.
gt; </td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Children's Books</td>
ute of Persian Studies. </td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Children
's Books</td>
law.</td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Children's Books</td>
td><td>Children's Books</td>
/td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3714-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Kidnappe
d - OBER - Grade 6</td><td>RL Stevenson</td><td>2009</td><td>120</td><td>138.000
0</td><td>The Orien
t Blackswan Easy Readers introduce the child to the enchanting wo
rld of reading, which encourage him/her to read with little or no external help.
These well-illustrated books are carefully graded into seven levels. The seri
es begins at Level 1 and is meant for beginners in the age group of 5 years. T
he other levels are: Level 2: 68 years, Level 3: 79 years, Level 4: 911 years, Le
vel 5: 1012 years, Level 6: 1114 years and Level 7: 15 years and above. This car
eful grading, based on age-appropriate vocabulary and structure enables the re
ader to progress through the successive levels. The current titles mainly incl
ude the classics and also have those that suit modern tastes and interests.&lt
;/p></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">&
lt;br />RL Stevenson was born at Edinburgh, in Scotland in 185
0. His father enjoyed telling him stories of religious value, and his mother do
ted upon their son. Robert began to write early, and even as a young child, his
writing showed sensitivity towards religion and history. His father intended h
im to study engineering at University but Stevenson soon gave it up as he was a
n indifferent student. He then agreed to study law, but it was soon clear that
Literature was his passion. Most of his early writings drew upon his travel in
England, France and Italy. He developed an appetite for travel, and his writin
g skills and energy grew in equal proportion.</div>Stevensons writing embraces different genres of literat
ure-poetry, letters, travelogues and novels. Stevenson gained fame with the adv
enture story, Treasure Island, and his
most famous study of human personality, The Strange Case of Dr Jeky
ll and Mr Hyde.</td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books<
/td>
<td>978-81-250-3965-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Mud
Baby</td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao</td><td>2010</td><td>24</td><td>110.0000</td><
td>Walking by the river in the wo
ods one day, Parvati decides to make for herself a plaything of mud. As she rol
ls and shapes the cool, smooth clay, a beautiful mud baby emerges
Read this magical story in verse of how Ganesha was born.</t
d><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao (192420
15) wrote and told stories for most of her life. For her, story-telling was as n
atural as breathing; she believed that stories emerged from deep within and that
in the telling and writing, they changed both teller and listener. She wrote fo
r children and adults, and indeed her works have been enjoyed by people of all a
ges. She is best known for her retelling of Indian myths and legends. Her wide r
epertoire includes books like Tales of Ancient India</em&g
t; (translated into several languages), The Bulbuls Ruby Nose-
ring, Seethu, Bekanna and the Musical Mice</em&

gt;, ChathuThe Elephant Boy (co-authored w
ith Karoor Nilakanta Pillai), In Worship of Shiva, &
lt;/em>and her retelling of the Mahabharata (now used as essential course material in story-telling courses in univers
ities in the UK). Her novel, Ch
ildren of God, was published to critical acclaim. She was invited by
the Sahitya Akademi to write on the life and teachings of Jiddu Krishnamurti.&lt
;/p>
A dedicated and inspired educationist, Shanta Rameshwar Rao founded the
Vidyaranya School in Hyderabad in 1961, a space where, as she believed, childre
n could learn with joy, creativity and in a spirit of questioning. &l
t;p style="text-align: justify">Taposhi Ghoshal </b&gt
;is a freelance illustrator and graphic designer working for NGOs and leading p
ublishing houses. She lives in Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Children&#
39;s Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3966-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Demo
n on the Hill</td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao</td><td>2010</td><td>24</td><td>110.0
000</td><td>In a dark, gloomy ca
ve, upon a high, steep hill, lived the wicked demon Bhasmasura. Such was his ma
gical power, that if he touched anyones head, the person turned to ash and fell
down dead! 
Wholl help us, the people cried.
A small voice spoke up, To the de
mon, Bhasma, please let me go. I know what to do, Im sure I know.
Oh Mohini, you foolish child! How can you save us from Bhasma, the wild
?

But Mohini shook her head, she li
stened to no one. And, off she wentover the mountains and hills; till she came t
o the cave, ghostly and chill.

Read this story in verse to discover how clever Mohini killed Bhasmasur
a. </td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao
 (19242015) wrote and told stories for most of her life. For her, storytelling was as natural as breathing; she believed that stories emerged from deep
within and that in the telling and writing, they changed both teller and listen
er. She wrote for children and adults, and indeed her works have been enjoyed by
people of all ages. She is best known for her retelling of Indian myths and leg
ends. Her wide repertoire includes books like Tales of Ancien
t India (translated into several languages), The B
ulbuls Ruby Nose-ring, Seethu, Bekanna and the Musi
cal Mice, ChathuThe Elephant Boy </em&g
t;(co-authored with Karoor Nilakanta Pillai), In Worship of S
hiva, and her retelling of the Mahabharat
a (now used as essential course material in story-telling co
urses in universities in the UK). Her novel,&n
bsp;Children of God, was published to critical acclaim. She
was invited by the Sahitya Akademi to write on the life and teachings of Jiddu
Krishnamurti.
n could learn with joy, creativity and in a spirit of questioning. &l
t;p style="text-align: justify">Atany Roy, illus
trator, artist and cartoonist has won several awards, both national and interna
tional. He has illustrated over 100 books for children.</td><td>World
</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3671-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Storytel
lers 3: Gattu Tales (5 Books+CD/VCD)</td><td>Esther David</td><td>2009</td><td>1

is a value pack with five storybooks accompanied by an animated CD/VCD with fiv
e animated stories. This unique combination of interesting and colourful storie
s uses Same Language Subtitling (SLS), a new and award-winning concept that hel
ps a child relate phonetic sounds with visual sub-titles to accelerate the deve
lopment of reading skills. The following stories are included in Storytellers3.
<ol>
<li>Tooi Tooi, the p
arakeet, becomes a part of Gattus family. But one day, she flies away. Will Gatt
us friend ever return? </li>
<li>Chikoo
tichoo Gattu befriends a squirrel and names her Chikoo
tichoo. Guess who decides to move in with Gattu?</li>
<l
i>Lizzy Bizzy While clea
ning the air cooler, Gattu and his mother, Baa, come across two friendly creatu
res.</li>
<li>Whoop Ha Ha&
lt;p> Gattu and Baa adore the new rose plant. Have they forgotten about the
family of Langoor monkeys that pass by every month?</li>
&l
t;li>Oonderbhai Oonderbhai, a mischie
vous little mouse, troubles Gattu and Baa to no end. He nibbles at everything i
n the house. Something has to be done!</li> </ol> <p&
gt;Gattu, the central character in the books, is based on the popular character
from the primetime serial on Star Plus called Baa Bahoo Aur Baby&lt
;/em>. The content has been developed by BookBox, a social venture with the
mission of making reading an integral part of every childs life. </td
><td><div style="text-align: justify">Esther David is an artist, critic, columnist and author. She was Chairperson of the Guj
arat State Lalit Kala Akademi. She studied art at the Faculty of Fine Arts, Baro
da. She often teaches art appreciation at CEPT University and was invited by UNE
SCO, Paris, to organise an exhibition on intuitive art. Her books include The Wa
lled City, By the Sabarmati, Book of Esther, and Book of Rachel. She lives in Ah
medabad.</div></td><td>IN</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3294-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Naug
hty Tee-shirt and Other Stories - Grade 2</td><td>Bikram K Das (Ed.)</td><td>200
9</td><td>34</td><td>98.0000</td><td>The Orient Blackswan Easy Readers
introduce the child to the enchanting world of reading, which encourage him/her
to read with little or no external help. These well-illustrated books are care
fully graded into seven levels. The series begins at L
evel 1 and is meant for beginners in the age group of 5 years. The other level
s are: Level 2: 68 years, Level 3: 79 years, Level 4: 911 years, Level 5: 1012 years
, Level 6: 1114 years and Level 7: 15 years and above. This careful grading, ba
sed on age-appropriate vocabulary and structure enables the reader to progress
through the successive levels. The current titles mainly include the classics
and also have those that suit modern tastes and interests.</td><td>
</td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
lers 1 (5 Books+CD/VCD)</td><td>BookBox and Orient Blackswan</td><td>2008</td><t
d>120</td><td>425.0000</td><td>Storytellers is more than just a set of
story books. Each set of five books is accompanied by an interactive and animate
d CD. This unique combination of interesting and colourful stories uses Same Lan
guage Subtitling (SLS), a new and award-winning concept that helps a child relat
e phonetic sounds with visual sub-titles to accelerate the development of readin
g skills. The following stories will be included in Stor
ytellers 1: 
<ol>
<li>Turtles Flute </li><li> The Elves and the Shoemaker <
/li><li>The First Well </li><li> Symbiosis </li><l
i> Tucket the Bucket </li></ol> BookBox produces delig
htful stories from around the world in over twenty-four languages. It engages au
thors worldwide to create and adapt stories based on unique cultures and traditi
ons. 
</td><td> </td><td>IN,BD,PK,LK,BT,NP</td><td>Children's Books</td>
lers 2 (5 Books+CD/VCD)</td><td>BookBox and Orient Blackswan</td><td>2008</td><t
d>120</td><td>425.0000</td><td>Storytellers is more than just a set of
story books. Each set of five books is accompanied by an interactive and animate
d CD. This unique combination of interesting and colourful stories uses Same Lan
guage Subtitling (SLS), a new and award-winning concept that helps a child relat
e phonetic sounds with visual sub-titles to accelerate the development of readin
g skills. The following stories will be included in Stor
ytellers 2: 
<ol >
<li>Santas Christmas</li>
<li> The Whispering Palms </li>
<li> Rosa Goes to the city </li>
<li> The Four Friends </li>
<li>The Boo in the Shoe</li></ol>
BookBox produces delightful stories from around the world in over twent
y-four languages. It engages authors worldwide to create and adapt stories based
on unique cultures and traditions.

</td><td> </td><td>IN,BD,PK,LK,BT,NP</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2906-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Jung
le Hospital</td><td>Saroj Mukherjee</td><td>2005</td><td>92</td><td>100.0000</td
><td>This book is about a little
boy of ten, Gagan, who lives in the city of Calcutta with his parents. His grand
mother lives in a village by the forest and runs a small hospital for the animal
s. The jungle animals instinctively love and trust Amma, and limp over to the ho
spital whenever one of them in wounded or unwell. A naughty but affectionate mon
key, a parrot, a rabbit, a baby deer, a peacock, a fox and a cow elephant are so
me of the patients Gagan meets at his grandmothers clinic. Gagan is enchanted wit
h the animals and Ammas jungle hospital.
A charming story of animals and human
beings, the book will delight children as well as help them understand the need
for conserving wildlife and forests.</td><td><div style="text
-align: justify">Saroj Mukherjee is based in Calcutta
and is the author of the Hindi original of The Jungle Hospital, a short novel c
alled Anokha Aspatal published by Lokbharati in Allahabad. This book was later t
ranslated to Bengali- Ajab Aspatal and was subsequently made into a film by the
Childrens Film Society of India(CFSI) in 1989 and screened at various childrens f
ilm festivals in India and abroad. </div></td><td>World</td><td
<td>978-81-250-3044-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Two
Friends - Grade 2</td><td>Diti Sen and Series Editor Bikram K Das</td><td>2006</
t;The Orient Blackswan Easy Readers introduce the child to the enchanting world
of reading, which encourage him/her to read with little or no external help. The
se well-illustrated books are carefully graded into seven levels. The series b
egins at Level 1 and is meant for beginners in the age group of 5 years. The o
ther levels are: Level 2: 68 years, Level 3: 79 years, Level 4: 911 years, Level
5: 1012 years, Level 6: 1114 years and Level 7: 15 years and above. This careful
grading, based on age-appropriate vocabulary and structure enables the reader
to progress through the successive levels. The current titles mainly include
the classics and also have those that suit modern tastes and interests.</p&
gt;</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Bikram K D
as, Formerly: Professor, Central Institute of English and Foreign Lang
uages, Hyderabad. Professor, National Institute of Education, Singapore, and D

irector, English Language Teaching Instiute, Bhubaneshwar.</div></td><td>W
orld</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3016-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Once Upo
n a Monsoon Time - Grade 4</td><td>Ruskin Bond</td><td>2006</td><td>120</td><td>
130.0000</td><td>Once Upon a Mons
oon Time is the author's recollections of his childhood spent in an old pala
ce by the Arabian Sea and in his grandmother's house in Dehra Dun. The story
revolves round his relationship with his father who is as central to the story
as the young boy himself. It also records his love of trees and the vibrant life
nurtured by them, his explorations of the fascinating stories woven around the
palace as well as his grandmother's most cherished possessions preserved car
efully in an old trunk, his interesting array of friends and his varied experien
ces with them as he grows up and begins to understand the world even as his fami
liar surroundings start to fall apart.</td><td><div style="tex
t-align: justify">Ruskin Bond was born in Kasauli, Hi
machal Pradesh, in 1934. In a writing career spanning close to fifty years, he h
as to his credit a large number of poems, essays, short stories and novels for a
dults as well as children. His writings include The Night Train at Deoli, Time S
tops at Shamli, The Room on the Roof, Delhi is Not Far, A Flight of Pigeons and
The Adventures of Rusty. He received the Sahitya Academy Award in 1993 and the P
admashree in 1999.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2485-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Baby Blu
e Whales Birthday Party - Grade 1</td><td>Nira Wickramasinghe</td><td>2002</td><t
d>24</td><td>98.0000</td><td>It is a sad birthday for the baby blue wha
le. Nobody has wished him because he has grown too big for his age, but still hi
s party turns out to be a merry one.</td><td> </td><td>World</td>
<td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2574-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Tiger Fr
y and Other Tales - OBER - Grade 1</td><td>Gauri Dharmapal</td><td>2004</td><td>
36</td><td>98.0000</td><td>This b
ook is the latest in our attempt to make literature in Indian languages availabl
e to a national audience through translation. Tiger Fry and other
tales is a collection of stories selected and translated from th
e original Bangla title Choddo Pidim (The Fourteen Lamps) by Gauri Dharmapal.
Set both in rural and semi-urban settings, these stories bring together animal a
nd human characters. The first story is about a small boy who wants to eat a ti
ger fry and what happens when he bites into the miniature paneer tiger he is giv
en to eat. The second story highlights the friendship between two tiny creature
s, a honey bee and a black ant, while the last one is a more conventional tale o
f a woodcutter outwitting a couple of tigers.</td><td>Gauri D
harmapal</td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2598-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>An Eleph
ant's Story - Grade 4</td><td>Kiliroor Radhakrishnan. Translated by R.K. Mur
thi and simpli</td><td>2004</td><td>64</td><td>130.0000</td><td><str
ong>An Elephant Story celebrates the wonderful bond that can d
evelop between an animal and its keeper. The story opens dramatically as readers
are amazed to find the elephant Kannan keeping vigil outside the hospital where
his mahout, Nandan, has been admitted. In 'flashback' we are told of ho
w Nandan, as a boy, was fascinated by elephants and ran away from home to become
a mahout. Many years later he returns home as a full-pledged mahout and is give
n charge of the temple elephant, Kannan. Nandan devotes himself to looking after
Kannan and soon the two become inseparable. One day, Kannan goes into 'must
h' and rampages through the village. It is the final test for Nandan as a ma
hout--will he be able to bring Kannan back in control? A sensitive tale of a lov
ing and faithful animal friend, An Elephant's Story brings home to its reade
rs, yet again, the need to treat other living creatures with love and kindness.&
lt;/p></td><td>Kiliroor Radhakrishnan. Translated by R.K.
Murthi and Simplified by Brinda Ramesh.</td><td>World</td><td>Children's Boo
ks</td>
<td>978-81-250-2688-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Thre
e Greens</td><td>Rajesh Talwar</td><td>2005</td><td>196</td><td>225.0000</td><td
>Monika and her two cousins, Prav
ir and Roomy, form a small group devoted to the protection of the environment. T
hey discover the world of through adventure, mystery and romance. From Nainital
to Delhi and back they make friends, explore places of interest together and eve
n solve the mystery of a Green Ghost in a haunted house. The Three
Greens, as they call themselves, are just as curious as they are
environmentally conscious. They learn from their peers, elders and from nature.
Engagingly told these stories conduct us through small experiences and seek sol
utions to serious environmental issues.</td><td><div style="te
xt-align: justify">Rajesh Talwar is a lawyer by profe
ssion and has also taught law to LLB students at Delhi University and Jamia Mil
lia Islamia for a period of six years. He has written extensively on legal and n
on-legal subjects for various newspapers and magazines, and has authored several
books, both non-fiction as well as fiction. At present he works as a Legal Advi
ser to the United Nations Mission in Kosovo.</div></td><td>World</td><td>C
hildren's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3311-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td> The Mud
Baby</td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao. Illustrated by Taposhi Ghoshal</td><td>2008</
t;Walking by the river in the woods one day, Parvati decides to make for hersel
f a plaything of mud. As she rolls and shapes the cool, smooth clay, a beautiful
mud baby emerges...
Read this magical story in verse of how Ganesha was born
.</td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao&a
mp;nbsp;(19242015) wrote and told stories for most of her life. For her, story-te
lling was as natural as breathing; she believed that stories emerged from deep w
ithin and that in the telling and writing, they changed both teller and listener
. She wrote for children and adults, and indeed her works have been enjoyed by p
eople of all ages. She is best known for her retelling of Indian myths and legen
ds. Her wide repertoire includes books like Tales of Ancient
India (translated into several languages), The Bul
buls Ruby Nose-ring, Seethu, Bekanna and the Musica
l Mice, ChathuThe Elephant Boy 
(co-authored with Karoor Nilakanta Pillai), In Worship of Shi
va, and her retelling of the Mahabharata&
amp;nbsp;(now used as essential course material in story-telling cour
ses in universities in the UK). Her novel,&nbs
p;Children of God, was published to critical acclaim. She w
as invited by the Sahitya Akademi to write on the life and teachings of Jiddu Kr
ishnamurti.
n could learn with joy, creativity and in a spirit of questioning.</td
><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3312-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Matsya: T
he Magical Fish</td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao. Illustrated by Suddhasattwa Basu</
td><td>2008</td><td>28</td><td>140.0000</td><td>Matsya is a tiny fish in the huge ocean. Manu, a fisherman brings
Matsya home and takes care of him until Matsya grows into a very big, wise and
beautiful fish. Then, he lets Matsya return to the ocean. One day, it rains and
rains. There is water everywhere. Read this story to find out how Matsya returns
to save Manu and his family, and all the people and animals in the world from d
rowning.</td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao</stron

g> (19242015) wrote and told stories for most of her life. For her, s
tory-telling was as natural as breathing; she believed that stories emerged from
deep within and that in the telling and writing, they changed both teller and l
istener. She wrote for children and adults, and indeed her works have been enjoy
ed by people of all ages. She is best known for her retelling of Indian myths an
d legends. Her wide repertoire includes books like Tales of A
ncient India (translated into several languages),
The Bulbuls Ruby Nose-ring, Seethu, Bekanna and the
Musical Mice, ChathuThe Elephant Boy (co-authored with Karoor Nilakanta Pillai), In Worship
of Shiva, and her retelling of the Mahab
harata (now used as essential course material in story-telli
ng courses in universities in the UK). Her novel,&
amp;nbsp;Children of God, was published to critical acclaim
. She was invited by the Sahitya Akademi to write on the life and teachings of J
iddu Krishnamurti.
<td>978-81-250-1015-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Bulb
uls Ruby Nose-ring and Other Stories</td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao</td><td>1997</t
d><td>60</td><td>85.0000</td><td>
Read about the magician Jabbo Jadoowala, the enterprising mouses harvest feast, t
he new baby, lost Ramu and the clever bulbul in this collection of read-aloud st
ories.</td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao</strong&
gt; (19242015) wrote and told stories for most of her life. For her, sto
ry-telling was as natural as breathing; she believed that stories emerged from d
eep within and that in the telling and writing, they changed both teller and lis
tener. She wrote for children and adults, and indeed her works have been enjoyed
by people of all ages. She is best known for her retelling of Indian myths and
legends. Her wide repertoire includes books like Tales of Anc
ient India (translated into several languages), Th
e Bulbuls Ruby Nose-ring, Seethu, Bekanna and the M
usical Mice, ChathuThe Elephant Boy </e
m>(co-authored with Karoor Nilakanta Pillai), In Worship o
f Shiva, and her retelling of the Mahabha
rata (now used as essential course material in story-telling
courses in universities in the UK). Her novel,&am
p;nbsp;Children of God, was published to critical acclaim.
She was invited by the Sahitya Akademi to write on the life and teachings of Jid
du Krishnamurti.
<td>978-81-250-1017-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Seethu</
td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao</td><td>1977</td><td>160</td><td>110.0000</td><td>&l
t;p style="text-align: justify">With shaking hands Anand opened the
right-hand drawer of the dressing table . . . . Anand didnt know what to do. How c
ould he ever be happy again. His friend Rami, the gardeners grand-daughter, and t
he gardener had been sent away and it was all his fault. Maybe just maybe his an
d Ramis old rag doll Seethu could help him. For Seethu could think; she could tal
k; she was a wonder doll!</td><td>Shanta Ramesh
war Rao (19242015) wrote and told stories for most of her
life. For her, story-telling was as natural as breathing; she believed that sto
ries emerged from deep within and that in the telling and writing, they changed
both teller and listener. She wrote for children and adults, and indeed her work
s have been enjoyed by people of all ages. She is best known for her retelling o
f Indian myths and legends. Her wide repertoire includes books like &lt
;em>Tales of Ancient India (translated into several langu
ages), The Bulbuls Ruby Nose-ring, Seethu, Bekanna 
and the Musical Mice, ChathuThe Elephant
Boy (co-authored with Karoor Nilakanta Pillai),&am
p;nbsp;In Worship of Shiva, and her retelling of the<em&g
t; Mahabharata (now used as essential course materi
al in story-telling courses in universities in the UK). Her novel, Children of God, was published to
critical acclaim. She was invited by the Sahitya Akademi to write on the life a
nd teachings of Jiddu Krishnamurti.
><td>IN,NP,BT</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1018-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Adventur
e in the Snows</td><td>Manmohan Singh Bawa</td><td>1997</td><td>124</td><td>125.
0000</td><td>Pawan and Naveen esc
orted by their Uncle Manjit decide to cross the awe-inspiring mountains. Their j
ourney is to take them through the Thamsar Pass to Bir. They are accompained by
Tiger, a dog adopted en route, and David and Bushan, who befriend them. Dhumer S
ingh, the muleteer, joins them as their guide. But are the mountains safe? Will
they be able to brave the cold? And the wild animals? Will the trek be successfu
l?</td><td>Manmohan Singh Bawa</td><td>World</td><t
d>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1019-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Oni
Demons Who Loved Rice Cakes and Other Stories (Japanese folktales)</td><td>Hema
Pande</td><td>1997</td><td>60</td><td>55.0000</td><td>In this collection of Japanese folktales meet the Oni Demo
ns and the clever woman who escapes from their den the shining Little Star, the
singing and dancing kettle, the kind, old man who gifts his hats to the six Zizo
sama, Bunbuku, and the lovely weaver princess and her handsome herdsman. The sto
ries have been translated from the Japanese and have been beautifully illustrate
d.</td><td>Hema Pande, lives in Calcutta and has pu
blished two anthologies of stories translated from the Japanese.</td><td>World</
<td>978-81-250-0795-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mastermi
nds: Profiles of Eleven Indian Scientists</td><td>Menakshi Chatterjee</td><td>19
t;>This anthology deals with the lives and works of eleven scientists in vari
ous fields: J. C. Bose in the Physical and Life Sciences, P. C. Ray, S. S. Bhatn
agar in Chemistry, C. V. Raman, S. N. Bose and M. N. Saha in Theoretical and Exp
erimental Physics, S. Ramanujam in Mathematics, H. J. Bhabha in Nuclear Physics,
Vikram Sarabhai in Space Research, Birbal Sahni in Paleobotany, Salim Ali in Or
nithology. The author also chronicles the growth and development of modern scien
tific culture in India. No similar collection of biographies is available.</td><td>Menakshi Chatterjee, , freelance writer of popul
ar science.</td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1358-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Prin
cess of Light</td><td>Hema Pande</td><td>1998</td><td>64</td><td>110.0000</td><t
d>Poor Gombe outwits the mighty L
ord with the help of his resourceful wife. A famous Japanese wrestler finds his
match in three strong women. A trapped snow crane returns to serve the poor wood
cutter and his wife. You can read all this and more in the second volume of folk
tales from Japan.</td><td>Hema Pande</td><td>World<

/td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1517-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hungry E
mperor and the Clever Barber, The</td><td>Tickoo Champa</td><td>1999</td><td>32<
/td><td>55.0000</td><td>The Hungr
y Emperor is a story of a rather fussy emperor. Read it to find out how he is ta
ught never to be fussy again! The Clever Barber is a story about how a courtiers
wife solves the problem of a painful lump on the emperors head.</td><td
><div style="text-align: justify">Tickoo Champa</b&g
t;, has a Ph.D. from the University of London and has held senior teaching posit
ions in India and Singapore. Illustrated by Samina Baig.</div></td><td>Wor
ld</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1518-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Vinegar
King and Hot Soup</td><td>Tickoo Champa</td><td>1999</td><td>32</td><td>75.0000<
/td><td>Vinegar King is a story o
f a small boy who saves an emperors life with vinegar. Who would have thought tha
t vinegar could be so powerful! Hot Soup is a tale of a soup-seller who becomes
very rich after a lucky meeting with a stranger. Read and find out how.</p&gt
;</td><td>Tickoo Champa, Illustrated by Samina Baig.</td><td>
World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1541-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Midn
ight Train and Other Ghost Stories</td><td>Reeta Dutta Gupta </td><td>1999</td>
<td>108</td><td>110.0000</td><td>This book is a collection of ten ghost
stories based on real-life encounters. These spooky stories are meant for young
readers, around twelve years of age.</td><td>Reeta Dutta Gup
ta  ,  an editor by profession.</td><td>Wor
ld</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1542-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mountain
Secret</td><td>S.Chandavarkar</td><td>2000</td><td>105</td><td>110.0000</td><td
>Chunni was a daughter of the mou
ntains. She lived in a village in the heart of Himachal Pradesh where four mount
ain roads twisted, turned, bumped along met and parted. Of all the roads, Chunni
found the HindustanTibet road which was still being built most interesting . . .
it was a road where things could happen . . . The fast-paced narrative tells th
e story of how Chunni, along with her brothers, Munna and Mutto, Pema and Babaji
catch the nasty spy. An exciting adventure, with a fair bit of interesting geog
raphic detail.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&g
t;S.Chandavarkar, has published two books for children throug
h National Book Trust, India. She lives in Mumbai. Illustrated by V.K. Bhooer.&l
t;/div></td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1918-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bekanna
and the Musical Mice</td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao</td><td>2000</td><td>118</td><
td>145.0000</td><td>This is a col
lection of charmingly told tales involving animals. The themes are universalthe t
riumph of the seemingly weak over the mighty, the possibility of magic in daily
life, etc. The language is simple but strongly evocative of both the physical an
d the emotional.</td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao&l
t;/strong> (19242015) wrote and told stories for most of her life. Fo
r her, story-telling was as natural as breathing; she believed that stories emer
ged from deep within and that in the telling and writing, they changed both tell
er and listener. She wrote for children and adults, and indeed her works have be
en enjoyed by people of all ages. She is best known for her retelling of Indian
myths and legends. Her wide repertoire includes books like Ta
les of Ancient India (translated into several languages), The Bulbuls Ruby Nose-ring, Seethu, Bekanna <em&gt
;and the Musical Mice, ChathuThe Elephant Boy&n

bsp;(co-authored with Karoor Nilakanta Pillai), In
Worship of Shiva, and her retelling of the&nb
sp;Mahabharata (now used as essential course material in sto
ry-telling courses in universities in the UK). Her
novel, Children of God, was published to critical
acclaim. She was invited by the Sahitya Akademi to write on the life and teachi
ngs of Jiddu Krishnamurti.
<td>978-81-250-1990-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Pigeons
and the Bird Catcher, The - OBER - Grade 1</td><td>M.P. Jain and Sunita Jain</td
><td>2001</td><td>32</td><td>98.0000</td><td>The Orient Blackswan Easy Readers intro
duce the child to the enchanting world of reading, which encourage him/her to re
ad with little or no external help. These well-illustrated books are carefully
graded into seven levels. The series begins at Level 1 and is meant for begin
ners in the age group of 5 years. The other levels are: Level 2: 68 years, Leve
l 3: 79 years, Level 4: 911 years, Level 5: 1012 years, Level 6: 1114 years and Leve
l 7: 15 years and above. This careful grading, based on age-appropriate vocabu
lary and structure enables the reader to progress through the successive level
s. The current titles mainly include the classics and also have those that sui
t modern tastes and interests.</td><td>M.P. Jain and Sunita
Jain</td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2299-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Great Ex
pectations - OBER - Grade 7</td><td>Charles Dickens</td><td>2002</td><td>152</td
><td>146.0000</td><td>Great Expectations</stron
g> (1861), one of Dickenss later novels is more mature and seriou
s than his earlier works and less harsh and critical of Victorian society that D
ickens is known to caricature. This novel, whose hero Pip is an orphan, reads mo
re like a detective story. The story opens with little Pip meeting an escaped co
nvict in the churchyard on a cold December evening in an almost surreal setting.
As the story unfolds, we find Pip asked to wait upon a strange old lady, Miss H
avisham, and becoming infatuated with her beautiful ward, Estella. Soon thereaft
er, Pip inherits a handsome property left to him by an unknown benefactor. He le
aves for London, soon forgets his childhood friends and leads a life of leisure.
After Pips twenty-fifth birthday, his benefactor makes himself known and Pip rea
lises the irony of his good fortune. With the unravelling of his own position, P
ip grows in moral stature. Great Expectations is the story of Pips co
ming of age.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">
Charles Dickens (1812-1870) was born at Landport near Portsmo
uth, England, where the happiest years of his childhood were spent. Her fathers f
inancial difficulties forced him to work at a very early age which were the dark
est years of his life. He was however able to return to school and at fifteen be
came a solicitors clerk and a parliamentary reporter. In his travels throughout E
ngland, he met many people, some of whom have been immortalised in his novels. U
nderlying the fun and humour and eccentric characters, is a deep sadness for the
injustice and cruelty of the times that marks most of Dickenss works.</div&gt
;</td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2276-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Four Sto
ries from Mahabharata - OBER - Grade 5</td><td>Swapna Dutta</td><td>2002</td><td
>92</td><td>136.0000</td><td>Four Stories from the
Mahabharata are a part of the parallel narrative of

the epic and tell the stories of four girl who come from different backgrounds.
Sukanya is a princess, Shruvawati and Suprabha are simple girls living in hermi
tages while Shweta is a court dancer. What is common to them is their spirited p
ersonality, their acute sense of self respect and their ability to hold on to th
eir principles and convictions at all costs. Love comes to each one in a differe
nt way, changing her life completely. But they all choose to take fate in their
hands, living a life of courage and action.</td><td><div style=&quo
t;text-align: justify">Swapna Dutta (b. 1943) is a we
ll-known writer and translator who writes for children as well as adults. She ha
s published over 40 books including translations.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2303-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Tales of
Ancient India - OBER - Grade 3</td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao</td><td>2002</td><t
d>64</td><td>123.0000</td><td>This book introduces the child to enchant
ing the world of reading. The current title includes the classics and also hopes
to have those that suit modern tastes and interests.</td><td><p&gt
;Shanta Rameshwar Rao (19242015) wrote and
told stories for most of her life. For her, story-telling was as natural as brea
thing; she believed that stories emerged from deep within and that in the tellin
g and writing, they changed both teller and listener. She wrote for children and
adults, and indeed her works have been enjoyed by people of all ages. She is be
st known for her retelling of Indian myths and legends. Her wide repertoire incl
udes books like Tales of Ancient India (t
ranslated into several languages), The Bulbuls Ruby Nose-ring, Seethu,
Bekanna and the Musical Mice, 
ChathuThe Elephant Boy (co-authored with Karoor Nil
akanta Pillai), In Worship of Shiva, and
her retelling of the Mahabharata (now use
d as essential course material in story-telling courses in universities in the U
K). Her novel, Children of God&
lt;/em>, was published to critical acclaim. She was invited by the Sahitya Ak
ademi to write on the life and teachings of Jiddu Krishnamurti.
<td>978-81-250-2481-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Little M
aster of the Elephant, The - OBER - Grade 3</td><td> </td><td>2002</td><td>
72</td><td>123.0000</td><td>The Orient Blackswan Easy Rea
ders introduce the child to the enchanting world of reading, whic
h encourage him/her to read with little or no external help. These well-illust
rated books are carefully graded into seven levels. The series begins at Level
1 and is meant for beginners in the age group of 5 years. The other levels ar
e: Level 2: 68 years, Level 3: 79 years, Level 4: 911 years, Level 5: 1012 years, Le
vel 6: 1114 years and Level 7: 15 years and above. This careful grading, based
on age-appropriate vocabulary and structure enables the reader to progress thr
ough the successive levels. The current titles mainly include the classics and
also have those that suit modern tastes and interests.</td><td>Orie
nt Blackswan Easy Readers</td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
ries from Tagore - OBER - Grade 5</td><td>Rabindranath Tagore, Swapna Dutta (Tra
nslated and Abridged)</td><td>2009</td><td>68</td><td>136.0000</td><td>A towering figure of the Bengal Renaissanc
e, Tagores influence on Bagla literature has still not diminished. During a long
and creative career, he excelled in the different art forms that he practised-po
etry, drama, music, novels and short stories. In 1901, he founded Shantiniketan
(Adobe of Peace), in Bolpur near Kolkata, an educational institution where educa

tion was to be imparted in an unrestricted manner. He was the first Indian to wi
n the Nobel Prize in 1913, for his poetic work Gitanjali (An Offering of Songs) which he himself
had translated into English from his various volumes of poetry. He was knighted
in 1915, but returned Bagh massacre of 1919. He died in 1941, heartbroken by a n
umber of personal tragedies and disillusioned by the outbreak of the Second Worl
d War in Europe.
Through primarily remembered as a poet, Tagores short stories
have earned a pride in modern Bangla literature. The stories in this collection
are respresentative of Tagores writings. We find the empathy of a father for a s
tranger in The Kabuliwala</s
pan>, the sorrow of parting in , the comic in When Wishes Come True and the social divide that rich
es cause in The Return Gift.&lt
;/span></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">&l
t;b>Rabindranath Tagore (1861-1941) was the youngest of Maharishi D
ebendranaths children. He came from an enlightened, aristocratic family whose mem
bers were talented people who had left their mark on the society of their times.
Rabindranath was privately educated and later went to University College, Londo
n.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1991-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Fisherma
n and the King, The - OBER - Grade 1</td><td> </td><td>2001</td><td>32</td>
<td>98.0000</td><td>The Orient Blackswan Easy Readers introduce the child to the enchanting world of reading, which encour
age him/her to read with little or no external help. These well-illustrated bo
oks are carefully graded into seven levels. The series begins at Level 1 and i
s meant for beginners in the age group of 5 years. The other levels are: Level
2: 68 years, Level 3: 79 years, Level 4: 911 years, Level 5: 1012 years, Level 6: 1
114 years and Level 7: 15 years and above. This careful grading, based on age-a
ppropriate vocabulary and structure enables the reader to progress through the
successive levels. The current titles mainly include the classics and also ha
ve those that suit modern tastes and interests.</td><td>Orient Black
swan Easy Readers</td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1992-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Alices Ad
ventures in Wonderland - OBER - Grade 3</td><td> </td><td>2001</td><td>72</
td><td>123.0000</td><td>The Orient Blackswan Easy Readers
 introduce the child to the enchanting world of reading, which en
courage him/her to read with little or no external help. These well-illustrate
d books are carefully graded into seven levels. The series begins at Level 1 a
nd is meant for beginners in the age group of 5 years. The other levels are: L
evel 2: 68 years, Level 3: 79 years, Level 4: 911 years, Level 5: 1012 years, Level
6: 1114 years and Level 7: 15 years and above. This careful grading, based on a
ge-appropriate vocabulary and structure enables the reader to progress through
the successive levels. The current titles mainly include the classics and als
o have those that suit modern tastes and interests.</td><td>Orient B
lackswan Easy Readers</td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1993-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Lion and
the Mouse and Other Short Plays, The - OBER - Grade 2</td><td> </td><td>20
01</td><td>48</td><td>112.0000</td><td>The Orient Blacksw
an Easy Readers introduce the child to the enchanting world of re
ading, which encourage him/her to read with little or no external help. These
well-illustrated books are carefully graded into seven levels. The series begins
at Level 1 and is meant for beginners in the age group of 5 years. The other
levels are: Level 2: 68 years, Level 3: 79 years, Level 4: 911 years, Level 5: 101
2 years, Level 6: 1114 years and Level 7: 15 years and above. This careful grad
ing, based on age-appropriate vocabulary and structure enables the reader to p
rogress through the successive levels. The current titles mainly include the c
lassics and also have those that suit modern tastes and interests.</
td><td>Orient Blackswan Easy Readers</td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books<
/td>
<td>978-81-250-1994-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Adventur
es of Tom Sawyer, The - OBER - Grade 3</td><td> </td><td>2001</td><td>80</t
d><td>123.0000</td><td>The Orient Blackswan Easy Readers&
lt;/strong> introduce the child to the enchanting world of reading, which enc
ourage him/her to read with little or no external help. These well-illustrated
books are carefully graded into seven levels. The series begins at Level 1 an
d is meant for beginners in the age group of 5 years. The other levels are: Le
vel 2: 68 years, Level 3: 79 years, Level 4: 911 years, Level 5: 1012 years, Level 6
: 1114 years and Level 7: 15 years and above. This careful grading, based on ag
e-appropriate vocabulary and structure enables the reader to progress through
the successive levels. The current titles mainly include the classics and also
have those that suit modern tastes and interests.</td><td>Orient Bl
ackswan Easy Readers</td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1995-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Call
of the Wild - OBER - Grade 5</td><td>Jack London</td><td>2001</td><td>68</td><t
d>136.0000</td><td>&l
t;strong>The Call of the Wild (1905), considered
a classic, is a story of survival and grid. It is the enduring tale of Buck, the
half sheepdog, stolen from his comfortable Californian home to work as a sledge
dog in the Northland. London creates an imaginative natural universe, where the
main character, the dog Buck behaves and thinks with rational dog-logic.</p&
gt;</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Jack Londo
n (1876-1916) was born in San Francisco and grew up on the waterfront
of Oakland. His childhood was spent in poverty and hardship. But that did not le
ssen his great desire for reading. He spent hours in the public library to get a
way from the misery of his lot. In 1896 he joined the Klondike gold rush but cou
ld not make a fortune and returned to Oakland to write about his experiences the
re.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2028-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Tales fr
om the Arabian Nights - OBER - Grade 2</td><td> </td><td>2000</td><td>48</t
have those that suit modern tastes and interests.</td><td>Orient Bl
ackswan Easy Readers</td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
ries from Shakespeare - OBER - Grade 4</td><td> </td><td>2000</td><td>96</t
have those that suit modern tastes and interests.</td><td> </t

d><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2030-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Happ
y Man's Shirt and Other Short Plays - OBER - Grade 4</td><td>M.Choksi</td><t
d>2001</td><td>60</td><td>130.0000</td><td>This collection of short pla
ys is an adaptation of traditional stories from around the world. The stories ha
ve been selected not only because they have remained favourites over time but al
so for their creative possibilities in terms of reading aloud, elocution and dra
ma. The happy man's shirt is a story from Europ
e. From Greece we have the tales of Hercules and the cart-driver, Mercury and th
e woodcutter and Philemon and Baucis. The paper-maker, a story from China, tells
us how the festival of lanterns began. And from Arabia we have the story of The
two brothers.</td><td>M.Choksi</td><td>World</td><
td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2031-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Tale of
Two Cities, A - OBER - Grade 5</td><td>Charles Dickens</td><td>2001</td><td>108<
/td><td>136.0000</td><td>A Tale of Two Cities (1859) is set against the backdrop of the French Revolut
ion and the reign of terror that followed. The story takes us back and forth betwe
en London and Paris-the two cities-and revolves around the lives of Lucie Manett
e and Charles Darnay. Against the grim background of the guillotine, unfolds a t
ale of adventure and mystery, heroism and courage. We see the quintessential Dic
kens as he vividly portrays the trials and tribulations of the poor at the hands
of the rich, before the Revolution and the mindless mayhem that follows it. Thi
s historical novel is unusual for Dickens, whose other major works are set in Vi
ctorian England.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"
>Charles Dickens(1812-1870) was born at Landport near Port
smouth, where the happiest years of his childhood were spent. His fathers financi
al difficulties forced him to work at a very early age which were darkest years
of his life. He has however able to return to school and at fifteen became a sol
icitors clerk and a parliamentary reporter. In his travels throughout England, he
met many people, some of whom have been immortalised in his novels. Underlying
the fun and humour and eccentric characters, is a deep sadness for the injustice
and cruelty of the times that marks most of Dickenss works.</div></td><td>
World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2032-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>David Co
pperfield - OBER - Grade 6</td><td>Charles Dickens</td><td>2001</td><td>144</td>
t;David Copperfield is not fictionalised autobiography but its na
ture reflects Dickenss thinking and writing over a period of years. The story of
David Copperfield has many parallels in Dickenss own life, especially his childho
od. He too, like David was sent to a blacking factory, when his father, John Dic
kens was imprisoned for debt. This period, as Dickens himself says, was the dark
est in his life and the shame and resentment he felt, made his sufferings a secr
et he could not share with anyone. Thus, from a first-hand knowledge acquired un
der unhappy circumstances, Dickens gives his readers a glimpse of the unsavoury
side of Victorian England-struggling poverty and debtors prisons. There are many
characters in the novel whom Dickens knew and many places in London that David v
isits were frequented by Dickens himself. The novel also gives us two unforgetta
ble characters-Uriah Heep and Mr Micawber, the latter being party based on Dicke
nss father.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">&l
t;b>Charles Dickens (1812-1870) was born at Landport near Portsmout
h, England, where the happiest years of his childhood were spent. His father&#39
;s financial difficulties forced him to work at a very early age. This were the
darkest period of his life. He was however able to return to school and at fifte
en became a solicitor's clerk and a parliamentary reporter. In his travels t
hroughout England, he met many people, some of whom have been immortalised in hi
s novels. Underlying the fun and humour and eccentric characters, is a deep sadn
ess for the injustice and cruelty of the times that marks most of Dickens's
works.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2073-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Camel an
d the Jackal and Other Short Plays, The - OBER - Grade 3</td><td> </td><td>
2001</td><td>56</td><td>123.0000</td><td>The Orient Black
swan Easy Readers introduce the child to the enchanting world of
reading, which encourage him/her to read with little or no external help. These
well-illustrated books are carefully graded into seven levels. The series begi
ns at Level 1 and is meant for beginners in the age group of 5 years. The othe
r levels are: Level 2: 68 years, Level 3: 79 years, Level 4: 911 years, Level 5:
1012 years, Level 6: 1114 years and Level 7: 15 years and above. This careful gr
ading, based on age-appropriate vocabulary and structure enables the reader to
progress through the successive levels. The current titles mainly include the
classics and also have those that suit modern tastes and interests.
</td><td>Orient Blackswan Easy Readers</td><td>World</td><td>Children's Book
s</td>
<td>978-81-250-2092-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Treasure
Island - OBER - Grade 4</td><td> </td><td>2001</td><td>120</td><td>130.000
0</td><td>The Orient Blackswan Easy Readers</strong&gt
; introduce the child to the enchanting world of reading, which encourage him/he
r to read with little or no external help. These well-illustrated books are ca
refully graded into seven levels. The series begins at Level 1 and is meant fo
r beginners in the age group of 5 years. The other levels are: Level 2: 68 year
s, Level 3: 79 years, Level 4: 911 years, Level 5: 1012 years, Level 6: 1114 years a
nd Level 7: 15 years and above. This careful grading, based on age-appropriate
vocabulary and structure enables the reader to progress through the successiv
e levels. The current titles mainly include the classics and also have those t
hat suit modern tastes and interests.</td><td> </td><td>World</
<td>978-81-250-2176-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Rip Van
Winkle and the Legend of Sleepy Hollow - OBER - Grade 2</td><td> </td><td>2
002</td><td>56</td><td>112.0000</td><td>The Orient Blacks
wan Easy Readers introduce the child to the enchanting world of r
eading, which encourage him/her to read with little or no external help. These
well-illustrated books are carefully graded into seven levels. The series begin
s at Level 1 and is meant for beginners in the age group of 5 years. The other
levels are: Level 2: 68 years, Level 3: 79 years, Level 4: 911 years, Level 5: 1
012 years, Level 6: 1114 years and Level 7: 15 years and above. This careful gra
ding, based on age-appropriate vocabulary and structure enables the reader to
progress through the successive levels. The current titles mainly include the
classics and also have those that suit modern tastes and interests.<
/td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2208-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Adve
ntures of Huckleberry Finn - OBER - Grade 4</td><td>Mark Twain</td><td>2002</td>
<td>96</td><td>130.0000</td><td>&
lt;span>The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn</s
pan> (1884) tells us the story of Huckleberry Finn, known to his friends as H
uck, whom we first meet in The Adventures of Tom Sawyer
. After being adopted by Widow Douglas, Huck tries very hard to lead a civilised
life, but has to contend with his brutal father. Fed up with his fathers cruelty
he runs away. Soon he meets up with old Jim, a runaway slave. They decide to ra
ft down the Mississippi River and they have the wildest adventures on the way. T
he brilliant description of the Mississippi is from Twains own experiences as a s
team-boat pilot. The sensitive portrayal of Huck and Jim, the hilarious crudity
of the duke and the king and the staging of the Nonesuch play, are but a few eleme
nts that make it one of the worlds greatest books.</td><td><div styl
e="text-align: justify">Mark Twain, one of Ameri
cas best known writers is the pen-name of Samuel Langhorne Clemens (1835-1910). H
e was born and grew up in Missouri. His father died when he was twelve years old
and young. Samuel left home to earn a living. His name is taken from a river pi
lots cry a mark or twain, meaning that the water was two fathoms deep.</div><
/td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4948-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Merc
hant of Venice - OBER - Grade 7 </td><td>William Shakespeare</td><td>2009</td><
td>160</td><td>146.0000</td><td>The Orient Blackswan Easy Readers introduce the child to the enchanting world of rea
ding, which encourage him/her to read with little or no external help. These wel
l-illustrated books are carefully graded into seven levels. The series begins at
Level 1 and is meant for beginners in the age group of 5 years. The other level
s are: Level 2: 68 years, Level 3: 79 years, Level 4: 911 years, Level 5: 1012 years
, Level 6: 1114 years and Level 7: 15 years and above. This careful grading, base
d on age-appropriate vocabulary and structure enables the reader to progress thr
ough the successive levels. The current titles mainly include the classics and a
lso have those that suit modern tastes and interests.</td><td>William Shakespeare</td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td
>
<td>978-81-250-4938-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Wind
in the Willows</td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao</td><td>2016</td><td>88</td><td>130
.0000</td><td><div>The Wind in the Willows by Kenneth Grahame narrates the
adventures of four animal characters, viz, Toad, Mole, Ratty and Badger. Its de
lightful descriptions of the idyllic river bank of the English countryside and t
he dangerous world of the wild woods have made it a modern classic that is as we
ll-loved by adults as it is by children.</div><div> </
div></td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao&n
bsp;(19242015) wrote and told stories for most of her life. For her, story-tellin
g was as natural as breathing; she believed that stories emerged from deep withi
n and that in the telling and writing, they changed both teller and listener. Sh
e wrote for children and adults, and indeed her works have been enjoyed by peopl
e of all ages. She is best known for her retelling of Indian myths and legends.
Her wide repertoire includes books like Tales of Ancient Indi
a (translated into several languages), The Bulbuls
Ruby Nose-ring, Seethu, Bekanna and the Musical Mi
ce, ChathuThe Elephant Boy (coauthored with Karoor Nilakanta Pillai), In Worship of Shiva,&
amp;nbsp;and her retelling of the Mahabharata&
nbsp;(now used as essential course material in story-telling courses
in universities in the UK). Her novel, &l
t;em>Children of God, was published to critical acclaim. She was i
nvited by the Sahitya Akademi to write on the life and teachings of Jiddu Krishn
amurti.
<td>978-81-250-4950-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Happ
y Prince and Other Stories</td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao</td><td>2015</td><td>48<
/td><td>136.0000</td><td>The Happ
y Prince and Other Stories is a
collection of modern fairy tales by Oscar Wilde. First published in 1888, the
stories are intended for reading aloud to children but have a message for
adults as well. The original collection contained five stories --- The Happy
Prince, The Nightingale and the Rose, The Selfish Giant, The Devoted
Friend, and The Remarkable Rocket.</td><td>Shanta
Rameshwar Rao (19242015) wrote and told stories for most
of her life. For her, story-telling was as natural as breathing; she believed th
at stories emerged from deep within and that in the telling and writing, they ch
anged both teller and listener. She wrote for children and adults, and indeed he
r works have been enjoyed by people of all ages. She is best known for her retel
ling of Indian myths and legends. Her wide repertoire includes books like&nb
sp;Tales of Ancient India (translated into several
languages), The Bulbuls Ruby Nose-ring, Seethu, Bekanna&amp
;nbsp;and the Musical Mice, ChathuThe Ele
phant Boy (co-authored with Karoor Nilakanta Pillai),<em&
gt; In Worship of Shiva, and her retelling of the&l
t;em> Mahabharata (now used as essential course
material in story-telling courses in universities in the UK).&nbsp
;Her novel, Children of God, was publis
hed to critical acclaim. She was invited by the Sahitya Akademi to write on the
life and teachings of Jiddu Krishnamurti.
<td>978-81-250-5253-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Helping
Young Children Learn: Handbook for teachers and parents</td><td>Zakiya Kurrien</
Helping Young Children Learn can be directly used by teachers in pre-p
rimary schools, and by parents of young children. It is also relevant for teach
er training programmes, as it integrates and early learning theory with classro
om practice. 
 
A Comprehensive Early Learning Package which you can turn into low cost, Playfu
l activities and games to help young children develop thinking and reasoning ab
ilities, as well as basic readiness skills in language, literacy and mathematic
s
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"><em&g
t;Zakiya Kurrien is the Co-founder and Direct
or Emeritus of Centre For Learning Resources, Pune. She is an experienced teache
r and teacher trainer with a special interest in parent education. Her professio
nal work includes designing of curriculum, teaching-learning materials and train
ing materials for Early Childhood Care and Education. She also contributes to po
licy formulation in these areas.</div>
</td><td>World</td><td>Children's Books</td>
<td>978-81-7371-091-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Computer
, Internet and Multimedia Dictionary</td><td>Surendra Verma</td><td>1998</td><td
>256</td><td>450.0000</td><td>This dictionary covers the core of Inform
ation Technology featuring about 3500 entries on computing, telecommunications,
and digital electronics. It also covers the Internet and World Wide Web technolo
gies and includes important people, machines and events in the history of comput
ing, and provides glimpses of latest discoveries/inventions of the 21st Century.
</td><td> </td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,PK,MM,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,S
A,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>Computer Science</td>
Programming and Numerical Analysis: An Integrated Approach (Revised Edition wit
h C)</td><td>N Datta</td><td>2003</td><td>512</td><td>495.0000</td><td>
The availability of high-speed digital computers has led to the widespread study
of computer programming and numerical analysis in Indian universities and techn

olo-gical institutes. This book presents the theory and applications of numerica
l methods for the solution of various types of computational problems in Science
and Engineering.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Computer Scienc
e</td>
interface.</td><td> </td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Compute
r Science</td>
<td>978-81-7371-472-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Numerica
l Methods with Programs in Basic, Fortran, Pascal and C++ (Revised Edition)</td>
<td>S Balachandra Rao, C K Shantha</td><td>2004</td><td>504</td><td>495.0000</td
><td>The book discusses the important numerical methods&l
t;/strong> which are frequently used in mathematical, physical, engineering a
nd even biological sciences. It will serve as an ideal textbook for the undergra
duate and diploma courses. The revised edition has a section on C++ and programs
in C++.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Computer Science</td>
<td>978-81-7371-490-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>C: An Ad
vanced Introduction: ANSI C Edition</td><td>Narain Gehani</td><td>2004</td><td>2
76</td><td>425.0000</td><td>This book on ANSI C is for readers with a g
ood knowledge of at least one procedural programming language such as Pascal, FO
RTRAN or Ada. Advanced aspects of C, for example, type declarations, data abstra
ction, exceptions and the C preprocessor are emphasized. Several examples drawn
from a wide spectrum of application areas such as interactive programming, syste
ms programming, database applications, text processing and concurrent programmin
g are included in the book. These are taken from real programs that have been te
sted. The book also discusses two derivatives of C: C++ and Concurrent C.</&g
t;</td><td> </td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,PK,MM</td><td>Computer Science</td>
<td>978-81-7371-492-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>C Progra
mmers Companion, The: ANSI C Library Functions</td><td>R S Jones</td><td>2004</td
><td>168</td><td>375.0000</td><td>This book is intended for both the be
ginning C programmer who wants to know more about C library functions and for th
e experienced C programmer who wants to understand the exact semantics of C libr
ary functions. In this book, the author discusses the C library functions in det
ail. Specifically, the author describes the semantics of the C standard library
functions and, when appropriate, illustrates their use with examples. The author
also discusses the constants and types defined in the standard library header f
iles.</td><td> </td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,PK,MM</td><td>Computer
Science</td>
<td>978-81-7371-500-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Discrete
Mathematical Structures with Applications to Combinatorics</td><td>V Ramaswamy<
justify">Meant to serve as an introduction to discrete mathematical stru
ctures, this book covers the topics taught in a one-semester course at the under
graduate level. Students of BE computer science, information science and other
engineering branches as well as students of MCA programme will find the book use
ful. The few chapters included on combinatorics will bring home the practical ut
ility of the various concepts introduced in the book and enable appreciation of
the myriad applications that apparently simple concepts such as relations, funct
ions and the pigeon-hole principle have. </td><td><div style="
text-align: justify">V. Ramaswamy obtained his PhD in
1982 from Madras University. Since then he has been teaching: St. Xaviers Colle
ge, Palayamkottai (19821983), the Birla Institute of Technology and Science, Pila
ni (19831985) and the Birla Institute of Technology, Ranchi (19851989). In 1989 he
joined the Bapuji Institute of Engineering and Technology, Davangere as an assi
stant professor in the Department of Computer Science and Engineering, where he
is currently a professor and the head of the Department of Information Science a
nd Engineering. Dr. Ramaswamy has also served in Terengannu Advanced Technical I
nstitute, Malaysia as Professor and Head, Department of Information Technology (
1989-2000) and as Professor, School of Information Sciences and Engineering, Uni
versity college of Technology and Management (KUTPM), Malaysia (20052006).</di
v></td><td>World</td><td>Computer Science</td>
<td>978-81-7371-522-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Data Str
uctures, Algorithms and Applications in C++</td><td>Sartaj Sahni</td><td>2005</t
t;This new edition provides a comprehensive coverage of fundamental data structu
res, making it ideal for use in computer science courses. It makes significant u
se of the Standard Templates Library (STL) and relates the data structures and a
lgorithms developed in the text to corresponding implementations in the STL. Man
y new examples and exercises also have been included.
Real-world application
s are a unique feature of this text. The author provides several applications fo
r each data structure and algorithm design method discussed, taking examples fro
m topics such as sorting, compression and coding, and image processing. There ar
e almost 1,000 exercises, including comprehension and simple programming problem
s, and projects. Additionally, the book has an associated web site that contains
all the programs in the book, sample data, generated output, solutions to selec
ted exercises, and sample tests with answers.</td><td><div style=&
quot;text-align: justify">Sartaj Sahni is a Disti
nguished Professor and Chair of Computer & Information Sciences &
amp;amp; Engineering at the University of Florida. He is a member of the Euro
pean Academy of Sciences, a Fellow of IEEE, ACM, AAAS, and Minnesota Supercom
puter Institute, and a Distinguished Alumnus of the IIT, Kanpur. Dr Sahni is
the recipient of the 1997 IEEE Computer Society Taylor L Booth Education Awar
d, the 2003 IEEE Computer Society W.Wallace McDowell Award and the 2003 ACM Ka
rl karlstrom Outstanding Educator Award. Dr Sahni received his B.Tech. (EE) d
egree from the IIT, Kanpur, and MS and PhD degress in Computer Science from C
ornell University. Dr Sahni has published over 250 research papers and wri
tten 15 texts. His research publications are on the design and analysis
of efficient algorithms, parallel computing, interconnection networks, de
sign automation, and medical algorithms.</div></td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,M
V,PK,MM</td><td>Computer Science</td>
<td>978-81-7371-523-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Data Str
uctures, Algorithms, and Applications in JAVA</td><td>Sartaj Sahni</td><td>2005<
>Data Structures, Algorithms, and Applications in JAVA (2nd Edition) is the n
ew version of the very popular first edition. It provides a comprehensive covera
ge of fundamental data structures, making it ideal for use in computer science c
ourses. The author has made the book very user friendly by starting with a gentl
e introduction, providing intuitive discussions, and including real-world applic
ations. Real-world applications are a unique feature of this text. Dr Sahni prov
ides several applications for each data structure and algorithm design method di
scussed, taking examples from topics such as sorting, compression and coding, an
d image processing. These applications motivate and interest students by connect
ing concepts with their use. Dr Sahni does an excellent job of balancing theoret
ical and practical information, resulting in learned concepts and interested stu
dents. The market-developed pedagogy in this book reinforces concepts and gives
students plenty of practice. There are almost 1,000 exercises, including compreh
ension and simple programming problems, and projects. Additionally, the book has
an associated website that contains all the programs in the book, animations, s
ample data, generated output, solutions to selected exercises, and sample tests
with answers.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&gt
;Sartaj Sahni is a Distinguished Professor and Chair of Compu
ter & Information Sciences & Engineering at the University of Fl
orida. He is a member of the European Academy of Sciences, a Fellow of IEEE, ACM
, AAAS, and Minnesota Supercomputer Institute, and a Distinguished Alumnus of th
e IIT, Kanpur. Dr Sahni is the recipient of the 1997 IEEE Computer Society Taylo
r L Booth Education Award, the 2003 IEEE Computer Society W.Wallace McDowell Awa
rd and the 2003 ACM Karl karlstrom Outstanding Educator Award. Dr Sahni received
his B.Tech. (EE) degree from the IIT, Kanpur, and MS and PhD degress in Compute
r Science from Cornell University. Dr Sahni has published over 250 research pape
rs and written 15 texts. His research publications are on the design and analysi
s of efficient algorithms, parallel computing, interconnection networks, design
automation, and medical algorithms.</div></td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,PK,MM<
/td><td>Computer Science</td>
<td>978-81-7371-527-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Structur
e and Interpretation of Computer Programs</td><td>Harold Abelson, Gerald Jay Sus
sman, Julie Sussman</td><td>2005</td><td>684</td><td>675.0000</td><td>"Structure and Interpretation of Compu
ter Programs" has had a dramatic impact on computer science curricula over
the past decade. There are new implementations of most of the major programming
systems in the book, including the interpreters and compilers, and the authors h
ave incorporated many small changes that reflect their experience teaching the c
ourse at MIT since the first edition was published.

A new theme has been introduced t
hat emphasizes the central role played by different approaches to dealing with t
ime in computational models: objects with state, concurrent programming, functio
nal programming and lazy evaluation, and nondeterministic programming. There are
new example sections on higher-order procedures in graphics and on applications
of stream processing in numerical programming, and many new exercises.
In ad
dition, all the programs have been reworked to run in any Scheme implementation
that adheres to the IEEE standard.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Harold Abelso
n is Class of 1922 Professor and Mac Vicar Teaching Fellow, and <b&
gt;Gerald Jay Sussman is Matsushita Professor of Electrical Engineerin
g, both in the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science at the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. They have each received major computer sc
ience education awards: Abelson the IEEE Computer Society Booth Award and Sussma
n the ACM Karlstrom Award. Julie Sussman is a writer and edit
or, in both natural and computer languages.</div></td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,P
K,MM</td><td>Computer Science</td>
<td>978-81-7371-572-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Object O
riented Programming through JAVA</td><td>P Radha Krishna</td><td>2006</td><td>49
2</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Using
Java to advantage depends on learning to use its object oriented, platform indep
endent, security concerned and graphic intensive features effectively.
The
crisp explanations, illustrative programs, highlighted points and easy style of
writing that are used in this book combine to convey the power of the language.
The reader can easily understand the features of Java and learn to use them by
following the chapters of the book.
Supplementary material, such as tables
and sample programs on different topic can be accessed by following web links gi
ven in the book. End-of-chapter exercises help students revise the material.
The book deals with Java in good detail for beginners and still maintains a han
dy size of just 492 pages. It is priced lower than similar books in the market.

Key topics
<ul><li>
Java language and its essentials such as classes, obj
ects, packages and interfaces </li><li>
Multithreading &lt
;/li><li>
How to create platform-independent GUIs with Java AWT, A
pplets and the plug-and-play GUI swings </li><li>
Accessing
databases with JDBC </li><li>
Internet applications with ser
vlets and Java networking classes </li></ul>
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr. P. Radha
Krishna works at the Institute for Development and Research in Banking
Technology (IDRBT), Hyderabad. He received his Ph.D. in 1996 from the Osmania U
niversity and M.Tech. in Computer Science from Jawaharlal Nehru Technological Un
iversity, Hyderabad, India. He is involved in various research and development p
rojects including implementation of the data warehouse in banks, and standards a
nd protocols for e-cheque clearing and settlement. He has to his credit two book
s and quite a few research papers in referred journals and conferences. His rese
arch interests include Data Mining, Data Warehousing and Electronic Contracts.&l
t;/div></td><td>IN</td><td>Computer Science</td>
Algebra and Symbolic Computation: Mathematical Methods (with CD)</td><td>Joel S
Cohen</td><td>2005</td><td>344</td><td>550.0000</td><td>Mathematica, Maple, and similar software packages provide
programs that carry out sophisticated mathematical operations. In this book the
author explores the mathematical methods that form the basis for such programs,
in particular the application of algorithms to methods such as algebraic simplif
ication, polynomial decomposition, polynomial greatest common divisor computatio
n, and polynomial factorization. This text:
<ul><li> is well-suited for self-study and can be used as the basis
for an advanced undergraduate or beginning graduate course. </li><li&g
t; maintains the style set by Elementary Algorithms (Universities Press 2005). &
lt;/li><li> introduces advanced methods to treat complex operations.&lt
;/li><li> presents implementations in such programs as Mathematica, Mapl
e, and MuPAD. </li><li>includes a CD with the complete text, hyperlink
s, and algorithms as well as additional reference files.</li></ul>
For the student, 
Mathematical Methods is an essential companion to Elementary Algo
rithms (Universities Press 2005), illustrating applications of basic ideas. For
the professional, Mathematical Methods is a look at new applications of familiar
concepts. 
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Joel S Cohen&
lt;/b> received his BS in Electrical Engineering from the University of Maryl
and in 1964 and his PhD in Mathematics in 1970 also from the University of Maryl
and. He is currently an Associate Professor and Associate Chair of Computer Scie
nce in the School of Engineering and Computer Science at the University of Denve
r (DU). From 19972000 he was Chair of the Department of Mathematics and Computer
Science at DU. His scholarly interests include algorithms for symbolic computati
on, applications of computer algebra in mathematics education, and wavelet techn
iques for data analysis. He currently serves as the category editor for the jour
nal Symbolic and Algebraic Manipulation for Computing Reviews.</div></td><
td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Computer Science</td>
Algebra and Symbolic Computation: Elementary Algorithms (with CD)</td><td>Joel
S Cohen</td><td>2005</td><td>342</td><td>550.0000</td><td>The author explores the structure and implementation of
computer algebra algorithms as well as the mathematical and computational conce
pts behind them. This book: 
<ul><li> is accessible to students and appeals to professionals. &lt
;/li><li> introduces mathematical concepts as needed.</li> <li
style="text-align: justify">
contains a CD with the entire text, active reference hyperlinks, and complete al
gorithms Computer Algebra and Symbolic Computation bridges the gap between softw
are manuals, which only explain how to use computer algebra programs such as Mat
hematica, Maple, Derive, etc., and graduate level texts, which only describe alg
orithms.</li></ul>
For a more advanced look at compu
ter algebra, including the application of algorithms to methods such as automati
c simplification, polynomial decomposition, and polynomial factorization, see Co
mputer Algebra and Symbolic Computation: Mathematical Methods (Universities Pres
s 2005).

</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Joel S Cohen&
lt;/b> received his BS in Electrical Engineering from the University of Maryl
and in 1964 and his PhD in Mathematics in 1970 also from the University of Maryl
and. He is currently an Associate Professor and Associate Chair of Computer Scie
nce in the School of Engineering and Computer Science at the University of Denve
r (DU). From 19972000 he was Chair of the Department of Mathematics and Computer
Science at DU. His scholarly interests include algorithms for symbolic computati
on, applications of computer algebra in mathematics education, and wavelet techn
iques for data analysis. He currently serves as the category editor for the jour
nal Symbolic and Algebraic Manipulation for Computing Reviews.</div></td><
td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Computer Science</td>
Arithmetic Algorithms</td><td>Israel Koren</td><td>2005</td><td>300</td><td>550
.0000</td><td>Explains the princi
ples of algorithms used in arithmetic operations on digital computers: Basic ar
ithmetic operations like addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division in
fixed-point and floating-point number systems.
More complex operations such a
s square root extraction and evaluation of exponential, logarithmic, and trigono
metric functions.
NEW! Sections on floating-point adders, floating-point exc
eptions, general carry-look-ahead adders, prefix adders, Ling adders, and fused
multiply-add units.
New algorithms and implementations have been added to alm
ost all chapters. An on-line JavaScript-based simulator for many of the algorith
ms contained in the book is available at www.ecs.umass.edu/ece/koren/arith/simul
ator.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"><b&g
t;Israel Koren is currently a Professor of Electrical and Computer Eng
ineering at the University of Massachusetts, Amherst. He has been a consultant t
o several companies including Analog Devices, AMD, Digital Equipment Corp., IBM,
Intel, National Semiconductor and Tolerant Systems
Dr. Korens current researc
h interests are Models for Yield of VLSI circuits, Techniques for Yield and Reli
ability Enhancement, Fault-Tolerant Architectures, Real-time systems and Compute
r Arithmetic. He has published extensively in the IEEE Transactions.</div>
</td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Computer Science</td>
l Methods</td><td>W Boehm, H Prautzsch</td><td>2005</td><td>196</td><td>350.0000
</td><td>The development and anal
ysis of constructive algorithms in Numerical Mathematics</stron
g> has become a focus of applied mathematics since the practical realization
of these algorithms by electronic computers is no longer restricted to trivial e
xamples. This book describes algorithmic solutions whose basic ideas are common
to a variety of mathematical problems. By means of the methods presented, the re
ader will acquire the skills besides a fundamental knowledge to successfully w
ork on related subjects in this field.</td><td><div style="tex
t-align: justify">Prof. Dr. Wolfgang Boehm graduated
from the Technical University of Berlin. He is a co-founder of Computer Aided Ge
ometric Design (CAGD) in Germany and was a visiting professor at Rensselaer Poly
technic Institute in Troy, NY; at the Northern Polytechnic University in Xi, and
at the Universidad Central de Venezuela in Caracas. He is co-founder and senior

editor of the international journal Computer Aided Geometric Design (CAGD).&amp
;nbsp;
</div><div style="text-align: justify"> <div style="text-align: justify">Hartmut
Prautzsch studied Mathematics and Computer Science at the Technische
Universitaet Braunschweig. From 1986 to 1987, he was a postdoctoral and junior r
esearch fellow at the IBM Research Lab in Yorktown Heights, where he pioneered n
ew techniques for the analysis of subdivision methods with C. A. Micchelli. Afte
r three years as assistant professor at the Mathematics Department of the Rensse
laer Polytechnic Institute in Troy, NY, he became professor of Applied Geometry
and Computer Graphics at the Universitaet Karlsruhe in 1990. Additionally, he ha
s been a member of the board of the Institute for Scientific Computing and Mathe
matical Modelling at Karlsruhe since 1992, and in 2002 he succeeded J. Hoschek a
s co-editor-in-chief of the journal Computer Aided Geometric Design.</div>
</td><td>World</td><td>Computer Science</td>
Algorithms/C++</td><td>Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni and Sanguthevar Rajasekaran
justify">This is the thoroughly revised and updated edition of the text
that helped establish computer algorithms as a discipline of computer science.
Using the popular object-oriented language C++, the text incorporates the latest
research and state-of-the-art applications, bringing this classic to the forefr
ont of modern computer science education. A major strength of this text is its f
ocus on design techniques rather than on individual algorithms.
The second ed
ition of Computer Algorithms/C++ emphasizes:
<ul style="text-align: justify"><li> Design techniques: Di
vide and conquer, the greedy method, dynamic programming, backtracking and branc
h and bound are illustrated with several examples. Each algorithm is completely
analyzed. </li><li> Examples: A wide range of examples provides stu
dents with the actual implementation of correct design. </li><li>The
latest research: A thorough treatment of probabilistic and parallel algorithms
is included. </li><li> Full integration of randomized algorithms: Pe
rformance with nonrandomized algorithms is thoroughly compared.
Computer Algo
rithms/C++ is appropriate as a core text for upper- and graduate-level courses i
n algorithms.</li></ul></td><td><div style="text-align: just
ify">Ellis Horowitz is Professor of Computer Science
and Electrical Engineering at the University of Southern California. Dr Horowitz
is the author of ten books and numerous journal articles and refereed conferenc
e proceedings.
Sartaj Sahni is a Distinguished Professor and Chair of Compute
r and Information Sciences and Engineering at the University of Florida. Dr Sahn
i has published over 300 research papers and written 15 textbooks.
Sanguthev
ar Rajasekaran is the UTC Chair Professor of Computer Science and Engineering at
the University of Connecticut. He has published over 150 articles in journals a
nd conferences, coauthored two textbooks and co-edited four books. &
lt;/div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,MM,MV,BT,BD,LK</td><td>Computer Science</td>
<td>978-81-7371-612-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Fundamen
tals of Computer Algorithms</td><td>Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni and Sanguthevar
Rajasekaran</td><td>2008</td><td>808</td><td>475.0000</td><td>This is the of the programming language-independen
t text that helped establish computer algorithms as a discipline of computer sci
ence. The text incorporates the latest research and state-of-the-art application
s, bringing this classic to the forefront of modern computer science education.
A major strength of this text is its focus on design techniques rather than on i
ndividual algorithms. This book is appropriate as a core text for upper-and grad
uate-level courses in algorithms.
The second edition of Fundamentals of Compu
ter Algorithms emphasizes:
<ul style="text-align: justify"> <li> Design techniques: D
ivide and conquer, the greedy method, dynamic programming, backtracking and bran
ch and bound are illustrated with several examples. Each algorithm is completely
analyzed. </li><li> Examples: A wide range of examples provides st
udents with the actual implementation of correct design. </li><li> T
he latest research: A thorough treatment of probabilistic and parallel algorithm
s is included. </li><li> Full integration of randomized algorithms:
Performance with nonrandomized algorithms is thoroughly compared.</li><
/ul>
<div style="text-align: justify"> </div></td><t
d><div style="text-align: justify">Ellis Horowitz is Professor of Computer Science and Electrical Engineering at the Universi
ty of Southern California. Dr Horowitz is the author of ten books and numerous j
ournal articles and refereed conference proceedings. </div><di
v style="text-align: justify"> </div><div style
="text-align: justify">Sartaj Sahni is a Disting
uished Professor and Chair of Computer and Information Sciences and Engineering
at the University of Florida. Dr Sahni has published over 300 research papers an
d written 15 textbooks. </div><div style="text-align: jus
tify"> </div><div style="text-align: justify&qu
ot;>Sanguthevar Rajasekaran is the UTC Chair Professor of
Computer Science and Engineering at the University of Connecticut. He has publis
hed over 150 articles in journals and conferences, co-authored two textbooks and
co-edited four books. </div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,MM,MV,BT,BD,LK</
td><td>Computer Science</td>
tals of Data Structures in C</td><td>Horowitz, Sahni, Anderson-Freed</td><td>200
t;>This new edition provides a comprehensive and technically rigorous introdu
ction to data structures such as arrays, stacks, queues, linked lists, trees and
graphs and techniques such as sorting hashing that form the basis of all softwa
re. In addition, this text presents advanced or specialized data structures such
as priority queues, efficient binary search trees, multiway search trees and di
gital search structures. The book now discusses topics such as weight biased lef
tist trees, pairing heaps, symmetric minmax heaps, interval heaps, top-down splay
trees, B+ trees and suffix trees. Red-black trees have been made more accessibl
e. The section on multiway tries has been significantly expanded and discusses s
everal trie variations and their application to Internet packet forwarding. </td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Ellis H
orowitz is Professor of Computer Science and Electrical Engineering at
the University of Southern California. Dr Horowitz is the author of ten books a
nd numerous journal articles and refereed conference proceedings.
Sartaj Sahn
i is a Distinguished Professor and Chair of Computer and Information Sciences an
d Engineering at the University of Florida. Dr Sahni has published over 300 rese
arch papers and written 15 textbooks.
Susan Anderson-Freed is a Professor of
Computer Science at Illinois Wesleyan University. Her areas of expertise are dat
abase management system and web design and development.</div></td><td>IN,P
K,NP,MM,MV,BT,BD,LK</td><td>Computer Science</td>
tals of Data Structures in C++</td><td>Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni and Dinesh
Mehta</td><td>2008</td><td>720</td><td>450.0000</td><td>This new edition provides a comprehensive and technically
rigorous introduction to data structures such as arrays, stacks, queues, linked
lists, trees and graphs and techniques such as sorting hashing that form the ba
sis of all software. In addition, this text presents advanced or specialized dat
a structures such as priority queues, efficient binary search trees, multiway se
arch trees and digital search structures. The book has been updated to include t
he latest features of the C++ language. Features such as exceptions and template
s are now incorporated throughout the text along with limited exposure to STL. T
reatment of queues, iterators and dynamic hashing has been improved. The book no
w discusses topics such as secure hashing algorithms, weightbiased leftist trees

, pairing heaps, symmetric minmax heaps, interval heaps, top-down splay trees, B+
trees and suffix trees. Redblack trees have been made more accessible. The secti
on on multiway tries has been significantly expanded and discusses several trie
variations and their application to Internet packet forwarding. </td><
td><div style="text-align: justify">Ellis Horowitz is a Professor of Computer Science and Electrical Engineering at the Unive
rsity of Southern California. Dr. Horowitz is the author of ten books and numero
us journal articles and refereed conference proceedings. </div>&l
t;div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div s
tyle="text-align: justify">Sartaj Sahni is a Dis
tinguished Professor and Chair of Computer and Information Sciences and Engineer
ing at the University of Florida. Dr. Sahni has published over three hundred res
earch papers and written 15 texts. </div><div style="text
-align: justify"> </div><div style="text-align:
justify">Dinesh Mehta is a Professor and Assistant D
epartment Head of Mathematical and Computer Sciences at the Colorado School of M
ines. Dr. Mehta has published over 30 journal and conference papers. 
</div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,MM,MV,BT,BD,LK</td><td>Computer Science</td>
<td>978-81-7371-621-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Database
Book, The: Principles and Practice Using MySQL</td><td>Narain Gehani</td><td>20
ot;>This book provides a comprehensive coverage of database principles and pr
actice. The author uses the open source database MySQL for illustration. The stand
ard database language for querying (interacting with) relational databases is SQ
L (structured query language). MySQL is the most popular open source database syst
em with an installed base of over 5 million systems. It is very fast, multi-thre
aded, multi-user database which can be effectively used by teachers who want to
teach concepts and practice, database users, programmers and computer scientists
.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Na
rain Gehani is a world-renowned expert in databases, web technologies
and software. Dr. Gehani has authored or coauthored several major software syste
ms, including the Ode database, the concurrent C/C++ parallel programming langua
ge, and the Maps On Us website. He has authored and edited many books and has ab
out 75 papers in computer science to his credit. Currently, Dr Gehani is the Cha
irman of Computer Science Department at the New Jersey Institute of Technology.&
lt;/div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,MM,BT,BD,LK</td><td>Computer Science</td>
<td>978-81-7371-630-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>An Intro
duction to Mathematical Computer Science</td><td>Kasturi Viswanath</td><td>2008<
>An Introduction to Mathematical Computer Science</strong&gt
; explores an alternative approach to teaching of computer science, an approach
that is independent of technology, using a methodology that simultaneously deals
with both theory and practice. 
The mapcode formalism introduced he
re is based on classical ideas, but this book is the first to explore the possib
ilities of the formalism extensively to evolve the subject as an area of mathema
tics. Using only the algebra of sets and maps and no advanced mathematics or for
mal logic, the book suggests a unified point of view for understanding the struc
ture of finite automata, Turing machines, von Neumann machines, and neural syste
ms. It also introduces a 10-step design process for devising algorithms and veri
fying their termination and correctness. Recursion and sorting algorithms are ex
amined. Data types and Boolean function theory are explained from a novel point
of view. A chapter on topological algorithms relates the mapcode formalism to so
me tools of analysis and numerical analysis.
The book, with its several illu
strative diagrams and exercises, will serve as textbook for mathematics and comp
uter science students at both undergraduate and graduate levels.</td><
td><div style="text-align: justify">Kasturi Viswanath &
lt;/b>received his PhD degree from the Indian Statistical Institute, Kolkata.
He worked at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign and the Madurai Kam
araj University before joining the University of Hyderabad in 1978. His interest
is in the theory of dynamical systems with special reference to applications in
computer science. </div></td><td>World</td><td>Computer Scien
ce</td>
matics and Bioprogramming in C</td><td>L N Chavali</td><td>2008</td><td>224</td>
<td>295.0000</td><td>With the flood of information originating from gen
ome sequencing projects, biology is being transformed from a laboratory-based sc
ience into an information science. Now, a stage has been reached where students
and scholars of biology cannot study or carry out research in biology without us
ing the tools of computers and bioinformaticstools which an ordinary biologist ma
y not be proficient in.
Bioinformatics and Bioprogramming in C is
designed to introduce C language to the biology, biochemistry, microbiology and
biotechnology community as a tool for solving biological problems. To help in un
derstanding the concepts, most of the terminology used is biocentric and the pro
grams written help in real-life problems like gene sequence analysis and predict
ion.
The book moves gradually from simple ideas to more complex programming
concepts, thus equipping the reader to comprehend the case studies on dynamic pr
ogramming and PAM matrices included at the end.
Special Features The program
s in the book are all bio-centric. Hands-on approach Has already been prescrib
ed as a textbook in Osmania University for bioinformatics students 
</td><td>L N Chavali has over 20 years of
progressive engineering and IT experience. He has contributed to the design and
development of leading edge technologies and complex IT applications in differen
t domains for global customers using state-of-the art processes. Currently he is
a visiting faculty at Osmania University teaching students of bioinformatics.</
td><td>World</td><td>Computer Science</td>
<td>978-81-7371-982-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Operatin
g Systems</td><td>A K Sharma</td><td>2015</td><td>392</td><td>450.0000</td><td>
Spread across 12 chapters, Opera
ting Systems covers the essentials of the
subject at the undergraduate level. Each chapter begins with a prelude that pre
sents the conceptual base for the topic discussed in the chapter. The book deal
s at length with the basic design of operating system components using its asso
ciated data structures and algorithms, amply supported by illustrations and so
lved problems. It outlines the evolution of operating systems and probes contem
porary computer system architecture and operating system software in a tangibly
fresh approach that will help the reader gain clear insight into this fascinat
ing subject. The essential points of each chapter are also put together as Powe
rPoint presentations that can be accessed online at <a href="http://www.universit
iespress.com/aksharma/operatingsystems">www.universitiespres
s.com/aksharma/operatingsystems</a>
</td><td>
A K Sharma is currently Professor, Department of Computer Engineeri
ng, BS Anangpuria Institute of Technology and Management, Faridabad. Earlier,
he was Professor and Dean of YMCAUST, Faridabad. A member of the board of studi
es and research committees of several universities, he has guided more than 25
students to their Ph.D. degrees and published about 300 research papers in nati
onal and international journals of repute. He heads a group of researchers acti
vely working on the design of different types of Web crawlers in particular and
search engines in general. 
<td>978-81-7371-954-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Internet
of Things: A Hands-on Approach</td><td>Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti</td><

td>2015</td><td>520</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
This book is written as a textbook for edu
cational programs at colleges and universities. It can also be used by IoT (Int
ernet of Things) vendors and service providers for training their program devel
opers. The authors have used an immersive hands on approach, similar to the one a
dopted in the companion book, Cloud Computing: A Hands-on Approach&lt
;/em>, to help readers gain expertise in developing working code for real-wo
rld IoT applications. 
It is organised into three main parts. Part I covers the building bloc
ks of Internet of Things (IoT) and their characteristics. Domain specific IoT a
nd their real-world applications are described along with a generic design meth
odology and an IoT system management approach using NETCONF-YANG.  Par
t II introduces the reader to the programming aspects of IoT with a view to de
veloping rapid prototypes of complex IoT applications. A primer on Python, the
programming language used in this book, is included to bring readers to a commo
n level of expertise. Packages, frameworks and cloud services including WAMP-Au
toBahn, Xively cloud and Amazon Web Services that can be used to develop IoT sy
stems are described. The Raspberry Pi device has been chosen for the examples i
n this book. Case studies with complete source code for various IoT domains suc
h as home automation, smart environment, smart cities, logistics, retail, smart
energy, smart agriculture, industrial control and smart health are described.
 Part III introduces the reader to advanced topics in IoT, including I
oT data analytics and tools for IoT.  Case studies on collecting and
analyzing data generated by IoT in the cloud are described. </s
trong>
</td><td>
Arshdeep Bahga is a research scientist at
Georgia Institute of Technology. His research interests include cloud computing
and big data analytics. He has authored several scientific publications in pee
r-reviewed journals in the areas of cloud computing and big data.
Vijay Madisetti is a professor of computer
engineering at Georgia Institute of Technology. He is a Fellow of IEEE and has
received the 2006 Terman Medal from the American Society of Engineering Educat
ion and HP Corporation. 
<td>978-81-7371-942-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Programm
ing with C and Data Structures </td><td>R S Bichkar</td><td>2015</td><td>564</td
><td>375.0000</td><td>
This comprehensive textbook on book on programming with C a
nd data structures is designed to meet the requirements of the first year engine
ering curriculum of VTU. It aims to fulfil the broad objective of enabling stude
nts to learn the basic principles of problem solving through C programming langu
age and develop programming skills.
The concepts of C programming are dealt with in a carefully
planned manner, with emphasis on commonly used concepts and topics, supported b
y numerous short as well as complete working programming examples. A separate ch
apter on laboratory programs will help students to test their understanding of c
oncepts and apply them in practice. In addition, the book also exposes learners
to modular programming, basic concepts of pointers and data structures, and effe
ctive utilisation of memory using pointer technology.
 Salient features: 

<ul>
<li>
Comprehensive
coverage of concepts of C programming designed t
o meet VTU syllabus
requirements
</li></ul>
<ul>
<li>
Large
number of examples (short examples as well as complete w
orking
programs) for explaining concepts and enabling rapid development
of
C programming skills
</li></ul>
<ul>
<li>
Comprehensive
coverage of data structures
</li></ul>
<ul>
<li>
Exposure
to modular programming, basic concepts of pointers, data
structures
and effective utilization of memory using pointer technology
</li></ul>
<ul>
<li>
Carefully
designed exercises at the end of each chapter including
multiple-choice questions
</li></ul>
<ul>
<li>
Pseudocode approach; emphasis on problem solving 

</li></ul>
<ul>
<li>
Lab
programs along with algorithms and outputs given separat
ely</li></ul>
</td><td>
R S Bichkar obtained his BE and ME degrees in ele
ctronics from the SGGS Institute of Engineering and Technology, Nanded, in 1986
and 1990 respectively, and his PhD from IIT Kharagpur in 2000. He served as a
faculty member in the computer engineering and electronics engineering departme
nts in the SGGS Institute of Engineering and Technology from 1986 to 2007, and
is presently a professor in the Department of Electronics and Telecommunicatio
n Engineering, G H Raisoni College of Engineering and Management, Pune.
 

<td>978-81-7371-734-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Informat
ion Technology for Real World Problems</td><td>V Sree Hari Rao</td><td>2011</td>
The role of information technology as a problem solver in multidisciplinary env
ironments is exemplified in Information Technology for
Real World Problems through a set of five state-of-th
e-art papers written by experts from various disciplines. It opens to the reade
rs a window of opportunities for developing systems and solutions that can be a
pplied in socially relevant situations. The objective common to all the papers
is to develop an intelligent systems approach to decision making; the approach
has been deployed in an interesting mix of domainsbioinformatics, health science
s, artificial intelligence and industrial automation. The book would be of inte
rest to students, scientists and academics for the glimpse it provides of the e
xciting avenues of research that are of practical relevance to humankind. </td><td>V Sree Har
i Rao is a professor of mathematics at JNTU College of Engineering, H
yderabad, Andhra Pradesh, India. His research interests include dynamical syst
ems modelling and simulation, neural networks, mathematics of finance, data min
ing and knowledge discovery. He is a member of the National Academy of Sciences
(India), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), American M
athematical Society (AMS) and Institution of Electronics and Telecommunication
Engineers (IETE), India. He is Editor-in-chief of Differential Equati
ons and Dynamical Systems, an international journal.</e
m> He is an international advisory editor of Engineering Simulatio
ns and Associate Editor of Stability and Control
, a research monograph. He has about 30 years of experience in research and te
aching.</td><td>World</td><td>Computer Science</td>
<td>978-81-7371-725-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Pattern
Recognition: An Introduction </td><td>M Narasimha Murty and V Susheela Devi</td>
ify">Observing the environment and recognising patterns for the purpose
of decision making is fundamental to human nature. This book deals with the scie
ntific discipline that enables similar perception in machines through pattern re
cognition, which has application in diverse technology areascharacter recognition
, image processing, industrial automation, internet searches, speech recognition
, medical diagnostics, target recognition, space science, remote sensing, data m
ining, biometric identificationto name a few. This book is an exposition of princ
ipal topics in pattern recognition using an algorithmic approach. It provides a
thorough introduction to the concepts of pattern recognition and a systematic ac
count of the major topics in pattern recognition besides reviewing the vast prog
ress made in the field in recent times. It includes basic techniques of pattern
recognition, neural networks, support vector machines and decision trees. While
theoretical aspects have been given due coverage, the emphasis is more on the pr
actical. The book is replete with examples and illustrations and includes chapte
r-end exercises.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"
>Dr. V. Susheela Devi and Professor &lt
;b>M. Narasimha Murty are from the Department of Computer Science
and Automation, Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore.</div></td><td>I
N,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>Computer Science</td>
<td>978-81-7371-728-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Effectiv
e E-learning: Design, Development and Delivery</td><td>Madhuri Dubey</td><td>201
1</td><td>300</td><td>675.0000</td><td>Effective E-learning&lt
;/i> deals with the fundamentals of content design, development and delivery.
Universities across India can use it as a textbook for their e-learning program
mes. Content designers and developers in the corporate, academic, vocational and
government domains can use it to develop e-learning course material.

Real-life examples and hypothetical scenarios have been included. Illus
trations, worksheets, exercises, check lists, questionnaires and a glossary make
this a useful tool for the learner. 
</td><td>Madhuri Dubey has been working in the field of e-lea
rning for over a decade. She has managed several e-learning projects and handled
various aspects of content design, development and delivery. She now works for
Cordys Software India Pvt Ltd, where she is responsible for product marketing a
nd blended learning. An ardent advocate of the use of technology in education, M
s Dubey has a doctorate in Curriculum Studies from the English and Foreign Langu
ages University (EFL University), Hyderabad. <a href="http://www.madhuri
dubey.com" target="_blank">Click here</a> to visit the a
uthor's website.</td><td>World</td><td>Computer Science</td>
<td>978-81-7371-711-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Object-O
riented Analysis, Design and Implementation: An Integrated Approach </td><td>Br
ahma Dathan and Sarnath Ramnath</td><td>2011</td><td>488</td><td>425.0000</td><t
d>This book, meant to serve as a
textbook on the subject, provides a comprehensive introduction to OOAD. The sali

ent points of its coverage are: <ul style="text-align: justify
"><li> A sound footing on object-oriented concepts such as classes
, objects, interfaces, inheritance, polymorphism, dynamic linking, etc. <li> A good introduction to the stage of requirements analys
is </li><li> Use of UML to document user requirements and
design </li><li> An extensive treatment of the design pr
ocess </li><li> Coverage of implementation issues </li><li> Appropriate use of design and architectural patterns&l
t;br /></li><li> Introduction to the art and craft of refactoring
 </li><li> Pointers to resources that further the reader&
#39;s knowledge</li></ul>The book stresses on implementation aspects, without which learning is incom
plete. This is achieved through case studies. The case study of a library system
is carried through most of the book, and it is using this that the various conc
epts of analysis and design are introduced. Thus, the theory is never separate f
rom the implementation aspect and hence the learning is more meaningful. All th
e main case studies used in this book have been implemented by the authors using
Java. The text is liberally peppered with snippets of code, which are short, fa
irly self-explanatory and easy to read. The appendix on Java has a short tutoria
l on the language, which is a quick guide to understanding the implementation as
pects of the code in the book.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Brahma Dathan is an associate professor at
the College of Arts and Science, Metropolitan State University, Minnesota. He ob
tained his BS in engineering with special focus on electronics and communication
from the University of Kerala, MTech in computer science from IIT Madras and P
hD in computer science from University of Pittsburgh.
Sarnath Ramnath received his B.Tech and M.Tech degrees from t
he Indian Institute of Technology, New Delhi in 1984 and 1987 respectively, and
his PhD in Computer Science from SUNY, Buffalo in 1994. His areas of interest in
clude algorithm analysis and design, data structures, computational geometry and
object-oriented software design. He is currently Professor and Chair of the Dep
t of Computer Science at Minnesota State University, St Cloud.
 </div></td><td>IN,PK,LK,NP,MM</td><td>Computer Science</td>
<td>978-81-7371-778-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Advances
in Cloud Computing</td><td>Anirban Basu, Rajiv Ranjan & Rajkumar Buyya</td>
<td>2012</td><td>188</td><td>525.0000</td><td>The next wave in computin
g technology, expected to usher in a new era, will be based on cloud computing.
Cloud computing assembles large networks of virtual
ized services comprising hardware resources (CPU, storage, and network) and soft
ware resources (e.g., databases, message queuing systems, monitoring system, and
load-balancers). Cloud providers offer organizations the option of deploying th
eir application over a network of infinite resource pool with practically no cap
ital investment, and with modest operating costs proportional to their actual us
age. As with any emerging technology, a host of issues related to the deployment
and delivery models, security issues, performance considerations, etc., are in
a state of flux. This compendium contains state-of-the-art papers on cloud compu
ting presented at the first international conference organized by the Computer S
ociety of India in July 2012, which would be of interest to researchers, profess
ionals, and industrial practitioners active in this field.</td><td>&lt
;p>Anirban Basu (MTech in e
lectronics, masters and PhD degrees in computer science), is currently Chief Con
sultant to PQR Software, Bangalore, and Professor and Head, Computer Science Eng
ineering (R&D) at East Point Research Academy, Bangalore. He has more than 3
0 years of experience in academics, software development, industry consultancy a
nd corporate training. Dr Basu is a recipient of a number of awards including th
e 1985 Canadian Commonwealth Scholarship in Computer Science and the Computer En
gineering Division Gold Medals of the Institution of Engineers (India). He was C
hairperson,Computer Society of India (CSI), Bangalore Chapter, in 2010-2011, and

is Event Chair, International Conference on Advances in Cloud Computing (ACC 20
12), organized by the society.
Rajiv Ranjan (BTech a
nd PhD in computer science) is a research scientist and project leader at CSIRO
ICT Center Information Engineering Laboratory, Canberra, where he works on proje
cts related to cloud and service computing. Prior to this he was a senior resear
ch associate at the School of Computer Science and Engineering, University of Ne
w South Wales (UNSW). He was Program Chair for the 2010, 2011 and 2012 Australas
ian symposiums on parallel and distributed computing and the 2010 IEEE TCSC Doct
oral Symposium. He is an editor of IEEE TCSC Newsletter.
Rajkumar Buyya is a p
rofessor of computer science and software engineering and the director of Cloud
Computing and Distributed Systems (CLOUDS) Laboratory at the University of Melbo
urne, Australia. He is also the founding CEO of Manjrasoft, a spin-off company o
f the university involved in the commercialization of innovations in cloud compu
ting. He is the founding Chair of IEEE Technical Committee on Scalable Com
puting and has contributed significantly to the organisation of five IEEE/ACM co
nferences. These contributions and Dr Buyyas leading research work has been recog
nised with honours like the 2009 IEEE Medal for Excellence in Scalable Computing
(IEEE Computer Society, USA), and the 2010 Asia Pacific Frost & Sullivan Ne
w Product Innovation Award as well as the 2011 Telstra Innovation Challenge, Peo
ples Choice Award for Manjrasoft''s Aneka cloud technology.</td
><td>World</td><td>Computer Science</td>
ing with C</td><td>R S Bichkar</td><td>2012</td><td>672</td><td>450.0000</td><td
>This book aims to make C progra
mming language as simple as possible for beginners and yet to provide sufficien
t depth of coverage for intermediate as well as advanced users. It deals with t
he concepts of C programming in a carefully planned manner, with focus on commo
nly used concepts and topics, supported by numerous short as well as complete w
orking programming examples. The chapters on flowcharts, standard C library, pr
ogram development tools and Turbo C graphics, not usually available in most pop
ular books on C, have been included to enable readers to follow a self-study ap
proach successfully. The presentation of advanced topics in a separate section
in each chapter also helps manage the complexity of the language, providing eas
y access to topics for both beginners and advanced users.
Main features:
<ol>
<li>Written mainly for beginners, yet useful for intermediate and advan
ced users too</li>
<li>Chapter on flowcharts included to illustrate the concept of program
design</li>
<li>Large number of examples (short examples as well as complete workin
g programs) for explaining concepts and enabling rapid development of C program
ming skills </li>
<li>Carefully designed exercises at the end of each chapter</li>
<li>Chapter on Turbo C++ graphics</li>
<li>Good coverage of ANSI standard C library, pointers, strings, struct
ures and files</li>
</ol></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">R
S Bichkar obtained his BE and ME degrees in electronics from the SGGS
Institute of Engineering and Technology, Nanded, in 1986 and 1990 respectively
, and his PhD from IIT Kharagpur in 2000. He served as a faculty member in the
computer engineering and electronics engineering departments in the SGGS Instit
ute of Engineering and Technology from 1986 to 2007, and is presently a profess
or in the Department of Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering, G H Rais
oni College of Engineering and Management, Pune. He has taught several subjects
at the undergraduate and postgraduate levels, including programming in C and C
++, data structures, computer algorithms, microprocessors, information technolo

gy, DBMS, and electronics devices and circuits. His research interests include
application of genetic algorithms to various search and optimization problems
in electronics and computer science.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Computer
Science</td>
<td>978-81-7371-758-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Data
base Book Principles and Practice using the Oracle Database System</td><td>Narai
n Gehani and Melliyal Annamalai</td><td>2013</td><td>392</td><td>495.0000</td><t
d>Learn how to use and design databases, make them hum, sing and dance
, and understand what makes them tick. A database is like an appliance that use
rs need to understand and use as experts but they do not need to understand how
to build the appliance. This book provides a comprehensive coverage of databas
e principles and practice. The author teaches databases without burdening the r
eader with theorems and internal algorithms and methods used to implement datab
ase systems. The Oracle database system is used for the examples.</td
><td>Narain Gehani&lt
;strong> is a world-renowed expert in databases, web technolo
gies and software. Dr Gehani has coauthored several major software systems, inc
luding the pioneering Ode database, the Concurrent C/C++ parallel programming l
anguage, and the Maps On Us website. 
Dr Gehani holds 12 patents, has written and edited many books, and is the aut
hor or coauthor of about 75 papers in computer science. He has served on the nu
merous program conference committees and was an ACM National Lecturer for sever
al years. Currently, he is the dean of the College of Computing
Sciences at
the New Jersey Institute of Technology. Before that, he was with Bell Labs, Luc
ent Technologies. He got his PhD in computer science from Cornell University
in 1975. 
Melliyal Annamalai is
a database expert, researcher and developer. She has worked at Oracle for over
12 years, primarily working on projects related to the management of non-rela
tional types of data in the database, such as imaging data, multimedia data and
semantic data. She began her career at Oracle with the development of high-per
formance image management architectures. Now, she defines the strategy and dire
ction for database imaging features that include functionality for medical and
geospatial images. Dr Annamalai is also deeply involved in i
mproving access to high quality science and IT education for students from less
privileged backgrounds and locations around the world. She was awarded the pre
stigious Graduate Student Research Program Fellowship from NASA to pursue a PhD
in Computer Science from Purdue University, which she received in 1997.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>Computer Science</td>
base Application Book Using the MySQL Database System</td><td>Narain Gehani</td>
<td>2013</td><td>308</td><td>450.0000</td><td>Th
is is a companion volume to ''The Database Book: Principles and Practic
e Using MySQL. Here, the open source MySQL database system is used to illustrat
e the writing of database applications. The book is ideal for a first course on
database applications or as a second book for a course on databases. It is als
o a perfect companion for software professionals in the business of writing da
tabase applications. 
The book begins with a review of relational databases and SQL to lay the basis
for application development. The requirements of a web-based database applicati
on (an online book store is taken as an illustrative example), the possible da
tabase application architectures for the same and the writing of applications u
sing JSP and PHP with MySQL database API are covered in the book. An implementa
ble prototype that is robust and of production quality is developed in the proc
ess.</td><td>Narain Gehani is a
world-renowned expert in databases, web technologies and software. Dr Gehani h
as co-authored several major software systems, including the pioneering Ode dat
abase, the Concurrent C/C++ parallel programming language, and the Maps On Us w
ebsite. 
hor or co-author of about 75 papers in computer science. He has served on the n
umerous program conference committees and was an ACM National Lecturer for seve
ral years. Currently, he is the dean of the College of Computing Sciences at
the New Jersey Institute of Technology. Before that, he was with Bell Labs, Lu
cent Technologies. He got his PhD in computer science from Cornell University i
n 1975. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>Computer Science</td>
duction to Graph Theory</td><td>S Pirzada</td><td>2012</td><td>404</td><td>425.0
000</td><td>In this comprehensive
and up-to-date book on graph theory, the reader is
provided a thorough understanding of the fundamentals of the subject - the stru
cture of graphs, the techniques used to analyse problems in graph theory, and th
e use of graph-theoretical algorithms in mathematics, engineering and computer s
cience. Many topics, not generally found in standard books, are described here.
These include new proofs of various classical theorems, signed degree sequences,
criteria for graphical sequences, eccentric sequences, matching and decompositi
on of planar graphs into trees, and scores in digraphs.</td><td>S Pirzada is a profe
ssor of mathematics at the University of Kashmir. He obtained his PhD in Appli
ed Mathematics from Aligarh Muslim University in 1995. He has taught at the N
ational Institute of Technology, Srinagar, University of Kashmir, and the King
Fahn University of Petroleum and Minerals, Saudi Arabia. He is a recipient of
the DST (J&K) Young Scientist award. He has made contributions in the ar
eas of directed graphs, signed graphs and hypergraphs. He has published several
research papers in various international journals and is the co-author of the
book Analytical Solid Geometry.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Computer Scienc
e</td>
<td>978-81-7371-884-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Data Min
ing Techniques</td><td>Arun K Pujari</td><td>2013</td><td>388</td><td>395.0000</
td><td>Data Mining Techniques</st
rong> addresses all the major and latest techniq
ues of data mining and data warehousing. It deals in detail with the latest algo
rithms for discovering association rules, decision trees, clustering, neural net
works and genetic algorithms. The book contains the algorithmic details of diffe
rent techniques such as Apriori, Pincer-search, Dynamic Itemset Counting, FP-Tre
e growth, SLIQ, SPRINT, BOAT, CART, RainForest, BIRCH, CURE, BUBBLE, ROCK, STIRR
, PAM, CLARANS, DBSCAN, GSP, SPADE and SPIRIT. Interesting and recent developmen
ts such as support vector machines and rough set theory are also covered. The bo
ok also discusses the mining of web data, spatial data, temporal data and text d
ata. The inclusion of well thought out illustrated<em&gt
; examples for making the concepts clear to a first time reader makes the book s
uitable as a textbook for students of computer science, mat
hematical science and management science. It can also serve as a handbook for re
searchers in the area of data mining and data warehousing. 
In this edition, the chapter on data warehousing has been thoroughly re
vised and its scope of coverage expanded to include a detailed discussion on mul
tidimensional data modelling and cube computation. The discussion on genetic alg
orithms too has been considerably expanded to bring to fore its applications&#16
0; in the context of data mining. </td><td>&l
t;em>Arun K Pujari is a professor of computer scien
ce at the University of Hyderabad, Hyderabad. Prior to joining the university, h
e served at Automated Cartography Cell, Survey of India, Dehradun, and Jawaharla
l Nehru University, New Delhi. He received his PhD from IIT Kanpur and MSc from
Sambalpur University, Sambalpur. He has also been on visiting ssignments to the
Institute of Industrial Sciences, University of Tokyo; International Institute o
f Software Technology, United Nations University, Macau; University of Memphis,

USA; and Griffith University, Australia, among others. He served as the vice-cha
ncellor of Sambalpur University from November 2008 to November 2011.</
td><td>World</td><td>Computer Science</td>
riented Analysis, Design and Implementation: An Integrated Approach</td><td>Brah
ma Dathan and Sarnath Ramnath</td><td>2015</td><td>516</td><td>525.0000</td><td>
This book uses a case-study-base
d approach for providing a comprehensive introduction to the principles of obje
ct-oriented design. The salient points of its coverage are:
<ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">A
sound footing on objec
t-oriented concepts such as classes, objects,
interfaces, inheritance, pol
ymorphism, dynamic linking, etc.</li>
good introduction to t
he stage of requirements analysis</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Use
of UML to document u
ser requirements and design</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">An
extensive treatment o
f the design process</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Coverage
of implementati
on issues</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Appropriate
use of desig
n and architectural patterns</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Introduction
to the art
and craft of refactoring</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Pointers
to resources th
at further the reader's knowledge</li>
</ul>
The stress of the book is on imp
lementation aspects, without which the learning is incomplete. This is achieved
through the use of case studies for introducing the various concepts of analys
is and design, ensuring that the theory is never separate from the implementati
on aspects. In the first edition, UML was introduced on an as-needed basis; certa
in UML diagrams that were not needed were not covered. This edition includes a
new chapter for providing a concise introduction to the remaining UML diagrams
using the same holistic approach used in the first edition.  </p&gt
;<div style="text-align: justify">All the main case studies used
in this book have been implemented by the authors using Java. An appendix on J
ava provides a useful short tutorial on the language</div></td><td>
<div style="text-align: justify">Brahma Dathan &l
t;/strong>is an associate professor at the College of Arts and Science, Metr
opolitan State University, Minnesota. He obtained his BS in engineering with sp
ecial focus on electronics and communication from the University of Kerala, MTe
ch in computer science from  IIT Madras and PhD in computer science fr
om University of Pittsburgh.  </div><div style=&
quot;text-align: justify"> </div><div
style="text-align: justify">Sarnath Ramnath rec
eived his B.Tech and M.Tech degrees from the Indian Institute of Technology, New
Delhi in 1984 and 1987 respectively, and his PhD in Computer Science from SUNY,
Buffalo in 1994. His areas of interest include algorithm analysis and design, d
ata structures, computational geometry and object-oriented software design. He i
s currently Professor and Chair of the Dept of Computer Science at Minnesota Sta
te University, St Cloud, MN, USA.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Computer Sci
ence</td>
<td>978-81-7371-923-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Cloud Co
mputing: A Hands-on Approach</td><td>Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti</td><td>
2014</td><td>456</td><td>525.0000</td><td>This book is written as a &lt
;strong>textbook on cloud computing for educational programs a

t colleges. It uses an immersive "hands-on approach" to transfer knowl
edge to the reader by providing the necessary guidance and knowledge to develop
working code for real-world cloud applications. 
It is organised into three main parts. Part I covers technologies that
form the foundations of cloud computing. These include topics such as virtualiza
tion, load balancing, scalability and elasticity, deployment, and replication. P
art II introduces the reader to the design and programming aspects of cloud comp
uting. Case studies on design and implementation of several cloud applications i
n the areas such as image processing, live streaming and social networks analyti
cs are provided. Part III introduces the reader to specialised aspects of cloud
computing including cloud application benchmarking, cloud security, multimedia a
pplications and big data analytics. Case studies in areas such as IT, healthcare
, transportation, networking and education are provided.
The book contains hundreds of figures and tested code samples that serv
e to provide a rigorous, "no hype" guide to cloud computing. Review qu
estions and exercises are provided at the end of each chapter. The focus of the
book is on getting the reader firmly on track to developing robust cloud applica
tions on their own. Thus, readers can use the exercises to develop their own app
lications on cloud platforms, such as those from Amazon Web Services, Google Clo
ud, and Microsoft's Windows Azure. 
Additional support is available at the book's website: <a href="htt
p://www.cloudcomputingbook.info/">www.cloudcomputingbook.info</a>

The book can also be used by cloud service providers (companies) for their custo
mer and employee training programs.</td><td>Arshdeep Bahg
a is a research scientist at Georgia Institute of Technology. His
research interests include cloud computing and big data analytics. Arshdeep has
authored several scientific publications in peer-reviewed journals in the areas
of cloud computing and big data.
received the 2006 Terman Medal from the American Society of Engineering Educatio
n and HP Corporation. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,A
E,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>Computer Science</td>
<td>978-1-85233-398-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Object R
ecognition: Fundamentals and Case Studies</td><td>M Bennamoun, G J Mamic</td><td
>2008</td><td>362</td><td>550.0000</td><td>This volume introduces the f
undamental concepts and tools involved in the design and implementation of objec
t recognition systems. Divided into three parts, it first introduces the topic a
nd covers the acquisition of images, then details 3-D object reconstruction, mod
elling and matching, and finally describes typical recognition systems using cas
e studies. Key features include: Extensive literature surveys of state-of-the-ar
t systems Recognition will be essential reading for research scientists, advance
d undergraduate and postgraduate students in computer vision, image processing a
nd pattern classification. It will also be of interest to practitioners working
in the field of computer vision.</td><td> </td><td>IN,PK,NP,MM,BT
,BD,LK</td><td>Computer Science</td>
<td>978-81-8128-651-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Multimed
ia Applications</td><td>Ralf Steinmetz, Klara Nahrstedt </td><td>2007</td><td>24
5</td><td>575.0000</td><td>Multimedia Applications discusses the basic
characteristics of multimedia document handling, programming, security, human co
mputer interfaces, and multimedia application services. The overall goal of the
book is to provide a broad understanding of multimedia systems and applications
in an integrated manner: a multimedia application and its user interface must be
developed in an integrated fashion with underlying multimedia middleware, opera
ting systems, networks, security, and multimedia devices.

Fundamental information and properties of hypermedia document handling,
multimedia security and various aspects of multimedia applications are presente

d, especially about document handling and their standards, programming of multim
edia applications, design of multimedia information at human computer interfaces
, multimedia security challenges such as encryption and watermarking, multimedia
in education, as well as multimedia applications to assist preparation, process
ing and application of multimedia content.
</td><td> </td><td>IN</td><td>Computer Science</td>
<td>978-81-8128-652-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Multimed
ia Database Management Systems</td><td>B Prabhakaran</td><td>2007</td><td>216</t
d><td>495.0000</td><td>Multimedia Database Management Systems presents
the issues and the techniques used in building multimedia database management sy
stems. 
<ul><li>Chapter 1 provides an overview
of multimedia databases and underlines the new requirements for these applicatio
ns. </li><li>
Chapter 2 discusses the techniques used for storing
and retrieving multimedia objects. </li><li>Chapter 3
 presents the techniques used for generating metadata for various
media objects. </li><li>Chapter 4 exam
ines the mechanisms used for storing the index information needed for accessing
different media objects. </li><li>Chapter 5 analyzes the approaches for modeling media objects, both their temporal and
spatial characteristics. Object-oriented approach, with some additional feature
s, has been widely used to model multimedia information. The book discusses two
systems that use object-oriented models: OVID (Object Video Information Database
) and Jasmine. The models for representing temporal and spatial requirements of
media objects are then studied. The book also describes authoring techniques use
d for specifying temporal and spatial characteristics of multimedia databases. &
lt;/li><li>Chapter 6 explains different ty
pes of multimedia queries, the methodologies for processing them and the languag
e features for describing them. The features offered by query languages such as
SQL/MM (Structured Query Language for Multimedia), PICQUERY+, and Video SQL are
also studied. </li>
<li>Chapter 7 deals with the communication re
quirements for multimedia databases. A client accessing multimedia data over com
puter networks needs to identify a schedule for retrieving various media objects
composing the database. The book identifies possible ways for generating a retr
ieval schedule. </li>
<li> Chapter 8 ties together the techniques d
iscussed in the previous chapters by providing a simple architecture of a distri
buted multimedia database management system.</li></ul>
 Multimedia Database Management Systems can be used as a text for gra
duate students and researchers working in the area of multimedia databases. In a
ddition, the book serves as essential reading material for computer professional
s who are in (or moving to) the area of multimedia databases.

</td><td> </td><td>IN</td><td>Computer Science</td>
es of Computer Graphics</td><td>Shalini Govil-Pai</td><td>2007</td><td>310</td><
td>625.0000</td><td>Although computer graphics games and animations hav
e been popular for more than a decade, recently personal computers evolved to su
pport real-time, realistic-looking interactive games. OpenGL, a technology stand
ard to develop CG applications, has had incredible momentum in both the professi
onal and consumer markets. Once only the domain of production houses, OpenGL has
grown to be the standard for graphics programming on all platforms, personal co
mputers, and workstations. Now more than ever, people are eager to learn about w
hat it takes to make such productions, and how they can be a part of them. Curre
nt literature on how to make movies/games focus more on the technology (OpenGL,
DirectX, etc) and their APIs rather than on the principles of computer graphics.
However, understanding these principles is the key to dealing with any technolo
gy API. The aim of "Principles of Computer Graphics and OpenGL" is to
teach readers the principles of computer graphics. Hands-on examples developed i
n OpenGL illustrate the key concepts, and readers develop a professional animati
on, following traditional processes used in production houses. By the end of the
book, readers will be experts in the principles of computer graphics and OpenGL
. They will be able to develop their own professional quality games via the same
approach used in production houses. </td><td> </td><td>IN</td><t
d>Computer Science</td>
tals of Data Warehouses</td><td>Matthias Jarke, Maurizo Lenzerini, Yannis Vassil
iou and Panos Vassiliadis</td><td>2008</td><td>207</td><td>450.0000</td><td>Data warehouses have captured the att
ention of practitioners and researchers alike. But the design and optimization o
f data warehouses remains an art rather than a science. This book presents the f
irst comparative review of the state of the art and best current practice of dat
a warehouses. It covers source and data integration, multidimensional aggregatio
n, query optimization, update propagation, metadata management, quality assessme
nt, and design optimization. Also, based on results of the European Data Warehou
se Quality project, it offers a conceptual framework by which the architecture a
nd quality of data warehouse efforts can be assessed and improved using enriched
metadata management combined with advanced techniques from databases, business
modeling, and artificial intelligence. For researchers and database professional
s in academia and industry, the book offers an excellent introduction to the iss
ues of quality and metadata usage in the context of data warehouses.</
td><td> </td><td>IN,PK,BD,MM,BT,NP,LK,ID,MY,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,Q
A,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>Computer Science</td>
tals of Computer Security</td><td> Josef Pieprzyk, Thomas Hardjono and Jennifer
Seberry</td><td>2008</td><td>678</td><td>675.0000</td><td>This book pre
sents modern concepts of computer security. It introduces the basic mathematical
background necessary to follow computer security concepts. Modern developments
in cryptography are examined, starting from private-key and public-key encryptio
n, going through hashing, digital signatures, authentication, secret sharing, gr
oup-oriented cryptography, pseudorandomness, key establishment protocols, zero-k
nowledge protocols, and identification, and finishing with an introduction to mo
dern e-business systems based on digital cash. Intrusion detection and access co
ntrol provide examples of security systems implemented as a part of operating sy
stem. Database and network security is also discussed.</td><td> <
/td><td>IN,PK,BD,MM,BT,NP,LK,ID,MY,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,
PS</td><td>Computer Science</td>
ion Retrieval</td><td>David A Grossman and Ophir Frieder</td><td>2008</td><td>33
2</td><td>625.0000</td><td>Intere
sted in how an efficient search engine works? Want to know what algorithms are u
sed to rank resulting documents in response to user requests? The authors answer
these and other key information retrieval design and implementation questions.
This book is not yet another high level text. Instead, algorithms are thoroug
hly described, making this book ideally suited for both computer science student
s and practitioners who work on search-related applications. As stated in the fo
reword, this book provides a current, broad, and detailed overview of the field
and is the only one that does so. Examples are used throughout to illustrate the
algorithms.
The authors explain how a query is ranked against a document col
lection using either a single or a combination of retrieval strategies, and how
an assortment of utilities are integrated into the query processing scheme to im
prove these rankings. Methods for building and compressing text indexes, queryin
g and retrieving documents in multiple languages, and using parallel or distribu

ted processing to expedite the search are likewise described.
This edition i
s a major expansion of the one published in 1998. Besides updating the entire bo
ok with current techniques, it includes new sections on language models, cross-l
anguage information retrieval, peer-to-peer processing, XML search, mediators, a
nd duplicate document detection.</td><td> </td><td>IN,PK,BD,MM,BT
,NP,LK,ID,MY,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>Computer Sc
ience</td>
<td>978-81-8489-170-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Web Serv
ices: Concepts, Architectures and Applications</td><td>Gustavo Alonso, Fabio Cas
ati, Haruni Kuno and Vijay Machiraju</td><td>2009</td><td>374</td><td>650.0000</
td><td>Like many other incipient
technologies, Web services are still surrounded by a substantial level of noise.
This noise results from the always dangerous combination of wishful thinking on
the part of research and industry and of a lack of clear understanding of how W
eb services came to be. On the one hand, multiple contradictory interpretations
are created by the many attempts to realign existing technology and strategies w
ith Web services. On the other hand, the emphasis on what could be done with Web
services in the future often makes us lose track of what can be really done wit
h Web services today and in the short term. These factors make it extremely diff
icult to get a coherent picture of what Web services are, what they contribute,
and where they will be applied.

Alonso and his co-authors deliber
ately take a step back. Based on their academic and industrial experience with m
iddleware and enterprise application integration systems, they describe the fund
amental concepts behind the notion of Web services and present them as the natur
al evolution of conventional middleware, necessary to meet the challenges of the
Web and of B2B application integration.
Rather than providing a reference g
uide or a "how to write your first Web service" kind of book, they dis
cuss the main objectives of Web services, the challenges that must be faced to a
chieve them, and the opportunities that this novel technology provides. Establis
hed, as well as recently proposed, standards and techniques (e.g., WSDL, UDDI, S
OAP, WS-Coordination, WS-Transactions, and BPEL), are then examined in the conte
xt of this discussion in order to emphasize their scope, benefits, and shortcomi
ngs. Thus, the book is ideally suited both for professionals considering the dev
elopment of application integration solutions and for research and students inte
resting in understanding and contributing to the evolution of enterprise applica
tion technologies.</td><td> </td><td>IN,PK,NP,MM,MV,BT,BD,LK</td>
<td>Computer Science</td>
td><td>
This book addresses all the major and late
st techniques of data mining. It deals in detail with the algorithms for discov
ering association rules for clustering and building decision trees, and techniq
ues such as neural networks, genetic algorithms, rough set theory and support
vector machine used in data mining. The algorithmic details of different techni
ques such as Apriori, Pincer-search, Dynamic Itemset Counting, FP-Tree growth,
SLIQ, SPRINT, BOAT, CART, RainForest, BIRCH, CURE, BUBBLE, ROCK, STIRR, PAM, CL
ARANS, DBSCAN, GSP, SPADE and SPIRIT are covered. The book also discusses the m
ining of web, spatial, temporal and text data. In the third edition, the chapte
r on data warehousing concepts was thoroughly revised to include multidimension
al data modelling and  cube computation. The discussion on genetic al
gorithms was also expanded as a separate chapter. In the fourth edition, a chap
ter on ROC curve for visualizing the performance of a binary classifier and the
method for computing AUC and its uses has been included.
Students of computer science, mathematical science and management will
find this introductory textbook beneficial for a first course on the subject;
the exposition of concepts with supporting illustrative examples and exercises

makes it suitable for self-study as well. 
</td><td>
Arun K Pujari, faculty and Dean of the Sc
hool of Computer and Information Sciences, University of Hyderabad (UoH), is cu
rrently serving as the vice-chancellor of the Central University of Rajasthan.
He obtained his post-graduation in mathematics from Sambalpur University (1974)
and PhD from IIT Kanpur (1980). He joined UoH in 1985 as a reader and became a
professor in 1990. Professor Pujari has wide experience as an administrator. H
e has served as a member of UGC, DST, DRDO, ISRO and AICTE, and as vice-chance
llor of Sambalpur University (November 2008 to November 2011). He has also been
on visiting assignments to several institutions that include the Institute of
Industrial Sciences, University of Tokyo; International Institute of Software T
echnology, United Nations University, Macau; University of Memphis, USA; and Gr
iffith University, Australia, among others. 
<td>978-81-920475-0-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Konk
ani Saraswat Cookbook</td><td>Asha S Philar</td><td>2011</td><td>252</td><td>595
.0000</td><td>The Konkani Saraswa
t Cookbook, with its base in the laterite earth in the south-western Karnataka
, India, celebrates a unique and enduring cuisine with all its captivating flavo
urs. It covers the range from basic recipes to elaborate ones, and those for s
pecial occasions.
From potatoes steeped in a tama
rind sauce to the well-loved dal seasoned with chilli and garlic. From the del
ectable fried bitter-gourd salad to the aromatic blast of sprouted moong ghashi.
From a chutney with ridge-gourd peels and khotte in jackfruit-leaf cups to su
n-dried onion vadis. The book also has recipes for babies and new mothers, and
a selection of herbal teas.
The photographs together with Asha Philar's personal notes evoke
the textures of Konkani Saraswat food, and of Konkani itself.
The book has a friendly approach with clear steps, notes and afternot
es which suggest variations or offer detailed guidelines.</td><td>&l
t;p style="text-align: justify">Asha Philar was
born in Bangalore, India, and went to school and college there. She worked bri
efly with a finance corporate and moved to Surathkal after her marriage to Dr
Satish Philar, senior faculty of the Karnataka Regional Engineering College.&l
t;/p>
Asha's early interests in c
ooking were inspired by her mother Sushila Aroor and her sister-in-law Padmini
Aroor who had range as well as a passion for perfection. Later, in Surathkal,
her mother-in-law Sumathi Philar enriched her repertoire of recipes, guided h
er in the intricacies of traditional food-making and extended her horizons bey
ond food as a kitchen-bound activity. Surathkal also gave her the opportunity
to learn from friends on the campus, and to teach.
To help her sons Tarun and Nikhil and their wives Aparna and Shantal,
she created a private website with food, remedies and housekeeping guidelines
. Her other interests include painting, sewing and writing.
Asha and Satish live in Bangalore and periodically in the US. They ha
ve four grandchildren-Milind, Nidhi, Trisha and Shriya.</td><td>World<
/td><td>Cookery</td>
<td>978-81-250-2250-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mirch Ma
sala</td><td>Surayya Tyabji</td><td>2002</td><td>104</td><td>125.0000</td><td>&l
t;p style="text-align: justify">This book is a selection of Surayya
Tyabjis classic recipes that was first published in 1975 and has been a best sel
ling title since then. Here are a hundred classics in Indian cookingMoghlai, many
from Hyderabad, and a pick of favourites from all overwith the choice of menus t
hat hunt up well-loved native combinations. Not just mirch and masala, but a com
posite range of recipes that not only tempt your kitchen wit but also help you t
urn out things that taste as good as they sound.</td><td>Sura
yya Tyabji</td><td>World</td><td>Cookery</td>
<td>978-81-250-1527-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Epic
ure Cookbook</td><td>Ummi Abdulla</td><td>1998</td><td>144</td><td>125.0000</td>
<td>Good eating requires mouth-wa
tering recipes and The Epicure Cookbook provides more than 130 of them! Here is
a gamut of cookery, the seeker will find a choice of soups, of egg, rice, meat a
nd fish dishes, desserts, snacks, pickles and much more. Though the range descri
bed is derived from the rich heritage of both Indian and Western cuisine, many o
f the recipes are Ummi Abdullas own creation.</td><td><div style=&qu
ot;text-align: justify">Ummi
Abdulla, cooking is an art. Many of her recipes have won
prizes or special mentions in Femina and Eve's Weekly. Her talent was honed
by a practical training course in cookery at the Madras Institute of Catering Te
chnology. She takes cookery classes for ladies' clubs and women's organi
sations. She is familiar with Sri Lankan cookery having lived briefly off and on
with Sinhalese families. She contributes regularly to Malayalam women's mag
azines. Coming from Kerala, she resides in Chennai and is married to a senior pu
blishing consultant. </div></td><td>World</td><td>Cookery</td>
<td>978-81-250-1349-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Malabar
Muslim Cookery</td><td>Ummi Abdulla</td><td>1993</td><td>136</td><td>175.0000</t
d><td>This book explodes the myth
that food from Kerala is just mountains of rice, coconut and fish curry. It int
roduces the gourmet to the subtle flavours of over a hundred traditional recipes
, presented for the first time with easy-to-follow instructions.</td><
td><div style="text-align: justify">Ummi Abdulla</b&
gt;, cooking is an art. Many of her recipes have won prizes or special mentions
in Femina and Eve's Weekly. Her talent was honed by a practical training cou
rse in cookery at the Madras Institute of Catering Technology. She takes cookery
classes for ladies' clubs and women's organisations. She is familiar wi
th Sri Lankan cookery having lived briefly off and on with Sinhalese families. S
he contributes regularly to Malayalam women's magazines. Coming from Kerala,
she resides in Chennai and is married to a senior publishing consultant.</di
v></td><td>World</td><td>Cookery</td>
<td>978-81-250-3261-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>High Fib
re, Low Calorie Diet and Recipe Book, The</td><td>Rani Rao and Santosh Vaish</t
stify">Food is the key to good health and a balanced diet is critical in
the maintenance of well-being and fitness. Written by two eminent teachers and
practitioners of food science, naturopathy and yoga, the book explains the scien
ce and value of a high-fibre, low-calorie diet.
Containing over 300 tried and
tested recipes, it is an invaluable guide for all who wish to master the art of
cooking food that is delicious and nutritious. Made from easily available ingre
dients and with a sparing use of oils and spices, the recipes can be used for ev
eryday eating, and to help recover from specific ailments. Dieticians and nutrit
ionists will also find this book useful.</td><td><div style="t
ext-align: justify">Dr Rani Rao holds a Ph.D. In Chem
istry and has worked in the NCERT, Indian Institute of science and the Raman Re
search Institute. </div><div style="text-align: justify&q
uot;> </div><div style="text-align: justify"&gt
;Dr Santosh Vaish has an M.Sc. And Ph.D. She has taught at th
e International Institute of Health & Yoga, Delhi She also has a Diploma
in Homeopathy and has a successful practice curing patients with a combination
of homeopathy, diet and yoga.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Cookery</td>
<td>978-81-250-2502-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Recipes
of the Jaffna Tamils</td><td>Nesa Eliezer (Ed.)</td><td>2003</td><td>164</td><td
>325.0000</td><td>The Tamils of t
he north and east of Sri Lanka have a distinct cuisine which reflects their geog
raphy and their resourcefulness in the use of the products of their harsh lands.
This compilation of recipes of the Jaffna Tamils is a tribute to that tradition
. Rani Thangarajah collected these from her own family recipes and from Tamil w
omen who maintain the spirit of Tamil cooking wherever they go. Grandmothers, mo
thers and aunts are always silently remembered in collections such as this one.
The recipes were collected in Tamil. They have been translated and edited by Nes
a Eliezer. Encouraged by a first hand knowledge of these recipes from her Tamil
heritage in Malaysia, and a keen interest in the cultural traditions of the Indi
an sub-continent, especially of the Tamils, Nesa Eliezer has brought to this col
lection an understanding of the need to record and remember these precious recip
es for the women of the Tamil diaspora.</td><td><div style="te
xt-align: justify">Nesa
Eliezer (Ed.), is a freelance writer and contributes to w
ide variety of magazines.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Cookery</td>
<td>978-81-250-2993-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Vegetari
an Fare</td><td>N. Radha Rao</td><td>2006</td><td>168</td><td>225.0000</td><td>&
lt;p style="text-align: justify">Vegetarian Fare focuses on vegetar
ian main courses, as well as side dishes. These recipes are guaranteed to deligh
t every vegetarian, taking them on an unforgettable journey through the cuisines
of India, China, Indonesia, Thailand, Srilanka, Europe, the Caribbean, Mexico,
Iran and Greece. A must of every cookshelf!</td><td><div style=&quo
t;text-align: justify">Radha Rao is a well-known name
amongst culinary specialists in Bangalore and Kerala. She had contributed regul
arly to womens magazines like Femina, Savvy, Erstwhile, Eves Weekly and cookery co
lumns of newspapers (Hindu, Matrubhoomi, Malleswaram Times etc.,) for almost fou
r decades, between 1955 and 1999. She won over a hundred prizes for her recipes
in cookery competitions. She was widely travelled and her first book, Soups, Sala
ds and Desserts features recipes from several of the countries that she visited.&
lt;/div></td><td>World</td><td>Cookery</td>
<td>978-81-250-3014-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A New Wa
y to Eat</td><td>Tusna Park</td><td>2006</td><td>232</td><td>250.0000</td><td>&l
t;p style="text-align: justify">Weight reduction is often the first
line of treatment in most medical conditions. Indians especially, need to chan
ge the way they eat if they are to tackle the increasing susceptibility to condi
tions such as obesity,diabetes and cardiovascular disease. This book provides a
complete health plan which is practical and easy to follow. It has been resear
ched by a diabetologist,cardiologist and dietician, and combines some of the mos
t recent findings in medical studies with a scientific conception of a healthy d
iet. The book makes for an intelligent and enjoyable reading and is a must for
every home!</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">&
lt;b>Tusna Park has an M.B.B.S. from Christian Medical College in V
ellore. She has set up a private practice in Chennai and has helped a number of
people at the Park Clinic to get over thier problems of excess weight and the c
omplications that arise from it. Her husband Dr David Park is an epidemiologist
and both of them have been on this diet since 1989.
Komal M.K. has herself f
ollowed and benefitted from the simple principles laid down in this book. She h
as thus compiled the recipes from first-hand experience, illustrating that this
is only about eating the right foods at the right time.</div></td><td>Worl
d</td><td>Cookery</td>
<td>978-81-250-2914-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Casket o
f Vegetarian Recipes, A</td><td>S. V. Ramani</td><td>2006</td><td>152</td><td>22
5.0000</td><td>This handy book is
meant for young men/women who have not had the time to learn traditional cookin
g. This book attempts to be a helpful guide with both North and South Indian rec
ipes, targeted at beginners. It provides a wide spectrum of easy-to-cook, simple
recipes, to whip up a fast but satisfying meal after a tiring day at work.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">S. V. Ra
mani brought up in Madras and completed her Masters in Home Science, w
ith a speciality in Food and Nutrition in 1972. She completed a bakery course i
n Bangalore Agriculture University in 1977. She took several nutrition classes i
n J.D. Birla College for girls for two years.</div></td><td>World</td><td>
Cookery</td>
<td>978-81-250-2915-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bangla R
anna: An Introduction to Bengali Cuisine</td><td>Satarupa Banerjee</td><td>2006<
>Few communities can match the Bengalis in their love of good food and the ca
re with which they prepare it. This book has the choicest recipes for all the co
urses of the menu. With clear step by step instructions which even a novice in t
he kitchen can easily follow, these recipes can be recreated in any part of Indi
a.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">S
atarupa Banerjee is a renowned food writer. She has several cookbooks
under leading publishers and writes in three languages- English, Bengali and Hin
di. She contributes regularly to various magazines and journals and her recipes
have won her many prizes in various contests. She also conducts cookery classes
at home.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Cookery</td>
<td>978-81-250-4035-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Basic Fo
od Preparation: A Complete Manual</td><td>Usha Raina, Sushma Kashyap, Vinita Nar
ula, Saila Thomas, Suvira, Sheila Vir, Shakuntala Chopra</td><td>2010</td><td>52
4</td><td>450.0000</td><td>This comprehensive book contains over six h
undred standardised recipes. Organised in logical, easy-to-follow steps, with t
he ingredients for each listed in the order of use, every recipe has been tried
and tested for successful results. Information is also given on the scientific
principles involved in food preparation, the use of substitutes, variations an
d garnishes. Useful tips to remember are also appended to every group of recipe
s.
The nutritive value per serving is provided in a consolidated table in
terms of energy, proteins, vitamins and minerals. A full section has been devo
ted to information on weights and measures, food selection, cookery items, meth
ods of cooking and spice mixes. Food preservation also forms an important part
of the book. Since home science graduates are also expected to advise and admin
ister nutrition programmes for disadvantaged families, there is an emphasis on
low-cost weaning food and snacks in this book.
In keeping with an increasing interest in food from various parts of t
he world, three new chapterson herbs, exotic fruits and vegetables, menus and fo
od safetyhave been added to the fourth edition of Basic Food Preparat
ion: A Complete Manual. To provide readers with a comprehensive idea
, this new edition has attractive line illustrations of the herbs, fruits and v
egetables discussing their usage.
As a result of the concerted efforts of the Faculty of Food and Nutrit
ion, Lady Irwin College, New Delhi, this volume has been brought out for stud
ents who need to master the science of nutrition and the art of cooking. It wil
l be useful not only for school and college students, but for anyone keen to le
arn how to cook for better health. </td><td>This book has been written
by professors of the department of nutrition and home science, Lady Irwin Colle
ge, Delhi University.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Cookery</td>
<td>978-81-250-4044-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Modern C
ookery: For Teaching and the Trade Volume 1</td><td>Thangam E. Philip</td><td>20
10</td><td>920</td><td>395.0000</td><td>Going into their sixth edition
, Thangam Philip’s Modern Cookery Volumes I and II are one of India&am
p;rsquo;s most prestigious and encyclopaedic books on cookery and have proved t
o be an invaluable reference and guide to both students of catering and to pro
fessionals in the food and catering industry in India. This book is an expanded
version that contains recipes from all over the world—products of ye
ars of meticulous research and rigorous field-testing. Volum
e I provides a comprehensive introduction to the theory of cookery, the fundam
entals of food materials and their presentation steps. It is considered as one
of the most authoritative compendiums on Indian cuisine and basic and intermedi
ate Western cookery. This revised edition has a new chapter on tawa, handi and
tandoori recipes.</td><td>Thangam E. Philip (b. 1921) was Principal Emeritus of the Institute of Management, Ca
tering and Applied Nutrition, Bombay and acknowledged as Indian Hospitality ind
ustry’s most eminent doyenne and teacher par excellence. She was recog
nized as one of the 38 distinguished women of the world and, in 1975, was award
ed the FAO’s Ceres Medal, for her outstanding work in nutrition. In 1
976, she was honoured with the Padmashree in tribute to her service to the deve
lopment of hotel and catering education.</td><td>World</td><td>Cooker
y</td>
<td>978-81-250-4045-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Modern C
ookery: For Teaching and the Trade Volume 2</td><td>Thangam E. Philip</td><td>20
10</td><td>776</td><td>375.0000</td><td>Going into their sixth edition
, Thangam Philips Modern Cookery Volumes I and II are one of Indias most prestigi
ous and encyclopaedic books on cookery and have proved to be an invaluable refe
rence and guide to both students of catering and to professionals in the food a
nd catering industry in India. This book is an expanded version that contains r
ecipes from all over the worldproducts of years of meticulous research and rigor
ous field-testing.
Volume II presents methods and over 1200 recipes for advanced Western
cuisine, international foods, baking and confectionary, snacks and preserves. A
unique section features recipes from places as far as South East Asia and East
Europe and as near as Chettinad and Sri Lanka. This revised edition has a new
chapter on Modern International Cuisine from Italy, France, Mexico, the Mediter
ranean and Thailand.
</td><td>Thangam E. Philip (b. 1921) was P
rincipal Emeritus of the Institute of Management, Catering and Applied Nutritio
n, Bombay and acknowledged as Indian Hospitality industry’s most emin
ent doyenne and teacher par excellence. She was recognized as one of the 38 dis
tinguished women of the world and, in 1975, was awarded the FAO’s Cer
es Medal, for her outstanding work in nutrition. In 1976, she was honoured with
the Padmashree in tribute to her service to the development of hotel and cater
ing education.
Thangam E. Philip passed away in Kottayam i
n January 2009, but her work will continue to be an inspiration to others.</td><td>World</td><td>Cookery</td>
<td>978-81-250-3738-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Thangam
Philips Vegetarian Recipes for Healthy Living</td><td>Thangam Philip</td><td>2011
;>The iconic Padmashree Thangam E Philip (19212009) was a giant in the world i
n cooking, catering and nutrition. In her long career, spanning more than 50 ye
ars, she worked tirelessly to educate people about the joys and health-giving b
enefits of cooking. Her recipes, always simple but delicious, have inspired cou
ntless numbers to take up the culinary arts. 
In this book, she embarks on a ga
stronomic journey through the wonderful and diverse world of plants. From roots
to leaves, cereals to spices, and nuts to fruits, she describes their nutritio
nal benefits medicinal properties and how to use them in everyday cookinga subje
ct very close to her heart. Packed with her favourite, tried-and-tested recipes
, this, her last work, is a testimony to her lifelong interest in vegetarianism
and the role of food in healthy living.</td><td>Thangam Philip (b. 1921) was Princ

ipal Emeritus of the Institute of Management, Catering and Applied Nutrition, B
ombay and acknowledged as the Indian Hospitality industrys most eminent doyenne
and teacher par excellence. She was recognized as one of the 38 distinguished w
omen of the world and, in 1975, was awarded the FAOs Ceres Medal, for her outsta
nding work in nutrition. In 1976, she was honoured with the Padmashree in tribu
te to her service to the development of hotel and catering education. She passe
d away in Kottayam in January 2009. </td><td>World</td><td>Cookery</td
>
<td>978-81-7824-236-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Pumpkin
Flower Fritters and other Classic Recipes from a Bengali Kitchen</td><td>Renuka
Devi Choudhurani</td><td>2011</td><td>252</td><td>395.0000</td><td>Some
of recipes in this book have fed and delighted Jawaharlal Nehru and Sarojini
Naidu. All of them have provided nourishment and comfort to generations of Beng
ali families. Now for the first time, these time-tested recipes are available i
n English.
Renuka Devi Choudhurani (19101985) was married off at the age of ten in
to a zamindari family. That was when her culinary education began, mainly from
her father-in-law, but also from itinerant bawarchis and specialist cooks. As h
er interest in good food developed, she took to collecting and recording recipe
s. Ultimately, she published a two-volume Bengali work containing about 400 ve
getarian and 300 fish- and meat-based recipes. From the simplest dal to the mos
t elaborate biryani, her recipes are easy to follow, and produce delicious resu
lts.
This book contains a wide-ranging selection from the original Bengali
work. It covers all the courses that might normally be served in a Bengali meal
: starters, fritters, vegetables, lentils, rice, fish, meat, chutneys, dessert.
Renuka Devis eloquent autobiographical introduction is also included here. </td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Cookery</td>
<td>978-81-250-5930-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Nutritio
n: A Lifecycle Approach</td><td>Ravinder Chadha and Pulkit Mathur</td><td>2015</
td><td>452</td><td>425.0000</td><td>
Good health for all is a goal of every country. The growth and develop
ment of India has been seriously affected by the problem of malnutrition, and i
t is now being realised that every stage of life, from pregnancy, to infancy, t
o adolescence, to old age, is equally important to break the vicious intergener
ational cycle of malnutrition.
Nutrition: A Lifecycle Approach adopts a lifecycle
approach to the study of nutrition. It has been divided into two sections:
<ul>
<li>Introduction
to Human Nutrition, which deals with basic concep
ts in nutrition and
includes chapters on all major nutrients, their functi
ons, and rich
sources in the Indian diet.</li>
<li>Lifecycle
Nutrition, which discussed the nutritional requireme
nts of different
stages in the lifecycle.</li>
</ul>
The important features of this book are:
<ul>
<li>Discusses the concept of food for different cultures and the relati
onship of food with nutrition and health.</li>
<li>Detailed discussion on each nutrientenergy, carbohydrates, lipids, p
roteins, water, minerals, and vitamins.</li>
<li>Details the different cooking methods and the effect they have on n
utrient content.</li>
<li>Focuses on the different life stagesadults, pregnant women, nursing
mothers, preschool and school-age children, adolescents, and the elderlyand thei
r nutritional requirements.</li>
<li>Separate chapters on feeding children with special needs; sports nu

trition; and the link between nutrition and immunity.</li>
</ul>
Simple and comprehensive, Nutrition is a core te
xt for all undergraduate students of Nutrition and allied courses. It is also a
useful book for the health conscious, who seek authentic, updated facts about
nutrition.
</td><td>
Ravinder Chadha is Associate Professor and
Head, Department of Food and Nutrition, Lady Irwin College, New Delhi. 
Pulkit Mathur is Assistant Professor, Department
of Food and Nutrition, Lady Irwin College, New Delhi.
</td><td>World</td><td>Cookery</td>
f History, Goa University.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
t;br />

</td><td>
</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
2015</td><td>224</td><td>750.0000</td><td>
gt;
nial milieus. 
</td><td>
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
td><td>174</td><td>195.0000</td><td>
<ul>
<li>Introduces
<li>Covers
ility and
ental
factors.</li>
<li>Provides
<li>Explains
period.</li>
<li>Explains
position in the
<li>Describes
focusing on Indian
<li>Discusses
<li>Discusses
ions of death.</li>
</ul>

</td><td>
d>2015</td><td>204</td><td>650.0000</td><td>
cal contexts.
</td><td>
rong> 
</td><td>IN,PK,NP,MV,BT,BD,LK</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5755-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Fields of
Play: Sport, Literature and Culture</td><td>Poonam Trivedi,Supriya Chaudhuri</t
d><td>2015</td><td>318</td><td>775.0000</td><td>
The book is a collection of essays discussing the various aspects of sp
orts in India. Apart from discussing the present status of the different sports
and sporting formats, the essays also discuss the institutions attached to sport
s. At the same time, the essays also discuss the factors that make up the sport:
the body cultures involved in various sports and corporeality in computer games
. The book shows the strong sporting culture present in the Indian society throu
gh discussing the intimate relation between sports, literature and cinema, as de
picted in books and movies like Harry Potter series and Iqbal
 respectively. This book will leave a mark on all, especiall
y people interested in sports.

</td><td>
Poonam Trivedi was Associate Prof
essor in English at Indraprastha College, University of Delhi. Her main areas of
interest are in Shakespeare Studies, Shakespeare in India, performance and film
versions, women in Shakespeare, Indian theatre and its performative practice, a
nd the culture of sport.

Supriya Chaudhuri is Professor (E
merita) in the Department of English at Jadavpur University, Kolkata. Her areas
of scholarly interest are Renaissance studies, nineteenth and twentieth century
cultural history, modernism, critical theory, translation, and the philosophy an
d culture of sport.
<td>825.0000</td><td>
f Sri Lanka. 
lt;/p>
</td><td>
;
</td><td>
<td>978-81-250-5854-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Genealogi
es of the Asian Present: Situating Inter-Asia Cultural Studies</td><td>Tejaswini
Niranjana and Wang Xiaoming (eds)</td><td>2015</td><td>564</td><td>1150.0000</t
d><td>
Genealogies of the Asian Present showcases the con
ceptual framework of the Inter-Asia Cultural Studies (IACS) project by consolida
ting insights from past thinkers, marking the continuity of concerns and their r
elationship to critical modern knowledge, and creating the pre-conditions for re
search in Inter-Asia cultural matters. There is also an archive section in the v
olume which contains foundational texts from specific national contexts.&nbs
p; The contemporary essays which demonstrate new ways of asking the culture ques
tion from a number of different Asian locations are presented in six sections. W
ith its focus on methodology, this unique volume covers China, Hong Kong, India,
Indonesia, Japan, Pakistan, Singapore, South Korea and Taiwan.
</td><td>Tejaswini Niranjana (ed.)
 is Senior F
ellow, Centre for the Study of Culture and Society, Bengaluru.Wang Xiaoming (ed.)</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5582-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Rethinkin
g Western India : The Changing Contexts of Culture, Society and Religion</td><td
>Duan Deák and Daniel Jasper (Ed.s)</td><td>2014</td><td>308</td><td>995.000
0</td><td>
<ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">While
investigating the
cultural, social and political dynamics in Maharashtra, Rethinking Wes
tern India looks into
the relations and processes that make up
what are usually thought to be
regional problems.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The essays show
how the
regional must be understood in contexts that supersede the region
and geog
raphical determinism.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The opening
essays not o
nly contextualise Maharashtrian texts as coherent wholes, but also the
mea
nings contained within these texts, thereby addressing the
semantics of the
social.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">A focus on the
mechanics
of the socialthe interface of actions that articulate societal
relationships
at different levels, and of different charactersis
attempted by the next s
et of essays.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The concluding
essays em
phasise how local dynamics are as much a part of forces
ostensibly beyond M
aharashtra, as they are products of dynamics within
Maharashtra. There is,
therefore, a deep analysis of the social and
cultural referents upon which
collective identities are built.</li>
</ul>
</td><td>
<div style="text-align: justify">Duan Deák is Docent of Oriental Languages and Literatures, Department of Comp
arative Religion, Comenius University, Bratislava, Slovak Republic.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify">D
aniel Jasper is Associate Professor of Sociology, Moravian Colleg
e, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, USA.</div>
<td>978-81-250-5731-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Cognition
, Experience and Creativity</td><td>Jaison A. Manjaly and Bipin Indurkhya (eds)<
/td><td>2015</td><td>308</td><td>850.0000</td><td><div style="text-align
: justify">This book aims to showcase some of the recent developments i
n the areas of research in creativity and experience. The collection of essays

embraces both theoretical and empirical approaches and tries to understand the
complexity underlying creativity and its social, cultural and biological underp
innings.</div></td><td>
Jaison A. Manjaly is Assistant Professor of Philos
ophy and Cognitive Science at the Indian Institute of Technology Gandhinagar.&l
t;br /> Bipin Indurkhya has taught i
n universities in the US and IIIT-Hyderabad, where he helped set up a cognitive
science laboratory. He currently teaches at the University of Science and Tech
nology, Krakow, Poland.
5</td><td>492</td><td>1395.0000</td><td>
gt;
gt;
</td><td>
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
;/p>
</td><td>
</td><td>
 
;
<ul>
<li>highlights
uced. </li>
<li>shows
the future prices

<li>pinpoints
in the housing
sed to
/li>
</ul>
ith it.  
><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-6072-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Psychoan
alytic Theory and Criticism</td><td>Andrew Slade</td><td>2015</td><td>116</td><t
d>140.0000</td><td>This book is designed to help students learn the bas
ics of psychoanalytic theory and criticism as they have developed in the last hu
ndred years and as they have been put to use in literary and cultural studies. I
t focuses on Freuds texts as the core and beginning of the
discipline, while also pointing to the work of other psychoanalysts
and literary and cultural theorists who have refined and developed
Freuds formulations. The book shows a way to engage with
psychoanalysis that is loyal to Freud and what has come since Freud
in psychoanalytic thinking.</td><td>Andrew Slade&amp
;nbsp;is Associate Professor and Chair, Department of English,Universi
ty of Dayton, Ohio.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
</td><td>750.0000</td><td>
</td><td>
/p>
<td>978-81-250-6073-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Feminism
s</td><td>Arpita Mukhopadhyay,Sumit Chakrabarti (Ed.)</td><td>2015</td><td>152</
td><td>160.0000</td><td>This volume attempts to locate feminism/s withi
n historical and critical perspectives, and provides a broad framework within wh
ich to locate the possible politics of feminism. It traces the trajectory of
feminism, from a movement for the rights of women to the possibility
of an 'organic revolution', and from the renegotiations of the 'woma
n
question' by early feminists and suffragists to the critical
interventions of ecofeminists and lesbian feminism.</td><td>&
lt;b>The author
Arpita Mukhopadhyay is Associate Professor,
Department of English and Culture Studies, University of Burdwan, West Bengal.&
lt;/p>
The editor
Sumit Chakrabarti is Associate Professor, Department
of English, Presidency University, Kolkata.</td><td>World</td><td>Cul
ture Studies</td>
ans Only: Stories of Telugu Muslims</td><td>Skybaaba</td><td>2015</td><td>152</t
d><td>325.0000</td><td>A translation of twelve short stories titled &lt
;em>Adhure: Muslim Kadhalu, Vegetarians Only</em&gt
; introduces readers to the life-world of Telugu Muslims, their dreams, sorrows
and predicaments. Negotiations around the burqa and dowry are interwoven with
communal sharing of marriage expenses and work. Unfulfilled love, the desperati
on and helplessness of penury are eased by promises of migration to the Gulf. T
he stories present moving portraits of individuals battling prejudice and isola
tion, within and outside the community, with dignity and courage. They also fo
reground the friendships and camaraderie between
poor rural and mofussil Telugu Muslims and Dalits and invite us to share thei
r emotional journeys.
Skybaabas fiction captures a Muslim subalternity in post-colonial Deccan
that finds itself at the crossroads of language, religion and economies, chall
enging stereotypes, even as his use of Telugurdu brings into focus the disparate
histories of Muslim communities across India. His stories raise vital question
s about Muslim and Telugu identity in India, the status of women in Islam, and
cruciallycaste among Telugu Muslims.
Written in refreshingly direct and simple prose, these stories will re
sonate with a pan-Indian readership and lovers of Indian literature.
</td><td>
The Author
Skybaaba is a writer, poet, activist and freelance
journalist. His published anthologies of poetry include Jago-Jagao &l
t;/em>(2009), Quit Telangana (2010) and Dimmi
sa (2011), besides Zakhmi Awaz (2012), a collec
tion of his own writings on Telangana.
The Volume Editors
A. Suneetha is Senior
Fellow and Coordinator of Anveshi Research Centre for Womens Studies. D
epartment of Cultural Studies, English and Foreign Languages University, Hyder
abad, and a member of Anveshi Research Centre for Womens Studies.
<td>978-81-250-6071-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Three Ess
ays on the Mahabharata: Exercises in Literary Hermeneutics</td><td>Sibaji Bandyo
padhyay</td><td>2015</td><td>356</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
Three Essays on the Mahabharata</em&
gt; investigates what the Mahabharata and the Gita mean today, how that meaning has been constit
uted, and how it is exploited to fashion the practice of everyday Indian politi
cs.
Treating these hallowed texts as pre-texts to gain a more nuanced under
standing of Indias colonial and pre-colonial discourses on the meaning of the In
dian essence, the author underscores that the forty-seventh verse of the second c
hapter of the Gita (Gita &lt
;/em>2.47ma phale?u kadacana) is now </em&
gt;unanimously accepted as the kernel verse. By situating pre-modern commentari
es on 2.47 with modern commentaries on and translations of the same, the autho
r demonstrates that a series of conceptual shifts have accompanied the process
of consecrating the verse to the highest rank.
Together, the three essays in this book deal with:
<ol>
<li>
The
political ramifications of both the form and the content
of Gita 2.47 through
nineteenth and twentieth-century
commentaries on and translations of
the Gita;
</li><li>
The
style of narration of the Mahabharata</em&g
t; War, and the significance of the disquiet expressed by several
modern c
ommentators;
</li><li>
The
ethical significance of the term An??amsaya &l
t;/em>(non-cruelty /
leniency), which functions as a middle term between violen
e
and non-violence in the Mahabharata,
and the
long shadow it casts on the question of ethical propriety in
the domain of po
litical practice. 
</li></ol>
Rather than offering yet another alternative interpretation of either
the Mahabharata or the Gita, this boo
k looks at the subtle processes through which pre-modern categories are transfo
rmed by modern mediations, and how these provide for a retrospective analysis o
f texts composed centuries ago. This deeply interesting and unique work will be
invaluable to students of cultural studies and philosophy. 
</td><td>
Sibaji Bandyopadhyay is former Professor of Cultu
ral Studies, Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta (CSSSC), Kolkata.
He is also former Professor of Comparative Literature, Jadavpur University, Kol
kata.
</td><td>
Delhi.

P,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-6158-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sarasvat
ichandra Part II: Gunasundaris Household</td><td>Govardhanram Madhavram Tripathi,
Tridip Suhrud (tr.)</td><td>2016</td><td>256</td><td>400.0000</td><td>
An epic novel written in four parts from 1887 to 1901, Saras
vatichandra is both the enactment and embodiment of the life philoso
phy of one man, and his sole mission.
Part II, Gunasundaris Household, details the comple
x dynamics of a Hindu joint family. Minister of Ratnanagari, Vidya Chatura and
Gunasundari were married as children. Intelligent and eager, a young Gunasunda
ri is educated by her husband to share his pleasures of literature, poetry, ph
ilosophy. But this blissful aesthetic conjugality is disrupted when his relativ
es come to live with them. She must suddenly manage a household of fourteen ind
ividuals, each with different needs and idiosyncracies. Govardhanrams acute, oft
en delightfully wry observations on human nature, the household dynamics, his s
harp characterisation and descriptions of a pregnant Gunasundari struggling to
keep the family joint and content are perceptive and thought-provoking.
The novel holds up a fascinating mirror to Gujarati society, the joint
family, particularly the role of women, and life in the princely states agains
t the backdrop of India, pre-Independence, in transition at the turn of the nin
eteenth centuryculturally, politically and ideologically. Before Gandhi, arguabl
y no other work has so profoundly influenced the ethos and imagination of Gujar
at as Sarasvatichandra. Parts III and IV, also translated b
y Tridip Suhrud, an acknowledged scholar of nineteenth- and twentieth-century G
ujarat, are forthcoming. 
</td><td>
The Author 
Govardhanram Madhavram Tripathi (18551907) was born at Nadiad, Gujarat. He is
also the author of Snehmudra (1889), The Classic
al Poets of Gujarat and Their Influence on Society and Morals (1894)
, and Lilavati Jivankala (1905).  
The Translator 
Tridip Suhrud works at the Sabarmati Ashram Pre
servation and Memorial Trust, Ahmedabad, Gujarat. <a></a>
/td><td>388</td><td>875.0000</td><td>

lt;/p>
a. 
tment of History, University of Calicut.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture
Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-6090-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Readings
on Dalit Identity: History, Literature and Religion</td><td>Swaraj Basu</td><td>
2015</td><td>416</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Social oppression over the ce
nturies in the name of caste and tradition denied a large section of the Indian
population its rightful place in society. The cultural world and contribution of
these people remained largely ignored. Resistance to the ideology of caste and
the assertion by Dalits for equity and justice have found expression through wri
tings over a period of time.
Since the 1970s, there have been attempts by scholars across discipline
s to shed light on the cultural world of Dalits by constructing alternative hist
orical and religious traditions, and even today, Dalit identity continues to be
an important agenda of academic debate.
This volume brings together a diverse selection of writings that looks
at how, through the reinterpretation of history, literature and religion, Dalits
challenged their ascribed status and created a new identity for themselves. It
examines the Dalit deconstruction of the Aryan migration theory, rewriting of th
e historical narrative, identity formation, cultural symbolism and memory, Dalit
literature and women in Dalit autobiographies, ideas and notions of work, relig
ion and caste identity, and the linkage between Dalit conversion and the questio
n of decolonisation.</td><td>Swaraj Basu is Professor, School of Social Sciences
, Indira Gandhi National Open University.</td><td>World</td><td>Cultur
e Studies</td>
ichandra Part I: Buddhidhans Administration</td><td>Govardhanram Madhavram Tripat
hi and Tridip Suhrud (Translator)</td><td>2015</td><td>408</td><td>595.0000</td
><td>A
novel of epic proportions, written in four parts from 1887 to 1901,
Sarasvatichandra
is
both an enactment and the embodiment of the life philosophy of one
man, and his sole mission. 

Part
I, &
lt;span style="font-size: small">Buddhidhans
Administration,
narrates the story of one individuals extraordinary rise from
poverty to power, to become the Karbhari of Suvarnapur. East India
Companys growing presence in the Indian native states provides the
setting for the rivalry between Buddhidhan and the ruling Karbhari,
Shathrai, and the royal intrigue involving Bhupsinh, claimant to the
throne of Suvarnapur. The
parallel story
threading
through all four parts
is o
f an
unusual and abiding love between Sarasvatichandra and Kumud who,
betrothed young, fall in love before marriagethrough
an exchange of letters, words and worlds.

Calibri, sans-serif">Written
sixty years before Independence, the novel holds up a fascinating
mirror to Gujarati society of that time, the joint family,
particularly the role of women, and life in the princely states,
against the backdrop of a nation in transition at
the turn of the centuryculturally, politically, and ideologically.&l
t;/p>
Calibri, sans-serif">Before
the advent of Gandhi, arguably no other work has so profoundly
influenced the ethos and imagination of Gujarat as Sarasvatichandra</span&gt
;.
Part II, III, and IV, also translated by Tridip Suhrud, an
acknowledged scholar of nineteenth and twentieth century Gujarat, are
forthcoming.  </td><td>Go
vardhanram Madhavram Tripathi (18551907) was born at Nadi
ad, Gujarat. He is also the author of Snehmudra (1889),&nb
sp;The Classical Poets of Gujarat and Their Influence on Society and Morals&
nbsp;(1894), and Lilavati Jivankala (1905).
Tridip Suhrud works at the Sabarmati Ashram Preservation and Memorial Trust, Ahmedab
ad, Gujarat. </td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5966-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Cinema of
Enchantment: Perso-Arabic Genealogies of the Hindi Masala Film</td><td>Anjali G
era Roy</td><td>2015</td><td>260</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
A fascinating account of the theatrical beginnings of Bollywood and the
Indo-Islamic storytelling traditions of the subcontinent, the volume looks at h
ow Islamicate cultures have richly informed and structured mainstream Hindi cin
ema. It tells us how it was Urdu which provided the language of quintessential
romance, passion and poetry for it.

Acknowledging the central contribution of Hindu mythology, narrative visual a
rts and epics on storytelling in film, the volume isolates Bollywoods generic d
ebt to the Perso-Arabic legacies of tilism or enchantment,
qissa and dastan, which have been ma
rginalised in the construction of popular Hindi cinema as national cinema. It l
ooks at the structure and narrative form of Orientalist genres of the Silent pe
riod, stunt films, costume dramas, and their continuity in the masala film of the
1960s and 1970s. As opposed to the lens of fantasy through which the dream-wor
ld of Hindi cinema has been traditionally perceived, it suggests that <em&gt
;tilism may provide a framework for examining its magical and enchant
ing universe.
 The influence of Urdu writers, pre- and post Partition, Urdu poetry a
nd Sufism on film scripts, dialogue and music ensured that the language of Fir
dausi, Ghalib and Zafar lived on in popular imagination. Bollywood, thus, provi
ded one of the last havens for preserving and performing Indias famed syncretic
Ganga-Jamuni tehzeebwherein Hindi and Urdu are not two but are deeply implicated
in one anothereven as it disappeared from other public spaces.
The volume is addressed to students and scholars in the fields of cine
ma, culture and media studies, film history. Any reader interested in Hindi fi
lms and popular culture would also find it engaging and insightful.</
td><td>Anjali Gera Roy, Professor, Department of Humanities &
amp;amp; Social Sciences, IIT Kharagpur, West Bengal. </td><td>World</t
d><td>Culture Studies</td>
d><td>224</td><td>795.0000</td><td>

d futures.  
</td><td>
t;
>2015</td><td>224</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
/p>
Gender Studies.
n Studies.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>272</td><td>625.0000</td><td>
evels. 
>A.
Delhi, Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture
Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-6000-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Multiling
ualism and Multiculturalism: Perceptions, Practices and Policy</td><td>Supriya P
attanayak, Chandrabhanu Pattanayak, Jennifer M Bayer</td><td>2016</td><td>408</t
d><td>945.0000</td><td>
This book is a collection of essays in honour of Debi Prasanna Pattana
yak, for whom multilingualism and mother tongue education a means to secure soc
ial and linguistic justice. Dealing with the concept of multilingualis
m, this book aims to bring to the reader the evolution of cultures and its dire
ct or indirect relation to language development in a multilingual society. This

book comprises a wide variety of essays all brought together by common theme t
hat examines multilingualism and its complexities in terms of sociolinguistic h
ierarchy.
</td><td>
Supriya Pattanayak, PhD from RMIT Univers
ity, Australia, has extensive teaching, research and policy experience. She has
worked with NGOs, multilateral and bilateral
agencies, federal and state Governments toward harmonisation of development e
fforts. Deputy Vice-Chancellor at the Centurion University of Technology and Ma
nagement (CUTM), India, she has recently been appointed as Adjunct Professor at
the RMIT University, Melbourne, Australia.
Chandrabhanu Pattanayak is a global consu
ltant in international and cross-cultural
education and training. He is presently the Director of the Institute of Know
ledge Societies, Centurion University, India and also the Director of CCTE and
the University of Hawai'I, Manoa India programmes.
Jennifer M. Bayer PhD retired as Head, Ce
ntre for Linguistic & Cultural Development, Central Institute of Indian
Languages, Government of India, Mysore. Presently, Jennifer officiates as the
Honorary Director of an ITI that aims to facilitate means of livelihood for hig
h school girls and boys who are poor in academics and are from economically und
erprivileged families. 
</li><li>
Some sacred
herto undocumented,
and
</li><li>
</li><li>
The complex
evidenced in the
ld.
</li></ul>
td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5267-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Political
Culture and Economy in Eighteenth-Century Bengal: Networks of Exchange, Consump
tion and Communication</td><td>Tilottama Mukherjee</td><td>2013</td><td>448</td>
<td>975.0000</td><td><ul>
<li>Books on eighteenth-century Bengal talk of how the economy declined
when the British took over the revenue administration.</li>
<li>This volume is different from other books written on this period be
cause it breaks away from the well-trodden path of eighteenth-century historiog
raphy that looks at the period as one that saw a general decline.</li>
<li> It explores the major components of the distributive economic
networks of markets, overland and riverine communication systems and consumpti
on. </li>
<li>It analyses their interaction with the state, both during the Nizamat and the early years of the rule of the English East Indi
a Company in Bengal. </li>
</ul>
</td><td>Tilottama Mukherjee</em&g
t; teaches in the Department of History, Jadavpur University, Ko
lkata.
/p>
nquest.
versity, Denmark</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5270-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Critical
Studies in Politics: Exploring Sites, Selves, Power</td><td>Nivedita Menon, Adit

ya Nigam and Sanjay Palshikar</td><td>2014</td><td>564</td><td>1175.0000</td><td
>Critical Studies in P
olitics is a collection of essays that redefines the discipline of po
litical science. It brings into view objects of study not normally visible to t
he discipline, through a creative engagement with other disciplinary formations
.
The volume is divided into four
broad intersecting sections. The question of constructions of selfhood emerges
as a central pre-occupation in the first titled Exploring Selfhood'. The ess
ays in this section--ranging from the modern Dalit self to the construction of
the Asura over time--investigate the construction of the Self in the face of th
e Other; and looks at selfhood, not so much as a question of past cultural memo
ry but as self-fashioning in the present. 
The second section--'Spatial
ity and Power'--analyses the idea of spatiality and explains its relationsh
ip with power. It discusses issues ranging from urbanisation and the politics o
f SEZs, to the entry of cinema halls in Delhi, and its implications for the for
mation of the 'public'. The third section titled 'State and Governm
entality' examines state practices as they render legible various aspects o
f populations--from prison labour under colonialism to the organisation of offi
cial memory by the postcolonial state. 
'Reconfiguring Categories of
Thought'--the final section--seeks to unsettle conceptual categories such
as 'capitalism', 'science', 'politics' and 'developm
ent'. 
Located in the 'interstices
of disciplines', these essays by scholars from mainstream political science
departments are at once contemporary and historical. This volume will be of in
terest to students and scholars of political science, film and culture studies,
gender studies and anthropology.</td><td>Nivedita
Menon is Professor, Centre for Comparative Politics and Political Theo
ry, School of International Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, Delhi.</p&
gt;
Aditya Nigam is Senior Fellow, Centre for the Study
of Developing Societies, Delhi.
Sanjay Palshikar is Professor in the Department of
Political Science, University of Hyderabad, Hyderabad.</td><td>World<
/td><td>Culture Studies</td>
><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5123-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Prose of
the World: Modernism and the Banality of Empire</td><td>Saikat Majumdar</td><td
">Prose of the World identifies and explores the way the banality of eve
ryday life and the boredom that often accompanies it paradoxically shape a narra
tive instinct along the margins of the global British empire from late colonial
modernism to the present day as revealed in the fiction of four writers: James J
oyce from Ireland, Katherine Mansfield from New Zealand, Zoe Wicomb from South A
frica, and Amit Chaudhuri from India. Majumdar foregrounds the banal as a key in
stinct of modern and contemporary fictionone that nevertheless remains submerged
because of its antithetical relation to literatures intuitive function to engage
or excite. Majumdar suggests that this impoverished affective experience of colo
nial modernity significantly shapes the innovative aesthetics of modernist ficti
on. Prose of the World thus presents the literary modernism of banality as an ae
sthetic which, though seemingly isolated from the tremors of public history, is
more symptomatic than conclusive. </td><td>Saikat Ma
jumdar is an assistant professor of English at Stanford University and
the author of a novel, Silverfish.</td><td>IN,NP
,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
the Nation: Identity Politics and English Comic Theatre of the Long Eighteenth
Century</td><td>Chandrava Chakravarty</td><td>2013</td><td>220</td><td>650.0000<
/td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Gendering the Nation st
udies the role of the comic theatre in Britain during the long eighteenth centur
y as a nation-building discourse. It evaluates the impact of the cultural phenom
enon of Sentimentality on the English comic stage in conceptualising gendered id
entities for the men and women of a polite, genteel nation. The book analyses ce
rtain popular comic plays of the time to ascertain the extent to which they coul
d constitute gender masculinity and femininity as the basis of a secure social o
rder and a stable nation. A study of genderculture interface, Gendering the Nati
on offers new readings of non-canonical plays and makes extensive use of several
extra-literary discourses</div></td><td><div style="text-align: j
ustify">Chandrava Chakravarty is an Assistant Profess
or of English at West Bengal State University, Kolkata. Her areas of interest in
clude eighteenth-century British literature, and gender and culture studies.<
/div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
>Culture Studies</td>
t;/p>
nd body images.
y of Calcutta. 
rth Carolina Central University in North Carolina, USA. </td><td>World</td><td>C
ulture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5023-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Fictional
ising Myth and History: A Study of Four Postcolonial Novels</td><td>Padma Malini
Sundararaghavan</td><td>2013</td><td>292</td><td>950.0000</td><td>Fictionalising Myth and History&
lt;/strong> offers refreshingly new perspectives on four postcolonial novels
by writers hailing from different countries: Witi Ihimaera of New Zealand, Ngugi
wa Thiong''o of Kenya, Shashi Tharoor of India and Salman Rushdie, the
India-born writer living in the UK. It reveals how the boundaries of fiction, my
th and history get blurred when forces of imperialism and resistance play out th
eir power struggles in different countries. Political and culture myths are bein
g constantly reshaped in a dynamic historical process, underlying which is the t
ruth that political myths that shape history are crafted by the word of command.
The novels explored here being metafictional texts, Sundararaghavan uses multip
le theories in her analysis. This includes the ideas of Ernst Cassirer, Roland B
arthes, Levi Strauss, Hayden White, and Greg Grandin among others. The book ends
with a discussion of the future of postcolonial studies in a century when old c
olonies have shed their colonial bondage. Sundararaghavan examines the evidence
of historians to show the need for new directions in postcolonial studies in the
light of the emergence of financial colonisation and other hegemonic structures
. The book closes with an appendix that summarises how the myth of the Aryan inv
asion of India has shaped the teaching and writing of history in India.</p&gt
;</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Padma Malini
Sundararaghavan taught for several years at Stella Maris College, Che
nnai, India, and researched on postcolonial fiction, obtaining her doctoral degr
ee from the University of Madras. She has written articles on Indian literature
for the Routledge Encyclopaedia of Postcolonial Literatures in English and also
co-authored a travel and heritage book titled It Happened Along the Kaveri.</
div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
tory at the University of Oslo.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
t;
</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
of conflicts in South Asia. </td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</t
d>
d><td>1295.0000</td><td>
Tagore.
om around the world.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5567-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Traversin
g Bihar : The Politics of Development and Social Justice</td><td>Manish K. Jha a
nd Pushpendra</td><td>2014</td><td>368</td><td>995.0000</td><td>
To a curious onlooker, Bihar seems like a place full of paradoxes. It
has a rich cultural heritage from the civilisational past, but evokes images of
being uncultured, primitive and rustic in the present. 
Traversing Bihar depicts and interprets Bihars int
ernal contradictions and struggles. The volume examines and analyses crucial po
litical, social and developmental concerns of the state over the past two decad
es. 
Between 1990 and 2005, Bihar under Lalu Prasad Yadav witnessed a socia
l churning, called the politics of social justice. This period ushered in a pro
cess of de-elitisation of politics with far-reaching consequences. However, ove
r time, Yadavs regime became chaotic and failed to combine change and developmen
t. 
In 2005, the people voted for a change and brought the Nitish Kumar-le
d JDU-BJP coalition to power. The new regime restored the statethe police, the q
uiescent bureaucracy, the rule of law. It seemed to be making concerted efforts
to improve the climate of development in the state. 
The 13 chapters of this volume, divided into three sections, look into
issues such as growth and development, the politics of water resources, social
exclusion in flood response, land rights, agrarian relations, the Left movemen
t, and voting patterns in Bihar. 
Well into its second term, the concerns about Bihar have re-emerged. I
s Nitish Kumars model of development devoid of social justice? Does it re-elitis
e politics? Why did the new developmental state renege on its promises of tenan
cy reforms? Is the bureaucracy not responsible for raising the scale of corrupt
ion? Was the restoration of law and order and the model of development geared t
o satisfy middle-class demands for security and well-being?
In asking these questions and providing in-depth analyses of Bihars con
temporary issues, this one-of-a-kind book will be an invaluable guide for schol
ars and students of economics, development studies and political science.<st
rong> 
</td><td>
Manish K. Jha is Professor and Chairperso
n, Centre for Community Organisation and Development Practice, School of Social
Work, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai.
Pushpendra is Professor, Centre for Commun
ity Organisation and Development Practice, School of Social Work, Tata Institut
e of Social Sciences, Mumbai. </td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies<
/td>
<td>978-81-250-5519-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>English i
n the Dalit Context </td><td>Alladi Uma, K. Suneetha Rani and D. Murali Manohar
(Eds)</td><td>2014</td><td>192</td><td>750.0000</td><td><div>Language does not confine itself to
communication alone. It gets closely connected with politics, be it cultural,
identity, or international politics. This becomes all the more true in the case
of languages that were imported and imposed by colonial powers, and admired and
followed by the colonised as the rulers language. 
<s
pan style="font-size: 11pt"> In India, English has always been an issue of
political discourse, be it in pre-independent, postcolonial or globalised
India. For the privileged class, English is either a language of achievement or
one choice among many other languages. However, for disadvantaged and
marginalised Dalits, mastering English promises liberation.</p&g
t;
pan style="font-size: 11pt"> English
in the Dalit Context is set against this backdrop of the politics
surrounding English in India. The volume, a collection of 15 essays, brings to
the fore a multiplicity of views expressed by Dalit intellectuals and activists
on English in all its different senses. It also includes essays by non-Dalit
scholars who have been long involved with questions of colonial modernity and
of the English language in the Dalit context.

quot;font-size: 11pt">The essays deal with issues of English
pedagogy, such as English as one of the languages or subjects, English as
medium of instruction, entry of Dalit literature into English departments in
colleges and universities,<a style="font-size: 11pt"&g
t;</a> and the politics of t
he
English language as a stepping-stone to success in an increasingly globalised
world, where market culture promises unlimited opportunities.
quot;font-size: 11pt">This important and essential reading will be inval
uable for students and
scholars of English and caste and Dalit Studies.</div&
gt;</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div style="text-align: justify"><b&g
t;Alladi Uma was Professor, Department of English, University of Hyder
abad.</div><div style="text-align: justify"> &l
t;/div><div style="text-align: justify">K. Suneetha
Rani is Professor and Head, Centre for Women's Studies, University
of Hyderabad.</div><div style="text-align: justify"></div><div style="text-align: justify">D.
Murali Manohar is Head and Associate Professor, Department of English,
University of Hyderabad. </div></td><td>World</td><td>Culture St
udies</td>
ous pluralism.

gt;
</td><td>
K,BD,NP,BT,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5513-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Out of Li
ne : Cartoons, Caricature and Contemporary India</td><td>Christel R.Devadawson</
<ol>
<li>This book explores the career of graphic satire, i.e., newspaper cart
oons, in independent India (post-1947)</li>
<li>It offers detailed analyses of the work of prominent practitioners
of the genre, including: Shankar Pillai, R. K. Laxman, Abu Abraham, O. V. Vijaya
n and the collaborative team of Jug Suraiya and Ajit Ninan </li>
<li>Chapter 1 reflects on Shankars endearing yet thoughtful portrayals o
f Nehru in his Man of the Week series, which addresses the challenges confronting
the early years of the republic </li>
<li>In Chapter 2, the author deals with Laxmans character the Common Man,
a usually silent witness who testifies to the complexities of the post-Nehruvia
n era </li>
<li>Chapter 3 deals with Abu Abrahams Emergency-era series Private View, w
hich sought to keep the national conscience alive through this difficult period
</li>
<li>Chapter 4 explores O. V. Vijayans dark and bitterly ironic graphic w
orld, which deals with the inequities of development and the failures of justic
e in 1980s India</li>
<li>Chapter 5 takes up the collaborative work of Jug Suraiya and Ajit N
inan, who address the issues and concerns of a more self-confident, post-libera
lisation nation, including environmentalism, multinational capital and internat
ional warfare.</li>
<li>Christel Devadawson interprets the genre of graphic dissent as a for
m of national lifewritingthe autobiographical recording of self, memory and exper
iencethat brings to light the trials and travails of democracy in the young nati
on-state.</li>
</ol>
</td><td>Christel Devadawson is Professor, Department of Engl
ish, University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
g></td><td>IN,PK,LK,BD,NP,BT,MV</td><td>Culture Stud
ies</td>
gle.
India, Ahmedabad. </td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5489-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Indian Si
gn Language(s)</td><td>G. N. Devych(Ch. Ed.), Tanmoy Bhattacharya, Nisha Grover
and Surinder P. K. Randhawa</td><td>2014</td><td>240</td><td>1150.0000</td><td>
This thirty-eighth volume of the Peoples Linguistic Survey of India is d
evoted to the Indian Sign Language (ISL), the language of the Deaf in India. The
articles in the volume are divided into four parts. The first discusses both it
s formal linguistic and orthographic features; the second presents the sociolingui
stic themes of the ISL such as bilingualism and language variety as well as lang
uage planning and policy issues. Part three presents various synchronic aspects
of the ISL. The final part comprises articles on themes interfacing Sign Languag
es and other knowledge systems. This very first collection of articles on the IS
L, is a critically important contribution to the discipline.

</td><td>
Chief Editor: PLSI 
G. N. Devy, taught at the Maharaja Sayajirao Univ
ersity, Baroda till 1996, before leaving to set up the Bhasha Research Centre in
Baroda and the Adivasi academy at Tejgadh where he has since worked towards con
serving and promoting the languages and culture of indigenous and nomadic commun
ities. He has also been the recipient of many awards for his work in literature,
tribal craft and language conservation. He was awarded the Padma Shri in 2014.
He is the Chief Editor of the PLSI series. 
 
Volume Editors 
Tanmoy Bhattacharya, is an associate profe
ssor of Linguistics at the Centre for Advanced Studies in linguistics, universit
y of Delhi. His research interests include syntax, psycholinguistics, gender, di

sability, deaf education and sign languages. 
 
Nisha Grover, has been involved with the education
of deaf children since 1974 for which the Akshar Trust was started twenty five y
ears ago. 
 
Surinder P.K. Randhawa, is a senior consul
tant with the Indira Gandhi National Open University, Delhi where she teaches th
e BA course in the Applied sign language studies.

!
of Journalism, Chennai.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5472-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Silver L
ining: Insights into Gujarat</td><td>Jayanti S. Ravi</td><td>2014</td><td>96</td
><td>250.0000</td><td>A success story of national pride and achievemen
t, Silver Lining is told most engagingly by a civil servan
t whose experiences in Gujarat deserve to be widely known. Jayanti Ravi is not
only an observer but an active participant in this theatre of higher education
where motives and methods meet several lives to enrich them amid numerous chall
enges and privations. True learning, argues Ravi, begins when we learn to read
the world rather than the word, instances of which she cite
s and celebrates in these pages. Above all, non-formal education has had very f
ew committed votaries, a regrettable shortcoming Ravis pages will certainly red
ress/ overcome. 
This book would inspire serious aspirants to the Indian Administrative Service
and the general reader. 
The Foreword to this book is by Sam Pitroda, Chairman, National Innovation Coun
cil </td><td>jayanti s. ravi, IAS, </strong&
gt;is a civil servant of the Gujarat cadre. A nuclear physicist by qu
alification, with a PhD from MS University, Baroda, Masters in Public Administr
ation from Harvard, she is a column writer and a Visiting Professor at
Harvard Kennedy School. She has worked for many years as an educational admini
strator, including sectors ranging from development to energy, across districts

of Gujarat and also in the Prime Minister's Office as Director in the Nati
onal Advisory Council. </td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
e of Development Studies, Chennai, India.</td><td>World</td><td>Cultur
e Studies</td>

tment of Sociology, University of Peradeniya, Sri Lanka.</td><td>World</td><td>C
ulture Studies</td>
ble period now
lt;br />
 
,BD,PK</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
University in the Netherlands.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>C
ulture Studies</td>
>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
computational linguistics, folklore and lexicography.</td><td>World</td><td>Cul
ture Studies</td>
/>
/td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
anguages University, Hyderabad.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5362-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Bombay be
fore Bollywood: Film City Fantasies</td><td>Rosie Thomas</td><td>2014</td><td>34
4</td><td>995.0000</td><td>Bombay Before Bollywood offers a fresh, alternative look at the
history of Bombay cinema. Eschewing the conventional focus on Indias social and
mythological films, it foregrounds the subaltern genres of the magic and fightin
g filmsthe fantasy, costume and stunt films popular in the B- and C-circuits in t
he decades before and immediately after independence. It explores the influence
of this other cinema on the big-budget masala films of the 1970s and 1980s, be
fore Bollywood erupted onto the world stage in the mid-1990s. The book reminds us
that a significant stream of Bombay cinema has always revelled in cultural hyb
ridity, borrowing voraciously from global popular culture and engaging with tra
nscultural flows of cosmopolitan modernity and postmodernity. This volume will
be a welcome addition to the fields of film studies and cultural studies. It wi
ll also be of interest to the general reader.</td><td>Rosie Thomas is Professor of
Film, Faculty of Media, Arts and Design, University of Westminster, UK. She is a
lso Director, Centre for Research and Education in Arts and Media (CREAM), and C
o-director, India Media Centre at Westminster.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,
BD,PK</td><td>Culture Studies</td>



gt;
Medieval History Journal.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td
>
<td>978-81-7824-346-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Power
ful Ephemeral: Everyday Healing In an Ambiguously Islamic Place</td><td>Carla
Bellamy</td><td>2012</td><td>312</td><td>795.0000</td><td>The violent partitioning of British India along religi
ous lines and ongoing communalist aggression have compelled Indian citizens to
contend with the notion that an exclusive, fixed religious identity is fundamen
tal to selfhood. Even so, Muslim saint shrines known as dargahs attract a relig
iously diverse range of pilgrims. 
In this accessible and groundbre
aking ethnography, Carla Bellamy traces the long-term healing processes of Musl
im and Hindu devotees of a complex of dargahs in northwestern India. Drawing on
pilgrims narratives, ritual and everyday practices, archival documents, and pop
ular publications in Hindi and Urdu, Bellamy considers questions about the natu
re of religion in general and Indian religion in particular. 
Grounded in stories from individ
ual lives and experiences, The Powerful Ephemeral</s
trong> offers not only a humane, highly readable portrait of darg
ah culture, but also new insight into notions of selfhood and religious differe
nce in contemporary India.</td><td><div style="text-align: jus
tify">Carla Bellamy is Assistant Professor of South A
sian Religion at Baruch College.
Bellamy's powerful analyses push back against many assumptions and inherited w
isdom in South Asian scholarship about religion, personhood, the body, health and
violence. The author makes a concerted effort to understand the healing process
es at Husain Tekri from within indigenous categories and understanding.Joyce Burkh
alter Flueckiger
 </div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</t
d>

n to suffer.
al reform.
lt;/em>.</div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD</td><td>Culture Studies</td
>
<td>978-81-7824-349-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>English H
eart, Hindi Heart land: The Political Life of Literature in India</td><td>Rashmi
Sadana</td><td>2012</td><td>240</td><td>595.0000</td><td>English Heart, Hindi Heartland examines Delhis postcolonial literary worldits institutions, prizes, publish
ers, writers, and translators, and the cultural geographies of key neighbourhoo
ds in light of colonial histories and the globalization of English. 
Rashmi Sadana places internation
ally recognized authors such as Salman Rushdie, Anita Desai, and Vikram Seth in
the context of debates within India about the politics of language, and alongs
ide regionally recognized writers such as K. Satchidanandan, Shashi Deshpande,
and Geetanjali Shree. She undertakes an ethnographic study of literary culture,
probing the connections between place, language, and text in order to show wha
t language comes to stand for in peoples lives. 
In so doing she unmasks a social
discourse rife with questions of authenticity and the cultural politics of inc
lusion and exclusion. She illustrates how the notion of what is considered auth
entic not only obscures larger questions relating to caste, religious, and gend
er identities, but that the authenticity discourse itself is continually in flu
x. To extract cultural capital from Indias linguistic hierarchies, writers deplo

y what Sadana calls literary nationality. 
Her book argues that English in
India, and the way it is positioned among the countrys other languages, does not
represent a fixed pole, but rather serves to change political and literary all
iances among classes and castes, often in surprising ways.</td><td>&l
t;b>Rashmi Sadana is Visiting Assistant Professor, Department of Hu
manities and Social Sciences, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT), Delhi.</td><
td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-7824-314-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Print Ar
eas: Book History in India</td><td>Abhijit Gupta and Swapan Chakravorty (Eds.)</
td><td>2010</td><td>260</td><td>295.0000</td><td>In recent years, the
growth of History of the Book as a major, multi-disciplinary area of investigat
ion has energised traditional disciplines such as history and literary studies
in new and unforeseen ways. History of the Book looks at literature as it is em
bodied in its technological productsmainly those of the print industry, but also
manuscripts, engravings, and electronic texts. It studies the various personne
l associated with the making of books: not just authors, but also printers, pub
lishers, illustrators, booksellers, and of course, readers. In so doing it has
restored a measure of historicism and objectivity to literary studies, by insis
ting on a rigorous engagement with the records and what they tell us about mode
s of production, transmission and distribution of books.
Despite being a country with a l
ong, rich and complex book culture, India does not have a comprehensive history
of its books. Print Areas is
the first attempt to write such a history and brings together the work of lead
ing contemporary historians of the book in India. This pioneering volume featur
es essays looking at some of the most fascinating examples of Indias encounter w
ith the book. The choice of the essays also reveals the range of possible appro
aches to the study of books. There are histories of major publishing houses suc
h as Macmillan and Oxford University Press as well of the first edition of a si
ngle book of nonsense verse; perspectives are offered on Benares as a centre of
publishing, the role played by print in shaping Maharashtra politics and the c
ultural impact of popular books in Bengal. These essays will be of interest not
just to the historian or literary scholar but also to those interested in ques
tions of tradition and modernity in colonial and postcolonial India.<
/td><td>Abhijit Gupta  is Reader, English D
ept, Jadavpur University, Kolkata.
Swapan Chakravorty is Professor, English De
pt, Jadavpur University, Kolkata.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studie
s</td>
homas Gray and Literary Authority (1993). </td><td>World</td><td>Cultu
re Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-6424-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Organisat
ional Studies in India</td><td>R. C. Tripathi and Rohit Dwivedi(Eds.)</td><td>20
16</td><td>560</td><td>1525.0000</td><td>Indian organisations are more
complex than organisations elsewhere, because of the unique cultural, economic a
nd political contexts to which they belong. They present a diverse mix of new an
d old, religious and secular, rational and irrational; there are organisations t
hat rank among the best, and those that barely deliver. In todays economically in
terdependent world, the success and failure of Indian organisations have implica
tions for other nations as well.
Unlike previous research that studied organisations on the basis of uni
versal principles, through Euro-centric models based on Western knowledge, Organ
isational Studies in India presents a range of perspectives and employs multiple
lenses to provide a comprehensive understanding of the way organisations functi
on in India.
This collection of research studies focuses on a diversity of issues th
at organisationsin Indiaface, along with the differences in their contexts. The
common theme across all chapters is an assessment of the extent to which Indiano
rganisations hasbrought about the convergence of resources to build a modern nat
ion-state. Focusing on alternative ways of looking at organisational phenomena,t
he contributing authors bring together their vast experience in academia and pra
ctice in their writings to present a nuanced picture of organisational practices
and behaviour.
With its emphasis on perspectives embedded in the Indian context,this b
ook will be of immense value to students and scholars of psychology, organisatio
nal studies and comparative management,and scientist-professionals in India and
abroad. It will also interest transnational organisations operating in India and
those employing Indians in other countries.
</td><td>R. C. Tripathi (ed.) is the editor of the i
nternational journal Psychology and Developing Societies. He was earlier Profess
or (Organisational Behaviour) and Chair, Department of Psychology, University of
Allahabad.
Rohit Dwivedi (ed.) is Associate Professor, Indian I
nstitute of Management, Shillong.
<td>978-81-250-6315-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>When Sun
Meets Moon: Gender, Eros, and Ecstasy in Urdu Poetry</td><td>Scott Kugle</td><td
>2016</td><td>344</td><td>1125.0000</td><td>The two Urdu poets Shah Sir
aj and Mah Laqa Bai Chand lived separate lives in the Deccan during the eighteen
th century. In When Sun Meets Moon, they are brought togeth
er in the realm of literary imagination. Through a comparison of their work, thi
s book illustrates complexity of gender, sexuality, and religious practice in Is
lamic culture.
Shah Siraj (17151763), whose name means "Sun," lived in Aurang
abad; he was a Sunni Muslim who, after a youthful love affair, gave up sexual re
lationships to follow Sufi mysticism. Mah Laqa Bai Chanda (17681820), whose name
means "Moon," lived in Hyderabad; she was a Shi'i Muslim and court
esan who combined the seduction of men with the pursuit of mystical love. Both p
oets specialized in the ghazal, often fusing spiritual quest with erotic imagery
.
This book features Kugle's translations of Urdu and Persian poetry
previously unavailable in English. Kugle argues that Shah Siraj and Mah Laqa Ba
i were exceptions to the gender norms common in their patriarchal society. Their
poetry helps us understand the reach and the limitations of gender roles and er
otic imagery in Islamic and Indian culture. This study also shows how poetry, mu
sic, and dance are integral to Islamic devotional traditions.
This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of gender
studies, comparative religion, Urdu poetry and Islamic studies. </td><
td>Scott Kugle is Associate Professor of South Asian
and Islamic Studies at Emory University</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV<
<td>978-81-250-6316-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Tell the
Tale, Urvashi</td><td>Dalip Kaur Tiwana,Bhupinder Singh(tr)</td><td>2016</td><t
d>436</td><td>850.0000</td><td>The long-awa
ited English translation of the popular Punjabi novel Katha Kaho Urvashi by Sahi
tya Akademi Award-winning novelist and distinguished academic Dalip Kaur Tiwana,
Tell the Tale, Urvashi is the tragic intergenerational saga of a landed Sikh fa
mily in late 20th-century Punjab.
Devinder, his three sisters and their widowed, deeply religious mother form a cl
ose-knit family. Devinders special bond with his eldest sister Kuldeep is challen
ged by his marriage to Alka, a beautiful, restless woman constrained by traditio
nal roles and expectations. Exploring the dynamics of family life, human relatio
nships, the evolving roles of women and the social structures within which they
are rooted, the novel addresses questions of identity and alienation, tradition
and modernity against the backdrop of a wider cultural disorientation of our tim
es, and hauntingly captures the search for the meaning of life, loss and death.&
lt;/p>Using multiple narratives and narr
ative genres, Tiwana projects a many-voiced, fragmented world in which there are
no black and white divisions, no saints or villains, only individuals limited b
y their own impulses and frailties, their memories and pastspeople in whom we can
see reflections of ourselves. A universal tale of love and loss told simply but
evocatively, this classic of Punjabi literature will appeal to all lovers of In
dian fiction.  </a></td><td>Dalip Kaur Tiwana 

<div> </div><div>Bhupinder Singh(Translator)</di
v></td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-6412-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Revisitin
g Indias Partition: New Essays on Memory, Culture, and Politics</td><td>Amritjit
Singh, Nalini Iyer, and Rahul K. Gairola (Eds)</td><td>2016</td><td>400</td><td
>1100.0000</td><td>
Revisiting Indias Partition: New Essays on Memory, Culture, a
nd Politics is a contributory volume on the Partition of Ind
ia on the eve of Independence. There are 19 essays in the book drawn from inter
disciplinary backgrounds on several topics pertaining to the Partition, includi
ng decolonisation and post-colony, economic development and nation-building, cr
oss-border skirmishes, terrorism, and nationalism. The volume covers areas beyo
nd Punjab and Bengal and includes analyses of Sindh, Kashmir, Hyderabad, and mo
re broadly South India, the Northeast, and Burma. It, in fact, extends
and expands on the original notion of the Long Partition to examine the cultura
l, political, economic, and psychological impact the Partition continues to hav
e on communities in South Asia and throughout the diaspora. 
Useful for scholars in literary and cultural studies, history, politic
al studies, sociology, Asian/South Asian studies, and womens studies, the book h
as a thought-provoking introduction which provides a multi-vocal, multi-focal,
transnational commentary on the Partition in relation to motifs, texts, and reg
ions that have earlier been ignored. 
</td><td>
Amritjit Singh is Langston Hughes Profess
or of English at Ohio University.  
Nalini Iyer is Professor of English and Director
of Research at Seattle University. 
Rahul K. Gairola is Assistant Professor of Engli
sh and Comparative Literature at IIT-Roorkee. 
;


<td>978-81-250-6309-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Arjuna Pa
ndava: The Double Hero in Epic Mahabharata</td><td>Kevin McGrath</td><td>2016</t
d><td>220</td><td>835.0000</td><td><div>Why should Arjuna, a late Bronze A
ge hero in the epic Mahabharata, be worshipped today and receive popular devotio
n, not just in India but throughout the world? Mahabharata scholar Kevin McGrath
addresses this question through an examination of Arjunas presence in the Pune C
ritical Edition of the epic. According to him, the heroic Arjuna, the perfect wa
rrior, acquired such significance because of his dual naturehe exists simultaneou
sly in two worlds, the human and the supernatural. This duality is intrinsic to
the nature and character of Arjuna, as well as to the narrative of the epic itse
lf. </div><div> </div><div>Through h
is text-based analysis of the mortal-immortal Arjunas significance, the author ex
plores what charaterises this category of hero, figures who are neither deities no
r simple mortal beings, but who make up a unique group of beings by themselves.
He also draws connections between the myth of poetry and its potential for ritua
l and cult; the book is a commentary on the poetic thought processes that formed
the basis of the early tradition of composition in preliterate poetry. As the f
irst study of the late Bronze Age period in which the Mahabharata is set, McGrat
h also provides us with an understanding of how kinship systems worked during th
at time, and how political alliances functioned. </div><div&gt
; </div><div>With its well-tested and innovative concepts
and methods of analysis that will change contemporary understandings of epic he
roes and heroines, this book will appeal to students and scholars of Indian hist
ory, cultural studies, language and literature, and sociology.</div><di
v> </div></td><td>Kevin McGrath is Associ
ate of the Department of South Asian Studies at Harvard University, USA.

</td><td>
</td><td>
 
thesis. 
<td>978-81-250-6249-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Too Many
Men, Too Few Women: Social Consequences of Gender Imbalance in India and China</
td><td>Ravinder Kaur</td><td>2016</td><td>352</td><td>995.0000</td><td>
The gender balance in Asia is significantly shaped by the male-biased s
ex ratios of two of its most populous countries, China and India. The rapid fert
ility declines in the two countries, resulting from China's one-child policy
and India's two-child norm, combined with the advent of sex determination t
echnologies, has contributed to the birth of fewer girls. As a result of these f
actors, both countries now have an excess of males and a shortage of females.&lt
;/p>There is increasing concern over the likely adverse consequences
of such highly masculine populations. Most work on adverse sex ratios has dealt
with the identification, patterns and causes of skewed sex ratios; &lt
;em>Too Many Men, Too Few Women is the first book to focu
s specifically on the social consequences of the skewed sex ratio in both India
and China. Well-known sociologists, economists and demographers come together to
explore the social consequences of a skewed sex ratio from varied perspectives:
the position of women in communities with fewer women; the likely increase in i
ncidents of crime and violence; the impact on cultural practices such as dowry a
nd bride price, as well as on domestic violence; and possible policy and reform
measures that governments can undertake to correct the gender imbalance.</p&g
t;Based on new empirical work and ethnographical accounts, this book ta
kes a critical look at demographic approaches and policies in both India and Chi
na. It will be essential reading for students and scholars of sociology, as well
as researchers, policymakers, and funding agencies involved in population studi
es and problems related to male-biased sex ratios.
</td><td>
Ravinder Kaur is Professor of Soc
iology, Indian Institute of Technology Delhi, New Delhi.
</td><td>
<td>978-81-250-6238-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Disnarrat
ion: The Unsaid Matters</td><td>Sudha Shastri</td><td>2016</td><td>196</td><td>7
25.0000</td><td>
Disnarration: The Unsaid  Matters  is the outcome of a conference on the theme of disnarration, narrative refu
sals, counterfactual histories, held at IIT Bombay, Mumbai. Since the time it w
as first introduced by Gerald Prince, the concept of disnarration has brought a
new perspective of looking at narrative and theorising about it. Disnarration,
in principle, can be applied as an interpretive tool to almost all narrative t
exts to see how far they yield to its investigative strategies. At the same tim
e, disnarration also signposts discourses such as postcolonialism and feminism,
because of the way it foregrounds silencing, and thus extends beyond being mer
ely a tool for reading narrative structures.  The first section of thi
s book looks at the notion of disnarration itself as a theoretical principle an
d examines its possibilities and trajectory. In the second section, it addresse
s subjects like postcoloniality, gender, physical disability and ethnicity and

examines how chosen texts have disnarrated it. Disnarration: The Uns
aid Matters thus approaches the idea of disnarration from two ends:
the specific text and the larger, broader, theoretical reach. The editors introd
uction effects a dialogue between these two vantage-points of deliberating disn
arration.
</td><td>Sudha Shastri is Professor of English, Depa
rtment of Humanities and Social Sciences, Indian Institute of Technology Bombay.
Her teaching and research interests include Indian writing in English, intertex
tuality and narratives. She is also the author of Intertextuality and Victorian
Studies (Orient BlackSwan, 2001).</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studie
s</td>
ality.
</td><td>
zones. 
<td>978-81-250-6235-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Desire an
d Defiance: A Study of Bengali Women in Love, 1850-1930</td><td>Aparna Bandyopad
hyay</td><td>2016</td><td>320</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>
Power is the key element of patriarchy; and the other significant elem
ent is love. Traditional control over womens sexuality was rearticulated in the
mid-nineteenth century through the ideology of a non-consensual, non-dissoluble
conjugality, based on the wifes unconditional fidelity and loyalty to her husba
nd. Intertwined with this control was the fear that women would transgress, fea
rs that even led to a backlash against representations of womens deviant love in
novels, and attempts to prevent women from reading. Despite these restrictions
, some women did follow their desires, in defiance of social norms.
Desire and Defiance retells story of heterosexual
love in Bengal from the womans perspective. Focusing primarily on upper-caste Be
ngali women from both Hindu and Brahmo backgrounds, this book explores aspects
of heterosexual intimacy that were considered transgressive by upper-caste Hind
u society. Resisting societal attempts to confine their sexuality, many upper-c
aste Hindu and Brahmo women married (or remarried) according to their own choic
e, or engaged in non-marital and extra-marital intimacy. However, as the book s
hows, such transgression usually led to harassment, familial and social ostraci
sm, and severe social sanctions. The colonial bureaucracy, judiciary and media
exercised control over womens sexuality through laws and strictures, highlighti
ng the way patriarchy transcended the divide between the public and the private
, the coloniser and the colonised.

Providing a feminist understanding of the high-caste Hindu/Brahmo woma
ns varied and mostly unrewarding experiences of intimacy outside the bounds of n
ormative relationships, this book provides a glimpse into the deeply gendered w
orld of love. Interesting and informative, this book will be useful to students
and scholars of womens studies, history, sociology and culture studies.</p&g
t;
</td><td>Aparna Bandyopadhyay is Associate Professor
, Department of History, Lady Brabourne College, Kolkata.</td><td>Worl
d</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3705-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Scar
</td><td>K A Gunasekaran</td><td>2009</td><td>120</td><td>275.0000</td><td>Growing up as a boy from the Parayar c
aste, in the milieu of Christian, Hindu and Muslim communities, K.A. Gunasekaran
narrates the familiar tale of caste oppression and prejudice prevalent in the v
illages of Tamil Nadu. As the narrative unfolds, the reader is shown how the low c
aste negotiates differently with the three religious communities. The deep pain
of the Paraya surfaces through the risible anecdotes that ridicule the grievous
ly unjust practices of the upper castes. The book emphasises the fact that Indian
villages are doubly caste-conscious and cruel, and that Dalit emancipation rest
s in better education for the community. Gunasekaran writes in an earthy and col
loquial style to capture the innocence, cruelty and drama of a South Indian vill
age.
Considered the first modern Dalit autobiography in Tamil, The Scar</spa
n> is an important book calling for Dalit assertion and emancipation. </td><td><div style="text-align: justify">K.A. Guna
sekaran is a teacher, folk-artist, dramatist and researcher. He was th
e dean of the School of Performing Arts at Pondicherry University. Currently he
is the director of the International Institute of Tamil Studies.</div></td
><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3707-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Culture,
Society and Development in India: Essays for Amiya Kumar Bagchi</td><td>Manoj Ku
mar Sanyal and Arunabha Ghosh (Eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>192</td><td>625.0000</
td><td>This volume collects writi
ngs by authors across disciplines on issues that have engaged eminent economic h
istorian Amiya Kumar Bagchi. The eleven essays define and develop the concepts o
f tradition, modernity, post modernism, liberty and humanism in the Indian conte
xt. They include critiques fo theWestern model of monolingualism in development,
and of the 'self-absorbed' Indian middle class in the wake of Mandalisa
tion and globalisation, as well as Amiya Bagchi's own writings in Bangla; th
e place of women in early hindi films, and in Utopias and fiction, past and pres
ent; the culture of hindustani classical music in the colonial context of the l
ate 19th century; the language of contemporary Indian art; and ideological and b
ussiness aspects of the cinema of Mumbai. The subjects of this compelling collec
tion include Wajid Ali Shah, Rokeya Sakhawat Hossain, Dadasaheb Phalke, Mahaswet
a Devi, F.N. Souza and the cult film Jai Santoshi Ma</p&
gt; This book offers glimpses of
the many shades of the cultural life of a nation forever swinging between inert
ia and change. It will interest students of art, language a
nd literature, music, gender studies and films. The informed general reader too
will find much to treasure here.</td><td>Manoj Kumar Sanyal is an economist and form
er Senior (ICSSR) Fellow at Jawaharlal Nehru University. &lt
;b>Arunabha Ghosh is a connoisseur of films and literature, based i
n Kolkata </td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3775-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Esse
ntial Mystery: Major Filmmakers of Indian Art Cinema</td><td>John W. Hood</td><t
d>2009</td><td>640</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>A comprehensive overview o

f Indian art cinema, this substantially revised and
updated edition takes a critical look at the major filmmakers of the genre. The
film directors who form the corpus of this new edition now include among others
Satyajit Ray, Mrinal Sen, Adoor Gopalakrishnan, Shyam Benegal, Govindan Aravind
an, Aparna Sen, Girish Kasaravalli, Govind Nihalani, Ritwik Ghatak and Buddhadeb
Dasgupta. A final chapter critically examines the works of filmmakers not as pr
olific as those mentioned earlierMani Kaul, Kumar Shahani, Goutam Ghose, Ketan Me
hta, Manmohan Mahapatra, Nirad Mahapatra and Shaji Karun. Nevertheless they have
in their oeuvre, films marked by their excellence. The detailed filmography at
the end of the book is a valuable addition for students and scholars of cinema
and film aficionados.
John Hoods critical analysis of each filmmakers work is
lucid and meticulous. The amazing availability of the films under study on DVD,
have made this vast treasury of films accessible to the reader. The objective of
this book is not to decode each film or provide the right answersonly sensitive
responsesand to promote an enhanced appreciation of Indian art cinema.<
/td><td>John W Hood was born in Melbourne
in 1944. He studied at the University of Melbourne majoring in Philosophy a
nd Indian Studies. His PhD thesis on Bengali vernacular historiography, focusse
d on the work of the late Professor Niharranjan Ray. He has written extensively
on Indian cinema, his published books include Chasing the Truth: The
Films of Mrinal Sen (1993), The Films of Buddhadeb Dasgupta (2005) a
nd Beyond the World of Apu: The Films of satyajit Ray (2008). He is
also a well-known translator of Bengali literature, having translated the poetr
y of Buddhadeb Dasgupta and the novels and short stories of Buddhadev Guha and
Prafulla Roy. John Hood divides his time between Melbourne and Kolkata.</td><td
>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
these pages.
thnic and Migration Studies.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</
td>
<td>978-81-250-3790-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Firs
t Promise</td><td>Ashapurna Debi, translated from Bengali by Indira Chowdhury</t
d><td>2009</td><td>600</td><td>650.0000</td><td>The First Promise is a translation of Ashapurna Debi’s novel, Pratham Pratisruti , originally published in Bengali in 1964. Ce
lebrated as one of the most popular and path-breaking novels of its time, it ha
s received continual critical acclaim: the Rabindra Puraskar (the Tagore Prize)
in 1966 and the Bharitiya Jnanpith, India’s highest literary award,
in 1977. Spanning the late eighteenth and early twentieth centuries, Ashapurna
tells the story of the struggles and efforts of women in nineteenth-century, co
lonial Bengal in a deceptively easy and conversational style. The charming eigh
t-year old heroine, Satyabati is a child bride who leaves her husband&rsquo
;s village for Calcutta, the capital of British India where she is caught in t
he social dynamics of women’s education, social reform agendas, moder
n medicine and urban entertainment. As she makes her way through this complex m
aze, making sense of the rapidly changing world around her, Satyabati nurtures
hopes and aspirations for her daughter. But the promises held out by modernity
turn out to be empty, instigating Satyabati to break away from her inherited wo
rld and initiate a quest that takes her to the very heart of tradition. </p&
gt; Indira Chowdhury’s confident t
ranslation, with its conscious choice of Indian English equivalents over Britis
h and American colloquialisms, carries across the language divide the flavour o
f Ashapurna’s unique idiomatic style. This edition also includes the
translator’s reflections on the process of translation itself. </td><td>Ashapurna Debi was born in 1909. Her
conservative family did not send her to school, but encouraged by her mother,
she learnt to read and write on her own and published her first poem in the chi
ldren’s magazine Shishu Saathi. Married at fifte
en to Kalidas Gupta of Krishnanagar, she continued to write with his support. &
lt;em>Pratham Pratisruti (1964) is the first of a trilogy that in
cludes Subarnalata (1966) and Bakul Katha (1973). Translated here as The First Promise, it won h
er the Rabindra Puraskar in 1966 and the Bharatiya Jnanpith award in 1977. Asha
purna published 181 novels, 38 anthologies of short stories, and 52 books for c
hildren. She died in 1995.
b>The Translator Indira Chowdhury was formerly Prof
essor of English at Jadavpur University, Kolkata. A PhD in History from the Sch
ool of Oriental and African Studies, London, her book The Frail Hero a
nd Virile History (OUP, 1998) was awarded the Tagore Prize (Rabindra
Puraskar) in 2001. She also compiled the Supplement of Indian English words pu
blished in the Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary</em&g
t; in 1995. In 2006, she was awarded the New India Fellowship for her forthcomi
ng book on the institutional history of Tata Institute of Fundamental Research.
Her latest book, (co-authored with Ananya Dasgupta), is titled Homi
Bhabha: A Hundred Years (Penguin India, 2009).</td><td>Wo
rld</td><td>Culture Studies</td>

gt; </td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
td><td>Culture Studies</td>
ute of Persian Studies. </td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Culture
Studies</td>
law.</td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</td>

and Sciences.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</
td>
<td>978-81-250-3920-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hundred
Tamil Folk and Tribal Tales</td><td>Sujatha Vijayaraghavan (Tr.)</td><td>2010</t
t;In Hundred Tamil Folk and Tribal Tales we have a
rich variety of tale-types of a major South Indian oral tradition. Sujatha Vijay
araghavans lucid English translation here beacons a serious engagement in Indic s
tudies. It locates this body of work at the interface between folklore, anthropo
logy, sociology and public culture of a by-gone era.
This handy collection pr
ovides an easy access to the cultural registers and linguistic mores of a tribal
/folk population at a crucial juncture of colonial modernity. Furthermore, she t
ranslates not merely the tales as she finds them in the Tamil original (naatupur
a kathai kalanjiyam), but distinguishes and recognises the tribal tale, otherwis
e unnoticed in a proverbial ocean of Indian folklore. As a vibrant vein of wit a
nd wisdom in Dravidian lives and traditions, the tribal-tale receives the firstever straight look in these pages. </td><td><div style="text-a
lign: justify">Sujatha Vijayaraghavan is Professor of
English at Pondicherry University, Puducherry. Her teaching and research intere
sts include Postcolonial Studies. Translation and Folklore Studies and Oral Lite
ratures. She has also rendered into English a sizeable body of contemporary Tami
l fiction and classical poetry.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studie
s</td>

n Wales and Orissa.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
;nbsp;</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
Tod
d.
.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3967-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Last
Mushairah of Dehli</td><td>Mirza Farhatullah Baig (author) and Akhtar Qamber (tr
anslator)</td><td>2010</td><td>192</td><td>495.0000</td><td>The twilight Delhi of the later Mughals, decadent in
statesmanship, devastated by marauders, declining in history, still managed to
leave behind something more durable than marble and sandstone: a magnificent b
ody of Urdu poetry and prose. It is this facet of the city that Mirza Farhatullah Baig Dehalvi captu
res in this unique literary work. Drawing upon living memory, manuscripts and o
ther documents, he wrote Dehli ki Akhri Shama, a fictional
account of what purports to be the last great mushairah held in Delhi under the
patronage of Bahadur Shah Zafar, the last Mughal emperor. The narrative recreates
for us the various stages of organizing such an occasion, introduces us to unf
orgettable people and now-forgotten places, and builds up to the climaxthe mushai
rah itselfat which all the important Urdu poets of the time are present.</p&g
t;
The present volume is the first-e
ver English translation of Farhatullah Baigs classic, accompanied by a long intr
oduction, textual and other annotations, and extensive glossary. Much more than
a work of translation, this is a labour of love and scholarship. 
</td><td>Mirza Farhatull
ah Baig was born of Mughal stock in Delhi. Educated at the Dehli Mad
rassah, Hindu College and St. Stephens College, Delhi, he was Director of Educa
tion in the State of Hyderabad. Later, he became the Registrar of the high cour
t of Hyderabad. A distinguished writer and humorist, Baigs essays are marked by
their richness of imagination and informality of style. His pen-portraits are l
ively and sharp in characterisation. His language represents one of the best sp
ecimens of Urdu as spoken in Delhi.<div style="text-align: ju
stify">Akhtar Qamber obtained graduate degrees in English literature fr
om the universities of Lucknow and Columbia. She taught at Isabella Thoburn Co
llege, Lucknow, and at Miranda House, Delhi, and visited the International Chr
istian University at Tokyo and Western College for Women at Oxford, Ohio, on
teaching assignments. After retiring from the academic life, Qamber devoted her
time to translating from Urdu and Persian into English. Her earlier publicatio
ns include a collection of poems written originally in English, and a book on t
he relationship between the work of W. B. Yeats and the Noh drama of Japan.</
div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
gt;
/td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4146-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Stages o
f Capital: Law, Culture, and Market Governance in Late Colonial India</td><td>Ri
tu Birla</td><td>2011</td><td>360</td><td>675.0000</td><td>Between 1870 and 1930, the British regime in India imp
lemented a barrage of commercial and contract laws directed at the free circulati
on of capital, including measures regulating companies, income tax, charitable

gifting, and pension funds, and procedures distinguishing gambling from specul
ation and futures trading. 
Ritu Birla argues that this under
studied legal infrastructure institutionalized a new object of sovereign manage
ment the market and along with it, a colonial concept of the public. In jurispr
udence, case law, and statutes, colonial market governance enforced an abstract
vision of modern society as a public of exchanging, contracting actors free fr
om the anachronistic constraints of indigenous culture.
Birla reveals how the categories
of public and private infiltrated colonial commercial law, establishing distinc
t worlds for economic and cultural practice. This bifurcation was especially ap
parent in legal dilemmas concerning indigenous or vernacular capitalists, crucial
engines of credit and production that operated through networks of extended ki
nship. 
Posing the story of the Marwaris as an archive for reading the history
law and capitalism together, Birla demonstrates how colonial law governed vern
acular capitalists as rarefied cultural actors, so rendering them illegitimate
as economic agents.
In Stages of Capital, Birla bring
s research on nonwestern capitalisms into conversation with postcolonial studie
s to illuminate the historical roots of Indias market society. Highlighting the
cultural politics of market governance, the book is an unprec
edented history of colonial commercial law, its legal fictions, and the formati
on of the modern economic subject in India.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr Ritu Birla
is tenured Associate Professor in the Department of History at the U
niversity of Toronto.  Her research and writing brings expertise on m
odern India and colonialism, political and social theory, and legal and gender
studies to questions in the global history of capitalism, the history of law an
d economy, and the cultural and intellectual history of modernity.  &l
t;/div><div style="text-align: justify">Birla holds a BA in
History and South Asian Studies (summa cum laude) from Columbia College, Columb
ia University, a second BA and MA from Cambridge University, where she held a E
uretta J. Kellett Fellowship and a PhD in History from Columbia University.<
/div><div style="text-align: justify">Professor Birla is cur
rently involved in a range of conversations on law, economy and global culture,
including the Asian Futures Group at the Munk School for Global Affairs, Unive
rsity of Toronto, the Harvard Workshop on the Political Economy of Modern Capit
alism, and the Sister Cities Project of the award-winning journal&
lt;/strong> Public Culture (Duke University Press). A s
pecial issue of that journal presenting new academic approaches to Gandhi's
thought and global presence, co-edited by Dr Birla and Dr Faisal Devji of Oxfo
rd University, will appear in Spring/Summer 2011.</div><div style=&quo
t;text-align: justify">Her new book, Stages of Capital: La
w, Culture and Market Governance in Late Colonial India (Duke Un
iversity Press, 2009; Orient BlackSwan, December 2010), uncovers the workings o
f colonial market governance and its distinctly new vision of Indian society as
a market--as a public of exchanging, contracting economic actors.  &l
t;/div><div style="text-align: justify">A history of the unp
recedented colonial legal standardization of commercial and financial practice,
and of the negotiations of indigenous or vernacular capitalists with this mark
et governance, Stages of Capital unpacks the gover
nmental reasoning that distinguished economic from cultural practice, speculati
on from gambling, and public investment from private interest.  </d
iv>
Noted for its groundbreaking method and content, the book is the winner of th
e 2010 Albion Book Prize of the North American Conference on Brit
ish Studies, and has been applauded in a wide range of journals,
including the Institute for Historical Research's (University of London) R
eviews in History, the Business History Review (Harvard University Press), the
Journal of Interdisciplinary History (MIT Press), The Law and History Review (C
ambridge University Press), the Journal of Colonialism and Colonial History (Jo
hns Hopkins University Press), Enterprise and Society (Oxford University Press)
, and the Italian journal Studi Culturali (Il Mulino), among others. 
 <div style="text-align: justify">Her recent article
s have addressed the emergence of culture and economy as gendered categories of mod
ern governing; the formation of the economic subject as precursor to the citize
n; legal history and theory, especially the legal fictions of contract, kinship
and group life; and history as critical practice.</div></td><td>IN,PK,BD,
BT,NP,MV,LK</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4147-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Compan
ion to Translation Studies</td><td>Piotr Kuhiwczak and Karin Littau (Eds.)</td><
fy">The book provides an authoritative guide to key approaches in transl
ation studies. Each chapter gives an in-depth account of theoretical concepts, i
ssues and studies. In the general introduction, the editors illustrate how tran
slation studies has developed as a broad interdisciplinary field.</td>
<td>Piotr Kuhiwczak is Associate Professor at the Centre for Translation and Coomparative Cult
ural Studies, University of Warwick.
Karin Littau i
s Senior Lecturer in the Department of Literature Film and Theatre Studies at th
e University of Essex.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Culture St
udies</td>
xploitation. 

and African Studies, London.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td
>
<td>978-81-250-4166-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Radical,
Religious, and Violent: The New Economics of Terrorism</td><td>Eli Berman</td><
td>2011</td><td>316</td><td>675.0000</td><td>How do radical religious
sects run such deadly terrorist organizations? Hezbollah, Hamas, Lashkar-e-Taiba
, and the Taliban all began as religious groups dedicated to piety and charity.
Yet once they turned to violence, they became horribly potent, executing camp
aigns of terrorism deadlier than those of their secular rivals. 
In Radical, Religious and Violent, Eli Ber
man approaches the question using the economics of organizations. He argues tha
t these terrorists (even suicide terrorists) are best understood as rational al
truists seeking to help their own communities. Yet despite the vast pool of pot
ential recruitsyoung altruists who feel their communities are repressed or endan
gered there are less than a dozen highly lethal terrorist organizations in the w
orld capable of sustained and coordinated violence that threatens governments a
nd makes hundreds of millions of civilians hesitate before boarding an airplane
. What is special about these organizations, and why are most of their follower
s religious radicals?
Drawing on parallel research on radical religious Jews, Christians, an
d Muslims, Berman shows that the most lethal terrorist groups have a common cha
racteristic: their leaders have found a way to control defection. Hezbollah, Ha
mas, and the Taliban, for example, built loyalty and cohesion by means of mutua
l aid, weeding out free riders and producing a cadre of members they could rely o
n. The secret of their deadly effectiveness lies in their resilience and cohesi
on when incentives to defect are strong. 
These insights suggest that provision of basic social services by comp
etent governments adds a critical, nonviolent component to counterterrorism str
ategies. It undermines the violent potential of radical religious organizations
without disturbing free religious practice, being drawn into theological debat
es with jihadists, or endangering civilians. </td><td>Eli Ber
man is Professor of Economics at the University of California, San Die

go, and research Director of International Security Studies at the University of
California Institute on Global Conflict and Cooperation.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK
,MV,PK</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
nt.
1954.

r. Michelson Institute in Bergen, Norway</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK,PK</td><td>C
ulture Studies</td>
thers.
ribal identity.
hropology. 
Department of History, University of Calcutta.</td><td>World</td><td>C
ulture Studies</td>
11</td><td>316</td><td>850.0000</td><td><ul>
;
of English, University of Hyderabad.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
><ul>
>
<li>In
<li>The la
<li>The Con

vpur
;/p>
nce.
Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4248-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>From Hind
i to Urdu: A Social and Political History</td><td>Tariq Rahman</td><td>2011</td>
<td>476</td><td>1050.0000</td><td><p style="text-align: justify"&gt
;A first of its kind, this book traces the political history and genealogy of Ur
du. It also looks at the domains in which the language is used by both Hindus a
nd Muslims of northern India.</td><td>Tariq Rahman is an HEC Distinguished National
Professor of Sociolinguistic History and Professor Emeritus at the National Inst
itute of Pakistan Studies, Qaid-E-Azam University, Islamabad.</td><td>
IN</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
d. </td><td>IN,NP,PK,BD,BT,MV,LK</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
India. </li>
ntries. </li>
ylvania</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4263-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Before t
he Divide: Hindi and Urdu Literary Culture</td><td>Francesca Orsini (Ed.)</td><t
y">Based on a workshop on 'Intermediary Genres in Hindi and Urdu&#3
9;, Before the Divide: Hindi and Urdu Literary Culture </stron
g>is an attempt to rethink aspects of the literary histories of these two la
nguages.
Today, Hindi and Urdu are consid
ered two separate languages, each with its own script, history, literary canon
and cultural orientation. Yet, pre-colonial India was a deeply multilingual soc
iety with multiple traditions of knowledge and literary production. Historicall
y the divisions between Hindi and Urdu were not as sharp as we imagine them tod
ay. The essays in this volume reassess the definition and identity of language
in the light of this. Its aim is to move away from the received historical narr
atives of Hindi and Urdu, and look afresh at the textual material available in
order to attempt a more complex picture of the north Indian literary culture th
at is more attuned to the nuances of register, accent, language choice, genre a
nd audiences.
Various factors that would lead o
ne to consider a broader range of texts and tastes that lay before poets and wr
iters in those times are examined. For instance, why did a Sant write in Nagari
Rekhta? Why did a Persian poet or an Avadhi Sufi mix Hindavi and Persian? What
ever their motivations, all these cases speak of an awareness of multiple liter
ary models. It also implies a keenness towards experimenting with other literar
y or oral traditions that go against the purist intentions of modern literary h
istorians.
This volume thus looks at the rea
rticulation of language and its identity in the late nineteenth and early twent
ieth centuries and will be useful for students of modern Indian history, langua
ge studies and cultural studies.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Francesca Ors
ini is Reader in the Literatures of North India at the School of Orien
tal and African Studies, University of London. She is the author of The Hindi Pu
blic Sphere, Print and Pleasure: Popular Literature and Entertaining Fictions in
Colonial North India (forthcoming) and is the editor of Love in South Asia.
Contributors
Imre Bangha, Lecturer in Hindi in the Oriental Institute, University of Oxford.
Allison Busch, Assistant Professor of Hindi-Urdu Language and Literature at the
University of Columbia.
Thomas de Bruijn is the author of a monograph on Malik Muhammad Jayasi's Pad
mavat (The Ruby Hidden in the Dust, 1996) and of several articles on medieval Av
adhi literature and on the contemporary New Short Story in Hindi. He works at th
e University of Leiden.
Lalita du Perron, Associate Director of the Centre for South Asia at the Univers
ity of Wisconsin at Madison.
Mehr Afshan Farooqi, Assistant Professor of South Asian Literature at the Univer
sity of Virginia.
Christina Oesterheld teaches Urdu in the Department of Modern South Asian Studie
s (Languages and Literatures) at the South Asia Institute, University of Heidelb
erg.
Valerie Ritter, Assistant Professor of South Asian Languages and Civilisations a
t the University of Chicago.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</
td>
<td>978-81-250-4265-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Working
the Night Shift: Women in Indias Call Center Industry</td><td>Reena Patel</td><td
">Relatively high wages and the opportunity to be part of an upscale,&a

mp;nbsp;globalized work environment draw many to the call center industry in In
dia. At the same time, night shift employment presents women, in parti
cular, with new challenges alongside the opportunities. This book expl
ores how beliefs about what constitutes women's work are evolving in
response to globalization.
Working t
he Night Shift is the first in-depth study of the cal
l center industry that is written from the point of view of women work
ers. It uncovers how call center employment affects their lives, mainl
y as it relates to the anxiety that Indian families and Indian society
have towards women going out at night, earning a good salary, and bei
ng exposed to western culture. This timely account illustrates the&amp
;nbsp;ironic and, at times, unsettling experiences of women who enter the space
s and places made accessible through call center work. </td><td><d
iv style="text-align: justify">Reena Patel is a
feminist scholar and currently serves as a Foreign Service officer with the US D
epartment of State. She also advises companies on gender issues in the workplace
.</div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4287-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Soci
al History of England</td><td>Padmaja Ashok</td><td>2011</td><td>160</td><td>135
.0000</td><td><stron
g>The Social History of England is a concise surv
ey of the important historical and political milestones of English history, fro
m pre-history to the present. As a study that examines their impact upon the so
ciety and the literature of England, it is both crucial and indispensable for a
complete understanding and appreciation of English literature. The book encaps
ulates more than two thousand five hundred years of history. It includes chapte
rs on the origin and growth of political parties in England and also the impact
of major internal and international events on contemporary life in England. Th
e simple and straightforward approach of The Social His
tory of England is supplemented with genealogical char
ts, maps and a glossary, which are very useful to the student.</td><t
d><div style="text-align: justify">Padmaja Ashok has been teaching literature at the undergraduate and postgraduate levels fo
r nearly twenty-five years. She has co-edited an anthology of prose, poetry and
grammar, and has researched in the area of Canadian literature.</div></td>
<td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4305-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>A Grief t
o Bury: Memories of Love, Work & Loss </td><td>Vasanth Kannabiran</td><td>20
ot;>A Grief to Bury: Memories of Love, Work and Loss</stron
g> is a series of conversations with women about marriage and widowhood. The
women speak here with frankness and candour about their often quite unconventi
onal relationships with their husbands, and of coming to terms with the loss of
a life-long partner. Despite the grief, despite an altered and often fractured
sense of self, each woman is determined to live a productive and creative life
.  
Reflecting the social history of
a class of women born before Independence, this volume explores how the institu
tion of marriage shaped their lives. These are extraordinary women, who have li
ved rich, full lives where work has not been separated from leisure, nor has th
e private world of home and family been separated from the wider world of work
and social commitment. As such they have redefined marriage and family, and equ
ally the public sphere of work to make both inclusive spaces. 
This collection of interviews rai
ses important questions: Is it possible to retain your identity and hold on to
your beliefs in a long marriage? What is the line that separates and insulates
home and family from community and nation? How do these women breathe normally
and smile graciously while coping with a shock that uproots and erases chunks o
f the self? What happens when a long and supportive partnership ends?
Eminent personalities, among the
m, Neera Desai, Meenakshi Mukherjee, Ela Bhatt, K. Saradamoni and Shanta Ramesh
war Rao discuss their long partnerships of shared visions and love. Their choic
es, their struggles, and their indomitable will may provide answers to countles
s young people today. Apart from a general readership, this book will also appe
al to students and scholars of sociology and gender studies.
</td><td>Vasanth Kannabi
ran is a feminist poet and writer. She is a founder-member of Asmita C
ollective, which works on issues of women's rights.</td><td>World<
<td>978-81-250-4319-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Poet
and His World: Critical Essays on Rabindranath Tagore</td><td>Mohammad A. Quayum
(Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>316</td><td>850.0000</td><td>Seventy years
after his death, Tagore's genius still provides ample scope for critical an
alyses of his writings, especially in the English language and outside the subc
ontinent. A collection of thirteen essays, <st
rong>The Poet and His World: Critical Essays on Rabindranath Tagore</stro
ng> enhances critical literature on Tagore. Looking at different
aspects of Tagore's life and philosophy, the chapters in this volume are se
quenced from the more general to the specific. They analyse the poets life and r
elationships, his moral, educational, political and dramaturgical philosophy, a
nd finally provide textual analysis of select individual works like the novels
Gora and The Home and the World, and
a short story, The Laboratory.
Eminent scholars like Sukanta Chaudhuri, Martin Kämpchen, William
Radice, Bharati Ray, Kathleen M. OConnell, Uma Das Gupta, to name a few, have c
ontributed to this volume. Brought out on the 150th birth anniversary of the po
et, this book will be an unputdownable read for students and scholars of litera
ture and culture studies. </td><td>Mohammad A. Quayum</b&g
t; is Professor of English at the International Islamic University Malaysia, and
Adjunct Professor in the School of Humanities at Flinders University, Australia
.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
Studies in the Future Tense</td><td>Lawrence Grossberg</td><td>2012</td><td>368
</td><td>750.0000</td><td>Lawrence Grossberg is one of the leading int
ernational figures in the study of the relations between political and popular
cultures. In Cultural Studies in the Future Tense,</s
trong> he offers a powerful critique of the forms of progressive
intellectual-political analyses. He asks why we so often tell the same stories
over and over (as if the world were not changing or were changing in precisely
the same ways) or tell stories that claim to be absolutely new (as if the world
were magically new). He argues for an understanding of cultural studies as con
junctural analysis, based on commitments to contextualism, anti-reductionism an
d articulation. Cultural studies sees the world in terms of contingency and det
ermination, the old and the new, economies and cultures, etc. Refusing to reduce
modernity to its Euro-American forms, and challenging its taken-for-granted u
nderstandings, he argues that euro-modernity is a specific geo-historical actua
lization of a more complex and diverse diagram. 
Grossberg sees the current global tumult defined by struggles among an
d for multiple ways of imagining and being modern. Consequently, he begins to r
ethink a number of fundamental modern concepts and their relationsincluding econom
y, culture, the popular, and politics. This book offers a vision of a contempor
ary cultural studies that embraces complexity, rigorous interdisciplinary pract
ice and experimental collaborations in an effort to better explain the present
in the service of the imagination of other futures and the struggles for social
transformation.</td><td>Lawrence Grossberg is the

Morris Davis Distinguished Professor of Communication Studies and Cultural Studi
es, and Adjunct Distinguished Professor of American Studies, Anthropology, and G
eography at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, USA. </td><td>IN,PK,B
D,NP,BT,LK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4507-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Mysore Mo
dern: Rethinking the Region under Princely Rule</td><td>Janaki Nair</td><td>2012
;>Mysore Modern reconceptua
lizes Indian modernity through critical engagement with some important themes t
aken from the history of the Princely State of Mysore. In this work, Janaki N
air argues that the Princely Indian states were usually regarded as spaces that
were either defined entirely by the dominant narratives of colonial/national m
odernity or were relatively untouched by them. 
Grounded in political history, an
d deriving insights from a wide range of visual, social, and legal texts and is
sues, Mysore &lt
;em>Modern reperiodizes the modern by connecting th
ese apparently discrepant registers to build up a case for a specifically regio
nal, monarchical modern moment in Indian history. Nair examines mural and portrai
ture traditions, as well as forms of memorialization and nationalization of art
and architectural practices. The volume also considers bureaucratic efforts ce
ntered on the use of law and development as instruments of modernity.
As Nair demonstrates, a political
history of Mysore, and of its many experiments with modernity, while relying o
n such disparate prisms as art and architecture, the law, or the discourse of d
evelopment, challenges not only more conventional narratives of Mysores modern p
ast, but signals the necessity of taking the region, rather than the nation, as
the ground for specifying forms of Indian modernity. 
The work will be of interest not
just to those specialists who work on the history of Mysore/Karnataka, but also
to art historians, social and legal historians, while appealing to many who ar
e more generally engaged in rethinking both the region and Indian modernity.&lt
;/p>
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Jankai Nair &
lt;/b>is Professor at the Centre for Historical Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru Uni
versity</div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
ent at Glasgow University, UK.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Culture Stud
ies</td>
ities.
lhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4325-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>New Worl
d of Indigenous Resistance: Noam Chomsky and Voices from North, South and Centra
l America</td><td>Lois Meyer and Benjamín Maldonado Alvarado (eds.)</td><td
">After centuries of colonization, the ongoing struggle to preserve com
munal knowledge, rituals, language, traditions, and teaching and learning pract
ices has taken on even more significance in the increasingly standardized world
of globalization. For many indigenous societies, protecting community-based cu
stoms has involved the rejection of state-provided education, raising a series
of interconnected issues regarding autonomy, modernity and cultural sustainabil
ity.
In New W
orld of Indigenous Resistance, these questions are ap
proached from multiple perspectives by means of an innovative exchange between
linguist and human rights advocate Noam Chomsky, and more than twenty scholars,
activists and educators from across the Americas.
 In response to Chomskys ideas, vo
ices from Argentina, Bolivia, Ecuador, Guatemala, Mexico, Panama, Peru, the Uni
ted States, and Uruguay draw from their first-hand experience and scholarship,
speaking to, with, and at times against Chomskys views.
</td><td>Lois Meyer&
nbsp; is an applied linguist and Associate Professor in the Departmen
t of Language, Literacy & Sociocultural Studies at the University
of New Mexico in Albuquerque, U.S.A., and a close collaborator with the Co&#17
3;alition of Indigenous Teachers and Promoters of Oaxaca (CMPIO).
Benjamín Maldonad
o Alvarado is a Mexican anthropologist specialising in indigenous educ
ation who has lived in Oaxaca for thirty years, collaborating with variou
s indigenous organizations and carrying out ethnographic studies among the Mixe
, Mazateco and Chatino peoples.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>
Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4371-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Indian En
glish: Towards a New Paradigm</td><td>Rama Kant Agnihotri and Rajendra Singh (Ed
s.)</td><td>2012</td><td>336</td><td>950.0000</td><td>Millions of educa
ted Indians use English in some domains, but exactly what is Indi
an English, how is it best understood and described, and how far
is it from the claimed centres of the socio-cultural space accorded to English
? Centred around a scholarly dialogue, this book comprises a Target Paper by Ra
jendra Singh and some responses to it from scholars around the world. In
his Target Paper, Singh examines the status and structure of Indian English and
its place in the language ecology of India. His examination of these issues l
eads him to question the dichotomy native and non-native varieties of English and t
o argue that it cannot be sustained. Agnihotri and Singh have in this book brok
en fresh ground in the study of English, particularly in the study of post-colo
nial varieties such as Indian English.</td><td><strong&gt
;Rama Kant Agnihotri D. Phil. (York, UK) retired as Professor of
Linguistics from the University of Delhi and is currently working with Vidya
Bhawan Society, Udaipur.
Rajendra Singh is Professor of Linguistic
s at Université de Montréal, Montreal. </td><td>WORLD</td><t
d>Culture Studies</td>
g Abhijnanasakuntalam: Love, Lineage and Language in Kalidasa's Nataka</td>
<td>Saswati Sengupta and Deepika Tandon (Eds.)</td><td>2011</td><td>348</td><td>
975.0000</td><td>Kālidāsas Abhijñ&#
257;naśākuntalam has an iconic status in the histo
ry of Indian literatures. It is a tale of love found, forgotten and restored be
tween Duṣyanta, the hero king, and Śākuntal&#25
7;, an innocent maiden. 
Bringing together linguists, literary critics, historians, Indologists
and Sanskritists, Revisiting Abhijñānaś&#
257;kuntalam analyses the play as more than just a figment of imagin
ationas a rich terrain for exploring links between culture, history and politics
, as an interplay of memory, desire and languages. Divided into three sections,
it focuses on the continuity as well as the change in the narrative of<em&g
t; Śākuntalā, locating it in contexts of
class, caste, gender, patriarchy and monarchy. 
The first section, The Biography of a Narrative,</stron
g> addresses the earliest appearance of the narrative in the epic 
Mahābhārata, its best known form Abhij&#
241;ānaśākuntalam as nā
Ôaka, and William Jones Orientalist interpr
etation of the play. It also critically examines the varied representations of
the play in diverse forms such as art, theatre and cinema.
Contrary to popular perception today that Śākuntal&a
mp;#257; is the central protagonist of Abhijñāna&#34
7;ākuntalam, the second section, The Hero King,
 addresses how and why Duṣyanta is posited as the hero
. It examines the representation of the king as the ideal in literature and its
material reality in the context of the Gupta Period, the construction of kings
hip in different genres, and the politics of a courtly culture and patronage wi
thin which the articulation of the heroic king takes place.
The control of the womb is central to the reproduction of feudal and c
aste patriarchies. The third section, Of Love, Marriage and Family,
 deconstructs the politics of romantic love, marriage and mothe
rhood in the play. The strategies of surveillance, regulation and control of se
xuality by state and society as deployed in it are the focus of this section. T
he book thus looks into how the transactions within the play, whether dealing i
n love or land, through different languages, mark not only hierarchies of gende
r, caste and status, but also of spheres of influence and of knowledge.</p&g
t;
A rich storehouse of diverse perspectives, this volume would be invalu
able to students and scholars of literature, culture studies, history, linguist

ics, and performance studies. 
</td><td>Saswati Sengupta is Associate Pr
ofessor, Department of English, Miranda House, University of Delhi.

Deepika Tandon is Associate Professor, Department o
f English, Miranda House, University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture St
udies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4452-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Decenteri
ng Rushdie: Cosmopolitanism and the Indian Novel in English</td><td>Pranav Jani<
justify">Decentering Rushdie, printed under license from Ohio State University Press, offers a new pe
rspective on the Indian novel in English and interrogates current theories of c
osmopolitanism, nationalism, and aesthetics in postcolonial studies. The book w
orks on the contention that Salman Rushdies Midnights Children</em&
gt; which won the Booker Prize in 1981 has  dominated all discussions o
f postcolonial literature in the recent few years with its postmodern style and
orientation with the result that the rich variety of narrative forms and persp
ectives on the nation have been obscured, if not erased altogether.
Reading a range of novels publish
ed between the 1950s and the 1990s, including works by Nayantara Sahgal, Kamala
Markandaya, Anita Desai, and Arundhati Roy, Decenterin
g Rushdie suggests an alternative understanding of th
e genre in postcolonial India. Pranav Jani documents the broad shift from natio
n-oriented to postnationalist perspectives following the watershed crisis of th
e Emergency of the 1970s. Recovering the namak-halaal cosmopolitanism of early no
vels a cosmopolitanism that is true to its saltDecentering
Rushdie also explains the rise and critical celebrati
on of postnational cosmopolitanism. The book resituates contemporary literature
within a nuanced history of Indian debates about cosmopolitanism and the natio
nal question.
</td><td>Pranav Jani is Associate Professor, Ohio St
ate University.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</
td>
<td>978-81-250-4764-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Freedom a
nd Beef Steaks: Colonial Calcutta Culture</td><td>Rosinka Chaudhuri</td><td>2012
;>Freedom and Beef Steaks explores path-breakin
g debates to do with the literary,  with identity, and with cultural a
uthenticity in nineteenth-century Calcutta--- debates arising from the flux of
creative and critical work in that period. The seven essays collected in this b
ook range across a diverse field of interests that have been, so far, under-res
earched. Crucial to our understanding of the making of modern Indian culture in
a particular location, these are issues that uncover the complexity of the pos
tcolonial field and further extend its scope.
 A humorous poem written by Henry
Meredith Parker (17961868) about the newly educated youth of Calcutta is used t
o frame debates for and against meat-eating as the issue played itself out agai
nst the backdrop of a developing Indian nationalism. A closer look at the polit
ical poetry written by a radical iconoclast such as Derozio reveals the communa
l stereotyping of the Muslim as Otherrepresentations in keeping with British histo
riographical orthodoxies of the time. Scrutinising early letters written to the
Calcutta Journal in 1819 about the communitys thoughts on
naming and defining itself, Rosinka Chaudhuri also deals with the early history
of the Anglo-Indians.
There are chapters in this book t
hat range from an analysis of recurrent problems in modernist readings of the p
oems of both Milton and Bengals greatest nineteenth-century poet, Madhusudan Dat
ta, to the changing modes of everyday cultural experience in the city as experi
enced in the shifting representations of the drawing rooms of colonial and post
colonial Bengal. Finally, in an important chapter on certain subalternist &
nbsp;historians (mis)readings of Tagore, the author investigates the place of th
e relation of history and literature in history-writing today. 
 Situated in a modernity that was
both radical and traditional in texture and forms of play, the texts examined
in these essays challenge received ideas of historicity through their own parti
cularity. This volume will be of interest to students and scholars of literatur
e, cultural studies and postcolonial studies.
</td><td>Rosinka Chaudhuri is Fellow in Cultural Studies at t
he Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta (CSSSC). She has published Ge
ntlemen Poets in Colonial Bengal: Emergent Nationalism and the Orientalist Proje
ct, Derozio, Poet of India: The Definitive Edition, and (co-edited with Elleke B
oehmer) The Indian Postcolonial: A Critical Reader.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Cultur
e Studies</td>
ite-driven.
caste in India.
South Africa.
Sociology, University of Hyderabad, India. </td><td>World</td><td>Cult
ure Studies</td>

uicides. 
,BT,LK,NP,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4758-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Other Ori
entalisms: India between Florence and Bombay, 18601900</td><td>Filipa Lowndes Vic
ente</td><td>2012</td><td>360</td><td>1250.0000</td><td>Other Orientalisms
 analyses different forms of knowledge about India through the circul
ation of people, ideas, information, images and objects between Florence and B
ombay through the last decades of the nineteenth century. During this period, F
lorence became a centre of studies on India, organizing and promoting exhibitio
ns, museums, journals, and international conferences. Based on the relationship
between two Indianists the Italian Angelo de Gubernatis, professor of Sanskrit
in Florence, and the Goan historian José Gerson da Cunha, doctor and hist
orian in Bombay this book reveals an India created in different places and mani
fested by multiple voices.
By being marginal to the main European colonial metropolis, the instit
utional, intellectual and visual experience of Florentine Orientalism enriches
the debate on power and colonial knowledge that has been very much at the centr
e of the social sciences in the last decades. 
Likewise, by exploring the intel
lectual world of Bombay in the second half of the nineteenth century, made up o
f people from a variety of cultural, national and religious backgrounds, this b
ook contributes to the wider cultural history of colonial India.
By combining fascinating unpublis
hed materials of this period, with a deep analysis embedded in contemporary his
toriographical approaches such as European and India encounters in a colonial
context; the debate on orientalism initiated by Edward W. Said, or the global cir
culation of knowledge, people and objects, this books provides new insights int
o different fields.
</td><td>Filipa Lowndes Vicente is a researcher at the Instit
ute of Social Sciences, University of Lisbon (ICS-UL), Portugal. </td><td>World
gt;
;/p>
2010) 
well, 2010) 
009) 
br>
d><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4708-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Magi
c Web and Other Stories: Ashapurna Debi on the Widow and Her World</td><td>Ashap
urna Debi and Jharna Sanyal (Tr.)</td><td>2012</td><td>244</td><td>625.0000</td>
<td>The M
agic Web and Other Stories is a collection of eighteen
of Ashapurna Debis short stories on the lives of widows. One of the most prolif
ic creative writers in Indian literature, Ashapurna Debi is known for her incis
ive chronicles of the Bengali middle-class. With women as her chosen subjects,
her stories voice suppressed histories of intimate lives, and probe into the f
amilial and social dynamics of relationships analysing the play of gender, cast
e and class.
Through these stories, we are in
troduced to ritual-oriented drudges and gossip-mongering women, and to unbecomi
ng women who refuse to hear the voice of everyday morality and silence the prom
ptings of received values. One finds in the stories the rational, sensible, mod
ern, urban gentleman all but merely the camouflaged victims of patriarchy.&
nbsp;There are also tales where traces of deeply entrenched desires, expressed
through gestures and silences, signify the buried yet pulsating emotions in the
lives of women. 
Between conscience and custom, re
ason and prejudice, oppression and agency, these narratives show a rare sensit
iveness to the deprivations and vulnerabilities, the triumphs and rebellion, th
e noise amidst the silences of the widow and her world.
Jharna Sanyal masterfully retains
this sensitiveness in a translation that is both confident and compassionate.
To those wishing to savour the richness of Ashapurana Debis writings, this is a
gift!</td><td> <str
ong>The Author 
Ashapurna Debi was born in 1909 into a conservative, middle-class f
amily in Calcutta. She did not have any access to formal education but encourag
ed by her mother, she learnt to read and write on her own and published her fir
st poem in the childrens magazine Shishu Saathi. Even after
her marriage at fifteen to Kalidas Gupta of Krishnanagar, her passion for lite
rature, her indomitable will to write and the diligence with which she honed he
r talent remained unabated. She could not wait for a room of her own nor for an
independent income to begin or continue with her writing and so she made writi
ng a part of her everyday life. One of the most incisive chroniclers of our mid
dle-class mentalities, her work includes more than two hundred novels and novel
ettes, about thirty-seven collections of short stories, and about sixty-seven b
ooks for children. Some works are yet to be published. Her contribution to Indi
an literature was acknowledged through the numerous awards she received, among
them the Rabindra Puraskar in 1966, the Padma Shri in 1976, and the Bharatiya J
nanpith in 1977. She died in 1995.
The Translator 
Jharna Sanyal is Professor of English, University of Calcutta. She
has published articles on the interface between Bengal and Britain in the ninet
eenth and twentieth century. She has edited 19th Century Poetry and P
rose: A Selection (Macmillan, 2002) and co-authored Narrati
ves of Frailty: Saratchandra Chattopadhyay and the Colonial EncounterAn Alterna
tive Mode of Hindu Self-fashioning (Dasgupta & Co., 2008). Sh
e has also translated Bengali short stories and essays for various anthologies
and journals.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>

sity.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
y.
nding Islam</td><td>Nazir Ahmad and Mohammed Zakir (Tr.)</td><td>2012</td><td>23
>Understanding Islam is a translation
of Ijtihad (Striving) written in Urdu by Nazir Ahmad (183
61912). The original work grew out of a response to the question, Why am I a Musl
im? which had obsessed the author. Marked by clear thinking, a commonsensical ap
proach, erudition and social awareness, Ijtihad was written
in a conversational style. Nazir Ahmad also critically examined questions that
he felt had perhaps been inadequately understood by his co-religionists, and s
uggested areas where a change in their outlook might be conducive to the true s
pirit of Islam.
Written in the form of a dialogu
e between a student and a teacher, this book is a valuable introduction and gui
de to the essence of one of the worlds major religions. It will appeal to the fa
ithful through its clear and lucid explanations, and by clearing some of their
doubts. For those of other faiths wishing to learn more about Islam, it imparts
information on such questions as the oneness of God, prophethood, the twelve i
mams, the aim of the revelation in the Quran, and the role and duties of maulvis
. 
Mohammed Zakirs translation is tr
ue to the original, and retains its flavour. This work, a succinct introduction
to Islam, will find a place in courses of theology and philosophy, as well as
Islamic history. If we agree with Eliot that religion is a cornerstone of cultu
re, this book should also find its way into cultural discourses, especially on
Islam and Islamic cultures.</td><td>Nazir Ahmad (18301912) was a leading U
rdu writer who was also a social and religious reformer, and a prominent
scholar. He was a pioneer of Urdu literature and published books in varied genr
es. His Mirat-ul-Uroos, published in 1869, is considered t
o be the first novel in Urdu. Ahmad came from a distinguished family of religio
us scholars, maulavis and muftis of B
ijnor and Delhi.
Mohammed Zakir was born in Delhi and educated at St. Stephens College, Sri Ram Colle
ge of Commerce and Zakir Husain Delhi College, University of Delhi. He retired
as Professor of Urdu after four decades of service in the Jamia Millia Islamia
, Delhi. His main interests have been translation, literary criticism and Urdu
linguistics. </td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4698-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Madhyaka
leen Bharat ka Sanskritik Itihas</td><td>Meenakshi Khanna</td><td>2012</td><td>3
is the Hindi version of Cultural History of Medieval India</em&gt
; publishedby Social Science Press. The book caters to the concurrent courses s
yllabus of history of the Delhi University. This is the last in the series o
f three books for concurrent courses of History of Delhi University-- <em&gt
;Dilli : Pracheen Itihas by Upinder Singh and Adhunik Bhara
t Ka Sanskritik Itihas by Dilip Menon published by Orient Blackswan.

The readings have been edited an
d put together by the eminent historian for their students. This anthology of r
eadings seeks to explore Indian culture in the medieval period through five the
mes: Kingship traditions, social processes of religious devotion, inter-cultura
l perception, forms of identities and aesthetics. Written by well-known scholar
s, the ten essays in this book present sub cultures in diverse regional setting
s of the subcontinent.  These readings introduce a new way of understa
nding medieval Indian history by engaging with interdisciplinary methods of res
earch on issues that are significant to everyday existence in a plural society
like that of India. Cultural histories need to establish a correlation between
the readings of text and its multi-layered historical perspectives that include
political and economic context as well. The essays in the book seeks to establ
ish such interconnections between text and history.</td><td><div st
yle="text-align: justify">Meenakshi Khanna, the
volume editor, is Associate Professor, Department of History, Indraprastha Coll
ege for Women, University of Delhi, Delhi.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Cul
ture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4554-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Inter-Se
ctions: Essays on Indian Literatures, Translations and Popular Consciousness</td
><td>Rana Nayar</td><td>2012</td><td>304</td><td>650.0000</td><td><s
trong>Inter-sections brings together a c
ollection of discursive essays that deal with a range of contemporary issuesfrom
the history of literary genres to the future of humanities; from locating Indi
an literatures to mapping Indian English fiction and drama; from Punjabi litera
ture, history and culture to the theory and practice of translation; from media
-driven literary evaluation to multiple ways of shaping popular consciousness.
Divided into four (inter-)sections, these essays raise some fundamental questio
ns regarding our postcolonial, postmodern era and emphasise the need for an int
erdisciplinary approach to mediate both thought and knowledge. The easy, access
ible, non-pedantic style of these essays is bound to engage scholars as well as
lay readers.</td><td>Rana Nayar </strong&gt
;is Professor and Chairperson at the Department of English and Cultural Studies
, Panjab University, Chandigarh. The recipient of a Sahitya Akademi prize for
translation and a Charles Wallace India Trust Fellow, Nayars main areas of inter
est include theatre, translation studies, and literary and cultural theory. He
has translated several modern classics of Punjabi literature into English, and
has acted in and directed over twenty theatre productions. Among his other publ
ications are Edward Albee: Towards a Typology of Relationships and Breathing Spaces, a collection of poems.</p&gt
;</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4552-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Memsahib
s Writings: Colonial Narratives on Indian Women </td><td>Indrani Sen(Ed.)</td><td
">The white women of colonial India wrote extensively; they maintained
journals and diaries, wrote letters home, authored novels and penned their memo
irs. This anthology brings together a fascinating collection of such writings w
ritten over the period 1820s1920s, focusing on their relations with native women.&
lt;/p>
The compilation draws on the exp
eriences of medical missionaries, travellers, journalists and administrators wiv
es and is organised around key sites of contact. 
A comprehensive introduction by
Indrani Sen places these writings in historical perspective.</td><td>&
lt;div style="text-align: justify">Indrani Sen i
s Associate Professor at the Department of English at Sri Venkateswara College,
University of Delhi.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4553-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Gender, S
ex and the City: Urdu Rekhti Poetry, 1780-1870</td><td>Ruth Vanita</td><td>2012<
/td><td>344</td><td>1050.0000</td><td>Gender, Sex and the City </em&gt
;explores the cosmopolitan sensibilities of Urdu poetry written in the late eig
hteenth and early nineteenth centuries, especially in the city of Lucknow, whic
h was the centre of a flourishing Indo-Persian culture. Through its ground-brea
king analysis, it demonstrates how re??ti (a type of Urdu p
oetry whose distinguishing features are a female speaker and a focus on womens l
ives) and to some degree, non-mystical re??ta (mainstream U
rdu poetry with a male speaker), for the first time in Urd
u represent women (both of conventional families and courtesan households) as i
mportant shapers of urban culture, especially urban speech. 
Vanita analyses how re??ti  becomes a ca
talyst for the transformation of the g_?azal, first, by fo
cusing it not on love alone but on the practices, spaces and rituals of everyda
y life; second, by bringing subordinated figures, such as women as well as serv
ants centre-stage; and, third, by challenging the g_?azals i
deal of perfect love as framed by separation and suffering.
Women characters in re
??ti  fall in love, but they also work, shop, dress, sing,
dance, eat, fast, chat, quarrel, pray, invoke spirits, and voice opinions on ma
ny matters. The author explores the way re??ti reconfigure
s the city from womens perspective, depicting a parallel world of urban womens m
eeting places, networks and rituals. 
The first book-length study in E
nglish of re??ti and also of non-mystical re??ta&
lt;/em>, it demonstrates the interplay between the twoin language,
form and content. Including many first-time translations and also analyses of n
eglected poems, such as Rangins Mas?nawi Dilpazir and Jur&
nbsp;ats ???aja ?asan-o  Ba??shi  T?wa if,  (a romance with a courtesan heroine), it also studie
s in detail the works of Insha and Nisbat, among others.
With several more transcribed po
ems than in its US edition, this book is a must-read for students and scholars
of literature, history, sociology, gender and sexuality studies, South Asian st
udies and culture studies.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Ruth Vanita&l
t;/b> is Professor in the Department of Liberal Studies at the University of
Montana, USA. She was formerly Reader at the University of Delhi, India, and w
as founding co-editor of Indias first nationwide feminist magazine, M
anushi.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Culture Stud
ies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4531-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>School Ed
ucation, Pluralism and Marginality: Comparative Perspectives</td><td>Christine S
leeter, Shashi Bhushan Upadhyay, Arvind K. Mishra and Sanjay Kumar (Eds.)</td><t
d>2012</td><td>500</td><td>1150.0000</td><td>Education is an enabling fa
ctor, which facilitates not only economic betterment but also human freedom. How
ever, for the marginalised Dalits and tribals in India, the Mapuche in Chile, t
he Māori in Aotearoa New Zealand, as well as women in most parts of th
e worldbasic education remains a challenge not only due to lack of access, but a
lso because the pedagogy of mainstream education alienates the marginalised. &l
t;/p>
The editors and contributors of School Education, Plurali
sm and Marginality argue that school education must be conceptua
lised keeping in mind the material, social, and life experiences of marginalise
d groups. They strongly argue that pluralism and social inclusion should be the
core principles of the pedagogic conceptual framework, practices and processes
of school education across the world.
Divided into four sections, this volume brings together international
perspectives on education from the USA, UK, Europe, South Africa, New Zeal
and and Sri Lanka, among others, with a focus on India. It probes into the re
alities of the formal schooling system and the hegemonies that exclude children
of the marginalised communities. It also explores the relationships between sc
hool education, labour processes, and differential opportunities and their outc
omes. Importantly, the contributions in this volume suggest measures for develo
ping inclusive teaching and learning methods and practices, and present models
for culturally responsive and inclusive schooling.
This topical volume will be useful for students and scholars of educat
ion, culture studies, gender studies and Dalit studies. It will also be of inte
rest to policy-makers and NGOs working in the area of education.
</td><td>Christine E. Sleeter is Professor
Emirita, College of Education and Professional Studies, California State Uni
versity, Monterey Bay, Seaside, CA, USA.
Shashi Bhushan Upadhyay is Professor, Depa
rtment of History, Indira Gandhi National Open University, New Delhi, India.&
lt;/p>
Arvind K. Mishra is Assistant Professor of
Social Psychology, Zakir Hussain Center for Educational Studies, School of So
cial Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, India.
Sanjay Kumar is an independent scholar activist an
d Secretary, Deshkal Society, New Delhi, India.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture S
tudies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4513-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Appropri
ately Indian: Gender and Culture in a New Transnational Class</td><td>Smitha Rad
hakrishnan</td><td>2012</td><td>252</td><td>750.0000</td><td>Appropriately Indian is an ethnographic analysis of the clas
s of information technology professionals at the symbolic helm of globalizing I
ndia. Comprising a small but prestigious segment of India's labor force, t
hese transnational knowledge workers dominate the country's economic and cu
ltural scene, as do their notions of what it means to be Indian.
Drawing on the stories of Indian professionals in Mumbai, Bangalore, S

ilicon Valley and South Africa, Smitha Radhakrishnan explains how these high-te
ch workers create a "global Indianness" by transforming the diversity
of Indian cultural practices into a generic, mobile set of "Indian"
norms. Female information technology professionals are particularly influential
. By reconfiguring notions of respectable femininity and the good Indian family
, they are reshaping ideas about what it means to be Indian. The author explain
s how this transnational class creates an Indian culture that is self-conscious
ly distinct from Western culture, yet compatible with Western cosmopolitan life
styles. She describes the material and symbolic privileges that accrue to India
's high-tech workers, who often claim ordinary middle-class backgrounds, bu
t are overwhelmingly urban and upper caste. They are also distinctly apolitical
and individualistic. Members of this elite class practice a decontextualized v
ersion of Hinduism, and they absorb the ideas and values that circulate through
both Indian and non-Indian multinational corporations. Ultimately, though, glo
bal Indianness is rooted and configured in the gendered sphere of home and fami
ly. 
</td><td>Smitha Radhakrishnan is Associate
Professor of Sociology at Wellesley
College, Massachusetts, USA. <
/td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4662-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Muslim Be
coming: Aspiration and Skepticism in Pakistan</td><td>Naveeda Khan</td><td>2012<
>In Muslim Becoming, Naveeda Khan challenges the
claim that Pakistan''s relation to Islam is fragmented and problematic.
Offering a radically different interpretation, Khan contends that Pakistan inhe
rited an aspirational, always-becoming Islam, one with an open future and a tend
ency toward experimentation. For the individual, this aspirational tendency mani
fests in a continual striving to be a better Muslim. It is grounded in the thoug
ht of Muhammad Iqbal (18771938), the poet, philosopher, and politician considered
the spiritual founder of Pakistan. Khan finds that Iqbal provided the philosoph
ical basis for recasting Islam as an open religion with possible futures as yet
unrealized, which he did in part through his engagement with the French philosop
her Henri Bergson.
Drawing on research in the neighb
orhoods and mosques of Lahore and on readings of theological polemics, legal his
tory, and Urdu literature, Khan points to striving throughout Pakistani society:
in prayers, theological debates, the building of mosques, readings of the Qur&#
39;'an, and religious pilgrimages. Emphasizing skepticism toward the practic
es of others that accompanies aspiration, Khan seeks to affirm aspiration while
also acknowledging its capacity for violence.
This book would be of interest to
scholars and students of anthropology, politics, religion, Islamic Studies and
postcolonial studies.</td><td>Naveeda Khan is Assis
tant Professor of Anthropology at Johns Hopkins University.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,
LK,MV,PK</td><td>Culture Studies</td>

9302002).
;/p>
ndhi National Open University.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies

</td>
.</div></td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,MV,LK</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3511-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>New Cult
ural Studies: Adventures in Theory</td><td>Gary Hall and Clare Birchall</td><td>
quot;>New Cultural Studies is both an introducto
ry reference work and an original study which explores new directions and territ
ories for cultural studies. A new generation has begun to emerge from the shado
w of the Birmingham School. It is a generation whose whole university education
has been shaped by theory, and who frequently turn to it as a means to think th
rough some of the issues and current problems in contemporary culture and cultu
re studies. In a period where departments which were once hotbeds of 'high
theory' are returning to more sociological and social science oriented modes
of research, and 9/11 and the war on Iraq especially have helped create a sense
of 'post-theoretical' political urgency which leaves little time for th
e 'elitist', 'Eurocentric', 'textual' concerns of 'T
heory', theoretical approaches to the study of culture have for many of this
generation never seemed so important nor so vital. 
New Cultural Studies explores theory's
past, present and most especially its future role in cultural studies. It does
so by providing an authoritative and accessible guide, for students and research
ers alike, to:<ul>
<li>the most innovative members of this 'new generation' </li&
gt;<li> the thinkers and theories currently influencing new work in cultur
al studies: Giorgio Agamben, Alain Badiou, Gilles Deleuze, Jacques Derrida, Mich
ael Hardt and Antonio Negri, Friedrich Kittler, Ernesto Laclau, Emmanuel Levinas
, Slavoj Zizek </li><li>the new territories currently being mapped
out accross the intersections of cultural studies and cultural theory: anti-capi
talism, ethics, the posthumanities, post-Marxism, the transnational. </li&gt
;</ul>
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Gary Hall &lt
;/b>and Clare Birchall are both Senior Lecturers in Cultur
al Studies at Middlesex University.</div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td
><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3460-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Fatalism
and Development: Nepal's Struggle for Modernization</td><td>Dor Bahadur Bis
ta</td><td>2008</td><td>200</td><td>250.0000</td><td>A bold and incisiv

e analysis of Nepals society, and its attempts to develop and respond to change,
from someone who is both and insider and an outsider to Nepal. At an early age D
or Bahadur Bista travelled all over Nepal in the company of the leading anthropo
logist Christoph von Furer-Haimendorf which helped him acquire an insight that e
nables him to make an objective and frank comment on his country.
The bulk of
the authors argument in this book is that Nepals strengths have always been in th
e indigenous qualities of its various ethnic groups. But it has been under the i
nfluence of other cultures which have suppressed its own strengths. He believes,
that while Nepal should be open to other cultures, they should be scrutinized a
nd their negative elements purged before they are adopted. Nepals future hope lie
s in its ethnic cultures whose simplicity provides a greater flexibility and thu
s a greater propensity to development and change, than the cumbersome and ossifi
ed structure of the urbane upper class, and caste, society of the Kathmandu Vall
ey.
It attempts to diagnose Nepals ills through the eyes of a sympathetic yet
critical insider. It has something of the flavour of other such attempts: De Toc
quevilles Ancien Regime, Webers Protestant Ethic, Taines Notes upon England. It is
worth considering at some length because of its insights and because Bista, as a
n insider, can say things which no outsider could say.
--- Alan Macfarlane in
Cambridge Anthropology</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Culture S
tudies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3450-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>In Quest
of Indian Folktales: Pandit Ram Gharib Chaube and William Crooke</td><td>Sadhana
Naithani</td><td>2009</td><td>344</td><td>975.0000</td><td>In Quest of Indian Folktales publishes for the first
time a collection of northern Indian folktales from the late nineteenth century.
Reputedly the work of William Crooke, a well-known folklorist and British colon
ial official, the tales were actually collected, selected, and translated by a c
ertain Pandit Ram Gharib Chaube. In 1996, Sadhana Naithani discovered this unpub
lished collection in the archive of the Folklore Society, London. Since then, sh
e has uncovered the identity of the mysterious Chaube and the details of his col
laboration with the famous folklorist. In an extensive four-chapter introduction
, Naithani describes Chaube's relationship to Crooke and the essential role
he played in Crooke's work, as both a native informant and a trained scholar
. By unearthing the fragmented story of Chaube's life, Naithani gives voice
to a new identity of an Indian folklore scholar in colonial India.
The public
ation of these tales and the discovery of Chaube's role in their collection
reveal the complexity of the colonial intellectual world and problematize our ow
n views of folklore in a postcolonial world.</td><td><div style=&qu
ot;text-align: justify">Sadhana Naithani is Assistant
Professor of Language, Literature and Culture Studies at Jawaharlal Nehru Unive
rsity, New Delhi. She is the author of several research articles on colonialism
and folklore, and editor of Folktales from Northern India.</div></td><td>I
N,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3431-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Gender a
nd Cultural Identity in Colonial Orissa</td><td>Sachidananda Mohanty</td><td>200
t;>This is a book that examines the nineteenth-century cultural history of Or
issa from the postcolonial angle by drawing primarily from literary sources. It
focuses on issues such as feudalism and colonial modernity, language politics an
d the rhetoric of progress, westernisation, nativity and border crossing. It bri
ngs the archival material to centre stage and employs theatrical tools from the
fields of gender, translation and culture studies. The book shows the intersecti
ons between colonial subjugations and postcolonial longings.</td><td>&
lt;div style="text-align: justify">Sachidananda Mohanty&lt
;/b> is Professor and Head, Department of English, University of Hyderabad. H
e has received several national and international awards as well as the Fulbrigh
t fellowship. He has published widely, and has to his credit seventeen books in
English and in Oriya such as Understanding Cultural Exchange (1997), Literature

and Culture (2001), Travel Writing and the Empire (2003), Travel Writing and Col
onialism (2003) and Early Womens Writing in Orissa 18981950: A Lost Tradition (200
5).</div></td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3463-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Language
, Ideology and Power: Language -learning among the Muslims of Pakistan and North
India</td><td>Tariq Rahman</td><td>2008</td><td>660</td><td>1295.0000</td><td>&
lt;p style="text-align: justify">This is the first book-length stud
y of the history of language teaching and learning among South Asian Muslims. It
traces the history of language-teaching among the Muslims of north India and pr
esent-day Pakistan, and then relates language-learning (the demand) and teaching
(the supply) to ideology (or world view) and power. It makes the point that the
Muslims in this part of the world, like other people elsewhere, learned languag
es to empower themselves by acquiring marketable linguistic skills at all period
s of history. It also argues that those who determine what languages, and what t
extbooks, are to be taught, would like to, and are in a position to promote the
ideology which, in their opinion, promotes or consolidates their own power, or
maintains the status quo. In short, the teaching and learning of languages is li
nked to the distribution of power which, in turn, is connected to employment, pr
omotion of certain ideologies, shaping of identities, and national interest.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Tariq R
ahman is presently National Distinguished Professor of Linguistics and
South Asian Studies, in the National Institute of Pakistan, at the Quaid-i-Azam
University, Islamabad. He was a Fulbright Senior Research Scholar at the Univer
sity of Texas at Austin in 1995-96. He has lectured extensively at many universi
ties as well as academic institutions abroad. He established the Quaid-i-Azam Ch
air on Pakistan Studies at the University of California, Berkeley (2004-2005). H
e has published numerous research papers and nine books. His book, Language and
Politics in Pakistan has received awards from the Government of Pakistan.</di
v></td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3673-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Burd
en of Refuge: Partition Experience of the Sindhis of Gujarat</td><td>Rita Kothar
i</td><td>2009</td><td>236</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Unlike most partiti
on narratives, the narratives of the Sindhis is not marked by violence and bloo
dshed. The Hindus of Sindh came to India by ship, camel and train, and were unh
armed most of the time. The Burden of Refuge is ab
out Partition, and the resettlement and fragmentation of the Sindhi Hindus of I
ndia. Rita Kothari traces the trajectory of the Sindhi Hindus from Sindh to Indi
a, specifically to Gujarat. 
 The Burden of Refuge tells the story of
the Sindhi Hindus of Gajarat beginning with colonial Sindh and tracing the so
cio-political dynamics of the pre-Partition days. Through personal narratives,
Kothari begins to life the story of various Sindhis as they migrate to India a
nd begin their process of resettlement. She delineates the contexts that made a
n atypical commodity like the Sindhis re-modify themselves to suit more textboo
k notions of Gujarati bourgeois society. In their desire to assimilate with the
India (especially Gujarat), the Sindhis gained much, but also suffered m
any losses. Though Sindhis have risen from the ashes of Partition as a model im
migrant community, the Sufi syncreticism that informed their former life has be
en tragically damaged and they have also suffered the loss of their language. I
n Gujarat, their loss are accompanied with a desire to become popular Hindus by a
dopting a more monolithic Hindu identity and by denying their Sindhiness.</p&g
t;
Using intergenerational voices and combining history with personal nar
ratives, Kotharis book examines the phenomena of psychological violence during a
nd after Partition, and explores a different facet of Partition Studies. Going
beyond Partition Studies, this book also makes an important contribution to the
area of identity politics in contemporary India. This multidisciplinary study
is relevant to everyone interested in Indias past and present. </td><t

d>Rita Kothari is the author of Translating India: The Cultu
ral Politics of English and the translator of The Stepchild
: Angaliyat; Speeches and Silence: Literary Journeys of Gu
jarati Women and Unbordered Memories: Partition Stories fo
r Sindh. She is currently co-editing a book on Hinglish, and is also
engaged in ethnographic research on the border communities of Gujarat. She tea
ches at the Mudra Institute of Communication, Ahmadabad. </td><td>Wor
ld</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
courses.
Bombay.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
ties.

ions.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
Geoffrey Da
, National Centre for the Arts. </div></td><td>World</td><td>Cu
lture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3657-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Fiction
as Window: Critiquing the Indian Literary Cultural Ethos since the 1980s</td><td
>V.Padma</td><td>2009</td><td>264</td><td>625.0000</td><td>Fiction in India has witnessed great changes since the
1980s. Written, critiqued, read, patronised and translated from the myriad subj
ect positions that Indian culture is teeming with, fiction is a valuable site fr
om which to critique the Indian literary cultural ethos. Fiction as Window, in i
ts first part, uses the fiction produced across languages in India during this v
ibrant period to critically look at the issues that criticism, patronage and tra
nslation of fiction throws up. Cutting across languages, in its second part, the
book analyses novels from various Indian languages and those written or transla
ted into English in an attempt to see how these issues are fictionalised. The bo
ok cuts new ground with its blend of the literary and the aliterary and its anal
yses of awards foundations as sites of production of a cultural tradition. The
field of literary studies in India since the 1980s has seen a decisive shift to
wards greater interdisciplinarity. Neither is literature any longer merely a con
noisseurs delight nor is literary criticism any more barely an exercise in aesthe
tic interpretation. Subversive conceptual changes have made it impossible for li
terature to remain an isolated creative activity. Literary criticism has perforc
e to encompass these changes and study their relation to the prevailing forms, t
hemes and techniques in literature today using an integrated methodology. Even a
s creative literature is fast becoming a discursive space where pressing issues
and concerns can be debated and discussed, literary criticism is compelled to tu
rn ideological and is showing an increasing awareness, in a self-reflexive manne
r, of the paradigms and assumptions that inform its own activity. This study aim
s at examining the literary cultural ethos in India during this stimulating and
perhaps even turbulent period. </td><td><div style="text-align
: justify">V. Padma obtained her BA and MA in English
literature from Stella Maris College, Chennai, India. She went on to do her doc
toral research as a UGC Junior Research Fellow at the University of Madras, Chen
nai. Her areas of interest include Indian literature, mythology and criticism. S
he has published in all these areas in both national and international journals
and books such as the Routledge Encyclopedia of Postcolonial Criticism, Littcrit
and the CIEFL Bulletin. She currently teaches at the Department of English, Ste
lla Maris College, Chennai, India. </div></td><td>World</td><td

<td>978-81-250-3693-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The G N D
evy Reader : After Amnesia, Of Many Heroes, The Being of Bhasha and Countering Vio
lence</td><td>G N Devy</td><td>2009</td><td>548</td><td>995.0000</td><td>A dominated culture learns not just to b
e like the culture that dominates it, but also attempts to conceal its own ant
ecedents.  In such cultural encounters, amnesia plays a major role in
defining the self-perception of cultures.  G. N. Devys&amp
;nbsp; After Amnesia, first published in 199
2,  offers an incisive analysis of contemporary literary scholarship i
n Indian languages by demonstrating how modern Indian languages learnt to forget
that literary criticism had been rejected by them during the post-Sanskrit medi
eval centuries, and how they have posed before themselves a false choice of&amp
;nbsp; intellectual practices rooted in culturally distant Western or Sanskrit
ic traditions.  After Amnesia&lt
;/em> proposes that what has come to be seen as a crisis in Indian literary c
riticism can be understood if a relevant historiography is formulated. <stro
ng>Of Many Heroes, first published in 1997
, is an attempt to formulate such a historiography. If 
After Amnesia is an essay on literary criticism, <s
trong>Of Many Heroes is a historiography o
f literary historiography in India. It presents a wide spectrum of survey of te
xts on literary history, beginning with the fourth century Bhartriharis <em&g
t;Vakyapadiya to the seminal texts produced during the twentieth cen
tury.  The Reader brings together two other new essays by<strong&gt
; G. N. Devy The Being of Bhasha and Countering V
iolence. These philosophical essays discuss the signi
ficance of dialects and vanishing languages in the making of civilization, the
place of silence and insanity in the making of meaning, and of language itself
in the future of knowledge. After closely analyzing the sociological and psycho
logical roots of violence, the author argues that the increasing violence in mo
dern societies and the loss of languages in an increasingly intolerant and aggr
essive world need to be seen as closely related aspects of the cultural impact
of historical processes germinating in colonialism and globalization hostile to
cultural plurality. The four essays together present a complete theory of know
ledge in postcolonial times. They present a plea for a radical reorientation to
the question of education, knowledge, expression and interpretation of linguis
tic creative. They are, perhaps, the most challenging and unorthodox thesis on
epistemic and hermeneutical issues central to modern Indian culture
This Reader is a true summa, bringing together Devys ground-breaking wo
rk in the field of contemporary Indian thought.</td><td><div style=
"text-align: justify">G. N. Devy A lite
rary scholar and cultural activist,writes in three languages Marathi, Gujarati a
nd English, and has received prestigious literary awards for his works in all th
ree languages.
His academic and activist work shows a rare combination of a
deep interest in Indias classical literature and philosophy, as well as the threa
tened languages of Adivasis and nomadic communities, in higher education and rur
al development</div></td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
t King’s College, Cambridge.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td
>
<td>978-81-250-3601-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>This Gift
of English: English Education and the Formation of Alternative Hegemonies in In
dia</td><td>Alok K Mukherjee</td><td>2009</td><td>384</td><td>1050.0000</td><td>
This provocative work deconstruct
s the popular belief that English was imposed on India by the British. Mukherje
e draws on the theories of Gramsci and Bourdieu to demonstrate that the rise of
English and the continued valorization of the literatures of Anglo-America in po
st-independence India have their roots in a conjuncture of the hegemonic agendas
of British colonial rulers and high caste Hindus. Through English education, Bri
tish colonial intellectuals hoped to civilize a benighted people and to perpetua
te colonial rule. High caste Hindus, on the other hand, saw in English education
the possibility of Hindu revival. Embracing the theory of a common racial origi
n, they argued that English education would help revive Indias lost glorious past
by giving access to the scientific and rational traditions of the Hindus racial
kin, the Europeans. After Indias independence, English education, as a field and
an institutional practice, continued to be brahmanical. With Dalits demanding En
glish, it is now the site of a new contest of alternative hegemonies. Mukherjee
makes a forceful case that if Dalits are to successfully employ English in a pu
rsuit of emancipation and empowerment, they must ask fundamental questions about
the field as it currently exists.</td><td><div style="text-al
ign: justify">Alok Mukherjee has taught about South A
sian and Indian cultures, languages and society at York University, Toronto. His
translation from Marathi of Sharan Kumar Limbales Towards an Aesthetic of Dalit Literature was pub
lished by Orient Longman in 2004.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Culture Stud
ies</td>
<td>978-81-250-2297-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Living Tr
aditions in Contemporary Contexts: The Madhva Matha of Udupi</td><td>Mr. Vasudev
a Rao</td><td>2002</td><td>252</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This book exami
nes a monastic institution the Madhava Matha of Udupi (Udipi) in Southern Karnat
aka as a site of the formation of religious opinion, of monastic training, and p
ractice, and the transmission of knowledge. The author brings both sociological
and textual perspectives to bear on his work.
While anthropologists and sociologists have worked on cults, practices,
categories of specialists and concepts, Vasudeva Raos is one of the few books to
focus on a monastic institution as the site of the formation of religious opini

on in the context of monastic training and practice. Dr Raos work provides an un
derstanding of doxa or religious opinion in the context of the Madhva tradition
of South India. In doing so, he focusses on priests rather than ascetics and th
us contributes to the growing body of literature on the forms in which Brahminic
ideology and practice take shape. In the process, Dr Rao also casts light on t
he complex ways in which a tradition perpetuates itself and deals with continuit
y and change. The study highlights the ways that texts are learned, remembered
and transmitted to become a part of Indian religious experience. A significant
contribution is also the ways in which the understanding of Madhva gurus and stu
dents reflect and are influenced by the general mood and the political discourse
in the country.
</td><td>Vasudeva Rao holds a Ph.D. in Sociology fro
m the Delhi School of Economics, where he subsequently taught a few years. He is
at present a Consultant at the United Nations Development Programme, New Delhi.

Apart from his work in the sociology of religion, he has also written o
n education and works on issues related to child labour and education.
<td>978-81-923046-3-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Thirteen
Festivals: A Ritual Year in Bengal</td><td>Ralph W. Nicholas</td><td>2016</td><t
d>262</td><td>750.0000</td><td>
An expression common among Bengali Hindus says baro mase, te
ro parban, in twelve months there are thirteen festivals. While each o
f these occasions is built around the worship of a particular god or goddess, t
hey are also performances where setting, attire, ornamentation, recitation, mus
ic, and sometimes theater are brought together. Thirteen dramatically understat
es the number of such occasions around the year. Previous books in this series
have described and analyzed the axial rituals in the annual cycle in the villag
e of Kelomal, Purba Medinipur, West Bengal. These are the famous Sanskritic Dur
ga Puja, the high point of the autumn in Bengal, and the less well known verna
cular spring ritual of Gajan, devoted to Siva.   
The present work deals with the great variety of rituals that take place duri
ng the remainder of the year, including worship of Sitala, goddess of disease a
nd mother of the village; Manasa, goddess of snakes; Laksmi, embodiment of pros
perity dwelling in the rice crop; Krsna, who offers the possibility of liberati
on; Satya Narayana, who has a Muslim personality as Satya Pir; and the goddesse
s worshiped by women within the house: Sasthi, goddess of children; the auspici
ous Mangal Candi; and Bipattarini, who saves people from danger.
</td><td>Ralph W. Nicholas is the William R
ainey Harper Professor Emeritus at the University of Chicago.</td><td>
World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-923046-2-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>When Marr
iages Go Astray: Choices Made, Choices Challenged</td><td>Lina Fruzzetti</td><td
">When Marriages Go Astray: Choices Made, Choic
es Challenged is an account of inter-caste and interreligious marriages and presents detailed case studies from Bishnupur, a town i
n West Bengal. In this study Lina Fruzzetti looks into a rarely studied aspect
of female agency in India: how can we understand societys concern with marriages
deemed to have gone astray? How do women cope with their families rejection of
their choices? 
This work addresses womens dilemm
a in selecting ones marriage partner in a society still bound by the tradition o
f arranging marriages for their children. Fruzzetti analyzes the discourse of h
ow these young women set about negotiating new boundaries by denying their impo
sed ideal as custodians and preservers of tradition. Instead of acquiescing to r
ules and cultural obligations, they decide to navigate the confines of culture
and their decision often sets them against kinship, family, or even ones faith,
notably in cases requiring conversion to a new religion. These women realize th
at in asserting their freedom to choose they face conflict with the expectations
of their upbringing and pose challenges of acceptability to their families, soc
iety, caste, and occasionally religious communities.
</td><td>Lina Fruzzetti is the Royce Family Professo
r in Teaching Excellence and Professor of Anthropology at Brown University. </td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
D,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</td>


</td><td>
<td>978-93-86296-00-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>A Feminis
t Foremother: Critical Essays on Rokeya Sakhawat Hossain</td><td>Mohammad A. Qua
yum and Md. Mahmudul Hasan</td><td>2016</td><td>312</td><td>875.0000</td><td>&lt
;p>This volume looks at the life and works of Rokeya Sakhawat Hossain (1880193
2), arguably Bengals earliest and boldest feminist, revered as a crusader for the
emancipation and advancement of women, in particular Bengali Muslim women. Thro
ugh her spirited writings and her activism, Rokeya challenged the two pillars of
patriarchy hierarchical family structures and religious dogma. She demanded tha
t the family be restructured on the basis of gender equality. A devout Muslim, she
asked that women be recognised as human beings in their own right within practi
ces of Islam.
Born into an orthodox Muslim family, for Rokeya, the most vital way in
which women could empower themselves was through education. The Sakhawat Memoria
l Girls School in Kolkata, started by Rokeya in 1911, still stands as an enduring
testament to that belief.
This collection of biographical and critical essays places Rokeya withi
n the socio-cultural and historical context of her times to better appreciate he
r literary and social contributions in the face of the formidable challenges she
faced as a Bengali Muslim woman. The essays also aim to understand why the extr
aordinary vision she had, not just for women but for an ideal, more gender-just
society, continues to be as radical, powerful and relevant today, almost a centu
ry after her death.
This volume will be a valuable asset to students and scholars of womens
and gender studies, as also of South Asian literature and culture.
</td><td>Mohammad A. Quayum is Professor of English
at the International Islamic University Malaysia (IIUM), and Adjunct Professor o
f English and Creative Writing at Flinders University, Australia.
Md. Mahmudul Hasan is Associate Professor of English
at the International Islamic University Malaysia (IIUM).
t; 
</td><td>
>
<td>978-93-86296-68-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Life, Eme
rgent: The Social in the Afterlives of Violence</td><td>Yasmeen Arif</td><td>201
6</td><td>260</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
How does an inquiry into life as it lives (or dies) amid mass violence
look like from the perspective of the social? Taking us from Sierra Leone to Ind
ia to Lebanon, Life, Emergent ch
allenges conventional understandings of biopolitics, and views the politics of
life through the lens of life, not death. 
Yasmeen Arif focuses closely on biopolitics other pole: making live, by h
ighlighting the various means and forms of life that are shaped in the aftermat
hor afterlivesof violent events, in the contexts of law, jus
tice, community, and identity. Her analysis of the social repercussions of viol
ence is both global and local in scope. This rigorously argued book brings toge
ther the various strands of both life and the social, and thereby frames a poli
tics both of and in life. 
This book will be useful to post-graduate scholars and researchers in
Sociology, Social Anthropology, Political Science and Theory, Philosophy, Socia
l Theory, Cultural Studies, Urban Studies and International Law. It will also b
e of interest to organizations involved in formal humanitarian work in conflict
areas. 

</td><td>
Yasmeen Arif is Associate Professor of So
ciology at the University of Delhi 
Studies 1983: A Theoretical History</td><td>Stuart Hall and Jennifer Daryl Slack
and Lawrence Grossberg (Eds)</td><td>2016</td><td>232</td><td>925.0000</td><td>
Cultural Studies 1983 is a testament to
Stuart Hall's contributions to progressive thought and politics. The eight
f<a></a>oundational lectures that Hall delivered at the University

of Illinois in 1983 introduced a broad range of audiences to a thinker and a di
scipline that changed the course of critical scholarship and of political imagi
nation and strategy.
Unavailable until now, these lectures clearly lay out Hall's origin
al engagement with the theoretical positions that led to the formation of Cultu
ral Studies. While presenting the intellectual background of the discipline of
Cultural Studies, Hall discusses the works of Richard Hoggart, Raymond William
s, and E. P. Thompson; the influence of structuralism; the limitations and poss
ibilities of Marxist theory; the importance of Althusser, and the radical possi
bilities opened up by Gramsci. 
These lectures also highlight the connection between Halls academic wor
k and his political strategizing. As a founding member of the original English&
lt;em> New Left, and the founding editor of New Left Re
view, Hall helped to reshape and reorient our understanding of progr
essive politics in the modern world. 
This book will be invaluable to scholars and students in the disciplin
es of critical race studies, cultural studies, postcolonial studies, literary s
tudies, gender studies, political science, and sociology.
</td><td>
Stuart Hall (19322014) was one of the most
prominent and influential scholars and public intellectuals of his generation.
He was a prolific essayist and speaker and a public voice for critical intelli
gence and social justice who appeared widely on British television and radio. H
e taught at the University of Birmingham and the Open University, and served as
the director of Birminghams Centre for Contemporary Cultural Studies during its
most creative and influential decade. He was a great defender of minority voic
es in the visual arts and, at the end of his career, helped to found a gallery
devoted to such work, Rivington Place. 
 
Editors: 
Jennifer Daryl Slack is Professor of Communicat
ion and Cultural Studies at Michigan Technological University. </p&g
t;
Lawrence Grossberg is Morris David Disti
nguished Professor of Communication and Cultural Studies at the University of N
orth Carolina, Chapel Hill.
BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
Encounters in India: The Local Co-Workers Of The Tranquebar Mission, 18th To 19t
h Centuries</td><td>Heike Liebau</td><td>2013</td><td>566</td><td>750.0000</td><
td>Cultural Encounters in India :&nbs
p;The Local Co-workers of the Tranquebar Mission, 18th to 19th Centuri
esis an English translation of a German book which has won the&nb
sp;Geisteswissenschaften International</st
rong> award for excellence in schol
arship. It is now available for the first tim
e to the English speaking world.
The history of social and religious encou
nter  in 18th century South  India is narrated throug
h fascinating biographies and day to day lives of  Indian workers who w
orked in thefirst organised Protestant mission enterprise in India, the Tranqueb
ar  Mission (1706-1845). The Mission was originally initiated by the Da
nish King Friedrich IV, but sustained by religious authorities and mission organ
isations and supporters  in Germany and Britain.
The book challenges the notion that Christianity in colonial India was basicall
y imposed from the outside. It also questions the approaches to mission history
concentrating exclusively on European  mission societies. Liebau &n
bsp;maintains that the social  history of 18th  centu
ry South India cannot be understood  without considering the contributi
ons of the local converts and mission co-workers who  played an importa
nt  role from the very beginning in the context of Tranquebar &nbsp
;Mission.</td><td>Heike Liebau is
Senior Research Fellow at the Zentrum Moderner Orient (ZMO) in Berlin. Her rese
arch interest lies in the history of cultural encounters, biographical studies a
nd questions of knowledge production. She is the co-editor of <em&gt
;Halle and the Beginning of Protestant Christianity in India&nbsp
;(with Y. Vincent Kumaradoss and Andreas Gross), Halle 2006; and of &lt
;em>The World in World Wars: Experiences, Perceptions and Perspectives from A
frica and Asia (with Katrin Bromber, Katharina Lange, Dyala
Hamzah, Ravi Ahuja), Leiden, Boston 2010.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK
</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-8028-036-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Barisal a
nd Beyond: Essays on Bangla Literature</td><td>Clinton B. Seely</td><td>2008</td
;This collection of essays, spanning the authors academic career, starts by looki
ng back to his early experience of Bengal in Barisal, Bangladesh, hometown of Be
ngali poet Jibanananda Das, and goes on to analyze important works of Bangla wri
ters including those of Rabindranath Tagore, Michael Madhusudan Datta, Mir Mosha
rraf Hosain, Rizia Rahman among others.</td><td><div style="te
xt-align: justify">Clinton B. Seely is a leading west
ern scholar of Bengali literature. His path-breaking biography of Jibananada Da
s is recognized as a model of its kind.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Cultur
e Studies</td>
<td>978-81-87358-23-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Unbecomin
g Modern: Colonialism, Modernity, Colonial Modernities</td><td>Saurabh Dube and
Ishita Banerjee-Dube (Ed.)</td><td>2006</td><td>266</td><td>675.0000</td><td>&lt
;p style="text-align: justify">IN THIS VOLUME </st
rong>well-known scholars from India and Latin America Enrique Dussel, Madhu D
ubey, Walter Mignolo and Sudipta Sen to name a few discuss the concepts of moder
nity and colonialism, and describe how the two relate to each other. Unbecoming Modern: Colonialism, Modernity, Colonial Modernities </strong&
gt;explores the vital impact of the colonial pasts of India, Mexico, China and t
he even the Unites States on the processes through which these countries have be
come modern.
The collection is unique as it brings together a range of disci
plines and perspectives. The topics discussed include the Zapatista movement in
southern Mexico, the image of the South in recent African-American literature, t
he theories of Andre Gunder Frank about the early modernization of Asian countri
es, and the contradictions of the colonial state in India.</td><td>&lt
;b>Saurabh Dube is Professor of History, Centre for Asian and Afric
an Studies, El Colegio de México, Mexico City. <div> </div><div style="text-align: justify">Ishita
Banerjee-Dube is Associate Professor, Centre for Asian and African St
udies, El Colegio de México, Mexico City.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,L
K,PK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
History of Modern India</td><td>Dilip M. Menon(Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>197</t
d><td>195.0000</td><td>THE HISTORY of mode
rn India has been narrated largely in terms of the nationalist movement, person
alities and what has been seen as the high politics of the state. Recent shifts i
n history writing have tried to bring in subordinated histories of regions and
of groups. We are moving towards a wider understanding of politics, history and
of the ordinary people who make history. This collection tries to push the eme
rging paradigm further by moving away from conventional notions of the history
of the nation and indeed of the political. 
The six essays in this collection present original and pioneering fora
ys in the study of cricket, oral history, gender studies, film, popular culture
and Indian classical music. Whether looking at issues of caste on the seemingl
y level playing field of cricket in early twentieth century India; or how a nin
eteenth century housewife comes to pen the first autobiography by an Indian wom
an; calendar art reflecting deeper notions of religion and community; or how an
idea of pure classical music faces the challenge of technology, these essays sho
w how ideas of self, community and art are formed within a larger politics. Mor
eover, culture far from being a refuge from the political is also the space wit
hin which politics comes to be worked out.
</td><td>Dilip M. Menon is Mellon Chair i
n Indian Studies and Professor of History at the University of Witwatersrand,
Johannesburg.</td><td>IN,BD,MV,NP,PK,LK,BT</td><td>Culture Studies</td
>
<td>978-81-87358-19-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Viramma:
Life of a Dalit</td><td>Viramma, Josiane Racine and Jean-Luc Racine</td><td>200
t;>This is the first Indian edition of this remarkable book which created a g
reat impact in France and was subsequently translated into English and Italian.
This edition carries a fresh Afterword by Jean-Luc and Josiane Racine.
<s
trong>Viramma an untouchable woman by birth, and list
ed as one of the authors, narrated the story of her life over a period of ten ye
ars to Josiane Racine, a Tamil-born ethnomusicologist educated in France. This b
ook is the result of that conversation </td><td><div style="te
xt-align: justify">Viramma was an untouchabl
e woman, an agricultural labourer, grandmother, and until recently lived in Kara
ni in Tamil Nadu. She died in November 2000. </div><div style=
"text-align: justify"> </div><div style="t
ext-align: justify">Josiane Racine researches popular
culture in South India. </div><div style="text-align: ju
stify"> </div><div style="text-align: justify&q
uot;>Jean-Luc Racine is Senior Fellow, Centre for Indian S
tudies, Ecole des Hautes Etudes en Sciences Sociales, Paris. </div
></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
ics and Culture of Globalization: India and Australia</td><td>Hans Löfgren
and Prakash Sarangi (Eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>352</td><td>625.0000</td><td>&lt
;p>We experience the culture of globalisation e

very time we visit a Tandoori restaurant in Chicago, or a Pizza Hut in Hyderab
ad, or as we watch Bollywood films in Australia. Globalisation is a label used
for a wide range of political, social and cultural phenomena, many of which ar
e explored in this volume. The Poli
tics and Culture of Globalisation: India and Australia</em&gt
; brings together Indian and Australian experts in the fields of political scie
nce, international relations, philosophy, cultural theory and political economy
. Its timeliness and unifying theme derive from comparisons between Indian and
Australian perspectives, and analyses by Australian writers on developments in
India. Indian-Australian relations are explored in several chapters. 
The neo-liberal form of globalisation is a key focus of critique in th
is volume. Several chapters examine the search for alternative forms of governa
nce as the nation-state undergoes profound change due to global interconnectedn
ess. 
An important contribution to the critical discourse o
n globalisation it is a unique Indo-Australian intellectual endeavour grappling
incisively with deeper issues of philosophy and policy in the contemporary wo
rld. Manora
njan Mohanty, 
Council for Social Development, New
Delhi With its cogent analysis and lucid style, this vo
lume is a valuable addition to critical readings on globalisationThe focus on pr
ocess governance, institutions, and area studies is an added strength... With i
ts analytical depth and empirical stretch, it will be a valuable addition to th
is important field. <s
trong>Subrata K Mitra, 
University
of Heidel
berg, Germany  It will be a very useful volume for
all the graduate students who are trying to understand [the] complex and multi
faceted nature of the phenomenon of globalisation. Rajen Harshe, </td><td>Hans Löfgren&
lt;/strong> is Director of the Master of Politics and Policy Program at Deak
in University, Australia. He has published extensively on the politics and ec
onomics of pharmaceuticals, for example in New Political Science (2007), Australia New Zealand Health Policy (2007)
and Social Science & Medicine (2004). 
Prakash Sarangi is Professor of Political
Science at the University of Hyderabad. His publications include Libe
ral Theories of State: Contemporary Perspectives (1996) and <em&g
t;Political Exchange and Public Policy: A Cross-National Analysis (1
990).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
History of Medieval India</td><td>Meenakshi Khanna (Ed.)</td><td>2007</td><td>3
00</td><td>230.0000</td><td><s
trong>Cultural History of Medieval India is a part of the seri
es, Readings in History. The books in this series have been edited and put toget
her by eminent historians for their students.
This anthology of readings see
ks to explore Indian culture in the medieval period through five themes: kingshi
p traditions, social processes of religious devotion, inter-cultural perception,
forms of identities, and aesthetics.
Written by well-known scholars, the el
even essays in this book present sub-cultures in diverse regional settings of th
e subcontinent. The articles suggest that culture does not exist as fragments of
the great and little, or classic and folk in any given tradition. In fact, variants
hin a given tradition interact with one another and assimilate new characteristi
cs over time. These interactions also take place across boundaries of different
religious and cultural spheres, and in the process, give meaning to the notions
of the self and the other. In an attempt to define the other one discovers the self.
se readings introduce a new way of understanding medieval Indian history by enga
ging with interdisciplinary methods of research on issues that are significant t

o everyday existence in a plural society like that of India.
This book will
be of great value to students of history, as well as to other readers interested
in the culture of the medieval period in India.</td><td><div style
="text-align: justify">Meenakshi Khanna is Reade
r in History, Indraprastha College for Women, University of Delhi.</div></
td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-87358-34-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>New Mansi
ons for Music: Performance, Pedagogy and Criticism</td><td>Lakshmi Subramanian</
ustify">The essays in New Mansions for Music: Performance,
Pedagogy and Criticism look at one of the most ancient and rigor
ous classical musical traditions of India, the Karnatik music system, and the ki
nd of changes it underwent once it was relocated from traditional spaces of temp
les and salons to the public domain. Nineteenth-century Madras led the way in th
e transformation that Karnatik music underwent as it encountered the forces of m
odernization and standardization. This study also contributes to our understandi
ng of the experience of modernity in India through the prism of music. The role
of Madras city as patron and custodian of the performing arts, especially classi
cal music offers an invaluable perspective on the larger processes of modernizat
ion in India As the title suggests, the areas of classical music, which were mos
t influenced by these developments were pedagogy or modes of musical transmissio
n, performance conventions and criticism or music appreciation. Once the urban e
lite demanded the widening of the teaching of classical music, traditional modes
of music instruction underwent a major change involving a breakdown of the guru
shishya parampara or the tradition wherein the teacher imparted knowledge to a c
hosen few. Caste and kinship were important determining factors for the selectio
n of these shishyas or students, but in modern institutions like the universitie
s these boundaries had to be demolished. Simultaneously, the public staging of m
usic brought the performer into a new relationship with his audience, especially
as the art form became subject to validation and criticism by the newly emergin
g music critic.
In an immensely readable book peppered with anecdotes an
d conversations with leading musicians and critics of the day, as well as humoro
us visual representations, part caricature, part satirical, the author describes
a rapidly changing society and its new look in early twentieth century Madras.&
lt;/p></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Laks
hmi Subramanian is Professor, Department of History and Culture, Jamia
Millia Islamia, New Delhi. Her earlier publications include From the Tanjore Co
urt to the Madras Music Academy: A Social History of Music in South India, O.U.P
, Delhi, 2006.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Culture Studies<
/td>
Politics, Elites, and the Public Sphere</td><td>Veena Naregal</td><td>2014</td>
<td>312</td><td>450.0000</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&g
t;The bilingual relationship between English and the Indian vernaculars has lon
g been crucial to the construction of ideology as well as cultural and politica
l hierarchies. Print was vital for colonial literacyfor initiating a shift in th
e relation between high and low languages. This book looks at the relationship betw
een linguistic hierarchies, textual practices and power in colonial Western Ind
ia. Whereas most studies of colonialism focus on Indias high literary culture, th
is work looks at how local intellectuals explored their middling position through
initiatives to establish newspapers and influential channels of  commu
nication. </div><div style="text-align: justify">
How was the native intelligentsia able to achieve a position of ideological influ
ence? This book shows that, despite their minority position and the bilingual d
ivision, such people negotiated the arenas of education policy, the press, and
voluntary associations to advance their interests as a social class. In doing t
his it illuminates the Indian intelligentsias self-definitions before anti-colon
ial thinking articulated its hegemonic claims as nationalistic discourse.</d

iv>
This book will interest readers of Indian history, cultural politics, and col
onial thought.</td><td>V
eena Naregal completed her Ph.D. from SOAS, London. Her book reflects
her multi-disciplinary interests in postcolonial theory, alternative modernities
and contemporary cultural politics. She has published scholarly articles on the
cultural and political history of Western India and on media reform and distrib
ution in India since liberalisation.<.p></td><td>World</
<td>978-81-7824-468-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Bodies Of
Song :Kabir Oral Traditions and Performative Worlds in North India</td><td>Lind
a Hess</td><td>2015</td><td>488</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
Kabirs work lends itself to topics that range from subtle inner states
to political argument and activismthe relation between the religious-spiritual a
nd social-political. An iconoclastic mystic who criticized organized religion,
sectarian prejudice, caste, violence, deception and hypocrisy, Kabir also speak
s of self-knowledge, deep inner experience, confrontation with death, and conne
ction with the divine. Ambiguously situated among Hindu, Muslim, Sufi, and yogi
c traditions, he rejects religious identities and urges fearless awakening. &lt
;/p>
Bodies of Song is the first scholarly work in any
language that studies the poetry and culture of the still popular Kabir throug
h the lens of oral-performative traditions. It draws on ethnographic research a
s well as on the history of written collections. 
It focuses on textstheir transmission by singers, the dynamics of textu
al forms in oral performance, and the connections between texts in oral forms,
written forms, and other media. It attends to context, reception, and community
. While demonstrating how texts work in oral-musical performance, it analyzes d
iscourses of authenticity and provides a repertoire of Kabir songs as they migh
t be heard in Central India in the early 2000s. Professor Hess considers theori
es of orality, looks at social perspectives, and examines communities of interpre
tationincluding the Kabir Panth (a religious sect), Eklavya (a secular education
al NGO), and urban fans of Kabir. 
</td><td>
Linda Hess is Senior Lecturer in Religiou
s Studies at Stanford University. Her various books include The Bijak
of Kabir (translations and essays), Singing Emptiness: Ku
mar Gandharva Performs the Poetry of Kabir, and articles on interpre
tation and performance of the Ramayana.
<td>978-81-7824-470-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>MODERN T
IMES: INDIA 1880s 1950s : Environment, Economy, Culture</td><td>Sumit Sarkar</td
><td>2015</td><td>476</td><td>595.0000</td><td><div>Much has changed in th
e world of South Asian history-writing since Sumit Sarkars renowned classic, Mode
rn India (1983). The passage of thirty years having rendered that work thoroughly
dated, the futility of any attempt to revise it became increasingly clear to me
, especially as over this period my own historical perspectives took new and une
xpected directions, says the author. The present work is an entirely fresh view o
f the same period. Focusing on three huge areas Economy, Environment, and Cultur
e Professor Sarkar offers his magisterial perspective on these.</div><d
iv> </div><div>Scientific discourses, laws, forest adm
inistration, peasants and adivasis, irrigation, and conflicts over land-use are
examined, as are agrarian relations, commercialization, indebtedness, and famine
. Trade, finance, and industry are other major focus areas.</div><div&g
t; </div><div>Modern urban India is scrutinized via the l
iterature on its big cities. Sociabilities, caste configurations, and public cul
ture (theatre, cinema, and sports) are discussed, as are literature, dance, musi
c, and painting.</div><div> </div><div>In con

clusion, says Professor Sarkar, I have within each chapter incorporated the relev
ant historiographical developments, changes, and debates. Separate bibliographic
al sections will I hope facilitate the work of teachers and students.</div>
<div> </div></td><td>SUMIT SARKAR is a
mong the most influential and widely admired historians of modern India. His sev
eral books include The Swadeshi Movement in Bengal, Modern India 18851947, Writin
g Social History, and Beyond Nationalist Frames. Following a distinguished teach
ing career, he retired as Professor of History, Delhi University. He lives in Ne
w Delhi and is working on his next book.</td><td>World</td><td>Culture Studies</
td>
<td>978-81-7824-472-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Text And
Tradition In South India:With an Introduction by Sanjay Subrahmanyam</td><td>Vel
cheru Narayana Rao</td><td>2016</td><td>490</td><td>995.0000</td><td>
There has long been a general consensus among insiders in the world of S
outh Asian scholarship that Velcheru Narayana Raos contribution to understanding
Indian cultural history, literary production, and intellectual life specificall
y from the vantage of the Andhra regionhas few parallels. However, unlike the wr
itings of his friend A.K. Ramanujan, Narayana Raos writings in English remain li
ttle recognized by the broader public. 
Nevertheless, several features make Narayana Raos work utterly extraord
inary. He is one of the very rare scholars to be able to reflect magisterially
on both the pre-colonial and colonial periods. In part, this is because of his
mastery of the classical Telugu tradition. As Sanjay Subrahmanyam puts it in his
Introduction, To command nearly a thousand years of a literary tradition is no s
mall feat, but more important still is VNRs ability constantly to offer fresh re
adings and provocative frameworks for interpretation. Further, Narayana Raos work
moves fluidly between the Sanskrit and vernacular traditions, and between the
worlds of orality and script. 
The essays and reflections in Text and Tradition in South In
dia bring together the diverse contributions made by Velcheru Naraya
na Rao to the rewriting of Indias cultural and literary history. No-one seriousl
y interested in the history of Indian ideas, the social and cultural history of
South India, and the massive intellectual traditions of the subcontinent can d
o without this book.
</td><td>Velcheru Narayana Rao (b. 1932) is a renown
ed scholar of Indian cultural and literary history. After his education in Indi
a, he taught Telugu and Indian literatures for thirty-eight years at the Univer
sity of Wisconsin-Madison. He has also taught at the University of Chicago, and
is currently Visiting Distinguished Professor of South Asian Studies at Emory
University. He has written more than fifteen books, many in collaboration with
David Shulman and Sanjay Subrahmanyam. These include Textures of Time
: Writing History in South India (Permanent Black, 2001), and a tran
slation of Peddanas The Story of Manu (with David Shulman; H
arvard University Press, 2015).
</td><td>world</td><td>Culture Studies</td>
<td>978-81-7824-486-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Dalit Stu
dies</td><td>Ramnarayan S. Rawat and K. Satyanarayana</td><td>2016</td><td>316</
td><td>895.0000</td><td>
The contributors to this major intervention into Indian historiography
trace the strategies through which Dalits have been marginalized as well as th
e ways Dalit intellectuals and leaders have shaped emancipatory politics in mod
ern India. 
Moving beyond the anticolonialism/nationalism binary that dominates th
e study of India, the contributors assess the benefits of colonial modernity an
d place humiliation, dignity, and spatial exclusion at the center of Indian his
toriography. Several essays discuss the ways Dalits used the colonial courts an
d legislature to gain minority rights in the early twentieth century, while oth
ers highlight Dalit activism in social and religious spheres. 

The contributors also examine the struggle of contemporary middle-clas
s Dalits to reconcile their caste and class, intercaste tensions among Sikhs, a
nd the efforts by Dalit writers to challenge dominant constructions of secular
and class-based citizenship while emphasizing the ongoing destructiveness of ca
ste identity. 
In recovering the long history of Dalit struggles against caste violen
ce, exclusion, and discrimination, Dalit Studies outlines a
new agenda for the study of India, enabling a significant reconsideration of m
any of the Indian academy's core assumptions.
</td><td>
Ramnarayan S. Rawat is Associate Professo
r of History at the University of Delaware and the author of Reconsid
ering Untouchability: Chamars and Dalit History in North India.&
nbsp;
K. Satyanarayana is Associate Professor of Cultura
l Studies at EFL University, Hyderabad, and the coeditor of two collections of
Dalit writing from South India: From those Stubs, Steel Nibs Are Spro
uting and No Alphabet in Sight
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Dalit Studies</td>
<td>978-93-862-9665-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Past
of the Outcaste: Readings in Dalit History</td><td>Sabyasachi Bhattacharya and Y
agati Chinna Rao (Eds)</td><td>2016</td><td>480</td><td>1425.0000</td><td>
Are you fit for political power even though you do not allow
a large class of your own countrymen like the untouchables to use public schoo
l? the use of public wells? the use of public streets? to eat any food they lik
e? <div style="text-align: right"&
gt;B. R. Ambedkar, Annihilation of Caste</div>
These questions, raised by Dr Ambedkar roughly a century ago, still
hold true. The prevalence of caste-based violence and rising Dalit assertion ha
s led to a revival of the movement spearheaded by luminaries such as Phule, Amb
edkar and others. To comprehend this rising revolution, it is important to trac
e writings of the public intellectuals and social scientists through history. &
lt;em>The Past of the Outcaste brings together historical narrati
ves of the outcastes, which together throw light on the economic, civil, cultural
and political exclusion and discrimination that is caste-based.
This collection includes statements on untouchability by leaders of th
e freedom movementfor example, Gokhale, Lajpat Rai, Ambedkar and Gandhi; essays
on the history of the outcastes in the pre-colonial period; on the beginnings o
f Dalit consciousness and organised resistance to caste oppression; on the rela
tionship between the nationalist movement and Dalits; and finally, essays locat
ing the Dalits in the post-independence polity in India. This carefully edited
compendium will be of use to students and scholars of history, sociology and po
litical science in general and those in the area of exclusion studies in particul
ar.
</td><td>Sabyasachi Bhattacharya, former P
rofessor, Centre for Historical Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU), and
Chairman, Indian Council for Historical Research.
Yagati Chinna Rao is Professor and Chairpe
rson, Centre for the Study of Discrimination and Exclusion, School of Social Sc
iences, JNU.</td><td>World</td><td>Dalit Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-6293-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sorajjem
</td><td>Akkineni Kutumbarao, Alladi Uma (tr) and M. Sridhar (tr)</td><td>2016</
td><td>128</td><td>295.0000</td><td>
In Malapalli, an Untouchable corner of a village in the Andhra region, e
very childs dreams are crushed. They cannot stay at school. They tend the buffal
oes. They work the fields. They are sexually exploited. They are expected to be
content with a paltry pay. When they assert their rights, they are threatened,
killed, or worse, forced to migrate to unknown far-away lands. 

This is the story of the first sixteen years in the life of Sorajjem,
born during the month of Indias Independence. It is also a story of the sufferin
gs of her community, the Malas. In this country where Gandhian values run deep,
caste oppression is comfortably entrenched. This story is set in the recent pa
st. But it can well be a story of contemporary India. 
Written in 1973 and published in 1981, Sorajjem i
s one of the early Telugu novels written by a non-Dalit writer that depicts the
problems faced by the Dalits. This masterful translation captures the lived re
ality of inhumanity, alienation, displacement and sexual atrocity that the Dali
ts face at the hands of caste-Hindus, and explores why seeds of revolution are
sown in Dalit lives.  
</td><td>
Author:
Akkineni Kutumbarao is a well-known film
maker of Telugu films and novelist. 
Translators:
Alladi Uma and M. Sridhar</strong&
gt; have taught in the Department of English, UoH
</td><td>World</td><td>Dalit Studies</td>
t;
he

>
University of Hyderabad. </div></td><td>World</td><td>Dalit Stud
ies</td>
, Indira Gandhi National Open University.</td><td>World</td><td>Dalit
Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5629-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Social In
clusion in Independent India : Dimensions and Approaches </td><td>T. K. Oommen</
<ul>
<li>This book
discusses the various forms of social
and economic exclusion (discrimination and marginalisation)
that
persist in contemporary India, and how they may be remedied.</li&
gt;
</ul>
<ul>
<li>It argues that a welfare state can be c
reated by
securing social, economic and
political just
ice for the socially
and educationally backwa
rd classes of citizens.</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>It argues that inclusive growth and &lt
;strong>human development can be achived
only by ensurin
g equality of status
and opportunity for the
vulnerable sections of society.</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>It suggests affirmative action/positive
discrimi
nationreservation of seats in education institutuions and
reservation in jo
bsthat may be adopted to build a more inclusive
society.<
/li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>This proposition
is examined with reference to nine excluded s
ocial categoriesDalits, Adivasis, subalterns,
religious and l
inguistic minorities, women, migrants, the poor, and the
disabled</stro
ng>.</li>
</ul></td><td><div> </div><b&
gt;T. K. Oommen is Professor Emeritus of Sociology, Centre for the Stu
dy of Social Systems, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, Ne
w Delhi.<div> </div><div> </div></
td><td>World</td><td>Dalit Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5628-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Street Co
rner Secrets : Sex, Work, and Migration in the City of Mumbai</td><td>Svati P. S
hah</td><td>2014</td><td>296</td><td>850.0000</td><td>
Street Corner Secrets challenges widespre
ad notions of sex work in India by examining solicitation in three spaces with
in the city of Mumbai where sexual commerce may be solicited alongside
other income-generating activities. These spacesbrothels, streets, and public d
ay-wage labor markets (nakas)are seldom placed within the s
ame analytic frame.   Focusing on women who had
migrated to Mumbai from rural, economically underdeveloped areas within India,
Svati P. Shah argues that selling sexual services is one of a number of ways w
omen working as laborers may earn a living, demonstrating that sex work, like d
ay labor, is a part of India's vast informal economy. Here, various means o
f earninglegitimized or stigmatized, legal or illegaloverlap or exist in close pr
oximity to one another, shaping a narrow field of livelihood options that women
navigate daily. In the course of this rich ethnography, Shah discusses policin
g practices, migrants' access to housing and water, the production of publi
c space, critiques of states and citizenship, and the location of violence with
in debates on sexual commerce.
Throughout, the book analyzes the role the city plays in the changing
contours of sexual commerce in Mumbai, as well as showing the highly contingent
ways in which knowledge about sexual commerce and sex work is being constructe
d. Ultimately, the book maps the silences and secrets that constitute local dis
courses of sexual commerce on Mumbai's streets. 
This book will be of particular interest to scholars and students of anthropolo
gy, sociology, urban studies, and gender and sexuality studies.</td><td>
Svati P. Shah is Associate Professor in the Depart
ment of Women, Gender, Sexuality Studies at the University of Massachusetts, Am
herst.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Demography</td>
<td>825.0000</td><td>
f Sri Lanka. 
lt;/p>
</td><td>
</td><td>World</td><td>Demography</td>

f History, Goa University.</td><td>World</td><td>Demography</td>
d><td>224</td><td>795.0000</td><td>

d futures.  
</td><td>
t;
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Demography</td>

P,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Demography</td>
<td>978-81-250-6232-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>In the Pu
blics Interest: Evictions, Citizenship and Inequality in Contemporary Delhi</td><
td>Gautam Bhan</td><td>2016</td><td>304</td><td>825.0000</td><td>Like
many cities in the global South, New Delhi has not been built by architects,
engineers or planners, but by residents themselves. One form of such
auto-construction is the bastian
urban settlement that houses income-poor residents. A basti marks years of an
urban life, built slowly and incrementally. It is more than a slumit is a
claim to development and citizenship. In the moment of the bastis eviction,
this claim is erased, signifying a closure for the political, legal, social and
economic negotiations that allowed a vulnerable citizenry to settle and survive
for decades.
Contemporary Delhi is a city scarred
by the evictions of bastis. Ironically, many of these evictions were ordered in
Public Interest Litigations by the Indian Judiciary. How did a judicial
innovation introduced precisely to enable the marginalised to seek justice
become an instrument of their exclusion? Drawing on an archive of court cases
that resulted in evictions in Delhi from 1990 to 2007 as well as ethnographic
research with basti residents and social movements resisting eviction, <span&
gt;In the Publics Interest shows how
evictions have been fundamental to how urban space is been structured and
produced, and asks what they tell us about the contemporary Indian city.</p&g
t;
Students and scholars of sociology,
urban studies, development studies and geography will find this book engaging
and useful.</td><td>Gautam Bhan is Senior
Consultant, Indian Institute for Human Settlements, Bangalore.</td><td
>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Demography</td>
</li><li>
Some sacred
herto undocumented,
and
</li><li>
</li><li>
The complex
evidenced in the
ld.
</li></ul>
td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Demography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5957-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Pipe Poli
tics, Contested Waters : Embedded Infrastructures of Millennial Mumbai</td><td>L
isa Björkman </td><td>2015</td><td>296</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
Despite Mumbai's position as India's financial, economic, and
cultural capital, water is chronically unavailable for rich and poor alike. Mu
mbai's dry taps are puzzling, given that the city does not lack for either
water or financial resources. 
In Pipe Politics, Contested Waters, Lisa
Björkman shows how an elite dream to transform Mumbai into a "world c
lass" business center has wreaked havoc on the citys water pipes. In rich e
thnographic detail, Pipe Politics explores how the everyd
ay work of getting water animates and inhabits a penumbra of infrastructural ac
tivityof business, brokerage, secondary markets, and socio-political networkswhos
e workings are reconfiguring and rescaling political authority in the city. Mum
bais increasingly illegible and volatile hydrologies, Björkman argues, are
lending infrastructures increasing political salience just as actual control ov
er pipes and flows becomes contingent upon dispersed and intimate assemblages o
f knowledge, power, and material authority. These new arenas of contestation re
veal the illusory and precarious nature of the project to remake Mumbai in the
image Shanghai or Singapore, and gesture instead towards the highly-contested
futures and democratic possibilities of the actually existing city. 
Pipe Politics, Contested Waters will find interes
t among both scholarly and popular readerships, as well as among policymakers a
nd urban practitioners.  The text is suitable for graduate and postgra
duate courses related to Global Cities, Infrastructure and Urban Governance, Ur
banization and Planning, Political Ethnography, Subaltern Urbanism, Indian Poli
tics, and Water Studies. 
</td><td>
Lisa Björkman is Assistant Professor of Urban a
nd Public Affairs at University of Louisville, and Research Scholar at CETREN
(Transregional Research Network), University
of Göttingen, Germany. 
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Demography</td>
g 1956: B. R. Ambedkar and States Reorganisation</td><td>Sudha Pai and Avinash K
umar</td><td>2014</td><td>256</td><td>775.0000</td><td>In 1938, when he
opposed the formation of Karnatak Province along linguistic lines, Ambedkar poi
nted out, we have been living together only to emphasise the fact that those who
want that this unity be sundered must consider this matter in a much more seriou
s way and not on grounds which are purely sentimental.
When the Indian identity was in its embryo, he feared that fostering cu
ltural identities would result in separate nationalities. By 1953, after the for
mation of Andhra State, he pointed at the lack of proper thinking that had gone
into the merger. In 1956, when the States Reorganisation Commission submitted it
s report, he identified its flaws, and famously laid down his One state, one lang
uage principle. 
The speeches, tracts and articles that Ambedkar produced on these lines
were soon forgotten. And now, as new states are being formed, Ambedkars works fi
nd renewed relevance. When he called the merger of Telangana and Telugu-speaking
areas of Madras Presidency as artificial, Ambedkar showed remarkable vision that
administrators can learn from. In laying criteria for reorganisation of statesvia
bility, size, economic feasibility, equality, federal balance, and the divisive
issue of languagehe has already addressed concerns that the contemporary common m
an now asks. 
Along with addressing students and scholars of political science, demog
raphy, public administration and Indian History, Revisiting 1956</e
m> resurrects the leaders works from oblivion and presents relevant portions f
rom them for the general, interested reader.
</td><td>Sudha Pai is Professor, Centre fo
r Political Studies, and Rector (Pro-Vice Chancellor), Jawaharlal Nehru Universi
ty, New Delhi.
Avinash Kumar is Assistant Professor, Cent
re for Informal Sector and Labour Studies, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal
Nehru University, New Delhi
gle.
India, Ahmedabad. </td><td>World</td><td>Demography</td>

University in the Netherlands.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>D
emography</td>
tment of Sociology, University of Peradeniya, Sri Lanka.</td><td>World</td><td>D
emography</td>
d><td>Demography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5451-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Integrat
ion of the Indian States</td><td>V. P. Menon</td><td>2014</td><td>534</td><td>10
75.0000</td><td><ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">Merging the 554 princely state
s with the Indian state was one of the most structurally monumental tasks that
the Indian administration faced after Independence. </li>
<li>V. P. Menon worked closely with Sardar Patel to help integrate the
princely states with India. </li>
<li>The book details the negotiations he carried out with each of these
states. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">He has taken up the case of e
ach state and shown how they were persuaded to sign the Instrument of Accession
which made them a part of the Indian union.</li>
<li>He also shows how various states were grouped together to form new
administrative units. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">This reissue of the volume ha
s a new Introduction that contextualises it for contemporary readers. It gives
us a brief account of the author, the book and the background in which it was w
ritten. It tells us how the process of carving out states from the jigsaw puzzl
e that India was after Independence is something that continues. </li>
</ul></td><td>V. P
. Menon was Secretary, States Ministry after Independence. He played a
crucial role in integrating the princely states with the Indian union.</p&gt
;</td><td>World</td><td>Demography</td>
p>
s and Speech and Silence.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Demography</td>
>Demography</td>
><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>Demography</td>
ngs of A. M. Shah: The Household and Family in India</td><td>A. M. Shah</td><td>
2014</td><td>536</td><td>950.0000</td><td><ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">This volume brings together t
he seminal contributions of the sociologist Profes
sor A. M. Shah to the study of the household and family in India.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The Household Dimen
sion of the Family in India (Book One) was widely regarded as a <s
trong>landmark study when it first appeared in 
1973. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">It combines mic
ro and macro perspectives, and offers a rigorous c
ritique of the stereotype of the decline of the joint family under
conditions of industrial modernisation. This book continues to be used as a pr
incipal text in many family and kinship courses in sociology dep
artments across the country.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">It is reproduced here with th

e original foreword by M. N. Srinivas and the orig
inal Annotated Bibliography.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The Family in India
: Critical Essays (Book Two), first published in 1998, covers a <s
trong>wide range of theoretical, methodological, substantive and policy issu
es relating to the family.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Book Three, titled 
Essays on the Family and the Elderly, contains three mo
re recent essays, which explore the effects of changes in the fa
mily on the elderly; explain the relevance of <s
trong>census data for studies of the household; and comment on
the current state of family studies in India from
the perspective of the authors many decades of engagement with the field. </li
>
<li style="text-align: justify">The Writings of A.
M. Shah has a foreword by Professor Patricia Uberoi&lt
;/strong>.</li>
</ul></td><td>A. M. Shah retired as Professor
of Sociology, Department of Sociology, Delhi University, in 1996.</td>
<td>World</td><td>Demography</td>
enship.
citizenship. 
, Jawaharlal Nehru University, Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Demograph
y</td>
</td><td>

/p>
Osamu Nag
</div></td><td>World</td><td>Demography</td>
t;
f Ahmedabad. 
td>Demography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4514-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Aging and
the Indian Diaspora: Cosmopolitan Families in India and Abroad</td><td>Sarah La
mb</td><td>2012</td><td>356</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>The proliferation of old age homes and increasing numbers
of elderly living alone are remarkable new phenomena in India. These trends are
related to extensive overseas migration, the transnational dispersal of famili
es amidst global labor markets and the rise of a new Indian middle class. Sarah
Lamb's moving and insightful accountbased on nearly fifteen years of fieldw
ork in India and the United States, with a focus on Kolkatatakes us inside Indi
as emerging old age homes and into the households of elders living alone in Indi
a and with US-settled children abroad. Lamb also investigates recent state effo
rts to legally mandate parental care in India, and scrutinizes the ways senior
Indian Americans make use of and critically reflect upon forms of state-suppor
ted elder care prevalent in the United States. 
Aging and the India
n Diaspora provides an engrossing and vivid portrayal of the in
novative and ambivalent ways older Indians and their communities are reworking
aging as they confrontboth embracing and challengingprocesses they associate with
modern, Western and global living. Lamb's study probes debates and cultural
assumptions in both India and the United States regarding how best to age; th
e proper social-moral relationship among individuals, genders, families, the ma
rket, and the state; and ways of finding meaning in the human life course.
</td><td>Sarah Lamb is Associate Professor of Anthropology at
Brandeis University, USA.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Demography</td>
y.
td><td>Demography</td>
ite-driven.
caste in India.
South Africa.
Sociology, University of Hyderabad, India. </td><td>World</td><td>Demo
graphy</td>
ities.
lhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Demography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4489-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Modern Mi
grations: Gujarati Indian Networks in New York and London</td><td>Maritsa V. Por
os</td><td>2012</td><td>244</td><td>850.0000</td><td>Although globaliz
ation seems like a recent phenomenon linked to migration, some groups have used
social networks to migrate great distances for centuries. To gain new insights
into migration today, Modern Migrations takes a closer look at the historical presence of globalization and
how it organized migration and social networks. With a focus on the lives of Gu
jarati Indians in New York and London, this book explains migration patterns th
rough different kinds of social networks and relations. 
Gujarati migration flows span four continents, across several centurie
s. Maritsa Poros reveals the inner workings of their social networks and
how these networks relate to migration flows. Championing a relational view, sh
e examines the kinds of ties prevalent in the different niches that Gujaratis o
ccupy in the economies of New York and London, from shopkeepers to diamond deal
ers and doctors. In the process she speaks to central debates in the field abou
t the economic and cultural roots of the causes of migration and its surprising
consequences.
Modern Migrations will be of interest to
anyone who has thought about Indias rich history of trade and migration and the
kinds of lives that Indian immigrants live in places like New York and London.
It will be useful for students and scholars of migration studies.</td
><td>Maritsa V. Poros is Assistant Profe
ssor of Sociology at The City College of New York and The Graduate Center, City
University of New York.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Demograp
hy</td>
India. </li>
ntries. </li>
ylvania</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>Demography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4200-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Makin
g of a Small State: Populist Social Mobilisation and the Hindi Press in the Utta
rakhand Movement</td><td>Anup Kumar</td><td>2011</td><td>356</td><td>1095.0000</
td><td>In 1994, the reactionary student agitation against OBC reservat
ions metamorphosed into a jan andolan (populist social mobi
lisation) for creation of Uttarakhand state. This study conceptualises jan ando
lan as a non-party populist political process that temporarily claims public sp
ace and often relies on the press to get its voices heard in the corridors of p
ower. The mobilisation for Uttarakhand was led by social activists and civic le
aders, who formed the Uttarakhand Samyukta Sangharsh Samiti
s, and was supported by the Hindi press, particularly Amar Ujala and Dainik Jagran.
Moving beyond explanations based on electoral caste politics, <em&g
t;The Making of a Small State traces the
roots of the political imagination of Uttarakhand in the series of socio-ecolo
gical protests, such as dhandaks (peasant protests) and Ch
ipko. The study suggests that the new regional movements are manifestations of
political and economic deprivation. They highlight developmental regionalism an
d the demand to restore communitys control over jal, <em&
gt;jungle and zameen. 
However, the paradox of the jan andolan was that the samitis, inspite
of their wide social base, failed to emerge as a political alternative. The stu
dy suggests that internal contradictions in the samitis, the dependency on the
press and the news culture opened the opportunity for the Bharatiya Janata Part
y and the Congress to co-opt the movement for statehood and undermine the core
socio-ecological issues by colonising the public space that was created by the
andolan.
This book is for both academic and general readers who are interested
in news media research, populist mobilisation, and political imagination of new
regional identities.
</td><td>Anup Kumar is Assistant Professor of Commun
ication in the School of Communication, Cleveland State University.</t
d><td>World</td><td>Demography</td>
;nbsp;</td><td>World</td><td>Demography</td>
>
;
;
</td><td>
lt;br />


n Wales and Orissa.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Demography</td>
and Sciences.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>Demography</td>

these pages.
thnic and Migration Studies.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Demography</td>
<td>978-81-87358-44-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Enig
ma of the Kerala Woman : A Failed Promise of Literacy</td><td>Swapna Mukhopadhya
y(Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>203</td><td>295.0000</td><td>
The Enigma of the Kerala Woman: A Failed Promise of Literacy </em&
gt;consists of multi-disciplinary research carried out on variou
s aspects of gender relations in Kerala by scholars from a range of social scie
nce disciplines under The Gender Network, a regional network of researchers inv
estigating the phenomenon of gender under varied social and economic settings.
The introductory chapter provides an overarching framework for the individual s
tudies. Breaking new ground in analytical and methodological dimensions of Wom
ens Studies, the papers collectively seek to provide an answer to the enigma of th
e Kerala woman.
The book comes alive through two separate sections. The first one is d
evoted to case studies of women from the area of research and the second to pho
tographs of Kerala women in various social settings with detailed anthropologic
al captions. The two sections complement each other in supporting the main them
e of the book. The book has a rich body of data which provides comparative figu
res relating to development indices for Kerala  in relation to&nbs
p; some other states as well as India as a whole.</td><td>&l
t;strong>Swapna Mukhopadhyay is former Professor of Economic
s at the Institute of Economic Growth and former Director at the Institute of S
ocial Studies Trust, New Delhi. She is currently involved as an advisor in some
international development projects and occasionally teaches courses in Economi
cs at various universities in the city.  She also plays the violin and
teaches Western classical music at the Delhi School of Music.</td><td
>IN,BT,BD,LK,MV,NP,PK</td><td>Demography</td>
<td>978-81-87358-16-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Social an
d Economic Profile of India</td><td>Peeyush Bajpai, Laveesh Bhandari and Aali Si
nha</td><td>2005</td><td>185</td><td>1495.0000</td><td>Social & Economic Profile of India&l
t;/strong> is the only book of its kind on India in Economic Geography. Accor
ding to a reviewer, there are some strong GIS systems, and there are strong spati
al databases. This book is the first time these have come together in a satisfac
tory fashion.
A singular contribution of Social & Economic Profile of
India lies in the quality of its presentation. A very complex and a very wide ra
nge of data and analysis has been put forward with remarkable clarity and in a v
ery reader friendly way. This state of the art data and analysis (which offers m
any surprises), gives an almost complete picture of the socio-economic condition
s of India in just 173 pages. These 173 pages consist of 84 colour coded maps wi
th a corresponding text in colour. This text is both brief, lucid, and to the po
int. This book is the work of great scholarship but made accessible to a wide se
ction of readers. It tells the story of what India has achieved since 1991. The
information on Indias development is of great relevance in the international sce
ne today.
The subjects covered are of enormous public interest and also extre
mely useful for the framing of public policies. This book is equally indispensab
le to all the state departments of the government and to Indian companies wishin
g to invest in particular areas as well as foreign corporate organisations that
wish to invest in India. It goes without saying that the researcher will find th
is comprehensive body of data and analysis very useful. Anyone wishing to go dee
per into a particular problem has been directed to go to the relevant sources.&l
t;/p></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Peeyu
sh Bajpai is author of many reports and studies on Indian economic geo
graphy.
Laveesh Bhandari has taught in the Boston University and the Indian
Institute of Technology (IIT), Delhi.
Aali Sinha is a researcher at Indicus
Analytics.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Demography</td>
<td>978-81-87358-04-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sikkim H
uman Development Report 2001</td><td>Mahendra P. Lama</td><td>2001</td><td>127</
td><td>595.0000</td><td>VERY LITTLE is kno
wn about Sikkim. This book outlines its development since it became a part of th
e Indian Union in 1975. It covers subjects such as population, poverty and plann
ing; health, education and the status of women; land and agriculture; forest and
environment; infrastructure for development such as industry, power and state f
inance; and governance for sustainable human development.</td><td>Mahendra P. Lama is Professor, School of International Studies, J
awaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Demo
graphy</td>
<td>978-81-87358-10-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Reforming
Indias Social Sector: Poverty, Nutrition, Health and Education</td><td>K. Seeta
Prabhu and R. Sudarshan(Ed.s)</td><td>2002</td><td>337</td><td>690.0000</td><td>
IT IS WIDELY believed that econom
ic reforms widen inequalities in societies which are already highly unequal and
the impact of economic reforms on social sectors, particularly in developing eco
nomies like India, has therefore been a subject of great concern These economies
, it is argued, face the double problem of poverty, deprivation and inequality o
n the one hand and cutbacks in fiscal expenditures (to prune budgetary expenditu
res) on the other. This book addresses this problem, drawing out the debates in
each of the themes of poverty alleviation, nutrition, health and education with
the use of theoretical and empirical analysis.</td><td><div style=&
quot;text-align: justify">K.Seeta Prabhu is Professor
of Development Economics, University of Mumbai and Head, Human Development Reso
urce Centre, UNDP, New Delhi. </div><div style="text-alig
n: justify"> </div><div style="text-align: just
ify">R. Sudarshan is Adviser, Access to Justice, Oslo
Governance Centre, Oslo.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Demog
raphy</td>
<td>978-81-87358-14-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Tamil Na
du Human Development Report</td><td> </td><td>2003</td><td>350</td><td>630.
0000</td><td>THIS IS Tamil Nadus first Human Development R
eport. Tamil Nadu has fared very well in human development among
the states in India. It needs to be noted, however, that there are vast variatio
ns in the indicators of human development within the state itself.
Factors c
ontributing to human development are disaggregated in this Report, and analysed

at the district level. This will enable readers to understand the regional dispa
rities in Tamil Nadu and the reasons behind them. The Report not only puts withi
n one cover, all the various aspects of human development in Tamil Nadu but also
seeks to explain why the state has fared well in certain areas and not in other
s. It also highlights the policy interventions that will be required to correct
the imbalances.
Tamil Nadu Human Development Report is a balanced and objecti
ve account of the states performance and as such, will be of immense value to tho
se planning for growth, social justice and equity in the state, as well as resea
rchers and students of social sciences in university departments and other insti
tutions.</td><td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Demograph
y</td>
awaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Deve
lopment Studies</td>
Factors c
the imbalances.
tutions.</td><td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Developme
nt Studies</td>
<td>978-81-87358-40-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Partners
in Development: India and Switzerland</td><td>Richard Gerster</td><td>2008</td><
td>172</td><td>450.0000</td><td>T
his abundantly illustrated, accessible and perceptive account of the Indo-Swiss
cooperation in Indias development programme is a remarkable book. The cooperation
dates back to 1958, and it is not widely known that Switzerland was the first c
ountry to enter into a treaty of friendship with the then newly independent Indi
a on 14 August 1948.
Development interests were preceded by business interest
s and the first Swiss watches reached the subcontinent around 1600. By the end o
f 2005, Switzerland ranked tenth among foreign investors in India.
Partners i
n Development, as the title suggests, brings out the rare quality of a partnersh
ip between a donor and a recipient country. Written with a dispassionate assessm
ent of this dynamic relationship which has undergone changes as India has itself
become a donor country, the book throws open many important questions relating
to development programmes in India today. The book states candidly that however
important in specific instances, development cooperation should not be overestim
ated and that the Indo-Swiss development cooperation has benefited both sides. N
evertheless it comments that India is indeed a world economic power today, and S
witzerland, jointly with other foreign agencies, has contributed to this success
.
The book begins with an excellent introduction of the countrys brief history
from independence to the present day, and concludes that Indias economic miracle,
however important, is not as impressive as the survival and vitality of the coun
trys democratic institutions. This idea has been echoed by Gerster and other cont
ributors to this volume.
It then moves on to dwell on areas where the coopera
tion has been successful as well as where it has not. The important areas of suc
cess have been in vocational training, animal husbandry and dairy farming, biote
chnology and microfinance and methodology.
The book brings in a note of uncer
tainty about the future of development programmes in India. It ends by pointing
out that there are many issues that can be resolved only through international c
ooperation.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">&
lt;b>Richard Gerster is the winner of several development policy aw
ards and has authored numerous books and articles on development policy He is th
e Director of Gerster Consulting, Switzerland (see www.gersterconsulting.ch).&lt
;/div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MM,LK,MV</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-87358-58-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Education
, Unemployment and Masculinities in India</td><td>Craig Jeffrey, Patricia Jeffer
y and Roger Jeffery</td><td>2010</td><td>256</td><td>695.0000</td><td>"...[T]hrough close et
hnographic work, the authors throw new light on larger debates about developme
nt, education and employment in India, and raise important issues and question
s that demand further exploration and debate by sociologists and policymakers
alike." 
gt;Economic & Political Weekly
"The focus on
masculinity, education, modernity, and social status among rural young men in
northern India highlights the problems with education in India. The authors ex
plore the mindset of those for whom rural education is a system that often fai
ls, demonstrating a volatile mix of disenfranchisement on the one hand and under
employment on the other." 
gt;Susan S. Wadley, Syracuse University
"The book is
important for both academics and policy makers: 'we question accounts of
education as an unproblematic social good within development academia'. Not
quite the condemnation of education as causing the problem, but a warning that
education on its own will not achieve its goals, and that with some people in
some contexts, it can have its 'dark side'." 
gt;Alan Rogers, University of East Anglia
Education, Unemploy
ment and Masculinities in India re-evaluates debates on education,
modernity, and social change in contemporary development studies and anthropol
ogy. Education is widely imputed with the capacity to transform the prospects
of the poor. But in the context of widespread unemployment in rural north Indi
a, it is better understood as a contradictory resource, providing marginalized
youth with certain freedoms but also drawing them more tightly into systems o
f inequality.
The book advances t
his argument through detailed case studies of educated but unemployed or under
employed young men in rural western Uttar Pradesh. This book draws on fourteen
months' ethnographic research with young men from middle caste Hindu, Mus
lim, and ex-Untouchable backgrounds. In addition to offering a new perspective
on how education affects the rural poor in South Asia, 
Education, Unemployment and Masculinities in India inc
ludes in-depth reflection on the politics of modernity, changing rural masculi

nities, and caste and communal politics.</td><td><STRONG&g
t;Craig Jeffrey is Associate Professor in Geography and Interna
tional Studies at the University of Washington. He has published widely, inclu
ding papers in World Development, Modern Asian Studies, Annals of the Associat
ion of American Geographers and Development and Change. &l
t;STRONG>Patricia Jeffery is Professor of Sociology at the U
niversity of Edinburgh, Scotland. Her recent books include (with Roger Jeffery
) Dont Marry Me to a Plowman: Womens Everyday Lives in Rural North India (Westvi
ew Press and Vistaar, 1996). Roger Jeffery&l
t;/STRONG> is Professor of Sociology of South Asia at the University of Edi
nburgh, Scotland. His recent books include (with Patricia Jeffery) Population,
Gender and Politics:Demographic Change in Rural North India (Cambridge Univer
sity Press, 1997).</td><td>IN</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-87358-56-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Marriage,
Love, Caste and Kinship Support: Lived Experiences of the Urban Poor in India<
/td><td>Shalini Grover</td><td>2011</td><td>256</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Marriage, Love,
Caste and Kinship Support: Lived Experiences of the Urban Poor in India</em&g
t; makes use of interesting case studies and photographs to descr
ibe the everyday life in a squatter settlement in Delhi. 
The book helps to understand the
marital experiences of these people most of whom belong to the Scheduled Caste a
nd live in one identified geographical space. The author describes the shifts wi
thin their marriages, remarriages and other kinds of unions and their striking d
iversities, which have been described with care. Shalini Grover also examines th
e close ties of married women with their mothers and natal families. 
An important contribution of the book lies in the unfolding of the role
of women-led informal courts, Mahila Panchayats, and their influence in conflic
t resolution. This takes place in a distinctly different mode of community-based
arbitration against the backdrop of mainstream legal structures and male-domina
ted caste associations. 
The book will be of interest to students of sociology and social anthro
pology, gender studies, development studies, law and psychology. Activists and f
amily counsellors will also find the book useful. </td><td>Shalini Grover is author
of several papers on marriage and kinship including 'Lived Experiences: Mar
riage, Notions of Love and Kinship Support Amongst Poor Women in Delhi', &lt
;em>Contributions to Indian Sociology, 43(1), 2009. This book was
written during her tenure as a Sir Ratan Tata Fellow in Sociology at the Institu
te of Economic Growth, University of Delhi.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,
PK</td><td>Development Studies</td>

ar.
iences, JNU.</td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
of Medicine at the University of Oxford.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Devel
opment Studies</td>

n Wales and Orissa.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3914-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Mumbai: P
olitical Economy of Crime and Space</td><td>Abdul Shaban</td><td>2010</td><td>25
8</td><td>730.0000</td><td>Innovative and thought-provoking, 
Mumbai: Political Economy of Crime and Space presents a new approach to the study of crime in Mumbai. The authors primar
y objective is to understand the relationship between spatial distribution and
the cause of crime in the city. The book analyses how economic and political in
terests create socio-religious, cultural and regional schisms resulting in the
ghettoisation of religious minorities and politically sponsored violence.
A substantial addition to the cur
rent research on urban crime in India, this book offers the first detailed are
a-wise social analysis of crime in Mumbai. It presents a comparative analysis o
f crime vis-à-vis the other megacitiesDelhi, Kolkata and Chennai. It draws
on crime data from 1975 to 2005 for the 83 police stations, 13 zones and 5 reg
ions in the city. It uses recent and advanced methods of Geographic Information
Systems (GIS), spatial econometrics, and geostatistics to understand the polit
ical economy of crime. Emphasis is laid on the need to improve environmental de
signs and socio-economic conditions to bring down crime rates, especially in th
e high-delinquency areas of the city.
This book, rich in data, will be
immensely useful to students and scholars of sociology, criminology, geography,
urban planning and development studies. It will be valuable for law enforcing
agencies, administrators and civil society groups.
</td><td>Abdul Shaban &l
t;/b>is Associate Professor at the Centre for Development Studies, Tata Inst
itute of Social Sciences, Mumbai.</td><td>World</td><td>Development St
udies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3953-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>China Af
ter 1978: Craters on the Moon</td><td>Economic and Political Weekly</td><td>2010
</td><td>326</td><td>350.0000</td><td>The Peoples Republic of China cel
ebrated its 60th anniversary on 1 October 2009. December 2008 marked 30 years s
ince the Chinese Communist Partys decision to launch market reforms. The breathtak
ingly rapid economic growth witnessed after 1978 has attracted worldwide attent
ion. But the condition of more than 350 million workers is abysmal, especially
that of the migrants among them. The stagnation of peasant incomes had fuelled
a huge, historically unprecedented migration into the citiesover the past 25 yea
rs, some 150-200 million persons, including women, migrated from the countrysid
e to the urban areas in search of jobs.
Why do the migrants put up with so much hardship in the urban factorie
s? Has post-reform China forsaken the earlier goal of socialist equality? What h
as been the contribution of rural industries to regional development, alleviati
on of poverty and spatial inequality, and in relieving the grim employment situ
ation? How has the meltdown in the global economy in the second half of 2008 af
fected the domestic economy? What of the current leaderships call for a harmoniou
s society? Does it signal an important course correction? 
</td><td>The volume puts together a collection of essays previously published in
the Economic and Political Weekly between December 2008 and June 2009. </td><td
>WORLD</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3843-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Public A
dministration in the Globalisation Era: The New Public Management Perspective</t
d><td>Uma Medury</td><td>2010</td><td>288</td><td>395.0000</td><td>This book explores the transformative effect o
f globalisation on the theory and practice of public administration in the twent
y-first century. It outlines on the complex dynamics of worldwide changesthe ref
ormulation of the fundamental premises of the discipline, restructuring actual a
dministrative models and rapid technological advancement with accompanying chang
es in the traditional hierarchical and bureaucratic system of governance, result
ed in the emergence of an alternate paradigmthe New Public Management. Detailing
the influence of New Public Management with its dominant neo-liberal orientatio
n on public administration, the author outlines:
<ul style="text-align: justify"> <li>The reorientation of
the fundamental bases of public administration, </li><li>The restru
cturing of administrative models,</li><li> The concerns raised about
applying its uniform principles in diverse political and socio-economic systems
, and </li><li>The adoption of a pragmatic development strategy that
welds market individualism with a state-centred approach.</li></ul>
This book offers a comprehensi
ve understanding of the historical processes that shaped the discipline of publi
c administration, its reincarnation in the present form and its current challeng
es. Grounding the readers in the realities of the field through examples of poli
tical experience of countries, this book will be indispensable for students, sch
olars and practitioners of public administration</td><td><div style
="text-align: justify">Uma Medury is a Professor
of Public Administration in the School of Social Science, Indira Gandhi Nationa
l Open University (IGNOU), New Delhi.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Developm
ent Studies</td>

;nbsp;</td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3827-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Secr
et of Childhood</td><td>Maria Montessori</td><td>2009</td><td>200</td><td>325.00
00</td><td>Maria Mo
ntessori was convinced, from a lifetime of scientific observation
, that there are laws of growth in the character and disposition of the child as
marked as those in its physical life; that adults generally fail to appreciate
these laws and force their own ideas on it. This results in the suppression of t
he child's deepest drives and its mind is thrown into confusion. This often
manifests itself in naughtiness, hysterical crying and sulking. A childhood so f
ull of repression results in an adulthood full of complexes. Dr Montessori's
main thesis in this book is, in effect, 'Find the secret of childhood'.
It truly becomes the 'Father of Man' and achieves a superior, saner psy
chological development.
Maria Montessori's revolutionary method of educat
ion was implemented long ago. Today, institutions practising her method still ex
ist in all parts of the world. This book reaches out to a far wider readership,
in fact to all those who care for the young and their development into well-adju
sted adults.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">
Maria Montessori was born in Rome in 1870. She was the first
woman medical graduate of the University of Rome. After working as Assistant Doc
tor in the Clinic of Psychiatry, she was the Director (1898-1900) of the Scuola
Ortofrenica, a school for children with special needs which had been founded as
a result of her interest in such children. She also studied Philosophy at the Un
iversity of Rome, with particular emphasis on the psychology of childhood, and l
ectured to students there in Pedagogical Anthropology. Around 1909, she develope
d the Montessori method, the famous system of education for children aged three
to six, based on free discipline and free choice by children from stimulating le
arning apparatus provided to them. She was soon in charge of 50 schools for slum
children called the Case dei Bambini in which her system was applied. From 1919
onwards she travelled round the world every other year conducting courses in te
aching by the Montessori method, holding similar courses every alternate year in
London. She died in 1952.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies
</td>
<td>978-81-250-3828-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Secre
t of Childhood</td><td>Maria Montessori</td><td>2009</td><td>200</td><td>525.000
0</td><td>Maria Mon

tessori was convinced, from a lifetime of scientific observation,
that there are laws of growth in the character and disposition of the child as
marked as those in its physical life; that adults generally fail to appreciate t
hese laws and force their own ideas on it. This results in the suppression of th
e child's deepest drives and its mind is thrown into confusion. This often m
anifests itself in naughtiness, hysterical crying and sulking. A childhood so fu
ll of repression results in an adulthood full of complexes. Dr Montessori's
It truly becomes the 'Father of Man' and achieves a superior, saner psyc
hological development.
Maria Montessori's revolutionary method of educati
on was implemented long ago. Today, institutions practising her method still exi
st in all parts of the world. This book reaches out to a far wider readership, i
n fact to all those who care for the young and their development into well-adjus
ted adults.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">&
lt;b>Maria Montessori was born in Rome in 1870. She was the first w
oman medical graduate of the University of Rome. After working as Assistant Doct
or in the Clinic of Psychiatry, she was the Director (1898-1900) of the Scuola O
rtofrenica, a school for children with special needs which had been founded as a
result of her interest in such children. She also studied Philosophy at the Uni
versity of Rome, with particular emphasis on the psychology of childhood, and le
ctured to students there in Pedagogical Anthropology. Around 1909, she developed
the Montessori method, the famous system of education for children aged three t
o six, based on free discipline and free choice by children from stimulating lea
rning apparatus provided to them. She was soon in charge of 50 schools for slum
onwards she travelled round the world every other year conducting courses in tea
ching by the Montessori method, holding similar courses every alternate year in
London. She died in 1952.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies<
/td>
ics of Sanitation in India: Cities, Services and the State</td><td>Susan E. Chap
lin</td><td>2011</td><td>344</td><td>1005.0000</td><td>The Politics of Sanitation in Ind
ia examines how the environmental problems confronting
Indian cities have arisen and subsequently forced millions of people to live i
n illegal settlements that lack adequate sanitation, and other basic urban serv
ices. This has occurred because of two factors. The first is the legacy of the
colonial city characterised by inequitable access to sanitation services, a fai
lure to manage urban growth and the proliferation of slums, and the inadequate
funding of urban governments. The second is the nature of the post-colonial sta
te, which, instead of being an instrument for socio-economic change, has been
dominated by coalitions of interests accommodated by the use of public funds to
provide private goods. 
The result is that the middle cl
ass has been able to monopolise what sanitation services the state has provided
because the urban poor, despite their political participation, have not been a
ble to exert sufficient pressure to force governments to effectively implement
policies designed to improve their living conditions. The consequence is that p
ublic health and environmental policies have frequently become exercises in cri
sis intervention instead of being preventive measures which benefit the health
and well-being of the whole urban population.
These issues are explored by studying the history of colonial and post
-independence urban development and management in Ahmedabad, Chennai, Delhi, K
olkata and Mumbai, and analysing why these cities have failed to provide equitab
le access to sanitation services for all residents.
</td><td>Susan Chaplin&l
t;/b> is a researcher based in Melbourne, Australia, who has been interested
in environmental and urban development issues in India for more than 15 years.&l
t;/p> </td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>

thers.
ribal identity.
hropology. 
Department of History, University of Calcutta.</td><td>World</td><td>D
evelopment Studies</td>
xploitation. 
d><td>Development Studies</td>
World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
gt;
/td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Development Studies</td>

;
<li

St. Xaviers College, Mumbai.</td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3964-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Windows o
f Opportunity: Memoirs of an Economic Advisor</td><td>K. S. Krishnaswamy</td><td
">K. S. Krishnaswamy was a leading light in the Reserve Bank of India
and the Planning Commission between the early 1950s and the late 1970s. He reti
red as a deputy governor of the Reserve Bank. Armed with a doctorate from the London School of Econo
mics he began his career at a time when the road was rocky for newly independen
t India. The author vividly captures the optimism, commitment and desire to do
well among policy makers in those days. His ringside view of the pulls and pres
sures within the administration and outside it, the hopes that sustained a majo
rity in the bureaucracy and the lasting ties he formed with many he came in con
tact with are compelling on their own. Even more relevant is what he has to say
about the political agendas eroding the Reserve Banks autonomy and degrading de
mocratic institutions since the late 1960s.
Windows of Opportunity however is not a political polemic; it is a rum
inative memoir by one who saw much happen, and not happen, at a time when every
thing seemed possible and promising in India.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr K. S. Kris
hnaswamy served the Government of India and the Reserve Bank of India
in a number of senior positions and retired from the central bank as Deputy Gove
rnor. He was with the Economic Development Institute of the World Bank in Washin
gton on two separate occasions, including as head of the institute.</div><

/td><td>WORLD</td><td>Development Studies</td>
ities.
lhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4463-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Middle-C
lass Moralities: Everyday Struggle over Belonging and Prestige in India</td><td>
Minna Saavala</td><td>2012</td><td>236</td><td>495.0000</td><td>New middle-classes present themselves as the epit
ome of modernity and progress. Both in their role as social models and culturebrokers, they seem to promote a heightened consciousness of cultural difference
and nationalism. Middle-Class Moralities examines
how the new middle classes of India create identities, practices and politics
of the everyday in a dialogue that involves other social categories and an imag
inary West. Drawing upon ethnographic and interview material, this book studies
family relations, leisure, food, housing and religious practices of these emer
ging and enterprising social classes.
Defining the middle classes is a
political and embodied process that people negotiate by making instrumental us
e of (or domesticating) the idea of the West. A closer and analytical look at t
he consumption-driven, status-obsessed middle classes reveals their deeper stru
ggles that seek to engage such cultural concepts as dharma, purity, and auspici
ousness.   
conducted mainly in the city of Hyderabad among its upwardly mobile people who
have identified themselves as Hindus. The Indian situation, argues the author, is
comparable to that of the urban middle classes elsewhere, especially those of
the traditionally hierarchical Asian societies. The dilemmas of these classes i
n a fast-globalizing India have seldom been given the detailed attention offere
d in these pages.</td><td>Minna Saavala is an Adjunct Professor in the University o
f Helsinki, Finland, and currently engaged in research on transcultural communi

cation for the University of Tampere. She is a social anthropologist who has
researched social change in India, reproductive health issues, family relations
, as well as migration and transnationalism. Her publications include <em&gt
;Fertility and Familial Power Relations: Procreation in South India (
Curzon 2001) and research articles, among others, in Contributions to
Indian Sociology, Social Anthropology, Ethnos,
and Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies.</t
d><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4399-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Limit
s to Scarcity: Contesting the Politics of Allocation</td><td>Lyla Mehta</td><td>
quot;>Scarcity is considered a ubiquitous featu
re of the human condition. It underpins much of modern economics and is widely
used as an explanation for social organisation, social conflict and the resourc
e crunch confronting humanity's survival on the planet. It is made out to b
e an all-pervasive fact of our lives - be it of housing, food, water or oil. Bu
t has the conception of scarcity been politicized, naturalized, and universaliz
ed in academic and policy debates? Has overhasty recourse to scarcity evoked a
standard set of market, institutional and technological solutions which have bl
ocked out political contestations, overlooking access as a legitimate focus for
academic debates as well as policies and interventions?
Theoretical and empirical chapter
s by leading academics and scholar-activists grapple with these issues by quest
ioning scarcity's taken-for-granted nature. They examine scarcity debates a
cross three of the most important resources - food, water and energy - and thei
r implications for theory, institutional arrangements, policy responses and in
novation systems. The book looks at how scarcity has emerged as a totalizing dis
course in both the North and South. The 'scare' of scarcity has led to
scarcity emerging as a political strategy for powerful groups. Aggregate number
s and physical quantities are trusted, while local knowledges and experiences o
f scarcity that identify problems more accurately and specifically are ignored.
Science and technology are expected to provide 'solutions', but such e
xpectations embody a multitude of unexamined assumptions about the nature of th
e 'problem', about the technologies and about the institutional arrange
ments put forward as a 'fix.' Through this examination the authors demo
nstrate that scarcity is not a natural condition: the problem lies in how we se
e scarcity and the ways in which it is socially generated.</td><td>&lt
;p style="text-align: justify">Lyla Mehta is a s
ociologist and Research Fellow with the Institute of Development Studies at the
University of Sussex, UK and an Adjunct Professor at the Department of Internati
onal Environment and Development Studies (Noragric), Norwegian University of Lif
e Sciences.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>Development Studies</
td>
<td>978-81-250-4321-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Privatizi
ng Water: Governance Failure and the Worlds Urban Water Crisis</td><td>Karen Bakk
er</td><td>2011</td><td>320</td><td>950.0000</td><td>Water supply priv
atization was emblematic of the neoliberal turn in development policy in the 19
90s. Proponents argued that the private sector could provide better services at
lower costs than governments; opponents questioned the risks involved in deleg
ating control over a life-sustaining resource to for-profit companies. Privatesector activity was most concentratedand contestedin large cities in developing c
ountries, where the widespread lack of access to networked water supplies was c
haracterized as a global crisis.
In Privatizing Water,
Karen Bakker focuses on three questions: Why did privatization emerge as a pre
ferred alternative for managing urban water supply? Can privatization fulfill i
ts proponents' expectations, particularly with respect to water supply to t
he urban poor? And, given the apparent shortcomings of both privatization and
conventional approaches to government provision, what are the alternatives?
In answering these questions, Bakker engages with broader debates over
the role of the private sector in development, the role of urban communities in
the provision of "public" services, and the governance of public goo
ds. She introduces the concept of "governance failure" as a means of
exploring the limitations facing both private companies and governments. Criti
cally examining a range of issuesincluding the transnational struggle over the h
uman right to water, the "commons" as a water-supply-management strat
egy, and the environmental dimensions of water privatization<strong&
gt;Privatizing Water is a balanced exploration of a c
ritical issue that affects billions of people around the world.</td><
td>KAREN BAKKER is Associate Professor and
Director, Program on Water Governance, University
of British Columbia, Cana
da. </td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>Development Studies</t
d>
<td>978-81-250-4762-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Industry
, Labour and Society</td><td>Sharit Bhowmik</td><td>2012</td><td>224</td><td>325
.0000</td><td>Industry, Labour and Society studies the impact of industry on society and social insti
tutions and vice-versa with reference to the changing economic, social and poli
tical landscapes of India. 
The chapters in this book discuss the following themes:
<ul>
<li>Social organisation of industry that includes authority structures,
bureaucracy, scientific management and human relations</li>
<li>The role of conflict and cooperation between labour and management
and related theoretical perspectives.</li>
<li>The labour movement in India with a focus, among others, on labour
legislations, viz., the Factory, Trade Union, and Industrial Disputes Acts. &l
t;/li>
<li>The unorganised/ informal sector, which employs an overwhelming maj
ority of the working population. </li>
</ul>
The author looks at how the lowering of trade barriers and the move to
wards liberalisation, privatisation and outsourcing, have affected the working
class. He shows how providing labour rights can be a more effective way of ens
uring productivity. In this context, he examines the notion of Decent Work as pro
moted by the International Labour Organization (ILO) that deals with rights and
social protection of/for children, women workers and those belonging to social
ly oppressed groups in developing countries.
Each chapter in the volume lists the salient features at the beginning
, provides key concepts with their definitions and ends with further readings a
nd references. Written in a lucid and accessible manner, this will be a must-re
ad for students of industrial sociology, labour studies and development studies
. 
</td><td>Sharit K. Bhowmik is Professor an
d Chairperson, Centre for Labour Studies, Tata Institute of Social Sciences (T
ISS), Mumbai.</td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4883-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Decentra
lisation and Local Governments: The Indian Experience</td><td>T. R. Raghunandan<
/td><td>2012</td><td>448</td><td>695.0000</td><td>The idea of devolving
power to local governments was part of the larger political debate during the
Indian national movement. It had strong advocates like Mahatma Gandhi who felt
that the panchayats had to be the basis of government in independent India. Thi
s volume maps the trajectory that decentralisation of government has taken in t
he decades following Independence and discusses the constitutional changes and
policy decisions that make governance more accountable to and accessible for t
he common man. It presents a set of twenty-five readings that analyse the impac
t of the 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendments, which gave autonomy to the in
stitutions of both rural and urban governance.</td><td>
T. R. Raghunandan is a former Joint Secretary, Ministry of Pancha
yati Raj, Government of India. He is currently a consultant for anti-corruption
movements and an advocate of decentralised governance.</td><td>World</td><td>D
y.
td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4695-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>History,
Historians and Development Policy: A Necessary Dialogue</td><td>C. A. Bayly, Vi
jayendra Rao, Simon Szreter and Michael Woolcock (Eds.)</td><td>2012</td><td>288
</td><td>925.0000</td><td>If history matters for understanding key dev
elopment outcomes then surely historians should be active contributors to the d
ebates informing these understandings. This volume integrates, for the first ti
me, contributions from ten leading historians and seven policy advisors around
the central development issues of social protection, public health, public educ
ation and natural resource management. How did certain ideas, and not others, g
ain traction in shaping particular policy responses? How did the content and ef
fectiveness of these responses vary across different countries, and indeed with
in them? Achieving this is not merely a matter of seeking to ''know mor
e'' about specific times, places and issues, but recognising the distin
ctive ways in which historians rigorously assemble, analyse and interpret diver
se forms of evidence. 
 This book will appeal to students and scholars in development studies
, history, international relations, politics and geography as well as policy ma
kers and those working for or studying NGOs. </td><td><st
rong>C.A. Bayly is Vere Harmsworth Professor of Imperial and N
aval History, and Fellow of St Catharines College, University of Cambridge. 
Vijayendra Rao is Lead Economist in the De

velopment Research Group, World Bank. 
Simon Szreter is Professor of History and
Public Policy, and Fellow of St Johns College, University of Cambridge. 
Michael Woolcock is Senior Social Scientist in the
Development Research Group, World Bank.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>De
velopment Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4725-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>MGNREGA
Sameeksha: An Anthology of Research Studies on the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural
Employment Guarantee Act, 2005 20062012</td><td>Ministry of Rural Development, G
overnment of India</td><td>2012</td><td>128</td><td>595.0000</td><td>The Mahatma Gandhi National R
ural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA), the flagship rural empl
oyment Scheme of the Government of India, was launched in February 2006. It is
perhaps the largest and most ambitious social security and public works program
me in the world.
Six years after its implementati
on, the basic principles and high potential of the MGNREGA</st
rong> are well established. The fact that about one-fourth (25 per cent) of
all rural households in the country participate in the programme every year, is
testimony to its resounding popularity.
Since its inception, around Rs 1
10,000 crore has gone directly as wage payment to rural households, and 1,200 c
ore person-days of employment have been generated. MGNREGA</st
rong> with its demand-driven design, rights-based structure and unprecedented
scale has attracted the attention of several scholars, researchers, social ac
tivists, and policymakers and analysts around the world. This anthology is a sy
nthesis of over a hundred studies on MGNREGA, its i
mpact and implementation. It provides a readable summary of these studies and p
opularly expressed concerns. It also seeks to identify unanswered questions on
both the impact and potential of MGNREGA that will
require further research. The report is objective in identifying both the posi
tive impact of the Scheme as well as the constraints that limit M
GNREGAs effective implementation.
There is a thread of optimism th
at runs through the chaptersthe conviction that MGNREGA,</stron
g> if implemented effectively, can create vital rural infrastructure and add
ress social and economic development concerns that will be sustainable.</p&gt
;
MGNREGA
Sameeksha will be a useful reference and resource for
policymakers, academics, journalists, civil society organisations, social activ
ists and general readers. 
</td><td>Ministry of Rural Development, Government of India.<
/td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4509-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>India Aft
er the Global Crisis</td><td>Shankar Acharya</td><td>2012</td><td>240</td><td>61
5.0000</td><td>India after the Global Crisis&l
t;/strong> assesses Indias resilience in the face of the global fi
nancial crisis but then shows how the global crisis and our domestic policy fai
lures have taken a toll on Indias economic performance: growth has slowed signif
icantly, inflation has remained high, the external current account deficit has
more than doubled, and the rate of domestic investment has fallen.
Drawing upon four decades of experience in the World Bank, the Central
Government, academia and India Inc., Shankar Acharya probes deep into the daun
ting challenges that lie ahead for India. This volume is written against the ba
ckdrop of renewed global economic turmoilstalled economic revival in 2011, mount
ing problems of sovereign fiscal stress and banking fragility in Europe and USan
d clear signs of economic slowdown amid political weakness and indecision in In
dia. The author also outlines the priorities that the government must focus on
to overcome these challenges, and debunks several myths that weaken current pol
icies. A must read for economists, financial analysts, poli
cy-makers, students and the interested general reader.</td><td><p&g
t;As Chief Economic Adviser to the Government of India (19932001) 
Shankar Acharya was deeply involved in the economic reforms of t
he 1990s. He later served as a Member of the Prime Ministers Economic Advisory C
ouncil (20012003) and the Twelfth Finance Commission (2004). Earlier he worked i
n the World Bank, where he led the World Development Report team for 1979 and w
as Research Adviser to the Bank. He has authored eight books and numerous scho
larly articles. 
Currently he is Honorary Professor and Board Member of the Indian Coun
cil for Research on International Economic Relations (ICRIER). He also serves o
n the boards of other national research organisations, some corporates, the Nat
ional Security Advisory Board and the Reserve Banks Advisory Committee on Moneta
ry Policy. Dr Acharya has a PhD from Harvard University and a BA from Oxford.&l
t;/p></td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
t;/p>
lt;/p>
d Secretary, Deshkal Society, New Delhi, India.</td><td>World</td><td>Developme
nt Studies</td>
;/p>
.</td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4557-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>From Vill
age Elder to British Judge: Custom, Customary Law and Tribal Society</td><td>Aso
ka Kumar Sen</td><td>2012</td><td>248</td><td>895.0000</td><td><stro
ng>From Village Elder to British Judge examines the definition
and redefinition of custom/ law in the context of the adivasis of Jharkhand dur
ing pre-colonial and colonial times. As a significant historical account, this b
ook engages with the contemporary assertion of indigenous identity that draws bo
undaries between the adivasi as a custom-governed and law-governed people. 
The work draws on previously unta
pped oral historical evidence from Village Papers, conventional archives and pub
lished sources, including details of court cases vividly depicting the adivasi w
ays of life in the past. Deploying jurisprudential, sociological and anthropolog
ical approaches, it offers a holistic account of social dynamics, contradictory
colonial legal viewpoints, continuity and change in indigenous customs, the role
of law and the court system in bringing about social change. The book presents
its key arguments vis-à-vis recent advances in India as well as other Asian
and African territories. While it contests the general notion that customary la
w, rather, the very concept of tribe, is a colonial creation, it also describes
the nature of adivasi customs and their self-representation. 
This detailed yet critical study will be of interest to students and re
searchers of adivasi studies, colonial history, political science, law, sociolog
y and anthropology as well as those engaged in social activism and developmental
programmes.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Asoka Kumar S

en is a retired professor of history, and currently is an independent
researcher of tribal history based at Chaibasa, West Singhbhum in the state of J
harkhand.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Development Studies</td>
t;
f Ahmedabad. 
td>Development Studies</td>


/p>
Osamu Nag
</div></td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
t King’s College, Cambridge.</td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies
</td>
<td>978-81-250-3584-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Diaspora
s and Development</td><td>Barbara J. Merz, Lincoln C. Chen and Peter F. Geithner
justify">Diasporas and Development aims to deepen the understanding of
the promise and pitfalls of diaspora engagement and how it may help to bridge th
e distances between societies in an unequal world. Just as trade, finance, infor
mation and technologies are moving rapidly across borders, so too have labour ma
rkets and transnational migrant communities. Migrants are sending large quantiti
es of money back to their countries of origin in the form of philanthropy, remit
tances and commercial investments. They are also sharing knowledge and skills le
arned or honed abroad.
Is greater global equity an inevitable consequence of
diaspora engagement in their countries of origin, or can it actually aggravate
inequity?
Diasporas and Development examines the positiveand sometimes negativ
eimpacts of diaspora engagement through examination of policies and philanthropic
modalities as well as specific regional examples of diaspora activity.</p&gt
;</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Barbara Merz
 directs the Philanthropy program at Harvards Global Equity Initiative
and holds a research appointment at the Hauser Center for Nonprofit Organization
s.</div><div style="text-align: justify"> </
div><div style="text-align: justify">Lincoln Chen&lt
;/b> is the founding director of Harvards Global Initiative. He now serves as
President of Chinas Medical Board, an independent foundation that seeks to advanc
e health in China and Asia through medical education and research.</div>&l
tyle="text-align: justify">Peter F. Geithner is
an advisor to the Global Equity Initiative and the Ash Institute at Harvard Univ
ersity and serves as a consultant to the Rockefeller Foundation, Sasakawa Peace
Foundation, and other nonprofit organizations.</div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,B
D,LK,MV</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3525-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Uneven E
conomic Development</td><td>José Antonio Ocampo and Rob Vos</td><td>2008</t
t;Inequality in the world is high and rising. The problem of global uneven devel
opment is central to, and inseparable from, the international development agenda
.
In Uneven Economic Development, leading economists and development experts
examine the causes and implications of international economic divergences. This
comprehensive and timely book reviews economic growth and structural change patt
erns since the 1960s, before critically reviewing the respective role and impact
of trade liberalization, macroeconomic policies, governance and institutions on
comparative national economic performance, particularly in developing countries
. With country studies included to exemplify the issues at hand, this is a defin
itive guide to identifying, addressing and perhaps even finding a solution to th
is global phenomenon.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify&
quot;>Jose Antonio Ocampo was United Nations Under-Secreta
ry-General for Economic and Social Affairs from September 2003 until June 2007.
He is currently a professor at Columbia University. </div><div
style="text-align: justify"> </div><div style=
"text-align: justify">Rob Vos is Director of the

Development Policy and Analysis Division at the Department of Economic and Soci
al affairs of the United Nations. He is also an affiliate Professor of Finance a
nd Development at the Institute of Social Studies in The Hague and Professor of
Development Economics at the Free University, Amsterdam.</div></td><td>IN,
NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,ID,TH,LA,VN,KH,MM,PH,TL,DZ,AO,BJ,BW,BF,BI,CM,CV,CF,TD,KM,CG,CD
,DJ,EG,GQ,ER,ET,GA,GM,GH,GN,GW,CI,KE,LS,LR,LY,MG,MW,ML,MR,MU,MA,MZ,NA,NE,NG,RW,S
T,SN,SC,SL,SO,ZA,SD,SZ,TZ,TG,TN,UG,ZM,ZW</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3526-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ageing a
nd Development</td><td>Rob Vos, Jose Antonio Ocampo and Ana Luiza Cortez </td><t
y">That we all live longer is perhaps one of the greatest achievements o
f human progress. Yet increased life expectancy and lower fertility rates across
the globe are having a huge impact on the structure of populations, offering bo
th challenges and opportunities for the future.

Ageing and Developm
ent is an authoritative analysis of the social and economic impli
cations of this trend. Can we provide enough pensions for old people to live com
fortably? How can old people be empowered to play a more positive role in societ
y? What will the role of grandparents be in the emerging new social structures?
What are the implications for health services? How can the very old be cared for
? Providing a wealth of statistical and quantitative evidence and compiled by le
ading economists working at the forefront of this area, this book argues that th
ese challenges are not insurmountable, but societies everywhere need to put in p
lace the required policies to confront these challenges effectively. This is a t
imely and definitive guide to the impact of ageing populations.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Rob Vos is Director of the Development Policy and Analysis Division at the Departme
nt of Economic and Social affairs of the United Nations. He is also an affiliate
Professor of Finance and Development at the Institute of Social Studies in The
Hague. </div><div style="text-align: justify">&lt
;br /></div><div style="text-align: justify">J
ose Antonio Ocampo is professor in the Professional Practice of Intern
ational and Public Affairs at Columbia University, New York. At the time of writ
ing he was United Nations Under-Secretary-General for Economic and Social Affair
div><div style="text-align: justify">Ana Luiza Corte
z is Chief of the Secretariat of the Committee for Development Policy
at the Department of Economic and Social Affairs of the United Nations, New York
.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,ID,TH,LA,VN,KH,MM,PH,TL,DZ,AO,BJ,BW,B
F,BI,CM,CV,CF,TD,KM,CG,CD,DJ,EG,GQ,ER,ET,GA,GM,GH,GN,GW,CI,KE,LS,LR,LY,MG,MW,ML,
MR,MU,MA,MZ,NA,NE,NG,RW,ST,SN,SC,SL,SO,ZA,SD,SZ,TZ,TG,TN,UG,ZM,ZW</td><td>Develo
pment Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3549-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Post-Refo
rm Development In Asia - Essays for Amiya Kumar Bagchi</td><td>Manoj Kumar Sanya
l, Mandira Sanyal and Shahina Amin (Eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>360</td><td>895.0
000</td><td>This festschrift volu
me for Professor Amiya Kumar Bagchi dwells on issue
s often raised in the development debate whether neo-liberal reforms in developi
ng nations have raised inequality and poverty, food insecurity, hindered empower
ment of women, aggravated agrarian distress, reallocated resources for private p
rofitability and facilitated the rise of multi-national oligopoly according infe
rior status to the domestic industries in the host countries. Most of the issues
have been examined on the basis of empirical data drawn from China, India and B
angladesh. 
Essays on China concentrate on po
st-reform issues of inequality across regions and rural-urban locations and its
failure to achieve targets of human development while experiencing rapid economi
c growth. Discussions on changes in policy environment since the early days of t

he Peoples Republic of China also constitute the basic themes of the essays. Food
insecurity, growth-poverty-employment relationship, gender discrimination in th
e labour market and agrarian distress caused by withdrawal of state support to s
mall farmers growing commercial crops and revision of priority sector lending po
licy at the cost of small farmers and entrepreneurs are the major themes of essa
ys written in the Indian context of post-reform development. In an essay on Bang
ladesh the poverty issues has been revisited in the context of child work. Agrar
ian issues have also been raised in an essay where the author proposes an altern
ative peasant social construction for the dual affirmation of land rights of the
state and of the peasant family. In the last two essays authors look far beyond
the mainstream tradition to develop an analytical framework for understanding i
ssues relating to the recent rise of multi-national firms and the phenomenal gro
wth of Indias software technology. 
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Manoj Kumar S
anyal is an independent researcher and economist.</div><div s
tyle="text-align: justify"> </div><div style=&q
uot;text-align: justify">Mandira Sanyal's researc
h interest range from issues involving innovations in agricultural inputs to env
ironment and human development. </div><div style="text-al
ign: justify"> </div><div style="text-align: ju
stify">Shahina Amin is Associate Professor of Economi
cs at the University of Northern Iowa. She has worked on poverty, child labour a
nd gender related issues in the context of Bangladesh, and Malayasia for more th
an a decade.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
The bulk of
ey.
Cambridge Anthropology</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Developme
nt Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-2844-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Developme
nt, Displacement and Disparity: India in the last Quarter of the Twentieth Centu
ry</td><td>Nirmala Banerjee and Sugata Marjit (Eds.)</td><td>2005</td><td>317</t
d><td>795.0000</td><td>Development, Displacement and Disparity: The last quarter of
the twentieth century. The book is a collection of essays that tackle a crucial
theme in developmental economics and planning. The essays: <ul&gt
;<li style="text-align: justify"> look at the inequities and dis
parities of national resource distribution, and the need for a more equitable di
stribution of national developmental gains. </li><li style="text-
align: justify"> reflect a growing concern with many economic theorists

over uneven regional development and the need for these issues to be looked at s
eriously, with a view to attend to them in the best possible ways. </li>&
lt;li style="text-align: justify"> are on the one hand a theoretica
l exposition of the economics of public goods supply, but on the other, they poi
nt to the lag between theoretical and academic understanding and practical initi
ative. </li><li style="text-align: justify"> study the are
as, evaluate the models of development and suggest new areas of research in deve
lopment planning.</li></ul></td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Nirmala Banerjee is a retired Professor of E
conomics from the Centre for Studies in Social Sciences. She has co-edited four
books and her areas of interest include urban planning and finances, industrial
organinsations and forms of labour in urban India with specific reference to the
unorganised sector; and the impact of these on growth and distribution, the eco
nomics of gender and issues relating to development, work and poverty. 
</div><div style="text-align: justify"> </di
v><div style="text-align: justify">Sugata Marjit is a Reserve Bank of India Professor at the Centre for Studies in Social
Sciences in Kolkata. He has published research papers in a number of reputed jou
rnals like the International Economic Review, Keio Economic Studies, Journal of
Macroeconomics and Canadian Journal of Economics.</div></td><td>World</td>
<td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-1135-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Devel
opment Dictionary: A Guide to Knowledge as Power</td><td>Wolfang Sachs</td><td>1
uot;>The last forty years can be called the age of development. But development h
as been much more than a socio-economic endeavour. It is a perception which mode
ls reality, a myth which comforts societies and a fantasy which unleashes passio
n. This book explores development as a particular world view. The essays are an in
vitation to experts, grassroot movements and students of development to recognis
e the tainted glasses they put on whenever they participate in the development d
iscourse.</td><td>Wolfang Sachs</td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT
,NP,LK</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-6233-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Industria
l Relations in India: Towards a New Socio-Political Approach</td><td>V. Janardha
n</td><td>2016</td><td>224</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
Industrial Relations refers to the social relationships that people ent
er into to produce material goods and services. In an inegalitarian society such
as India, the unequal relationship between capital and labour leads to inequali
ty in the industry. The struggle for equality often expresses
itself in various formsfor example, unionisation. 
 
This volume focuses on the sociology and politics of the relations between man
agement and workforce, and details the highly statist and legalist Industrial Re
lations system in India. It discusses the role of dominant institutions, such as m
anagements, unions, and law and
jurisprudence in the way this system evolved. Drawing on a broad corpus of lit
erature on capital-labour relations, and detailed analyses of case law on retren
chment and closures, the volume argues for building and strengthening labour uni
ons, and an independent politics of the working class in India. 
 
At a time when a comprehensive Indian Industrial Relations theory is yet to be
formulated, this book advocates for a new socio-political approach, as against
the widely prevalent techno-managerial view. It fills a lacuna in the extant lit
erature, which is either excessively
theoreticalthereby glossing over realities such as conflictor rooted in Western
examples, with no reference to the Indian context.
Students and scholars of sociology, economics and law, and organisations worki
ng on labour issues will find this book very useful.

</td><td>V. Janardhan is Assistant Profess
or, Department of Sociology, University of Hyderabad.
</td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
ality.
</td><td>
zones. 
</td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-6299-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Internati
onal Trade and Industrial Development in India: Emerging Trends, Patterns and Is
sues</td><td>C. Veeramani and R. Nagaraj</td><td>2016</td><td>360</td><td>950.00
00</td><td>
The economic liberalisation of the early 1990s is a significant milest
one in the economic history of India. Two decades hence, this book provides a m
eaningful assessment of the liberalisation experience and a critical account of
the structure and performance of Indias trade and industrial sectors following
the policy decisions taken during that time. 
Drawing from theory, empirical literature, case studies and econometri
c evaluations, the chapters provide in-depth and wide-ranging assessments of ho
w firm, industry, product and country characteristics interact to determine tra
de and industrial performance. They study recent trends in manufacturing produc
tivity, regional inequality and specialisation in manufacturing output, structu
re and performance of small-scale enterprises, and the export performance of a
gricultural commodities to present a tapestry of the Indian experience of liber
alisation.
The book provides a balanced and updated analysis of various emerging
issues in the areas of Indias trade and industry at macro and micro-economic lev
els and discusses the following questions: How can Indias participation in globa
l production networks be strengthened? How do we expand exports of labour inten
sive products? What have been the policy lessons from the past? What are the s
tructural and policy-induced impediments to growth and competitiveness?</p&gt
;
By considering industries and products as the units of analysis, this
book sets the stage for further case studies and econometric analysis using det
ailed firm- and plant-level data. It will be valuable for students and scholars
of economics, commerce and development studies.
</td><td>C. Veeramani is Associate Profe
ssor, Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research, Mumbai.
 R. Nagaraj is Professor, Indira Gandhi In

stitute of Development Research, Mumbai.</td><td>World</td><td>Develo
pment Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-6308-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Participa
tion at the Crossroads: Decentralisation and Water Politics in West Bengal</td><
td>Bhaskar Chakrabarti</td><td>2016</td><td>156</td><td>650.0000</td><td>
There is a trend the world over to make governments more accountable a
nd responsive to local people through decentralisation of authority. Such an ef
fort is aimed at overcoming inefficient allocation of natural resources by cent
rally administered agencies. The objective is to encourage participation of peo
ple in the decision-making process at the grassroots level. In India, the 73rd
constitutional amendment of 1992 decentralised agriculture, irrigation and mana
gement of drinking water to the Panchayats. In West Bengal, the Panchayats were
revitalised much before the constitutional amendment, soon after the Left Fron
t government came to power.  
While the initial phase of Left Front rule saw enthusiastic participat
ion by the village poor, when the water crisis reached a peak during the last y
ears of Left Front rule, relatively few people in villages took part in governm
ent-sponsored initiatives. This leads to the core question: Why do more people
not participate? Why are small cultivators and agricultural labourers, who are
most profoundly affected by decisions regarding water management, even less inc
lined to be involved in decision-making? 
Participation at the Crossroads discusses decentra
lised governance and the politics of water management in India, with specific f
ocus on West Bengal. Through fieldwork in villages during the last years of Lef
t Front rule in the state, the author highlights the little studied aspect of l
ocal participation in decision-making processes relating to allocation of water
. Through his case studies, the author shows how the unavailability of water is
causing small cultivators to turn away from agriculture; the reasons behind th
e low turnout of small cultivators and agricultural labourers at village meetin
gs; and how political interference at various levels in decentralisation create
s problems, often leading to a skewed access to water.
This timely and important book will be very useful to students and sch
olars of development studies, political science, public administration, anthrop
ology, and sociology. It will also be invaluable to practitioners working in th
e fields of water policy and rural management.
</td><td>Bhaskar Chakrabarti is Professor, Public Policy and
Management Group, Indian Institute of Management Calcutta, Kolkata.</td><td>Worl
d</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-6282-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Languishe
d Hopes: Tuberculosis, the State and International Assistance in Twentieth-centu
ry India</td><td>Niels Brimnes</td><td>2016</td><td>336</td><td>1095.0000</td><t
d>
Tuberculosis in India is one of the most frightening challenges to pub
lic health today. Recent WHO figures state that in 2013, India had 2.6 million
cases of tuberculosis, of which 80 per cent were new, and the disease claimed n
early 300,000 lives. This means that almost a fifth of the worlds tuberculosis r
elated deaths occurs in India. 
Languished Hopes: Tuberculosis, the State and International
Assistance in Twentieth-century India narrates and analyses the histo
ry of tuberculosis in India in the twentieth century: how the disease was discov
ered, how it has been understood, and how national and international agencies ha
ve struggled to bring it under control. 
The author begins in the early decades of the century, when colonial a
uthorities realised that tuberculosis might be a severe health threat, and trac
es debates and initiatives from late colonialism through independence into post
-colonial India. His focus is on the first two decades after independence, when
tuberculosis control received unprecedented attention and underwent fundamenta
l transformations. 
In this period the worlds largest vaccination campaign was rolled out i
n India, and new antibiotic drugs were distributed to infected Indians through t
he ambitious National Tuberculosis Programme. The analysis ends with the early
1990s, when Indian authorities realised that 80 years of control efforts had ac
hieved little, and prepared to revamp the official control programme. The final
section presents more promising results from the past twenty years.
Through his analysis of tuberculosis control measures in India, the au
thor proffers a simple message: where there is massive poverty, there will be s
evere tuberculosis. Vaccines and drugs cannot do the job alone.
The book will be of interest to students and scholars of history, medi
cal sociology, and to health practitioners.
</td><td>
Niels Brimnes is Associate Professor in Hi
story and South Asian Studies, Department of Culture and Society, Aarhus Univer
sity, Denmark. 
<td>978-81-250-6284-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Social P
olicy</td><td>Jean Drèze</td><td>2016</td><td>496</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
The reach of social policy in India has expanded significantly in rece
nt years. Facilities such as schools and anganwadis (child
care centres) have become an accepted norm for every village; health centres ar
e more accessible and better equipped; nutrition programmes, public works and s
ocial security pensions are reaching larger numbers of people than before. Some
of these benefits now take the form of enforceable legal entitlements. </p&
gt;
Yet the performance of these social programmes is far from ideal. Most
Indian states still have a long way to go in putting in place effective social
policies that directly address the interests, demands and rights of the unpriv
ileged.
Social Policy is a collection of essays, previous
ly published in the Economic and Political Weekly, on these
and related issues. The 24 chapters have been clustered around six major theme
s: health, education, food security, employment guarantee, pensions and cash transf
d inequality and social exclusion. For the first time, wide-ranging analyses of
these critical issues by distinguished scholars are brought together in a singl
e volume. The wealth of data presented in these studies will be invaluable to r
esearchers in this field.
With an introduction by Jean Drèze, Social Policy will be an indispensible read for students and scholars of sociology, econ
omics, political science and development studies. 
</td><td>
Jean Drèze is Visiting Professor at
the Department of Economics, Ranchi University.
n to suffer.

al reform.
lt;/em>.</div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD</td><td>Development Studies
</td>
<td>978-81-250-5236-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Sun N
ever Sets: South Asian Migrants in an Age U.S. Power</td><td>Vivek Bald, Miabi C
hatterji, Sujani Reddy, Manu Vimalassery (Eds.)</td><td>2013</td><td>408</td><td
>1250.0000</td><td>The Sun Never Sets pre
sents the work of a generation of scholars who are shifting the orientation of S
outh Asian American studies. In its early years, the field centered on literary
and cultural analyses and focused predominantly on the immigrant profes
sionals who arrived in the United States after changes to immigration laws in th
e 1960s. Here, the contributors focus on the political economy and long
history of South Asian migrations to the U.S.and upon the lives, work, and activ
ism of often unacknowledged migrant populationsin ways that not only challenge pr
econceptions about the South Asian presence in the United States, but i
lluminate continuities between British Imperialism and U.S.-led globalization. T
hese essays track changes in global power that have influenced the paths and exp
eriences of migrantsfrom the Indian farmers, seamen and radicals who sought work
and refuge in the U.S. in the 1910s to Indian nurses sponsored by the Rockefelle
r Foundation during the Cold War to the post-9/11 detainees and deportees caught
in the crossfire of the “War on Terror”. 
The work collected here reveals a South Asian diaspora that has long been entang
led with the United States and its imperial ambitionsand one that renders those i
mperial ambitions visible. It will appeal to anyone with interest in the histori
c relationship between South Asia and the United States, in the intertwined proc
esses of imperialism and global migrations, and in the continuing struggles of S
outh Asian migrants who have crossed oceans to pursue work and build new lives i
n the U.S.</td><td>Vivek Bald is
Associate Professor of Comparative Media Studies at the Massachusetts Institute
of Technology.
Miabi Chatterji is the Co-Director of Gran
ts at the RESIST Foundation. She received her PhD in American Studies from New Y
ork University. 
Sujani Reddy is Five College Assistant Pro
fessor of Asian Pacific American Studies in the Department of American Studies a

t Amherst College. 
Manu Vimalassery is a Visiting Assistant P
rofessor in American Studies at Williams College. &
lt;/p>
Vijay Prashad is the Edward Said Chair at
the American University of Beirut, Beirut (Lebanon). </td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>Development Studies</td>
nt on Trial: Shrinking Space for the Periphery</td><td>Sunanda Sen & Anjan C
hakrabarti</td><td>2013</td><td>468</td><td>1050.0000</td><td>Developin
g countries today are subject to a process of transformation, from what could b
e identified as a developmental State to one where the market emerges as the m
ajor driving force in the economy. 
Development on Trial
analyses the changing links between State policies and corporate structures as
the goal of development in these economies weaken, crumble and then fall apart
to give way to a steady withdrawal of the State. This goes with the growing and
imperious control exercised by big businesses in the process. 
The authors unravel the contradictions between the State and the marke
t as has been spelt out in liberal theory. They draw attention to the new patte
rn usually described as corporate feudalism where corporations replace or co-op
t the ruling State in these countries. 
This volume has been organised in four sections. The first deals with
the State and corporatisation of business. The second section deals with coloni
al trade patterns, trade, employment and structural changes relating to India a
nd other developing countries during the recent years.
The third section discusses aspects of mobile capital, volatility, and
financial exclusion in de-regulated capital marketsissues which have of late b
een drawing a lot of attention in public debates. The last section studies the
dimensions of labour market flexibility in India and in the developing areas in
general.
Bringing together essays by well-known economists from India and abroa
d, this volume is an indispensable read for students and scholars of economics
and development studies.
</td><td>Sunanda Sen
is a former Professor of Economics, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. &lt
;/p>
Anjan Chakrabarti is
Professor of Economics, University of Calcutta, Kolkata, West Bengal.</p&gt
;
<td>978-81-250-5131-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Higher E
ducation in India: In Search of Equality, Quality and Quantity</td><td>Jandhyala
B. G. Tilak (Ed.)</td><td>2013</td><td>552</td><td>745.0000</td><td>In
dia has a large network of around 634 universities and 33,000 colleges with 817,
000 teachers spread across the length and breadth of the country.
Despite its massive geographical reach, higher education
in India has had its share of problems.
This volume is a collection of essays which discusses these problems li
ke inclusiveness and the impact of reservation on education, the problems of med
iocrity, shortage of funds, dwindling numbers of faculty and the unemployment of
the educated youth, to name a few.
 Tracing the history of higher education in India from the days of Nala
nda and Takshashila, Jandhyala B. G. Tilak in his introduction explains why it i
s necessary to have a vision and a
roadmap for this.
 It includes diverse perspectives and case studies on a few educational
institutes like the University of Mysore (pp. 239-251), IITs (pp. 309-25) to ex
plain these issues.</td><td>Jandhyala B. G. Tilak i
s professor at the National University of Educational Planning and Administratio
n (NUEPA), New Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
>Development Studies</td>
ssues, Local Contexts: The Rabi Das of West Bengal</td><td>Ruchira Ganguly-Scras
: justify">This book is an ethnographic study of a community of leather
workers (the Rabi Das), and their transformations under global capitalism. The l
ived experiences of the Rabi Das are embedded within the broader context of Indi
a''s economic liberalisation as well as in the local system of class and
cultural relations in Bengali society. The various chapters in the book provide
a detailed analysis of the changing nature of their conditions of employment, e
ducation, lifestyle and survival strategies. In her richly textured narrative Ru
chira Ganguly-Scrase uncovers the process of Rabi Das cultural and economic marg
inalisation despite six decades of efforts towards self-improvement. This editio
n also has a new Preface.
readers in anthropology, comparative sociology, development studies and Asian St
udies.</td><td><b&gt
;Ruchira Ganguly-Scrase obtained her PhD in Anthropology from the Univ
ersity of Melbourne. She is Professor of Anthropology, and the National Course D
irector for International Development Studies and Global Studies, Australian Cat
holic University, Melbourne. Previously she was the Coordinator of the Centre fo
r Asia Pacific Social Transformation Studies (CAPSTRANS), University of Wollongo
ng, Australia. </td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5102-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Developm
ent Communication: Contexts for the Twenty-first Century</td><td>Dipankar Sinha<
justify">Development Communication refers to
the systematic application of the processes, strategies and principles of comm
unication to bring about positive social change. It uses various mediums, such a
s radio, music, theatre, booklets,  to, help transform, for instance,
attitudes towards the girl child, promote literacy, and increase awareness abo
ut HIV/AIDS, the adverse effects of polio and need for potable water.
This volume looks at the origins,
the theoretical underpinnings and the major debates in the discipline of Development Communication. While arguing that it rightf
ully belongs in the realm of the social sciences, the author critically scrutin
ises the concepts of both development and communication.</td><td>Dipankar Sinha is Pro
fessor and Head, Department of Political Science, University of Calcutta.</td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
75.0000</td><td><ul>
states. </li>
;</td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
d><td>Development Studies</td>
tment of Sociology, University of Peradeniya, Sri Lanka.</td><td>World</td><td>D

rce. </li>
</li>
Sciences, Calcutta. </td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
onal Advisory Council. </td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td
>
es. 
t. 
rong> 
</td><td>
e of Social Sciences, Mumbai. </td><td>World</td><td>Development Stud
ies</td>
d><td>224</td><td>795.0000</td><td>

d futures.  
</td><td>
t;
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5957-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Pipe Poli
tics, Contested Waters : Embedded Infrastructures of Millennial Mumbai</td><td>L
isa Björkman </td><td>2015</td><td>296</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
Despite Mumbai's position as India's financial, economic, and
cultural capital, water is chronically unavailable for rich and poor alike. Mu
mbai's dry taps are puzzling, given that the city does not lack for either
water or financial resources. 
In Pipe Politics, Contested Waters, Lisa
Björkman shows how an elite dream to transform Mumbai into a "world c
lass" business center has wreaked havoc on the citys water pipes. In rich e
thnographic detail, Pipe Politics explores how the everyd
ay work of getting water animates and inhabits a penumbra of infrastructural ac
tivityof business, brokerage, secondary markets, and socio-political networkswhos
e workings are reconfiguring and rescaling political authority in the city. Mum
bais increasingly illegible and volatile hydrologies, Björkman argues, are
lending infrastructures increasing political salience just as actual control ov
er pipes and flows becomes contingent upon dispersed and intimate assemblages o
f knowledge, power, and material authority. These new arenas of contestation re
veal the illusory and precarious nature of the project to remake Mumbai in the
image Shanghai or Singapore, and gesture instead towards the highly-contested
futures and democratic possibilities of the actually existing city. 
Pipe Politics, Contested Waters will find interes
t among both scholarly and popular readerships, as well as among policymakers a
nd urban practitioners.  The text is suitable for graduate and postgra
duate courses related to Global Cities, Infrastructure and Urban Governance, Ur
banization and Planning, Political Ethnography, Subaltern Urbanism, Indian Poli
tics, and Water Studies. 
</td><td>
Lisa Björkman is Assistant Professor of Urban a
nd Public Affairs at University of Louisville, and Research Scholar at CETREN
(Transregional Research Network), University
of Göttingen, Germany. <
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-6045-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Refl
ective Teacher: Case Studies of Action Research</td><td>Neeraja Raghavan</td><td
>2015</td><td>268</td><td>295.0000</td><td>
This book describes the action research u
ndertaken by teachers at the Azim Premji School in Dineshpur, Uttarakhand, guid
ed by facilitators from the Azim Premji Foundation. Teachers with varying lengt
hs of experience took a fresh look at their teaching practices&l
t;/strong>, examined and identified specific problems</str
ong> that they faced, and succeeded in addressing many of these problems.

Consisting of teachers documentation of th
eir action research, classroom observations and facilitators'
notes, the book also analyses the case studies&lt
;/strong> against the backdrop of the research of pioneers such as John Dewe
y and Donald Schon. The work presented here can enable the emergence of the re
flective practitioner in teachers and empower them
to channelise this reflection into action by continuously re-examining their o
wn teaching practices.
</td><td>
Neeraja Raghavan, is former Professor, Az
im Premji University and an Education Consultant. Neeraja Raghavan has a docto
rate degree in Chemistry from Princeton University, USA and is currently a Prof
essor at Azim Premji University. She has been working with Azim Premji Foundati
on for the last seven years, mainly in the field of Science teacher education,
pedagogy and curriculum development. She co-edited Alternative Schoo
ling in India (Sage Publications, 2007) and Childhood Rega
ined, a book on children rescued from child labour (Hand In Hand, Ta
mil Nadu, 2007). She has also written three other books, Curiouser &
amp;amp; Curiouser (Full Circle 2003), I Wonder Why</e
m> (CBT, 2004) and I Wonder How (CBT, 2006). Her resea
rch interests currently focus on teacher development through reflective practic
e.
Vineeta Sood has an M. Phil in Zoology an
d an M.Ed. Her main interest is in the human aspect of education with a focus
on the development of the child, the teacher and the parents as human beings.
Vineeta has worked in the field of alternative education for many years.</p&
gt;
for decades.
t;
>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Development Studies</td>

, Indira Gandhi National Open University.</td><td>World</td><td>Develo
pment Studies</td>
f History, Goa University.</td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
td><td>174</td><td>195.0000</td><td>
<ul>
<li>Introduces
<li>Covers
ility and
ental
factors.</li>
<li>Provides
<li>Explains
period.</li>
<li>Explains
position in the
<li>Describes
focusing on Indian
<li>Discusses
<li>Discusses
ions of death.</li>
</ul>

</td><td>
<td>978-81-250-5915-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Women Sur
vivors of Violence: Genesis and Growth of a State Support System </td><td>Anjali
Dave</td><td>2015</td><td>224</td><td>525.0000</td><td>
In the 1980s, a field action project, which later developed into a soc
io-legal service to address Violence against Women (VAW), was initiated and dev
eloped by an academic institute of social work in strategic partnership with th
e police in Mumbai and Maharashtra. This service, termed the Special Cells, worke
d in tandem with the police force, and in the past three decades, has been rep
licated in eight states across India.
Women Survivors of Violence is a first-person acc
ount of the evolution of the Special Cells. In the mid-1980s, the author was th
e first social worker of the TISS-initiated field action projectworking on the iss
ue of violence against women from within the police system. The result was the
introduction of Special Cells in the police system. This narrative traces the 2
9-year-old journey of this institution, and provides a deeply personal account
of the effectiveness of a multi-agency coordinated response to VAW, in the form
of a partnership between an academic institute, the police system, and the vio
lated woman.
This books adds to the limited literature available in India on the pr
ocesses and lessons learnt from developing and implementing an intervention on
VAW. It details the processes of understanding the violated woman and the polic
e; setting up of systems to work with women from within the police system; and
engaging with the state as the instrument that can secure the right of women to
a safe and secure life. It critically reflects on the learnings of the Special
Cells from the women, police, the state, law, and social work practices, in th
e context of the ongoing struggles to respond to violence against women.</p&
gt;
An informative and deeply important account, this book will be of inte
rest to students and educators in departments of Social Work and Womens Studies,
government personnel, trainers in police academies, and administrators. Those
interested in womens issues will also find it fascinating.
</td><td>
Anjali Dave is Professor, School of Social Work, Ta

ta Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai. 
<td>978-81-250-5901-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Economic
Growth and its Distribution in India</td><td>Pulapre Balakrishnan (Ed.)</td><td
>2015</td><td>516</td><td>775.0000</td><td>
After a boom in the  ea
rly twenty-first century, India witnessed a macroeconomic reversal marked by a
slowdown in growth that has lasted a little longer than the boom. At the same t
ime, a fresh criterion of governance, namely  inclusion, has emerged an
d become a priority for the state. Written against the backdrop of these develo
pments, the essays in this volume represent a range of perspectives and methods
  pertaining to the study of growth and its distribution in India. &lt
;/p>
The essays in Section I take the
long view of growth in the country. They represent issues of abiding interest a
nd provide the canvas upon which the rest of the articles may be seen as placed
. Section II takes a macro view of the recent history of the economy. The essay
s explore the reasons for the shift from a regime of high growth and low inflat
ion to one of low growth and high inflation, deconstruct the dream run of the eco
nomy over 200308, and evaluate the United Progressive Alliance governments perfor
mance.
Section III comprises essays that
study the economy at the next level down, covering its agriculture, industry a
nd services. Another essay reflects upon the desirable space for finance in Ind
ia, a topic that has assumed  some relevance after the global recessi
on. Finally, the essays in Section IV address the emergence into the public sph
ere of the idea that growth must be inclusive. Accordingly, the essays here ass
ess the extent to which recent growth has been inclusive, approaching the issue
from various angles.
Assembling authoritative voices
on the economy of contemporary India, this volume will be indispensable for stu
dents of economics, management, development studies and public policy. It will
also prove useful to policymakers and journalists.
</td><td>
Pulapre Balakrishnan is Professor, Centre
for Development Studies, Thiruvananthapuram.
<td>825.0000</td><td>
f Sri Lanka. 
lt;/p>
</td><td>
nt, Decentralisation and Democracy</td><td>Ash Narain Roy and George Mathew</td>
<td>2015</td><td>376</td><td>795.0000</td><td>Bringing together essays
critical in contemporary development discourse, this volume addresses the broa
d themes of development as freedom, equality and human ascent within the framew
ork of democracy and decentralised governance.
The first seven essays interrogate and critique the ideas of democracy,
development and its translation into the pursuit of growth that is market drive
n and measured exclusively in terms of GNP. They search for possible,more incl
usive reconceptualisations of development.The other seven look at issues like prim
ary education, food security, metropolitan finance,caste and gender parity, tech
nology as freedom, decentralisation and innovation in governancein particular,the
Kerala model of development,Latin American experiments in democracy,and Chinas g
rowth storyall of which offer valuable comparisons and lessons for India,and the
world.
Eclectic in their range of&nbsp
;concerns, perspectives and insights, the&am
p;nbsp;common thread binding the essays&
nbsp;is the accent on human develop
ment and social inclusiona fitting t
ribute to developmental economist Professor 
M. A. Oommen whose influential writ
ings and teachings reflect a lifelong&n
bsp;commitment to equity.
With contributions by well known economists from India and abroad, this
volume will be useful for students and scholars of economics and development&am
p;nbsp;studies,finance, public policy, governance and sociology.</td><
td>
Ash Narain Roy is Director, Insti
tute of Social Sciences, Delhi.
George Mathew is Chairman, Instit
ute of Social Sciences, Delhi.
Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Development Studies</td>
them. 
irms. 
y. 
</td><td>
University. 
5</td><td>492</td><td>1395.0000</td><td>

gt;
gt;
</td><td>
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>Development Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-1081-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mist / C
reature of Darkness</td><td>M.T. Vasudevan Nair</td><td>1997</td><td>90</td><td>
175.0000</td><td>This is a collec
tion of two short novels Mist and Creature of Darkness. Mist is the story of a y
oung, resident school teacher at a school on a hill station, waiting for the man
who had befriended and deserted her during a tourist season nine years ago. Cre
ature of Darkness is the heart wrenching story of a 21 year old man, regarded as
a lunatic by everyone and treated abominably. The story reveals the insanity be
hind the civilised and supposedly sane world.</td><td><div style=&q
uot;text-align: justify">M.T. Vasudevan Nair was the
editor of Mathrubhumi Weekly and is a distinguished Malayalam writer and screenp
lay writer. He was awarded the Jnanpith Award in 1995. Translated from the Malay
alam by V.M. Premila and Saraswathy Menon respectively.</div></td><td>Worl
d</td><td>Disha Books</td>
v></td><td>World</td><td>Disha Books</td>
t: 115%">Ummi

blishing consultant. </div></td><td>World</td><td>Disha Books</
td>
<td>978-81-250-1544-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Stor
y of a Seaside Village</td><td>Thoppil Mohammed Meeran</td><td>1998</td><td>180<
/td><td>225.0000</td><td>This boo
k, originally called Oru Kadalore Kiramathin Kathai, deals with the fall of feud
alism as the forces of modernity advance and their presence felt even in a small
and obscure village. It is the story of a landlord in Travancore, whose village
rs rebel against his tyrannical rule.</td><td><div style="text
-align: justify">Thoppil Mohammed Meeran, is a noted
novelist and was awarded the Kendriya Sahitya Academi Award, 1997. Translated fr
om the Tamil by M. Vijayalakshmi.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Disha Books<
/td>
<td>978-81-250-1377-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Kaalam</
td><td>M.T. Vasudevan Nair</td><td>1998</td><td>252</td><td>395.0000</td><td>&lt
;p style="text-align: justify">Set against the backdrop of a crumbl
ing matrilineal tarawad system of the Nairs in Kerala with its petty rivalries a
nd jealousies, its sambandhan system of contractual marriage, its conflicts and
problems, and the changes in land legislation which sharply erode the feudal o
rder, Kaalam is the story of sethumadhavan Nair who starts out as an ambitious a
nd confident adolescentbut in his journey towards adulthood, where material and s
ocial success go hand in hand, he is faced with an overwhelming sense of disillu
sionment.
The river of Sethu's village, a mute witness to every crisis in
his life, mirrors this journey, its sensuous beauty transformed to dry sand. MTs
lyrical prose captures the changing moods and seasons of the landscape of his o
wn childhood in a novel that, though not strictly autobiographical, shares some
of the emotional experiences of the protagonist.
In a finesse characteristic
of Nair's profound, yet minimalist sense of expression, the starkness of rea
lity found in this story is touching and insightful. </td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">M.T. Vasudevan Nair </b&gt
;Born in 1933 in the small village of Koodallur, Kerala, Madath Thekkepat Vasude
van Nair is the best known among his generation of storywriters in Malayalam. Wi
th a publishing career spanning a little more that fifty years, he is renowned a
s a chronicler of life in the matriarchal joint family of Kerala, a milieu he de
scribes with intimacy in novels such as Nalukettu (1959) and Kaalam(1969). He wo
n the State and Kendriya Sahitya Akademi awards respectively for thse two novels
. Heis also among Kerala's most popular script writers and directors of main
stream cinema. He has won four National Awards for his screenplays. The very fir
st film he wrote, produced and directed, Nirmaalyam (The Floral Offering) won th
e President's Gold Medal in 1973 and Kadavu (The Ferry) won the Japanese Gra
nd Prix. He was also awarded the Jnanpith in 1996.
Apart from short fiction i
n which he has excelled, Nair has published novels and novellas, travelogues, li
terary criticism, books of children and a sizeable number of miscellaneous note
s, reviews and memoirs, Nair's stories have been translated into major langu
ages in India and abroad. He was associated with the editorship of Matrubhumi pe
riodical publications for well over four decades. The Government of India honour
ed him with the Padmabhushan in 2005.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Disha Bo
oks</td>
<td>978-81-250-0263-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sandal T
rees and Other Stories, The</td><td>Kamala Das</td><td>1995</td><td>150</td><td>
175.0000</td><td>This is the firs

t collection of translations in English of stories originally written in Malayal
am by Kamala Das under the pen name Madhavi Kutty. They amply demonstrate Kamala
Dass special contribution to the short story in Malayalam. All the major attribu
tes of her writing are evident: her subtlety and power in dealing with human rel
ationships and intrigues of love, life and death and her earthiness, sensuousnes
s and sensuality.</td><td>Kamala Das Translated fro
m the Malayalam by V. C. Harris and C. K. Mohamed Ummer.</td><td>World</td><td>D
isha Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-0271-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Homeless
in my Land: Translations from Modern Marathi Dalit Short Stories</td><td>Arjun
Dangle(Ed.)</td><td>1992</td><td>88</td><td>150.0000</td><td>The short stories in this first English anthology fo
rcefully convey the differentness of dalit literature. The protagonists of these s
tories are shown struggling for survival at their different levels confronting l
imitations, abject poverty, misery and brutality and fighting a brave battle.&lt
;/p></td><td>Arjun Dangle(Ed.)</td><td>World</td><td>Disha
Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-0273-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Indian E
nglish Poetry Since 1950 : An Anthology</td><td>Vilas Sarang(Ed.)</td><td>1990</
td><td>161</td><td>160.0000</td><td><p style="text-align: justify"&
gt;This anthology presents a discriminating selection of some of the best poetry
written in English by Indians since independence. An extensive introduction exa
mines the basic parameters of Indian English poetry, offers an incisive analysis
of individual poets and altogether amounts to a significant reappraisal of Indi
an English poetry.</td><td>Vilas Sarang(Ed.)</td><t
d>World</td><td>Disha Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-0323-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Poovan B
anana and Other Stories</td><td>Vaikom Muhammad Basheer</td><td>1994</td><td>228
</td><td>375.0000</td><td>This ca
refully selected collection of Vaikom Muhammad Basheers short stories are charact
erised by a variety in theme and tone. He has enshrined in them every kind of ex
perience from the pangs of hunger and sex to the rapture of mystic vision. Its r
ange includes stark realistic pictures of the material world as well as the real
m of fantasy haunted by ghosts and spirits. Basheer has written on love and hate
, on politicians and pickpockets, on the fancies of childhood and on the disillu
sionments of adult life with an intense sense of the tragedy of life and at the
same time an irrepressible sense of humour.</td><td><div style=&quo
t;text-align: justify">Vaikom Muhammad Basheer an active participant in
the freedom movement, has written stories on varied themes and of great popular
appeal, which have earned him a legendary place in Malayalam literature. Transla
ted from the Malayalam by V Abdulla.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Disha Boo
ks</td>
<td>978-81-250-2377-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Inventing
Global Ecology: Tracking the Biodiversity Ideal in India, 19451997</td><td>Mich
ael Lewis</td><td>2003</td><td>384</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>Inventing Global Ecology</strong&gt
; is many things in one: the story of an American researchers experiences in Indi
a and his country; a fascinating survey of biodiversity conservation; a thorough
ly researched and documented study of the policies, prospects, and pragmatics of
ecological and ethical decisions that ought to determine our future. It casts t
he U.S. in roles seldom seenas partner and proprietor of global environmental pro
jects. Lewis book carries amply relevant and analytical data besides a fairly det
ailed chapter on an Indo-U.S. initiative that has borne excellent results. Ethno
graphic field work and oral history, as well as traditional archival research, c
ombine to give Inventing Global Ecology an edge both general readers and special
ists will appreciate.

<a href="http://www.york.ac.uk/history/publications/new-perspec
tives-in-south-asian-history/" target="_new">Click here to vie
w New Perspectives in South Asian History Website at University of York</a&gt
;.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">M
ichael Lewis Assistant Professor of History, Salisbury State Universit
y, Maryland, USA.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Ecology</td>
<td>978-81-250-3389-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Moderniz
ing Nature: Forestry and Imperial Eco-Development 1800-1950</td><td>S.Ravi Rajan
justify">Modernizing Nature contributes to
the debate regarding the origins, institutionalization, and politics of the sci
ences and systems of knowledge underlying colonial frameworks of environmental m
anagement. It departs from the widely prevalent scholarly perspective that colon
ial science can be understood predominantly as a handmaiden of imperialism. Inst
ead, it argues that the myriad colonial sciences had ideological and interventioni
st traditions distinct from each other and from the colonial bureaucracy and tha
t these tensions better explain environmental politics and policy dilemmas in th
e post-colonial era.
Professor Rajan argues that tropical forestry in the nin
eteenth century consisted of at least two distinct approaches towards nature, re
source, and people; and what won out in the end was the Continental European for
estry paradigm. Rajan also shows that science and scientists were relatively mar
ginal until the First World War. It was the acute scientific and resource crisis
felt during the War, along with the rise of experts and expertise in Britain du
ring that period and the lobby-politics of an organized empire-wide scientific c
ommunity, that resulted in resource management regimes such as forestry beginnin
g to get serious state backing. Over time, considerable differences in approach
and outlook towards policy emerged between different colonial scientific communi
ties, such as foresters and agriculturists. These different colonial sciences re
presented different situated knowledges, with different visions of nature, peopl
e, and empire, and in different configurations of power. 
Finally, in a panoramic overview
of post-colonial developments, Rajan argues that the hegemony of these state-sci
entific regimes of resource-management during the period 1950-1990 engendered no
t just social revolt, as recent historical work has shown, but also intellectual
protest. Consequently, the discipline of forestry became systematically re-conc
eptualized, with new approaches to sylviculture, economic, law, and crucially, w
ith new visions of modernity. This disciplinary change constitutes nothing short
of a cognitive revolution, one that has been brought about by a clearly articul
ated political perspective on the orientation of the discipline of forestry by i
ts practitioners. 
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">S.Ravi Rajan&
lt;/b>, is an Associate Professor of Environmental Studies at the University
of California, Santa Cruz.</div></td><td>IN,PK,LK,NP,BT,MV,MY</td><td>Ecol
ogy</td>

;/p>
.</td><td>World</td><td>Ecology</td>
<td>978-81-250-4506-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Environm
ent, Technology and Development: Critical and Subversive Essays</td><td>Rohan DSo
uza</td><td>2012</td><td>404</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Drawn from the  rich archival holdings of the &lt
;em>Economic and Political Weekly, t
heessays in this volume capture the intense discussions in India that were deba
ted as problems and questions over the environment, technology and development.
As a collection, this volume proposes a fresh and new analytical coherence for
these essays by resituating  them with an engaging  introdu
ction under the broader themes of criticality and subversion. Consequently, the
se writings will speak not only to several contemporary academic and policy con
cerns but are also meant to provide a meaningful sense of how ideas on the envi
ronment, technology and development were interrelated and shaped in various typ
es of political discourses in India, most notably from the 1970s onwards.
This volume is intended to address the needs of a rapidly growing inte
rest in interdisciplinary programmes and will also carry appeal amongst develop
ment and policy practitioners and those who wish to pursue interdisciplinary re
search questions.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify&quot
;>Rohan DSouza is Assistant Professor, Centre for Studies i
n Science Policy, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.</div></td><td>Wo
rld</td><td>Ecology</td>

;
<li

St. Xaviers College, Mumbai.</td><td>World</td><td>Ecology</td>
<td>978-81-250-5614-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Nature wi
thout Borders</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan, M. D. Madhusudan and Ghazala Shahabuddi
n(Ed.s)</td><td>2014</td><td>280</td><td>650.0000</td><td><ul>
<li>This book explores the ways in which conservation of biodiversity ca
n coexist with human actions and interests through a series of eight essays. The
se are tied together by an analytical introduction by the editors. </li>
<li>It seeks to supplement the dominant discourse of conservation in Ind
ia, which has traditionally depended on fencing off fragments of habitats and gu
arding them against human encroachment. However, formally designated Protected A
reas occupy a very small proportion of territory and are therefore limited in va
lue. Nature and natural processes transcend human boundaries and cannot be conta
ined within the borders of nature reserves. </li>
<li>This eclectic collection of essays explores
inclusive conserva
tion approaches in a spectrum of landscapes, from lake restoration in a metropol
is to the issue of overfishing on the coastline. </li>
<li>In the cases studied here, conservation action takes the producers or
residents own imperatives into account along with wider ecological challenges. T
his method of conservation forges links with a range of actors: cultivators, her
ders, fishers and plantation owners, in addition to the government, the middle c
lass and literati. </li>
</ul></td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan is
Director, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, New Delhi.
M. D. Madhusudan is Senior Scientist and
Trustee, Nature Conservation Foundation, Mysore.
Ghazala Shahabuddin is an independent res
earcher. She was formerly Associate Professor, School of Human Ecology, Ambedka
r University Delhi.
</td><td>World</td><td>Ecology</td>

</li><li>
Some sacred
herto undocumented,
and
</li><li>
</li><li>
The complex
evidenced in the
ld.
</li></ul>
td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Ecology</td>

t;span>

t;</div><div> </div></td><td>World</td><td>Ecology<
/td>
<td>978-81-250-5179-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Ecology,
Economy: Quest for a Socially Informed Connection</td><td>Felix Padel, Ajay Dand
ekar, Jeemol Unni</td><td>2013</td><td>340</td><td>995.0000</td><td>&lt
;strong>Ecology, Economy is an elaborate argument to establish
society as central in policy-making for holistic development. The book presents
cases of the adverse effects of resource utilisationwater, metals, power, landon
Adivasi communities in particular. It presents an overview of the paradoxes inhe
rent in development projects, emphasising the drastic drop in the standard of livi
ng of rural communities, and the immeasurable damage to Indias ecosystems and res
ource base. 
The authors highlight the tussle between real growth and the rule of la
w, the informalisation of labour under a neoliberal economy, and current threats
to Adivasi Economicsthe little monetised systems based on a long-term symbiosis wi
th the natural environment, based on taking from the ecosystem without intrinsic
ally damaging it. 
It asks: what is real development? How can we transform present develop
mental patterns to achieve a more truly sustainable path towards collective well
-being? Is there any politically feasible path out of the multidimensional econ
omic, environmental, social and climate change cataclysms facing us now in India
and worldwide? Contrary to seeing dissent as anti-development, this book puts a f
ace to the people on whom development is imposed.
A product of the confluence of anthropology, policy analysis and rural
economics, this volume also comes with an extensive Bibliography to lead researc
hers and every interested reader towards a rich body of work. It will be useful
for students and scholars of sociology, economics, anthropology, ecology and env
ironmental studies, development studies, political science, law and internationa
l affairs.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Ecology</td>
gt;
ileged.
</td><td>
<td>978-81-250-6290-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Alche
my of Empire: Abject Materials and the Technologies of Colonialism </td><td>Raja
ni Sudan</td><td>2016</td><td>232</td><td>925.0000</td><td>
The Alchemy of Empire unravels the non-European or
igins of Enlightenment science. Focusing on the mundane materials of empire-buil
ding, this study traces the history of substances like mud, mortar, ice, and pap
er, as well as forms of knowledge like inoculation. It demonstrates how East Ind
ia Company employees deployed the field of alchemy in order to make sense of the
new worlds they confronted, often resorting to analogy as reason when analysis
failed.
Rajani Sudan questions the assumptions of the Enlightenment developed i
n the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, focusing on the European notion that
Reason belonged uniquely to the West. She identifies key substances that were app
ropriated, first through trade and then through colonial governance, and that ev
entually became intellectual products of European science. Colonialism is thus r
ead not only as a form of governance but as a technology of empire.
Sudan argues that the Enlightenment was born largely out of Europes (and
Britains) sense of insecurity and inferiority in the early modern world. Through
an in-depth study of the imperial archive, Sudan uncovers the history of Britis
h Enlightenment in the literary artifacts of the eighteenth century, ranging fro
m the correspondence of the East India Company and the papers of the Royal Socie
ty to the poetry of Alexander Pope and the novels of Jane Austen.
This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of eightee
nth- and nineteenth-century British studies, as well as those interested in the
intersections of history, science, ecology, and literature.
</td><td>RAJANI SUDAN is Associate Professor of Engl
ish Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas. </td><td> IN,NP,BT,
BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Ecology</td>
<td>978-81-250-6292-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Water: G
rowing Understanding, Emerging Perspectives</td><td>Mihir Shah and P. S. Vijaysh
ankar</td><td>2016</td><td>576</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
For decades after independence, Indian planning ignored the need for s
ustainability and equity in water resource development and management. There wa
s just one way forward, that of harnessing the bounty in our rivers and below t
he ground, and this strategy had almost completely unquestioned acceptance. It
was only in the 1990s that serious questions began to be raised on the wisdom o
f our understanding and approach to rivers. Around the same time, the sustainab
ility of our strategy of groundwater development under the Green Revolution als
o began to be interrogated.
</td><td>
Mihir Shah is Secretary, Samaj Pragati Sah
ayog.
P. S. Vijayshankar is Director, Research,
Samaj Pragati Sahayog. 
<td>978-81-7371-653-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Comm
on Birds and Mammals of Andhra Pradesh</td><td>WWF-India</td><td>2009</td><td>16
4</td><td>395.0000</td><td>Exquisitely illustrated, this field guide t
o the common birds and mammals found in Andhra Pradesh describes 157 birds and
42 mammals that commonly occur in the state, with details of their characters,
habits and habitat. The book also has information on: <ul>
<li>Ecosystems found in the state</li>
<l
i>Areas listed as protected, with details on the location, accessibility, an
d the special features of the sanctuaries and national parks</li>
<
li>Checklists of birds from a few bird areas in the state</li>
&lt
;li>the protected status of birds and mammals of Andhra Pradesh</li>
</ul>
The simple writing style and fully coloured and hand il
lustrated format of The common Birds and Animals of And
hra Pradesh will appeal to high-school students, amate
ur naturalists, tourists and first-time visitors to wilderness areas.
</td><td>WWF-Indias Andhra Pradesh State Office has been active since 1972. This
is their second publication after Sacred Groves of Andh
ra Pradesh which was published in 1996.</td><td>World<
/td><td>Ecology</td>
t;
PK</td><td>Ecology</td>
tter. 

P,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Economics</td>
LK,MV,PK</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-87358-44-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Enig
ma of the Kerala Woman : A Failed Promise of Literacy</td><td>Swapna Mukhopadhya
y(Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>203</td><td>295.0000</td><td>
The Enigma of the Kerala Woman: A Failed Promise of Literacy </em&
gt;consists of multi-disciplinary research carried out on variou
s aspects of gender relations in Kerala by scholars from a range of social scie
nce disciplines under The Gender Network, a regional network of researchers inv
estigating the phenomenon of gender under varied social and economic settings.
The introductory chapter provides an overarching framework for the individual s
tudies. Breaking new ground in analytical and methodological dimensions of Wom
ens Studies, the papers collectively seek to provide an answer to the enigma of th
e Kerala woman.
The book comes alive through two separate sections. The first one is d
evoted to case studies of women from the area of research and the second to pho
tographs of Kerala women in various social settings with detailed anthropologic
al captions. The two sections complement each other in supporting the main them
e of the book. The book has a rich body of data which provides comparative figu
res relating to development indices for Kerala  in relation to&nbs
p; some other states as well as India as a whole.</td><td>&l

t;strong>Swapna Mukhopadhyay is former Professor of Economic
s at the Institute of Economic Growth and former Director at the Institute of S
ocial Studies Trust, New Delhi. She is currently involved as an advisor in some
international development projects and occasionally teaches courses in Economi
cs at various universities in the city.  She also plays the violin and
teaches Western classical music at the Delhi School of Music.</td><td
>IN,BT,BD,LK,MV,NP,PK</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-93-83166-04-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Persisten
ce of Poverty in India </td><td>Nandini Gooptu and Jonathan Parry (Eds.)</td><td>
2014</td><td>446</td><td>745.0000</td><td>
What distinguishes Persistence o
f Poverty from most other poverty studies is the way in which it conceptualises
the problem. This volume offers a variety of alternative analytical perspectiv
es and fresh insights into poverty that are key to addressing the problem. &amp
;nbsp;In looking at the day to day lived realities of the poor the volume &
nbsp;points out that in order to understand poverty one must take into account
the wider system of class and power relations in which it is rooted. This volum
e suggests that democracy in India may be as big a part of the problem as it is
of the solution.   
</td><td>
<div style="text-align: justify">Nandini Gooptu</b&g
t; is Fellow of St Antony's College, Oxford, and currently&nbs
p;Head of the Department of International Development&nb
sp;at Oxford University. She is the author of The Politics of the Urb
an Poor in Early-Twentieth Century India (Cambridge University Press,&
amp;nbsp;2001) and several highly acclaimed edited volumes.</div><div
style="text-align: justify"> </div><div style=&
quot;text-align: justify">Jonathan Parry is Emeritus
Professor of Anthropology at the London School of Economics and Political Scie
nce.  He is the author of  Caste and Kinship in Kangra (Routl
edge 1979), Death in Banaras (Cambridge University Press, 1994), and several
distinguished edited volumes.</div>
</td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-87358-28-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Regulatio
n, Institutions and the Law</td><td>Jaivir Singh (Ed.)</td><td>2007</td><td>256<
/td><td>595.0000</td><td>The twel
ve papers in Regulation, Institutions and the Law t
ry to understand the specific context within which regulation has unfolded in a
country like India, which is different in many ways from that of the United Stat
es and Western Europe. The volume also dwells on how these regulatory issues flo
w across national boundaries and affect the international arena in this age of g
lobalization.
While some papers discuss conceptual issues others engage with
how the political economy affects regulation both in terms of domestic political
economy and in relation to pressures from international organizations. Banning
the import of carpets, which use child labour, is a case in point. Yet other pap
ers discuss some specific sectors in the economy, which are regulated, such as,
finance, telecommunications and competition policy, in relation to the problem o
f regulation itself.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify&q
uot;>Jaivir Singh teaches at the Centre for the Study of L
aw and Governance, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He has published arti
cles on the economics of labour law, competition policy, regulation, legal proce
dure, judicial activism and separation of powers, and is the author of Central Go
vernment Policies: Interface with Competition Policy Objectives in Pradeep S. Meh
ta ed., Towards a Functional Competition Policy for India (Jaipur: CUTS Internat
ional 2005).</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-87358-32-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Globaliza
tion and the Millennium Development Goals: Negotiating the Challenge</td><td>Man

mohan Agarwal and Amit Shovon Ray (Eds.)</td><td>2007</td><td>280</td><td>675.00
00</td><td>GLOBALIZ
ATION is a controversial subject. While some argue that it promot
es economic growth that translates into social progress, others believe that it
is detrimental to social advancement. There is a broad consensus in the interna
tional community that all states should be urged to improve their social conditi
ons, a position most strongly articulated in the Millennium Development Goals (M
DG) declaration of the United Nations.
Globalization and the Mi
llennium Development Goals: Negotiating the Challenge brings toge
ther conceptual and empirical insights into the interaction of globalization and
the social sectors, focusing especially on the MDGs. Some of the papers include
d here explicitly look at the Indian experience with social progress in the cont
ext of globalization. The volume reflects the multifarious views regarding the i
nterplay between economic development and social progress and attempts to answer
the question: Can globalization have a human face?</td><td><div st
yle="text-align: justify">Manmohan Agarwal is Pr
ofessor of Economics at the Centre for International Trade and Development at th
e School of International Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.</d
iv><div style="text-align: justify"> </div>&
lt;div style="text-align: justify">Amit Shovon Ray</b&g
t;, FRSH, is Professor of Economics (and currently the Chairman) at the Centre f
or International Trade and Development at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi
and a Fellow of the Royal Society for the Promotion of Health.</div></td>
<td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-87358-16-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Social an
d Economic Profile of India</td><td>Peeyush Bajpai, Laveesh Bhandari and Aali Si
nha</td><td>2005</td><td>185</td><td>1495.0000</td><td>Social & Economic Profile of India&l
t;/strong> is the only book of its kind on India in Economic Geography. Accor
ding to a reviewer, there are some strong GIS systems, and there are strong spati
al databases. This book is the first time these have come together in a satisfac
tory fashion.
A singular contribution of Social & Economic Profile of
India lies in the quality of its presentation. A very complex and a very wide ra
nge of data and analysis has been put forward with remarkable clarity and in a v
ery reader friendly way. This state of the art data and analysis (which offers m
any surprises), gives an almost complete picture of the socio-economic condition
s of India in just 173 pages. These 173 pages consist of 84 colour coded maps wi
th a corresponding text in colour. This text is both brief, lucid, and to the po
int. This book is the work of great scholarship but made accessible to a wide se
ction of readers. It tells the story of what India has achieved since 1991. The
information on Indias development is of great relevance in the international sce
ne today.
The subjects covered are of enormous public interest and also extre
mely useful for the framing of public policies. This book is equally indispensab
le to all the state departments of the government and to Indian companies wishin
g to invest in particular areas as well as foreign corporate organisations that
wish to invest in India. It goes without saying that the researcher will find th
is comprehensive body of data and analysis very useful. Anyone wishing to go dee
per into a particular problem has been directed to go to the relevant sources.&l
t;/p></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Peeyu
sh Bajpai is author of many reports and studies on Indian economic geo
graphy.
Laveesh Bhandari has taught in the Boston University and the Indian
Institute of Technology (IIT), Delhi.
Aali Sinha is a researcher at Indicus
Analytics.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-87358-18-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Everyday
Politics of Labour, The: Working Lives In Indias Informal Economy</td><td>Geert D
e Neve</td><td>2005</td><td>365</td><td>795.0000</td><td>The Everyday Politics of Labour:</stron
g> Working Lives in Indias Informal Economy presents an analysis of contempora

ry labour politics in Indias informal economy. Following increased integration in
global economic networks, Indias informal sectors, in some parts of the country,
have expanded drastically over recent decades and are employing an increasing n
umber of the countrys working population.

The book presents a powerful crit
ique of simplifying representations that portray workers politics in this informa
l sector as marked by low levels of class consciousness, limited abilities for r
esistance, and ruled by primordial relations of caste, kinship and patronage.

Drawing on detailed ethnographic
accounts of three textile industries in Tamil Nadu, collected during two and a h
alf years of fieldwork between 1995 and 2000, the author describes everyday labo
ur activism, explores the character of trade unionism and individualized forms o
f resistance, and depicts the political culture of the shop floor. A recurrent
theme of the book is that a preoccupation with relations of production (or class
relations) has for too long marginalized the study of relations in production.
The latter focuses on the ways in which relations of hierarchy, authority, cla
ss and gender are enacted on a day-to-day basis within the workplace, and how
they intertwine with neighbourhood and community relations.
Interesting case
studies illustrate how labour politics have been shaped both by the social mobil
ity of some communities and the increased feminization of some occupations. Whi
le castes in the dyeing industries, which were considered to be polluting, have
become owners of dyeing factories, gender patterns in the handloom factories hav
e been reversed as men have moved out to power loom sectors in search of betterpaid jobs. </td><td>Geert De Neve is Lecturer in An
thropology at the University of Sussex.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Eco
nomics</td>
ics and Culture of Globalization: India and Australia</td><td>Hans Löfgren
and Prakash Sarangi (Eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>352</td><td>625.0000</td><td>&lt
;p>We experience the culture of globalisation e
very time we visit a Tandoori restaurant in Chicago, or a Pizza Hut in Hyderab
ad, or as we watch Bollywood films in Australia. Globalisation is a label used
for a wide range of political, social and cultural phenomena, many of which ar
e explored in this volume. The Poli
tics and Culture of Globalisation: India and Australia</em&gt
; brings together Indian and Australian experts in the fields of political scie
nce, international relations, philosophy, cultural theory and political economy
. Its timeliness and unifying theme derive from comparisons between Indian and
Australian perspectives, and analyses by Australian writers on developments in
India. Indian-Australian relations are explored in several chapters. 
The neo-liberal form of globalisation is a key focus of critique in th
is volume. Several chapters examine the search for alternative forms of governa
nce as the nation-state undergoes profound change due to global interconnectedn
ess. 
An important contribution to the critical discourse o
n globalisation it is a unique Indo-Australian intellectual endeavour grappling
incisively with deeper issues of philosophy and policy in the contemporary wo
rld. Manora
njan Mohanty, 
Council for Social Development, New
Delhi With its cogent analysis and lucid style, this vo
lume is a valuable addition to critical readings on globalisationThe focus on pr
ocess governance, institutions, and area studies is an added strength... With i
ts analytical depth and empirical stretch, it will be a valuable addition to th
is important field. <s
trong>Subrata K Mitra, 
University
of Heidel
berg, Germany  It will be a very useful volume for
all the graduate students who are trying to understand [the] complex and multi
faceted nature of the phenomenon of globalisation. Rajen Harshe, </td><td>Hans Löfgren&
lt;/strong> is Director of the Master of Politics and Policy Program at Deak
in University, Australia. He has published extensively on the politics and ec
onomics of pharmaceuticals, for example in New Political Science (2007), Australia New Zealand Health Policy (2007)
and Social Science & Medicine (2004). 
Prakash Sarangi is Professor of Political
Science at the University of Hyderabad. His publications include Libe
ral Theories of State: Contemporary Perspectives (1996) and <em&g
t;Political Exchange and Public Policy: A Cross-National Analysis (1
990).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Economics</td>
,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Economics</td>
awaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Econ
omics</td>
<td>978-81-87358-05-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Trade, Fi
nance and Investment in South Asia</td><td>T. N. Srinivasan (Ed)</td><td>2001</t
t;THIS BOOK contains an important set of papers cov
ering subjects such as the impact of changing global trade policies on India; ch
arting a free trade area in South Asia; Indias informal trade with Bangladesh and
Nepal; India-Bangladesh bilateral trade; a plan to strengthen regional trade co
operation in South Asia with special reference to India and Pakistan; a comparat
ive analysis of the Chinese and Indian experience of multinational and expatriat
e foreign direct investment; foreign direct investment and economic integration

in the SAARC region and health policy challenges for India.
All these papers
are then placed within an overall perspective in an original paper by T. N. Srin
ivasan Issues in Trade and Finance in South Asia.</td><td>T. N.
Srinivasan is Samuel C. Park Jr Professor of Economics at Yale Univer
sity.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Economics</td>
br /></div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Economics</td>
Factors c
the imbalances.
tutions.</td><td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Economics
</td>
<td>978-81-87358-11-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Dynamics
of Bank Deposits: The Developing States in India</td><td>Debesh Roy</td><td>2002
;> Dynamics of Bank Deposits: The Developing States in India&l
t;/strong> points out that there is ample scope for faster mobilisation of de
posits in the rural centres the unbanked and underbanked areas where bank deposi
t is the only profitable savings instrument available. The data presented in thi
s book is enriched by a comparative analysis of the growth of bank deposits in t
en selected economically developed states, and in ten developing areas for the y
ears 1973 and 1999.
The economically developed states studied were Andhra Pr
adesh, Gujarat, Haryana, Karnataka, Kerala, Maharashtra, Punjab, Tamil Nadu, Wes
t Bengal and Delhi and the developing areas examined were Assam, Bihar, Himachal
Pradesh, Jammu and Kashmir, Madhya Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Orissa, Rajasth
an and Uttar Pradesh.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify&
quot;>Debesh Roy is a Ph.D in Economics and has a vast exp
erience in the financial sector. He is manager at National Bank for Agriculture
and Rural Development (NABARD).</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td
>Economics</td>
Governance Centre, Oslo.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Econo
mics</td>
<td>978-81-87358-00-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Income-Po
verty and Beyond: Human Development in India</td><td>Raja J. Chelliah and R. Sud
arshan</td><td>1998</td><td>221</td><td>510.0000</td><td>
THE BOOK emphasizes the need to go beyond the conventional defini
tion of poverty and look at the various human aspects of the problem. Eminent so
cial scientists study poverty in its wider sense, in the light of the latest dat
a available for India.</td><td>Raja J. Chelliah is
Professor Emeritus, National Institute of Public Finance and Policy, New Delhi a
nd Chairperson, Madras School of Economics.<div> </div>&l
t;div style="text-align: justify">R. Sudarshan i
s Adviser, Access to Justice, Oslo Governance Centre, Oslo.</div></td><td>
IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-8028-019-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Terms of
Trade and Class Relations - An Essay in Political Economy</td><td>Dr Ashok Mitra
</td><td>2004</td><td>256</td><td>475.0000</td><td>Recognised as an out
standing piece of work in political economy, Dr Ashok Mitras Terms
of Trade and Class Relations was originally published in London i
n 1977. The book has been unavailable for over twenty years. The books present
s a novel analysis and a historical account of a crucial phase of India's po
st-Independence development. At a deeper level, the book puts forward the genera
l proposition that social distribution of income, and hence by implication the p
rocess of economic growth, is determined by relative class strength manifested b
oth in the economic and political domains which in turn closely interact with on
e another. In this new imprint in Chronicles Classics the author reflects, in h
is new introductory essay, on the agenda he had in mind when he wrote this work
and the implications of the changes which have been seen in the Indian economic
landscape since then.</td><td>Ashok Mitra is among the foremost econom
ists of India. He taught economics at Lucknow University, Delhi School of Econom
ics, Indian Institute of Management and Indian Statistical Institute, Calcutta.
He was Chairman, Agricultural Prices Commission, Chief Economic Advisor to the G
overnment of India and Finance Minister of West Bengal. While a National Fellow
of the ICSSR and a visiting professor at the University of Sussex, he wrote the
Terms of Trade and Class Relations. Hist other noteworthy work is The Share of W
ages in National Income. Apart from his academic writings, he is well known for
his column "Calcutta Diary" in the Economic and Political Weekly. An e
ssayist of stature in Bengali, he has received several awards for the quality of
his bengali prose, including the Sahitya Akademi award.</td><td>World</td><td>E
conomics</td>
<td>978-81-250-6299-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Internati
onal Trade and Industrial Development in India: Emerging Trends, Patterns and Is
sues</td><td>C. Veeramani and R. Nagaraj</td><td>2016</td><td>360</td><td>950.00
00</td><td>
The economic liberalisation of the early 1990s is a significant milest
one in the economic history of India. Two decades hence, this book provides a m
eaningful assessment of the liberalisation experience and a critical account of
the structure and performance of Indias trade and industrial sectors following
the policy decisions taken during that time. 
Drawing from theory, empirical literature, case studies and econometri
c evaluations, the chapters provide in-depth and wide-ranging assessments of ho
w firm, industry, product and country characteristics interact to determine tra
de and industrial performance. They study recent trends in manufacturing produc
tivity, regional inequality and specialisation in manufacturing output, structu
re and performance of small-scale enterprises, and the export performance of a
gricultural commodities to present a tapestry of the Indian experience of liber
alisation.
The book provides a balanced and updated analysis of various emerging
issues in the areas of Indias trade and industry at macro and micro-economic lev
els and discusses the following questions: How can Indias participation in globa
l production networks be strengthened? How do we expand exports of labour inten
sive products? What have been the policy lessons from the past? What are the s
tructural and policy-induced impediments to growth and competitiveness?</p&gt
;
By considering industries and products as the units of analysis, this
book sets the stage for further case studies and econometric analysis using det
ailed firm- and plant-level data. It will be valuable for students and scholars
of economics, commerce and development studies.
</td><td>C. Veeramani is Associate Profe
ssor, Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research, Mumbai.
 R. Nagaraj is Professor, Indira Gandhi In
stitute of Development Research, Mumbai.</td><td>World</td><td>Econom
ics</td>
gt;
ileged.
</td><td>

 
 
</td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
ource base. 
l affairs.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-5180-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Indian Ta
x Administration: A Dialogue</td><td>Parthasarathi Shome</td><td>2013</td><td>44
0</td><td>1195.0000</td><td>Born
out of a first-of-its-kind series of discussions between tax officials and pra
ctitioners, Indian Tax Administration: A
Dialogue identifies and addresses challenges facing India as it con
templates tax reforms. Both, the dialogue and A Dialogue, have been organised b
y eminent tax policy analyst Parthasarathi Shome whose recommendations on tax a
dministration policy have been included not only in Indias Ninth and Tenth FiveYear Plans, but also in more than thirty countries where he has given technical
assistance in taxation.
This volume gives detailed analy
ses of the organisational structure, risk assessment and management in audit se
lection, dispute resolution and computerisation of both Direct and Indirect tax
administrations. An investigation into the newly-established Large Taxpayer Un
its and a statistical study of the effectiveness of Value-Added Taxes of state
administrations render it a broader appeal. Presenting successful models from a
cross the globe, A Dialogue composes a veritable picture o
f tax reform for India to keenly consider.
Comprising both serving and reti
red bureaucrats, and stake-holder voices from outside the government, the contr
ibutors occupy both ends of the tax spectrum. A work arising from uninhibited d
ebate, the voices here are united in their appeal to make the taxpayer, not tax
, the primary focus of tax administration. A Dialogue is an
invaluable contribution to tax research, and thereby makes an indispensable re
ad to tax consultants, chartered accountants, policy-makers, students of taxati
on and all of ustaxpayers, inquisitive about the future.</td><td>Parthasarathi Shome
is Adviser at the level of Minister of State to the Finance Minister, Governme
nt of India. He was Chief Economist at Her Majestys Revenue and Customs (HMRC),
UK, Chief of Tax Policy at the International Monetary Fund (IMF), Director of
National Institute of Public Finance Policy (NIPFP) and Indian Council of Resea
rch on International Economic Relations (ICRIER), New Delhi. He chaired Indias N
inth and Tenth Five-Year Plan Task Forces on Tax Policy and Administration. He
has provided technical assistance in taxation to over thirty countries.</p&g
t;</td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
nt on Trial: Shrinking Space for the Periphery</td><td>Sunanda Sen & Anjan C
hakrabarti</td><td>2013</td><td>468</td><td>1050.0000</td><td>Developin
g countries today are subject to a process of transformation, from what could b
e identified as a developmental State to one where the market emerges as the m
ajor driving force in the economy. 
Development on Trial
analyses the changing links between State policies and corporate structures as
the goal of development in these economies weaken, crumble and then fall apart
to give way to a steady withdrawal of the State. This goes with the growing and
imperious control exercised by big businesses in the process. 
The authors unravel the contradictions between the State and the marke
t as has been spelt out in liberal theory. They draw attention to the new patte
rn usually described as corporate feudalism where corporations replace or co-op
t the ruling State in these countries. 
This volume has been organised in four sections. The first deals with
the State and corporatisation of business. The second section deals with coloni
al trade patterns, trade, employment and structural changes relating to India a
nd other developing countries during the recent years.
The third section discusses aspects of mobile capital, volatility, and
financial exclusion in de-regulated capital marketsissues which have of late b
een drawing a lot of attention in public debates. The last section studies the
dimensions of labour market flexibility in India and in the developing areas in

general.
Bringing together essays by well-known economists from India and abroa
d, this volume is an indispensable read for students and scholars of economics
and development studies.
</td><td>Sunanda Sen
is a former Professor of Economics, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. &lt
;/p>
Anjan Chakrabarti is
Professor of Economics, University of Calcutta, Kolkata, West Bengal.</p&gt
;
<td>978-81-250-5131-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Higher E
ducation in India: In Search of Equality, Quality and Quantity</td><td>Jandhyala
B. G. Tilak (Ed.)</td><td>2013</td><td>552</td><td>745.0000</td><td>In
dia has a large network of around 634 universities and 33,000 colleges with 817,
000 teachers spread across the length and breadth of the country.
Despite its massive geographical reach, higher education
in India has had its share of problems.
This volume is a collection of essays which discusses these problems li
ke inclusiveness and the impact of reservation on education, the problems of med
iocrity, shortage of funds, dwindling numbers of faculty and the unemployment of
the educated youth, to name a few.
 Tracing the history of higher education in India from the days of Nala
nda and Takshashila, Jandhyala B. G. Tilak in his introduction explains why it i
s necessary to have a vision and a
roadmap for this.
 It includes diverse perspectives and case studies on a few educational
institutes like the University of Mysore (pp. 239-251), IITs (pp. 309-25) to ex
plain these issues.</td><td>Jandhyala B. G. Tilak i
s professor at the National University of Educational Planning and Administratio
n (NUEPA), New Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-5112-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Globaliza
tion and Money: A Global South Perspective</td><td>Supriya Singh</td><td>2014</t
d><td>248</td><td>925.0000</td><td>This book is about how men and wome
n, particularly the poor and the unbanked in the global South, use money in way
s that empower them and their families. Money as a medium of relationships acro
ss cultures is at the center of this inclusive story of globalization. It inclu
des interconnected markets and half the world that is unbanked, particularly wo
men.  
Globalization and Money</em&g
t; covers new and old currencies and ways of banking and payments. Men and wome
ns banking patterns connect with the way they display their management of money
in the joint family or nuclear household. Migrants send money home to show they
care for their families and communities left behind. Yet these remittances are
worth more than three times official development assistance. The mobile phone
transforms communication, as well as ensuring people in the Global South can se
nd money instantaneously to their family in the village. 
The author emphasizes these personal dimensions of money and globaliza
tion. She draws on her research on money, banking and the use of information an
d communication technologies in Australia, India, Malaysia, Papua New Guinea a
nd Kenya, as well as her global family networks as a migrant.
This book will be of interest to students and scholars alike who engag
e with the sociology of money and banking, and policy makers interested in migr
ation and remittances. It will also appeal to everybody interested in globaliza
tion and the personal and market aspects of money in the global South.</p&gt
;
</td><td>Supriya Singh is professor of the
sociology of communications at RMIT

University, Australia
</td><td>IN,NP,BD,BT,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-5051-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Economic
Policies and India's Reform Agenda: New Thinking</td><td>Y. V. Reddy</td><td
>2013</td><td>296</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Has the still-threatening gl
obal financial crisis really signalled the weaknesses of Economics, the scientif
ic discipline as we know it? This question has inspired a volume of essays from
Y. V. Reddy.
Navigating through the debates be
tween 2010 and 2012 on the continuing global financial crisis, Economi
c Policies and Indias Reform Agenda: New Thinking reflects the confide
nce of the former central banker who steered the nations banks to safer waters.&l
t;/p>
Reddy seeks a change in economic
thought and policy-making. Arguing for a three-fold shift in the discipline, he
calls for broadening the focus of policy-makers, improvisation in the tools empl
oyed by economists and an emphasis on empirical evidence. This new thinking, he sa
ys, will contribute to Indias accelerated development.
New Thinking
addresses three concerns of economic thought for a developing economy: public p
olicy after the crisis, the role of the financial sector in development, and the
lessons learnt from world economies. Novel in approach, this volume critically
examines Indias development strategies and suggests a redefining of the role of the
financial sector in accelerating development. The authors observations on other
developing economies and analyses of the diverse uncertainties enable a comprehe
nsive understanding of the influence of global factors on the reform agenda for
India.
Reddys New Thinking is built on experience that is gifted with foresight and understanding of
theory. His language is fluid, his ideas objective, his prescriptions visionary
. This collection will inspire debates, and encourage fresh perspectives on atta
ining the desired growth rate in India.  As it addresses a readership c
ommitted to developments in the Indian economy, his analyses are certain to ques
tion some popular convictions on the countrys economic thought and policies. </td><td>Dr Y. V.
Reddy was Governor, Reserve Bank of India, between 2003 and 2008. He
has recently been appointed Chairman of the Fourteenth Finance Commission. </td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-4883-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Decentra
lisation and Local Governments: The Indian Experience</td><td>T. R. Raghunandan<

/td><td>2012</td><td>448</td><td>695.0000</td><td>The idea of devolving
power to local governments was part of the larger political debate during the
Indian national movement. It had strong advocates like Mahatma Gandhi who felt
that the panchayats had to be the basis of government in independent India. Thi
s volume maps the trajectory that decentralisation of government has taken in t
he decades following Independence and discusses the constitutional changes and
policy decisions that make governance more accountable to and accessible for t
he common man. It presents a set of twenty-five readings that analyse the impac
t of the 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendments, which gave autonomy to the in
stitutions of both rural and urban governance.</td><td>
T. R. Raghunandan is a former Joint Secretary, Ministry of Pancha
yati Raj, Government of India. He is currently a consultant for anti-corruption
movements and an advocate of decentralised governance.</td><td>World</td><td>E
conomics</td>
rce. </li>
</li>
Sciences, Calcutta. </td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
es. 
t. 
rong> 
</td><td>
e of Social Sciences, Mumbai. </td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
g></td><td>IN,PK,LK,BD,NP,BT,MV</td><td>Economics</t
d>
<td>978-81-250-5392-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>India Ru
ral Development Report, 2012|13 </td><td>IDFC Rural Development Network</td><td>
2013</td><td>334</td><td>950.0000</td><td>Rural India is undergoing a
sweeping transformation. The narratives vary from rural resurgence and expandin
g consumption to conflicts, poverty and distress. In this complex and multi-lay
ered context, the India Rural Development Report 2013|
13 delves into various aspects of rural development. T
he Report is unique in that it provides a comprehensive current picture of rura
l India and brings together into a single compilation a review and analysis of
the:
<ul>
<li>evolving rural
economy and its implications on social relation
s; </li>
<li>contours of
regional inequality, social and economic deprivati
on; </li>
<li>inequalities
in access to education, healthcare and physical i
nfrastructure;</li>
<li>changing
nature of livelihoods with commercialisation and smal
lholder farms and
growing non-farm opportunities;</li>
<li>sustainability
of natural resources, so critical to rural live
lihoods, and the conflicts
over resources; and </li>
<li>changing role
of the state and local self-governance.</li&g
t;
</ul>
The Report also reviews all major central government rural programmes
and schemes and, in particular, provides an in-depth assessment of the flagship
rural employment guarantee programme, MGNREGA.
The Report will be of interest because it:
<ul>
<li>covers debates
on topical issues;</li>
<li>provides
empirical analyses;</li>
<li>synthesises
literature across a spectrum of issues;</li>
<li>presents
inspiring stories and innovative models to show what
works and what does
not;</li>
<li>suggests
policy directions; and </li>
<li>provides a
comprehensive rural database.</li>
</ul>
This Report has been prepared by IDFC Foundation, in collaboration wit
h network partners CESS, IRMA, IGIDR, and with contributions from other researc
hers, experts and civil society organisations working on the ground. It will be
an invaluable resource for policymakers, state and local bodies, researchers a
nd the private sector.
</td><td>IDFC Rural Development Network</str
ong>
<td>372</td><td>850.0000</td><td>
te. 
ry. 

</td><td>
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-5985-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bharat G
rameen Vikas Report 2013|14 (Hindi version of India Rural Development Report 20
13/14)</td><td>IDFC Rural Development Network</td><td>2015</td><td>300</td><td>1
950.0000</td><td>This is a Hindi version of <span&g
t;India Rural development Report 2013-14<s
pan> published by Orient BlackSwan.
India is a large country with significant social, cultural and ecologi
cal diversity reflected in the realities of its rural society and developmenta
l processes. The economic policies and developmental initiatives since independ
ence, pursued largely from a common national perspective, have helped in the po
litical and economic integration of various states and regions. Inter-regional
differences nevertheless persist and the disparities have significantly changed

in the last six decades. Regions have transformed and have become more comple
x, with disparities now visible even at a sub-regional level.
This &lt
;span>Report explores certain
facets of rural transformations in their regional contexts. It brings together
existing research by eminent scholars who have done extensive work on regional
disparities on the following themes:
<ul>
<li>
 Natural
resource endowme
nts and groundwater irrigation
</li><li>
 Backwardness
within r
egions and districts
</li><li>
 Market
integration and
development of commodity markets
</li><li>
 Non-farm
employment
</li><li>
 Inclusion of dalits and ad
ivasis in the business economy
</li><li>
 Social
movements and re
gions
</li></ul>
The Report goes beyond studyin
g regional disparities and constructs regional typologies in order to formulate
policy. This is because it has become clear that one-size-fits-all policies do n
ot work. The emergence of new regions requires appropriate policy changes to a
ccommodate diverse needs and aspirations. 
span>Report also provides a com
prehensive update on the state of rural development based on various new data a
vailable in the public domain since the release of the previous &l
t;span>India Rural Development Report<s
pan>in2013. 
It will continue to be an invalu
able resource for policy-makers at the Centre and in the states, local bodies a
nd corporates engaged with the rural sector. Students, scholars and researchers
too will find it immensely useful. </td><td>IDFC Rural Deve
lopment Network
IDFC Foundation has partnered with three leading institutions to form t
he IDFC Rural Development Network.</td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td
>
;
<ul>
<li>highlights
uced. </li>
<li>shows
the future prices
<li>pinpoints
in the housing
sed to
/li>
</ul>
ith it.  
><td>Economics</td>
duction to Experimental Economics</td><td>Gautam Gupta</td><td>2015</td><td>224<
/td><td>375.0000</td><td>Experiments in economics involve gathering hu

man subjects in a classroom or a computer laboratory, presenting them with a si
tuation and making them take decisions that are monetarily incentivised. These
decisions will later be analysed statistically or econometrically to yield resu
lts that confirm, but also challenge, predictions of economic theory, thereby
expanding the boundaries of knowledge regarding human economic behaviour and it
s motives.
An Introduction to Experimental Economics details the methodology, procedure and protocol to
be followed while conducting experiments in economics. It draws the contours o
f the newly emerging discipline through the main areas where experiments are b
eing used: 
· games involving strategic decisions where there are two players
and the decision of one player is contingent upon how she expects the other pl
ayer to behave, 
· public goods games designed to test the existence of the free ri
der problem through a voluntary contributions mechanism, and 
· games involving a choice between two or more lotteries that expl
ain decision-making under conditions of uncertainty. 
A unique feature is the discussion on experiments designed to elicit t
he impact of community, caste, religion and multiplicity of culture, based on t
he authors rigorous work in the field. Written in simple language, and with prac
tical applications in minda chapter is devoted on how to use z-Tree, an open sou
rce software which can be used to effectively run experiments in a labthis book
will interest students and scholars of economic theory and its empirical verif
ication.</td><td> Gautam Gupta
is Professor, Department of Economics, Jadavpur University, Kolkata.</
td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
0</td><td>
<ul>
investigating the
how the
and geog
essays not o
mea
semantics of the
social.</li>
mechanics
relationships
et of essays.</li>
essays em
ostensibly beyond M
</ul>
</td><td>

<td>978-81-250-5610-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>India In
frastructure Report 2013|14</td><td>IDFC Foundation </td><td>2014</td><td>348</t
d><td>750.0000</td><td>
The Indian population today has
little or no access to good quality healthcare at affordable prices. Not surpri
singly, on several of the basic health indicators India ranks amongst the lowes
t in the world. The health crisis is aggravated by a rising incidence of chroni
c and non-infectious diseases. The public health system is in jeopardy, due to
decades of appallingly low public investments; inadequate and antiquated infras
tructure; severe shortage of human resources; and inadequacies in government po
licies. Failed public health systems have forced people to turn to the private
sector, which is costly and unregulated, with services often being provided by
unqualified medical practitioners. As a result, people seeking healthcare servi
ces have the agonising choice between poor quality public facilities and costly
, yet undependable private services. Preventive and primary healthcare have bee
n marginalised, with the focus having shifted to curative tertiary care, higher
importance of clinical medicine and extremely high dependence on clinical inve
stigations. Health expenditures can be prohibitively high with the rural popula
tion and the urban poor being the worst sufferers. India is thus faced with the
daunting challenge of providing Universal Health Coverage (UHC) and ensuring t
hat all people receive good quality healthcare without facing significant finan
cial difficulty.  
Twelfth in the series, 
India Infrastructure Report 2013|14 looks at the challenges for ensu
ring availability, accessibility, affordability and quality of comprehensive h
ealthcare to all, and explores strategies to overcome the impediments along the
road to UHC. In this process, it also discusses whether initiatives taken to r
educe the burden of peoples health expenditure has yielded desirable results, ho
w to leverage the strengths of the private sector in healthcare delivery, role
played by the non-state entities in rural healthcare, imperatives of engaging w
ith the community, and the high impact of preventive care at low cost. The repo
rt draws the readers attention to some of the emerging issues in the health sect
or such as rising burden of non-communicable diseases (NCDs) and mental health,
human resource crisis in health sector and health concerns of informal sector
workers, and steps required to attend to them within the UHC framework.</p&g
t;
The result of a collaborative ef
fort led by the IDFC Foundation, this Report brings togeth
er a range of insightful perceptions of academics, researchers and practitioner
s committed to improving healthcare practices. It will be an extremely useful r
esource for policy-makers, academics, researchers and corporates engaged in thi
s sector. 
</td><td>IDFC Limited (formerly
Infrastructure Development Finance Company Limited) was incorporated in 1997 as
Indias first specialised infrastructure-financing intermediary in order to addr
ess the growing requirements of the various infrastructure sectors. IDFCs mandat
e was to lead private capital flows to commercially viable infrastructure proje
cts. Having successfully played its role in promoting private investment in inf
rastructure over the last 16 years, IDFC would now enlarge its footprint in the
financial services sector after receiving in-principle approval of the Reserve B
ank of India (RBI) to set up universal banking operations. In keeping with its
mission of being the leading knowledge-driven financial services platform, creat
ing enduring value, promoting infrastructure and nation building, in India and
beyond, IDFC has been carrying out its development agenda under the rubric of th
e IDFC Foundation. IDFC Foundation is a wholly-owned subsidiary of IDFC Limited
and a not-for-profit company within the meaning of Section 8 of the Companies
Act, 2013. IDFC Foundation, since its inception, has been involved in policy a
dvocacy and research, programme support, capacity building and community engage
ment programmes. IDFC Foundations activities are aimed at promoting inclusive gr
owth, creating livelihood opportunities for the rural population and executing
corporate social responsibility (CSR) initiatives. </td><td>World</td>
<td>Economics</td>
them. 
irms. 
y. 
</td><td>
University. 
world.
td>
Growth and its Distribution in India</td><td>Pulapre Balakrishnan (Ed.)</td><td
>2015</td><td>516</td><td>775.0000</td><td>
After a boom in the  ea
rly twenty-first century, India witnessed a macroeconomic reversal marked by a
slowdown in growth that has lasted a little longer than the boom. At the same t
ime, a fresh criterion of governance, namely  inclusion, has emerged an
d become a priority for the state. Written against the backdrop of these develo
pments, the essays in this volume represent a range of perspectives and methods
  pertaining to the study of growth and its distribution in India. &lt
;/p>
The essays in Section I take the
long view of growth in the country. They represent issues of abiding interest a
nd provide the canvas upon which the rest of the articles may be seen as placed
. Section II takes a macro view of the recent history of the economy. The essay
s explore the reasons for the shift from a regime of high growth and low inflat
ion to one of low growth and high inflation, deconstruct the dream run of the eco
nomy over 200308, and evaluate the United Progressive Alliance governments perfor
mance.
Section III comprises essays that
study the economy at the next level down, covering its agriculture, industry a
nd services. Another essay reflects upon the desirable space for finance in Ind
ia, a topic that has assumed  some relevance after the global recessi
on. Finally, the essays in Section IV address the emergence into the public sph
ere of the idea that growth must be inclusive. Accordingly, the essays here ass
ess the extent to which recent growth has been inclusive, approaching the issue
from various angles.
Assembling authoritative voices
on the economy of contemporary India, this volume will be indispensable for stu
dents of economics, management, development studies and public policy. It will
also prove useful to policymakers and journalists.
</td><td>
Pulapre Balakrishnan is Professor, Centre
for Development Studies, Thiruvananthapuram.
<td>978-81-250-5914-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>India Ru
ral Development Report 2013|14 </td><td>IDFC Rural Development Network</td><td>2
015</td><td>300</td><td>995.0000</td><td>
India is a large country with significant social, cultural and ecological dive
rsity reflected in the realities of its rural society and developmental process
es. The economic policies and developmental initiatives since independence, pur
sued largely from a common national perspective, have helped in the political a
nd economic integration of various states and regions. Inter-regional differenc
es nevertheless persist and the disparities have significantly changed in the

last six decades. Regions have transformed and have become more complex, with d
isparities now visible even at a sub-regional level.
<ul>
<li>
resource endowme
</li><li>
within r
</li><li>
integration and
</li><li>
employment
</li><li>
</li><li>
movements and re
gions
</li></ul>
too will find it immensely useful. 
</td><td><div>DFC Rural Development Network</div><div> </div><div>What is IDFC Rural Development Network?</div>&l
t;div> </div><div>IDFC Foundation has partnered with t
hree leading institutions to form the IDFC Rural Development Network. &
lt;/div><div> </div><div>IDFC Foundation</div
><div> </div><div>IDFC Limited was incorporated
in 1997 as Indias first specialised infrastructure financing intermediary in orde
r to address the growing requirements of various infrastructure sectors. IDFC Fo
undations activities, which are aimed at strengthening the delivery of public inf
rastructure services, include policy advocacy and research, programme support an
d advisory services, capacity building and community engagement programmes</d
iv><div>The Centre for Economic and Social Studies (CESS), Hyderabad&lt
;/div><div> </div><div>The Institute of Rural Ma
nagement Anand (IRMA)</div><div> </div><div>T
he Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Research (IGIDR) </div>
<div> </div></td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
p>
gt;
hed widely in India and abroad.</td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-3964-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Windows o
f Opportunity: Memoirs of an Economic Advisor</td><td>K. S. Krishnaswamy</td><td
">K. S. Krishnaswamy was a leading light in the Reserve Bank of India
and the Planning Commission between the early 1950s and the late 1970s. He reti
red as a deputy governor of the Reserve Bank. Armed with a doctorate from the London School of Econo
mics he began his career at a time when the road was rocky for newly independen
t India. The author vividly captures the optimism, commitment and desire to do
well among policy makers in those days. His ringside view of the pulls and pres
sures within the administration and outside it, the hopes that sustained a majo
rity in the bureaucracy and the lasting ties he formed with many he came in con
tact with are compelling on their own. Even more relevant is what he has to say
about the political agendas eroding the Reserve Banks autonomy and degrading de
mocratic institutions since the late 1960s.
Windows of Opportunity however is not a political polemic; it is a rum
inative memoir by one who saw much happen, and not happen, at a time when every
thing seemed possible and promising in India.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr K. S. Kris
hnaswamy served the Government of India and the Reserve Bank of India
in a number of senior positions and retired from the central bank as Deputy Gove
rnor. He was with the Economic Development Institute of the World Bank in Washin
gton on two separate occasions, including as head of the institute.</div><
/td><td>WORLD</td><td>Economics</td>
t;
<ul>
interests?</li>
<li
</li>
<li>Are the
of Michigan.</td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>

World</td><td>Economics</td>
d the Global Financial Crisis: Managing Money and Finance</td><td>Dr Yaga Venugo
pal Reddy <a href=</td><td>2009</td><td>368</td><td>6
25.0000</td><td>This collection of essays provides insights into the ma
king of public policies across a spectrum of areas between the years 2003 and 20
08, a period of rapid growth of the Indian Economy as well as extraordinary chal
lenges for the conduct of monetary policy. It was during this period that Dr Y.V
. Reddy was the Governor of the Reserve Bank of India. He has earned universal a
cclaim for managing, as Governor of RBI, India's calibrated financial integr
ation with the global economy.
Ever since the financial crisis erupted in th
e USA in 2007 and spread to the rest of the world, there has been an interest in
India's management of a financial sector that has facilitated growth and ha
s yet maintained stability.
This volume attempts to answer t
hese questions. It also provides a comprehensive account of the events that led
to the global financial crisis, the policy responses, the directions for future
reforms and an Indian approach to meeting the challenges of contagion from the t
urmoil. Click here to view <a href="http://www.or
ientblackswan.com/India_and_the_Global_Financial_Crisis_Media_Coverage.pdf"
target=blank>Press coverage / Press review</a> of this book<
/td><td>Dr Yaga Venugopal Reddy served as the Gover
nor of Reserve Bank of India from September 2003 to September 2008. He is curre
ntly Emeritus Professor, University of Hyderabad. He has been a member
of Commission of Experts of The President of The UN General Assembly on Reform
s of The International Monetary and Financial System. He has also been a Guest
University, New York.
His contributions were recognised by award of Doctor of Letters (&lt
;em>honoris causa) by Sri Venkateswara University, India; and D
octor of Civil Law (honoris causa), by University of Maurit
ius. He was also elected as Honorary Fellow of the London School of Economics a
nd Political Science. Prior to being the Governor, he was
Executive Director for India, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh and Bhutan at the Internati
onal Monetary Fund. This was preceded by his stint as Deputy Governor, Reserve
Bank of India. He was also Secretary, Ministry of Finance, and Additional Secr
etary, Ministry of Commerce in the Government of India. He served the Governmen
t of Andhra Pradesh, India, in several capacities including Principal Secretary
and SecretaryFinance and Planning. He was also advisor in the World Bank. He has been closely associated with several academic institution
s in teaching and research capacities. He has authored several articles and pub
lished a number of books.</td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-4166-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Radical,
Religious, and Violent: The New Economics of Terrorism</td><td>Eli Berman</td><
td>2011</td><td>316</td><td>675.0000</td><td>How do radical religious
sects run such deadly terrorist organizations? Hezbollah, Hamas, Lashkar-e-Taiba
, and the Taliban all began as religious groups dedicated to piety and charity.
Yet once they turned to violence, they became horribly potent, executing camp
aigns of terrorism deadlier than those of their secular rivals. 
In Radical, Religious and Violent, Eli Ber
man approaches the question using the economics of organizations. He argues tha
t these terrorists (even suicide terrorists) are best understood as rational al

truists seeking to help their own communities. Yet despite the vast pool of pot
ential recruitsyoung altruists who feel their communities are repressed or endan
gered there are less than a dozen highly lethal terrorist organizations in the w
orld capable of sustained and coordinated violence that threatens governments a
nd makes hundreds of millions of civilians hesitate before boarding an airplane
. What is special about these organizations, and why are most of their follower
s religious radicals?
Drawing on parallel research on radical religious Jews, Christians, an
d Muslims, Berman shows that the most lethal terrorist groups have a common cha
racteristic: their leaders have found a way to control defection. Hezbollah, Ha
mas, and the Taliban, for example, built loyalty and cohesion by means of mutua
l aid, weeding out free riders and producing a cadre of members they could rely o
n. The secret of their deadly effectiveness lies in their resilience and cohesi
on when incentives to defect are strong. 
These insights suggest that provision of basic social services by comp
etent governments adds a critical, nonviolent component to counterterrorism str
ategies. It undermines the violent potential of radical religious organizations
without disturbing free religious practice, being drawn into theological debat
es with jihadists, or endangering civilians. </td><td>Eli Ber
man is Professor of Economics at the University of California, San Die
go, and research Director of International Security Studies at the University of
California Institute on Global Conflict and Cooperation.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK
,MV,PK</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-4185-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Global Cr
isis, Recession and Uneven Recovery</td><td>Y. V. Reddy</td><td>2011</td><td>448
</td><td>715.0000</td><td>The wor
st of the economic crisis has passed, and the global financial system is pickin
g through the wreckage of its reckless ambition. Recovery has started at differ
ent paces in different places, but it promises everywhere to be prolonged and u
neven. What has the world learnt from the most severe financial setback it has
suffered in three generations? What must it unlearn to ensure that it does not
rush into an encore? And what must India do to work towards ending the systemic
distortions in global finance and crippling economic inequities at home?
As Governor of the Reserve Bank o
f India between 2003 and 2008, Dr Y.V. Reddy stayed the course of financial pra
gmatism in times of relentless deregulation. Through visionary leadership, fine
ly calibrated financial management and a prescient reading of global economic i
ndicators, he ensured India largely escaped the fate that befell the worst aff
ected of the world's economies.
In 2009, Dr Reddy told the story
of, an account of his five years at the helm of the RBI at a time of multiple c
hallenges for the Indian economy. This new book is a sequel to last year's
bestselling work. It provides a thinker and experienced policymaker's under
standing of the genesis, anatomy and impact of the financial crisis, and of the
lessons it offered. It contains perspective and analysis that Dr Reddy has not
published before, presented in lucid style and non-technical language. This is
a looking-ahead book for India and the worldfrom an oracle who has already dem
onstrated how clearly he sees the future.
</td><td>Yaga Venugopal
Reddy was Governor, Reserve Bank of India, from 2003 to 2008. Subseq
uently, he was Member of the UN Commission of Experts to the President of the U
N General Assembly on Reforms of the International Monetary and Financial Syste
m.
Dr Reddy is currently Professor E
meritus, University of Hyderabad. He is Honorary Fellow of The London School of
Economics and Political Science. He is also on the Advisory Board of the Insti
tute for New Economic Thinking (INET) and on the International Advisory Board o
f the Columbia Program on Indian Economic Policies, Columbia University, New

York. He is a Member of an informal international group of prominent persons on
International Monetary Reforms. He is on the Advisory Group of eminent persons
to advise the Finance Minister of India on G-20 issues.
Dr Reddy was honoured with the Padma Vibhushan in 2010.
His most recent publication is India and the Global Financial Crisis:
Managing Money and Finance(Orient BlackSwan, 2009).</td><td>World</
td><td>Economics</td>
>
;
;
</td><td>
lt;br />

<td>978-81-250-3864-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The World
Bank in India: Undermining Sovereignty, Distorting Development</td><td>Michele
Kelley and Deepika DSouza</td><td>2010</td><td>535</td><td>1225.0000</td><td>Bringing together academic discussions on public policy and the experience
s of the common people of India, this collection of essays by a range of emine
nt scholars across disciplines tackles the problems of contemporary development
policy and contributes to the ongoing debate. 
The current financial crisis has clearly demonstrated the inability of
international financial institutions to maintain a stable global economic orde
r. However, few challenges to this order have been taken seriously due to the n
early complete dominance of the ideology of free markets. This volume contribut
es to the emerging critique of the present economic order and attempts to find
alternatives.
The essays originate from testimonies given at the Independent Peoples
Tribunal on the World Bank held in N
ew Delhi. The book discusses the ways in which the World Bank ha
s used undue leverage to impact key sectors of Indias economy and shows that th
e Banks policies of extreme marketisation, trade liberalisation and reduced publ
ic spending have created a shocking trend of jobless growth and increased pover
ty for the majority of people in India. It also covers the negative impacts of
the World Bank on local democratic processes and their negative ramifications o
n the environment. This work is a timely contribution to the debate over pro-po
or versus pro-corporate development policy in India and across the globe.
</td><td>Michele Kelley A New Y
ork based political organiser and activist, Michele Kelley has studied the Worl
d Bank and development policy and is a member of the Secretariat of the Indepen
dent People’s Tribunal on the World Bank. <str
ong>Deepika D’Souza Deepika D’S
ouza is the Executive Director, Human Rights Law Network, and is a founding mem
ber of the Secretariat of the Independent People’s Tribunal on the Wo
rld Bank. She is a human rights activist and has co-edited Disability
and the Law (2005).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>E
conomics</td>
the Global Financial Crisis: Managing Money and Finance</td><td>Dr Yaga Venugop
al Reddy <a href=</td><td>2009</td><td>368</td><td>85
0.0000</td><td>This collection of essays provides insights into the mak
ing of public policies across a spectrum of areas between the years 2003 and 200
8, a period of rapid growth of the Indian Economy as well as extraordinary chall
enges for the conduct of monetary policy. It was during this period that Dr Y.V.
Reddy was the Governor of the Reserve Bank of India. He has earned universal ac
claim for managing, as Governor of RBI, India's calibrated financial integra
tion with the global economy.
Ever since the financial crisis erupted in the
USA in 2007 and spread to the rest of the world, there has been an interest in
India's management of a financial sector that has facilitated growth and has
yet maintained stability.
This volume attempts to answer th
ese questions. It also provides a comprehensive account of the events that led t
o the global financial crisis, the policy responses, the directions for future r
eforms and an Indian approach to meeting the challenges of contagion from the tu
rmoil.

Click here to view <a href="http://www.orientblackswan.com/Indi
a_and_the_Global_Financial_Crisis_Media_Coverage.pdf" target=blank>Press
coverage / Press review</a> of this book
</td><td>Dr Yaga Venugopal Reddy served as the Gove
rnor of Reserve Bank of India from September 2003 to September 2008. He is curr
ently Emeritus Professor, University of Hyderabad. He has been a membe
r of Commission of Experts of The President of The UN General Assembly on Refor
ms of The International Monetary and Financial System. He has also been a Guest
University, New York.</p&gt
; His contributions were recognised by award of Doctor of Letters (&l
t;em>honoris causa) by Sri Venkateswara University, India; and
Doctor of Civil Law (honoris causa), by University of Mauri
tius. He was also elected as Honorary Fellow of the London School of Economics
and Political Science. Prior to being the Governor, he was
Executive Director for India, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh and Bhutan at the Internat
ional Monetary Fund. This was preceded by his stint as Deputy Governor, Reserve
Bank of India. He was also Secretary, Ministry of Finance, and Additional Sec
retary, Ministry of Commerce in the Government of India. He served the Governme
nt of Andhra Pradesh, India, in several capacities including Principal Secretar
y and SecretaryFinance and Planning. He was also advisor in the World Bank. He has been closely associated with several academic institutio
ns in teaching and research capacities. He has authored several articles and pu
blished a number of books.</td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>

p>
rld</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-4320-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Global Cr
isisThe Way Forward: The Stiglitz Commission Report</td><td>Joseph E. Stiglitz an
d Members of a UN Commission of Financial Experts</td><td>2011</td><td>240</td><
td>795.0000</td><td>Following the world financial and economic crisis
in 2008, the president of the United Nations General Assembly convened an illus
trious international committee, chaired by Nobel Prize-winning economist Joseph
E. Stiglitz and including twenty leading experts on the international monetary
system, to address the crisis and its impact on development. 
The Stiglitz Commission Report, released by the co
mmittee in late 2009, sees the recent financial crisis as the latest and damagi
ng of several concurrent crisesof food, water, energy, and sustainabilitythat are
tightly interrelated. From short-term mitigations to deep structural changes,
from crisis response to lasting reform of the global economic and financial ar
chitecture, the analysis and recommendations recorded here establish a bold age
nda for policy change, both broad in scope and profound in its ambitions. Sure
to be the gold standard for understanding and contending with international eco
nomy for many years to come, The Stiglitz Commission Report
is essential reading for anyone concerned about a secure and prosperous world.
</td><td>Joseph Stiglitz is a professor
of economics at Columbia University and the recipient of a John Bates Clark Med
al and a Nobel Prize. He is also the former senior vice president and chief eco
nomist of the World Bank. His books include Globalization and Its Dis
contents, The Three Trillion Dollar War, Making Globalization Work,
and, most recently, Freefall. </td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,M
V</td><td>Economics</td>
India. </li>
ntries. </li>
ylvania</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-4278-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Microeco
nomic Theory Old and New: A Students Guide</td><td>John M. Gowdy</td><td>2011</td
><td>204</td><td>375.0000</td><td>Microeconomic Theory Old an
d New has two main goals. The first is to give advanced undergraduat
e and graduate students an understanding of the core model of economics: Walras
ian general equilibrium theory. The text presents in detail the three building
blocks of Walrasian theoryestablishing Pareto efficiency in a barter economy, es
tablishing the efficiency of competitive markets, and accounting for market fai
lure
The second goal is to present contemporary extensions
and emerging alternatives to the Walrasian model. Some of the theoretical inc
onsistencies in the model are presented, drawing on the work of Samuelson, Boad
way, Chipman and Moore, Ng, and Suzumura, among others. The text then presents
challenges to the basic assumptions of the Walrasian system, posed by findings
in behavioral economics and evolutionary game theory. Unde
rstanding both the Walrasian system and the theoretical and experimental critiq
ues of classical economics is essential to those who ultimately work within the
traditional framework and to those looking for an alternative, making this a m
ust read for all students of economics. <ul>
<li>The
text focuses on the intellectual framework of standard economic theory</li&g
t;
<li>Mathematical techniques relevant to theory are discussed, thus
supplementing theory</li>
<li>Discussions in the text are also su
pplemented by diagrams and equations, making them easier to grasp</li>
<li>After reading this book, students will have an understanding of how
the seemingly disparate pieces of conventional economics fit together as a syst
em</li> </ul> The text then presents challenges to the ba
sic assumptions of the Walrasian system, posed by findings in behavioral econom
ics and evolutionary game theory. 
Understanding both the
Walrasian system and the theoretical and experimental critiques of classical e
conomics is essential to those who ultimately work within the traditional frame
work and to those looking for an alternative, making this a must read for all s
tudents of economics. <ul>
<li>The text focuses on the
intellectual framework of standard economic theory</li>
<li>Mat
hematical techniques relevant to theory are discussed, this supplementing theor
y</li>
<li>Discussions in the text are also supplemented by diagr
ams and equations, making them easier to grasp</li>
<li>After re
ading this book, students will have an understanding of how the seemingly dispa
rate pieces of conventional economics fit together as a system.</li> &lt
;/ul></td><td>JOHN M. GOWDY is the Rittenhouse Teaching Pr
ofessor of Humanities and Social Science in the Department of Economics at Renss
elaer Polytechnic Institute, New York. He is President of the International Soci
ety for Ecological Economics 20102011. Gowdy has published nine other books, incl
uding Paradise for Sale: A Parable of Nature, co-authored wit
h Carl McDaniel. </td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>Economics</td>
Reforms and Growth in India: Essays from Economic and Political Weekly</td><td>
Pulapre Balakrishnan</td><td>2011</td><td>468</td><td>445.0000</td><td>This volume investigates the nature of ec
onomic growth in India, its pace over time, its relationship to changes in the
policy regime and the role of the external sector, and uses data to evaluate th
e policies that have implicitly underpinned the changes. Presenting a range of
approaches, views and conclusions, this collection comprises papers from the &l
t;strong>Economic and Political Weekly that are marked by an
empirical awareness necessary for an understanding of a growth history. The art
icles reflect a certain groundedness in their approach in that they privilege c
ontent/context over methodology. 
The introduction outlines the importance of putting together the writi
ngs of almost a decade on the subject, explains why the issue of development is
conspicuous by its absence, and presents this book as a complement to studies
addressing a wider set of issues around the economy since 1990. 
The book is thematically divided into five sections. The first two are
macroscopic in nature, focusing on the overall economic growth. While section
one provides an overview, of the subject, attributing causes and delineating th
e phases of economic growth, the papers in the second section are largely stati
stical and reflect the progress made by econometricians in devising estimation
methodologies. The two sections identify growth regimes and structural breaks i
n the Indian economy. 
The third section focuses on sectoral performances, in particular agri
cultural and industrial growth, intersectoral linkages, the role of trade and c
apital flows, and the sources of growth of Indias exports before and after econo
mic reforms. Section four presents data and analyses of inter-state variations
in economic growth and regional inequality. The last section analyses the polit
ical economy of growth in India. It throws light on the systemic implications
of socio-economic changes, their effect on the poor, and the relationship betwe
en economic growth and social development.
This volume is an important addition to the literature on post-liberal
isation economic growth in India. It will be useful to students and scholars of
economics and management.</td><td>Pulapre Balakrish
nan is Director, Centre for Development Studies, Thiruvananthapuram.&l
t;/p></td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-4219-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Change Co
nflict and Convergence : AustralAsian Scenarios</td><td>Cynthia vanden Driesen an
d Ian vanden Driesen (Eds.)</td><td>2011</td><td>396</td><td>850.0000</td><td>&l
t;p>This is the fourth volume in the series of AustralianAsian Association pu
blications and  carries on the interdisciplinary and international tra
dition of the same. The intensely provocative theme of change is traced through m
otifs of convergence or conflict across a multiplicity of disciplines. The volu
me has attracted contributions from some of the best-known authorities in their
  different fields. The papers cover subjects ranging from Sri Lankan
cricket to diplomacy on the world scene; from literary blogging to trade performa
nce; from Bollywood audiences to  aboriginal rights in Australia and&am
p;nbsp; the development of Australian studies in Spain; from a nineteenth-centu
ry Shakespeare production  in Sri Lanka  to a performance of
Bizets The Pearl Fishers in Sydney. They cover the phenomenon of change as it mani
fests itself in a range of disciplines and highlight shared commonalities as we
ll as contrasted experiences and perspectives. The book is a record of the rich
ness of the dialogue between disparate groups connected by scholarly interest a
nd intellectual curiosity, in fact, a global academic community.
</td><td>Ian vande
n Driesen completed undergraduate studies at the University of
Ceylon and doctoral studies at the London School of Economics. He has taught a
t universities in Sri Lanka, West Africa and Western Australia and was a Visiti
ng Fellow at Yale University. His research interests are in the area of economi
cs, particularly aspects of the economic history and development economics of S
ri Lanka, West Africa and  Australia. He is currently Senior Honorary
Research Fellow at the Business School of the University of Western Australia.

Cynthia vanden Drie

sen completed undergraduate studies at the University of Ceylon a
nd doctoral studies at the University of Western Australia. She has taught at
universities in Sri Lanka, India, South Korea and Nigeria and currently teaches
at the School of Communication and Arts at Edith Cowan University, Western Aus
tralia. She has researched widely in the area of postcolonial literatures and A
ustralian literature in particular. </td><td>World</td><td>Economics</
td>
<td>978-81-250-4509-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>India Aft
er the Global Crisis</td><td>Shankar Acharya</td><td>2012</td><td>240</td><td>61
5.0000</td><td>India after the Global Crisis&l
t;/strong> assesses Indias resilience in the face of the global fi
nancial crisis but then shows how the global crisis and our domestic policy fai
lures have taken a toll on Indias economic performance: growth has slowed signif
icantly, inflation has remained high, the external current account deficit has
more than doubled, and the rate of domestic investment has fallen.
Drawing upon four decades of experience in the World Bank, the Central
Government, academia and India Inc., Shankar Acharya probes deep into the daun
ting challenges that lie ahead for India. This volume is written against the ba
ckdrop of renewed global economic turmoilstalled economic revival in 2011, mount
ing problems of sovereign fiscal stress and banking fragility in Europe and USan
d clear signs of economic slowdown amid political weakness and indecision in In
dia. The author also outlines the priorities that the government must focus on
to overcome these challenges, and debunks several myths that weaken current pol
icies. A must read for economists, financial analysts, poli
cy-makers, students and the interested general reader.</td><td><p&g
t;As Chief Economic Adviser to the Government of India (19932001) 
Shankar Acharya was deeply involved in the economic reforms of t
he 1990s. He later served as a Member of the Prime Ministers Economic Advisory C
ouncil (20012003) and the Twelfth Finance Commission (2004). Earlier he worked i
n the World Bank, where he led the World Development Report team for 1979 and w
as Research Adviser to the Bank. He has authored eight books and numerous scho
larly articles. 
Currently he is Honorary Professor and Board Member of the Indian Coun
cil for Research on International Economic Relations (ICRIER). He also serves o
n the boards of other national research organisations, some corporates, the Nat
ional Security Advisory Board and the Reserve Banks Advisory Committee on Moneta
ry Policy. Dr Acharya has a PhD from Harvard University and a BA from Oxford.&l
t;/p></td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
p>

programmes.
harkhand.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Economics</td>
s: A Primer for India</td><td>G. Omkarnath</td><td>2012</td><td>296</td><td>375.
0000</td><td>Economics: A Primer for</stron
g> India is tail
or-made for foundation courses in undergraduate programmes. Its pedagogic stand
point is based on two convictions. First, a foundation course need not invoke f
ormal economic theory which is a contested terrain, especially at the present t
ime. Second, such a course should be grounded on the empirical reality of the
economy in which students live. 
Through an intuitive approach that combines concepts with history, acc
ounting and data, the primer allows the reader to discover economic processes a
nd institutions. The economic structure of society as three inter-dependent sys
tems, namely production, markets and money, is brought to relief. The process o
f economic growth as change in this structure will then be evident, as also the
critical role of policy in guiding growth. Basic concepts and measures are exp
lained with data from original sources. 
Three chapters (Chapters 6, 7 & 8) are pitched at a higher level a
nd can be useful supplements to courses in Indian economy. Its grounding in Ind
ian reality will make the primer appeal to a broad cross-section of readers, i
ncluding students of other disciplines, media persons, peoples representatives a
nd anyone curious about economy.
The distinctive features of the book include: 
<ul type="disc">
<li>Text focuses on the inter-dependent nature of the economic structure
of society</li>
<li>Elucidation of basic economic concepts and measures with relevant da
ta from original sources</li>
<li>A rigorous attention to the process of economic growth, including th
e critical role of policy
in guiding growth</li>
</ul></td><td>G. Omkarnath is Professor of Ec
onomics at University of Hyderabad.</td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>

;
/td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
<ul>
t;/li>
</ul>
. 
ISS), Mumbai.</td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-4777-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Women an
d Work</td><td>Padmini Swaminathan (Ed.)</td><td>2012</td><td>408</td><td>645.00
00</td><td>The notion of work and employment of work and employment for wo
men is complex. While economic factors predominantly determine a mans participat
ion in employment, the reasons why women work, or do not work, or whether they
work part-time or full-time, can be diverse and are often rooted in a complex
interplay of economic, cultural, social and personal factors.
In India, as in most other parts
of the world, fewer women participate in employment compared to men. This is t
he backdrop against which Women and Work analyses a wide range of issuesfrom wha
t counts for work to the economic contribution of women to how gendering of work
has many significant and related consequences.
The introduction talks of how op
pression faced by wage-earning women is the result of patriarchal norms and cap
italist relations of production. It also demonstrates how policies and programm
es anchored around data based on national income accounts and/or labour force s
urveys seriously disadvantage women in more ways than one.
Divided into four sections, the articles focus on women engaged in var
ied workpaddy-growers in West Bengal, beedi-rollers in Tamil Nadu, laceworkers i
n Andhra Pradesh and bardancers in Maharashtraall of whom live and work in dism
al conditions, and earn paltry incomes.
Bringing together well-known soc
iologists and economists, this volume will be useful for students and scholars
of sociology, economics, political science and womens studies.</td><td
>Padmini Swaminathan&lt
;/b> is Professor, Centre for Womens Studies, Tata Institute of Social Scienc
es, Mumbai.</td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-4793-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Financial
Crisis and Global Imbalances: A Development Perspective</td><td>Yilmaz Aky&#252
;z</td><td>2012</td><td>216</td><td>925.0000</td><td>Financial Crisis and Global Imbalanc
es examinesfrom a standpoint of promoting stability and
growth in developing countrieskey policy lessons to be drawn from the devastat
ing global economic crisis of 200809. The crisis has exposed deep faultlines in
the world economy which increase its susceptibility to instability and crises.
A major overhaul of the international financial system is needed in order to re
duce the likelihood of virulent crises and manage them better if they do occur.
This calls for, among others, fundamental reforms to establish multilateral di
scipline over monetary and financial policies in systemically important countri
es, to bring systematically important financial institutions and cross-border c
apital flows under control, and to involve the private sector in crisis revolut
ion. 
Reducing the likelihood of futur
e turmoil also requires that the gap in demand between surplus and deficit coun
tries be bridged, and the skewed income distribution between capital and labour
rebalanced.
In this collection of papers on t
he 200809 Great Recession and its implications, leading economist Yilmaz Ak&#252
;z underlines the need for economic restructuring along the above lines with a
view to more effective crisis prevention and intervention. Given their vulnerab
ility to shocks and limited capacity to respond, he says, this reform process i
s an endeavour in which developing economies have a crucial interest. </p&gt
;
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Yilmaz Aky&#2
52;z is Chief Economist of the South Centre and a former director of t
he Division on Globalization and Development Strategies at the United Nations Co
nference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD).</div></td><td>IN,NP,BD,BT,LK,M
V,PK</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-3386-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Eliminat
ing Human Poverty: Macroeconomic & Social Policies for Equitable Growth</td>
<td>Santosh Mehrotra and Enrique Delamonica</td><td>2008</td><td>448</td><td>850
.0000</td><td>This book focuses o
n the provision of basic social services in particular, access to education, hea
lth and water supplies as the central building blocks of any human development s
trategy. The authors concentrate on how these basic social services can be finan
ced and delivered more effectively to achieve the internationally agreed Millenn
ium Development Goals.
Their analysis, which departs from the dominant macro
economic paradigm, deploys, the results of the broad-ranging research they led a
t UNICEF and the UNDP, investigating the record on basic social services of some
thirty developing countries. In seeking to learn from the new data from this re
search, they develop an analytical argument around two potential synergies; at t
he macro-level, between poverty reduction, human development and economic growth
, and at the micro-level, between interventions to provide basic social services
. Policymakers, they argue, can integrate macroeconomic and social policy. Fisca
l, monetary, and other macroeconomic policies can be compatible with social-sect
or requirements. The authors make the case that policymakers have more flexibili
ty than is usually suggested by orthodox writers and international financial ins
titutions, and that if policymakers engaged in alternative macroeconomic and gro
wth-oriented policies, this could lead to the expansion of human capabilities an
d the fulfillment of human rights. This book explores some of these policy optio
ns.
Eliminating Human poverty also argues that more than just additional aid
is needed. Specific strategic shifts in the areas of aid policy, decentralized g
overnance, health and education policy and the private-public mix in service pro
vision are prerequisites to achieving the goals of human development. The combin
ation of governance reforms and fiscal and macroeconomic policies outlined in th
is book can eliminate human poverty in the span of a generation.</td><
td><div style="text-align: justify">Santosh Mehrotra &l
t;/b>is a human development economist educated at the New School for Social R
esearch, New York, and the University of Cambridge, where he did his doctorate.
He was associate professor in Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, before mov
ing to the United Nations in 1991. For the past fifteen years he has worked on t
he human impact of macroeconomic policy. </div><div style=&quo
t;text-align: justify"> </div><div style="textalign: justify">Enrique Delamonica is an economist an
d political scientist educated at the University of Buenos Aires, Columbia Unive
rsity, and the New School for Social Research, New York. He has worked for almos
t fifteen years as a consultant for UNICEF and UNDP and a policy analyst in UNIC
EF headquarters, focusing on the impact of macroeconomic policies on children, p
overty-reduction strategies, financing of social services and budget allocations
, the analysis of trends in socioeconomic disparities, child poverty measurement
, and social protection policies.</div></td><td>IN,BD,BT,PK,NP,LK,MV</td><
td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-3398-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Industri
al Development for the 21st Century</td><td>David OConnor and Monica Kjollerstrom
(Eds.)</td><td>2008</td><td>448</td><td>895.0000</td><td>With very few exceptions industrial development has bee
n central to the process of structural transformation which characterizes econom
ic development. Industrial development for the 21st century examines the new cha
llenges and opportunities arising from globalization, technological change, new
international trade rules and emerging global environmental challenges.
The f
irst part provides key analytical perspectives and empirical evidence on industr
ial development, while the second part focuses on key sectors with potential for
developing countries. Two key themes emerge. First, traditional points of entry
for late industrializers like textiles and clothing have become even more inten
sely competitive than ever before, requiring more innovative adaptive strategies
for success.
Second, countries now recognize that manufacturing does not exh
aust the opportunities for producing high-value-added goods and services for int
ernational markets. Knowledge intensity is increasing across all spheres of econ
omic activity, including agriculture and services, which can offer promising dev
elopment for some developing countries.
The final section addresses social an
d environmental aspects of industrial development. Labour-intensive patterns, bu
t not necessarily others, of industrial development can be highly effective in p
overty reduction though further industrial progress may be less labour-intensive

.
A range of policies can promote industrial energy and materials efficiency,
often with positive impacts on firms financial performance as well as the enviro
nment. Promoting materials recycling and reuse is an effective, though indirect,
means of conserving resources.
Finally, the growth of multinational interest
in corporate social responsibility is traced, with consideration given to both
the barriers and opportunities this can pose for developing country enterprises
linked to global supply chains.</td><td><div style="text-align
: justify">David O'Connor is Chief of the Policy
Integration and Analysis Branch of the United Nations Division for Sustainable D
evelopment in the Department for Economic and Social Affairs (DESA). Before join
ing the UN, he worked for a decade and a half at the Organization for Economic C
ooperation and Development (OECD) Development Centre in Paris. In addition to co
ntributing many professional journal articles and book chapters, he is author of
Managing the Environment with Rapid Industrialization: Lessons from the East As
ian Experience. He holds degrees from Yale, Wisconsin, Stanford and London unive
rsities. Mónica Kjöllerström is a Sustainable Development Affair
s Officer at the United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs (UN-DE
SA) in New York. Prior to that, she worked for the Agricultural Development Unit
of the United Nations Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (
ECLAC), in Santiago, Chile. Before joining the United Nations, Ms. Kjöllers
tröm worked for the Embassy of Portugal in the United States as deputy econ
omic counselor and as a researcher at the Portuguese Ministry of Planning. She h
olds a degree in Economics from the Technical University of Lisbon, Portugal, an
d a Master of Science in Agricultural Economics from McGill University in Montre
al, Canada.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,ID,TH,LA,VN,KH,MM,MY,SG,PH,
TL</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-3549-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Post-Refo
rm Development In Asia - Essays for Amiya Kumar Bagchi</td><td>Manoj Kumar Sanya
l, Mandira Sanyal and Shahina Amin (Eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>360</td><td>895.0
000</td><td>This festschrift volu
me for Professor Amiya Kumar Bagchi dwells on issue
s often raised in the development debate whether neo-liberal reforms in developi
ng nations have raised inequality and poverty, food insecurity, hindered empower
ment of women, aggravated agrarian distress, reallocated resources for private p
rofitability and facilitated the rise of multi-national oligopoly according infe
rior status to the domestic industries in the host countries. Most of the issues
have been examined on the basis of empirical data drawn from China, India and B
angladesh. 
Essays on China concentrate on po
st-reform issues of inequality across regions and rural-urban locations and its
failure to achieve targets of human development while experiencing rapid economi
c growth. Discussions on changes in policy environment since the early days of t
he Peoples Republic of China also constitute the basic themes of the essays. Food
insecurity, growth-poverty-employment relationship, gender discrimination in th
e labour market and agrarian distress caused by withdrawal of state support to s
mall farmers growing commercial crops and revision of priority sector lending po
licy at the cost of small farmers and entrepreneurs are the major themes of essa
ys written in the Indian context of post-reform development. In an essay on Bang
ladesh the poverty issues has been revisited in the context of child work. Agrar
ian issues have also been raised in an essay where the author proposes an altern
ative peasant social construction for the dual affirmation of land rights of the
state and of the peasant family. In the last two essays authors look far beyond
the mainstream tradition to develop an analytical framework for understanding i
ssues relating to the recent rise of multi-national firms and the phenomenal gro
wth of Indias software technology. 
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Manoj Kumar S
anyal is an independent researcher and economist.</div><div s
uot;text-align: justify">Mandira Sanyal's researc

h interest range from issues involving innovations in agricultural inputs to env
ironment and human development. </div><div style="text-al
ign: justify"> </div><div style="text-align: ju
stify">Shahina Amin is Associate Professor of Economi
cs at the University of Northern Iowa. She has worked on poverty, child labour a
nd gender related issues in the context of Bangladesh, and Malayasia for more th
an a decade.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-3526-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ageing a
nd Development</td><td>Rob Vos, Jose Antonio Ocampo and Ana Luiza Cortez </td><t
y">That we all live longer is perhaps one of the greatest achievements o
f human progress. Yet increased life expectancy and lower fertility rates across
the globe are having a huge impact on the structure of populations, offering bo
th challenges and opportunities for the future.

Ageing and Developm
ent is an authoritative analysis of the social and economic impli
cations of this trend. Can we provide enough pensions for old people to live com
fortably? How can old people be empowered to play a more positive role in societ
y? What will the role of grandparents be in the emerging new social structures?
What are the implications for health services? How can the very old be cared for
? Providing a wealth of statistical and quantitative evidence and compiled by le
ading economists working at the forefront of this area, this book argues that th
ese challenges are not insurmountable, but societies everywhere need to put in p
lace the required policies to confront these challenges effectively. This is a t
imely and definitive guide to the impact of ageing populations.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Rob Vos is Director of the Development Policy and Analysis Division at the Departme
nt of Economic and Social affairs of the United Nations. He is also an affiliate
Professor of Finance and Development at the Institute of Social Studies in The
Hague. </div><div style="text-align: justify">&lt
;br /></div><div style="text-align: justify">J
ose Antonio Ocampo is professor in the Professional Practice of Intern
ational and Public Affairs at Columbia University, New York. At the time of writ
ing he was United Nations Under-Secretary-General for Economic and Social Affair
div><div style="text-align: justify">Ana Luiza Corte
z is Chief of the Secretariat of the Committee for Development Policy
at the Department of Economic and Social Affairs of the United Nations, New York
.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,ID,TH,LA,VN,KH,MM,PH,TL,DZ,AO,BJ,BW,B
F,BI,CM,CV,CF,TD,KM,CG,CD,DJ,EG,GQ,ER,ET,GA,GM,GH,GN,GW,CI,KE,LS,LR,LY,MG,MW,ML,
MR,MU,MA,MZ,NA,NE,NG,RW,ST,SN,SC,SL,SO,ZA,SD,SZ,TZ,TG,TN,UG,ZM,ZW</td><td>Econom
ics</td>
<td>978-81-250-3525-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Uneven E
conomic Development</td><td>José Antonio Ocampo and Rob Vos</td><td>2008</t
t;Inequality in the world is high and rising. The problem of global uneven devel
opment is central to, and inseparable from, the international development agenda
.
In Uneven Economic Development, leading economists and development experts
examine the causes and implications of international economic divergences. This
comprehensive and timely book reviews economic growth and structural change patt
erns since the 1960s, before critically reviewing the respective role and impact
of trade liberalization, macroeconomic policies, governance and institutions on
comparative national economic performance, particularly in developing countries
. With country studies included to exemplify the issues at hand, this is a defin
itive guide to identifying, addressing and perhaps even finding a solution to th
is global phenomenon.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify&
quot;>Jose Antonio Ocampo was United Nations Under-Secreta
ry-General for Economic and Social Affairs from September 2003 until June 2007.
He is currently a professor at Columbia University. </div><div
"text-align: justify">Rob Vos is Director of the
Development Policy and Analysis Division at the Department of Economic and Soci
al affairs of the United Nations. He is also an affiliate Professor of Finance a
nd Development at the Institute of Social Studies in The Hague and Professor of
Development Economics at the Free University, Amsterdam.</div></td><td>IN,
NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,ID,TH,LA,VN,KH,MM,PH,TL,DZ,AO,BJ,BW,BF,BI,CM,CV,CF,TD,KM,CG,CD
,DJ,EG,GQ,ER,ET,GA,GM,GH,GN,GW,CI,KE,LS,LR,LY,MG,MW,ML,MR,MU,MA,MZ,NA,NE,NG,RW,S
T,SN,SC,SL,SO,ZA,SD,SZ,TZ,TG,TN,UG,ZM,ZW</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-3584-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Diaspora
s and Development</td><td>Barbara J. Merz, Lincoln C. Chen and Peter F. Geithner
justify">Diasporas and Development aims to deepen the understanding of
the promise and pitfalls of diaspora engagement and how it may help to bridge th
e distances between societies in an unequal world. Just as trade, finance, infor
mation and technologies are moving rapidly across borders, so too have labour ma
rkets and transnational migrant communities. Migrants are sending large quantiti
es of money back to their countries of origin in the form of philanthropy, remit
tances and commercial investments. They are also sharing knowledge and skills le
arned or honed abroad.
Is greater global equity an inevitable consequence of
diaspora engagement in their countries of origin, or can it actually aggravate
inequity?
Diasporas and Development examines the positiveand sometimes negativ
eimpacts of diaspora engagement through examination of policies and philanthropic
modalities as well as specific regional examples of diaspora activity.</p&gt
;</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Barbara Merz
 directs the Philanthropy program at Harvards Global Equity Initiative
and holds a research appointment at the Hauser Center for Nonprofit Organization
div><div style="text-align: justify">Lincoln Chen&lt
;/b> is the founding director of Harvards Global Initiative. He now serves as
President of Chinas Medical Board, an independent foundation that seeks to advanc
e health in China and Asia through medical education and research.</div>&l
tyle="text-align: justify">Peter F. Geithner is
an advisor to the Global Equity Initiative and the Ash Institute at Harvard Univ
ersity and serves as a consultant to the Rockefeller Foundation, Sasakawa Peace
Foundation, and other nonprofit organizations.</div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,B
D,LK,MV</td><td>Economics</td>
conomic and Financial Crisis: Essays from Economic and Political Weekly</td><td>
</td><td>2009</td><td>368</td><td>495.0000</td><td>A collapse in
housing prices in the United States in the middle of 2007 led to a rise in defau
lts in loan repayments and then rapidly to major losses in financial institution
s across the world. The financial crisis of 2007 and 2008 took little time to tu
rn into the global economic crisis of 2008 and 2009, leaving no country and no s
ector untouched and has become the worst contraction since the Depression of the
1930s.
The structure of financial innovation that drove growth for close to a
quarter of a century has turned out to be a house of cards. Governments and cent
ral banks are now rethinking the organization and role of banks. The incentives
given to executives of the financial institutions to promote profits at all cost
s have been put under scrutiny.
This volume puts together a collection of es
says on a number of aspects of the global economic and financial crisis that wer
e first published in the Economic & Political Weekly in early 2009.
Econo
mists and policy makers from across the world cover six areas from a global and
Indian perspective. One set of articles discusses the structural causes of the f
inancial crisis. A second focuses on banking and offers solutions for the future
. A third examines the role of the US dollar in the unfolding of the crisis. A f
ourth area of study is the impact on global income distribution. A fifth set of
essays takes a long-term view of policy choices confronting the governments of t
he world.
A separate section assesses the downturn in India, the state of the
domestic financial sector, the impact on the informal economy and the reforms n
ecessary to prevent another crisis.
This book is essential reading for anyone
interested in and concerned about the global economic and financial crisis.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
ional Relations in India: Bringing Theory Back Home</td><td>Kanti Bajpai and Sid
dharth Mallavarapu</td><td>2004</td><td>546</td><td>750.0000</td><td>This reader is a collection of first-rate th
eoretical engagements relating to International Relations</stro
ng> from across India. The class character of contemporary international law,
reassessing the conceptual foundations of imperialism, mapping human security,
evaluating the gaze of Orientalism and defending the analytical relevance of gende
r as a lens to examine national security are issues covered in the theoretical a
mbit of this volume. The book also addresses two other core issues: contesting t
he Delhi-centricity of the discipline and acknowledging the relevance of theory
to policy.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">&l
t;b>Kanti Bajpai was Professor of Disarmament Studies, School of In
ternational Studies, JNU, until 2003, when he was appointed Principal of Doon Sc
hool.  </div><div style="text-align: justify">&lt
;br /></div><div style="text-align: justify">S
iddharth Mallavarapu holds a Ph.D. in International Relations Studies
from JNU and is currently Associate Professor at JNU.</div></td><td>World<
/td><td>Economics</td>
ional Relations in India: Theorising the Region and Nation</td><td>Kanti Bajpai
and Siddharth Mallavarapu</td><td>2004</td><td>414</td><td>695.0000</td><td>The companion volume to 
International Relations in India: Bringing Theory Back Home deals
with the interplay between identities and foreign policy, borders and notions of
territoriality and critical geopolitics. The book also makes room for new inter
pretations of conventional areas of International Relations such as power and vi
olence, thereby creating the conditions for a sustained and serious theoretical
conversation of the discipline in India. Of particular relevance are contributio
ns in the field of International Political Economy, an area of traditional negle
ct in the South Asian setting.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Kanti Bajpai was Professor of Disarmament S
tudies, School of International Studies, JNU, until 2003, when he was appointed
Principal of Doon School. </div><div style="text-align: j
ustify"> </div><div>Siddharth Mallavarap
u holds a Ph.D. in International Relations Studies from JNU and is cur
rently Associate Professor at JNU.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Economics</
td>
<td>978-81-250-3064-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Policy M
atters</td><td>Jose Antonio Ocampo, Jomo K.S, Sarbuland Khan (Eds.)</td><td>2007
;>In 2000, UN member states pledged to halve world poverty by 2015, among oth
er Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). But progress has been elusive since.
The chapters in this volume address disparate problems in achieving the UN Devel
opment Agenda, from the complex effects of trade and financial liberalization to
the realities of development aid, itself a central pillar of the MDGs. The uni
fying theme is one of economic and social integration, and an emphasis on long-t
erm strategic investments in education, health and infrastructure.
By challen
ging mainstream economic thought, policy Matters is required reading for student
s, academics and activists wanting to engage in the debate, and help achieve the
MDGs.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"><b&
gt;Jose Antonio Ocampo is Under Secretary General for Economic and Soc
ial Affairs, Jomo K.S is Assistant Secretary General
for Economic Development and Sarbuland Khan was Director of
the Office for Economic and Social Council Support and Coordinator in the Depart
ment of Economic and Social Affairs(DESA) in the united Nations Secretariat.<
/div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,ID,TH,LA,VN,KH,MM,PH,TL,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,
JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS,CN,DZ,AO,BJ,BW,BF,BI,CM,CV,CF,TD,KM,CG,CD,DJ,EG,GQ,ER
,ET,GA,GM,GH,GN,GW,CI,KE,LS,LR,LY,MG,MW,ML,MR,MU,MA,MZ,NA,NE,NG,RW,ST,SN</td><td
>Economics</td>
ional Finance and Development</td><td>José Antonio Ocampo, Jan Kregel, Step
hany Griffith-Jones (Editors)</td><td>2006</td><td>224</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
International Finance and Develop
ment offers a comprehensive survey of the major financing issues influencing eco
nomic development since the historic Monterrey Consensus of the International Co
nference on Financing for Development in 2002. As most recent international priv
ate capital flows have been unlikely to significantly enhance new productive inv
estments in the developing countries, it is necessary to design appropriate mech
anisms to ensure they contribute to development. However, recent trends in offic
ial development financing offer some grounds for optimism, although much more ne
eds to be done. External debt problems of many developing countries, especially
the least developed countries, seem likely to continue to constrain their prospe
cts for development. The final part on systemic issues highlights new concerns a
nd the modest progress in ensuring that the international monetary and financial
system better serves economic growth and development throughout the world, espe
cially in the developing countries.</td><td><div style="text-a
lign: justify">José Antonio Ocampo is Under-Secr
etary-General for Economic and Social Affairs while Jan Kregel</b&gt
; was Chief of the Policy Analysis and Development Branch of the Financing For D
evelopment Office in the Department of Economic and Social Affairs (DESA) in the
United Nations Secretariat. Stephany Griffith-Jones is Profe
ssorial Fellow at the Institute of Development Studies at the University of Suss
ex, and worked at DESA in 2005.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,ID,TH,L
A,VN,KH,MM,PH,TL,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS,CN,DZ,AO,BJ,BW,BF,
BI,CM,CV,CF,TD,KM,CG,CD,DJ,EG,GQ,ER,ET,GA,GM,GH,GN,GW,CI,KE,LS,LR,LY,MG,MW,ML,MR
,MU,MA,MZ,NA,NE,NG,RW,ST,SN</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-2306-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Global P
olitical Economy: Understanding the International Economic Order</td><td>Robert
Gilpin</td><td>2003</td><td>435</td><td>775.0000</td><td>This book focuses on the powerful economic, political an
d technological forces that have transformed the world. The author gives particu
lar attention to economic globalisation, its real and alleged implications for e
conomic affairs, and the degree to which its nature, extent and significance hav
e been exaggerated and misunderstood. Moreover, he demonstrates that national po
licies and domestic economies remain the most critical determinants of economic
affairs. Gilpin employs the conventional theory of international trade, insights
from the theory of industrial organization, and endogenous growth theory. In ad
dition, ideas from political science, history, and other disciplines are employe
d to enrich understanding of the new international economic order.</td
><td><div style="text-align: justify">Robert Gilpin,&lt
;/b> is the Eisenhower Professor of Public and International Affairs Emeritus
at Princeton University.</div></td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,PK,MM</td><td>Econo
mics</td>
<td>978-81-250-1880-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>An Introd
uction to Development and Regional Planning</td><td>Jayasri Ray Chaudhuri</td><t

y">An Introduction to Development and Regional Planning offers a compreh
ensive analyses of planning in India at a macro, meso and micro level. This book
discusses concepts and theories of development and various contradictions arisi
ng out of policy intervention. This text provides compulsory reading for student
s of Economics, Geography, Regional and Urban Planning.</td><td><di
v style="text-align: justify">Jayasri Ray Chaudhuri</b&
gt;, Assistant Professor, Department of Geography, Lady Brabourne College, Calcu
tta.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-0844-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Money and
Finance: Issues, Institutions, Policies</td><td>Deena Khatkhate (Ed.)</td><td>1
uot;>This book gathers together articles published over time in the Economic
and Political Weekly, on money and monetary policy in general and on Indias monet
ary and financial problems and policies in particular. (HB)</td><td>&l
t;div style="text-align: justify">Deena Khatkhate</b&gt
; (Ed.), is a consultant in the World Bank and has published numerous articles o
n monetary and banking policies.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Economics</td
>
<td>978-1-84277-833-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Flat Worl
d, Big Gaps</td><td>Jomo K.S</td><td>2007</td><td>448</td><td>775.0000</td><td>&
lt;p style="text-align: justify">Many mainstream economists have cl
aimed that globalization creates worldwide growth, and that economic liberalizat
ion will lead to the economic convergence and lower inequality.
It is now cle
ar that since the 1980s the world economy has experienced slower growth as well a
s greater inequalities at the national level. The research in this volume provid
es rigorous empirical analyses of how economic liberalization has actually affec
ted inequality, poverty and development in recent decades.

Avoiding polemics and rhetoric, t
he book provides a balanced account of recent trends, the effect of globalizatio
n and liberalization, and the comparative experiences of countries that have pur
sued different economic policies and trajectories. 
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Jomo K.S. is Assistant Secretary General for Economic Development and Jacques Baudo
t was Coordinator of the World summit for Social Development, Director of the Di
vision for Social Policy and Development and Coordinator of the International Fo
rum for Social Development, all based in the Department of Economic and Social A
ffairs(DESA) of the United Nations Secretariat.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,
LK,PK,MV,ID,TH,LA,VN,KH,MM,PH,TL,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS,CN
,DZ,AO,BJ,BW,BF,BI,CM,CV,CF,TD,KM,CG,CD,DJ,EG,GQ,ER,ET,GA,GM,GH,GN,GW,CI,KE,LS,L
R,LY,MG,MW,ML,MR,MU,MA,MZ,NA,NE,NG,RW,ST,SN</td><td>Economics</td>
<td>978-81-250-0029-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Elements
of Educational Psychology</td><td>H.R.Bhatia</td><td>1973</td><td>558</td><td>34
5.0000</td><td>Explaining the bro
ad facts and principles of Educational Psychology, this book now forms an indisp
ensable text for those preparing for the teaching profession. Several mental act
ivities and functions and the growth and development of the child are discussed
in the context of the educational situation of Indian schools. The sections on i
ntelligence and personality tests have been written entirely in the light of new
findings in psychology.</td><td>H.R.Bhatia</td><td
>World</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-0-8218-9177-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Probabil
ity: The Science of Uncertainty: with Applications to Investments, Insurance, an
d Engineering</td><td>Michael A Bean</td><td>2012</td><td>448</td><td>1140.0000<
/td><td>This book covers the basic probability </stron
g>of distributions with an emphasis on applications from the areas of <str
ong>investments, insurance, and engineering. Written by a Fell

ow of the Casualty Actuarial Society and the Society of Actuaries with many year
s of experience as a university professor and industry practitioner, the book is
suitable as a text for senior undergraduate and beginning graduate students in
mathematics, statistics, actuarial science, finance, or engineering as well as a
reference for practitioners in these fields. The book is particularly well suit
ed for students preparing for professional exams, and for several years it has b
een recommended as a textbook on the syllabus of examinations for the Casualty A
ctuarial Society and the Society of Actuaries.
In addition to covering the standard topics and probability distributions, this
book includes separate sections on more specialized topics such as mixtures and
compound distributions, distributions of transformations, and the application of
specialized distributions such as the Pareto, beta, and Weibull. The book also
has a number of unique features such as a detailed description of the celebrated
Markowitz investment portfolio selection model. A separate section contains inf
ormation on how graphs of the specific distributions studied in the book can be
created using MathematicaTM.
The book includes a large number of problems of varying difficulty. A student ma
nual with solutions to selected problems is available electronically from the &q
uot;Solutions Manual" link above.
An instructor''s manual for this title is available electronically. Plea
se send email to <a href="textbooks@ams.org">textbooks@ams.org&l
t;/a> for more information.</td><td>Michael A. Bean</td><td>IN,NP,B
T,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-0-8218-9178-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Math
ematics of Finance: Modeling and Hedging</td><td>Victor Goodman, Joseph Stampfli
justify">This book is ideally suited for an introductory undergraduate
course on financial engineering. It explains the basic concepts of financial der
ivatives, including put and call options, as well as more complex derivatives su
ch as barrier options and options on futures contracts. Both discrete and contin
uous models of market behavior are developed in this book. In particular, the an
alysis of option prices developed by Black and Scholes is explained in a self-co
ntained way, using both the probabilistic Brownian motion method and the analyti
cal differential equations method.

The book begins with binomial sto
ck price models, moves on to multistage models, then to the Cox-Ross-Rubinstein
option pricing process, and then to the Black-Scholes formula. Other topics pres
ented include Zero Coupon Bonds, forward rates, the yield curve, and several bon
d price models. The book continues with foreign exchange models and the Keynes I
nterest Rate Parity Formula, and concludes with the study of country risk, a top
ic not inappropriate for the times.
In addition to theoretical results, numerical models are presented in much det
ail. Each of the eleven chapters includes a variety of exercises.
An instructor''s manual for this title is available electronically. Pl
ease send email to <a href="www.gmail.com">textbooks@ams.org<
/a> for more information.
</td><td>Victor Goodman and Joseph Stampfli</b&gt
;, Indiana University, Bloomington, IN</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Educ
ation</td>
tion to Complex Analysis</td><td>Rolf Nevanlinna, Veikko Paatero</td><td>2012</t
gt;It really is a gem, both in terms of its table of contents and the level of d
iscussion. The exercises also look very good.

 --Clifford Earle, Cornell Univer
sity
This book has a soul and has passion.
 --William Abikoff, University of
Connecticut
This classic book gives an excellent presentation of topics usually treated in
a complex analysis course, starting with basic not
ions (rational functions, linear transformations, analytic function), and culmin
ating in the discussion of conformal mappings, including the Riemann mapping the
orem and the Picard theorem. The two quotes above confirm that the book can be s
uccessfully used as a text for a class or for self-study.
</td><td>Rolf Nevanlinna and Veikko Paatero</td><td>IN,NP,BT,
BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Education</td>
ductory Course on Mathematical Game Theory</td><td>Julio González-Díaz
, Ignacio García-Jurado, M Gloria Fiestras-Janeiro</td><td>2012</td><td>324
</td><td>1020.0000</td><td><st
rong>Game theory provides a mathematical setting for analyzing
competition and cooperation in interactive situations. The theory has been famo
usly applied in economics, but is relevant in many other sciences, such as polit
ical science, biology, and, more recently, computer science. This book presents
an introductory and up-to-date course on game theory</strong&gt
; addressed to mathematicians and economists, and to other scientists having a b
asic mathematical background. The book is self-contained, providing a formal des
cription of the classic game-theoretic concepts together with rigorous proofs of
the main results in the field. The theory is illustrated through abundant examp
les, applications, and exercises. 
The style is distinctively concis
e, while offering motivations and interpretations of the theory to make the book
accessible to a wide readership. The basic concepts and results of game theory
are given a formal treatment, and the mathematical tools necessary to develop th
em are carefully presented. Cooperative games are explained in detail, with barg
aining and TU-games being treated as part of a general framework. The authors st
ress the relation between game theory and operations research.
The book is suitable for a graduate or an advanced undergraduate course on gam
e theory.
</td><td>Julio González-Díaz, Universidade de Santi
ago de Compostela, Spain, Ignacio García-Jurado, Univers
idad de Coruña, Spain, and M. Gloria Fiestras-Janeiro, U
niversidade de Vigo, Spain</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Education</td>
ity</td><td>Davar Khoshnevisan</td><td>2012</td><td>224</td><td>900.0000</td><td
>This is a textbook for a one-sem
ester graduate course in measure-theoretic probability</strong&
gt; theory, but with ample material to cover an ordinary year-long course at a m
ore leisurely pace. Khoshnevisan''s approach is to develop the ideas tha
t are absolutely central to modern probability theory, and to showcase them by p
resenting their various applications. As a result, a few of the familiar topics
are replaced by interesting non-standard ones.
The topics range from undergraduate probability and classical limit theorems to
Brownian motion and elements of stochastic calculus. Throughout, the reader will
find many exciting applications of probability theory and probabilistic reasoni
ng. There are numerous exercises, ranging from the routine to the very difficult
. Each chapter concludes with historical notes.</td><td>Davar
Khoshnevisan, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT</td><td>IN,NP,BT
,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-0-8218-9182-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Gentle
Introduction to Game Theory</td><td>Saul Stahl</td><td>2012</td><td>176</td><td
>900.0000</td><td>The mathematica

l theory of games was first developed as a model for situations of conflict, whe
ther actual or recreational. It gained widespread recognition when it was applie
d to the theoretical study of economics by von Neumann and Morgenstern in <st
rong>Theory of Games and Economic Behavior in the 1940s. The l
ater bestowal in 1994 of the Nobel Prize in economics on Nash underscores the im
portant role this theory has played in the intellectual life of the twentieth ce
ntury.
This volume is based on courses given by the author at the University of Kansa
s. The exposition is "gentle" because it requires only some knowledge
of coordinate geometry; linear programming is not used. It is "mathematical
" because it is more concerned with the mathematical solution of games than
with their applications.

Existing textbooks on the topic t
end to focus either on the applications or on the mathematics at a level that ma
kes the works inaccessible to most non-mathematicians. This book nicely fits in
between these two alternatives. It discusses examples and completely solves them
with tools that require no more than high school algebra. 
In this text, proofs are provided
for both von Neumann''s Minimax Theorem and the existence of the Nash E
quilibrium in the $2 \times 2$ case. Readers will gain both a sense of the range
of applications and a better understanding of the theoretical framework of thes
e two deep mathematical concepts.
</td><td>Saul Stahl, University of Kansas, Lawrence, KS</td><
td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-0-8218-9183-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Models o
f Conflict and Cooperation</td><td>Rick Gillman, David Housman</td><td>2012</td>
;Models of Conflict and Cooperation is a comprehens
ive, introductory, game theory text for general undergraduate students. As a tex
tbook, it provides a new and distinctive experience for students working to beco
me quantitatively literate. Each chapter begins with a "dialogue" that
models quantitative discourse while previewing the topics presented in the rest
of the chapter. Subsequent sections develop the key ideas starting with basic m
odels and ending with deep concepts and results. Throughout all of the sections,
attention is given to promoting student engagement with the material through re
levant models, recommended activities, and exercises. The general game models th
at are discussed include deterministic, strategic, sequential, bargaining, coali
tion, and fair division games. A separate, essential chapter discusses player pr
eferences. All of the chapters are designed to strengthen the fundamental mathem
atical skills of quantitative literacy: logical reasoning, basic algebra and pro
bability skills, geometric reasoning, and problem solving. A distinctive feature
of this book is its emphasis on the process of mathematical modeling.
</td><td>Rick Gillman, Valparaiso University, IN, and <b&g
t;David Housman, Goshen College, IN</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><
td>Education</td>
<td>978-0-8218-9184-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mathemat
ics of Financial Obligations</td><td>A V Mel'nikov, S N Volkov, M L Nechaev<
justify">Contemporary finance and actuarial calculations have become so
mathematically complex that a rigorous exposition is required for an accurate an
d complete presentation. This volume delivers just that. It gives a comprehensiv
e and up-to-date methodology for financial pricing and modelling. Also included
are special cases useful for practical applications.
Beyond the traditional areas of hedging and investment on complete markets (the
Black-Scholes and Cox-Ross-Rubinstein models), the book includes topics that are
not currently available in monograph form, such as incomplete markets, markets
with constraints, imperfect forms of hedging, and the convergence of calculation

s in finance and insurance.
The book is geared toward specialists in finance and actuarial mathematics, prac
titioners in the financial and insurance business, students, and post-docs in co
rresponding areas of study. Readers should have a foundation in probability theo
ry, random processes, and mathematical statistics.</td><td><div sty
le="text-align: justify">A. V. Mel''nikov, S. N. V
olkov, and M. L. Nechaev, Steklov Institute of Mathematics, Moscow, Ru
ssia</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-0-8218-9185-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Real Ana
lysis and Applications: Including Fourier Series and the Calculus of Variations<
/td><td>Frank Morgan</td><td>2012</td><td>200</td><td>900.0000</td><td>Real Analysis and Applicatio
ns starts with a streamlined, but complete, approach to real anal
ysis. It finishes with a wide variety of applications in Fourier series and the
calculus of variations, including minimal surfaces, physics, economics, Riemanni
an geometry, and general relativity. The basic theory includes all the standard
topics: limits of sequences, topology, compactness, the Cantor set and fractals,
calculus with the Riemann integral, a chapter on the Lebesgue theory, sequences
of functions, infinite series, and the exponential and Gamma functions. The app
lications conclude with a computation of the relativistic precession of Mercury&
#39;'s orbit, which Einstein called "convincing proof of the correctnes
s of the theory [of General Relativity]."

The text not only provides clear,
logical proofs, but also shows the student how to derive them. The excellent ex
ercises come with select solutions in the back. This is a text that makes it pos
sible to do the full theory and significant applications in one semester.
Frank Morgan is the author of six books and over one hundred articles on mathe
matics. He is an inaugural recipient of the Mathematical Association of America&
#39;'s national Haimo award for excellence in teaching. With this applied ve
rsion of his Real Analysis text, Morgan brings his famous direct style to the gr
owing numbers of potential mathematics majors who want to see applications along
with the theory.
The book is suitable for undergraduates interested in real analysis.
</td><td>Frank Morgan, Williams College, Williamstown, MA</td
><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Education</td>
duction to Game-Theoretic Modelling</td><td>Michael Mesterton-Gibbons</td><td>20
uot;>This book is about using game theory in mat
hematical modelling. It is an introductory text, covering the basic ideas and me
thods of game theory as well as the necessary ideas from the vast spectrum of sc
ientific study where the methods are applied.
 It has by now become generally a
pparent that game theory is a fascinating branch of mathematics with both seriou
s and recreational applications. Strategic behavior arises whenever the outcome
of an individual''s action depends on actions to be taken by other indiv
iduals--whether human, as in the Prisoners'' Dilemma, or otherwise, as i
n the "duels of damselflies". As a result, game-theoretic mathematical
models are applicable in both the social and natural sciences. In reading this
book, you can learn not just about game theory, but also about how to model real
situations so that they can be analyzed mathematically.

Mesterton-Gibbons includes the fa
miliar game theory examples where they are needed for explaining the mathematics
or when they provide a valuable application. There are also plenty of new examp
les, in particular from biology, such as competitions for territory or mates, ga
mes among kin versus games between kin, and cooperative wildlife management.
Prerequisites are modest. Students should have some mathematical maturity and
a familiarity with basic calculus, matrix algebra, probability, and some differe
ntial equations. As Mesterton-Gibbons writes, "The recurring theme is that
game theory is fun to learn, doesn''t require a large amount of mathemat
ical rigor, and has great potential for application."
This new edition contains a significant amount of updates and new material, pa
rticularly on biological games. An important chapter on population games now has
virtually all new material. The book is absolutely up-to-date with numerous ref
erences to the literature. Each chapter ends with a commentary which surveys cur
rent developments.
</td><td>Mike Mesterton-Gibbons, Florida State University, Ta
llahassee, FL</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-0-86311-219-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>You Can
Draw ....</td><td>S.Basu</td><td>1991</td><td>60</td><td>35.0000</td><td>This resource book for teachers teaches
them the technique of drawing and helps them to use the blackboard as an effecti
ve teaching medium across the curriculum. Teachers will discover how easy it is
to draw with a little practice, using a few simple techniques.</td><td
>S.Basu, St. Xaviers School, New Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>
Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-0800-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>How to U
se the Blackboard in Teaching English</td><td>D.Horsburgh</td><td>1967</td><td>6
0</td><td>125.0000</td><td>Perhap
s the most used prop in todays classroom in India is the blackboard. David Horsbu
rghs book will enable the teacher to use the blackboard more effectively and help
him to acquire a repertoire of blackboard drawings to use in his teaching.</td><td>D.Horsburgh</td><td>World</td><td>Education</td
>
<td>978-81-250-0794-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>French C
ourse Grammar</td><td>H.Bertenshaw</td><td>1983</td><td>214</td><td>225.0000</td
><td>This book offers a systemati
c and thorough grounding in the basic principles of the French language. Clearly
stated rules are supported by examples and translation exercises that augment t
he students vocabulary.</td><td>H.Bertenshaw, B.A.,
B.Mus., former Assistant Master in the City of London School.</td><td>World</td>
<td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-0751-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>English
Language Teaching: Approaches, Methods, Techniques</td><td>G.Nagaraj</td><td>199
t;>This is a textbook on English Language Teaching&lt
;/strong> Methodology which was a task-based, communicative approa
ch to deal with concepts and theories. The book gives an up-to-date overview of
ELT. Most books stop at the structural syllabus. The focus of this book is on cl
assroom practice, open-ended enough to allow for interaction and discussions. In
stead of discursive essays, the book systematises information through charts, ch
eck lists, etc.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&
gt;G.Nagaraj, Lecturer at the Regional Institute of English,
Bangalore.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-0623-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Explo
ring Child: A Handbook for Pre-Primary Teachers Reissue</td><td>Ruth Kohn</td><t
d>1984</td><td>196</td><td>400.0000</td><td>This handbook sets out a pr
ogramme aimed at increasing childrens activeness in pre-primary schools. The high
ly structured programme provides a rather flexible frame of reference which teac
hers can modify and adapt to actual classroom conditions and day-to-day work wit
h pre-primary children.</td><td>Ruth Kohn</td><td>W

orld</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-1571-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Prim
ary School Child: Development and Education</td><td>N.Ranganathan</td><td>2000</
gt;Based on many years of teaching experience and drawing on her research among
rural and urban children, this book is addressed to students of education and ps
ychology, and can be used as a core text. Dr Ranganathan discusses the theories
of education and the philosophical orientation of important thinkers. She studie
s the physical, emotional, social cognitive and moral development of children, a
s also their needs and interests. She also deals with the situation of exception
al children. The author has taken care to ensure the book is sensitive to issues
of gender, class and caste. Each chapter ends with a summary of the main ideas
dealt with therein. The book also contains a select reading list.</td>
<td>N.Ranganathan, teaches at the Faculty of Education, Delhi
University.</td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-1666-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Loud and
Clear: Classroom Activities on Public Speaking</td><td>Gita Iyengar</td><td>200
t;>Loud and Clear: Classroom Activities on Public Speaking is resource book for teachers. It is a comprehensive manuall on publi
c-speaking activities that can be carried out in the classroom for students from
class VI to XI. It aims to cultivate the art of effective communication by maki
ng use of well known activities such as elocution, extempore, debates, quizzes a
nd group discussions. The activities have been formulated for easy use by statin
g the purpose, procedure, time, evaluation and desirable number of students for
each of these. 
The Note to Teachers serves as a
guide for teachers to conduct and evaluate the sessions. The activities in the b
ook are divided into 10 chapters. The book progresses from simple activities to
relatively complex ones, building confidence in students and enabling gradual ho
ning of communication and speaking skills. The appendices include a section on h
ow to create and run a club for public-speaking activities, and also provide som
e useful quotes and speeches.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Gita Iyengar&
lt;/b> has been involved in teaching spoken and written communication skills
to varied groups of students. She has run workshops in schools in and around Hyd
erabad. The author is presently associated with Communication Plus, an organisat
ion that is dedicated to imparting communication skills. She has also authored f
our storybooks for children, and has recently written a history book for childre
n.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-1669-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Open
Classroom: A Journey Through Education</td><td>K.T.Margaret</td><td>1999</td><t
d>222</td><td>350.0000</td><td>Th
e author, K T Margaret believes that life is an open classroom and education a process that takes place continuously through a persons l
ife. Inspired by the initiatives of social activists worldwide in the field
of education, she struggled through her own experiments to discover creative
alternatives even while working within a flawed system. Through this account
of her personal journey she shows that education goes beyond the mechanics of
teaching and learning, to enrich the teacher and the taught. This book is
essential reading for creative, thinking teachers as well as those interested
in education.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&g
t;K T Margaret has taught in a variety of settings formal
and non-formal, elite and underprivileged and has worked as a trainer of teac
hers, urban and rural.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-1209-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Career E
nglish for Nurses: Teachers Manual</td><td>S.Rose</td><td>1997</td><td>72</td><td
>65.0000</td><td>The Teachers Manu
al for Career English for Nurses is a teachers companion indispensable to the eff
ective use of the book Career English for Nurses. The introductory To the Teacher
section explains the rationale behind the choice of subject matter, task types a
nd their organisation. It also gives interesting tips on organising classroom ac
tivities. The texts for listening tasks follow this introduction. For some exerc
ises, the phonetic transcription has been given to help the teacher in correct p
ronunciation. The Key to the Exercises will prove invaluable to the teacher as a r
eady reference for verifying answers. An exhaustive bibliography and a list of r
eferences help the teacher in accessing source material for the theory and pract
ice of teaching English for specific purposes.</td><td>S.Rose
</td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-2307-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Teaching
and Learning English: A Sourcebook for Teachers and Teacher-Trainers</td><td>M
L Tickoo</td><td>2003</td><td>464</td><td>675.0000</td><td><strong&g
t;Teaching and Learning English is a sourcebook for teachers and
teacher-trainers who work in diverse contexts to teach English as a second or fo
reign language. It combines information on the subject and key points of researc
h with a holistic and multidisciplinary approach, all of which familiarize the r
eader with the terminology of ELT.</td><td><div style="text-al
ign: justify">M L Tickoo is one of the most eminent s
cholars and teacher-educators in India and abroad in the field of ELT. He has be
en Professor and Head, Department of Materials Production at CIEFL, Hyderabad an
d also Head, Specialists Department at the Regional English Language Centre, Sin
gapore. He has been a specialist member of various committees at the CBSE, the N
CERT, state and university boards.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Education</
td>
<td>978-81-250-2050-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Explorin
g an Environment: Discovering the Urban Reality</td><td>Feisal Alkazi, Priti Jai
n, Jayashree Oza and Kaushalaya Ramdas</td><td>2002</td><td>88</td><td>175.0000<
/td><td>This book describes a ser
ies of exciting ideas and activities that will help children discover urban real
ity. Based on actual projects done in Mehrauli, it challenges the way you look a
t your environment. It suggests a range of possible ways to explore and involve
students in their surrounding urban environment.</td><td><div style
="text-align: justify">Feisal Alkazi, was the di
rector of Ankur Society for Alternatives in Education, lecturer in Mass Communic
ation Research Centre, Jamia Millia and is now Chief Coordinator for Creative Le
arning for Change.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-2503-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Teaching
and Learning English: A Sourcebook for Teachers and Teacher-Trainers</td><td>M.L
.Tickoo</td><td>2003</td><td>464</td><td>1050.0000</td><td>Teaching and Learning English is a sourcebook for teachers and teacher-trainers who work in diverse conte
xts to teach English as a second or foreign language. It combines information on
the subject and key points of research with a holistic and multidisciplinary ap
proach, all of which familiarize the reader with the terminology of ELT.</p&g
t;</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">M.L.Tickoo,
 is one of the most eminent scholars and teacher-educators in India an
d abroad in the field of ELT. He has been Professor and Head, Department of Mate
rials Production at CIEFL, Hyderabad and also Head, Specialists Department at th
e Regional English Language Centre, Singapore. He has been a specialist member o
f various committees at the CBSE, the NCERT, state and university boards.</di
v></td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-2941-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Beyond M
ethods : Macrostrategies for Language Teaching</td><td>B.Kumaravadivelu</td><td>
quot;>The framework of the book consists of 10 macrostrategies based on curre
nt theoretical, emperical and experiential knowledge of second and foreign langu
age teaching. This book is both practical and accessible and encourages critica
l thinking. It is indispensible for teachers, researchers and teacher educators
.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">B.
Kumaravadivelu is professor of applied linguistics and TESOL at San Jo
se State University. He was earlier associated with the Central Institute of En
glish and Foreign Languages, Hyderabad, Universities of Lancaster and Michigan.&
lt;/div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-3698-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Multilin
gual Education for Social Justice: Globalising the Local</td><td>Ajit K. Mohanty
, Minati Panda, Robert Phillipson, Tove Skutnabb-Kangas (Eds.)</td><td>2009</td>
<td>408</td><td>1100.0000</td><td>The principles for enabling children
to become fully proficient multilinguals through schooling are well known. Even
so, most indigenous/tribal, minority and marginalised children are not provided
with appropriate mother-tongue-based multilingual education (MLE) that would ena
ble them to succeed in school and society. Experts from all continents ask why,
and show how it CAN be done. The book discusses general principles and challenge
s in depth and presents case studies from Canada and the USA, northern Europe, P
eru, Africa, India, Nepal and elsewhere in Asia. Analysis by leading scholars in
the field shows the importance of building on local experience. Sharing local s
olutions globally can lead to better theory, and to action for more social justi
ce and equality through education.</td><td>Ajit K. Mohanty&lt
;/b> is a Professor of Psychology (and former Chairperson) at the Zakir Husai
n Centre for Educational Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He has
published in the areas of psycholinguistics, multilingualism and multilingual e
ducation focusing on education, poverty and disadvantage among linguistic minori
ties. He has been a Professor since 1983, and Chairperson at the Centre of Advan
ced Study in Psychology, Utkal University and President of the National Academy
of Psychology, India (1997). He was a Fulbright Senior Scholar (University of Wi
sconsin, Madison), Killam Scholar (University of Alberta), Senior Fellow (Centra
l Institute of Indian Languages), Visiting Scholar (Universities of Geneva and C
hicago) and Fulbright Visiting Professor (Columbia University). His books includ
e Bilingualism in a Multilingual Society, Psychology
of Poverty and Disadvantage (co-editor: G. Misra)and Perspec
tives on Indigenous Psychology (co-editor: G. Misra). He has written t
he chapters on Language Acquisition and Bilingualism (co-author: Christian Perre
gaux) in the Handbook of Cross-Cultural Psychology (2nd editi
on) and on Multilingual Education in India in the Encyclopedia of Langu
age and Education (eds J.Cummins & N.H. Hornberger). He is in the
Editorial Boards of International Journal of Multilingualism, Language
Policy and Psychological Studies. Ajit Mohanty teac
hes an M.Phil. level course on Multilingualism and Education in India at JNU. &
lt;p>Minati Panda is an Associate Professor of the Social
Psychology of Education at the Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, India. Sh
e is a cultural psychologist with special interests in culture, cognition and ma
thematics. Her research and publications are mostly in the areas of mathematical
discourse and learning, curricular and pedagogic issues and social exclusion. S
he has been working on mathematical notions and their socio-cultural embedding a
mong the Saoras and other tribes in India. She has studied ex
tensively over the past decade the everyday discourse and school mathematics dis
course in tribal areas of Orissa and has tried to theorise the common epistemolo
gical ground of these two discursive practices in formal classrooms. Her book on
Meaning Making in Ethnomathematics is under publication. She has been a Fulbright
Senior Fellow in the Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition, University of C
alifornia, San Diego and a Witkin-Okonji awardee of the International Associatio
n of Cross-Cultural Psychology. Prior to joining JNU, Dr. Panda was a Consultant

for Tribal Education in the District Primary Education Programme, India and a F
aculty in Tribal Education in National Council of Educational Research and Train
ing (NCERT). She is also the Co-Director of the MLE Plus Project. &lt
;p>Robert Phillipson is a graduate of Cambridge and Leeds
Universities, UK, and has a doctorate from the Faculty of Education of the Unive
rsity of Amsterdam. He worked for the British Council in Spain, Algeria, Yugosla
via and London before settling in Denmark. He is a Professor Emeritus at Copenha
gen Business School, Denmark. His main publications include Learner lan
guage and language learning (with Claus Færch and Kirsten Haastru
p, Multilingual Matters, 1984), Linguistic imperialism (Oxfor
d University Press, 1992, also published in China and India), Linguisti
c human rights: overcoming linguistic discrimination, edited with Tove
Skutnabb-Kangas (Mouton de Gruyter, 1994); Language: a right and a res
ource, edited with Miklós Kontra, Tove Skutnabb-Kangas and Tibor
Várady (Central European University Press, 1999); Rights to langua
ge: equity, power and education(as editor, Lawrence Erlbaum, 2000); &l
t;i>English-only Europe? Challenging language policy (Routledge, 20
03). Linguistic imperialism continued (Orient Blackswan, in p
ress) is a collection of articles and book reviews written over a decade. He has
lectured worldwide, and had attachments to universities in Australia, Hungary,
India, and the UK. See <a href="http://www.cbs.dk/staff/phillipson"
>http://www.cbs.dk/staff/phillipson</a>. 
<str
ong>Tove Skutnabb-Kangas is actively involved with minorities
’ struggle for language rights since five decades. Her main research
interests are in linguistic human rights, linguistic genocide, linguicism, MLE,
linguistic imperialism and the subtractive spread of English, and the relation
ship between linguistic and cultural diversity and biodiversity. She has writte
n/edited around fifty books and monographs and around 400 book chapters and sci
entific articles in 32 languages. Among her books in English are Bili
ngualism or Not – the Education of Minorities (1984); <e
m>Minority Education: from Shame to Struggle, ed. with Jim Cummin
s (1988); Linguistic Human Rights. Overcoming Linguistic Discriminati
on, ed. with Robert Phillipson (1994); Language: A Right a
nd a Resource. Approaching Linguistic Human Rights ed. with Mikl&amp
;oacute;s Kontra, Robert Phillipson and Tibor Várady (1999); <em&
gt;Linguistic Genocide in Education - or Worldwide Diversity and Human Rights?&
lt;/em> (2000); Sharing a World of Difference. The Earth's Lin
guistic, Cultural, and Biological Diversity (with Luisa Maffi and Dav
id Harmon, 2003) and Imagining Multilingual Schools: Language in Edu
cation and Glocalization, ed. with Ofelia García and Mar&
amp;iacute;a Torres-Guzmán (2006). Tove has been involved in the Indi
an and Nepali projects described in this book since their planning phases. She
lives on a small organic farm in Denmark with  her husband Robert Phill
ipson. See <a href="www.tove-skutnabb-kangas.org">www.tove-skutn
abb-kangas.org</a>.</td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Educati
on</td>
<td>978-81-250-3655-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Directio
ns in Applied Linguistics</td><td>Paul Bruthiaux,Dwight Atkinson,William G. Eggi
ngton,William M. Grabe, Vaidehi Ramanathan (eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>342</td><
td>675.0000</td><td>The essays an
d research papers in this collection explore current issues across four areas: L
anguage Education, English for Academic Purposes, Contrastive Discourse Analysis
, and Language Policy and Planning. Contributors reflect on the nature and scope
of applied linguistics, review its evolution, and vigorously debate the dynamic
process whereby theory and practice inform each other and jointly drive the fie
ld as an academic discipline and a locus for reflection and action regarding lan
guage-related social issues.</td><td><div style="text-align: j
ustify">Paul Bruthiaux and Dwight Atkinson&l
t;/b> conducted their doctoral research at the University of Southern Califor

nia. William G. Eggington is Professor of Linguistics and Eng
lish Language at Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah. He is member of the Boar
d of Directors of TESOL. William Grabe is Professor of Engli
sh at Northern Arizona University and teaches in the Applied Linguistics Ph.D an
d MA-TESL program. Vaidehi Ramanathan is Professor in the Dep
artment of Linguistics at the University of California at Davis.</div></td
><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-3654-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Imaginin
g Multilingual Schools: Languages in Education and Glocalization</td><td>Ofelia
García, Tove Skutnabb-Kangas and María E. Torres-Guzmán (Eds.)</t
stify">This book brings together visions and realities of multilingual s
chools throughout the world to order to examine the pedagogical, socioeducationa
l, and sociopolitical issues that impact on their development and success. The c
hapters describe and analyse schools with different target populations. Each con
tribution, written by well known scholars, affirms the desirability of multiling
ualism as a societal resource and as a right of individuals, whilst acknowledgi
ng the social, economic and political differences that make the acquisition of m
ultilingualism easy for some and difficult for others.</td><td><b&g
t;Ofelia García is a professor at Teachers College, Columbia Univ
ersity, where she presently serves as coordinator of the bilingual Education pro
gram and co-ordinator of the Centre for Multiple Languages and Literacies.
&
lt;p style="text-align: justify">Dr. Tove Skutnabb-Kangas&
lt;/b>, Emerita, guest researcher at the Department of Languages and Culture
, University of Roskilde, Denmark and visiting professor at Åbo Akademi
University, Department of Education, Vasa, Finland, had a bilingual upbringing
in Finnish and Swedish in officially bilingual Finland. She has been actively
involved with minorities struggle for language rights for over five decades. Her
main research interests are in linguistic human rights, linguistic genocide, l
inguicism (linguistically argued racism), bilingualism and multilingual educati
on, linguistic imperialism and the subtractive spread of English, support for e
ndangered languages, and the relationship between linguistic and cultural diver
sity and biodiversity. She was the Linguapax Award recipient and the Carl Axel
Gottlund Award recipient, both in 2003. She has written/edited around fifty books and monographs and
around 400 book chapters and scientific articles in over thirty languages. Amo
ng her path-breaking books in English are Bilingualism or Not the Educ
ation of Minorities (1984); Minority Education: from Shame
to Struggle, ed. with Jim Cummins (1988); Linguistic Huma
n Rights. Overcoming Linguistic Discrimination, ed. with Robert Phil
lipson (1994); Language: A Right and a Resource. 
Approaching Linguistic Human Rights ed. with Miklós Kontra, Robe
rt Phillipson and Tibor Várady (1999); Linguistic Genocide in E
ducation - or Worldwide Diversity and Human Rights? (2000); <em&gt
;Sharing a World of Difference. The Earth's Linguistic, Cultural, and Biolo
gical Diversity (with Luisa Maffi and David Harmon, 2003) and Imagining Multilingual Schools: Language in Education and Glocalization, ed. with Ofelia García and María Torres-Guzmán (2006).
Multilingual Education  for Social Justice: Globalising the
Local (ed. with Ajit Mohanty, Minati Panda and Robert Phillipson) w
ill appear in 2009. Sh
e is presently involved in projects in Nepal and India where Indigenous children
are being taught through the medium of their mother tongues. She lives on a sm
all ecological/organic farm in Denmark with husband Robert Phillipson. For mor
e publications, see her home page <a href="http://akira.ruc.dk/~tovesk/&
quot;>http://akira.ruc.dk/~tovesk/</a>. 
Mar&#237
;a E. Torres-Guzmán is Associate Professor of Bilingual/Bicultura
l Education in the Department of International and Transcultural Studies at Tea
chers College, Columbia University.</td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>

<td>978-81-250-3522-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ashayyuk
ta Adhyapan Paddhaticha punrvichar (Marathi) (Content-cum-Methodology : New thou
ghts)</td><td>Dr. Anant N Joshi and Dr. Kavita S. Salunke</td><td>2008</td><td>2
28</td><td>195.0000</td><td>The C
oncept of Content-cum Methodology has continuously been discussed in Maharashtra
. It has been included in the syllabi for the D. Ed. and B. Ed. Examinations. Th
e basic concept of Content-cum Methodology and the changes that have taken place
in it from time to time have all been discussed in this book. The students, tea
chers and all experts in the field of Education will find this book quite useful
.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr
. Joshi is the Director of the School of Education of the YCMOU. He ha
s more than 35 years of experience in the field of education. He is a prolific w
riter and is working on different National and International Organisations. He i
s a recepient of many National and International Awards.</div><div styl
e="text-align: justify"> </div><div><b&gt
;Dr. Kavita Salunke is a Reader at The School of Education of YCMOU. S
he has published more than 80 books in the field of Education. She has participa
ted in many National and International Conferences. She has received Dadasaheb G
aikwad Award.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-3461-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Linguist
ic Genocide in Education or Worldwide Diversity and Human Rights?</td><td>Tove S
kutnabb-Kangas</td><td>2008</td><td>820</td><td>1395.0000</td><td>In this powerful multidisciplinary new book, To
ve Skutnabb-Kangas shows how most indigenous and minority education contributes
to linguistic genocide according to United Nations definitions. Her starting poi
nt is that it is normal and desirable for people, groups, countries, and schools
to be multilingual and multicultural. She brings together theoretical concerns
and research areas which no other contemporary book synthesizes: linguistic huma
n rights; minority and multilingual education; language ecology and threatened l
anguages; the relationship between biodiversity and linguistic and cultural dive
rsity; the impact of linguistic imperialism and unequal power relations on ethni
city, linguistic, and cultural competence, and identities. Theory is combined wi
th a wealth of factual encyclopedic information and with many examples and vigne
ttes. The examples come from all parts of the world and try to avoid Eurocentris
m. Oriented toward theory and practice, facts and evaluations, reflection and ac
tion, the book prompts readers to find information about the world and their loc
al contexts, to reflect, and to act. It is essential reading for scholars, stude
nts, and practitioners in the fields of language and society, language policy an
d language planning, the sociology of education, critical pedagogy, comparative
education, educational linguistics, minority studies, cultural studies, human ri
ghts, ethnolinguistics, anthropology, and ecological issues.

Reviews:

"This work, by one of the leading scholars of linguistic human rig
hts, presents a provocative, engaging, grand synthesis. It makes a major contrib
ution by bringing together a number of contemporary theoretical and research ori
entations as evidenced by its focus on linguistic human rights, linguistic ecolo
gy, and the impact of linguistic imperialism. In addition, it provides basic ins
ights on anti-racist education.... This is a book that deserves reading by stude
nts and scholars committed to furthering educational equity and human rights. Bo
th specialists and those new to the field will find it challenging and informati
ve. It is the type of book that forces educators and students to reflect on thei
r own assumptions and values."
-- Terrence Wiley, California State University-Long Beac
h

"A pathbreaking text, written with absolute clarity of purpose and
commitment.... The book as a whole takes the debates about minority languages m
uch further than ever before.... It is a fascinating and immediate social histor
y of languages, political forces, struggles, and education.... .[Although] this

is a lengthy work, and one which may appear to be daunting at the outset.... wha
t one discovers is an engaging and varied style which teases the reader further
and further into a domain which has never before been captured from so many and
new angles.... It is a privilege and a pleasure to read a work of such internati
onal significance."
-- Kathleen Heugh, Project for the Study of Alternative Education in
South Africa, University of Cape Town

"An absolutely stirring 'J'accuse', appealing to the c
onscience of the Western world to cease the ethnolinguistic genocide which it ha
s inflicted on humanity at large. Via a superb and compelling assembly of data,
logic, argument, and analysis, Skutnabb-Kangas shows how justice, decency, healt
h, social stability, and normal biodiversity all suffer, even in the West itself
, when linguacidal state and global policies are implemented. Nothing less than
an international campaign for linguistic human rights is called for and called f
or with compelling force and convincing clarity."
-- <s
pan style="text-style: italic">Joshua Fishman, University Research
Professor of Social Sciences, Yeshiva University, and Visiting Professor of Ling
uistics, Stanford University 
"A substantial, important, and creative contribution.... SkutnabbKangas is a very gifted and respected scholar, and her past work has been semina
l in the field. This book not only brings together a number of the themes and to
pics on which she has worked in the past, but moves forward in a substantial man
ner the debate about language policy in education broadly conceived.... It repre
sents Skutnabb-Kangas at her very best, and will challenge other researchers, te
achers, and policy makers to more honestly and thoughtfully address language-rel
ated issues in education."
-- Timothy Reagan, University of Connecticut&
lt;/strong>
</td><td>Dr. Tove Skutna
bb-Kangas, Emerita, guest researcher at the Department of Languages a
nd Culture, University of Roskilde, Denmark and visiting professor at Åb
o Akademi University, Department of Education, Vasa, Finland, had a bilingual
upbringing in Finnish and Swedish in officially bilingual Finland. She has been
actively involved with minorities struggle for language rights for over five de
cades. Her main research interests are in linguistic human rights, linguistic g
enocide, linguicism (linguistically argued racism), bilingualism and multilingu
al education, linguistic imperialism and the subtractive spread of English, sup
port for endangered languages, and the relationship between linguistic and cult
ural diversity and biodiversity. She was the Linguapax Award recipient and the
Carl Axel Gottlund Award recipient, both in 2003. She has written/edited around fifty books and mono
graphs and around 400 book chapters and scientific articles in over thirty lang
uages. Among her path-breaking books in English are Bilingualism or No
t the Education of Minorities (1984); Minority Education: f
rom Shame to Struggle, ed. with Jim Cummins (1988); Lingui
stic Human Rights. Overcoming Linguistic Discrimination, ed. with Ro
bert Phillipson (1994); Language: A Right and a Resource. 
Approaching Linguistic Human Rights ed. with Miklós Ko
ntra, Robert Phillipson and Tibor Várady (1999); Linguistic Geno
cide in Education - or Worldwide Diversity and Human Rights? (2000);
Sharing a World of Difference. The Earth's Linguistic, Cultural,
and Biological Diversity (with Luisa Maffi and David Harmon, 2003)
and Imagining Multilingual Schools: Language in Education and Glocali
zation, ed. with Ofelia García and María Torres-Guzmá
n (2006). Multilingual Education  for Social Justice: Globa
lising the Local (ed. with Ajit Mohanty, Minati Panda and Robert Phi
llipson) will appear in 2009. She is presently involved in projects in Nepal and India where Indigenou
s children are being taught through the medium of their mother tongues. She liv
es on a small ecological/organic farm in Denmark with husband Robert Phillipso

n. For more publications, see her home page <a href="http://akira.ruc.dk
/~tovesk/">http://akira.ruc.dk/~tovesk/</a>. </td><td>IN
,PK,BD,BT,NP,MV,LK</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-3268-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bilingua
lism or Not The Education of Minorities</td><td>Tove Skutnabb-Kangas</td><td>200
7</td><td>404</td><td>775.0000</td><td> Bilingualism or Not deals with
multilingualism, particularly as it relates to migrant minorities and Indigenou
s peoples. People from linguistic minorities often have to become multilingual i
n order to cope in the larger society, while majority representatives may volunt
arily become bilingual. The book analyses the problems migrants and Indigenous p
eoples face in a monolingual educational situation, often having to forego the u
se of their mother language. It also analyses controversies about their educatio
n and places them in the wider political context.
Among the topics
covered are:
<ol>
<li> the mother tongue, its development,
significance ow it differs from languages learned later</li>
&
lt;li> definitions and measurement of bilingualism</li>
&lt
;li> different ways of becoming bilingual for different groups, in the school
and the family</li>
<li> bilingualism, cognitive develop
ment and school achievement</li>
<li> semilingualism</
li>
<li> guest worker policy and immigrant policy</li>
<li>violence in minority education</li>
</ol>
The introduction to this South Asian edition by Ajit Mohanty of Jawa
harlal Nehru University, Delhi situates the book in the Indian subcontinent and
its relevance in todays globalized world. </td><td>Dr. Tove Skutnabb-Kangas, Emerita, guest r
esearcher at the Department of Languages and Culture, University of Roskilde,
Denmark and visiting professor at Åbo Akademi University, Department of E
ducation, Vasa, Finland, had a bilingual upbringing in Finnish and Swedish in o
fficially bilingual Finland. She has been actively involved with minorities stru
ggle for language rights for over five decades. Her main research interests are
in linguistic human rights, linguistic genocide, linguicism (linguistically ar
gued racism), bilingualism and multilingual education, linguistic imperialism a
nd the subtractive spread of English, support for endangered languages, and the
relationship between linguistic and cultural diversity and biodiversity. She w
as the Linguapax Award recipient and the Carl Axel Gottlund Award recipient, bo
th in 2003. She has w
ritten/edited around fifty books and monographs and around 400 book chapters an
d scientific articles in over thirty languages. Among her path-breaking books i
n English are Bilingualism or Not the Education of Minorities</em&g
t; (1984); Minority Education: from Shame to Struggle, ed.
with Jim Cummins (1988); Linguistic Human Rights. Overcoming Linguis
tic Discrimination, ed. with Robert Phillipson (1994); Lan
guage: A Right and a Resource. Approaching Linguistic Human
Rights ed. with Miklós Kontra, Robert Phillipson and Tibor V&#
225;rady (1999); Linguistic Genocide in Education - or Worldwide Dive
rsity and Human Rights? (2000); Sharing a World of Differen
ce. The Earth's Linguistic, Cultural, and Biological Diversity (
with Luisa Maffi and David Harmon, 2003) and Imagining Multilingual
Schools: Language in Education and Glocalization, ed. with Ofelia Gar
cía and María Torres-Guzmán (2006). Multilingual Educ
ation  for Social Justice: Globalising the Local (ed. with
Ajit Mohanty, Minati Panda and Robert Phillipson) will appear in 2009.</p&gt
; She is presently involved in p
rojects in Nepal and India where Indigenous children are being taught through t
he medium of their mother tongues. She lives on a small ecological/organic farm
in Denmark with husband Robert Phillipson. For more publications, see her home
page <a href="http://akira.ruc.dk/~tovesk/">http://akira.ruc.dk
/~tovesk/</a>. </td><td>IN,NP,PK,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>Education</
td>
<td>978-81-250-4782-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>We are t
he World 1</td><td>C. Chelladurai (Au), Sister.S.M.Cyril (Ed.)</td><td>2012</td>
<td>64</td><td>165.0000</td><td>W
e are the World (classes 110) is a series on value education and life skills. It
was first published in 1989 and revised in 2005; this is the third edition. The
books help children to look at themselves and their personal growth; see beyond
themselves in the context of society; explore their inner spirituality; and cont
ribute their share to society. Each book is centred on a theme, from Getting to k
now our world in class 1 to Happy and free in class 10. The lessons work in seven s
tages: Key-in (individual work); Share-it-around (group work); Pass-it-on (group
presentation); Talk-it-over (class discussion); Think-it-through (reflection);
Take-it-in (spiritual experience); and Carry-it-through (action).</td>
<td><div style="text-align: justify">Sister Cyril, former principal of Loreto Day School, Sealdah, Kolkata, is a widely respe
cted educationist and social worker. She has lived and worked in India since 195
6, actively involved in the education and social uplift of deprived children. At
Loreto, she set up the Rainbow Program to house, feed and educate former street
children. She also started the Barefoot Teachers Training Program to educate yo
ung men and women from slum/rural backgrounds, who then go on to become primary
educators in villages. Sister Cyril is involved in combating domestic child labo
ur as well. In recognition of her social work, the Government of India awarded h
er the Padma Shri in 2007.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Education</td>
he World 2</td><td>C. Chelladurai, Freda Soans (Au.), Sister.S.M.Cyril (Ed.)</td
><td>2012</td><td>64</td><td>165.0000</td><td>We are the World (classes 110) is a series on value education and li
fe skills. It was first published in 1989 and revised in 2005; this is the third
edition. The books help children to look at themselves and their personal growt
h; see beyond themselves in the context of society; explore their inner spiritua
lity; and contribute their share to society. Each book is centred on a theme, fr
om Getting to know our world in class 1 to Happy and free in class 10. The lessons w
ork in seven stages: Key-in (individual work); Share-it-around (group work); Pas
s-it-on (group presentation); Talk-it-over (class discussion); Think-it-through
(reflection); Take-it-in (spiritual experience); and Carry-it-through (action).&
lt;/p></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Sist
er Cyril, former principal of Loreto Day School, Sealdah, Kolkata, is
a widely respected educationist and social worker. She has lived and worked in I
ndia since 1956, actively involved in the education and social uplift of deprive
d children. At Loreto, she set up the Rainbow Program to house, feed and educate
former street children. She also started the Barefoot Teachers Training Program
to educate young men and women from slum/rural backgrounds, who then go on to b
ecome primary educators in villages. Sister Cyril is involved in combating domes
tic child labour as well. In recognition of her social work, the Government of I
ndia awarded her the Padma Shri in 2007.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Educa
tion</td>
he World 3</td><td>Lata Bhatia (Au.), Sister.S.M.Cyril (Ed.)</td><td>2012</td><t
d>64</td><td>165.0000</td><td>We
are the World (classes 110) is a series on value education and life skills. It wa
s first published in 1989 and revised in 2005; this is the third edition. The bo
oks help children to look at themselves and their personal growth; see beyond th
emselves in the context of society; explore their inner spirituality; and contri
bute their share to society. Each book is centred on a theme, from Getting to kno
w our world in class 1 to Happy and free in class 10. The lessons work in seven sta
ges: Key-in (individual work); Share-it-around (group work); Pass-it-on (group p
resentation); Talk-it-over (class discussion); Think-it-through (reflection); Ta
ke-it-in (spiritual experience); and Carry-it-through (action).</td><t

d><div style="text-align: justify">Sister Cyril,</b&
gt; former principal of Loreto Day School, Sealdah, Kolkata, is a widely respect
ed educationist and social worker. She has lived and worked in India since 1956,
actively involved in the education and social uplift of deprived children. At L
oreto, she set up the Rainbow Program to house, feed and educate former street c
hildren. She also started the Barefoot Teachers Training Program to educate youn
g men and women from slum/rural backgrounds, who then go on to become primary ed
ucators in villages. Sister Cyril is involved in combating domestic child labour
as well. In recognition of her social work, the Government of India awarded her
the Padma Shri in 2007.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Education</td>
he World 4</td><td>Lata Bhatia (Au.), Sister.S.M.Cyril (Ed.)</td><td>2012</td><t
he World 5</td><td>Celine Pereira, Freda Soans (Au.), Sister.S.M.Cyril (Ed.)</td
ify">We are the World (classes 110) is a series on value education and li
fe skills. It was first published in 1989 and revised in 2005; this is the third
edition. The books help children to look at themselves and their personal growt
h; see beyond themselves in the context of society; explore their inner spiritua
lity; and contribute their share to society. Each book is centred on a theme, fr
om Getting to know our world in class 1 to Happy and free in class 10. The lessons w
ork in seven stages: Key-in (individual work); Share-it-around (group work); Pas
s-it-on (group presentation); Talk-it-over (class discussion); Think-it-through
(reflection); Take-it-in (spiritual experience); and Carry-it-through (action).&
lt;/p></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Sist
er Cyril, former principal of Loreto Day School, Sealdah, Kolkata, is
a widely respected educationist and social worker. She has lived and worked in I
ndia since 1956, actively involved in the education and social uplift of deprive
d children. At Loreto, she set up the Rainbow Program to house, feed and educate
former street children. She also started the Barefoot Teachers Training Program
to educate young men and women from slum/rural backgrounds, who then go on to b
ecome primary educators in villages. Sister Cyril is involved in combating domes
tic child labour as well. In recognition of her social work, the Government of I
ndia awarded her the Padma Shri in 2007.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Educa
tion</td>
he World 6</td><td>Nandita Bir (Au.), Sister.S.M.Cyril (Ed.)</td><td>2012</td><t

he World 7</td><td>Nandita Bir (Au.), Sister.S.M.Cyril (Ed.)</td><td>2012</td><t
he World 8</td><td>Joseph J.Chiramal (Au.), Sister.S.M.Cyril (Ed.)</td><td>2012<
/td><td>80</td><td>180.0000</td><td><p style="text-align: justify"&
gt;We are the World (classes 110) is a series on value education and life skills.
It was first published in 1989 and revised in 2005; this is the third edition.
The books help children to look at themselves and their personal growth; see bey
ond themselves in the context of society; explore their inner spirituality; and
contribute their share to society. Each book is centred on a theme, from Getting
to know our world in class 1 to Happy and free in class 10. The lessons work in sev
en stages: Key-in (individual work); Share-it-around (group work); Pass-it-on (g
roup presentation); Talk-it-over (class discussion); Think-it-through (reflectio
n); Take-it-in (spiritual experience); and Carry-it-through (action).<
/td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Sister Cyril,&
lt;/b> former principal of Loreto Day School, Sealdah, Kolkata, is a widely r
espected educationist and social worker. She has lived and worked in India since
1956, actively involved in the education and social uplift of deprived children
. At Loreto, she set up the Rainbow Program to house, feed and educate former st
reet children. She also started the Barefoot Teachers Training Program to educat
e young men and women from slum/rural backgrounds, who then go on to become prim
ary educators in villages. Sister Cyril is involved in combating domestic child
labour as well. In recognition of her social work, the Government of India award
ed her the Padma Shri in 2007.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Education</td>
he World 9</td><td>Sister.S.M.Cyril</td><td>2012</td><td>88</td><td>195.0000</td
><td>We are the World (classes 110
) is a series on value education and life skills. It was first published in 1989
and revised in 2005; this is the third edition. The books help children to look
at themselves and their personal growth; see beyond themselves in the context o
f society; explore their inner spirituality; and contribute their share to socie
ty. Each book is centred on a theme, from Getting to know our world in class 1 to H
appy and free in class 10. The lessons work in seven stages: Key-in (individual w
ork); Share-it-around (group work); Pass-it-on (group presentation); Talk-it-ove
r (class discussion); Think-it-through (reflection); Take-it-in (spiritual exper
ience); and Carry-it-through (action).</td><td><div style="tex
t-align: justify">Sister Cyril, former principal of L
oreto Day School, Sealdah, Kolkata, is a widely respected educationist and socia
l worker. She has lived and worked in India since 1956, actively involved in the
education and social uplift of deprived children. At Loreto, she set up the Rai
nbow Program to house, feed and educate former street children. She also started
the Barefoot Teachers Training Program to educate young men and women from slum
/rural backgrounds, who then go on to become primary educators in villages. Sist
er Cyril is involved in combating domestic child labour as well. In recognition
of her social work, the Government of India awarded her the Padma Shri in 2007.&
lt;/div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Education</td>
he World 10</td><td>Sister.S.M.Cyril</td><td>2012</td><td>96</td><td>195.0000</t
d><td>We are the World (classes 11
0) is a series on value education and life skills. It was first published in 198
9 and revised in 2005; this is the third edition. The books help children to loo
k at themselves and their personal growth; see beyond themselves in the context
of society; explore their inner spirituality; and contribute their share to soci
ety. Each book is centred on a theme, from Getting to know our world in class 1 to
Happy and free in class 10. The lessons work in seven stages: Key-in (individual
work); Share-it-around (group work); Pass-it-on (group presentation); Talk-it-ov
er (class discussion); Think-it-through (reflection); Take-it-in (spiritual expe
rience); and Carry-it-through (action).</td><td><div style="te
xt-align: justify">Sister Cyril, former principal of
Loreto Day School, Sealdah, Kolkata, is a widely respected educationist and soci
al worker. She has lived and worked in India since 1956, actively involved in th
e education and social uplift of deprived children. At Loreto, she set up the Ra
inbow Program to house, feed and educate former street children. She also starte
d the Barefoot Teachers Training Program to educate young men and women from slu
m/rural backgrounds, who then go on to become primary educators in villages. Sis
ter Cyril is involved in combating domestic child labour as well. In recognition
of her social work, the Government of India awarded her the Padma Shri in 2007.
</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-4668-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Essentia
l Readings for Teachers of English: From Research Insights to Classroom Practice
s</td><td>A.L.Khanna and Anju Sahgal Gupta (Eds.)</td><td>2012</td><td>368</td><
td>575.0000</td><td>Ess
ential Readings for Teachers of English is a book by English teachers for English teachers who are looking
for new ideas and innovations for the English classroom.  The articles
showcase current thinking in ELT that can be adapted to different classroom re
quirements.</td><td>&lt
;b>A.L. Khanna retired as an Associate Professor of English from t
he University of Delhi. At present he freelances as an ELT consultant.</p&
gt;
Anju S. Gupta 
is Professor of English at the Indira Gandhi National Open University. She has
published several articles in both national and international journals.</p&g
t;</td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-4655-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sociocul
tural Theory in Second Language Education: An Introduction Through Narratives</t
d><td>Merrill Swain, Penny Kinnear and Linda Steinman</td><td>2012</td><td>192</
td><td>525.0000</td><td><ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">An accessible introduction to
Vygotskyian sociocultural theory.</li>
<li>The key concepts of the theory are shown through narratives across
7 chapters.</li>
<li>The key concepts are:
<ul>
<li>Mediation</li>
<li>Zone of Proximal Development</li>
<li>Collaborative dialogue</li>
<li>Private speech</li>
<li>Everyday and scientific concepts</li>
<li>The interrelatedness of cognition and emotion, activity theory
and assessment. </li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul></td><td>Merrill Swain is Professor Eme
ritus at OISE, University of Toronto, Canada. 
Penny Kinnear lectures at the University of Toronto, Canada. 
Linda Steinman is Associate Professor at York University, Toronto,
Canada.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Education</td>
Listening and Speaking: A Handbook for English Language Teachers and Teacher Tr
ainers</td><td>Kamlesh Sadanand</td><td>2012</td><td>196</td><td>250.0000</td><t
d>Teaching Listenin
g and Speaking, intended for teacher trainers, teacher trainees a
nd practising teachers, has two sections, one on the teaching of listening and t
he other on the teaching of speaking. Through varied activities, the book aims t
o motivate teachers to reflect upon: the purpose of listening and speaking in th
e context of English language learning; the possibility of using authentic mater
ials to teach listening and speaking; the selection of suitable materials for di
fferent levels of learners; and the use of promptingvisual and audioto encourage stu
dents to speak fluently. 
As special features, the book off
ers extensive notes and guidelines for teachers, demonstrates how authentic audi
o materials from television programmes and lessons from English textbooks can be
used to teach listening and speaking skills, and provides materials on pronunci
ation for easy reference.
</td><td>Kamlesh Sadanan
d is former Professor and Head, Department of Phonetics and Spoken En
glish, the English and Foreign Languages University, Hyderabad. Besides her lo
ng years of experience in teaching, developing ELT materials and supervising re
search work, Dr Sadanand has published several papers and books. Prominent amon
g her publications are A Practical Course in English Pronunciation&lt
;/em> (2004) and Spoken English: A Foundation Course (20

08).</td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
t;/p>
lt;/p>
d Secretary, Deshkal Society, New Delhi, India.</td><td>World</td><td>Education
</td>
English: The Use of Support Materials</td><td>B S Jadhav</td><td>2011</td><td>1
pan style="text-style: italic">Teaching English: The
Use of Support Materials demonstrates how to make th
e most of support materials such as cartoons, newspapers, folktales and jokes fo
r the learning and teaching of English at the college level. The book attempts t
o explore various ways by which these materials can contribute to making the cla
ssroom an interesting and lively place for students, thereby enhancing the langu
age learning process. It is a resource book intended for both practising and tra
inee teachers.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&g
t;Dr B S Jadhav is Associate Professor of English at the DSM
College, PARBHANI, Maharashtra, and Dean, Faculty of Arts, Swami Ramanand Teerth
Marathwada University, Nanded.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-4453-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Malhaar
Hindi Vyakaran Aur Rachna Book 1</td><td>Satya Narayan Lal and Arvind Kumar</td>
<td>2012</td><td>44</td><td>140.0000</td><td><ol><li style="text-a
lign: justify"> This is the revised edition of Sahaj Bhasha Pravesh Seri
es published by us.
</li><li style="text-align: justify">There are 8 titles in
this package for class 1 to 8.
</li><li style="text-align: justify"> This is a traditiona
l Hindi grammar series.
</li><li style="text-align: justify"> Books for classes 1
and 2 are text-cum-workbooks and books 3 to 8 have exercises to be done separate
ly in their notebooks by the students.
</li><li style="text-align: justify">These books are based
on the latest NCERT guidelines and present day market needs for a series of boo
ks for different classes.
</li><li style="text-align: justify"> Terms of various gra
mmar topics gradedly introduced at different levels as specified in NCERT guide
lines.
</li><li style="text-align: justify"> Examples to grammar
points given in good numbers and also taken from literature wherever appropriate
.
</li><li style="text-align: justify"> Every book has a com
position section at the end which explains the various kinds of composition givi
ng ample examples and exercises for practice.</li></ol></td><td><
div style="text-align: justify">Satya Narain Lal
, formerly lecturer, SCERT, Patna. He has more than 35 years of experience in t
eaching Hindi and also conducting workshops in NCERT and SCERT. He was the Princ
ipal of Teachers Training School, Bhojpur, Bihar. He was associated with Bihar Te
xtbook Corporation for more than a decade. He had a long association with the NC
ERT too as an expert. He is one of the co-authors of Anurag series. &lt
;/div><div style="text-align: justify"> </div&g
t;<div>Dr Arvind Kumar, Principal, BPS Public School in
Patna. This is his own school run by him. He is one of the co- authors of Anura
g Series. He has published books with other publishers on Hindi grammar and comp
osition. He is an experienced teacher of Hindi and Sanskrit.
Both authors have been excellent teachers in the schools/institutions they had t
aught.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Education</td>
<td>2012</td><td>52</td><td>155.0000</td><td><ol><li> This is the re
vised edition of Sahaj Bhasha Pravesh Series published by us.
</li><li>There are 8 titles in this package for class 1 to 8.
</li><li> This is a traditional Hindi grammar series.
</li><li> Books for classes 1 and 2 are text-cum-workbooks and books
3 to 8 have exercises to be done separately in their notebooks by the students.
</li><li>These books are based on the latest NCERT guidelines and pr
esent day market needs for a series of books for different classes.
</li><li> Terms of various grammar topics gradedly introduced at di

fferent levels as specified in NCERT guidelines.
</li><li> Examples to grammar points given in good numbers and also
taken from literature wherever appropriate.
</li><li> Every book has a composition section at the end which expl
ains the various kinds of composition giving ample examples and exercises for pr
actice.</li></ol></td><td><div style="text-align: justify&qu
ot;>Satya Narain Lal, formerly lecturer, SCERT, Patna. He
has more than 35 years of experience in teaching Hindi and also conducting work
shops in NCERT and SCERT. He was the Principal of Teachers Training School, Bhojp
ur, Bihar. He was associated with Bihar Textbook Corporation for more than a dec
ade. He had a long association with the NCERT too as an expert. He is one of the
co-authors of Anurag series. </div><div style="text-alig
ify">Dr Arvind Kumar, Principal, BPS Public School in
ot;>Satya Narain Lal, formerly lecturer, SCERT, Patna. He
<td>2012</td><td>104</td><td>180.0000</td><td><ol><li> This is the r
evised edition of Sahaj Bhasha Pravesh Series published by us.
co-authors of Anurag series.</div><div style="text-align: justify
"> </div><div style="text-align: justify"&
gt;Dr Arvind Kumar, Principal, BPS Public School in Patna. Th
is is his own school run by him. He is one of the co- authors of Anurag Series.
He has published books with other publishers on Hindi grammar and composition. H
e is an experienced teacher of Hindi and Sanskrit.
<td>2012</td><td>128</td><td>188.0000</td><td><ol><li style="textalign: justify"> This is the revised edition of Sahaj Bhasha Pravesh Ser
ies published by us.
lines.
.
ERT too as an expert. He is one of the co-authors of Anurag series. 
v><div style="text-align: justify">Dr Arvind Kumar&l
t;/b>, Principal, BPS Public School in Patna. This is his own school run by h
im. He is one of the co- authors of Anurag Series. He has published books with o
ther publishers on Hindi grammar and composition. He is an experienced teacher o
f Hindi and Sanskrit.
<td>978-81-250-4505-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Pedagogy
for Religion: Missionary Education and the Fashioning of Hindus and Muslims in B
engal</td><td>Parna Sengupta</td><td>2012</td><td>224</td><td>925.0000</td><td>&
lt;p>Offering a new approach to the study of religion and empire, this innova
tive book challenges a widespread myth of modernitythat Western rule has had a se
cularizing effect on the non-West. Sengupta reveals instead the paradox that the
pursuit and adaptation of modern vernacular education, mainly imported to the c
olonies by Protestant missionaries, opened up new ways for Indians to reformulat
e ideas of community along religious lines. Debates over the mundane aspects of
schooling, rather than debates between religious leaders, transformed the every
day definitions of what it meant to be a Christian, Hindu, or Muslim. 
Thus instruction in science also became a means to instruct the Ind
ian child about the primacy of reason and rationality over superstition. Modern
education, Pedagogy for Religion
argues, did not secularize religious traditions in India as much as it reformul
ated definitions of religion and religious community as a part of a larger globa
l process. 
This book will interest students of modern Indian history, Empire, educ
ation as well as gender studies. </td><td>Parna Sengupta is Associate Director of Stanford Introductory Studies at Stanford Univers
ity. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Education</td>

lines.
.
ERT too as an expert. He is one of the co-authors of Anurag series.</div>&
lt;div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div
style="text-align: justify">Dr Arvind Kumar, Pri
ncipal, BPS Public School in Patna. This is his own school run by him. He is one
of the co- authors of Anurag Series. He has published books with other publishe
rs on Hindi grammar and composition. He is an experienced teacher of Hindi and S
anskrit.

lines.
.
div style="text-align: justify">Satya Narain Lal,</b&gt
; formerly lecturer, SCERT, Patna. He has more than 35 years of experience in t
v><div style="text-align: justify">Dr Arvind Kumar,&
lt;/b> Principal, BPS Public School in Patna. This is his own school run by h
</li><li style="text-align: justify"> There are 8 titles i
n this package for class 1 to 8.
lines.
.
t;<div style="text-align: justify">Dr Arvind Kumar, Principal, BPS Public School in Patna. This is his own school run by him.
He is one of the co- authors of Anurag Series. He has published books with othe
r publishers on Hindi grammar and composition. He is an experienced teacher of H
indi and Sanskrit.
<td>978-81-250-4477-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Innovati
ons in English Language Teaching: Voices from the Indian Classroom</td><td>Z. N.
Patil, Anindya Syam Choudhury and S. P. Patil (Eds.)</td><td>2012</td><td>172</
td><td>325.0000</td><td><em&gt
;Innovations in English Language Teaching: Voices from the Indian
Classroom presents the views of a number of experienc
ed classroom teachers of English in India who have realised the limitations of
traditional pedagogical practices. The book embodies their desire and attempt
to adopt a learner-centric approach and explore innovative materials and techni
ques of teaching English as a second/foreign language. Thus, the book is not ba
sed on the choices and decisions of theoreticians and syllabus designers, which
are later imposed on teachers, but on the personal experience, the tested mate
rials and strategies, and the distilled pedagogical wisdom of seasoned teachers
of English. 
The book is expected to be of im
mense value to all practising teachers of English at the primary, secondary, hi
gher-secondary and tertiary levels, and to teacher trainers and trainer trainee
s. Students doing graduate and postgraduate courses in education will also find
the book a reliable resource. The book will be equally useful to postgraduate
students doing courses such as English Language and Literature Teaching (ELLT),
offered by many universities in India.</td><td>Z. N
. Patil teaches English at the Department of Training and Development
, The English and Foreign Languages University, Hyderabad.
Anindya Syam Choudhury teaches at the Department of
English, Assam University, Silchar.
S. P. Patil is Principal of the Smt. H. R. Patel Art
s Mahila College, Shirpur.</td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
ic Imperialism Continued</td><td>Robert Phillipson</td><td>2009</td><td>296</td>
<td>550.0000</td><td>&l
t;strong>Linguistic Imperialism Continued brings to
gether writings by Robert Phillipson since the publication of Linguis
tic Imperialism in 1992. It consists of articles published in antholo
gies and journals. It also contains reviews of the work of others on global Eng
lish, language policy, and the role of English in multilingual settings worldwi
de. Among the central concerns of the book are English in globalisation and neo
liberal empire, how the project of establishing English as a world language came
about, and the balance between English and other languages in higher education.
One recurrent theme is whether English is learned and used in a healthy balanc
e with other languages English as a lingua franca or in pe
rnicious ways that threaten the future of other languages English as a <em&g
t;lingua frankensteinia. Seven scholars respond to an analysis of th
is by Robert Phillipson in an article that shows how the concept ling
ua franca is often used misleadingly. Linguistic Imperialis
m triggered a major re-thinking of the English teaching profession, a
s it connected English Language Teaching to wider political and economic forces
. Linguistic Imperialism Continued analyses how the dominance of English persists in the 21st century.</p&g
t;</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Robert
Phillipson is a graduate of Cambridge and Leeds Universities,
UK, and has a doctorate from the Faculty of Education of the University of Ams
terdam. He worked for the British Council in Spain, Algeria, Yugoslavia and Lo
ndon before settling in Denmark. He is a Professor Emeritus at Copenhagen
B
usiness School, Denmark. His main publications include Learner langua
ge and language learning (with Claus Færch and Kirsten Haastrup,
Multilingual Matters, 1984), Linguistic imperialism (Oxfo
rd University Press, 1992, also published in China and India), Lingui
stic human rights: overcoming linguistic discrimination, edited with
Tove Skutnabb-Kangas (Mouton de Gruyter, 1994); Language: a right an
d a resource, edited with Miklós Ko
ntra, Tove Skutnabb-Kangas and Tibor Várady (Central European University P
ress, 1999); Rights to language: equity, power and education</em&gt
; (as editor, Lawrence Erlbaum, 2000); En
glish-only Europe? Challenging language policy (Routledge, 2003). .
He has lectured worldwide, and had attachments to universities in Australia, H
ungary, India, and the UK.</div></td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Educ
ation</td>
<td>978-81-250-3752-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>What is
Worth Teaching?</td><td>Krishna Kumar</td><td>2009</td><td>160</td><td>375.0000<
/td><td>Originally published as a
collection of Krishna Kumar's UGC national lectures, What is
Worth Teaching? has acquired the status of a popular analytical t
ext on curriculum inquiry. The title essay poses the problem of curriculum desig
n and content as aspects of the relationship between education and society. The
central theme of knowledge, its selection and representation is pursued in the o
ther essays in the book in the context of the issues such as the teaching of rea
ding, the use of the textbook, gender socialisation, and the values associated w
ith secularism. Structural and historical characteristics of the Indian system a
re used as frames to study the social character of school knowledge and skills.
What is worth Teaching? covers a wide range of issues concerning institutiona
l and pedagogic choices. From reading and storytelling in the early primary clas
ses to the teaching of history in India and Pakistan, this collection of Krishna
Kumar's lectures and essays offers an accessible introduction to critical i
nquiry in education theory.</td><td><div style="text-align: ju
stify">Krishna Kumar is Director of the National Coun
cil of Educational Research and Training (NCERT) and Professor at the Central In
stitute of Education, University of Delhi. He writes in fiction and essays in Hi
ndi and also writes for children.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Education</t
d>
<td>978-81-250-3866-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Children
with Communication Disorders</td><td>Prathibha Karanth</td><td>2010</td><td>208
</td><td>450.0000</td><td><str
ong>'Children with Communication Disorders' provides
a simple, lucid and scientific account of the types of communication disorderss
that may be seen in children. Apart from serving as an introductory text for s
tudents of speech-language pathology, it is also addressed to an audience of pa
rents, teachers and other concerned professionals such as paediatricians, ENT s
pecialists, developmental nerologists, psychologists and special educators. The
book is an introduction to the wide range of communication disorders that are
seen in children so as to be able to recognise them, implement preventive and r
emedial steps where feasible, and seek appropriate professional help when neede
d. It well also serve as an aid to families and professionals to identify and s
upport children with communication disorders across a range of settings includi
ng homes, schools and clinics.
This revised edition includes a Foreword by M. N. Hegde, Professor of

Speech-Language Pathology at the California State University  in Fresn
o.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr Prathibha
Karanth has degrees in Psychology and Speech & Hearing, from
the University of Mysore. She is a pioneer in the field of Speech-Language Path
ology in India and is known for her work on the clinical, teaching and research
aspects of language disorders at premier national institutions such as NIMHANS
, Bangalore. CIIL and AIISH, Mysore. Dr Karanth has published extensively and i
s the recipient of several grants and awards including those from the ICSSR, IC
MR, NAMS, NCERT, UNICEF, Commonwealth, Fulbright and Rockefeller Foundations. C
urrently she heads the Communication DEALL Trust which was set up by her in 200
3, to serve the needs of children and adults with communication disorders. Dr K
aranth is also associated with the academic and research programs of the S.R. C
handrasekar Institute of Speech & Hearing, Bangalore, the college of Sp
eech & Hearing, MAHE, Manipal, ICCONS, Shorannur, Kerala and the School
of Rehabilitation at the Teheran University of Medical Science, Iran.</div&
gt;</td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-3842-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Promotin
g Learner Autonomy: A Teachers Reflections on ESL in India</td><td>Premakumari Dh
eram</td><td>2010</td><td>112</td><td>375.0000</td><td>This book explores the issue of learner autonomy (LA) and
its natural progression to teacher autonomy and development. The experiments in
teaching and learning, conducted over twenty years and documented here, trace a
teachers progress as a facilitator through her investigations into pedagogy.
E
ach of the ten papers in this collection examines the implications of encouragin
g independent learning in the ESL classroomwhat kind of teacher support is helpfu
l and when it should be given. What aspects of language use and language learnin
g do we emphasise in the classroom so that the student identifies the sources of
learning in the world outside and learns from them? How do we capitalize on the
students awareness of L1 use to facilitate L2 learning? Does classroom managemen
t have any bearing on LA?
These papers examine several such
LA-related issues and offer guidance on planning lessons, developing material,
facilitating interaction, and reflecting on teaching. They should be of interest
to the reader also for another reason. The articles illustrate the nature of re
search that reputed journals encourage. And the choices the writer has with rega
rd to presentation. The book makes quite a few samples available. It inspires an
d supports teachers, teacher-educators, and researchers to study context-specifi
c practices, and publish their own accounts of promoting learner autonomy.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Premakumari D
heram is a Professor at the English and Foreign Languages University (
formerly CIFEL), Hyderabad. She has examined language pedagogy in a variety of E
SL contexts and published both in national and international journals. Her speci
al interests include learner autonomy and teacher development. She is the volume
editor of Negotiating Empowerment (Orient Blackswan, 2008) which brings togethe
r the views of experts on second language teaching from across the world.</di
v></td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-3828-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Secre
t of Childhood</td><td>Maria Montessori</td><td>2009</td><td>200</td><td>525.000
0</td><td>Maria Mon
tessori was convinced, from a lifetime of scientific observation,
that there are laws of growth in the character and disposition of the child as
marked as those in its physical life; that adults generally fail to appreciate t
hese laws and force their own ideas on it. This results in the suppression of th
e child's deepest drives and its mind is thrown into confusion. This often m
anifests itself in naughtiness, hysterical crying and sulking. A childhood so fu
ll of repression results in an adulthood full of complexes. Dr Montessori's

It truly becomes the 'Father of Man' and achieves a superior, saner psyc
hological development.
Maria Montessori's revolutionary method of educati
on was implemented long ago. Today, institutions practising her method still exi
st in all parts of the world. This book reaches out to a far wider readership, i
n fact to all those who care for the young and their development into well-adjus
ted adults.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">&
lt;b>Maria Montessori was born in Rome in 1870. She was the first w
oman medical graduate of the University of Rome. After working as Assistant Doct
or in the Clinic of Psychiatry, she was the Director (1898-1900) of the Scuola O
rtofrenica, a school for children with special needs which had been founded as a
result of her interest in such children. She also studied Philosophy at the Uni
versity of Rome, with particular emphasis on the psychology of childhood, and le
ctured to students there in Pedagogical Anthropology. Around 1909, she developed
the Montessori method, the famous system of education for children aged three t
o six, based on free discipline and free choice by children from stimulating lea
rning apparatus provided to them. She was soon in charge of 50 schools for slum
onwards she travelled round the world every other year conducting courses in tea
ching by the Montessori method, holding similar courses every alternate year in
London. She died in 1952.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-3827-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Secr
et of Childhood</td><td>Maria Montessori</td><td>2009</td><td>200</td><td>325.00
00</td><td>Maria Mo
ntessori was convinced, from a lifetime of scientific observation
, that there are laws of growth in the character and disposition of the child as
marked as those in its physical life; that adults generally fail to appreciate
these laws and force their own ideas on it. This results in the suppression of t
he child's deepest drives and its mind is thrown into confusion. This often
manifests itself in naughtiness, hysterical crying and sulking. A childhood so f
ull of repression results in an adulthood full of complexes. Dr Montessori's
It truly becomes the 'Father of Man' and achieves a superior, saner psy
chological development.
Maria Montessori's revolutionary method of educat
ion was implemented long ago. Today, institutions practising her method still ex
ist in all parts of the world. This book reaches out to a far wider readership,
in fact to all those who care for the young and their development into well-adju
sted adults.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">
Maria Montessori was born in Rome in 1870. She was the first
woman medical graduate of the University of Rome. After working as Assistant Doc
tor in the Clinic of Psychiatry, she was the Director (1898-1900) of the Scuola
Ortofrenica, a school for children with special needs which had been founded as
a result of her interest in such children. She also studied Philosophy at the Un
iversity of Rome, with particular emphasis on the psychology of childhood, and l
ectured to students there in Pedagogical Anthropology. Around 1909, she develope
d the Montessori method, the famous system of education for children aged three
to six, based on free discipline and free choice by children from stimulating le
arning apparatus provided to them. She was soon in charge of 50 schools for slum
onwards she travelled round the world every other year conducting courses in te
aching by the Montessori method, holding similar courses every alternate year in
London. She died in 1952.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
gual Education Works: From the Periphery to the Centre</td><td>Kathleen Heugh an
d Tove Skutnabb-Kangas (Eds.)</td><td>2010</td><td>376</td><td>850.0000</td><td>
For the last century or more, Wes
tern and Northern models of education have dominated countries of the South/Sout
h-East. These have seldom borne fruit in Africa, South America, South and SouthEast Asia becaause linguistic diversity and indigenous or organically developed
educational practices have been largely overlooked. Such models have not met the
needs of linguistically diverse communities on the margins. This volume respond
s to that challenge. It demonstrates successful practices in multilingual educat
ion, responsive to local conditions and with community participation, in low-inc
ome countries, even within limited budgetary investment. The examples in this vo
lume foreground the systematic use of the mother tongue/local language, alongsid
e an international language of wider communication and possibly a third language
with regional or national significance. The case studies identify what works, a
s well as the risks and vulnerabilities. The West and North have much to learn f
rom the practices presented and what the research contributes towards current th
eories in linguistics and education.</td><td>Dr  Tove Skutnabb-Kangas has
written or edited around 50 monographs and around 400 articles and book chapter
s, in 38 languages, about minority education, linguistic human rights, linguist
ic genocide, subtractive spread of English and the relationship between biodive
rsity and linguistic diversity. She lives on an ecological farm. For publicatio
ns, see <a href="http://www.tove-skutnabb-kangas.org/" target=&quot
;_blank">www.tove-skutnabb-kangas.org</a
>
<div style="text-align: justify">Kathleen Heugh </b&
gt;is an applied linguist who focuses on language education policy, planning an
d evaluation in multilingual countries, and especially multilingual education p
ractices in Africa. She is currently based at the University of South Australia
, and holds several honorary positions at universities and institutions in Euro
pe, India and South Africa. </div>
<div style="text-align: justify"><a href="http://www.uni
sanet.unisa.edu.au/staff/homepage.asp?Name=Kathleen.Heugh" target="_bl
ank"></a><a href="http://www.unisanet.unisa.edu.au/staff/h
omepage.asp?Name=Kathleen.Heugh" target="_blank">http://www.un
isanet.unisa.edu.au/staff/homepage.asp?Name=Kathleen.Heugh</a></div>
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-4069-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Little
Book of Language</td><td>David Crystal</td><td>2010</td><td>272</td><td>495.000
0</td><td>With a language disappearing every two weeks and neologisms
springing up almost daily, an understanding of the origins and currency of lang
uage has never seemed more relevant. In this charming volume, expert linguist D
avid Crystal proves why the story of language deserves retelling.
From an infants first words to the peculiar dialect of text messaging,&l
t;em> A Little Book of Language rang
es widely, revealing languages myriad intricacies and quirks. Crystal delves in
to the development of unique linguistic styles, the origins of obscure accents
and the search for the first written word. He discusses the plight of endangere
d languages, as well as successful cases of linguistic revitalisation. Much mor
e than a history, this book also turns to the future of language, exploring the
effect of technology on our day-to-day reading, writing and speech. Through en
lightening diagrams and quizzes, as well as Crystals avuncular and entertaining s
tyle, A Little Book of Language</strong&g
t; reveals the story of language to be a captivating tale for all ages. </p&
gt;
</td><td>David Crystal is one of the worlds
pre-eminent language specialists. An honorary professor at Bangor University,
he has published many books on the English language and linguistics, edited se
veral general encyclopedias and written textbooks on language for use in school
s. A regular contributor to radio and television programmes, his recent books i
nclude The Stories of English (2004), Txtng: The
Gr8 Db8 (2008)and Just a Phrase Im Going Through
(2009). He lives in Holyhead, Wales.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td>
<td>Education</td>
in Academic Writing</td><td>Renu Gupta</td><td>2012</td><td>212</td><td>325.000
0</td><td>A Course in Academic Wr
iting has been designed for people who want a single coherent book that teaches
advanced writing skills. It can be used by students appearing for international
English examinations and research scholars, by teachers who want to teach an adv
anced writing course in English, and by curriculum designers who need to set up
a course in academic writing.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Renu Gupta received a Ph.D in language educa
tion from Stanford University. She has taught academic writing at universities
in the US. Singapore and Japan and worked on e-Learning in the corporate sector
.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-4021-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Genre, T
ext, Grammar: Technologies for Teaching and Assessing Writing</td><td>Peter Knap
p and Megan Watkins</td><td>2010</td><td>256</td><td>650.0000</td><td>Genre, Text, Grammar is a compre
hensive reference text that examines how the three aspects of language (genre, t
ext, grammar) can be used as resources in teaching and assessing writing. It pro
vides an accessible account of current theories of language and language learnin
g, together with practical ideas for teaching and assessing the genres and gramm
ar of writing across the curriculum.</td><td><div style="textalign: justify">Peter Knapp is Director of Educationa
l Assessment, Australia and Associate Professor at the School of Education, Univ
ersity of New South Wales. He has worked in literacy education for many years an
d has written a range of books, articles and teaching materials on teaching and
assessing writing.</div> <div style="text-align: justif
y">Megan Watkins is a Lecturer in Education at the Un
iversity of Western Sydney. She has written a number of articles and curriculum
materials on genre theory and literacy pedagogy.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD
,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Education</td>
Education in the Primary Years</td><td>Frances Christie</td><td>2010</td><td>24
8</td><td>650.0000</td><td><sp
an style="text-style: italic">Language Education in t
he Primary Years gives a coherent and structured acc
ount of language and learning and of language pedagogy, using functional grammar
. The author addresses oral language in the classroom, the grammatical differenc
e between speech and writing, visual literacy, the impact of technology on langu
age learning, etc.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify&quo
t;>Frances Christie is emeritus Professor of Language and
Literacy Education, University of Melbourne and Honorary Professor of Education,
University of Sydney.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Educatio
n</td>
<td>978-81-250-6231-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Kaavyaas
waad aur Saadhaaranikaran: Kavyashastra par aadhaarit pustak</td><td>Rajendra Ga
utam</td><td>2016</td><td>208</td><td>495.0000</td><td>
The book presents features of Indian poetics and general applicability
of its components in comprehending Indian Poetics. This is a reference book fo
r the students of Hindi and Sanskrit at undergraduate and postgraduate levels.
Research scholars will also find this book useful. 
The book has seven chapters. It begins with introduction to Indian poe
tics. It talks about salient features of poetics, its origin and purpose. It in
cludes a detailed study of Rasa [a rhetoric form in any of several tas
tes or sentiments characterizing a literary work nine rasas [navrasa] are usual
ly distinguished]; and  Sahrdaya [the reader who rea

ds literature with pleasure and sensitivity]. 
The book also defines and analyzes the features of Kaavyaaswaad [th
e aesthetic experience of reading and comprehending literature]. Als
o included in the book is critical analysis of the theory of Saadhaaranikaran &
lt;em>[general applicability].
The book is appended with a terminological glossary involved in the bo
ok.
</td><td>
Rajendra Gautam is a Ph.D in Hindi from P
unjab University. He has taught Hindi to undergraduate and postgraduate student
s over 42 years in various posts as lecturer, Reader, as Associate Professor an
d currently a Professor in the department of Hindi, University of Delhi. He has
several publications to his credit besides several articles contributed to var
ious academic journals, books and magazines. 
</td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-6045-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Refl
ective Teacher: Case Studies of Action Research</td><td>Neeraja Raghavan</td><td
>2015</td><td>268</td><td>295.0000</td><td>
This book describes the action research u
ndertaken by teachers at the Azim Premji School in Dineshpur, Uttarakhand, guid
ed by facilitators from the Azim Premji Foundation. Teachers with varying lengt
hs of experience took a fresh look at their teaching practices&l
t;/strong>, examined and identified specific problems</str
ong> that they faced, and succeeded in addressing many of these problems.

Consisting of teachers documentation of th
eir action research, classroom observations and facilitators'
notes, the book also analyses the case studies&lt
;/strong> against the backdrop of the research of pioneers such as John Dewe
y and Donald Schon. The work presented here can enable the emergence of the re
flective practitioner in teachers and empower them
to channelise this reflection into action by continuously re-examining their o
wn teaching practices.
</td><td>
Neeraja Raghavan, is former Professor, Az
im Premji University and an Education Consultant. Neeraja Raghavan has a docto
rate degree in Chemistry from Princeton University, USA and is currently a Prof
essor at Azim Premji University. She has been working with Azim Premji Foundati
on for the last seven years, mainly in the field of Science teacher education,
pedagogy and curriculum development. She co-edited Alternative Schoo
ling in India (Sage Publications, 2007) and Childhood Rega
ined, a book on children rescued from child labour (Hand In Hand, Ta
mil Nadu, 2007). She has also written three other books, Curiouser &
amp;amp; Curiouser (Full Circle 2003), I Wonder Why</e
m> (CBT, 2004) and I Wonder How (CBT, 2006). Her resea
rch interests currently focus on teacher development through reflective practic
e.
Vineeta Sood has an M. Phil in Zoology an
d an M.Ed. Her main interest is in the human aspect of education with a focus
on the development of the child, the teacher and the parents as human beings.
Vineeta has worked in the field of alternative education for many years.</p&
gt;
<td>978-81-250-5346-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Positivi
ty: A Way of Life</td><td>Manika Ghosh</td><td>2013</td><td>132</td><td>125.0000
</td><td>Positivity: A
Way of Life covers all the major aspects of wellness development rele
vant to adolescent students as well as life skills that students need when they
step out of the academic world. Written in a lucid style, the book contains plen
ty of activities to enable the students to put into practice what has been learn
t. The book is divided into three sections Developing the self; Developing the s
ocial self and Developing the global self. </td><td><div style=&q
uot;text-align: justify">Manika Ghosh is a trainer an
d counsellor, and was a professor for 30 years at the V.H.D Central Institute of
Home Science and at Maharanis Science College, Bangalore.</div></td><td>Wo
rld</td><td>Education</td>
nglish: A Foundation Course (Revised Edition) Part 2</td><td>Kamlesh Sadanand an
d Susheela Punitha </td><td>2014</td><td>240</td><td>240.0000</td><td>
Spoken English: A Foundation Course Parts 1 & 2 (revised editio
ns) are intended to help develop the oral communication skills of secon
They are aimed at students preparing to enter the mainstream, which would requi
re them to compete with those who have a stronger base in English. The books can
, however, be used just as effectively as self-instructional material by older l
earners who are employed or engaged in different activities of their own.</p&
gt;
 The two parts of the book come with audio CDs that give learn
ers an opportunity to listen to dialogues in everyday situations and that provid
e answers to the practice exercises as well. Also included in the books are brie
f, easy-to-understand tips on pronunciation, vocabulary, grammar and usage that
learners are sure to find useful when learning to speak English.
 The books have been revised to include new dialogues set in f
amiliar situations, more usage notes and an additional appendix.
</td><td>Dr Kamlesh Sadanand retired as Professor
and Head, Centre for Phonetics and Spoken English, EFLU, Hyderabad. She is prese
ntly
a consultant with OBS and has authored our title Teaching Listening
and Speaking.  Dr Susheela Punitha
retired as Professor of
English, Mount Carmel College, Bangalore. Dr Punitha is based in Bangalore,
where she conducts courses on spoken English. She is also involved with some of
our school titles.  </td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
d Susheela Punitha </td><td>2014</td><td>212</td><td>225.0000</td><td>&lt
;span>Spoken English: A
Foundation Course Parts 1 & 2 (revised editions)</span&g
t; are intended to help develop the oral communicat
ion
skills of second language learners, especially those who have had a regional
language medium of instruction at school and who have had little or no exposure
to spoken English. They are aimed at students preparing to enter the mainstream,
which would require them to compete with those who have a stronger base in
English. The books can, however, be used just as effectively as
self-instructional material by older learners who are employed or engaged in
different activities of their own.
pan style="font-size: 11.5pt; font-family: Aldine401BT-RomanA, serif"&

gt; The two parts of the book come with
audio CDs that give learners an opportunity to listen to dialogues in everyday
situations and that provide answers to the practice exercises as well. Also
included in the books are brief, easy-to-understand tips on pronunciation, vocab
ulary,
grammar and usage that learners are sure to find useful when learning to speak
English.
serif; font-size: 11.5pt">The books have been revised to
include new dialogues set in familiar situations, more usage notes and an additi
onal
appendix.</td><td>Dr Kamlesh Sadanand retired as Professor
ntly a consultant with OBS and has authored our title Teaching Liste
ning and Speaking.  
Dr Susheela Punitha retired as Professor of
our school titles.  </td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
onal Advisory Council. </td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-4864-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Knowledg
e Ahead 2</td><td>Jyoti Bansali, Anupam Sinha, Rohini Purang</td><td>2012</td><t
d>64</td><td>208.0000</td><td>&lt
;strong>KnowledgeAhead 1-8 is a series of eight books for crea
ting general awareness, acquiring information about things and events around us,
and for developing functional life skills important for day-to-day life. Topics
from every sphere of life such as sports, arts, science, travel, history, food
and religion are included. 
KnowledgeAhead is designed keepin

g in mind that we are in the Internet age where information is easily available
and therefore imparting encapsulated bits of information to students to be memor
ized has lost its relevance.
The series has been revised to: 
<ul><li style="text-align: justify"> Update information an
d make it more relevant for todayLondon Olympics has been added in Book 4.
</li><li style="text-align: justify">Include Life Skills
to help students deal with day-to-day life e.g., Bk 4, pg 35; Bk 3, pg 12; Bk 6,
pg 37
</li><li style="text-align: justify"> Improve layout and
streamline the text flow
The design of the series is characterized by:
</li><li style="text-align: justify"> Imparting a sense o
f completeness to the information provided by giving background and related mate
rial, so that the information is no longer a collection of isolated facts to be
memorized
</li><li style="text-align: justify">Using what the chil
dren have learnt in other subjects as a springboard, and building on it, rather
than repeating what they have already learnt
</li><li style="text-align: justify">Linking topics to ev
eryday life to create interest and increase understanding
</li><li style="text-align: justify"> Including informati
on of the kind that students will not easily get from written sources
</li><li style="text-align: justify"> Devoting a special
section to the important life skills of creativity and problem solving
</li><li style="text-align: justify">Encouraging children
to use the most powerful information tool of todaythe Internetto find out themselv
es</li></ul>
</td><td>Anupam Sinha and Jyoti Bhansali t
each primary level subjects at Delhi Public School, Vasant Vihar.
Rohini Purang is a creative artist and author. She has also a
uthored primary level books for other publishers.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Educatio
n</td>
d>72</td><td>212.0000</td><td>Kno
wledgeAhead 1-8 is a series of eight books for creating general awareness, acqui
ring information about things and events around us, and for developing functiona
l life skills important for day-to-day life. Topics from every sphere of life su
ch as sports, arts, science, travel, history, food and religion are included.
KnowledgeAhead is designed keeping in mind that we are in the Internet age whe
re information is easily available and therefore imparting encapsulated bits of
information to students to be memorized has lost its relevance.
The series has been revised to:

pg 37
memorized
to use the most powerful information tool of todaythe Internetto find out themsel
ves</li></ul>
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Anupam Sinha&
lt;/b> and Jyoti Bhansali teach primary level subjects at
Delhi Public School, Vasant Vihar.
uthored primary level books for other publishers.</div></td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>Education</td>

<ul><li> Update information and make it more relevant for todayLondon
Olympics has been added in Book 4.
</li><li>Include Life Skills to help students deal with day-to-day
life e.g., Bk 4, pg 35; Bk 3, pg 12; Bk 6, pg 37
</li><li> Improve layout and streamline the text flow
memorized
</li><li>Using what the children have learnt in other subjects as
a springboard, and building on it, rather than repeating what they have already
learnt
</li><li>Linking topics to everyday life to create interest and inc
rease understanding
</li><li> Including information of the kind that students will not
easily get from written sources
</li><li> Devoting a special section to the important life skills o
f creativity and problem solving
</li><li>Encouraging children to use the most powerful information
tool of todaythe Internetto find out themselves</li></ul>
</td><td>Anupam Sinha and Jyoti Bhansali t
n</td>

pg 37
memorized
ves</li></ul>
</td><td>Anupam Sinha and Jyoti Bhansali t
n</td>
e Ahead 6</td><td>Rohini Purang</td><td>2012</td><td>84</td><td>235.0000</td><td
>KnowledgeAhead 1-8 is a series o
f eight books for creating general awareness, acquiring information about things
and events around us, and for developing functional life skills important for d
ay-to-day life. Topics from every sphere of life such as sports, arts, science,
travel, history, food and religion are included.

pg 37

memorized
ves</li></ul>
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Rohini Purang
is a creative artist and author. She has also authored primary level
books for other publishers.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Education</td>

<ul><li style="text-align: justify">Update information and
make it more relevant for todayLondon Olympics has been added in Book 4.
pg 37
</li><li style="text-align: justify"> Improve layout and s
treamline the text flow
</li><li style="text-align: justify">Imparting a sense of
completeness to the information provided by giving background and related materi
al, so that the information is no longer a collection of isolated facts to be me
morized
</li><li style="text-align: justify"> Using what the child
ren have learnt in other subjects as a springboard, and building on it, rather t
han repeating what they have already learnt
</li><li style="text-align: justify"> Linking topics to ev
</li><li style="text-align: justify"> Including informatio
n of the kind that students will not easily get from written sources
</li><li style="text-align: justify">Devoting a special se
ction to the important life skills of creativity and problem solving
es</li></ul>
 is a creative artist and author. She has also authored primary level


<ul> <li style="text-align: justify">Update information an
pg 37
memorized
</li><li style="text-align: justify">Using what the child
ren have learnt in other subjects as a springboard, and building on it, rather t
han repeating what they have already learnt
</li><li style="text-align: justify">Encouraging childre
n to use the most powerful information tool of todaythe Internetto find out themse
lves</li></ul>
 is a creative artist and author. She has also authored primary level
<td>978-81-250-4990-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Issues in
Learning Theories and Pedagogical Practices Volume 1</td><td>Vaishna Narang (ed
)</td><td>2013</td><td>486</td><td>1195.0000</td><td>This two-volume co
llection of studies on issues in language teaching deals with both theoretical
problems and practical issues faced in the classroom. It includes essays on
<ul type="disc">
<li>Socio-cultural
and political contexts of teaching language<
/li>
<li>The
relationship between grammar, language and literature</
li>
<li>Multilingualism;
complexities of teaching English in India &lt
;/li>
<li>Language
policy and planning in the country</li>
<li>Empirical
studies from Japan, Korea, Egypt, Iran and Pakistan&
lt;/li>
</ul>
</td><td>Vaishna Narang is a Professor of
Linguistics at Jawaharlal Nehru University. In a career spanning four decades
she has made significant contributions to applied linguistics, phonetics, speec
h acoustics, learning theories and developmental psycholinguistics.
/p>
<ul type="disc">
<li>Socio-cultural
/li>
<li>The
li>
;/li>
<li>Language
<li>Empirical
lt;/li>
</ul></td><td>Vaishna Narang is a P
rofessor of Linguistics at Jawaharlal Nehru University. In a career spanning fo
ur decades she has made significant contributions to applied linguistics, phone
tics, speech acoustics, learning theories and developmental psycholinguistics.&
lt;/p>
<td>978-81-250-5125-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>New Persp
ectives in the History of Indian Education</td><td>Parimala V. Rao</td><td>2014<
/td><td>650</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>New Perspectives in the
History of Indian Education brings together essays on the milestones
in the development of modern education in India since the mid-nineteenth centu
ry. It offers readings on a wide range of interconnected themes and the debates
which have shaped the contours of the educational policy of contemporary India
.
The essays critique the existing anti-imperialist, postmodern and nati
onalist historiographies of Indian education, and bring forth the shortcomings
of these approaches. Basing themselves on archival sources, they overturn the e
xisting myths created by these historiographies and shed new light on the role
of the colonial state, missionaries and Indian nationalist leaders.
The empirically rich essays focus on the initiatives to promote educat
ion among the socially and educationally backward Dalit communities and the sta
tus of Dalit institutions. The authors argue forcefully about the centrality of
education in fostering social mobility and change. The essays on womens educati
on discuss how intensely controversial it was to educate girls, and how women s
truggled to establish their identity and make their voices heard in a tradition
al society undergoing a transition to modernity. The essays also critically exa
mine the colonial state policy and the attitude of nationalist leaders towards
the introduction of mass and compulsory education.
This volume will be immensely useful for students and scholars in depa
rtments of education, history and sociology. It will also be of interest to edu
cationists, policymakers and the general reader who wants to understand the evo
lution of modern education in India.</td><td>Parimala V
. Rao is Associate Professor, Zakir Husain Centre for Educationa
l Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University.</td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-250-5235-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Light
of Knowledge: Literacy Activism and the Politics of Writing in South India</td>
<td>Francis Cody</td><td>2013</td><td>272</td><td>925.0000</td><td> The
Arivoli Iyakkam (the Enlightenment Movement) is considered to be among the most
successful mass literacy movements in recent history. Led by activists from the
peoples science network and the progressive writers association, the Arivoli Iya
kkam worked in conjunction with district-level administration to encourage activ

e citizenship among the most oppressed classes in rural Tamil Nadu. In <em&gt
;The Light of Knowledge, Francis Codys ethnography of this social move
ment and government program highlights the paradoxes inherent in such movements
that seek to emancipate people through literacy when literacy is a power-laden s
ocial practice in its own right.
The Light of Knowledge is set primarily in the rur
al district of Pudukkottai and it is about activism among laboring women from ma
rginalized communities who have been particularly active as learners and volunte
ers in the movement. In their endeavors to remake the Tamil countryside through
literacy activism, workers in the movement found that their own understanding of
the politics of writing and Enlightenment was often transformed. Indeed, while
activists of the movement successfully mobilized large numbers of rural women, t
hey did so through logics that often pushed against the very Enlightenment ratio
nality they hoped to foster. Offering a rare behind-the-scenes look at an import
ant area of activism, The Light of Knowledge engages with c
ritical social theories of language and citizenship. This book will appeal to a
range of readers interested in sociology, feminism, development studies, and edu
cation. </td><td>Francis Cody i
s Associate Professor in the Department of Anthropology and the Asian Institute
at the University of Toronto. 
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>Education</td>
ory of Education in Modern India, 1757-2012 </td><td>Suresh Chandra Ghosh</td><t
y">The History of Education in Modern India 175
72012, presents an overview of the education system in
India from its colonial beginnings through Independence till the present day.
It examines crucial issues that have shaped Indias education system, like the in
troduction of English education, the Education Despatch of 1854, the genesis of
Curzons university reform of 18991905, and the education policy of post-Independ
ence India.
In addition, this fourth, revise
d edition includes the latest discussions and debates around the major changes
planned for and already implemented in the education sector, including the reco
mmendations of the National Knowledge Commission, the Yashpal Committee Report
on the functioning of bodies in higher and technical education, and enactment o
f the Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education Act, 2009. These are a
nalysed against the background of the huge socioeconomic and political changes
brought about in post-liberalisation India.
Meticulously researched and luci
dly written by a leading authority on the subject, this book is essential readi
ng for students at the graduate and postgraduate levels and anyone with an inte
rest in the history and present state of education in India.
</td><td>Suresh Chandra
Ghosh is a former member of the Editorial Advisory Board of <em&gt
;Paedagogica Historica, Belgium. He held the Chair of History of Edu
cation at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, till 2002, and was a Guest Pr
ofessor at Friedrich Schiller University Jena, known for its association with G
oethe, Hegel and Marx.
<td>978-81-250-6247-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Educatio
n, Conflict and Peace</td><td>Krishna Kumar</td><td>2016</td><td>120</td><td>285
.0000</td><td>
The past few years have witnessed an alarming rise in prejudice and ag
gression in India. A nation like ours, pluralistic in nature and secular by Con
stitution, could have prevented this by educating young minds to appreciate div
ersity, peace and tolerance as basic elements of democracy. 
In this crisply argued book, Krishna Kumar shows why education fails t
o create a reflective ethos and a sense of common cause. He examines the struct
ure and content of education to locate conflicting positions in key areas of kn
owledge. Recent reforms in curriculum design mark a positive beginning, but the
y remain isolated and fragile. The tendency to overwhelm students with unnecess
ary minutiae of detail persists in most States. Science is taught like religion
and social sciences, such as history, deny students the opportunity to learn a
bout differences and conflict. Classroom routines teach children to live in fea
r and to mind their own business. 
Krishna Kumar places the problems of education in the broader perspect
ive of political and economic change. His own pedagogy of peace is constructed
around the idea that acknowledging conflict is the first step towards developin
g awareness and other intellectual skills needed to live together peacefully. &
lt;/p>
This is a very timely booknot only for education policy-makers and curr
iculum designers grappling with the task of determining what should<a>&lt
;/a> be taught in schools, but also for teachers, parents, and every individ
ual concerned about how our vast and complex system of education could be <e
m>adjusted to meet the needs of the country.
</td><td>
Krishna Kumar is Professor at the Central Institute
of Education, Delhi University, and a former Director of the National Council
of Educational Research and Training (NCERT). 
<td>978-81-250-6311-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>New Pers
pectives in the History of Indian Education</td><td>Parimala V. Rao</td><td>2016
</td><td>352</td><td>575.0000</td><td>New Perspectives in the
History of Indian Education brings together essays on the m
ilestones in the development of modern education in India since the mid-nineteen
th century. It offers readings on a wide range of interconnected themes and the
debates which have shaped the contours of the educational policy of contemporary
India.The essays critique the existing anti-imperialist, pos
tmodern and nationalist historiographies of Indian education, and bring forth th
e shortcomings of these approaches. Basing themselves on archival sources, they
overturn the existing myths created by these historiographies and shed new light
on the role of the colonial state, missionaries and Indian nationalist leaders.
The empirically rich essays focus on the initiatives to promo
te education among the socially and educationally backward Dalit communities and
the status of Dalit institutions. The authors argue forcefully about the centra
lity of education in fostering social mobility and change. The essays on womens e
ducation discuss how intensely controversial it was to educate girls, and how wo
men struggled to establish their identity and make their voices heard in a tradi
tional society undergoing a transition to modernity. The essays also critically
examine the colonial state policy and the attitude of nationalist leaders toward
s the introduction of mass and compulsory education.This volu
me will be immensely useful for students and scholars in departments of educatio
n, history and sociology. It will also be of interest to educationists, policyma
kers and the general reader who wants to understand the evolution of modern educ
ation in India.</td><td>Parimala V. Rao </st
rong>is Associate Professor, Zakir Husain Centre for Educational Studies, Jaw
aharlal Nehru University.</td><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
tion to Mechanics</td><td>Mahendra Verma</td><td>2016</td><td>624</td><td>650.00
00</td><td>
Introduction to Mechanics, Second Edition offers a modern introduction to Newtonian dynamics and th
e basics of special relativity. The present edition covers almost all the topic
s specified in the mechanics syllabus of most Indian universities. It preserves
the emphasis laid on the fundamental principles of mechanics and introduction

of modern topics (as in the earlier edition), such as symmetries, nonlinear dyn
amics and presentation of Newton's laws as a differential equation. The pro
gramming language Python is used to solve a large number of differential equati
ons numerically and for many plots.
For computer programs, class PPTs, figures and discussions, please vis
it the authors webpage. Link to authors webpage: http://home.iitk.ac.in/~mkv/Mec
hanics-book/Welcome.html 
</td><td>Mahendra Verma obtained his doct
oral degree from the University of Maryland, College Park. He joined the Depart
ment of Physics, IIT Kanpur in 1994. He is a non-linear dynamist whose chief in
terest lies in theoretical and computational studies of turbulence and nonlinear
physics. Currently he is working on magnetohydrodynamic turbulence, dynamo and
convective turbulence. Dr Verma is also interested in atmospheric and computa
tional physics. He is a recipient of the Swarnajayanti fellowship.</td
><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
Governance Centre, Oslo.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Educa
tion</td>
,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Education</td>
<td>978-81-920475-9-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Second L
anguage Learning in a Foreign Language Environment: A Pragma-Discoursal Account<
/td><td>Asha Tickoo</td><td>2016</td><td>264</td><td>500.0000</td><td>T
he aspects of written discourse addressed in this collection of nine papers are
represented in terms of the defining informational constraints on their standard
use, and the associated pragma-discoursal impact on the message. Each of the fi
rst seven papers individually addresses a core feature of written discourse of c
hallenge to the highintermediate English as a Foreign Language learner, by examin
ing how s/he tackles the very particular information-packaging directives that g
overn it. These seven papers cover a range of such features, from the micro- to
the macro-level, including, reference framing, the marking of time and temporal
passage, key intersentential relations and discoursal developments, and the sign
aling of genre. The eighth paper attempts a more general assessment of the infor
mation-design challenge that these facets of composing collectively constitute,
and the last paper identifies, and accounts for, a common learning strategy that
the typical foreign language context gives rise to. As a whole, the collection
is a comprehensive but also deeply probing, first-of-its-kind pragma-discoursal
study of how second-language writing is learned in a foreign language environmen
t.</td><td>Asha Tickoo is Associate Profes
sor of English Linguistics at the University of Gothenburg. Her areas of special
ty are Pragmatics, Discourse Analysis, and Second Language Acquisition. She uses
discourse-pragmatic principles to analyse the structure of written language, an
d examines the prose of both skilled and unskilled writers, often in comparative
ways. While she is interested in the formal study of written language, one of h
er major goals is also to show that rigorous discourse-pragmatic analysis of lan
guage data is a rich resource of information for language pedagogy.</t
d><td>World</td><td>Education</td>
-Aided Engineering Drawing</td><td>S Trymbaka Murthy</td><td>2016</td><td>308</t
d><td>295.0000</td><td>Computer-Aided Engineering Drawing focuses on the application of computers for engineering drawing and expl
ains the generic process employed by standard engineering software packages step
by step. It critically examines the use of various software packages in enginee
ring drawing and reinforces the topics of all chapters with several solved probl
ems. </td><td>S Trymbaka Murthy was former
ly a professor in the Department of Mechanical Engineering, Sir M. Visvesvaraya
Institute of Technology, Bengaluru. Prior to VTU, he taught at Siddaganga Instit
ute of Technology, Tumkur.
Professor Murthy has four decades of teaching experience. In addition t
o this book, he has authored Computer-Aided Engineering Drawing,</e
m> the fourth edition of which was published by Universities Press in 2014.&l
t;/p>
</td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
of Elements of Mechanical Engineering</td><td>S Trymbaka Murthy</td><td>2016</t
d><td>212</td><td>225.0000</td><td>Textbook of Elements of Me
chanical Engineering has been designed to cover the concepts of mecha
nical engineering that are generally taught to BE/BTech students in their first
year of study. Simple and comprehensive in its approach, the book is replete wit
h numerical problems and exercises for practice to enable the students grasp the
concepts and use them for real-time applications. The flow of each chapter is g
radual as it walks the student through the first principles, building on each to
pic step by step. </td><td>S Trymbaka Murthy</b&g
t; was formerly a professor in the Department of Mechanical Engineering, Sir M.
Visvesvaraya Institute of Technology, Bengaluru. Prior to VTU, he taught at Sidd
aganga Institute of Technology, Tumkur.
Professor Murthy has four decades of teaching experience. In addition t

o this book, he has authored Computer-Aided Engineering Drawing,</e
m> the fourth edition of which was published by Universities Press in 2014.&l
t;/p></td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
td><td>
This book addresses all the major and late
st techniques of data mining. It deals in detail with the algorithms for discov
ering association rules for clustering and building decision trees, and techniq
ues such as neural networks, genetic algorithms, rough set theory and support
vector machine used in data mining. The algorithmic details of different techni
ques such as Apriori, Pincer-search, Dynamic Itemset Counting, FP-Tree growth,
SLIQ, SPRINT, BOAT, CART, RainForest, BIRCH, CURE, BUBBLE, ROCK, STIRR, PAM, CL
ARANS, DBSCAN, GSP, SPADE and SPIRIT are covered. The book also discusses the m
ining of web, spatial, temporal and text data. In the third edition, the chapte
r on data warehousing concepts was thoroughly revised to include multidimension
al data modelling and  cube computation. The discussion on genetic al
gorithms was also expanded as a separate chapter. In the fourth edition, a chap
ter on ROC curve for visualizing the performance of a binary classifier and the
method for computing AUC and its uses has been included.
Students of computer science, mathematical science and management will
find this introductory textbook beneficial for a first course on the subject;
the exposition of concepts with supporting illustrative examples and exercises
makes it suitable for self-study as well. 
</td><td>
Arun K Pujari, faculty and Dean of the Sc
hool of Computer and Information Sciences, University of Hyderabad (UoH), is cu
rrently serving as the vice-chancellor of the Central University of Rajasthan.
He obtained his post-graduation in mathematics from Sambalpur University (1974)
and PhD from IIT Kanpur (1980). He joined UoH in 1985 as a reader and became a
professor in 1990. Professor Pujari has wide experience as an administrator. H
e has served as a member of UGC, DST, DRDO, ISRO and AICTE, and as vice-chance
llor of Sambalpur University (November 2008 to November 2011). He has also been
on visiting assignments to several institutions that include the Institute of
Industrial Sciences, University of Tokyo; International Institute of Software T
echnology, United Nations University, Macau; University of Memphis, USA; and Gr
iffith University, Australia, among others. 
<td>978-81-7371-954-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Internet
of Things: A Hands-on Approach</td><td>Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti</td><
td>2015</td><td>520</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
This book is written as a textbook for edu
cational programs at colleges and universities. It can also be used by IoT (Int
ernet of Things) vendors and service providers for training their program devel
opers. The authors have used an immersive hands on approach, similar to the one a
dopted in the companion book, Cloud Computing: A Hands-on Approach&lt
;/em>, to help readers gain expertise in developing working code for real-wo
rld IoT applications. 
It is organised into three main parts. Part I covers the building bloc
ks of Internet of Things (IoT) and their characteristics. Domain specific IoT a
nd their real-world applications are described along with a generic design meth
odology and an IoT system management approach using NETCONF-YANG.  Par
t II introduces the reader to the programming aspects of IoT with a view to de
veloping rapid prototypes of complex IoT applications. A primer on Python, the
programming language used in this book, is included to bring readers to a commo
n level of expertise. Packages, frameworks and cloud services including WAMP-Au
toBahn, Xively cloud and Amazon Web Services that can be used to develop IoT sy
stems are described. The Raspberry Pi device has been chosen for the examples i
n this book. Case studies with complete source code for various IoT domains suc
h as home automation, smart environment, smart cities, logistics, retail, smart
energy, smart agriculture, industrial control and smart health are described.
 Part III introduces the reader to advanced topics in IoT, including I
oT data analytics and tools for IoT.  Case studies on collecting and
analyzing data generated by IoT in the cloud are described. </s
trong>
</td><td>
Arshdeep Bahga is a research scientist at
Georgia Institute of Technology. His research interests include cloud computing
and big data analytics. He has authored several scientific publications in pee
r-reviewed journals in the areas of cloud computing and big data.
received the 2006 Terman Medal from the American Society of Engineering Educat
ion and HP Corporation. 
<td>978-81-7371-984-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Handbook
of Power and Distribution Transformer Practices</td><td>H Kailasaraman</td><td>
2015</td><td>224</td><td>575.0000</td><td>
Although many textbooks cover the topic of transformers as required of the cur
riculum, engineers after graduation generally learn about the practical applica
tions of transformers either by trial and error or under the guidance of senior
experienced engineers. The need for practical usage information is generally f
elt in power system utilities by professionals, budding consultants, electrical
contractors, and to a larger extent by manufacturers too. This book fulfils t
he need of a handbook and provides a complete solution to the practical aspects
of power transformersconstruction, erection, and maintenanceto augment curriculu
m learning and make budding engineers ready for the field.
Key features: 
<ul>
<li>
Basic
functions of tra
nsformers; information on core, windings, design,
types of winding interco
nnections, connections in practice, tap
operations, changing methods wi
th on-load and off-load tap changers
</li></ul>
<ul>
<li>
Procedure
and precautions
to be observed in transportation, erection and
commissioning of power t
ransformers at site; pre-commissioning
tests; checklist for commissioni
ng power transformers
</li></ul>
<ul>
<li>
Maintenance
aspects includin
g that of external accessories; use of oil in transformers; various tests to b
e conducted; reclamation process
using filters; oil handling systems; tro
ubleshooting and remedial
measures
</li></ul>
<ul>
<li>
Various
protection schem
es; the use of auto transformers in grid network;
operation of transformer
sloading, tap and parallel operation,
emergency operation
</li></ul>
<ul>
<li>
Inferences
from practical p
henomenon: magnetic balance tests, observations made
on voltages during Horn
Gap fuse failures, sheared-delta connection;
two-phasing phenomenon
</li></ul>
<ul>
<li>
Measures
for enhancing performance by design
</li></ul>
<ul>
<li>
Case
studies along with their analyses
</li></ul>
</td><td>
H Kailasaraman, former Executive Engineer, Tamil N
adu Electricity Board, holds an ME degree in electrical engineering with speci
alisation in power systems. He has four decades of experience working in variou
s areas on EHT transmission lines, grid network, substations and transmission a
nd distribution network, as well as twelve years of teaching experience at the
Transmission and Distribution Training Institute of the Tamil Nadu Electricity
Board. He is presently a guest faculty at the institute. He is a member of the
Institution of Engineers.
<td>978-81-7371-985-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Control
Systems</td><td>Alice Mary and Ramana</td><td>2015</td><td>632</td><td>495.0000<
/td><td>Control Systems describes the essential elements of control sys
tem engineering in a simple language that can be understood by students at the u
ndergraduate level. With a rich assortment of solved problems, exercise problem
s, review questions and objective type questions across 15 chapters, the book is
designed to provide the student an exposure to the key functionalities of the c
oncept in real-time applications. In addition, there is an elaborate appendix on
the applications of MATLAB as a computational tool in nearly all fields of scie
nce and engineering. PowerPoint slides that encapsulate the essential points of
each chapter, as also the solutions to chapter-end problems are available as onl
ine supplements that can be accessed at www.universitiespress.com/kalicemary/con
trolsystems</td><td>K Alice Mary </strong&gt
;is Professor and Principal at Vignan Institute of Information Technology, Visak
hapatnam, Andhra Pradesh. A dedicated teacher for the past 33 years, she is also
a keen enthusiast of active research with special interest in control system ap
plication to power electronics and electrical machine drives. She has to her cre
dit 55 papers published/presented in international and national journals/confere
nces of repute and is a fellow member of Institution of Engineers and Institute
of Electronics and Telecommunication Engineers besides several other academic bo
dies. 
P Ramana is Associate Professor at GMR In
stitute of Technology, Rajam, Andhra Pradesh, where he has been teaching for the
past 15 years. He has published/presented 25 papers in international and nation
al journals/conferences of repute. His areas of interest are control systems, po
wer systems and electrical machine drives. A fellow member of the Institute of E
ngineers, India, and member of several academic bodies, he is currently pursuing
his Ph.D. at JNTU Hyderabad. 
<td>978-81-7371-989-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Microwav
e Engineering: Fundamentals, Design and Applications</td><td>Subal Kar</td><td>2
016</td><td>856</td><td>725.0000</td><td>Microwave Engineering: Fundame
ntals, Design and Applications emphasises the basic concepts of microw
ave engineering, design techniques and applications of microwave engineering in

a markedly different way. This inclusive approach covers the undergraduate sylla
bus of almost all Indian institutions where microwave engineering is taught and
to some extent a part of the postgraduate curriculum too.
The student-friendly nature of the book is strengthened by:  <div&gt
;  CAD solutions with standard simulators used for optimal design of mat
ching networks and filters,</div><div>  an exclusive chapter
on Waveguides and Resonators, 
</div><div>  simulation based design of microwave oscillator
s and amplifiers,  </div><div>  basics of microwave
measurement techniques and fundamentals of spectrum analyser and network analys
er, </div><div>  a chapter on Radar Principle and S
ystems, </div><div>  concise coverage of EMI-EMC an
d microwave antennae, </div><div>  Electronic Desig
n Automation (EDA) tools and 3D electromagnetic field simulators used to solve a
number of design problems, </div><div>  use of MAT
LAB in generating characteristic curves and solving problems, </div&
gt;<div>  coverage of an emerging topic of microwave engineeringmet
amaterials,</div><div>  review questions that help in self-a
ssessment, and </div><div>
recapitulation that serves to rein
force the fundamentals contained in the chapter.
For additional material, please visit http://www.universit
iespress.com/subalkar/mwe
</div></td><td>Subal Kar is Professor and Ex-Head of the Institute of Radio Physics and Electronics,
University of Calcutta. His fields of specialisation cover microwave and millim
etre-wave devices and circuits, metamaterials, THz imaging, optical communicatio
n and high energy physics. He has published a large number of research papers in
international journals and has three patents to his credit. Dr Kar received the
Young Scientist Award of URSI and IEEE MTT as well as the Fulbright Award of th
e US Government. He is a Fulbright Fellow, Senior Member of IEEE, Fellow of IETE
, and Fellow VEDA Society. </td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Te
chnology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-990-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Geotechn
ical Engineering</td><td>Debashis Moitra</td><td>2016</td><td>912</td><td>725.00
00</td><td>Geotechnical Engineering combines in a single book, the theoretical a
spects (Soil Mechanics) as well as the applications (Foundation Engineering). Th
e author, with his long experience of undergraduate teaching, felt the need for
a comprehensive textbook on Geotechnical Engineering that would efficiently cate
r to all the basic requirements of undergraduate students and proceeded to fill
the gap. The lucid explanations in the book are strengthened by: <di
v><div>
extensive use of figures and graphs, <div>
citing of examples, even from fields outside Geotechnical Engineering, 
</div><div>
for better understanding of the basic ideas and principl
es, </div><div> solved numerical problems carefully desi
gned to strengthen understanding, 
</div><div>  inclusion of emerging areas of Geotechnical Eng
ineering such as geosynthesis,         &
nbsp;         geotechnical earthq
uake engineering and environmental geotechniques.
For additional material, please visit http://www.un
iversitiespress.com/debashismoitra/gte
</div></div></div></td><td>
Debashis Moitra is Associate Professor at the Indian Institut
e of Engineering Science and Technology, Shibpur. He has had a distinguished aca
demic career with his teaching experience spanning over 30 years. He is the auth
or of one other book and several articles in reputed scientific journals.</p&

gt;</td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
00</td><td>
><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-980-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Problems
and Solutions: International Olympiads on Astronomy and Astrophysics</td><td>An
iket Sule</td><td>2015</td><td>304</td><td>450.0000</td><td><div>The Inter
national Olympiads on Astronomy and Astrophysics (IOAA) are competitions where t
eams of high-school students from around the world compete in a series of tests
and are awarded medals based on their performance.  Started in 2007, mo
re than 45 countries have participated in these olympiads. The competition compr
ises three rounds: theoretical problems, data analysis problems and night sky ob
servation tests. This book presents problems from all the eight IOAAs held thus
far. The problems are categorised according to the concepts involved and also gr
aded according to the difficulty level. Solutions to all the problems are provid
ed. Additional notes help make the solutions self-explanatory.</div><di
v> </div></td><td><div>Aniket Sule 
is Academic Coordinator of the Indian Astronomy Olympiad Programme, Regional Coo
rdinator (Asia-Pacific) of IOAA and Reader at the Homi Bhabha Centre for Science
Education, Tata Institute of Fundamental Research, Mumbai.</div></td><td>
World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-982-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Operatin
g Systems</td><td>A K Sharma</td><td>2015</td><td>392</td><td>450.0000</td><td>
Spread across 12 chapters, Opera
ting Systems covers the essentials of the
subject at the undergraduate level. Each chapter begins with a prelude that pre
sents the conceptual base for the topic discussed in the chapter. The book deal
s at length with the basic design of operating system components using its asso
ciated data structures and algorithms, amply supported by illustrations and so
lved problems. It outlines the evolution of operating systems and probes contem
porary computer system architecture and operating system software in a tangibly
fresh approach that will help the reader gain clear insight into this fascinat
ing subject. The essential points of each chapter are also put together as Powe
rPoint presentations that can be accessed online at <a href="http://www.universit
iespress.com/aksharma/operatingsystems">www.universitiespres
s.com/aksharma/operatingsystems</a>
</td><td>
A K Sharma is currently Professor, Department of Computer Engineeri
ng, BS Anangpuria Institute of Technology and Management, Faridabad. Earlier,
he was Professor and Dean of YMCAUST, Faridabad. A member of the board of studi
es and research committees of several universities, he has guided more than 25
students to their Ph.D. degrees and published about 300 research papers in nati
onal and international journals of repute. He heads a group of researchers acti
vely working on the design of different types of Web crawlers in particular and
search engines in general. 
<td>978-81-7371-938-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Analog C
ommunication Systems : Principles and Practice (Special Edition for Universities
in Kerala)</td><td>K C Raveendranathan</td><td>2014</td><td>320</td><td>295.000
0</td><td>
This edition of Analog
Communications: Principles and Practices addresses the requirements
of undergraduate engineering students of Kerala University, Mahatma Gandhi Uni
versity and Calicut University. The book introduces the recent and most promis
ing developments in the domain of analog communications. The methodology adopte
d relies on a simple and lucid approach to analysis without compromising mathem
atical rigour.  The book includes several worked-out examples and chap
ter-end exercises. Concepts in modulation and signal processing are illustrated
using MATLAB® as a simulation tool, which makes the book suitable for use
in programming and simulation lab as well. 
In this edition, several new topi
cs, additional solved examples and exercises, including multiple-choice questio
ns, and a new chapter on pulse modulation systems have been included to make th
e contents thoroughly compliant with the present-day curriculum requirements of
technical universities.  
<div style="text-align: justify">The MATLAB source code for the
examples included in the book is available at</div><div style="te
xt-align: justify">www.universitiespress.com/anabook/sourcecode.zip</
div></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">K C Ra
veendranathan obtained his BSc in Electronics and Communication Engine
ering in 1984, ME in Electrical Communication Engineering in 1993 and PhD in Com
puter Science and Engineering in 2011. He worked in Bharath Electronics Bangalo
re from March 1985 to June 1988 before joining College of Engineering, Thiruvana
nthapuram, as a faculty member. He served as Deputy Director (Audio Systems) at
the Centre for Development of Imaging Technology (C-DIT), Thiruvananthapuram, du
ring 1988-1989 on a deputation assignment. Dr Raveendranathan has over 26 years
of teaching experience, having taught in many reputed Government Engineering Col
leges in Kerala. He is now the principal of LBS Institute of Technology for Wome
n, Thiruvananthapuram. He has published over 12 papers in national/international
conferences and journals and is the author of five textbooks. He is a reviewer
for AMSE Journal and the Elsevier journal on Nonlinear Systems. He is a member o
f ISTE, fellow of IETE, fellow and chartered engineer of IE (India), and a senio
r member of IEEE and Computer Society of India.</div></td><td>World</td><t
d>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-939-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A First
Course in Iron and Steelmaking</td><td>Dipak Mazumdar</td><td>2015</td><td>396</
td><td>850.0000</td><td>
The Series in Metallurgy and Materials Science was initiated during th
e Diamond Jubilee of the Indian Institute of Metals (IIM). This book is the four
th textbook in the series.   
According to the author, the requirements for a text of this kind are: it sho
uld be concise and contemporary, less descriptive, based on fundamentals and su
fficiently quantitative. This is because courses on extractive metallurgy, mine

ral processing, fuels, furnaces and refractories have been dispensed with to ac
commodate newer subjects related to structure, properties and processing of dif
ferent kinds of emerging and functional materials such as refractories, polymer
s and composites. A First Course in Iron and Steelmakin
g is a textbook catering to undergraduate metallurgic
al engineering students that fulfils all these criteria. The authors experience
in more than a dozen domestic steel and refractory industries has added flavour
and value to the concepts presented in the book. 
</td><td>
Professor Dipak Mazumdar is internationally recogni
zed in the area of steel education and research. He has been teaching Process mod
elling and Iron and steelmaking at the Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur for n
early three decades. He has written chapters in books, over a hundred papers in
peer reviewed journals and co-authored three books. He is well known for numerou
s seminal contributions in the area of ladle metallurgy steelmaking, tundish met
allurgy and continuous casting. Professor Mazumdar is a Fellow of the Indian Nat
ional Academy of Engineering and currently holds the distinguished Ministry of S
teel Chair Professorship at IIT Kanpur. In addition, he works as a consultant fo
r more than a dozen steel and refractory industries in the country.
<td>978-81-7371-941-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Pneumati
cs: Concepts, Design and Applications</td><td>Jagadeesha T</td><td>2015</td><td>
520</td><td>550.0000</td><td>
This book provides a clear and concise overview of the basic principles
of pneumatics technology, the design of pneumatic systems and the applications
of the same for a host of engineering solutions, including industrial control.
Designed primarily as an undergraduate textbook for mechanical, production, a
utomobile and mechatronics engineering disciplines, it covers the subject in su
fficient detail to be of use to postgraduate students as well as those preparing
for competitive examinations.
The book employs numerous examples to bring forth the basic principles
underlying the use of pneumatic power; it also provides physical interpretatio
ns of mathematical analyses for understanding the solutions of complex problems
with ease. 
Salient features: 
<ul>
<li>Emphasis on presenting concepts in an
unambiguous manner with
the help of many worked-out problems </li>
<li>Examples chosen with care to provide
exposure to real-life ind
ustrial problems</li>
<li>Covers the curriculum prescribed in
technical universities in
India </li>
<li>In-depth treatment of the aspects of
production of compressed
air, its drying, cooling, conditioning and
distribution</li>
<li>Detailed coverage of the logic design
of pneumatic circuits &l
t;/li>
<li>Includes advanced topics like KV mapping
and emergency circuit
s, discussed using Boolean algebra as the basis for SOP
and POS</li>
<li>Hydropneumatics discussed in detail
with examples</li>
<li>Well-framed exercise problems ranging
from simple to thought-p
rovoking ones included in all the chapters</li>
</ul>
</td><td>
T Jagadeesha is an assistant professor in
the Department of Mechanical and Production Engineering at the National Institu
te of Technology (NIT), Calicut, Kerala.  He teaches solid mechanics,
mechanics of machinery, dynamics of machinery, design of machine elements, flu
id power control, computational methods, industrial automation and robotics and
mechatronics. 
<td>978-81-7371-915-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>BITS of
Success</td><td>Harsh Bhargava, Kinnera Murthy, Anu Khendry</td><td>2014</td><td
>208</td><td>350.0000</td><td>The
creators of Hotmail, FoodKing, Bharat Forge, MapmyIndia, Onida,
TheFind, VarshaJal and the Buddh International Circuit, to name a few, were
all driven by passionthe passion to realise their dreams. They all built
successful teams and created enduring brands. Further, the founders of the
companies all had one more thing in commonthey graduated from BITS
Pilani. These BITS alumni and many more have been successful entrepreneurs
and trailblazers in varied fields. How did they do it? Did they score a bullsey
e
the first time? If not, did they experience frustrationlike many of us? How
did they balance their work and personal lives? Did they have a success
mantra?
The book provides answers to the
above questions by taking the reader
through the journeys of fifty individuals who realised their dreams through
perseverance and determination, be it as entrepreneurs, technologists,
scientists, teachers or artists. What is noteworthy is that all of them
unanimously attribute their success to the exposure they received in BITS
Pilani, highlighting the importance of educational institutes in shaping
students'' lives.
This book is an initiative of BIT
S Alumni Association, Hyderabad, to
commemorate the golden jubilee of BITS Pilani (19642014).</td><td>Harsh Bhargava is
an alumnus of BITS Pilani, IIT Kanpur, Osmania University and Naval Postgraduate
School, California. He is a former Commodore, Indian Navy, and Professor, IBS H
yderabad. His previous books include Virtual Leadership.
Kinnera Murthy
is an alumnus of BITS Pilani, University of Pune and Osmania University. Former
Dean of the Administrative Staff College of India, Hyderabad, she is a strategy
consultant and serves on the board of
several corporates and academic institutions. She also leads social initiatives
.
Anu Khendry is
an alumnus of BITS Pilani and State University of New York at Stony Brook. Afte
r having spent two decades in the IT industry, she now consults and trains in th
e subject areas of agile methodologies and project management.</td><td
>WORLD</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-922-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Pavement
Evaluation and Maintenance Management System</td><td>R Srinivasa Kumar</td><td>
2014</td><td>588</td><td>1150.0000</td><td>The role of properly timed a
nd qualitatively controlled rehabilitation and maintenance measures in preservin
g a pavements surface quality and ensuring that the structure lasts in serviceabl
e condition through its design life and beyond is well recognized. This book exp
lores the methods of structural and functional evaluation of flexible and rigid
pavements for gathering critical data on the condition of pavements to enable st
rategic decision making with regard to rehabilitation/maintenance measures under
budgetary constraints. It provides detailed descriptions of the state-of-the-ar
t equipment/ devices/techniques used in these evaluations for determining parame
ters of relevance such as road roughness, skid resistance and existing strength
of pavements. Several solved examples are included in the book to give readers a
hands-on approach on the various techniques of measurements and evaluation of p
avement condition. The significance of a pavement management system in providing
a systematic, efficient, consistent and cost-effective decision making mechanis
m for optimising the maintenance of road networks is explored in detail along wi
th implementation aspects.
Some of the salient features of the book are: 
<ul>
<li>Concise introduction to various contact and non-contact type equipment
for pavement evaluation;  standards and models for assessing road roug
hness and frictional properties of pavements</li>
<li>Inclusion of labelled photographs of various models of equipment givin
g details of their components, mode of operation and output data</li>
<li>Categorisation of pavement distresses and pavement condition rating me
thods, providing an overview of methods of pavement condition assessment</li&
gt;
<li>Maintenance and rehabilitation measures mapped to the pavement conditi
on</li>
<li>Structural evaluation of pavements using ground penetrating radar</
li>
</ul>
Detailed introduction to pavement management system (PMS), which includes life c
ycle cost analysis, ranking of maintenance and rehabilitation  projects
, various approaches to PMS, PMS software and PMS implementation </td><td><p&
gt;R Srinivasa Kumar is a faculty member in the Dep
artment of Civil Engineering, University College of Engineering, Osmania Univers
ity, Hyderabad. He is the author of Textbook of Highway Engineering&lt
;/em> ( 2011), Pavement Design (2013) and Tran
sportation Engineering: Railways, Airports, Docks and Harbours (2014)
published by Universities Press. </td><td>World</td><td>Engineering
& Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-923-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Cloud Co
mputing: A Hands-on Approach</td><td>Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti</td><td>
2014</td><td>456</td><td>525.0000</td><td>This book is written as a &lt
;strong>textbook on cloud computing for educational programs a
t colleges. It uses an immersive "hands-on approach" to transfer knowl
edge to the reader by providing the necessary guidance and knowledge to develop
working code for real-world cloud applications. 
It is organised into three main parts. Part I covers technologies that
form the foundations of cloud computing. These include topics such as virtualiza
tion, load balancing, scalability and elasticity, deployment, and replication. P
art II introduces the reader to the design and programming aspects of cloud comp
uting. Case studies on design and implementation of several cloud applications i
n the areas such as image processing, live streaming and social networks analyti
cs are provided. Part III introduces the reader to specialised aspects of cloud
computing including cloud application benchmarking, cloud security, multimedia a
pplications and big data analytics. Case studies in areas such as IT, healthcare
, transportation, networking and education are provided.
The book contains hundreds of figures and tested code samples that serv
e to provide a rigorous, "no hype" guide to cloud computing. Review qu
estions and exercises are provided at the end of each chapter. The focus of the
book is on getting the reader firmly on track to developing robust cloud applica
tions on their own. Thus, readers can use the exercises to develop their own app
lications on cloud platforms, such as those from Amazon Web Services, Google Clo
ud, and Microsoft's Windows Azure. 
Additional support is available at the book's website: <a href="htt
p://www.cloudcomputingbook.info/">www.cloudcomputingbook.info</a>

The book can also be used by cloud service providers (companies) for their custo
mer and employee training programs.</td><td>Arshdeep Bahg

a is a research scientist at Georgia Institute of Technology. His
research interests include cloud computing and big data analytics. Arshdeep has
authored several scientific publications in peer-reviewed journals in the areas
of cloud computing and big data.
received the 2006 Terman Medal from the American Society of Engineering Educatio
n and HP Corporation. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,A
E,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-956-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Engineer
ing Electromagnetics Essentials</td><td>B N Basu</td><td>2015</td><td>688</td><t
d>550.0000</td><td>This book deals with the fundamentals of electromagnetics of
relevance to engineering. It begins with a concise and clear introduction to v
ector calculus, essential for the development of em theory concepts from first
principles. The topics in the book are chosen with care to ensure that readers
are able to grasp the essence of engineering electromagnetics within a reasona
ble time; the approach adopted attempts to make the learning both enjoyable and
meaningful. Interesting illustrative examples and thought-provoking chapter-en
d problems are included to inspire students to take up more challenging proble
ms of practical relevance.
Help is available in the book in
the form of complete solutions/hints, with due references to the concepts deve
loped in the book. 
Salient features</e
m>
<ul>
<li>
Covers all the elementary concepts required to appreciate the engineering
applications of the subject</li>
<li>
Derivations and explanation of all essential mathematical treatments elabora
ted
to make the learning enjoyable</li>
<li>
Carefully chosen illustrative problems that lead to new learnings </li>
<li>
Challenging
exercises that invite readers to develop interesting con
cepts of
relevance to engineering disciplines</li>
</ul>
Further help for teachers is available at www.universitiespress.com/e
eebasubook.info
</td><td><div>B. N. Basu, who superannuated as Professor and Head, Electr
onics Engineering Department, Banaras Hindu University (BHU), Varanasi, is prese
ntly Professor Emeritus at the Sir J. C. Bose School of Engineering, Mankundu, W
est Bengal. Professor Basu, who was Distinguished Visiting Scientist at Central
Electronics Engineering Research Institute (CEERI), Pilani, is presently Visitin
g Professor at CEERI under the Academy of Scientific and Innovative Research of
CSIR. He is Consultant at Microwave Tube Research and Development Centre (MTRDC)
, Bengaluru (DRDO), and is associated with a number of national laboratories (CS
IR and DRDO) as an advisor and reviewer of projects. He is a member of the DST S
teering Committee of the multi-institutional project, Gyrotron, as well as the R
esearch Council of DRDO, Ministry of Defence at MTRDC.</div><div>&lt
;br /></div><div>He has authored or co-authored more than 115 res
earch papers in journals of international repute and six monograph chapters in t
he area of microwave tubes. He has also authored two books: Electromagnetic Theo
ry and Applications in Beam-Wave Electronics (World Scientific, Singapore/New Je
rsey/London/Hong Kong, 1996) and Technical Writing (Prentice-Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2007).</div></td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td
>
<td>978-81-7371-957-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Civil En
gineering Contracts and Estimates</td><td>B S Patil</td><td>2015</td><td>512</td
><td>525.0000</td><td>
Civil Engineering Contracts and Estimates, Fou
rth Edition, combines in a single book, two important
sections of Civil EngineeringContracts and Estimates. In this edition, the rate
s and costs have been updated to bring them on par with the rates prevailing in
201415. Online tendering has been included to bring the book up to date. This e
dition contains everything that engineering faculty and students, as well as fr
esh engineers commencing their career in the field need know about the subject.
Section I (Civil Engineering Contracts) presents an introduction to the legal
aspects involved right from the tender stage up to planning. Section II (Civil
Engineering Estimates) provides the basic framework which enables the reader to
accurately estimate the costs of projects by using the method of measurement o
f works. 
</td><td>
B S Patil is a contracts and arbitration
consultant based at Pune. He has had a distinguished academic and professional
career. He has gained wide experience in the planning and supervision of constr
uction projects and in the preparation of legal documents related to engineerin
g projects. He was a member of the Board of Studies in Civil Engineering, Marat
hwada University, Aurangabad. He is the author of two other books and several a
rticles in engineering journals.
l Methods: A Programming-based Approach</td><td>Arun Kumar Jalan and Utpal Sarka
r</td><td>2015</td><td>432</td><td>395.0000</td><td>This textbook presents the frequently used numerical methods
in a simple, well-structured and logical manner to enable students to easily g
rasp the pertinent concepts. All the concepts are accompanied by numerous solv
ed problems of varying levels of difficulty to further strengthen and consolida
te the students understanding. From a software perspective, algorithms as well a
s C programs are included to enable the student to optimise their usage of the
techniques. The text is well supported with problems, illustrations, assignmen
ts, MCQs and long and short answer questions, thereby providing an exam-oriente
d approach. </td><td>&
lt;strong>Arun Kumar Jalan is Pr
ofessor in Mathematics and Dean of Students Affairs at MCKV Institute of Engine
ering, Howrah. After obtaining his PhD in Mathematics from Jadavpur University,
he joined MCKV Institute of Engineering as lecturer in 2000. He has reviewed a
nd published several research papers in reputed international journals. </p&
gt;
Utpal Sarkar is Assistant Professor in Mathematics at
MCKV Institute of Engineering, Howrah. He completed his Masters in Mathematics
from Jadavpur University and joined MCKV Institute of Engineering as lecturer
in 2009. He is currently working on his PhD from West Bengal University of Tech
nology. </td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-959-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Transpor
tation Engineering, Volume I</td><td>C Venkatramaiah</td><td>2016</td><td>684</t
d><td>575.0000</td><td>
Transportation Engineering, Volume I covers the un
dergraduate curriculum in Highway Engineering and caters to the needs of civil
engineering courses offered by technical universities across India. The book ci
tes and specifies the latest IRC and IS codes, including the special publicatio
ns, in its discussion of current highway engineering practices and testing spec
ifications used in India while guiding the student through all the prescribed t
opics with clarity and academic rigour. With several fully solved problems and
chapter-end exercises for practice, the book focuses on enabling the student to
perform well in examinations, while also going into the details to drive home
core concepts.
</td><td>
C Venkatramaiah has over four decades of
teaching experience in a wide variety of subjects in civil engineering. He reti
red as professor of civil engineering from S V University College of Engineerin
g, Tirupati. He obtained his BE degree from Andhra University, MSc (Engineering
) from Madras University, and PhD from IIT Madras. He has authored book
s in the areas of geotechnical engineering, surveying, engineering mechanics an
d structural analysis.
<td>978-81-7371-977-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Electrom
agnetic Waves and Transmission Lines</td><td>Y Mallikarjuna Reddy</td><td>2015</
td><td>714</td><td>525.0000</td><td><div>Designed according to the syllabu
s of the undergraduate electrical engineering programme in India, this book adop
ts a straightforward approach of presenting theoretical concepts and several wor
ked-out examples in their support. The discussions begin with a review of vector
calculus, the essential mathematical tool for analysis in electromagnetic theor
y. Elements of electrostatics, magnetostatics, time-varying electric and magneti
c fields, wave propagation through unbounded and bounded mediums and the transmi
ssion lines theory are covered concisely to give readers a sound introduction to
the subject and its engineering applications.</div><div> <div>* Salient features</div><div>* Clear and con
cise explanations of fundamental concepts</div><div>* Includes a cha
pter on guided waves</div><div>* Emphasis on problem solving and rev
iew of core concepts with the help of</div><div>* 350 Solved example
s</div><div>* Over 200 practice problems and an equal number of revi
ew questions</div><div>* Nearly 400 multiple-choice questions</di
v></td><td><div>Y Mallikarjuna Reddy, Principal, Vas
ireddy Venkatadri Institute of Technology, Nambur, Guntur, is a professor in the
department of Electronics and Communication Engineering. He has more than 23 ye
ars of teaching experience, which includes research, guiding PhD students and ad
ministration at various levels. He obtained his BE (1987) from Osmania Universit
y, MTech (1990) from JNTU Kakinada and PhD (2009) from Osmania University for hi
s work on radar signal processing. His areas of interest are DSP, radar, speech
processing and missile technology. He has published his research work in reputed
journals and is the author of Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes, and
Electromagnetic Fields, both textbooks for undergraduate engineering programmes.
He is a life member of the Institution of Engineers, India, and ISTE, India.&lt
;/div></td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses; Special Edition for JNTU Hy
derabad</td><td>Erach Bharucha</td><td>2014</td><td>352</td><td>225.0000</td><td
>Environmental studies has become an undisputed requirement in the syllab
i of all undergraduate courses. The first edition of this textbook was the outco
me of the efforts of the Expert Committee constituted by the UGC in response to
the directive given by the Supreme Court of India, on the necessity for a basic
course on the environment. The Second Edition has incorporated the feedback from
the students and faculty to make it more user-friendly. In this JNTU specific e
dition, apart from focus on sustainable development and the ecological footprint
, several topics that were specifically required as per the JNTU syllabus have b
een added. This includes deforestation, desertification, water resources, ecosys
tem values and services, carrying capacity, ambient air quality standards, autom
obile and industrial pollution, bioremediation, handling of biomedical waste, de
tails of international protocols and conventions that were mentioned earlier, li
fe cycle assessment, EIA, risk assessment, socio-economic impacts of various typ
es of pollution and life styles and green buildings. New relevant tables, case s
tudies and flowcharts have also been included.</td><td><b&
gt;Dr Erach Bharucha is Director, Bharati Vidyapeet
h Institute of Environment Education and Research, Pune. He has been engaged in
implementing a variety of environmental education programmes for schools and col
leges. He has been associated with the NCERT, SCERT and UGC to further the cause
of formal environmental education.</td><td>World</td><td>Engineering
& Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-944-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Basic El
ectrical Engineering</td><td>N K De, Dipu Sarkar</td><td>2015</td><td>484</td><t
d>375.0000</td><td>
This introductory textbook on basic electrical engineering provides a firm fou
ndation to the basic concepts of electrical circuits and systems. The material
in the book can be considered in three partselectric circuits (dc and ac), field
parts (magnetic and electric), and electrical machines. Beginning with the fun
damental concepts of electricity and electrical elements, it provides a balance
d coverage of dc and ac electric circuits and electrical machines. The princip
les of operation of transformers, dc machines, both generator and motor includi
ng three-phase induction motors, as well as synchronous ac machines, both gene
rator and motor, are covered in great detail. The book includes a fair number o
f solved illustrative examples and exercises, carefully designed to give the re
ader sufficient help in assimilating concepts and applying them to practical s
ituations. The contents of the book meet the curriculum requirements of the fir
st year undergraduate engineering programme prescribed in India.
Additional support for the book will be made available at ww.univers
itiespress.com/BEEbookinfo
</td><td>
N K De, , formerly a faculty member in the Depart
ment of Electrical Engineering, IIT Kharagpur (19682007), and Principal, Narula
Institute of Technology (NIT), Agarpara, Kolkata (200709), is now a visiting pro
fessor at the Department of Electrical Engineering, NIT. He has more than forty
-two years of teaching and research experience. Besides several research paper
s in well-known journals, he is the co-author of Electric Drives and Problems in Electrical Machines and
Electric Drives, both published by Prentice Hall, India.
Dipu Sarkar is presently a faculty membe
r in the Department of Electrical Engineering, National Institute of Technology
Nagaland. Earlier, he had taught in the Department of Electrical engineering,
Narula Institute of Technology, Agarpara, Kolkata, for ten years (20032013). His
area of specialisation is power systems, and his research interests lie in po
wer systems operation and control, voltage stability, network reconfiguration,
smart grid and applications of soft computing techniques to power engineering.&
lt;/p>
ing Physics</td><td>Sanjay D Jain, Girish G Sahasrabudhe</td><td>2016</td><td>64
8</td><td>600.0000</td><td>
Engineering Physics has been conceived to develop a coherent, comprehe
nsive and practical view of physics among engineering students. This will help
them to develop fundamental ways of thinking and inventing in their future engi
neering practice. The book attempts to break the monotony of just stating theor
etical concepts by examining the historical development of the subject, to show
interesting links between the various topics. Theory and experiment are integ
rated and learning through scientific method is emphasized by seeking agreement
between theory and experiment. Numerical problems are included at appropriate
places to offer quantitative appreciation of parameters involved. Charts are us
ed to facilitate comparative learning of topics that share the same unifying an
d founding aspects. Applications of each topic are discussed at the end of the
chapter to give an idea of how engineering grows through the utilitarian transl
ation of discoveries and concepts in physics. A new chapter on nanophysics has
been included, with additional exercises in key chapters.
</td><td>
Sanjay D Jain is Head, Knowledge Center o
f Priyadarshini Institute of Engineering and Technology, Nagpur. He has been te
aching engineering physics and researching in the area of nonlinear elastic and
acoustic properties of solids for the last twenty-four years. He has published
several research papers in leading international journals and has contributed
papers to international conferences. 
. 
Girish G Sahasrabudhe is Professor of Physics, S
hri Ramdeobaba Kamla Nehru Engineering College, Nagpur. He obtained his doctora
l degree in physics from IIT Bombay, Mumbai, for his work on theory of permutat
ion and unitary groups in many-body problems. He has been teaching physics for
the last twenty-six years and has set up a MATHEMATICA lab in which educational
material is developed.
tation Engineering, Volume II:Railways, Airports, Docks and Harbours, Bridges an
d Tunnels</td><td>C Venkatramaiah</td><td>2016</td><td>980</td><td>725.0000</td>
<td>Transportation Engineering, Volume IIdeals at
length, in five distinct parts, with the engineering aspects of Railways, Airp
orts, Docks and Harbours and Bridges and Tunnels that form part of the undergra
duate curriculum in Transportation Engineering and caters to the needs of civil
engineering courses offered by technical universities across India. While the
first three parts, along with Volume I, elaborate on the primary modes of trans
portation, the fourth and fifth parts are essential links to these modes. The b
ook cites and specifies the latest IRS, IRC and IS codes, including the special
publications, in its discussion of current engineering practices and testing s
pecifications used in India while guiding the student through all the prescribe
d topics with clarity and academic rigour. With several fully solved problems a
nd chapter-end exercises for practice, the book focuses on enabling the student
to perform well in examinations, while also going into the details to drive ho
me core concepts.
</td><td>
C Venkatramaiah has over four decades of
teaching experience in a wide variety of subjects in civil engineering. He reti
red as professor of civil engineering from S V University College of Engineerin
g, Tirupati. He obtained his BE degree from Andhra University, MSc (Engineering
) from Madras University, and PhD from IIT Madras. He has authored book
s in the areas of geotechnical engineering, surveying, engineering mechanics an
d structural analysis.
<td>978-81-7371-999-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Discrete
Mathematics: A Concept-based Approach </td><td>Basavaraj S Anami and Venkanna
S Madalli</td><td>2016</td><td>376</td><td>475.0000</td><td>D
iscrete Mathematics A Concept-based Approach focuses on the applicati
ons of discrete mathematical concepts to real-life scenarios and makes the subje
ct appealing to the student. It caters to the syllabus requirement of students o
f mathematics and computer science at the undergraduate and postgraduate levels
in distinguished engineering colleges. The flow of the topics is gradual and des
igned to lead the students step by step from the first principles to the advance
d topics. The sequencing of the books contents reflect the order and manner in wh
ich the subject in normally approached in the classroom. Each topic is supported
by appropriate examples from computer science to showcase the application of di
screte mathematics in the field of computers. This book can also be used as a fo
undation course for studying advanced mathematical concepts. PowerPoint slides t
hat encapsulate the essential points of each chapter, solutions to chapter-end e

xercises and solved university question papers are available as online supplemen
ts that can be accessed at www.universitiespress.co
m/basavarajsanami/discretemathematics</td><t
d>Basavaraj S Anami is Principal, KLE Institute of T
echnology, Hubballi. Earlier, he was Professor and Head, Department of Computer
Science, Basaveshwar Engineering College Bagalkot. He has been teaching computer
science at the undergraduate and postgraduate levels for the past 33 years and
has 13 years of research experience. His research interests include image proces
sing, natural language processing and knowledge based systems development.
Venkanna S Madalli is Professor, Department of MCA,
KLE Institute of Technology, Hubballi. He is also a visiting faculty at PC Jabin
Science College, Hubballi, where he teaches physics to M. Sc. students and at K
arnatak University, where he handles courses in MCA and M.Sc. (Mathematics). He
has 22 years of teaching experience and is keenly interested in the fields of fl
uid mechanics, numerical techniques and applied mathematics.
tation Engineering: Railways, Airports, Docks and Harbours</td><td>R Srinivasa K
umar</td><td>2014</td><td>348</td><td>395.0000</td><td>In a first cours
e in transportation engineering at the undergraduate level, the various aspects
of road transportation, particularly highway engineering, are generally covered
in detail. This book extends the discussion to other critical components of the
transportation system, namely railways, airways and waterways, by emphasizing th
e basic infrastructural components, principles of planning, functional design, o
peration and management of the infrastructure in each case. It dwells on the lat
est approaches/methodologies in the design and evaluation of railways, airports
and docks & harbours, and includes a large number of illustrations, imag
es and worked-out examples to enhance the understanding of the design elements a
nd components of the system in a practical way.
Salient features of the book
It provides a comprehensive, yet concise coverage of the following area
s, making it ideal for a one semester course in transportation engineering perta
ining to railways, airport and harbours. 
Railways: Details of Indian Railway routes; feature
s of permanent way components; geometric design of railway tracks; functional as
pects of points and crossings with solved examples on design of turnout componen
ts; signals used in Indian Railways, their aspect form; working principle of axl
e counter and track circuit; particulars of automatic signalling system; types o
f interlocking systems and their merits and demerits
Airports: Airport master plan and runway o
rientation; aircraft characteristics, design and orientation of runways using Wi
nd Rose diagrams; FAA design standard for minimum wind coverage; classification
of airports and estimation of design runway length (FAA and ICAO standards); sta
ndards for geometric components of  runway and taxiway system as per FA
A, ICAI and CASA; description of instrument landing system (ILS), approach light
ing system, VASI, precision approach path indicator lighting system and visual a
ids; air traffic control (ATC) with the terminal component facilities; design of
runway pavements based on UFC, FAA, PCA, US Army and Air Force systems; ACN-PCN
system of rating aerodrome pavements; airport pavement drainage system, failure
s-evaluation and the maintenance aspects
Docks & Harbours: Planning, layout
, construction and maintenance of docks and harbours </td><td><p&g
t;R Srinivasa Kumar is a faculty member in the Depa
rtment of Civil Engineering, University College of Engineering, Osmania Universi

ty, Hyderabad. He is the author of Textbook of Highway Engineering (2011), Pavement Design (2013) and Paveme
nt Evaluation and Maintenance Management System (2014) published by U
niversities Press. </td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technolog
y</td>
es of Metallurgical Thermodynamics</td><td>S K Bose and S K Roy</td><td>2014</td
><td>688</td><td>750.0000</td><td>The Series in Metallurgy and Material
s Science was initiated during the Diamond Jubilee of the Indian Institute of M
etals (IIM). This book is the third textbook in the series.
Principles of Metallurgical Thermodynamics deals with the thermodynamics of reactive systems, with e
mphasis on the reactivity of metals and materials being used by metallurgical a
nd materials scientists all over the world. Though the focus is on equilibrium
thermodynamics, it also touches upon some methods to incorporate non-equilibriu
m effects relevant to material scientists. This knowledge will enable students t
o solve the challenging problems faced during operation in different materialsprocessing routes. It will also help in the search for new substances that migh
t revolutionize high as well as low temperature applications because of their s
uper-fluid and super-conducting properties, outer space environmental adaptabil
ity and more attractive electrical, magnetic and dielectric properties. </p&
gt;</td><td>Late Professor Subir Kumar Bose </strong&
gt;and Professor Sanat Kumar Roy have each more tha
n four decades of experience in teaching both undergraduate and graduate studen
ts of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering in one of the most esteemed educa
tion centres in IndiaIndian Institute of Technology Kharagpur. They both have se
veral papers in international journals and one book to their credit and have gu
ided numerous Ph D scholars in their research.
tion to MATLAB Programming, Toolbox and Simulink</td><td>Jaydeep Chakravorty</td
><td>2014</td><td>556</td><td>675.0000</td><td>This book provides a sim
ple, easy-to-use introduction to MATLAB®, the programming environment popul
ar with students, scientists and engineers and industries the world over as a to
ol for computation and simulation. The basic features of MATLAB are explained in
a step-by-step manner with many examples to enable the reader to become profici
ent in using the language for a variety of applications. 
Salient points:
<ul>
<li>Covers MATLAB programming, MATLAB toolbox and Simulink, all in one boo
k</li>
<li>Includes separate chapters on MATLAB GUI and communication systems eng
ineering toolbox      &amp
;nbsp;       &amp
;nbsp;       &amp
;nbsp;       &amp
;nbsp;       &amp
;nbsp;       &amp
;nbsp;       &amp
;nbsp;       &amp
;nbsp;       &amp
;nbsp;       &amp
;nbsp;     </li>
<li>Includes more than 400 solved problems and designs relevant to science
and engineering</li>
<li>problems</li>
<li>Consists of around 150 exercise problems</li>
<li>No previous exposure to MATLAB required to understand the book</li&

gt;
<li>Provides a simple description of different utilities and resources ava
ilable in MATLAB</li>
</ul>
</td><td>Jaydeep Chakravorty obtained his
BE in electrical and electronics engineering from Sikkim Manipal Institute of Te
chnology, Majitar, Sikkim, and his ME in software engineering from Birla Institu
te of Technology, Mesra, Ranchi. He is currently an associate professor and the
head of the Department of Electrical Engineering at Baddi University of Emerging
Science and Technology, Solan, Himachal Pradesh. Prior to that, he was a facult
y member at the University of Petroleum and Energy Studies, Dehradun. His areas
of interests are electrical circuits and networks, power systems, fuzzy logic, n
eural networks, genetic algorithms and soft computing techniques. He has publish
ed papers in several journals and has presented papers in various national and i
nternational conferences.
</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-931-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Operatio
ns Research, Models and Methods</td><td>Chandrasekhar Salimath and Bhupender Par
ashar</td><td>2014</td><td>436</td><td>375.0000</td><td>The guiding philosophy o
f the authors has been to treat the subject matter from a mathematical perspect
ive, highlighting the fact that Operations Research is essentially a science of
decision making, affecting almost every aspect of life and translating into re
al life benefits. Their approach has been two-foldto motivate the students to le
arn the basic concepts of OR while developing mathematical modelling and proble
m solving skills, and to enhance their decision making capabilities. This book
on Operations Researchcovers
the existing syllabi of UG/PG programmes in many of the Indian Technical Univer
sities.</td><td>
Dr Chandrasekhar Salimath is Professor,
Department of Applied Mathematics at the JSS Academy of Technical Education, No
ida. He has taught for 38 years at the UG and PG levels with a research experie
nce of 12 years in wavelet theory and its applications. He has published six pape
rs in international journals and co-authored textbooks for the UG programme. He
has delivered invited talks at several conferences.
Dr Bhupender Parashar is Assistant Profe
ssor, Department of Applied Mathematics at the JSS Academy of Technical Educati
on, Noida. He completed his PhD in 2005 from the Maharshi Dayanand University,
Rohtak. He has more than fifteen years of experience in teaching Operations Res
earch to UG and PG students of engineering and management. His research interes
ts include reliability modelling and information theory. He has published a num
ber of papers in international and national journals of repute including IEEE.
He has co-authored three books on engineering mathematics and discrete mathemat
ics.
<td>978-81-7371-933-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Compen
dium of Objective Questions in Civil Engineering</td><td>C Venkatramaiah and A K
rishna Sharma</td><td>2014</td><td>496</td><td>575.0000</td><td>This bo
ok has been designed to meet the needs of students preparing for all kinds of co
mpetitive examinations and entrance tests for admission to postgraduate courses
and job recruitment. About 4000 objective-type questions of different kinds, esp
ecially the multiple choice variety, from the different areas of civil engineeri
ng are included. Important definitions and essential formulae including code pro
visions, where applicable, are given. The accent is on quality rather than on qu
antity. </td><td>C Venkatramaiah</strong&gt
; has over four decades of teaching experience in a wide variety of subjects in
civil engineering. He retired as professor of civil engineering from S V Univers
ity College of Engineering, Tirupati. He obtained his BE degree from Andhra Univ
ersity, MSc (Engineering) from Madras University, and PhD from IIT Madras. He ha
s authored books in the areas of geotechnical engineering, surveying, engineerin
g mechanics and structural analysis.
A Krishna Sharma obtained his BE (civil) a
nd ME (hydraulics and water resources engineering) from SV University College of
Engineering, Tirupati, and his PhD from IISc, Bangalore. He has nearly forty ye
ars of teaching experienceas faculty member and principal of MS Ramaiah Institute
of Technology, Bangalore, principal of GMRIT, Rajam, and DMSSVH College of Engi
neering, Machilipatnam, and presently, principal of Brindavan College of Enginee
ring, Bangalore. 
<td>978-81-7371-881-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Getting
Started with Stellaris ARM Cortex-M Embedded Processors: A Lab Manual for the St
ellaris Guru Evaluation Kit</td><td>Dhananjay V Gadre, Rohit Dureja and Shanjit
S Jajmann</td><td>2013</td><td>160</td><td>295.0000</td><td>ARM microprocessors from Texas Instruments have a do
minant presence in the technological devices of today. This is a lab manual tha
t lets users get familiar with the ARM Stellaris Cortex-M3 microcontroller fam
ily using a hands-on approach with the help of a hardware evaluation kit named
''Guru''. Using the Guru kit it is possible to perform a range
of experimentsbasic to advancedand develop familiarity with the various on-chip h
ardware features of the microcontroller. The Guru kit comes with an onboard Ardu
ino connector that offers expansion options via connections to external interfac
e circuits called shields.  With shields, many more experiments than wha
t is possible with just the basic kit can be performed. Also, by choosing an ap
propriate combination of a shield and software, small projects can also be exec
uted.In all, the lab manual discusses 26 experiments that ca
n be performed on the Guru kit apart from the several suggested experiments. Th
e Guru kit can also be used as a useful resource for full-fledged projects, inc
luding  the mandatory final-year BTech projects.</td><td>&lt
;p style="text-align: justify">Dhananjay V Gadre</b&gt
; is an associate professor in the Electronics and Communication Engineering Di
vision, Netaji Subhas Institute of Technology (NSIT), New Delhi, while <b&gt
;Rohit Dureja and Shanjit Singh are Texas Instrumen
ts interns and final-year undergraduate students  in the Instrumentat
ion and Control Engineering and Electronics and Communication Engineering Divis
ions, respectively, working under his guidance.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV
,PK,LK</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
riented Analysis, Design and Implementation: An Integrated Approach</td><td>Brah
ma Dathan and Sarnath Ramnath</td><td>2015</td><td>516</td><td>525.0000</td><td>
This book uses a case-study-base
d approach for providing a comprehensive introduction to the principles of obje
ct-oriented design. The salient points of its coverage are:
<ul>
sound footing on objec
t-oriented concepts such as classes, objects,
interfaces, inheritance, pol
ymorphism, dynamic linking, etc.</li>
good introduction to t
he stage of requirements analysis</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Use
of UML to document u
ser requirements and design</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">An
extensive treatment o
f the design process</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Coverage
of implementati
on issues</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Appropriate
use of desig
n and architectural patterns</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Introduction

to the art
and craft of refactoring</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Pointers
to resources th
at further the reader's knowledge</li>
</ul>
The stress of the book is on imp
lementation aspects, without which the learning is incomplete. This is achieved
through the use of case studies for introducing the various concepts of analys
is and design, ensuring that the theory is never separate from the implementati
on aspects. In the first edition, UML was introduced on an as-needed basis; certa
in UML diagrams that were not needed were not covered. This edition includes a
new chapter for providing a concise introduction to the remaining UML diagrams
using the same holistic approach used in the first edition.  </p&gt
;<div style="text-align: justify">All the main case studies used
in this book have been implemented by the authors using Java. An appendix on J
ava provides a useful short tutorial on the language</div></td><td>
<div style="text-align: justify">Brahma Dathan &l
t;/strong>is an associate professor at the College of Arts and Science, Metr
opolitan State University, Minnesota. He obtained his BS in engineering with sp
ecial focus on electronics and communication from the University of Kerala, MTe
ch in computer science from  IIT Madras and PhD in computer science fr
om University of Pittsburgh.  </div><div style=&
quot;text-align: justify"> </div><div
style="text-align: justify">Sarnath Ramnath rec
eived his B.Tech and M.Tech degrees from the Indian Institute of Technology, New
Delhi in 1984 and 1987 respectively, and his PhD in Computer Science from SUNY,
Buffalo in 1994. His areas of interest include algorithm analysis and design, d
ata structures, computational geometry and object-oriented software design. He i
s currently Professor and Chair of the Dept of Computer Science at Minnesota Sta
te University, St Cloud, MN, USA.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Engineering
& Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-885-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Pavement
Design</td><td>R Srinivasa Kumar</td><td>2013</td><td>360</td><td>375.0000</td>
<td>This comprehensive textbook
on pavement engineering provides a clear and thorough understanding of the fund
amental principles of pavement design. The book also includes the latest method
s/techniques on pavement materials testing, design and evaluation and uses the
latest code provisions and design methods of pavements recommended by the India
n Roads Congress (IRC) and Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS), which makes it sui
table even for an elective or a postgraduate programme in civil engineering. In
cluded in the book are discussions on vehiclepavement interaction,  inv
estigations by falling weight deflectometer (FWD) and heavy vehicle simulator (
HVS), and design aspects of low volume and rural roads, and  surface
and subsurface drainage considerations for pavements. Innovative developments i
n pavement technology such as pre-stressed concrete pavements and the use of ge
otextiles in pavement engineering are also covered. Solved examples of varied t
ypes are included throughout the book and so are exercises at the end of all ch
apters, which readers will find well suited for reviewing the concepts learnt.&
lt;/p></td><td>R Srin
ivasa Kumar, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering at the Universi
ty College of Engineering, Osmania University, Hyderabad, has a BE in civil eng
ineering and ME and PhD degrees in transportation engineering. He was awarded t
he Indian Roads Congress Commendation Certificate for the best research paper p
ublished in the IRC Journal (20012002). He was a member of the State Technical A
gency of Uttar Pradesh for the Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana (PMGSY) Rural R
oads Project and has conducted various training programmes as a member of the C
oordination Committee at the Department of the Civil Engineering, Institute of
Technology, Benaras Hindu University (BHU) and Osmania University, Hyderabad.
He has to his credit several publications in national and international journa
ls.</td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>

<td>978-81-7371-886-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Electrom
agnetic Fields</td><td>Y Mallikarjuna Reddy</td><td>2013</td><td>436</td><td>375
.0000</td><td>This is an introductory textbook on electromagnetic field
s suitable for undergraduate engineering courses in electrical engineering. It a
dopts a straightforward approach of presenting theoretical concepts in brief and
using several worked-out examples of varied kinds to provide a further un
derstanding of concepts. The material covered in the book broadly aims to
develop formulations associated with the analysis of electrostatic, static magne
tic and time-varying electromagnetic fields. A review of vector calculus, includ
ed as an appendix, provides the necessary mathematical background for understand
ing the treatment. 
The salient features of the book are:
<ul type="circle">
<li>clear and concise explanations</li>
<li>a number of worked-out examples</li>
<li>variety in exercises</li>
<li>a coverage that matches the undergraduate curriculum</li>
<li>inclusion of several problems drawn from previous university question
papers</li>
</ul></td><td>Y Mallikarjuna Reddy, Principal, Vasireddy Venkitadri Institute of Technology, Nambur, Gun
tur, is a professor in the department of Electronics and Communications Engineer
ing. He has more than 22 years of teaching experience. He obtained his MTech deg
ree from JNTU Kakinada in 1990 and his PhD in 2009 from Osmania University, Hyde
rabad. He is a member of I(E) and ISTE, India. He has published research papers
in journals of international repute and is currently engaged in research in the
areas of radar signal and image processing.</td><td>World</td><td>Engineering &a
mp; Technology</td>
ity Theory and Stochastic Processes</td><td>Y Mallikarjuna Reddy</td><td>2013</t
d><td>674</td><td>450.0000</td><td>This book provides an introduction i
nto the mathematical concepts and tools necessary for understanding the theory
of probability and the dynamics of stochastic processes central to a number of
application areas in engineering sciences, biology medicine and finance. The m
aterial covered in the book, however, is particularly suited to an undergraduat
e programme in electronics and communications engineering, for it focu
ses on probability and the random variable, on random processes, linea
r systems and probabilistic tools for modelling of noise, which are of direct r
elevance to this branch of engineering. Each topic is introduced with
the fundamental concepts and underlying theories in a concise manner, and is th
en followed up with several worked-out examples for developing problem-solving
skills in the learner. Many of the problems have been drawn from previous years
'' examination papers to give students an exposure to the variety and k
inds typically encountered in exam situations; the focus of the selection is to
train them in the use of explicit probability distributions for solving engine
ering and physics problems.
The contents are mapped to JNTU ECE syllabus, and many of the solved e
xamples and exercises are drawn from previous JNTU question papers, making it a
good match for JNTU market. However, since the coverage of topics is typical o
f any undergraduate programme on the subject, the book can be promoted everywhe
re in the country.
</td><td>Y Mallikarjuna Reddy, Principal,
Vasireddy Venkitadri Institute of Technology, Nambur, Guntur, is a professor i
n the department of Electronics and Communications Engineering. He has more tha
n 22 years of teaching experience. He obtained his MTech degree from JNTU Kakina
da in 1990 and his PhD in 2009 from Osmania University, Hyderabad. He is a memb
er of I(E) and ISTE, India. He has published research papers in journals of int
ernational repute and is currently engaged in research in the areas of radar si

gnal and image processing.</td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Tec
hnology</td>
of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses</td><td>Erach Bharucha</td><
fy">Environmental studies has become an undisputed requirement in the syll
abi of all undergraduate courses. The first edition of this textbook was the out
come of the efforts of the Expert Committee constituted by the UGC in response t
o the directive given by the Supreme Court of India, on the necessity for a basi
c course on the environment. The Second Edition has incorporated the feedback fr
om the students and faculty to make it more user-friendly.
Salient features:
<ul>
<li>Tailored precisely to suit the curriculum set down by the UGC. </li
>
<li>Relevant new case studies, examples, photographs and figures make the
book student and teacher-friendly.</li>
<li>The subject matter is presented in very simple and lucid language whic
h makes the concepts clear to Engineering, Arts, Science and Commerce students a
like. </li>
<li>The important aspect of fieldwork is included in Unit 8.</li>
<li>Flowcharts have been introduced wherever required so that concepts are
clearer in the students minds.</li>
<li>The refrain of sustainable living runs though the entire book, thus awak
ening the students to reality and suggests solutions for commonly encountered en
vironmental issues.</li>
</ul>
Questions are provided at the end of each chapter to test comprehension
.</td><td><strong&gt
;Dr Erach Bharucha is Director, Bharati Vidyapeeth Institute of E
nvironment Education and Research, Pune. He has been engaged in implementing a v
ariety of environmental education programmes for schools and colleges. He has be
en associated with the NCERT, SCERT and UGC to further the cause of formal envir
onmental education. </td><td>WORLD</td><td>Engineering & Technolog
y</td>
ental Science and Engineering</td><td>Aloka Debi</td><td>2012</td><td>268</td><t
d>295.0000</td><td>Environmental Science and E
ngineering has been specially designed to explain what
the environment is, how it is polluted and destroyed, the effects of pollution
, and how effectively the damage to the environment can be controlled. The seco
nd edition of the book incorporates more insights into prevention against pollu
tion, new case studies, as well as a chapter on Recent Sources of Pollution that
includes marine, thermal and nuclear pollution.
This book
<ul>
<li>discusses the acts and laws that govern
pollution </li>
<li>provides a number of relevant case studies</strong&
gt;</li>
<li>suggests solutions to the environmental
problems</li>
<li>provides extensive exercises</li&gt
;
<li>is based on the undergraduate syllabus 
prescribed by the UGC for engineering students thr
oughout India</li>
</ul></td><td>Dr Aloka Debi&lt
;/strong> is Retired Professor of Chemistry, Kingston Engineering College, K
olkata and Retired Senior Lecturer in Chemistry and Environmental Science, Gove
rnment Polytechnic, Kolkata. She has earlier published five textbooks in Enviro
nmental Engineering and Chemistry, in English and Bengali. </td><td>Wo
rld</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-761-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Digital
Electronics and Logic Design</td><td>Jaydeep Chakravorty</td><td>2012</td><td>42
8</td><td>375.0000</td><td>In thi
s book the concepts of digital electronics and digital logic are presented in a
simple, easy-to-understand manner. The learning of the design principles is su
pported with large number of worked-out-examples and exercise problems. Undergr
aduate students of engineering as well as students of polytechnic institutes wi
ll find the book suitable as an introductory textbook. The book has
<ul>
<li>more than 300 solved problems and design examples.</li>
<li>around 150 exercise problems and an equal number of multiple choice
questions. </li>
</ul></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Ja
ydeep Chakravorty obtained his BE degree (Electrical & Electro
nics Engineering) from Sikkim Manipal Institute of Technology, Majitar, Sikkim,
and his ME (Software Engineering) from Birla Institute of Technology, Meshra, Ra
nchi. His areas of interest are electrical circuits and networks, power system,
fuzzy logic, neural networks, genetic algorithms and soft computing techniques.
He is currently an assistant professor in the department of Electrical &
Electronics Engineering (EEE), University of Petroleum and Energy Studies, Dehr
adun. Prior to this, he was a faculty member of Sikkim Manipal Institute of Tech
nology, Majitar, Sikkim.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Tec
hnology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-768-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Function
al Materials: A Chemists Perspective</td><td>Vijayamohanan K Pillai, Meera Partha
sarathy</td><td>2012</td><td>408</td><td>550.0000</td><td>The Series i
n Metallurgy and Materials Science was initiated during the Diamond Jubilee of
the Indian Institute of Metals (IIM). In the last decade, the progress in the s
tudy and development of metallurgy and materials science has been rapid and ext
ensive, giving us a whole new array of materials, with a wide range of applicat
ions, and a variety of techniques for both processing and characterizing them.
With the help of an expert editorial panel of international and national scient
ists, the series aims to make this information available to a wide spectrum of
readers through textbooks, monographs on select topics, and proceedings of sele
ct international conferences organised by the IIM. This book is the eighth book
in the series.
This book introduces the reader to the basic concepts, lines of develo
pment, main characteristics and applications of functional materials. Several e
xamples of functional materials developed during the last two decades are used
to illustrate their versatility and range of function. This book examines the p
reparation and characterization of some of these materials from the perspective
of a synthetic chemist. Although research in this area is multidisciplinary, t
he chemistry of these materials is given special importance. Existing and emerg
ing applications of functional materials in energy storage, polymer electronics
, chemical sensors, nanobiotechnology and medicine are highlighted.
Salient features:
<ul>
<li>Selection of topics based on curriculum and current interest</li
>
<li>Numerous examples and illustrations</li>
<li>Colour plates to enhance understanding</li>
<li>Further Reading and Exercises at the end of every chapter</li&gt

;
</ul></td><td>Vijayamohanan K Pillai
is Acting Director, Central Electrochemical Research Institute, Karaikudi, Tam
il Nadu, and Scientist, Physical & Materials Chemistry Division, Nati
onal Chemical Laboratory, Pune. He has been a Visiting Scientist at Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute, New York and won several awards and honours. His areas
of interest are self-assembled monolayers, monolayer-protected nanoclusters, an
d hybrid materials and their electrochemistry.
Meera Parthasarathy is Assistant Professo
r in the Department of Chemistry, School of Chemical & Biotechnology, S
ASTRA University, Thanjavur, Tamilnadu. Her current research activity includes
electrochemistry, materials science, nanomaterials synthesis and functionalizat
ion, fuel cells, biological separations and electrochemical imaging.<
/td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
ing Geology</td><td>Vasudev Kanithi</td><td>2012</td><td>408</td><td>450.0000</t
d><td><div style="text-align: justify">Civil engineers need to
know as much as possible about the ground beneath their construction sites befo
re carrying out any civil engineering design works. This book provides a compr
ehensive coverage of the basic aspects of geology for civil and environmental e
ngineering students so that they are able to adequately recognise, interpret and
use geological data in the planning, design and monitoring of civil engineeri
ng works. The author uses a direct approach of presenting facts but engages the
attention of readers with plentiful illustrations so that they are able to get
a feel of the geological aspects even while not being directly situated in the
environs being</div><div style="text-align: justify">disc
ussed. Environmental issues, hazards mitigation and resources engineering in th
e geological context are highlighted in the book. Case studies of failure of ci
vil works due to ignorance of or inadequate attention to the implications of ge
ological aspects provide interesting insights on the relevance of the subject.&
lt;/div>
The book meets the curriculum re
quirements of an undergraduate program in civil engineering.</td><td>
Vasudev Kanithi</b&gt
;, a field geologist, is at present a lecturer at the Department of Civil and E
nvironmental Engineering, University of the West Indies. Earlier, he taught at
Andhra University, India, and the University of Asmara, Eritrea. His PhD work w
as on coastal processes and he has presented his research findings in several c
onferences and journals. He has been an independent consultant for several priv
ate, public and government projects in the assessment of groundwater potential,
especially in hard rock terrains for wells and borewells for domestic, irrigat
ional and industrial purposes. His interests include groundwater exploration, c
oastal zone management, slope failures and environmental geology.</td
<td>978-81-7371-770-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Solid Sta
te, Microelectronic and Optoelectronic Devices</td><td>Angsuman Sarkar, Chandan
Kumar Sarkar</td><td>2012</td><td>664</td><td>410.0000</td><td>This book is concerned with the physics of electro
nic devices, processes of device operation and techniques for modelling devices.
Developed to serve as a textbook on solid state devices, microele
ctronics and optoelectronics, it provides an integrated approach
to the subject by including modern developments in device design, VLSI and micro
electronics along with device physics that form a part of traditional courses.&l
t;/p></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Angsu
man Sarkar is an assistant professor in the Department of Electronics
and Communication Engineering, Kalyani Government Engineering College, West Beng
al. He received his MTech degree in VLSI and microelectronics from Jadavpur Univ
ersity, Kolkata, and is now working towards his PhD from the same university. Hi
s current research interest is in the study of short channel effects of sub 100
nm MOSFETs and nano device modelling. His publications include research papers i
n refereed journals and conference proceedings and several textbooks. &
lt;/div><div style="text-align: justify"> </div
><div style="text-align: justify">Chandan Kumar Sark
ar is a professor in the Department of Electronics and Telecommunicati
on Engineering in Jadavpur University, Kolkata. He obtained his MSc degree in Ph
ysics from Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh, his PhD from Calcutta University
(1979) and his DPhil from Oxford University, Oxford, UK (1984). Professor Sarkar
was a Postdoctoral Fellow supported by the Royal Commission for the Exhibition
of 1851 at Clarendon Laboratory of Oxford University. He was also Junior Researc
h Fellow ofWolfson College, Oxford University. He is an active researcher in the
area of semiconductor devices and nanoelectronics. He has published a number of
research papers in refereed journals and conference proceedings. He has also au
thored several textbooks and guided many PhD students in electronics engineering
. Professor Sarkar is presently IEEE EDS distinguished lecturer and also Chair o
f the IEEE EDS chapter, Calcutta section, India. He has been Visiting Professor
in many universities abroad.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Engineering &
Technology</td>
ing with C</td><td>R S Bichkar</td><td>2012</td><td>672</td><td>450.0000</td><td
>This book aims to make C progra
mming language as simple as possible for beginners and yet to provide sufficien
t depth of coverage for intermediate as well as advanced users. It deals with t
he concepts of C programming in a carefully planned manner, with focus on commo
nly used concepts and topics, supported by numerous short as well as complete w
orking programming examples. The chapters on flowcharts, standard C library, pr
ogram development tools and Turbo C graphics, not usually available in most pop
ular books on C, have been included to enable readers to follow a self-study ap
proach successfully. The presentation of advanced topics in a separate section
in each chapter also helps manage the complexity of the language, providing eas
y access to topics for both beginners and advanced users.
Main features:
<ol>
<li>Written mainly for beginners, yet useful for intermediate and advan
ced users too</li>
<li>Chapter on flowcharts included to illustrate the concept of program
design</li>
<li>Large number of examples (short examples as well as complete workin
g programs) for explaining concepts and enabling rapid development of C program
ming skills </li>
<li>Carefully designed exercises at the end of each chapter</li>
<li>Chapter on Turbo C++ graphics</li>
<li>Good coverage of ANSI standard C library, pointers, strings, struct
ures and files</li>
</ol></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">R
S Bichkar obtained his BE and ME degrees in electronics from the SGGS
Institute of Engineering and Technology, Nanded, in 1986 and 1990 respectively
, and his PhD from IIT Kharagpur in 2000. He served as a faculty member in the
computer engineering and electronics engineering departments in the SGGS Instit
ute of Engineering and Technology from 1986 to 2007, and is presently a profess
or in the Department of Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering, G H Rais
oni College of Engineering and Management, Pune. He has taught several subjects
at the undergraduate and postgraduate levels, including programming in C and C
++, data structures, computer algorithms, microprocessors, information technolo
gy, DBMS, and electronics devices and circuits. His research interests include
application of genetic algorithms to various search and optimization problems
in electronics and computer science.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Engineeri
ng & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-755-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Advances
in Manufacturing Technology</td><td>Baldev Raj, T Jayakumar, P V Sivaprasad, B P
C Rao, G Sasikala</td><td>2012</td><td>556</td><td>1550.0000</td><td>T
he book covers a broad spectrum of topics spanning the entire world of manufact
uringfrom the development of technologies to the realisation of productstheir ins
pection and enterprise, from the selection of raw materials to product-testing
and from methods in welding to artificial intelligence and robotics.
It is organised thematically into four sections:
<ol>
<li>Trends in manufacturing technology</li>
<li>Modelling and simulation</li>
<li>Non-destructive evaluation</li>
<li>Product development and technology enterprise</li>
</ol>
Latest breakthroughs in the development of processes and products have
been presented. 
A total of 40 contributions are included from world-renowned experts f
rom around the world. </td><td>Baldev Raj</s
trong> is President, PSG Institutions, India. He is a world renowned special
ist in non-destructive evaluation, materials development and manufacturing tech
nologies, materials characterization, technology management and education.
T Jayakumar is Outstanding Scientist and D
irector, Metallurgy and Materials Group, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Resear
ch, Kalpakkam, India. He has specialised in non-destructive evaluation methodol
ogies, fabrication and structural integrity assessment, and life management of
plant engineering components and systems.
P V Sivaprasad is General Manager, Sandvik
Materials Technology R&D, PSandvik Asia Pvt Ltd, Pune, India. His fie
lds of expertise include materials development, materials modelling and thermom
echanical processing for establishing optimised manufacturing routes. </p&gt
;
B P C Rao is Head, Electromagnetics, Mod
elling, Sensors and Imaging Section, Metallurgy and Materials Group, Indira Gan
dhi Centre for Atomic Research, Kalpakkam, India. His fields of expertise are n
on-destructive evaluation and inspection technologies.
G Sasikala is Head, Materials Mechanics
Section, Metallurgy and Materials Group, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Resear
ch, Kalpakkam, India. Areas of her expertise include mechanical behaviour of
materials, deformation and fracture mechanics including at high temperatures to
ensure materials and manufactured products with adequate properties and reliab
le performance. </td><td>WORLD</td><td>Engineering & Technology</t
d>
ing Mathematics</td><td>Koneru Sarveswara Rao</td><td>2012</td><td>704</td><td>4
95.0000</td><td>Eng
ineering Mathematics incorporates in one volume the material cove
red in the mathematics course of undergraduate programmes in engineering and tec
hnology.
In this revised edition, five new
chapters on solutions of differential equations in series, beta and gamma funct
ions, analytical geometry in three dimensions and complex analysis have been add
ed in keeping with the current engineering curriculum. The existing chapters hav
e been revised and several new worked-out examples have been included.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Koneru&nb
sp;Sarveswara Rao obtained his Ph D in mathematics from the University

of Saskatchewan, Canada. For about thirteen years he provided professional advi
ce to scientists and engineers in computer-based mathematical problem solving us
ing numerical methods. He taught at the department of mathematics, IIT Mumbai fo
r sixteen years and guided several Ph D students.</div></td><td>WORLD</td>
<td>Engineering & Technology</td>
base Book Principles and Practice using the Oracle Database System</td><td>Narai
n Gehani and Melliyal Annamalai</td><td>2013</td><td>392</td><td>495.0000</td><t
d>Learn how to use and design databases, make them hum, sing and dance
, and understand what makes them tick. A database is like an appliance that use
rs need to understand and use as experts but they do not need to understand how
to build the appliance. This book provides a comprehensive coverage of databas
e principles and practice. The author teaches databases without burdening the r
eader with theorems and internal algorithms and methods used to implement datab
ase systems. The Oracle database system is used for the examples.</td
><td>Narain Gehani&lt
;strong> is a world-renowed expert in databases, web technolo
gies and software. Dr Gehani has coauthored several major software systems, inc
luding the pioneering Ode database, the Concurrent C/C++ parallel programming l
anguage, and the Maps On Us website. 
hor or coauthor of about 75 papers in computer science. He has served on the nu
merous program conference committees and was an ACM National Lecturer for sever
al years. Currently, he is the dean of the College of Computing
Sciences at
the New Jersey Institute of Technology. Before that, he was with Bell Labs, Luc
ent Technologies. He got his PhD in computer science from Cornell University
in 1975. 
Melliyal Annamalai is
a database expert, researcher and developer. She has worked at Oracle for over
12 years, primarily working on projects related to the management of non-rela
tional types of data in the database, such as imaging data, multimedia data and
semantic data. She began her career at Oracle with the development of high-per
formance image management architectures. Now, she defines the strategy and dire
ction for database imaging features that include functionality for medical and
geospatial images. Dr Annamalai is also deeply involved in i
mproving access to high quality science and IT education for students from less
privileged backgrounds and locations around the world. She was awarded the pre
stigious Graduate Student Research Program Fellowship from NASA to pursue a PhD
in Computer Science from Purdue University, which she received in 1997.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-773-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Applied
Physics</td><td>Sanjay D Jain, Girish G Sahasrabudhe, Sunil M Pande</td><td>2013
</td><td>360</td><td>350.0000</td><td><ul> <li>Caters
to the needs of first- and second-semester undergraduate enginee
ring students and is fully syllabus-compliant</li>
<li>Rekindles
the interest of engineering students in physics by bringing to the fore the clos
e links between physics and engineering. </li>
<li>Uses charts to
facilitate a quick understanding of how different topics are related, thereby p
roviding a comprehensive and holistic picture of the subject.</li><li&g
t;Use of boxes and highlighted texts to draw readers' attention to important
derivations, formulas and special topics that look beyond the syllabus</li&g
t; <li>A wide selection of numerical problems, many drawn from earlier ex
amination papers, for providing adequate problem-solving practice</li><
/ul></td><td>Sanjay D Jain, Associate P
rofessor of Applied Physics, Priyadarshini Institute of Engineering and Technolo
gy, Nagpur, has been teaching physics to engineering students for the last twent
y-seven years. His areas of research are nonlinear elastic and acoustic properti
es of solids, and physics education. 

Girish G Sahasrabudhe, Professor of Physic
s, Shri Ramdeobaba College of Engineering and Management, Nagpur, obtained his d
octoral degree in the theory of permutation and unitary groups in many body prob
lems. He has been teaching physics for the last thirty years and has set up a Ma
thematica lab in which educational material is developed.
Sunil M Pande, Professor of Physics, Shri
Ramdeobaba College of Engineering and Management, Nagpur, earned his doctoral de
gree for his work in the area of solid state ionics. He has helped to develop co
mputer-based tools for teaching introductory physics. He has been teaching physi
cs for the last twenty-nine years.</td><td>World</td><td>Engineering &
amp; Technology</td>
Communications and Signal Processing</td><td>K Vasudevan</td><td>2010</td><td>34
4</td><td>475.0000</td><td>The ad
ditional topics covered in the second edition are:
<ol><li style="text-align: justify"> Computing the average
probability of error for constellations having nonequiprobable symbols (Chapter
1).</li><li style="text-align: justify"> Performance anal
ysis of differential detectors in Rayleigh flat fading channels (Chapter 1).<
/li><li style="text-align: justify">Synchronization technique
s for linearly modulated signals (Chapter 4).</li></ol>
The additional C programs that ar
e included in the CDROM are:
<ol><li style="text-align: justify"> Coherent detection of
multidimensional orthogonal constellations in AWGN channels (associated with Ch
apter 1).</li><li style="text-align: justify"> Noncoherent
detection of multidimensional orthogonal constellations in AWGN channels (assoc
iated with Chapter 1).</li><li style="text-align: justify"&gt
; Coherent detection of M-ary constellations in Rayleigh flat fading channels (a
ssociated with Chapter 1).</li><li style="text-align: justify&quot
;> Coherent detection of QPSK signals transmitted over AWGN channels. Here, t
he concepts of pulse shaping, carrier and timing synchronization are involved (a
ssociated with Chapter 4).</li><li style="text-align: justify&quot
;>Many new examples have also been added.</li></ol>The book is well suited for a senior undergradu
ate to a graduate level course in communications theory. The accompanying CD-ROM
containing C program on Viterbi algorithm, shell mapping and turbo codes will a
id the student in understanding these topics better.</td><td><div s
tyle="text-align: justify">K. Vasudevan has been
a faculty member of the Electrical Engineering (EE) department at IIT Kanpur si
nce July 2001. He received his BTech (Electronics and Communications Engineering
Honours) from IIT Kharagpur, and MS and PhD from the EE department, IIT Madras.
He was a post-doctoral fellow at the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (EPF
L), Lausanne. His research interests are in the general area of communications a
nd signal processing.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Techno
logy</td>
riented Analysis, Design and Implementation: An Integrated Approach </td><td>Br
ahma Dathan and Sarnath Ramnath</td><td>2011</td><td>488</td><td>425.0000</td><t
d>This book, meant to serve as a
textbook on the subject, provides a comprehensive introduction to OOAD. The sali
ent points of its coverage are: <ul style="text-align: justify
"><li> A sound footing on object-oriented concepts such as classes
, objects, interfaces, inheritance, polymorphism, dynamic linking, etc. <li> A good introduction to the stage of requirements analys
is </li><li> Use of UML to document user requirements and
design </li><li> An extensive treatment of the design pr
ocess </li><li> Coverage of implementation issues </li><li> Appropriate use of design and architectural patterns&l
t;br /></li><li> Introduction to the art and craft of refactoring
 </li><li> Pointers to resources that further the reader&
#39;s knowledge</li></ul>The book stresses on implementation aspects, without which learning is incom
plete. This is achieved through case studies. The case study of a library system
is carried through most of the book, and it is using this that the various conc
epts of analysis and design are introduced. Thus, the theory is never separate f
rom the implementation aspect and hence the learning is more meaningful. All th
e main case studies used in this book have been implemented by the authors using
Java. The text is liberally peppered with snippets of code, which are short, fa
irly self-explanatory and easy to read. The appendix on Java has a short tutoria
l on the language, which is a quick guide to understanding the implementation as
pects of the code in the book.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Brahma Dathan is an associate professor at
the College of Arts and Science, Metropolitan State University, Minnesota. He ob
tained his BS in engineering with special focus on electronics and communication
from the University of Kerala, MTech in computer science from IIT Madras and P
hD in computer science from University of Pittsburgh.
Sarnath Ramnath received his B.Tech and M.Tech degrees from t
he Indian Institute of Technology, New Delhi in 1984 and 1987 respectively, and
his PhD in Computer Science from SUNY, Buffalo in 1994. His areas of interest in
clude algorithm analysis and design, data structures, computational geometry and
object-oriented software design. He is currently Professor and Chair of the Dep
t of Computer Science at Minnesota State University, St Cloud.
 </div></td><td>IN,PK,LK,NP,MM</td><td>Engineering & Techno
logy</td>
<td>978-81-7371-721-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Indias leg
endary wootz steelAn advanced material of the ancient world</td><td>Sharada Srini
vasan and Srinivasa Ranganathan</td><td>2013</td><td>160</td><td>1250.0000</td><
td>The book is reissued under the Universities PressIIM series in Metal
lurgy and Materials Science. A fascinating history of Indias legendary high-grad
e steelwootz steelwhich was highly prized and much sought after across the world
for over two millennia. Wootz steel was used to make the fabled Damascus blades
.
Although Indian wootz steel</str
ong> was such an important material in the metallurgical history of mankind,
there are no books devoted to Indian contributions. First brought out by Tata
Steel in November 2004 as a celebration of the twin centenaries of J N Tata and
J R D Tata, the book has been widely acclaimed. It is both scholarly as well as
highly readable at the level of popular archaeo-science.
</td><td>SHARADA SRINIVASAN is Professor a
t the National Institute of Advanced Studies, Bangalore. She has a PhD in Arch
aeometallurgy from University College, London. She is a Fellow of the Royal Asi
atic Society of Great Britain and recipient of the Indian Institute of Metals C
ertificate of Excellence in 2007 for her inter-disciplinary contribitions to sc
ientific studies in the field of art, archaeology and heritage.
SRINIVASA RANGANATHAN is Professor at the
Indian Institute of Science and at the National Institute of Advanced Studies,
Bangalore. He is internationally recognised for his contributions to physical m
etallurgy and materials science. He served as the Founder Chairman of the Study
Group for Metallurgical Heritage of India constituted by the Indian National A
cademy of Engineering. He is the recipient of the Lifetime Achievement Award of
the Ministry of Steel, Government of India.
<td>978-81-7371-722-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Communic
ation System Modelling and Simulation Using MATLAB and Simulink</td><td>K C Rave
endranathan</td><td>2011</td><td>448</td><td>525.0000</td><td>This is probably the first book that employs the te
chnique of simulation experiments as a means of reinforcing the basic concepts o
f communication theory. Undergraduate students are generally exposed to a mathe
matically rigorous treatment of communications theory but seldom have the benefi
t of a practical-orientated approach employing modelling and simulation for a th
orough assimilation of the subject. This book can supplement any standard textbo
ok to cover this significant lacuna in the existing learning methodology. It use
s MATLAB, the language of the technical computing fraternity for the purpose. Th
e introductory chapters provide an overview of computer simulation and MATLAB pr
ogramming concepts. Thereafter, communications concepts are presented in the tra
ditional manner but followed up with appropriate simulations in MATLAB/Simulink.
Relevant MATLAB source code is given whenever it is used to illustrate a point
. All the source code given in the text have been tested on MATLAB kernel versio
n 7.10 (Release R2010a) and are provided in the accompanying CD</td><t
d><div style="text-align: justify">K C Raveendranathan&
lt;/b> obtained his BSc (Engg.) in electronics and communications engineering
with distinction from the College of Engineering Thiruvananthapuram (CET), in 1
984. He worked in Bharat Electronics Limited Bangalore, from 1985 to 1988, where
he was involved in the design and development of MW transmitters for Prasar Bha
rathi. His first book, 1/0 Solutions to Everyday Problems in Science and Enginee
ring, a philosophical work published in the late 1980s, was well accepted by aca
demia. He joined CET in June 1988 as a lecturer in electronics and communication
engineering. He obtained his masters in engineering (ME) from the Indian Instit
ute of Science, Bangalore in 1993, specialising in optical/computer communicatio
ns. Presently, he is working as a professor at the Government Engineering Colleg
e Barton Hill, Thiruvananthapuram. He has presented/published over 15 papers in
national and international conferences and journals and guided over a dozen UG p
rojects and seven M.Tech. theses. His research interests include digital signal
processing, wireless communication, fuzzy logic, next-generation computing and s
imulation techniques. He is a life member of ISTE, life fellow of IE(India), an
d IETE, and a senior member of the IEEE.</div></td><td>IN,CN,PK,BD,LK,NP,B
T,ID,MY,SG,HK</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-717-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Powder M
etallurgy: Science, Technology and Materials</td><td>Anish Upadhyaya, G S Upadhy
aya</td><td>2011</td><td>536</td><td>675.0000</td><td>
The Series in Metallurgy and Materials Science was initiated during the
Diamond Jubilee of the Indian Institute of Metals (IIM). In the last decade the
progress in the study and development of metallurgy and materials science has b
een rapid and extensive, giving us a whole new array of materials, with a wide r
ange of applications, and a variety of techniques for both processing and charac
terising them. This book is the first textbook in the series.
Since the 1920s modern powder metallurgy has been used to produce a wid
e range of structural Powder Metallurgy (PM) components, self-lubricating bearin
gs and cutting tools. The conventional method involves the production of metal p
owders, and manufacture of useful objects from such powders by die compaction an
d sintering. Wrought products are also produced by this route. Powder injection
moulding permits the production of stronger, more uniform and more complex PM pa
rts. A detailed discussion of PM materials and products is given in the book.&lt
;/p>
UNIQUE FEATURES
<ul>
<li>Sintering has been elaborated in two chaptersSintering theory and Sin
tering technology.  
</li>
<li>Testing and Quality Control of PM Materials and Products, is not fou
nd in many PM books. 
</li>
<li>Techno-economics of PM processing are also described in detail.
</li>
<li>Powder metallurgical aspects of both metallic and ceramic systems ar
e treated equally. 
</li>
<li>Materials handling at various stages of processing 
</li>
<li>Pressureless powder shaping 
</li>
<li>Functionally graded materials 
</li>
<li>Powder Metallurgy material code 
</li>
<li>New approach 
- Pyrophoricity and toxicity in Chapter 3  
- Nanostructured materials and the electronic theory of sintering in chapter
7  
</li>
<li>For powder metallurgical engineers 
- Various kinds of actual testing and quality control methods in Chapter 11&
amp;nbsp; 
- ceramics materials in Chapter 12  
- Wide range of practically applied parts in Chapter 13</li>
</ul>
The book is based on the experience of teaching undergraduate and postg
raduate engineering students over several years. It serves as a textbook (both f
or undergraduate and postgraduate courses in engineering) and also as a handy re
ference book for engineers in the PM industry. In order to aid and broaden the p
roblem-solving capability of students, worked examples are included in each chap
ter. In the end of chapter exercises, a variety of questions and problems are in
cluded.
</td><td>
Dr Anish Upadhyaya, Associate Professor, D
epartment of Materials Science and Engineering, IIT Kanpur, Kanpur, has been an
advocate of powder metallurgical processing due to its high materials utilisatio
n, near net-shaping and energy efficiency. He has done pioneering work in the ar
ea of microwave sintering of metallic systems and has been conferred several awa
rds, including Metallurgist of the Year (2009) from Ministry of Steel, Governmen
t of India, and has has co-authored a book, Materials Science and Engineering.&a
mp;nbsp;
Dr GS Upadhyaya, Retired Professor, Depart
ment of Materials and Metallurgical Engineering, IIT Kanpur, Kanpur, has made si
gnificant contributions to sintering science and technology through his research
. He has published more than 300 original papers and authored/edited 14 books on
sintered materials. He has trained a large number of students in powder metallu
rgy, who are now working in academia, research and industry. He is a materials c
onsultant based in Varanasi, India.
</td><td>IN,PK,LK,NP,MM</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-690-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Actuaria
l Statistics: An Introduction Using R</td><td>Shailaja R Deshmukh</td><td>2009</
gt;Actuarial science is an interdisciplinary science comprising four subjectsmat
hematics, statistics, economics and finance. Statistics plays a key role in lay
ing the foundation of   actuarial calculations in the presen
ce of uncertainty in the mortality pattern of society and under varying economi
cal conditions.  Actuarial calculations mainly involve determination o
f premium rates and computation of reserves.  This book discusses the
application of various basic concepts and statistical techniques in the determ
ination of premiums and reserves for a variety of standard insurance and annuit
y products, under a variety of conditions. Topics dealt with include applicatio
n of utility theory to establish the feasibility of the insurance business, sho
rt-term risk models, distribution theory related to the future life time random
variable, construction of aggregate and select life table, important concepts
of financial mathematics, annuities certain, terms, endowment and whole life in
surance products, monthly, quarterly, semi-annual and annual life annuities.&lt
;/p>
The numerous algebraic and numerical examples dispersed throughout the
book and the variety of problems at the end of each chapter illustrates the co
ncepts effectively. The main feature of the book is the use of R software to co
mpute various monetary functions involved in the insurance business. 
R commands are given for all the computations and they are also explained, so t
hat a reader, not familiar with R can use it. The command-driven R software bri
ngs out very clearly the successive stages in statistical computations.</p&g
t;
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Shailaja Des
hmukh is a professor of statistics at the University of Pune, India.
Her areas of interest are inference in stochastic processes, applied probabilit
y and analysis of microarray data. She has authored two books, Microa
rray Data: Statistical Analysis Using R, (jointly with Dr Sudha Puro
hit), and Statistics Using R (jointly with Dr Sudha Purohit
and Prof Sharad Gore). She has a number of research publications in various pe
er-reviewed journals.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Techno
logy</td>
in Stainless Steels</td><td>Baldev Raj, K Bhanu Sankara Rao, T Jayakumar, P V Si
vaprasad, Saroja Saibaba, P Shankar</td><td>2010</td><td>692</td><td>2250.0000</
td><td>Advances in Stainless Steels is the fourth book in the IIMUniversities Press book series on Metallurgy an
d Materials Science. The book focusses on various facetsprocessing, component des
ign, properties, fabrication and applicationsof the wonder alloy: stainless steel
. Stainless steels are a class of versatile alloys, which can be tailored to exh
ibit a wide range of engineering properties by alloy design and controlled therm
omechanical treatments to meet demanding service conditions. Stainless steel pro
duction in India is presently about 1.8 million tonnes and accounts for nearly 7
% of global tonnage produced. This is likely to show an enormous increase in the
near future.
This book covers a broad spectrum of topics spanning the entire life cy
cle of stainless steelfrom alloy design and characterization to engineering desig
n, fabrication, mechanical properties, corrosion, quality assurance of component
s, in-service performance assessment, life prediction and failure analysis of ma
terials and components. The contents provide useful feedback for further develop
ments aimed at effective utilization of this class of materials. The book compri
ses articles that bring out contemporary developments in stainless steels and is
thematically classified into the following sections. <ul><li
>
Component design, modelling and structural integrity</li><li&gt
;
Manufacturing technology</li><li>Property evaluation</li&
gt;<li>Alloy development and applications</li><li>
Non-dest
ructive evaluation methods</li><li>Corrosion and surface modificatio
n</li></ul>
The articles are of high relevance and interest to manufacturers, fabri
cators, researchers, designers, suppliers and end users of stainless steel, and
serve as a valuable source for everyday reference and also as a guide for provid
ing solutions for challenges connected with alloy design, material selection, me
lting, processing, fabrication, metallurgy and applications.
</td><td>Baldev Raj is Distinguished Scientist and Director,
Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, Kalpakkam, India. He is a world renown
ed specialist in non-destructive evaluation, materials development and processin

g, materials characterization, technology management and education.
K Bhanu Sankara Rao is Professor and Dean, School of Engineer
ing Sciences and Technology, University of Hyderabad, India. His specializations
include alloy development, mechanical property evaluation and structureproperty
correlations for nuclear structural materials.
T Jayakumar is Outstanding Scientist and Director, Metallurgy
and Materials Group, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, Kalpakkam, India
. He has specialised in non-destructive evaluation methodologies, inspection tec
hnologies, structural integrity assessment and life management.
P V Sivaprasad is Deputy General Manager, Sandvik Materials T
echnology R&D, Pune, India. His fields of expertise include materials develo
pment, materials modelling and thermomechanical processing.
Saroja Saibaba is Head of Nuclear Materials and Microscopy Se
ction, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, Kalpakkam, India. She is a spec
ialist in physical metallurgy of steels, materials development and characterizat
ion and electron microscopy.
P Shankar is Principal, Nehru College of Engineering and Tech
nology, Coimbatore, India. His areas of interest include surface modification an
d characterization, nanotechnology, thin films and education.</td><td>IN,PK,MY,L
K</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-697-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Manual o
f Tropical Housing and Building: Climate Design</td><td>O H Koenigsberger, T G I
ngersoll, Alan Mayhew, S V Szolay</td><td>1975</td><td>320</td><td>450.0000</td>
<td>Designed as a textbook for students of architecture, housing, envir
onmental design and climate control in tropical countries, this book deals with
the theory of climatic design and shows how practical solutions are derived from
theoretical understanding.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Engin
eering & Technology</td>
Transmission Hierarchies and Networks: PDH, SDH and OTH</td><td>P V Sreekanth</t
d><td>2010</td><td>560</td><td>750.0000</td><td>
Digital Transmission Hierarchies and Networks is one of
the very few books dealing with all the three generations of digital multiplexi
ng hierarchies, namely plesiochronous digital hierarchy (PDH), synchronous digit
al hierarchy (SDH) and optical transport hierarchy (OTH) in a full-fledged manne
r. Perhaps it is the only book demystifying the complex processes of justificati
on and frame formation in PDH, pointer operations, concatenation and synchronisa
tion in SDH and management overhead structures for digital wrapper and optical c
hannel layers in OTH. The book covers the reliability and survivability aspects
of the networks, applications like Ethernet, multi-protocol label switching (MPL
S), VoIP over SDH, multi-protocol wavelength switching (MPλS), gigabit
MPLS over OTN, passive optical network (PON), GPON and next generation switchin
g network (NGN).
The depth of coverage of topics in the book offers a thorough understan
ding of digital transmission hierarchies, which students of communications engin
eering as well as practising engineers and professionals dealing with OFC projec
ts will find useful for the insight it provides on both the practical and the co
nceptual aspects of networking.
</td><td>P V Sreekanth received his BE in electronics and com
munications engineering from Osmania University and his MTech, with specialisati
on in communications, from IIT Chennai. As an officer of the Indian Railway Serv
ice of Signal Engineers (IRSSE), he has 16 years of experience of working on var
ious railway signalling and telecom projects. He has also served as a faculty me
mber at IRISET (Indian Railway Institute of Signal Engineering and Telecommunica
tions), Secunderabad. At present, he is General Manager (Operations & Maint
enance), RailTel, Secunderabad. His published works include nine papers in nati
onal and international journals and two books: Digital Microwave Commu
nications Systems (with selected topics on mobile communication) publi
shed by Universities Press, and Railway Signalling Installation and Qua
lity Handbook, prepared for the exclusive use of the Indian Railways.<
/td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-700-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Utilisat
ion of Electric Energy in SI Units</td><td>E Openshaw Taylor</td><td>1981</td><t
is book covers the whole range of the more useful applications of electrical ene
rgy in a single volume, suitable for the student or for the general engineer who
has not had the occasion to specialise in any particular branch of the subject.
</td><td>E Openshaw Taylor</td><td>IN,PK,NP,MM,MV,
BT,BD,LK</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-714-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Convex O
ptimization Theory</td><td>Dimitri P Bertsekas</td><td>2010</td><td>420</td><td>
750.0000</td><td>The book <b&g
t;Convex Optimization Theory provides an insightful, concise and rigor
ous treatment of the basic theory of convex sets and functions in finite dimensi
ons and the analytical/geometrical foundations of convex optimization and dualit
y theory. The convexity theory is developed first in a simple accessible manner
using easily visualized proofs. The focus then shifts to a transparent geometric
al line of analysis to develop the fundamental duality between descriptions of c
onvex sets and functions in terms of points and in terms of hyperplanes. Finally
, convexity theory and abstract duality are applied to problems of constrained o
ptimization, Fenchel and conic duality and game theory to develop the sharpest p
ossible duality results within a highly visual geometric framework. 
The Indian edition of the book al
one carries a supplementary chapter containing the most popular convex optimizat
ion algorithms and some of the new optimization algorithms otherwise available a
t <a href="">http://www.athenasc.com/convexduality.html </a&g
t;. 
Key features:

<ul><li style="text-align: justify">Rigorous and comprehen
sive development of the theory of convex sets and functions in the classical tra
dition of Fenchel and Rockafellar</li><li style="text-align: justi
fy">A geometric and highly visual treatment of convex optimization probl
ems including duality, existence of solutions, and optimality conditions</li&
gt;<li style="text-align: justify">An insightful and comprehensi
ve presentation of minimax theory and zero sum games and its connection with dua
lity</li><li style="text-align: justify">Contains many exa
mples and illustrations in the text</li><li style="text-align: jus
tify">Inclusion of many examples, illustrations, exercises with complete
solutions and a supplementary chapter on the most popular convex optimization
algorithms</li><li style="text-align: justify">Useable as
a standalone text for a theoretically-oriented class on convex analysis and opti
mization, or as a theoretical supplement to either an applications/convex optimi
zation models class or a nonlinear programming class</li></ul></td><
td><div style="text-align: justify">Dimitri P Bertsekas
is McAfee Professor of Engineering at the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology and a member of the prestigious United States National Academy of Eng
ineering. He is the recipient of the 2001 A. R. Raggazini ACC education award an
d the 2009 INFORMS expository writing award.</div></td><td>IN,PK,LK</td><t
ion Technology for Real World Problems</td><td>V Sree Hari Rao</td><td>2011</td>
The role of information technology as a problem solver in multidisciplinary env
ironments is exemplified in Information Technology for
Real World Problems through a set of five state-of-th
e-art papers written by experts from various disciplines. It opens to the reade
rs a window of opportunities for developing systems and solutions that can be a
pplied in socially relevant situations. The objective common to all the papers
is to develop an intelligent systems approach to decision making; the approach
has been deployed in an interesting mix of domainsbioinformatics, health science
s, artificial intelligence and industrial automation. The book would be of inte
rest to students, scientists and academics for the glimpse it provides of the e
xciting avenues of research that are of practical relevance to humankind. </td><td>V Sree Har
i Rao is a professor of mathematics at JNTU College of Engineering, H
yderabad, Andhra Pradesh, India. His research interests include dynamical syst
ems modelling and simulation, neural networks, mathematics of finance, data min
ing and knowledge discovery. He is a member of the National Academy of Sciences
(India), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), American M
athematical Society (AMS) and Institution of Electronics and Telecommunication
Engineers (IETE), India. He is Editor-in-chief of Differential Equati
ons and Dynamical Systems, an international journal.</e
m> He is an international advisory editor of Engineering Simulatio
ns and Associate Editor of Stability and Control
, a research monograph. He has about 30 years of experience in research and te
aching.</td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-727-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mass Tra
nsfer Concepts </td><td>K Asokan</td><td>2011</td><td>428</td><td>495.0000</td><
td><ul><li> Each chapter starts with an introduction</li><l
i>
Various operations and their fundamental principles are explained</li
><li>
Text is complemented by 153 worked examples 
</li><li>169 exercise problems are provided with solutions</li&
gt;</ul>
Mass transfer involves the use of
various operations to separate a mixture into its individual componentsa frequen
t requirement in chemical industries. The differences in the physical properties
of the components to be separated such as the vapour pressure, solubility or di
ffusivity are utilised to transfer material from one homogenous phase to another
. Techniques such as gas absorption, distillation, leaching, extraction, crystal
lisation, humidification, drying, adsorption and membrane based separation proce
sses involve mass transfer and can be carried out due to the existence of a conc
entration gradient within the system. Mass Transfer Concepts equips an engineer
with knowledge of all these operations.

</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr K Asokan&l
t;/b> is Deputy Director and Head, Chlor-Alkali Division, Central Electro Che
mical Research Institute (CECRI), Karaikudi. He has been teaching mass transfer,
heat transfer and chemical process calculations since 1988. He is involved in t
he development and commercial exploitation of titanium substrate insoluble anode
s a substitute for the conventional graphite anodes which revolutionised the Ind
ian chlor-alkali industry during the 1980s. Dr Asokan has published several rese
arch papers in national and international journals of repute in the area of elec
trolytic production of organic and inorganic chemicals based on membrane cell te
chnology. He has four Indian patents and one US patent to his credit. He has ear
lier authored a book, Chemical Process Calculations (Universities Press, 2007)&l
t;/div></td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>

ity and Statistics for Science and Engineering</td><td>G Shanker Rao</td><td>201
t;>This introductory textbook, rich in solved problems, provides a comprehen
sive coverage of the topics of probability and statistics for an undergraduate
course in science and engineering. The theoretical concepts are dealt with in a
straightforward manner, with emphasis on their applications to real-world pro
blems. Exercises of varied levels of difficulty are included in the book.</p&
gt;</td><td>G Shanker Ra
o, formerly the head of the department of mathematics at Government G
iriraj PG College, Nizamabad, is presently a faculty member in the department o
f mathematics at the University College of Engineering, Osmania University, Hyd
erabad. He has nearly 37 years of experience in teaching numerical analysis, re
al analysis, graph theory, and statistics to undergraduate and postgraduate st
udents. A prolific writer, he has authored more than 25 books and several resea
rch papers.</td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
ing Optimization: A Modern Approach</td><td>Ranjan Ganguli</td><td>2012</td><td>
deployment of optimization techniques at the conceptual design stage of complex
technical systems is today no longer a desirable trait but an absolute necessi
ty. This book aims to make the optimization technique pervasive in engineering
design by moving the problem from an academic setting to an industrial platform
. It provides a thorough understanding of the concepts of optimization necessar
y for a robust design of technical systems. The approach is from a modern persp
ectiveit dwells on surrogate modelling and non-gradient-based algorithms and at
the same time emphasizes classical methods for pedagogical reasons. Nonlinear o
ptimization, response-surface method and genetic-algorithm approaches have been
focussed upon to bridge the gap between nonlinear  programming and e
ngineering optimization techniques.
The best way to learn optimization methods is undoubtedly by solving p
roblems and following it up with exercises in computer programming. To enable t
his experience, the book has several solved examples, some of them non-trivial,
besides many unsolved problems for the student to work out.
</td><td>Ranjan Ganguli&
lt;/b> is a professor in the Department of Aerospace Engineering at the India
n Institute of Science Bangalore. He received his PhD and MS degrees from the De
partment of Aerospace Engineering, University of Maryland, USA, and his BTech (H
onors) degree from IIT Kharagpur. Dr Ganguli works in the area of design optimiz
ation, structural dynamics and aeroelasticity. He is an associate fellow of the
American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics and a fellow of the Indian Na
tional Academy of Engineering.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,CN,MY,ID,SG</
td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
of Surveying</td><td>C Venkatramaiah</td><td>2011</td><td>752</td><td>595.0000<
/td><td>This comprehensive textbook on surveying covers, in a single v
olume, all the topics prescribed at the undergraduate level in civil engineerin
g in India. It presents the various methods of surveying and the underlying con
cepts of surveying, including modern and advanced surveying techniques and inst
ruments such as Total Station. The narrative is enlivened with glimpses of the
historical development of the subject. The book is well illustrated with diagr
ams and is replete with worked-out examples and exercises. New to the revised e
dition are discussions on trilateration, methods of determination of time, long
itude and latitude of a place, azimuth of a survey line, Total Station, geograp
hic information system and global positioning system (GPS). 
Key features
<ul>
<li>Forms a core textbook for undergraduate students of civil engineerin
g</li>
<li>Covers Surveying-I, Surveying-II and Advanced Surveyin
g in a single volume</li>
<li>Concepts of surveying explained lucidly with several illustrative e
xamples</li>
<li>Emphasises details of the surveying methods rather than the constru
ctional and other intricate details of surveying instruments</li>
<li>Questions and practice problems included at the end of every chapter
</li>
<li>Includes numerous objective-type questions with answers</li>
<li>Useful for examinations such as AMIE, GATE and IES</li>
</ul></td><td>C Venkatramaiah retire
d as Professor of Civil Engineering from the Sri Venkateswara University Colleg
e of Engineering, Tirupati. He had served earlier on the faculties of Engineeri
ng College, Kakinada; College of Engineering, Guindy, Madras; and RVR &amp
; JC College of Engineering, Guntur. He has over four decades of teaching exper
ience and has dealt with a wide variety of subjects in civil engineering. He ob
tained his BE degree from the Andhra University, his MSc (Soil Mechanics and F
oundation Engineering) from Madras University and PhD from the Indian Institut
e of Technology Madras. He has to his credit several papers and articles and ha
s authored four books in the areas of geotechnical engineering, engineering mec
hanics, structural analysis and surveying.</td><td>World</td><td>Engi
neering & Technology</td>
of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology</td><td>B S Murty, P Shankar, Baldev Raj, B B
Rath, James Murday</td><td>2012</td><td>256</td><td>450.0000</td><td>This book is part of the Series in Metallur
gy and Materials Science was initiated during the Diamond Jubilee of the Indian
Institute of Metals (IIM). The series comprises textbooks, monographs on select
topics, and proceedings of select international conferences organised by the IIM
. 
This is the second textbook in th
e series. It is suitable for beginners in the field of nanoscience and nanotechn
ology and is suitable for both undergraduate and postgraduate students taking a
course in nanoscience and nanotechnology. It provid
es an introduction to the terminology and historical perspectives, discusses the
effects of size and the unique properties of nanomaterials, and describes the a
dvances in methods of synthesis, consolidation and characterization techniques.
The applications of nanoscience and technology and emerging materials and techno
logies are also presented in the book.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">B S Murty, Indian Institute of Technology Madras, Chennai, India.</div><b&
gt; P Shankar, Saveetha School of Engineering, Chennai, India. Baldev Raj, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research,
Kalpakkam, India. B B Rath, Materials Science an
d Component Technology, Naval Research Laboratory, Washington DC, USA. James Murday, Naval Research Laboratory, Washington DC, U
SA.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,LK</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-620-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Analog C
ommunications Systems: Principles and Practices</td><td>K C Raveendranathan</td>
ify">Analog Communications Systems: Principles a
nd Practices caters to the syllab
us of undergraduate engineering programmes in ECE, EEE and IT streams of Indian
universities. It can also serve as a primary textbook for BSc Electronics/Comput
er Science/IT. The methodology adopted in this book is to 
<ol><li style="text-align: justify"> illustrate concepts i

n modulation and signal processing using MATLAB®,</li><li style=&q
uot;text-align: justify"> provide a simple and lucid approach to analysi
s without compromising mathematical rigour and</li><li style="text
-align: justify">include a fair number of worked-out examples and chapte
r-end-exercises. </li></ol>
The book introduces recent and mo
st promising developments in the domain of analog communications. The thrust on
using MATLAB® as simulation tool along with an introduction to MATLAB®
/Simulink® in the first chapter makes the book suitable for use in programm
ing and simulation lab as well.

</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">K C Raveendra
nathan obtained his BSc (Engg.) in electronics and communications engi
neering with distinction from the College of Engineering, Thiruvananthapuram, in
1984. He worked in Bharat Electronics, Bangalore, from 1985 to 1988, where he w
as involved in the design and development of MW transmitters fro Prasar Bharathi
. His book 1/0 Solutions to Everyday Problems in Science and Engineering, a phil
osophical work published in the late '80s, whci he considers his magnum opus
, was well accepted by academis. He joined the College of Engineering, Thiruvana
nthapuram, in 1988, where he is now a professor. He obtained his masters in engi
neering (ME) from the Indian Institute of Science, bangalore, in 1993, specialis
ing in optical/computer communications. He has presented/published over 12 paper
s in national and international conferences and journals, and guided over a doze
n UG projects and 7 MTech theses. His research interests include digital signal
processing, wireless communication, fuzzy logic, and next-generation computing a
nd simulation techniques. He is a life member of the ISTE and a member of the IE
TE and the IEEE.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology<
/td>
<td>978-81-7371-663-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Thermal
Imaging Technology: Design and Applications</td><td>R N Singh</td><td>2009</td><
Thermal imaging technology has gained importance in recent years due to its incr
easing applications in civilian sector, which has been made possible by the avai
lability of a variety of infrared detectors (an essential ingredient in the desi
gn of thermal imagers) in the market. This up-to-date and comprehensive book on
thermal imaging concentrates on two important issues:
<ol> <li style="text-align: justify">design and</li&gt
;<li style="text-align: justify">
applications of thermal imagers. </li></ol>
The design details have typically
been the preserve of design houses and are not readily available in open litera
ture. The authors work experience in the design, development and fabrication of w
eapon control systems for the Indian armed forces has given him the advantage of
being in the forefront of R&D in this area. The book covers all aspects
of design, from basic system requirements, salient features of infrared optics,
factors affecting the choice of detectors to modelling and development of vario
us design equations/parameters such as sensitivity and resolution. The book also
deals with signal processing, testing and multisensor data fusion aspects of im
aging technology. It explores typical applications of thermal imaging in varied
fields such as military, commercial, remote sensing, medical, astronomy and spac
e. This book will be useful to engineers and scientists dealing with the design,
fabrication and testing of thermal imagers as well decision makers who would be
involved in the deployment of this technology in various missions.
Post grad
uate students of physics, research scholars, engineering students (optical, opto
mechatronical aspects), police/security personnel, paramilitary forces, all wing
s of the armed forces, scientists and professionals in the fields of remote sens
ing, materials development, defence R&D, industry, medicine and non-dest
ructive testing; physics departments of universities and engineering institution
s, optical societies, CSIR labs, etc.

</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr Ram Nath S
ingh retired as Scientist G and head of the Thermal Imaging Division of
the Instruments Research & Development Establishment (IRDE), Dehradun, w
hich is an R&D centre under the Ministry of Defence, India. At present h
e is a UGC visiting Professor of Physics in Lucknow University.</div></td>
<td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-664-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Switched
Mode Power Supplies: Design and Construction</td><td>H W Whittington, B W Flynn
, D E Macpherson</td><td>2009</td><td>248</td><td>550.0000</td><td>This
is the second edition of Switched Mode Power Supplies: Design and Construction.
The rapid world-wide expansion of the consumer electronics industry has brought
about a requirement for manufacturers of switched mode power supplies to design
and fabricate to newspecifications which are both more onerous and more tightly
framed.
This book extends the coverage of the first edition from basic desig
n and manufacture to new techniques such as computer-aided design.</td
><td> </td><td>IN,PK,NP,MM,MV,BT,BD,LK</td><td>Engineering & Technology
</td>
of Electrical Power Distribution</td><td>Gorti Ramamurthy </td><td>2009</td><td
>520</td><td>975.0000</td><td>The Handbook of E
lectrical Power Distribution is a comprehensive refere
nce work that covers aspects of electrical distribution engineeringtheory, design
philosophy, data and standardsessential for a practising engineer to design elec
trification schemes for small- to large-scale projects. It makes available ready
-to-use information and data that are otherwise scattered in technical literatur
e and product specifications of manufacturers, which are essential for practical
ly executing a job.
The second edition of the Handbook has four new appendixes. Appendix-1
contains a worked-out design example, that of an electrical scheme of a power tr
ansformer manufacturing unit, which cites the section and entry number in the bo
ok pertaining to the detail that is being worked out, e.g., the basic building
structure, soil resistivity, earthing requirement, lumen level, equipment detai
ls, power loads for existing and future expansion needs, etc. This is expected t
o serve as a practical guide on how to use the book effectively in an actual pro
ject design. Appendix 2 includes the definition of per unit quantities, informat
ion on selection of circuit breakers and protection relays, power distribution s
olutions for bus duct systems along with some worked-out examples. Appendix 3 pr
ovides a quick reference to some of the frequently-used fundamental theorems and
mathematical techniques in ac circuit analysis. It includes an introduction to
complex numbers, Kirchoffs law, potential divider theorem, current divider theore
m, superimposition theorem, Thevenins theorem, Nortons theorem, maximum power tran
sfer theorem and the starmesh transformation. Appendix 4 covers the essentials o
f matrix operations. 
All the above inclusions add to the utility of the book as a handbook,
particularly the worked-out example in Appendix 1, which, besides being a guide
on how to use the book, is a step-by-step instruction on designing a typical ele
ctrification scheme. 
This is an easy-to-use handy reference for all practicing engineers in
electrical distribution field. All the available handbooks in this area are heav
ily loaded with theory and have less of actual data from the execution point of
view. The illustrative example provided in Appendix 1 is a step-by-step guide to
designing and implementing a plan for a large electrification project. The cue
provided here on how to effectively use the data and theory in the handbook will
be an added help to users in their tasks of planning, designing, implementing a
nd maintaining power distribution setups. 
</td><td>Gorti Ramamurthy is an electrical engineer with more
than twenty-four years of experience as an electrical consultant, both in India
and abroad. He has executed electrical works in various industries, housing col
onies, multi-storeyed complexes and commercial bank buildings as a contractor. H
e worked as Senior Electrical Engineer in the Ministry of Finance and Small Scal
e Industries of the Government of Libya for five years. He is now an independent
consultant, offering consultancy for captive power systems, transformer distri
bution systems, and other electrical installation works for pharmaceutical indus
tries, large industries, hospitals, defence projects, etc.</td><td>World</td><td
>Engineering & Technology</td>
nding Combustion</td><td>H S Mukunda</td><td>2009</td><td>184</td><td>375.0000</
td><td>The phenomenon of combusti
on, seemingly so simple and present almost in all spheres of our lives, is a fas
cinatingly complex process that involves elements of chemistry, thermodynamics,
and fluid mechanics. In Understanding Combustion, the author takes on the task o
f revealing its myriad aspects for the benefit of a general reader with a backgr
ound in science. The narrative introduces the reader to the process of combustio
n happening everywhere, in the domestic, industrial and scientific spheres and t
hen goes on to explain the aspects of engineering design involved in the control
of the process. From a simple candle flame to cooking stoves to combustion in h
ybrid rocket engines, the book looks at combustion in varied fuel media, examine
s the chemistry behind it, analyses the stability of the process and the modelli
ng of combustion devices. In this revised edition, three new chapters on gasific
ation of solid fuels, emission of pollutants and explosion and detonation have b
een included to expand the field of discourse to recent developments and also co
ver practical issues related to conservation of fuels and environmental degradat
ion. This book would be of interest to students of science and technology. </td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Professo
r H S Mukunda leads the group at the Combustion, Gasification and Prop
ulsion Laboratory (CGPL), Department of Aerospace Engineering, Indian Institute
of Science, Bangalore, India, which has been doing pioneering work in combustion
and propulsion in addition to innovative research and development in the field
of energy from bio-resource. He is deeply committed to technology development an
d the transfer of its fruits for service of the society. His contributions have
been recognised by fellowships of the Indian Academy of Sciences, the Indian Nat
ional Academy of Engineering, and the Aeronautical society of India. He has been
conferred, among others, the DRDO Academic Excellence Award for his valuable co
ntribution to the field of missile propulsion, the Om Prakash Bhasin Award for c
ontributions to science, technology and energy, and the Alumni Award of Indian I
nstitute of Science for excellence in research in engineering.</div></td><
td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
of Fire Technology, A</td><td>R S Gupta</td><td>2010</td><td>355</td><td>450.00
00</td><td>This is a basic book for fire officers, security and safety
officers and all others concerned with the prevention of fires. It deals with th
e fundamentals of fire engineering. Precautionary measures, extinction and elimi
nation of risks in industrial establishments have been given special importance.
Useful data on fire prevention methods for high-rise buildings, storage of cert
ain industrial raw materials and finished products, basic requirements for some
commonly used fire appliances, and fire-fighting equipment have been dealt with
carefully.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Tech
nology</td>
ing Physics </td><td>Sanjay D Jain, Girish G Sahasrabudhe</td><td>2010</td><td>6
trong>Engineering Physics has been conceived to develop a cohe
rent, comprehensive and practical view of physics among engineering students.
This will help them to develop fundamental ways of thinking and inventing in t
heir future engineering practice. The book attempts to break the monotony of j
ust stating theoretical concepts through the following 5 special features: <ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">The histori
cal development of the subject is traced to show interesting links between the
various topics.
</li><li style="text-align: justify">T
heory and experiment are integrated and learning through scientific method is
emphasised by seeking agreement between theory and experiment.
</li>&lt
;li style="text-align: justify">Numerical problems are included at
appropriate places to offer quantitative appreciation of parameters involved.
</li><li style="text-align: justify">Charts are used to
facilitate comparative learning of topics that share the same unifying and fo
unding aspects.
</li><li style="text-align: justify">Ap
plications of each topic are discussed at the end of the chapter to give an id
ea of how engineering grows through the utilitarian translation of discoveries
and concepts in physics.
</li> </ul></td><td><div style=&quo
t;text-align: justify">Sanjay D Jain is Professor in
Physics, GH Raisoni Institute of Engineering and Technology for Women, Nagpur. H
e has been teaching engineering physics and researching in the area of nonlinear
elastic and acoustic properties of solids for the last twenty-four years. He ha
s published several research papers in leading international journals and has co
ntributed papers to international conferences. </
div><div style="text-align: justify"> &lt
;/b></div><div style="text-align: justify">Gir
ish G Sahasrabudhe is Professor of Physics, Shri Ra
mdeobaba Kamla Nehru Engineering College, Nagpur. He obtained his doctoral degre
e in physics from IIT Bombay, Mumbai, for his work on theory of permutation and
unitary groups in many-body problems. He has been teaching physics for the last
twenty-six years and has set up a MATHEMATICA lab in which educational material
is developed</div></td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-680-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Robotics
Primer, The </td><td>Maja J Mataric</td><td>2010</td><td>288</td><td>575.0000</
td><td>The Robotics Primer offers
a broadly accessible introduction to robotics for students at pre-university an
d university levels, robot hobbyists, and anyone interested in this burgeoning f
ield. The text takes the reader from the most basic concepts (including percepti
on and movement) to the most novel and sophisticated applications and topics (hu
manoids, shape-shifting robots, space robotics), with an emphasis on what it tak
es to create autonomous intelligent robot behavior. The core concepts of robotic
s are carried through from fundamental definitions to more complex explanations,
all presented in an engaging, conversational style that will appeal to readers
of different backgrounds.
The Robotics Primer covers such t
opics as the definition of robotics, the history of robotics ("Where do Rob
ots Come From?"), robot components, locomotion, manipulation, sensors, cont
rol, control architectures, representation, behavior ("Making Your Robot Be
have"), navigation, group robotics, learning, and the future of robotics (a
nd its ethical implications). To encourage further engagement, experimentation,
and course and lesson design, The Robotics Primer is accompanied by a free robot
programming exercise workbook.
The Robotics Primer is unique as
a principled, pedagogical treatment of the topic that is accessible to a broad a
udience; the only prerequisites are curiosity and attention. It can be used effe
ctively in an educational setting or more informally for self-instruction. The R
obotics Primer is a springboard for readers of all backgroundsincluding students
taking robotics as an elective outside the major, graduate students preparing to
specialize in robotics, and K-12 teachers who bring robotics into their classro
oms.

</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Maja J. Matar
ic is Professor of Computer Science and Neuroscience and Director of t

he Center for Robotics and Embedded Systems at the University of Southern Califo
rnia, where she is also Codirector of the Robotics Research Lab and Senior Assoc
iate Dean for research in the Viterbi School of Engineering.</div></td><td
>IN,BD,MM,NP,LK,BT,PK,MV</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-681-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Textbo
ok of Highway Engineering</td><td>R Srinivasa Kumar</td><td>2011</td><td>616</td
><td>475.0000</td><td>&
lt;strong>ATextbook of High
way Engineering explains the fun
damental concepts and principles of highway engineering in a straightforward ma
nner. It covers topics related to the geometric design of highways. Various tes
t methods/principles related to characterisation of pavement materials are disc
ussed. Different aspects of structural maintenance evaluation of flexible and r
igid pavements are presented with a focus on recent evaluation practices using
the falling weight deflectometer and the dynamic cone penetrometer.</
td><td>Dr R Srinivasa Ku
mar is an assistant professor at University College of Engineering, O
smania University, Hyderabad. He has worked as a member of the State Technical
Authority (STA) for the Pradhan Mantri Gram Sadak Yojana (PMGSY), Rural Roads
Project. He has conducted various training programmes as a member of the Coordi
nation Committee at the Department of Civil Engineering, IT, Banaras Hindu Univ
ersity. </td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-669-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Fuels an
d Combustion</td><td>Samir Sarkar</td><td>2009</td><td>400</td><td>450.0000</td>
<td>Fuels and Combustion, Third Edition</em&
gt; is a systematic and comprehensive work on a subject that fo
rms an integral part of the undergraduate degree courses in Chemical, Mechanic
al, Metallurgical and Aeronautical Engineering. While emphasising the fundamen
tal principles, the book provides a balanced treatment of energy resources, pr
ocessing of fuels, fundamentals of combustion and combustion appliances. A spe
cial feature of the book is that the topics have been dealt with in the Indian
context. 
The third edition of the book has a completely new introd
uction, layout and design; new statistics have been added to provide up-to-dat
e information.
</td><td>Samir Sarkar is Retired Professor, Departm
ent of Chemical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Bombay, Mumbai. He
received his doctorate from Kharkov Institute of Technology, USSR, where he w
as a UNESCO fellow. Professor Sarkar has also worked as a scientist at Bose In
stitute, Kolkata, and the Central Fuel Research Institute, Dhanbad, Bihar. He
has published several technical papers in the areas of coal and petroleum with
emphasis on carbonisation, hydrogenation and gasification. He has translated
a Russian book, Design of By-product Recovery Units of Coke Plant&lt
;/em>, into English.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,MV,BT,BD,LK,MM</td><td>Engineering &a
mp; Technology</td>
al Design and Drawing</td><td>N Krishna Raju</td><td>2009</td><td>428</td><td>45
0.0000</td><td>Structural Design and Drawing: Re
inforced Concrete and Steel provides, in SI units, an i
ntegrated text catering to the needs of civil and structural engineering student
s and practicing engineers. The various design examples presented conform to the
latest Indian Standard Codes dealing with reinforced concrete and steel structu
res. Detailed drawings along with carefully chosen examples, many of them from e
xamination papers, greatly facilitate the understanding of the subject.
The t
hird edition incorporates the various changes required in the design of steel st
ructures to conform to the recently revised Indian Standard Code IS: 800-2007.&l
t;/p></td><td>N Krishna Raju is Emeritus Professor of Civi

l Engineering, M.S. Ramaiah Institute of Technology, Bangalore. He has published
extensively in international and national journals and has authored several boo
ks.</td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-673-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Theory o
f Probability and Stochastic Processes</td><td>Pradip Kumar Ghosh</td><td>2010</
td><td>284</td><td>325.0000</td><td>The theory of probabi
lity, applied extensively in all fields of engineering and physic
al sciences to model situations and outcomes, finds usage in fields as varied as
social and behavioural sciences, biology, economics, management and business st
udies as well. This book, written to cater to an undergraduate engineering curri
culum, explains the concepts and the mathematics of probability and stochastic p
rocesses to enable a student to solve practical problems with confidence. It cov
ers probability axioms, conditional probability, special distributions, random v
ariables, expectations, generating functions, operations on random variables, ra
ndom processes and their temporal and structural characteristics and response of
linear systems to random signals. Several solved examples illustrating the appl
ication of key concepts have been included in each chapter. This, together with
the generous number of chapter-end exercises of varied levels of difficulty make
s this book invaluable as a textbook on the subject. </td><td><stro
ng>Pradip Kumar Ghosh is professor of electronics and commun
ications engineering at the Mody Institute of Technology and Science (Deemed U
niversity), Sikar, Rajasthan. He obtained his B Tech and M Tech degrees in rad
io physics and electronics from Calcutta University in 1989 and 1991 respectiv
ely, and his Ph.D. (Tech) from the same university in 1997 with a fellowship f
rom the Council of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR), New Delhi. Dr Gh
osh has about twelve years of teaching experience, having taught at the Nation
al Institute of Science and Technology (NIST), Berhampur, Orissa, St. Xavier&#
39;'s College, Kolkata and Murshidabad College of Engineering and Technolo
gy, Berhampur, West Bengal, prior to his current assignment. He is the author
of Principles of Electronic Communications: Analog and Digital</em&
gt;, published by Universities Press. </td><td>WORLD</td><td>Engineering &
Technology</td>
es of Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines</td><td>N Narayana Pillai</td><td>2009<
>This book is intended to be used as a textbook for a first course in fluid m
echanics. It stresses on principles and takes the students through the various d
evelopments in theory and applications. A number of exercises are given at the e
nd of each chapter, all of which have been successfully class-tested by the auth
ors. It will be ideally suited for students taking an undergraduate degree in en
gineering in all universities in India.
Some significant additions have b
een made to the text in the present edition. The new topics discussed include p
ropagation of errors, the force on a firemans nozzle, the propulsion of turbojets
and rockets, standing wave flume for measurement of discharge in irrigation cha
nnels and the characteristics of centrifugal pumps. A number of examples applyin
g the concept of control volume and pressure momentum transport rate equation ha
ve been added
Considering the importance of com
pressible flow, a whole chapter on elements of compressible flow has been added.
 

</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr N Narayana
Pillai obtained his Ph D in Civil Engineering from IIT Kharagpur in 1
965 and served as a lecturer in the same institute. He did Post Doctoral work at
the University of Waterloo, Canada and later at the University of Connecticut,
USA, where he worked as a faculty. He served as a professor in Civil Engineerin
g at REC Kurukshetra and later as the Principal. He was the recipient of the out
standing Corporate Fellow Member Award from the Institution of Engineers (India)
in 1998. He has about 30 years of teaching experience, guided 6 Ph D theses and
has a number of publications to his credit. He was the Director of Amrita Schoo
l of Engineering, Coimbatore and is now Professor Emeritus at this University.&l
t;/div></td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-676-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Embedded
Systems Engineering </td><td>C R Sarma</td><td>2011</td><td>208</td><td>325.000
0</td><td>This introductory book on embedded systems focuses on the bas
ic concepts of embedded computing. The reader is familiarised with the 8051 proc
essor architecture and assembly-level programming concepts before being introduc
ed to application-level embedded programming and issues related to designresource
management, real-time operating constraints, RTOS, interfacing of embedded proc
essors with networks and other electronic devices, among others. The book also l
ooks at the architectures of advanced processors like ARM and SHARC for embedded
systems. The examples included in the book are well thought-out and help to gro
und the theory of the embedded design process. This, together with the plentiful
self-evaluation questions at the close of each chapter makes the book an ideal
introductory text for a course on embedded systems engineering.</td><t
d>C R Sarma is an associate professor in the Department of Electronics and Commu
nications Engineering at the G Narayanamma Institute of Technology and Science,
Hyderabad. His areas of interest are microprocessors, microcontrollers, embedded
systems, computer networks and robotics. His passion lies in developing innovat
ive applications using embedded systems and training young professionals in the
subject. He is the author of several books including Computer Networks: A Pragma
tic Approach (Jaico Publishing House), Intel Microprocessors (Pearson Education)
, Microprocessors and Microcontrollers (Premier Publishing House).</td><td>World
</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-631-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Special
Electrical Machines</td><td>K Venkataratnam</td><td>2008</td><td>280</td><td>450
.0000</td><td>This book contains,
under one cover, the theory, construction, design, control electronics and in-d
epth analysis of several of these non-traditional machines such as stepper motor
s, switched reluctance motors, permanent magnet dc machines, brushless dc machin
es and linear induction machines. These machines are finding ever-increasing app
lications, typically in position control systems, robotics and mechatronics, ele
ctric vehicles and high speed transportation. A particular feature of this book
is that it does not stop at the basic principles of these complex machines but o
ffers the recent developments and current research information as well, making i
t useful for the senior graduate students and research scholars in the field of
electrical machines and drives. </td><td><div style="text-alig
n: justify">Late Professor K Venkataratnam was a facu
lty member at the Department of Electrical Engineering, Indian Institute of Tech
nology Kharagpur, for 38 years. His areas of research were electrical machines,
special and general, magnetic field problems, power electronics and drives and t
he application of superconductivity in electrical engineering. He had guided num
erous PhD and MTech students during his career and has made significant contribu
tions to literature. His book on general electrical machines is to be published
shortly by Universities Press.</div></td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,PK</td><td>
Engineering & Technology</td>
tion to Mechanics</td><td>Mahendra K Verma</td><td>2008</td><td>356</td><td>395.
0000</td><td>Introduction to Mechanics</stron
g> offers a modern introduction to Newtonian dynamics and the basic
s of special relativity.
Along with a discussion of standard topicsNewtons laws of motion, energy,
linear and angular momentum, rigid body dynamics, oscillationsmodern topics like
symmetries, phase space, nonlinear dynamics and chaos have also been introduced
.
Newtons equation of motion is presented as a differential equationthis br
ings out key issues like phase space and determinism in mechanical systems and h
elps introduce modern research topics like chaos theory in a natural way. Key as
sumptions of Newtonian mechanics have been highlighted and numerical solutions o
f many mechanical systems using Matlab have been incorporated.
Good exercises are needed to comprehend scientific theories and perceiv
e their ramifications and assumptions from various angles. Students are urged to
work out the exercises and projects given at the end of each chapter so as to o
btain a through understanding of the subject.
<a href="http://home.iitk.ac.in/~mkv/Site/Welcome.html"&gt
;For sample chapter and MATLAB Programs and Figures </a>
</td><td>Mahendra K. Verma obtained his doctoral degree from
the University of Maryland, College Park. He joined the Department of Physics, I
IT Kanpur in 1994. He is a non-linear dynamist whose chief interest lies in theo
retical and computational studies of turbulence and nonlinear physics. Currently
he is working on magnetohydrodynamic turbulence, dynamo and convective turbulen
ce. Dr Verma is also interested in atmospheric and computational physics.
&lt
;a href="http://home.iitk.ac.in/~mkv"> Link to author's webpage
</a> </td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Engineering & Technology</
td>
<td>978-81-7371-628-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Geograph
ical Information Science</td><td>Narayan Panigrahi</td><td>2008</td><td>292</td>
<td>395.0000</td><td>Over the las
t decade, GIS (geographical information systems) ha
s established itself as a collaborative information processing system. The vast
domain of information it can process is ever increasing and so is its popularity
. Yet this interdisciplinary field is not available to the vast community of stu
dents and academicians as a subject of study.
This book addresses the GIS use
r domain encompassing students, users and engineers. Important aspects of geogra
phical information science (GISc), which is the basis of GIS, are explained. The
book aims to capture the basics of GIS from the point of view of a student. The
requirements of GIS have been explained keeping in mind the general users level
of knowledge. The processing capability of GIS along with the mathematics and fo
rmulae involved in arriving at a solution are explained for students and cartogr
aphers. The work flow of the whole system, its output and applications are illus
trated from an engineers point of view. </td><td><div style="te
xt-align: justify">Narayan Panigrahi obtained his B.S
c. (Physics Hons.) from Khallikote College, Orissa, M.Sc. (Computer Science) fro
m J.K. Institute of Applied Physics and Technology, University of Allahabad and
M.Tech. (Computer Science and Data Processing) from IIT Kharagpur. His areas of
interest include design, analysis and optimization of algorithms concerning comp
utational geometry, geographical information science and image processing. Curre
ntly he is a scientist at the Centre for Artificial Intelligence and Robotics (C
AIR), a DRDO laboratory in Bangalore, India.</div></td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,
MV,PK</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-594-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Chemical
Process Calculations</td><td>K Asokan</td><td>2007</td><td>264</td><td>395.0000
</td><td>A diverse range of mater
ials like fuels, fertilizers, processed foods, life-saving pharmaceuticals and f
iltered clean water are being produced today. Several stages and processes are g
one through during their production. Different materials or chemicals are added
or removed in each step, and energy in the form of heat is also gained or lost.
A chemical engineer needs to have a thorough understanding of how much of differ
ent materials are needed for the required output, as well as the energy balance
of the processes involved. Taking a course in chemical process calculations will
help an engineer to gain such an understanding.
The book provides a simple t
reatment of the subject matter. The fundamental principles are explained through
173 worked examples. 154 exercise problems with answers are also given for prac
tice. </td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr K Asokan is Deputy Director and Head, Chlor-Alkali Division, Ce
ntral Electro Chemical Research Institute (CECRI), Karaikudi, Tamilnadu). Since
1988, he has been teaching chemical process calculations, mass transfer and heat
transfer for the students of the unique B.Tech. Chemical and Electrochemical En
gineering course at CECRI.
Dr Asokan has published several research papers i
n national and international journals in the area of electrolytic production of
inorganic chemicals based on membrane cell technology. He has four Indian patent
s and one US patent to his credit.</div></td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,PK</td>
<td>Engineering & Technology</td>
es of Electronic Communications: Analog and Digital</td><td>Pradip Kumar Ghosh</
ustify">This comprehensive textbook introduces the concepts of analog an
d digital communications using a tutorial approach. Beginning with a chapter on
signal analysis , the book present, methodically, the following:
Signal trans
mission through linear systems and filters, continuous-wave modulation, exponent
ial CW modulation, pulse modulation, digital modulation techniques and data tran
smission, spread spectrum modulation, theory of probability and random process,
noise in AM and FM systems, data encryption and decryption, the concept of equal
ization and pulse shaping.
Each chapter contains illustrative examples and wo
rked-out problems. The language used is simple and easy to understand. The book
is self-contained and rich in exercises and would be ideal for students pursuing
courses in electronics and communications engineering or related disciplines. M
ost of the chapter-end questions are drawn from recent examinations conducted by
various technical institutes and universities in India. Questions of the multip
le-choice type will be particularly useful for making a quick assessment of the
concepts learnt. </td><td><div style="text-align: justify&quo
t;>Pradip Kumar Ghosh is professor of electronics and comm
unication engineering at Murshidabad College of Engineering and Technology, Berh
ampur, West Bengal. He obtained his B.Tech and M.Tech degrees in radio physics a
nd electronics from Calcutta University in 1989 and 1991, respectively, and his
Ph.D.(Tech) from the same university in 1997 with a fellowship from the Council
of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR), New Delhi. Dr Ghosh has about ten
years of experience in teaching at National Institute of Science and Technology
(NIST), Berhampur, Orissa, St. Xaviers College, Kolkata and Murshidabad College o
f Engineering and Technology, Berhampur, West Bengal.</div></td><td>IN,PK,
NP,MV,BT,BD,LK</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
tals of Remote Sensing</td><td>George Joseph</td><td>2005</td><td>488</td><td>49
5.0000</td><td>This book, authore
d by one of India's most senior and experienced remote sensing experts, cove
rs the gamut of the technology and applications of remote sensing. it is an att
empt to present the fundamental concepts covering various stages of remote sensi
ng from data collection to end utilisation, in a manner which can be appreciated
by the discipline in which he/she has graduated.
The book also provides an I
ndian perspective on remote sensing technology and applications by bringing to t
he fore the way the Indian Remote Sensing (IRS) programme has developed and the
unique applications of the technology in India. It also contains a comprehensiv
e bibliography and references as well as a list of useful websites for advanced
reading and specialised references on remote sensing.
The second edition has
major additions in Chapter 11, dealing with the applications of remote sensing.
Four more themes have been added. Some basic concepts of advanced data classif
ication techniques have been added in Chapter 10. The latest advancement in IRS
series has also been reflected. In order to benefit those who are familiarisi
ng themeselves with the subject for the first time, a list of acronyms and abbre
viations has been added.</td><td><div style="text-align: justi

fy">Dr.George Joseph,  started his
research career as a Cosmic Ray Scientist at the Tata Institute of Fundamental R
esearch (TIFR), Bombay. He has been at the Space Applications Centre (SAC), Ahm
edabad since 1973, where he was instrumental in developing a variety of electrooptical sensors for earth observations which were the first of their kind in Ind
ia. During 1998-2003, as Satish Dhawan Distinguished Professor, Dr Joseph was e
ngaged in studies related to various aspects of remote sensing technology and it
s applications. He has actively contributed in shaping and guiding the long-ter
m remote sensing programmes of ISRO.
Dr Joseph is a Fellow of a number of aca
demies and professional bodies and is a recipient of several awards, including t
he Padma Bhushan in 1999 for his contributions to remote sensing activities in I
ndia.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
ing Mechanics</td><td>M V Seshagiri Rao, D Rama Durgaiah</td><td>2005</td><td>36
0</td><td>375.0000</td><td>The ma
in objective of a basic course in Engineering Mechanics is to enable the student
to understand and analyse the actions and reactions of bodies at rest or in mot
ion. For this a thorough understanding of the underlying physics is necessary, a
long with the ability to solve problems in a simple and logical manner. The cont
ents of this book have been developed keeping this in mind. A good number of mul
tiple-choice questions, short-answer questions, descriptive questions and numeri
cal problems have been included in each chapter along with their solutions so th
at students are exposed to a variety of situations that will test their understa
nding of the subject both at the conceptual and analytical levels. The book, apa
rt from catering to the needs of undergraduate engineering students, will also b
e a ready reference for those appearing for various competitive examinations in
India. </td><td><div style="text-align: justify">M V Seshagiri Rao is a professor heading the Civil Engineering Dep
artment, Jawaharlal Nehru Technological University (JNTU) College of Engineering
, Hyderabad. He has postgraduate degrees in Structural Engineering and Software
Systems and has 27 years of experience in the field of teaching, research, const
ruction and consultancy. </div><div style="text-align: ju
uot;>D Rama Durgaiah is retired professor of Civil Enginee
ring from JNTU with 37 years of experience as a teacher, researcher and consulta
nt. His areas of expertise are hydraulics and water resources engineering.</d
iv></td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
on Heat Transfer, A</td><td>S P Sukhatme</td><td>2005</td><td>412</td><td>425.0
000</td><td>This classic text dea
ls with the elementary aspects of heat transfer, with special emphasis on the fu
ndamental laws so that the subject is perceived by the student as both a science
and an art. The text is supported by a large number of solved examples. Each ch
apter contains many problems with answers provided at the end of the book.
Th
e fourth edition is an expanded version of the earlier editions. It is written a
s a stand-alone text which can be read and understood by the student on his own.
Thus, it contains many more explanatory passages, solved problems and figures t
o illustrate the text. Earlier editions of the book contained a number of figure
s from which values had to be used in order to solve certain types of problems.
The present edition essentially eliminates the need for reading numerical values
from graphs by giving appropriate equations. An added feature is the inclusion
of a new chapter on mass transfer.</td><td><div style="text-al
ign: justify">S P Sukhatme is Professor Emeritus in t
he Department of Mechanical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Mumbai.
He has been a faculty member at the Institute since 1965 and served as the Direc
tor from 1995 to 2000. He also served as the Chairman of the Atomic Energy Regul
atory Board from 2000 to 2005. Professor Sukhatme is known for his contributions
to teaching and research in the field of heat transfer and has been the recipie
nt of many honours. He was awarded the Padma Shri by the Government of India in
2001.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-573-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mine Dis
asters and Mine Rescue</td><td>M A Ramlu</td><td>2006</td><td>460</td><td>850.00
00</td><td>Mine Disasters and Min
e Rescues provides a fairly comprehensive treatment of the subject of mine disas
ters and mine rescue. It draws on the authors nearly thirty years of teaching and
research experience and his abiding interest in mine safety, It deals with the
hazards constantly posed by fires, explosions, coal and gas outbursts and inunda
tions in mines. The text on mine rescue which makes the book a self-contained re
ference manual has been re-written to accommodate recent developments in mine re
scue equipment in India and abroad.</td><td><div style="text-a
lign: justify">M A Ramlu was Head, Department of Mini
ng Engineering at the Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur for nearly twenty
years, Dean of Sponsored Research and Consultancy and Deputy Director and Actin
g Director of the same institute from which he retired in 1987. He pioneered pos
tgraduate courses, mining research and continuing education programmes at mining
departments in the country. He is at present a member of the Development of Min
eral Resources & Technology Upgradation Fund of the Government of Andhra
Pradesh and a member of the Technical Committee, AP Pollution Control Board, Go
vernment of Andhra Pradesh. His main interests are in the area of spontaneous co
mbustion of coal, explosibility of coal dust, mine rescue apparatus and coal min
e planning and mechanization.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Engineering &amp
; Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-587-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Basic En
gineering Thermodynamics</td><td>A Venkatesh</td><td>2007</td><td>495</td><td>45
0.0000</td><td>Basic Engineering
Thermodynamics addresses the needs of BTech and BE students studying thermodynam
ics as a core course. Using his forty-year experience in teaching, the author me
thodically explains difficult and abstract concepts, making them easy to underst
and as well as interesting. Numerous carefully chosen solved problems and exerci
ses are given to coach the eager student to tackle every concept.
Dr R Nagara
jan, formerly Director, Indian Institute of Technology Madras, mentions in his f
oreword to this edition, There are some who believe that we have reached a stag
e of saturation in developments based on Thermodynamic. However, time and again, i
t opens up new vistas.....
Professor Venkatesh has provided a thorough, compr
ehensive and traditional treatment of basic thermodynamics, which is of direct i
nterest and relevance to students of Mechanical, Chemical and Aeronautical Engin
eering.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"><b&
gt;A Venkatesh (PhD, IIT Madras, MTech, BE, BSc) has taught BTech stud
ents in IIT Madras for 35 years and guided PhD and MTech students in thermal asp
ects of solar energy. He was the principal of BTL Institute of Technology, Banga
lore from 2001-2003. He is an industrial consultant on sponsored projects on NCE
S and has published nearly 100 papers in professional journals and conferences.
He is at present Professor Emeritus at East West Institute of Technology, Bangal
ore.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-557-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Fuel Cel
ls: Principles and Applications</td><td>B Viswanathan, M Aulice Scibioh</td><td>
quot;>There is no doubt that the world needs a secure supply of clean energy
for the future. Fuel cells qualify as the ideal delivery mechanism. They are ele
ctrochemical devices capable of directly converting any consumable fuel to elect
rical energy through a chemical reaction. The only by-products are heat, carbon
dioxide and water, which are considered to be environmentally safe. Fuel cells a
re efficient, clean, safe and reliable. Fuel Cells: Principles and Applications
provides a snapshot of the present status of this rapidly progressing field: the
ongoing breakthroughs in research and development, the directions for the futur
e, and the proactive work of several firms in commercially producing fuel cell s
ystems The book is a comprehensive reference book, explaining concepts and their
applications. The interdisciplinary approach that draws on and clarifies the mo
st recent research trends, makes this book interesting to everyone who is concer
ned with energy demands and fuel cells.</td><td><div style="te
xt-align: justify">B Viswanathan is a renowned scient
ist and a distinguished teacher. He has been with the Department of Chemistry, I
ndian Institute of Technology, Madras, since 1970. His research spans areas such
as heterogeneous catalysis, materials science, theoretical chemistry, energy, n
anotechnology, and information science. He has published several research papers
and books, and won awards and fellowships at the national and international lev
els. He is also the author of Chemical and Electrochemical Energy Systems (publi
shed by Universities Press India Limited), one of the unique books in the topic.
  </div><div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div style="text-align: justify">M Auli
ce Scibioh is a Senior Research Associate at the Indian Institute of T
echnology, Madras, and is currently a Visiting Research Scientist at the Fuel Ce
ll Research Center, Korea Institute of Science and Technology, Seoul. She has wo
rked in the area of fuel cells and its frontier components. She has several publ
ications to her credit and has been actively engaged in chemistry education.<
/div></td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-558-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Short In
troduction to Biomedical Engineering, A </td><td>S N Sarbadhikari</td><td>2006</
gt;Bioengineering is the application of electrical, mechanical, chemical, optica
l and other engineering principles to understand, modify or control biological (
plant and animal including human) systems, and also to design and manufacture pr
oducts for monitoring physiological functions, assisting in diagnoses, assessing
prognoses and helping in treatment of patients. Thus, it has emerged today as a
n important aid to diagnosis, therapy and rehabilitation.
A Short Introductio
n to Biomedical Engineering presents a birds eye view of the important components
of biomedical engineering for the benefit of undergraduate and postgraduate stu
dents. It also provides a glimpse of emerging trends in biomedical engineering l
ike telemedicine and the wider use of computers in health care.</td><t
d><div style="text-align: justify">Suptendra Nath Sarba
dhikari  graduated in Medicine and Surgery from Calcutta Univ
ersity in 1989. He then got his PhD in Biomedical Engineering, on neural network
aided analysis of electrophysiological signals in stress and exercise, from the
Institute of Technology, Banaras Hindu University in 1995. He has been instrume
ntal in designing and developing the syllabus on Medical Informatics for the pro
posed C-level (M. Tech. equivalent) Bioinformatics Course under the Department o
f Information Technology, Government of India. He is at present the Associate Pr
ofessor of Biomedical Engineering at the TIFAC-CORE in Biomedical Technology, Am
rita Vishwa Vidyapeetham, Amritapuri and Centre for Digital Health, Amrita Insti
tute of Medical Sciences, Kochi.</div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,MV,BT,BD,LK</td><t
<td>978-81-7371-559-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Civil En
gineering Contracts and Estimates</td><td>B S Patil</td><td>2006</td><td>516</td
><td>495.0000</td><td>Civil Engin
eering Contracts and Estimates combines in a single unit two important sections
of civil engineering, namely contracts and estimates. Volume I (Civil Engineerin
g Contracts) presents an introduction to the legal aspects, involved right from
the tender stage up to planning. Volume II (Civil Engineering Estimates) provide
s the basic framework which enables the reader to accurately estimate the costs
of projects by using the method of measurement of works.
Special Features &
lt;/p>
<ol><li style="text-align: justify"> Use of FIDIC and othe
r similar standard contract forms, construction of public works on build, operat

e and transfer (BOT) basis and other developments have been described </li&gt
;<li style="text-align: justify"> It discusses project schedulin
g through management techniques such as PERT and CPM.</li><li style=&qu
ot;text-align: justify"> It furnishes useful information on the law of c
ontracts, specifications and contract management</li><li style="te
xt-align: justify">A variety of projects are included such as residentia
l construction and building of bridges </li></ol>
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">B S Patil is a contracts and arbitration consultant based at Pune. He has had a dis
tinguished academic and professional career. He has gained wide experience in th
e planning and supervision of construction projects and in the preparation of le
gal documents related to engineering projects. He was a member of the Board of S
tudies in Civil Engineering, Marathwada University, Aurangabad. He has written t
wo other books and has also published articles in engineering journals.</div&
<td>978-81-7371-564-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>First Co
urse in Fluid Mechanics, A </td><td>S Narasimhan</td><td>2006</td><td>452</td><t
d>450.0000</td><td>A First Course
in Fluid Mechanics is primarily devoted to the application of the laws of Newto
nian mechanics to solve complex problems in fluid motion. Few of the topics disc
ussed include fluid properties and their role in fluid motion; fluid statics; fl
uid kinematics; Eulers equations and Bernoullis energy equation; forms of irrotati
onal flows; property of viscosity and the NavierStokes equations of motion; turbu
lence. A chapter on dimensional analysis and model similitude is included to emp
hasise the need for guided experimentation, presentation of results in generalis
ed forms and interpretation of results obtained on the model to the prototype.&l
t;/p></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">S. Na
rasimhan obtained his B.E. degree in civil engineering from the then U
niversity of Mysore in 1951. He obtained his Ph.D. in fluid mechanics from the
University of Iowa in 1965. He joined the Indian Institute of Technology Bombay
in 1958 at its very inception and was involved in teaching and research. He has
edited and co-authored three books, several monographs and about 70 technical p
apers. He has guided several M. Tech theses and doctoral dissertations. He has
taught extensively in the areas of fluid mechanics, hydraulic engineering, wate
r resources, port planning, coastal and offshore engineering and related fields.
He was conferred the Life Time Achievement Award from the Indian Society of Hyd
raulics in 2005. He is a Fellow of the Indian National Academy of Engineering a
nd Professor Emeritus of IIT Bombay.</div></td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,PK</t
d><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
in Materials Characterization</td><td>G Amarendra, Baldev Raj & M H Manghnan
i</td><td>2006</td><td>228</td><td>650.0000</td><td>The series in Metal
lurgy and Materials Science has been initiated during the Diamond Jubilee of the
Indian Institute of Metals (IIM).In the last decade the progress in the Study a
nd development of metallurgy and materials science has been rapid and extensive
giving us a whole new array of materials, with a wide range of applications and
a variety of techniques for both processing and characterizing them. With the he
lp of an expert editorial panel of international and national scientists, the se
ries aims to make this information available to a wide spectrum of readers throu
gh textbooks, monographs on select internationals conferences organized by the I
IM.Materials Characterization is an important area of fundame
ntals and technological interests. A variety of experimental techniques for char
acterizing the physical and chemical properties of materials have been developed
over the years. This volume Intends to provide an overview of the advances in t
his area and an in depth review of the latest techniques. It comprises review ar
ticles written by experts in these areas, providing an introduction and overview
of the techniques as well as a demonstration of their application to select pro
blems.</td><td>G Amarendre is a senior Sci

entists at the Materials Science Division, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Resea
rch, Kalpakkam, India. He is a specialist in materials Characterization using po
sition annihilation techniques in the areas of defects, Radiation damage, and se
miconductor heterostructures. Baldev Raj is a Distinguished Scientist and Direct
or of the Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, Kalapakkam, India. He is a s
pecialist in the areas of non destructive techniques, materials characterization
, materials development and processing. He has received many prestigious nationa
l and international awards and recognition. M H Manghnani is a professor at the
University of Hawali, USA, and is an internationally known expert in the study o
f materials under high pressure and high temperature development of superhard co
atings and materials characterization.</td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,PK</t
d><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-510-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>When Lea
st is Best: How Mathematicians Discovered Many Clever Ways to Make Things as Sma
ll (or as Large) as Possible</td><td>Paul J Nahin</td><td>2004</td><td>392</td><
td>595.0000</td><td>What is the best way to photograph a speeding bulle
t? Why does light move through glass in the least amount of time possible? How c
an lost hikers find their way out of a forest? What will rainbows look like in t
he future? Why do soap bubbles have a shape that gives them the least area?
B
y combining the mathematical history of extrema with contemporary examples, Paul
J. Nahin answers these intriguing questions and more in this engaging and witty
volume. He shows how life often works at the extremes-with values becoming as s
mall (or as large) as possible-and how mathematicians over the centuries have s
truggled to calculate these problems of minima and maxima. From medieval writing
s to the development of modern calculus to the current field of optimisation, Na
hin tells the story of Dido's problem, Fermat and Descartes, Torricelli, Bis
hop Berkeley, Goldschmidt, and more. Along the way, he explores how to build th
e shortest bridge possible between two towns, how to shop for garbage bags, how
to vary speed during a race, and how to make the perfect basketball shot.
Wri
tten in a conversational tone and requiring only an early undergraduate level of
mathematical knowledge, When Least Is Best is full of fascinating examples and
ready-to-try-at-home experiments. This is the first book on optimization written
for a wide audience, and math enthusiasts of all backgrounds will delight in i
ts lively topics.</td><td>PAULJ NAHIN is Professor of Electrical Engin
eering at the University of New Hampshire. He is the author of many books, inclu
ding the bestselling An Imaginary Tale: The Story of the Square Root of Minus On
e and Duelling Idiots and Other Probability Puzzlers (both Universities Press).<
/td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,PK,MM</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
l Methods with Programs in Basic, Fortran, Pascal and C++ (Revised Edition)</td>
<td>S Balachandra Rao, C K Shantha</td><td>2004</td><td>504</td><td>495.0000</td
><td>The book discusses the important numerical methods&l
t;/strong> which are frequently used in mathematical, physical, engineering a
nd even biological sciences. It will serve as an ideal textbook for the undergra
duate and diploma courses. The revised edition has a section on C++ and programs
in C++.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Techno
logy</td>
<td>978-81-7371-494-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Physics
of Semiconductor Devices (Revised Edition)</td><td>Dilip K Roy</td><td>2004</td>
Physics of Semiconductor Devices is a comprehensive
, up-to-date text providing a lucid perspective of the important concepts and a
pplications of semiconductor devices. The book emphasises a logical development
of the subject and maintains a rigour in the analytical discussions. A descripti
on of the quantum mechanical tunnel effect on the principles of quantum measurem
ent and observations is also presented, along with a discussion of its applicati
on in the analysis of I-V characteristics of tunnel devices.

In this revised
edition, the basic outline of the book and its underlying philosophy remain unc
hanged. The discussions on quantum mechanical tunnelling have been updated. Most o
f the problems in the first edition have been retained and a large number of pro
blems have been added both as solved examples and as unsolved exercises. </p&
gt;</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dilip Kuma
r Roy has taught and guided research at IIT, Delhi since 1967. His res
earch was done at Semiconductor Research Institute, Tohoku University, Japan. H
e was a resident visitor at the A.T.& T Bell Laboratories, USA as a Rota
ry Foundation Fellow in 1986 and he was a visiting fellow of the Indian National
Science Academy at the Institute of Microelectronic Technology and Superpure Ma
terials, USSR in 1989. He taught at Egerton University, Kenya during 1989-91 and
at the Institute of Postgraduate Studies and Research, University of Malaya, Ma
laysia during 1996-2000. Presently, he is a Professor of Electronics and Communi
cations at the Institute of Technology and Management, Gurgaon.</div></td>
<td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-493-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Recent A
dvances in Structural Engineering</td><td>K S Jagadish, R N Iyengar</td><td>2005
</td><td>408</td><td>850.0000</td><td>This book contains state-of-the-a
rt review articles on specific research areas in the civil engineering disciplin
e -- the areas include geotechnical engineering, hydraulics and water resources
engineering and structural engineering. The articles are written by invited auth
ors who are currently active at the international level in their respective rese
arch fields. Each of the articles comprises an informed assessment of the specif
ic field of specialization, with a critical appraisal of recent advances and per
spectives for future research directions and would thus highlight the needs for
R&D in the Indian context in specific areas of civil engineering.
The edi
torial board for this publication consists of distinguished members of the facul
ty of the Department of Civil Engineering, Indian Institute of Science, Bangalor
e.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</
td>
<td>978-81-7371-476-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Finite E
lement Analysis and Procedures in Engineering</td><td>H V Lakshminarayana</td><t
y">Finite Element Analysis: Procedures in Engineering covers the basic c
oncepts, mathematical models and computational algorithms that support the finit
e element method (FEM). It is a complete and self-contained book which will enab
le comprehension of FEM as a numerical method for engineering analysis and also
provide insight to commercial finite element analysis (FEA) software to solve pr
actical problems.
The topics covered include 1-D elements, 2-d continuum ele
ments (both triangular and quadrilateral in shape) , creation of C0 continuous i
nterpolation functions and use of Gauss quadrature formulae to compute element m
atrices and vectors, higher order isoparametric elements, finite element modelli
ng and analysis of axisymmetric solid bodies subjected to thermal and mechanical
loads, 3-D continuum elements (of different shapes--tetrahedral, hexahedra, and
pentahedra and increasing orderslinear, quadratic and cubic), and application of
FEA in stress analysis of complex solid bodies. General-purpose FEA programs ar
e briefly introduced, mainly with a focus to their organization and capabilities
. Each chapter contains test problems and target solutions along with computat
ional problems for home assignments.</td><td><div style="textalign: justify">H V Lakshminarayana is Professor, Cov
entry University Postgraduate Centre, M.S Ramaiah School of Advanced Studies, Ba
ngalore, where he served from 1994 to 2001 as Professor, Mechanical Engineering.
He has authored number of technical papers and contributed chapters to textbook
s in the area of finite element methods, computational fracture mechanics and ad
vanced composite structures. He was conferred The Best Teacher Award by the Bang
alore University and Outstanding Performance Award by the National Aerospace Lab
oratories.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-477-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mechanic
s of Composite Materials and Structures</td><td>Madhujit Mukhopadhyay</td><td>20
ot;>Fibre reinforced plastic (FRP) materials have a wide range of application
s in various engineering structures - offshore, maritime, aerospace and civil en
gineering; machine components; chemical engineering applications and so on. The
scope for intelligent exploitation of these composites is ample, though the actu
al use has been limited. This is mainly because of the paucity of adequate know
ledge on FRP composite materials, its structural mechanics and structural analys
is among practising engineers.
"Mechanics of Composite Materials and Str
uctures" is an attempt to present an integrated and unified approach to the
analysis of FRP composite materials. The micromechanics and lamination theory o
f composite structural elements are discussed in detail. Closed form analytical
solutions as well as numerical techniques for solving problems in FRP analysis a
re presented. Applications of the finite element method for the analysis of FRP
structural elements are given considerable emphasis.</td><td><div s
tyle="text-align: justify">Dr Madhujit Mukhopadhyay</b&
gt; is a professor in the department of Ocean Engineering and Naval Architecture
, IIT Kharagpur. His field of research is in the area of plates and shells (bare
or stiffened). He has a large number of research publications in reputed intern
ational journals of civil, mechanical, aerospace, engineering, and naval archite
cture and is the author of two textbooks.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Engi
neering & Technology</td>
tals of Computational Fluid Dynamics</td><td>Tapan K Sengupta</td><td>2004</td><
td>364</td><td>825.0000</td><td>This book aims to provide a foundation
to CFD which finds application in solving leading edge research problems. It inc
ludes both classical and recent methods of solving high Reynolds number incompre
ssible flows. The first four chapters deal with the governing equations and disc
ussions on ranges of temporal and spatial scales. This is followed by classical
methods for PDEs, coordinate transformations and grid generation. A full chapter
is devoted to spectral analysis tools developed by the author, and aliasing err
or which is least understood but important for DNS/LES. The last three chapters
provide higher order methods, discussions on higher accuracy finite volume metho
ds and their comparison to finite element methods. In the last chapter, applicat
ions of some of the methods highlighting the issues of unsteady and transitional
/turbulent flows are presented. </td><td> </td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,MV
,LK,MY,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>Engineering &
Technology</td>
tion to Soil Reinforcement and Geosynthetics, An</td><td>G L Sivakumar Babu</td>
<td>2005</td><td>208</td><td>350.0000</td><td>This book provides an int
roduction to the techniques and procedures of soil reinforcement. The various re
inforcement materials in use today (particularly geosynthetics) are discussed an
d their properties evaluated for different reinforcement functions. The design p
rinciples underlying various reinforcement techniques are analysed and illustrat
ed with examples. Construction of roads, flyovers, embankments and dams, facilit
ies on soft soil deposits, etc., involve soil reinforcement techniques, and incr
easingly, sustainable engineering solutions for environmental challenges such as
landfills and foundations of seismic resistant structures involve the use of ge
osynthetics. The book examines the existing and potential range of applications
of soil reinforcement and geosynthetics in civil engineering solutions.</p&gt
;</td><td>G L Sivakumar Babu is an Associate Professor in the Department of Civi
l Engineering, Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore, from where he earlier rec
eived his doctorate. He has considerable teaching experience and has been involv
ed in research and design using geosynthetics in India, Germany and the USA. He
is a recipient of a number of international and national awards and recognitions
, and has contributed to international journals and conferences. He is a consult

ant in the area of geotechnical engineering, soil reinforcement and geosynthetic
s.</td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-458-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Strength
of Materials</td><td>B S Basavarajaiah, P Mahadevappa</td><td>2010</td><td>768<
/td><td>550.0000</td><td>The behaviour of materials when subjected to d
ifferent types of loads is of basic interest to engineers. This book, developed
for an introductory course on strength of materials for engineering and architec
ture courses, provides a comprehensive coverage of the concepts and principles o
f mechanics of materials in clear and easy-to-understand language. Students will
appreciate the large number of worked-out examples and exercises that have been
included to give them an exposure to a variety of situations requiring analysis
of systems for their strength under stress. 
Special Features: 
<ol><li> The subject matter is presented in a simple and lucid langu
age.</li><li> Each chapter deals precisely with definitions, analysi
s, derivations and applications. </li><li>A large number of worked-o
ut examples incorporating a variety of problems and exercises.</li></ol
>
</td><td>B S Basavarajaiah was professor and head of the depa
rtment of civil engineering at KREC, Surathkal for 18 years and principal of the
same college for 5 years. He has extensive experience in teaching undergraduate
and postgraduate students, and has been a consultant to several prestigious civ
il engineering projects.
P Mahadevappa was professor of civil engineering at KREC, Sur
athkal. He has taught undergraduate and postgraduate students and guided student
s in their M Tech thesis.</td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td
>
tion to Thermodynamics, An</td><td>Y V C Rao</td><td>2003</td><td>500</td><td>55
0.0000</td><td>This book provides a precise and logical presentation o
f the concepts and principles of thermodynamics from the macroscopic (classical)
point of view. In addition to the nice presentation of theory, each chapter of
the book has many solved examples which will help the students in better underst
anding the basic concepts. Further, several problems are given at the end of eac
h chapter, with answers at the end of the book, for the students to solve by app
lying thermodynamic principles.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>E
ngineering & Technology</td>
ical Methods in Classical and Quantum Physics</td><td>Tulsi Dass, Satish K Sharm
a</td><td>1998</td><td>716</td><td>795.0000</td><td>The book is intende
d to provide an adequate background for various theoretical physics courses, esp
ecially those in classical mechanics, electrodynamics, quantum mechanics and sta
tistical physics. Each topic is dealt with in a generally self-contained manner
and the text is interspersed with a number of solved examples and a large number
of exercise problems.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Engineerin
g & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-090-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Optical
Communication</td><td>M Mukunda Rao</td><td>2000</td><td>208</td><td>295.0000</t
d><td>This book deals with optical electronics and communication, and i
s intended as a core textbook for use both at the undergraduate and postgraduate
levels in engineering colleges. The author discusses a number of important aspe
cts like optical sources, transmission mediums, optical fibres, photodetectors,
optical receivers, and modulation and remodulation systems. Each concept is syst
ematically presented starting with the historical background and subsequent deve
lopments.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Techn
ology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-048-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Chemical
Engineering Thermodynamics (with CD)</td><td>Y V C Rao</td><td>1997</td><td>624
</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This book would serve as a core textbook for the cours
e on chemical engineering thermodynamics for undergraduate students of chemical
engineering and chemical technology. Emphasis is on precise and logical presenta
tion of basic principles. The book covers a number of concepts that are not foun
d in most booksthe Jacobian method of deriving thermodynamic relations, use of th
e Bridgman table, stability and phase transition in thermodynamic systems, etc.
Another salient feature of the book is the equation of state (EOS) approach whic
h is gaining importance with the increasing use of computers.</td><td> </td
<td>978-81-7371-014-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Analysis
of Thyristor Power-Conditioned Motors</td><td>S K Pillai</td><td>1996</td><td>1
96</td><td>325.0000</td><td>This book presents, systematically, the bas
ic methods of analysis of both d.c. and a.c. motors fed from elementary configur
ations of commonly used power converters. Methods of determining both steady sta
te and transient performance have been discussed.</td><td> </td><
td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
Simulation of Spark-Ignition Engine Processes</td><td>V Ganesan</td><td>1996</t
d><td>248</td><td>395.0000</td><td>This book contains the theory and co
mputer programs for the simulation of spark ignition (SI) engine processes. It s
tarts with the fundamental concepts and goes on to the advanced level and can th
us be used by undergraduates, postgraduates and Ph.D. scholars.</td><t
d> </td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-023-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Differen
tial Equations with Applications & Programs</td><td>S Balachandra Rao, H R A
nuradha</td><td>1996</td><td>416</td><td>475.0000</td><td>This book is
designed to serve as a textbook for undergraduate students of maths, physics, ph
ysical chemistry, engineering, etc. throughout India. There is rigorous coverage
of the theory and a number of application-oriented problems drawn from various
disciplines such as science, medicine, economics and agriculture. It also contai
ns a large number of worked examples besides exercises and answers. One chapter
is devoted to numerical techniques to solve differential equations in which comp
uter programs and printouts of worked examples are included.</td><td>&
nbsp;</td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
al Analysis: A Unified Approach</td><td>D S Prakash Rao</td><td>1996</td><td>672
</td><td>625.0000</td><td>This book presents a unified approach to the
analysis of structures by combining classical and matrix methods of analysis. It
is designed to provide a thorough understanding of the basic concepts of struct
ural analysis and to develop intuitive perception in students. Several simplifyi
ng analytical techniques taught in European schools are discussed here. The adva
ntages and limitations of various methods, and the differences in their approach
es are discussed in detail.</td><td>Prof. D.S. Prakash Rao has over t
hirty years of research, design and Teaching experience. He has worked with seve
ral organisations in India and overseas, was associated with projects on a wide
range of subjects, and has authored several Research papers, reports and books.
Dr Rao is the recipient of several awards including the Bharat Ratna Sir Mokshag
undam Visveshvaraya award for his outstanding contribution to the Engineering pr
ofession. He is presently with the Civil Engineering Department, University Coll
ege of Engineering, Hyderabad.</td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technolog

y</td>
es of Metal Cutting</td><td>G Kuppuswamy</td><td>1996</td><td>248</td><td>375.00
00</td><td>This book provides an
introduction to the principles of metal cutting technology, an important part of
manufacturing engineering today. These principles form the basis for understand
ing vital areas like cutting tool design, machinability data, operation planning
, etc. SI units have been used and a number of numerical examples have been prov
ided in each chapter.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify&
quot;>G.Kuppuswamy. is Assistant Professor in the Manufact
uring Engineering Section at the Indian Institute of Technology, Madras, from wh
ere he graduated in Mechanical Engineering and obtained his Ph.D. His areas of i
nterest include machine tools and manufacturing, automation and CAD/CAM. He has
published extensively in both national and international journals. He was awar
ded the NRDC (National Research Development Corporation) award for his work on t
he Beneficial Effect of Magnetic Field on Electron Chemical Grinding.</div&gt
;</td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
ing Thermodynamics Through Examples: More than 765 Solved Examples</td><td>Y V C
Rao</td><td>2003</td><td>704</td><td>750.0000</td><td>This book presen
ts the basic concepts, principles and applications of the principles in analyzin
g real life problems in an interactive manner. The book covers the syllabus of a
ll universities and engineering colleges and can be used as a primary text or a
supplement to any text book on thermodynamics for undergraduate students of all
branches of engineering. It can also be used as a reference book by graduate stu
dents and practicing engineers. Psychrometry and chemical thermodynamics, Jacobi
an method of deriving thermodynamic relations in addition to the conventional pa
rtial differentials method are presented and illustrated through several example
s. Sufficient thermodynamic property data tables are appended.</td><td
> </td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-425-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Guide to
Soil Mechanics, A</td><td>Malcolm D Bolton</td><td>2003</td><td>452</td><td>525
.0000</td><td>The book covers all the soil mechanics and foundation eng
ineering topics that are commonly included in civil engineering degree courses,
and provides a number of springboards into related advanced topics. Although it
is intended principally to satisfy the needs of civil engineering students, thi
s guide should also prove useful to those practising engineers who are unaware o
f the powerful and elegant reconstruction of the subject which has been made pos
sible by the recent concepts of plasticity, dilatancy and critical states. The b
ook has been written on the assumption that ideas rather than codes or formulae
are the backbone of successful engineering. It has been well received around th
e world both by new students and experienced engineers.</td><td>
</td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,MV,LK</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-427-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Finite E
lement Analysis for Engineering & Technology</td><td>Tirupathi R Chandrupatl
a</td><td>2003</td><td>268</td><td>375.0000</td><td>Computer-aided engi
neering (CAE) tools are finding increasingly wider application in the solution o
f engineering problems. Finite element analysis (FEA) is an important tool in th
e CAE toolbox. From a predominantly post-graduate level status, FEA became an i
ntegral part of third/fourth year level engineering programs in colleges in the
late eighties. The new century brings in the need for introducing FEA even earl
ierin the second year of engineering and technology programs. The need for train
ed personnel will require education at a level that is not catered for by availa
ble books. The purpose of this book is to introduce the subject of finite eleme
nt analysis to fulfill this need. Pedagogical features: Direct approach used in
the development of FEA, Over 170 illustrations provided to crystallize concepts,

Problem formulation and modeling emphasized in all chapters, Examples
and problems integrated throughout, Computer program source codes in BASIC, FOR
TRAN, C, Visual Basic, Visual Basic Excel, MATLAB, and Java included in the CD.&
lt;/p></td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
Microwave Communication Systems with Selected Topics in Mobile Communications</t
d><td>P V Sreekanth</td><td>2003</td><td>400</td><td>775.0000</td><td>T
his book provides a hands-on approach to Digital Microwave Communications. Stude
nts of Communications Engineering often find a wide gap between the theory they
have learnt and the skills required for the implementation of the communications
system. The book provides the necessary theoretical inputs for understanding th
e basic concepts (keeping mathematical analysis to a minimum), and follows it up
with the practical details of the systems and their interfaces.</td><
td> </td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
tion to Strength of Materials</td><td>D S Prakash Rao</td><td>2002</td><td>172</
td><td>275.0000</td><td>The book includes the elementary topics of the
course on Strength of Materials for undergraduate programmes in engineering and te
chnology. It is developed in the SI units adopting international notation and co
nventions. Several typical example problems are presented systematically, and ex
ercise problems are included to help candidates improve their concepts. The book
, written in simple language, explains the theoretical concepts and helps develo
p problem solving abilities in students.</td><td>
Prof. D.S. Prakash Rao has over thirty years of research, design and Teachi
ng experience. He has worked with several organisations in India and overseas, w
as associated with projects on a wide range of subjects, and has authored severa
l Research papers, reports and books. Dr Rao is the recipient of several awards
including the Bharat Ratna Sir Mokshagundam Visveshvaraya award for his outstand
ing contribution to the Engineering profession. He is presently with the Civil E
ngineering Department, University College of Engineering, Hyderabad.</td><td>Wor
ld</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-384-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Heat Tran
sfer</td><td>Y V C Rao</td><td>2001</td><td>488</td><td>450.0000</td><td><p&g
t;Heat Transfer is a compulsory core course in the curriculum of almost all bran
ches of engineering in several Engineering and Technical institutions and univer
sities. An outcome of the lecture notes prepared by the author, this book has be
en prepared primarily for an introductory course in Heat & Mass Transfer. Pa
rticular emphasis has been placed on precise and logical presentation of the con
cepts and principles. The traditional, classical approach has been adopted in pr
esenting the subject matter. Every chapter has a set of learning objectives, a c
hapter summary, and several review questions. Finally, every chapter closes with
a set of unsolved problems with answers at the end of the book. Several solved
problems are included throughout.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td
>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-388-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Thermody
namics</td><td>Y V C Rao</td><td>2001</td><td>216</td><td>245.0000</td><td>Thermodynamics is the science dealing with energy and its transformation. Th
e laws of thermodynamics are of wide applicability and are extensively used in s
everal branches of engineering science. In the study of thermodynamics, one can
adopt two different points of view, namely microscopic and macroscopic. Since t
he purpose of this book is to serve as an introduction to the study of thermod
ynamics, the macroscopic approach has been adopted. It presents the essential co
ncepts and principles, with particular emphasis on precise and logical presentat
ion.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology
</td>
interface.</td><td> </td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Enginee
ring & Technology</td>
Simulation of Compression-Ignition Engine Processes</td><td>V Ganesan</td><td>2
000</td><td>248</td><td>395.0000</td><td>This book attempts to provide
a simplified framework for the vast and complex map of technical material that e
xists on compressionignition engines, and at the same time include sufficient det
ails to convey the complexity of engine simulation. The emphasis here is on the
thermodynamics, combustion physics and chemistry, heat transfer, and friction pr
ocesses relevant to compressionignition engines with simplifying assumptions. Sin
ce details are covered from the fundamentals, it will be a valuable tool for bot
h undergraduate and postgraduate students, as well as for practising engineers.&
lt;/p></td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
of Materials: A Practical Approach (Vol. 1)</td><td>D S Prakash Rao</td><td>199
9</td><td>664</td><td>575.0000</td><td>The theoretical as well as pract
ical aspects of the strength of materials are presented in this book in a system
atic way to enable students to understand the basic principles and prepare thems
elves for the tasks of designing large structures subsequently. The system of un
its, notation and conventions are explained clearly, along with a brief historic
al review of the developments in structural mechanics. Advanced techniques such
as non-linear elasticity, three-dimensional stress analysis, Fourier series (and
its application), the finite difference method (and its application) and theor
y of plasticity are covered in this book which presents a gradual transition to
the theory of structural analysis besides developing elementary theories of soli
d mechanics.</td><td>Prof. D.S. Prakash Rao
has over thirty years of research, design and Teaching experience. He has worked
with several organisations in India and overseas, was associated with projects
on a wide range of subjects, and has authored several Research papers, reports a
nd books. Dr Rao is the recipient of several awards including the Bharat Ratna S
ir Mokshagundam Visveshvaraya award for his outstanding contribution to the Engi
neering profession. He is presently with the Civil Engineering Department, Unive
rsity College of Engineering, Hyderabad.</td><td>World</td><td>Engineering &
Technology</td>
<td>978-81-7371-268-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Remote s
ensing and its Applications</td><td>L R A Narayan</td><td>1999</td><td>236</td><
td>550.0000</td><td>This compilat
ion of articles published in THE HINDU provides a clear understanding of <str
ong>Remote Sensing, the amazing technology which is opening up
new vistas for the mapping, management, and monitoring of our natural resources
. Richly illustrated and easy to read, the book will be of interest to students,
teachers, scientists and non-specialists. </td><td>Dr L R A Narayan, the first Hea
d of Applications, National Remote Sensing Agency, has several significant contr
ibutions to his credit. He carried out extensive survey and mapping in the diffi
cult north eastern parts of India, and developed new methods for wasteland mappi
ng and ground water assessment, which provided much needed information for under
taking a variety of development programmes. He was instrumental in introducing v
arious R & 0 activities in the use of satellite data at the Indian Phot
o Interpretation Institute (now the Indian Institute of Remote Sensing), Dehra
dun, where he taught Photogrammetry. He is the recipient of the Edward Dolezel
Award of the International Society of Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing. </p&
tory AC Circuit Theory</td><td>K Mann, G J Russell</td><td>2000</td><td>224</td>
<td>295.0000</td><td>Oscillations play a very important part in modern
Physics, and a.c. theory, important as it is in its own right, provides the best
introduction to the techniques common to all oscillatory problems. For this rea
son, this text is oriented towards the needs of science students, and also provi
des a first course for Electrical Engineering students. An elementary knowledge
of field and d.c. circuit theory is assumed. The text provides two courses. A sh
ort course, covered in Chapters One to Six, is for those students who do not wis
h to proceed to the operator j methods treated in later Chapters. The complete c
ourse provides the minimum requirements for a graduate in Physics. The book&#160
;gives a thorough grounding in the fundamental concepts as the basis of such a c
ourse.</td><td> </td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,L
B,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
tion to Metallurgy, An</td><td>Sir Alan Cottrell</td><td>2000</td><td>564</td><t
d>725.0000</td><td>This classic textbook aims to provide undergraduates
with a broad overview of metallurgy from atomic theory, thermodynamics, reactio
n kinetics and crystal physics, to elasticity and plasticity.</td><td>
</td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
f Plates</td><td>K Chandrashekhara</td><td>2000</td><td>256</td><td>850.0000</td
><td>This book is self-contained and the coverage assumes an elementary
knowledge of mechanics of materials, and mathematics. It provides a simple, com
prehensive and mathematical presentation of plate theories, with their applicati
on to plate bending problems. A balance between theory and numerical problems ha
s been maintained throughout the book. Both analytical and numerical methods hav
e been addressed, with a large number of solved examples to illustrate the appli
cation of these methods to various plate problems of practical interest. Whereve
r possible, formulae and tabulation of plate problem solutions have been provide
d to help the practising engineer to carry out design calculations with ease. Ex
ercises at the end of each chapter help the student to test his/her understandin
g of the subject thus far.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Engine
ering & Technology</td>
es of Medical Electronics and Biomedical Instrumentation</td><td>C Raja Rao, S K
Guha</td><td>2000</td><td>288</td><td>395.0000</td><td>This book is a
description of the medical and technical disciplines that make up the new world
of medical electronics. It should prove useful as a r
eference for medical and paramedical personnel. For the electronics engineer and
technician, the book will serve as a bridge to the medical world they will serv
e. For the administrator, it will be an explanation of his new department and what
it will be accomplishing.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Engine
ering & Technology</td>
ing English</td><td>E. Suresh Kumar</td><td>2014</td><td>184</td><td>200.0000</t
d><td>
Engineering English, a textbook of English for BTech students. Written

in a simple style, the books covers important topics in oral and written commu
nication, such as effective listening, interpersonal communication, and writing
reports, summaries, resumes and different kinds of letters.  Part 1,
Communication Skills, cover listening, speaking and writing skills and some aspe
cts of English grammar and vocabulary that many Indian learners have a problem
with.  Part 2, Reading for Enrichment, has a selection of texts on inspi
ring achievers of our times, which students will relate to and enjoy. 
The book also includes a list of basic technical vocabulary used in different
branches of engineering. 
</td><td>
Professor Suresh Kumar is Head, Department of Engli
sh, Osmania University, Hyderabad, and Director, English Language Training Cent
re, Osmania University. 
</td><td>IN</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
ons of Engineering Geology</td><td>Tony Waltham</td><td>2009</td><td>98</td><td>
485.0000</td><td>Now in full colour, the third edition of this well-est
ablished book provides a readable and highly illustrated overview of the aspects
of geology that are most significant to civil engineers.
Sections in the book describe the main features of bedrock geology, the
processes and sediments of surface geology, relevant methods of ground investig
ation, and main features of the significant geohazards. It therefore takes the r
eader from the basics of geology through to a better understanding of the '&
#39;difficult ground conditions'' so often encountered on engineering pr
ojects.
Each of the 40 topics is presented as double-page spread with a careful
mix of text, diagrams and photographs, with tabulated reference material on par
ameters such as bearing strengths of soils and rocks. This new edition of <i&
gt;Foundations of Engineering Geology has
been fully updated to create an overview that covers the entire spectrum of top
ics of interest for both students and practitioners in the field of civil engine
ering.
</td><td>Tony Waltham lives in Nottinghan, UK, having now ret
ired from many years as a university lecturer in engineering geology.</td><td>IN
,PK,BD,BT,LK,NP</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-1-4704-2600-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Complex
Proofs of Real Theorems</td><td>Peter D Lax, Lawrence Zalcman</td><td>2016</td><
td>104</td><td>780.0000</td><td>This is an extended meditation on Hadam
ards famous dictum, The shortest and best way between two truths of the real domai
n often passes through the imaginary one, directed at an audience acquainted with
analysis at the first year graduate level. It aims at illustrating how complex
variables can be used to provide quick and efficient proofs of a wide variety of
important results in such areas of analysis as approximation theory, operator t
heory, harmonic analysis, and complex dynamics. Topics discussed include weighte
d approximation on the line, Müntzs theorem, Toeplitz operators, Beurlings th
eorem on the invariant spaces of the shift operator, prediction theory, the Ries
z convexity theorem, the PaleyWiener theorem, the Titchmarsh convolution theorem,
the GleasonKahaneZelazko theorem, and the FatouJuliaBaker theorem. The discussion b
egins with the worlds shortest proof of the fundamental theorem of algebra and co
ncludes with Newmans almost effortless proof of the prime number theorem. Four br
ief appendices provide all necessary background in complex analysis beyond the s
tandard first year graduate course. Lovers of analysis and beautiful proofs will
read and reread this slim volume with pleasure and profit.</td><td>&l
t;p>Peter D Lax is professor at the Department of Mathemat
ics, Courant Institute of Mathematical Sciences, New York University, New York,
USA.
Lawrence Zalcman is Professor Emeritus at the Depart

ment of Mathematics, Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan, Israel.
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-1-4704-2596-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Numbers
and Functions: From a ClassicalExperimental Mathematicians Point of View</td><td>V
ictor H Moll</td><td>2016</td><td>504</td><td>1200.0000</td><td>New mat
hematics often comes about by probing what is already known. Mathematicians will
change the parameters in a familiar calculation or explore the essential ingred
ients of a classic proof. Almost magically, new ideas emerge from this process.
This book examines elementary functions, such as those encountered in calculus c
ourses, from this point of view of experimental mathematics. The focus is on exp
loring the connections between these functions and topics in number theory and c
ombinatorics. There is also an emphasis throughout the book on how current mathe
matical software can be used to discover and prove interesting properties of the
se functions. The book provides a transition between elementary mathematics and
more advanced topics, trying to make this transition as smooth as possible. Many
topics occur in the book, but they are all part of a bigger picture of mathemat
ics. By delving into a variety of them, the reader will develop this broad view.
The large collection of problems is an essential part of the book. The problems
vary from routine verifications of facts used in the text to the exploration of
open questions.</td><td>Victor H Moll is
Professor at the Department of Mathematics, Tulane University, New Orleans, USA.
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td
>
<td>978-1-4704-2597-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Algebrai
c Geometry: A Problem-solving Approach</td><td>Thomas Garrity, Richard Belshoff,
Lynette Boos, Ryan Brown, Carl Lienert, David Murphy, Junalyn Navarra-Madsen, P
edro Poitevin, Shawn Robinson, Brian Snyder, Caryn Werner</td><td>2016</td><td>3
40</td><td>1020.0000</td><td>Algebraic geometry has been at the centre
of much of mathematics for hundreds of years. It is not an easy field to break i
nto, despite its humble beginnings in the study of circles, ellipses, hyperbolas
, and parabolas. This text consists of a series of exercises, plus some backgrou
nd information and explanations, starting with conics and ending with sheaves an
d cohomology. The first chapter on conics is appropriate for first-year college
students (and many high school students). Chapter 2 leads the reader to an under
standing of the basics of cubic curves, while Chapter 3 introduces higher degree
curves. Both chapters are appropriate for people who have taken multivariable c
alculus and linear algebra. Chapters 4 and 5 introduce geometric objects of high
er dimension than curves. Abstract algebra now plays a critical role, making a f
irst course in abstract algebra necessary from this point on. The last chapter i
s on sheaves and cohomology, providing a hint of current work in algebraic geome
try.</td><td><div>Thomas Garrity is the Willi
am R. Kenan Jr. Professor of Mathematics at the Department of Mathematics, Willi
ams College, Williamstown, USA.  </div>&lt
;div>Richard Belshoff is Professor at the Department of Ma
thematics, Missouri State University, Springfield, USA.  &lt
;br /></div><div>Lynette Boos is Associate Pro
fessor of Math at Providence College, Providence, USA.  </div><div>Ryan Brown Is Associate Profes
sor at the Department of Mathematics, Georgia College and State University, Mill
edgeville, USA . </div><div>Carl Liener
t is Professor at the Department of Mathematics, Fort Lewis College, D
urango, USA.  </div><div>David Murphy&l
t;/b> is Associate Professor of Mathematics at the Department of Mathematics
and Computer Science, Hillsdale College, Hillsdale, USA.  &l
t;br /></div><div>Junalyn Navarra-Madsen is As
sistant Professor at the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, Texas W
omans University, Denton, USA.  </div><div><b&
gt;Pedro Poitevin is Associate Professor at the Department of Mathemat

ics, Salem State University, Salem, USA . </div><di
v>Shawn Robinson is Assistant Professor of Mathematics at
the Department of Computer Science, Mathematics and Statistics, Colorado Mesa Un
iversity, Grand Junction, USA  </div><div><b&
gt;Brian Snyder is Associate Professor at the School of Mathematics an
d Computer Science, Lake Superior State University, Sault Ste. Marie, USA.  </div><div>Caryn Werner is Profes
sor at the Department of Mathematics, Allegheny College, Meadville, USA </div><div> </div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,
BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-1-4704-2598-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Classica
l Mechanics with Calculus of Variations and Optimal Control: An Intuitive Introd
uction</td><td>Mark Levi</td><td>2016</td><td>300</td><td>960.0000</td><td>This is an intuitively motivated presentation of many topics in classical me
chanics and related areas of control theory and calculus of variations. All topi
cs throughout the book are treated with tolerance for unraveling definitions and
for proofs which leave the reader in the dark. Some areas of particular interes
t are an extremely short derivation of the ellipticity of planetary orbits; a st
atement and an explanation of the tennis racket paradox; a heuristic explanation (
and a rigorous treatment) of the gyroscopic effect; a revealing equivalence betw
een the dynamics of a particle and statics of a spring; a short geometrical expl
anation of Pontryagins maximum principle, and more. In the last chapter, aimed at
more advanced readers, the Hamiltonian and momentum are compared to forces in a
certain static problem. This gives a palpable physical meaning to some seemingl
y abstract concepts and theorems. With minimal prerequisites consisting of basic
calculus and basic undergraduate physics, this book is suitable for courses fro
m an undergraduate to a beginning graduate level, and for a mixed audience of ma
thematics, physics and engineering students. Much of the enjoyment of the subjec
t lies in solving almost 200 problems in this book.
</td><td>Mark Levi is Professor of Mathematics at Pe
nnsylvania State University, University Park, USA.
tion to Quantum Graphs</td><td>Gregory Berkolaiko, Peter Kuchment</td><td>2016</
td><td>288</td><td>960.0000</td><td>A quantum graph is a graph considered
as a one-dimensional complex and equipped with a differential operator (Hamilton
ian). Quantum graphs arise naturally as simplified models in mathematics, physics
, chemistry, and engineering when one considers propagation of waves of various
nature through a quasi-one-dimensional (e.g., meso- or nano-scale) system that looks
like a thin neighborhood of a graph. Since at least the 1930S, quantum graphs t
echniques have been applied successfully in various areas of mathematical physic
s, mathematics in general and its applications. This book provides a comprehensi
ve introduction to the topic, collecting the main notions and techniques. It als
o contains a survey of the current state of the quantum graph research and appli
cations<</td><td>Gregory Berkolaiko
is Professor at the Department of Mathematics, Texas A&M University, Co
llege Station, USA.
Peter Kuchment is University Distinguished Professor
at the Department of Mathematics, Texas A&M University, College Station
, USA.
in Abstract Analysis</td><td>John B Conway</td><td>2016</td><td>384</td><td>108
0.0000</td><td>This book covers topics appropriate for a first-year gra
duate course preparing students for the doctorate degree. The first half of the
book presents the core of measure theory, including an introduction to the Fouri
er transform. The second half of the book treats basic functional analysis. Afte
r the basics, it discusses linear transformations, duality, the elements of Bana
ch algebras, and c*-algebras. lt concludes with a characterization of the unitar
y equivalence classes of normal operators on a Hilbert space. The book is self-c
ontained and only relies on a background in functions of a single valuable and t
he elements of metric spaces. Following the authors belief that the best way to l
earn is to start with the particular and proceed to the more general, it contain
s numerous examples and exercises. </td><td>John B C
onway is Professor Emeritus at George Washington University, Washingto
n DC, USA.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Engineering & Tech
nology</td>
<td>978-1-4704-2588-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Higher O
rder Fourier Analysis</td><td>Terence Tao</td><td>2016</td><td>200</td><td>900.0
000</td><td>Traditional Fourier analysis, which has been remarkably eff
ective in many contexts, uses linear phase functions to study functions. Some qu
estions, such as problems involving arithmetic progressions, naturally lead to t
he use of quadratic or higher order phases. Higher order Fourier analysis is a s
ubject that has become very active only recently. Gowers, in groundbreaking work
, developed many of the basic concepts of this theory in order to give a new, qu
antitative proof of Szemerédis theorem on arithmetic progressions. However,
there are also precursors to this theory in Weyls classical theory of equidistrib
ution, as well as in Furstenbergs structural theory of dynamical systems. The boo
k serves as an introduction to the field, giving the beginning graduate student
in the subject a high-level overview of the field. The text focuses on the simpl
est illustrative examples of key results, serving as a companion to the existing
literature on the subject. There are numerous exercises with which to test ones
knowledge.
</td><td>Terence Tao is Professor at the Department
of Mathematics, University of California, Los Angeles, USA</td><td>IN,
NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-1-4704-2589-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Lecture
Notes on Functional Analysis: With Applications to Linear Partial Differential E
quations</td><td>Alberto Bressan</td><td>2016</td><td>264</td><td>960.0000</td><
td>This textbook is addressed to graduate students in mathematics or ot
her disciplines who wish to understand the essential concepts of functional anal
ysis and their applications to partial differential equations. The book is inten
tionally concise, presenting all the fundamental concepts and results but omitti
ng the more specialized topics. Enough of the theory of Sobolev spaces and semig
roups of linear operators is included as needed to develop significant applicati
ons to elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic PDEs. Throughout the book, care has b
een taken to explain the connections between theorems in functional analysis and
familiar results of finite-dimensional linear algebra. The main concepts and id
eas used in the proofs are illustrated with a large number of figures. A rich co
llection of homework problems is included at the end of most chapters. The book
is suitable as a text for a one-semester graduate course</td><td>Alberto Bressan is Eberly Family Chair Professor of Mathe
matics at Pennsylvania State University, University Park, USA.
f Algebraic Functions of One Variable</td><td>Richard Dedekind, Heinrich Weber T
ranslated and introduced by John Stillwell</td><td>2016</td><td>160</td><td>780.
0000</td><td>This book is the first English translation of the classic
long paper Theorie der Algebraischen Functionen Einer Veränderlichen (Theor
y of Algebraic Functions of One Variable), published by Dedekind and Weber in 18
82. The translation, introduction, and commentary provide the first easy access
to this important paper for a wide mathematical audience: students, historians o

f mathematics, and professional mathematicians. Why is the DedekindWeber paper im
portant? In the 1850s, Riemann initiated a revolution in algebraic geometry by i
nterpreting algebraic curves as surfaces covering the sphere. He obtained deep a
nd striking results in pure algebra by intuitive arguments about surfaces and th
eir topology. However, Riemanns arguments were not rigorous, and they remained in
limbo until 1882, when Dedekind and Weber put them on a sound foundation. The k
ey to this breakthrough was to develop the theory of algebraic functions in anal
ogy with Dedekinds theory of algebraic numbers, where the concept of ideal plays
a central role. By introducing such concepts into the theory of algebraic curves
, Dedekind and Weber paved the way for modern algebraic geometry</td><
td>Richard Dedekind, Heinrich Weber
Translated and introduced by John Stillwell
<td>978-1-4704-2592-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Euclidea
n Geometry: A Guided Inquiry Approach</td><td>David M Clark</td><td>2016</td><td
>160</td><td>780.0000</td><td>Geometry has been an essential element in
the study of mathematics since antiquity. Traditionally, we have also learned f
ormal reasoning by studying Euclidean geometry. In this book, David Clark develo
ps a modern axiomatic approach to this ancient subject, both in content and pres
entation. Mathematically, Clark has chosen a new set of axioms that draw on a mo
dern understanding of set theory and logic, the real number continuum and measur
e theory, none of which were available in Euclids time. The result is a developme
nt of the standard content of Euclidean geometry with the mathematical precision
of Hilberts foundations of geometry. In particular, the book covers all the topi
cs listed in the Common Core State Standards for high school synthetic geometry.
The presentation uses a guided inquiry, active learning pedagogy. Students bene
fit from the axiomatic development because they themselves solve the problems an
d prove the theorems with the instructor serving as a guide and mentor. Students
are thereby empowered with the knowledge that they can solve problems on their
own without reference to authority. This book, written for an undergraduate axio
matic geometry course, is particularly well suited for future secondary school t
eachers.
</td><td>David M Clark is Chair of the Mathematics D
epartment at the State University of New York, New Paltz, USA. </td><t
d>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-1-4704-2593-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Elliptic
Curves, Modular Forms and Other L-Functions</td><td>Álvaro Lozano-Robledo<
/td><td>2016</td><td>204</td><td>840.0000</td><td>Many problems in numb
er theory have simple statements, but their solutions require a deep understandi
ng of algebra, algebraic geometry, complex analysis, group representations, or a
combination of all four. The original simply stated problem can be obscured in
the depth of the theory developed to understand it. This book is an introduction
to some of these problems, and an overview of the theories used nowadays to att
ack them, presented so that the number theory is always at the forefront of the
discussion. Lozano-Robledo gives an introductory survey of elliptic curves, modu
lar forms, and l-functions. His main goal is to provide the reader with the big
picture of the surprising connections among these three families of mathematical
objects and their meaning for number theory. As a case in point, Lozano-Robledo
explains the modularity theorem and its famous consequence, Fermats last theorem
. He also discusses the Birch and SwinnertonDyer conjecture and other modern conj
ectures. This book concentrates on motivating the definitions, explaining the st
atements of the theorems and conjectures, making connections, and providing lots
of examples, rather than dwelling on the hard proofs.
</td><td>Álvaro Lozano-Robledo is Associate Pro
fessor of Mathematics at the Department of Mathematics, University of Connecticu
t, Storrs, USA.
<td>978-1-4704-2594-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Computab
ility Theory</td><td>Rebecca Weber</td><td>2016</td><td>208</td><td>900.0000</td
><td>What can we computeeven with unlimited resources? Is everything wit
hin reach? Or are computations necessarily drastically limited, not just in prac
tice, but theoretically? These questions are at the heart of computability theor
y. The goal of this book is to give the reader a firm grounding in the fundament
als of computability theory and an overview of currently active areas of researc
h, such as reverse mathematics and algorithmic randomness. Turing machines and p
artial recursive functions are explored in detail, and vital tools and concepts
including coding, uniformity, and diagonalization are described explicitly. From
there the material continues with universal machines, the halting problem, para
metrization and the recursion theorem, and thence to computability for sets, enu
merability, and Turing reduction and degrees. A few more advanced topics round o
ut the book before the chapter on areas of research. The text is designed to be
self-contained, with an entire chapter of preliminary material including relatio
ns, recursion, induction, and logical and set notation and operators. That backg
round, along with ample explanation, examples, exercises, and suggestions for fu
rther reading, make this book ideal for independent study or courses with few pr
erequisites</td><td>Rebecca Weber is Assoc
iate Professor at the Department of Mathematics, Dartmouth College, Hanover, USA
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td
>
<td>978-1-4704-2595-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Geometri
es</td><td>A B Sossinsky</td><td>2016</td><td>304</td><td>1020.0000</td><td>The book is an innovative modern exposition of geometry, or rather, of geom
etries; it is the first textbook in which Felix Kleins Erlangen program (the acti
on of transformation groups) is systematically used as the basis for defining va
rious geometries. The course of study presented is dedicated to the proposition
that all geometries are created equal--although some, of course, remain more equ
al than others. The author concentrates on several of the more distinguished and
beautiful ones, which include what he terms toy geometries, the geometries of pla
tonic bodies, discrete geometries, and classical continuous geometries. The text
is based on first-year semester course lectures delivered at the Independent Un
iversity of Moscow in 2003 and 2006. It is by no means a formal algebraic or ana
lytic treatment of geometric topics, but rather, a highly visual exposition cont
aining upwards of 200 illustrations. The reader is expected to possess a familia
rity with elementary Euclidean geometry, albeit those lacking this knowledge may
refer to a compendium in Chapter 0. Per the authors predilection, the book conta
ins very little regarding the axiomatic approach to geometry (save for a single
chapter on the history of non-Euclidean geometry), but two appendices provide a
detailed treatment of Euclids and Hilberts axiomatics. Perhaps the most important
aspect of this course is the problems, which appear at the end of each chapter,
and are supplemented with answers at the conclusion of the text. By analyzing an
d solving these problems, the reader will become capable of thinking and working
geometrically, much more so than by simply learning the theory.
</td><td>A B Sossinsky is Professor at the Moscow Ce
nter for Continuous Mathematical Education, Independent University of Moscow, Mo
scow, Russia.
<td>978-1-4704-2561-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dynamica
l Systems and Population Persistence</td><td>Hal L Smith, Horst R Thieme</td><td
>2016</td><td>424</td><td>1140.0000</td><td>The mathematical theory of
persistence answers questions such as which species, in a mathematical model of
interacting species, will survive over the long term. It applies to infinite-dim
ensional as well as to finite-dimensional dynamical systems, and to discrete-tim
e as well as to continuous-time semiflows. This book provides a self-contained t
reatment of persistence theory that is accessible to graduate students. Applicat
ions play a large role from the beginning. These include ODE models such as SEIR
S infectious disease in a meta-population and discrete-time nonlinear matrix mod
els of demographic dynamics. Entire chapters are devoted to infinite-dimensional
examples including an SI epidemic model with variable infectivity, microbial gr
owth in a tubular bioreactor, and an age-structured model of cells growing in a
chemostat.
</td><td>Hal L Smith is Professor at the School of M
athematical and Statistical Sciences, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Ariz
ona State University, Tempe, USA.
Horst R Thieme is Professor at the School of Mathema
tical and Statistical Sciences, College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Arizona St
ate University, Tempe, USA.
<td>978-1-4704-2562-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Topics i
n Optimal Transportation</td><td>Cédric Villani</td><td>2016</td><td>392</t
d><td>1080.0000</td><td>This is the first comprehensive introduction to
the theory of mass transportation with its many--and sometimes unexpected--appl
ications. In a novel approach to the subject, the book both surveys the topic an
d includes a chapter of problems, making it a particularly useful graduate textb
ook. In 1781, Gaspard Monge defined the problem of optimal transportation (or the
transferring of mass with the least possible amount of work), with applications
to engineering in mind. In 1942, Leonid Kantorovich applied the newborn machiner
y of linear programming to Monges problem, with applications to economics in mind
. In 1987, Yann Brenier used optimal transportation to prove a new projection th
eorem on the set of measure preserving maps, with applications to fluid mechanic
s in mind. Each of these contributions marked the beginning of a whole mathemati
cal theory, with many unexpected ramifications. Nowadays, the Monge-Kantorovich
problem is used and studied by researchers from extremely diverse horizons, incl
uding probability theory, functional analysis, isoperimetry, partial differentia
l equations, and even meteorology. Originating from a graduate course, the prese
nt volume is intended for graduate students and researchers, covering both theor
y and applications. Readers are only assumed to be familiar with the basics of m
easure theory and functional analysis.
</td><td>Cédric Villani is Professor at the &#2
01;cole Normale Supérieure de Lyon, Lyon, France</td><td>IN,NP,BT
,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
ical Methods in Quantum Mechanics: With Applications to Schrodinger Operators (S
econd Edition)</td><td>Gerald Teschl</td><td>2016</td><td>320</td><td>1020.0000<
/td><td>Quantum mechanics and the theory of operators on Hilbert space
have been deeply linked since their beginnings in the early twentieth century. S
tates of a quantum system correspond to certain elements of the configuration sp
ace and observables correspond to certain operators on the space. This book is a
brief, but self-contained, introduction to the mathematical methods of quantum
mechanics, with a view towards applications to Schrodinger operators. Part 1 of
the book is a concise introduction to the spectral theory of unbounded operators
. Only those topics that will be needed for later applications are covered. The
spectral theorem is a central topic in this approach and is introduced at an ear
ly stage. Part 2 starts with the free Schrödinger equation and computes the
free resolvent and time evolution. Position, momentum, and angular momentum are
discussed via algebraic methods. Various mathematical methods are developed, wh
ich are then used to compute the spectrum of the hydrogen atom. Further topics i
nclude the nondegeneracy of the ground state, spectra of atoms, and scattering t
heory. This book serves as a self-contained introduction to spectral theory of u
nbounded operators in Hilbert space with full proofs and minimal prerequisites:
Only a solid knowledge of advanced calculus and a one-semester introduction to c
omplex analysis are required. In particular, no functional analysis and no Lebes
gue integration theory are assumed. It develops the mathematical tools necessary
to prove some key results in nonrelativistic quantum mechanics. This new editio
n has additions and improvements throughout the book to make the presentation mo
re student friendly. The book is written in a very clear and compact style. It i
s well suited for self-study and includes numerous exercises (many with hints).&
lt;/p>
</td><td>Gerald Teschl is University Profe
ssor at the Institute for Mathematics, University of Vienna, Vienna, Austria.&lt
;/p>
<td>978-1-4704-2564-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Harmonic
Analysis: From Fourier to Wavelets</td><td>María Cristina Pereyra, Lesley
A Ward </td><td>2016</td><td>436</td><td>1140.0000</td><td>In the last
200 years, harmonic analysis has been one of the most influential bodies of math
ematical ideas, having been exceptionally significant both in its theoretical im
plications and in its enormous range of applicability throughout mathematics, sc
ience, and engineering. In this book, the authors convey the remarkable beauty a
nd applicability of the ideas that have grown from Fourier theory. They present
for an advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate student audience the basics
of harmonic analysis, from Fouriers study of the heat equation, and the decompos
ition of functions into sums of cosines and sines (frequency analysis), to dyadi
c harmonic analysis, and the decomposition of functions into a Haar basis (time
localization). While concentrating on the Fourier and Haar cases, the book touch
es on aspects of the world that lies between these two different ways of decompo
sing functions: time-frequency analysis (wavelets). Both finite and continuous p
erspectives are presented, allowing for the introduction of discrete Fourier and
Haar transforms and fast algorithms, such as the fast Fourier transform (fft) a
nd its wavelet analogues. The approach combines rigorous proof, inviting motivat
ion, and numerous applications. Over 250 exercises are included in the text. Eac
h chapter ends with ideas for projects in harmonic analysis that students can wo
rk on independently</td><td>María Cristina Pere
yra is Professor at the Department of Mathematics and Statistics, Univ
ersity of New Mexico, Albuquerque, USA. 
Lesley A Ward is Associate Professor of Mathematics
at the School of Information Technology and Mathematical Sciences, University of
South Australia, Mawson Lakes Campus, Adelaide, Australia.
ons and Applications of Statistics: An Introduction Using R</td><td>Randall Prui
m</td><td>2016</td><td>640</td><td>1320.0000</td><td>This book simultan
eously emphasizes both the foundational and the computational aspects of modern
statistics. Engaging and accessible, this book is useful to undergraduate studen
ts with a wide range of backgrounds and career goals. The exposition immediately
begins with statistics, presenting concepts and results from probability along
the way. Hypothesis testing is introduced very early, and the motivation for sev
eral probability distributions comes from p-value computations. Pruim develops t
he students practical statistical reasoning through explicit examples and through
numerical and graphical summaries of data that allow intuitive inferences befor
e introducing the formal machinery. The topics have been selected to reflect the
current practice in statistics, where computation is an indispensible tool. In
this vein the statistical computing environment R is used throughout the text an
d is integral to the exposition. Attention is paid to developing students mathema
tical and computational skills as well as their statistical reasoning. Linear mo
dels, such as regression and ANOVA, are treated with explicit reference to the u
nderlying linear algebra, which is motivated geometrically. This book discusses
both the mathematical theory underlying statistics and practical applications th
at make it a powerful tool across disciplines. It contains ample material for a
two-semester course in undergraduate probability and statistics. A one-semester
course based on the book will cover hypothesis testing and confidence intervals
for the most common situations.</td><td>Randall Prui
m is Professor and Chair of the Department of Mathematics and Statisti
cs, Calvin College, Grand Rapids, USA</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td
><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-1-4704-2578-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Invitati
on to Classical Analysis</td><td> Peter Duren</td><td>2016</td><td>408</td><td>114
0.0000</td><td>This book gives a rigorous treatment of selected topics
in classical analysis, with many applications and examples. The exposition is at
the undergraduate level, building on basic principles of advanced calculus with
out appeal to more sophisticated techniques of complex analysis and Lebesgue int
egration. Among the topics covered are Fourier series and integrals, approximati
on theory, Stirlings formula, the gamma function. Bernoulli numbers and polynomia
ls, the Riemann zeta function, Tauberian theorems, elliptic integrals, ramificat
ions of the cantor set, and a theoretical discussion of differential equations i
ncluding power series solutions at regular singular points, Bessel functions, hy
pergeometric functions, and Sturm comparison theory. Preliminary chapters offer
rapid reviews of basic principles and further background material such as infini
te products and commonly applied inequalities. This book is designed for individ
ual study but can also serve as a text for second semester courses in advanced c
alculus. Each chapter concludes with an abundance of exercises. Historical notes
discuss the evolution of mathematical ideas and their relevance to physical app
lications. Special features are capsule scientific biographies of the major play
ers and a gallery of portraits. Although this book is designed for undergraduate
students, others may find it an accessible source of information on classical t
opics that underlie modern developments in pure and applied mathematics.</p&g
t;
</td><td>Peter Duren is Professor at the Department
of Mathematics, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, USA.
ons of Analysis</td><td>Joseph L Taylor</td><td>2016</td><td>408</td><td>1140.00
00</td><td> Analysis plays a crucial role in the undergraduate curricul
um. Building upon the familiar notions of calculus, analysis introduces the dept
h and rigor characteristic of higher mathematics courses. Foundations of Analysi
s has two main goals. The first is to develop in students the mathematical matur
ity and sophistication they will need as they move through the upper division cu
rriculum. The second is to present a rigorous development of both single and sev
eral variable calculus, beginning with a study of the properties of the real num
ber system. The presentation is both thorough and concise, with simple, straight
forward explanations. The exercises differ widely in level of abstraction and le
vel of difficulty. They vary from the simple to the quite difficult and from the
computational to the theoretical. Each section contains a number of examples de
signed to illustrate the material in the section and to teach students how to ap
proach the exercises for that section. The list of topics covered is rather stan
dard, although the treatment of some of them is not. The several variable materi
al makes full use of the power of linear algebra particularly in the treatment o
f the differential of a function as the best affine approximation to the functio
n at a given point. The text includes a review of several linear algebra topics
in preparation for this material. In the final chapter, vector calculus is prese
nted from a modern point of view, using differential forms to give a unified tre
atment of the major theorems relating derivatives and integrals: greens, gausss, a
nd stokess theorems. At appropriate points, abstract metric spaces, topological s
paces, inner product spaces, and normed linear spaces are introduced, but only a
s asides. That is, the course is grounded in the concrete world of Euclidean spa
ce, but the students are made aware that there are more exotic worlds in which t
he concepts they are learning may be studied.
</td><td>Joseph L Taylor is Professor at t
he Department of Mathematics, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, USA.

tion to Dynamical Systems: Continuous and Discrete (Second Edition)</td><td>R Cl
ark Robinson</td><td>2016</td><td>756</td><td>1440.0000</td><td>This bo
ok gives a mathematical treatment of the introduction to qualitative differentia
l equations and discrete dynamical systems. The treatment includes theoretical p
roofs, methods of calculation, and applications. The two parts of the book, cont
inuous time of differential equations and discrete time of dynamical systems, ca
n be covered independently in one semester each or combined together into a year
-long course. The material on differential equations introduces the qualitative
or geometric approach through a treatment of linear systems in any dimension. Th
ere follows chapters where equilibria are the most important feature, where scal
ar (energy) functions is the principal tool, where periodic orbits appear, and f
inally, chaotic systems of differential equations. The many different approaches
are systematically introduced through examples and theorems. The material on di
screte dynamical systems starts with maps of one variable and proceeds to system
s in higher dimensions. The treatment starts with examples where the periodic po
ints can be found explicitly and then introduces symbolic dynamics to analyze wh
ere they can be shown to exist but not given in explicit form. Chaotic systems a
re presented both mathematically and more computationally using Lyapunov exponen
ts. With the one-dimensional maps as models, the multidimensional maps cover the
same material in higher dimensions. This higher dimensional material is less co
mputational and more conceptual and theoretical. The final chapter on fractals i
ntroduces various dimensions which is another computational tool for measuring t
he complexity of a system. It also treats iterated function systems which give e
xamples of complicated sets. The material on differential equations introduces t
he qualitative or geometric approach through a treatment of linear systems in an
y dimension. There follows chapters where equilibria are the most important feat
ure, where scalar (energy) functions is the principal tool, where periodic orbit
s appear, and finally, chaotic systems of differential equations. The many diffe
rent approaches are systematically introduced through examples and theorems. In
the second edition of the book, much of the material has been rewritten to clari
fy the presentation. Also, some new material has been included in both parts of
the book.
</td><td>R Clark Robinson is Professor at the Depart
ment of Mathematics, Northwestern University, Evanston, USA.
tals of Mathematical Analysis</td><td>Paul J Sally, Jr</td><td>2016</td><td>376<
/td><td>1080.0000</td><td>This is a textbook for a course in honours an
alysis (for freshman/sophomore undergraduates) or real analysis (for junior/seni
or undergraduates) or analysis-i (beginning graduates). It is intended for stude
nts who completed a course in AP calculus; possibly followed by a routine course
in multivariable calculus and a computational course in linear algebra. There a
re three features that distinguish this book from many other books of a similar
nature and which are important for the use of this book as a text. The first and
most important feature is the collection of exercises. These are spread through
out the chapters and should be regarded as an essential component of the students
learning. Some of these exercises comprise a routine follow-up to the material,
while others challenge the students understanding more deeply. The second featur
e is the set of independent projects presented at the end of each chapter. These
projects supplement the content studied in their respective chapters. They can
be used to expand the students knowledge and understanding or as an opportunity t
o conduct a seminar in inquiry based learning in which the students present the
material to their class. The third really important feature is a series of chall
enge problems that increase in impossibility as the chapters progress.
</td><td>Paul J Sally, Jr. was Professor of Mathemat
ics at the University of Chicago, Chicago, USA. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,L

K,PK,MV</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-1-4704-2582-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Topics i
n Random Matrix Theory</td><td>Terence Tao</td><td>2016</td><td>296</td><td>960.
0000</td><td>The field of random matrix theory has seen an explosion of
activity in recent years, with connections to many areas of mathematics and phy
sics. However, this makes the current state of the field almost too large to sur
vey in a single book. In this graduate text, we focus on one specific sector of
the field, namely the spectral distribution of random Wigner matrix ensembles (s
uch as the Gaussian unitary ensemble), as well as iid matrix ensembles. The text
is largely self-contained and starts with a review of relevant aspects of proba
bility theory and linear algebra. With over 200 exercises, the book is suitable
as an introductory text for beginning graduate students seeking to enter the fie
ld.
</td><td>Terence Tao is Professor at the Department
of Mathematics, University of California, Los Angeles, USA.</td><td>IN
,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-1-4704-2583-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Analytic
Number Theory</td><td>Jean-Marie De Koninck, Florian Luca</td><td>2016</td><td>
432</td><td>1140.0000</td><td>The authors assemble a fascinating collection of t
opics from analytic number theory that provides an introduction to the subject w
ith a very clear and unique focus on the anatomy of integers, that is, on the st
udy of the multiplicative structure of the integers. Some of the most important
topics presented are the global and local behavior of arithmetic functions, an e
xtensive study of smooth numbers, the HardyRamanujan and Landau theorems, charact
ers and the Dirichlet theorem, the abc conjecture along with some of its applica
tions, and sieve methods. The book concludes with a whole chapter on the index o
f composition of an integer. One of this books best features is the collection of
problems at the end of each chapter that have been chosen carefully to reinforc
e the material. The authors include solutions to the even-numbered problems, mak
ing this volume very appropriate for readers who want to test their understandin
g of the theory presented in the book</td><td>Jean-Marie De Koninck is Professor of Mathematics at Université Laval, Quebec City, Canada
.<div><div> Florian Luca is Doctor en
Matemáticas at the Centro de Ciencias Matemáticas, Universidad Naciona
l Autonoma de México, Morelia, México.</div></div></td><td
>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Engineering & Technology</td>
<td>978-1-4704-2584-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Semiclas
sical Analysis</td><td>Maciej Zworski</td><td>2016</td><td>448</td><td>1140.0000
</td><td>Semiclassical analysis provides PDE techniques based on the cl
assical-quantum (particle-wave) correspondence. These techniques include such we
ll-known tools as geometric optics and the WentzelKramersBrillouin approximation.
Examples of problems studied in this subject are high energy eigenvalue asymptot
ics and effective dynamics for solutions of evolution equations. From the mathem
atical point of view, semiclassical analysis is a branch of microlocal analysis
which, broadly speaking, applies harmonic analysis and symplectic geometry to th
e study of linear and nonlinear PDE. The book is intended to be a graduate level
text introducing readers to semiclassical and microlocal methods in PDE. It is
augmented in later chapters with many specialized advanced topics which provide
a link to current research literature.
</td><td>Maciej Zworski is Professor of Mathematics
at the University of California, Berkeley, USA.
<td>978-1-4704-2585-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Knowing
the Odds: An Introduction to Probability</td><td>John B Walsh</td><td>2016</td><
td>440</td><td>1140.0000</td><td>This book covers in a leisurely manner
all the standard material that one would want in a full year probability course
with a slant towards applications in financial analysis at the graduate or seni
or undergraduate honors level. It contains a fair amount of measure theory and r
eal analysis built in but it introduces sigma-fields, measure theory, and expect
ation in an especially elementary and intuitive way. A large variety of examples
and exercises in each chapter enrich the presentation in the text.
</td><td>John B Walsh is Professor Emeritus at the D
epartment of Mathematics, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada.
<td>978-1-4704-2586-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ordinary
Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems</td><td>Gerald Teschl</td><td>2016
</td><td>368</td><td>1080.0000</td><td>This book provides a self-contai
ned introduction to ordinary differential equations and dynamical systems suitab
le for beginning graduate students. The first part begins with some simple examp
les of explicitly solvable equations and a first glance at qualitative methods.
Then the fundamental results concerning the initial value problem are proved: ex
istence, uniqueness, extensibility, dependence on initial conditions. Furthermor
e, linear equations are considered, including the Floquet theorem, and some pert
urbation results. As somewhat independent topics, the Frobenius method for linea
r equations in the complex domain is established and Sturm- Liouville boundary v
alue problems, including oscillation theory, are investigated. The second part i
ntroduces the concept of a dynamical system. The PoincaréBendixson theorem i
s proved, and several examples of planar systems from classical mechanics, ecolo
gy, and electrical engineering are investigated. Moreover, attractors, Hamiltoni
an systems, the KAM theorem, and periodic solutions are discussed. Finally, stab
ility is studied, including the stable manifold and the HartmanGrobman theorem fo
r both continuous and discrete systems. The third part introduces chaos, beginni
ng with the basics for iterated interval maps and ending with the SmaleBirkhoff t
heorem and the Melnikov method for homoclinic orbits. The text contains almost t
hree hundred exercises. Additionally, the use of mathematical software systems i
s incorporated throughout, showing how they can help in the study of differentia
l equations.</td><td>Gerald Teschl is Univ
ersity Professor at the Institute for Mathematics, University of Vienna, Vienna,
Austria</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Engineering & Techno
logy</td>
nglish</td><td>R.K.Bansal & J.BHarrison</td><td>1983</td><td>190</td><td>210
.0000</td><td>This is a helpful book for teachers and students who wish
to improve their English pronunciation, and acquire the correct patterns of acc
ent, rhythm, and intonation.</td><td>R.K.Bansal & J.B
Harrison</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-0306-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Sire
ns Song : An Anthology of British and American Verse</td><td>MURDOCH, D. (Ed.)</t
d><td>1971</td><td>108</td><td>95.0000</td><td>This anthology is design
ed for students of Indian universities. It presents, in chronological sequence,
some of the major British poets from the sixteenth century to the present, and i
t also offers a cross-section of American poetry.</td><td>Mur
doch.D. (Ed.)</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</t
d>
for Students of the Humanities and Social Sciences</td><td>Board of Editors.</td
><td>1991</td><td>202</td><td>195.0000</td><td>This course in English h
as been designed to cater to the needs of undergraduate students of the humaniti
es and social sciences. The main objectives of the course are - to enable the st
udents to read and comprehend complex texts; to help them write logical, coheren
t and persuasive prose; to develop their ability to understand spoken English an

d to enable them to speak correctly and intelligibly.</td><td>Board of
Editors.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-0174-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Corridor
s to Communication</td><td>Ranu Vanikar</td><td>1984</td><td>169</td><td>160.000
0</td><td>A new approach to Engli
sh language teaching which will be beneficial to students at the college level.
The reading material is well-chosen from a variety of sources, and exercises on
vocabulary, comprehension, note-taking, note-making, conducting an interview, co
llecting information and writing reports give the student a practical knowledge
of the English language.</td><td>Ranu Vanikar</td><
td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-0176-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Examine
Your English</td><td>N.Maison & K.Kumar</td><td>1964</td><td>260</td><td>225
.0000</td><td>A course in English
grammar and composition for students in Indian universities. The book has numer
ous examples and exercises, and having been designed essentially from an Indian
point of view, will enable the Indian student to avoid the usual pitfalls in spe
ech and writing.</td><td>N.Maison & K.Kumar
</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-0178-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Intensiv
e Course in English, An: A Remedial Workbook</td><td>C.D.Sidhu</td><td>1976</td>
A graded practice book which concentrates on selected areas of difficulty. The l
essons are designed to provide exercises and drills for intensive oral and writt
en work.</td><td>C.D.Sidhu</td><td>World</td><td>En
glish Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-0418-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hall of
Fame: A Collection of Short Biographies</td><td>D.Horsburg</td><td>1969</td><td>
book contains short accounts of the lives of Socrates, Joan of Arc, Abraham Linc
oln, Louis Pasteur, Tolstoy, Rabindranath Tagore, Mahatma Gandhi, Albert Schweit
zer who, by their qualities of mind and heart, have presented an imperishable ex
ample of what man is capable of in terms of great human values.</td><t
d>
D.Horsburg&l
t;/span></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-0420-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>After Am
nesia: Tradition and Change in Indian Literary Criticism</td><td>G.N.Devy</td><t
y">After Amnesia is an original analysis of
literary criticism in India. It is an attempt to describe what is recognised by
common agreement to be a crisis in Indian criticism, and to explain it in histo
rical terms. Dr Devy argues that the colonial experience in India gave rise to f
alse images of the West as a superior culture; and induced a state of cultural am
nesia and mistaken modes of literary criticism. It is this amnesia that is respon
sible for the belief among literary historians that the critical tradition in th
e modern Indian languagesfor instance, Gujarati and Marathiis only over a hundred
years old. The author argues that it is inconceivable for these languages to hav
e produced great literatures for half a millennium without developing some form
of literary criticism. Therefore, he says, it is necessary to postulate a more r
eliable literary history.</td><td>G.N.Devy, formerl
y Commonwealth Academic Staff Fellow at the University of Leeds (198687); editor
of Setu: Journal of Indian Literature in Translation (English and Gujarati); tea
ches at Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda.</td><td>World</td><td>English L

anguage and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-0412-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A.Book o
f Poems</td><td>A.Bose (Ed.)</td><td>1969</td><td>104</td><td>85.0000</td><td>&l
t;p>This anthology of twenty-eight poems of eminent poets has been divided in
to five thematic groups:
<ol> <li> India, </li><li> the world of nature, </li&
gt;<li>the human variety, </li><li> adventure and courage, and
</li><li>values of life.</li></ol>
</td><td>A.Bose (Ed.)</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Litera
ture</td>
<td>978-81-250-0417-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Importan
ce of Being Earnest, The Wilde</td><td>Shefali Balsari-Shah (Ed.)</td><td>1986</
td><td>107</td><td>100.0000</td><td> </td><td>Shefali Balsari-Shah
(Ed.)</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-0383-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Selected
College Poems</td><td>A.Sengupta (Ed.)</td><td>1988</td><td>136</td><td>115.000
0</td><td>Selected College Poems presents
a cross-section of English language poetry suitable for the undergraduate Genera
l English course. While the major part of the anthology consists of British poet
ry from Shakespeare to Dylan Thomas, a few selected American and Indian poets ha
ve also been included. Each poem is preceded by an introductory note on the poet
and the poem in particular and is followed by detailed explanatory notes.</td><td>A.Sengupta (Ed.)</td><td>World</td><td>English L
for Students of Science</td><td>A.Roy & P.L.Sharma (Eds)</td><td>1996</td><t
is course in English has been designed to cater to the needs of undergraduate st
udents of science, while they are studying as well as later. The course contains
a varied selection of reading passages of prose, poetry and drama. Each reading
unit is accompanied by exercises and activities that would develop the students
language and writing skills.</td><td>A.Roy & P.L.Shar
ma (Eds)</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-0397-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Approach
to Life, The</td><td>O.C.Sharma (Ed.)</td><td>1993</td><td>194</td><td>120.0000
</td><td>A collection of twenty-five enjoyable extracts from works of a
uthors like Ruskin, Charles Lamb, Lord Macaulay, Tagore and several others.</td><td>O.C.Sharma (Ed.)</td><td>World</td><td>English
Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-0-86311-235-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Emma</td
><td>Austen, J.</td><td>1993</td><td> </td><td>160.0000</td><td> </td>
<td> </td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-0-86311-238-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Joseph A
ndrews</td><td>Fielding, H.</td><td>1993</td><td>64</td><td>135.0000</td><td>&nb
sp;</td><td> </td><td>IN</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-0-86311-267-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>After Amn
esia: Tradition and Change in Indian Literary Criticism</td><td>G.N.Devy</td><td
">After Amnesia is an original analysis of
literary criticism in India. It is an attempt to describe what is recognised by
common agreement to be a crisis in Indian criticism, and to explain it in histor
ical terms. Dr Devy argues that the colonial experience in India gave rise to fa
lse images of the West as a superior culture; and induced a state of cultural amn
esia and mistaken modes of literary criticism. It is this amnesia that is respons
ible for the belief among literary historians that the critical tradition in the
modern Indian languagesfor instance, Gujarati and Marathiis only over a hundred y
ears old. The author argues that it is inconceivable for these languages to have
produced great literatures for half a millennium without developing some form o
f literary criticism. Therefore, he says, it is necessary to postulate a more re
liable literary history.</td><td><div style="text-align: justi
fy">G.N.Devy, formerly Commonwealth Academic Staff Fe
llow at the University of Leeds (198687); editor of Setu: Journal of Indian Liter
ature in Translation (English and Gujarati); teaches at Maharaja Sayajirao Unive
rsity of Baroda.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literatu
re</td>
<td>978-0-86311-121-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>English f
or Career Development: A Course in Functional Grammar</td><td>Sri Padmavati Mahi
la Visvavidyalayam, Tirupati</td><td>1990</td><td>104</td><td>245.0000</td><td>&
lt;p style="text-align: justify">This book has been designed to hel
p develop communicative skills which will enable students not only to prepare fo
r a career but also to function effectively in it. As such, the course is for st
udents doing postgraduate courses in all disciplines. Its academic emphasis is o
n oral and written communication and on the academic and professional use of the
language. It keeps in view the students job-seeking, job-getting and job-holding
needs. The book aims at the task-oriented and student-centred approach. Grammat
ical and pronunciation accuracy are integrated with communicative appropriacy an
d effectiveness.</td><td><h3 class="r" style="font-s
ize: medium; margin: 0px; padding: 0px; overflow: hidden; text-overflow: ellipsi
s; white-space: nowrap; font-family: arial, sans-serif">Sri Padmavati Mahila Visvavidyalayam, Tirupati&
lt;/h3></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-0-00209-050-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Saint Jo
an</td><td>Bernard Shaw</td><td>1954</td><td>226</td><td>130.0000</td><td>
</td><td>Winner of the Nobel Priz
e in Literature (1925), Bernard Shaw was on
e of the most well-known authors of his time. Renowned for his wit and controver
sial for his disregard for conventions, Shaws plays remain immensely popular to t
his day,and are studied in English literature courses around the world.</p&gt
;AC Wards notes to the plays of Shaw are widely recommended by universit
ies in India for his incisive yet lucid criticism. </td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Eng
lish Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-0-00209-053-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Appl
e Cart</td><td> </td><td>1957</td><td>159</td><td>110.0000</td><td> </
td><td> </td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,MV,LK</td><td>English Language and Literature<
/td>
<td>978-81-250-2237-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Fantasy:
A Collection of Short Stories</td><td>V.Sasikumar(Ed.)</td><td>2002</td><td>88<
/td><td>90.0000</td><td>This is a
n anthology of brilliant short stories by some of the best-known short story wri
ters such as OHenry, Somerset Maugham, Ernest Hemingway, Evelyn Waugh, Ruskin Bon
d and others. The questions and discussions that follow each of the short storie
s enhance the value of the texts by guiding students to understand the theme, th
e plot and the deeper meanings of the stories other than forming an idea of the
techniques employed by the story writer to strike the required effects in a stor
y. The book can be used as a supplementary reader not only at the intermediate l
evel in any part of the country but also at the undergraduate level.</
td><td><span style="font-size: 13.5
pt; line-height: 115%; background-image: initial; background-attachment: initial
; background-size: initial; background-origin: initial; background-clip: initial
; background-position: initial; background-repeat: initial">V.S
asikumar(Ed.)</td><t
d>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-2247-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Communica
tion Skills for Technical Students</td><td>T.M .Farhathullah</td><td>2002</td><t
is book has grown out of lesson units that have been used by the author successf
ully in his English classes for engineering students for over a decade. It is a
continuous instructional and practice workbook that teaches communication skills
that are essential in the areas of professional and technical activities. The b
ook has taken into account the problems and requirements of technical students a
nd is an attempt to offer sensible pedagogical solutions based on the recent dev
elopments in applied linguistics.</td><td>T.M .Farhathullah&l
t;/b></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-2227-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Literatur
e and Gender: Essays for Jasodhara Bagchi</td><td>Supriya Chaudhuri and Sajni M
ukerji (Eds.)</td><td>2002</td><td>324</td><td>895.0000</td><td>This book brings together a rich collection of ne
w work on the cultural interface of literature and gender, ranging from essays o
n medieval and Renaissance Europe to nineteenth-century political movements, and
representations in modern Indian film. The contributors are some of the most di
stinguished scholars of our time, working in Europe and in India.</td>
<td><div style="text-align: justify">Supriya Chaudhuri&
lt;/b>(Ed),is Professor of English, Jadavpur University. </div&gt
;<div style="text-align: justify"> </div><di
v style="text-align: justify">Sajni Mukerji(Ed.)
,is Professor of English, Jadavpur University.</div></td><td>World</td><td
>English Language and Literature</td>
in English Language Teaching in India</td><td>S.Kudchedkar (Ed.)</td><td>2002</t
t;The book is a contributory volume of essays on the teaching of English in Indi
an classrooms: the sociolinguistic and psycholinguistic aspects, the theories an
d practice, syllabus design, classroom methodologies and classroom management, m
aterials development and evaluation strategies. It offers exhaustive, concrete a
nd supportive theoretical systems to analyse the situation of teaching English a
s a second language in India.</td><td>S.Kudchedkar(Ed.)</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
Conversation for Indian Students</td><td> V.V.Yardi</td><td>2002</td><td>72</td>
<td>95.0000</td><td><strong&gt
;English Conversation for Indian Students is eminently suitable f
or use by adult learners of the language in India. It presents the unique featur
e of the language by way of an introduction, substantiates this with twenty samp
le dialogues, and concludes with an analysis of the stress and intonation patter
ns of English. The book can be put to effective use in English language classroo
ms in India.</td><td> V.V.Yardi</td><td>World</td><
td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-2165-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Reclaimin
g Identity: Realist Theory and the Predicament of Postmodernism</td><td>Paula M.
L.Moya and Michael R.Hames-Garcia (Eds.)</td><td>2001</td><td>368</td><td>510.00

00</td><td>Indentities has become v
ery important in todays world in which globalisation tends to wipe out difference
s between groups. It is one of the most hotly debated topics in many disciplines
, including literary theory and cultural studies. This bold and groundbreaking c
ollection of essays argues that identity is not just socially constructed, but h
as real epistemic and political consequences for how people experience the world
.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Pa
ula M.L.Moya (Ed.), Assistant Professor of English at Stanford Univer
sity, USA.</div><div style="text-align: justify"> <div style="text-align: justify">Michael
R.Hames-Garcia (Ed.), Assistant Professor of English at SUNY
, Binghamton, USA.</div></td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,MY,ID,SG,PK,IR,IQ,KW,IL
,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-2169-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Masterin
g Business English: Office Routine</td><td> </td><td>2002</td><td>48</td><t
d>95.0000</td><td>Teaches presentation skills, instructs students on ho
w to write formal letters and résumés and how to deal with interviews.
</td><td> </td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,MY,ID,SG,SA,OM,AE,QA,BH,KW</
td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
g Business English: Clarity in Business Expression</td><td> </td><td>2002</
td><td>40</td><td>95.0000</td><td>Explains complex business vocabulary
and expressions, focuses on style in the business world and discusses difference
s between British and American business English.</td><td> </td><t
d>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,MY,ID,SG,SA,OM,AE,QA,BH,KW</td><td>English Language and Lite
rature</td>
g Business English: Companies, Finance and Banking</td><td> </td><td>2002</
td><td>48</td><td>95.0000</td><td>Introduces concepts and ideas prevale
nt in the world of finance and presents the vocabulary and expressions of the la
nguage of finance.</td><td> </td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,MY,ID,SG,S
A,OM,AE,QA,BH,KW</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
g Business English: Marketing and Management</td><td> </td><td>2002</td><td
>48</td><td>95.0000</td><td>Introduces concepts, ideas, terms and expre
ssions encountered in the world of trade, marketing and management.</t
d><td> </td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,MY,ID,SG,SA,OM,AE,QA,BH,KW</td><td>Englis
h Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-2036-3</td><td> </td><td>Language Cu
rriculum, The: Dynamics of Change - Volume 1</td><td> </td><td>2001</td><td
>178</td><td>450.0000</td><td>The Language Curriculum, vol. 1 is a mix
of the academic and the practical, it is a rich source of information relevant t
o the practitioner, the researcher in education and teacher education. This volu
me focuses on class activity, curriculum preparation, evaluation and the role of
the ELT expert.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>English Language
and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-2037-0</td><td> </td><td>Language Cu
rriculum, The: Dynamics of Change - Volume 2</td><td> </td><td>2001</td><td
>105</td><td>375.0000</td><td>Volume 2 represents teacher concerns as o
pposed to the expert orientation in volume 1. The focus in this volume is on the t
eacher in India, presenting a wealth of ethnographic information to any research
er in the field of education, teacher education and ELT.</td><td>&nbsp
;</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-2022-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Indian L
iterary Criticism: Theory and Interpretations</td><td>G.N.Devy (Ed.)</td><td>200
t;>Literary criticism produced by Indian scholars from the earliest times to
the present age is represented in this book. These include Bharatamuni, Tholkapp
iyar, Anandavardhana, Abhinavagupta, Jnaneshwara, Amir Khusrau, Mirza Ghalib, Ra
bindranath Tagore, Sri Aurobindo, B.S. Mardhekar, Ananda Coomaraswamy, and A.K.
Ramanujam and Sudhir Kakar among others. Their statements have been translated i
nto English by specialists from Sanskrit, Persian and other languages.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">G.N.Devy (Ed.), was Head of the Department of English at Maharaja Sayajirao Univers
ity, Baroda. He presently heads a Sahitya Akademi project on Tribal Languages.&l
t;/div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
t Part of Henry the Fourth: Shakespeare</td><td>Yashdip S Bains (Ed.)</td><td>20
01</td><td>186</td><td>110.0000</td><td> </td><td><div style="textalign: justify">Yashdip S Bains (Ed.), teaches at the
Department of English, University of Cincinnati, Ohio, USA.</div></td><td
>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-2006-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Julius C
aesar</td><td>A.Desai (Ed.)</td><td>2001</td><td>208</td><td>150.0000</td><td>&n
bsp;</td><td>A.Desai (Ed.), retired Professor of English, Sou
th Gujarat University.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td
>
and Learning English: A Sourcebook for Teachers and Teacher-Trainers</td><td>M
L Tickoo</td><td>2003</td><td>464</td><td>675.0000</td><td><strong&g
t;Teaching and Learning English is a sourcebook for teachers and
teacher-trainers who work in diverse contexts to teach English as a second or fo
reign language. It combines information on the subject and key points of researc
h with a holistic and multidisciplinary approach, all of which familiarize the r
eader with the terminology of ELT.</td><td><div style="text-al
ign: justify">M L Tickoo is one of the most eminent s
cholars and teacher-educators in India and abroad in the field of ELT. He has be
en Professor and Head, Department of Materials Production at CIEFL, Hyderabad an
d also Head, Specialists Department at the Regional English Language Centre, Sin
gapore. He has been a specialist member of various committees at the CBSE, the N
CERT, state and university boards.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Lan
guage and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-2290-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Authenti
c English for Home Science and Allied Sciences</td><td>P.Ilangovan And David A H
ill (Eds.)</td><td>2002</td><td>64</td><td>90.0000</td><td>This book is one of a series of three books which are
the outcome of a project sponsored by British Council and implemented at two uni
versities and two autonomous colleges of science and technology in Coimbatore an
d Tamil Nadu. The focus in these books is on the communicative and interactive a
pproach to teach the four skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing. Th
e materials used in this book are materials from the real world of science and t
echnology. Reading, writing, listening and speaking tasks are preceded by pre-re
ading, pre-writing, pre-listening and pre-speaking tasks.</td><td>P.Ilangovan And David A Hill (Eds.)</td><td>Wo
rld</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-2251-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Othello,
the Moor of Venice</td><td>Thomas Woodman (ed.)</td><td>2002</td><td>176</td><t
d>150.0000</td><td> </td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&

gt;Thomas Woodman(ed.) teaches in the Department of English,
University of Reading, UK.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language an
d Literature</td>
for Engineers & Technologists: A Skills Approach (Vol. 1)</td><td>&nbsp
;</td><td>1990</td><td>178</td><td>195.0000</td><td>Engli
sh for Engineers & Technologists is in two volumes and has be
en written by teachers. It has been produced by the Department of Humanities and
Social Sciences, Anna University and is a British Council-aided project. The wr
iting of the book was supervised by three specialists from the Ealing College of
Higher Education, London. The contents of the books are based on eight real-life
topics which are interesting and relevant to engineering/technical students. Eac
h unit is in turn divided into three sub-topics (eg. the Resources unit has water, go
ld and human resources). The exercises in each of the lesson units are aimed at dev
eloping in the students, skills in listening, discussion, reading, writing and p
resentation.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>English Language and
Literature</td>
for Engineers & Technologists: A Skills Approach Vol. 2</td><td> <
/td><td>1990</td><td>216</td><td>195.0000</td><td>English
for Engineers & Technologists is in two volumes and has been
written by teachers. It has been produced by the Department of Humanities and S
ocial Sciences, Anna University and is a British Council-aided project. The writ
ing of the book was supervised by three specialists from the Ealing College of H
igher Education, London. The contents of the books are based on eight real-life to
pics which are interesting and relevant to engineering/technical students. Each
unit is in turn divided into three sub-topics (eg. the Resources unit has water, gold
and human resources). The exercises in each of the lesson units are aimed at devel
oping in the students, skills in listening, discussion, reading, writing and pre
sentation.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>English Language and L
iterature</td>
nglish for Nurses: Teachers Manual</td><td>S.Rose</td><td>1997</td><td>72</td><td
>65.0000</td><td>The Teachers Manu
al for Career English for Nurses is a teachers companion indispensable to the eff
ective use of the book Career English for Nurses. The introductory To the Teacher
section explains the rationale behind the choice of subject matter, task types a
nd their organisation. It also gives interesting tips on organising classroom ac
tivities. The texts for listening tasks follow this introduction. For some exerc
ises, the phonetic transcription has been given to help the teacher in correct p
ronunciation. The Key to the Exercises will prove invaluable to the teacher as a r
eady reference for verifying answers. An exhaustive bibliography and a list of r
eferences help the teacher in accessing source material for the theory and pract
ice of teaching English for specific purposes.</td><td>S.Rose
</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-1309-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Of Many He
roes: An Indian Essay in Literary Historiography</td><td>G.N.Devy</td><td>1998</t
t;This books is a sequel to After Amnesia, Dr Devys Sahitya Akademi Award winning
study. Of Many Heroes attempts to reconstruct the conventions of literary histor
y in India prior to Indias colonial encounter with the modern West. In some secti
ons of the essay, the main focus is the mutual dependence of western literary hi
story and cultural colonialism.</td><td>G.N.Devy, p
resently Chairman, Bhasha Research and Publication Centre at Baroda.</td><td>Wor
ld</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-1160-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Temp
est</td><td>H.Khan (Ed.)</td><td>2001</td><td>139</td><td>140.0000</td><td>&nbsp
;</td><td>H.Khan(Ed.), retired Professor of English, Aligarh Muslim University,
Aligarh.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-1441-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Course i
n English Phonetics, A (for Nepalese Students)</td><td>T.R.Kansakar</
ustify">This book has been prepared with special attention to the needs
of students in Nepal at the certificate and diploma levels. It is also a basic t
extbook for students in India at the level of undergraduate English.</
td><td>T.R.Kansakar, Professor of English, Central Department
of English, Tribhuvan University, Nepal.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language
and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-1453-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Dictionar
y of Indian Literature, A : Beginnings 1850 Vol. 1</td><td>Sujit Mukh
erjee</td><td>1999</td><td>442</td><td>725.0000</td><td>This volume aspires to be a handy reference work for user
s whose interest is not limited to one or two Indian language literatures but sp
reads over Sanskrit, Tamil, Pali and the Prakrit as well as to Asimiya, Bangla,
Gujarati, Hindi, Kannada, Kashmiri, Maithili, Malayalam, Manipuri, Marathi, Oriy
a, Punjabi, Rajasthani, Sindhi, Telugu and Urdu. Starting with the vedas and the
upanishads, the coverage spans several centuries up to the year 1850.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Sujit Mukherj
ee has been actively involved with writing about Indian literature for
more than 25 years.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Lite
rature</td>
Practice for Intermediate Students</td><td>S.D.Joshi</td><td>1997</td><td>231</t
d><td>195.0000</td><td>English Pr
actice adopts a simple, functional approach to grammar which takes into account
the changing face of the English language. A unique feature is the chapter on sp
oken English, providing real life contexts for the practice of stress and intona
tion in the language used naturally by native speakers.</td><td><di
v style="text-align: justify">S.D.Joshi, former
Professor of English and Head of the Department of Social Sciences and Humanitie
s.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-1846-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Course in
English Grammar, A</td><td>R.N.Bakshi</td><td>2000</td><td>432</td><td>345.0000
</td><td>The main aim of this boo
k is to make advanced students of English understand grammatical categories and
their inter-relationships. Each section in a chapter is based on the discussion
of a grammatical category along with illustrative sentences. This book can be us
ed as a coursebook for BA (Hons) English, B.Ed (English Methods), MA English, M.
Phil English, and the Post Graduate Diploma in the teaching of English.</p&g
t;</td><td>R.N.Bakshi, presently Director, CIEFL, Regional Centre, Lucknow and h
as been teaching English for the last thirty years.</td><td>World</td><td>Englis
<td>978-81-250-1696-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Pride an
d Prejudice Austen</td><td>Sunanda Dutta (Ed.)</td><td>1986</td><td>265</td><td>
195.0000</td><td> </td><td>Sunanda Dutta (Ed.)</td><td>W
orld</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-1720-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Doct
ors Dilemma</td><td> </td><td>1956</td><td>235</td><td>110.0000</td><td>&nbs
p;</td><td> </td><td>IN,PK,MM,LK,AF</td><td>English Language and Literature

</td>
<td>978-81-250-1727-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Candida<
/td><td> </td><td>1955</td><td>140</td><td>110.0000</td><td> </td><td>
</td><td>IN,PK,MM,LK,AF</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-1754-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Poetr
y of Sylvia Plath</td><td>P.Rajani</td><td>2000</td><td>239</td><td>550.0000</td
><td>This book is a scholarly, critical work on the poetry of Sylvia Plath. It w
as originally the authors Ph.D. thesis and is written with rare sensitivity.</td>
<td>P.Rajani, former Professor of English at Madras Christian College and is now
at the University of Madras.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literat
ure</td>
<td>978-81-250-1762-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Major Ba
rbara</td><td> </td><td>1961</td><td>220</td><td>130.0000</td><td> </t
d><td> </td><td>IN,PK,MM,LK,AF</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-1768-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mayor of
Casterbridge, The</td><td>Thomas Hardy</td><td>1993</td><td>324</td><td>170.000
0</td><td> </td><td>Thomas Hardy</td><td>World</td><td>E
nglish Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-1625-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Thing
of Beauty</td><td>S.Jagadisan and V.Saraswati</td><td>2001</td><td>104</td><td>9
5.0000</td><td>An Anthology of Po
ems is meant for students of general English at the undergraduate level. Major p
oets of different periods of English literature have been included. Poems have b
een selected for easy comprehension and are fairly well-known. In addition, note
s and exercises have been planned with a view of developing and refining the lea
rners response to poetry.</td><td><div style="text-align: justi
fy">S.Jagadisan,editor of An Anthology: An Invitation
to English Prose published by Orient Blackswan in 1975. </div>&l
t;div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div&g
t;V.Saraswati, Reader in English at the University of Madras.
</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
Online: Communication for Information Technology</td><td>Jayashree Mohanraj &amp
; S.Mohanraj</td><td>2001</td><td>123</td><td>150.0000</td><td>This book is meant to teach functional and practic
al English to users of computer systems in order to enable them to achieve their
learning targets more easily.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Jayashree Mohanraj & S.Mohanraj&amp
;nbsp;have long experience in teacher training in the field of English for commu
nication.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
g Modern English</td><td>D.Cameron</td><td>1978</td><td>195</td><td>135.0000</td
><td>This book is divided into th
ree major sectionsThe Art of Writing, Comprehension, and Language Exercises. The
exercises provided give a firm grasp of modern English as it is written and used
today.</td><td>D.Cameron</td><td>World</td><td>Eng
<td>978-81-250-0526-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Plays in
One-Act</td><td>M.Elias (Ed.)</td><td>1985</td><td>147</td><td>110.0000</td><td
>Beginning with Synges Riders to t
he Sea, generally considered the best one-act play ever written, this volume con
tains some of the masterpieces of world literature in this shorter genre. Among
others, plays from the pens of Chekov, Tennessee Williams and Conan Doyle are in
cluded.</td><td>M.Elias (Ed.)</td><td>World</td><td
<td>978-81-250-0423-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Heart of
Darkness</td><td> </td><td>1993</td><td>100</td><td>125.0000</td><td>&nbsp
;</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-0426-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Written
Communication in English</td><td>S.Freeman</td><td>1977</td><td>224</td><td>210.
0000</td><td>A two-year course fo
r higher secondary students that trains them in writing in English for a wide va
riety of purposes, whether they intend taking up a job or pursuing their studies
.</td><td>S.Freeman</td><td>World</td><td>English L
en Your Writing (Rev. Edn.)</td><td>V.R.NAarayanaswami</td><td>1979</td><td
>152</td><td>195.0000</td><td>Thi
s book aims at improving the composition and writing skills of the higher second
ary and school-leaving student. The writing tasks represent the continuous forms
which will be useful to the student both in academic and professional life.</td><td>V.R.NAarayanaswami</td><td>World</td><td>Engli
sh Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-0431-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Spectrum
: An Anthology of Short Stories</td><td>J.Sasikumar and P. Gunasekhar (Eds.)</td
><td>1974</td><td>126</td><td>125.0000</td><td>Stories from Britain, th
e United States, Canada, India, China, Nigeria, France and the USSR are included
in this anthology.</td><td><s
pan style="font-size: 13.5pt; line-height: 115%; background-image: initial;
background-attachment: initial; background-size: initial; background-origin: in
itial; background-clip: initial; background-position: initial; background-repeat
: initial">J.Sasikumar and P. Gunasekhar (Eds.)</s
pan><p class="MsoNormal"&gt
;<span style="font-size: 13.5pt; line-height: 115%; background-image: in
itial; background-attachment: initial; background-size: initial; background-orig
in: initial; background-clip: initial; background-position: initial; backgroundrepeat: initial"> &
lt;p class="MsoNormal"><span style="font-size: 13.5pt; line
-height: 115%; background-image: initial; background-attachment: initial; backgr
ound-size: initial; background-origin: initial; background-clip: initial; backgr
ound-position: initial; background-repeat: initial"> </td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Li
terature</td>
Language Teaching: Approaches, Methods, Techniques</td><td>G.Nagaraj</td><td>199
t;>This is a textbook on English Language Teaching&lt
;/strong> Methodology which was a task-based, communicative approa
ch to deal with concepts and theories. The book gives an up-to-date overview of
ELT. Most books stop at the structural syllabus. The focus of this book is on cl
assroom practice, open-ended enough to allow for interaction and discussions. In
stead of discursive essays, the book systematises information through charts, ch
eck lists, etc.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&
gt;G.Nagaraj, Lecturer at the Regional Institute of English,
Bangalore.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td
>
<td>978-81-250-0795-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mastermi
nds: Profiles of Eleven Indian Scientists</td><td>Menakshi Chatterjee</td><td>19
t;>This anthology deals with the lives and works of eleven scientists in vari
ous fields: J. C. Bose in the Physical and Life Sciences, P. C. Ray, S. S. Bhatn
agar in Chemistry, C. V. Raman, S. N. Bose and M. N. Saha in Theoretical and Exp
erimental Physics, S. Ramanujam in Mathematics, H. J. Bhabha in Nuclear Physics,
Vikram Sarabhai in Space Research, Birbal Sahni in Paleobotany, Salim Ali in Or
nithology. The author also chronicles the growth and development of modern scien
tific culture in India. No similar collection of biographies is available.</td><td>Menakshi Chatterjee, , freelance writer of popul
ar science.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-0798-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hard Tim
es</td><td>Charles Dickens</td><td>1994</td><td>304</td><td>145.0000</td><td>&nb
sp;</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-0799-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Wutherin
g Heights</td><td> </td><td>1992</td><td>308</td><td>195.0000</td><td>&nbsp
;</td><td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK</td><td>English Language and Literature</td
>
<td>978-81-250-0634-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Success
with Grammar and Composition</td><td>K.R. Narayanaswamy</td><td>1995</td><td>342
</td><td>135.0000</td><td>This bo
ok is designed for pupils at the upper secondary level and the first year of und
ergraduate study. As a proficiency book, while covering basic components in a th
orough and systematic way, it offers extended practice in areas of <strong&gt
;grammar and composition which present special difficulty to stud
ents at this stage. The book provides simple and brief explanations on the rules
of grammar followed by a variety of exercises which not only develop proficienc
y but also help recognition of these rules and principles.</td><td>&lt
;b>K.R. Narayanaswamy</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Li
terature</td>
<td>978-81-250-0831-6</td><td> </td><td>Communicati
on in English for Technical Students</td><td>Curriculum Development Centre, Tech
nical Teachers Training Institute, Kolkata.</td><td>1984</td><td>216</td><td>220.
0000</td><td>This unique resource-cum-workbook is written with the aim
of helping students in polytechnics and engineering institutes to acquire the sk
ills of language and communication. The book is an outcome of a collaborative pr
oject between the Technical Teachers Training Institute, Calcutta; the Language S
tudies Unit, University of Aston, Birmingham; the British Council at Calcutta an
d London, and the Overseas Development Administration, London.</td><td
>Curriculum Development Centre, Technical Teachers Training Institute, Kolkata.</
td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-0996-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hucklebe
rry Finn</td><td> </td><td>1998</td><td>309</td><td>175.0000</td><td><p&
gt;The Orient Blackswan Easy Readers introduce the child to the enchanting world
of reading, which encourage him/her to read with little or no external help. Th
ese well-illustrated books are carefully graded into seven levels. The series
begins at Level 1 and is meant for beginners in the age group of 5 years. The
other levels are: Level 2: 68 years, Level 3: 79 years, Level 4: 911 years, Level
5: 1012 years, Level 6: 1114 years and Level 7: 15 years and above. This carefu
l grading, based on age-appropriate vocabulary and structure enables the reade
r to progress through the successive levels. The current titles mainly include
the classics and also have those that suit modern tastes and interests.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>

<td>978-81-250-1012-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Rime of
the Ancient Mariner, The Coleridge Rev. Edn.</td><td>V.Sachithanandan
(Ed.)</td><td>1996</td><td>88</td><td>110.0000</td><td> </td><td>
V.Sachithanandan (Ed.)</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Lite
rature</td>
<td>978-81-250-1033-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Intermed
iate Grammar, Usage and Composition</td><td>M.L.Tickoo ,M.L.Tickoo , A.E.Subrama
nian & P.R.Subramaniam</td><td>1976</td><td>340</td><td>190.0000</td><td>&lt
;p style="text-align: justify">A practice book which aims at giving
the student practical insights into the system and structure of the English lan
guage.</td><td>M.L.Tickoo , A.E.Subramanian &amp
; P.R.Subramaniam</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literatur
e</td>
ative Competence in Business English</td><td>B.M.H.Robinson,V.S.Netrakanti,H.V.S
hintre</td><td>1988</td><td>178</td><td>175.0000</td><td>This book is the outcome of an English Language Teaching
Project undertaken by the Department of English, University of Poona, as part o
f a collaborative programme between the governments of India and the UK. This te
xtbook has been prepared specifically to develop the communicative competence of
commerce students. Some of the guiding principles of this textbook have been th
e use of language for achieving communication tasks, emphasising student initiat
ive and interaction, making students aware of variation in language use, and con
centrating on appropriacy and fluency.</td><td>B.M.H.Robinson
, Senior Lecturer, Department of English, St Marys College, Twickenham.
 <div> </div><div>V.S.Netrakanti,
 Lecturer, Department of English, University of Poona.</div><
div> </div><div>H.V.Shintre, Lectur
er (Retd.) Department of English, S. P. College, Pune.</div></td><td>World
</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
ssues in Languages, Education and Development: Perspectives from Postcolonial Co
untries</td><td>Naz Rassool</td><td>2007</td><td>312</td><td>850.0000</td><td>&l
t;p style="text-align: justify">This book examines the role that la
nguage-in-education policy, historically, has played in shaping possibilities fo
r development, within countries in the Sub-Saharan and South Asian regions. This
discussion takes account also of the complex ways in which language, education
and development, are linked to the changing global labour market. Key questions
are raised regarding the impact of international policy imperatives on developme
nt possibilities.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify&quot
;>Naz Rassool teaches in the Institute of Education at the
University of Reading. She has published widely within the fields of the politi
cal economy of language in education; literacy and development and language rela
tions within the global cultural economy, New Managerialism in education, and th
e sociology of technology in education.</div></td><td>IN,NP,PK,BT,BD,LK,MV
d><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3364-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hamlet,
Prince of Denmark: Shakespeare</td><td>M H Khan, Series editor: Dr S Viswanathan
justify">The book is an annotated text which has detailed line referenc
es, explanations and commentary. There is a general introduction to Shakespeare
and his work and also to the play in detail.
Care has been taken to point out
stage history, biographical references, historical and cultural factors etc.
in the cross referencing where necessary.
The following are the chief feature
s of this series: 
<ul><li style="text-align: justify"> The General Introduct
ion provides the cultural and historical background for the drama of the period
and a brief biography of the playwright. </li><li style="text-al
ign: justify">The Introduction to the Play discusses the theme, the stru
cture and the plot. It also includes a comprehensive critical study and a brief
stage history of the play. </li><li style="text-align: justify&q
uot;> Detailed annotations are provided at the bottom of each page to facilit
ate referencing. </li><li style="text-align: justify">Su
ggestions for Further Reading helps students acquire a wide understanding of the
play. </li><li style="text-align: justify"> Topics for
Discussion initiates classroom analysis and study.</li> </ul>
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">M H Khan retired as Professor and Head of the Department of English, Aligarh Muslim
University, Aligarh. He has already published The Tempest with us in the same s
eries. </div><div style="text-align: justify">&lt
;br /></div><div style="text-align: justify">Series edi
tor: Dr S Viswanathan is well-known as a Shakespeare scholar
and critic who has published extensively. He has also done Exploring Shakespeare
: The Dynamics of Playmaking with us. </div></td><td>World</td><td>English
<td>978-81-250-3432-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Harold E.
Palmer: From Learner-Teacher to Legend</td><td>Makhan L. Tickoo</td><td>2008</t
gt;The book is a biography of the eminent British linguist and phonetician, Harold E. Palmer. It views Palmer at work through the 4
7 years of his creative effortswith their vast range and, for their day, amazing
newness and depth. It also raises hitherto unraised, partially raised or misrepr
esented issues that arise in looking for the the sources and supports of his maj
or discoveries ad seeks to highlight the true nature of the additions and enhanc
ements he made to give it theoretical fecundity and, more significantly, practic
al power and prescience inside a fruitful linguistic pedagogy. In two separate b
ut inter-animating parts, the book first discusses the four major phases of his
working life in a chronological order and also studies his contributions to Eng
lish grammarits theory and pedagogic practice, to the sound system of English and
its intonation, to the study, selection and use of English vocabulary in langua
ge teaching and in learner-oriented lexicography and to language curricula and l
anguage teaching methodology and materials. The author brings into focus a lot o
f issues in ELT that Palmer had raised and which are relevant even today, especi
ally in the context of Asian ELT.</td><td><div style="text-ali
gn: justify">Makhan L. Tickoois one of the most emine
nt scholars and teacher-educators in India and abroad in the field of ELT. In th
e course of his long and illustrious career, he has served as Head, Department o
f Material Production, CIEFL and as Head, Specialists Department at the RELC, Si
ngapore. He has published widely and in various areas of ELT, applied Linguistic
s, curriculum development etc.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Languag
e and Literature</td>
Grammar in Steps</td><td>David Bolton and Noel Goodey</td><td>2008</td><td>336</
g>English Grammar in Steps is an innovative reference and prac
tice grammar book. It covers essential grammar topics and grammatical structures
. The language of explanation is clear and simple. The book explains the form, m
eaning and use of grammar items. The style used in presentation texts and explan
ation are very informal and everyday. To help students understand the meaning of
some grammatical terms, a glossary is also given. Answers to the practice exerc
ises are also provided for students' help. 
Features: &lt
;/p> <ul><li style="text-align: justify"> The book cov
ers the most important grammar topics and grammatical structures. </li>&l
t;li style="text-align: justify">Easy to use: Students can look at
the contents or index to find the grammar item they want to work on. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify"> More advanced students will fin
d it useful for revision and consolidation.
</li><li style="tex
t-align: justify"> Each unit is divided into Steps, so students can work
on the grammar in easy steps, bit by bit. </li><li style="text-al
ign: justify"> At the end of each Step there are some Check Questions. T
hese questions confirm that students have understood the explanations given in
the Step. </li><li style="text-align: justify"> At the en
d of each unit there are exercises given to test the student's understanding
of the grammar topic explained in the unit. </li><li style="textalign: justify"> It concentrates on those areas which students find most
difficult. </li><li style="text-align: justify">The book
is suffused with interesting examples which help students understand the grammar
topic. </li><li style="text-align: justify"> An Answer Ke
y is provided at the end of the book.</li></ul>
</td><td>David Bolton and Noel Goodey are
ELT experts who have several publications on the subject.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD
,LK,MV</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
Grammar in Steps: Practice Book</td><td>David Bolton and Noel Goodey</td><td>200
t;>A comprehensive practice book for pre-intermediate and intermediate studen
ts, containing the 100 most important grammatical points in the English language
, which can be used in the classroom or for autonomous study. <li>Each unit is preceded by a brief grammar explanation </li&gt
; <li>Contextualised exercises </li> <li>Wide variety of exe
rcise types and contexts </li> <li>Extensive examples of the types
of exercises found in the Cambridge FCE exam</li> <li>Separate ans
wer key </li></ul></td><td>David Bolton and &lt
;b>Noel Goodey are ELT experts who have several publications on the
subject.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>English Language and Literature</

td>
p style="text-align: justify">The book is intended to help develop
have had a regional language medium of instruction at school and who have had li
ttle or no exposure to spoken English. It is primarily aimed at students prepari
ng to enter the main stream, which would require them to compete with those who
have a stronger base in English. The book can also be used as self-instructional
own. The book comes with an audio CD that gives learners an opportunity to list
en to dialogues in everyday situations and that provide answers to practice exer
cises as well. Also included are brief, easy to understand tips on pronunciation
, vocabulary, grammar and usage. The book offers learners a second and more adva
nced set of 25 functions that require the use of relatively complex language str
uctures than those in Part 1.</td><td>Dr Kamlesh Sadanand is former Professor and He
ad, Centre for Phonetics and Spoken English, CIEFL, Hyderabad. Besides her long
research work, she has published several papers and books, prominent among which
is A Practical Course in English Pronunciation. <div styl
e="text-align: justify"> </div><div style=&quot
;text-align: justify">Ms Susheela Punitha is former P
rofessor of English, Mount Carmel College, Bangalore. She has also been actively
engaged in developing course materials and in conducting ELT workshops.</div
></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>

Reviews:

h

onal significance."

-- <s
lt;/strong>
,PK,BD,BT,NP,MV,LK</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
nglish: A Foundation Course Part 1 (for speakers of Kannada)</td><td>Kamlesh Sad
anand and Susheela Punitha</td><td>2008</td><td>212</td><td>195.0000</td><td>&lt
;p style="text-align: justify">The book is intended to help develop
have had a regional language medium of instruction at school and who have had l
ittle or no exposure to spoken English. It is primarily aimed at students prepar
ing to enter the main stream, which would require them to compete with those who
have a stronger base in English. The book can also be used as self-instructiona
l material by people who are employed or engaged in different activities of thei
r own. The book comes with an audio CD that gives learners an opportunity to lis
ten to dialogues in everyday situations and that provide answers to practice exe
rcises as well. Also included are brief, easy to understand tips on pronunciatio
n, vocabulary, grammar and usage. The book offers learners a second and more adv
anced set of 25 functions that require the use of relatively complex language st
ructures than those in Part 1.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Dr Kamlesh Sadanand is former Professor and
Head, Centre for Phonetics and Spoken English, CIEFL, Hyderabad. Besides her lo
ng years of experience in teaching and developing ELT materials and in supervisi
ng research work, she has published several papers and books, prominent among wh
ich is A Practical Course in English Pronunciation. </div><div
"text-align: justify">Ms Susheela Punitha is for
mer Professor of English, Mount Carmel College, Bangalore. She has also been act
ively engaged in developing course materials and in conducting ELT workshops.&lt
;/div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
;div style="text-align: justify">The book is intended to help devel
op the oral communication skills of second language learners, especially those w
ho have had a regional language medium of instruction at school and who have had
little or no exposure to spoken English. It is primarily aimed at students prep
aring to enter the main stream, which would require them to compete with those w
ho have a stronger base in English. The book can also be used as self-instructio
nal material by people who are employed or engaged in different activities of th
eir own. The book comes with an audio CD that gives learners an opportunity to l
isten to dialogues in everyday situations and that provide answers to practice e
xercises as well. Also included are brief, easy to understand tips on pronunciat
ion, vocabulary, grammar and usage. The book offers learners a second and more a
dvanced set of 25 functions that require the use of relatively complex language
structures than those in Part 1.</div></td><td><div style="text-al
ign: justify">Dr Kamlesh Sadanand is former Professor
and Head, Centre for Phonetics and Spoken English, CIEFL, Hyderabad. Besides he
r long years of experience in teaching and developing ELT materials and in super
vising research work, she has published several papers and books, prominent amon
g which is A Practical Course in English Pronunciation. </div>&lt

;div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div&gt
;Ms Susheela Punitha is former Professor of English, Mount Ca
rmel College, Bangalore. She has also been actively engaged in developing course
materials and in conducting ELT workshops.</div></td><td>World</td><td>En
nglish: A Foundation Course Part 1 (for speakers of Gujarati)</td><td>Kamlesh Sa
danand and Susheela Punitha</td><td>2008</td><td>212</td><td>195.0000</td><td>&l
t;div style="text-align: justify">The book is intended to help deve
lop the oral communication skills of second language learners, especially those
who have had a regional language medium of instruction at school and who have ha
d little or no exposure to spoken English. It is primarily aimed at students pre
paring to enter the main stream, which would require them to compete with those
who have a stronger base in English. The book can also be used as self-instructi
onal material by people who are employed or engaged in different activities of t
heir own. The book comes with an audio CD that gives learners an opportunity to
listen to dialogues in everyday situations and that provide answers to practice
exercises as well. Also included are brief, easy to understand tips on pronuncia
tion, vocabulary, grammar and usage. The book offers learners a second and more
advanced set of 25 functions that require the use of relatively complex language
structures than those in Part 1.</div></td><td>Dr Kamlesh Sadana
nd is former Professor and Head, Centre for Phonetics and Spoken Engli
sh, CIEFL, Hyderabad. Besides her long years of experience in teaching and devel
oping ELT materials and in supervising research work, she has published several
papers and books, prominent among which is A Practical Course in English Pronunc
iation. <div> </div><div>Ms Sushe
ela Punitha is former Professor of English, Mount Carmel College, Bang
alore. She has also been actively engaged in developing course materials and in
conducting ELT workshops.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and
Literature</td>
nglish: A Foundation Course Part 2 (for speakers of Gujarati)</td><td>Kamlesh Sa
danand and Susheela Punitha</td><td>2008</td><td>245</td><td>195.0000</td><td>&l
t;p style="text-align: justify">The book is intended to help develo
p the oral communication skills of second language learners, especially those wh
o have had a regional language medium of instruction at school and who have had
little or no exposure to spoken English. It is primarily aimed at students prepa
ring to enter the main stream, which would require them to compete with those wh
o have a stronger base in English. The book can also be used as self-instruction
al material by people who are employed or engaged in different activities of the
ir own. The book comes with an audio CD that gives learners an opportunity to li
sten to dialogues in everyday situations and that provide answers to practice ex
ercises as well. Also included are brief, easy to understand tips on pronunciati
on, vocabulary, grammar and usage. The book offers learners a second and more ad
vanced set of 25 functions that require the use of relatively complex language s
tructures than those in Part 1.</td><td><div style="text-align
: justify">Dr Kamlesh Sadanand is former Professor an
d Head, Centre for Phonetics and Spoken English, CIEFL, Hyderabad. Besides her l
ong years of experience in teaching and developing ELT materials and in supervis
ing research work, she has published several papers and books, prominent among w
hich is A Practical Course in English Pronunciation.
Ms Susheela Punitha is f
ormer Professor of English, Mount Carmel College, Bangalore. She has also been a
ctively engaged in developing course materials and in conducting ELT workshops.&
lt;/div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3512-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>New Beari
ngs in English Studies: A Festschrift for C T Indra</td><td>R Azhagarasan Bruce,
Bennett, Mohan Ramanan, R Palanivel, T Sriraman, C Vijauasree(Ed.s)</td><td>200

ot;>This is a set of invited papers to honour Dr C T Indra who has done comme
ndable work in at least five areas of English studies:
<ul><li style="text-align: justify"> Critical Theory </
li><li style="text-align: justify"> Translation Theory and Pr
actice </li><li style="text-align: justify"> Cultural Stu
dies </li><li style="text-align: justify"> Postcolonial l
iteratures </li><li style="text-align: justify">India stud
ies </li><li style="text-align: justify"> The volume consi
sts of 20 papers covering all the areas mentioned above. </li><li styl
e="text-align: justify"> Some of the contributors are: Bruce Bennet
t ( Wollongong), Paul Sharrad ( New South Wales), Inez Baranay (Brisbane), Radha
krishnan (California) Santosh Sareen (JNU, Delhi), Alladi Uma (Univ. of Hyderab
ad) Vanamala Viswanatha (Bangalore Univ.), Tutun Mukherjee (Univ. of Hyderabad)
and others</li></ul>
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">The editors of the vol
ume are: R Azhagarasan (Univ of Madras), T Sriraman&
lt;/b> (EFL-U, Hyderabad), Bruce Bennett (Wollongong Unive
rsity) , C Vijayasree (Osmania University), R Palani
vel (Univ. of Madras), Mohan Ramanan (Central Unive
rsity of Hyderabad).</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Lite
rature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3510-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Beyond t
he World of Apu the films of Satyajit Ray</td><td>John W. Hood</td><td>2008</td>
In this new work, John W. Hood makes a thoroughly informed critique of all twent
y-nine feature films of Satyajit Ray. Structured al
ong themes which the author has identified in Ray's movies, this reassessmen
t analyses each film on the basis of its individual merits and lapses. Having ta
ken us through the two ends of the spectrum of excellence and mediocrity that co
mprise Ray's work, Hood concludes his incisive study by affirming that what m
akes Ray ascend into the realms of the great is his profound sense of humanity.
A highly accessible work on arguably the finest filmmaker India has ever produ
ced, this book will engage not only serious readers of cinematic texts but also
be a valuable leaning resource for students of film studies, all over the world.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Joh
n W. Hood was born in Melbourne in 1944. He majored in Philosophy and
Indian Studies at the University of Melbourne, where he also took his PhD. on Be
ngali vernacular Historiography. He is a recognised scholar of Indian art cinema
and has written books on the works of Mrinal Sen and Buddhadeb Dasgupta. His Th
e Essential Mystery: Major Filmmakers of Indian Art Cinema and The Films of Budd
hadeb Dasgupta have been published by Orient Blackswan.
John W. Hood divides
his time between his homes in Melbourne and Kolkata.</div></td><td>World</
nglish: A Foundation Course Part 1 (for speakers of Telugu)</td><td>Kamlesh Sada
nand, Susheela Punitha</td><td>2008</td><td>212</td><td>245.0000</td><td><p&g
t;Orient Blackswan Foundation Course in Spoken English, published in two parts, is intended to help develop the oral communication
skills of second language learners, especially those who have had a regional lan
guage medium of instruction at school and who have had little or no exposure to
spoken english. It is primarily aimed at students preparing to enter the mainstr
eam, which would require them to compete with those who have a stronger base in
English. The book can, however, be used just as effectively as self-instructiona
l material by persons of an older age group, who are employed or engaged in diff
erent activities of their own.
The two parts of the book come with audio-CDs
that give learners an opportunity to listen to dialogues in everyday situations
and that provide answers to the practice exercises as well. Also included in the
books are brief, easy-to-understand tips on pronunciation, vocabulary, grammar
and usage that learners are sure to find useful when learning to speak English.
Part 1 Covers 25 basic functions, presented in a simple and extremely learner
-friendly manner.</td><td>Dr Kamlesh Sadanand is former Professor and
Head, Centre for Phonetics and Spoken English, CIEFL, Hyderabad. Besides her lon
g years of experience in teaching, in developing ELT materials and in supervisin
g research work, Dr Sadanand has published several papers and books. Prominent a
mong her publications is A Practical Course in English Pronunciation (2004).
Ms Susheela Punitha is former Professor of English, Mount Carmel College, Bangal
ore. She has also been actively engaged in developing course materials and in co
nducting ELT workshops.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</t
d>
nglish: A Foundation Course Part 2 (for speakers of Telugu)</td><td>Kamlesh Sada
div style="text-align: justify">Orient Blackswan Foun
dation Course in Spoken English, published in two parts, is inten
ded to help develop the oral communication skills of second language learners, e
specially those who have had a regional language medium of instruction at school
and who have had little or no exposure to spoken english. It is primarily aimed
at students preparing to enter the mainstream, which would require them to comp
ete with those who have a stronger base in English. The book can, however, be us
ed just as effectively as self-instructional material by persons of an older age
group, who are employed or engaged in different activities of their own.
The
two parts of the book come with audio-CDs that give learners an opportunity to
listen to dialogues in everyday situations and that provide answers to the pract
ice exercises as well. Also included in the books are brief, easy-to-understand
tips on pronunciation, vocabulary, grammar and usage that learners are sure to f
ind useful when learning to speak English.
Part 2 offers learners a second an
d more advanced set of 25 functions that require the use of relatively complex l
anguage structures.</div></td><td><div style="text-align: justify&
quot;>Dr Kamlesh Sadanand is former Professor and Head, Ce
ntre for Phonetics and Spoken English, CIEFL, Hyderabad. Besides her long years
of experience in teaching, in developing ELT materials and in supervising resear
ch work, Dr Sadanand has published several papers and books. Prominent among her
publications is A Practical Course in English Pronunciation (2004).</div>
<div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div
style="text-align: justify">Ms Susheela Punitha
is former Professor of English, Mount Carmel College, Bangalore. She has also b
een actively engaged in developing course materials and in conducting ELT worksh
ops.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3450-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>In Quest
of Indian Folktales: Pandit Ram Gharib Chaube and William Crooke</td><td>Sadhana
Naithani</td><td>2009</td><td>344</td><td>975.0000</td><td>In Quest of Indian Folktales publishes for the first
time a collection of northern Indian folktales from the late nineteenth century.
Reputedly the work of William Crooke, a well-known folklorist and British colon
ial official, the tales were actually collected, selected, and translated by a c
ertain Pandit Ram Gharib Chaube. In 1996, Sadhana Naithani discovered this unpub
lished collection in the archive of the Folklore Society, London. Since then, sh
e has uncovered the identity of the mysterious Chaube and the details of his col
laboration with the famous folklorist. In an extensive four-chapter introduction
, Naithani describes Chaube's relationship to Crooke and the essential role
he played in Crooke's work, as both a native informant and a trained scholar
. By unearthing the fragmented story of Chaube's life, Naithani gives voice
to a new identity of an Indian folklore scholar in colonial India.
The public
ation of these tales and the discovery of Chaube's role in their collection
reveal the complexity of the colonial intellectual world and problematize our ow
n views of folklore in a postcolonial world.</td><td><div style=&qu
ot;text-align: justify">Sadhana Naithani is Assistant
Professor of Language, Literature and Culture Studies at Jawaharlal Nehru Unive
rsity, New Delhi. She is the author of several research articles on colonialism
and folklore, and editor of Folktales from Northern India.</div></td><td>I
N,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
nglish: A Foundation Course Part 1 (for speakers of Marathi)</td><td>Kamlesh Sad
ich is A Practical Course in English Pronunciation.</div><div style=&qu
ot;text-align: justify"> </div><div style="text
-align: justify">Ms Susheela Punitha is former Profes
sor of English, Mount Carmel College, Bangalore. She has also been actively enga
ged in developing course materials and in conducting ELT workshops.</div><
/td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
nglish: A Foundation Course Part 2 (for speakers of Marathi)</td><td>Kamlesh Sad
justify">Dr Kamlesh Sadanand is former Professor and
;/div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>

nglish: A Foundation Course Part 1 (for speakers of Tamil)</td><td>Kamlesh Sadan
and and Susheela Punitha</td><td>2008</td><td>212</td><td>195.0000</td><td>The book is intended to help develop t
he oral communication skills of second language learners, especially those who h
ave had a regional language medium of instruction at school and who have had lit
tle or no exposure to spoken English. It is primarily aimed at students preparin
g to enter the main stream, which would require them to compete with those who h
ave a stronger base in English. The book can also be used as self-instructional
own. The book comes with an audio CD that gives learners an opportunity to liste
n to dialogues in everyday situations and that provide answers to practice exerc
ises as well. Also included are brief, easy to understand tips on pronunciation,
vocabulary, grammar and usage. The book offers learners a second and more advan
ced set of 25 functions that require the use of relatively complex language stru
ctures than those in Part 1.</td><td><div style="text-align: j
ustify">Dr Kamlesh Sadanand is former Professor and H
ead, Centre for Phonetics and Spoken English, CIEFL, Hyderabad. Besides her long
research work, she has published several papers and books, prominent among whic
h is A Practical Course in English Pronunciation. </div><div s
uot;text-align: justify">Ms Susheela Punitha is forme
r Professor of English, Mount Carmel College, Bangalore. She has also been activ
ely engaged in developing course materials and in conducting ELT workshops.</
div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
nglish: A Foundation Course Part 2 (for speakers of Tamil)</td><td>Kamlesh Sadan
ustify">Dr Kamlesh Sadanand is former Professor and H
uot;text-align: justify"> </div><div style="tex
t-align: justify">Ms Susheela Punitha is former Profe
ssor of English, Mount Carmel College, Bangalore. She has also been actively eng
aged in developing course materials and in conducting ELT workshops.</div>
nglish: A Foundation Course Part 1 (for speakers of Malayalam)</td><td>Kamlesh S
adanand and Susheela Punitha</td><td>2008</td><td>212</td><td>195.0000</td><td>&
lt;p style="text-align: justify">The book is intended to help devel

structures than those in Part 1.</td><td><div style="text-alig
n: justify">Dr Kamlesh Sadanand is former Professor a
nd Head, Centre for Phonetics and Spoken English, CIEFL, Hyderabad. Besides her
long years of experience in teaching and developing ELT materials and in supervi
sing research work, she has published several papers and books, prominent among
which is A Practical Course in English Pronunciation. </div><d
iv style="text-align: justify"> </
div><div style="text-align: justify">Ms Susheela Pun
itha is former Professor of English, Mount Carmel College, Bangalore.
She has also been actively engaged in developing course materials and in conduct
ing ELT workshops.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Litera
ture</td>
nglish: A Foundation Course Part 2 (for speakers of Malayalam)</td><td>Kamlesh S
adanand and Susheela Punitha</td><td>2008</td><td>245</td><td>195.0000</td><td>&
lt;p style="text-align: justify">The book is intended to help devel
structures than those in Part 1.</td><td><div style="text-alig
n: justify">Dr Kamlesh Sadanand is former Professor a
nd Head, Centre for Phonetics and Spoken English, CIEFL, Hyderabad. Besides her
long years of experience in teaching and developing ELT materials and in supervi
sing research work, she has published several papers and books, prominent among
which is A Practical Course in English Pronunciation. </div><d
iv style="text-align: justify"> </div><div styl
e="text-align: justify">Ms Susheela Punitha is f
ormer Professor of English, Mount Carmel College, Bangalore. She has also been a
ctively engaged in developing course materials and in conducting ELT workshops.&
lt;/div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
nglish: A Foundation Course Part 1 (for speakers of Oriya)</td><td>Kamlesh Sadan
uot;text-align: justify">Ms Susheela Punitha is forme
r Professor of English, Mount Carmel College, Bangalore. She has also been activ
ely engaged in developing course materials and in conducting ELT workshops.</
div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
nglish: A Foundation Course Part 2 (for speakers of Oriya)</td><td>Kamlesh Sadan
h is A Practical Course in English Pronunciation.</div><div style=&quot
;text-align: justify"> </div><div style="text-a
lign: justify">Ms Susheela Punitha is former Professo
r of English, Mount Carmel College, Bangalore. She has also been actively engage
d in developing course materials and in conducting ELT workshops.</div></t
d><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
p>The book is intended to help develop the oral communication skills of secon
It is primarily aimed at students preparing to enter the main stream, which wou
ld require them to compete with those who have a stronger base in English. The b
ook can also be used as self-instructional material by people who are employed o
r engaged in different activities of their own. The book comes with an audio CD
that gives learners an opportunity to listen to dialogues in everyday situations
and that provide answers to practice exercises as well. Also included are brief
, easy to understand tips on pronunciation, vocabulary, grammar and usage. The b
ook offers learners a second and more advanced set of 25 functions that require
the use of relatively complex language structures than those in Part 1.</p&gt
;</td><td>Dr Kamlesh Sadanand is former Professor and Head, C
entre for Phonetics and Spoken English, CIEFL, Hyderabad. Besides her long years
of experience in teaching and developing ELT materials and in supervising resea
rch work, she has published several papers and books, prominent among which is A
Practical Course in English Pronunciation. <div> <
/div><div>Ms Susheela Punitha is former Professor of
English, Mount Carmel College, Bangalore. She has also been actively engaged in
developing course materials and in conducting ELT workshops.</div></td><t
d>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
Language Teaching: Approaches, Methods, Techniques</td><td>Geetha Nagaraj</td><t
y">English Language Teaching: Approaches, Methods, Techniq
ues provides a comprehensive overview of English language teachin
g methodology. The theoretical aspects discussed in the book are supported by va
luable insights gained by the author in the course of a long career in the field
of ELT. Part 1 deals chronologically with the different approaches and methods
that have influenced English language teaching and materials production over th
e years. Part 2 discusses the teaching techniques and aids that can optimise the
teachers efforts in the classroom. It also outlines the testing criteria and pro
cedures that help the teacher to evaluate accurately the teaching done in the cl
assroom. The revised edition updates readers on the major trends and changesmainl
y in terms of delivery systemsthat have emerged over the last decade.</
td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Geetha Nagaraj&
lt;/b>, formerly Professor, RIESI, Bangalore, has had many years of experienc
e as both a school teacher and a teacher trainer. She is currently an ELT consul
tant based in Bangalore.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and
Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3547-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Texts His
tories Geographies: Reading Indian Literature</td><td>PP Raveendran</td><td>2009
</td><td>260</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Texts Histories Geo
graphies is a critical reading of trends, texts and authors belon
ging to the broad field of Indian literature from a theoretically informed persp
ective. The essays constituting the volume interrogate, both directly and by imp
lication, the canonical views on the categories of India, literature and Indian liter
ature, and the book can be said to represent a critical attitude that has till re
cently been admitted only into the periphery of literary debates. Consideration
of Indian literature from a self-consciously non-dominant position is what the b
ook attempts by raising questions about politics, theory, history, genealogy, lo
cation, culture and translation with reference to Indian literature. Though lite
rary and cultural texts from several languages are used for this purpose, the ce
ntral argument has been elaborated with the support of texts and authors from tw
o specific literatures: Indian English literature and Malayalam literature.
The topics that are discussed in the book include issues concerning mod
ernity, nationalism, colonialism, textuality, historicity, identity and diaspora
. For this the work draws upon a broad range of writing by such authors as Raja
Rao, Jayanta Mahapatra, Shashi Deshpande, Kamala Das, Mahasweta Devi, OV Vijayan
, Meenakshi Mukherjee, Arundhati Roy, CV Raman Pillai, Kumaran Asan, MT Vasudeva
n Nair and Ayyappa Paniker.
</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3539-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindi Ga
dya-Padya Sangrah - 1</td><td>Dinesh Prasad Singh (Ed.)</td><td>2008</td><td>80<
/td><td>95.0000</td><td>It is an
anthology of prose and poetry for Hindi (50 marks) for students of BA/B.Sc/B.Com
. Patna University prescribed under the restructured syllabus effective from Jul
y, 2008.
There are five prose pieces and seven poems in it. Each prose piece
represents a particular literary type.
Poems have been arranged chronologic
ally to introduce students to the evolution of Hindi Kavya by representative poe
ts.
Each chapter is preceded by notes. At the end of the book Glossary and Q
uotes for explanation are given.</td><td><div style="text-alig
n: justify">Dr. Dinesh Prasad Singh is Head of the De
partment of Hindi, Patna University. He is author of four anthologies (Prose and
Poetry) published by Motilal Banarasidas and all prescribed in Patna University
.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3577-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Synergy
: Communication in English and Study Skills for Students of Commerce and Busines
s Management</td><td>Board of Editors</td><td>2008</td><td>164</td><td>100.0000<
/td><td>Synergy:&lt
;/strong> Communication in English and Study Skills for Students of Commerce
and Business is meant for use in undergraduate commerce and management courses,
and it is intended to equip students with the communication and study skills nec
essary for further study as well as for work. The book has a brief introductory
chapter on forms of communication in business organisations, which is followed b
y sections on written, spoken and nonverbal communication. Also included is a se
ction on vocabulary development and study skills, in which students could need h
elp and practice. Besides simple descriptions and explanations as well as exampl
es and exercises on the topics concerned, the book offers valuable tips on diffe
rent aspects of the communication and study skills covered.</td><td>&l
t;b>Board of Editors</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Lit
erature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3601-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>This Gift
of English: English Education and the Formation of Alternative Hegemonies in In
dia</td><td>Alok K Mukherjee</td><td>2009</td><td>384</td><td>1050.0000</td><td>
This provocative work deconstruct
s the popular belief that English was imposed on India by the British. Mukherje
e draws on the theories of Gramsci and Bourdieu to demonstrate that the rise of
English and the continued valorization of the literatures of Anglo-America in po
st-independence India have their roots in a conjuncture of the hegemonic agendas
of British colonial rulers and high caste Hindus. Through English education, Bri
tish colonial intellectuals hoped to civilize a benighted people and to perpetua
te colonial rule. High caste Hindus, on the other hand, saw in English education
the possibility of Hindu revival. Embracing the theory of a common racial origi
n, they argued that English education would help revive Indias lost glorious past
by giving access to the scientific and rational traditions of the Hindus racial
kin, the Europeans. After Indias independence, English education, as a field and
an institutional practice, continued to be brahmanical. With Dalits demanding En
glish, it is now the site of a new contest of alternative hegemonies. Mukherjee
makes a forceful case that if Dalits are to successfully employ English in a pu
rsuit of emancipation and empowerment, they must ask fundamental questions about
the field as it currently exists.</td><td><div style="text-al
ign: justify">Alok Mukherjee has taught about South A
sian and Indian cultures, languages and society at York University, Toronto. His
translation from Marathi of Sharan Kumar Limbales Towards an Aesthetic of Dalit Literature was pub
lished by Orient Longman in 2004.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Lang
uage and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3655-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Directio
ns in Applied Linguistics</td><td>Paul Bruthiaux,Dwight Atkinson,William G. Eggi
ngton,William M. Grabe, Vaidehi Ramanathan (eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>342</td><
td>675.0000</td><td>The essays an
d research papers in this collection explore current issues across four areas: L
anguage Education, English for Academic Purposes, Contrastive Discourse Analysis
, and Language Policy and Planning. Contributors reflect on the nature and scope
of applied linguistics, review its evolution, and vigorously debate the dynamic
process whereby theory and practice inform each other and jointly drive the fie
ld as an academic discipline and a locus for reflection and action regarding lan
guage-related social issues.</td><td><div style="text-align: j
ustify">Paul Bruthiaux and Dwight Atkinson&l
t;/b> conducted their doctoral research at the University of Southern Califor
nia. William G. Eggington is Professor of Linguistics and Eng
lish Language at Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah. He is member of the Boar
d of Directors of TESOL. William Grabe is Professor of Engli
sh at Northern Arizona University and teaches in the Applied Linguistics Ph.D an
d MA-TESL program. Vaidehi Ramanathan is Professor in the Dep
artment of Linguistics at the University of California at Davis.</div></td
><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3657-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Fiction
as Window: Critiquing the Indian Literary Cultural Ethos since the 1980s</td><td
>V.Padma</td><td>2009</td><td>264</td><td>625.0000</td><td>Fiction in India has witnessed great changes since the
1980s. Written, critiqued, read, patronised and translated from the myriad subj
ect positions that Indian culture is teeming with, fiction is a valuable site fr
om which to critique the Indian literary cultural ethos. Fiction as Window, in i
ts first part, uses the fiction produced across languages in India during this v
ibrant period to critically look at the issues that criticism, patronage and tra
nslation of fiction throws up. Cutting across languages, in its second part, the
book analyses novels from various Indian languages and those written or transla
ted into English in an attempt to see how these issues are fictionalised. The bo
ok cuts new ground with its blend of the literary and the aliterary and its anal
yses of awards foundations as sites of production of a cultural tradition. The
field of literary studies in India since the 1980s has seen a decisive shift to
wards greater interdisciplinarity. Neither is literature any longer merely a con
noisseurs delight nor is literary criticism any more barely an exercise in aesthe
tic interpretation. Subversive conceptual changes have made it impossible for li
terature to remain an isolated creative activity. Literary criticism has perforc
e to encompass these changes and study their relation to the prevailing forms, t
hemes and techniques in literature today using an integrated methodology. Even a
s creative literature is fast becoming a discursive space where pressing issues
and concerns can be debated and discussed, literary criticism is compelled to tu
rn ideological and is showing an increasing awareness, in a self-reflexive manne
r, of the paradigms and assumptions that inform its own activity. This study aim
s at examining the literary cultural ethos in India during this stimulating and
perhaps even turbulent period. </td><td><div style="text-align
: justify">V. Padma obtained her BA and MA in English
literature from Stella Maris College, Chennai, India. She went on to do her doc
toral research as a UGC Junior Research Fellow at the University of Madras, Chen
nai. Her areas of interest include Indian literature, mythology and criticism. S
he has published in all these areas in both national and international journals
and books such as the Routledge Encyclopedia of Postcolonial Criticism, Littcrit
and the CIEFL Bulletin. She currently teaches at the Department of English, Ste
lla Maris College, Chennai, India. </div></td><td>World</td><td
Young Learners</td><td>S.Kaushik</td><td>2009</td><td>88</td><td>150.0000</td><
td>It attempts to generate awareness among primary level teachers on wh
at to teach and how to do it. The book pays attention to activity based learning
. It is aimed to train teachers in the four language components: teaching handwr
iting, teaching nursery rhymes, techniques of storytelling and developing oral c
ommunication skills. This book is prepared for the teachers of vernacular medium
elementary schools.</td><td> </td><td>WORLD</td><td>English Lang

<td>978-81-250-3661-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Handbo
ok of Teaching English</td><td>S Kaushik and B Bajwa</td><td>2009</td><td>168</t
d><td>65.0000</td><td>It is a resource book that has been written keepi
ng in mind the training/teaching needs of English teachers in India. The rationa
le is that not all teachers get an opportunity to receive in-service training or
access the latest books in the field. The book provides a synthesis between pri
nciples of language teaching and classroom practices. The handbook can be used a
s a training tool as well as a resource book for teachers in a school.
</td><td> </td><td>WORLD</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3700-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Reading C
hildren: Essays on Children's Literature</td><td>Rimi B. Chatterjee and Nila
njana Gupta</td><td>2009</td><td>216</td><td>675.0000</td><td>Childrens
literature as a genre has not received much attention from the academic world
in India up till now. This collection of essays and articles, is an attempt to
look at the shape of writing for children from the nineteenth century onwards,
and to question the political and cultural context in which it took place. Cruc
ial questions include the conundrum of whether (and how) childhood and its book
s have been invented by publishers and writers, and how and from what sources lit
erature of the child has been produced and presented.
This includes the vexed question of textbooks and their relationship t
o the State, the imperial context and the creation of the categories of subject
and ruler in child readers, the marketing of literature through journals and o
ther media, questions of gender and gendered reading, and the complex interplay
between real and fictional children. 
Focusing on India but ranging all over the world, these essays create
a foundation and a starting point for discussion on this subject in academic co
ntexts in India. Written by experts in their various fields, the essays cover s
ubjects as diverse as the philosophy behind the Amar Chitra Katha comic books f
rom the 1960s onwards in India, the writings of Lila Majumdar, a pioneer writer
for girls in Bengali, Rudyard Kipling and his imperial animal kingdom, Dhan Go
pal Mukerji, winner of the Newbery Prize for childrens fiction in 1928, Winnie t
he Pooh as a version of the pastoral, and secret readers of the Boys Own Paper.
The introduction pulls together the various critical strands implicit in the bo
ok and situates Indian scholarship on the map of genre theory, providing studen
ts with a handy point of reference.
Now that teaching and research in India is becoming interested in pop
ular genres, and syllabi are broadening to include non-canonical literature, th
is book will fill a need for critical work on literature for children.</p&gt
;
</td><td>Rimi B. Chatterjee is Senior Lect
urer at Jadavpur University. She is also a writer of fiction. City of Love is
her most recent novel. Nilanjana Gupta</str
ong> is Professor of English at Jadavpur University. She has also authored/ed
ited books on ghost stories including one for children.</td><td>World
<td>978-81-250-3693-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The G N D
evy Reader : After Amnesia, Of Many Heroes, The Being of Bhasha and Countering Vio
lence</td><td>G N Devy</td><td>2009</td><td>548</td><td>995.0000</td><td>A dominated culture learns not just to b
e like the culture that dominates it, but also attempts to conceal its own ant
ecedents.  In such cultural encounters, amnesia plays a major role in
defining the self-perception of cultures.  G. N. Devys&amp
;nbsp; After Amnesia, first published in 199
2,  offers an incisive analysis of contemporary literary scholarship i
n Indian languages by demonstrating how modern Indian languages learnt to forget
that literary criticism had been rejected by them during the post-Sanskrit medi
eval centuries, and how they have posed before themselves a false choice of&amp
;nbsp; intellectual practices rooted in culturally distant Western or Sanskrit
ic traditions.  After Amnesia&lt
;/em> proposes that what has come to be seen as a crisis in Indian literary c
riticism can be understood if a relevant historiography is formulated. <stro
ng>Of Many Heroes, first published in 1997
, is an attempt to formulate such a historiography. If 
After Amnesia is an essay on literary criticism, <s
trong>Of Many Heroes is a historiography o
f literary historiography in India. It presents a wide spectrum of survey of te
xts on literary history, beginning with the fourth century Bhartriharis <em&g
t;Vakyapadiya to the seminal texts produced during the twentieth cen
tury.  The Reader brings together two other new essays by<strong&gt
; G. N. Devy The Being of Bhasha and Countering V
iolence. These philosophical essays discuss the signi
ficance of dialects and vanishing languages in the making of civilization, the
place of silence and insanity in the making of meaning, and of language itself
in the future of knowledge. After closely analyzing the sociological and psycho
logical roots of violence, the author argues that the increasing violence in mo
dern societies and the loss of languages in an increasingly intolerant and aggr
essive world need to be seen as closely related aspects of the cultural impact
of historical processes germinating in colonialism and globalization hostile to
cultural plurality. The four essays together present a complete theory of know
ledge in postcolonial times. They present a plea for a radical reorientation to
the question of education, knowledge, expression and interpretation of linguis
tic creative. They are, perhaps, the most challenging and unorthodox thesis on
epistemic and hermeneutical issues central to modern Indian culture
This Reader is a true summa, bringing together Devys ground-breaking wo
rk in the field of contemporary Indian thought.</td><td><div style=
"text-align: justify">G. N. Devy A lite
rary scholar and cultural activist,writes in three languages Marathi, Gujarati a
nd English, and has received prestigious literary awards for his works in all th
ree languages.
His academic and activist work shows a rare combination of a
deep interest in Indias classical literature and philosophy, as well as the threa
tened languages of Adivasis and nomadic communities, in higher education and rur
al development</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature
</td>
duction to Stylistics: Theory and Practice</td><td>Partha sarathi Misra</td><td>
quot;>This book presents a lucid and accessible introduction to stylistics an
d provides a clear, broad-based and methodological stylistic analysis of various
literary as well as non-literary texts. Though the book is primarily meant for
students interested in the theory and practice of stylistics, the methodological
approach of the book with plenty of examples drawn from different genres will a
lso benefit researchers working in the fields of stylistics, semiotics and liter
ary studies. Adopting a user-friendly approach, the author has discussed the rol
e of stylistics in understanding the relationship between language and its creat
ive and communicative functions. A number of poems, short stories and dramatic d
iscourses are analysed in the book and each chapter includes practical exercises
and follow-up work to consolidate the acquired skills. This book will inspire f
uture students and researchers to approach texts on their own. </td><t
d>Partha Sarathi Misra&l
t;/b> is senior faculty at Cotton College, Guwahati and Director of the Engli
sh Language Teaching Institute, Assam. An experienced teacher of English and an
active researcher, the author has been educated at the Universities of Nottingha
m, UK and Calcutta. He has specialised in stylistics, linguistics and ELT. His
primary interest lies in the use of language in diverse literary and social cont
exts. </td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-2941-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Beyond M
ethods : Macrostrategies for Language Teaching</td><td>B.Kumaravadivelu</td><td>
quot;>The framework of the book consists of 10 macrostrategies based on curre
nt theoretical, emperical and experiential knowledge of second and foreign langu
age teaching. This book is both practical and accessible and encourages critica
l thinking. It is indispensible for teachers, researchers and teacher educators
.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">B.
Kumaravadivelu is professor of applied linguistics and TESOL at San Jo
se State University. He was earlier associated with the Central Institute of En
glish and Foreign Languages, Hyderabad, Universities of Lancaster and Michigan.&
lt;/div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>English Language and Literature
</td>
<td>978-81-250-2873-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>William
Congreve's The Way of the World</td><td>Shrishendu Chakrabarti (Ed.), Series
editor: Nissim Ezekiel</td><td>2007</td><td>284</td><td>195.0000</td><td>This is an annotated edition of <str
ong>William Congreve's play The Way of the World (1700). T
his edition, besides elucidating the text, attempts to bring out its larger soci
al implications and moorings. It thus addresses a lingering prejudice about the
shallowness and moral bankruptcy of the Restoration comedy of manners.
The au
thor has analysed, before examining the play, the social and historical backgro
und of the author and his works. Further, he has also added a brief discussion o
f the Restoration comedy, including the other comedies of Congreve.</t
d><td>Professor Shrishendu Chakrabarti teaches English litera
ture at the University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Lite
rature</td>
en Your Writing (3rd Edn.)</td><td>V. R. Narayanaswami</td><td>2005</td><td>228<
ng> Strengthen Your Writing is an intensive course in writing t
hat promotes the understanding and practice of the essential aspects of English
composition and related study skills relevant to students at the intermediate an
d first-year degree levels. The book is designed to help students acquire and re
inforce their writing skills in English in preparation for a successful academic
and professional life. The revised edition includes a range of fresh texts base
d on themes that are modern as well as interesting. Skills not relevant or infre
quently used have been omitted and new skills such as writing e-mail messages, m
emorandums and résumés, which are demanded of students today, have bee
n introduced. There are well-explained models to illustrate different forms of w
riting as well as a large number of revised, contextualised exercises that provi
de students with sufficient opportunity for practice. Also included in the book
are brief notes in shaded boxes on topics like bias-free writing and the use of
parallel structure in composition, which would be of value to students aiming to
improve their writing skills in English. Finally, the chapters in the new editi
on have been reorganised to lead students slowly from simple writing skills to m
ore complex ones, and the book concludes with a unit that shows how graphics can
be used effectively to supplement writing.</td><td><div style=&quo
t;text-align: justify">The author V. R. Narayanaswami </b&gt
;retired as professor and head of the Division of English, Anna University, Chen
nai. He has worked on several ELT projects and has lectured extensively on the s
ubject both in India and abroad. Dr Narayanaswamis other publications include Org
anised Writing and English for Engineers and Technologists.</div></td><td>
World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
Literary Criticism and Theory: An introductory history</td><td>MS Nagarajan</td>

ify">The book is a history of Western literary criticism and a general i
ntroduction to the subject of literary criticism and theory. It follows the surv
ey approach, discussing English literary critics in a historical-chronological o
rder.
It is primarily designed to serve as a text/reference book for undergr
aduate and postgraduate students in Indian universities and colleges. The book d
eals with the critical texts that are prescribed for study in many M.A (English)
courses in India. One section of the book surveys the contribution made by the
ancient critics since knowledge of classical criticism is essential for an under
standing of later developments. Another section (sixteenth to twentieth century)
takes for close examination, individually, such of those critics as are prescri
bed in the curricula of M.A. courses in Indian universities and colleges. The la
st section on Contemporary Criticism, examines all the movements, with special e
mphasis on theorists who have initiated these movements. The section, A Glossary
of Critical Terms, gives short explanatory notes on critical terms with which a s
tudent is expected to be familiar. The Select Bibliography lists important works
on criticism which can be consulted for further reading and research.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr M S Nagara
jan is retired Professor and Head of the Department of English, Univer
sity of Madras. He was a Fulbright scholar at the University of Chicago and work
ed in the area of literary criticism. He has supervised a number of scholars fo
r both their M Phil and Ph D degrees. He now divides his time between Chennai,
Boston and Dallas.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Litera
ture</td>
<td>978-81-250-2503-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Teaching
and Learning English: A Sourcebook for Teachers and Teacher-Trainers</td><td>M.L
.Tickoo</td><td>2003</td><td>464</td><td>1050.0000</td><td>Teaching and Learning English is a sourcebook for teachers and teacher-trainers who work in diverse conte
xts to teach English as a second or foreign language. It combines information on
the subject and key points of research with a holistic and multidisciplinary ap
proach, all of which familiarize the reader with the terminology of ELT.</p&g
t;</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">M.L.Tickoo,
 is one of the most eminent scholars and teacher-educators in India an
d abroad in the field of ELT. He has been Professor and Head, Department of Mate
rials Production at CIEFL, Hyderabad and also Head, Specialists Department at th
e Regional English Language Centre, Singapore. He has been a specialist member o
f various committees at the CBSE, the NCERT, state and university boards.</di
v></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-2517-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Critical
Essays on R K Narayan's The Guide</td><td>Krishna Sen</td><td>2004</td><td>
essays in this book have been divided into two sections. The first section exami
nes one of Narayn's major works, The Guide. The
essays here discuss the genesis of the novel, narrative structure, use of langu
age, humour and irony in the novel, the characters, and also the post-colonial q
uality of The Guide. The second section situates The Guide</str
ong> within the larger context of Narayan's life and works, Narayan as a
novelist, themes and characters in his novels, Narayan's Malgudi, and Naraya
n as an Indian English writer. These essays will be essential reading for studen
ts who study The Guide, and also Narayan's work
s as a whole.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&gt
;Krishna Sen is a Professor in the Department of English, Uni
versity of Calcutta, and has also served as Head of the Department. She is UGC V
isiting Professor and has taught as a Visiting Professor at the University of Ve
rmont, USA. She has a number of books, scholarly articles and translations to he
r credit.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-2573-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>An Elocu
tion Manual</td><td>Father John Parankimalil</td><td>2004</td><td>96</td><td>95.
0000</td><td>This e
locution manual is a comprehensive and practical book that will h
elp learners acquire a sound diction, correct pronounciation and perfect their r
eading and speaking skills to express themselves confidently and fluently in fro
nt of an audience.
The first section covers all important areas of English pr
onunciation: individual speech sounds, sounds in connected speech, word stress a
nd intonation. The final section provides reading practice with a selection of f
amous speeches and English poetry. With its rich texture of association and allu
sion and repeating patterns of sound and stress, good literature, especially poe
try, is an excellent medium for elocution practice.</td><td><div st
yle="text-align: justify">Father John Parankimalil</b&g
t;, is a member of the Don Bosco Educational Society, Guwahati Province. He is c
urrently the Principal of St. Anthony's Higher Secondary School, Shillong an
d also the National President of the All India Association of Catholic Schools.
A post-graduate in English Literature and Education, he conducts seminars on pub
lic speaking, career planning and personality development.</div></td><td>W
orld</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-2642-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Write Be
tter Speak Better</td><td>Joseph Madappally</td><td>2004</td><td>84</td><td>145.
0000</td><td>This is a compilatio
n of common errors in English among Indian users and, as mentioned above, is a s
election and adaptation of the column which the author had serialised in Career
Deepika. The entries are done according to alphabetical order, with the main wor
d of common error given in bold. The entries highlight the right sentence and th
e corresponding wrong use. Brief grammatical explanations are also given alongsi
de to educate the reader on why one is right and the other is wrong. Sometimes,
more examples are provided. Grammatical classes are marked out in groups, for in
stance, prepositions, articles, adverbs and so on. Since the arrangement is alph
abetical, the book would be more useful as a ready reckoner than a book for read
ing from end to end. Explanations are kept to the minimum and so need not tire t
he reader who just would like to know what is right and what is wrong. Therefore
the book can be considered an useful addition to any learners ready reference.&l
t;/p></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Josep
h Madappally has been a college teacher, columnist and journalist. He
retired as Professor of English, Berchmans College, Changanachery, Kerala. Has be
en committed to the teaching of English in the Indian context. He has contribute
d regular weekly columns to newspapers on English usage. He had been a regular c
olumnist with Career Deepika, a career weekly published from Kottayam, in which
he had discussed common errors in sentences drawn from various publications. Thi
s was serialised as Write the Right English over 275 weeks. This column had receiv
ed wide appreciation and this book is a selection and adaptation of the same art
icles.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-2648-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Measure
for Measure</td><td>Amlan Das Gupta</td><td>2006</td><td>184</td><td>120.0000</t
d><td>This edition of <strong&
gt;Measure for Measure is an annotated text with detailed notes o
n the play from different angles. It has a general introduction by the series ed
itor and an introduction to the play by the editor of the book, marking the plac
e of the play in Shakespeare's dramatic career. There is also a detailed ana
lysis of each act so that the student will get a clear idea of the development o
f the plot structure. There is also an elaborate discussion of the different the
mes and ideas in the play and write-ups of the stage history and the sources of
the play. There are line references, explanations and commentary which will enab
le the student to master the play. Cross-references which have been added on at
all relevant points give the student a holistic view of the play. There is a lis
t of further reading and a list of topics for discussion at the end of the editi
on.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">

Dr Amlan Das Gupta is an experienced teacher of English literature and
is currently Reader in English, Jadavpur University, Jadavpur.
The Series Ed
itor: Dr S Viswanathan is the series editor and he is one of the best Shakespear
e scholars in the world today. Other than Shakespeare, he is a specialist in Eli
zabethan and Jacobean drama. He retired as Head of the Department of English, Un
iversity of Hyderabad. He has published scores of articles on Shakespeare's
dramatic art in renowned international journals and has also published single wo
rks on Shakespeare.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Liter
ature</td>
in the Law</td><td>John Gibbons, V Prakasam, K V Tirumalesh & Hemalatha Nag
arajan (Eds.)</td><td>2004</td><td>148</td><td>695.0000</td><td>This book is a record of modes and practices in t
he use of language within the context of law. The papers in this volume not only
examine the different situations that arise in legal processes, but they also u
nveil the inherent problems and impact of ambiguity and distortion in the uses o
f legal language, the consequences of cultural constraints on translation of leg
al texts, the power of interpreters in legal testimony and sources of complexity
in legal register. The book examines the nexus between language and the law in
various countries and cultures.</td><td><div style="text-align
: justify">KV  Tirumalesh was until recently
Professor of Linguistics at the Central Institute of English and Foreign Langua
ges, Hyderabad, India.  </div><div style="text-align: jus
ot;>Hemalatha Nagarajan is at present, reader at the Centr
e for Linguistics and Contemporary English at the CIEFL, Hyderabad.</div>&
style="text-align: justify"> </div></td><td>World<
/td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-2650-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>First Pr
omise, The</td><td>Ashapurna Debi , Translated by Indira Chowdhury</td><td>2009<
/td><td>600</td><td>575.0000</td><td>The First
Promise is a translation
of Ashapurna Debis novel, Pratham Pratisruti, originally pu
blished in Bengali in 1964. Celebrated as one of the most popular and path-brea
king novels of its time, it has received continual critical acclaim: the Rabind
ra Puraskar (the Tagore Prize) in 1966 and the Bharitiya Jnanpith, Indias highest
literary award, in 1977. Spanning the late eighteenth and early twentieth cen
turies, Ashapurna tells the story of the struggles and efforts of women in nine
teenth-century, colonial Bengal in a deceptively easy and conversational style.
The charming eight-year old heroine, Satyabati is a child bride who leaves her
husbands village for Calcutta, the capital of British India where she is caugh
t in the social dynamics of womens education, social reform agendas, modern medi
cine and urban entertainment. As she makes her way through this complex maze, m
aking sense of the rapidly changing world around her, Satyabati nurtures hopes
and aspirations for her daughter. But the promises held out by modernity turn o
ut to be empty, instigating Satyabati to break away from her inherited world an
d initiate a quest that takes her to the very heart of tradition.
Indira Chowdhurys confident translation, with its conscious choice of I
ndian English equivalents over British and American colloquialisms, carries acr
oss the language divide the flavour of Ashapurnas unique idiomatic style. This e
dition also includes the translators reflections on the process of translation i
tself.
</td><td>Ashapurna Debi was born in 1909. Her conse
rvative family did not send her to school, but encouraged by her mother, she le
arnt to read and write on her own and published her first poem in the childrens
magazine Shishu Saathi. Married at fifteen to Kalidas Gupt
a of Krishnanagar, she continued to write with his support. Pratham P

ratisruti (1964) is the first of a trilogy that includes S
ubarnalata (1966) and Bakul Katha (1973). Transl
ated here as The First Promise, it won her the Rabindra Pu
raskar in 1966 and the Bharatiya Jnanpith award in 1977. Ashapurna published 18
1 novels, 38 anthologies of short stories, and 52 books for children. She died
in 1995.
Indira Chowdhury was formerly Professor
of English at Jadavpur University, Kolkata. A PhD in History from the School
of Oriental and African Studies, London, her book The Frail Hero and
Virile History (OUP, 1998) was awarded the Tagore Prize (Rabindra Pu
raskar) in 2001. She also compiled the Supplement of Indian English words publi
shed in the Oxford Advanced Learners Dictionary in 1995. In
2006, she was awarded the New India Fellowship for her forthcoming book on the
institutional history of Tata Institute of Fundamental Research. Her latest bo
ok, (co-authored with Ananya Dasgupta), is titled Homi Bhabha: A Hundr
ed Years (Penguin India, 2009). </td><td>World</td><td>English Langua
ge and Literature</td>
Language Teaching - Principles and Practice</td><td>V.Saraswati</td><td>2004</td
;This is a textbook which looks at the practice of ELT from an Indian perspectiv
e. It has a training-oriented approach and can be used as a manual by teacher tr
ainers, students at the undergraduate and graduate levels in B.Ed. and allied pr
ogrammes.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">&lt
;b>V.Saraswati She is a teacher, a scholar, a trainer and materials
writer. She received a Masters Degree from the University of Edinburgh and a Do
ctoral Degree from the CIEFL. Her special interest have been teacher training, m
aterials production, the teaching of literature and testing.</div></td><td
<td>978-81-250-2656-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Towards
an Aesthetic of Dalit Literature: History, Controversies and Considerations</td>
<td>Sharankumar Limbale</td><td>2004</td><td>188</td><td>395.0000</td><td>This book is the first critical work by
an eminent Dalit writer to appear in English, it is a provocative and thoughtfu
l account of the debates among Dalit writers on how Dalit literatu
re should be read.</td><td><div style="text-ali
gn: justify">Sharankumar Limbale, one of Maharashtras
pre-eminent Dalit writer-activists, is the author of several novels and story co
llections about Dalit life. Translated by Alok Mukherjee teaches about Indian c
ulture and society at York University, Toronto, Canada</div></td><td>World
<td>978-81-250-2798-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>As You L
ike It</td><td>Dr Swapan Chakravorty (Ed.)</td><td>2004</td><td>204</td><td>150
.0000</td><td>This edition of &lt
;strong>As You Like It is an annotated te
xt with detailed notes on the play from different angles. It has a general intro
duction by the series editor and an introduction to the play by the editor of th
e book, marking the place of the play in Shakespeares dramatic career. There is a
lso a detailed summary of each scene at the beginning of each scene so that the
student will get a clear idea of the development of the plot structure. There is
also an elaborate discussion of the different strands of thought and ideas in t
he play in the introduction. There are line references, explanations and comment
ary which will enable the student to master the play. Cross-references which hav
e been added on at all relevant points give the student a holistic view of the p
lay. There is a list of further reading and a list of topics for discussion at t
he end of the edition.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify
">Dr Swapan Chakravorty is a reputed scholar in Shake
speare studies, is a teacher of English Literature at Jadavpur University, Kolka

ta, and has published widely in the fields of literature and drama.</div><
Grammar Practice</td><td>Raj N Bakshi</td><td>2005</td><td>70</td><td>195.0000</
td><td>ENGLISH GRAM
MAR PRACTICE combines explanations of grammar points and practic
e exercises in a single volume. It
<ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">is an excellent practice book
on English grammar for first year college students, senior secondary students a
nd students preparing for competitive examinations </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">can be used as a textbook in
class or for self-study </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">covers a complete range of gr
ammar items/structures like word classes, phrases, clauses, simple and complex s
entences, tenses, prepositions, active and passive sentences, direct and indirec
t speech, etc. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">has simple and easy explanati
ons of each grammar point with illustrations to support the explanation </li&
gt;
<li style="text-align: justify">has a large number of graded
exercises for practice: elementary exercises which develop the confidence of a s
tudent in using English, intermediate exercises to further consolidate the confi
dence and improve the competence of a student and advanced exercises to make a s
tudent use English effectively </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">acts as a link between the co
rrect use of sentences and connected discourse </li>
</ul></td><td>Raj
N Bakshi was formerly Director, Central Institute of English and Forei
gn Languages, Regional Centre, Lucknow and then a member of the visiting facult
y at the Universities of Taiz and Aden in Yemen. At present, he is on the facult
y at the Regional Centre, Lucknow. He has been involved in the teaching of Engli
sh for more than three decades. In his long career, he has been both a teacher a
nd a teacher-trainer, a writer and an administrator. Other books by him include
A Course in English Grammar.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language an
d Literature</td>
g Shakespeare: The Dynamics of Playmaking</td><td>S Viswanathan</td><td>2005</td
;The book is a compilation of different erudite articles already published by th
e author in various scholarly journals and other edited volumes. The essays are
a study and an enquiry into a variety of dramaturgical methods and processes tha
t contribute to the theatrical dynamics of the Shakespeare plays. All the articl
es are concerned with the art of playmaking, with an examination of the tools an
d devices used by Shakespeare which contribute to the dramatic life of the play
but also articulate the moral and sociocultural ideas of the time. There has not
been much critical work in this area before and the book is one of the first of
its kind. The book unravels the function and effect of many poetic, rhetorical,
topological, visual and theatrical devices which Shakespeare exploits in his pl
ays for a dramatic effect. Together, the essays present an idea of the multidime
nsional totality of theatre language and communication which Shakespeare achieve
s through a masterful orchestration of dramatic resources. The book will be of i
mmense value to students, scholars and researchers in the fields of theatre tech
niques and art, literature in general and drama in particular.</td><td
><div style="text-align: justify">S Viswanathan </b&
gt;is the General Editor of the Orient Blackswan Drama Classics. Dr Viswanathan
retired as Professor of English, University of Hyderabad, Hyderabad. Earlier, he
taught at Sri Venkateswara University, Tirupati. He has held fellowships at the

University of Kent, Canterbury, U.K. (197475) and the Queens University of Belfas
t, Belfast, Northern Ireland (198485), and was also UGC National Lecturer in Engl
ish (198687). Apart from about a hundred articles on Shakespeare and on a range o
f other literary topics in professional journals and collections in India and ab
road, he has published The Shakespeare Play as Poem: A Critical Tradition in Per
spective (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1980) and On Shakespeares Dramat
urgy (New Delhi: Spantech Publishers, 1993); he has co-edited Shakespeare in Ind
ia (New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1987) and Critical Essays in Honour of V
S Seturaman (Madras: Macmillan, 1987).</div></td><td>World</td><td>Englis
<td>978-81-250-2664-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Teache
r's Grammer of English</td><td>K.R.Narayanaswamy</td><td>2004</td><td>408</t
d><td>495.0000</td><td>It is a re
fresher, a reference book and a workbook for teachers of English. It is also for
teachers handling subjects other than English in schools and colleges. The book
centres round the idea that grammar paves the way for smooth and accurate commu
nication, and aims to strike a balance between conventional concepts and latterday developments, and between descriptive grammar and grammar in use. Each chapt
er of the book begins by describing the forms of the grammatical class or catego
ry it deals with. It then presents a variety of illustrative examples. Finally,
it explains the communicative uses of the forms and the situations in which they
are typically used. A distinct feature of the book is that it deals with both s
poken and written grammar, with greater emphasis on the written mode.<
/td><td><div style="text-align: justify">K.R.Narayanasw
amy is a reputed grammarian and teacher of English. He has published I
ntermediate Grammar and Composition and Success with Grammar and Composition wit
h us and is also the author of the Right into Grammar books.</div></td><td
<td>978-81-250-3058-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Function
al Grammar and Spoken and Written Communication in English</td><td>Bikram K. Das
justify">Functional Grammar and Spoken and Written Commun
ication in English is specially designed for use as a textbook in
the first year of the undergraduate degree programmes offered by the University
of Kerala. The books content has been developed according to the prescribed syll
abus, and the topics for study as well as the exercises have been chosen with th
e aim of helping students prepare to take the examination at the end of the cour
se. The larger objective of the book, however, is to equip undergraduate student
s with a comprehensive understanding of the important aspects of English, which
will allow them to communicate effectively in the language.
The book has five
chapters dealing with grammar, pronunciation, reading comprehension and vocabul
ary, written communication and spoken communication. Besides offering learners c
lear explanations and guidance on major topics in their respective areas, the ch
apters in the book offer additional support in the form of examples of sounds an
d grammatical structures as well as samples of the use of English to communicate
in common situations and to perform important language functions. The book also
includes a large number of exercises that will enable valuable language practic
e.

There are three appendices in the
book. The first of these is a list of errors commonly made together with their
corrections. This can be used for quick reference as well as for practice in cor
rect usage. The second appendix is an introduction to soft skills, which in comb
ination with good communication skills, are of great relevance in the present wo
rld. The third appendix in the book is a key to its grammar and pronunciation ex
ercises, which will allow students to check their work and to correct themselves
. 
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">The author, D
r Bikram K. Das, is an expert on ELT and has had long years of experie
nce in the field. He has been professor and head of the Department of Methods at
the CIEFL, Hyderabad, and has also been with RELC and NIE in Singapore as well
as with ELTI in Bhubaneswar. Dr Das has worked on many of our projects that incl
ude the OLERs and the WordMaster.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Lang
Vernacular Divide, The: Postcolonial Language Politics and Practice</td><td>Vaid
ehi Ramanathan</td><td>2006</td><td>156</td><td>495.0000</td><td>The book critically examines the role of English
in a postcolonial, multilingual society such as India. The book argues that iss
ues of inequality, subordination and unequal values stem from the positioning of
English vis a vis the regional languages. Drawing from her own experiences and
engaging in scholarly discussion, the author gives us an insight into the comple
xity of the role of English in postcolonial contexts.</td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">Vaidehi Ramanathan,
who began her education in India is Professor, Department of Linguistics, Univer
sity of California, Davis. She has been involved in issues related to Vernacular
and English language teaching.</div></td><td>IN,PK,BD,LK,BT,NP,MV</td><td
gualism In India</td><td>Debi Prasanna Pattanayak</td><td>2006</td><td>128</td><
td>450.0000</td><td>This edited v
olume of eight essays discusses sociology, psychology, pedagogy and demographic
aspects of multilingualism. They bring out some of
the salient problems of literacy in a multilingual country like India and give a
language planning perspective.
This book will appeal equally to linguists, s
ocial scientists and educators.</td><td><div style="text-align
: justify">Debi Prasanna Pattanayak is a linguist, ed
ucationist and a student of Indian Society and Literature. He is the founder dir
ector of the Central Institute of Indian Languages and has an immense research e
xperience ranging from sociolinguistics to administration and mass communication
.</div></td><td>IN,PK,BD,LK,BT,NP,MV</td><td>English Language and Literatu
re</td>
<td>978-81-250-3111-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Geopolit
ics of Academic Writing, A</td><td>A.Suresh Canagarajah</td><td>2007</td><td>344
ong>A Geopolitics of Academic Writing critiques current schola
rly publishing practices and principles, exposing the inequalities in the way ac
ademic knowledge is constructed and legitimized. A. Suresh Canagarajah a perip
hery scholar now working in (and writing from) the center examines the broad We
stern conventions governing academic writing and argues that their dominance lea
ds to the marginalization of appropriation of the knowledge of Third World commu
nities.
This is bold and intellectually honest attempt to deal with t
he ethnography of writing focusing on the post-Foucauldian problem of power-know
ledge as it applies to the unequal relationship between centers of academic powe
r located in the United States and Europe and various peripheries located mostly
in the Third World. 
<ul><li style="text-align: justify">Gananath Obeyesekere,
Princeton University
Canagarajah deepens and sharpens our understandin
g of the luxury of ordinary research, writing, and publishing practices even as
he guides us through a thicket of extraordinary postcolonial barriers to the dem
ocratization of academic scholarship and publication.</li><li style=&quo
t;text-align: justify">
Linda Brodkey, University of California, San Diego
Will stand as a la
ndmark for decades to come
</li
><li style="text-align: justify">Lester Faigley, University o

f Texas</li></ul>
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">A.Suresh Cana
garajah taught English in the war torn region of jaffna, Sri
Lanka, for ten years before joining the faculty of the City University of New yo
rk (Baruch College) in 1994. He is the author of Resisting Linguistic Imperiali
sm in English Teaching.</div></td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,MV,LK</td><td>English
for Nurses: A Natural Approach to Learning</td><td>Margarita Platt, Angela Langr
idge</td><td>2007</td><td>112</td><td>225.0000</td><td>English for Nurses is a sourc
ebook for nurses who aim to complete for nursing jobs abroad. The authors, Marga
rita Platt and Angela Langridge, are qualified linguists and teachers with exten
sive experience in the training of overseas nursing students in England and Arge
ntina.
The book is structured in a way that, even with no previous knowledge
in English, the learners can be trained to understand and acquire requisite leve
ls of expertise in communication. The structured lessons, specialist vocabulary,
practice sections on grammatical structures through speaking and listening, alo
ng with written exercises and glossary, help build a strong base in English. The
objectives of each lesson, which are clearly stated at the beginning of the les
son, ensure better comprehension of the text that follows.
The select materia
l engages all the key skills; listening, reading, speaking and writing, to ensur
e that nurses will successfully develop social and professional communication sk
ills in English.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"
>Margarita Platt is a co-director of language schools in E
ngland and Argentina. She is a qualified linguist and has been a teacher and a t
eacher-trainer for forty years in the UK and abroad. She is also the author of S
peak and Learn language learning system for the teaching of the main European la
nguages. </div><div style="text-align: justify">&
lt;br /></div><div style="text-align: justify">The late
Angela Langridge was also a qualified linguist (with a degre
e in Latin, Greek and Linguistics). A teacher with thirty years experience she h
ad worked with both children and adults. She is the author and editor of ELT pac
kages of many countries (especially in Africa and in the Middle East), author of
teacher-training material and was employed as a training consultant for educati
onal bodies of Britain.
Both the authors have trained overseas nursing studen
ts.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3166-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Living L
iteratures : An Anthology of Prose and Poetry</td><td>Department of English, Uni
versity of Delhi</td><td>2007</td><td>200</td><td>210.0000</td><td>Living Literatures</strong&gt
; is an anthology of the shorter readings prescribed for the second and third ye
ar of the Discipline course in English at Delhi University. The poems in the fi
rst part, by Spenser, Shakespeare, Donne, Swift, Blake, Hardy, Eliot and others,
illustrate major periods in English literature and several different poetic for
ms. The questions encourage close critical reading and comparisons between poem
s. The second part introduces students to post-colonial literature, with poems
and short stories by writers like Neruda, Marquez, Mahashweta Devi and Ngugi wa
Thiongo. Themes of national identity, the effect of colonial rule on a countrys l
anguage and culture, the resistance to capitalist of patriarchal oppression and
the use of new narrative techniques such as magic realism are all represented in
this selection.</td><td>Department of English, University of
Delhi</td><td>IN</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3161-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Writers i
n Retrospect: The Rise of American Literary History, 18751910</td><td>Claudia Sto
kes</td><td>2007</td><td>256</td><td>950.0000</td><td>In the aftermath of Americas centennial celebrations of 1876

, readers developed an appetite for chronicles of the nations past. Born amid thi
s national vogue, the field of American literary history was touted as the balm
for numerous "ills"--from burgeoning immigration to American anti-inte
llectualism to demanding university administrators and enjoyed immense popularit
y between 1880 and 1910.
In the first major analysis of the field's earl
y decades, Claudia Stokes offers important insights into the practices, beliefs,
and values that shaped the emerging discipline and have continued to shape it f
or the last century. She considers particular personalities including Thomas Wen
tworth Higginson, William Dean Howells, Brander Matthews, and Mark Twain and epi
sodes that had a formative effect on American literary history as a discipline.
Reexamining the field's deep attachment to the literature of antebellum New
England, the periodization of the nineteenth century, and the omission of Native
narratives, Stokes reveals the many forces, both inside and outside the academy
, that propelled the rise of American literary history and persist as influences
on the work of current practitioners of the field.</td><td><div st
yle="text-align: justify">Claudia Stokes is assi
stant professor of English at Trinity University in San Antonio. She is coeditor
of American Literary Studies: A Methodological Reader.</div></td><td>IN,P
K,BD,BT,NP,MV,LK</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
Freedom</td><td>Sharmila Purkayastha, Shampa Roy, Saswati Sengupta (Eds.)</td><t
y">Rabindranath Tagore's Ghare Baire was first serialised in 1914 an
d published as a novel in 1916. The events in the novel deal with the period 190
5-7, a period of tremendous political unrest in Bengal. The public upheaval take
s place alongside another revolution that of women's emancipation and a new
gender equation. Ghare Bhaire (The Home and the World) is the first fictional e
xploration of the tangled web of crucial issues related to the two spheres, the
home and the world, in early twentieth century Bengal.
<strong&g
t;Towards Freedom is a collection of critical essays o
n the issues raised by Tagore's novel in a contemporary world where differen
ces of religion, region, class, caste, gender, etc., constantly demand to be add
ressed. It focuses upon the crafting of the novel out of complex historical cont
exts of caste, class and gender politics. By examining the play of ideologies in
this novel, the anthology aims to help students recognise the importance of loc
ating imaginative literature within its histories. Given that most of these stru
ctured hierarchies of oppression function powerfully in our lives even today, To
wards Freedom stresses the continuing relevance of engaging with the issues rais
ed by a novel which looks at the private and the political as intertwined.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Editors: 
Saswati Sengupta, Shampa Roy and Sharmila
Purkayastha teach English at Miranda House, Delhi University.
Contr
ibutors: Niharranjan Ray, Sambuddha Chakrabarti, Shampa Roy, Saswati Sengupta, S
hirshendu Chakrabarti, Sharmila Purkayastha, Sumanta Banerjee, Sekhar Bandyopadh
yay.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3207-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Translat
ion and Interpreting: Reader and Workbook</td><td>Ravinder Gargesh and Krishna K
umar Goswami</td><td>2007</td><td>284</td><td>295.0000</td><td>Translation and Interpreti
ng is a bilingual textbook for the application course
in translation in the new restructured BA Programme of University of Delhi. The
book comprises a Reader and a Workbook. The Reader contains articles both in Eng
lish and Hindi, which discuss general issues and approaches related to the theor
y of translation.
The Workbook consists of exercises for the students.
The
book intends to make students familiar with the basic concepts relating to the
theory and practice of translation and, create an awareness of the challenges an
d opportunities presented by linguistic and cultural differences in the context
of globalization and the dynamics of the multilingualism of Indian society.</td><td>Professor Ravinder Gargesh teaches linguistics
at the Department of Linguistics, University of Delhi. He presently teaches ling
uistics/Hindi at the Hankuk Unversity of Foreign Studies, Seoul, Korea.&nbsp
;<div> </div><div>Professor Krishna Kumar
Goswami is an Advisor, Centre for Development of Advanced Computing (C
-DAC), Noida, Ministry of C & IT, Government of India. He has taught Hin
di at various institutes across India. </div></td><td>World</td><td>Engli
<td>978-81-250-3265-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bouqet o
f Indian Poetry in English, A</td><td>Board of Editors</td><td>2007</td><td>60</
td><td>60.0000</td><td>This book was prepared on the specific request o
f Calicut University for the B A English final year paper on Indian Writing in E
nglish. There is a fine selection of poems by prominent Indian poets such as Kam
ala Das, Nissim Ezekiel, A K Ramanujan, Rabindranath Tagore, Sarojini Naidu, Ad
il Jussawala, Gieve Patel, Arun Kolatkar, Dilip Chitre and Jayanta Mahapatra.

Each poem has a detailed write-up on the author, a glossary, explanator
y notes on difficult lines, questions in comprehension and meaning, some writing
activity based on the different aspects of the poem, critical questions pertain
ing to an interpretation of themes and techniques in the poem.

Features: 
<ol><li> The poems are selected for their interest value to the stud
ent. </li><li> The set of poems is a very manageable syllabus for me
dium-level students. </li><li> The poems are adequately glossed for
the undergraduate student, and wherever possible, line explanations are provided
with the students needs in mind. </li><li> Each poem is preceded by
a detailed note on the author so that there is no necessity for the student to
refer to any other book for this. </li><li> The price is very affor
dable and within reach of students. </li><li> The format is neat an
d helps the student grasp the different parts of each unit. </li></ol&g
t;
</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3270-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Trial of
Bahadur Shah Zafar, The</td><td>Pramod K. Nayar</td><td>2007</td><td>392</td><t
d>795.0000</td><td>
Bahadur Shah Zafar, the poet-king, was catapulted into the limeli
ght when the mutineers from Meerut arrived in Delhi on 11 May 1857. After the mutin
y, the last of the great Mughals went on trial on 27 January 1858 for aiding and
abetting the mutineers of 1857. The 21-day trial in the Diwan-i-Khas, the Hall of
Special Audience, in Zafars own palace, saw the British produce dozens of witness
es and documents to demonstrate Zafars complicity in the Mutiny. He was eventually
found guilty and exiled to Burma, where he died years later.
The proceedings
of this historic trial was first published in 1858, but has remained largely abs
ent from studies and histories of colonial India. The current edition reproduces
the text, documents and witness accounts of the day-by-day account of the trial
.
The Introduction, beginning with a short but comprehensive history of the
East India Company and the Mutiny, places the trial in the context of the colonial
state and its ideological structures. It then moves on to a reading of the tria
ls key narrative and rhetorical features.
The text of the trial constitutes a
great historical drama. The vast archive of evidence captures the theatre, the vio
lence, the betrayals and the British anger. The legal arguments and eye-witness
accounts reveal the human, political and bureaucratic dimensions of the trial of
the nineteenth century.
The Trial of Bahadur Shah Zafar makes for fascinati
ng readingfor the history buff and anyone interested in India 1857.</td
><td><div style="text-align: justify">Pramod K. Nayar&l
t;/b> teaches at the Department of English, University of Hyderabad. His publ
ications include The Penguin 1857 Reader (2007), The Great Uprising: India, 1857
(2007), Reading Culture: Theory, Praxis, Politics (2006), Virtual Worlds: Cultu
re and Politics in the Age of Cybertechnology (2004) and Literary Theory Today (
2002). Among his forthcoming books are Postcolonial Literature: An Introductio
n and English Writing and India, 16001920: Colonizing Aesthetics.</div></td
><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
ing Empowerment: Studies in English Language Education</td><td>Ed. by Premakumar
i Dheram</td><td>2007</td><td>240</td><td>550.0000</td><td>The book is a collection of key papers presented at an
international conference held at the Indo-American Centre for International stu
dies, Hyderabad, India, in 2004, and includes a few other contributions of an eq
ually high standard. Together, they offer an international perspective on langua
ge use and pedagogy, relating to both theory and application, in various countri
es including Bangladesh, India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Hong Kong, Switzerland and
the United States of America. The volume highlights issues such as identity cons
truction, self-esteem, economic and intellectual empowerment, and the role of th
e individual and state in the context of English as a second language, and sugge
st how we may examine and address them.</td><td><div style="te
xt-align: justify">Dr Premakumari Dheram is a profess
or at the School of English Language Education in English and Foreign Languages
University, Hyderabad.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Li
terature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3233-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindi Sa
hitya ka Saral Itihas</td><td>Vishwanath Tripathi</td><td>2007</td><td>196</td><
td>175.0000</td><td>Hindi Sahitya ka Saral Itih
as is a simple, concise introduction to the gradual d
evelopment of Hindi literature. It deals with all the relevant topics essential
for history of Hindi literature. Representative authors, their representative wo
rks and representative literary trends have been treated in a little more detail
and in the contexts of social and historical developments of the periods. The a
im is that the reader becomes acquainted with the literature of each period in i
ts specific context.
This book is targeted at undergraduates basically and th
e general readers who want to have a quick acquaintance with the subject.
Spe
cial features of the book are:
<ol> <li>It is easy and simple. (This is an advantage with any textb
ook.) </li><li> It is also a concept-building book. (Concepts are i
mportant for studying advanced-level books of the subject.) </li><li&g
t; Its conciseness has an appeal for readers. (Nowadays trend is in favour of sh
ort and slim books.)
</li><li>It treats modern trends and develop
ments (like dalit lekhan, stree lekhan) and thus updates readers knowledge. <
/li><li>It gives, besides facts, critical insights to readers.</li&g
t;</ol>
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr Vishwanath
Tripathi was Reader in Hindi, Department of Hindi, Delhi University.
He is a well-known critic and has authored a number of books like Lokwadi Tulsi,
Meera ka Kavya, Hindi Alochana. His recent book of memoirs Nangatalai ka Gaon h
as become popular in a short time.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Lan
<td>978-81-250-3249-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Pride an
d Prejudice</td><td>Jane Austen</td><td>2007</td><td>132</td><td>85.0000</td><td
>Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen is one
of the immortal favourites in fiction. Lauded time and again by critics and wri
ters alike, the novel is one of the best of Jane Austen's work. 'A minia
ture painted on two inches of ivory' as Charlotte Bronte called it, the work
represents the limited world of the eighteenth-century English countryside with
the rural gentry as the central focus. The world as depicted here is a small on
e, but typical: it is peopled by ordinary men and women totally absorbed with ne
ws of the neighbourhood, exchanging visits, attending balls and dances, getting

their daughters married to the most eligible bachelors and wearing the best clot
hes possible on occasions. It is a simple and peaceful attitude to life, and Jan
e Austen captures it all, in the best language possible. Difficult to forget, th
e book captivates us by the sharpness of wit and dialogue.
This edition is an
abridged version of the original classic, and it is hoped that when students re
ad this, they would be drawn to the original and not only this one, but also the
rest of Jane Austen's fiction.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Jan
e Austen (16 December 1775 18 July 1817) was an English novelist whose
realism, biting social commentary and masterful use of free indirect speech, bu
rlesque and irony have earned her a place as one of the most widely read and bes
t-loved writers in British literature.
Austen lived her entire life as part o
f a large and close-knit family located on the lower fringes of English gentry.
She was educated primarily by her father and older brothers as well as through h
er own reading. The steadfast support of her family was critical to Austen's
development as a professional writer. Austen's artistic apprenticeship last
ed from her teenage years until she was about thirty-five years old. During this
period, she wrote three major novels and began a fourth. From 1811 until 1815,
with the release of Sense and Sensibility (1811), Pride and Prejudice (1813), Ma
nsfield Park (1814) and Emma (1815), she achieved success as a published writer.
She wrote two additional novels, Northanger Abbey and Persuasion, both publishe
d after her death in 1817, and began a third, eventually titled Sanditon, but di
ed before completing it.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and
Literature</td>
ative English</td><td>E Suresh Kumar and P Sreehari</td><td>2007</td><td>152</td
><td>210.0000</td><td><strong&
gt;Communicative English has been prepared to meet the needs of t
he student/learner who would like to communicate effectively in the world today.
The book covers the skills of listening, reading, speaking, and writing, gramma
r and vocabulary and also offers practical tips on reports, resumes, interviews,
group discussions, seminars and conferences. It will serve as a useful textbook
/ self-learning book for improvement of communication skills. </td><td
><div style="text-align: justify">Dr Suresh Kumar is Head, Department of English, University College of Engineering, Osmania
University, Hyderabad. He is also the Principal Investigator, evaluating the Ret
raining Programme for the English Lecturers of Government Degree Colleges in And
hra Pradesh which is jointly conducted by the Commissionerate of Collegiate Educ
ation, AP and the State Department of Cultural Affairs, USA.</div><div
quot;text-align: justify">Dr P Sreehari is consultant
in the same department as Dr Suresh Kumar and is also associated with the Retra
ining Programme as an Investigator on the project.</div></td><td>World</td
><td>English Language and Literature</td>
Education in the Primary Years</td><td>Frances Christie</td><td>2010</td><td>24
an style="text-style: italic">Language Education in t
he Primary Years gives a coherent and structured acc
ount of language and learning and of language pedagogy, using functional grammar
. The author addresses oral language in the classroom, the grammatical differenc
e between speech and writing, visual literacy, the impact of technology on langu
age learning, etc.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify&quo
t;>Frances Christie is emeritus Professor of Language and
Literacy Education, University of Melbourne and Honorary Professor of Education,
University of Sydney.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>English
<td>978-81-250-4021-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Genre, T
ext, Grammar: Technologies for Teaching and Assessing Writing</td><td>Peter Knap
p and Megan Watkins</td><td>2010</td><td>256</td><td>650.0000</td><td>Genre, Text, Grammar is a compre
hensive reference text that examines how the three aspects of language (genre, t
ext, grammar) can be used as resources in teaching and assessing writing. It pro
vides an accessible account of current theories of language and language learnin
g, together with practical ideas for teaching and assessing the genres and gramm
ar of writing across the curriculum.</td><td><div style="textalign: justify">Peter Knapp is Director of Educationa
l Assessment, Australia and Associate Professor at the School of Education, Univ
ersity of New South Wales. He has worked in literacy education for many years an
d has written a range of books, articles and teaching materials on teaching and
assessing writing.</div> <div style="text-align: justif
y">Megan Watkins is a Lecturer in Education at the Un
iversity of Western Sydney. She has written a number of articles and curriculum
materials on genre theory and literacy pedagogy.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD
,LK,MV,PK</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3993-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Oliver T
wist by Charles Dickens</td><td>Pronoti Sinha and Seetha Srinivasan</td><td>2010
;>Oliver Twist by Charles Dickens is a classic fo
r all times. This particular edition of the book is part of the series, Orient
BlackSwan Abridged Texts, which is a set of abridged classics each with a detai
led introduction and also glossaries, chapter summaries and questions. These a
bridged versions are abridged for length only. No attempt has been made to modi
fy or alter the language of the original. The work is therefore presented to th
e reader with the literary quality and flavour of the original intact. The abri
dgement is designed to help the reader move on to the full-length version with
interest and confidence. 
Each edition in this series thus
introduces the student to works which have become classics and which have prov
ided pleasurable reading to generations of readers. The series is an attempt to
answer the need for texts to supplement courses in reading, comprehension and
literary appreciation. <p style="text-align: justify"&gt
;The introduction contains notes on the life of the author, the socio-historica
l background of the work, important themes and motifs of the work, studies of c
haracter and important language and style aspects of the work. The summaries and glossaries are intended to help the student improve his o
r her language skills other than understanding the text. The questions provided
at the end of the book that can be used in a classroom for discussion and stud
y and also for examinations.</td><td>The original editor of
the book was Pronoti Sinha, and the edition has been thorou
ghly revised and edited with introduction, notes and questions by Seetha Sriniv
asan. Dr Seetha Srinivasan has had many
years of teaching experience in Chennai at Stella Maris College. She now leads
a retired life at Chennai. </td><td>World</td><td>English Language
and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4011-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Gullivers
Travels by Jonathan Swift</td><td>V. Gopalan Nair and Seetha Srinivasan</td><td
">Gullivers Travels by Jonathan Swift is a classic for all times. This par
ticular edition of the book is part of the series, Orient BlackSwan Abridged Te
xts, which is a set of abridged classics each with a detailed introduction and
also glossaries, chapter summaries and questions. These abridged versions are
abridged for length only. No attempt has been made to modify or alter the langu
age of the original. The work is therefore presented to the reader with the lit
erary quality and flavour of the original intact. The abridgement is designed t
o help the reader move on to the full-length version with interest and confiden
ce. Each edition in
this series thus introduces the student to works which have become classics and
which have provided pleasurable reading to generations of readers. The series
is an attempt to answer the need for texts to supplement courses in reading, co
mprehension and literary appreciation. The introduction contains notes on the life of the author, the
socio-historical background of the work, important themes and motifs of the wo
rk, studies of character and important language and style aspects of the work.&
lt;/p>
The summaries and glossaries are intended to help the student improve h
is or her language skills other than understanding the text. The questions prov
ided at the end of the book that can be used in a classroom for discussion and
study and also for examinations.
</td><td>The original editor of
the book was V. Gopalan Nair, and the edition has been thoro
ughly revised and edited with introduction, notes and questions by Seetha Srini
vasan. Dr Seetha Srinivasan has had many years of
teaching experience in Chennai at Stella Maris College. She now leads a reti
red life at Chennai.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
ngs of M. T. Vasudevan Nair</td><td>M. T. Vasudevan Nair, Translators:Gita Krish
nankutty, V. Abdulla</td><td>2010</td><td>572</td><td>750.0000</td><td>This hardback omnibus edition collects th
ree of M. T. Vasudevan Nairs previously published wo
rksMist and The Soul of Darkness, <e
m>Kaalam and Kuttiedathi and Other Stories. T
he volume features an introduction to M. T. Vasudevan Nairs work by P. P. Ravee
ndran, an eminent academic and a scholar of Malayalam literature.
Mist and &lt
;em>The Soul of Darkness are translationsof M. T. Va
sudevan Nairs highly-acclaimed novellas, Manhu</em&gt
; and Irutinde Atmavu. In the Mist, se
t at a hill-station resort, the author narrates the story of Vimala, a school t
eacher who continues to wait for her beloved Sudhir, with whom she once shared
a passionate affair filled with promises. The Soul of Darkness, on the other hand speaks ofVelayudhan, a young man regarded by his famil
y as not normal and is thus treated abominably, tortured and beaten. Though his c
ousin Ammakutty really cares for him, she is helpless and cannot do much to sav
e him. In both stories, Nair voices through mists of memories and emotions, som
e lost hopes and evocative experiences. The narratives are deeply touching, dra
matic and realistic.
Set against the backdrop of a crumbling matrilineal tarawad system of
the Nairs in Kerala with its manifold conflicts and problems, Kaalam&
lt;/em> is the story of Sethumadhavan Nair who starts out as an ambitious an
d confident adolescent -- but in his journey towards adulthood, where material
and social success go hand in hand, he is faced with an overwhelming sense of
disillusionment.  In its revelations, the story is beautifully adorned
with the emotional experiences of the protagonist, which is also reflective of
MTs own childhood in many ways. Kuttiedathi and ot
her stories is a collection of the finest stories of M.
T. Vasudevan Nair that encompasses the ordinary middle class li
ves and sufferings of people in northern Kerala. Nairs engaging style of storyte
lling is touching throughout. If the lead story Kuttiedathi mixes tragic memory a
nd domestic martyrdom, When the Doors of Heaven Open plays out another life upon
which centre a group of lives, all selfish, caring and indifferent by turns. In
Insight however, strange and unfathomable bonds of passion come up as the main
theme. These are little tragedies of the soul told with a finesse characteristi
c of Nairs profound, yet minimalist sense of expression.</td><td>Born in 1933 in the small village of
Koodallur, Kerala, Madath Thekkepat Vasudevan Nair is the b
est known among his generation of storywriters in Malayalam. With a publishing
career spanning a little more than fifty years, he is renowned as a chronicler
of life in the matriarchal joint family of Kerala, a milieu he describes with i
ntimacy in novels such as Nalukettu (1959) and Ka
alam (1969). He won the State and Kendriya Sahitya Akademi awards re
spectively for these two novels.  He is also among Keralas most popular
script writers and directors of mainstream cinema. He has won four National Aw
ards for his screenplays. The very first film he wrote, produced and directed,
Nirmaalyam (The Floral Offering) won the Presidents Gold Me
dal in 1973 and Kadavu (The Ferry) won the Japanese Grand P
rix. He was also awarded the Jnanpith in 1996.&l
t;div style="text-align: justify">  Apart from short ficti
on in which he has excelled, Nair has published novels and novellas, travelogue
s, literary criticism, books of children and a sizeable number of miscellaneous
notes, reviews and memoirs. Nairs stories have been translated into major langu
ages in India and abroad. He was associated with the editorship of M
atrubhumi periodical publications for well over four decades.&nbs
p; The Government of India honoured him with the Padmabhushan in 2005.</div&
gt;</td><td>WORLD</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3955-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Emma by
Jane Austen</td><td>Seetha Srinivasan (Ed.), Manju Sambhunath Sen (Abr.)</td><td
">Emma by Jane Austen is a classic for all t
imes. This particular edition of the book is part of the series, Orient BlackSw
an Abridged Texts, which is a set of abridged classics each with a detailed int
roduction and also glossaries, chapter summaries and questions. These abridged
versions are abridged for length only. No attempt has been made to modify or a
lter the language of the original. The work is therefore presented to the reade
r with the literary quality and flavour of the original intact. The abridgement
is designed to help the reader move on to the full-length version with interes
t and confidence. 
literary appreciation.
The introduction contains notes
on the life of the author, the socio-historical background of the work, importa
nt themes and motifs of the work, studies of character and important language a
nd style aspects of the work. The summaries and glossaries are intended to help the student improve h
is or her language skills other than understanding the text. The questions prov
ided at the end of the book that can be used in a classroom for discussion and
study and also for examinations.</td><td>Jane Austen was born in Stev
enton in Hampshire in 1775 into the family of landowning gentry, the hereditary
ruling class.
The original editor of the book was Manju Se
n, and the edition has been thoroughly revised and edited with introd
uction, notes and questions by Seetha Srinivasan. D
r Seetha Srinivasan has had many years of teaching experience in Chen
nai at Stella Maris College. She now leads a retired life at Chennai. </p&
gt;</td><td>WORLD</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3956-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Far from
the Madding Crowd by Thomas Hardy</td><td>Manju Sen (Abr.) and Seetha Srinivasa
n (Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>200</td><td>150.0000</td><td>Far from the Madding Crowd by Thomas Hardy

 is a classic for all times. This particular edition of the book
is part of the series, Orient BlackSwan Abridged Texts, which is a set of abri
dged classics each with a detailed introduction and also glossaries, chapter su
mmaries and questions. These abridged versions are abridged for length only. No
attempt has been made to modify or alter the language of the original. The work
is therefore presented to the reader with the literary quality and flavour of
the original intact. The abridgement is designed to help the reader move on to
the full-length version with interest and confidence. 
literary appreciation.
The introduction contains notes
on the life of the author, the socio-historical background of the work, importa
nt themes and motifs of the work, studies of character and important language a
nd style aspects of the work.
The summaries and glossaries are
intended to help the student improve his or her language skills other than unde
rstanding the text. The questions provided at the end of the book that can be u
sed in a classroom for discussion and study and also for examinations.</p&gt
;
</td><td>The original editor of the book was Manju Sen</b&
gt;, and the edition has been thoroughly revised and edited with introduction,
notes and questions by Seetha Srinivasan. Dr Seetha Srinivas
an has had many years of teaching experience in Chennai at Stella M
aris College. She now leads a retired life at Chennai. </td><td>World</td><td>E
<td>978-81-250-3957-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hard Tim
es by Charles Dickens</td><td>S V Krishnan (Abr.) and Seetha Srinivasan (Ed.)</t
stify">Hard Times by Charles Dickens is a cla
ssic for all times. This particular edition of the book is part of the series,
Orient BlackSwan Abridged Texts, which is a set of abridged classics each with
a detailed introduction and also glossaries, chapter summaries and questions. T
hese abridged versions are abridged for length only. No attempt has been made t
o modify or alter the language of the original. The work is therefore presented
to the reader with the literary quality and flavour of the original intact. Th
e abridgement is designed to help the reader move on to the full-length version
with interest and confidence. 
haracter and important language and style aspects of the work. The summaries and glossaries are intended to help the student improve his o
r her language skills other than understanding the text. The questions provided
at the end of the book that can be used in a classroom for discussion and stud
y and also for examinations.</td><td>The original editor of
the book was S V Krishnan, and the edition has been thoroug
hly revised and edited with introduction, notes and questions by Seetha Sriniva
san. Dr Seetha Srinivasan has had many years of te
aching experience in Chennai at Stella Maris College. She now leads a retire
d life at Chennai.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3958-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>David Co
pperfield by Charles Dickens</td><td>Praniti Ghatak Bose (Abr.) and Seetha Srini
vasan (Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>200</td><td>125.0000</td><td>David Copperfield by Charles Dickens&l
t;/strong> is a classic for all times. This particular edition of the book i
s part of the series, Orient BlackSwan Abridged Texts, which is a set of abridg
ed classics each with a detailed introduction and also glossaries, chapter summ
aries and questions. These abridged versions are abridged for length only. No a
ttempt has been made to modify or alter the language of the original. The work
is therefore presented to the reader with the literary quality and flavour of t
he original intact. The abridgement is designed to help the reader move on to t
he full-length version with interest and confidence. 
haracter and important language and style aspects of the work.
The summaries and glossaries are
intended to help the student improve his or her language skills other than unde
rstanding the text. The questions provided at the end of the book that can be u
sed in a classroom for discussion and study and also for examinations.</p&gt
;</td><td>The original editor of the book was Praniti Ghatak
Bose, and the edition has been thoroughly revised and edited with int
roduction, notes and questions by Seetha Srinivasan. Dr See
tha Srinivasan has had many years of teaching experience in Chennai a
t Stella Maris College. She now leads a retired life at Chennai.</td><td>IN</
in Business Communication</td><td>Madhulika Jha and Shashi Shekhar</td><td>2010
</td><td>90</td><td>110.0000</td><td>A Course i
n Business Communication deals primarily with the com
munication needs of students pursuing business management courses. The book pro
vides in-depth knowledge of the various forms and practices of business communi
cation which should help learners to understand the nuances of business communi
cation and enhance their communication skills at the work place.
The book is divided into three partsthe first part presents an overview
of communication, its nature, scope and significance. Negotiation and presenta
tion skills are discussed in Chapters 2 and 3 of this section. Chapter 4 discus
ses the importance of meetings and how best they can be conducted. In Chapters
5and 6, which form the second part of the book, the significance and characteri
stics of the most important and basic skills of communicationspeaking and listen
ing are discussed. Part III which deals with written communication comprises th
e essentials of effective business writing. This section elaborates on the imp
ortant forms of written communication, namely, letters, reports, notices and ci
rculars, resumes, paragraphs and e-mails.
Each chapter is followed by questions to test learner comprehension. W
e hope that students who study this book will be able to use the knowledge effe
ctively.</td><td>Madhulika Jha&#
160; is currently Director, Amity Institute of English and Business Communicat
ion, Amity University. She has twenty-eight years of teaching experience
and has taught in the Department of English, Bhagalpur University. She has sp
ecialised in linguistics and language teaching. She
conducts workshops and seminars with leading corporate houses and has been a re
source person for Executive Development Programmes, Management Developmen
t Workshops, Employees Development Workshops, and Faculty Development Workshops
. She also supervises M. Phil. and Ph. D. students and has published a number o
f books and scholarly papers. &#1

60; 
 
Shashi Shekhar</strong&gt
; is Senior Lecturer at Amity Institute of English and Business Communication,
Amity University. He obtained his Masters degree from Banaras Hindu University
and Post Graduate Diploma in Teaching of English from theCentral Institut
e of English and Foreign Languages[CIEFL] and presently he is pursuing doctoral
research in the area of Applied Linguistics and Language Teaching. He has been
teaching in M.Phil, Post Graduate and Undergraduate programmes for over six ye
ars. With his experience in teaching EFL/ESL, he has been a part of
several training programmes including Executive Development Programmes, Manage
ment Development Workshops, Employees Development Workshops, Faculty Developmen
t Workshops etc.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3979-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Genera
l Introduction to Linguistics</td><td>Tariq Rahman</td><td>2010</td><td>208</td>
t;strong>A General Introduction to Linguistics tak
es the lay reader through the scientific study of language, linguistics. Moving
away from a Euro-centric premise, the author begins with Paninis description of
Sanskrit grammar in his eight books, the Ashtadhayi and m
oves on to linguists who have contributed to the discipline like de Saussure, B
loomfield and Chomsky, whose theories it conveys simply and lucidly. It also de
als with current linguistic theories and touches upon issues in socio-linguisti
cs, linguistic human rights and language death.</td><td><div style
="text-align: justify">Tariq Rahman is National
Distinguished Professor of Linguistics and Asian Studies, Quaid-i-Azam Univers
ity, Islamabad. He has a Ph. D. in English and a D. Litt. In Linguistics.</d
iv></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4069-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Little
Book of Language</td><td>David Crystal</td><td>2010</td><td>272</td><td>495.000
0</td><td>With a language disappearing every two weeks and neologisms
springing up almost daily, an understanding of the origins and currency of lang
uage has never seemed more relevant. In this charming volume, expert linguist D
avid Crystal proves why the story of language deserves retelling.
From an infants first words to the peculiar dialect of text messaging,&l
t;em> A Little Book of Language rang
es widely, revealing languages myriad intricacies and quirks. Crystal delves in
to the development of unique linguistic styles, the origins of obscure accents
and the search for the first written word. He discusses the plight of endangere
d languages, as well as successful cases of linguistic revitalisation. Much mor
e than a history, this book also turns to the future of language, exploring the
effect of technology on our day-to-day reading, writing and speech. Through en
lightening diagrams and quizzes, as well as Crystals avuncular and entertaining s
tyle, A Little Book of Language</strong&g
t; reveals the story of language to be a captivating tale for all ages. </p&
gt;
</td><td>David Crystal is one of the worlds
pre-eminent language specialists. An honorary professor at Bangor University,
he has published many books on the English language and linguistics, edited se
veral general encyclopedias and written textbooks on language for use in school
s. A regular contributor to radio and television programmes, his recent books i
nclude The Stories of English (2004), Txtng: The
Gr8 Db8 (2008)and Just a Phrase Im Going Through
(2009). He lives in Holyhead, Wales.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td>
<td>English Language and Literature</td>
Poetry 16601780</td><td>Pramod K Nayar (Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>424</td><td>265
.0000</td><td>English Poetry 16601780</strong&gt

; is part of the series called Critical Editions, co-published with The English and F
oreign Languages University (EFL-U, Hyderabad). This is a collection of poetry o
f the Age of Enlightenment or the long eighteenth century, with representative wor
k from poets as well known as Alexander Pope and John Dryden and lesser known on
es such as Aphra Behn, Thomas Parnell, Robert Blair, Edward Young, Mary Collier
and Anna Laetitia Barbauld, or Ann Yearsley and Hannah More, Charlotte Smith, St
ephen Duck and Mary Collier. The volume carries a detailed introduction to the s
ocio-historical background of the age and its literature.</td><td><
div style="text-align: justify">Pramod 
K Nayar is a faculty member at the Department of E
nglish, University of Hyderabad. He has published very widely on literatures in
English, colonial and postcolonial literature, history of literature, cultural
theory, cybercultures and discourse analysis.</div></s
trong></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4089-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Gulliver
's Travels</td><td>Pramod K Nayar (Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>312</td><td>250
.0000</td><td>Gullivers Travels is
part of the series called Critical Editions, co-published with The English and
Foreign Languages University (EFL-U, Hyderabad). This is a series intended to br
ing literary texts closer to students, of both postgraduate and undergraduate le
vels. Each edition in the series explores the structure and texture of the chose
n text but also places it in its literary and cultural context. Annotations and
glosses are provided wherever it is felt that students need help to understand t
he original. </td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&gt
;Pramod K Nayar<b&g
t; is a faculty member at the Department of English, University of Hyd
erabad. He has published very widely on literatures in English, colonial and po
stcolonial literature, history of literature, cultural theory, cybercultures an
d discourse analysis.</div></td><td>World</
<td>978-81-250-4090-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Robinson
Crusoe by Daniel Defoe</td><td>Pramod K Nayar (Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>324</t
d><td>250.0000</td><td>Robinson C
rusoe is part of the series called Critical Editions, co-published with The Engl
ish and Foreign Languages University (EFL-U, Hyderabad). This is a series intend
ed to bring literary texts closer to students, of both postgraduate and undergra
duate levels. Each edition in the series explores the structure and texture of t
he chosen text but also places it in its literary and cultural context. Annotati
ons and glosses are provided wherever it is felt that students need help to unde
rstand the original. </td><td><div style="text-align: justify&
quot;>Pramod K Nayar </b&g
t;is a faculty member at the Department of English, University of Hyderabad. He
has published very widely on literatures in English, colonial and postcolonial
literature, history of literature, cultural theory, cybercultures and discourse
analysis.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Engl
ish Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4043-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Macaulay
: The Tragedy of Power</td><td>Robert E. Sullivan</td><td>2010</td><td>624</td><
td>1050.0000</td><td>On the 150th anniversary of the death of the Engl
ish historian and politician Thomas Babington Macaulay, Robert Sullivan offers a portrait of a Victorian life that probes the cost
of power, the practice of empire and the impact of ideas. 
His Macaulay is a Janus-faced master of the universe: a prominent spok
esman for abolishing slavery in the British Empire who cared little for the cau
se, a forceful advocate for reforming Whig politics but a Machiavellian realist
, a soaring parliamentary orator who avoided debate, a self-declared Christian,

yet a skeptic and a secularizer of English history and culture, and a stern pu
blic moralist who was in love with his two youngest sisters. 
Perhaps best known in India for the insolent tone of the Minute of 183
5 and the drafting of the Criminal Procedure Code, Macaulays History o
f England is a celebrated western classic. His father ensured that a
ncient Greek and Latin literature shaped Macaulays mind, but he crippled his hei
r emotionally. Self-defense taught Macaulay that power, calculation, and duplic
ity rule politics and human relations. In Macaulays writings, Sullivan unearths
a sinister vision of progress that prophesied twentieth-century genocide. That
the reverent portrait fashioned by Macaulays distinguished extended family eclip
sed his insistent rhetoric about race, subjugation, and civilizing slaughter te
stifies to the grip of moral obliviousness.
Devoting his huge talents to gaining powerabove all for England and its
empiremade Macaulays life a tragedy. Sullivan offers an unsurpassed study of an
afflicted genius and a thoughtful meditation on the modern ethics of power.
</td><td>Robert E. Sullivan is Associate
Professor of History and Associate Vice President, University of Notre Dame</td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4027-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Lycidas<
/td><td>John Milton, Ajanta Paul, C T Thomas(Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>76</td><t
d>100.0000</td><td>Orient BlackSw
an Annotated Study Texts is a series designed to bring classic English texts clo
ser to students so that they are able to enjoy and understand the literary beaut
y and value of these excellent works. The introductions, commentaries, notes and
critical essays are aimed to provide guidance to the student to perceive the co
mplete literary and cultural matrix of the work as well as to draw on the stylis
tic and technical mastery of the writers.</td><td><div style="
text-align: justify">The late Professor C T Thomas wa
s the Head of the Department of English, University of Calicut. Dr Ajanta Paul
is the Principal, Womens Christian College, Kolkata.</div></td><td>world<
<td>978-81-250-4029-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Apology
for Poetry by Sir Philip Sidney (OBAST)</td><td>Visvanath Chatterjee (ed.)</td><
fy">This book is part of Orient BlackSwan Annotated Study Texts (OBAST)
series. OBAST is a series designed to bring classic English texts closer to st
udents so that they are able to enjoy and understand the literary beauty and va
lue of these excellent works. The introductions, commentaries and notes are aim
ed at providing guidance to the student to perceive the complete literary and c
ultural matrix of the works as well as to draw on the stylistic and technical m
astery of the writers.
Sir Philip Sidneys An Apology for
Poetry is a classic text in the history of literary criticism, forming an impo
rtant milestone in the defence of poetry. The text is a statement defending poe
try as being superior to philosophy and history as a means of teaching virtue.
This edition of Sidneys Apology has an introduction, annotations and notes prepa
red by Professor Visvanath Chatterjee which specifically address the needs of s
tudents of Indian colleges and universities. While the introduction contextuali
ses the study of the Apology and gives insights into the nature of the work, th
e background of the writer and his age, and important ideas and themes, the ann
otations and notes analyse the specific textual and thematic aspects. In additi
on, there are extracts from eminent critical studies on the Apology. The editio
n concludes with a select bibliography and a set of topics and questions for cl
assroom discussion and critical analysis.</td><td>Visvanath Chatterjee was Professo
r of English at Jadavpur University, Kolkata.</td><td>World</td><td>En

<td>978-81-250-4030-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Faerie Q
ueene Book 1 by Edmund Spenser</td><td>MC Jussawalla and Ananya Dutta Gupta (Ed
s.)</td><td>2012</td><td>364</td><td>295.0000</td><td>This revised edit
ion of Faerie Queene Book has
been freshly brought out under the series Orient BlackSwan Annotated
Study Texts which is a series designed to bring classic English tex
ts closer to students so that they are able to enjoy and understand the literar
y beauty and value of these excellent works. The introductions, commentaries an
d notes are aimed to provide guidance to the student to perceive the complete l
iterary and cultural matrix of the work as well as to draw on the stylistic and
technical mastery of the writers. Frequently, the student finds himself/hersel
f confronted with not only the intricacies of the text under study but also the
necessity to grapple with it contextually in terms of genre, literary and hist
orical background and critical commentary. These editions provide the necessary
background and analysis, including a list of questions and topics for discussi
on in class as well as a select bibliography.
This edition of Faerie Queene </s
trong>covers all aspects of the genesis, the history and the deeper contextu
al and allegorical representations of this seminal work by Edmund Spenser withi
n the scope of the annotations which are extremely detailed and exhaustive.
</td><td>M C Jussawalla was formerly Head,
Department of English, Elphinstone College, Mumbai.
Ananya Dutta Gupta teaches at the Departm
ent of English and Modern European Languages, Santiniketan, West Bengal. She ha
s specialised in Renaissance literature.</td><td>World</td><td>Englis
<td>978-81-250-4031-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Rape
of the Lock</td><td>C T Thomas (Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>128</td><td>120.0000<
/td><td>T
he Rape of the Lock by Alexander Pope has been freshl
y brought out under the series Orient BlackSwan Annotated Study Texts
 which is a series designed to bring classic English texts closer to
students so that they are able to enjoy and understand the literary beauty and
value of these excellent works. The introductions, commentaries and notes are
aimed to provide guidance to the student to perceive the complete literary and
cultural matrix of the work as well as to draw on the stylistic and technical m
astery of the writers. Frequently, the student finds himself/herself confronted
with not only the intricacies of the text under study but also the necessity t
o grapple with it contextually in terms of genre, literary and historical backg
round and critical commentary. These editions provide the necessary background
and analysis, including a list of questions and topics for discussion in class
as well as a select bibliography.</td><td>C T Thomas retired as Professor and Head,
Department of English, Calicut University, Kerala.</td><td>World</td><
<td>978-81-250-4032-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Paradise
Lost Books 1 and 2 : Revised edition</td><td>Nissim Ezekiel, Vrinda Nabar and
Ajanta Paul (eds.)</td><td>2011</td><td>188</td><td>170.0000</td><td>&l
t;strong>Paradise Lost Books 1 and 2: revised edition has bee
n freshly brought out under the series Orient BlackSwan Annotated Study Texts wh
ich is a series designed to bring classic English texts closer to students so t
hat they are able to enjoy and understand the literary beauty and value of thes
e excellent works. The introductions, commentaries and notes are aimed to provi
de guidance to the student to perceive the complete literary and cultural matri
x of the work as well as to draw on the stylistic and technical mastery of the
writers. Frequently, the student finds himself/herself confronted with not only
the intricacies of the text under study but also the necessity to grapple with
it contextually in terms of genre, literary and historical background and cri
tical commentary. These editions provide the necessary background and analysis,
including a list of questions and topics for discussion in class as well as a
select bibliography. </td><td>Vrinda Nabar was formerly Lecturer in English, University of Bombay, was later V
isiting Professor at Northwestern University (Evanston, U.S.A.) and the Open Un
iversity (Milton Keynes, U.K.). Till recently, she was Chair of English at the
University of Bombay.
Nissim Ezekiel retired as Professor of E
nglish at the University of Bombay. A winner of the Sahitya Akademi Award, Ezek
iel has edited several journals including Quest and Imprint. His verse collecti
ons are A Time to Change (1952), Sixty Poems (1953), The Third (1959)
, The Unfinished Man (1960), The Exact Name (1965), Hymns and Darkness (1976)
and Latter Day Psalms (1982). Ezekiel died in 2004.
Ajanta Paul is Principal, Womens Christi
an College, Kolkata, and has been teaching English literature for several years
</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4047-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Selection
s from Galpaguchchha (Box)</td><td>Rabindranath Tagore, Translator: Ratan K. Cha
ttopadhyay</td><td>2011</td><td>988</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>This three-volume English translation by Ratan Kuma
r Chattopadhyay called Selections from Galpaguchchha is a
collection of sixty-one of Tagores short stories broadly grouped under the theme
s of parting of ways, the relationship between men and women, and the power wit
hin the woman, respectively.
<div style="text-align: justify">Volume 1</stro
ng> includes memorable stories like the The Pedlar from Kabul, Broken Nest, Punis
hment and The Postmaster. In the first, an Afghan hawker, Rahmat, comes to Calcutt
a and befriends five-year-old Mini, who reminds him of his own daughter back ho
me. While Broken Nest is a story of a lonely urban housewifes friendship with her
brother-in-law and her overwhelming sense of loss when the relationship ends ab
ruptly, Punishment</div>
set in rural Bengal is a poignant story of young Chandora and her grim resolve
when her husband, to save his brother, persuades her to own up to a murder she
did not commit.
In Volume 2</str
ong>, we find the ever- popular Ramkanais Folly, The Ghats Story, Woman Bereft of
ewels, Grandfather, and The Matronly Boy, among other stories. The travails of a tim
id man of indomitable honesty who attains a tragic heroism are narrated in Ramka
nais Folly, while the theme of The Ghats Story is the unstated, forbidden love of a
young woman for a hermit who may or may not be her long-lost husband. The friss
on in the haunting climax of the Woman Bereft of Jewels, a horrifying morality tal
e of egotism and greed, is justly famous. 
Volume 3, the last in this series, is stud
ded with gems such as Hungry Stones, The Wifes Letter, The Story of a Muslim Woman,
den Treasure and At Dead of Night. The theme of Hungry Stones is a tale hovering bet
ween dream and reality involving palace intrigue and unrequited love, and in The
Wifes Letter, Mrinal breaks free from the stifling marital ties of fifteen years
in what is an indictment of existing gender relations. A traditional Hindu gir
l out of gratitude for her elderly Muslim protector embraces his religion and f
alls in love with his son in The Story of a Muslim Woman.</td><td><p&
gt;Translator 
Ratan Kumar Chattopadhyay (translator from the Beng
ali original) is a graduate from the University of Calcutta.</td><td>
g English: A Course for Beginners</td><td>Anil Kinger, Nila Shah, Ketan Pandya a

nd Ami U Upadhyay</td><td>2010</td><td>260</td><td>135.0000</td><td>Mastering English: A
Course for Beginners is a learner-oriented, task-bas
ed coursebook. It is primarily intended for pre-intermediate and intermediate l
evel students of English. Nevertheless, more advanced learners will also find i
t useful as it helps them to strengthen their proficiency in grammar and improv
e their language skills. The exercises in the book are intended to help student
s prepare for various competitive examinations that test their proficiency in E
nglish. It will help those preparing for exams like TOEFL, IELTS, KET, PET, FCE
, CAE and CPE.
The book focuses on key concepts
of English grammar which have been explained with the help of numerous example
s. Ample scope has been provided for practice. The book also lays emphasis on b
asic conversational forms facilitating the learners to hone their spoken commun
ication skills.</td><td>Dr Anil Kinger is an Associate Professor of English at Shr
i P D Malaviya College of Commerce, Rajkot since1988. Dr Nila Shah teaches English
language and literature at Shri Jasani Arts and Commerce College since 1992.
 Mr Ketan P
andya is an Associate Professor at Maharajashri Bhagvatsinhji Arts and
Commerce College, Gondal, and is the Head of the Department of English. He is
also an honorary academic advisor to Shardaniketan Education Trust. &
lt;div style="text-align: justify">Ms Ami U Upadhyay has been teaching English and communica
tion skills since 1998. She is presently on the faculty of Marwadi Engineering
College, Rajkot as a Senior Lecturer.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Engli
in Practice</td><td>M.S. Nagaraja Rao and D.S. Manjunatha</td><td>2010</td><td>1
an style="text-style: italic">English in Practice is a compulsory English workbook prescribed for student
s of first year undergraduate courses at Kuvempu University, Shimoga. It consist
s of practice exercises in reading comprehension, vocabulary, grammar and oral s
kills.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"><b&
gt;Professor M. S. Nagaraja Rao
teaches English at the D. V. S. College of Arts and Science.
Shimoga. Profess
or D. S. Manjunatha teaches English at Acharya Tulasi College of Commerce, Shimo
ga.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
gual Education Works: From the Periphery to the Centre</td><td>Kathleen Heugh an
d Tove Skutnabb-Kangas (Eds.)</td><td>2010</td><td>376</td><td>850.0000</td><td>
For the last century or more, Wes
tern and Northern models of education have dominated countries of the South/Sout
h-East. These have seldom borne fruit in Africa, South America, South and SouthEast Asia becaause linguistic diversity and indigenous or organically developed
educational practices have been largely overlooked. Such models have not met the
needs of linguistically diverse communities on the margins. This volume respond
s to that challenge. It demonstrates successful practices in multilingual educat
ion, responsive to local conditions and with community participation, in low-inc
ome countries, even within limited budgetary investment. The examples in this vo
lume foreground the systematic use of the mother tongue/local language, alongsid
e an international language of wider communication and possibly a third language
with regional or national significance. The case studies identify what works, a
s well as the risks and vulnerabilities. The West and North have much to learn f
rom the practices presented and what the research contributes towards current th
eories in linguistics and education.</td><td>Dr  Tove Skutnabb-Kangas has
written or edited around 50 monographs and around 400 articles and book chapter
s, in 38 languages, about minority education, linguistic human rights, linguist
ic genocide, subtractive spread of English and the relationship between biodive
rsity and linguistic diversity. She lives on an ecological farm. For publicatio
ns, see <a href="http://www.tove-skutnabb-kangas.org/" target=&quot
;_blank">www.tove-skutnabb-kangas.org</a
>
<div style="text-align: justify">Kathleen Heugh </b&
gt;is an applied linguist who focuses on language education policy, planning an
d evaluation in multilingual countries, and especially multilingual education p
ractices in Africa. She is currently based at the University of South Australia
, and holds several honorary positions at universities and institutions in Euro
pe, India and South Africa. </div>
<div style="text-align: justify"><a href="http://www.uni
sanet.unisa.edu.au/staff/homepage.asp?Name=Kathleen.Heugh" target="_bl
ank"></a><a href="http://www.unisanet.unisa.edu.au/staff/h
omepage.asp?Name=Kathleen.Heugh" target="_blank">http://www.un
isanet.unisa.edu.au/staff/homepage.asp?Name=Kathleen.Heugh</a></div>
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4114-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Springbo
ard to Success: Workbook for Developing English and Employability</td><td>Sharda
Kaushik and Bindu Bajwa</td><td>2011</td><td>208</td><td>135.0000</td><td>Springboard to Success is essentially
a workbook meant for recent graduate students and people looking for placement i
n the job market, especially in the BPO sector. It is suitable for study at the
undergraduate level and can be adapted to syllabuses of most Indian Universities
. This edition was specially published by RIE, Chandigarh.</td><td>&lt
;div style="text-align: justify">Sharda Kaushik 
is Director, Regional Institute of English, Chandigarh. She has a post-graduate
degree in Teaching of English as a foreign language (TEFL) from the University
of Reading, UK and over 25 years of teaching experience. </div>&l
t;div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div&g
t;Bindu Bajwa is an Associate Professor at the Regional Insti
tute of English, Chandigarh. She has 25 years of teaching experience.</div&g
t;</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
ions</td><td>Anne Laws</td><td>2011</td><td>164</td><td>295.0000</td><td><p&g
t;Negotiations, belong
ing to a set of four books on business skills, is designed to help no
n-native speakers negotiate effectively in English. The book gives useful tips a
nd the language needed at different phases in business negotiations and also on
handling cultural differences.</td><td> </td><td>IN,LK,BD,PK,NP</
<td>978-81-250-4157-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Presenta
tions</td><td>Anne Laws</td><td>2011</td><td>148</td><td>295.0000</td><td><p&
gt;Presentations, belo
nging to a set of four books on business skills, is designed to help
non-native speakers prepare and make presentations in English. The book gives us
eful tips on what makes a good presentation and how to prepare for it, presentat
ion language and evaluation checklists for the learner to use when preparing and
after giving a presentation.</td><td> </td><td>IN,LK,BD,PK,NP</t

e University of Essex.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>English La
nguage and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4165-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Essentia
l English</td><td>E. Suresh Kumar, P. Sreehari and J. Savithri</td><td>2011</td>
Essential English is a course
book for undergraduate students. It provides students with adequate and challen
ging material to practise and work on their English skills through a variety of
exercises in listening, speaking, reading and writing.  The book also
addresses the communicative needs of students by providing useful tips and exe
rcises on topics such as presentations, seminars, conferences, group discussion
s, public speaking, interviews and résumé writing. The Reading for En
richment section includes carefully chosen passages that are relevant to the liv
es and interests of young people today. The passages are followed by comprehens
ion, vocabulary and grammar exercises, which are based on the text.
Essential English has
been written in a simple and comprehensible style, suitable to the needs of th
e Indian student.
</td><td>Dr E. Sure
sh Kumar is Professor and Head, Department of English, University
College of Engineering, Osmania University, Hyderabad, and Director, Centre f
or English Language Training, Osmania University, Hyderabad. He has authored se
veral books on English language teaching and has guided many PhD scholars in th
eir research. He is currently working on a project aimed at  improvin
g the communication skills of school students. 
Dr P. Sreehari works as Assistant Professor of English at Al-Jabal Al-Gharbi Univer
sity, Zawia, Libya. He has taught English in prestigious institutions in India
and abroad and has published several books on English language teaching.
Dr J. Savithri works as Assistant Professo
r at the Department of English, Osmania University, Hyderabad. She has publish
ed several books on English language teaching.</td><td>World</td><td>E
ys to Improve Your Telephoning and Teleconferencing Skills</td><td>Ken Taylor</t
stify">Fifty Ways to Improve Your Telephoning and Telecon
ferencing Skills in English, belonging to the Fifty Ways series,
offers second language business people/students valuable tips on improving thei
r skills in telephoning and teleconferencing, which have become essential modes
of communication in present work contexts. The accompanying CD provides practi
ce in listening comprehension, necessary when you use the telephone to communic
ate. </td><td>Ken Taylor is a highly experienced te
acher-trainer and training manager.</td><td>IN,BD,PK,NP,LK</td><td>English Langu
age and Literature</td>
ys to Improve Your Presentation Skills in English</td><td>Bob Dignen</td><td>201

t;>Fifty Ways to Improve Your Presentation Skills in English&l
t;/strong>, belonging to the Fifty Ways series, is intended to help second la
nguage business people/students improve the skills involved in making presentat
ions in English. It has modules on planning, making a good start, using multime
dia visuals and closing.</td><td>Bob Dignen is dire
ctor of a company that specialises in language, communication and intercultural
training.</td><td>IN,BD,PK,NP,LK</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
ys to Improve Your Business English Using the Internet</td><td>Eric Baber</td><t
y">Fifty Ways to Improve Your Business English Using the
Internet, belonging to the Fifty Ways series, offers second langu
age business people/students valuable tips on improving their business English
skills using the internet and on the use of English when communicating online.
The book shows business people and students how the internet can be used as a v
aluable resource to learn business English.</td><td>Eric Baber is director of an onl
ine language school which offers language training primarily to business people
.</td><td>IN,BD,PK,NP,LK</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
ys to Improve Your Business English</td><td>Ken Taylor</td><td>2011</td><td>144<
ng>Fifty Ways to Improve Your Business English, belonging to
the Fifty Ways series ,offers second language business people/students valuabl
e tips on improving their business English skills. It has sections on networkin
g, socialising, presentations, telephoning, etc.</td><td><div styl
e="text-align: justify">Ken Taylor is a highly
experienced teacher-trainer and training manager.</div></td><td>IN,BD,PK,N
P,LK</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4159-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Meetings
</td><td>Anne Laws</td><td>2011</td><td>152</td><td>295.0000</td><td>&l
t;strong>Meetings, belonging to a set of
four books on business skills, is designed to help non-native speakers participa
te effectively in English at meetings. The book gives useful tips and the langua
ge needed when preparing for meetings, at meetings and during follow-up after me
etings.</td><td> </td><td>IN,LK,BD,PK,NP</td><td>English Language
and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4102-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Emma by
Jane Austen</td><td>Sunita Mishra (Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>436</td><td>250.000
0</td><td>Emma is part of the series called Critical Editions, co-publi
shed with The English and Foreign Languages University (EFL-U, Hyderabad). This
is a series intended to bring literary texts closer to students, of both postgra
duate and undergraduate levels. Each edition in the series explores the structur
e and texture of the chosen text but also places it in its literary and cultural
context. Annotations and glosses are provided wherever it is felt that students
need help to understand the original. </td><td>Sunita Mishr
a is a faculty member at the Department of English, University of Hyd
erabad, Hyderabad. She works in the area of English language education in Indi
a, language philosophy and critical theory. Among her publications are Contemp
orary Literary Theory: A Students Companion; Communication Skills for Engineers
and The Study of Aesthetics: An Indian Perspective.</strong&
gt;</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4186-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Wutherin
g Heights by Emily Bronte</td><td>Sunita Mishra (Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>344</

td><td>250.0000</td><td>Wuthering Heights</str
ong> is part of the series called Critical Editions, co-published with The English
and Foreign Languages University (EFL-U, Hyderabad). This is a series intended
to bring literary texts closer to students, of both postgraduate and undergradua
te levels. Each edition in the series explores the structure and texture of the
chosen text but also places it in its literary and cultural context. Annotations
and glosses are provided wherever it is felt that students need help to underst
and the original. </td><td><div style="text-align: justify&quo
t;>Sunita Mishra is
a faculty member at the Department of English, University of Hyderabad, Hyderaba
d. She works in the area of English language education in India, language phil
osophy and critical theory. Among her publications are Contemporary Literary T
heory: A Students Companion; Communication Skills for Engineers and The Study o
f Aesthetics: An Indian Perspective.</div><
<td>978-81-250-4174-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Arms and
the Man</td><td>Bernard Shaw (edited by A C Ward)</td><td>2011</td><td>112</td>
<td>95.0000</td><td>Bernard Shaws&
lt;strong> Arms and the Man, written in
1894, is one of his most important plays. This was one of Shaws plays that were
meant to be pleasant because, instead of dealing with social issues, it takes the
situations of conventional theatre and contrasts real life with the romantic a
ttitudes to theatre prevalent at the time. Arms 
and the Man breaks the idolatry of war and the romanticism of love.
Set during the Serbo-Bulgarian War of the late nineteenth century, the play is
an attempt to distinguish between false romanticism and practical human behavio
ur. To this day, it remains as popular as it was at the time of its first perfo
rmance. The themes in the play are still relevant and true. The characters rema
in etched in memory long after the play is read. 
Each title in this series has a g
eneral critical introduction to the work of Shaw, a specific introduction to th
e play itself, the authors own preface, and also notes and glossaries. It is hop
ed that all this additional material will provide the student with a complete b
ackground of the work and the period.
</td><td>Winner of the Nobel Pri
ze in Literature (1925), Bernard Shaw was one of the most we
ll-known authors of his time. Renowned for his wit and controversial for his di
sregard for conventions, Shaws plays remain immensely popular to this day,and are
studied in English literature courses around the world.
AC Wards notes to the plays of Shaw are widely recommended by universit
ies in India for his incisive yet lucid criticism.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,L
K</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4167-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Why Trans
lation Matters</td><td>Edith Grossman</td><td>2011</td><td>146</td><td>675.0000<
/td><td>W
hy Translation Matters argues for the cultural import
ance of translation, and for a more encompassing and nuanced appreciation of th
e translators role. As the acclaimed translator Edith Grossman writes in her int
roduction, My intention is to stimulate a new consideration of an area of litera
ture that is too often ignored, misunderstood, or misrepresented.
For Grossman, translation has a t
ranscendent importance: Translation not only plays its important traditional rol
e as the means that allows us access to literature originally written in one of
the countless languages we cannot read, but it also represents a concrete lite
rary presence with the crucial capacity to ease and make more meaningful our re
lationships to those with whom we may not have had a connection before. Transla
tion always helps us to know, to see from a different angle, to attribute new v
alue to what once may have been unfamiliar. As nations and as individuals, we h
ave a critical need for that kind of understanding and insight. The alternative
is unthinkable.
Throughout the four chapters of t
his bracing volume, Grossmans belief in the crucial significance of the translat
ors work, as well as her rare ability to explain the intellectual sphere that sh
e inhabits as interpreter of the original text, inspires and provokes the reade
r to engage with translation in an entirely new way. 
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Edith </b&
gt;Grossman has been a professional transl
ator since 1972, and a full-time translator since 1990.  Her translati
ons of writers such as Gabriel García Márquez, Mario Vargas Llosa, an
d Carlos Fuentes are contemporary classics. Her translation of Don Quixote is w
idely considered a masterpiece. Currently a Guggenheim Fellow, she lives in New
York City.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>English Language an
d Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4194-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Soft Ski
lls for Interpersonal Communication</td><td>S Balasubramaniam and Board of Edito
rs</td><td>2011</td><td>56</td><td>65.0000</td><td>Soft Skills for Interpersonal Communication
is intended to help students develop the work skills and soft skills they will
need once they enter the world of work and business. Students are introduced to
skills such as adaptability, accountability, the ability to cooperate, team work
and other work-related skills, which are brought to life and explained in a sim
ple and comprehensible style through case studies, projects and anecdotes about
the business and corporate world.</td><td><div style="text-ali
gn: justify">Mr S Balasubramaniam is Assistant Profes
sor of English at DRBCCC Hindu College, Pattabiram, Chennai.</div></td><td
><ul>
>
<li>In
<li>The la
<li>The Con
vpur
iterary Criticism</td><td>G. N. Devy</td><td>2010</td><td>452</td><td>650.0000</
td><td>Contemporary Indians, says
G. N. Devy, seem to be afflicted by a sense of amnesia in relation to literary h
istory. The affliction is more severe, he feels, in the sphere of literary criti
cism, not only because older texts are generally unavailable, but also because
modern India has lost touch with both the language and the ethos of the critica
l texts of ancient and medieval India. 
Students of Indian literature ne
ed to have access to Indias critical tradition. This volume takes a step towards
providing it and giving teachers, students, and scholars-in-the-making easy ac
cess to some of the key concepts and ideas in the Indian tradition of literary
theory. In doing so it brings together in one volume some of the most significa
nt literary thinkers in the Indian tradition of the last two thousand years.&lt
;/p></td><td>A literary schola
r and a cultural activist, G. N. Devy writes in three langua
gesMarathi, Gujarati and Englishand has received prestigious literary awards for
his works in all three languages. Devys academic and activist work reveals a rar
e combination of a deep interest in Indias classical literature and philosophy
as well as in the threatened languages of Adivasi and nomadic communities, in h
igher education and rural development.</td><td>World</td><td>English L
<td>978-81-250-3773-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Radiance
: Communication Skills, Prose and Poetry</td><td>Board of Editors</td><td>2009<
>Radiance: Communication Skills, Prose and Poetr
y is meant for undergraduate courses in general English and includes not only pr
ose and poetry but also sections on written communication and spoken communicati
on. It is hoped that students will stand to benefit from the glossary at the end
of each prose and poetry text and also the comprehension questions that follow.
Apart from this, the writing section gives ample practice in writing for specif
ic purposes required of any graduate who enters higher academic or professional
fields. The purpose of this textbook, therefore, is to take forward the course o
ffered in Prism and guide learners in more kinds of written and spoken forms of
communication, thus equipping them with the confidence to meet the needs and cha
llenges of advanced study as well as the job market.</td><td>
Board of Editors</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature
</td>
unicator</td><td>Board of Editors</td><td>2009</td><td>280</td><td>160.0000</td>
<td>The C
ommunicator is a textbook of English for the
undergraduate level. Designed to be used in a two-semester course aimed at stre
ngthening the language and oral communication skills of the students, the book
contains six units on grammar and nineteen units on common functions required o
f students speaking in English in everyday situations. It also includes twentyfive worksheets that provide supplementary practice in the topics covered. The Communicator has been prepared keeping in mind the needs o
f rural students, especially those from regional language background.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">The book has been desi
gned by the Board of Studies of the Dr Babasaheb Ambedkar Marathwada University

. The units on spoken communication have been authored by Dr Kamalesh Sadanand
and Ms Susheela Punitha.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and
Literature</td>
B
ungary, India, and the UK.</div></td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Engl
<td>978-81-250-3742-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Riders t
o the Sea</td><td>Ashok Sengupta</td><td>2010</td><td>104</td><td>90.0000</td><t
d>This title is the first of the
series, Orient BlackSwan Annotated Study Texts, which is designed to bring the
classics closer to students so that they are able to enjoy and understand such
literary works. The annotations, notes and commentary enable the student to pe
rceive and comprehend the significance of a particular text in the literary can
on as well as to view the complete literary and cultural matrix of the work in
question. 
The book provides a very comprehe
nsive introduction that offers a reading and analysis of the plays thematic and
formal aspects. There are detailed comments on the themes, the background and t
he affiliations of the work in terms of literary canons and traditions. There i
s also a very useful glossary, a select bibliography of critical studies on Syn
ge and the play, Riders to the Sea.</e

m>
</td><td>Ashok Sengupta
has been teaching English and American literature at the University
of Kalyani in West Bengal for over three decades. He is also currently the Dea
n, Faculty of Arts and Commerce at that university. He has published a study of
the fiction of John Dos Passos and a collection of essays on the American nov
el. He has lectured and written on American fiction, popular culture and film s
tudies. He is guest faculty member at the University of Calcutta.</td>
<td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3744-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Enrichin
g Oral and Written Communication in English</td><td>Ashok Thorat and Munira Lokh
andwala</td><td>2009</td><td>156</td><td>130.0000</td><td>Enriching Oral and Written Comm
unication in English, a coursebook prepared for the un
dergraduate level, aims to acquaint students with different facets of communica
tion and make them effective users of English. The book has chapters on the bas
ics of communication, vocabulary building, features of pronunciation, expressio
ns used in polite oral interaction, some forms of spoken communication that are
of relevance to students, written communication, and the use of technology to
communicate in work situations. The book offers brief explanations supported by
examples on different aspects of communication and enables practice through ex
ercises, thereby giving students the opportunity to express themselves effectiv
ely in study and work situations.</td><td>Ashok Tho
rat is the founder-director of the Institute of Advanced Studies in
English, Pune. He has published many books and papers in both national and in
ternational journals. Munira Lokhandwala teaches E
nglish in the Abeda Inamdar Senior College of Arts, Science and Commerce, Pune.
She has published a number of papers in national and international journals.</
td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
Communication for Polytechnics</td><td>S. Chandrashekhar, S. Bramaramba, C.V. In
amdar, Rajyashree Srikant and A Daniel</td><td>2009</td><td>80</td><td>75.0000</
td><td>The relevance of English today is unquestionable. In the present
-day industrial world, its importance to students of polytechnics is growing eve
ry day.
This book focuses on the requirements of contemporary students, addre
ssing as it does, the twin objectives of improving communication skills and ensu
ring employability. To these ends, a systematic approach has been adopted---one
that will better students' comprehension and communication skills as well as
their ability to write grammatically correct English, and all of this, without
burdening them with the technical aspects of grammar.
The members of the comm
ittee responsible for the creation of this book have drawn on their vast experie
nce of decades in teaching English to students of polytechnics across Karnataka.
</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature<
/td>
<td>978-81-250-3704-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dispelli
ng the Silence: Stories from the Commonwealth Countries</td><td>Baskaran, G and
Shanmugiah, S (Eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>140</td><td>145.0000</td><td>This anth
ology, Dispelling the Silence: Stories from the Com
monwealth Countries has been put together with the intention of introducing the
undergraduate student to the literature and sociocultural contexts of eight nati
ons that once belonged to the British Commonwealth. The selection has been made
on the basis of the literary and aesthetic value of the stories themselves and a
lso on the basis of the literary position occupied by the writers in the context
of modern literature. As representative stories by representative writers, the
collection has an eminent place in the history of world literatures. It includes
the prose fiction of Rabindranath Tagore, Shashi Deshpande, Janet Frame, Chinua
Achebe, Bessie Head and Henry Lawson among others. It leads the young reader fr
om familiar to more unfamiliar experiences, from a perception of similarity to a
n understanding and appreciation of differences, from the sense of diversity to
the sense of a deeper unity, all in the context of individual and sociocultural
landscape. The exercises that follow each story draw the attention of students t
o the thematic and technical aspects and also lead them on to additional insight
s into the creativity of these writers. The anthology would be usable in general
English as well as English major courses.</td><td>Shanmugiah, S., Controller of
Examinations, Madurai Kamaraj University, Madurai.
Baskaran, G., Reader in E
nglish, VHNSN College, Virudhunagar.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and
Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-3712-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Grammar
and Composition for Communication</td><td>Sagar Mal Gupta & Alpana Gupta</td
><td>2009</td><td>356</td><td>295.0000</td><td><ul>
<li>Lucid exp
lanation of difficult grammatical concepts</li>
<li>Valuable sugg
estions for improving writing skills</li>
<li style="text-align
: justify">Models for group discussions and seminar presentations, lette
rs, essays, reports, precis</li>
<li>Review of common errors in
English</li>
<li>Caters to mixed-ability, large classrooms</li
>
<li>Explanatory steps and key to exercises included to help stude
nts</li> </ul> Base
d on the syllabus of Rajasthan Technical University.</td><td>Sagar Mal Gupta has s
everal years of experience of teaching English both in India and abroad and has
published extensively on ELT, discourse analysis and vocabulary teaching. He i
s head, Department of English, Shobhasaria Engineering College, Sikar, Rajas
than. Alpana
Gupta teaches English and communication techniques at the Mody Instit
ute of Technology and Science, Lakshmangarh, Rajasthan.</td><td>World
<td>978-81-250-3726-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Chom
sky Effect: A Radical Works Beyond the Ivory Tower</td><td>Robert F. Barsky</td>
<td>2009</td><td>400</td><td>725.0000</td><td>Noam Chomsky has been pra
ised by the likes of Bono and Hugo Chavez and attacked by the likes of Ton Wolf
e and Alan Dershowitz. Ground-breaking linguist and outspoken political dissen
ter-voted most important public intellectual in the world today in a 2005 magazin
e poll-Chomsky inspires fanatical devotion and fierce vituperation. In <stro
ng>The Chomsky effect, Chomsky biograph
er Robert Barsky examines his subjects positions on a number of highly charged i
ssues-Chomskys signature issues, including Vietnam, Israel, East Timor, and his
work in linguistics-that illustrate not only the Chomsky effect but also the Choms
ky approach.
Chomsky, writes Barsky, is an inspiration and a catalyst. Not just an
analyst or advocate, he encourages people to become engaged---to be dangerous and
challenge power and privilege. The actions and reactions of Chomsky supporters
and detractors and the attending contentiousness can be thought of as the Choms
ky effect. Barsky discusses Chomskys work in such areas as language studies, medi
a, education, law, and politics and identifies Chomskys intellectual and politic
al precursors. He charts anti-Chomsky sentiments as expressed from various stan
dpoints, including contemporary Zionism, mainstream politics and scholarly comm
unities. He discusses Chomskys popular appeal---his unlikely status as punk and
rock hero (Eddie Vedder of Pearl Jam is one of many rock and roll Chomskyites)--and offers in-depth analyses of the controversies surrounding Chomskys roles i
n the Faurisson Affair and the Pol Pot Affair. Finally, Barsky considers the role o
f the public intellectual in order to assess why Noam Chomsky has come to mean
so much to so many and what he may mean to generations to come.
</td><td>Robert F. Barsky is Professor of English, Comparativ
e Literature, French and Jewish Studies at Vanderbilt University. He is the auth
or of Noam Chomsky: A Life of Dissent (MIT Press), Constructing a Productive Oth

er, Introduction a la theorie litteraire and Arguing and Justifying. He is curre
ntly completing a book on Zelling Harris, for The MIT Press.</td><td>IN,PK,BD,B
T,NP,LK,MV</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4477-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Innovati
ons in English Language Teaching: Voices from the Indian Classroom</td><td>Z. N.
Patil, Anindya Syam Choudhury and S. P. Patil (Eds.)</td><td>2012</td><td>172</
td><td>325.0000</td><td><em&gt
;Innovations in English Language Teaching: Voices from the Indian
Classroom presents the views of a number of experienc
ed classroom teachers of English in India who have realised the limitations of
traditional pedagogical practices. The book embodies their desire and attempt
to adopt a learner-centric approach and explore innovative materials and techni
ques of teaching English as a second/foreign language. Thus, the book is not ba
sed on the choices and decisions of theoreticians and syllabus designers, which
are later imposed on teachers, but on the personal experience, the tested mate
rials and strategies, and the distilled pedagogical wisdom of seasoned teachers
of English. 
The book is expected to be of im
mense value to all practising teachers of English at the primary, secondary, hi
gher-secondary and tertiary levels, and to teacher trainers and trainer trainee
s. Students doing graduate and postgraduate courses in education will also find
the book a reliable resource. The book will be equally useful to postgraduate
students doing courses such as English Language and Literature Teaching (ELLT),
offered by many universities in India.</td><td>Z. N
. Patil teaches English at the Department of Training and Development
, The English and Foreign Languages University, Hyderabad.
Anindya Syam Choudhury teaches at the Department of
English, Assam University, Silchar.
S. P. Patil is Principal of the Smt. H. R. Patel Art
s Mahila College, Shirpur.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language an
d Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4324-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Old P
layhouse and Other Poems</td><td>Kamala Das</td><td>2011</td><td>76</td><td>425.
0000</td><td>The Old Playhouse and Other Poems
 is among the classics of modern Indian poetry in Engl
ish. This new edition carries an eminently readable and insightful introduction
by V. C. Harris. Not only Kamala Dass major themes but the specific terms of he
r poetic address, voice, and concerns (as a woman, poet, and social being) rece
ive fairly close and critical attention in these pages. Harris concludes his di
scussion of The Old Playhouse
with an altogether fresh and illuminating reading of Kamala Dass An Introduction
in the light of postcolonial concerns of home and the world, and the poets conve
rsion to Islam in the last years of her life. Talking about Kamala Das today mea
ns talking about not merely post-Independence Indian poetry in English, he obser
ves, adding that other, far more complicated issues relating to gender, vi
olence, identity and difference, hybridity, contradictory coherence, and . . .
language and the art of writing the self cry for renewed attention, pre-eminentl
y in this collection.
New readers of Kamala Das will find her as engaging and challenging as
the old readers have always found her. Furthermore, as Harris suggests in his
essay, no reader could leave The Old Playhouse</stro
ng> without being awakened by a newer conscience and unmoved by f
ond memories.</td><td>KAMALA DAS
is one of Indias leading poets writing in the English language. The thirty-one
poems in this collection are representative of her best work. Her theme is phy
sical love; her medium, free verse. Her writing is intensely lyricalsometimes so
ft and musical, sometimes with a bitter edge to it. Its unpretentious brillianc
e is revealed in strong yet subtle imagery, and the natural and autobiographica
l tone heightens its poignancy. 
This is an invaluable book for those who are interested in modern poet
ry and particularly in modern Indian writing in English. 
V. C. HARRIS, well-known writer and Prof
essor of English at the School of Letters, Mahatma Gandhi University, Kottay
am, has translated (with C. K. Mohamed Ummer) a collection of Kamala Dass short
fiction entitled The Sandal Trees and Other Stories.</p&
<td>978-81-250-4491-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Othello<
/td><td>William Shakespeare (ed. Philip Weller)</td><td>2014</td><td>224</td><td
>185.0000</td><td>
Each title in the Philip Weller Annotated Shakespeare series contains&l
t;/p>
<ul>
<li>A general introduction to the series: a
n essay on the life and times of Shakespeare, placing the plays in the context
of his era. The essay not only covers his life, his work, and his influence on
English literature, but also looks at Renaissance theatre and playwriting at t
he time of Shakespeare.</li>
<li>Introduction to the play: a critical in
troduction to the play in question, written by an experienced Indian teacher. T
his essay looks at the play in detail, and analyses</li>
<ul>
<li>plot</li>
<li>themes and ideas in the play</li>
<li>characterisation</li>
<li>stylistic and dramatic devices and techniques</li>
</ul>
<li>The unabridged and fully annotated text
of the play: the text of each play, carefully edited by   Dr
Philip Weller, based on his extensive expertise in this field. Each play also
contains annotations by Dr Weller, explaining the meanings of archaic words, ph
rases, allusions, etc., in simple English. A list of dramatis personae has also
been included.</li>
<li>Act-wise summaries and questions: a sim
ple summary of each act in the play, followed by a set of questions on each act
. These questions may be used for classroom discussions as well as in examinati
ons.</li>
<li>Topics for discussion: broader question
s based on the entire play, which will help the student to understand each and
every aspect of the play. These questions may be used for project work and ass
ignments, in classroom discussions, as well as in examinations. There are quest
ions for both undergraduate as well as postgraduate students.</li>
<li>Further reading: a detailed bibliograph
y of useful books and articles that will be of further help to both teachers an
d students who wish to read and learn more about the play in question as well a
s on Shakespeare and his plays in general.</li>
</ul>
</td><td>
Series general editor 
Professor Philip Weller has been teaching at Eastern Washington University in
Cheney, Washington (USA), for four decades. He specialises in Shakespeare and
Renaissance English literature. He also takes courses on the history of British
literature and on masterpieces of the western world.
Introduction to Othello</strong&
gt;
Padma V Mckertich teaches in the Department of English at Stella Maris College,
Chennai.

<td>978-81-250-4492-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Twelfth
Night</td><td> William Shakespeare (ed. Philip Weller)</td><td>2015</td><td>192
</td><td>160.0000</td><td>
Each title in the Philip Weller Annotated Shakespeare series contains&lt
;/p>
<ul>
<li>A general introduction&nbs
p;to the series: an essay on the life and times of Shakespeare, placing the play
s in the context of his era. The essay not only covers his life, his work, and h
is influence on English literature, but also looks at Renaissance theatre and pl
aywriting at the time of Shakespeare.</li>
troduction to the play in question, written by an experienced Indian teacher. Th
is essay looks at the play in detail, and analyses</li>
<ul>
<li>plot</li>
</ul>
<li>The unabridged and fully annotated text</s
trong> of the play: the text of each play, carefully edited by &
nbsp; Dr Philip Weller, based on his extensive expertise in this field.
Each play also contains annotations by Dr Weller, explaining the meanings of ar
chaic words, phrases, allusions, etc., in simple English. A list of dramatis per
sonae has also been included.</li>
ple summary of each act in the play, followed by a set of questions on each act.
These questions may be used for classroom discussions as well as in examination
s.</li>
s based on the entire play, which will help the student to understand each and e
very aspect of the play. These questions may be used for project work and assign
ments, in classroom discussions, as well as in examinations. There are questions
for both undergraduate as well as postgraduate students.</li>
y of useful books and articles that will be of further help to both teachers and
students who wish to read and learn more about the play in question as well as
on Shakespeare and his plays in general.</li>
</ul>
The Philip Weller Annotated Shakespeare</stro
ng> series consists of edited and annotated t
exts of five plays
 by the renowned Elizabethan dramatist William ShakespeareMacb
eth, Julius Caesar&l
t;/em>, Othello, Hamlet and Twelfth Nig
ht.
Each of these plays is accompanied by a detailed critical introduction,
summaries, questions, topics for discussion and a reading list. These titles ar
e aimed at undergraduate and postgraduate students and have been specially desig
ned to help them gain easy access to Shakespearean drama.
</td><td>Series general editor 
Professor Philip Weller has been teaching at Eastern Washington University in Ch
eney, Washington (USA), for four decades. He specialises in Shakespeare and Rena
issance English literature. He also takes courses on the history of British lite
rature and on masterpieces of the western world.
Introduction to Twelfth Night</em&g
t; 
Kanchana Ugbabe is Professor of English at the University of Jos, Nigeria.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4493-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Macbeth<
/td><td>William Shakespeare (ed. Philip Weller) </td><td>2015</td><td>180</td><t
d>130.0000</td><td>
Each title in the Philip Weller Annotated Shakespeare series contains&l
t;/p>
<ul>
<ul>
<li>plot</li>
</ul>
been included.</li>
ons.</li>
</ul>
</td><td>
Introduction to Macbeth</strong&
gt; 
Ajanta Paul is Principal, Womens Christian College, Kolkata.
<td>978-81-250-4494-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hamlet</
td><td>William Shakespeare (ed. Philip Weller)</td><td>2015</td><td>284</td><td>
220.0000</td><td>
Special features 
Each title in the Philip Weller Annotated Shakespeare series contains</p&gt
;
<ul>
<ul>
<li>plot</li>
</ul>
been included.</li>
ons.</li>
</ul>
<div> </div>
</td><td>
Introduction to Hamlet</strong&g
t; 
Jayati Gupta is Professor of English at the West Bengal State University, Kol
kata.
<td>978-81-250-4495-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Julius C
aesar</td><td>William Shakespeare (Ed. Philip Weller)</td><td>2014</td><td>176</
td><td>130.0000</td><td>
Special features 
Each title in the Philip Weller Annotated Shakespeare series contains</p&gt
;
<ul>
<ul>
<li>plot</li>
</ul>
been included.</li>
ons.</li>
</ul>
</td><td>
Series general editor 
Professor Philip Weller has been teaching at Eas
tern Washington University in Cheney, Washington (USA), for four decades. He sp
ecialises in Shakespeare and Renaissance English literature. He also takes cour
ses on the history of British literature and on masterpieces of the western wor
ld.
Introduction to Julius Caesar</s
trong>
Naina Joseph teaches English literature at Vidya
ranya School, Hyderabad.
<td>978-81-250-4452-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Decenteri
ng Rushdie: Cosmopolitanism and the Indian Novel in English</td><td>Pranav Jani<
justify">Decentering Rushdie, printed under license from Ohio State University Press, offers a new pe
rspective on the Indian novel in English and interrogates current theories of c
osmopolitanism, nationalism, and aesthetics in postcolonial studies. The book w
orks on the contention that Salman Rushdies Midnights Children</em&
gt; which won the Booker Prize in 1981 has  dominated all discussions o
f postcolonial literature in the recent few years with its postmodern style and
orientation with the result that the rich variety of narrative forms and persp
ectives on the nation have been obscured, if not erased altogether.
Reading a range of novels publish
ed between the 1950s and the 1990s, including works by Nayantara Sahgal, Kamala
Markandaya, Anita Desai, and Arundhati Roy, Decenterin
g Rushdie suggests an alternative understanding of th
e genre in postcolonial India. Pranav Jani documents the broad shift from natio
n-oriented to postnationalist perspectives following the watershed crisis of th

e Emergency of the 1970s. Recovering the namak-halaal cosmopolitanism of early no
vels a cosmopolitanism that is true to its saltDecentering
Rushdie also explains the rise and critical celebrati
on of postnational cosmopolitanism. The book resituates contemporary literature
within a nuanced history of Indian debates about cosmopolitanism and the natio
nal question.
</td><td>Pranav Jani is Associate Professor, Ohio St
ate University.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>English Language
and Literature</td>
g Abhijnanasakuntalam: Love, Lineage and Language in Kalidasa's Nataka</td>
<td>Saswati Sengupta and Deepika Tandon (Eds.)</td><td>2011</td><td>348</td><td>
975.0000</td><td>Kālidāsas Abhijñ&#
257;naśākuntalam has an iconic status in the histo
ry of Indian literatures. It is a tale of love found, forgotten and restored be
tween Duṣyanta, the hero king, and Śākuntal&#25
7;, an innocent maiden. 
Bringing together linguists, literary critics, historians, Indologists
and Sanskritists, Revisiting Abhijñānaś&#
257;kuntalam analyses the play as more than just a figment of imagin
ationas a rich terrain for exploring links between culture, history and politics
, as an interplay of memory, desire and languages. Divided into three sections,
it focuses on the continuity as well as the change in the narrative of<em&g
t; Śākuntalā, locating it in contexts of
class, caste, gender, patriarchy and monarchy. 
The first section, The Biography of a Narrative,</stron
g> addresses the earliest appearance of the narrative in the epic 
Mahābhārata, its best known form Abhij&#
241;ānaśākuntalam as nā
Ôaka, and William Jones Orientalist interpr
etation of the play. It also critically examines the varied representations of
the play in diverse forms such as art, theatre and cinema.
Contrary to popular perception today that Śākuntal&a
mp;#257; is the central protagonist of Abhijñāna&#34
7;ākuntalam, the second section, The Hero King,
 addresses how and why Duṣyanta is posited as the hero
. It examines the representation of the king as the ideal in literature and its
material reality in the context of the Gupta Period, the construction of kings
hip in different genres, and the politics of a courtly culture and patronage wi
thin which the articulation of the heroic king takes place.
The control of the womb is central to the reproduction of feudal and c
aste patriarchies. The third section, Of Love, Marriage and Family,
 deconstructs the politics of romantic love, marriage and mothe
rhood in the play. The strategies of surveillance, regulation and control of se
xuality by state and society as deployed in it are the focus of this section. T
he book thus looks into how the transactions within the play, whether dealing i
n love or land, through different languages, mark not only hierarchies of gende
r, caste and status, but also of spheres of influence and of knowledge.</p&g
t;
A rich storehouse of diverse perspectives, this volume would be invalu
able to students and scholars of literature, culture studies, history, linguist
ics, and performance studies. 
</td><td>Saswati Sengupta is Associate Pr
ofessor, Department of English, Miranda House, University of Delhi.

Deepika Tandon is Associate Professor, Department o
f English, Miranda House, University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>English La
<td>978-81-250-4323-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Nandanva
n & Other Stories</td><td>Lakshmi Kannan</td><td>2011</td><td>280</td><td>45
0.0000</td><td>Lakshmi Kannans Nandanvan & O
ther Stories is a collection of 17 of her own stories
originally written in Tamil. As vivid in imagination as they are realistic, the
stories in this collection are reflections on gender, sexuality, filial piety, c
onstruction of identity, cultural institutions and the individual existing within
and outside. 
The stories, situated in various localesthe home, a hospital, a governme
nt office, the university, the London Tube, parks and gardens, temples and resta
urantsintroduce us to several memorable characters. Sensitive women who negotiate
their space through an essentially patriarchal culture, with confidence in the
strength of their womanhood. An elderly man who understands the language of the
birds so completely that the birds take over as the chief protagonists of the s
tory and later evolve as the most concerned mourners at his funeral. A narrator
who sees in a total stranger an uncanny resemblance to his dead father with whom
he had a difficult relationship. An art historian trapped in a bleak and cheerl
ess life, languishing in a bureaucratic system of the government department in
which he works. The thoughts and feelings of a man in a coma, who wanders throug
h the corridors of a subterranean region of the dead. The coming back of a woman
from the clutches of death as an answer to fervent prayers. 
Kannans characters reflect their strength of spirit as they struggle wit
h the inevitable pain of existence, everyday grievances and prejudices, the indo
mitable will to survive loneliness and sorrow, and the confidence to resolve inn
er and external conflict. Her protagonists reveal themselves through soliloquies
, dialogue, and evocative silences. 
Kannan is her own translator. Perhaps, that is why, the rhythms and idi
oms of the Tamil world is translated into such fluid prose in English, where she
masterfully retains the intensity and ethos of the original. The spectrum of ex
periences and sensibilities depicted in these lucid, probing and absorbing narra
tives is a must read!</td><td>Lakshmi Kannan&lt
;/strong> is a poet, novelist and short story writer. She is also her own tr
anslator. She is bilingual and writes in English and in Tamil. 
She has published twenty books till date that include four collections
of poems in English, a novel and several collections of short fiction in Tamil
and in English translation. 
She was Sahitya Akademi Writer in Residence (2009), Charles Wallace Trust Write
r in Residence, University of Canterbury at Kent, U.K. (1994), Fellow of the In
dian Institute of Advanced Study, Shimla (1999), and Participant, International
Writing Program at Iowa, USA (1987). She resides in Delhi. </td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-4371-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Indian En
glish: Towards a New Paradigm</td><td>Rama Kant Agnihotri and Rajendra Singh (Ed
s.)</td><td>2012</td><td>336</td><td>950.0000</td><td>Millions of educa
ted Indians use English in some domains, but exactly what is Indi
an English, how is it best understood and described, and how far
is it from the claimed centres of the socio-cultural space accorded to English
? Centred around a scholarly dialogue, this book comprises a Target Paper by Ra
jendra Singh and some responses to it from scholars around the world. In
his Target Paper, Singh examines the status and structure of Indian English and
its place in the language ecology of India. His examination of these issues l
eads him to question the dichotomy native and non-native varieties of English and t
o argue that it cannot be sustained. Agnihotri and Singh have in this book brok
en fresh ground in the study of English, particularly in the study of post-colo
nial varieties such as Indian English.</td><td><strong&gt
;Rama Kant Agnihotri D. Phil. (York, UK) retired as Professor of
Linguistics from the University of Delhi and is currently working with Vidya
Bhawan Society, Udaipur.
Rajendra Singh is Professor of Linguistic

s at Université de Montréal, Montreal. </td><td>WORLD</td><t
d>English Language and Literature</td>
English: The Use of Support Materials</td><td>B S Jadhav</td><td>2011</td><td>1
pan style="text-style: italic">Teaching English: The
Use of Support Materials demonstrates how to make th
e most of support materials such as cartoons, newspapers, folktales and jokes fo
r the learning and teaching of English at the college level. The book attempts t
o explore various ways by which these materials can contribute to making the cla
ssroom an interesting and lively place for students, thereby enhancing the langu
age learning process. It is a resource book intended for both practising and tra
inee teachers.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&g
t;Dr B S Jadhav is Associate Professor of English at the DSM
College, PARBHANI, Maharashtra, and Dean, Faculty of Arts, Swami Ramanand Teerth
Marathwada University, Nanded.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>English Langua

ustralian literature in particular. </td><td>World</td><td>English Lan
<td>978-81-250-4249-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Pygmalio
n (Revised)</td><td>AC Ward and Bernadine Joseph (Eds.)</td><td>2011</td><td>168
</td><td>125.0000</td><td><em&
gt;Pygmalion is another notable play by
one of the greatest dramatists of English literature, Bernard Shaw. &

lt;strong>Pygmalion belongs to the AC Ward series f
rom Orient BlackSwan. They are plays of ideas. Shaws plays mark a milestone in th
e history of British drama as they show a movement away from romanticism to rea
lism. They are marked by a peculiarly pungent and witty satire that invoked bot
h admiration and disdain. They not only provoked readers to think but also help
ed them notice the humour and irony of situations that were ordinarily taken fo
r granted, and to delve below the surfaces of refinement to examine some of the
pleasant and unpleasant truths of human existence.  
Pygmalion
 is about the effort made by a professor of phonetics
to educate and refine a cockney girl who has a deplorably cockney accent, and h
ow it all rebounds in an interesting way. However, the end of the play is a ret
urn to reality as Eliza needs to return to her ordinary day-to-day life after a
tryst with refinement. It provokes readers to think about the irony of the si
tuation.
This series has been now enhance
d and enriched with additional student-friendly features such as analyses of th
emes and characterisation, act-wise summaries and questions and also a select r
eading list. 
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">AC Ward was the original editor of all of Bernard Shaws plays and
is a well-known expert on the drama of Shaw.</div></td><td>IN,LK,NP,BT</t
;/p>
nce.

Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4247-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Arms and
the Man (Revised)</td><td>Bernard Shaw (edited by A C Ward)</td><td>2011</td><t
d>136</td><td>110.0000</td><td>Bernard Shaws Arms and the
Man, written in 1894, is one of his most important plays. The p
lay exploits the situations of conventional theatre and contrasts real life wit
h the romantic attitudes prevalent at the time. To this day, it remains as popu
lar as it was at the time of its first performance. 
Each title in the Bernard Shaw/AC Ward series has a general critical i
ntroduction to the works of Shaw, a specific introduction to the play itself, t
he authors own preface, and also notes and glossaries. The series has now been e
nhanced and enriched with additional student-friendly features such as analyses
of themes and characterisation, act-wise summaries and questions, and a select
reading list. We hope that these value additions will help maintain the popula
rity that the series has long enjoyed with teachers and students alike.</p&g
t;</td><td>Winner of the Nobel Prize in Literature (1925), Bernard Shaw
was one of the most well-known authors of his time. Renowned for his wit and co
ntroversial for his disregard for conventions, Shaws plays remain immensely popul
ar to this day,and are studied in English literature courses around the world.&l
t;/p>
AC Wards notes to the plays of Shaw are widely recommended by universiti
es in India for his incisive yet lucid criticism.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK<
<td>978-81-250-4274-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Verses f
or a Multiverse: Poems for the New Generation</td><td>T. Sriraman and N. Krishna
swamy(Ed.s)</td><td>2011</td><td>116</td><td>250.0000</td><td>This is a coursebook in English poetry designed fo
r undergraduate learners of English. The book has a new approach to poetry: it
uses the comparative method. The poems are organized by theme and poems from di
fferent periods on the same subject are compared with each other. This provides
the student a fresh perspective on poetry. Both contemporary and classic poems
are given.
The tasks and activities set on t
he poems help the student appreciate the technical and aesthetic aspects of the
poems.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">T. Sriraman &
lt;/b>is Professor, Department of Literatures in English, The English and Fo
reign Languages University, Hyderabad.</div><div style="text-alig
n: justify">N. Krishnaswamy is former Professor, Dep
artment of Literatures in English, The English and Foreign Languages University
, Hyderabad.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</
td>
<td>978-81-250-4277-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Caesar a
nd Cleopatra by Bernard Shaw</td><td>AC Ward and Kanchana Ugbabe</td><td>2011</t
d><td>85</td><td>115.0000</td><td>Caesar and Cleopatra is anot
her notable play by one of the greatest dramatists of English literature, Berna
rd Shaw. Shaws plays mark a milestone in the history of British drama as they sh
ow a movement away from romanticism to realism. They are plays of ideas. Caesar and Cleopatrais about the hi
storical situation of Caesar conquering Egypt and holding the queen Cleopatra u
nder his thumb. The iconoclastic Shaw breaks the idols of Cleopatra and of Caes
ar in such an unforgettable way that the reader then begins to see the humorous
side of Caesar while also seeing the unglamorous side of Cleopatra. The lightveined humorous touches to the history of Egypt with Rome as the conquering nat
ion are made memorable through this play.
This AC Ward series from Orient
BlackSwan has been now enhanced and enriched with additional student-friendly f
eatures such as analyses of themes and characterisation, act-wise summaries and
questions and also a select reading list. We hope that these value additions w
ill help maintain the popularity that the series has long enjoyed with teachers
and students alike. 
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">AC Ward was the original editor of all of Bernard Shaws plays and is a well-known ex
pert on the drama of Shaw.</div>The fresh sections of the book, that is, the new Critical Analysis, Summari
es, etc. have been prepared by Kanchana Ugbabe who is a faculty member at the Un
iversity of Jos, Nigeria.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK</td><td>English Language
and Literature</td>
d. </td><td>IN,NP,PK,BD,BT,MV,LK</td><td>English Language and Literatu
re</td>
<td>978-81-250-4221-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Locating
Indian Literature: Texts, Traditions, Translations</td><td>E V Ramakrishnan</td>
ify">Locating Indian Literature attempts to
explore the category of Indian literature in relati
on to emerging discourses of marginality, region, resistance and the role of tr
anslation in the making and unmaking of literary traditions. Interrogating theo
retical positions that present Indian literature as an essentialist category, i
t emphasises the pluralistic and performative elements of Indian literatures. I
n its first section, E.V. Ramakrishnan articulates the project of provincialisin

g Indian literature and explores the dialogic interfaces between the abstractions
of law and the evaluative role of criticism. It also interrogates the claims of
history and the reticence of memories, and the dialectics between the dialect
and the region. The second section presents readings of Malayalam literary text
s that concretise the plurality of literary traditions. The third section argue
s for a new approach to the study of texts and traditions with translation form
ing the fulcrum of cultural and political mediations. Interdisciplinary in its
approach, the volume will be of relevance to students and scholars in culture s
tudies, social sciences and humanities.</td><td>E.V. Ramakrishnan is Professor of
Comparative Literature and Dean in the School of Language, Literature and Cultu
re Studies at Central University of Gujarat, Gandhinagar. A bilingual writer wh
o has published poetry and criticism in Malayalam and English, he is the recipi
ent of Kerala Sahitya Akademi Award for literary criticism (1995). Among his ot
her publications are Narrating India: The Novel in Search of the Nation (2006)
, Terms of Seeing: New and Selected Poems (2006) and The Tree of Tongues: An An
thology of Modern Indian Poetry (1999). </td><td>World</td><td>English
<td>978-81-250-4319-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Poet
and His World: Critical Essays on Rabindranath Tagore</td><td>Mohammad A. Quayum
(Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>316</td><td>850.0000</td><td>Seventy years
after his death, Tagore's genius still provides ample scope for critical an
alyses of his writings, especially in the English language and outside the subc
ontinent. A collection of thirteen essays, <st
rong>The Poet and His World: Critical Essays on Rabindranath Tagore</stro
ng> enhances critical literature on Tagore. Looking at different
aspects of Tagore's life and philosophy, the chapters in this volume are se
quenced from the more general to the specific. They analyse the poets life and r
elationships, his moral, educational, political and dramaturgical philosophy, a
nd finally provide textual analysis of select individual works like the novels
Gora and The Home and the World, and
a short story, The Laboratory.
Eminent scholars like Sukanta Chaudhuri, Martin Kämpchen, William
Radice, Bharati Ray, Kathleen M. OConnell, Uma Das Gupta, to name a few, have c
ontributed to this volume. Brought out on the 150th birth anniversary of the po
et, this book will be an unputdownable read for students and scholars of litera
ture and culture studies. </td><td>Mohammad A. Quayum</b&g
t; is Professor of English at the International Islamic University Malaysia, and
Adjunct Professor in the School of Humanities at Flinders University, Australia
.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4306-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Orient B
lackSwan Junior English Dictionary</td><td>Dr NS Prabhu</td><td>2012</td><td>374
</td><td>250.0000</td><td>This &
lt;strong>dictionary aims to serve the needs of students at th
e middle school level, from class 1 to class 6. It deals with words which learn
ers are likely to encounter at that level, as indicated by school-level vocabul
ary syllabuses professionally prepared or officially approved, and words actual
ly occurring in certain school textbooks widely in use at present. This is supp
lemented by the relevance of certain words or meanings for Indian and South Asi
an learners.
Special care has been taken to m
ake the book as user-friendly as possible. This has been done by focusing on an
d defining the most frequently used meaning of a word, as well as by employing
easy to understand language and diction to indicate those meanings.
Apart from including phonetic tr
anscriptions, illustrative sentences and phrasal verbs or compound nouns, the d
ictionary also contains clean and clear illustrations. There are also six pages
that include a variety of illustrations linked by a common theme, such as Huma

n Anatomy.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">&l
t;b>Dr NS Prabhu was formerly associated with the British Council,
India and has taught undergraduate and postgraduate students of English, trained
teachers and teacher-trainers in the teaching of English. The following scholar
s worked on the dictionary database under the guidance of Dr NS Prabhu: Professo
r DK Sebastian, Ms Geeta Das Gupta, Professor Nalini Nagarajan, Mr TR Keshava Ra
o, Ms Uma S Rao and Dr Yamuna Raja Rao.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Englis
that Works: Workbook</td><td>M. S. Nagaraja Rao and D. S. Manjunatha (Eds.)</td>
<td>2011</td><td>156</td><td>90.0000</td><td>Eng
lish that Works is a compulsory English workbook prescr
ibed for students of first year undergraduate courses at Kuvempu University, Shi
moga. It consists of practice exercises in reading comprehension, vocabulary, gr
ammar and oral skills.</td><td>Professor M. S. Nagar
aja Rao teaches English at the D. V. S. College of Arts and Science, S
himoga.
Professor D. S. Manjunatha teaches English at Achary
a Tulasi College of Commerce,
Shimoga. </td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4291-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>On the S
tage: One-act Plays</td><td>K Sujatha(Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>104</td><td>105.
0000</td><td>This collection of o
ne-act plays has been designed as a textbook for the Core Course ENCR 7: Readin
g Drama for the fifth semester students of the B. A. Programme in English Langu
age and Literature in the various colleges affiliated to Mahatma Gandhi Univers
ity, Kottayam. The primary objective of this book is to expose students to the
world of one-act plays and to help them develop an interest in the enlightening
and entertaining aspects of the theatre. Each play included in this anthology
is accompanied by
<ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">a  brief sketch of th
e authors and their works</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">a  glossary</li&gt
;
<li style="text-align: justify">comprehension exercises</l
i>
</ul>
The collection is unique as it i
ncludes one Russian, one British, one American, one Spanish, one Ugandan and on
e Indian play. </td><td>Dr K Sujatha is He
ad of the Department of English, D. B. Pampa College, Parumala, Kerala </p&gt
<td>978-81-250-4511-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>3, Sakin
a Manzil and Other Plays</td><td>Ramu Ramanathan, Lakshmi Chandra(Ed.)</td><td>2
uot;>The book contains eight of Ramanathans well-known plans: Shant
i, Shanti, Its a War; The Boy Who Stopped Smiling; Curfew; Mahadevbhai (18921942)
; Collaborators; 3, Sakina Manzil; Shakespeare and
She; and Jazz. This volume also contains an Introduct
ion and an interview with the playwr
ight.</td><td>
Ramu Ramanathan is a contemporary playwright. He was born in Kolkata
and grew up in Mumbai, where he currently resides. Theatre is his passion and h
e not only writes and directs plays but also conducts workshops on plays and pl
aywriting and has organised numerous play-reading sessions and workshops. He is
a 
Lakshmi Chandra is Professor, Dep
artment of Literatures in English, The English and Foreign Languages University
, Hyderabad.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td
>
<td>978-81-250-4512-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Not With
out Reason and Other Stories</td><td>Rajee Seth, Raji Narasimhan (Tr.)</td><td>2
uot;>A warm humanism marks this collection of stories by Rajee Seth, some of
which are vibrantly feminist. Woman suffers, and man too, and Seth tries to di
ssect the reasons why. A clinical detachment is tempered by empathy and underst
anding.
The protagonist in Ammas Gold, who
lost in an earlier war, and wants to sell her ornaments to donate to the Nation
al Defence Fund during the Kargil battle, cannot be deterred by her grasping ot
her son. Partition forms the background of Wait, Intezaar Hussein: on Independenc
e Day, a man, while reading a book about the watershed in history, assailed by
the memory of his beloved who perished in the Lahore riots forty years ago. In Y
atra, an old man getting reconciled to his son after long servitude at his maste
rs mansion discovers that being fettered is demeaning to the human spirit. The t
itle story is about childlessness where the man, himself the cause, stigmatises
his wife, who gets wind of her mother-in-laws plans to seek another bride and d
ecides to leave. Morass lends itself to pharaphrasing Ivy Compton-Burnetts words:
pride goes before a fall, but male pride may continue after.
In Raji Narasimhans precise and vivid translations from their Hindi ori
ginals, the stories truly come in. 
Apart from the general reader, &l
t;em>Not without Reason and Other Stories will appeal to students of gender studies and comparative literature.</td><td>Rajee Seth
is an acclaimed Hindi Writer of fiction, poetry and criticism. Her wor
ks have been translated into almost all Indian languages as well as English. Amo
ng her most celebrated works is her translation into Hindi of Rilke's letter
s. Seth lives and works in Delhi.
Raji Narasimhan (Translator) wri
tes fiction and criticism in English, and is also a well-known translator. Nara
simhan lives and works in Delhi. </td><td>World</td><td>English Langua
<td>978-81-250-4510-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Survival
and Other Stories: Bangla Dalit Fiction in Translation</td><td>Indranil Acharya
and Sankar Prasad Singha</td><td>2012</td><td>220</td><td>350.0000</td><td>An eternity of oppression has defined t
he lives of Dalits. Yet, they survive, resilient and defiant. Drawing on the wo
rks of Dalit writers, Survival and Other Stories</st
rong> is a collection of Bangla fiction in translation, that spea
ks of Dalit lives lived on the edge and of suffering, negation and revolt. 
A mason is tortured for claiming
equality with upper-caste people but he refuses to yield. A gunin, or witch doctor
, holds a woman responsible for the illness of her grandchild; her son kills he
r but the child dies, so the man kills the gunin too. A zamindar repeatedly tau
nts another for his lowly ancestry: the latter forces him to drag a ploughreplacin
g a bullock! A penniless man, woman and child wage a fight for survival with a
poisonous snake: its coiled up in a hole full of grains. A proposal for marriage
from the progressive-minded son of a corrupt politician is turned down by his l
ow-born lover believing that society is not ready to accept their union. A stick
-wielding hireling of landlords, and later of a political party, learning in ol
d age from his erstwhile Muslim adversary that they had been cynically exploite
d, reluctantly accepts his friendship. Evocative of the indignities heaped on t
he Dalits, these stories are insightful and perceptive. They are a sensitive re
telling, that retains the rhythms and idioms of the original Bengali narratives
.
The spectrum of experiences as de
picted in these probing and absorbing stories is a must read for students and s
cholars of Dalit and caste studies, development studies, Indian Literature in T
ranslation, and gender studies. 
Each story has a glossary with me
anings of non-English words in the end.</td><td>Sankar Prasad Singh is Professor in
the Department of English, Vidyasagar University, Midnapore, West Bengal.<div style="text-align: justify">Indranil Acharya
is Assistant Professor in the Department of English, Vidyasagar Unive
rsity, Midnapore, West Bengal.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Languag
anushi.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>English Lang
;</td><td>WORLD</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
Listening and Speaking: A Handbook for English Language Teachers and Teacher Tr
ainers</td><td>Kamlesh Sadanand</td><td>2012</td><td>196</td><td>250.0000</td><t
d>Teaching Listenin
g and Speaking, intended for teacher trainers, teacher trainees a
nd practising teachers, has two sections, one on the teaching of listening and t
he other on the teaching of speaking. Through varied activities, the book aims t
o motivate teachers to reflect upon: the purpose of listening and speaking in th
e context of English language learning; the possibility of using authentic mater
ials to teach listening and speaking; the selection of suitable materials for di
fferent levels of learners; and the use of promptingvisual and audioto encourage stu
dents to speak fluently. 
As special features, the book off
ers extensive notes and guidelines for teachers, demonstrates how authentic audi
o materials from television programmes and lessons from English textbooks can be
used to teach listening and speaking skills, and provides materials on pronunci
ation for easy reference.
</td><td>Kamlesh Sadanan
d is former Professor and Head, Department of Phonetics and Spoken En
glish, the English and Foreign Languages University, Hyderabad. Besides her lo
ng years of experience in teaching, developing ELT materials and supervising re
search work, Dr Sadanand has published several papers and books. Prominent amon
g her publications are A Practical Course in English Pronunciation&lt
;/em> (2004) and Spoken English: A Foundation Course (20
08).</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
Poetry from the Elizabethans to the Restoration: An Anthology</td><td>Pramod K N
ayar</td><td>2012</td><td>276</td><td>220.0000</td><td>This comprehensive anthology of English poetry, from the
Elizabethan age to the Restoration, places canonised poets such as Spenser, Sha
kespeare, Milton, Donne, Herbert along with poets not usually found in antholog
ies Margaret Cavendish, Isabella Whitney, Mary Wroth, among others. The collect
ion offers poetry of science, religious poetry, the country-house poem and cour
tly poetry and has a comprehensive introduction which presents the socio-politi
cal and intellectual backgrounds to the literature of this era Traditional and
new readings of this poetry are listed in a full bibliography at the end of the
introduction. Biographical notes introduce each poet, while selective annotati
on explains some of the more obscure references and contextual implications of
the poems. </td><td><div style="text-align: justify">&
lt;b>Pramod K. Nayar teaches at the Department o
f English, the University of Hyderabad. His interests lie in post-humanism, lite
rary and cultural theory, English colonial writings on India and cultural studie
s. He has published a number of titles in the areas of literary criticism, postc
olonial and cultural studies and also media studies.</div></td><td>World</
<td>978-81-250-4618-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bahadur
Shah and the Festival of Flower-sellers</td><td>Mirza Farhatullah Beg, Mohammed
Zakir (trans.)</td><td>2012</td><td>100</td><td>295.0000</td><td>It was
a queens promise that upon the release of her son from prison, she would presen
t a ritual chadar cloth and a flo
ral decoration at the holy dargah of Mehrau
li. This procession and the offering of flowers that became an annual ritu
al for both Hindus and Muslims, came to be known as phool valon ki&lt
;/em> sair, or the festival of flow
er-sellers, and it continues to this day.
In the days of Bahadur Shah II, the festival took the form of an exube
rant celebration, an experience that brought the city of Delhi alive. In a narr
ative that captures the delight that once filled the hearts of the people of th
e city, when they came together regardless of their religious diversities, Mirz
a Farhatullah Beg brings this experience to the reader. 
Beg takes us through the Mehrauli that was. We travel with him from th
e mango-grove and the cascading waters of the Shamsi Talab, to the busy ba
zars glimmering with mirrors, chandeliers and lamps; from the sweet call of the
peacock and papiha, and the gentle drizzle of Bh
adon rain, to the songs of Tirmunhi Khanam and Dildar; from the frag
rance of andarsas and suhals frying i
n the angithees to the aroma of kachoris and kebabs in the shops on the streets; from the f
lare of the dancers' pishwaz to the tinkle of her
glass bangles to the grand procession itself, accompanied by the <em&gt
;dhol and shehnai, by wrestling matches, kite-f
lying competitions, and the magic of fireworks lighting up the skya spectacle th
at continued well past midnight.

A vivid portrayal of Delhi's picturesque and happy past, this
story is also reminiscent of the love and faith that the King shared with his
people. It is a portrayal the reader is sure to relish through Mohammed Zakirs l
ucid yet evocative translation that ably retains the flavour of the Urdu origin
al.</td><td>Mirza Farhatullah Beg</strong&gt
; (18831947) was born of Mughal stock in Delhi. Educated at the Dehli Madrassah,
Hindu College and St. Stephen's College, Delhi, he was Director of Educati
on in the State of Hyderabad. Later, he became the Registrar of the high court
of Hyderabad. A renowned research scholar and a distinguished humorist, Beg&#39
;s essays are marked by rich imagination and informality of style. His language
is one of the best specimens of Urdu as spoken in Delhi. Steeped as he was in
the medieval modes of culture and the lifestyle of Delhi, he saw beauty in them
and sought to make them live for good through his writings.
Mohammed Zakir was born in Delhi and educ
ated at St. Stephens College, Sri Ram College of Commerce and Zakir Husain Delhi
College, University of Delhi. He retired as Professor of Urdu after four decad
es of service in the Jamia Millia Islamia, Delhi. His main interests have been
translation, literary criticism and Urdu linguistics.</td><td>World</
Language Practice</td><td>Board of Editors, Davangere University</td><td>2012</t
d><td>148</td><td>75.0000</td><td>This is a workbook that can be used e
ither as a stand-alone title or to supplement the textbook prescribed for gener
al English courses at the undergraduate level. It provides practice to s
tudents in reading comprehension, vocabulary, grammar and speaking skills.</td><td>The materials were developed by a team headed by Professor Rajendr
a Chenni and approved by the Board of Studies in English, Davangere University,
Karnataka.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
for Empowerment </td><td>Shelley Walia, Deepti Varma, Prakash Varma and Neelkama
l Puri</td><td>2012</td><td>232</td><td>140.0000</td><td>This is a textbook for general English courses at the un
dergraduate level. It has sections on prose, poetry and written communication.
Each unit in the prose and poetry sections has pre- and post-reading sections, a
glossary, reading comprehension exercises, and language development activities
to help students improve in the areas of grammar and vocabulary.</td><
td>The materials for the three un
its in the original edition that have been replaced in this edition were prepare
d in-house and approved by Professor Rana Nayar, former Chair
person of the Board of Studies in English, Panjab University.</td><td>
<td>978-81-250-4721-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mindscap
es : English for Technologists and Engineers</td><td>Department of English Anna
University, Chennai </td><td>2014</td><td>192</td><td>295.0000</td><td>
Since the book is an outcome of a
thorough understanding of the language needs of contemporary students
and the expectations of the industry,
<div style="text-align: justify">The book is divided into ten un
its, each focused on a specific theme likely to be of interest to
both students and teachers. The texts in each unit have been drawn from both g
eneral literature
as well as materials in science and technology, based on the needs analysis co
nducted by the
Department. The book incorporates a skills approach to teaching and the proble
m-solving tasks
have been graded keeping in mind mixed classrooms and their specific needs. Th
erefore, apart
from the equal weightage given to the language skills (listening, speaking, re
ading and writing)
sufficient emphasis has also been laid on the practice of grammar. The book is
accompanied by a DVD that contains a range of audiovisual material for classroo
m use.</div>
</td><td>
List of Contributors
<div style="text-align: justify">Dr K Elango
Professor and Head ,
Department of English,
Anna University, Chennai 600 025</div>
<div style="text-align: justify">Dr T Shrimathy Venka
talakshmi,
Associate Professor,
<div style="text-align: justify">Dr S Soundiraraj,
Associate Professor,
<div style="text-align: justify">Dr Veena Selvam,
Assistant Professor,
<div style="text-align: justify">Dr Stars Jasmine,
Assistant Professor,
<div style="text-align: justify">Dr PR Sujatha Priyad
harsini,Assistant Professor,
<td>978-81-250-4724-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Indian V
oices : A Course in Literature and English Language</td><td>Kshamata Chaudhary a
nd Sanjay Chawla</td><td>2012</td><td>224</td><td>125.0000</td><td>This book contains a collection of essays and
short stories meant for the undergraduate course in general English for BA, B.Sc
. and B.Com for the University of Kota. Each chapter is followed by a detailed
glossary to guide learners through the text.</td><td>Kshamta
Chaudhary and Sanjay Chawla have several years of t
eaching experience.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4759-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Play: Ex
periential Methodologies in Developmental and Therapeutic Settings</td><td>Shubh
ada Maitra and Shekhar Seshadri</td><td>2012</td><td>264</td><td>550.0000</td><t
d>This book looks at the use of p
lay as a therapeutic and developmental tool when dealing with children across so
cio-economic divisions who have suffered trauma or loss.
It is divided into two partsPart I
covers key concepts on which play and play therapy is based. Part II of the boo
k focuses on the use of various types of play and art methods while working with
children.
The last section talks about the
use of play to get messages across to children on important topics like child se
xual abuse and life-formation skills.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr Shubhada M
aitra is Associate Professor and Chairperson, Centre for Health and Me
ntal Health, School of Social Work, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai.
Dr Shekhar Seshadri is Professor, Department of Child and Adolescent Psychiatr
y, NIMHANS, Bengaluru.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>English Language and Li
terature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4808-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Nampally
Road</td><td>Meena Alexander</td><td>2013</td><td>116</td><td>300.0000</td><td>
The story of the book focuses on
the experiences and perception of the central character, Mira Kannadical. After
four years as a student in England, Mira returns to India to teach and write, ho
ping that by writing a few poems . . . I could start to stitch it all together: m
y birth in India, a few years after national independence, my colonial education
, my rebellion against the arranged marriage my mother had in mind for me, my ye
ars of research in England. 
But the India that Mira finds, te
ems with confusion and unrest. At the heart of this novel, is the gang rape of&a
mp;nbsp; Rameeza Be by the police. The towns people rise up and burn the police
station. As the conflict between the townspeople and police reaches a boiling po
int, Mira realises that the unrest in the souls of Indian men and women is too vi
sible, too turbulent already to permit the kinds of writing I had once learnt to
value. Turning from poetry, Mira looks to people around her to help define herse
lf: Durgabai, practical and devoted to her patients; Old Swami Chari, preaching
that this worlds sufferings are only an illusion; and her rebellious lover Ramu,
urging her towards dangerous political action. 
This novel has a powerful resonan
ce with the recent tragic events in Delhi. When it was first published in 1991,
it was a Voice Literary Supplement Editors Choice.
Haunting and lyrical, Nampally Ro
ad vividly portrays contemporary India and one womans struggle to piece together
her past.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Meena Alexand
er was born in Allahabad. At eighteen she went to England to study. Fo
r several years she lived in Hyderabad, teaching in the English Department, Cent
ral University of Hyderabad, which was housed in the Golden Threshold, once upon a
time the residence of Sarojini Naidu. Nampally Road, her f
irst novel, comes out of that experience. Alexander is considered one of the for
emost poets of her generation. Her works have been widely anthologised and trans
lated and include Illiterate Heart (winner of the PEN Open
Book Award), Quickly Changing River and the forthcoming &lt
;em>Birthplace with Buried Stones. She has edited Indian
Love Poems and published a critically acclaimed memoir, Fa
ult Lines (picked as one of Publishers Weeklys Best Books of the year)
. She was a recipient of the Distinguished Achievement Award in literature from
the South Asian Literary Association and a Fellow of the John Simon Guggenheim F
oundation. Most of the year she lives in New York where she is Distinguished Pro
fessor of English at Hunter College and the Graduate Center, City University of
New York.</div></td><td>IN</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-4822-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Senior S
chool Grammar and Composition, with Answer Key</td><td>Hester Lott</td><td>2013<
>This book is designed for secondary and senior secondary school students and
imparts a fresh impetus to the teaching of English Grammar and Composition. It
combines the latest developments in the teaching of grammar along with the tried
and tested, prescriptive methods. The Composition section develops reading and
writing skills to help students gain confidence in writing for examinations and
beyond.
This book includes
<ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">Grammar section with usage rules
and simple explanations reinforced by extended practice.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Composition section covering all
the main genres of writing with models and exercises.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Passages and poems for testing R
eading Comprehension.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Appendix section with grammatica
l forms.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Glossary of grammatical terms.&l
t;/li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Answer key for all the grammar e
xercises, appended as a separate form.</li>
</ul></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">He
ster Lott has several years of teaching experience and her special int
erests lie in the editing and writing of grammar materials. She has taught in It
aly, London and Oxford and lives and teaches in Oxford currently.</div></t
ing English</td><td>E. Suresh Kumar</td><td>2014</td><td>184</td><td>200.0000</t
d><td>
Engineering English, a textbook of English for BTech students. Written
in a simple style, the books covers important topics in oral and written commu
nication, such as effective listening, interpersonal communication, and writing
reports, summaries, resumes and different kinds of letters.  Part 1,
Communication Skills, cover listening, speaking and writing skills and some aspe
cts of English grammar and vocabulary that many Indian learners have a problem
with.  Part 2, Reading for Enrichment, has a selection of texts on inspi
ring achievers of our times, which students will relate to and enjoy. 
The book also includes a list of basic technical vocabulary used in different
branches of engineering. 
</td><td>
Professor Suresh Kumar is Head, Department of Engli
sh, Osmania University, Hyderabad, and Director, English Language Training Cent
re, Osmania University. 
</td><td>IN</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-5744-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Kaanduri
and Other Stories</td><td>Dash Benhur and Bikram Keshari Das (Trans.)</td><td>2
015</td><td>112</td><td>250.0000</td><td>The
tales in Kaanduri and Other Stories, selected from the writings of
Jitendra Narayan Dash (whose pen name is Dash Benhur), reveal his wide range. Sm
all surprises and poignant discoveries about relationships account for the appea
l of these stories, occasionally marked by humour, which convey the flavour of l
ife among generally the middle and lower classes of Odisha. This volume of ninet
een stories will appeal to general readers and readers of Indian
fiction in translation, and will be a useful guide for students of Translation S
tudies. The stories have been deftly translated from the Odia by Prof. Bikram K.
Das.</td><td>Jitendra Narayan Dash&
lt;/b>, whose pen-name is Dash Benhur, is a retired Reader in Political Scien
ce, and a well-known and prolific writer of short stories in Odia. <
div> </div><d
iv>Bikram Keshari Das (Trans.), a
retired Professor of English, is a lexicographer, volume editor of English text
books, and an award-winning translator of Odia fiction.</div></td><td>Worl
d</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-5680-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Arya and
Other Stories</td><td>Chandrika Balan</td><td>2014</td><td>144</td><td>375.0000
</td><td>She is from a village. She is angr
y at
her conservative mother. She is a flawed activist. She is being judged. She
makes compromises. She cannot die, even if she wills it. She chooses to
command. Her children want to do away with her. She looks for friendships
online. She craves for fame. She musters the courage to pursue her lover. What
binds her through all these is her strength; she is indomitable.&lt
;/p>
Arya and Other Stories is a collection of twelve short stories by Chandrika Balan,
known in the Malayalam literary world as Chandramati. Balan brings to the
reader a glimpse into the world of the woman in a village where feminism has
reached. Here men know what feminism is; women know they can be independent;
and, children know that their mother is not a caring-bearing machine. Balans
exploration is into the kind of questions a woman here goes through.</span&gt
;
Employing different writing
stylesrealism, magic realism and postmodernismBalan weaves a sensitive fabric
that is a study of the contemporary woman. Accompanied by K. Satchidanandans
scholarly introduction that traces womens writing tradition in Kerala, this
collection of poignant and incisive short stories is bound to interest every
reader of fiction and translation.</td><td>
Chnadrika Balan is a winner of two awards
by the Kerala Sahitya Akademi. She has written over 22 books in Malayalam unde
r the pen-name Chandramati.
<td>978-81-250-5608-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Enrichin
g Speaking and Writing Skills (Second edition)</td><td>E. Suresh Kumar, B. Sandh
ya, J. Savithri and P. Sreehari</td><td>2014</td><td>158</td><td>225.0000</td><t
d>
The first part of the book, Commu
nication Skills and Language, has units on communication, writing skills, vocabu
lary and grammar. The second part, Reading for Enrichment, has five reading texts
followed by exercises on reading comprehension, communication skills and langu
age.  The book offers students adequate opportunities to work on their
language and communication skills, particularly writing, through guidelines an
d examples as well as a variety of challenging exercises.
</td><td>
Professor Suresh Kumar&l
t;/b> is Head, Department of English, Osmania University, Hyderabad, and Dir
ector, English Language Training Centre, Osmania University. 
<td>978-81-250-5904-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Writing a
nd Editing News</td><td>K. V. Krishnaswamy</td><td>2015</td><td>232</td><td>675.
0000</td><td>
Methods of news gathering and writing, and presenting them have seen u
nprecedented changes in the past two decades. Newsrooms today deliver news acro
ss streams and formats and as it breaks. The frenetic pace at which news is gen
erated makes it a challenge to produce error-free content. 
While journalists play various rolesas reporters, as editors on the desk, in n
ews evaluation, in designing layouts and presenting newsthe foundations of news

writing, the basic practices of reporting, editing, and accountability and ethi
cs apply to all. Writing and Editing News takes one back t
o the basics of news writing and editing. The author discusses the value of mai
ntaining objectivity, different formats of news writing, news structure and lea
d writing skills. Also examined are the continuing importance of editing as a s
kill, news list preparation, news budgeting and evaluation, and headline writin
g and design. 
The book answers important questions: What is newsworthy information? How sho
uld a TV report be structured? Why is the humble sub vital for a report? How sh
ould the journalist guard against vested interests? 
From detailing the various styles of writing reports, to editing them for var
ious presentations, this book is a primer on these basic journalistic practices
. Drawing on the authors long career, this book provides illustrations, commenta
ries and an appendix of carefully-chosen exercises in writing and editing news.
It will be invaluable for the student of journalism and mass communication.&lt
;/p>
</td><td>
K. V. Krishnaswamy was Deputy Editor, &lt
;em>The Hindu, and Associate Professor at Asian College of Journa
lism, Chennai.
ion to Literary Forms</td><td>Padmaja Ashok</td><td>2015</td><td>168</td><td>130
.0000</td><td>
A Companion to Literary Forms</st
rong> is a useful ready reckoner for both students and teachers of English l
iterature. The study of literary genres and forms plays a key role in sensitisi
ng the student of literature to the nuances of a work of art. No course in lite
rature can be complete without adequate knowledge of literary forms. 
The book defines each literary form in simple and clear language, expl
ains its features and sub-types, and provides numerous examples. In addition to
examining all the major forms of poetry, drama and prose, this essential handb
ook also surveys literary criticism down the ages, from the ancient Greeks to t
he present day. 
</td><td>
Padmaja Ashok has been teaching literature at the u
ndergraduate and postgraduate levels for nearly thirty years. She recently reti
red as Associate Professor of English at Ethiraj College for Women (Chennai). S
he has co-edited an anthology of prose, poetry and grammar, and has researched
in the area of Canadian literature. She is the author of the successful title &l
t;em>The Social History of England, also published by Orient Blac
kswan.

</td><td>

<td>978-81-250-6023-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Speak En
glish! (Revised Edition) Book 10 (with Audio CD)</td><td>Don Dallas and Samson T
homas</td><td>2015</td><td>80</td><td>220.0000</td><td>The new and revised edition of &l
t;em style="text-align: justify">Speak English! is a complete ten-level cours
e in speaking and listening. This current edition augments the highly successful
course design of the series. It gives students plenty of opportunities to learn
, practise, and use English in a variety of ways to improve their communicative
skills in class and at home.</td><td>Don Dal
las  formerly, British Council teacher of English in Zamb
ia and Sudan at the primary, secondary and university levels. And author of seve
ral major school ELT courses for Europe, Africa, China and Egypt.Samson Thomas  Associate Professor at t
he English and Foreign Languages University, Hyderabad. And teacher trainer and
guest faculty of leading training institutions in India and author of several co
urse books in English for learners at the primary, secondary and tertiary levels
.  Series editor for Books 1-8.</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-6022-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Speak En
glish! (Revised Edition) Book 9 (with Audio CD)</td><td>Don Dallas and Samson Th
omas</td><td>2015</td><td>80</td><td>220.0000</td><td>The new and revised edition of &lt
;em style="text-align: justify">Speak English! is a complete ten-level course
in speaking and listening. This current edition augments the highly successful
course design of the series. It gives students plenty of opportunities to learn,
practise, and use English in a variety of ways to improve their communicative s
kills in class and at home.</td><td>Don Dall
as  formerly, British Council teacher of English in Zambi
a and Sudan at the primary, secondary and university levels. And author of sever
al major school ELT courses for Europe, Africa, China and Egypt.<p&
gt;Samson Thomas  Associate Professor at th
e English and Foreign Languages University, Hyderabad. And teacher trainer and g
uest faculty of leading training institutions in India and author of several cou
rse books in English for learners at the primary, secondary and tertiary levels.
  Series editor for Books 1-8.</td><td>World</td><
<td>978-81-250-6011-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Paths to
Skills in English</td><td>G M Sundaravalli, A S Kamalakar, S Sankar, N Usha</td
><td>2015</td><td>160</td><td>95.0000</td><td>
Paths to Skills in English aims to help underg
raduate students acquire English communication skills for professional developme
nt.It is divided into two semesters with four units in each semester,written in
an interactive style with grammar embedded in context at the end of each unit. A
large number of practical examples and tests with a practice-oriented approach
follow each unit. written in consonance with the prescribed Common Core English
curriculum of Andhra Pradesh, this book will help students develop better commun
ication and personal skills.

</td><td>G M Sundaravalli, A S Kamalakar, S Sankar, N Usha</t
d><td>945.0000</td><td>
ierarchy.
</td><td>
<td>978-81-250-5988-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The trag
edy of macbeth</td><td>william shakespeare</td><td>2015</td><td>140</td><td>146.
0000</td><td>
Macbeth (full title&a
mp;nbsp;The Tragedy of Macbeth
) is atragedy written by William Shakespeare, and is considered one of his darke
st and most powerful works.Set in Scotland, the play dramatises what happens whe
n evil is chosen as a way to fulfill the ambition for power.
The play is believed to have been written between 1599 and 1606. Macbet
h tells the story of abrave Scottish general who receives a prophecy from three
sinister witched that one day he will become King of Scotland...
 
</td><td>william shakespeare<div> &
lt;/b></div><div>Bikram K Das (ed.)</div&gt
<td>978-81-250-5972-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Insights
: A Course in English Literature and Language (Panjab University Edition)</td><
td>K. Elango </td><td>2015</td><td>216</td><td>135.0000</td><td>

Insights: A Course in E
nglish Literature and Language is designed a little differen
tly from conventional courses in general English for undergraduate students. Eac
h unit, based on a central theme, has three texts belonging to different genres.
A wide range of challenging tasks involving cognitive and linguistic abilities
follow the texts in the book. Grammar at the word, sentence and discourse level
is discussed using examples from the reading texts and keeping in mind the mixed
-ability levels of learners. The prime objective of the book is to enable learne
rs to acquire linguistic and communicative competence with ease.

</td><td>K. Elango </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td
<td>978-81-250-5986-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Tinku at
Duliatal</td><td>Swapna Dutta</td><td>2015</td><td>106</td><td>130.0000</td><td
>In the
beginning, Tinku hates being in Duliatal away from her friends and school in De
lhi. But her feelings change as she begins to adjust to life in the hills, and m
eet new and interesting people. The delicate black and white watercolours captur
e the mist and green, and sudden silvery light of Duliatal.</td><td
>Swapna Dutta
, has been writing and translating for children for nearly three decades. She is
currently a consultant for Encyclopaedia Britannica (India).</td><
<td>978-81-250-5987-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Twenty T
housand Leagues Under the seaa</td><td>Jules Verne</td><td>2015</td><td>154</td>
<td>138.0000</td><td>
The story opens in the year 1866. There a mysterious creature that has
been sinking ships in the high seas.The US governmant commissions a warship, the
Abraham Lincoln to capture the creature.On board the ship are Pierre Aronnax, a
renowned scientist along with his manservant, Conseil and Ned Land, the king of
harpooners.
</td><td>Jules Verne<div> </b&gt
;</div><div>Heemal Handoo (ed.)</div><di
v> </div></td><td>World</td><td>English L
duction to Literary Theory and Criticism</td><td>Ashok Chaskar, Anand B Kulkarni
</td><td>2016</td><td>312</td><td>175.0000</td><td>Literary theory and
criticism is an essential component of every English Studies curriculum. However
, its vastness and complexity all too often mystifies students. This book has be
en written with the intention of making literary theory and criticism more acces
sible and comprehensible to students.
It covers the whole range of theories and movements in literature, from
the ancient Greek and Roman theories, to modern-day movements like Cultural Stu
dies and Digital Humanities. The various schools and theories have been presente
d in separate chapters chronologically, enabling students to map the development
of literary theory and criticism through the ages. Complex concepts and theorie
s are explained in simple, lucid language. The salient features of each theory a
re summarised at the end of each chapter, followed by questions which aid in rec
ollection and critical thinking. A brief summary of an important critical work a
ssociated with each theory is also provided, in order to acquaint students with
the major literary critical texts of each period.
</td><td>Ashok G. Chaskar is Associate Professor and

Head, Department of English, SP College, Pune. He has published extensively in
the field of Indian writing in English, multiculturalism and research methodolog
y.
Anand B. Kulkarni is Head, Department of English, Ar
ts, Commerce & Science College, Pune. He has worked extensively in the f
ield of literary theory and criticism, especially its pedagogical applications i
n teaching English literature to Indian students.
</td><td>

, Indira Gandhi National Open University.</td><td>World</td><td>Englis
;
<ul>
<li>highlights
uced. </li>
<li>shows
the future prices
<li>pinpoints
in the housing
sed to
/li>
</ul>
ith it.  
</td><td>
gt;
n
lt;/p>
of English, Presidency University, Kolkata.</td><td>World</td><td>Eng
ty of Dayton, Ohio.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literat
ure</td>
<td>978-81-250-6052-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Konkabot
i: The Extraordinary Journey of a Village Girl</td><td>Troilokyonath Mukhopadhya

yTranslated from the Bangla by Arnab Bhattacharya</td><td>2015</td><td>250</td><t
d>425.0000</td><td>Troilokyonath Mukhopadhyays tales are excursions int
o fantasy, where fact confronts the unreal. He belongs to a group of writers (i
ncluding Sukumar Ray and Lewis Carroll) who elevated nonsense in literature to
an art form.
Konkaboti, T
roilokyonaths first novel (1892), begins with the childhood years of the eponymo
us heroine and Khetu, a boy from her village, who goes to Kolkata to study. In
time, their mothers want them to marry, but Konkabotis avaricious father plans
her wedding with an aged zamindar. The prospect appals her and she falls seriou
sly ill. 
Konka and Khetu undergo amazing
experiences, including encounters with ghosts, a trip to the moon and back, and
the death of both protagonists. But matters are resolved through a major twist i
n the tail of the narrative. The effortlessly inventive goings-on compel reade
rs to suspend their disbelief.
Translator Arnab Bhattacharya ex
plains in a perceptive Afterword why Troilokyonaths book deserves a wider reader
ship for it travels to imagined worlds scarcely ever portrayed in early Indian
fiction. 
</td><td>Troilokyonath MukhopadhyayTranslated from the Bangla by Arnab B
hattacharya</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-6049-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Indias For
eign Policy: Coping with the Changing World</td><td>Muchkund Dubey</td><td>2015<
/td><td>464</td><td>845.0000</td><td>
Indias Foreign Policy: Principles, Challenges and Strategies  t
races the values and principles that have shaped Indias foreign policy and its ev
olution starting from the Non-Aligned Movement, up to the end of the Cold War; d
ecline of multilateralism and the nation state; and the challenges of globalizat
ion.
This updated edition includes a new chapter on Pakistan. It examines th
e complexities in IndiaPakistan relations and in that context discusses
Pakistans polity, society, economy and the overall thrust of its foreign
policy. It also advances compelling arguments for improving relations with Paki
stan and discusses various approaches towards achieving this purpose including r
esumption of dialogue and solving outstanding bilateral problems. It further out
lines a blueprint for economic cooperation.
The book has a separate chapter on how to deal with our neighboursPakist
an, Bangladesh, Nepal, Sri Lanka, China, Bhutan. it presents a comprehensive ana
lysis of Indias economic relations with Bangladesh. It discusses in detail the re
cent initiatives for improving Indo-Bangladesh cooperation.
This volume further looks at Indias relations with world powers like the
United States (US), Russia, China and Japan, the diversity and dimensions acqui
red by the Indo-US strategic partnership, the long-term vision of Indo-Russian c
ollaboration in the realm of nuclear energy and Indias response to Chinese initia
tives that have the potential of bringing about changes in the world order.
The book also analyses and suggests appropriate strategies for meeting
the challenges of other recent developments having far-reaching consequences for
India in the coming years. These include Chinas rise as a global power, the shif
t of economic power balance from the US and Europe to Asia, the Indo-US nuclear
deal, emergence of a new generation of regional and inter-regional economic grou
pings, and the role of the Indian diaspora in influencing Indias development and
foreign policy.
This volume, with its insightful and informed analysis from a renowned
expert in and practitioner of Indias foreign policy, will be indispensable for un
dergraduate and postgraduate students and scholars of foreign policy, internatio
nal relations and political science It will also be useful for government bodies
and policy think tanks.

</td><td>
Muchkund Dubey started his career
as a lecturer in economics, and later joined the Indian Foreign Service (IFS) i
n which he served as the High Commissioner of India for Bangladesh and the Perma
nent Representative of India to the United Nations, Geneva. He retired from the
IFS after serving as the Foreign Secretary to the Government of India and then j
oined the School of International Studies at the Jawaharlal Nehru University as
Professor where he taught for close to eight years. He was conferred a DLitt deg
ree (Honoris Causa) by the University of Calcutta in 2014. 

<td>978-81-250-6012-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Shakespe
are </td><td>Anna Kurian,Pramod K. Nayar</td><td>2016</td><td>256</td><td>210.00
00</td><td>
This book presents an array of contexts that operated in Shakespeare&#
39;s plays. These include ideas about kingship and authority; gender roles; pre
judices, antipathies and stereotypes regarding national, racial, gender or ethn
ic identities; views about the world outside England, or about the classical wo
rld; and the world of the theatre, among many others. The book analyses how the
se contexts are reflected, examined, interrogated and sometimes subverted, in h
is plays.
</td><td>
Anna Kurian works at the Department of Eng
lish, University of Hyderabad, where she teaches Shakespeare and Early Modern D
rama in addition to courses in English and American literature. 
The series editor <strong&g
t;Pramod K. Nayar teaches at the Department of English, Universit
y of Hyderabad. His most recent books include The Transnational in E
nglish Literature: Shakespeare to the Modern (2015), Citize
nship and Identity in the Age of Surveillance (2015), The P
ostcolonial Studies Dictionary (2015) and Postcolonial Stud
ies: An Anthology (2015). His forthcoming work includes a book on th
e Indian graphic novel.
<td>978-81-250-5264-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Shakespea
re and the Art of Lying</td><td>Shormishtha Panja</td><td>2013</td><td>247</td><
td>850.0000</td><td>Questions of truth, untruth, representation and de
ception were pivotal to sixteenth and seventeenth century thought. Be it Machia
velli, More or Montaigne, writers and philosophers struggled with questions of
lying and truth-telling, and how truth is constructed and performed. But what v
iew did Shakespeare subscribe to? What notions of falsehood, and, axiomatically
, of truth, emerge from a reading of his works? 
This collection of essays from scholars such as Stuart Sillars, Coppélia
Kahn, Supriya Chaudhuri, Bijoy Boruah, R. W. Desai, Gert Hofmann and Shormisht
ha Panja explores the many facets of lies, deception, truth and half-truth that
feature so prominently in well-known plays such as Hamlet,</em&gt
; King Lear, Twelfth Night and A Midsummer Night
’s Dream and inShakespeare’s Sonnets and poems. &
lt;br>
From philosophy to physiognomy, from fictionality to reality, the essays are
as varied as revealing. While the book explores the subversive potential of spe
ech in the context of gender and class in Othello, there i
s also an analysis of ‘The Phoenix and the Turtle,’ one of
Shakespeare’s lesser-known works. From examining visages of truth and
deception in Hamlet, drawing on early modern discourses of
face-reading, to reading Shakespeare in light of Nietzschean truth and falseho
od and theories of mimesis and verisimilitudethese essays analyse how complex an
d textured Shakespeare’s engagement with lying is. In addition

, the essayists pull into their orbit writers as varied as Plato, St. Augustine
, Erasmus, Castiglione, and Franz Kafka. 
Enlightening for the student and scholar alike, Shakespeare and the
Art of Lying examines Shakespeare’s words from a hitherto
unexplored angle, and raises new questions about the art of representation and
dissimulation, and the rhetorical practices of truth and falsehood. 
</td><td>Shormishtha Panja is Professor,
Department of English, University of Delhi, and President, Shakespeare Society
of India.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-5255-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Panorama
: Selected Essays and Short Stories</td><td>Nandita Singh and Ajay Kumar Shukla
(ed)</td><td>2014</td><td>127</td><td>80.0000</td><td>Panorama is a te
xtbook meant for the first year undergraduate students of DDU Gorakhpur Univers
ity, Gorakhpur. The book acquaints the students with essays and short stories a
s literary forms, across different ages and countries. Biographical details of
the writers, the literary characteristics of their essays/short stories, explan
atory notes and critical analysis of essays/short stories are aspects which add
value to the book and make it user-friendly.</td><td><str
ong>Nandita Singh teaches at the Department of English, DDU G
orakhpur University, Gorakhpur. She has been teaching there for more than twent
y-five years. Her area of interest is contemporary American Fiction. Her book o
n Philip Roth is cited in the bibliography of the Philip Roth Society. She has
published papers on Indian American women writers and supervised research on Af
rican American women writers.
Ajay Kumar Shukla is Associate Professor,
Department of English, DDU Gorakhpur University, Gorakhpur. He has been teachi
ng there for more than fifteen years. He has several publications to his credit
and has presented many scholarly papers in various national and international
seminars/conferences. His writings include Richard Wright and Langston
Hughes: A Critical Study (2009), Lite
rature and History: Exchanges and Interactions (2013). He has also e
dited An Anthology of English Essays (2003) and 
English Poetry down the Ages: An Anthology (2009). His areas of spec
ialisation are African- American Literature and Indian English Literature. At p
resent he is the programme coordinator of National Service Scheme (NSS).</p&
<td>978-81-250-5258-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Practisi
ng English: Workbook</td><td>Board of Editors, Kuvempu University, Karnataka</td
ify">This is meant for 1st and 2nd semester undergraduate students at Ku
vempu University, Karnataka. The workbook is basically aimed at making the learn
ing of reading skills, vocabulary, grammar and everyday oral communication effec
tive.  It focuses on helping students acquire language skills, improve
their vocabulary and gain better understanding of the use of grammar. 
The passages used for honing students reading comprehension  skills are
descriptive, narrative,  expository and argumentative. Some of the pass
ages are contemporary in theme, style and outlook.  The book also inclu
des exercises in vocabulary building, grammar, and oral skills. 
Each unit is followed by the glos
sary, the comprehension, language activity which helps students improve their co
mmunication skills. </td><td>Board of Editors, Kuvem
pu University, Karnataka.</td><td>World</td><td>English Lang
<td>978-81-250-5226-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Trailbla
zers</td><td>Board of Editors</td><td>2013</td><td>96</td><td>110.0000</td><td>&
lt;div style="text-align: justify">Trailblazers brings together for
students a collection of short biographical sketches of great Indian scientists

and entrepreneurs and a poignant short by R K Narayan. The pioneers who featur
e in this book are well know in their respective fields for their hard work, ded
ication and sacrifices, and are, therefore, role models for students. The glimp
ses that the texts offer into the lives of these great people will lend fresh pe
rspectives to students on life and work, and inspire them to dream and think big
.</div></td><td>This book is prepared by Board of Editors.</b&
<td>978-81-250-5344-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Towards S
ocial Change: Essays On Dalit Literature</td><td>Sankar Prasad Singha and Indran
il Acharya</td><td>2014</td><td>200</td><td>725.0000</td><td><ul>
<li>Dalit writings have a sense of defiance, identity and revolt. The s
truggles that Dalit writers have had to go through provide them with intellectu
al clarity and self-confidence. </li>
<li>The essays in this collection discuss themes from various regions.
</li>
<li>A piece on the dilemmas that a translator faces delves into the pro
blems and politics of representation of the subaltern in an Amitav Ghosh novel.
</li>
<li>Another chapter makes a comparative study of Dalit and Holocaust (N
azi Germany) literatures which share experiences of subjugation, suffering and
torture. </li>
<li>An analysis of Narendra Jadhavs memoir Outcaste  that&n
bsp; travels from bitter memories to better dreams across three generations finds D
alits attaining recognition and success against dreadful odds.  A look
at some Bengali Dalit poems shows how revolutionary anger is channelled to ach
ieve an aesthetic effect. The creation of a forum for marginalised women writer
s in Andhra Pradesh is vividly described.</li>
</ul>
</td><td>Sankar Prasad Singha is Professo
r at the Department of English, Vidyasagar University, Midnapore, West Bengal.

Indranil Acharya is Associate Professor, D
epartment of English, at Vidyasagar University, Midnapore, West Bengal. </p&
gt;
<td>978-81-250-5271-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Curt
ain Raised : Five One-Act Plays</td><td>Roshan Lal Sharma, Ajay Khurana</td><td>
uot;>The Curtain Raised: Five One-act Plays is designed
to introduce the students of BA II (English) of Himachal Pradesh University, Shi
mla to drama through its different genres such as comedy, tragedy, and problem p
lay. Each of the five plays evokes a different atmosphere and offers variety of
themes. An overview of the playwrights biographic profile along with a brief text
ual analysis regarding themes and characterization precedes each play, which is
followed by annotations and exercises with a view to enhance the critical abilit
y of the students. </td><td>Roshan Lal Sharma &
lt;/strong>is Head, Department of English & European Languages in the
Central University of Himachal Pradesh, Dharamshala (HP). He has been Fulbright
Senior Research Fellow at the University of Wisconsin-Madison in the United Sta
tes (2007-08). His publications 
include Som P. Ranchan (co-authored 2012), Short
er Fiction of Raja Rao (2009), Walt Whitman (200
0), New Vistas (co-ed. 2004), Under the Spotlight
(co-ed. 2002), Mount Karol and Other Poems (200
8), Lahar Lahar Bahav aur Anya Kavitayen (2008) a
nd Shirgul Parmar (trans. Into Hindi 2008).
Ajay Khurana is Associate Professor in Eng
lish at Government Degree College, Arki in District Solan of Himachal Pradesh. H

e has co-edited Under the Spotlight (2002)and has published
research papers in journals of national and international repute. His areas of
interest include Australian Literature, Canadian Literature, contemporary world
fiction, philosophy (existentialism in particular) and psychology.</td
<td>978-81-250-5282-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Modern E
nglish Poetry: A Selection</td><td>Mohan G Ramanan</td><td>2013</td><td>152</td>
<td>150.0000</td><td>Critical Edi
tions is a series intended to bring literary texts closer to students of both po
stgraduate and undergraduate levels. This anthology of modern British poetry inc
ludes representative poems by the important poets of the canon and helps introdu
ce the reader to the sheer exuberance and variety of this period in British poet
ry. The detailed introduction offers a survey of the main themes, styles and poe
ts.  The commentaries accompanying each poem will enable students to un
ravel the more obscure references and contextual implications of the poem in que
stion.  The edition includes a select bibliography in the area to enabl
e further reading and research.
</td><td>Mohan
Ramanan is Professor of English at the University of Hyderabad. A sen
ior academician, he is the author of several books including books on modern poe
try from Britain, America and India. His doctoral study on the Movement poets wa
s later published as The Movement . He went on to publish &
lt;em>Difficult Balance, a study of contempor
ary American formal verse and edited a book on contemporary Indian English verse
.
<td>978-81-250-5123-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Prose of
the World: Modernism and the Banality of Empire</td><td>Saikat Majumdar</td><td
">Prose of the World identifies and explores the way the banality of eve
ryday life and the boredom that often accompanies it paradoxically shape a narra
tive instinct along the margins of the global British empire from late colonial
modernism to the present day as revealed in the fiction of four writers: James J
oyce from Ireland, Katherine Mansfield from New Zealand, Zoe Wicomb from South A
frica, and Amit Chaudhuri from India. Majumdar foregrounds the banal as a key in
stinct of modern and contemporary fictionone that nevertheless remains submerged
because of its antithetical relation to literatures intuitive function to engage
or excite. Majumdar suggests that this impoverished affective experience of colo
nial modernity significantly shapes the innovative aesthetics of modernist ficti
on. Prose of the World thus presents the literary modernism of banality as an ae
sthetic which, though seemingly isolated from the tremors of public history, is
more symptomatic than conclusive. </td><td>Saikat Ma
jumdar is an assistant professor of English at Stanford University and
the author of a novel, Silverfish.</td><td>IN,NP
,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
Athiranippadam</td><td>S. K. Pottekkatt</td><td>2013</td><td>456</td><td>850.00
00</td><td>Tales of Athiranippadam</strong&
gt;, translated from the Malayalam Oru Desathinte Katha, is the fictionalised autobiography of S.
K. Pottekkatt, the acclaimed Malayalam writer. Sreedharan, the central characte
r, offers us a glimpse of the authors own life in the little corner of the earth
called Athiranippadam, where he was raised. The narrative uses an interesting
mix of street gossip, fairy tale and recorded history. The characters that peop
le the pages hold within themselves reminiscences of people we have met, conver
sations we have had, places we have seen and people we may know.
This volume was first published in 1971 in Malayalam and won the Sahit
ya Akademi award in 1972 and the Jnanpith award in 1980.
</td><td>Sankaran Kutty Pottekkat made hi
s mark in the world of letters in the 1930s. In his youth, he was witness to hi
storic events like the Mappila Riots in Malabar which was then under the Britis
h. These events are reflected in his semi-autobiographical Oru Desha
thinte Katha. His writings are marked by his individualistic vision.
 He was also the pioneer of travel writing in Malayalam and his travel
ogues gave Malayalees a glimpse into the worlds beyond their shores through his
writings. Oru Desathinte Katha won the Kerala Sa
hithya Academy Award in 1972, the Kendra Sahithya Academy Award&nbs
p;in 1977, and the Jnanpith Award in 1980. He died in 1982. &
lt;/p>
Translators
Sreedevi K. Nair is Associate Professor of
English in NSS College for Women, Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala. 
Radhika P. Menon is Associate Professor of English
in Fatima Mata National College, Kollam, Kerala.</td><td>World</td><t
d>English Language and Literature</td>
the Nation: Identity Politics and English Comic Theatre of the Long Eighteenth
Century</td><td>Chandrava Chakravarty</td><td>2013</td><td>220</td><td>650.0000<
/td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Gendering the Nation st
udies the role of the comic theatre in Britain during the long eighteenth centur
y as a nation-building discourse. It evaluates the impact of the cultural phenom
enon of Sentimentality on the English comic stage in conceptualising gendered id
entities for the men and women of a polite, genteel nation. The book analyses ce
rtain popular comic plays of the time to ascertain the extent to which they coul
d constitute gender masculinity and femininity as the basis of a secure social o
rder and a stable nation. A study of genderculture interface, Gendering the Nati
on offers new readings of non-canonical plays and makes extensive use of several
extra-literary discourses</div></td><td><div style="text-align: j
ustify">Chandrava Chakravarty is an Assistant Profess
or of English at West Bengal State University, Kolkata. Her areas of interest in
clude eighteenth-century British literature, and gender and culture studies.<
/div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-5128-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Translati
on and Postcolonialities: Transactions Across Languages and Cultures</td><td>Vij
aya Guttal and Suchitra Mathur (Eds.)</td><td>2013</td><td>172</td><td>825.0000<
/td><td>Translation and Postcolonialities</e
m> is a collection of essays that pertain to the many intricat
e and complex ways in which translation is seen to mirror postcolonialities, and
brings to the foreground the nature and function of translation in the multilin
gual and multicultural context of India. 
These essays are a selection from the IACLALS conference held in Dharwa
d, Karnataka, in 2009. They use a variety of linguistic and cultural contexts Ka
nnada, Kashmiri, English and Hindi to interrogate translation practices for thei
r complicity with the so-called colonial politics as well as to bring out the li
nguistic, cultural and political transactions and collaborations involved in col
onial and postcolonial translations. Analysing ''texts'' as disp
arate as ancient Kannada scriptures and the Indian variant of Spider-Man comics,
the volume presents a rich and layered debate on the role and place of translat
ion in the postcolonial context.</td><td>Vijaya
Guttal teaches at Karnatak University, Dharwad. 
Suchitra Mathur teaches at the Department of Huma
nities and Social Sciences, Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur. <
<td>978-81-250-5166-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>In Pursui
t of Amitav Ghosh: Some Recent Readings</td><td>Tapan Kumar Ghosh and Prashanta
Bhattacharya</td><td>2013</td><td>296</td><td>825.0000</td><td><div style=&qu
ot;text-align: justify">This book is a voluminous compendium of differen
t essays covering Ghoshs writing, both his fiction and his non-fiction. The edito
rs of this volume take a re-look at the rich literary wealth of Ghosh, and try t
o draw out their separate takes on the contributions of Ghosh. All of them try t
o place a new and valid critical frame around the notion of civilizational crisis
that often haunts Amitav Ghoshs search for ethical meaning. The book also include
s a candid and revealing authorial interview, and is intended to be a comprehens
ive reference for students, teachers, scholars and book-lovers alike. The collec
tion is the first of its kind in the area of Ghosh studies.</div></td><td>
<div style="text-align: justify">Tapan Kumar Ghosh is an Associate Professor of English at Tarakeswar Degree College, Hooghly
(West Bengal). </div><div style="text-align: justify&quo
t;> </div><div style="text-align: justify">&
lt;b>Prasanta Bhattacharya is an Assistant Professor of English at
Rabindra Mahavidyalaya, Hooghly, and visiting faculty in the department of Engli
sh at Rabindra Bharati University, Kolkata.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>En
<td>978-81-250-5199-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Practisi
ng Writing Skills: Workbook</td><td>Board of Editors, Davangere University, Karn
ataka</td><td>2013</td><td>104</td><td>80.0000</td><td>This is a textbo
ok for undergraduate students studying Compulsory English in the 3rd and 4th sem
esters at Davangere University, Davangere, Karnataka. The book mainly focu
ses on important written communication skills essential for further study as wel
l as for success at the workplace. Each chapter has an introduction to the topic
and provides examples that students of English can use as models, followed by e
xercises which give students the opportunity to develop their writing skills and
to test their ability.</td><td>Board of Editors, Davangere U
niversity, Davangere, Karnataka.</td><td>World</td><td>English Languag
Literature: Sixteenth to Eighteenth Centuries</td><td>Board of Editors, Davanger
e University, Karnataka</td><td>2013</td><td>372</td><td>325.0000</td><td><p&
gt;This textbook is meant for 3rd semester BA Optional English students of Davan
gere University, Karnataka. The book consists of prose, poetry and a play.
The selection of prose, poetry and play is made with utmost care so that
students gain appreciation of literature. The comprehension questions and the gl
ossary enhance the students understanding of the text.
The background essays give students an overview of the age they are studying. Th
ey trace significant literary movements as well as highlight key literary figure
s, works and genres. The critical analyses of the poems encourage students
to read and understand the poem in its literary and social context. The d
etailed introduction and annotations to Paradise Lost, Book 1 and Julius Caesar will give student
s a comprehensive understanding of the times and context and also help them appr
eciate the richness of the text.</td><td>Board of Editors, Davangere Un
iversity, Davangere, Karnataka.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language
and Literature</td>
with Getting Ahead in Social Science 8</td><td>Vijaya Sreedharan, Hemalatha Sesh
adri, Mahalakshmi Ramjee</td><td>2013</td><td>320</td><td>455.0000</td><td>
<li>Success with Getting Ahead in Social Science
6-8(Students
Edition)&lt
;/em> is a series of books for teaching social science at the
middle school level. They are based on the CBSE Syllabus, and have been &l
t;strong>revised in
accordance with CBSEs directives on continuous and c
omprehensive
assessment (CCE).  These
books
are aimed at schools that empathise with the desires of the CBSE to
put an
end to rote learning, and ensure the all-round development of the
child t
hrough the process of CCE.</li>
<li>Success with Getting Ahead in
Social S
cience 6-8</stro
ng> covers all the new areas CBSE is focusing on such as HOTs&l
t;/strong>, Life Skills, Problem S
olving Skills and Value-Based
Questions. </li>
<li>These books now come as part of a package which includes the <str
ong>SGASS Teachers Edition, the SGASS Teachers
Manual and the SGASS Smart Books for Teachers&lt
;/strong>.</li>
</ul>
</td><td>Vijaya Sridharan was the principal of Scindia Kanya Vidyalaya,
Gwalior. She was also the director of the Pravara group of schools, Maharashtr
a. She has also taught at several schools in Delhi and Chennai. She has over 20
years of experience teaching social science to middle and senior school studen
ts. She authored a series of middle school history books for Macmillan.</p&g
t;
Hemalatha Seshadri wa
s formerly the head of the department of social science, Padma Seshadri Bala Bh
avan Senior Secondary School, Nungambakkam, Chennai (this is one of the leading
schools of India). Having completed her Masters in History from Jawaharlal Neh
ru University, New Delhi, she has been teaching for over 25 years now. &nbs
p;She is currently the principal of PSBB International School at Coimbatore. &l
t;/p>
Mahalakshmi Ramjee te
aches geography to senior classes in Padma Seshadri Bala Bhavan Senior Secondar
y School, Nungambakkam, Chennai. She has an MA in English, an MA in Economics,
an MSc in Geography and an M.Ed. She has over 20 years of teaching experience.
She is currently the headmistress of PSBB International School at Cuddalore.&lt
;/p>
<td>978-81-250-5178-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Varanasi
</td><td>M.T.Vasudevan Nair, Translator: N. Gopalakrishnan</td><td>2013</td><td
>200</td><td>325.0000</td><td>Women of character and strength, reveal
his failings, one by one. And, Sudhakaran runs; from village to town, from town
to city and city to city. The city now is Varanasi. This ancient city reminds
him of all that it stands fordharma, lust and deathand that there is no place whe
re one can hide ones mistakes. Of all places one cannot hide in Varanasi, where
memories hold the city together; and, where Kalabhairavan, astride his fierce d
og, punishes everyone before salvation.
Varanasi<strong&gt
;, in his trademark austere writing style, is Jnanpith laureate
M. T. Vasudevan Nairs latest novel. Non-linear and set through the protagonists r
eminiscences, this novel is MTs experiment in style. The narrative is in the unu
sual alternating person view, where the narrator smoothly shifts between the firs
t, second and third person. Complemented by a steady stream of paradoxes and al
lusions, legends and parallel realities, this novel
makes for an engaging read.
Translated by Sahitya Akademi award winner N. Gopalakrishnan, this wor
k is laced with the flavours of the original Malayalam, even as its protagonist
leaves his native far behind and for too long. However, Sudhakaran and other e
tched characters of Varanasi are here to stay, for a long t
ime to comelike the grand old city itself.

</td><td>Born in 1933 in the small village of Koodallur, Kerala, <s
trong>M. T. Vasudevan Nair is the best known among his genera
tion of storywriters in Malayalam. A chronicler of life in the matriarchal join
t family of Kerala, a milieu he describes with intimacy in novels such as <e
m>Nalukettu (1959) and Kaalam (1969), he won
the Kendriya and Kerala State Sahitya Akademi awards respectively for these tw
o novels. He is also among Keralas most popular script writers and directors of
mainstream cinema. He has won four National Awards for his screenplays. The ver
y first film he wrote, produced and directed, Nirmaalyam (T
he Floral Offering) won the Presidents Silver Medal in 1973 and Kadavu
(The Ferry) won the Japanese Grand Prix. He was also awarded the Jn
anpith in 1996. 
 
Apart from short fiction in which he has excelled, Nair has published novels
and novellas, travelogues, literary criticism, books for children and a sizeabl
e number of miscellaneous notes, reviews and memoirs. Nairs stories have been tr
anslated into several languages in India and abroad. He was associated with the
editorship of Matrubhumi periodical publications for over
four decades. The Government of India honoured him with the Padmabhushan in 20
05. 
 
The Translator 
Born in Kottayam, Kerala, on 1 February 1934, N. Gopalakrishnan
is a well-known writer and translator. He has translated P. V.
Narasimha Raos Insider (DC Books, 1999) into Malayalam, two
novels by M. T. Vasudevan Nair, namely Iruttinte Atmavu (
The Soul of Darkness, Tarjuma Publications, 1999) and <e
m>Vilapayatra (The Funeral Procession, Tarjum
a Publications, 1999), E. Vasus Vandematharam (Son
of the Nation, Tarjuma Publications, 2007), and K. P. Ramanunnis &lt
;em>Sufi Paranja Katha (What the Sufi Said, R
upa, 2000) into English. He also translated Ramakanth Raths Odiya Classic Sri Radha into Malayalam in association with poet P. M. Narayana
n (Mulberry Publishers, 2002), which received the Kendriya Sahitya Akademi Awar
d in 2007.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
with GettingAhead in Social Science 7</td><td>Vijaya Sreedharan, Hemalatha Sesha
dri, Mahalakshmi Ramjee</td><td>2013</td><td>304</td><td>442.0000</td><td><ul
>
<li>Success with GettingAhead in Social Science
6-8(Students
Edition) is a series of books for teaching social science at the
middle school level. They are based on the CBSE Syllabus, and have been &lt
;strong>revised in
accordance with CBSEs directives on continuous and co
mprehensive
assessment (CCE).  These
books a
re aimed at schools that empathise with the desires of the CBSE to
put an
end to rote learning, and ensure the all-round development of the
child th
rough the process of CCE.</li>
<li>Success with GettingAhead in
Social Sc
ience 6-8</stron
g> covers all the new areas CBSE is focusing on such as HOTs&lt
;/strong>, Life Skills, Problem So
lving Skills and Value-Based
Questions. </li>
<li>These books now come as part of a package which includes the <str
ong>SGASS Teachers Edition, the SGASS Teachers
Manual and the SGASS Smart Books for Teachers&lt
;/strong>.</li>
</ul>
</td><td>Vijaya Sridharan was the principal of Scindia Kanya Vidyalaya,
Gwalior. She was also the director of the Pravara group of schools, Maharashtr
a. She has also taught at several schools in Delhi and Chennai. She has over 20
years of experience teaching social science to middle and senior school studen
ts. She authored a series of middle school history books for Macmillan.</p&g
t;
Hemalatha Seshadri wa
s formerly the head of the department of social science, Padma Seshadri Bala Bh
avan Senior Secondary School, Nungambakkam, Chennai (this is one of the leading
schools of India). Having completed her Masters in History from Jawaharlal Neh
ru University, New Delhi, she has been teaching for over 25 years now. &nbs
p;She is currently the principal of PSBB International School at Coimbatore. &l
t;/p>
Mahalakshmi Ramjee te
aches geography to senior classes in Padma Seshadri Bala Bhavan Senior Secondar
y School, Nungambakkam, Chennai. She has an MA in English, an MA in Economics,
an MSc in Geography and an M.Ed. She has over 20 years of teaching experience.
She is currently the headmistress of PSBB International School at Cuddalore.&lt
;/p>
/p>
<ul type="disc">
<li>Socio-cultural
/li>
<li>The
li>
;/li>
<li>Language
<li>Empirical
lt;/li>
</ul></td><td>Vaishna Narang is a P
rofessor of Linguistics at Jawaharlal Nehru University. In a career spanning fo
ur decades she has made significant contributions to applied linguistics, phone
tics, speech acoustics, learning theories and developmental psycholinguistics.&
lt;/p>
lackswan Hindi-Angrezi-Hindi Shabdakosh (Hindi-English-Hindi Dictionary)</td><td
>Vishwa Nath Bhargava</td><td>2013</td><td>376</td><td>270.0000</td><td><p&gt
;Orient Blackswan Hindi-Angrezi-Hindi Shabdakosh</st
rong> [Hindi-English-Hindi Dictionary] is a
learners dictionary of Hindi language with English help provided throughout. It
is specially designed for the students of non-Hindi and English m
edium schools of the country. 
Hindi and English languages are
very important in a school curriculum across the Boards in the country. Teachin
g of both these languages is compulsorily included in all schools. People espec
ially children whose mother tongue is other than Hindi and also if the medium o
f instruction in the school is also English, such children have often found it
difficult to get the meanings and usages of Hindi words, their nuances and phra
ses right and thus find the learning of Hindi cumbersome as a subject. And most
of the times the parents also are not able to help their children with their H
indi language problems at home. 
Orient BlackSwan Hindi-English-Hindi Dictionary</stro
ng> is specially designed for the students and parents who find learning of
Hindi difficult at the school level either because of their mother tongue is a
language other than Hindi and/or who have to pursue their study at the school l
evel through the English medium but have to study Hindi as a subject. </p&gt
;
This dictionary provides solutions to both of these kinds who find Hin
di difficult at the learning level.
 <strong&
gt;Amongst its key features: <o
l><li>About 10000 words including headwords [mukhya shabda] and an equa
l number of derivatives [sambandhit shabd] and idiomatic phrases [muhavare and p
rayog] given with their grammar labels [vyakaranik bhed] and illustrative senten
ces [vaakya mein prayog].</li>
<li>Provides  Pronunciation in Roman letters</st
rong> of headwords [mukhya shabda ka roman mein uchchaaran]</li>
<li>Meanings of headwords [shabdon ke arth]
provided in simple and clear English and Hindi with phrases and i
llustrative sentences in Hindi [Mukhya shabda evam sambandhit sh
abdon ka vaakyon mein prayog]</li>
<li>Line drawings [chitra] given to clarify m
eanings for some words the meanings of which could neither be made clear throug
h the explanation in Hindi and English or by an illustrative Hindi sentence. Fo
r example: the words like kargha [p.67], paalaki
[193]; paalthi [194]; kardhani [67]; kangoora[62]; okhali [59]; ustaraa[52]; bagghi [217]; etc. 
Thus, illustrations complement and supplement information in this dictionary fo
r some entries. </li>
<li>Vishesh and/or<st
rong> Vyaakhya : Certain words like ashvamedh yajna
 [22]; Adhikaar[9]; ati [7-8]; Kabaddi&
lt;/em> [66]; Karbala [67]; Jis &lt
;em>[120]; Tulsi [42];  Ma
ngal [238] etc have been explained under the head Vishesh or Vyaakhya.&l
t;/li>
<li>Bilingual Glossary [Hindi-Angrezi Shabda
vali] [pp 346-360] includes English equivalents of Hindi terminology of about 1
500 words. </li>
<li>How to use this dictionary is explained both in Hindi and
English with the help of the entries from this dictionary <e
m>[see pages x-xi]</li>
<li>The Order of words in a Hindi dictionary
i.e. how to look up a word in a Hindi dictionary is explained both in Hindi and E
nglish. [see pages xii-xv]</li>
</ol></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Vi
shwa Nath Bhargava is  MA, M ed.,  Sahitya Ratana f
rom Allahabad. </div>
Ex master, Military School, Belgaum (Karnataka); 
Ex-master,House-master, Senior  Master,  Sainik School, Jam
nagar ( Gujarat); <div style="text-align: justify">E
x-principal,  Kendriya Vidyalaya, kota ( Rajasthan);</div>
Retired Principal, Kendriya Vidyalaya, Baroda. </td><td>World</td><td>English La
<td>978-81-250-5012-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Literatu
re and Contemporary Issues</td><td>TY Aravindakshan and CR Murukan Babu (eds.)</
td><td>2013</td><td>188</td><td>115.0000</td><td><em&g
t;Literature and Contemporary Issues, a collection of

prose, poetry, short fiction and drama drawn from various periods, cultures an
d perspectives, is an attempt to sensitise students to some of the complex soci
oeconomic realities of the world around them. It presents a variety of viewpoin
ts on a range of interrelated issues human rights, discriminations based on rac
ial and caste boundaries, gender issues, issues related to globalisation and th
e new economic order, etc., and features some of the most prominent writers of
the past and the present, including Roland Barthes, Pablo Neruda, Kamala Das, S
ylvia Plath, Nabaneeta Dev Sen and others.</td><td><stron
g>T. Y. Aravindakshan was Associate Professor and Head of the
Department of English at M. E. S. Ponnani College, Ponnani, Kerala. He is also
Member, Faculty of Language and Literature, the University of Calicut, Kerala.&
lt;/p>
C. R. Murukan Babu is Associate Professor and Head
of the Department of English at Panampilly Memorial Government College, Chalak
udy, Kerala; and Member, Board of Studies in English (UG), the University of C
alicut, Kerala. He was previously Chairman of the Board. His published works in
clude six anthologies currently taught in various universities in Kerala. </td><
ation for Professional Success</td><td>E. Suresh Kumar, B. Sandhya, J. Savithri
and P. Sreehari</td><td>2013</td><td>104</td><td>105.0000</td><td><e
m>Communication for Professional Success</em&
gt;is a coursebook of general English for the undergraduate level. The first pa
rt of the book, Communication Skills and Language, has units on interpersonal com
munication, spoken communication, vocabulary and common errors made by non-nati
ve users of English, and information transfer. The second part, Reading for Enri
chment, has two carefully chosen texts that should be of interest to students, e
ach followed by exercises in reading comprehension, communication skills and la
nguage. On the whole, the book offers students adequate opportunities to work o
n their language and communication skills through guidelines and examples as we
ll as a variety of challenging exercises.</td><td>E. Suresh Kumar is Professor and Head, Department of English,
University College of Engineering, Osmania University, and Director, Centre fo
r English Language Training, Osmania University, Hyderabad. 
B. Sandhya is Professor and Head, Department of
English, GITAM University, and Chairperson, Board of Studies, Department of Eng
lish, GITAM University, Visakhapatnam. 
J. Savithri is Assistant Professor, Department o
f English, Osmania University, Hyderabad. 
P. Sreehari is Assistant Professor, Department o
f English, Al-Jabal Al-Gharbi University, Libya</td><td>World</td><td

div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
t;/p>
nd body images.
y of Calcutta. 
rth Carolina Central University in North Carolina, USA. </td><td>World</td><td>E
<td>978-81-250-5055-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Candida
by Bernard Shaw</td><td>AC Ward, Kanchana Ugbabe (Eds.)</td><td>2013</td><td>120
</td><td>120.0000</td><td><em&
gt;Candida is another notable play by on
e of the greatest dramatists of English literature, Bernard Shaw. Shaws plays mar
k a milestone in the history of British drama as they show a movement away from
romanticism to realism. They are plays of ideas. They not only provoked readers
to think but also helped them notice the humour and irony of situations that wer
e ordinarily taken for granted, and to delve below the surfaces of refinement to
examine some of the pleasant and unpleasant truths of human existence.&nbsp
; Candida has relevance to the
topical issues of feminist liberation and the woman question that were gaining pr
ominence at the time. Anyone who was trying to gain an independent place in the
community was called a New Woman. The play highlights and brings to the fore the u
tter absurdity of a situation wherein a woman is tempted to run away with frivol
ity and instability in opposition to a well-positioned home and family environme
nt and a down-to-earth stable spouse. The play ends on the expected note: Shaws C
andida chooses the latter option. 
This AC Ward series from Orient B
lackSwan has been now enhanced and enriched with additional student-friendly fea
tures such as analyses of themes and characterisation, act-wise summaries and qu
estions and also a select reading list. We hope that these value additions will
help maintain the popularity that the series has long enjoyed with teachers and
students alike. </td><td>AC Ward was the
original editor of all of Bernard Shaws plays and is a well-known expert on the
drama of Shaw. 
 <div style="text-align: justify">The fres
h sections of the book, that is, the new Critical Analysis, Summaries, etc. have
been prepared by Kanchana Ugbabe who is Professor, Departmen
t of English, University of Jos, Nigeria.</div> </td><td>IN,LK,NP,BT</td>
<td>978-81-250-5084-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Engli
sh Romantic Poets: An Anthology</td><td>Pramod K. Nayar</td><td>2013</td><td>300
</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>The English Romantic
Poets: An Anthology is a rare collection in that it
includes representative poems of both the canonical and the non-canonical poets.
Therefore, while there is poetry by Wordsworth, Coleridge, Keats and Shelley, t
here is also the work of Anna Lætitia Barbauld, Sydney Owenson and Anna Sew
ard. This anthology also features political poetry about the slave trade, the st
ate of the colonial Empire, industrialisation and labour strifes, and contempora
ry political debates. </td><td>Pramod K. Nayar
teaches at the Department of English, the University of Hyderabad
, India. His most recent books include Digital Cool: Life in the Age o
f New Media (Orient BlackSwan 2012), Colonial Voices: The D
iscourses of Empire (2012), Writing Wrongs: The Cultural Co
nstruction of Human Rights in India (2012), States of Senti
ment: Exploring the Cultures of Emotion (Orient BlackSwan 2011), Postcolonialism (2010) and Packaging Life: Cultures o
f the Everyday (2009). He is also the editor of English Poe
try 16601780: An Anthology (EFL-U and Orient BlackSwan 2010),<em&gt
; English Poetry from the Elizabethans to the Restoration: An Anthology</em&g
t; (Orient BlackSwan 2012) and the forthcoming English Romantic Poetry
: An Anthology (Orient BlackSwan). When tired of the very literary, h
e also publishes essays on superhero comics. </td><td>World</td><td>E
nglish: A Manual of Speech and Phonetics</td><td>R K Bansal and J B Harrison</td
tify">Spoken English: A Manual of Speech and Pho
netics is a book for students who wish to improve thei
r pronunciation of English and acquire the correct patterns of stress, rhythm an
d intonation. Common errors that occur in the speech of Indian speakers of Engli
sh are discussed and hints are provided so that students can work towards achiev
ing international intelligibility. 

The book has two parts. Part I gi
ves an introduction to phonetics and information about the sound system of Engli
sh. Part II contains useful exercises for drills and practice. 
The book is accompanied by a DVD
to help with pronunciation and the practice of spoken English.
</td><td>The late Dr R K
Bansal was
Professor of Phonetics and Spoken English, The Englis
h and Foreign
Languages University, Hyderabad.
Dr J B Harrison</b&gt
; was formerly Lecturer, School of Education, University of Leicester, U K. Also
, formerly Visiting Professor of Spoken English, The English and Foreign Languag
es University, Hyderabad.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and L
iterature</td>
<td>978-81-250-5108-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>On Track
: English Skills for Success</td><td>Board of Editors, Solapur University</td><
fy">The textbook On Track: English Skills for Success closely follows the recommendations made by the University Grants Commissi
on for the Compulsory English syllabus at the undergraduate level. It has secti
ons on prose, poetry, grammar and vocabulary, and communication skills, and it
thereby offers a pedagogically comprehensive course in English.
The texts in the prose and poetry sections, representing different genres and
themes, are aimed at strengthening the reading comprehension skills of student
s and giving them an opportunity to develop their literary sensibility and tast
e as well as their critical appreciation skills. The section on grammar and vo
cabulary is intended to raise students level of proficiency by making them more
accurate, intelligible and, hence, confident when speaking and writing in Engli
sh. Finally, the book includes a section on communication skills, which covers
some relevant speaking and writing skills necessary for communicating fluently
in the language in various situations.</td><td>The materials
were developed in-house and approved by the members of the Board of Studies in
English, Solapur University. 
The Market
<ul>
<li>Colleges and universities for use in general English courses across
all undergraduate programmes</li>
<li>College, university and departments of English libraries</li>
</ul>
Promotion and
Publicity 
Copies may be submitted to heads of departments of English and chairpersons,
BOS, for  adoptions and library sales.
Selling points

<ul>
<li>Texts in the prose and poetry sections represent different genres a
nd themes and are aimed at strengthening the reading comprehension skills of st
udents and </li>
<li>The section on grammar and vocabulary is intended to raise students
level of proficiency by making them more accurate, intelligible and, hence, con
fident when speaking and writing in English. </li>
<li>The book includes a section on communication skills, which covers s
ome relevant speaking and writing skills necessary for communicating fluently i
n the language in various situations.</li></ul></td><td>World</td><
<td>978-81-250-5110-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Insights
: A Course in English Literature and Language (Panjab University Edition)</td><
td>K. Elango </td><td>2013</td><td>240</td><td>135.0000</td><td>Insights:
A Course in English Literature and Language is designed a little diff
erently from conventional courses in general English for undergraduate students.
Each unit, based on a central theme, has three texts belonging to different gen
res. A wide range of challenging tasks involving cognitive and linguistic abilit
ies follow the texts in the book. Grammar at the word, sentence and discourse le
vel is discussed using examples from the reading texts and keeping in mind the m
ixed-ability levels of learners. The prime objective of the book is to enable le
arners to acquire linguistic and communicative competence with ease.</
td><td>K. Elango </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><
<td>978-81-250-5100-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Skills i
n English: A Course Book for Language Learning</td><td>E. Suresh Kumar, B. Yadav
a Raju and C. Muralikrishna (Eds.)</td><td>2013</td><td>160</td><td>135.0000</td
><td>This textbook, specially prepared for undergraduate students of Os
mania University, has sixteen units altogether in poetry, prose and drama. Each
of the units begins with pre-reading activities that lead students into the less
on by tuning their minds to the theme of the text for study. They also include r
eading comprehension exercises and post-reading activities which sharpen the stu
dents hidden creative and innovative talents in addition to improving their under
standing of the lesson. Each unit also includes language development activities
that focus on grammar, vocabulary, pronunciation, listening, speaking and writin
g to help students acquire accuracy in the language. In addition, each unit has
a soft skills section which helps in personality development and interpersonal r
elations.
</td><td>E. Suresh Kumar</stron
g> is Professor and Head, Department of English, Osmania University, Hyderaba
d, and Director, ELTC, Osmania University, Hyderabad. He has authored several bo
oks on English language teaching. He has visited several universities in the USA
, the UK, the UAE, France, Germany, Switzerland, Belgium and Sri Lanka on specia
l invitations. He is a resource person at the Andhra Pradesh Police Academy, the
Central Detective Training School and academic staff colleges of various univer
sities.
B. Yadava Raju is Professor of English, Os
mania University, Hyderabad. His areas of research include postcolonial studies
and English language teaching.
C. Muralikrishna is Professor of English,
Nizam College, Osmania University, Hyderabad. English for specific purposes and
American literature are his areas of expertise. </td><td>IN</td><td>E
/p>
<ul type="disc">
<li>Socio-cultural
/li>
<li>The
li>
;/li>
<li>Language
<li>Empirical
lt;/li>
</ul>
</td><td>Vaishna Narang is a Professor of
Linguistics at Jawaharlal Nehru University. In a career spanning four decades
she has made significant contributions to applied linguistics, phonetics, speec
h acoustics, learning theories and developmental psycholinguistics.
<td>978-81-250-4988-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Flesh and
Fish Blood: Postcolonialism, Translation, and the Vernacular</td><td>S Shankar<
gt;Flesh and Fish Blood is a book that takes off from
the idea that postcolonialism needs to break new ground since a character of s
taleness and ennui has come into postcolonial studies. The book brings into foc
us the need to infuse both new archival resources to approach the study of what
postcolonialism means and also to stress new methodologies in analysing postco
lonial studies.
The book therefore is a call to such a challenge. Working with literat
ure and film from India in English, Tamil and Hindi, the book explores the rich
potential of what S Shankar insists on calling the vernacular,</e
m> and studies it as a critical term capable of opening up fresh areas for s
tudy within postcolonial studies. The book recommends and pushes for renewed an
d more focused attention to translation issues and comparative methods for thei
r relevance in uncovering disregarded aspects of postcolonial societies such as
India. Often, the argument draws out broader implications, offering provocati
ve remarks on humanism and cosmopolitanism. Beyond its focus on India, <em&g
t;Flesh and Fish Blood opens up new hor
izons of theoretical possibility for postcolonial studies and cultural analysis
in general.
</td><td>S. Shankar is a literary critic,
novelist and translator. His books include a volume of criticism, Te
xtual Traffic: Colonialism, Modernity and the Economy of the Text, a
novel, No End to the Journey and a co-edited anthology, &l
t;em>Crossing into America: The New Literature of Immigration.&#1
60; He teaches in the English Department at the University of Hawaiʻi
at Mānoa.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>English Langua
<td>978-81-250-4982-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Lights O
n: Indian Plays in English (Volume 1)</td><td>Lakshmi Chandra (Ed.)</td><td>2013
;>This collection of plays in English, in two volumes, is one of the only col
lections to be available in this genre. The plays that appear in these volumes a
re based on the fact that each one of them has been successfully performed on st
age and that the issues tackled in them are relevant to us today in the postcolo
nial era we live in. They focus on history, culture, society and the politics in
which postcolonial India lives and breathes, justifying the inclusion in a coll
ection of its own. It depicts from start to finish how comfortable Indians have
become with the English language and its use, and how these dramatists have made
this language their very own. This first volume has plays by Asif Currimbhoy, M
ahesh Dattani and Poile Sengupta.</td><td><div style="text-ali
gn: justify">Dr Lakshmi Chandra is a senior professor
at the Department of Literatures in English, EFL-U, Hyderabad.</div></td>
<td>978-81-250-4983-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Lights O
n: Indian Plays in English (Volume 2)</td><td>Lakshmi Chandra (Ed.)</td><td>2013
;>This collection of plays in English, in two volumes, is one of the only col
lections to be available in this genre. The plays that appear in these volumes a
re based on the fact that each one of them has been successfully performed on st
age and that the issues tackled in them are relevant to us today in the postcolo
nial era we live in. They focus on history, culture, society and the politics in
which postcolonial India lives and breathes, justifying the inclusion in a coll
ection of its own. It depicts from start to finish how comfortable Indians have
become with the English language and its use, and how these dramatists have made
this language their very own. This second volume has plays by Gurcharan Das, Ma
njula Padmanabhan, Zubin Driver and Ramu Ramanathan.</td><td><div s
tyle="text-align: justify">Dr Lakshmi Chandra is
a senior professor at the Department of Literatures in English, EFL-U, Hyderaba
d.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
Literature: An Introduction to Fiction and Poetry</td><td>Pramod K. Nayar</td><
td>2012</td><td>260</td><td>175.0000</td><td>St
udying Literature is a short introduction to two genr
es in literary studies: fiction and poetry. It explicates in easy-to-understand
terms the basic elements of a fictional work, such as plot, setting, character
isation and point of view; and the constituents of a poem, such as tone, dictio
n, imagery and figurative language. Each of these elements is explained through
the analysis of examples from assorted literary texts from around the world. T
he explanations are supplemented with examples from films, celebrity culture an
d political speeches. The book offers a point of departure for students embarki
ng on literary studies. It foregrounds the literariness and special use of the
language of poetry and fiction, and demonstrates how these texts are put toget
her.</td><td>Pramod K. Nayar tea
ches at the Department of English, the University of Hyderabad, India. His most
recent books include Digital Cool: Life in the Age of New Media (Orient BlackSwan 2012), Colonial Voices: The Discourses of Emp
ire (2012), Writing Wrongs: The Cultural Construction of H
uman Rights in India (2012), States of Sentiment: Exploring
the Cultures of Emotion (Orient BlackSwan 2011), Postcolo
nialism (2010) and Packaging Life: Cultures of the Everyd
ay (2009). He is also the editor of English Poetry 16601780:
An Anthology (EFL-U and Orient BlackSwan 2010), English P
oetry from the Elizabethans to the Restoration: An Anthology (Orient
BlackSwan 2012) and the forthcoming English Romantic Poetry: An Ant
hology (Orient BlackSwan). When tired of the very literary, he also
publishes essays on superhero comics.</td><td>World</td><td>English La
<td>978-81-250-4934-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Boat
man of the Padma</td><td>Ratan K. Chattopadhyay (Tr.)</td><td>2012</td><td>176</
td><td>350.0000</td><td>In the grey monsoon dawn,
 the fishermen catch ilish on the Padma. Kuber &
lt;/em>majhi, Dhananjoy and Ganesh count their
share of the catch that will be transported to Calcutta in rail wagons. But th
e money does not necessarily come immediately in return for the fish. Yet, pauc
ity and poverty do not allow protests. Back in Kubers hut, a newborns cries greet
him. There is his aunt (Pishi), his still-to-be-married d
aughter, Gopi, his two sons, Lakha and Chandi, and his crippled wife Mala; Kube
r worries how to feed another mouth. 
Contrary to this mundane everyday, Kuber has a secret life w
here he is happy weaving dreams around his ebullient sister-in-law, Kapila. And
then there is the mysterious and powerful Hossain Mian, luring the unwary to h
is fabled Moynadwip. In the lives of poor fishermen like Kuber, greed, treacher
y and helplessness are countered by hopes, aspirations, also moments of joy and
love. 
An English translation of Manik Bandopadhyays Bengali classic <em&gt
;Padma Nadir Majhi (1936), The Boatman of the
Padma is a story of the lives of boatmen and fisherm
en in Ketupur, a village in Bangladesh (then, East Bengal), nurtured by the riv

er Padma, the lifeline of the country. Written largely in the local dialect, it
is a captivating portrayal of the Padma, of survival and predicamentof life. &l
t;/p>
Ratan Kumar Chattopadhyays translation is insightful and precise,&#
160;masterfully retaining the nuances of the original. Detailed notes on some o
f the terms and cultural practices used in the context of the story also add to
the read.
A timeless tale, The Boatman of the Padma is sure to make a place on every readers bookshelf an
d in every readers heart.
</td><td>Ratan Kumar Chattopadhyay, born in October
1947, is a graduate from the University of Calcutta. He is the translator of &l
t;em>Selections from Galpagucchha, an anthology of short stories
by Tagore in three volumes, published by Orient BlackSwan in 2010.
Manik Bandyopadhyay (b. 19 May 1908d. 3 De
cember 1956) was arguably ‘the most completely equipped writer of fic
tion [Bengal] ever had’ in the words of an eminent critic. He was bor
n Prabodh Kumar Bandyopadhyay in Dumka in the state of Bihar into a family from
Dhaka (now the capital of Bangladesh), Manik being his nickname. In a career
of about twenty-eight years, he wrote novels, short stories, poems, a short pla
y, and several fragments of his diary; he also wrote works for children. Some o
f his writings rank among the gems not only of Bengali but of world literature.
<td>978-81-250-5458-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Decenter
ing Translation Studies: India and beyond</td><td> Judy Wakabayashi, Rita Kothar
i (eds)</td><td>2014</td><td>232</td><td>625.0000</td><td>The book deal
s with translation in several nonwestern traditions. The essays show how soci
al and historical contexts have shaped the way translations are rendered. They
focus on multiple contexts of translation mainly in India, but also in Korea, J
apan and South Africa.
</td><td>Rita Kothari, teaches at the Hum
anities and Social Sciences department at the Indian Institute of Technology, G
andhinagar. Her writings include Translation India: The Cultural Polit
ics of English, The Burden of Refuge: Partition, Sindh, Gujarat and Memories and Movements: Borde
rs and Communities in Banni, Kutch. She has also
co-edited with Rupert Snell Chutnefying English: The Phenomenon of
Hinglish.
Judy Wakabayashi, is the co-editor of Asi
an Translation Traditions and Translation and Translation Studies in the Japane

se Context. She is also the author of various articles and chapters on translat
ion and translator of several non-fiction books.
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
d Susheela Punitha </td><td>2014</td><td>212</td><td>225.0000</td><td>&lt
;span>Spoken English: A
Foundation Course Parts 1 & 2 (revised editions)</span&g
t; are intended to help develop the oral communicat
ion
skills of second language learners, especially those who have had a regional
language medium of instruction at school and who have had little or no exposure
to spoken English. They are aimed at students preparing to enter the mainstream,
which would require them to compete with those who have a stronger base in
English. The books can, however, be used just as effectively as
self-instructional material by older learners who are employed or engaged in
different activities of their own.
serif; font-size: 11.5pt">The two parts of the book come with
audio CDs that give learners an opportunity to listen to dialogues in everyday
situations and that provide answers to the practice exercises as well. Also
included in the books are brief, easy-to-understand tips on pronunciation, vocab
ulary,
grammar and usage that learners are sure to find useful when learning to speak
English.
serif; font-size: 11.5pt">The books have been revised to
include new dialogues set in familiar situations, more usage notes and an additi
onal
appendix.</td><td>Dr Kamlesh Sadanand retired as Professor
ntly a consultant with OBS and has authored our title Teaching Liste
ning and Speaking.  
Dr Susheela Punitha retired as Professor of
our school titles.  </td><td>World</td><td>English Language a
nd Literature</td>
d Susheela Punitha </td><td>2014</td><td>240</td><td>240.0000</td><td>
Spoken English: A Foundation Course Parts 1 & 2 (revised editio
ns) are intended to help develop the oral communication skills of secon
They are aimed at students preparing to enter the mainstream, which would requi
re them to compete with those who have a stronger base in English. The books can
, however, be used just as effectively as self-instructional material by older l
earners who are employed or engaged in different activities of their own.</p&
gt;
 The two parts of the book come with audio CDs that give learn
ers an opportunity to listen to dialogues in everyday situations and that provid
e answers to the practice exercises as well. Also included in the books are brie
f, easy-to-understand tips on pronunciation, vocabulary, grammar and usage that
learners are sure to find useful when learning to speak English.
 The books have been revised to include new dialogues set in f
amiliar situations, more usage notes and an additional appendix.
</td><td>Dr Kamlesh Sadanand retired as Professor
ntly
a consultant with OBS and has authored our title Teaching Listening
and Speaking.  Dr Susheela Punitha
retired as Professor of
our school titles.  </td><td>World</td><td>English Language a
nd Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-5500-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Groun
d Between: Anthropologists Engage Philosophy</td><td>Veena Das, Michael Jackson,
Arthur Kleinman and Bhrigupati Singh (Eds.)</td><td>2014</td><td>360</td><td>11
50.0000</td><td>The guiding inspi
ration of this book is the attraction and distance that mark the relation betwee
n anthropology and philosophy. This theme is explored through encounters between
individual anthropologists and particular regions of philosophy. Several of the
most basic concepts of the disciplineincluding notions of ethics, politics, temp
orality, self and other, and the nature of human lifeare products of a dialogue,
both implicit and explicit, between anthropology and philosophy. These philosoph
ical undercurrents in anthropology also speak to the question of what it is to e
xperience our being in a world marked by radical difference and otherness. 
In The Ground Between&l
t;/em>, twelve leading anthropologists offer intimate reflections on the infl
uence of particular philosophers on their way of seeing the world, and on what e
thnography has taught them about philosophy. Ethnographies of the mundane and th
e everyday raise fundamental issues that the contributors grapple with in both t
heir lives and their thinking. With directness and honesty, they relate particul
ar philosophers to matters such as how to respond to the suffering of the other,
how concepts arise in the give and take of everyday life, and how to be attuned
to the world through the senses. Their essays challenge the idea that philosoph
y is solely the province of professional philosophers, and suggest that certain
modalities of being in the world might be construed as ways of doing philosophy.

social scientists, philosophers and literary scholars.</td><td>Veena Das i
s Krieger-Eisenhower Professor of Anthropology at The Johns Hopkins University.&
amp;nbsp;
Michael Jackson is Distinguished Professor of World Religions at
Harvard Divinity School.Arthur Kleinman is the Esther and Sidney Rabb Prof
essor of Anthropology at Harvard University.Bhrigupati Singh is Assistant
Professor of Anthropology Brown University. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,MV,BD,

LK,PK</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
t;
he
>
University of Hyderabad. </div></td><td>World</td><td>English La

<td>978-81-250-5532-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Literary
Vistas: An Anthology of Prose and Poetry</td><td>Ashok Chaskar, Chetan Desmane
& Bharati Khairnar</td><td>2014</td><td>168</td><td>95.0000</td><td>
Literary Vistas, a composite textbook for studen
ts at undergraduate level, is a combination of lessons in language and literatu
re, designed to meet the requirements of students enrolled for second-year BSc
courses. The first section presents a collection of ten literary piecesscientifi
c and general essays, short stories and poemsdrawn from various cultural and soc
ial contexts. It includes J. B. S. Haldane, P B Shelley, William Wordsworth, Im
tiaz Dharker and Rudyard Kipling, among many others. The second section address
es students language needs. It aims at helping students develop and hone their l
inguistic competence, vocabulary, grammar and written communication.
</td><td>
Ashok Chaskar, Chairman, Board of Studies in Englis
h, University of Pune. 
Chetan Deshmane, Associate Professo, Department of
English, HPT Arts and RYK Science College, Nashik, Maharashtra. 
Bharati Khairnar, Head, Department of English, Mah
araja Sayajirao Gaikwad Arts, Science and Commerce College, Malegaon, Maharasht
ra. 
<td>978-81-250-5533-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Literary
Landscapes: An Anthology of Prose and Poetry</td><td>Ashok Chaskar, R.S. Jain &
amp; Bharati Khairnar</td><td>2014</td><td>168</td><td>95.0000</td><td>
Literary Landscapes, a composite textbook for stu
dents at undergraduate level, is a combination of lessons in language and liter
ature, designed to meet the requirements of students enrolled for second-year B
A courses. First section is a collection of literary piecesessays, biographical
pieces, short stories and poemsdrawn from various cultural and social contexts.&
amp;nbsp; The writers featured are Mahatma Gandhi, Rabindranath Tagore, Walt Wh
itman, Kamala Das, Maya Angelou and others. The second section addresses studen
ts language needs. It aims at helping students develop and hone their linguistic
competence, focusing on vocabulary, grammar and written communication. </p&
gt;
</td><td>
Arjun Jadhav, Associate Professor, Department of En
glish, Fergusson College, Pune. 
R S Jain, Head, Department of English, Chandmal Tar
achand Bora College, Shirur, Maharashtra. 
Bharati Khairnar, Head, Department of English, Maha
raja Sayajirao Gaikwad Arts, Science and Commerce College, Malegaon, Maharashtr
a. 
<td>978-81-250-5534-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Rainbow:
A Collection of Short Stories</td><td>R.S. Jain, Bharati Khairnar & Ashok C
haskar</td><td>2014</td><td>160</td><td>95.0000</td><td>
This is an anthology of short stories prepared for undergraduate stude
nts specialising in English. The book brings together a range of short stories
by authors who have influenced this form of literature are now considered maste
rs in the field, including Tolstoy, Chekhov, Maupassant, O. Henry, R. K. Naraya
n and Saki. Information about the author and the story accompany every text, al
ong with a glossary section. Comprehension questions at the end of the unit are
designed to test the learners understanding of the stories. 
</td><td>
R S Jain, Head, Department of English, Chandmal Tar
achand Bora College, Shirur, Maharashtra. 
Bharati Khairnar, Head, Department of English, Maha

raja Sayajirao Gaikwad Arts, Science and Commerce College, Malegaon, Maharashtr
a. 
Ashok Chaskar, Chairman, Board of Studies, Universi
ty of Pune. 
<td>978-81-250-5535-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Auroral
Musings: A Collection of English Poetry</td><td> Ashok Chaskar & Chetan Desh
mane</td><td>2014</td><td>152</td><td>100.0000</td><td>Auroral Musings, an antho
logy of English poetry prepared for students at undergraduate level. It brings
together a range of poems, from Old English poetry to the Modern Age, including
poems from the Restoration Period, Romantic Age and Victorian Age, and it offers
the learner a comprehensive exposure to the evolution of this form of literatur
e. The book also showcases the extraordinary talents of established icons of po
etryfrom William Shakespeare and John Donne to Walt Whitman and G M Hopkins. Each
unit includes additional material about the poet and his/her cultural backgroun
d, as well as a glossary and comprehension and critical analysis questions.
</td><td>Chetan Deshmane, Associate Professo, Department of E
nglish, HPT Arts and RYK Science College, Nashik, Maharashtra. <div&
gt; </div><div> Ashok Chaskar
, Chairman, Board of Studies in English, University of Pune.
</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
ics : An Introduction</td><td>Ashok Chaskar, Arjun Jadhav & Sanjay Pagare</t
d><td>2014</td><td>160</td><td>95.0000</td><td>This is an introductory
textbook for students of BA Special English.</td><td>
Ashok Chaskar, Chairman, Board of Studies in Englis
h, University of Pune. 
Arjun Jadhav, Associate Professor, Department of En
glish, Fergusson College, Pune. 
Sanjay Pagare, Associate Professor, Department of E
nglish, Agasti Arts, Commerce and Dadasaheb Rupwate Science College, Akole, Mah
arashtra. 
d><td>1295.0000</td><td>
Tagore.
om around the world.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Liter
ature</td>
<td>978-81-250-5391-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>El Dorad
o: A Textbook of Communication Skills</td><td>R Pushkala & PA Sarada</td><td
>2013</td><td>208</td><td>295.0000</td><td>El Dorado: A T
extbook of Communication Skills has been designed to equip studen
ts with the language skills necessary for a successful technical career. It mee
ts the requirements of the Technical English syllabi followed by state and priv
ate engineering colleges and deemed universities. The resource materials provid
ed in each unit are drawn from both science and literature, and are not only c
ontemporary but also relevant. These are supplemented with appropriate illustrat
ions, diagrams and tables. The book follows a skills-based approach with equal
emphasis given to vocabulary, grammar and usage. El Dor
ado will fulfil the needs of students from different s
treams of learning and from different media of instruction.
</td><td>Dr R Pushkala is Professor and H
ead, Department of English, M. G. R. University, Chennai. 
Dr P A Sarada is Senior Lecturer and Depu
ty Head, Department of English, M. G. R. University, Chennai.
computational linguistics, folklore and lexicography.</td><td>World</td><td>Eng

anguages University, Hyderabad.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Lite
rature</td>
<td>978-81-250-5426-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Tess of
the dUrbervilles</td><td>John Varghese</td><td>2014</td><td>432</td><td>260.0000<
/td><td>T
ess of the dUrbervilles by Thomas Hardy is part of the
series called Critical Editions under co-publishing
arrangement with the English and Foreign Languages University, Hyderabad.<div style="text-align: justify">These editions of the cla
ssics are introduced to readers and students with a detailed analysis of the hi
storical place of the genre involved, the place of the respective novelist in t
he canon, the important concerns and ideas of the novelist along with significa
nt and pertinent issues for discussion and thought and a sociological perspecti
ve to the themes presented in the work. Tess of the dUrb
ervilles has, in addition, a set of annotations cover
ing the more historical and contextual references in the work. The edition ends
with two critical essays, a list of topics for classroom discussion and also a
list of further reading.</div></td><td>John Varghese teaches at the Department of Media
and Communication, The English and Foreign Languages University (EFLU), Hyderab
ad. He has also taught at Loyola College, Chennai, St Stephens College, New Delhi
, and at the offshore campus of George Mason University, UAE.</td><td>
<td>978-81-250-5449-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Histor
y of English Literature: Traversing the Centuries</td><td>Aditi Chowdhury and Ri
ta Goswami</td><td>2014</td><td>412</td><td>350.0000</td><td>
A History of English Literature: Traversing the Centuries provides a
comprehensive outline of the course of English literature from the Anglo-Saxon p
eriod to the present day. In its fourteen chapters, the book covers all major li
terary periods with inclusive analyses of the political, social and intellectual
developments which inevitably contribute to and influence literature in both ov
ert and subtle ways. The survey includes all important literary figures and thei
r significant literary works. The volume is also supplemented with an introducto
ry chapter that discusses the shaping influences on English literature and the r
oyal houses of England. This is followed by a timeline which will enable readers
to place each author in the social and political settings and events of the tim
e. In its broad canvass, the book delves into the nuances of everything that goe
s into the making of English literature. Carefully planned, rich in detail and i
nformation, and useful in marking the milestones within various periods as well
as drawing the connections between them, A History of English Literatu
re is a reference volume that  makes the reading of literary
history a stimulating experience for students, scholars and teachers of English
literature, and general readers interested in literary history. 
</td><td>Aditi Chowdhury and <strong&gt
;Rita Goswami teach in the Department of English, Handique Girls C
ollege, Gauhati University. </td><td>World</td><td>English Language
and Literature</td>
for Speakers of Urdu: A Proficiency Course</td><td>Gulfishaan Habeeb</td><td>201
t;>English for Speakers of Urdu: A Proficiency Course ha
s been written for the purpose of empowering Urdu speakers and improving their c
hances of employability by helping them become proficient in English. It is aime
d at native speakers who lack selfconfidence because they are not fluent in Engl
ish. The book starts with the basicsthe conventions for writing uppercase and low
ercase letters of the alphabet and the sounds and vocabulary of Englishand then m
oves on to important topics in grammar as well as punctuation and oral communica
tive functions that users of English are commonly required to perform. The book
is accompanied by an audio CD. </td><td>Gulfishaan Habeeb has a PhD in English fro
m Osmania University, Hyderabad. She has twenty-four years of experience in teac
hing English in undergraduate, postgraduate and MPhil programmes and  h
as  prepared audio and video lessons and edited materials for distancemode programmes. She has also been supervisor and examiner for MPhil and PhD the
ses at several universities. With areas of research interest that fall into the
broad categories of English literature and ELT, the author has twenty publicatio
ns to her credit. 
Gulfishaan Habeeb headed the Depa
rtment of English, Maulana Azad National Urdu University (MANUU), Hyderabad, fro
m its inception in 2004 until March 2007. She is presently Associate Professor o
f English at the Directorate of Distance Education, MANUU.</td><td>WOR
LD</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-7371-099-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Justice:
A Tragedy in Four Acts Galsworthy</td><td>D.Mitra (Ed.)</td><td>1990</td><td>69
</td><td>60.0000</td><td>An in-de
pth study of Galsworthys Justice, a play which had the effect of arousing public
conscience in its portrayal of stark reality during the Victorian era. Offering
students all the essentials of critical study including notes, commentary, analy
sis, background, evaluation and a select bibliography. This presentation is inte
nded to stimulate more intensive study and develop skills for spontaneous apprec
iation.</td><td>D.Mitra (Ed.)</td><td>World</td><td
<td>978-81-7371-264-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Scientif
ic English: A Guide for Scientists and Other Professionals</td><td>Robert A Day<
/td><td>2000</td><td>160</td><td>375.0000</td><td>Never before has ther
e been a book on English that was so helpful, yet so simple and enjoyable. Each
chapter contains abundant and often humorous examples. Highly recommended for al
l types of libraries and for personal purchase.</td><td>DAY, R.A., Pro
fessor of English at the University of Delaware, Newark, USA.</td><td>IN,BD,BT,N
P,MV,LK,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>English La
<td>978-81-7370-288-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Expressw
ay to English (English for speakers of Hindi) along with a CD</td><td>Bikram K D
as</td><td>2007</td><td>224</td><td>175.0000</td><td>The book is planned as a bilingual course to teach spoken En
glish (formal as well as informal) to adult beginners and takes the learner from
this initial stage of learning to the intermediate stage. The following points
will be useful in an understanding of the book and its purpose: 
<ol><li style="text-align: justify"> It is assumed that th
e user has had some instruction in English at school or college level and are fa
miliar with the fundamentals of the language, but lack the skills and confidence
to communicate through English. </li><li style="text-align: just
ify"> Explanations, instructions etc. are in the regional language which
will be considered as the resource language of the learner. </li><li s
tyle="text-align: justify"> The book can be used as one-to-one teac
hing, as classroom teaching and as a self-learning tool. </li><li sty
le="text-align: justify"> There is an accompanying computer CD whic
h has tracking facilities and text appearing on screen for listening and speech
models. </li><li style="text-align: justify"> The book is
illustrated with small and lively illustrations just to relieve the tedium of t
he reading and not really to explain the text in any way. </li><li styl
e="text-align: justify"> The book adopts a functionalsituational app
roach, that is, it will be organised around different language functions such as
introducing oneself, inviting someone, requesting for help and so on. </li>&lt
;li style="text-align: justify"> Typical expressions commonly used
in performing different language functions (e.g. We would be delighted if you co
uld . . .) are used and repeated in the exercises to reinforce learning, but the
dialogues will be designed to bring out the dynamics of communication. </li&
gt;<li style="text-align: justify"> Important points of grammati
cal usage are discussed wherever required. </li><li style="text-a
lign: justify"> Each dialogue is accompanied by explanatory notes and co
mments where required, as well as by exercises. </li><li style="te
xt-align: justify"> Exercises are straightforward because they are meant
for learners with elementary skills in the language. Hence the exercises look a
t aspects such as repetition, completion with prompts, translation, echoing etc.
</li><li style="text-align: justify"> Cultural differenc
es between the source and target languages are highlighted wherever relevant. &l
t;/li><li style="text-align: justify"> The book is divided in
to two parts: a. English in Social Situations b. English in Work-Related Situa
tions </li><li style="text-align: justify"> The book has a
word list at the end with words divided according to situations and contexts. T
he word list is illustrated where possible.</li></ol>
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr Bikram Das
 is a well-known expert in ELT and language curriculums, having spent
all his life training teachers both at CIEFL and at RIE and then at ELTI, Bhuban
eswar. He has been a consultant with us for tertiary ELT and has also worked on
the Wordmaster dictionary and has also been a series editor for OLER.</div&gt
<td>978-81-7371-595-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Written
and Spoken Communication in English</td><td>Prepared In-house</td><td>2007</td><
td>196</td><td>140.0000</td><td>Written and Spoken Communi
cation in English is a textbook of general English for the undergr
aduate level. The book has been prepared with the aim of making students able an
d effective communicators in English. It has four parts that cover basic grammar
, composition, phonetics and conversational skills. The book includes exercises
that will provide practice to students and that will also enable teachers to ass
ess them on every topic covered in the book.</td><td> </td><td>Wo
<td>978-81-250-6325-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dynamics
of Human Communication </td><td>Sarita Anand and Archna Kumar(Ed)</td><td>2016<
/td><td>296</td><td>280.0000</td><td>Communication is the essence of ou
r lives. The ability to communicate makes it possible to exchange views, opinion
s, agreements and disagreements. Communication is being recognised as a core com
petency for the successful realisation of personal and organisational goals.Dynamics of Human Communication explains the core notions related
to the discipline of communication and seeks to develop critical thinking about
various theories and methods. It comprises four units: &n
bsp;Fundamentals of Human Communication studies the basics of
communication as a subject.  Critical Facto
rs in Human Communication deals with the way culture impacts communica
tion.  Communication Systems discu
sses the various kinds of communication scenarios we enter intointrapersonal, int
erpersonal, group and mass communication.  C
ommunication with the Masses is devoted to one particular system of pu
blic communication which is gaining ground in todays globalised worldmass communic
ation.Simply written and illustrated with figures and images,
Dynamics of Human Communication has been designed for stude
nts across disciplinesscience, commerce, humanitieswith courses on communication i
n the curriculum. It will be a valuable text resource for students and scholars
of home science who take courses in development communication.
</td><td> Sarita Anand is Associate Professor, Depar
tment of Development Communication and Extension, Lady Irwin College, New Delhi.

Archna Kumar is Associate Professor, Department of D
evelopment Communication and Extension, Lady Irwin College, New Delhi.
Made Easy</td><td>A.Karunakar,Sumita Roy,E.Suresh Kumar(Eds).</td><td>2016</td><
td>176</td><td>125.0000</td><td>English Made Easy offers under
graduate students a comprehensive course in English.This textbook contains lesso
ns on short fiction,prose,poetry and drama.It also includes additional reading p
assages that focus on the 'local colour' or arts and culture of the stat
e of Telangana,in order to help learners identify and connect with the content.&
lt;/p>
While the focus of each lesson is on language learning (through section
s on pronunciation,grammar,vocabulary,spelling,punctuation,writing and conversat
ion), English Made Easy aims to contribute to the holistic development of studen
ts by including sections on soft skills and value orientation.This will help the
m prepare for future professional endeavours.
</td><td>E.Suresh Kumar is Registrar of Osmania Univ
ersity and Professor of English.Prior to this,he served as Head of the Departmen
t of English,Osmania University,and Director of the English Language Training Ce
ntre,Osmania University.He has authored several books on English Language Teachi
ng.He has visited several universities in the USA,the UK,the UAE,France,Germany,
Switzerland,Belgium,Sri Lanka,Malasia,and other countries on special invitations
.He is a resource person at the Police Academy,the Central Detective Training Sc
hool,and at the academic staff colleges of various universities.He received the
Best Teacher Award from the State Government in 2012.
Sumita Roy is Head of the Department of English,Osma
nia University,and Director of the English Language Training Centre,Osmania Univ
ersity.She has numerous research articles and books published.In 2006,she was aw
arded the prestigious Books on Books Award by the Federation of Indian Publisher
s.Her Youtube videos on English language skills have attracted millions of follo
wers.
A.Karunakar is Chairman of the Board of Studies,Depa

rtment of English,Osmania University,Hyderabad.He is also the Director the Osman
ia University Centre for International Programmes(formerly ASRC).He is the found
ing editor of Re-Markings (an international biannual resear
ch journal),and his essays and articles have appeared in numerous research journ
als.
<td>978-81-250-6351-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Path a
nd Many Shadows & Twelve Stories</td><td>Rajelakshmy,R. K. Jayasree(tr)</td>
<td>2016</td><td>320</td><td>575.0000</td><td>The anguish of
yesterdays, the emptiness of today and the futility of tomorrows did she glimpse
them all, in that moment?
A Path and Many Shadows</em&g
t; is a Kerala Sahitya Akademi Award winning novel by Rajelakshmy. It is the sto
ry of a girl growing up in southern India in the 1950s and how she blossoms as a
n individual. We are shown the formative years of Mani, who encounters a society
that is deeply patriarchal. We read about her choices and mistakes, her desires
and failings, and the ultimate realisation that liberation lies in pursuing wha
t ones heart desires, come what may. 
Rajelakshmy, one of Keralas prominent writers, committed suicide in 1965. And now
, fifty years later, R. K. Jayasree resurrects her fictional world in the Englis
h language. The themes dealt with here questioning faith, battling oppression, f
acing desire, choosing death continue to speak to the world today. &l
t;br />
This book, which includes twelve short stories, contains a critical introduction
that shows how Rajelakshmys fiction lays bare the working of the writers mind. It
will interest students of literature, gender studies and translation, and the g
eneral reader interested in fiction.
</td><td>Rajelakshmy was an eminent novel
ist, short story writer and poet and the first woman novelist to win the Kerala
Sahitya Akademi Award. 
R. K. Jayasree retired as associate professor of En
glish literature, Maharajas College, Ernakulam.</td><td>World</td><td>English Lan
nglish for Nurses</td><td>Selva Rose</td><td>2016</td><td>312</td><td>250.0000</
td><td>
This new edition includes topics such as
preparing a CV, interview skills, nursing documentation and reporting, telephon
e skills and computer skills, including email etiquette. The methodology adopte
d is a blend of traditional exercises and communicative activities, aimed at de
veloping fluency and accuracy.
<ul>
<li>new section on nursing documentation</li>
<li>new section on preparing CVs and approaching job interviews</li&
gt;
<li>new section on telephone and computer skills (including email etiqu
ette)</li>
<li>an updated accompanying teacher's book</li>
</ul>
</td><td>Selva Rose retired as Reader, Col
lege of Nursing, Christian Medical College, Vellore, where in the course of her
service spanning thirty years, she taught English to medical, nursing and alli
ed health students. Her degrees in English literature and language teaching inc
lude an MA in TESOL from the University of London. 
>1100.0000</td><td>
</td><td>
<td>978-81-250-6418-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Writing
and Editing News </td><td>K. V. Krishnaswamy</td><td>2016</td><td>232</td><td>52
5.0000</td><td>Methods of news gathering and writing, and presenting th
em have seen unprecedented changes in the past two decades. Newsrooms today deli
ver news across streams and formats and as it breaks. The frenetic pace at which
news is generated makes it a challenge to produce error-free content.
While journalists play various rolesas reporters, as editors on the desk
, in news evaluation, in designing layouts and presenting newsthe foundations of
news writing, the basic practices of reporting, editing, and accountability and
ethics apply to all. Writing and Editing News takes one back to the basics of ne
ws writing and editing.
The book answers the questions: What is newsworthy information? How sho
uld a TV report be structured? Why is the humble sub vital for a report? How sho
uld the journalist guard against vested interests?
From detailing the various styles of writing reports, to editing them for variou
s formats, this book is a primer on basic journalistic practices. Drawing on the
authors long career, this book provides illustrations, commentaries and an appen
dix of carefully-chosen exercises in writing and editing news. It will be invalu
able for the student of journalism and mass communication.
</td><td>K. V. Krishnaswamy was Deputy Editor, Hindu, and Ass
ociate Professor at Asian College of Journalism, Chennai.
<td>978-81-250-6234-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>American
Literature</td><td>Nandana Dutta,Pramod K. Nayar</td><td>2016</td><td>472</td><
td>360.0000</td><td>
This book provides a backdrop to the study of American literature. Sur
veying over four hundred years of American history, it analyses the milieu that
determined and defined literary representation and expression, and was respons
ible for the creation of writers and, indeed, readers. It seeks to understand t
he historical, social and natural environment that prevailed in different perio
ds of American history, and its impact on literature.
</td><td>
Nandana Dutta teaches at the Department of
English, Gauhati University. 
<td>978-81-250-6238-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Disnarrat
ion: The Unsaid Matters</td><td>Sudha Shastri</td><td>2016</td><td>196</td><td>7
25.0000</td><td>
Disnarration: The Unsaid  Matters  is the outcome of a conference on the theme of disnarration, narrative refu
sals, counterfactual histories, held at IIT Bombay, Mumbai. Since the time it w
as first introduced by Gerald Prince, the concept of disnarration has brought a
new perspective of looking at narrative and theorising about it. Disnarration,
in principle, can be applied as an interpretive tool to almost all narrative t
exts to see how far they yield to its investigative strategies. At the same tim
e, disnarration also signposts discourses such as postcolonialism and feminism,
because of the way it foregrounds silencing, and thus extends beyond being mer
ely a tool for reading narrative structures.  The first section of thi
s book looks at the notion of disnarration itself as a theoretical principle an
d examines its possibilities and trajectory. In the second section, it addresse
s subjects like postcoloniality, gender, physical disability and ethnicity and
examines how chosen texts have disnarrated it. Disnarration: The Uns
aid Matters thus approaches the idea of disnarration from two ends:
the specific text and the larger, broader, theoretical reach. The editors introd
uction effects a dialogue between these two vantage-points of deliberating disn
arration.
</td><td>Sudha Shastri is Professor of English, Depa
rtment of Humanities and Social Sciences, Indian Institute of Technology Bombay.
Her teaching and research interests include Indian writing in English, intertex
tuality and narratives. She is also the author of Intertextuality and Victorian
Studies (Orient BlackSwan, 2001).</td><td>World</td><td>English Langua
</td><td>
<td>978-81-250-6283-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Postcolo
nial Literatures</td><td>Parama Sarkar</td><td>2016</td><td>296</td><td>250.0000
</td><td>This book provides an introduction to postcolonial literatures
by uncovering their historical, political, cultural and linguistic contexts. It
tracks the growth of British mercantile/colonial expansion and consolidation no
t only through the era of high imperialism, rapid colonisation and the mid-twent
ieth-century collapse of the empire, but also through the nascent neocolonialism
and globalising forces of the twenty-first century. Sarkar reads literature bot
h related to British imperialism and written in opposition to it, produced at bo
th the metropolitan centre and in the colonies.</td><td>Parama Sarkar teaches at the Department of English Language and Li
terature, University of Toledo, Ohio, USA. </td><td>World</td><td>Engl
let Letter and Other Writings </td><td>Nathaniel Hawthorne,Srirupa Chatterjee(Ed
)</td><td>2016</td><td>372</td><td>285.0000</td><td>Nathaniel Hawthorne
is one of American literature's greatest luminaries, and was instrumental i
n the formation of the American literary canon. This edition seeks to introduce
readers to what has been called his masterwork, The Scarlet Letter, along with a c
hoice selection of his short stories. Meticulously edited and annotated, this bo
ok features a detailed introduction providing contextual and thematic informatio
n, and employs contemporary critical perspectives. Supplemented with erudite cri
tical essays by R. K. Gupta and Nina Baym, this edition of Hawthorne's key w
ritings brings the texts and their contexts closer to the reader.
</td><td>Srirupa Chatterjee teaches at the Department of Libe
ral Arts, Indian Institute of Technology Hyderabad.
<td>978-81-250-6288-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Grea
t Gatsby </td><td>F. Scott Fitzgerald,Evangeline Manickam(Ed)</td><td>2016</td><
td>204</td><td>175.0000</td><td>The Great Gatsby is a classic
of American literature and continues to enthral readers more than ninety years a
fter it was first published. This definitive edition of the novel meticulously e
dited, annotated and introduced provides contextual and thematic information, an
d employs contemporary critical perspectives. Supplemented with landmark critica
l studies by Jacqueline Lance and Leland S. Person, Jr., this edition of&nbs
p;The Great Gatsby brings the text and its contexts closer to the reade
r</td><td>Evangeline Manickam </str
ong>teaches at the Department of Humanities and Social Sciences, Indian Insti
tute of Technology Madras (IIT Madras).</td><td>World</td><td>English
nglish Literature, 18901960</td><td>Sipra Mukherjee,Pramod K. Nayar(Series Editor
)</td><td>2016</td><td>272</td><td>225.0000</td><td>This book provides
a panoramic view of the modern age in English literature and its intellectual co
ntexts. It describes the ideas, debates and events that determined the trajector
y of literature and the arts in the modern age the discussions on democracy and
equality; deliberations on the scientific developments of the age; the intellect
ual impact of the two World Wars; philosophical and scientific insights into the
human mind; and innovations and experiments with language.</td><td>&l
t;p>Sipra Mukherjee teaches at the Department of English,
West Bengal State University. 
The series editor
Pramod K. Nayar teaches at the Department of English
, University of Hyderabad. His most recent books include The Transnational in En
glish Literature: Shakespeare to the Modern (2015), Citizenship and Identity in
the Age of Surveillance (2015), The Postcolonial Studies Dictionary (2015) and P
ostcolonial Studies: An Anthology (2015). His forthcoming work includes a book o
n the Indian graphic novel.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and
Literature</td>
</td><td>
td><td>128</td><td>295.0000</td><td>

</td><td>
failed.
BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-250-6291-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Odishara
Bhasha Samooh (Volume 22, Part 3) (Odiya) - Bharatiya Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan </td
><td>Ganesh Devy (Chief Editor),D. P. Pattanayak, Mahendra Kumar Mishra</td><td
>2016</td><td>744</td><td>3250.0000</td><td>
rrying out a nation-wide survey of Indian languages especially the languages of
fragile communities such as nomadic, coastal, island, hill and forest communit
ies. 
 
There are 88 volumes in the series of Peoples Linguistic Survey
of India being published by us. This book is Part 3 of Volume 22, Od
ishara Bhasha Samooha  [the Languages of Odisha] [Odiya] of
The People's Linguistic Survey of India Series (PLSI) undertaken and execut
ed by Bhasha Research and Publication Center, Baroda.  
The book contains the information on language and linguistic variety o
f the Odisha State of India. The languages included in this book are: Scheduled Languages : 1. Odiya  2. Santh
ali 
Non-Scheduled Languages : 1. Agariya; 2. Oraon; 3
. Olar Pata  4. Kamar  5. Kishan  6. Kui  7
. Kuvi  8. Kurmali 9.Koda  10. Koshali  11. Koya 12
. Gadaba  13. Gondi  14. Juan 15. Jhadiya Parja  16.
Don  17. Didayee  18. Delki Khadiya  19. Durva&
nbsp; 20. Paudi Bhuyan  21. Bada Prja 22. Banjara  23. Bonda
  24. Birhal  25. Binjhal  26. Bhatara  27.
Bhunjia  28. Manda 29. Munda  30. Mundari  31. Saur
a  32. Sadari  33. Halvi  34. Ho  35 Lodha

This volume looks at history, linguistic details, grammar, literature
and word list of the languages included, covering a wide linguistic range acros
s books, religious texts and periodicals. It brings together the finest scholar
s as well as teachers, nomadic peoples and laymen to do the research in the are
a of languages of Odisha.
Unique features: 
1. Competition: There is as yet no comprehensive
work done on languages apart from the Griersons survey which was done way back
some 100 years ago during the British regime in India. 
2. India-focused unique feature: The volume on
Odishas scheduled and non-scheduled languages designed to understand the impact
of languages  in community, caste, religion and multiplicity of cultur
e. This sets the book apart from the earlier survey done by foreign authors.&lt
;br />
  3. Style: Written in simple language,
accessible to all readers and research scholars. 
</td><td>
Professor  Ganesh  Devy
taught English at the Maharaja Sayajirao University, Baroda; a renowne
d literary critic and activist; founder and director of the Tribal Aca
demy at Tejgadh, Gujarat; and director of the Sahitya Akademis
Project on Literature in Tribal Languages and Oral Folk Traditions. He receive
d Sahitya  Akademi award for his book After Amnesia </em&
gt;in 1994. He is an active participant in the functioning of Bhasha Academy. H
e was awarded the Padmashri in 2014. He is the moving spirit behind PLSI series
.  Dr. Mahendra Kumar Mishra, is State Head, Elementary Education at ICICI Foundation for Inclusiv
e Growth, Chhattisgarh, Raipur&l
t;/p>
Dr. D.P.Pattanayak , who retired as the Di
rector, Central Institute of Indian Languages, Mysore and Additional Secretary,
Ministry of HRD, Government of India. A recipient of many awards, both nationa
l and international, he was honoured with the Padmashri in 1987. His interests
are multilingualism and mother tongue education, minor, minority and endangered
languages, sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics etc. Professor Pattana
yak was among the very few scholars of his time to challenge western concepts o
f language education. 

<td>978-81-7371-730-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Know You
r English Vol.2: Words frequently confused</td><td>S Upendran</td><td>2013</td><
td>416</td><td>425.0000</td><td>Words Frequentl
y Confused, the second vo
lume in the four volume series, Know Your English, is based on S. Upendrans popular weekly column published in
The Hindu. It contains a selection of about 480 pairs of wo
rds that are frequently confused. Each entry gives the meaning of the words and
points out the difference between them. Examples are also provided showing how t
he words can be used in everyday contexts. Some of the entries also contain info
rmation about the pronunciation and the etymology (origin) of the word. <stro
ng></td><td>S. Upendran</s
trong> has been writing the column, Know Your English, i
n The Hindu, since 1992. He is a Professor in the Departmen
t of Materials Development at the English and Foreign Languages University, Hyde
rabad. The selections in this book are those that featured between 1992 and 2011
. </td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-7824-074-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Amitav Gh
osh: A Critical Companion - With a New Essay on Satayajit Ray by Amitav Ghosh</t
d><td>Tabish Khair (Ed.)</td><td>2003</td><td>190</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Looking back now, I am more than ever a
ware of the part that [Satyajit] Ray played in shaping the imaginary universe of
my childhood and youth. I see this even in such details as my interest in scien
ce and science fiction; in ghost stories and the fantasticalWhen I saw Agantuk [T
he Stranger], in which the main character is an anthropologist, I began to wonde
r whether my interest in anthropology too, owed something, perhaps subconsciousl
y, to Ray, ruminates Amitav Ghosh in this book. In Gh
oshs unpublished essay, the writer discusses the influence of Satyajit Ray on his
work, and the functions of the narrative arts. This book examines Ghoshs fiction
adow Lines, The Calcutta Chromosome, and The Glass Palace. </td><td>&l
t;div style="text-align: justify">Tabish Khair (
Ed.) is associate professor in the Department of English, University of Aarhus,
Denmark. Contributors: Robert Dixon, Claire Chambers, Leela Gandhi, Padmini Mong
ia, Jon Mee, Anjali Gera, John Thieme, Rukmini Bhaya Nair</div></td><td>Wo
<td>978-81-7824-069-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Mastering
Western Texts: Essays on Literature and Society - For A. N. Kaul</td><td>Sambud
ha Sen (Ed.), </td><td>2003</td><td>320</td><td>595.0000</td><td>One of the best examples of how the study of for
eign literature has survived and, in fact, thrives despite the constraints of th
e Indian classroom is provided by the work of the legendary teacher A. N. Kaul,
author of two internationally reputed works of socio-literary criticism. Several
of Kauls students are now themselves illustrious teachers, theorists and practi
tioners of cultural and practitioners of cultural and literary studies, both in
India and the West. In this volume they come together to offer original essays o
n diverse and specialized areas of research.</td><td>Sambudha
Sen (Ed.), teaches at the Department of English, Delhi University</td
<td>978-81-7824-113-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Amitav G
hosh: A Critical Companion with a new essay on Satyajit Ray by Amitav Ghosh</td>
<td>Tabish Khair</td><td>2005</td><td>196</td><td>350.0000</td><td>Looking back now, I am more than ever aware of
the part that [Satyajit] Ray played in shaping the imaginary universe of my chil
dhood and youth. I see this even in such details as my interest in science and s
cience fiction; in ghost stories and the fantasticalWhen I saw Agantuk [The Stran
ger], in which the main character is an anthropologist, I began to wonder whethe
r my interest in anthropology too, owed something,perhaps subconsciously, to Ray,
ruminates Amitav Ghosh in this book. Ghosh discusses herehe the influence of Sat
yajit Ray on his work, and the functions of the narrative arts.
Amitav Ghosh
is widely recognised as one of Indias leading novelists. His work has won numerou
s literary prizes in India and abroad, has been translated into many languages a
nd is required reading at several universities. This book examines Ghoshs fiction
adow Lines, The Calcutta Chromosome, and The Glass Palace. These thoughtful, inc
isive and highly readable essays are grounded in the interests that infuse Ghoshs
fiction: history, science, discovery, travel, nationalism, subalternity, agency
. It is invaluable for those interested in Ghoshs work, providing ideas and start
ing points for scholars and students.
An up-to-date bibliography on Ghoshs wor
ks is also provided. </td><td><div style="text-align: justify&
quot;>Tabish Khair is associate professor in the Departmen
t of English, University of Aarhus, Denmark. His books include Where Parallel Li
nes Meet (2000), Babu Fictions (2001), and The Bus Stopped (2004).</div><
istory of Indian Literature in English, A</td><td>Arvind Krishna Mehrotra (ed.)<
justify">For anyone interested in the story of English in India, or in t
he finest English storytellers of India, this is the essential companion.
Thi
s book is a history of two hundred years of Indian literature in English. It sta
rts by looking at the introduction of English into Indias complex language scenar
io around 1800. It then takes up the canonical poets, novelists, and dramatists,
as well as a few unjustly forgotten figures, who have made significant contribu
tions to the evolution of Indian literature in English.
The book comprises t
wenty-four chapters, written by some of Indias foremost scholars and critics. Eac
h chapter is devoted either to a single author (Kipling, Tagore, Sri Aurobindo,
R.K. Narayan), or to a group of authors (the Dutt family of nineteenth-century C
alcutta; the Indian diasporic writers of the twentieth century), or to a genre (
beginnings of the Indian novel; poetry since Independence).
Though the contri
butors are all experts in their chosen areas, this is a book for the non-special
ist general reader. Biographical information on major literary figures is provid
ed, and in most cases their work is historically contextualized. The chapters ca
n be read selectively (for example, to follow the development of a genre) or in
the order in which they appear, which is chronological.

William Jones and Thomas Macaulay, Henry Derozio and Toru Dutt, Bankim
and Tagore, Kipling and Naipaul, G.V. Desani and Raja Rao, R.K. Narayan and Nira
d C. Chaudhuri, Sarojini Naidu and Anita Desai, Gandhi and Nehru, Mulk Raj Anand
and Aubrey Menen, Khushwant Singh and Ved Mehta, Verrier Elwin and Salim Ali, J
im Corbett and M. Krishnan, Nissim Ezekiel and A.K. Ramanujan, Salman Rushdie an
d Vikram Seth, Amitav Ghosh and I. Allan Sealy, Gieve Patel and Girish Karnad, s
ocial reformers and religious thinkers, conservationists and hunters, Presidency
College and St Stephens College, drama and translation, this volume covers every
thing of literary significance that has happened in India.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Arvind Krishn
a Mehrotra is a well-known poet, critic, and translator. His books in
clude (as editor) An Illustrated History of Indian Literature in English (2003);
The Transfiguring Places (1998); and The Absent Traveller: Prakrit Love Poetry
from the Gathasaptasati (1991). He has edited The Oxford India Anthology of Twel
ve Modern Indian Poets (1992).</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Languag
<td>978-81-7824-217-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Moveable
Type: Book History in India</td><td>Abhijit Gupta And Swapan Chakravorty (Eds.)<
/td><td>2008</td><td>272</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Book hi
story is an emerging discipline in India. The editors of the pres
ent volume began the work of consolidating the dispersed writings in the field w
ith Print Areas: Book History in India (Permanent Black, 2004). Reviewers welcom
ed that volume as the first significant Indian contribution to an academic disco
urse that is fast changing literary scholarship and challenging assumptions, if
not practices, in the social sciences.
Moveable Type brings together a wider vari
ety of the best recent work on the subject, combining compilation of primary dat
a with rigorous historical analysis. Contributions range from a magisterial hist
ory of censorship in colonial India to reflections on the social construction of
texts. Several essays focus on the study of historically symptomatic cases, suc
h as the making of a Tamil encyclopaedia and the special number of a Hindi perio
dical.This collection is the latest in a series that promises to be an indispens
able resource for future research in history, literature, textual scholarship, e
ditorial theory, and cultural studies.
</td><td>Swapan Chakravorty is Pr
ofessor of English, Jadavpur University. He is the author of Society and Politic
s in the Plays of Thomas Middleton (1996) and contributory editor of The Oxford
Middleton (2007). He has co-edited Print Areas: Book History in India (2004) wit
h Abhijit Gupta. Chakravorty also writes in Bengali and has recently edited Mudr
aner sanskriti o bangla boi (2007)
Abhijit Gupta is Reader in Englis
h, Jadavpur University. He has co-edited Print Areas: Book History in India (200
4) with Swapan Chakravorty. He is an associate editor of The Oxford Companion to
the Book, and has finished a short-title catalogue of Bengali books over 1801-6
7.</td><td>World</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
<td>978-81-7824-151-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Illustra
ted History of Indian Literature in English, An</td><td>Arvind Krishna Mehrotra
(Ed.)</td><td>2005</td><td>424</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>This book is an illustrated history of two hundred years
of Indian literature in English. It starts by looking at the introduction of En
glish into India's complex language scenario around 1800. It then takes up t
he canonical poets, novelists, and dramatists, as well as unjustly forgotten fig
ures, who have made significant contributions to Indian literature in English.

It comprises twenty-four chapters
, written by India's foremost scholars and critics. Each chapter is devoted
either to a single author (Kipling, Tagore, Sri Aurobindo, R.K. Narayan), or to
a group of authors (the Dutt family; diasporic writers), or to a genre (the nove
l; poetry; drama).
This is a book for the non-specialist general reader.
B
iographical information on major literary figures is provided, and in most cases
their work is historically contextualized.
A unique feature of the book is t
he illustrations. They range from rare photographs and drawings to comic books a
nd popular prints, and have been collected especially for this volume, making it
the first illustrated history of any of the Indian literatures.
William Jone
s and Thomas Macaulay, Henry Derozio and Toru Dutt, Bankim and Tagore, Kipling a
nd Naipaul, G.V. Desani and Raja Rao, R.K. Narayan and Nirad C. Chaudhuri, Saroj
ini Naidu and Anita Desai, Gandhi and Nehru, Mulk Raj Anand and Aubrey Menen, Ve
rrier Elwin and Salim Ali, jim Corbett and M. Krishnan, Nissim Ezekiel and A.K.
Ramanujan, Salman Rushdie and Vikram Seth, Gieve Patel and Girish Karnad, social
reformers and religious thinkers, conservationists and hunters, Presidency Coll
ege and St Stephen's College, drama and translation, this volume covers ever
ything of literary significance that has happened in India.

For anyone interested in the stor
y of English in India, or in the finest English storytellers of India, this is t
he essential companion.
a Mehrota is a well-known poet, critic, and translator. His books incl
ude The Transfiguring Places (1998) and The Absent Traveller: Prakrit Love Poetr
y from the Gathasaptasati (1991). He has edited the Oxford India Anthology of Tw
elve Modern Indian Poets(1992).</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td
<td>978-93-86296-00-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>A Feminis
t Foremother: Critical Essays on Rokeya Sakhawat Hossain</td><td>Mohammad A. Qua
yum and Md. Mahmudul Hasan</td><td>2016</td><td>312</td><td>875.0000</td><td>&lt
;p>This volume looks at the life and works of Rokeya Sakhawat Hossain (1880193
2), arguably Bengals earliest and boldest feminist, revered as a crusader for the
emancipation and advancement of women, in particular Bengali Muslim women. Thro
ugh her spirited writings and her activism, Rokeya challenged the two pillars of
patriarchy hierarchical family structures and religious dogma. She demanded tha
t the family be restructured on the basis of gender equality. A devout Muslim, she
asked that women be recognised as human beings in their own right within practi
ces of Islam.
Born into an orthodox Muslim family, for Rokeya, the most vital way in
which women could empower themselves was through education. The Sakhawat Memoria
l Girls School in Kolkata, started by Rokeya in 1911, still stands as an enduring
testament to that belief.
This collection of biographical and critical essays places Rokeya withi
n the socio-cultural and historical context of her times to better appreciate he
r literary and social contributions in the face of the formidable challenges she
faced as a Bengali Muslim woman. The essays also aim to understand why the extr
aordinary vision she had, not just for women but for an ideal, more gender-just
society, continues to be as radical, powerful and relevant today, almost a centu
ry after her death.
This volume will be a valuable asset to students and scholars of womens
and gender studies, as also of South Asian literature and culture.
</td><td>Mohammad A. Quayum is Professor of English
at the International Islamic University Malaysia (IIUM), and Adjunct Professor o
f English and Creative Writing at Flinders University, Australia.
Md. Mahmudul Hasan is Associate Professor of English
at the International Islamic University Malaysia (IIUM).
t; 
</td><td>
>
<td>978-81-920475-9-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Second L
anguage Learning in a Foreign Language Environment: A Pragma-Discoursal Account<
/td><td>Asha Tickoo</td><td>2016</td><td>264</td><td>500.0000</td><td>T
he aspects of written discourse addressed in this collection of nine papers are
represented in terms of the defining informational constraints on their standard
use, and the associated pragma-discoursal impact on the message. Each of the fi
rst seven papers individually addresses a core feature of written discourse of c
hallenge to the highintermediate English as a Foreign Language learner, by examin
ing how s/he tackles the very particular information-packaging directives that g
overn it. These seven papers cover a range of such features, from the micro- to
the macro-level, including, reference framing, the marking of time and temporal
passage, key intersentential relations and discoursal developments, and the sign
aling of genre. The eighth paper attempts a more general assessment of the infor
mation-design challenge that these facets of composing collectively constitute,
and the last paper identifies, and accounts for, a common learning strategy that
the typical foreign language context gives rise to. As a whole, the collection
is a comprehensive but also deeply probing, first-of-its-kind pragma-discoursal
study of how second-language writing is learned in a foreign language environmen
t.</td><td>Asha Tickoo is Associate Profes
sor of English Linguistics at the University of Gothenburg. Her areas of special
ty are Pragmatics, Discourse Analysis, and Second Language Acquisition. She uses
discourse-pragmatic principles to analyse the structure of written language, an
d examines the prose of both skilled and unskilled writers, often in comparative
ways. While she is interested in the formal study of written language, one of h
er major goals is also to show that rigorous discourse-pragmatic analysis of lan
guage data is a rich resource of information for language pedagogy.</t

</td><td>
D,LK,PK,MV</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>
re and Nationalist Ideology: Writing Histories of Modern Indian Languages</td><t
d>Hans Harder (Ed.)</td><td>2012</td><td>400</td><td>425.0000</td><td>&
lt;SPAN lang="EN-GB">Writing histories&lt
;/em> of literature means making selections, pa
ssing value judgments, and incorporating or rejecting foregoing traditions. Th
e book argues that in many parts of India, literary histories play an import
ant role in creating a cultural ethos. They are closely linked with nationalis
m in general and various regional sub-nationalisms in particular.
Literary historiography helps to establish a national literature in a
way that is not always unproblematic: systematic representation of literary w
orks and authors is as much part of this story as conscious omissions or polit
ical spins in the making of a literary heritage.
The contributors to this volume look at a great variety of aspects of
the historiography of modern regional languages of India. The approach exclud
es classical languages of India from this approach, except Tamil which is co
nsidered a modern and a classical language at the same time. It includes the l
ate yet undoubtedly successful arrival of English in the nations literary corpu
s.
</td><td>Hans Harder teaches Modern South Asian Lan
guages and Literatures at the South Asia Institute, Heidelberg University, Germa
ny.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>English Language and Literature</td>

<td>978-81-8028-037-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Damayanti
and Nala: The Many Lives of a Story</td><td>Susan S. Wadley (Ed.)</td><td>2011<
>This volume of essays with papers by anthropologists, Sanskritists, scholar
s of religion, historians, literary scholars and folklorists, explores the many
tellings of the story of Damayanti and Nala, giving
us new understandings of this well-known story.</td><td><div styl
e="text-align: justify">Susan S. Wadley
is Ford Maxwell Professor of South Asian Studies at Syracuse Universi
ty. She is also Director of the South Asia Center and Associate Dean in the Coll
ege of Arts and Sciences.</div></td><td>World</td><td>English Language and
Literature</td>
<td>978-81-8028-026-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Infirm Gl
ory: Shakespeare and the Renaissance Image of Man</td><td>Sukanta Chaudhuri</td>
ify">Infirm Glory places Shakespeare in the
context of Renaissance thought and literature, especially with respect to mans f
aculties and his place in the universe. The author starts with an account of Ren
aissance skepticism, the line of thought that questions mans ability to attain to
certain knowledge. This intellectual doubt soon extends to moral questioning, a
nd passes beyond formal philosophy to broader literary and speculative treatment
s.
Infirm Glory was originally published in 1981
. This new edition carries a fresh introduction by the author, looking back on h
is work and placing it in the light of subsequent scholarship. There is also a s
hort critique of English studies, especially Shakespeare studies, in India.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Sukanta
Chaudhuri teaches at Jadavpur University, Kolkata, where he is Profess
or of English and Director of the School of Cultural Texts and Records.</div&
<td>978-81-8028-030-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Alternati
ve Gaze, An: Essays on D.H. Lawrence</td><td>Sheila Lahiri Choudhury</td><td>200
t;>This collection of essays on D.H. Lawrence explores his major novels from
an alternative perspective, keeping in mind the continuing popularity and releva
nce of his novels in college and university syllabi around the world. The eleven
essays present straightforward interpretations of the novels as opposed to the
dominant post-modernist readings. Such overtly theoretical exercises often obscu
re the text and leave the readers more confused than the locating of them in his
torical and cultural context would achieve.</td><td>Sheila La
hiri Choudhury, formely Professor of English, Jadavpur University. </t
<td>978-81-8028-024-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Explanati
on of Natural Events and Human Actions</td><td>Aruna Mazumdar</td><td>2005</td><
td>172</td><td>550.0000</td><td>&
lt;strong>Explanation of Natural Events and Human Actions is a
n attempt to understand natural events and human actions. It presents an analysi
s of the logic of causal discourse and enquires about a theory of explanation th
at is common to causal as well as non-causal areas. Exhaustive Introduction by D
ebi Prasad Chattopadhyaya.</td><td><div style="text-align: jus
tify">Aruna Mazumdar received her Doctorate
from the University of Kolkata. Her areas of focus include formal and philosophi
cal logic, metaphysics and Indian philosophy. She was reader in Philosophy at As
ansol Girls College.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversi
ty</td>
w Delhi and is working on his next book.</td><td>World</td><td>Environment and B
iodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7824-459-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Nature an
d Nation : Essays on Environmental History</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan</td><td>201
5</td><td>360</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
Writing Indias environmental history is not easy. The countrys territoria
l vastness, geographical complexity, and unusual biodiversity make the task diff
icult. Relatively few scholars have shown the historical range and intellectual
depth required to tackle the area compellingly and with sophistication.</p&gt
;
Mahesh Rangarajan is among the foremost scholars in this field. The pap
ers and books he has written or edited over more than two decades have helped cr
aft and enlarge Indian environmental thought as a whole. They have established h
is reputation as a stimulating and wide-ranging historian-thinker in the discipl
ine.
The present collection comprises ten essays showcasing the core of Rang
arajans thought and interventions. They include comparisons of the subcontinent w
ith the world beyond, most specially with societies in Asia and Africa once unde
r Western domination. They also include studies of specific historical conjunctu
res under regimes such as those of Jawaharlal Nehru and Indira Gandhi, Jomo Keny
atta and Julius Nyerere.
Environmental shifts and continuities in a massive Asian society and po
lity are the central focus of this book. It discusses events and processes to sh
ow how specific environmental changes happened. It discusses the global ecologic
al dimensions of Indian transformations. Economy and ecology, state-making and i
dentity, nature and nation converge and cohere to make this a book for every thi
nking person.
</td><td><div>Mahesh Rangarajan&#3
9;s many books include Fencing the Forest: Conservation and Ecological
Change in India's Central Provinces, 18601914 (1996),Indias Wildlife History:
An Introduction(2000), The Oxford Anthology of Indian Wildlife(2 vols, edited,
20012),and Indias Environmental History: A Reader (2 vols, 2012, coedited with K.
Sivaramakrishnan).Rangarajan has been Professor of History, University of Delhi,

and Visiting Faculty</div><div>at Cornell. He is currently Director, Nehru Memorial Museum
and Library, New Delhi. </div></td><td
>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7824-378-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Unqu
iet Woods (Twentieth Anniversary Edition):Ecological Change and Peasant Resistan
ce in the Himalaya</td><td>Ramachandra Guha</td><td>2013</td><td>280</td><td>495
.0000</td><td>Popular initiatives to halt deforestation in the Himalaya
, such as the Chipko movement, are globally renowned. It is less well known that
these movements have a history stretching back more than a hundred years. A pro
per understanding of this long duration within the forests of submontane North I
ndia required the marriage of two scholarly traditions: the sociology of peasant
protest and the ecologically oriented study of history.
Twenty years ago there appeared on this subject an unknown authors first
book: The Unquiet Woods (1989
) by Ramachandra Guha. Fairly quickly, the book came to be recognized as not jus
t another study of dissenting peasants but as something of a classic which had w
illy nilly opened up a whole new field environmental history in South Asia. While
the monograph has as a consequence been continuously in print within India and
in the West since then, its author has become a biographer and historian of inte
rnational stature.
In celebration of its twentieth year in print, 
The Unquiet Woods is now reissued with additional mate
rial: a new reflective preface by the author on the genesis and limitations of t
he book which set him off on the path of writerly success, as well as three fres
hly commissioned critical essays by major academic specialists. Taken together,
this additional material situates the monograph and its influence within environ
mental history in India, Europe and Latin America, and the USA.
This is a book for anyone interested in the history of Indias environmen
t, forests and their dwellers, the varieties of colonial rule, and the specifici
ties of rural rebellion. And it is a book for anyone interested in the writings
of Ramachandra Guha.</td><td>RAMACHANDRA GUHAs most recent boo
k is the monumental India After Gandhi: The History of the Worlds Large
st Democracy. His biography of Verrier Elwin, Savaging the
Civilized, fused intellectual biography with history of anthropology.
Guha is also known as an essayist, columnist, and Indias supreme authority on cr
icket history. Now a writer at large, Guha has held the Arne Naess Chair in Hist
ory in Oslo, and taught at many academic univesities and institutions including
at Yale, Stanford, and Bangalore.</td><td>World</td><td>Environment an
d Biodiversity</td>

BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
Early India - Archaeology, Texts, and Historical Issues</td><td>Brajadulal Chat
topadhyaya</td><td>2005</td><td>294</td><td>495.0000</td><td>This book comprises a set of interrrelated essays on
some of the key issues which continue to excite historians and scholars of earl
y India. It shows the profound impact of colonialism on the study of India&#39
;s early past, the new methods and premises introduced into India by colonial st
udies, and the variety of departures from traditional, pre-colonial modes of his
tory-writing. It goes on to show that post-Independence historiography has brou
gh a fresh set of problems to the fore: such as the integration of archaeology w
ith narratives of early Indian history; of the trajectories of social change and
social formation; of the historical position of ideology and its shifts; and of
the ways of communicating knowledge of a past which is now increasingly under n
on-academic fundamentalist onslaughts.
With its diverse parts connected by st
rong threads of interest in the changing nature of history-writing on early Indi
a, this new book on the methodological changes that confront the historian of pr
e-colonial India will consolidate Professor Chattopadhyaya's reputation as o
ne of the foremost thinkers in his area of ancient and early medieval history.&l
t;/p></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Braja
dulal Chattopadhyaya was educated at Calcutta and Cambridge. He has ta
ught at Burdwan University and at Viswabharati, and for the longest tenure at Ja
waharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, where he is currently Professor of History
. His books include Coins and Currency Systems in South India (1977), The Making
of Early Medieval India (1994) and Representing the Other? Sanskrit Sources and
the Muslims (1998). He has edted several volumes, including most recently the c
ollected essays of D.D.Kosambi, titled Combined Methods in Indology and Other Es
says (2002).</div></td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7824-150-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Saving W
ild Tigers 1900-2000: The Essential Writings</td><td>Valmik Thapar (Ed.)</td><td
">This book charts key moments in the fight to save the tiger, from earl
y beginnings until now. It comprises the finest examples of tiger conservation b
y the greatest defenders of wild tigers.
Between 1875 and 1925 more than 80,0
00 tigers were slaughtered. Over the next fifty years the massacre grew so alarm
ing that the tiger was driven to the brink of extinction. Alongside this mindles
s butchery, there began a crusade to protect the tiger.

The earliest essay here laments I
ndia's vanishing wilderness. By 1920 E.P.Stebbing, one of the first great pr
otectors, speaks out for changes in wildlife laws. Then F.W.Champion, renowned f
or his pioneering writings, argues against motorcars in forests and limits on gu
n licences. Jim Corbett is heard befriending the tiger while pointing out that h
unters create man-eaters.

Later there is S.H. Prater, plead
ing for protection measures. The 1950s and 1960s are represented by E.P. Gee and
Richard Perry, who feared the tiger was doomed. George Schaller, a guru to tige
rwallahs, is seen injecting science into investigations of tiger decline. Indian
voices are heard soon: Billy Arjan Singh, K. Sankhala, M. Krishnan and S.P. Sha
hi. Then recent spokesmen: Peter Jackson, John Seidensticker, Ullas Karanth, Geo
ffrey Ward and Alan Rabinowitz, who have 'scientised' an issue which now
covers Thailand, Indo-China, Nepal, Bangladesh and Siberia.

In recent times no activist has b
een more passionate about tiger conservation than Valmik Thapar. The present boo
k is part of his ongoing crusade. It is also a wonderfully readable anthology on

the perils faced by tigers, and the travails of those trying to ensure it retai
ns its regal, untamed magnificence. 
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Valmik Thapar
 is the world's foremost tiger conservationist. He anchored the hu
gely successful BBC television series titled 'Land of the Tiger'. He has
published two books with OUP Delhi (Wild Tigers of Ranthambhore and The Secret
Life of Tigers), both of which have been reprinted several times. Thapar has spe
nt twenty-five years working to save wild tigers. He has been chairman of the Ca
t Specialist Group of IUCN for South Asia and a member of several committees rel
ating to India's Ministry of Environment and Forests. He is the founder of t
he Ranthambhore Foundation which both works to save the tiger across India as we
ll as networks on tiger-conservation issues across the planet.</div></td><
td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7824-166-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>A Trunk F
ull of Tales : Seventy Years with the Indian Elephant</td><td>Dhriti K. Lahiri-C
houdhury</td><td>2006</td><td>272</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Most children learn about the facts of life from birds
and bees. The authors wisdom in this crucial area came from hearing about the pr
ivate lives of elephants, of which his family owned seventeen.
D. K. Lahiri
Choudhury grew up in Mymensingh district, now in Bangladesh, inhabiting a near
mythic feudal world of household elephants, shikar, Indian classical music, and
good food. The partition of the country ended this lifestyle, but not his obsess
ion with elephants. Over seventy years, he has trawled the forests of Lower Assa
m, Barak Valley, West Bengal, Meghalaya, Arunachal Pradesh and Orissa, as well a
s Uttaranchal, Mudumalai, Bandipur, and Periyar in quest of the elephant. All th
is makes A Trunk Full of Tales unique: a wildlife memoir peppered with anecdotes
, shot through with humour and irony, and always marked with a deep knowledge of
elephants.
Lahiri Choudhurys experience with elephants includes tracking the
m in undivided Assam, penetrating remote areas in chase of declared man-killing
rogues. He has surveyed the status and distribution of elephants, studied manelep
hant conflict and the problem of managing elephants in the wild. He has journeye
d over thousands of miles of hazardous roads, walked through the north-eastern f
orests of India, learning to read the language of the jungle. His acquaintance w
ith wild elephants, some of them man-killers, was sometimes from as close as a f
ew feet, and he narrates his attempts to manage straying herds and killer rogues
with wry humour.
For those who have wondered where Jim Corbetts descendants
are, here is the answer. This book is in the best tradition of writing about ani
mals, combining storytelling and science.</td><td><div style="
text-align: justify"> Dhriti K. Lahiri-Choudhury is an unlikely elephant expert. He has a Ph.D. in English Litera
ture from Leeds University. He was Professor and Head, Department of English, Ra
bindra Bharati University, Calcutta. In his parallel life as elephant specialist
, he is a member of the Asian Elephant Specialist Group of International Union f
or Conservation of Nature (IUCN). He was a member of the Task Force outlining In
dias Project Elephant and, later, coordinator for eastern and north-eastern India.
D. K. Lahiri Choudhury writes in both English and Bengali. His published work
on elephants includes, as editor, The Great Indian Elephant Book; Hati O Banjang
aler Katha (Tales of Elephants and Forests); as well as technical manuals, scien
tific reports, and popular writings.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Environme
nt and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7824-264-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Conservat
ion at the Crossroads: Science, Society, and the Future of Indias Wildlife</td><t
d>Ghazala Shahabuddin</td><td>2010</td><td>288</td><td>595.0000</td><td>India faces an ecological crisis of massi
ve proportions. The overexploitation of the countrys forests and wetlands is eat
ing away at vital ecological processes. Rapid and unplanned economic development
threatens to fragment and devour the wildlife habitats that remain. Plant and a
nimal species are joining the ranks of the critically endangered at faster rates
than ever before.
Using the Sariska Tiger Reserve as one of its major ancho
rs, this book analyses the historical, socio-political, and biological contexts
of nature conservation in the country in an effort to identify the malaise under
lying Indias dominant conservation paradigm, which is primarily one of top-down c
ontrol and exclusion. It then surveys alternative approaches to conservationemer
ging in India and elsewherewhich attempt to reconcile social equity with biodiver
sity goals.

The author argues that a broad-ba
sed participatory approach to conservation, accommodating both use-based and pre
servationist paradigms, is necessary if we are to see Indias extraordinary wildli
fe survive into the next century. Environmental justice and improved governance
have to be as much a part of this agenda as sound ecological science and practi
ce. 
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Ghazala Shaha
buddin works on issues at the interface of human society and
biodiversity in India and South Asia. She obtained her PhD in conservation biolo
gy from Duke University in 1998 and since then has worked and published extensiv
ely on habitat fragmentation, sustainable forest management, the human impact on
biodiversity, and conservation-induced displacement. She was a Fellow at the Co
uncil for Social Development in New Delhi and a Research Associate with the Wild
life Conservation Societys India Program from 2003 to 2007. She has also been a c
onsultant with the World Bank on global tiger conservation issues. She has co-ed
ited (with Mahesh Rangarajan) Making Conservation Work: Securing Biodiversity in
this New Century (2007). She is currently Associate Professor, School of Human
Ecology, B.R. Ambedkar University, Delhi.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Envi
ronment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7824-277-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Unqui
et Woods (Twentieth Anniversary Edition): Ecological Change and Peasant Resistan
.0000</td><td>Popular initiatives
to halt deforestation in the Himalaya, such as the Chipko movement, are globall
y renowned. It is less well known that these movements have a history stretchin
g back more than a hundred years. A proper understanding of this long duration
within the forests of submontane North India required the marriage of two scho
larly traditions: the sociology of peasant protest and the ecologically oriente
d study of history.
Twenty years ago there appeared o
n this subject an unknown authors first book: The Unquie
t Woods (1989) by Ramachandra Guha. Fairly quickly, th
e book came to be recognized as not just another study of dissenting peasants b
ut as something of a classic which had willy nilly opened up a whole new field e
nvironmental history in South Asia. While the monograph has as a consequence be
en continuously in print within India and in the West since then, its author h
as become a biographer and historian of international stature.
In celebration of its twentieth y
ear in print, The Unquiet Woods</em&gt
; is now reissued with additional material: a new reflective preface by the aut
hor on the genesis and limitations of the book which set him off on the path of
writerly success, as well as three freshly commissioned critical essays by maj
or academic specialists. Taken together, this additional material situates the
monograph and its influence within environmental history in India, Europe and
Latin America, and the USA.
This is a book for anyone interes
ted in the history of Indias environment, forests and their dwellers, the variet
ies of colonial rule, and the specificities of rural rebellion. And it is a boo
k for anyone interested in the writings of Ramachandra Guha.</td><td>
<div style="text-align: justify">Ramachandra Guha most recent book is the monumental India After Gandhi: T
he History of the Worlds Largest Democracy. His biography of Verrier

Elwin, Savaging the Civilized, fused intellectual biograph
y with history of anthropology. Guha is also known as an essayist, columnist, a
nd Indias supreme authority on cricket history. Now a writer at large, Guha has
held the Arne Naess Chair in History in Oslo, and taught at many academic univ
esities and institutions including at Yale, Stanford, and Bangalore.</div>
</td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7824-129-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Tropics a
nd the Traveling Gaze, The: India, Landscape, and Science 1800-1856</td><td>Davi
d Arnold</td><td>2005</td><td>320</td><td>695.0000</td><td>This is a book about land, as well as about Indiaas tha
t region of almost continental proportions and immense physical diversity came t
o be known to the British and to other European travellers and observers in the
first half of the nineteenth century. But it is also a book about the land, abou
t the ways in which Indias material environment became increasingly subject to sc
ientific scrutiny, much of it by itinerant naturalists andcentrally to this studye
specially by botanists. Although there have been scholarly works that have previ
ously discussed aspects of science and travel in colonial India, none has attemp
ted, as this does, to see them as part of an interrelated process of observation
and appropriation.

The Tropics and the Travelling Gaze is fur
ther, like Paul Carters fine study The Road to Botany Bay, an essay in spatial his
tory. It is concerned with responses to an unfamiliar landscape, about the land a
s an object of colonial fear and desire, utility and aesthetics; it seeks to sho
w how India, in passing under British control, was evaluated in ways that combin
ed scenic delight and practical opportunity with a harsher appraisal of India as
a land of death and disease, of desolation and deficiency.
It is an attempt
to understand how India, while recognized as having its own distinctive physica
l and cultural identity, was nevertheless annexed to ideas of landscape and natu
re that were external and alien to itself, which aligned it, in science as in se
ntiment, with other places and other times. This is not, then, an environmental
history in the conventional sense of trying to describe the real world of nature,
captured at a given moment in time. Rather, it seeks to examine how, at a time w
hen the now pervasive term environment was never employed (at least in its present
sense), nature and the human place within it were scientifically interrogated a
nd systematically understood.
Central to the argument of this book is the co
nviction that landscape and nature, far from being peripheral or merely decorati
ve, were central to the colonizing process. This was an appropriation of India b
egun through words and images, associations and expectations, through science, tra
vel and literary representation, that was, in its way, as fundamental to the col
onial enterprise as any, more familiar, story of conquering armies, revenue syst
ems and imperial bureaucracies.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">David Arnold&
lt;/b> is Professor of the History of South Asia, Department of History, Scho
ol of African and Oriental Studies, London. His work encompasses the history of
science, technology and medicine; and colonialism and nationalism in modern Sout
h Asia. His books include Science, Technology and Medicine in Colonial India and
Colonizing the Body</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Environmen
t and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7824-121-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Zoo in th
e Garden</td><td>Edward Hamilton Aitken, Introduction by D.K.Lahiri Choudhury</t
stify">EHA (Edward Hamilton Aitken)s enchanting writings on natural histo
ry capture the drama in the lives of frogs in our ponds, crows on our windowsill
s, lizards behind our cupboards and many others. His prose, at once comic and po
etic, captivated readers at the turn of the century in India. This new edition m
akes readily accessible two of EHAs most popular books, The Tribes on My Frontie
r and The Common Birds of Bombay, in their original form, with the original pict
ures. This book contains an introduction to EHA and his writings by the noted li
terary critic and elephant specialist Dhriti K. Lahiri Choudhury.</td>
<td><div style="text-align: justify">Edward Hamilton Ai
tken (EHA) was born at Satara in Bombay Presidency. He taught at Decca
n College, Poona, and was later appointed Chief Collector of Customs and Salt Re
venues at Karachi. He was a founder member of the Bombay Natural History Society
and one of the first joint editors of the Societys journal. He died in 1909. A
part from The Tribes on my Frontier and The Common Birds of Bombay, EHAs books in
clude A Naturalist on the Prowl, Concerning Animals and Other Matters, and The F
ive Windows of the Soul, a philosophic treatise.</div><div style="
ign: justify">Dhriti K. Lahiri Choudhury taught Engli
sh Literature for many years at Rabindra Bharati University. In his other incarn
ation he specialises in the Asian elephant and is the editor of The Great Indian
Elephant Book.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</
td>
<td>978-81-7824-058-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Salim Ali
for Schools: A Childrens Biography</td><td>Zai Whitaker</td><td>2003</td><td>110
</td><td>195.0000</td><td>Sálim Ali, 
the Birdman of India, is one of the worlds most famous naturalists. He made many
discoveries about Indian birds and wrote the Book of Indian Birds, which has bec
ome a classic. He fought for the preservation of many important forests, includi
ng the Bharatpur Bird Sanctuary and Silent Valley. He had amazing adventures and
met wonderful people. This is the story of his life, told by his grand-niece. I
t all began with a little yellow sparrow in his backyard which young Sálim
found, once upon a time</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Environmen
t and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7824-016-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Archaeolo
gical Geography of the Ganga Plain: The Lower and the Middle Ganga</td><td>Dilip
K.Chakrabarti</td><td>2001</td><td>410</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>This book discusses the ancient historical geog
raphy of the lower and middle sections of the Ganga plain. Its basis is a fieldstudy of the distribution of archaeological sites in the region. The geographica
l issues which have been considered here are the location of sites, the historic
al linkages of different areas, the problems of political geography and, finally
, the routes.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&gt
;Dilip K.Chakrabarti University Lecturer in South Asian Archa
eology, Cambridge University.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Environment and
Biodiversity</td>
of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses; Special Edition for JNTU Hy
derabad</td><td>Erach Bharucha</td><td>2014</td><td>352</td><td>225.0000</td><td
>Environmental studies has become an undisputed requirement in the syllab
i of all undergraduate courses. The first edition of this textbook was the outco
me of the efforts of the Expert Committee constituted by the UGC in response to
the directive given by the Supreme Court of India, on the necessity for a basic
course on the environment. The Second Edition has incorporated the feedback from
the students and faculty to make it more user-friendly. In this JNTU specific e
dition, apart from focus on sustainable development and the ecological footprint
, several topics that were specifically required as per the JNTU syllabus have b
een added. This includes deforestation, desertification, water resources, ecosys
tem values and services, carrying capacity, ambient air quality standards, autom
obile and industrial pollution, bioremediation, handling of biomedical waste, de
tails of international protocols and conventions that were mentioned earlier, li
fe cycle assessment, EIA, risk assessment, socio-economic impacts of various typ
es of pollution and life styles and green buildings. New relevant tables, case s
tudies and flowcharts have also been included.</td><td><b&
gt;Dr Erach Bharucha is Director, Bharati Vidyapeet

h Institute of Environment Education and Research, Pune. He has been engaged in
implementing a variety of environmental education programmes for schools and col
leges. He has been associated with the NCERT, SCERT and UGC to further the cause
of formal environmental education.</td><td>World</td><td>Environment
and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7371-724-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Conserva
tion Biology: A Primer for South Asia </td><td>Kamaljit S Bawa, Richard B Primac
k, Meera Anna Oommen</td><td>2011</td><td>604</td><td>875.0000</td><td>
This introductory book on conservation biology is based on Richard Primacks widel
y used A Primer of Conservation Biology. It e
xplores the key concepts of conservation using examples from South Asia, home to
some of the worlds most exotic species that are now facing the threat of extinct
ion. The book draws attention to the rapid decline in the biodiversity of this
region and emphasises the need for urgent action. It also discusses the initiat
ives that are being undertaken in the region such as involving local communities
, framing laws and policies, and identifying research areas that will help stem
further loss in biodiversity and make the long term goal of protecting our speci
es successful.
Special Features
<ul><li> Numerous case studies from South Asia </li><li>
Discusses the involvement of indigenous tribes in preserving biodiversity</l
i><li> Outlines specific research areas that are to be focussed on for
implementation of successful conservation programmes</li></ul>
</td><td>Kamaljit S Bawa is Distinguished Professor of Biolog
y at the University of Massachusetts, Boston, and President of the Ashoka Trust
for Research in Ecology and the Environment, Bangalore. He is Editor-in-Chief of
the journal Conservation and Society and coauthor of <i&g
t;Sahyadris: Indias Western Ghats. His research interests include popul
ation biology, land use and land cover change, community-based conservation, and
institutions for conservation and sustainable development.
Richard B Primack, Professor, Department of Biology at Boston
University, is Editor-in-Chief of the journal Biological Conservation
 and was President of the Association for Tropical Biology and Conserv
ation. He wrote two leading textbooks: Essentials of Conservation Biolo
gy and A Primer of Conservation Biology. Dr. Primac
k''s research interests include the biological impacts of climate change
, the loss of species in protected areas, tropical forest ecology and conservati
on, and conservation education.
Meera Anna Oommen is an ecologist and a founding trustee of Dakshin Foundation,
Bangalore. She has held senior editorial positions with several conservation jou
rnals including Conservation and Society and Current
Conservation. Her research interests include macroecology and biogeog
raphy of the Himalaya as well as conservation interventions relating to reconcil
iation ecology in human dominated landscapes in the Western Ghats. </td><td>Worl
d</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7371-702-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Indian Me
dicinal Plants: A Compendium of 500 Species (Vol. I)</td><td>P K Warrier, V P K
Nambiar, C Ramankutty</td><td>1993</td><td>430</td><td>1325.0000</td><td>Indian Medicinal Plants,&l
t;/strong> based on a treatise prepared by S. Raghunatha Iyer, a scholar of b
oth Sanskrit and Ayurveda, aims to make an authoritative contribution to the fie
ld. The original work which drew upon classical texts and current research, as w
ell as the oral medical knowledge of tribal groups has been updated by scholars
associated with the Arya Vaidya Sala in Kottakal, India. This unique compendium
offers profiles of 500 key species with detailed taxonomic information. One of t
he leading features of this compilation is the special technique used in the ill
ustrations, both colour and line, which aims to achieve authenticity of texture,
colour and form. The book also lists the distribution and popular nomenclature
in English, Sanskrit, Hindi, Malayalam and Tamil. The main texts present propert
ies and uses in a format which cites ancient verse texts and ethnobotanical sour
ces. This rare work, in five volumes, should be of special interest to practitio
ners of alternative medicine, students of Ayurveda, the research and industry as
sociated with medical botany, pharmacologists, sociologists and medical herbalis
ts.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">
P K Warrier, Managing Trustee of the Arya Vaidyasala, Kottakkal, Keral
a. </div><div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div style="text-align: justify">V.P.K
.Nambiar, former systematic botanist at the Kerala Forest Research Ins
titute and a specialist in the flora of the Western Ghats. </div>
style="text-align: justify">C.Ramankutty,&n
bsp;a learned physician of the Arya Vaidyasala, Kottakkal, Kerala.</div></
td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
dicinal Plants: A Compendium of 500 Species (Vol. II)</td><td>P K Warrier, V P K
Nambiar, C Ramankutty</td><td>1994</td><td>436</td><td>1325.0000</td><td>Indian Medicinal Plants,&
lt;/strong> based on a treatise prepared by S. Raghunatha Iyer, a scholar of
both Sanskrit and Ayurveda, aims to make an authoritative contribution to the fi
eld. The original work which drew upon classical texts and current research, as
well as the oral medical knowledge of tribal groups has been updated by scholars
associated with the Arya Vaidya Sala in Kottakal, India. This unique compendium
offers profiles of 500 key species with detailed taxonomic information. One of
the leading features of this compilation is the special technique used in the il
lustrations, both colour and line, which aims to achieve authenticity of texture
, colour and form. The book also lists the distribution and popular nomenclature
in English, Sanskrit, Hindi, Malayalam and Tamil. The main texts present proper
ties and uses in a format which cites ancient verse texts and ethnobotanical sou
rces. This rare work, in five volumes, should be of special interest to practiti
oners of alternative medicine, students of Ayurveda, the research and industry a
ssociated with medical botany, pharmacologists, sociologists and medical herbali
sts.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"><b&gt
;P K Warrier, Managing Trustee of the Arya Vaidyasala, Kottakkal, Kera
la. Nambiar, </div><div style="text-align: justify"&
gt; </div><div style="text-align: justify">V.P.K.Nambiar, former systematic botanist at the Kerala Forest Re
search Institute and a specialist in the flora of the Western Ghats. &l
t;/div><div style="text-align: justify"> </div&
gt;<div style="text-align: justify">C.Ramankutty</b&
gt;, a learned physician of the Arya Vaidyasala, Kottakkal, Kerala.</div><
/td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
dicinal Plants: A Compendium of 500 Species (Vol. III)</td><td>P K Warrier, V P
K Nambiar, C Ramankutty</td><td>1994</td><td>423</td><td>1325.0000</td><td>Indian Medicinal Plants, based on a treatise pr
epared by S. Raghunatha Iyer, a scholar of both Sanskrit and Ayurveda, aims to m
ake an authoritative contribution to the field. The original work which drew upo
n classical texts and current research, as well as the oral medical knowledge of
tribal groups has been updated by scholars associated with the Arya Vaidya Sala
in Kottakal, India. This unique compendium offers profiles of 500 key species w
ith detailed taxonomic information. One of the leading features of this compilat
ion is the special technique used in the illustrations, both colour and line, wh
ich aims to achieve authenticity of texture, colour and form. The book also lis
ts the distribution and popular nomenclature in English, Sanskrit, Hindi, Malaya

lam and Tamil. The main texts present properties and uses in a format which cite
s ancient verse texts and ethnobotanical sources. This rare work, in five volume
s, should be of special interest to practitioners of alternative medicine, stude
nts of Ayurveda, the research and industry associated with medical botany, pharm
acologists, sociologists and medical herbalists.</td><td> </td><t
d>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
dicinal Plants: A Compendium of 500 Species (Vol. IV)</td><td>P K Warrier, V P K
Nambiar, C Ramankutty</td><td>1995</td><td>444</td><td>1325.0000</td><td><p&
gt;Indian Medicinal Plants, based on a treatise pre
pared by S. Raghunatha Iyer, a scholar of both Sanskrit and Ayurveda, aims to ma
ke an authoritative contribution to the field. The original work which drew upon
classical texts and current research, as well as the oral medical knowledge of
tribal groups has been updated by scholars associated with the Arya Vaidya Sala
in Kottakal, India. This unique compendium offers profiles of 500 key species wi
th detailed taxonomic information. One of the leading features of this compilati
on is the special technique used in the illustrations, both colour and line, whi
ch aims to achieve authenticity of texture, colour and form. The book also list
s the distribution and popular nomenclature in English, Sanskrit, Hindi, Malayal
am and Tamil. The main texts present properties and uses in a format which cites
ancient verse texts and ethnobotanical sources. This rare work, in five volumes
, should be of special interest to practitioners of alternative medicine, studen
ts of Ayurveda, the research and industry associated with medical botany, pharma
cologists, sociologists and medical herbalists.</td><td>P K W
arrier, V P K Nambiar, C Ramankutty</td><td>World</td><td>Environment
dicinal Plants: A Compendium of 500 Species (Vol. V)</td><td>P K Warrier, V P K
Nambiar, C Ramankutty</td><td>1996</td><td>592</td><td>1325.0000</td><td><p&g
t;Indian Medicinal Plants, based on a treatise prep
ared by S. Raghunatha Iyer, a scholar of both Sanskrit and Ayurveda, aims to mak
e an authoritative contribution to the field. The original work which drew upon
classical texts and current research, as well as the oral medical knowledge of t
ribal groups has been updated by scholars associated with the Arya Vaidya Sala i
n Kottakal, India. This unique compendium offers profiles of 500 key species wit
h detailed taxonomic information. One of the leading features of this compilatio
n is the special technique used in the illustrations, both colour and line, whic
h aims to achieve authenticity of texture, colour and form. The book also lists
the distribution and popular nomenclature in English, Sanskrit, Hindi, Malayala
m and Tamil. The main texts present properties and uses in a format which cites
ancient verse texts and ethnobotanical sources. This rare work, in five volumes,
should be of special interest to practitioners of alternative medicine, student
s of Ayurveda, the research and industry associated with medical botany, pharmac
ologists, sociologists and medical herbalists.</td><td>P K Wa
rrier, V P K Nambiar, C Ramankutty</td><td>World</td><td>Environment a
nd Biodiversity</td>
<ul>
pollution </li>
gt;</li>
problems</li>
;
rld</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses</td><td>Erach Bharucha</td><
fy">Environmental studies has become an undisputed requirement in the syll
abi of all undergraduate courses. The first edition of this textbook was the out
come of the efforts of the Expert Committee constituted by the UGC in response t
o the directive given by the Supreme Court of India, on the necessity for a basi
c course on the environment. The Second Edition has incorporated the feedback fr
om the students and faculty to make it more user-friendly.
<ul>
<li>Tailored precisely to suit the curriculum set down by the UGC. </li
>
<li>Relevant new case studies, examples, photographs and figures make the
book student and teacher-friendly.</li>
<li>The subject matter is presented in very simple and lucid language whic
h makes the concepts clear to Engineering, Arts, Science and Commerce students a
like. </li>
<li>The important aspect of fieldwork is included in Unit 8.</li>
<li>Flowcharts have been introduced wherever required so that concepts are
clearer in the students minds.</li>
<li>The refrain of sustainable living runs though the entire book, thus awak
ening the students to reality and suggests solutions for commonly encountered en
vironmental issues.</li>
</ul>
Questions are provided at the end of each chapter to test comprehension
.</td><td><strong&gt
;Dr Erach Bharucha is Director, Bharati Vidyapeeth Institute of E
nvironment Education and Research, Pune. He has been engaged in implementing a v
ariety of environmental education programmes for schools and colleges. He has be
en associated with the NCERT, SCERT and UGC to further the cause of formal envir
onmental education. </td><td>WORLD</td><td>Environment and Biodiversit
y</td>
<td>978-81-7370-311-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>NatureQu
est 10: Environmental Education</td><td>Geetha Iyer</td><td>2010</td><td>124</td
><td>240.0000</td><td><strong&
gt;The Nature Quest series seeks to open up the world around us
for the student to explore. It also endeavours to help the student understand t
he various environmental issues that we face today.
<ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">A holistic perspec
tive presents the viewpoint of not only humans but also other organisms.</li
>
<li style="text-align: justify">Unbiased coverage is giv
en, keeping in mind that more than one opinion is possible on many environmenta
l-related topics.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">
The exercises are intended to make the student think before answering.</li&g
t;
<li style="text-align: justify">Simple but effective activ
ities can help each student make a difference to the environment in practical t
erms.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Boxes provid
e extra information, literature extracts and questions that make the student th
ink more deeply about issues. These can also be used by the teacher to initiate
class discussions.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify"&g
t;A simple style and language graded according to class make the books easy to
follow.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The colour
ful layout and ample illustrations aim to draw the interest of the student.<
/li> </ul></td><td>Dr Geetha Iyer is a consultant (curriculum development and teach
er training) with Atul Vidyalaya, Valsaad, and TVS Schools, Madurai. She is al
so a resource person for teacher training workshops in middle school science, b
iology, chemistry and environment education. She is Visiting Faculty (Honorary)
at the Institute of Bird Studies and Natural History, Rishi Valley Education
Centre, and Trustee, Centre for Plants, People and Ecosystems, Chennai. She ha
s numerous publications in Indian Journals related to the environment.</p&gt
;</td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7371-609-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Science
of Saving Tigers, The</td><td>K Ullas Karanth</td><td>2011</td><td>340</td><td>7
50.0000</td><td>The
Science of Saving Tigers puts together twenty significant articl
es on topics ranging from tiger ecology to critiques of government policy from a
selection of over seventy that have appeared in various national and internatio
nal journals, spanning Dr Karanths work over two decades. It is essential reading
for serious students of conservation biology and will serve as a vital informat
ion resource for tiger conservationists in particular.</td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">The author, K. Ullas Karanth&
lt;/b>, is a distinguished scientist, noted for his long-term scientific re
search on tigers as well as for his efforts to promote science-based conservat
ion. He is also, importantly, a conservation activist with an optimistic view
of the future of wild tigers, provided the conservation machinery aligns itself
with qualified scientists, adopts greater transparency in its methods, and ste
ers clear from what he terms wasteful schemes and corruption-prone escapism.</d
iv></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7371-641-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Spiders o
f India</td><td>P A Sebastian, K V Peter</td><td>2009</td><td>734</td><td>1695.0
000</td><td>Spiders
of India is the only modern book available on the subject, and w
ill prove an invaluable resource for professionals, students, naturalists, and r
esearchers in zoology, entomology, ecology and physiology.
The first part of
the book looks at the morphology and anatomy of spiders, as well as systematics
and evolution. The second part provides detailed descriptions of selected specie
s. The book also contains, importantly, a decisive and updated checklist of the
1,520 spiders which have been described from India. It is richly illustrated wit
h line drawings and diagrams, and more than 150 colour photographs, many documen
ted for the first time.</td><td><div style="text-align: justif
y">Dr P. A. Sebastian took his doctoral degree in ara
chnology from Bhavnagar University, Gujarat. Since then he has been actively eng
aged in research on various aspects of spiders such as taxonomy, ecology, divers
ity, biological control potential, toxicology, synanthropic spiders, spider silk
biotechnology, spider venom chemistry, etc. He has taken the initiative to orga
nise a research group solely devoted to research on spiders in the Division of A

rachnology, Sacred Heart College, Kochi, where he is currently Reader of Zoology
. </div><div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div style="text-align: justify">Dr K.
V. Peter is a horticulturist, a plant breeder, a university teacher, a
nd an acknowledged research manager. He is a Fellow of the National Academy of A
gricultural Sciences, New Delhi, and the National Academy of Sciences, Allahabad
. He has also served as the Vice-Chancellor of Kerala Agricultural University.&l
t;/div></td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7371-616-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Plant Bi
otechnology: Methods in Tissue Culture and Gene Transfer</td><td>R Keshavachandr
an, K V Peter</td><td>2008</td><td>312</td><td>395.0000</td><td>There is growing demand for more food crops. Agri
cultural yield is however challenged by two concerns: availability of arable lan
d and reduced water resources for irrigation. Biotechnology offers several tools
that can be used appropriately for sustainable agriculture. Recent advances in
molecular biology and recombinant DNA technology can make increased production a
nd pest resistant crops with increased nutritive value a reality.
The book has 21 chapters contribu
ted by eminent scientists from all over the country. It discusses the various te
chniques and aspects of biotechnology that can bring about crop improvement.
The book serves as a textbook for postgraduate students and researchers working
in the fields of plant biotechnology and horticulture and a reference book for u
ndergraduates.
</td><td>Dr R Keshavachandran is Professor, Centre
for Plant Biotechnology and Molecular Biology, and Coordinator, Bioinformatics C
entre, Kerala Agricultural University, Thrissur. <div> <div>KV Peter is Professor of Horticulture
and Former Vice-Chancellor, Kerala Agricultural University, Thrissur. </div
></td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7371-656-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Disaster
Management: Global Challenges and Local Solutions</td><td>Rajib Shaw, R R Krish
namurthy</td><td>2009</td><td>664</td><td>895.0000</td><td>We are becom
ing increasingly vulnerable to natural disasters. Disaster Management is therefo
re an important topic for allfrom high school students to researchers. Disaster d
ata in recent years show increasing trends in physical, social and economic impa
cts. While a global perspective of disaster management is necessary, it is also
important to emphasize local solutions. This book targets some of the key issues
of disaster management, focusing on innovative research and application. The ch
apters are organized under 5 interrelated themes:
<ul><li> Hazards and disasters</li>
<li>Risk and vulnerability</li>
<li>Technology</li>
<li>Education and community</li>
<li>Crosscutting issues</li></ul>
It will serve as an up-to-date reference book for researchers and pract
itioners in the field of disaster management throughout the world.
This book will be useful for students, teachers, researchers and practi
tioners in the field of disaster management. It is an invaluable resource for &l
t;/p>
<ul><li> Faculty of departments of geology and environmental scienc
e </li><li>
Students of geology and environmental science</li></ul>
</td><td>Rajib Shaw is Associate Professor
, Graduate School of Global Environmental Studies, Kyoto University, Japan. He h
as worked closely with the local communities, NGOs, governments and internationa
l organizations, including the United Nations, especially in the Asian countries
. He is currently the Chair of the United Nations Asia Regional Task Force for U
rban Risk Reduction.

R R Krishnamurthy is Assistant Professor,
Department of Applied Geology, and Adjunct Faculty, Centre for Ocean and Coastal
Studies, University of Madras, Chennai, India. He has contributed both to resea
rch and capacity building in various national and international programmes on co
astal ocean studies. He is currently Scientific Officer to the Vice-Chancellor,
University of Madras.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,MM,MV,BT,BD,LK</td><td>Environment and Bi
odiversity</td>
on Birds and Mammals of Andhra Pradesh</td><td>WWF-India</td><td>2009</td><td>16
4</td><td>395.0000</td><td>Exquisitely illustrated, this field guide t
o the common birds and mammals found in Andhra Pradesh describes 157 birds and
42 mammals that commonly occur in the state, with details of their characters,
habits and habitat. The book also has information on: <ul>
<li>Ecosystems found in the state</li>
<l
i>Areas listed as protected, with details on the location, accessibility, an
d the special features of the sanctuaries and national parks</li>
<
li>Checklists of birds from a few bird areas in the state</li>
&lt
;li>the protected status of birds and mammals of Andhra Pradesh</li>
</ul>
The simple writing style and fully coloured and hand il
lustrated format of The common Birds and Animals of And
hra Pradesh will appeal to high-school students, amate
ur naturalists, tourists and first-time visitors to wilderness areas.
</td><td>WWF-Indias Andhra Pradesh State Office has been active since 1972. This
is their second publication after Sacred Groves of Andh
ra Pradesh which was published in 1996.</td><td>World<
/td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7371-456-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Disaster
Management</td><td>Harsh K Gupta</td><td>2003</td><td>188</td><td>495.0000</td><
td>This book contains seven chapters, each dealing with one major natur
al disaster encountered in our country. Each of the authors is an expert in that
particular field. The outstanding contribution of this book is that it not only
deals with the forecasting and description of the various natural disasters, bu
t also stresses the management aspect, exhaustively detailing the necessary step
s that need to be taken to deal with the fallout in the wake of these disasters.
The book also describes the advances in remote sensing and the state-of-the-art
technology available in India for the monitoring and prediction of these phenom
ena. It also draws up a comprehensive warning system to be implemented, in order
to minimize the extensive losses to life and property that occur year after yea
r.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</
td>
<td>978-81-7371-483-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Concepts
in Biotechnology (Revised Edition)</td><td>D Balasubramanian, C F A Bryce, K Dh
armalingam, J Green, Kunthala Jayaraman</td><td>2004</td><td>502</td><td>650.000
0</td><td>The book covers the fun
damental principles and concepts in biotechnology which form the basis for the s
ubject and illustrates their applications in selected areas such as health care,
agriculture, animal systems, bioprocess technologies and environmental aspects.
This textbook is the outcome of a COSTED-IBN project on curriculum development
in biotechnology for undergraduate study. It is designed to provide a strong bas
e in this emerging, interdisciplinary are which holds great promise for economic
development.</td><td>D Balasubramanian, C F A Bryce, K Dharm
alingam, J Green, Kunthala Jayaraman</td><td>World</td><td>Environment
<td>978-81-7371-504-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Cultivat
ion of Medicinal and Aromatic Crops (Revised Edition)</td><td>A A Farooqi, B S S

reeramu</td><td>2004</td><td>344</td><td>1225.0000</td><td>In recent ye
ars, there has been a tremendous growth of interest in plant-based drugs, pharma
ceuticals, perfumery products, cosmetics and aromatic compounds used in food fla
vours, fragrances, and natural colours. An attempt has been made in this book to
provide all possible pooled information including the research findings that ha
ve been generated by the Division of Horticultural Sciences, the University of A
gricultural Sciences, the Indian Institute of Horticultural Research, the Centra
l Institute of Medicinal and Aromatic Crops, the National Botanical Research Ins
titute, the Regional Research Laboratories, ICAR, and others.</td><td>
<td>978-81-7371-514-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Amphibia
ns of Peninsular India</td><td>R J Ranjit Daniels</td><td>2004</td><td>284</td><
td>750.0000</td><td><strong&gt
;Amphibians are considered to be the best indicators of environme
ntal health. A decline in amphibian populations indicates ecosystem deterioratio
n that might affect a wider spectrum of the earth's biological diversity. Du
ring the last 12 years there has been a great concern, worldwide, about the rapi
d decline in amphibian populations. Many reasons have been attributed to the los
s of amphibians including habitat loss, UV-B radiation, global warming, toxic ch
emicals, pathogens that destroy eggs and larval stages, direct harvest and other
. Of these, loss of habitat seems to be the most significant factor, at least in
tropical countries.
In this book, 72 species of Indian amphibians including
caecilians have been described. These amphibians are common and widely distribut
ed in peninsular India and represent about one third of all amphibian species kn
own in India. The descriptions are simple and contain, although limited, details
of other closely-related species, taking the actual number of amphibian species
discussed to well over 100.
The many illustrations provided throughout the s
pecies accounts and the illustrated keys should make it possible for students an
d amateur naturalists to identify amphibians in the field without much difficult
y. To avoid any confusion that might arise from scientific names that keep chang
ing, those names that have been the most consistently used in India names that h
ave been retained in this book. However, all recent changes have been included a
s synonyms. Additionally, an appendix that lists out all the known species of In
dian amphibians (at the time that the book was written) has been provided. </td><td><div style="text-align: justify">R J Ranj
it Daniels was born on June 5, 1959 in Nagercoil-a small hilltown in t
he southern Western Ghats. Encouraged by his parents, he pursued his interest in
nature watching and drawing animals, especially birds. The many pets that he ra
ised during his early years, that included amongst others frogs, were his greate
st source of inspiration and learning. The graduation from hobby to profession t
ook place many years later in 1989 after a short visit to Panama.
After being
awarded a doctoral degree in 1990 by the Indian Institute of Science for his s
tudy of birds of the Western Ghats, Ranjit Daniels pursued his post-doctoral res
earch on amphibians. He moved to Chennai in 1992 and over the past decade has tr
avelled in the Western Ghats, Eastern Ghats and the Great Nicobar Island studyin
g amphibians and other lower vertebrates (fish and reptiles).
In Chennai, he
has served as the Research Scientist at the Madras Crocodile Bank, as Honorary S
ecretary at the Chennai Snake Park and also as Principal Scientific Officer (Bio
diversity and Biotechnology) and Chair (Biodiversity) at the M S Swaminathan Res
earch Foundation. He founded Care Earth in June 2000 and has since been serving
as the Director of this young organisation that is dedicated to biodiversity res
earch and training.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversi
ty</td>
<td>978-81-7371-589-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mammals
of South Asia, Volume 2</td><td>AJT Johnsingh, Nima Manjrekar</td><td>2015</td><
td>766</td><td>1850.0000</td><td>
A complete guide to the mammals of South Asia, lavishly illustrated wi
th colour plates and photos. The species accounts cover all aspects of field id
entification, including in-depth sections on distribution, behaviour, status an
d population. Anyone interested in the wildlife of the subcontinent will find t
his book an invaluable aid to identifying and understanding the region'&#39
;s diverse mammalian fauna.
Volume 1 covers insectivores, bats, primates, canids and felids, while
Volume 2 focuses on marine mammals, elephant, rhinoceros, bovids, cervids, and
rodents.
Over 75 authors have contributed on areas of specialised research. Man
y of the species, like the Arunachal macaque, are covered in such detail for th
e first time in a popular publication.
</td><td>
AJT Johnsingh is one of the leading mammal
ogists in South Asia and has served as the Dean, Faculty of Wildlife Sciences,
Wildlife Institute of India, Dehra Dun. 
Nima Majrekar was awarded a PhD for her re
search on the feeding ecology of ibex. 
<td>978-81-7371-590-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mammals
of South Asia: Volume 1</td><td>AJT Johnsingh, Nima Manjrekar</td><td>2012</td><
td>766</td><td>1850.0000</td><td>A complete guide to the mammals of Sou
th Asia, lavishly illustrated with colour plates and photos. The species accoun
ts cover all aspects of field identification, including in-depth sections on di
stribution, behaviour, status and population. Anyone interested in the wildlife
of the subcontinent will find this book an invaluable aid to identifying and u
nderstanding the region''s diverse mammalian fauna.
Volume 1 covers insectivores, bats, primates, canids and felids, while
Volume 2 focuses on marine mammals, elephant, rhinoceros, bovids, cervids, and
rodents.
Over 75 authors have contributed on areas of specialised research. Man
y of the species, like the Arunachal macaque, are covered in such detail for th
e first time in a popular publication.
</td><td>AJT Johnsingh grew up close to th
e forests of the Western Ghats, and spent a lot of his youth in these forests.
Following his pioneering doctoral work on Asiatic wild dogs in Bandipur Nation
al Park, he went on to become one of the leading wildlife biologists in India.
After over two decades of teaching post-graduate students and forest
officers, he retired from the Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun. He now ass
ists the Worldwide Fund for NatureIndia and the Nature Conservation Foundation,
Mysore. He has many scientific publications to his credit, and has written innu
merable articles in books, newspapers and magazines. His experiences in the wil
d have been put together in two books, On Jim Corbetts Trail
and Other Tales from Tree-Tops and Field
Days: A Naturalists Journey Through South and Southeast Asia.</p&
gt;
Nima Manjrekar is a wildlife biologist, t
rained at the Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun. She spent several years in
the Himalaya, studying first black bears and then ibex. She has co-authored tw
o childrens books on wildlife habitats, Walk the Rainforest w
ith Niwupah and Walk the Grasslands with Takuri</em&gt
;. She has also written guides to wildlife areas in Karnataka for the Karnataka
Forest Department. She is now involved in wildlife film-making, and was part o
f the team that made the award-winning documentaries on wild dogs by Krupakar S
enani Features, Wild Dog Diaries for Nati
onal Geographic Channels International and The Pack</em&g
t; for Discovery Communications / Animal Planet.</td><td>Wor
ld</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7371-547-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Question
s and Answers in Environmental Science</td><td>S K Basu, A K De</td><td>2005</td
><td>396</td><td>450.0000</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&
gt;The sustainable future of humany lies in understanding the earth and its envi
ronment. For this reason, environmental science has a purview that overlaps seve
ral other disciplines; from biology to economics, geology to sociology, every su
bject has a significant relationship with some area of environmental science. Ho
wever, it is often difficult, time-consuming and exhaustive to keep pace with ne
w trends in such a broad-based field.</div></td><td><div style="te
xt-align: justify">Saikat Kumar Basu is currently wor
king as a graduate student researcher in the University of Lethbridge, Canada. H
e completed his graduation and post graduation in Botany, specializing in Microb
iology from the University of Calcutta, India.</div><div style="te
xt-align: justify"> </div><div style="text-alig
n: justify">Dr Amit Krishna De completed his Msc in B
iochemistry and PhD from Calcutta University. His area of specialization is Bioc
hemical Pharmacology and Nutritional Toxicology.</div></td><td>World</td><
td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7371-552-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Field Da
ys - A Naturalist's Journey through South and Southeast Asia</td><td>A J T J
ohnsingh</td><td>2005</td><td>256</td><td>550.0000</td><td>As a young boy in south India, AJT Johnsing avidly rea
d Jim Corbett in Tamil translation: apart from the nail-biting adventure, Corbet
t's writing provided fine details on the landscapes, forests and wildlife of
the Himalaya, observing and interpreting perfectly the sights, sounds and smell
s of the jungle.
Growing up to become a wildlife biologist of great repute, D
r Johnsingh gained access to some of the most lush and remote forests in the wor
ld, and began to record his observations carefully. Each of the thirty-seven art
icles in this book is a journey into a protected forest, some well-known and oth
ers rarely accessed. Nearly always a long walk is involved, a walk that picks up
details that an untrained eye would easily miss. Close encounters with temperam
ental tuskers, protective elephant mothers, reclusive tigers, poachers, villager
s, tribal communities and forest guards pepper these walks.
Dr Johnsingh'
s analyses include his deep concern for the tremendous challenge ahead if these
places and their inhabitants are to be conserved in the face of an alarming onru
sh of humanity. Each journey, finally, involves a thoroughly enjoyable understan
ding of the protected area, its history, people, plants and wildlife.<
/td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr Johnsingh&l
t;/b> is currently Dean, Faculty of Wildlife Sciences at the Wildlife Institu
te of India, Dehradun. He represents the IUCN in the Caprinae, Cat, Canid, Bear
and Asian Elephant Specialist Groups. In 2004, he was awarded the Distinguished
Service Award for the Government by the Society for Conservation Biology.</di
v></td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7371-554-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>M. Krishn
an: Eye in the Jungle - Photographs and Writings</td><td>Ashish Chandola, Shanth
i Chandola, T.N.A.Perumal</td><td>2005</td><td>128</td><td>1650.0000</td><td>&lt
;p style="text-align: justify">M. Krishnan (1912-1996) was endowed
with a wide range of interests and amazing prowess as a writer in both his nativ
e Tamil and English. He wrote on anything that caught his attention, from dog-sh
ows to cricket, local breeds of cattle to temple carvings, squirrels in his back
yard to elephants, gaur and mouse deer of the forests. He did not just write occ
asionally, but wrote steadily and inspiringly for well over 35 years.
</p&
gt;
A pioneer in the field of black &
amp;amp; white photography, Krishnan's contribution to wildlife photography
and writing on natural history in India has no parallel. In this special compila
tion, an effort has been made to select lively and anecdotal text for which Kris
hnan has been recognized, to accompanyu images that he created which are in a cl
ass of their own.


E.P. Gee, the eminent naturalist
and Forest Officer, described Krishnan in the following words in his famous book
, the Wildlife of India, first published in 1964: "I think of M. Krishnan,
one of the best naturalists of present day India. He is middle-aged, active and
does a lot of writing on natural history for newspapers and magazines. he is an
artist also, and an expert wildlife photographer. 'Every Hair' must be h
is motto, for his pictures show the finest detail of the coats of gaur, sambar,
chital and the life, and every wrinkle on the skin of a wild elephant...He is a
bit of a 'lone wolf', one who does not care for meetings or advisory boa
rds, but as a naturalist had no equal..."
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Ashish</b&
gt; and Shanthi Chandola work as a team, m
aking wildlife documentary films.
Ashish was born and brought up in the footh
ills of the Himalaya as Dehra Dun in India, where he also received his schooling
. He was exposed as a child to forests, and his early enthusiasm for natural his
tory and photography was fostered and encouraged by his parents and teachers at
school. Ashish's fascination with nature and wildlife brought him in contact
with some of the great people involved with wildlife conservation at an early a
ge, and after a stint at a jungle lodge as a naturalist, he trained as a wildlif
e cameraman while on the job as an assistant. He is a freelance cameraman and ha
s shot several wildlife films, mainly in India.
Born in Chennai, Shanthi did
her schooling in Kolkata. Her introduction to forests and wildlife was first as
a tourist, and then working as a naturalist at various wildlife resorts in India
. Keen on making wildlife films, she got her big break when she worked on the BB
C megaseries, Land of the Tiger: Besides working with Ashish, she also freelance
s for international television companies as a field assistant, researching films
, recording sound and taking still photographs. Ashish and Shanthi live in Banga
lore. </div><div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div style="text-align: justify">Th
anjavur Nateshachary Ayyam Perumal was born on the 15th of November 19
32. A close associate of M. Krishnan, he began serious bird photography in 196061, joining the Mysore Photographic society of Bangalore in the same year and th
e Federation of Indian Photographers in 1962. Showered with numerous awards, he
received the Fellowship of the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain (1978
) in Nature Photograph, and Master Photographer of the Federation de l'Art P
hotographique (1983) in Nature Photography. He was awarded the Honorary Fellowsh
ip of the Indian International Photographic Council, New Delhi, in 1993. The Kar
nataka Lalita Kala Academy Award for Nature Photography was conferred on him in
1995. More recently, he was presented the IIPC's Lifetime Achievement Award
(2004), and Honorary Fellowship of the Pakistan Salon Group, 2005.</div></
td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7371-556-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Way of t
he Tiger, The</td><td>K. Ullas Karanth</td><td>2006</td><td>144</td><td>450.0000
</td><td>The Way of
the Tiger was first published in the UK and US as a coffee-table
book on tigers. This special South Asia edition carries Dr Karanths excellently
written text, without the pictures.
This book tells you everything you want
to know about tigers. It is an outstanding primer on tigers and very simply and
well-written; a scientist writing about his subject for a popular audience. The
author talks about the human fascination for tigers, and then examines social an
d predatory behaviour in wild tigers; evolution and genetics; research and censu
s methods; threats, past and present, to the existence of this endangered mega-c
arnivore; and various conservation policies necessary to reverse the decline of
tigers. What sets it apart is the positive conservation message that underline
s the text; the author disagrees with doomsday prophecies and convincingly argues
that wild tigers can be saved with timely action guided by reliable knowledge.&l
t;/p></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">K. Ul
las Karanth is a conservation scientist with the Wildlife Conservation
Society, New York, and directs its India programme. He is one of the worlds lead
ing experts on tiger ecology and related conservation issues, and has studied ti
gers in India, particularly Karnataka, since the 1980s.
Dr Ullas Karanth has
previously published A View from the Machan with Permanent Black in 2005.</di
v></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7370-310-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>NatureQu
est 9: Environmental Education</td><td>Geetha Iyer</td><td>2010</td><td>112</td>
t;The Nature Quest series seeks to open up the world around us f
or the student to explore. It also endeavours to help the student understand th
e various environmental issues that we face today.
<ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">A holistic perspec
tive presents the viewpoint of not only humans but also other organisms.</li
>
<li style="text-align: justify">Unbiased coverage is giv
en, keeping in mind that more than one opinion is possible on many environmenta
l-related topics.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">
The exercises are intended to make the student think before answering.</li&g
t;
<li style="text-align: justify">Simple but effective activ
ities can help each student make a difference to the environment in practical t
erms.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Boxes provid
e extra information, literature extracts and questions that make the student th
ink more deeply about issues. These can also be used by the teacher to initiate
class discussions.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify"&g
t;A simple style and language graded according to class make the books easy to
follow.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The colour
ful layout and ample illustrations aim to draw the interest of the student.<
/li> </ul></td><td>Dr Geetha Iyer is a consultant (curriculum development and teach
er training) with Atul Vidyalaya, Valsaad, and TVS Schools, Madurai. She is al
so a resource person for teacher training workshops in middle school science, b
iology, chemistry and environment education. She is Visiting Faculty (Honorary)
at the Institute of Bird Studies and Natural History, Rishi Valley Education
Centre, and Trustee, Centre for Plants, People and Ecosystems, Chennai. She ha
s numerous publications in Indian Journals related to the environment.</p&gt
;</td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
Strategies: Cooperation and Conflict in Animal Societies</td><td>Raghavendra Ga
dagkar</td><td>1998</td><td>192</td><td>295.0000</td><td>Did you know t
hat Tasmanian hens have two husbands? That vampire bats will share food with hun
gry fellow bats and that Hanuman langurs commit infanticide? Why creatures great
and small behave in such fascinating and seemingly perplexing ways is explained
in this delightful account of the evolutionary foundations of animal social beh
aviour. Illustrated with both photographs and explanatory diagrams, this expert
and inviting tour of the social world of animals will inform and charm anyone cu
rious about the motivations behind the amazing range of activity in the animal k
ingdom.</td><td> </td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,MV,LK,PK,MM,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,
KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-7371-409-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Fresh Wa
ter Fishes of Peninsular India</td><td>R I Ranjit Daniels</td><td>2001</td><td>2
is a lucidly written field guide describing 75 taxa of fishes that commonly inha
bit the fresh waters of Peninsular India. This can serve as a good addition to t
he existing Biology textbooks as many of the species have not been studied until
now. The book is lavishly illustrated with black and white illustrations, line
drawings as well as colour photographs. Common English and local names are given
in addition to scientific nomenclature for the fishes.</td><td><di
v style="text-align: justify">R I Ranjit Daniels
</div></td><td>IN</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>


t;span>
t;</div><div> </div></td><td>World</td><td>Environm
ent and Biodiversity</td>
rce. </li>
</li>
Sciences, Calcutta. </td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversi
ty</td>
ource base. 
l affairs.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiv
ersity</td>
<td>978-81-250-5124-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Poli
tics of Climate Change and the Global Crisis: Mortgaging Our Future</td><td>Praf
ul Bidwai</td><td>2013</td><td>404</td><td>750.0000</td><td>Irreversibl
e, catastrophic climate change represents the greatest threat to human kind&#39
;s survival today. Relentlessly rising greenhouse gas emissions are heating up
the atmosphere. Planet Earth is hurtling towards disaster, with rapidly meltin
g ice-caps and glaciers, rising sea levels, rainfall pattern changes, and a bre
akdown of fragile climate balances.
The earth can cope with maximum global warming of 1.5-2 degree C. But
temperatures are set to rise way beyond this-unless greenhouse emissions are dr
astically reduced by 2020.Yet1 the world has failed to reach agreement on this.
Industrialised countries, which are primarily responsible for climate change,
balk at cutting their emissions. They continue to occupy climate space at the
expense of the developing countries' climate-vulnerable poor people. Equall
y unfairly, their emissions-reduction pledges are lower than the poor countries.

The climate crisis thus aggravates the global developmental crisis. It
is also intimately linked through the prevalent iniquitous development model t
o grave economic, social and political crises in evidence globally.
This unique book has a dual focus: impacts of climate change, and the
politics of the international climate negotiations; and second, lndia as an exa
mple of an 'emerging economy' major polluter, which can potentially bot
h aid or obstruct the fight against climate change. It analyses the role of the
new BASIC (Brazil, South Africa, India, China) grouping and the short-term
calculations of other major players in the climate talks.

Yet, there are alternatives to this dismal situation, based on equity,
resource conservation, curbs on luxury consumption, promotion of renewable ene
rgy and new patterns of production and consumption which sustain low-carbon dev
elopment. What the global effort lacks is candid acknowledgement of the need f
or a qualitative change in the growth model and the will to bring it about thro
ugh democratic popular participation.
Written lucidly, The Politics of Climate Chang
e and the Global Crisis: Mortgaging Our Future is man
datory reading for social scientists, environmentalists, civil servants, social
activists and environmentally conscious citizens.</td><td>&
lt;strong>Praful Bidwai is a political columnist, a social sci
ence researcher, and an activist on issues of human rights, environment, global
justice and peace. He currently holds the Durgabai Deshmukh Chair in Social Deve
lopment, Equity and Human Security as a Visiting Professor at the Council for So
cial Development, Delhi. Bidwai is a Fellow of the Transnational Institute, Amst
erdam.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>Environment and Biodiversi
ty</td>

</li><li>
Some sacred
herto undocumented,
and
</li><li>
</li><li>
The complex
evidenced in the
ld.
</li></ul>
td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-250-5751-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Paryavar
an Adhyayan Doosra Sanskaran (Hindi)</td><td>Erach Bharucha</td><td>2015</td><td
>328</td><td>250.0000</td><td>
Paryavaran Adhyayan (second edition) is&lt
;strong> the Hindi edition of the second edition of 
A textbook of Environmental Studies published by Universities Press.
 
Environmental studies has become an undisputed requirement in the syllabi of a
ll undergraduate courses. The first edition of this textbook was the outcome of
the efforts of the Expert Committee constituted by the UGC in response to the
directive given by the Supreme Court of India, on the necessity for a basic cou
rse on the environment. The Second Edition has incorporated the feedback from t
he students and faculty to make it more user-friendly. 
<ul>
<li>Tailored
precisely to suit the curriculum set down by the UGC.
</li>
<li>Relevant
new case studies, examples, photographs and figures m
ake the book student
and teacher-friendly.</li>
<li>The
subject matter is presented in very simple and lucid langu
age which makes
the concepts clear to Engineering, Arts, Science and Comme
rce students
alike.</li>
<li>The
important aspect of fieldwork is included in Unit 8.</li&
gt;
<li>Flowcharts
have been introduced wherever required so that conc
epts are clearer in the
students minds.</li>
<li>The
refrain of sustainable living runs though the entire book, t
hus
awakening the students to reality and suggests solutions for commonly
encountered environmental issues.</li>
</ul>
Questions are provided at the end of each chapter to test comprehensio
n.
</td><td>
Dr Erach Bharucha &
lt;/strong>is Director, Bharati Vidyapeeth Institute of Environment Educatio
n and Research, Pune. He has been engaged in implementing a variety of environm
ental education programmes for schools and colleges. He has been associated wit
h the NCERT, SCERT and UGC to further the cause of formal environmental educati
on.
Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
inclusive conserva
<td>978-81-250-4716-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Adiv
asi Question: Issues of Land, Forest and Livelihood</td><td>Indra Munshi (Ed.)</
ustify">Depletion and destruction of forests have eroded the already fr
agile survival base of adivasis across the country. Deprived of their tradition
al livelihoods, an alarmingly large number of adivasis have been displaced to m
ake way for development projects. Many have been forced to migrate to other rur
al areas, the urban fringes or cities in search of work, leading to further ali
enation. 
This systematic alienation, howev
er, is not a modern-day phenomenon. Invasion of adivasi territories, for the mo
st part, commenced during the colonial era and later intensified during the pos
t-colonial period. The Adivasi Question&l
t;/em> situates the issues concerning the adivasis in a historical context w
hile discussing the challenges they face today. 
The introduction examines how th
e loss of land and livelihood began under the British administration. The Briti
sh brought tribal land under their control and weaned the adivasis away from sh
ifting cultivation. It analyses how the colonial government forced a section of
the adivasis to take up cultivation on lower rates of assessment, thereby maki
ng them dependent on the landlord-moneylender-trader nexus for their survival.

The articles, drawn from writing
s of almost four decades, discuss questions of community rights and ownership,
management of forests, the states rehabilitation policies, and the Forest Rights
Act and its implications. It presents diverse perspectives in the form of case
studies specific to different regions and provides valuable analytical insight
s.
Bringing together contributions
by well-known sociologists, historians and environmental activists, this book w
ill be an indispensible read for students and scholars of environmental studies
, anthropology, sociology, political science, and policy-analysts. </
td><td>Indra Munshi retired as Professor, Departmen
t of Sociology, University of Bombay. </td><td>World</td><td>Environme
nt and Biodiversity</td>

;/p>
.</td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-250-4399-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Limit
s to Scarcity: Contesting the Politics of Allocation</td><td>Lyla Mehta</td><td>
quot;>Scarcity is considered a ubiquitous featu
re of the human condition. It underpins much of modern economics and is widely
used as an explanation for social organisation, social conflict and the resourc
e crunch confronting humanity's survival on the planet. It is made out to b
e an all-pervasive fact of our lives - be it of housing, food, water or oil. Bu
t has the conception of scarcity been politicized, naturalized, and universaliz
ed in academic and policy debates? Has overhasty recourse to scarcity evoked a
standard set of market, institutional and technological solutions which have bl
ocked out political contestations, overlooking access as a legitimate focus for
academic debates as well as policies and interventions?
Theoretical and empirical chapter
s by leading academics and scholar-activists grapple with these issues by quest
ioning scarcity's taken-for-granted nature. They examine scarcity debates a
cross three of the most important resources - food, water and energy - and thei
r implications for theory, institutional arrangements, policy responses and in
novation systems. The book looks at how scarcity has emerged as a totalizing dis
course in both the North and South. The 'scare' of scarcity has led to
scarcity emerging as a political strategy for powerful groups. Aggregate number
s and physical quantities are trusted, while local knowledges and experiences o
f scarcity that identify problems more accurately and specifically are ignored.
Science and technology are expected to provide 'solutions', but such e
xpectations embody a multitude of unexamined assumptions about the nature of th
e 'problem', about the technologies and about the institutional arrange
ments put forward as a 'fix.' Through this examination the authors demo
nstrate that scarcity is not a natural condition: the problem lies in how we se
e scarcity and the ways in which it is socially generated.</td><td>&lt
;p style="text-align: justify">Lyla Mehta is a s
ociologist and Research Fellow with the Institute of Development Studies at the
University of Sussex, UK and an Adjunct Professor at the Department of Internati
onal Environment and Development Studies (Noragric), Norwegian University of Lif
e Sciences.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>Environment and Biodi
versity</td>
ics of Climate Change and the Global Crisis: Mortgaging Our Future</td><td>Prafu
l Bidwai</td><td>2012</td><td>392</td><td>1010.0000</td><td>Irreversibl


lt;strong>Praful Bidwai is a political columnist, a social sc
ience researcher, and an activist on issues of human rights, environment, globa
l justice and peace. He currently holds the Durgabai Deshmukh Chair in Social D
evelopment, Equity and Human Security as a Visiting Professor at the Council fo
r Social Development, Delhi. Bidwai is a Fellow of the Transnational Institute,
Amsterdam.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Environment and Biodi
versity</td>
p>
rld</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
ics of Sanitation in India: Cities, Services and the State</td><td>Susan E. Chap
lin</td><td>2011</td><td>344</td><td>1005.0000</td><td>The Politics of Sanitation in Ind
ia examines how the environmental problems confronting
Indian cities have arisen and subsequently forced millions of people to live i
n illegal settlements that lack adequate sanitation, and other basic urban serv
ices. This has occurred because of two factors. The first is the legacy of the
colonial city characterised by inequitable access to sanitation services, a fai
lure to manage urban growth and the proliferation of slums, and the inadequate
funding of urban governments. The second is the nature of the post-colonial sta
te, which, instead of being an instrument for socio-economic change, has been
dominated by coalitions of interests accommodated by the use of public funds to
provide private goods. 
The result is that the middle cl
ass has been able to monopolise what sanitation services the state has provided
because the urban poor, despite their political participation, have not been a
ble to exert sufficient pressure to force governments to effectively implement
policies designed to improve their living conditions. The consequence is that p
ublic health and environmental policies have frequently become exercises in cri
sis intervention instead of being preventive measures which benefit the health
and well-being of the whole urban population.
These issues are explored by studying the history of colonial and post
-independence urban development and management in Ahmedabad, Chennai, Delhi, K
olkata and Mumbai, and analysing why these cities have failed to provide equitab
le access to sanitation services for all residents.
</td><td>Susan Chaplin&l
t;/b> is a researcher based in Melbourne, Australia, who has been interested
in environmental and urban development issues in India for more than 15 years.&l
t;/p> </td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-250-4202-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Other Lan
dscapes: Colonialism and the Predicament of Authority in Nineteenth-Century Sout
h India</td><td>Deborah Sutton </td><td>2011</td><td>256</td><td>895.0000</td><t
d>Other Landscapes i
nvestigates the ordering and disordering of colonial authority in South India
during the nineteenth century. The colonisation of the Nilgiri hills required
a landscape to be constituted within the colonial bureaucratic order. This land
scape was organised by the imperatives of improvement and marked out by ethnogr
aphic, agricultural and arboreal typologies. It was against this scheme of peop
le, property and resources that colonial legislation and settler occupation wer
e to be consolidated. However, this imagined landscape over which legislation w
as passed could neither match nor capture the complexities of the many lives in
habiting the hills. In the spaces between legislation and the everyday, colonia
l authority was forced constantly to transgress of its own norms and principles
. Violence, inefficiency, corruption and loss of profit seeped through the marg
ins of colonial governance. 
Other Landscapes per
forms a double manoeuvre; mining the colonial archive for the histories of colo
nisation and using these histories as a means to interrogate the nature of the
authority which laid down that archive. 
This book will be of interest to historians, anthropologists, sociolog
ists and environmentalists.</td><td>deborah sut
ton is a lecturer in the Department of History, Lancaster Univers
ity.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK,PK</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity
</td>

;
<li

St. Xaviers College, Mumbai.</td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity<
/td>
an Adhyayan (Gujarati)</td><td>Erach Bharucha</td><td>2007</td><td>328</td><td>2
25.0000</td><td>The importance of
Environmental Studies cannot be disputed since the need for sustainable develop
ment is a key to the future of mankind. Recognising this, the Honourable Supreme
Court of India directed the UGC to introduce a basic course on environmental ed
ucation for undergraduate courses in all disciplines, to be implemented by every
university in the country. Accordingly, the UGC constituted an expert committee
to formulate a six-month core module syllabus for environmental studies. This t
extbook is the outcome of the UGCs efforts and has been prepared as per the sylla
bus. It is designed to bring about an awareness on a variety of environmental co
ncerns. It attempts to create a pro-environmental attitude and a behavioural pat
tern in society that is based on creating sustainable lifestyles and a new ethic
towards conservation. This textbook stresses on a balanced view of issues that
affect our daily lives. These issues are related to the conflict between existin
g development strategies and the need for conservation. It not only makes the st
udent better informed on these concerns, but is expected to lead the student tow
ards positive action to improve the environment. Based on a multidisciplinary ap
proach that brings about an appreciation of the natural world and human impact o
n its integrity, this textbook seeks practical answers to make human civilizatio
n sustainable on the earths finite resources. Attractively priced at Rupees One H
undred and Fifteen only, this textbook covers the syllabus as structured by the
UGC, divided into 8 units and 50 lectures. The first 7 units, which cover 45 lec
tures are classroom teaching-based, and enhance knowledge skills and attitude to
environment. Unit 8 is based on field activities to be covered in 5 lecture hou
rs and would provide students with firsthand knowledge on various local environme
ntal issues.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">
Dr Erach Bharucha is Director, Bharati Vidyapeeth Institute o
f Environment Education and Research, Pune. He has been engaged in implementing

a variety of environmental education programmes for schools and colleges and for
the public at large. He has been associated with the NCERT, SCERT and UGC to fu
rther the cause of formal environmental education.</div></td><td>World</td
><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-250-3081-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Politics
of Nature: How to Bring the Sciences into Democracy</td><td>Bruno Latour</td><t
y">This book constitutes a continuation of Bruno Latour's concerns a
nd themes and builds on his earlier theories. He suggests in this book that scie
nce and technology need not be an enterprise that is unrelated to general societ
y. He feels that such as idea, assumed to be common sensical is not actually so
and using his earlier theories, he proves that there is a need to look beyond su
ch common sensical assumptions of the gap between society and science. In the pr
ocess of this, he presents a conceptual context for political ecology and buildi
ng on the experiences of sciences as they are actually practiced, he suggests th
at what is needed is the constitution of a collective of humans and non-humans.&
lt;/p></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Brun
o Latour is Professor at the Institut d'Etudes Politiques de Paris
(trans. Paris Institute of Political Studies), France. His other books include
Pandora's Hope, Science in Action and Laboratory Life, all of which are rega
rded as classics in the philosophy of science.</div></td><td>IN,BD,NP,LK,P
K,BT</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-250-2652-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Nature i
n the Global South: Environmental Projects in South and South-East Asia</td><td>
Paul Greenough and Anna Lowenhaupt Tsing</td><td>2003</td><td>440</td><td>785.00
00</td><td>A nuanced look at how
nature has been culturally constructed in South and Southeast Asia, <strong&g
t;Nature in the Global South is a major contribution to the under
standings of the politics and ideologies of environment and development in a pos
tcolonial epoch. The essays in this volume examine how the tropics, the jungle,
tribes, and peasants are understood and transformed; how shifts in colonial ide
as about the landscape led to the extremely deleterious changes in rural well-be
ing; and how uneasy environmental compromises are forged in the present among th
e rural, urban, and global allies.</td><td><div style="text-al
ign: justify">Paul Greenough is Professor in the Depa
rtments of History and Community and Behavioral Health at the Uninversity of Iow
a. </div><div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div style="text-align: justify">Anna
Lowenhaupt Tsing is Professor of Anthropology at the University of Cal
ifornia, Santa Cruz.</div></td><td>IN,BD,BT,MY,NP,SG,TH,LK,MV,AE</td><td>E
nvironment and Biodiversity</td>
nvironmental Challenges: Transitions to a Sustainable World</td><td>James Gustav
e Speth</td><td>2004</td><td>316</td><td>655.0000</td><td>This book wil
l change the way we understand the future of our planet. It is both alarming and
hopeful. James Gustave Spetch, renowned as a visionary environmentalist leader,
warns that in spite of all the international negotiations and agreements of the
past two decades, efforts to protect Earth's environment are not succeeding
. Still, he says, the challenges are not insurmountable. He offers environmental
threats around the world.
The author explains why current approaches to crit
ical global environmental problemsClimate change, biodiversity loss, deterioratio
n of marine environments, deforestation, water shortages, and othersdon't wor
k now and won't work in the future. He provides a stinging critique of the f
ailure of U.S. leadership and offers intriguing insights into why the U.S. has b
een able to address domestic environmental threats with some success while large
ly failing at the international level. Setting forth eight specific steps to a s
ustainable future, Speth convincingly argues that dramatically different and far
-reaching actions by citizens and governments are now urgent. If ever a book cou
ld be described as "essential", this is it.</td><td> </
td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-250-2688-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Thre
e Greens</td><td>Rajesh Talwar</td><td>2005</td><td>196</td><td>225.0000</td><td
>Monika and her two cousins, Prav
ir and Roomy, form a small group devoted to the protection of the environment. T
hey discover the world of through adventure, mystery and romance. From Nainital
to Delhi and back they make friends, explore places of interest together and eve
n solve the mystery of a Green Ghost in a haunted house. The Three
Greens, as they call themselves, are just as curious as they are
environmentally conscious. They learn from their peers, elders and from nature.
Engagingly told these stories conduct us through small experiences and seek sol
utions to serious environmental issues.</td><td><div style="te
xt-align: justify">Rajesh Talwar is a lawyer by profe
ssion and has also taught law to LLB students at Delhi University and Jamia Mil
lia Islamia for a period of six years. He has written extensively on legal and n
on-legal subjects for various newspapers and magazines, and has authored several
books, both non-fiction as well as fiction. At present he works as a Legal Advi
ser to the United Nations Mission in Kosovo.</div></td><td>World</td><td>E
nvironment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-250-3389-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Moderniz
ing Nature: Forestry and Imperial Eco-Development 1800-1950</td><td>S.Ravi Rajan
justify">Modernizing Nature contributes to
the debate regarding the origins, institutionalization, and politics of the sci
ences and systems of knowledge underlying colonial frameworks of environmental m
anagement. It departs from the widely prevalent scholarly perspective that colon
ial science can be understood predominantly as a handmaiden of imperialism. Inst
ead, it argues that the myriad colonial sciences had ideological and interventioni
st traditions distinct from each other and from the colonial bureaucracy and tha
t these tensions better explain environmental politics and policy dilemmas in th
e post-colonial era.
Professor Rajan argues that tropical forestry in the nin
eteenth century consisted of at least two distinct approaches towards nature, re
source, and people; and what won out in the end was the Continental European for
estry paradigm. Rajan also shows that science and scientists were relatively mar
ginal until the First World War. It was the acute scientific and resource crisis
felt during the War, along with the rise of experts and expertise in Britain du
ring that period and the lobby-politics of an organized empire-wide scientific c
ommunity, that resulted in resource management regimes such as forestry beginnin
g to get serious state backing. Over time, considerable differences in approach
and outlook towards policy emerged between different colonial scientific communi
ties, such as foresters and agriculturists. These different colonial sciences re
presented different situated knowledges, with different visions of nature, peopl
e, and empire, and in different configurations of power. 
Finally, in a panoramic overview
of post-colonial developments, Rajan argues that the hegemony of these state-sci
entific regimes of resource-management during the period 1950-1990 engendered no
t just social revolt, as recent historical work has shown, but also intellectual
protest. Consequently, the discipline of forestry became systematically re-conc
eptualized, with new approaches to sylviculture, economic, law, and crucially, w
ith new visions of modernity. This disciplinary change constitutes nothing short
of a cognitive revolution, one that has been brought about by a clearly articul
ated political perspective on the orientation of the discipline of forestry by i
ts practitioners. 
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">S.Ravi Rajan&
lt;/b>, is an Associate Professor of Environmental Studies at the University
of California, Santa Cruz.</div></td><td>IN,PK,LK,NP,BT,MV,MY</td><td>Envi

ronment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-250-1980-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>People,
Parks and Wildlife: Towards Co-Existence</td><td>Vasant Saberwal, Mahesh Rangara
jan and Ashish Kothari(Ed.s)</td><td>2001</td><td>156</td><td>275.0000</td><td>&
lt;p style="text-align: justify">The ideology of conservation in In
dia today faces a crisis. Nature lovers, photographers, tourists continue to flo
ck to the National Parks, hoping to see tigers in Ranthambor, lions in the Gir f
orests, and rare birds in Bharatpur. But smugglers and poachers, supported by po
liticians and business interests, sheltered by local communities, raid the prote
cted forests for valuable exports. This tract traces the roots of such problems
to the very ideology of conservation in India, and discusses its historical and
conceptual basis.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify&quot
;>Vasant Saberwal,former research associate at the Institu
te for Social and Economic Change, Bangalore. </div><div style
="text-align: justify"> </div><div style="
text-align: justify">Mahesh Rangarajan,Fellow of the
Nehru Memorial Museum and Library.</div><div style="text-align: ju
uot;>Ashish Kothari,founder-member of Kalpavriksh, a 20 ye
ar old environmental action group. He is currently coordinating the Technical an
d Policy Core Group to help formulate Indias National Biodiversity Strategy and A
ction Plan.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-250-2377-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Inventing
Global Ecology: Tracking the Biodiversity Ideal in India, 19451997</td><td>Mich
ael Lewis</td><td>2003</td><td>384</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>Inventing Global Ecology</strong&gt
; is many things in one: the story of an American researchers experiences in Indi
a and his country; a fascinating survey of biodiversity conservation; a thorough
ly researched and documented study of the policies, prospects, and pragmatics of
ecological and ethical decisions that ought to determine our future. It casts t
he U.S. in roles seldom seenas partner and proprietor of global environmental pro
jects. Lewis book carries amply relevant and analytical data besides a fairly det
ailed chapter on an Indo-U.S. initiative that has borne excellent results. Ethno
graphic field work and oral history, as well as traditional archival research, c
ombine to give Inventing Global Ecology an edge both general readers and special
ists will appreciate.
w New Perspectives in South Asian History Website at University of York</a&gt
;.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">M
ichael Lewis Assistant Professor of History, Salisbury State Universit
y, Maryland, USA.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity
</td>
g an Environment: Discovering the Urban Reality</td><td>Feisal Alkazi, Priti Jai
n, Jayashree Oza and Kaushalaya Ramdas</td><td>2002</td><td>88</td><td>175.0000<
/td><td>This book describes a ser
ies of exciting ideas and activities that will help children discover urban real
ity. Based on actual projects done in Mehrauli, it challenges the way you look a
t your environment. It suggests a range of possible ways to explore and involve
students in their surrounding urban environment.</td><td><div style
="text-align: justify">Feisal Alkazi, was the di
rector of Ankur Society for Alternatives in Education, lecturer in Mass Communic
ation Research Centre, Jamia Millia and is now Chief Coordinator for Creative Le
arning for Change.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Environment and Biodiversit
y</td>
<td>978-81-250-0083-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Crocodile
Fever: Wildlife Adventures in New Guinea</td><td>Rom and Zai Whitaker</td><td>1
uot;>Crocodile Fever is at once a travelogue, a
fascinating adventure story and an authentic record of little-known information
about the wildlife and the people of Papua New Guinea. It records the two years
the authors spent in Papua New Guinea and describes their incredible, moving and
sometimes hilarious experiences in strange and beautiful places. The text is ri
chly interspersed with vivid colour as well as black and white photographs, illu
strations and maps.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify&qu
ot;>Rom and Zai Whitaker,started Indias first snake park an
d now lives at the Crocodile Bank in Chennai, South India where he is involved i
n conservation work and documentary film-making. WHITAKER, Z., is a teacher and
writer. Her first novel Up the Ghat was published in 1992.</div></td><td>W
orld</td><td>Environment and Biodiversity</td>
<td>978-81-250-1565-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Our Film
s Their Films</td><td>Satyajit Ray</td><td>2001</td><td>228</td><td>425.0000</td
><td>This book brings together Sa
tyajit Rays major writings and talks on film makers, and presents them in two sec
tions. Our Films is devoted mainly to his own exper
iences and contains many interesting anecdotes, but also has observations to off
er on trends in Indian films. Their Films deals wit
h some films abroad that have become landmarks in the history of cinemafrom the s
ilent era to the present day and offers glimpses of great directors like Renoir,
John Ford, Kurosawa and Charlie Chaplin, who are Rays personal favourites.</td><td>Satyajit Ray, has made 30 feature films and 5 ma
jor documentaries. He has won the Oscar for Lifetime Achievement in films.</td><td
>World</td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
ties.

ions.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
Freedom</td><td>Sharmila Purkayastha, Shampa Roy, Saswati Sengupta (Eds.)</td><t
y">Rabindranath Tagore's Ghare Baire was first serialised in 1914 an
d published as a novel in 1916. The events in the novel deal with the period 190
5-7, a period of tremendous political unrest in Bengal. The public upheaval take
s place alongside another revolution that of women's emancipation and a new
gender equation. Ghare Bhaire (The Home and the World) is the first fictional e
xploration of the tangled web of crucial issues related to the two spheres, the
home and the world, in early twentieth century Bengal.
<strong&g
t;Towards Freedom is a collection of critical essays o
n the issues raised by Tagore's novel in a contemporary world where differen
ces of religion, region, class, caste, gender, etc., constantly demand to be add
ressed. It focuses upon the crafting of the novel out of complex historical cont
exts of caste, class and gender politics. By examining the play of ideologies in
this novel, the anthology aims to help students recognise the importance of loc
ating imaginative literature within its histories. Given that most of these stru
ctured hierarchies of oppression function powerfully in our lives even today, To
wards Freedom stresses the continuing relevance of engaging with the issues rais
ed by a novel which looks at the private and the political as intertwined.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Editors: 
Saswati Sengupta, Shampa Roy and Sharmila
Purkayastha teach English at Miranda House, Delhi University.
Contr
ibutors: Niharranjan Ray, Sambuddha Chakrabarti, Shampa Roy, Saswati Sengupta, S
hirshendu Chakrabarti, Sharmila Purkayastha, Sumanta Banerjee, Sekhar Bandyopadh
yay.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4008-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Celluloi
d Deities: The Visual Culture of Cinema and Politics in South India</td><td>Prem
inda Jacob</td><td>2010</td><td>320</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Towering billboards featuring photorealistic portra
its of popular cinema stars and political leaders dominated the cityscape of Ch
ennai, throughout the second half of the twentieth century. Studying the manufa
cture and reception of these billboardsknown locally as banners and cutoutswithi
n the context of the entwined histories of the cinema industry and political pa
rties in Tamil Nadu, Preminda Jacob reveals the broader significance of these f
ragments of visual culture beyond their immediate function as pretty pieces of
advertising.  
The author analyses the juxtaposi
tion of cinematic and political imagery in the extra-cinematic terrain of Chenn
ais city streets and how this placement was pivotal to the elevation of regional
celebrities to cult status. When interpreting these images and discussing thei
r political and cultural resonance within the Tamil Nadu community, Jacob draws
upon multiple perspectives to give appropriate context to this fascinating for
m of visual media. 
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Preminda Jaco
b is associate professor of art history and theory in the Dep
artment of Visual Arts at the University of Maryland, Baltimore County.</div&
gt;</td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-4050-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mourning
the Nation: Indian Cinema in the Wake of Partition</td><td>Bhaskar Sarkar</td><
fy">The political truncation of 1947 led to a social cataclysm in which
 about a million perished and some twelve million became homeless.&amp
;nbsp;Combining film studies, trauma theory and South Asian cultural history, B
haskar Sarkar follows the shifting traces of this event in Indian cinema of the
next six decades. He argues that Partition remains a wound in the collective p
syche of South Asia, and its screen representations foster an affective histori
cal consciousness that supplements standard history-writing.
Tracking cinemas reluctance to dea
l with the Partition in the 1950s and 1960s, and the eventual return of the repr
essed from the mid-1980s, Sarkar draws attention to a gradual and complex proces
s of cultural mourning. Even the initial silence was never complete, not only bec
ause of atypical Partition films such as Lahore, <em&gt
;Apna Desh and Ritwik Ghataks trilogy, but also because the trauma fr
equently surfaced in indirect, allegorical forms. He points to the split famili
es, mutilated bodies, amnesiac protagonists, and foundlings of Adalat
, Waqt, and Deedar
; the melancholic sensibility and style of Aag or <em&gt
;Amar; and the obsessive search for happiness in the romantic films
starring Uttam Kumar and Suchitra Sen. Sarkar relates the rece
nt proliferation of films about Partition and its aftermathincluding &l
t;em>Tamas, Gadar, Border</em&gt
; and Naseemto a rising disillusionment with the p
ostcolonial state, the anti-Sikh riots of 1984, economic liberalisatio
n and the emergence of a Hindu-chauvinist nationalism.
<div style="text-align: justify">Covering Hindi and Bengali comm
ercial cinema, art cinema, and television, Mourning the
Nation provides a striking history of Indian cinema t
hat will be of interest not only to specialists of media, literature, 
and cultural history, but also to lay readers with an investment in &l
t;/div><div style="text-align: justify">the psychobiography o
f the nation.</div>
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Bhaskar Sarka
r is Associate Professor of Film and Media Studies at the Uni
versity of California, Santa Barbara.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</
td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
11</td><td>316</td><td>850.0000</td><td><ul>
;
of English, University of Hyderabad.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Film & Media Stu
dies</td>
e University of Essex.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Film &
Media Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3726-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Chom
sky Effect: A Radical Works Beyond the Ivory Tower</td><td>Robert F. Barsky</td>
<td>2009</td><td>400</td><td>725.0000</td><td>Noam Chomsky has been pra
ised by the likes of Bono and Hugo Chavez and attacked by the likes of Ton Wolf
e and Alan Dershowitz. Ground-breaking linguist and outspoken political dissen
ter-voted most important public intellectual in the world today in a 2005 magazin
e poll-Chomsky inspires fanatical devotion and fierce vituperation. In <stro
ng>The Chomsky effect, Chomsky biograph
er Robert Barsky examines his subjects positions on a number of highly charged i
ssues-Chomskys signature issues, including Vietnam, Israel, East Timor, and his
work in linguistics-that illustrate not only the Chomsky effect but also the Choms
ky approach.
Chomsky, writes Barsky, is an inspiration and a catalyst. Not just an
analyst or advocate, he encourages people to become engaged---to be dangerous and
challenge power and privilege. The actions and reactions of Chomsky supporters
and detractors and the attending contentiousness can be thought of as the Choms
ky effect. Barsky discusses Chomskys work in such areas as language studies, medi
a, education, law, and politics and identifies Chomskys intellectual and politic
al precursors. He charts anti-Chomsky sentiments as expressed from various stan
dpoints, including contemporary Zionism, mainstream politics and scholarly comm
unities. He discusses Chomskys popular appeal---his unlikely status as punk and

rock hero (Eddie Vedder of Pearl Jam is one of many rock and roll Chomskyites)--and offers in-depth analyses of the controversies surrounding Chomskys roles i
n the Faurisson Affair and the Pol Pot Affair. Finally, Barsky considers the role o
f the public intellectual in order to assess why Noam Chomsky has come to mean
so much to so many and what he may mean to generations to come.
</td><td>Robert F. Barsky is Professor of English, Comparativ
e Literature, French and Jewish Studies at Vanderbilt University. He is the auth
or of Noam Chomsky: A Life of Dissent (MIT Press), Constructing a Productive Oth
er, Introduction a la theorie litteraire and Arguing and Justifying. He is curre
ntly completing a book on Zelling Harris, for The MIT Press.</td><td>IN,PK,BD,B
T,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3915-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Global B
ollywood: Travels of Hindi Song and Dance</td><td>Sangita Gopal and Sujata Moort
i</td><td>2010</td><td>332</td><td>750.0000</td><td>Bollywood movies and their signature song and dance spectacl
es are an aesthetic familiar to people around the world, and Bollywood music no
w provides the rhythm for ads marketing goods such as computers and a beat for
remixes and underground bands. These musical numbers have inspired scenes in We
stern films such as Vanity Fair and Moulin Rouge&
lt;/em>.
Global Bo
llywood shows how this currency in popular culture and
among diasporic communities marks only the latest phase of the genres world tra
vels. This interdisciplinary collection describes the many roots and routes of
the Bollywood song and dance spectacle. Examining the reception of Bollywood mu
sic in places as diverse as Indonesia and Israel, the essays offer a stimulat
ing redefinition of globalization, highlighting the cultural influence of Hindi
film music from its origins early in the twentieth century today.
</td><td>Sangita Gopal is assistant professor of En

glish at the University of Oregon.<div style="text
-align: justify">Sujata Moorti is professor of womens
and gender studies at Middlebury College.</div></td><td>IN,PK,B
D,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-3865-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Women in
Malayalam Cinema: Naturalising Gender Hierarchies</td><td>Meena T. Pillai (Ed.)<
/td><td>2010</td><td>252</td><td>850.0000</td><td>Drawing on contempora
ry critical theories and academic debates, Women in Mal
ayalam Cinema: Naturalising Gender Hierarchies analys
es Malayalam cinema and the question of women from different perspectives. In i
ts focus on woman-cinema interface, as depicted in a century of Malayalam cinem
a, this book addresses a wide range of themes crucial for a nuanced understandi
ng of Malayalam film culturegender stereotyping, marriage and family, the afterm
aths of matriliny, caste and gender relations, hegemonic patriarchy, female fri
endships and soft porn. These diverse concerns are held tog
ether by a key focal point: the paradox of regressive modernisation in Keralas c
ultural politics. While the widely discussed and extolled Kerala Model has yielde
d much grist to the statistical mills of Left-liberal developmental sociologist
s, questions concerning more precise connections between the impressive develop
mental indices and the cultural politics that shape the lives and subjectivitie
s of women within this model state have remained relatively unexplored. Deconstru
cting patriarchal dominance in Malayalam cinema, mainstream and avant
garde, this collection elucidates how films offer stereotypical ima
ges of women conforming to subordination. Be it Vigathakumaran</em&
gt; (1928), or Sthree (1950), or a more recent one <em&g
t;Achanarangathaveedu (2005)there is a constant failure across films
to look beyond the portrayal of woman as someone who loves to cook and clean, wa
sh and scrub, shine and polish for her man. This volume, a fi
rst of its kind on Malayalam cinema, has diverse contributions from litterateur
s, film critics and screenwriters, and will be of interest to scholars of film,
media and gender studies.</td><td>Meena T. Pil
lai is Reader at the Institute of English and Director, Centre f
or Comparative Literature, University of Kerala, Trivandrum. She was a Fulbrigh
t Fellow to the Ohio State University, a Shastri Indo-Canadian Institute Fell
ow to the Concordia University, Montreal and a Commonwealth Fellow at the Unive
rsity of Sussex, UK.</td><td>World</td><td>Film & Media Studies</
td>
sity.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
uicides. 
,BT,LK,NP,MV</td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5672-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Public In
terest Journalism : A Guide for Students</td><td>Arvind Sivaramakrishnan</td><td
>2014</td><td>232</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
In the context of increasing corporatisation of the media, this volume
shows why public-interest journalism is crucial to a healthy democracy. It also
introduces aspiring journalists to the main methods of the craft. Those method
s are sorely needed in the contemporary news media, and will be be a considerab
le an asset for those interested in public-interest writing or broadcasting.&lt
;/p>
The author begins by setting the context in the English-speaking count
ries. Pressures on the media to reduce public-interest work stem from governmen
ts, from the increasingly corporatised and cartelised news media, and from jour
nalists own professional techniques. Furthermore, media organisations in the pub
lic and the private sector often cut staff to save money or increase profits, b
ut that makes the news media progressively more dependent on official and corpo
rate sources and press releases. One consequence is that the news media severel
y reduce their coverage of significant public issues, such as global warming, m
ass poverty, policy failures, corporate illegalities and corruption. 
The second chapter focuses on the Indian news media, and includes sele
cted examples from other South Asian countries. It also addresses some of the q
uestions raised by proposed broadcasting regulations in India. The analysis mov
es on to journalists professional self-conceptions, with examples showing among
other things that the process whereby issues are selected for coverage goes lar
gely unexamined within the media.
The author then outlines alternatives, such as citizen journalism, the

complementary or non-corporate media, and the several funding models and patte
rns which exist at present. Many of these already involve state support, withou
t which even major media firms would struggle. The chapter also shows how the i
dea of a separation between the state and the media relies on liberal or neolib
eral theory and is seriously misleading.
The book concludes with instructional materials consisting of advice,
examples, and exercises derived from the authors own experience of teaching, res
earch, and journalism. It will be useful to students of journalism and mass com
munication. </td><td>Arvind Sivaramakrishnan is Ass
ociate Professor, Asian College of Journalism, Chennai.</td><td>World</td><td>Fi
lm & Media Studies</td>
<td>978-81-250-5966-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Cinema of
Enchantment: Perso-Arabic Genealogies of the Hindi Masala Film</td><td>Anjali G
era Roy</td><td>2015</td><td>260</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
A fascinating account of the theatrical beginnings of Bollywood and the
Indo-Islamic storytelling traditions of the subcontinent, the volume looks at h
ow Islamicate cultures have richly informed and structured mainstream Hindi cin
ema. It tells us how it was Urdu which provided the language of quintessential
romance, passion and poetry for it.

Acknowledging the central contribution of Hindu mythology, narrative visual a
rts and epics on storytelling in film, the volume isolates Bollywoods generic d
ebt to the Perso-Arabic legacies of tilism or enchantment,
qissa and dastan, which have been ma
rginalised in the construction of popular Hindi cinema as national cinema. It l
ooks at the structure and narrative form of Orientalist genres of the Silent pe
riod, stunt films, costume dramas, and their continuity in the masala film of the
1960s and 1970s. As opposed to the lens of fantasy through which the dream-wor
ld of Hindi cinema has been traditionally perceived, it suggests that <em&gt
;tilism may provide a framework for examining its magical and enchant
ing universe.
 The influence of Urdu writers, pre- and post Partition, Urdu poetry a
nd Sufism on film scripts, dialogue and music ensured that the language of Fir
dausi, Ghalib and Zafar lived on in popular imagination. Bollywood, thus, provi
ded one of the last havens for preserving and performing Indias famed syncretic
Ganga-Jamuni tehzeebwherein Hindi and Urdu are not two but are deeply implicated
in one anothereven as it disappeared from other public spaces.
The volume is addressed to students and scholars in the fields of cine
ma, culture and media studies, film history. Any reader interested in Hindi fi
lms and popular culture would also find it engaging and insightful.</
td><td>Anjali Gera Roy, Professor, Department of Humanities &
amp;amp; Social Sciences, IIT Kharagpur, West Bengal. </td><td>World</t
d><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
lt;/p>
d>Film & Media Studies</td>
gt; </div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>Film & Medi
a Studies</td>
t;
</td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
t;/p>
nd body images.
y of Calcutta. 

rth Carolina Central University in North Carolina, USA. </td><td>World</td><td>F
ilm & Media Studies</td>
!
of Journalism, Chennai.</td><td>World</td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
d><td>1295.0000</td><td>

Tagore.
om around the world.</td><td>World</td><td>Film & Media Studies</
td>
<ol>
n era </li>
</li>
ional warfare.</li>
on-state.</li>
</ol>
ish, University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
anguages University, Hyderabad.</td><td>World</td><td>Film & Media Studies<
/td>
BD,PK</td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
;

</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>

<td>978-81-7824-271-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bombay C
inema: An Archive of the City</td><td>Ranjani Mazumdar</td><td>2009</td><td>296<
/td><td>495.0000</td><td>Cinema i
s a major industry in India. It is also the countrys most powerful cultural form
. Yet until now there has been no major examination of the ways in which Bombays
films serve as a medium for the experience of urban India. Mazumdars book revea
ls a complex modern world convulsed by social crises and transformed by global
ization. It leads us into the heart of Indias urban labyrinth, changing and deep
ening our understanding of a country, its cities, and its cinema. &lt
;p style="text-align: justify">Investigating urban typesangry young m
en, dangerous psychotics, street loafers, prostitutes, yuppies and gangstersRanj
ani Mazumdar shows how recent Indian cinema provides an archive of urban spaces
and of the trauma of a deep social disillusionment ... an urban space implodin
g under the pressure of globalization and new technology, says the film critic T
om Gunning. &
lt;strong>Bombay Cinema is an inspired account of H
indi films as a rich and textured archive of modern urban life in India ... A t
rue gem, says the historian Gyan Prakash.</td><td><div style="
text-align: justify">Ranjani Mazumdar is an
independent film-mmaker and Associate Professor of Cinema Studies at the School
of Arts and Aesthetics at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.</div>
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
<td>978-81-7824-186-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Cine
matic ImagiNation: Indian Popular Films as Social History</td><td>Jyotika Virdi<
justify">India produces more films than any other country in the world,
and these works are avidly consumed by non-Western cultures in Africa, Eastern E
urope, the Middle East, and by the Indian communities in Australia, Britain, the
Caribbean Islands, and North America. Jyotika Virdi focuses on how this dominan
t medium configures the nation in post-Independence Hindi cinema. She scrutinizes
approximately thirty films that have appeared since 1950 and demonstrates how co
ncepts of the nation form the center of this cinema's moral universe.
As
a kind of storytelling, Indian cinema provides a fascinating account of social
history and cultural politics, with the family deployed as a symbol of the natio
n. Virdi demonstrates how the portrayal of the nation as a mythical community in
Hindi films collapses under the weight of its own contradictionsirreconcilable d
ifferences that encompass gender, sexuality, family, class, and religious commun
ities. Through these film narratives, the author traces transactions among the v
arious constituencies that struggle, accommodate, coexist uneasily, or reconstit
ute each other over time, and in the process, reveal the topography of postcolon
ial culture. </td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&gt
;Jyotika Virdi teaches communication, film, and media studies
at the University of Windsor, Canada. She has published essays on popular Hindi
cinema in a variety of scholarly journals, including Screen and Visual Anthropo
logy.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Film & Media Studies<
/td>
<td>978-81-7824-362-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Media an
d Modernity: Communications, Women, and the State in India</td><td>Robin Jeffrey
justify">Two puzzles of modern Indiaone well known, the other overlooke
dform the core of this book. 
For fifty years, the state of Ker
ala has been famed, first as a home of Communists, then as a perplexing model of
development. But why Communists? And why development, especially in a place wh
ere the economy usually underperformed even lowly national averages? Part of an
answer lies in the unusual place of women in Kerala and their changing role in
the past 200 years. 
Another part lies in the other, o
ften under-analyzed focus of this book: media and communication. Printing and
publishing in Indian languagesand accompanying questions of literacy and languag
e identitypresent tantalizing puzzles. 
Since data were first collected i
n the 1950s, Keralas people have been Indias greatest newspaper consumers. Do lit
eracy and newspapers mobilize people for political action or does politicizatio
n make people into newspaper readers? To what extent do media wait on consumer
capitalism before they break into the countryside to become truly mas
s media, as they have in India in the past thirty years?
Media and
Modernity ponders these questions, first from the pe
rspective of Kerala, often a forerunner of developments elsewhere, and then at
an all-India level. Readers intrigued by questions of development, communicatio
ns, politics, and the role of women will find in this collection stories that s
urprise and arguments that provoke.
</td><td>Robin Jeffrey&l
t;/b>, arguably Australias best-known academic analyst of Indian cultural his
tory and politics, has been a Professor at the Australian National University a
nd Dean of the College of Asia and the Pacific. He is currently a Visiting Rese
arch Professor at the Institute of South Asian Studies in Singapore. His severa
l books include Indias Newspaper Revolution (2000) and <e
m>Politics, Women, and Well-Being (1993).</td><td>World</t
d><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
<td>978-81-7824-372-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Politics
as Performance</td><td>S.V. Srinivas</td><td>2012</td><td>454</td><td>950.0000</
td><td>This book examines the dee
p connection between cinema and politics in India. it provides a picture of the
Telugu cinema, as both industry and cultural from, over fifty formative years. I
t argues that films are directly related both to the rise of an elite which domi
nates Andhra Pradesh and other parts of India, and to the emergence of a new idi
om of mass politics.</td><td>S.V. Srinivas is Senior Fellow at the Centre for the St
udy of Culture and Society, Bangalore, and co-ordinator of the Culture: Industri
es and Diversity in Asia (CIDASIA) research programme there. He was educated at
St Stephen's College, Delhi, and the University of Hyderabad. He has taught
at Arunachal University (now Rajiv Gandhi University), Doimukh, and held visitin
g positions at the National University of Singapore and Hokkaido University. He
was ICCR Visiting Professor of Indian Culture and Society at Georgetown Universi
ty for 201213. His publications include the book Megastar (2
009) as well as many essays on popular culture as an industry.</td><td
<td>978-81-7824-455-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Melo
dramatic Public :Film Form and Spectatorship in Indian Cinema </td><td>Ravi Vasu
devan</td><td>2015</td><td>476</td><td>595.0000</td><td>
What role has Indian cinema play
ed in the history of Indian cultural and political transformations? How have In
dian films addressed notions of nationhood, ideas about nation and region, matt
ers of social difference, and conflicts over caste and religion? What cultural
visions can be traced through the history of Indian cinema, and how have their
co-ordinates changed? What new vistas have emergedof national territory, new lif
estyles, and urban culturesas India has moved from the early days of state forma
tion, through the unravelling of national consensus, down to contemporary globa
lization? 
The Melodramatic Publi
c explores these issues as they play out in different historical mom
ents, and in response to larger theoretical formulationsfor example, v

is-à-vis the place of film in discourses of secularism and citi
zenship. At the same time, it deploys the category of melodrama to navigate thi
s variegated field. Drawing on debates in film studies, it reveals how melodram
a relates the public and the private, as well as modes of aesthetic expression,
in different historical and cultural settings. Vasudevan explores significant
crossovers and comparative registers in Indian and American cinema, as well as
changes in the nature of Indian cinema and melodramatic form, especially betwee
n the classical 1950s and the contemporary period. 
Several features make this a wor
k of seminal importance in film studies. First, it moves away from generalities
about the ways in which film represents or contributes to large political and
cultural issues: it does so by attending to the specifics of cultural address,
film style, and film technology. Second, it analyses the transformation of the
film industry since the 1990s in terms of the changing location of cinema in a
new globalized environment. Third, it considers the impact of digitization, bot
h in terms of film form and audience engagement, and through the new circuits o
f distribution and delivery.  
Vasudevan lays great emphasis on
film analysis to explore significant practices and changes in the realm of cin
ema and the world around it. While primarily focused on popular cinema, his boo
k also devotes attention to the work of Satyajit Ray, as well as to the practic
es of art cinema and documentarists in present times. 
</td><td>
Ravi Vasudevan is a fellow of the Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, De
lhi, and co-initiator of Sarai, the centre's research programme on media expe
rience and urban history. He has taught film studies in India and the USA, incl
uding at Jawaharlal Nehru University, Princeton University, Jamia Millia Islami
a, Jadavpur University, the Film and Television Institute of India, and the Sch
ool of Oriental and African Studies, London. He was Van Zelst Professor at Nort
hwestern Universitys School of Radio Television Film in 1998. He is on the edito
rial advisory board of the British film studies journal Screen. His articles have been widely published and anthologized, and he has edit
ed Making Meaning in Indian Cinema (2000)
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
<td>978-81-8028-001-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Original
English Film Scripts</td><td>Satyajit Ray, Sandip Ray and Aditi Nath Sarkar (Eds
n: justify">Satyajit Ray started the creative process of making a film w
ith the screenplay. This collection of film scripts and treatments written origi
nally in English by Satyajit Ray is intended for both his fans and a reader new
to Rays works. The collection consists of the scripts of Rays well-known feature a
nd TV films as well as some lesser known works. Also included are a science-fict
ion script Ray wrote for a Hollywood studio and an early version of the idea of
a space traveler who lands in an Indian village. The Intr
oduction by Sandip Ray and Aditi Nath Sarkar discusses the importance of these f
ilm scripts in Rays film-making and some of the key themes which recur in these s
cripts.</td><td><b&g
t;Sandip Ray is the son Satyajit Ray and a film pro
ducer and director in his own right. His first independent film Phatik Chand won
an international award. He has made several childrens films based on his fathers
stories as well as a number of films for mature audiences. Aditi Nath Sarkar</b&
gt; teaches at the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information and Communication T
echnology, Gandhinagar. He is also a documentary film maker.</td><td>W
orld</td><td>Film & Media Studies</td>
<td>978-81-8028-002-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td> The Book
I Wont be Writing and Other Essays</td><td>H.Y.Sharada Prasad</td><td>2003</td><

td>340</td><td>425.0000</td><td>This book is about memories, beliefs, v
alues and sometimes just stray thoughts selected from more than one thousand pie
ces of scattered writings by a most remarkable man. H.Y. Sharada Prasad has been
witness to some momentous events of recent Indian history. The book captures so
me of these moments in elegantly crafted prose. The writings are grouped into ni
ne sections with themes varying from the ways and instruments of power to person
al reminiscences of the famous, from a gentle yet perceptive critique of modern
mores to information age that appears to promote ignorance.</td><td>&l
t;b>H.Y.Sharada Prasad, is known to the media as long-time Informat
ion Adviser to Indira Gandhi and Rajiv Gandhi.</td><td>World</td><td>General Boo
ks</td>
<td>978-81-8028-003-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Byline</t
d><td>M.J.Akbar</td><td>2003</td><td>416</td><td>295.0000</td><td><s
trong>Byline anthologizes MJ Akbars finest writings over the la
st decade, bringing together essays that reflect the authors versatility and rang
e. The book is divided into six seamless sections, each with its own identity, w
hich are woven together by MJ Akbars delectably informal prose. The writings refl
ect the authors interest in such diverse topics as travel, politics, history, cri
cket among others.</td><td>M.J.Akbar is th
e Founder and Editor-in-Chief of The Asian Age, a multi-edition daily. Byline, h
is sixth book, is a celebration of M J Akbar, the Journalist.</td><td>World</td>
<td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-8028-004-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>One Hundr
ed Poems of Kabir</td><td>Rabindranath Tagore</td><td>2003</td><td>170</td><td>2
95.0000</td><td>This translation was first published in 1914. It is now
presented in a new reprint with a historical introduction by Sabyasachi Bhattac
harya. This work is a poetic tribute from Tagore to Kabir whom he looked upon as
one of the builders of Indias civilizational unity in the midst of diversity of r
eligious faiths. It is a rare classic which reveals to us the philosophical affi
nity between two great Indian poets separated by centuries.</td><td>&l
t;b>Rabindranath Tagore, Asia's first Nobel laureate was a poet
, author, songwriter, painter and educator. Not surprisingly, he advocated the U
niversal Man</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-495-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Quoti
dian Revolution:Vernacularization, Religion, and the Premodern Public Sphere in
India</td><td>Christian Lee Novetzke</td><td>2016</td><td>428</td><td>895.0000</
td><td>In thirteenth-century western India, venture spiritualistsentrepr
eneurial religious figureschallenged the linguistic and cultural hegemony of Sans
krit, a language restricted to high-caste men. They did this by formulating new
texts and social orders oriented around the use of the regional languages that r
educed the barriers to access that Sanskrit had imposed.
In so doing, these venture spiritualists created an early form of the p
ublic sphere in which the social ethics of caste and gender inequity were debate
d. This debate drew from, and reconfigured, the sense and scope of everyday life p
ermeated by social distinction.
The configuration of a new public sphere in medieval India that engaged
with questions of social equality in the context of expanding the scope of ever
yday life is the process called vernacularization. The Quotidian Revolut
ion examines this pivotal moment in Indian history and argues that th
e medieval public sphere endures as a key strand of the unique genealogy of Indi
an democracy and modernity.
</td><td>Christian Lee Novetzke is professor of reli
gious studies, South Asia studies, and global studies at the Jackson School of I
nternational Studies at the University of Washington. He is the author of Religion and Public Memory: A Cultural History of Saint Namdev in India (2008) and coauthor of Amar Akbar Anthony: Bollywood, Brotherho
od, and the Nation (2016).
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-8028-000-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>View from
Calcutta</td><td>Sukanta Chaudhuri</td><td>2002</td><td>256</td><td>350.0000</t
d><td>Sukunta Chaudhuris View from Calcutta
is sometimes about the cityits condition, its people, its culture, sometimes abo
ut the state of West Bengal, sometimes about wider Indian issues, sometimes abou
t world affairs or life or nature as a whole. His pieces blend the concerns of t
he individual thinking citizen with the sensitivity of a literary scholar and ur
ban analyst of standing.</td><td>Sukanta Chaudhuri
Professor of English, Jadavpur University, Calcutta.</td><td>World</td><td>Gener
al Books</td>
<td>978-81-8028-001-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Original
English Film Scripts</td><td>Satyajit Ray, Sandip Ray and Aditi Nath Sarkar (Eds
n: justify">Satyajit Ray started the creative process of making a film w
ith the screenplay. This collection of film scripts and treatments written origi
nally in English by Satyajit Ray is intended for both his fans and a reader new
to Rays works. The collection consists of the scripts of Rays well-known feature a
nd TV films as well as some lesser known works. Also included are a science-fict
ion script Ray wrote for a Hollywood studio and an early version of the idea of
a space traveler who lands in an Indian village. The Intr
oduction by Sandip Ray and Aditi Nath Sarkar discusses the importance of these f
ilm scripts in Rays film-making and some of the key themes which recur in these s
cripts.</td><td><b&g
t;Sandip Ray is the son Satyajit Ray and a film pro
ducer and director in his own right. His first independent film Phatik Chand won
an international award. He has made several childrens films based on his fathers
stories as well as a number of films for mature audiences. Aditi Nath Sarkar</b&
gt; teaches at the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information and Communication T
echnology, Gandhinagar. He is also a documentary film maker.</td><td>W
orld</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-8028-005-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Funda
mental Unity of India</td><td>Radha Kumud Mookerji</td><td>2003</td><td>160</td>
<td>295.0000</td><td>The works se
lected for the series will include those published in the past and no longer eas
ily accessible, as well as works produced in our own times. Radha Kumud Mookerjis
work in the field of ancient Indian history is widely known. There is no other
work as influential as this study of the idea of Indias unity embedded in the cla
ssical Hindu texts and scriptures. As opposed to the colonial notion that Britis
h rule had united India, he argued that there was an inherent unity in Indian ci
vilization as it took shape in ancient India.</td><td><div style=&q
uot;text-align: justify">Radha Kumud Mookerji Series:
Chronicle Classics Series. Series Editors: Dr. Sabyasachi Bhattacharya. Volume
Editors: Prof. D.P. Chattopadhyaya</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Boo
ks</td>
<td>978-81-8028-006-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Fruits of
Worship : Practical Religion in Bengal</td><td>Ralph W Nicholas</td><td>2003</t
d><td>256</td><td>475.0000</td><td>The essays collected in this books a
re based on field research carried out over an extended period in several villa
ges in the Bengali-speaking area of South Asia. The center of attention is the r
eligious life of ordinary people in rural Bengal. They cover a broad spectrum, i
ncluding the Bengali attachment to goddess, the religious treatment of the calam
ities that befall poor people, and the analysis of myths, both historically and
structurally. A long essay examines the rise of Sitala, goddess of diesease in s
outh western Bengal in nineteenth century. It is accompanied by english translat
ions of two versions of the Bengali Sitala narrative from that period. The Sansk
rit Candi, or Sri Sri Durga Sapthasati, which is the authority for the evermore
popular annual Durga puja, is analysed in relation to the worship of which it i
s an integral part. Also examined are the structure of the annual cycle of relig
ious observances and the social organisation of Vaishnava and Islamic religious
groups. Through detailed analysis of religious acts of ordinary people, includin
g their rituals, the author builds up a uniquely complex picture of the world in
its totality implicit in the culture of villages of the Bengal Delta<
/td><td>Ralph W Nicholas is William Rainey Harper Professor
Emeritus of Anthropology and the Social Sciences at the University of Chicago.
He began anthropological research in Bengal villages in 1960 and this field rem
ains his foremost intellectual concern.He served as Chairman of the Department o
f Anthropology, Dean of the college, Director of the centre for the Internationa
l Studies, and president of the International house at the University of Chicago
before returning more directly to his research in Bengal. He has long been acti
ve in the Americal Institute of Indian Studies, and in 2002 became its president
. His studies combine detailed field work with overarching concerns of anthropol
ogy and south Asian studies.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-488-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dead Man
Wandering:The Case that Shook a Country</td><td>Partha Chatterjee</td><td>2016<
/td><td>384</td><td>495.0000</td><td>
In 1921 a travelling sadhu appeared in appeared by a river bund in Dhak
a. He was there every day. Soon, people began to identify him as none other than
the Second Kumar of Bhawal, a young zamindar who had died twelve years earlier.

His wife denounced him as an impostor. His sisters welcomed him back. T
his resulted in one of the most extraordinary legal cases in Indian history: it
held the entire countrys attention for several decades as it unwound in courts fr
om Dhaka and Calcutta to London.
This is possibly the most riveting work of history ever written in the
Indian subcontinent. Ever since it first appeared, Partha Chatterjees &l
t;em>A Princely Impostor? (2002), a telling of the notori
ous Bhawal Sannyasi Caseamong Indias best-known legal disputeshas been recognized as
world-class narrative history in a league of its own. Chatterjee has written a b
ook as spell-binding as any great Victorian or Russian novel, a story replete wi
th courtroom drama, sexual debauchery, family intrigue, and squandered wealth.&l
t;/p>
</td><td>Partha Chatterjee</td><td>IN,NP,B
T,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
d><td>316</td><td>995.0000</td><td>
ghal rule.
ia.
</td><td>
</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-492-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Renuncia
tion and Realization(Volume 4):Correspondence 19261932</td><td>Subhas Chandra Bos
e,Sisir Kumar Bose and Sugata Bose(Eds).</td><td>2016</td><td>376</td><td>495.00
00</td><td>Subhas Chandra Bose came to regard tyaga</em&gt
; and amrita (renunciation and realization) as two faces of
the same medal during his long stay in Mandalay Jail. To attain hundred per cent
and to sacrifice hundred per cent, he proclaimed, had become a passion with him.&
lt;/p>
This volume opens with Boses prison letters written during the last year
he spent in Burmese prisons in 19261927 (plus twenty earlier unpublished letters
of 1925). Between 1928 and 1931 Subhas was in and out of prison, even as he eme
rged as the leader of students, youth and labour across India.
The volume closes with another set of his prison letters written from m
any different jails during the second phase of the civil disobedience movement i
n 1932.
</td><td>Sisir Kumar Bose (1920-2000) founded the Ne
taji Research Bureau in 1957 and was its guiding spirit. A participant in the In
dian freedom struggle, he was imprisoned by the British. After Independence he a
uthored and edited biographies, memoirs, monographs, and research papers on Neta
jis life and times.
Sugata Bose is Gardiner Professor of History at Harv
ard University. He is the author of several books on economic, social, and polit
ical history, including A Hundred Horizons: The Indian Ocean in the Ag
e of Global Empire and His Majestys Opponent: Subhas Chandra Bose and Indias Strug
gle Against Empire.
<td>978-81-7824-493-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Call
of The Motherland (Volume 5):Writings and Speeches 19231929 </td><td>Subhas Chan
dra Bose,Sisir Kumar Bose and Sugata Bose(Eds).</td><td>2016</td><td>376</td><td
>495.0000</td><td>We have been born in this world to fulfill a purpose t
o preach a message, reads the opening sentence of Subhas Chandra Boses 1923 essay
The Dreams of Youth (Taruner Swapna). One hundred and fifty
years ago, he wrote in The Call of the Motherland (Desher Dak)</em&g
t; in December 1925, it was the Bengalees who showed the foreigners the way to pe
netrate India. Now it is incumbent on the Bengalees of the twentieth century to
expiate that sin.
This volume brings together Subhas Chandra Boses prison essays and notes
, speeches and articles between 1923 and 1928 as well as his early 1929 monograp
h Boycott of British Goods.</td><td>Sisir Kumar Bose (1920-2000) founded the Netaji Researc
h Bureau in 1957 and was its guiding spirit. A participant in the Indian freedom
struggle, he was imprisoned by the British. After Independence he authored and
edited biographies, memoirs, monographs, and research papers on Netajis life and
times.
Sugata Bose is Gardiner Professor of Histo
ry at Harvard University. He is the author of several books on economic, social,
and political history, including A Hundred Horizons: The Indian Ocean
in the Age of Global Empire and His Majestys Opponent: Subhas Chandra Bose and I
ndias Struggle Against Empire.</td><td>World</td><td>General
Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-475-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Leader O
f Youth-Netaji Collected Works Volume 6</td><td>Subhas Chandra Bose, Sisir Kumar
Bose and Sugata Bose (Ed.s)</td><td>2016</td><td>312</td><td>495.0000</td><td>
This volume brings to readers the thoughtful voice of Subhas Chandra B
ose as he spoke to audiences of students and youth across the country during th
e months that he was out of prison between 1929 and February 1933.
It was in 1929 that Jatindranath Dasa young associate of Bhagat Singhdie
d in Lahore Jail after a hunger strike. Jatin had served in the Congress volunt
eer corps in 1928 under Subhas, who took charge of the funeral rites. In Octobe
r 1929 Subhas journeyed from Calcutta to Lahore to deliver a message of complet
e emancipation to the Punjabi students conference, lauding Jatins sacrifice.
On his return to Calcutta Bose was arrested and on 23 January 1930, th
e day he turned thirty-three, he was imprisoned on charges of sedition. From be
hind bars Bose watched with admiration as Gandhi made his next moves towards ci
vil disobedience. 
These are among the many fascinating episodes that comprise this volum
e, which shows Subhas emerging as a pan-Indian leader in his own right, and as
the only real spokesman of the Left.
</td><td>
Sisir Kumar Bose (1920-2000) founded the
Netaji Research Bureau in 1957 and was its guiding spirit. A participant in the
Indian freedom struggle, he was imprisoned by the British. After Independence
he authored and edited biographies, memoirs, monographs, and research papers on
Netajis life and times.
Sugata Bose is Gardiner Professor of Hist
ory at Harvard University. He is the author of several books on economic, socia
l, and political history, including A Hundred Horizons: The Indian O
cean in the Age of Global Empire and His Majestys Opponent:
Subhas Chandra Bose and Indias Struggle Against Empire.
<td>978-81-7824-476-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Army and
Nation: The Military and Indian Democracy since</td><td>Steven I. Wilkinson</td
><td>2015</td><td>304</td><td>595.0000</td><td>At Indian independence
in 1947, the countrys founders worried that the army India inheritedconservative
and dominated by officers and troops drawn disproportionately from a few martial
groupsposed a real threat to democracy. They also saw the structure of the army,
with its recruitment on the basis of caste and religion, as incompatible with
their hopes for a new secular nation.
India has successfully preserved its democracy, however, unlike many o
ther colonial states that inherited imperial divide and rule armies, and unlike
its neighbor Pakistan, which inherited part of the same Indian army in 1947. As
Steven I. Wilkinson shows, the puzzle of how this happened is even more surpri
sing when we realize that the Indian Army has kept, and even expanded, many of
its traditional martial class units, despite promising at independence to gradual

ly phase them out.
Army and Nation draws on uniquely comprehensive d
ata to explore how and why India has succeeded in keeping the military out of p
olitics, when so many other countries have failed. It uncovers the command and
control strategies, the careful ethnic balancing, and the political, foreign p
olicy, and strategic decisions that have made the army safe for Indian democrac
y. Wilkinson goes further to ask whether, in a rapidly changing society, these
structures will survive the current national conflicts over caste and regional
representation in New Delhi, as well as Indias external and strategic challenges
.
This is the most important book to have appeared on the Indian armed
forces in more than four decades.</td><td>Steve
n I. Wilkinson is Nilekani Professor of India and South Asian St
udies and Professor of Political Science and International Affairs at Yale Univ
ersity.

<td>978-81-7824-477-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Unconditi
onal Equality:Gandhis Religion of Resistance</td><td>Ajay Skaria</td><td>2016</td
><td>406</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
Unconditional Equality examines Mahatma
Gandhis critique of liberal ideas of freedom and equality, and his own practice
of a freedom and equality organized around religion. 
Sometimes working against the grain of Gandhis explicit formulations&lt
;em>, Unconditional Equality reconceives sat
yagraha (passive resistance) as a politics that strives for the absolute equali
ty of all beings. Liberal traditions usually affirm an abstract equality. But f
or Gandhi such equality is an equality of [the] swordbecause it excludes those pre
sumed to lack reason (such as animals or the colonized), but also because those
included lose the power to love.
Gandhi professes instead a politics organized around dharma, or religi
on. For him, there can be no politics without religion. This involves self-surren
der, a freely offered surrender of autonomy and everyday sovereignty. For Gandh
i, the religion that stays in all religions is satyagraha.
Ajay Skaria argues that, conceptually, satyagraha insists on equality
without exception of all humans, animals, and things. 
</td><td>
Ajay Skaria is professor of history at the
University of Minnesota. He is the author of Hybrid Histor
ies: Forests, Frontiers, and Wildness in Western India and
coeditor of Subaltern Studies XII: Muslims, Dalits, and the
Fabrications of History.
<td>978-81-7824-480-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Hating Em
pire Properly:India, the Indies, and Enlightenment Anticolonialism</td><td>Sunil
M. Agnani</td><td>2016</td><td>304</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
This book is a novel attempt to think about the eighteenth-century vie
w of
India and the West Indies together, arguing that this is
how Edmund Burke and Denis Diderot actually saw them. 
The interest in more than one geographical space is revealed to be a l
argely unacknowledged part of Enlightenment thought. Focusing on colonized regi
ons in relation to the Enlightenment, Agnani demonstrates how Burkes horror of t
he French Revolutionthe defining event of modernity was shaped by prior reflectio
n on these other domains. 
Exploring with sympathy the angry outbursts against injustice in the w
ritings of Diderot, Agnani nonetheless questions understandings of him as an un
equivocal critic of empire. 

By looking carefully at the thought of both radical and conservative w
riters, Agnani asks what it means to critique empire properly. He draws from Ador
nos quip that one must have tradition in oneself, in order to hate it properly.&lt
;/p>
Empire and the Enlightenment are linked terms. Sunil Agnani shows us conne
ctions between them from a new perspective, ones that have hardly been known, m
uch less outlined and analysed. His work is an important contribution to politi
cal theory, history, literary studies, and postcolonial studies.

Winner of the 2014 Harry Levin Prize from the American Comparative Literature A
ssociation 
Sunil M. Agnanis Hating Empire Properly is an astute and
learned inquiry into the Enlightenment, colonialism, and revolution in the anti
colonial writings of Denis Diderot and Edmund Burke. Agnanis nuanced analyses of
Diderot and Burke and the two Indies demonstrate the suggestive power of hating p
roperly, of entering into its [empires] terms and allowing the internal contradict
ions to be heightened rather than covered by a politic veil. With rich textual a
nalyses and theoretical agility, Hating Empire Properly m
ore than substantiates its concluding suggestion that the full meaning and signifi
cance of the fragmentary discourses of the Enlightenment are manifest only in t
he colonies, rendered legible only by means of the colonies . . .
</td><td>
Sunil Agnani is Associate Professor with the departm
ents of English and History, University of Illinois at Chicago. He has held pre
vious positions at the University of Michigan and the Princeton Society of Fell
ows. He teaches courses on the European Enlightenment, eighteenth-century Briti
sh and French literature and thought, and the literature of empire and decolon
ization.
<td>978-81-7824-482-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Rule O
f Property For Bengal :An Essay on the Idea of Permanent Settlement</td><td>Rana
jit Guha</td><td>2016</td><td>330</td><td>595.0000</td><td>
. . . a pioneering work on the intellectual origins 
of [the Permanent Settlement]Holden Furber (1964)&l
t;/p>
The infamous Permanent Settlement of Bengal in the eighteenth century
was the most disputed step in the agrarian field ever taken in India under Brit
ish rule. Why did it happen? Written with uncommon elegance, Ranajit Guhas class
ic studya pioneering work in Indian intellectual historyprovides the answers by l
ooking at the ideas and thinking of the policy-makers who radically changed the
way in which India was taxed and ruled.
Guha considers why European ideas about capitalism in farming and meth
ods of revenue collection were thrust upon a colonial society. He shows that Br
itish administrators such as Lord Cornwallis and Philip Francis were far more c
onsiderably influenced by the French Physiocrats than by Indian conditions on t
he ground. He elaborates on the philosophical antecedents of the Settlement in
the works of Alexander Dow, Henry Pattullo, and Philip Francis, outlining the c
ontradictions between their views and those of Warren Hastings.
This third, attractively re-set, edition of a seminal work that has be
en in print since 1963 includes two new essays by Partha Chatterjee and Rudrang
shu Mukherjee. Together, they position this book within Indian historiography a
nd reveal precisely why it remains indispensable for anyone involved in thinkin
g seriously about colonial rule and the making of modern South Asia.
</td><td>Ranajit Guha is probably the most globally
influential Indian historian of the past fifty years. Best known as the founding
father of Subaltern Studies, his several acclaimed books include The Small Voic
e of History (Permanent Black, 2009). Renowned at various times as a critical fi

gure in the academic worlds of Calcutta, Sussex, Canberra, and New York, Mr Guha
lives for the moment on the fringes of Vienna.</td><td>world</td><td>
General Books</td>
<td>978-81-8028-023-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>A Clear S
tar - C.F. Andrews and India 1904-1914</td><td>Daniel OConnor</td><td>2005</td><t
d>308</td><td>675.0000</td><td>Ch
arles Freer Andrews first came to India in 1904 and even in his lifetime he was
being turned into a saint, a fate similar to that of his greatest friend, Gandhi
. This book gets behind that obfuscation. Others have studied the story of his l
ater development but this is the first closely researched account of the period
between 1904 and 1914, which traces Andrews transformation into a significant pla
yer in modern Indian history.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Daniel OConnor is an Anglican priest-teacher.
He taught at St. Stephens College, Delhi and while working there he became inter
ested in C.F. Andrews. His most recent book, Interesting Times in India has been
published by Penguin, India.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</t
d>
<td>978-81-8028-027-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Of the Pe
ople: Essays on Indian Popular Culture</td><td>Biswarup Sen</td><td>2006</td><td
>252</td><td>575.0000</td><td>Why is all of India so obsessed with cric
ket and what are the reasons for the fall of hockey from its Olympian height and
the decline of football? What explains the continuing convention of singing and
dancing in Hindi films? Why has everything desi suddenly become fashionable and
hip?
This collection of essays is based on the premise that such questions a
bout Indian popular culture need to be examined if we are to make sense of the t
wenty-first century India. Following the growth of cable television, the rise of
new technologies and the emergence of a culture of consumption; the products of
contemporary culture have come to play an increasingly important role in shapin
g some Indian social practices.
The book argues that the incredible draw of c
ricket can be understood in terms of a postcolonial anxiety about catching up with
the West; the ubiquitous song-dance in Bollywood film must be seen not as escap
ist fare but rather as a device that enables the articulation of modernity; the
quest for identity on part of the Indian diaspora has contributed to the rise of
a global desi culture. What these and other instances demonstrate is that, far
from being mindless diversion, popular culture serves as both a crucible and an
agent for the formation of national consciousness and social identity. As the po
pular goes, so goes the nation.</td><td>Biswarup Sen</b&gt
; received a Doctorate in Communications from the University of Illinois at Urba
na-Champaign. He taught for several years at the Department of English, SUNY-Bin
ghampton. He has worked as a marketing and communications consultant in both the
corporate and non-profit sectors. He currently teaches courses in Mass Communic
ations and Popular Culture at the University of Oregon, USA. He has also been wr
iting frequently on popular culture in newspapers and journals.</td><td>World</t
d><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-8028-025-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Games Law
yers need to Play - Moot Court Problems and Memorials</td><td>Selections from th
e Raj Anand Moot Court Competition</td><td>2005</td><td>424</td><td>595.0000</td
><td>The Raj Anand Moot Court Competition was initiated in 1998 with it
s focus centrally on Intellectual Property law. Over the years the scope of the
Competition has widened though Intellectual Property remains the core area. One
of its primary aims is to sharpen the skills of mooting among aspiring lawyers.&lt
;strong> Games Lawyers Need to Play brings together the Proble
ms and ten of the finest Memorials of the Competition. Each chapter deals with a
specific year beginning with 2004 and going back to 1998. The problems deal wit
h various aspects of Intellectual Property but are out of ordinary, to enable part
icipants to combine good quality research with creativity and originality. The b
ook has a foreword by Judge Michael Fysh, QC, SC. The Introduction is written by
Pravin Anand.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-8028-028-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>After Elw
in: Encounters with Tribal Life in central India</td><td>Prosenjit Das Gupta</td
><td>2007</td><td>192</td><td>425.0000</td><td>This book is a travelogu
e with a difference. From the middle of 1970s to as recently as January 2006, th
e author has been travelling to remote tribal areas of central India and recordi
ng his experiences, impressions and interactions with the people in these places
. These experiences are juxtaposed with the writings of Verrier Elwin who lived
and travelled in these areas and wrote a corpus of classic anthropological works
. Das Gupta discovered Elwins writing by change and was inspired to revisit and r
econstruct the tribal world that the latter so loved.</td><td><b&gt
;Prosenjit Das Gupta is an established author and has written 3 widely
acclaimed books: Ten Walks in Calcutta, Walks in the Wild and Tracking Jim.</td
><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-8028-032-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Mirza She
ikh Itesamuddin's Wonders of Vilayet</td><td> Kaiser Haq (Tr.)</td><td>2008</
td><td>196</td><td>425.0000</td><td>This is the first book-length accou
nt of the West by an Indian. Mirza Sheikh Itesamuddin,</strong&g
t; a munshi who had served the East India Company before becoming a Mughal court
ier, was entrusted by Emperor Shah Alam II with a diplomatic mission to the Brit
ish Court. He set sail in January 1766, and though the mission was aborted, the
journey of nearly three years resulted in a remarkable memoir. Written in Pers
ian, Shigurf Nama-e-Vilayet or Wonderful Tales about Europe is a unique historical d
ocument and a vastly entertaining travel narrative. Though never published in t
he original, an abridged and flawed English translation appeared in 1827. This
book is the first complete English version.
The Mirza was enchanted by Britai
n, but he was not a colonial subject. A highly educated and curious observer of
alien cultures, he wrote about his visits to the theatre, the circus, freak sho
ws, the madrassah of Oxford, the Scottish Highlands and at a more serious level th
e factors that had led to Indias decline and Europes ascendancy, and the socio-pol
itical system of Britain.</td><td>Kaiser Haq was bo
rn in Dhaka, Bangladesh, and educated at the Universities of Dhaka and Warwick,
where he was a Commonwealth Scholar. He has been a Senior Fulbright Scholar and
Vilas Fellow at the University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, and a Royal Literary Fu
nd Fellow at SOAS, London University. He is a professor of English at Dhaka Uni
versity, where he has been teaching since 1975. He has published six volumes of
poetry, most recently Published in Streets of Dhaka: Collected Poems 1966-2006.
His translations include Selected Poems of Shamsur Rahman and Quartet (Rabindr
anath Tagores Chaturanga). He lives in Dhaka with his wife and daughter.</td><td
>WORLD</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-8028-033-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Art of th
e Intellect: Uncollected English Writings of Sudhindranath Datta</td><td>Sukanta
Chaudhuri (Ed.)</td><td>2008</td><td>344</td><td>650.0000</td><td>This
volume contains all the recoverable English writings of the Bengali poet and cr
itic Sudhindranath Datta, outside those already gathered in an earlier collectio
n, The World of Twilight. They include a hitherto unknown introduction for a pro
jected Oxford Book of Bengali Verse, drafted by Sudhindranath for the proposed e
ditor, Rabindranath Tagore. Other pieces testify to his informed interest and or
iginal thought about Indian and European literature, ancient history, internatio
nal politics, philosophical speculation and the social mores of his time. There
are also a number of book and theatre reviews, and many other pieces that he wro
te for The Statesman.
The range of subjects and depth of treatment reflect on
e of the most erudite and original minds of Bengal's post-Tagore, post-Indep
endence generation. They recreate the political, cultural and intellectual milie
u of that age of transition.
The core material is drawn from the Datta archiv
es at Jadavpur University, Kolkata. Some of it was never published. Other items
may have been printed but are virtually untraceable: they have been recovered fr
om drafts and typescripts. Some pieces have been recovered from The Marxian Way,
other rare journals, and from The Statesman archives. The volume is edited by S
ukanta Chaudhuri with an Introduction by Amiya Dev.</td><td>S
ukanta Chaudhuri is Professor of English and Director of the School of
Cultural Texts and Records at Jadavpur University.</td><td>World</td><td>Genera
l Books</td>
<td>978-81-8028-020-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Delhi
that No-one Knows</td><td>R.V. Smith</td><td>2005</td><td>180</td><td>350.0000<
/td><td>R.V. Smith came to Delhi
as a young journalist in the fifties of the last century. His hobby for several
years was to travel through the city, collecting stories about and histories of
its many monuments, known and unknown.
The Delhi that No-one Kn
ows brings together R.V. Smith's writings, presenting them as
an unconventional introduction to the city. The legends, myths and folklore sur
rounding these monuments and how the author chanced upon these delightful tales
together give the book its unique appeal. The writings are grouped into four sec
tions, 'South Delhi', 'Shahjahanabad', 'Lal Qila' and &#
39;Beyond the City Walls', for those who wish to follow in the author's
footsteps. 
Dr narayani Gupta in her 'For
eword' explains why this book is a valuable addition to the literature on De
lhi.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Ronald Vivian
Smith is more familiarly known as R.V. Smith. His columns, particular
ly 'Quaint Places', have delighted readers for several decades. His care
er as a journalist spans nearly four decades.
R.V. Smith is a man of diverse
interests. He has written books of poetry, a romantic novel and travelogues. He
continues to write for The Statesman, The Hindu and Mid-day on a wide range of s
ubjects.
Considered by many as an expert on Delhi, particularly its forgotten
monuments, R.V. Smith belongs to the rare breed of amateur antiquarians.</di
v></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-8028-011-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Logical a
nd Ethical Issues: An Essay on Indian Philosophy of Religion</td><td>Bimal Krish
na Matilal</td><td>2004</td><td>202</td><td>475.0000</td><td>This work
is written by one of the finest Indian minds of our times. Matilal took great ca
re to avoid using technical language as the readers he wished to address are not
limited to the circle of professional philosophers. In this book, he tries to p
ortray a belief that we can discover, the deep structure, so to say, of each gre
at religious tradition, an awareness of the fundamental unity of man may emerge
out of this discovery, which would be extremely valuable today, in fact, pricele
ss in a world where we have frequent cases of Moradabad, Middle-East, and Northe
rn Island. Needless to say, in our world today the agenda, so clearly articulate
d by Matilal remains relevant. The distinctive feature of this work is that the
author was consciously motivated by contemporary historical experience; the freq
uent conflict between communities which have coalesed around different religious
beliefs.</td><td>Bimal Krishna Matilal (1935-1991)
was Spalding Professor of Eastern religoions and ethics at Oxford University fr
om 1977-1991. Matilal was an academic of expectional scholarship and originality
and in his untimely death the world lost an outstanding thinker and philospher.
<td>978-81-8028-008-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Poetry an
d Community</td><td>William Radice</td><td>2003</td><td>256</td><td>450.0000</td
><td>There have been many sides to William Radice's life and career
- poetry, Bengali, Tagore, germany, opera and more - and it has not been easy f
or his readers to keep up with them all. This book, for the first time, offers a
nd an overview, by combining lectures he has given on visits to the subcontinent
with a variety of articles and autobiographical pieces. Breaking down barriers

between the literary and academic, the analytic and poetic, and east and west, t
he book is written throughout in Radice's characteristically personal, relax
ed lucid style.</td><td>William Radice was
born in London in 1951, and has pursued a double career as a poet and as a sch
olar and translator of Bengali. Known particularly for his translations of the p
oems, short stories and plays of Tagore, he has also published six books of his
own poetry. In India, his fortnightly 'Letter from England' for the stat
esman has made him prominent as a journalist, and in his own country he is known
for his broadcasts and for public readings of his work. He is keenly interested
in music and opera, and has also translated from German. Since 1988 he has lect
ured in Bengali at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of Lon
don, and from 1999 to 2002 was Head of the Departments of South and South East A
sia. Author or editor of nearly thirty books, other recent publications have inc
luded Myths and Legends of India, A Hundred Letters from England and Traces of M
y Father, a translation of an autobiographical novel by the German writer Sigfri
d Gauch.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-8028-009-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Calcutta
Conversations</td><td>Lina Fruzzetti, Akos Ostor</td><td>2003</td><td>268</td><t
d>575.0000</td><td>This book is a collection of interviews of eminent persons (e
.g. Sunil Munshi, Samar Sen, Sunil Ganguly, Samaresh Bose, Badal Sarkar, Utpal D
utt, Pratap Chandra Chunder and Sisir Bose) living in Calcutta, recording their
perception on Bengali society and culture in the time-honored Bengali tradition
of adda (informal conversations). These interviews, were taken in the mid-80s at
a time when Calcutta was declared a dying city. One of the most vibrant and exasp
erating cities in the world. Articular.</td><td>Lina Fruzzetti</b&gt
; Professor of Anthropology, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island
.<div> </div><div>Akos Ostor, Pr
ofessor of Anthropology and Film Studies, Wesleyan University, Middletown, Conne
cticut.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-8028-010-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Six S
ystems of Indian Philosophy</td><td>Friedrich Max Muller</td><td>2004</td><td>31
2</td><td>575.0000</td><td>The new imprint of Friedrich Max Muller'
s Classic work on the systems of Indian philosophy brings to the readers a summi
ng up of author's forty years of research on the vedic, upanishadic and othe
r philosphical texts of ancient India. When he published this book, just about a
year before his death, Max Muller was already famous as a scholar who presented
classical Sanskrit works to the world in the series Sacred Books of the East.In
this book he offers a survey of Indian Philosophy and a historical perspective
on the different schools of the philosophy,which emerged in ancient India. This
edition, abridged and greatly enriched with a scholarly introduction by Heeraman
Tiwari, enables us to appreciate and evaluate a fundamental contribution to Ind
ology by an acknowledged authority on the subject.</td><td>Fr
iedrich Max Muller was Anglo-German orientalist and comparative philol
ogist. He was an extensive contributor to English periodical literature, and had
written several of the essays subsequently collected as Chips from a German Wor
kshop.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-8028-012-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Behind Mu
d Walls: Seventy-five years in a North Indian Village</td><td>William and Charlo
tte Wiser with chapters by Susan S. Wadley</td><td>2004</td><td>420</td><td>550.
0000</td><td>In 1925, William and Charlotte Wiser arrived in the North
Indian village of Karimpur as missionaries. Over the next five years, they wrote
one of the first studies of village India, orginally published in 1930. Charlo
tte Wiser continued to observe and write about the village until her death, when
Susan Wadley picked up the narrative. With updates from the 1960s, 1970s, 1984,
and 2000, this expanded edition now encapsulates seventy-five years of continui
ty and change in the village. The book has a foreword by David G. Mandelbaum.&lt
;/p></td><td>William and Charlotte Wiser</b&gt

; were missionaries who first travelled to India in 1920's. They set up Indi
an village service, a community oriented village development organisation that b
ecame one of the key models used by the Indian Government for its block developm
ent programs. Susan S. Wadley is Ford Maxwell Professor of South Asian studies
and Professor of anthropology at Syracuse University.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,
MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-8028-013-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Play
of the Gods: Locality, Ideology, Structure, and Time in the Festivals of a Benga
li Town</td><td>Akos Ostor</td><td>2004</td><td>274</td><td>525.0000</td><td>&lt
;p>The Play of the Gods, first published in 1980, a seminal study of Indian s
acred festivals, appears here in a new, expanded and illustrated edition. The tw
o related festivals considered here - Durgapuja, in honour of the Godess Durga,
and Gajan, in honour of Lord Shiva - are the most popular and most complex of Be
ngali rituals, involving elaborate preparation and wide and ever-increasing part
icipation. The detailed description and interpretation of the rituals presence a
nd inside view of society and remains, despite the current spate of books on Hin
du rituals and deities, the only complete ethnographic account of major ritual c
ycle in India. Beyond their social function the two festivals constitute a cultu
ral logic that articulates meanings not expressed elsewhere and that determines
the relationships among social structures, human dispositions, units of time, di
visions of space, rules for conduct and the interpretation of symbols. On a broa
der theoritical level, Ostor discusses myth and religion, India and the west hie
rarchy & equality, ideology & structure, and indigenous &amp
; analytical models. Applicable to bengali culture as a whole and capable of ser
ving as a model for the study of symbols in society, the play of the Gods has es
tablished itself as a unique and significant work on South Asia.</td><
td>Akos Ostor was educated in Hungary, Australia, and the U.S
.A. He carried out field work and /or documentary filiming in India( West Bengal
and Varanasi), Sudan and Tanzania. He taught at Universitites in the U.S.A., Su
dan and Tanzania and was a fellow at research institutes in Hungary, Australia a
nd the USA. He is currently Professor of Anthropology and Film Studies at Wesley
an University, Middletown, Connecticut.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-8028-014-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Kings and
Untouchables : A Study of the caste system in western India</td><td>Rosa Maria
Perez</td><td>2004</td><td>252</td><td>525.0000</td><td>In the <stro
ng>Kings and Untouchables, the author presents the field work
done on the vankar, a caste of untouchable weavers in Gujarat. The ethnographic
data, collected over two visits spanning over four years,has led her to a re-eva
luation of the traditional approach that focussed on the singualrity and also th
e rigidity of the caste in Indian Society. Louis Dumont's Homo Hierarchicus
has had a significant impact on anthropological theory. Rosa Perez confronts thi
s western perception of untouchablity of with the notion of reversibility, and a
fresh translation of social norms.</td><td>Rosa Maria Perez&
lt;/b> is a Professor of anthropology at Instituto Superior de Ciencias do Tr
abalho e da Empresa, Lisbon and is also visiting Professor at Brown University,
Providence, Rhode Island</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
on Cause: Postcolonial Ethics and the Practice of Democracy</td><td>Leela Gandhi
</td><td>2015</td><td>252</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Europeans and Americ
ans tend to hold the opinion that democracy is a uniquely Western inheritance. I
n The Common Cause
Leela Gandhi recovers stories of an alternative version. Using ethics as a lens
, she describes a transnational history of democracy in the first half of the tw
entieth century. 
She identifies a shared culture of perfectionism across imperialism, fa
scism, and liberalism an ethic that excluded the ordinary and unexceptional. But
she also illuminates an ethic of moral imperfectionism, a set of anticolonial a
nd antifascist practices devoted to ordinariness and abnegation that ranged from
doomed mutinies in the Indian military to Mahatma Gandhis spiritual discipline.&
lt;/p>
Reframing the way we think about some of the most consequential politic
al events of the era, Leela Gandhi presents moral imperfectionism as the lost tr
adition of global democratic thought. She offers it to us as a key to democracys
future. In doing so, she defends democracy as a shared art of living on the othe
r side of perfection and mounts a postcolonial appeal for an ethics of becoming
common.</td><td>LEELA GANDHI is Professor of English and Humanities a
t Brown University. She is the founding co-editor of the journal Postcolonial St
udies. Her publications include Postcolonial Theory: A Critical Introduction and
Affective Communities: Anticolonial Thought and the Politics of Friendship.hi i
s John Hawkes Professor of English and Humanities at Brown University. She is th
e founding co-editor of the jou
rnal Postcolonial Studies. Her publications include Postcolonial Theory: A Critical Introduction&l
t;/span> and Affective Commu
nities: Anticolonial Thought and the Politics of Friendship.</td><t
d>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-461-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Is Indian
Civilization a Myth?: Fictions and Histories</td><td>Sanjay Subrahmanyam</td><td
>2015</td><td>276</td><td>495.0000</td><td><div>In the title essay of this
enthralling collection, Sanjay Subrahmanyam sets a provocative ball rolling: At
the heart of the matter, he says, is the notion that at some distant point in the
past, say about AD 500, the concept of Indian civilization had already been perfec
ted. Everything of any importance was in place: social structure, philosophy, th
e major literary works The central idea here is of India-as-civilization, and it
very soon becomes the same as a notion of closed India. Demolishing some of the
myths which sustain the notion of the wonder that was India, he shows us a region
that was always more a crossroads, a rendezvous for concepts, cultures, and worl
dviews. </div><div> </div><div>Subra
hmanyams book is itself a meeting point for a dazzling variety of ideas. It provi
des the cosmopolitan perspective of a multilingual world scholar who, having beg
un life in New Delhi, has gone on to live in several thought-provoking cities, i
ncluding Paris, Lisbon, and Oxford. He is witty, debunking, iconoclastic, and po
lemically entertaining in all that he anatomizes hereIndian history and fiction,
South Asian cultural forms, imperialism and imperialists, secularism and Hindu n
ationalism, travel writing, and the central conceits in Hemingway, Rushdie, Naip
aul, and Marquez.</div><div> </div><div>Subra
hmanyam is renowned as a historian and biographer. This book, which makes us ret
hink India and the world around it, is the first to reveal that he is also a wri
ter of accessible and delightful English prose.</div></td><td>San
jay Subrahmanyam is Distinguished Professor of History at UCLA. Earlie
r he taught in Delhi, Paris, and Oxford. His many books include The
Career and Legend of Vasco da Gama (1997), Three Ways t
o be Alien (2011), and Courtly Encounters
(2012).</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-464-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Finding
Forgotten Cities - How the Indus Civilization was Discovered</td><td>Nayanjot La
hiri</td><td>2015</td><td>454</td><td>595.0000</td><td>
In the autumn of 1924 the scholar-archaeologist John Marshall made an
announcement that, at one stroke, dramatically altered existing perceptions of
South Asias antiquity: he proclaimed the discovery of the civilization of the Ind
us valley. Within weeks, Marshalls news was recognized as conveying one of the mo
st monumental discoveries in the history of human civilization: the world over,
it became apparent that this was on the same scale as the findings of Heinrich
Schliemann (who unearthed Troy) and Arthur Evans (who dug out Minoan Crete). &
lt;/p>
The Troy and Crete stories have been well told, several times over. Bu
t a detailed, archivally rich, and completely accessible narrative of the peopl
e, processes, places, and puzzles that led up to Marshalls proclamation on the I
ndus civilization has, like the civilization itself, long remained buried. 
Now, for the first time in this book, we have the whole story, enchant
ingly told. 
Nayanjot Lahiri has mined and deployedas never beforebureaucratic memora
nda, colonial noting, marginal letters, and piecemeal musings within the instit
utions and in the work of individuals who collectively discovered the Indian su
bcontinents earliest cities. 
Spanning nearly a century, this is a tale of men such as the colourful
collector-traveller Charles Masson, who first described Harappa; the archaeolo
gical pioneer Alexander Cunningham, Harappas first excavator; discerning diggers
such as Daya Ram Sahni, Rakhaldas Banerji, and Madho Sarup Vats who uncovered
Harappa and Mohenjodaro; the Italian linguist-turned-explorer Luigi Pio Tessito
ri, who unearthed Kalibangan but never lived to tell the tale of his exploits;&
amp;nbsp; government officials of all kinds who, as 
self-taught archaeologists, stumbled upon significant clues in their work arena
s; and, presiding over the whole process, a Cambridge classicist brought by Lor
d Curzon to India as Director General of the Archaeological Survey of IndiaJohn
Marshallwho finally pieced into place a maze of enigmatic data on the long forgo
tten Indus civilization.
Finding Forgotten Cities combines an astonishing
amount of detail, hitherto undisclosed, on the lives and time
s of these men. It comprises a powerful narrative history of how India's an
tiquity was unexpectedly unearthed. It will interest every serious reader of hi
story and anyone who likes to read an utterly fascinating story.
</td><td>
NAYANJOT LAHIRI is Professor, History Department, Delhi University. Sh
e is the author of Pre-Ahom Assam (1991) andThe
Archaeology of Indian Trade Routes (1992); co-author of Co
pper and Its Alloys in Ancient India (1996); and editor of 
The Decline and Fall of the Indus Civilization (2000) as well as an
issue of World Archaeology entitled The Archaeol
ogy of Hinduism (2004).
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-398-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Caste In
Modern India : A Reader (Two Volume Set)</td><td>Sumit Sarkar and Tanika Sarkar
(Eds.)</td><td>2015</td><td>1008</td><td>1495.0000</td><td>
Caste is the
key category in contemporary Indian social thinking. Discussed and analysed by
historians, sociologists, and political scientists, it has produced scholarly
explorations and polemical controversies in equal measure. The historical liter
ature on caste from colonial times to the present is vast.
This anthology picks out some of
the best essays on the subject in order to explore specific aspects of modern
caste: how the issue of caste was understood in colonial times, how it was re-c
reated under conditions of modernity, and how various castes came to relate to
one another and to themselves in new ways. The essays also engage in debates th
at were first raised in these fields. Dumonts notions about purity and power are
questioned, while fresh perspectives are offered on jajmani</em&gt
;.
For a long time, historians of m
odern South Asia have been trying to ascertain how far caste was invented, exag
gerated, colluded with, and opposed. These two volumes provide the most essenti
al and thought-provoking pieces on the subject.

</td><td>
Sumit Sarkar h
as been Professor of History at the University of Delhi. His many books include
The Swadeshi Movement in Bengal 19031908 (1973; new edn 201
0), Modern India 18851947 (1983), Writing Social
History (1998), Beyond Nationalist Frames (200
2), and Women and Social Reform in Modern India (2007; coe
dited with Tanika Sarkar).
Tanika Sarkar
is Professor of History at Jawaharlal Nehru University. She has been a visiting
professor at Yale and Chicago. Her several books include Hindu Wife
, Hindu Nation (2001), Rebels, Wives, Saints (2
009), and Women and Social Reform in Modern India (2007; c
oedited with Sumit Sarkar).
<td>978-81-7824-395-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Unfinish
ed Gestures : Devadasis, Memory, and Modernity in South India</td><td>Davesh Son
eji</td><td>2014</td><td>328</td><td>495.0000</td><td><div style="text-a
lign: justify">Unfinished Gestures presents the social and cultural hist
ory of courtesans in South India who are generally called devadasis, focusing on
their encounters with colonial modernity in the nineteenth and early twentieth
centuries. Following a hundred years of vociferous social reform, including a 19
47 law that criminalized their lifestyles, the women in devadasi communities con
tend with severe social stigma and economic and cultural disenfranchisement. Adr
oitly combining ethnographic fieldwork with historical research, Davesh Soneji p
rovides a comprehensive portrait of these marginalized women and unsettles recei
ved ideas about relations among them, the aesthetic roots of their performances,
and the political efficacy of social reform in their communities.</div></
td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Davesh Soneji&l
t;/b> is associate professor of South Asian religions at McGill University. H
e is coeditor of Performing Pasts: Reinventing the Arts in Modern South India an
d editor of Bharatanatyam: A Reader.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General B
ooks</td>
<td>978-81-7824-396-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Rebels,
Wives, Saints - Designing Selves and Nations in Colonial Times</td><td>Tanika Sa
rkar </td><td>2014</td><td>356</td><td>595.0000</td><td>
Tanika Sarkars writings on women, religion, and nationhood in the conte
xt of colonial Bengal have been pathbreaking. In this new book of connected ess
ays, she gives a new direction to the same themes, this time by focusing on som
e of the key historical texts within which these identities were given shape. &
lt;/p>
The colonial universe outlined in this book centres around woman as bo
th defiled and deified (woman as widow, woman as goddess) the nation as woman-g
oddess within a country comprising plural traditions; male reformers battling H
indu conservatives;  a Hindu novelist idealizing nationalism as the de
molition of Muslim symbols; and male-dominant social norms threatening principl
es of softness and femininity.
While this is at one level a book of discrete essays, it is simultaneo
usly a book about the structure of the early colonial universe in India, a worl
d of linked coherences and incoherences, of arguments and oppositions to those
arguments. 
This book will consolidate Tanika Sarkars reputation as one of Indias fo
remost historians on women, power, and culture in colonial times. 
</td><td>
Tanika Sarkar is Professor of History, Jawaharlal N
ehru University, New Delhi. Her several books include Hindu Wife, Hin
du Nation: Community, Religion, and Cultural Nationalism (Permanent B
lack and Indiana University Press, 2001). 

</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-451-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>1971 : A
Global History of the Creation of Bangladesh</td><td>Srinath Raghavan</td><td>2
015</td><td>368</td><td>595.0000</td><td>
The war of 1971 was the most sig
nificant geopolitical event in the Indian subcontinent since Partition in 1947.
At one swoop, it led to the creation of Bangladesh, and it tilted the balance
of power between India and Pakistan steeply in favour of India. The Line of Con
trol in Kashmir, the nuclearization of India and Pakistan, the conflicts in the
Siachen Glacier and Kargil, the insurgency in Kashmir, the political travails
of Bangladeshall can be traced back to those intense nine months in 1971.</p&
gt;
Against the grain of received wi
sdom Srinath Raghavan contends that, far from being a predestined event, the cr
eation of Bangladesh was the product of conjuncture and contingency, choice and
chance. The breakup of Pakistan and the emergence of Bangladesh can be underst
ood only in a wider international context of the period: decolonization, the Co
ld War, and incipient globalization. 
In a narrative populated by the
likes of Nixon, Kissinger, Zhou Enlai, Indira Gandhi, Zulfikar Ali Bhutto, Shei
kh Mujibur Rahman, Tariq Ali, George Harrison, Ravi Shankar, and Bob Dylan, Rag
havan vividly portrays the stellar international cast that shaped the origins a
nd outcome of the Bangladesh crisis.
This strikingly original history
uses the example of 1971 to open a window to the nature of international human
itarian crises, their management, and their unintended outcomes.
</td><td>
Srinath Raghavan is Senior Fellow, Centre
for Policy Research, New Delhi, and Lecturer in Defence Studies at Kings Colleg
e London. 
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-452-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Prov
ince Of The Book : Scholars,Scribes and Scribblers in Colonial Tamilnadu</td><td
>A.R.Venkatachalapathy</td><td>2015</td><td>320</td><td>595.0000</td><td>
The first Indian language book e
ver to be printed was in Tamil, in 1577. After many fits and starts and some sp
ectacular achievements, print and the culture of book publishing became well-re
cognized facets of Tamil society during the late colonial period. The
Province of the Book explores the wonderful world of scholarly and
subaltern publishingespecially popular fiction and street literaturein its heyday.

The basis of Tamil book publishin
g was, to begin with, the patronage of writers by the local nobility and afflue
nt Hindu monastic orders. Such patronage was eroded by the socio-economic trans
formations which came with colonialism. During the period of transition which r
esulted, attempts were made to create a market for Tamil books, with local writ
ers not knowing where to turn for a living. It was only with the rise of the no
vel and a reading middle classincluding young women and housewiveswhich finally b
roke the stranglehold of patronage, allowing Tamil publishing to grow into the
market venture that it is today. 
This is a brilliant and pioneerin
g work which reconstructs a universe hitherto unknown the world of the Tamil boo
k. It shows famous and unknown authors at work, the religious literati with its
cortège of students, radical nationalist poets such as Subramania Bharati
rousing the masses and being crushed in the process, humble scribblers eking o
ut a livelihood writing bazaar pamphlets, successful scribes compiling antholog
ies for students and astrological wisdom for the credulous, and the ubiquitous
English official surrounding them allcensoring, adjudicating, dictating.</p&g

t;
The book also looks closely at re
ading practices, modes of reading, and the nature, numbers, and composition of
book readers. Its epilogue traces the broad contours of Tamil publishing from t
he time of Independence to the present and speculates on the future of the Tami
l book. 
Monographs on the history of the
book in India are seldom as conversant with the international literature on the
subject as this one. A.R. Venkatachalapathys work dazzles because he is <em&
gt;au fait not just with the history and culture of publishing in Ta
milnadu but equally in France, Britain, and the USA. The archives he has mined
reveal government documents, pamphlets, tracts, periodicals, manuscripts, catal
ogues, bibliographies, reviews, advertisements, letters, and even account ledge
rs.
In short, this book will fascinat
e anyone interested in history, sociology, cultural studies, and the media, and
prove indispensable for students of book history and publishing cultures.
</td><td>A.R.Venkatachal
apathy is Professor at the Madras Institute of Development Studies, C
hennai. He has taught at Manonmaniam Sundaranar University, Tirunelveli; Madras
University; and the University of Chicago; and has held research assignments i
n Paris, Cambridge, London, and Harvard. An accomplished Tamil writer, he has p
ublished widely on the social history of Tamilnadu. His publications include &l
t;em>In Those Days There Was No Coffee: Writings in Cultural History</em&
gt;;and, as editor, Chennai, Not Madras; In the
Tracks of the Mahatma: The Making of a Documentary; and Lov
e Stands Alone: Selections from Tamil Sangam Poetry. 
<td>978-81-7824-454-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The India
n Ideology: Three Responses to Perry Anderson</td><td>Partha Chatterjee, Sudipta
Kaviraj, Nivedita Menon, Sanjay Ruparelia</td><td>2015</td><td>176</td><td>495.
0000</td><td>When the Marxist historian Perry Anderson published The Indian Ideologyhis scathing as
sessment of Indias democracy, secularism, nationalism, and statehoodit created a f
urore. Anderson attacked subcontinental unity as a myth, castigated Mahatma Gand
hi for infusing Hindu religiosity into nationalism, blamed Congress for Partitio
n, and saw Indias liberal intelligentsia as by and large a feckless lot.&nbsp
;
<div> </div><div>Within the large array of response
s to Anderson that appeared, three stand out for the care and comprehensiveness
with which they show the levels of ignorance, arrogance, and misconstruction on
which the Andersonian variety of political analysis is based. Collectively, thes
e three ripostes represent a systematic critique of the intellectual foundations
of The Indian Ideology</spa
n>. </div><div> </div><div>Confro
nting Andersons claim to originality, Nivedita Menon exposes his failure to engag
e with feminist, Marxist, and Dalit scholarship, arguing that a British colonial
ideology is at work in such analyses. Partha Chatterjee studies key historical
episodes to counter the Great Men view of history, suggesting that misplaced conce
pts from Western intellectual history can obfuscate political understanding. Tra
cing their origins to the nineteenth-century worldview of Hegel and James Mill,
Sudipta Kaviraj contends that reductive Orientalist tropes such as those deploye
d by Anderson frequently mar European analyses of non-European contexts.</div
></td><td>Partha Chatterjee is Professor of Anthropology and South Asian Stud
ies, Columbia University, New York, and Honorary Professor, Centre for Studies i
n Social Sciences, Calcutta. His many books include Nationalist Thought and the Colonial World (19
86), The Nation and Its Fragmen

ts (1993), A Possi
ble India (1997), 
The Politics of the Governed (2004), Lineages of Political Society (2011), and <sp
an style="text-style: italic">The Black Hole of Empire
(2012).<div> </div><div>Sudipta Kaviraj is Profess
or of Indian Politics and Intellectual History at Columbia University. He taught
for many years at SOAS, London University, following a long teaching stint at J
awaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He has been a Fellow of St Antonys College
, Oxford, and a visiting professor at the University of California, Berkeley, as
well as at the University of Chicago. His most recent books are The Invention of Private Life (20
14), The Trajectories of the In
dian State (2012), (2011), and The Imaginary Institution of India</span&gt
; (2010).</div><div> </div><div>Nivedita Meno
n is Professor, Centre for Comparative Politics and Political Theory, Jawaharlal
Nehru University, New Delhi. She is the author, most recently, of Seeing like a Feminist (2012) a
nd editor (with Aditya Nigam and Sanjay Palshikar) of Critical Studies in Politics: Exploring Sites, Selves, Po
wer (2013). An active commentator on contemporary issues in newspap
ers and on the blog kafila.org, she has translated fiction and nonfiction from H
indi and Malayalam into English. 
</div><div> </div><div>Sanjay Ruparelia is As
sistant Professor of Politics at the New School for Social Research, New York. H
is publications include Divided
We Govern: Coalition Politics in Modern India (2015), and Understanding Indias New Political Econo
my: A Great Transformation? (2011).</div></td><td>World</td><
td>General Books</td>
w Delhi and is working on his next book.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td

>
<td>978-81-7824-465-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Beyond Ca
ste: Identity and Power in South Asia: Past and</td><td>Sumit Guha</td><td>2015<
/td><td>316</td><td>795.0000</td><td><div>Caste is today almost universally
perceived as an ancient and unchanging Hindu institution preserved solely by dee
p-seated religious ideology. Yet the word itself is an importation from sixteent
h-century Europe.  </div><div>This b
ook tracks the long history of the practices amalgamated under this label and sh
ows their connection to changing patterns of social and political power down to
the present. It frames caste as an involuted and complex form of ethnicity and e
xplains why it persisted under non-Hindu rulers and in non-Hindu communities acr
oss South Asia. </div></td><td>Sumit Guha has
a History PhD (1981) from the University of Cambridge. He is Frances Higginbotha
m Nalle Centennial Professor in History at the University of Texas at Austin. Hi
s previous books include Environment and Ethnicity in India, c.12001991 (1999), a
nd Health and Population in South Asia from Earliest Times to the Present (2001)
. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-466-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>India&#39
;s Polity in the Age of Akbar</td><td>Iqtidar Alam Khan</td><td>2015</td><td>234
</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
Certain important facets of the Mughal polity during Akbars reign are th
e subject of this book. Professor Iqtidar Alam Khan traces the rise of the Mugha
l empire, focusing on the orientation given to it by Akbar. His Introduction hig
hlights political and economic processes of the first quarter of the sixteenth c
entury, in particular those that testify to a sharing of political authority and
the social surplus among culturally diverse ruling groups.
He then investigates the nature of Mughal assignments prior to the intr
oduction of the mansab system in 1575. Lo
oking next at Bairam Khans regency, he suggests that this noblemans ouster in 1560 w
as basically a victory of forces within the system resisting centralization.
Iqtidar Alam Khan then focuses on the changing composition of the nobil
ity during this early phase, and accompanying shifts in Akbars religious policy.
Hitherto unnoticed information regarding Akbars person, and happenings in the ear
ly part of his reign, furnished by one of his contemporaries, is the next subjec
t of analysis, followed by a careful tracing of Akbars changing worldview with re
ference to hitherto unpublished source material.
Finally, we are shown how Akbar promoted Iranian emigrants, most of who
m were Shiites. Iqtidar Alam Khans argument here is that a commitment to the prin
ciple of sulh-i kul freed Akbar from the constrain
ts of orthodoxy, enabling him to appoint those professing the&nbsp
;asna-i ashari doctrines to high positions in the state.
</td><td>Iqtidar Alam Khan</e
m> retired as Professor of History, Aligarh Muslim University, in 19
94, and was President of the Indian History Congress 59th session in Bangalore, i
n 1997. He has authored several books on medieval India, including Mirza Kamran: A Biographical Study (1964); &l
t;em>The Political Biography of a Mughal Noble: Munim Khan Khan-i Khanan, 14971
575 (1973); Gunpowder and Firearms: Warfa
re in Medieval India (2004); and Historic
al Dictionary of Medieval India. He is the editor of <em&
gt;Akbar and His Age (1999).
</td><td>world</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-467-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Hidd
en Pleasures of Life :A New Way of Remembering the Past and Imagining the Future
</td><td>Theodore Zeldin</td><td>2015</td><td>430</td><td>595.0000</td><td><d
iv>What new priorities can people give to their private lives? How can one es
cape from work colleagues who are bores and from organisations that thrive on st
ress? </div><div> </div><div>When th
e romantic ideal is disappointing, how else can affections be cultivated? If onl
y a few can become rich, what substitute is there for dropping out? If religions
and nations disagree, what other outcomes are possible beyond strife or doubt?
Where there is too little freedom, what is the alternative to rebellion? When so
much is unpredictable, what can replace ambition?</div><div> </div><div>These are some of the questions asked and answered i
n this book by one of the worlds most famous, original, and idiosyncratic histori
ans. Deploying examples from the whole history of human civilizationranging from
China and India to Europe and the AmericasProfessor Zeldin comes up with some of
the most fascinating insights and answers about the meaning of life and how to l
ive it in the modern world.</div></td><td>Theodore Zeldin</b&g
t; has been named one of the forty world figures whose ideas are likely to have a
lasting relevance to the new millennium (Independent on Sunday). His books Conve
rsation and An Intimate History of Humanity are international bestsellers. He ha
s won the Wolfson Prize for history, been elected to the British Academy and the
European Academy and been awarded the CBE. He is an Emeritus Fellow of St Anton
ys College and an Associate Fellow of Green Templeton College in Oxford.&nbsp
;</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-468-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Bodies Of
Song :Kabir Oral Traditions and Performative Worlds in North India</td><td>Lind
a Hess</td><td>2015</td><td>488</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
Kabirs work lends itself to topics that range from subtle inner states
to political argument and activismthe relation between the religious-spiritual a
nd social-political. An iconoclastic mystic who criticized organized religion,
sectarian prejudice, caste, violence, deception and hypocrisy, Kabir also speak
s of self-knowledge, deep inner experience, confrontation with death, and conne
ction with the divine. Ambiguously situated among Hindu, Muslim, Sufi, and yogi
c traditions, he rejects religious identities and urges fearless awakening. &lt
;/p>
Bodies of Song is the first scholarly work in any
language that studies the poetry and culture of the still popular Kabir throug
h the lens of oral-performative traditions. It draws on ethnographic research a
s well as on the history of written collections. 
It focuses on textstheir transmission by singers, the dynamics of textu
al forms in oral performance, and the connections between texts in oral forms,
written forms, and other media. It attends to context, reception, and community
. While demonstrating how texts work in oral-musical performance, it analyzes d
iscourses of authenticity and provides a repertoire of Kabir songs as they migh
t be heard in Central India in the early 2000s. Professor Hess considers theori
es of orality, looks at social perspectives, and examines communities of interpre
tationincluding the Kabir Panth (a religious sect), Eklavya (a secular education
al NGO), and urban fans of Kabir. 
</td><td>
Linda Hess is Senior Lecturer in Religiou
s Studies at Stanford University. Her various books include The Bijak
of Kabir (translations and essays), Singing Emptiness: Ku
mar Gandharva Performs the Poetry of Kabir, and articles on interpre
tation and performance of the Ramayana.
<td>978-81-7824-473-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Unifying
Hinduism - Philosophy and Identity in Indian Intellectual History </td><td>Andre
w J. Nicholson</td><td>2016</td><td>280</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Some p
ostcolonial theorists argue that the idea of a single system of belief known as H
induism is a creation of nineteenth-century British imperialists. Andrew J. Nicho
lson introduces another perspective: although a unified Hindu identity is not as

ancient as some Hindus claim, it has its roots in innovations within South Asia
n philosophy from the fourteenth to the seventeenth centuries. During this time,
thinkers treated the philosophies of Vedanta, Samkhya, and Yoga, along with the
worshippers of Visnu, Siva, and Sakti, as belonging to a single system of belie
f and practice. Instead of seeing such groups as separate and contradictory, the
y re-envisioned them as separate rivers leading to the ocean of Brahman, the ult
imate reality.
Drawing on the writings of philosophers from late medieval and early mo
dern traditions, including Vijnanabhiksu, Madhava, and Madhusudana Sarasvati, Ni
cholson shows how influential thinkers portrayed Vedanta philosophy as the ultim
ate unifier of diverse belief systems. This project paved the way for the work o
f later Hindu reformers, such as Vivekananda, Radhakrishnan, and Gandhi, whose t
eachings promoted the notion that all world religions belong to a single spiritu
al unity. In his study, Nicholson also critiques the way in which Eurocentric co
ncepts like monism and dualism, idealism and realism, theism and atheism, and or
thodoxy and heterodoxy have come to dominate modern discourses on Indian philoso
phy. </td><td>Andrew j. Nicholson is Assis
tant Professor of Hinduism and Indian intellectual history in the Department of
Asian and Asian American Studies at Stony Brook University.</td><td>IN
,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-471-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Seculari
sm, Identiy, And Enchantment</td><td>Akeel Bilgrami</td><td>2015</td><td>412</td
><td>595.0000</td><td>
Bringing clarity to a subject clouded by polemic, Secularism
, Identity, and Enchantment is a rigorous exploration of how secular
ism and identity emerged as concepts in different parts of the modern world. At
a time when secularist and religious worldviews appear irreconcilable, Akeel B
ilgrami strikes out on a path distinctly his own, criticizing secularist propon
ents and detractors, liberal universalists and multicultural relativists alike.

Those who ground secularism in arguments that aspire to universal reac
h, Bilgrami argues, fundamentally misunderstand the nature of politics. To thos
e, by contrast, who regard secularism as a mere outgrowth of colonial dominatio
n, he offers the possibility of a more conceptually vernacular ground for polit
ical secularism. Focusing on the response to Salman Rushdies Satanic
Verses, Bilgrami asks why Islamic identity has so often been a mobili
zing force against liberalism, and he answers the question with diagnostic symp
athy, providing a philosophical framework within which the Islamic tradition mi
ght overcome the resentments prompted by its colonized past and present.</p&
gt;
Turning to Gandhis political and religious thought, Bilgrami ponders wh
ether the increasing appeal of religion in many parts of the world reflects a g
rowing disillusionment not with science but with an outlook of detachment aroun
d the rise of modern science and capitalism. He elaborates a notion of enchantm
ent along metaphysical, ethical, and political lines with a view to finding in
secular modernity a locus of meaning and value, while addressing squarely the a
nxiety that all such notions hark back nostalgically to a time that has passed.

</td><td><div>Akeel Bilgrami&am
p;nbsp;is Sidney Morgenbesser Professor of Philosophy and
Director, South Asian Institute, Columbia University.</div><div>&lt
;br /></div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>

</td><td>world</td><td>General Books</td>
>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-370-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Is Indian
Civilization A Myth? Fictions and Histories</td><td>Sanjay Subrahmanyam</td><td>2
013</td><td>276</td><td>595.0000</td><td>In the title essay of this ent
hralling collection, Sanjay Subrahmanyam sets a provocative ball rolling: At the
heart of the matter, he says, is the notion that at some distant point in the past
, say about AD 500, the concept of Indian civilization</strong&g
t; had already been perfected. Everything of any importance was in place: social
structure, philosophy, the major literary works The central idea here is of Indi
a-as-civilization, and it very soon becomes the same as a notion of closed India
. Demolishing some of the myths which sustain the notion of the wonder that was In
dia, he shows us a region that was always more a crossroads, a rendezvous for con
cepts, cultures, and worldviews. 
Subrahmanyams book is itself a meeting point for a dazzling variety of i
deas. It provides the cosmopolitan perspective of a multilingual world scholar w
ho, having begun life in New Delhi, has gone on to live in several thought-provo
king cities, including Paris, Lisbon, and Oxford. He is witty, debunking, iconoc
lastic, and polemically entertaining in all that he anatomizes hereIndian history
and fiction, South Asian cultural forms, imperialism and imperialists, seculari
sm and Hindu nationalism, travel writing, and the central conceits in Hemingway,
Rushdie, Naipaul, and Marquez.
Subrahmanyam is renowned as a historian and biographer. This book, whic
h makes us rethink India and the world around it, is the first to reveal that he
is also a writer of accessible and delightful English prose. </td><t
d>Sanjay Subrahmanyam is Distinguished Professor of
History at UCLA. Earlier he taught in Delhi, Paris, and Oxford. His many books i
nclude The Career and Legend of Vasco da Gama (1997), <e
m>Three Ways to be Alien (2011), and Courtly Encounters&
lt;/em> (2012). </td><td>WORLD</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-379-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Danube, G
anges, and Other Life Streams</td><td>Mechthild Guha</td><td>2014</td><td>126</t
d><td>395.0000</td><td>Of this short but deeply thoughtful memoir Mecht
hild Guha says: It had never occurred to me that it would be possible to pack the
memory of seventy years into a few pages. Nevertheless, out of an eventful and
varied life, I have tried to select those aspects which not only speak of me but
also the many people and places that make up my memories.
A lover of nature, cats, and solitude, Mechthild Guhas sensitivity, huma
nity, and curiosity also make her an insightful observer. Among the many fine th
ings about her account is her refusal to defer to reputation: in her observation
s and assessments there is always the assumption that social status is irrelevan
t, and she relates well only to those she likes as human beings.
Best of all, she does not offer a fresh perspective on <em&
gt;Subaltern Studies, but merely a superb counterpoint to it.</p&g
t;
</td><td>Mechthild Guha, née Jungwirth, was bo
rn in 1943 in Germany and grew up in Austria. After a PhD in anthropology at Vie
nna she journeyed to Sussex for postdoctoral research. England was meant to be a
staging point for her return to West Africa, where she had spent several months
, and about which she published a bookon the history of Benin. Meeting Ranajit Gu
ha at the University of Sussex changed all her plans. They married, lived for a
time in England, then moved to Delhi, and then went to Canberra. Now retired, th
ey live close to the Vienna woods.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-380-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>1971: A G
lobal History of the Creation of Bangladesh</td><td>Srinath Raghavan</td><td>201
3</td><td>368</td><td>795.0000</td><td>The war of 1971 was the most sig
nificant geopolitical event in the Indian subcontinent since Partition in 1947.
At one swoop, it led to the creation of Bangladesh, and it tilted the balance of
power between India and Pakistan steeply in favour of India. The Line of Contro
l in Kashmir, the nuclearization of India and Pakistan, the conflicts in the Sia
chen Glacier and Kargil, the insurgency in Kashmir, the political travails of Ba
ngladeshall can be traced back to those intense nine months in 1971.
Against the grain of received wisdom Srinath Raghavan contends that, fa
r from being a predestined event, the creation of Bangladesh was the product of
conjuncture and contingency, choice and chance. The breakup of Pakistan and the
emergence of Bangladesh can be understood only in a wider international context
of the period: decolonization, the Cold War, and incipient globalization. 
In a narrative populated by the likes of Nixon, Kissinger, Zhou Enlai,

Indira Gandhi, Zulfikar Ali Bhutto, Sheikh Mujibur Rahman, Tariq Ali, George Har
rison, Ravi Shankar, and Bob Dylan, Raghavan vividly portrays the stellar intern
ational cast that shaped the origins and outcome of the Bangladesh crisis.
This strikingly original history uses the example of 1971 to open a win
dow to the nature of international humanitarian crises, their management, and th
eir unintended outcomes. </td><td>Srinath Raghavan&
lt;/b> is Senior Fellow, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi, and Lecturer
in Defence Studies at Kings College London. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,
PK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-374-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dharmana
nd Kosambi: The Essential Writings</td><td>Meera Kosambi</td><td>2013</td><td>43
8</td><td>595.0000</td><td>The life and writings of Dharm
anand Kosambi (18761947), pioneering scholar of Pali and Buddhist
Studies, comprise the substance of this book. 
Born in rural Goa, Dharmanand came under the spell of the Buddhas teachi
ngs during his adolescence. As described in his long autobiographical memoir (in
cluded here), at an early age he set off on an incredible journey of austere sel
f-training across the length and breadth of Britains Indian Empire, halting to ed
ucate himself at places connected with Buddhism. His sojourns included living in
Sri Lanka to master Pali as a novitiate-scholar, in a Burmese cave as a <em&
gt;bhikshu, and in some viharas of North Indiabeg
ging for monastic sustenanceas well as in Nepal and Sikkim which he reached after
arduous, sometimes barefoot, treks. Over these itinerant years Dharmanand acqui
red such mastery of the Buddhist canon that he was variously appointed to teach
and research at Calcutta, Baroda, Harvard, and Leningrad.
As a thinker Dharmanand blended Buddhist ethics, Mahatma Gandhis philoso
phy of truth and non-violence, and the ideals of socialism. He exchanged letters
with the Mahatma, worked for his causes, and died in the approved Buddhist/Jain
manner by voluntary starvation at Sevagram ashram. Arguably, no Indian scholars
life has been as exemplary as Dharmanands, or has approximated as closely to the
nobility and saintliness of the Mahatmas. 
Despite his mastery of several languages, Dharmanand chose to write in
Marathi because of his strong region-specific commitment. Consequently, very few
today are familiar with his copious output in Buddhist Studies, and fewer still
with his contribution to social and political thought.
By translating and marshalling his most significant writings, Meera Kos
ambi shows the manifold dimensions of Dharmanands personality, and the profoundly
moral character of his intellectual journeys. Her Introduction also contextuali
zes the life, career, and achievement of one of modern Indias greatest scholar-sa
vants. </td><td>Meera Kosambi is a sociol
ogist trained in India, Sweden, and the USA. She has specialized in Urban Studie
s and Womens Studies. She was formerly Professor and Director of the Research Cen
tre for Womens Studies at the SNDT Womens University in Mumbai. She has taught, le
ctured, and published widely in India and abroad. Her books include Re
turning the American Gaze: Pandita Ramabais The Peoples of the United States (1889)
 (2003), Crossing Thresholds: Feminist Essays in Social His
tory (2007), and Feminist Vision or Treason against Men? Kash
ibai Kanitkar and the Engendering of Marathi Literature (2008). </td><td>WORLD</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-376-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Atomic St
ate</td><td>Jahnavi Phalkey</td><td>2013</td><td>354</td><td>795.0000</td><td>&l
t;p>In 1974 India conducted what it called peaceful nuclear tests. These demon
strated that the country possessed the technology required to make atom bombs.
In historical accounts, this explosive achievement has come to be seen as the c
ulmination of a states efforts at capacity building and self-reliance through big
science. 
Questioning the received wisdom, Jahnavi Phalkey provides a fascinatin

gly different history. Mining new data from personal and institutional archives
, she contradicts persistent nationalist notions about early atomic science in
India as the starting point of bombs. She shows that the emergence of the count
rys nuclear science infrastructure was in fact tenuous, contradictory, and rich
in faction fights which frequently determined outcomes and directions. </p&g
t;
Phalkey traces the academic roots of Indias nuclear research to univers
ities, industrial philanthropy, leading scientists, and laboratories: C.V. Rama
n, Meghnad Saha, Homi Bhabha, Shanti Swarup Bhatnagar, and Jawaharlal Nehru are
among her books major protagonists; and Calcutta, Bombay, and Bangalore the ins
titutional centres. Big science in India is located via three transitions: of n
uclear physics from table-top experiments to electronic equipment systems; of I
ndia from imperial rule to independence; and of international relations from im
perialism to the Cold War. 
A brilliant contribution to its field, this book makes us rethink the place of s
cience in Indias history, as well as the frameworks deployed for writing contemp
orary history.</td><td>Jahnavi Phalkey is Lecturer i
n History of Science and Technology at Kings College London.</td><td>W
<td>978-81-7824-377-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Lineages
of Political Society: Studies in Postcolonial Democracy</td><td>Partha Chatterj
ee</td><td>2013</td><td>316</td><td>495.0000</td><td>In <s
trong>Lineages of Political Society the eminent pol
itical theorist Partha Chatterjee reveals the emergence of a new theory of postc
olonial democracy. As against earlier ideas about the nature of democracywhich gr
ew predominantly out of notions and practices in the WestChatterjee powerfully ar
gues that the theory now in evidence is not merely a record of the imperfections
and immaturity of democracy in the non-Western world. On the contrary, it has d
evised concepts and analytical tools 2to understand the formation of new democra
tic practices. In doing so, it has also shown up histories of modern political i
nstitutions which are not part of the genealogy of Western democracy.
In the course of making these arguments Chatterjee revisits several the
mes introduced in his acclaimed earlier work, The <em&gt
;Politics of the Governed (2004). To those themes he now adds histori
cal depth and contemporary empirical detail. And although most of the examples i
n Lineages of Political Society</em&gt
; are drawn from India, the arguments within it afford comparisons with countrie
s in Asia, Africa, and Latin America.
Chatterjee also here clarifies the location of his work in relation to
liberal political theory, understandings of contemporary capitalism, and theorie
s of nationalism and populism. In several chapters he joins the lively and ongoi
ng debate over his concept of political society. 
This work will seem indispensable to anyone wishing to understand the n
ature and history of democracy, its practices and functionings within the contem
porary non-West, and the major expansion in political thought being brought abou
t by one of the worlds most fertile political philosophers.</td><td>&lt
;p>Partha Chatterjee has been a founding member of Subalter
n Studies and director of the Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta (CS
SSC), Kolkata. He is presently professor of anthropology at Columbia University
and honorary professor at the CSSSC. His many books include Empire and
Nation: Essential Writings 19852005 (2010), A Princely Impo
stor? The Kumar of Bhawal and the Secret History of Indian Nationalism</em&gt
; (2002), and The Nation and Its Fragments: Colonial and Postcolonial
Histories (1993). </td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>Ge
neral Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-384-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Unsettli
ng the Past: Unknown Aspects and Scholarly Assessments of D.D. Kosambi</td><td>D
.D. Kosambi, Meera kosambi (Ed.)</td><td>2014</td><td>402</td><td>595.0000</td><

td>Of virtually no modern histor
This book contains relatively un
known writings by Kosambi, including several obscure but important essays and a
n unpublished childrens story. Also made available here for the first time are s
ome wonderful letters that Kosambi wrote to, among others, the scientist Homi B
habha and the writer-historian Robert Graves. These reveal Kosambis mastery of t
he epistolary art. <div style="text-align: justify">Ot
her sections contain tributes to Kosambi by his friends, and essays by major co
ntemporary scholars on his contributions in diverse fields. The volume gives a
new and well-rounded picture of Kosambis writings, as well as mature assessments
of his scholarship by some of the best minds of our time.</div></td><td>
The editor, Meera kosamb
i provides an Introduction which situates her father within his socia
l, political, intellectual, and familial milieux.
D.D. Kosambi,(
19071966), the Harvard mathematician and Marxist who trained himself in Sanskrit
and ancient Indian studies, was arguably Indias most influential historian of t
he twentieth century. His daughter, Meera kosambi, who has edited this
volume, is a sociologist. Her several books include Crossing Threshol
ds: Feminist Essays in Social History (2007), and Women Wr
iting Gender: Marathi Fiction Before Independence (2012). <
/td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-387-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Imperial
ists, Nationalists, Democrats: The Collected Essays</td><td>Sarvepalli Gopal (Au
) and Srinath Raghavan (Ed.)</td><td>2014</td><td>444</td><td>595.0000</td><td>&
lt;p>The present book gathers together thirty pieces from scattered and relat
ively inaccessible sources. It is remarkable equally for the quality of the writ
ing within it, reminiscent of the virtues that made Gopals reputation. The English
prose of most Indian academics is wooden, say Ramachandra Guha and Sunil Khilnan
i in their preface to this collection. Gopal, who had immersed himself in the lit
erature of the language, was by contrast a stylist with a wry turn of phrase. Th
ough his mother tongue was Telugu and he spoke Tamil fairly wellas well as an Oxf
ord-educated Brahmin couldhe wrote almost entirely in English, crafting his sente
nces fastidiously This is everywhere apparent in the essays here.
They range from analyses of imperialists such as Curzon and Churchill,
to nationalists such as Nehru, Gandhi, Ambedkar, and Patel, to novelist-democrat
s such as E.M. Forster and Rabindranath Tagore. The Suez Crisis, cricketers and
cricket-writing, secularism and Hindutva, women and Indian law, and the English
language in South Asia are among the varied subjects that they are about.</p&
gt;
This is not a collection only for historians and students of Indian politics. It
is a book for anyone wanting to read first-rate English prose by one of the mos
t thoughtful and thought-provoking writers of modern India.</td><td>&lt
;b>S. Gopal (19232002) was the most respected Indian historian of hi
s time. His biographies of Jawaharlal Nehru and Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan remain
the finest political lives written in the country. His writings on Indian histor
y and politics are admired for their flair, elegance, insight, and thoroughness.

Srinath Raghavan is the author of War and
Peace in Modern India (2010). He is Senior Fellow, Centre for Policy
Research, New Delhi, and Lecturer in Defence Studies at Kings College London. He
is writing an international history of the IndiaPakistan war of 1971 and the crea
tion of Bangladesh.
<td>978-81-7824-389-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Gende
r Of Caste: Representing Dalits in Print</td><td>Charu Gupta</td><td>2015</td><t
d>354</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Caste and gender are complex markers of
difference, hierarchy, and inequality. They have rarely been addressed together
in the context of colonial India. The Gender of Caste rethinks the history of ca
ste from a gendered perspective by exploring its connections with printpublicpopul
ar culture.
Charu Gupta shows that the creation by elites of hegemonic print and li
terary practices involved the operation of caste and gender in tandem. Caste and
gender constituted society in vital ways and caste was central to how gender wa
s reproduced. Deriving her material from Uttar Pradesh a century ago, she shows
that ideas about gender were critical to caste practices in relation to Dalits.&
lt;/p>

Historicizing several axes along which Dalits were representedgender, caste, clas
s, and community, she extends the preoccupations of Indian feminists and Dalit h
istorians. Utilizing the lens of representation, she examines ideological discours
es that constructed Dalits generally, and Dalit women specifically. Such constru
ctions, she argues, suggest the implicit collusion of colonizers, nationalists,
reformers, and Dalits themselves. She takes us through historical narratives tha
t helped engender images of Dalits and untouchable women, reifications which North
Indians internalized and reproduced towards a cultural common sense that persists
into our own time.

This book questions both the presumptive upper-casteness of feminist studies and t
he presumptive maleness of most Dalit studies of the colonial period. Dalit masc
ulinity, remembrances of 1857, popular vocabularies and idioms, conversion anxie
ties, and the difficulties of indentured labour are among the many themes of thi
s booka major expansion of the field.
</td><td>CHARU GUPTA is Associate Professor, Departm
ent of History, University of Delhi. Her books include Sexuality, Obscenity, Com
munity: Women, Muslims, and the Hindu Public in Colonial India (2002), and Conte
sted Coastlines: Fisherfolk, Nations and Borders in South Asia (2008; coauthored
with Mukul Sharma).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Book
s</td>
, Emotion, and Politics In South India : The Making of a Mother Tongue</td><td>L
isa Mitchell</td><td>2014</td><td>302</td><td>595.0000</td><td><div style=&qu
ot;text-align: justify">What makes someone willing to die, not for a nat
ion, but for a language? </div><div style="text-align: ju
uot;>In the 1950s and 1960s a wave of suicides in the name of language swept
through South India. This book asks why such emotional attachments to language a
ppeared. It answers by tracing shifts in local perceptions and experiences of la
nguage in general, and Telugu in particular, during the preceding century. Winne
r of the Edward Cameron Dimock, Jr., Prize in the Indian Humanities, American In
stitute of Indian Studies</div><div style="text-align: justify&quo
t;> </div><div style="text-align: justify">M
itchell shows the emergence in India of language as the foundation for the reorg
anization of a wide range of forms of knowledge and practice. These included lit
erary production, the writing of history, geographic imagination, grammatical an
d lexical categorizations, ideas about translation, and pedagogy. </
div><div style="text-align: justify">Newly organized around l
anguages, these practices then enabled assertions of community and identity. Ult
imately, by the early decades of the twentieth century, new linguistic identitie
s had begun to appear ancient and natural rather than recent and invented. Indee
d, though Andhra was created as independent Indias first linguistically defined s
tate in 1952, diverse writings projected Indian linguistic identities backwards
into a long past. </div><div style="text-align: justify&q

uot;>This is a fascinating study of linguistic identity, state formation, and
political mobilization. It greatly enriches existing understandings of Indian h
istory and politics. </div></td><td><div style="text-alig
n: justify">LISA MITCHELL is Assistant Professor of Anthropology and His
tory in the Department of South Asia Studies at the University of Pennsylvania.&
lt;/div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-392-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Partial
Recall : Essays on Literature and Literary History</td><td>Arvind Krishna Mehrot
ra</td><td>2014</td><td>298</td><td>495.0000</td><td><div style="text-al
ign: justify">Indias poets have been among the finest writers of English
proseearlier, Henry Derozio and Toru Dutt; more recently, Nissim Ezekiel, A.K. Ra
manujan, Dom Moraes, and Adil Jussawalla. Writers of this kind, representing the
common reader tradition of unpretentious and jargon-free writing about literature
and life, are something of a rarity in India. Arvind Krishna Mehrotrarenowned po
et, critic, translator, editor, and anthologistenriches an uncommon stream with t
his brilliant collection.</div><div style="text-align: justify&quo
t;> </div><div style="text-align: justify">T
he essays gathered here, rich in literary detail and accessible insight, were wr
itten over the past thirty years. Among them are Mehrotras homage to his friend a
nd fellow poet Arun Kolatkar; a perceptive appreciation of A.K. Ramanujan; a sca
thing scrutiny of R. Parthasarathy; a radical redefinition of the modern Indian
poem; a literary-historical view of Kabir; and a wide-ranging introduction to th
e entire corpus of Indian writing in English from 1800 to the present.</div&g
iv style="text-align: justify">Mehrotra, who has lived much of his
life in Allahabad, writes also about the provincialization of Indias middle-sized
cities, the decimation of cultural heritage across urban north India, and the j
oys and pains of growing up in a small town where everyone knew everyone.&nb
sp;</div><div style="text-align: justify"> <
/div><div style="text-align: justify">Forthright in manner an
d cosmopolitan in their references, Mehrotras writings are an exceptional mix of
the autobiographical and the literary, an antidote to the everyday annihilation
of English prose by journalists at one end and literary critics at the other.&am
p;nbsp;</div><div style="text-align: justify"> 
</div><div style="text-align: justify">This is a book to b
e enjoyed, savoured, dipped into, and readagain and again.</div></td><td>&l
t;div style="text-align: justify">Arvind Krishna Mehrotra&
lt;span class="apple-converted-space" style="font-size: 13.5pt; l
ine-height: 115%"> was born in Lahore in
1947 and educated at the universities of Allahabad and Bombay. He has published
four collections of poetry, two volumes of translations, and edited several boo
ks, including An Illustrated History of Indian Literature in English. He lives i
n Allahabad and Dehra Dun.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-486-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Dalit Stu
dies</td><td>Ramnarayan S. Rawat and K. Satyanarayana</td><td>2016</td><td>316</
td><td>895.0000</td><td>
The contributors to this major intervention into Indian historiography
trace the strategies through which Dalits have been marginalized as well as th
e ways Dalit intellectuals and leaders have shaped emancipatory politics in mod
ern India. 
Moving beyond the anticolonialism/nationalism binary that dominates th
e study of India, the contributors assess the benefits of colonial modernity an
d place humiliation, dignity, and spatial exclusion at the center of Indian his
toriography. Several essays discuss the ways Dalits used the colonial courts an
d legislature to gain minority rights in the early twentieth century, while oth
ers highlight Dalit activism in social and religious spheres. 
The contributors also examine the struggle of contemporary middle-clas

s Dalits to reconcile their caste and class, intercaste tensions among Sikhs, a
nd the efforts by Dalit writers to challenge dominant constructions of secular
and class-based citizenship while emphasizing the ongoing destructiveness of ca
ste identity. 
In recovering the long history of Dalit struggles against caste violen
ce, exclusion, and discrimination, Dalit Studies outlines a
new agenda for the study of India, enabling a significant reconsideration of m
any of the Indian academy's core assumptions.
</td><td>
Ramnarayan S. Rawat is Associate Professo
r of History at the University of Delaware and the author of Reconsid
ering Untouchability: Chamars and Dalit History in North India.&
nbsp;
K. Satyanarayana is Associate Professor of Cultura
l Studies at EFL University, Hyderabad, and the coeditor of two collections of
Dalit writing from South India: From those Stubs, Steel Nibs Are Spro
uting and No Alphabet in Sight
<td>978-81-8028-036-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Barisal a
nd Beyond: Essays on Bangla Literature</td><td>Clinton B. Seely</td><td>2008</td
;This collection of essays, spanning the authors academic career, starts by looki
ng back to his early experience of Bengal in Barisal, Bangladesh, hometown of Be
ngali poet Jibanananda Das, and goes on to analyze important works of Bangla wri
ters including those of Rabindranath Tagore, Michael Madhusudan Datta, Mir Mosha
rraf Hosain, Rizia Rahman among others.</td><td><div style="te
xt-align: justify">Clinton B. Seely is a leading west
ern scholar of Bengali literature. His path-breaking biography of Jibananada Da
s is recognized as a model of its kind.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Genera
l Books</td>
<td>978-81-8028-039-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Because I
am a woman: A child widows memoirs from colonial India </td><td>Haimabati Sen, Tap
an Raychaudhuri (Tr.), Geraldine Forbes and Tapan Raychaudhuri (Eds.)</td><td>20
11</td><td>288</td><td>675.0000</td><td>This detailed and intimate memo
ir chronicles the life of one of Indias earliest women doctors, Haimabati Sen.
Born c. 1866 and married before she was 10, Haimabati became a widow within a y
ear. Unwelcome in her deceased husbands and her natal home, she travelled to Ben
ares, Calcutta, East Bengal and back to Calcutta seeking an education. She eve
ntually remarried, trained as a medical practitioner, and became a Lady Doctor. T
he account of her life and times illustrates the hard lives of girls and women
who flouted social conventions. Originally written in Bengali in lined school n
otebooks, Haimabatis narrative was discovered and translated by Tapan Raychaudhu
ri and edited by Geraldine Forbes and the translator. This edition includes an
introduction by the editor, comprehensive biographical notes and photographs.&l
t;/p></td><td>Tapan Raychaudhuri is Emeritus Fellow of St.
Antonys College, Oxford. Geraldine Forbes is a Distinguished
Teaching Professor of History at the State Univesity of New York Oswego.</td><td
<td>978-81-87358-01-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Childrens
Lifeworlds: Gender, Welfare and Labour in the Developing World</td><td>Olga Nieu
wenhuys</td><td>1999</td><td>228</td><td>510.0000</td><td><strong&gt
;Childrens Lifeworlds is a landmark. It represents a depth of field
work exploration that enables the author to challenge current definitions of chil
d labour and to offer insights based on the analysis of details of childrens work
--Pamela Reynolds </td><td>Olga Nieuwenhuys is a staff member of
the Amsterdam Research School on Global Issues and Development Research (AGIDS)
and teaches at the University of Amsterdam (The Netherlands).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,
BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-87358-31-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Many
Worlds of Sarala Devi: A Diary and The Tagores and Sartorial Styles: A Photo Ess
ay</td><td>Sukhendu Ray with an Introduction by Bharati Ray and Malavika Karleka
r</td><td>2010</td><td>228</td><td>550.0000</td><td>This charming book
The Many Worlds of Sarala Devi</EM&g
t; and The Tagores and Sartorial Styles, as the titles suggest, contain two separate but related writings on
the Tagores. The Tagores were a pre-eminent family which became synonymous wi
th the cultural regeneration of India, specifically of Bengal, in the nineteen
th century.
The first writing is a sensitive translation of Sarala Devis memoirs f
rom the Bengali, Jeevaner Jharapata, by Sukhendu Ray. It is
the first autobiography written by a nationalist woman leader of India. Saral
a Devi was Rabindranath Tagores niece and had an unusual life. The translation
unfolds, among other things, what it was like to grow up in a big affluent hou
se Jorasanko, that had more than 116 inmates and a dozen cooks! The second wri
ting by Malavika Karlekar is a photo essay, creatively conceived, visually ref
lecting the social and cultural trends of the times, through styles of dress,
jewellery and accoutrements. The modern style of wearing a sari was introduced
by Jnanadanandini Devi, a member of the Tagore family. Th
e introduction by the well-known historian, Bharati Ray, very perceptively cap
tures the larger context of family, marriage, womens education and politics of
the time which touched Sarala Devis life. She points out that if memoirs are a
kind of social history then womens diaries record social influences not found i
n official accounts and are therefore, a rich source of documentation. </td><td>Sukhendu Ray has published s
everal translations from Bengali literature of which the more recent ones are,
The Winged Horse from Thakurmar Jhuli
(OUP, 1997); Rabindranath Tagore’s Chokher Bali</EM&gt
; (Rupa, 2006) and Sukanta Chaudhuri ed. Selected Writings for Child
ren: Rabindranath Tagore (OUP, 2006). <STRONG&
gt;Bharati Ray is Honorary Professor, Department of History, Calc
utta University. She is the author of Early Feminists in Colonial Be
ngal: Sarala Devi Chaudhurani and Begum Rokeya Sakhawat Hossain (OU
P, 2002); From Independence Towards Freedom: Indian Women since 1947
 (OUP, 1999) and From the Seams of History: Essays on Ind
ian Women (OUP, 1995). Malavika K
arlekar is Editor, Indian Journal of Gender Studies and the Curat
or of Re-presenting Indian Women 1875-1947: A Visual Documentary</E
M>. Her recent publications include Remembered Childhood: Essays
in Honour of André Béteille co-edited with Ru
drangshu Mukherjee (OUP, 2010); In So Many Words: Women’s
Life Experiences from Western and Eastern India co-edited with Apar
na Basu (Routledge, 2008) and Re-visioning the Past: Early Photograp
hy in Bengal 1875-1915 (OUP, 2005). </td><td>IN,NP,PK,BT,BD
,LK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-87358-54-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Dalit Wom
en Honour and Patriarchy in South India</td><td>Clarinda Still</td><td>2015</td>
<td>267</td><td>625.0000</td><td>
One of the only ethnographic studies of Dalit women, this book gives a
rich account of individual Dalit womens lives and documents a rise in patriarch
y in the community. The author argues that as Dalits economic and political posi
tion improves, honour becomes crucial to social status. One of the ways Dalits a
ccrue honour is by altering patterns of womens work, education and marriage and
by adopting dominant caste gender practices. But Dalits are not simply becoming
more like the upper catstes; they are simultaneously asserting a distinct, po
liticised Dalit identity, formed in directb opposition to the dominant castes.
They are developing their own politics of culture. 
Key to both, the author argues, is the respectability of women. This has
significant effects on gender equality in the Dalit community.
</td><td>
Clarinda Still is a Postdoctoral Researcher (Contem
porary South Asian Studies Programme) at the School of Interdisciplinary Area S
tudies, University of Oxford. She has written several papers in distinguished j
ournals. She is also the Editor of Dalits in Neoliberal India: Mobility or Marg
inalisation? London, New Delhi: Routledge, 2014.
<td>978-81-87358-65-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Good Wom
en Do Not Inherit Land : Politics of Land and Gender in India</td><td>Nitya Rao<
/td><td>2012</td><td>368</td><td>325.0000</td><td>Good women should not claim a s
hare in the inheritance, even if they have no brothers. ... Notions such as this
have, in their own way and over time, given the women in the Santal Parganas t
he resolve to wrest what is rightfully theirs. This is a powerful book in the w
ay in which it unfolds the lives and anxieties of Santal women in the two villa
ges of Dumka district, Jharkhand. From the very beginning, adivasi women come a
live through separate life histories.
 They span different situations and social patterns but all of them re
late to rights in landed property, and their own troubled identities in the
backdrop of harsh living conditions, social discrimination and lack of state su
pport. Land for the Santal women is not a mere economic resource. It stands for
security, social position and identity, and in this men have a distinct advant
age. Soon after, writing in a personal vein, the author unfolds how these anxie
ties of the Santal women resonate her own. 
The author traces the relationship between Santals and their land from
historic times to the modern era when they have access to both the modern legal
system and their own customary laws. She also examines the role of external a
gencies in this struggle
government administrative bodies, non-governmental organizations and politica
l leaders. As modern influences crowd out traditional mores the author asserts
that development is not always a benign process of social advancement but a hig
hly political struggle for re-negotiating power relations between men and women
, and among social groups. Based on rich ethnographic material, this sensitive
book lays bare the reality of being an adivasi and an adivasi woman, in all its
nuances, in the modern globalized world.</td><td><div><b&gt
;Nitya Rao is Senior Lecturer, School of Development Studies, Universi
ty of East Anglia, Norwich, UK.</div><div> </div></
td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
LK,MV,PK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-87358-73-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sabotage
</td><td>Anita Agnihotri,Translated by Arunava Sinha</td><td>2013</td><td>140</t
d><td>355.0000</td><td>Sabotage is a collection of short stories select
ed carefully from over one hundred of Anita Agnihotris published short fiction.
The stories deal with politics of all genres of class, regions, ideologies and h
uman relationships. Together they bring up a vivid image of the country and its
people; of the advancing civilization that is embedded in the reality of voicel
ess submergence. Literary craftsmanship is combined here with a sensitivity of
perception that is pan-Indian.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Born and brought up in Kolkata, Anita Agnihotri loves travelling, meeting people and exploring the India wrapped up in sile
nce and torn in conflict.  She has authored over 30 books. &am
p;nbsp; Though short stories are closest to her heart, she has experimented with
all genres of fictions novels, essays, journals, stories for children and poetr
y.  Forest Interludes, a collection of her journals and short stories,
has been selected for international language translation by the Indian Literatur
e Abroad project and has been translated into English and Swedish.  Her
collection of short stories, 17 won the Economist Crossword Translation Award for
2011. ABOUT THE TRANSLATOR&
lt;/div>Arunava Sinha translates classic, modern
and contemporary Bengali fiction and nonfiction into English. Nineteen of his tr
anslations have been published so far. Twice the winner of the Crossword transla
tion award, for Sankar''s Chowringhee (2007) and Anita Agnihotri'&#3
9;s Seventeen (2011), respectively, he has also been shortlisted for The Indepen
dent Foreign Fiction prize (2009) for his translation of Chowringhee. Besides In
dia, his translations have been published in the UK and the US in English, and i
n several European and Asian countries through further translation. He was born
and grew up in Kolkata, and lives and writes in New Delhi.
<td>978-93-83166-05-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Opium Po
ppy</td><td>Hubert Haddad</td><td>2015</td><td>116</td><td>325.0000</td><td>
French Writin
gs on India and South Asia
Again and again they ask his name. The first time, some people sitting
down had recited all the names beginning with the letter, A. For no reason at a
ll, they had stopped at Alam. 
Alam is an Afghan child-soldier, child-refugee. Life is harsh, fragile
and fleeting for him. Spanning two continents, with opium fields and deserted
Parisian ghettos as backdrops, Opium Poppy lays bare the devastated lives of wa
r- torn children. Hubert Haddad  holds up the broken lives of these c
hildren in prose that the reader will find difficult to forget. 
</td><td>
Hubert Haddad
was born in Tunis in 1947, and has never forgotten his Jewish and Berber origin
s. He was raised in Paris and published his first book of poems at the age of t
wenty. In his work, consisting of more than fifty novels, plays, and essays, he
explores the behaviour of human beings in extremis. Hubert Haddad has won seve
ral awards including the Prix Renaudot Poche 2009 and the Prix des cinq cont
inents de la Francophonie 2008 for a previous novel, entitled, Palestine. 
<td>978-93-83166-06-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Tamil Bra
hmans The Making of a Middle-Class Caste</td><td>C.J.Fuller and Haripriya Na
rasimhan</td><td>2015</td><td>288</td><td>750.0000</td><td>
A cruise along the streets of Chennai or Silicon Valley filled with pr
ofessional young Indian men and women, reveals the new face of India. In the tw
enty-first century, Indians have acquired a new kind of global visibility, one
of rapid economic advancement and, in the information technology industry, spec
tacular prowess.
In this book C.J.Fuller and Haripriya Narasimhan examine one particular
ly striking group who have taken part in this development: Tamil Brahmans a for
merly traditional, rural, high-caste elite who have transformed themselves into
a new middle-class caste in India, the United States, and elsewhere.
</td><td>
C.J. Fuller is emeritus professor of anthropology a
t the London School of Economics. He is the author of several books, including
The Camphor Flame and The Renewal of the Priesthood.
Haripriya Narasimhan is assistant professor of social anthropology and
sociology at the Indian Institute of Technology, Hyderabad.
<td>978-93-83166-07-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Calcutta
: The Stormy Decades</td><td>Tanika Sarkar and Sekhar Bandyopadhyay (Ed)</t
Politics and culture are originally related in the city of Calcutta. T
he period (1940s to 1950s), was chaotic and turbulent, yet, this was also a tim
e of significant creativity in literature, art, films and music in the city. Th
is is an unusual feature of any city but is interestingly characteristic of Cal
cutta.
The originality of the work lies in blending poetry with historical wr
iting, retaining the essence of both forms against the backdrop of the tumultuo
us events of the critical decades, as against the entire historical period of a
city. This historical method together with twenty-one papers give the reader a
sense of the pulse of this complex city emerging creatively and chaotically fro
m its colonial past.
</td><td>
Tanika Sarkar is retired professor of Hi
story at JNU, Delhi. Her most recent publication is Rebels, Wives and Saints :
Designing Selves and Nations in Colonial Times, Permanent Black, Ranikhet, and
Seagull, New York, 2009.
Sekhar Bandyopadhyay is a professor of A
sian History at Victoria University, Wellington, New Zealand. His most recent p
ublication is From Plassey to Partition and After: A History of Modern India, N
ew Delhi: OBS, 2015.
<td>978-93-83166-11-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Gandhi: A
nti-Biography Of A Great Soul</td><td>Michaël de Saint-Cheron and Asha N. S
paak (Tr)</td><td>2016</td><td>175</td><td>625.0000</td><td>
This book is not just another biography of Gandhi. It is valuable beca
use it offers us a French view--- and Jewish too perhaps---- of a man and times
so familiar to us and yet which acquires another dimension as it is represented
through another culture. 
There are eloquent accounts in this book of philosophers like Ramakrishna and
Vivekananda who influenced Gandhis thought and life. Rather than political even
ts, Michaël de Saint-Chéron holds up the force and courage of a man w

ho became a prophet in a blood-thirsty century. 
Interestingly, the author points out that it is only India and the Middle Eas
t which has given the world the two mother religions of Hinduism and Judaism. N
either China nor Europe, two major cultures, have produced a world religion. Th
e book is further enriched by a discussion on Hindu mysticism and the concept o
f love in Judaism. 
 
The author also looks at how Gandhi has played a major role on shaping French
intellectuals such as Andre Malraux. At the end however, a central dilemma, an
d a painful one to the work, concerns Gandhis silence on the Holocaust. 
 
This book will be of interest to scholars working on Gandhian studies, Indian p
hilosophy and Judaism, and to readers of politics, ethics and history. </p&gt
;
</td><td>
Michaël de Saint-Chero
n is the author of several books and specializes in Jewish Theol
ogy and the ties with Hinduism and Buddhism. He has taught at the Sorbonne and
the Elie Wiesel University in Paris and in two Taiwan universities. His recent
publications include Evil and Exile with Elie Wiesel, Notr
e Dame University Press, 2000, and Conversations with Emmanuel Levinas
, Duquesne University Press, 2010. 
Studies 1983: A Theoretical History</td><td>Stuart Hall and Jennifer Daryl Slack
and Lawrence Grossberg (Eds)</td><td>2016</td><td>232</td><td>925.0000</td><td>
Cultural Studies 1983 is a testament to
Stuart Hall's contributions to progressive thought and politics. The eight
f<a></a>oundational lectures that Hall delivered at the University
of Illinois in 1983 introduced a broad range of audiences to a thinker and a di
scipline that changed the course of critical scholarship and of political imagi
nation and strategy.
Unavailable until now, these lectures clearly lay out Hall's origin
al engagement with the theoretical positions that led to the formation of Cultu
ral Studies. While presenting the intellectual background of the discipline of
Cultural Studies, Hall discusses the works of Richard Hoggart, Raymond William
s, and E. P. Thompson; the influence of structuralism; the limitations and poss
ibilities of Marxist theory; the importance of Althusser, and the radical possi
bilities opened up by Gramsci. 
These lectures also highlight the connection between Halls academic wor
k and his political strategizing. As a founding member of the original English&
lt;em> New Left, and the founding editor of New Left Re
view, Hall helped to reshape and reorient our understanding of progr
essive politics in the modern world. 
This book will be invaluable to scholars and students in the disciplin
es of critical race studies, cultural studies, postcolonial studies, literary s
tudies, gender studies, political science, and sociology.
</td><td>
Stuart Hall (19322014) was one of the most
prominent and influential scholars and public intellectuals of his generation.
He was a prolific essayist and speaker and a public voice for critical intelli
gence and social justice who appeared widely on British television and radio. H
e taught at the University of Birmingham and the Open University, and served as
the director of Birminghams Centre for Contemporary Cultural Studies during its
most creative and influential decade. He was a great defender of minority voic
es in the visual arts and, at the end of his career, helped to found a gallery
devoted to such work, Rivington Place. 
 
Editors: 
Jennifer Daryl Slack is Professor of Communicat
ion and Cultural Studies at Michigan Technological University. </p&g
t;
Lawrence Grossberg is Morris David Disti
nguished Professor of Communication and Cultural Studies at the University of N
orth Carolina, Chapel Hill.
<td>978-81-7824-361-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Animal Ki
ngdoms: Hunting, the Environment and Power in the Indian Princely States</td><td
>Julie E. Hughes</td><td>2012</td><td>314</td><td>995.0000</td><td>This
book is about the hunting of tigers and leopards, wild boar and game birds, by
Indian princes a hundred years ago.
Focusing on Rajput princely states in the late-nineteenth and early-tw
entieth centuries, it reveals a world of royal huntsmen differing in rank and p
restige, ambition and personality, culture and politics. Their hunting practice
s, involving large and small gamestriped, horned, and featheredin environments ra
nging from desert to jungle, are described in detail. Weaponry and guns, costum
es and trophies, shooting towers and photography, are among the books many other
fascinating subjects.
These Indian princes operated within contexts shaped by local claims a
nd hierarchies, regional rivalries and alliances, and British imperial interest
s. They were influenced by ties to ancestral territory, nostalgia for bygone da
ys, the rise of conservationism, and the martial associations of hunting and sp
ortsmanship.
Informed by the analytical approaches of environmental historians, ani
mal geographers, art historians, and ecological anthropologists, this book demo
nstrates that no strict divisions existed between human and animal realms in pr
incely India. Sovereigns, wild animals, and environments were interactive parti
cipants in the construction of territory, identity, and history. 
Julie E. Hughes argues that this princely ecology could not produce ha
rmonious environments for wildlife or people. She links the challenges and ineq
uities associated with wildlife conservation in contemporary South Asia to thes
e princely pursuits.
For anyone wondering if there was more to grand colonial hunts than si
mply killing animals, this is the right book. For anyone curious about what Ind
ias princes did on their own turf and in their own time, and in environmental hi
story, this is certainly the right book. </td><td>J
ulie E. Hughes is Assistant Professor of History at Vassar College, U
SA. Her PhD in History is from the University of Texas at Austin.</td
><td>IN,NP,BD,BT,LK,MV,PK</td><td>General Books</td>
ore Independence (2012).</td><td>World</td><td>General Book
s</td>
<td>978-81-7824-366-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Imperiali
sts, Nationalists, Democrats: The Collected Essays</td><td>Sarvepalli Gopal, Sri
nath Raghavan (Ed.)</td><td>2013</td><td>444</td><td>895.0000</td><td>S
. Gopal (19232002) was the most respected Indian historian of his time. His biogr
aphies of Jawaharlal Nehru and Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan remain the finest politi
cal lives written in the country. His writings on Indian history and politics ar
e admired for their flair, elegance, insight, and thoroughness.
The present book gathers together thirty pieces from scattered and rela
tively inaccessible sources. It is remarkable equally for the quality of the wri
ting within it, reminiscent of the virtues that made Gopals reputation. The Englis
h prose of most Indian academics is wooden, say Ramachandra Guha and Sunil Khilna
ni in their preface to this collection. Gopal, who had immersed himself in the li
terature of the language, was by contrast a stylist with a wry turn of phrase. T
hough his mother tongue was Telugu and he spoke Tamil fairly wellas well as an Ox
ford-educated Brahmin couldhe wrote almost entirely in English, crafting his sent
ences fastidiously This is everywhere apparent in the essays here.
gt;
This is not a collection only for historians and students of Indian pol
itics. It is a book for anyone wanting to read first-rate English prose by one o
f the most thoughtful and thought-provoking writers of modern India.
</td><td>Sarvepalli Gopal is the author of <em&gt
;War and Peace in Modern India (2010). He is Senior Fellow, Centre fo
r Policy Research, New Delhi, and Lecturer in Defence Studies at Kings College Lo
ndon. He is writing an international history of the IndiaPakistan war of 1971 and
the creation of Bangladesh. </td><td>WORLD</td><td>General Books</td
>
<td>978-81-7824-367-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Homeless
on Google Earth</td><td>Mukul Kesavan</td><td>2013</td><td>320</td><td>595.0000<
/td><td>Homeless in the title of th
is book means cosmopolitan. Mukul Kesavan, considered by many to be Indias most art
iculate and sophisticated scholar-journalist in English, covers a huge range of
political and cultural subjects, local and international, in this collection of
opinion pieces. These include Hollywood and Bollywood, Salman Rushdie and Martin
Amis, Steve Jobs and Julian Assange, Sri Lanka and Israel, wildlife at the Krug
er National Park and beachlife in Goa. 
Kesavans viewpoints can veer from
being scrupulously rational to extravagantly funny. Regardless of the tone he ad
opts, his observations are acute, his analysis of what he notices Orwellian. The
perspective and worldview that emerges is that of a truly global intellectual w
ho is both admirably idiosyncratic and secular to the point of being hidebound,
a combination which makes this essay collection quite exceptional.<
div style="text-align: justify">Identifiably Indian in its location
, this book is written with such uncommon flair and intellectual passion, and in
an idiomatic English of such polish and perfection, that it transcends the loca
l. Journalism was never meant to be this good, and in India it has never been. T
he newspapers and newsmagazines in which this stuff first appeared just got luck
ythis quality of writing should have originated in a book and been enshrined ther
e forever.</div></td><td>&l
t;b>Mukul Kesavan teaches History at Jamia Milia Islamia. His books
include The Ugliness of the Indian Male and Other Propositions and Men in White. </td><td>WORLD</td><td>Ge
neral Books</td>
Brahmin: Life and Reflections of a Modern-day Sanskrit Pandit</td><td>Rani Siva
Sankara Sarma, D. Venkat Rao( Tr.)</td><td>2012</td><td>200</td><td>350.0000</t
d><td>The Last Brahmin</em&gt
; is a work of reflection as well as the intellectual quasi-autobiography of a
modern-day pandit.  
Written by a schoolteacher of Sanskrit, it embodies an effort to grapp
le with the enigma of the Brahminical traditionits spread over long time periods
, its forms and transformations, its implications and stakes for the Indian sub
continents Hindus and larger world.  Even as it is a philosophical crit
ique of an elite tradition, The Last Brahmin emphasizes the enormity of the tasks involved in finding altern
atives to that tradition today.  
From the core of the surviving realms of the tradition, this work reco
unts a tale of living on in difficult and adversarial conditions for the sake o
f learning, scholarship, and the rigours of pedagogical bonding.
This is also thus a narrative of the pain of discontinuity: it dramati
zes the philosophical and historical issues of cultural practice in the form of
filial disinheritance and throws up some formidable questions: What is an inhe
ritance? Who inherits tradition?  How may one inherit a tradition? &am
p;nbsp;What are the conditions and consequences of such inheritance?  
In the process, this reflective work emerges as the poignant articulation of a
Brahmins response, and responsibilitiies, in the wake of colonial and postcoloni
al conditions.
Its critical unravelling of the Sanskrit tradition sets The Last Brahmin apart from the disciplinary
frames of Indology on the one hand, and partisanal Hindu ideological forces on
the other. While pitching its tent against Orientalist knowledge on India, it
insists equally on the difference and distinction between the Brahmin Sanskrit
tradition and so-called Hinduism.</td><td>Rani Siva S
ankara Sarma (the author), teaches Sanskrit in a small-town school in
Andhra Pradesh.  His literary work includes short stories, poetry, an
d essays in Telugu.  He has written a poem in Sanskrit on the <em&g
t;Ramayana as well as experimental poetry in collaboration with Dali
t writers. 
D. Venkat Rao(the translator), teaches in the Schoo
l of Critical Humanities at the Central Institute of English and Foreign Langua
ges, Hyderabad.  His areas of interest include Sanskrit systems of ref
lection, culture studies, and digital humanities. </td><td>World</td><
<td>978-81-7824-369-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Caste in
Modern India: A Reader (Two Volume Set)</td><td>Sumit Sarkar and Tanika Sarkar (
Eds.)</td><td>2013</td><td>1008</td><td>1900.0000</td><td>Caste is the key category in conte

mporary Indian social thinking. Discussed and analysed by historians, sociologis
ts, and political scientists, it has produced scholarly explorations and polemic
al controversies in equal measure. The historical literature on caste from colon
ial times to the present is vast.
the best essays on the subject in order to explore specific aspects of modern ca
ste: how the issue of caste was understood in colonial times, how it was re-crea
ted under conditions of modernity, and how various castes came to relate to one
another and to themselves in new ways. The essays also engage in debates that we
re first raised in these fields. Dumonts notions about purity and power are quest
ioned, while fresh perspectives are offered on jajmani.
For a long time, historians of mo
dern South Asia have been trying to ascertain how far caste was invented, exagge
rated, colluded with, and opposed. These two volumes provide the most essential
and thought-provoking pieces on the subject. </td><td>Sumit Sarkar has bee
n Professor of History at the University of Delhi. His many books include The Sw
adeshi Movement in Bengal 19031908 (1973; new edn 2010), Modern India 18851947 (19
83), Writing Social History (1998), Beyond Nationalist Frames (2002), and Women
and Social Reform in Modern India (2007; coedited with Tanika Sarkar).
professor at Yale and Chicago. Her several books include Hindu Wife, H
indu Nation (2001), Rebels, Wives, Saints (2009)
, and Women and Social Reform in Modern India (2007; coedit
ed with Sumit Sarkar). </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
n to suffer.
al reform.

lt;/em>.</div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-353-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Colored C
osmopolitanism: The Shared Struggle for Freedom in the United States and India</
td><td>Nico Slate</td><td>2012</td><td>344</td><td>895.0000</td><td>A
hidden history connects India and the United States, the worlds two largest dem
ocracies. From the late nineteenth century through the 1960s, activists worked
across borders of race and nation to push both countries toward achieving their
democratic principles. At the heart of this shared struggle, African Americans
and Indians forged bonds ranging from statements of sympathy to coordinated ac
ts of solidarity. Within these two groups, certain activists developed a colore
d cosmopolitanism, a vision of the world that transcended traditional racial di
stinctions. These men and women agitated for the freedom of the colored world, ev
en while challenging the meanings of both color and freedom.
Colored Cosmopolitanism is the first detailed examination of both ends of this transnational encoun
ter. Nico Slate tells the stories of neglected historical figures, like the Eura
sian scholar Cedric Dover, and offers a stunning glimpse of people we thought we
knew. Prominent figures such as Mahatma Gandhi, Jawaharlal Nehru, Swami Viveka
nanda, Booker T. Washington, W.E.B. Du Bois, and Martin Luther King, Jr., emerg
e as never before seen. Slate reveals the full gamut of this exchangefrom select
ive appropriations, to blatant misunderstandings, to a profound empathyas Africa
n Americans and South Asians sought a united front against racism, imperialism,
and other forms of oppression.</td><td>Nico Slate is Assistant Professor of Hist
ory at Carnegie Mellon University. He earned degrees in Earth Systems and the
Interdisciplinary Studies in the Humanities from Stanford University and in En
vironmental Change and Management from Oxford University before completing his
PhD in History at Harvard University.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</t
<td>978-81-7824-354-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Unfinishe
d Gestures: Devadasis, Memory, and Modernity in South India</td><td>Davesh Sonej
i</td><td>2012</td><td>328</td><td>750.0000</td><td><stron
g>Unfinished Gestures presents the social and cult
ural history of courtesans in South India who are generally called dev
adasis, focusing on their encounters with colonial modernity in the
nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Following a hundred years of vocifero
us social reform, including a 1947 law that criminalized their lifestyles, the
women in devadasi communities contend with severe social stigma and economic an
d cultural disenfranchisement. Adroitly combining ethnographic fieldwork with h
istorical research, Davesh Soneji provides a comprehensive portrait of these ma
rginalized women and unsettles received ideas about relations among them, the a
esthetic roots of their performances, and the political efficacy of social refo
rm in their communities.</td><td>DAVESH SONEJI
 is associate professor of South Asian religions at McGill Unive
rsity. He is coeditor of Performing Pasts: Reinventing the Arts in Mo
dern South India and editor of Bharatanatyam: A Reader.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-355-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Reconside
ring Untouchability: Chamars and Dalit History in North India</td><td>Ramnaraya

n S Rawat</td><td>2012</td><td>292</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Often ident
ified as leatherworkers or characterized as a criminal caste, the Chamars of No
rth India have long been stigmatized as untouchables. In this pathbreaking stud
y, Ramnarayan S. Rawat shows that in fact the majority of Chamars have always b
een agriculturalists, and their association with the ritually impure occupation
of leatherworking has largely been constructed through Hindu, colonial, and po
stcolonial representations of untouchability.
Rawat undertakes a comprehensive reconsideration of the history, ident
ity, and politics of this important Dalit group. Using Dalit vernacular literat
ure, local-level archival sources, and interviews in Dalit neighborhoods, he re
veals a previously unrecognized Dalit movement which has flourished in North In
dia from the earliest decades of the twentieth century and which has recently a
chieved major political successes. 
</td><td>Ramnarayan S. Rawat is Assistant Professor of Histor
y at the University of Delaware.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>General Bo
oks</td>
<td>978-81-7824-358-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Flam
ing Feet and Other Essays: The Dalit Movement in India</td><td>D.R. Nagaraj</td>
<td>2012</td><td>276</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Described by Ashis Nandy
as the foremost non-Brahmin intellectual to emerge from Indias vast non-English
speaking world, D.R. Nagaraj (19541998) was a profound political commentator an
d cultural critic.
Nagarajs importance lies in consolidating and advancing some of the ide
as of Indias leading Dalit thinker and icon, B.R. Ambedkar. Following Ambedkar,
Nagaraj argues that the Dalit movement rejected the traditional Hindu world and
thus dismissed untouchable pasts entirely; but, he says, rebels too require cu
ltural memory. Their emotions of bewilderment, rage, and resentment can only be
transcended via a politics of affirmation.  
This book gives us Nagarajs vision of caste in relation to Dalit politi
cs. It theorizes the caste system as a mosaic of contestations centred around d
ignity, religiosity, and entitlement. Examining moments of untouchable defiance
, Nagaraj argues out a politics of cultural affirmation within his redefinition
of Dalit identity. More significantly, he argues against self-pity and rage in
artistic imagination, and for re-creating the banished worlds of gods and godd
esses. 

Nagarajs importance lies in suggesting a framework for an alliance of a
ll the oppressed communities of India. This involves, first, a reconciliation o
f Gandhi and Ambedkar; second, a recognition that modernity has caused a techno
cide vis-à-vis artisans; third, a reimagining of the D
alit rejection of history, for an alternative reading of untouchable pasts show
s that these humiliated communities possessed an autonomous cultural domain.&lt
;/p>
Nagaraj was that rare observer of politics who did not offer standard
social science fare: in fact, he used the phrase competent social scientist to da
mn the person he was speaking of. Not only were his themes unusual, his analyti
cal methods and quirky reliance on cultural texts for analysis were equally so.
He uses such material and focuses on these themes because his sensibility was
shaped by the Dalit movement, as much as by the time he spent scrutinizing lite
rary texts.
This is a foundational text for Dalit Studies.
</td><td>D.R. Nagaraj (19541998) was a profound political com
mentator and cultural critic.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>General Books
</td>
<td>978-81-7824-345-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Censorshi
p and Sexuality in Bombay Cinema</td><td>Monika Mehta</td><td>2012</td><td>318</
td><td>750.0000</td><td>India pr
oduces an impressive number of films each year in a variety of languages. Here,

Monika Mehta breaks new ground by analyzing Hindi films and exploring the cens
orship of gender and heterosexuality in Bombay cinema. 
She studies how film censorship
on various levels makes the female body and female sexuality pivotal in constru
cting national identity, not just through the films themselves but also through
the heated debates that occur in newspapers and other periodicals. The standar
d claim is that the state dictates censorship and various prohibitions, but Meh
ta explores how relationships among the state, the film industry, and the publi
c illuminate censorships role in identity formation, while also examining how de
sire, profits, and corruption are generated through the act of censoring.
Committed to extending a feminis
t critique of mass culture in the global south, Mehta situates the story of cen
sorship in a broad social context and traces the intriguing ways in which the h
eated debates on sexuality in Bombay cinema actually produce the very forms of
sexuality they claim to regulate. She imagines afresh the theoretical field of
censorship by combining textual analysis, archival research, and qualitative fi
eldwork. Her analysis reveals how central concepts of film studies, such as sta
rdom, spectacle, genre, and sound, are employed and (re)configured within the a
mbit of state censorship, thereby expanding the scope of their application and
impact.</td><td><b&g
t;Monika Mehta is Associate Professor of English at Binghamton Univers
ity, SUNY. Her research and teaching interests include postcolonial literature
and film; globalization, diaspora, and cultural production; gender and sexualit
y; cinema in South Asia; and the state and the entertainment industry.</p&gt
;</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-340-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Green and
Saffron: Hindu Nationalism and Indian Environmental Politics</td><td>Mukul Shar
ma</td><td>2011</td><td>328</td><td>795.0000</td><td>This book examines contemporary environmental issues and mo
vements in independent India on the one hand, and the development of Hindu cons
ervative ideology and politics on the other. It includes the first thorough inv
estigation of Anna Hazares movement in Maharashtra.
Mukul Sharma argues that these tw
o social currentsenvironmental  conservation and Hindu politicshave for
ged bonds which reveal the hijacking of environmentalism by conservative and re
trograde worldviews. This, he says, constitutes a major aspect of hinterland po
litical life which neither academics nor journalists have seriously analysed. E
nvironmentalism and politics cannot be seen as separate from each other, for en
vironmental issues are being defined in new ways by an anti-secular form of Hin
duism. In turn, Hindu ideologues are gaining mileage for their ideology by espo
using major environmental projects. 
Anna Hazares impact is studied in
detail through a careful field investigation of his environmental initiative in
Ralegan Siddhi. Sunderlal Bahugunas opposition to the Tehri Dam in the Garhwal
Himalaya is outlined with great anthropological subtlety. And the regeneration
of Vrindavans urban and riverine hygiene by internationally funded NGOs is subj
ected to a historical scrutiny that includes an examination of how Lord Krishna
has been redefined as the great god of conservation.
Sharma discusses Nazi Germany and
fascist appropriations of environmentalism in Europe to contextualize Hindu c
onservative nationalists within a larger universe. By pinpointing the communal
and authoritarian discourses within some of the new social movements, his book
alters the way in which we look at everyday life in the subcontinent. For, says
Sharma, at stake in this intermeshing of environmental Green and Hindu Saffron
is nothing less than the way Indians understand their humanity.</td><
td> </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-341-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Historie
s For the Subordinated</td><td>David Hardiman</td><td>2011</td><td>400</td><td>4
50.0000</td><td>David Hardiman, a foundin
g member of Subaltern Studies and the author of several monographs on the societi
es, cultures, and histories of Western India (Gujarat, Maharashtra, and parts o
f Madhya Pradesh and Rajasthan), is widely recognized as being among the foremo
st contemporary historians of the subcontinent. His prose is seen as being part
icularly accessible and jargon-free. Hardimans practice as a historian both via h
is enormously rich empiricism, archival work, and fieldwork, as well as via his
discursive lucidityhas been an inspiration to many, even as it has implicitly q
uestioned some of the fashionably arcane modes of history-writing.
This collection pulls together Hardimans core ideas and writings on pol
itics, environmental issues, Gandhi, moneylending, disease, and subaltern histo
ry. Many of these writings are not otherwise easily available. 
This book will interest all serious readers of Indian history as well
as scholars in the areas of politics, sociology, culture, and religion in moder
n India. It is also hoped that it will be of some value for marginalized and su
bordinate groups in India, providing examples of how their histories may be wri
tten, and serving as a tribute to their resilience in continuing adversity and
oppression.</td><td>David Hardiman is Prof
essor of History at Warwick University. He has lived and worked for long years i
n Gujarat. His latest full-length book is Gandhi in His Time and Ours (Permanent
Black, 2004).</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-343-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Empires Ga
rden: Assam and the Making of India</td><td>Jayeeta Sharma</td><td>2011</td><td>
348</td><td>895.0000</td><td>In the mid-nineteenth century the British
created a landscape of tea plantations in the north-eastern 
Indian region of Assam. The tea industry filled imperial coffers and gave the
colonial state a chance to transform a jungle-laden frontier into a cultivated
system of plantations. Claiming that local peasants were indolent, the British
soon began importing indentured labour from central India. In the twentieth ce
ntury these migrants were joined by others who came voluntarily to seek their l
ivelihoods.
In Empires Garden<s
trong>, Jayeeta Sharma explains how the settlement of more tha
n one million migrants 
in Assam irrevocably changed the regions social landscape. She argues that the
racialized construction of the tea labourer catalyzed a process by which Assams
gentry sought to insert their homeland into an imagined Indo-Aryan community an
d a modern Indian political space. Various linguistic and racial claims allowed
these elites to defend their own modernity while pushing the burden of primiti
veness onto non-Aryan indigenous tribals and migrant labourers. As vernacular pri
nt arenas emerged in Assam, so did competing claims to history, nationalism, an
d progress that continue to reverberate in the present.</td><td><b&
gt;Jayeeta Sharmais Assistant Professor of History, University of Toro
nto.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-337-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Indias Sp
okesman Abroad: Letters, Articles, Speeches and Statements 19331937</td><td>Sisir
K. Bose and Sugata Bose(Eds.)</td><td>2011</td><td>458</td><td>495.0000</td><td
>In February 1933, a seriously ill and emaciated prisoner was carried
out of an ambulance on a stretcher and put on a ship about to sail from Bombay
to Europe. When the same man boarded a KLM flight in Calcutta for Europe in Nov
ember 1937, he was the President-elect of the Indian National Congress. </p&
gt;
The years 1933 to 1937 witnessed the transformation of a radical leade
r into a statesman. This volume brings together the letters, articles, and spee
ches from a fascinating, though somewhat unusual and relatively neglected, phas
e of the career of Subhas Chandra Bose. An extraordinarily wide array of topics
and themes are touched upon and explored in his works of this periodimperialism
, nationalism, fascism, communism, psychology, philosophy, spirituality, urban
planning, travel, Gandhi, Ireland, love, and more.</td><td>&
lt;strong>SISIR KUMAR BOSE (19202000) founded the Netaji Rese
arch Bureau in 1957 and was its guiding spirit. A participant in the Indian fre
edom struggle, he was imprisoned by the British. After Independence he authored
and edited biographies, memoirs, monographs, and research papers on Netajis lif
e and times.
SUGATA BOSE is Gardiner Professor of His
tory at Harvard University. He is the author of several books on economic, soci
al, and political history, including A Hundred Horizons: The Indian O
cean in the Age of Global Empire and His Majestys Opponent:
Subhas Chandra Bose and Indias Struggle Against Empire.</td
<td>978-81-7824-320-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>War and
Peace in Modern India: A Strategic History of the Nehru Years</td><td>Srinath Ra
ghavan</td><td>2013</td><td>386</td><td>595.0000</td><td>During his sev
enteen years as prime minister, Jawaharlal Nehru led India through one of its mo
st difficult and potentially explosive periods in international affairs. As the
leader of a new state created amidst the bloodiest partition in history, saddled
with new and outstanding problems, Nehru was confronted with a range of dispute
s which threatened to boil over.   
Srinath Raghavan draws on a rich vein of untapped documents to illumina
te Nehrus approach to war and his efforts for peace. Vividly recreating the intel
lectual and political milieu of the Indian foreign policy establishment, he expl
ains the response of Nehru and his top advisors to the tensions with Junagadh, H
yderabad, Pakistan, and China. He gives individual attention to every conflict a
nd shows how strategic decisions for each crisis came to be defined in the light
of the preceding ones. The book follows Nehru as he wrestles with a string of m
ajor conflictsassessing the utility of force, weighing risks of war, exploring di
plomatic options for peace, and forming strategic judgements that would define h
is reputation, both within his lifetime and after. 
War and Peace in Modern India challenges and revises our re
ceived understanding of Nehrus handling of international affairs. General readers
as well as students of Indian history and politics will find its balanced consi
deration of Nehrus foreign policy essential to gauge his achievements, his failur
es, and his enduring legacy.   </td><td>Srin
ath Raghavan is Senior Fellow, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi,
and Lecturer in Defence Studies at Kings College London. He is currently writing
an international history of the IndiaPakistan war of 1971 and the creation of Ban
gladesh. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-317-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Lineages
of Political Society: Studies in Postcolonial Democracy</td><td>Partha Chatterje
e</td><td>2011</td><td>316</td><td>750.0000</td><td>In <st
rong>Lineages of Political Societythe eminent polit
ical theorist Partha Chatterjee reveals the emergence of a new theory of postco
lonial democracy. As against earlier ideas about the nature of democracywhich gr
ew predominantly out of notions and practices in the WestChatterjee powerfully a
rgues that the theory now in evidence is not merely a record of the imperfectio
ns and immaturity of democracy in the non-Western world. On the contrary, it ha
s devised concepts and analytical tools 2to understand the formation of new de
mocratic practices. In doing so, it has also shown up histories of modern polit
ical institutions which are not part of the genealogy of Western democracy.
In the course of making these arguments Chatterjee revisits several th
emes introduced in his acclaimed earlier work, The <em&
gt;Politics of the Governed (2004). To those themes he now adds hist
orical depth and contemporary empirical detail. And although most of the exampl
es in Lineages of Political Societyare drawn from India, the arguments within it afford comparisons with cou
ntries in Asia, Africa, and Latin America.
Chatterjee also here clarifies the location of his work in relation to
liberal political theory, understandings of contemporary capitalism, and theor
ies of nationalism and populism. In several chapters he joins the lively and on
going debate over his concept of political society. 
This work will seem indispensable to anyone wishing to understand the
nature and history of democracy, its practices and functionings within the cont
emporary non-West, and the major expansion in political thought being brought a
bout by one of the worlds most fertile political philosophers.</td><td
>Partha Chatterjee has been a founding member of Suba
ltern Studies and director of the Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutt
a (CSSSC), Kolkata. He is presently professor of anthropology at Columbia Unive
rsity and honorary professor at the CSSSC. His many books include Emp
ire and Nation: Essential Writings 19852005 (2010), A Princ
ely Impostor? The Kumar of Bhawal and the Secret History of Indian Nationalism&
lt;/em> (2002), and The Nation and Its Fragments: Colonial and Pos
tcolonial Histories (1993).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</t
<td>978-81-7824-319-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Gras
sroots of Democracy: Field Studies of Indian Elections</td><td>A.M. Shah (concei
ved by M.N. Srinivas and A.M. Shah) (Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>406</td><td>595.0
000</td><td>Originally conceived by Indias most influential modern anth
ropologist M.N.Srinivas and his eminent colleague A.M.Shah, this book contains
nineteen essays based on field studies of two national elections in Indias rural
, tribal, and urban communities, within ten Indian states. It includes an Intro
duction by A.M. Shah and an Epilogue by the psephologist and political scientis
t Yogendra Yadav. The studies which comprise the bulk of this book were conduct
ed by sixteen sociologists at the Delhi School of Economics under the direction
of M.N. Srinivas and A.M.Shah.  
Demonstrating the importance of fieldwork for studying elections (as c
ompared to the questionnaire and interview method), this book provides an entir
ely novel perspective on the study of electionsvery different from the one usual
ly projected through the interpretation of statistics. This sociologists microview contrasts with the more standard macro-view provided by political scientis
ts, journalists, and psephologists. 
Among the many reasons for the importance of this book as a departure
from standard electoral studies is the thoroughgoing manner in which it questio
ns the general assumption of the rational individual as the sole arbiter of his
/her voting behaviour. It analyses in detail the role of an array of social fac
tors in electoral processes, and also delineates the continuity between local,
regional, and national politics. In so doing, it reveals how Indian democracy
actually operates at the grassroots.  
This important new work will interest sociologists, anthropologists, p
olitical scientists, and anyone interested in Indias polity and society. With it
s diverse narratives and jargon-free descriptions of actors in the political a
rena, this is also a book entirely accessible to non-specialists interested in
Indias complex political and social processes during the drama-filled times when
India goes to the polls.
</td><td>M.N. Srinivas (191699), acclaimed worldwide
as the founder of modern sociology and social anthropology in India, was a pion
eer in the study of many aspects of Indian society and culture. He founded the
departments of sociology at the universities of Baroda and Delhi and co-founded
the Institute for Social and Economic Change, Bangalore. His many books includ
e The Remembered Village.
A.M. Shah (b. 1931), a student and later a colleague
of M.N. Srinivas at the universities of Baroda and Delhi, is well known for hi
s studies on the family, caste, village community, and historical sociology. He
has held visiting fellowships in a variety of universities and institutes with

in India and abroad. </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-323-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Bankims Hi
nduism: An Anthology of Writings by Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay</td><td>Amiya P
. Sen</td><td>2011</td><td>392</td><td>795.0000</td><td>The great nove
list and thinker Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay (183894), associated with his famous hymn Vande Mataram, is someti
mes seen as mainly a creator of Hindu nationalist icons. This is unfortunate, f
or Bankim was an enormously learned man, a deep and subtle thinker. A relativel
y unknown side of his work comprises his religious and philosophical thought, i
n particular his carefully argued ideas on Hinduism.
This collection of Bankims writingsmany translated into English for the
first time and excerpted from the authors Complete Works in the Bengali originalb
rings out some of the inner anxieties and ambivalence within the novelist-inte
llectuals work on religion, ethics, and philosophy. 
By reading this book one may detect in Bankim a rational-functionalist
approach to religion, as also a deepening faith and piety transcending that in
tellectual perspective. Bankim anticipates contemporary scholarship in claiming
that Hinduism is the common name given to a variety of religious thoughts and
practices; and yet, paradoxically, his writingsall penned in the colonial era o
f Indian subjecthoodalso argue for a common Hindu heritage, as well as a unified
religious and cultural world for contemporary Hindus.
A substantive Introduction and detailed annotations help to situate Ba
nkims life and thought in his times.
</td><td>Amiya P. Sen was educated at St Stephens Col
lege, Delhi. He is Professor of Modern Indian History, Department of History an
d Culture, Jamia Millia Islamia, New Delhi. He has been Agatha Harrison Fellow
at the University of Oxford, and Visiting Fellow at the Indian Institute of Adv
anced Study, Shimla. His several publications include Hindu Revivalis
m in Bengal: 18721905: Some Essays in Interpretation; Explo
rations in Modern Bengal c.18001900; and, as editor, The In
dispensable Vivekananda: An Anthology for Our Times.</td><
td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-325-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Nivedan:
The Autobiography of Dharmanand Kosambi</td><td>Meera Kosambi (ed.)</td><td>201
1</td><td>204</td><td>295.0000</td><td>The autobiography
of Dharmanand Kosambi (18761947), pioneering scholar of Pali and B
uddhist Studies, is one of the most moving and spellbinding life stories ever wr
itten.
Born in rural Goa, Dharmanand came under the spell of the Buddhas teachings duri
ng his adolescence. At an early age he set off on an incredible journey of auste
re self-training across the length and breadth of Britains Indian Empire, halting
to educate himself at places connected with Buddhism. His sojourns included liv
ing in Sri Lanka to master Pali, in a Burmese cave as a bhikshu, and in some vih
aras of North Indiabegging for monastic sustenanceas well as in Nepal and Sikkim w
hich he reached after arduous, sometimes barefoot, treks. Over these itinerant y
ears Dharmanand acquired such mastery of the Buddhist canon that he was variousl
y appointed to teach and research at Calcutta, Baroda, Harvard, and Leningrad.&l
t;/p>
As a thinker Dharmanand blended Buddhist ethics, Mahatma Gandhis philos
ophy of truth and non-violence, and the ideals of socialism. He exchanged letter
s with the Mahatma, worked for his causes, and died in the approved Buddhist/Jai
n manner by voluntary starvation at Sevagram ashram. Arguably, no Indian scholars
Meera Kosambis Introduction contextualizes the life, career, and achiev
ement of one of modern Indias greatest scholar-savants.</td><td><p&g
t;Meera Kosambis books include Dharmanand Kosambi: The Essenti
al Writings (edited, 2010), Crossing Thresholds: Feminist Essays in Social Hist

ory (2007), and Feminist Vision or Treason against Men? Kashibai Kanitkar and the
Engendering of Marathi Literature (2008).</td><td>World</td><td>Gene
ral Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-331-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Provi
nce of the Book: Scholars, Scribes, and Scribblers in Colonial Tamilnadu</td><td
>A.R. Venkatachalapathy</td><td>2012</td><td>320</td><td>795.0000</td><td>The first Indian language book ever to
be printed was in Tamil, in 1577. After many fits and starts and some spectacu
lar achievements, print and the culture of book publishing became well-recogniz
ed facets of Tamil society during the late colonial period. The Province of the Book explores the wonderful w
orld of scholarly and subaltern publishingespecially popular fiction and street
literaturein its heyday.
The basis of Tamil book publishin
g was, to begin with, the patronage of writers by the local nobility and afflue
nt Hindu monastic orders. Such patronage was eroded by the socio-economic trans
formations which came with colonialism. During the period of transition which r
esulted, attempts were made to create a market for Tamil books, with local writ
ers not knowing where to turn for a living. It was only with the rise of the no
vel and a reading middle classincluding young women and housewiveswhich finally b
roke the stranglehold of patronage, allowing Tamil publishing to grow into the
market venture that it is today. 
This is a brilliant and pioneerin
g work which reconstructs a universe hitherto unknown the world of the Tamil boo
k. It shows famous and unknown authors at work, the religious literati with its
cortège of students, radical nationalist poets such as Subramania Bharati
rousing the masses and being crushed in the process, humble scribblers eking o
ut a livelihood writing bazaar pamphlets, successful scribes compiling antholog
ies for students and astrological wisdom for the credulous, and the ubiquitous
English official surrounding them allcensoring, adjudicating, dictating.</p&g
t;
The book also looks closely at re
ading practices, modes of reading, and the nature, numbers, and composition of
book readers. Its epilogue traces the broad contours of Tamil publishing from t
he time of Independence to the present and speculates on the future of the Tami
l book. 
Monographs on the history of the
book in India are seldom as conversant with the international literature on the
subject as this one. A.R. Venkatachalapathys work dazzles because he is <em&
gt;au fait not just with the history and culture of publishing in Ta
milnadu but equally in France, Britain, and the USA. The archives he has mined
reveal government documents, pamphlets, tracts, periodicals, manuscripts, catal
ogues, bibliographies, reviews, advertisements, letters, and even account ledge
rs.
In short, this book will fascinat
e anyone interested in history, sociology, cultural studies, and the media, and
prove indispensable for students of book history and publishing cultures.</td><td>A.R.
VENKATACHALAPATHY is Professor at the Madras Institute of Develo
pment Studies, Chennai. He has taught at Manonmaniam Sundaranar University, Tir
unelveli; Madras University; and the University of Chicago; and has held resear
ch assignments in Paris, Cambridge, London, and Harvard. An accomplished Tamil
writer, he has published widely on the social history of Tamilnadu. His publica
tions include In Those Days There Was No Coffee: Writings in Cultural
History;and, as editor, Chennai, Not Madras; &l
t;em>In the Tracks of the Mahatma: The Making of a Documentary; a
nd Love Stands Alone: Selections from Tamil Sangam Poetry.
</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-332-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Seculariz
ing Islamists? Jamaat-e-Islami and Jamaat-ud-dawa in Urban Pakistan</td><td>Humeira
Iqtidar</td><td>2011</td><td>234</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Secularizing Islamists?&
amp;nbsp;provides a thorough analysis of two Islamist parties in Pakistan, the
highly influential Jamaat-e-Islami and the more militant Jamaat-ud-Dawa, widely bl
amed for the November 2008 terrorist attack in Mumbai. Basing her findings on e
thnographic work with the two parties in Lahore, Humeira Iqtidar says that thes
e Islamists are involuntarily facilitating secularization within Muslim societi
es, even as they vehemently oppose secularism.
This book offers a fine-grained
account of the workings of both parties. It challenges received ideas about the
relationship between the ideology of secularism and the processes of seculariz
ation. 
Iqtidar illuminates the impact
of women on Pakistani Islamism while arguing that these Islamist groups are in
advertently supporting secularization by forcing a critical engagement with the
place of religion in public and private life. She highlights the role that com
petition among Islamists, as well as the focus on the state as the center of th
eir activity, play in assisting secularization. 
The result is a significant co
ntribution to our understanding of emerging trends in Islam and politics within
South Asia.
</td><td>Humeira Iqtidar is a lecturer in politics a
t Kings College, London. Her research is in social and political theory relating
to secularism, citizenship, religion, the state, and the market. </t
d><td>IN,PK,SL,NP,BD,BT,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-333-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Islam Tra
nslated: Literature, Conversion, and the Arabic Cosmopolis of South and Southeas
t Asia</td><td>Ronit Ricci</td><td>2011</td><td>336</td><td>750.0000</td><td>&lt
;p style="text-align: justify">The spread of Islam eastward into S
outh and Southeast Asia was one of the most significant cultural shifts in worl
d history. As it expanded into these regions, Islam was received by cultures va
stly different from those in the Middle East, incorporating them into a diverse
global community that stretched from India to the Philippines.
In Islam
Translated, Ronit Ricci uses the Book of One
Thousand Questionsfrom its Arabic original to its adaptations into the Javanese,
Malay, and Tamil languages between the sixteenth and twentieth centuriesas a m
eans to consider connections that linked Muslims across divides of distance and
culture. Examining the circulation of this Islamic text and its varied literar
y forms, Ricci explores how processes of literary translation and religious con
version were historically interconnected, mutually dependent, and creatively re
formulated within societies making the transition to Islam. 
Islam Translated&l
t;/strong> will contribute to our knowledge of this region of the M
uslim world that remains crucially important to world affairs.</td><t
d>Ronit Ricci &
lt;/b>grew up in Israel. She has a PhD in Comparative Literature from the Un
iversity of Michigan and is a lecturer at the Australian National University. H
er interests include South and Southeast Asian cultures, literary transmission,
and conversions to Islam.</td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,MV,LK</td><td>Genera
l Books</td>
s of Belonging: Islam, Regional Identity, and the Making of Kashmir</td><td>Chit
ralekha Zutshi</td><td>2011</td><td>366</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Despit
e its centrality to the political life of India and Pakistan, Kashmir has met w
ith rather perfunctory treatment from historians of South Asia. The few works o
f history and politics that have appeared on this region, moreover, insist on d
efining Kashmiri culture, history and identity in terms of the ahistorical conc
ept of Kashmiriyat, or a uniquely Kashmiri cultural identity.  </p&
gt;
This book, in contrast, questions the notion of any transcendent cultu
ral uniqueness and Kashmiriyat by returning Kashmir to the mainstream of South A
sian historiography. It examines the hundred-year impact of indirect colonial r
ule on Kashmir's class formation. It looks at the responses of Kashmir'
s society to social and economic restructuring. It studies the uses made of Kas
hmir's political elites by the state.  It analyses the effect of
Islamic discourse on Kashmir's political culture. It shows that while all t
hese historical changes had a profound impact on the political culture of the K
ashmir Valley, there is nothing either very inevitable or quite definite about
the 'political regionalism' and 'Islamic particularism' of this
area.  
To read this book is to see the changing relationship between, on the
one hand, the actual needs and demands of Kashmiris, and, on the other, their r
eligious affiliations and regional identities.  The emergence of a pol
itical discourse among the region's Muslimsby which they now define and loca
te a coherent Kashmiri Muslim community within the larger framework of Islam,
Kashmir, India and Pakistanhas never been made clearer. 
Using local language sources and every important archive, this is a ma
jor history of the formation of Kashmir as we know it today.  It shows
us precisely how the Kashmir Valley was transformed over a hundred years and a
ssumed the position it has come to occupy in contemporary South Asia.
</td><td>Chitralekha Zutshi has a Ph.D. in South Asian Histor
y from Tufts University, Boston. She has been Visiting Lecturer at Yale Universi
ty, and Assistant Professor of History at the University of South Alabama. She i
s currently Associate Professor of History at the College of William and Mary, U
SA.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-329-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Creating
Capabilities: The Human Development Approach</td><td>Martha C. Nussbaum</td><td>
2011</td><td>256</td><td>595.0000</td><td>If a countrys Gross Domestic P
roduct increases each year, but so does the percentage of its people deprived o
f basic education, health care, and other opportunities, is that country really
making progress? If we rely on conventional economic indicators, can we ever g
rasp how the worlds billions of individuals are really managing?
In this powerful critique, Martha Nussbaum argues that our dominant th
eories of development have given us policies that ignore our most basic human n
eeds for dignity and self-respect. For the past twenty-five years, Nussbaum has
been working on an alternative model to assess human development: the Capabili
ties Approach. She and her colleagues begin with the simplest of questions: Wha
t is each person actually able to do and to be? What real opportunities are ava
ilable to them?
The Capabilities Approach to human progress has until now been expound
ed only in specialized works. Creating Capabilities, however, affords anyone interested in issues of human de
velopment a wonderfully lucid account of the structure and practical implicatio
ns of an alternative model. It demonstrates a path to justice for both humans a
nd nonhumans, weighs its relevance against other philosophical stances, and rev
eals the value of its universal guidelines even as it acknowledges cultural dif
ference. 
In our era of unjustifiable inequity, Nussbaum shows howby attending to
the narratives of individuals and grasping the daily impact of policywe can ena
ble people everywhere to live full and creative lives.</td><td><p&g
t;Martha C. Nussbaum is Ernst Freund Distinguished
Service Professor of Law and Ethics at the University of Chicago and, with Ama
rtya Sen, a Founding President of the Human Development and Capability Associat
ion.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-330-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Listening
to the Loom: Essays on Literature, Politics, and Violence</td><td>D.R. Nagaraj,
Prithvi Datta Chandra Shobhi (Ed.)</td><td>2012</td><td>388</td><td>750.0000</t
d><td>D.R. Nagaraj (19541998) has been widely recognized as among Indias
most important thinkers in the broad area of cultural politics. Until now, his
English writings have only been available in book form as The Flamin
g Feet and Other Essays (1993; 2nd revised edition, Permanent Black,
2010), a work centred on the Dalit movement in India. 
Now, for the first time, a largely unknown and unavailable corpus of N
agarajs ideas and essays, amplifying and supplementing those in The Fl
aming Feet, are published in Listening to the Loom</em&
gt;. This book provides Nagarajs most important writings on literature, politics
, and violence. Some of the thirteen pieces here are translated from Kannada in
to English for the first time, while others long unavailable have been hunted o
ut from scattered sources.
The title of this book, Listening to the Loom&
lt;/strong>, derives from a story rec
ounted by the novelist U.R. Ananthamurthy. Walking in Kathmandu with Nagaraj, o
nce, his companion asked him to stop and listen to the sound of a weavers loom t
hat only he had heard. Ananthamurthy recalls saying to Nagaraj that so long as
he, Nagaraj, retained this ability to hear the sound of a loom, he would never
become a Non-Resident Indian intellectual. In the present volume, Nagarajs ear fo
r the sound and sense of things quintessentially Indian is everywhere apparent.

Part I comprises essays on Kannadas cultural experiences, Part II conta
ins essays on politics and violence. All of them were mostly written between 19
93 and 1998, the period when Nagaraj emerged as a mature thinker and produced s
ome of his most important insights.
For anyone interested in vernacular cultures, subaltern histories, hin
terland political discourses, metropolis-periphery relations, and D.R. Nagarajs
distinctive insights into all these, the present book is essential.
</td><td>Prithvi Datta Chandra Shobhi, a social his
torian, taught Humanities and South Asian Cultures at San Francisco State Unive
rsity. He now directs Darideepa, a new intellectual initiative based in Mysore.
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-336-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Women Wri
ting Gender: Marathi Fiction Before Independence</td><td>Meera Kosambi</td><td>2
012</td><td>386</td><td>795.0000</td><td>Most modern literatures were i
nitially dominated by men who claimed, at times, to speak for women. But when g
iven an opportunity, women spoke differently. 
This book tells the several stories of how Maharashtrian women found a
voice in the late nineteenth century. It shows how they created a literary space
for themselves, deploying fiction to depict worlds other than those available
in male writing, as well as dreams and aspirations unseen in society before the
y were articulated by their fiction. Having been excluded from mainstream prose
, women also created a parallel reform discourse which displayed various shades
of feminism. 
After an introductory overview of men and women writers of <strong&
gt;Marathi fiction before Independence, this book presents in tr
anslation the work of six iconic women writers: Kashibai Kanitkar, Indirabai Sa
hasrabuddhe, Vibhavari Shirurkar, Geeta Sane, Shakuntala Paranjpye, and Prema K
antak. Their novels and short stories unfold the journeys of articulate women t
owards new paradigms, and ultimately towards a demand for gender equalitywhich i
s womens gift to Marathi literature.</td><td>Meera Ko
sambiis a sociologist trained in India, Sweden, and the US. She has s
pecialized in Urban Studies and Womens Studies. She was Professor and Director o
f the Research Centre for Womens Studies at the SNDT Womens University in Mumbai.
She has taught, lectured, and published widely in India and abroad. Her books
include Returning the American Gaze: Pandita Ramabais The Peoples of the
United States (1889) (2003), Crossing Thresholds: Feminis
t Essays in Social History (2007), and Feminist Vision or Tr
eason against Men? Kashibai Kanitkar and the Engendering of Marathi Literature&l
t;/em> (2008).</td><td>WORLD</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-313-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Caste, C
onflict, and Ideology: Mahatma Jotirao Phule and Low Caste Protest in Nineteenth
-Century Western India</td><td>Rosalind OHanlon</td><td>2011</td><td>346</td><td>
495.0000</td><td>This is the first Indian reprint, with a new
preface by the author, of a classic work which was first published in 1985.&lt
;/em>
The nineteenth century saw the beginning
of a violent and controversial movement of protest amongst western Indias low an
d untouchable castes, aimed at the effects of their lowly position within the H
indu caste hierarchy. The leaders of this movement were convinced that religiou
s hierarchies had combined with the effects of British colonial rule to produce
inequality and injustice in many fields, from religion to politics and educati
on. 
This study concentrates on the first leader of this movement, Mahatma
Jotirao Phule. It shows him as its first ideologist, working out a unique brand
of radical humanism. It analyses his contribution to one of the most important
and neglected social developments in western India in this periodthe formation
of a new regional identity. 
This process of identity formation is studied against the background o
f the earlier history of caste relations, and contributes important evidence ab
out the relationship between ritual status and political power. The author draw
s extensively on vernacular language materials and evidence about popular cultu
re from oral traditions.</td><td>Rosalind OHanlon&lt
;/b> is Professor of Indian History and Culture in the Faculty of Oriental S
tudies, University of Oxford. Her publications include A Comparison
Between Women and Men: Tarabai Shinde and the Critique of Gender Relations in C
olonial India, and numerous articles on the social history of coloni
al and early modern India. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Gener
al Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-301-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>History
in the Vernacular</td><td>Raziuddin Aquil and Partha Chatterjee (Eds.)</td><td>2
uot;>Historians of India have lately been looking at the place of history in
the country, both as an academic discipline and as a mode of public representa
tion of the past. This book explores the status of regional and vernacular hist
ories in relation to academic histories by professional historians.
Was there history writing in Ind
ia before the British colonial intervention? The stock answer to this question
is no. Other than the Rajatarangini of Kalhana, no ancient t
ext adequately resembles a historical narrative. The itihasa</em&gt
;-purana tradition is largely indistinguishable from mythol
ogy. The vamsavali and caritra traditi
ons do not really distinguish between the legendary and the historical. </p&
gt; Yet these genres of narrati
ng the past did percolate into Indias regional languages, being later complement
ed by the Persian court chronicles of Islamic rulers, with the latter showing w
riting practices much closer to European conventions of history writing. Looking closely at vernacu
lar contexts and traditions of historical production, the essays in this book q
uestion the assumption that there was no history writing in India before coloni
alism. They suggest that careful and appropriate techniques of reading reveal d
istinctly indigenous historical narratives. Such narratives may be embedded wit
hin non-historical literary genres, such as poems, ballads, and works within th
e larger itihasa-purana tradition, but
they are marked by discursive signs that allow them to be recognized as histor
ical. Vernacular his
tory traditions in Assam, Bengal, the North-East, Kerala, the Andhra-Tamil regi
on, Maharashtra, and Uttar Pradesh are examined here with fresh archival materi
al and new insights, making this a valuable book for historians, sociologists,
and South Asianists.</td><td>Raziuddin Aquil  is Fellow in History at the C
entre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta. He is the author of S
ufism, Culture, and Politics: Afghans and Islam in Medieval North India (2007). 
Partha Chatterjee is Professor of Political Science at the Centre for
Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta, and Professor of Anthropology at Columbia
University, New York. His many books include The Nation and Its Frag
ments: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories (1993), and A P
rincely Impostor? The Kumar of Bhawal and the Secret History of Indi
an Nationalism (2002).</td><td>WORLD</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-308-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Inven
tion of Private Life - Literature and Ideas</td><td>Sudipta Kaviraj</td><td>2014
</td><td>376</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
Sudipta Kaviraj has long been in
ternationally recognized as a political analyst and thinker. In this book he sh
ows that he is also one of the most acute writers on the interconnections of li
terature and politics. The essays here lie at the intersection of three discipl
ines: the study of literature, social theory, and intellectual history.</p&gt
;
Kaviraj argues that serious refl
ections on modernitys predicaments and bafflements lie in literature. Modernity
introduced new literary formssuch as the novel and the autobiographyto Indian wri
ters. These became reflections on the nature of modernity. Some of the question
s central to modern European social theory also grew into significant themes wi
thin Indian literary reflection. 
What was the nature of the selfdi
d modernity alter this nature? What was the character of power under conditions
of modern history? How is the power of the modern state felt by individuals? H
ow does modern politics affect the personality of a sensitive individual? Is lo
ve possible between intensely self-conscious people? How do individuals cope wi
th the transience of affections, the fragility of social ties? Kavirajs essays s
how modern Indian literature as reflections on modern times, particularly of th
eir experiential interior.
</td><td>
Sudipta Kaviraj, is professor of Indian politics an
d intellectual history at Columbia University. He taught for many years at SOAS
, London University, following a long teaching stint at Jawaharlal Nehru Univer
sity, New Delhi. He has been a fellow of St Antonys College, Oxford, and a visit
ing professor at the University of California, Berkeley, as well as at the Univ
ersity of Chicago.
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-299-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Extreme P
oetry: The South Asian Movement of Simultaneous Narration</td><td>Yigal Bronner<
justify">Beginning in the sixth century CE and continuing for more than
a thousand years, an extraordinary poetic practice was the trademark of a majo
r literary movement in South Asia. Authors invented a special language to depic
t both the apparent and hidden sides of disguised or dual characters, and then
used it to narrate Indias major epics, the Rama&l
t;/em>ya?<e
m>aand the Maha<em&gt

;bharata, simultaneously.&l
t;/p> Originally produced in
Sanskrit, these dual narratives eventually worked their way into regional lang
uages, especially Telugu and Tamil, and other artistic media, such as sculpture
. Scholars have long dismissed simultaneous narration as a mere curiosity, if n
ot a sign of cultural decline in medieval India. Yet Yigal Bronners &l
t;strong>Extreme Poetry effectively negates this po
sition, proving that, far from being a meaningless pastime, this intricate, bite
xtual technique both transcended and reinvented Sanskrit literary expression.&lt
;/p>
The poems of simultaneous narrat
ion teased and estranged existing convention and showcased the interrelations b
etween the traditions foundational texts. By focusing on these achievements and
their reverberations through time, Bronner rewrites the history of Sanskrit li
terature and its aesthetic goals. He also expands on contemporary theories of i
ntertextuality, which have been largely confined to Western texts and practices
.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Yigal Bronner
 is an assistant professor in the Department of South Asian Languages
and Civilizations at the University of Chicago. He is a Sanskritist trained at
the Hebrew University in Jerusalem and at the University of Chicago. He researc
hes Sanskrit poetics and South Asian intellectual history.</div></td><td>
IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-186-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Cine
matic ImagiNation: Indian Popular Films as Social History</td><td>Jyotika Virdi<
justify">India produces more films than any other country in the world,
and these works are avidly consumed by non-Western cultures in Africa, Eastern E
urope, the Middle East, and by the Indian communities in Australia, Britain, the
Caribbean Islands, and North America. Jyotika Virdi focuses on how this dominan
t medium configures the nation in post-Independence Hindi cinema. She scrutinizes
approximately thirty films that have appeared since 1950 and demonstrates how co
ncepts of the nation form the center of this cinema's moral universe.
As
a kind of storytelling, Indian cinema provides a fascinating account of social
history and cultural politics, with the family deployed as a symbol of the natio
n. Virdi demonstrates how the portrayal of the nation as a mythical community in
Hindi films collapses under the weight of its own contradictionsirreconcilable d
ifferences that encompass gender, sexuality, family, class, and religious commun
ities. Through these film narratives, the author traces transactions among the v
arious constituencies that struggle, accommodate, coexist uneasily, or reconstit
ute each other over time, and in the process, reveal the topography of postcolon
ial culture. </td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&gt
;Jyotika Virdi teaches communication, film, and media studies
at the University of Windsor, Canada. She has published essays on popular Hindi
cinema in a variety of scholarly journals, including Screen and Visual Anthropo
logy.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-179-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Chalo Del
hi: Writings and Speeches 19431945</td><td>Subhas Chandra Bose, Sisir Kumar Bose
and Sugata Bose(Ed.s)</td><td>2006</td><td>486</td><td>495.0000</td><td>After a perilous ninety-day submarine voy
age, Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose arrived in Southeast Asia on 6 May 1943 to lead
the Indian independence movement. Only when the blood of freedom loving Indians b
egins to flow, he declared in one of his broadcasts in June 1943, will India attai
n her freedom. In his last message, on 15 August 1945, he urged faith in Indias de
stiny and expressed confidence that India shall be free and before long.
Volume
12 of Netajis Collected Works brings together all his speeches and writings as l
eader of the Azad Hind movement from June 1943 to August 1945. His stirring spee
ches in Singapore, Malaya, and Burma electrified massive audiences of civilians

and soldiers, united Indians of all religions, and inspired them to join the mar
ch towards Delhi.

The Proclamation of the Provision
al Government of Azad Hind (Free India) in Singapore on 21 October 1943 blends e
rudition and passion. Netajis radio address to the Father of Our Nation provides th
e most detailed justification of his course of action and seeks the Mahatmas bles
sings in the holy war raging around Imphal and Kohima. The Tokyo thesis delivered to
university faculty and students in November 1944 highlights the three supreme c
hallenges for free Indianational defence, eradication of poverty, and education f
or all. His lettersmost published here for the first timereveal Netajis special sol
icitude for the young women and men who joined the Indian National Army.
This
volume is indispensable for all interested in modern South Asian history and po
litics, as well as nationalism and international relations in the twentieth cent
ury.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Sugata Bose&a
mp;nbsp;is the Gardiner Professor of History at Harvard University. He
is the author of several books on economic, social, and political history, incl
uding A Hundred Horizons: the Indian Ocean in the Age of Global Empire (2006).&a
mp;nbsp;</div><div style="text-align: justify"> <div style="text-align: justify">Sisir Kum
ar Bose(19202000) founded the Netaji Research Bureau in 1957 and was it
s guiding spirit until his death in 2000. A participant in the Indian freedom st
ruggle, he was imprisoned by the British in the Lahore Fort, Red Fort, and Lyall
pur Jail. In the post-independence period he played a key role in preserving the
best traditions of the anti-colonial movement and making possible the writing o
f its history. He authored and edited biographies, memoirs, monographs, and rese
arch papers on Netajis life and times. One of Indias best pediatricians, he was Di
rector and later President of the Institute of Child Health, Calcutta.</div&g
t;</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-172-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Indias Li
terary History: Essays on the Nineteenth Century</td><td>Stuart Blackburn (Ed.)
and Vasudha Dalmiya (Ed.)</td><td>2006</td><td>528</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This book, the first major reassessme
nt of literary history in nineteenth-century India 
for a generation, opens up this emerging field of literary history to nineteenth
-century India. Its essays emphasise the making of literary history, the process
of canonisation, the reinvention of literary tradition, and the writing of lite
rary history itself. 
A central premise of the book is that when European literary cultures a
rrived in India, they came into contact with popular performance forms and compl
ex literary cultures that had their own histories.
The essays also reach beyo
nd the obvious genres and include little-known texts, situating them within a wi
der debate about national origins, linguistic identities, and political entitlem
ents.
Print culture and oral tales, drama and gender, library use and publish
ing history, theatre and audiences, detective fiction and low-caste novels are a
mong the topics covered.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Stuart Blackb
urn (Ed.), Senior Lecturer, Department of South Asian Languages and Cu
ltures, School of Oriental and African Studies, London.</div><div style
text-align: justify">Vasudha Dalmiya (Ed.), Professor
of Hindi, University of California, Berkeley.</div></td><td>World</td><td
>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-173-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Textures
of Time: Writing History in south India 1600-1800</td><td>Velcheru Narayana R
ao, David Shulman, Sanjay Subrahmanyam</td><td>2006</td><td>312</td><td>495.000
0</td><td>Everyone has a past: the question is what one does with it.
If earlier scholars are to be believed, South Indian society before colonial rul
e showed an indifference to its past - or approached the past through myth, lege
nd and phantasmagoria.
This book sets out not merely to disprove this idea, b
ut to demonstrate the complex forms of historiography produced in South India be
tween the fifteenth and the eighteenth centuries.

It argues that the usual division between Indo-Persian and vernacular h
istoriographis is artificial. It demonstrates the existence of a group of litera
ti (karanams), who passed with ease from Telugu and Tamil, to Marathi and Persia
n.
Through a careful reading of and extensive translations from the relavant
texts, this book thus sets out to shake some of deepest-rooted prejudices in the
received wisdom on medieval and early modern India.
</td><td>Velcheru Narayan Rao is Krishnadevaraya Professor of
South Asian Languages and Literature at the University of Wisconsin-Madison.&am
p;nbsp;<div> </div><div>David Shulman is Professor of India Studies at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem.
Sa
njay Subrahmanyam is a professor of history at the University of California, Los
Angeles.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-169-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Lost Wor
lds: Indian Labour and Its Forgotten Histories</td><td>Chitra Joshi</td><td>2006
</td><td>376</td><td>350.0000</td><td>This book takes the present conte
xt of globalisation and the decline of large-scale industry as its entry point i
nto the worlds of labour in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. U
sing a wide range of oral and archival sources as well as popular literature, Ch
itra Joshi reconstructs working class lives, exploring their everyday worlds at
the workplace and within community life outside, as well as their moments of con
flict and struggle.
Questioning frameworks within which workers are seen as m
ired in a primordial culture, or as passive objects of managerial strategies, th
is book examines how cultural pasts were reconstituted through worker practices,
how social identities and work norms were actively negotiated by workers. It l
ooks at the ways in which worker migrants confronted their new lives in the indu
strial city, struggling to retain their pasts, moving between the urban and the
rural evolving alternative family and household survival strategies.
</p&g
t;
In analysing the complex relationship between past and present, memory
and history, culture and practice, community and nation, everyday life and apoca
lyptic moments, this book represents one of the most major academic contribution
s to labour history in South Asia.
'Lost Worlds is, evidently, a work imb
ued with a profound and sophisticated grasp of questions of theory. Yet its pri
mary purpose is not the testing out of one or other hypothesis...polemics figure
very little within the text. What lingers in the mind, above all, is the sheer
richness of the multiple narratives of labour and urban life... Lost Worlds, I w
ill be bold enough to suggest, is labour history at its best...'
-Sumit
Sarkar
Chitra Joshi's thorough account of the complexities of workers&#3
9; lives and their struggles is one of the best books in the library of the real
history of labour in India and in developing countries in general'.
&
lt;strong>- Amiya Kumar Bagchi
</td><td>Chitra Joshi, has a PhD in labour history from jawah
arlal Nehru University. She teaches History at Indraprastha College, Delhi Unive
rsity. She has Published essays in a wide range of international academic journa
ls.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-155-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Un-Gandh
ian Gandhi, The: The Life and Afterlife of the Mahatma</td><td>Claude Markovits<
/td><td>2006</td><td>200</td><td>250.0000</td><td>Although there have b
een many biographical accounts of Mahatma Gandhi, m
uch of the literature on him is hagiographic. Keeping clear of the twin pitfalls
of hagiography and hyper-criticism, this book seeks to throw new light on Gandh
i by looking simultaneously at his legend and career. The Gandhian legend is ana
lysed through the corpus of texts and images which helped spread itthrough India
and in the West.

The gradual creation of Gandhi as an icon is shown to be the
result of Indian nationalistic selectivity and Western Christian impoverishment
s of the range and depth of representations of the Mahatma. Markovits suggest th
at the growth of a legend on the saint as politician, through these iconic trans
formations, has obscured the facts of Gandhi's specific public career in his
tory.

Gandhi's actual professional role in the public sphere, says Markov
its, was marked by his long and critical phase of maturation in South Africa, a
phase often glossed over, in laudatory accounts, as a preparation for his famous
work in India. This later Indian career, Markovits points out, was really the c
onsequence of Gandhi having to radically reinvent himself, even as he worked his
way through political ground realities to create what we now know as the quinte
ssence of Gandhian politics.
The attempt made here is thus to revaluate some
crucial points within Gandhi's career and sometimes ambivalent ideological p
ositions. Markovits argues that the disjunctions between the early and later Gan
dhi cannot be wished away or elided: they need to be squarely examined.
Rath
er than seeing Gandhi as an upholder of traditional Indian values, Markovits str
esses the paradoxical modernity of Gandhi's anti-modernism.What comes out st
rongly, in the end, is Gandhi as a polysemi figure, open to different, even cont
radictory, interpretations, whose peculiar modernity and susceptibility to varyi
ng appropriations makes him of enduring contemporary value. 
</td><td>Claude Markovits is Directeur de Recherche
(Senior Research Fellow) at the Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (Na
tional Centre for Scientific Research), Paris. He is the author of Indian Busine
ss and Nationalist Politics (1985) and The Global World of Indian Merchants (200
0). He has edited Histoire de l'Inde Moderne (Paris, 1994, English translati
on, London, 2002) and co-edited Society and Circulation: Mobile People and Itine
rant Cultures in South Asia 17501950 (2003).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td
>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-156-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dr Ambed
kar and Untouchability: Analysing and Fighting Caste</td><td>Christophe Jaffrelo
t</td><td>2006</td><td>218</td><td>350.0000</td><td>B.R. Ambedkar (18911956) was
the first Dalit or low-caste Hindu to be formally educated to the highest level,
gaining his PhD in the West. Despite this huge achievement he remained true to
his background and origins, fighting for Dalit rights throughout his life. No on
e today doubts Ambedkars status as Indias first and foremost Dalit.
For years,
Ambedkar waged a singular and lonely battle against Indias brahminical and higher
-caste political establishment, which included Mahatma Gandhi, who resisted Ambe
dkars effort to formalize and codify a separate identity for lower-caste Hindus.
Nonetheless, Ambedkar became Law Minister in the first government of indepen
dent India, and chairman of the committee which drafted the Indian constitution,
and was able to modify Gandhian attempts to influence Indias polity.
In the
final stage of his life Ambedkar distanced himself from politics and sought sol
ace in Buddhism, to which he converted a short while before his death.
Jaffre
lots major new book focuses on the three key areas that are central to a full und
erstanding of Indias pioneering Dalit: Ambedkar as social theorist; Ambedkar as s
tatesman and politician; and Ambedkar as an opponent of caste Hinduism and advoc
ate of Buddhism as a method of release from Hindu social oppression.
In each
case, Jaffrelot argues, Ambedkar was the first to forge new political, symbolic,
and emotively powerful strategies for Dalits. These not only proved effective i
n Ambedkars own lifetime, they resonate powerfully even today. </td><td>
Christophe Jaffrelot is director of CERI (Centre dEtudes et Re
cherches Internationales) at Sciences Po in Paris. His books include The Hindu N
ationalist Movement and Indian Politics (1996) and Indias Silent Revolution: The
Rise of the Low Castes in North Indian Politics (2003).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,P
K,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-147-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Emergence
of the Delhi Sultanate, The, 1192-1286</td><td>Sunil Kumar</td><td>2007</td><td
>444</td><td>795.0000</td><td>The Sultans of Delhi came from relatively

humble origins. They were slaves who rose to become generals in the armies of t
he Afghan rule Muizz al-Din Ghuri. Their transformation into rulers of a kingdom
of great political influence in North India was a slow and discontinuous proces
s that occurred through the thirteenth century.
For the better part of that c
entury, there were many centres of social and political power in the early Delhi
Sultanate. There were military commanders with contending political ambitions,
as well as urban elites with contrasting social constitencies, religious ideolog
ies, and personal commitments. Such people did not always support authoritarian
interventions seeking to create a monolithic state.
So, for decades, the Sult
anate seemed to disappear from political reckoning, and its resurrections were m
ore in the nature of reincarnations. It made its periodic reappearances in bodi
ly forms different from those of its precursors. Ultimately, the Delhi Sultanat
e survived not just because of the political and military acumen of its rulers a
nd military agents, but because of the ideological investment of a variety of M
uslim emigres that saw the Delhi Sultanate as a sanctuary for muslims dering the
period of Mongol holocaust.
In The Emergence of the Delhi Sultanate, Sunil K
umar charts the history of the structures that sustained and challenged this reg
ime, and of the underlying ideologies - eliding its sometimes ephemeral form - t
hat gave meaning to the idea of the Delhi Sultanate.</td><td>
Sunil Kumar is a Reader in Medieval History at the History Department,
Delhi University. His Ph.D. was at Duke University, USA, and his publications i
nclude the present in Delhi's pasts; an edited volume, Demolishing Myths or
Mosques and Temples? Readings on History and Temple Desecration in Medieval Indi
a; and a forthcoming book provisionally titled Sites of Power and Resistance: A
Study of Sultanate Monumental Architecture. He is also managing editor of the In
dian Economic and Social History Review.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td
>
<td>978-81-7824-153-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Prophets
Facing Backward: Postmodernism, Science, and Hindu Nationalism</td><td>Meera Na
nda</td><td>2006</td><td>325</td><td>495.0000</td><td>This book argues
that the secularization of cultural commonsense is the best answer to Hindu nati
onalist bigotry in contemporary India. It demonstrates how, under a Hindu nati
onalist regime, the country took a turn towards reactionary forms of modernism,
acquiring cutting-edge technologiesincluding nuclear weaponswhile reviving superst
ition in the guise of Vedic Sciences. Aggressive modernization in the technologica
l sphere accompanied an assault on modernity in the cultural sphere.
Prophets
Facing Backward examines the intellectual sources of this reactionary modernism
. It shows a convergence between Vedic Sciences, Hindu modernity, and postmodernist/
postcolonial critiques of science by left-inclined intellectuals and new social
movements. Postmodernist despair over Enlightenment legacies, this book argues,
has served as a bridge to reactionary modernism. The ideology of Hindutva on the
Right is scrutinized alongside social movements on the Left, the latter includi
ng alternative science, people's science, and ecofeminist/post-development m
ovements. Nanda contends that by eroding all distinctions between modern science
and other ways of knowing, the postmodernist left has unwittingly aided the gro
wth of reactionary modernism.
She asks fundamental questions that tend to
be brushed aside: are local knowledges good for marginalized groups? Are there t
rans-cultural criteria to evaluate the truth-content of local knowledges against
modern science? Is modern science a source of Eurocentrism or does it have unfu
lfilled potential for challenging the political appropriation of traditional Hin
duism? Even as she challenges postmodernist critics, Nanda turns to the modernis
t neo-Buddhist writings of B.R. Ambedkar to locate some of the cultural resource
s for her critique.</td><td>Meera NandaA is the aut
hor of Breaking the Spell of Dharma and Other Essays, and Planting the Future: A
Resource Guide to Sustainable Agriculture in the Third World. Trained as a mic
robiologist, she received her second Ph.D. in Science Studies from Rensselaer Po
lytechnic Institute, USA. She was a recipient of a grant from the American Coun
cil of Learned Societies. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</t
d>
<td>978-81-7824-154-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Counterf
lows to Colonialism: Indian Travellers and Settlers in Britain 1600-1857</td><td
>Michael H. Fisher</td><td>2006</td><td>534</td><td>395.0000</td><td>In
dians have been visiting or settling in England since the early 1600s. Forming c
ounterflows to colonialism, Indians entered Britain, lived among Britons, and pro
duced knowledge which compelled British responses.
By the mid-nineteenth ce
ntury several thousand Indian seamen, servants, scholars, soldiers, women and ch
ildren, students, diplomats, royalty, merchants, tourists, and settlers were par
ticipating in varying ways within British society, depending on their gender, so
cial origin, and personal circumstances.
In multifarious and contested ways
, their self-representations and activities influenced British attitudes and pol
icies towards them as individuals and towards India generally. Some settled, bu
t most returned to India after months or years living in Britain. Most also sen
t or brought back to India direct information about Britain which disseminated i
n complex ways within Indian society.

The context for these interactions and representations was colonialism
and its processes, which powerfully altered what being Indian meant, both cultural
ly and legally.
This book surveys and analyses the range of Indians that ve
ntured to Britain over 250 years, their reasons for travel, their diverse lived
experiences, and their contrasting representations of colonizer, colonized, and
colonial rule.
Written in lucid and jargon-free prose, this volume will enthr
al general readers as well as historians. Its strong interest in narrative and t
he telling anecdote, in individual personalities and peculiar lives, makes this
book unusually appealing as much for its incredible wealth of new data and fresh
arguments, as for its accessibility. 
</td><td>Michael H. Fisher is Danforth Professor of
History at Oberlin College, USA. He has published extensively on interactions be
tween Indians and Britons during the early colonial period, including a biograph
y of one early Indian settler in Britain, Dean Mahomet (1759-1851), titled The F
irst Indian Author in English.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-221-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Brahmin
and Non-Brahmin: Genealogies of the Tamil Political Present</td><td>M.S.S.Pandia
n</td><td>2007</td><td>286</td><td>495.0000</td><td>In South India, the categories Brahmin and non-Bra
hmin are frequently treated as self-evident, both within contempor
ary Tamil politics and in mainstream academic discourses. Departing from this po
litical and academic common sense, the present book historicizes the complex proce
sses by which these categories came into being and acquired political power over
the past century. Using archival, regional-language, and unconventional sources
, M.S.S. Pandian unsettles the self-evident quality of these two categories and op
ens up a rich theoretical-critical space to rethink and understand them. </p&
gt;
In the process of unravelling and
historicizing the so-called naturalness of Brahmin and non-Brahmin, this book also of
fers a new perspective on colonialism in South India. Stepping away from mainstr
eam nationalist accounts of colonialism, it shows the ways in which colonialism
was, for various strata of Tamil society, both a moment of crisis as well as one
of possibilities. The book argues that it was this dual and ambiguous quality o
f colonial rule which facilitated new ways of looking at the figure of the Brahm
in, even as it enabled the making of a non-Brahmin identity.
The importance o
f this book for understanding politics and society in Tamil South India over the
past hundred and more years can scarcely be exaggerated. The Non-Brahmin writin
gs and discursive strategies of E.V. Ramasamy Periyar, Maraimalai Adigal, and Iyot
hee Thoss, alongside those of a wide array of Brahminic thinkers and propagandis
ts (both within Congress and outside), are presented here with a degree of sophi
stication and analytic skill not available in other works of political, social,
and intellectual history on the Indian South.

This book will interest every h
istorian, sociologist, and political analyst of India, as well as all who wish t
o understand anti-Brahmin and anti-upper-caste social movements.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">M.S.S.Pandian
 is currently a Visiting Fellow of the Sarai Programme, Centre for the
Study of Developing Societies, Delhi. He was previously on the faculty of the C
entre for the Study of Social Sciences, Calcutta, and the Madras Institute of De
velopment Studies, Madras. He is a member of the South Asia Regional Advisory Pa
nel, Social Science Research Council, New York, and of the editorial collective
of Subaltern Studies.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-213-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Lions
of India</td><td>Divyabhanusinh (Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>276</td><td>495.0000
</td><td>Lions are associated mai
nly with the African grasslands. Few people know that in India they once roamed
the plains of Haryana and Punjab, wandered as far as Bihar in the east and abo
ve the Narmada in the south, and walked the grasslands and scrub forests around
Delhi. Today, the Asiatic lion has been reduced to one tiny population in a si
ngle forest of Gujarat.
Has the Asiatic lion been so spec
tacularly unfortunate because it is not secretive enough to survive hunters and
poachers? Is its survival the outcome of one princes efforts? Could a single ep
idemic wipe it out forever?
This book celebrates an animal wh
ose magnificent beauty has been the cause of its tragic destiny. The earliest
extract included here dates from 1884 and is about shikar; the newest, written
in 2008, analyses the implications of politics for the lions survival. Some piec
es charm and entertain with their vivid literary style and their close observat
ion of nature; others explain population patterns and genetic reduction. The ed
itors erudite Introduction provides a historical overview.</td><td>&nbs
p;</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-195-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Islam and
Healing: Loss and Recovery of an Indo-Muslim Medical Tradition 1600-1900</td><t
d>Seema Alavi</td><td>2007</td><td>400</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Indo-Muslim medicineo
r the Unani traditiondeveloped in South Asia alongside Mughal political culture.
While it healed the body, it also had a profound bearing on the social fabric of
the region. Seema Alavis book shows the nature and extent of this Islamic healin
g traditions interaction with Indian society and politics from roughly 1600 to 19
00.
Drawing on Persian texts for the pre-colonial phase, Alavi then moves be
yond the standard colonial archive to deploy unused Urdu texts, pamphlets, local
newspapers, and private family records. The result is a substantial revision of
the existing historiography of Indian Islams encounter with Western medicine. Th
is book represents, in fact, the first major effort at telling the story of an I
slamic healing tradition and its subsequent transformation by locating it within
both pre-colonial and colonial time frames.
Alavi shows precisely how, in t
he period of high colonialism, established practitioners kept their tradition al
ive. Their struggles to preserve and recast the Mughal legacy, control knowledge
, and consolidate doctrinaire languages of power when confronting print culture
and Western education are compellingly documented and analysed. Without disprivi
leging the state, she demonstrates how an in-house struggle for hegemony can be
as potent as external power during processes that define medical, social, and na
tional modernity.
In the present context, where West-dominant globalization demonizes bot
h Islam and cultural alternatives, the implications of this book are profound. A
pioneering work on social and medical history, it will interest all historians,
students of Islams interaction with the West, alternative modernities, and the a
ncient as well as contemporary struggle of the local against the global. </p&
gt;
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Seema Alavi&l

t;/b> is Professor, Department of History and Culture, Jamia Millia Islamia,
Delhi. She has been a Fulbright Fellow, as well as a Smuts Fellow at Cambridge U
niversity, from where her PhD was revised and published as The Sepoys and the Co
mpany: Tradition and Transition in Northern India 17701830 (1995). She has co-aut
hored (with Muzaffar Alam) A European Experience of the Mughal Orient: The Ijazi-Arsalani (Persian Letters, 17731779) of A.H. Polier (2001). She has edited The
Eighteenth Century in India (2002), taught at Jawaharlal Nehru University, and b
een a Visiting Fellow at Harvard.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><
<td>978-81-7824-197-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Making Co
nservation Work: Securing Biodiversity in this New Century</td><td>Ghazala Shaha
buddin & Mahesh Rangarajan</td><td>2007</td><td>312</td><td>595.0000</td><td
>Wildlife today is competing with some of Indias most underprivileged pe
ople for survival. This apart, commercial and industrial pressures from far outs
ide park boundaries reverberate within these fragile ecological oases, making th
em vulnerable in a way they never have been before. Reconciling the question of
preserving what little wildlife remains with the needs of humans has never seeme
d as tangled.
Shahabuddin and Rangarajan's new book, which is about to be
released, brings together the thoughts of many new scholars on this urgent issu
e--is this a battle in which either nature or humans will survive? Must it be a
battle?</td><td>Ghazala Shahabuddin has a PhD from
Duke University and is a Fellow, Council for Social Development, Delhi.&nbsp
;<div> </div><div>Mahesh Rangarajan</b&
gt; is a Rhodes Scholar, eminent political commentator and environmentalist who
has taught at Cornell, Jadavpur, and Delhi universities.</div></td><td>Wor
ld</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-198-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Obse
rvant Owl: Hootums Vignettes of Nineteenth-Century Calcutta</td><td>Kaliprasanna
Sinha, Swarup Roy (Tr.)</td><td>2011</td><td>216</td><td>295.0000</td><td>This book is a rambunctious romp throug
h nineteenth-century Calcutta, a translation of Hootum Pyanchar Naksh
a (literally Sketches by Hootum the Owl), a set of satirical portraits
so popular that it has never been out of print since its publication in 1862. T
his is its first ever translation.
The writing is so vivid that ther
e is within these pages a sense of walking through a decadent Dickensian city a
s fishwives call out their wares, housewives hurry to the river for baths, thi
eves pick pockets, and carriages creak through slush and rotting banana peel ca
rting passengers high on ganja.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>G
eneral Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-202-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindu Ru
lers, Muslim Subjects: Islam, Rights, and the History of Kashmir</td><td>Mridu R
ai</td><td>2007</td><td>358</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This is a remarkab
le work of scholarship which shows how Kashmirs modern Muslim identity came into
existence. In doing this, it demonstrates the complex manner in which politics c
an enforce the creation of religious identity.
Kashmir is a hotbed of religio
us politics. Disputed between India and Pakistan, this territory comprises a lar
ge majority of Muslims who are subject to the laws of a predominantly Hindu and
increasingly hinduised India. How did religion and politics become so inextricab
ly enmeshed in defining and expressing the protest of Kashmirs Muslims against Hi
ndu rule? This book is a brilliant historical study of this central issue in the
troubled politics of South Asias most picturesqueand most volatileprovince.
Mri
du Rai argues that the origins of present political conditions and problems lie
in the hundred-year period preceding the creation of India and Pakistan, when Ka
shmir was ruled by a succession of Hindu Dogra kings. The Dogras wielded power u
nder the aegis of British imperialism, and the collusion of colonial state and c
ollaborating vassals played no small part in shaping a decisively Hindu sovereig

nty over a subject Muslim populace.

This sovereignty took a novel political form in Kashmir. It was charact
erized by an unprecedented degree of control by rulers intent on establishing an
d legitimizing their authority via Hindu forms of patronage, tradition, ritual,
and related strategies. The regions Muslims, unlike its Hindus, were left out of
the power-sharing arrangements not simply because of their religion but because,
as Muslims, they became irrelevant to the legitimizing devices installed by the
Hindu Dogras and their British overlords. Therefore, the protest of Kashmiri Mu
slims historically represents not so much a defense of Islam as a defence of the
ir rights by a community defined specifically as Muslims by an explicitly Hindu
ruling hierarchy. This explains the development of a consciousness among Kashmir
i Muslims of religiously-based neglect, as well as the emergence of their ongoin
g political protest.
Everyone interested in Kashmir and its history will want
this book, as will those who study religion, politics, legal rights, and commun
ity identities.
</td><td>Mridu Rai did her BA at Miranda House, Delh
i University and her MA at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. Her Ph.D. was
from Columbia University. She teaches History at Yale University.</td><td>IN,NP
,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-204-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Azad Hin
d: Writings and Speeches 1941-1943</td><td>Subhas Chandra Bose, Sisir Kumar Bose
and Sugata Bose(Eds.)</td><td>2007</td><td>240</td><td>350.0000</td><td>On the night of 16-17 January 1941, Subh
as Chandra Bose secretly left his Elgin Road home in Calcutta and was driven by
his nephew, Sisir, in a car up to Gomoh railway junction in Bihar. Before his de
parture he wrote a few post-dated letters to be mailed on his return to Calcutta
in order to give the British the false impression that he was still at home.
Volume 11 of Netaji Boses Collected Works opens with one such letter, written t
o his political colleague Hari Vishnu Kamath, who was then in prison. Two years
later, on the eve of setting out on a perilous submarine journey from Europe to
Asia on 8 February 1943, Subhas Chandra Bose wrote a touching letter in Bengali
for his elder brother, Sarat Chandra Bose, which forms the last item in this vol
ume: 'Today once again I am embarking on the path of danger. But this time t
owards home. I may not see the end of the road.'
Between these two journe
ys lies perhaps the most difficult, daring and controversial phase in the life o
f India's foremost anti-colonial revolutionary. His writings and broadcasts
of this period cover a broad range of topics, including the nature and course o
f the Second World War, the need to distinguish between India's internal and
external policy in the context of the international war crisis, plans for a fi
nal armed assault against British rule in India, dismay at and criticism of Germ
any's invasion of the Soviet Union, the hypocrisy of Anglo-American notions
of freedom and democracy, the role of Japan in East and Southeast Asia, the reas
ons for rejecting the Cripps offer of 1942, support for Mahatma Gandhi and the Q
uit India movement later that year, and reflections on the future problems of re
construction in free India.
This volume is indispensable for all interested i
n modern South Asian history and politics, as well as nationalism and internatio
nal relations in the twentieth century.</td><td><div style="te
xt-align: justify">Sisir Kumar Bose (1920-2000) found
ed the Netaji Research Bureau in 1957 and was its guiding spirit until his death
in 2000. A participant in the Indian freedom struggle, he was imprisoned by th
e British in the Lahore Fort, Red Fort and Lyallpur Jail. In the post-independen
ce period he played a key role in preserving the best traditions of the anti-col
onial movement and making possible the writing of its history. He authored and e
dited biographies, memoirs, monographs and research papers on Netaji's life
and times. One of India's best pediatricians, he was Director and later Pres
ident of the Institute of Child Health, Calcutta.
Sugata Bose is the Gardine
r Professor of History at Harvard University. He is the author of several books
on the economic, social and political history of modern South Asia.</div><
/td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-210-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Recoveri
ng Subversion: Feminist Politics Beyond the Law</td><td>Nivedita Menon</td><td>2
007</td><td>288</td><td>495.0000</td><td>This book is about the relatio
n between law and feminist politics.
Nivedita Menon identifies a key dilemma
that faces a radical politics today, namely the 'paradox of constitutionali
sm'. This occurs when various differing moral visions come up against the un
iversalising drive of constitutionality and the language of universal rights.
By examining three issues that the women's movement in India has engaged w
iththe practice of selective abortion of female foetuses, sexual violence, and re
servations for women in representative institutionsMenon unfolds a two-pronged ar
gument, namely that 
<ol><li> the language of rights and citizenship is no longer unprobl
ematically available to an emancipatory politics; and</li>
<li> that specifically in the context of feminist politics it has become i
ncreasingly difficult to sustain 'woman' as the subject of such a politi
cs, despite (or perhaps because of) the explosion of 'gender' as a categ
ory of analysis in official state and NGO discourse.</li></ol>
</td><td>Nivedita Menon is Professor, Department of
Political Science, Delhi University. She has published extensively on gender and
politics and is the editor of Gender and Politics in India (1999). </td><td>IN,
NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-273-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Objects o
f Translation: Material Culture and Medieval Hindu-Muslim Encounter</td><td>Finbar
r B. Flood</td><td>2009</td><td>384</td><td>1695.0000</td><td><em&gt
;Objects of Translation offers a nuance
d approach to the entanglements of medieval elites in the regions that today c
omprise Afghanistan, Pakistan, and North India. The bookwhich ranges in time fro
m the early eighth to the early thirteenth centurieschallenges existing narrativ
es that cast the period as one of enduring hostility between monolithic Hindu and
Muslim cultures. These narratives of conflict have generally depended upon premo
dern texts for their understanding of the past. By contrast, this book consider
s the role of material culture and highlights how objects such as coins, dress,
monuments, paintings, and sculptures mediated diverse modes of encounter durin
g a critical but neglected period in South Asian history.
The book explores modes of circulationamong them looting, gifting, and
tradethrough which artisans and artifacts travelled, remapping cultural boundari
es usually imagined as stable and static. It analyzes the relationship between
mobility and practices of cultural translation, and the role of both in the eme
rgence of complex transcultural identities. Among the subj
ects discussed are the rendering of Arabic sacred texts in Sanskrit on Indian c
oins, the adoption of Turko-Persian dress by Buddhist rulers, the work of India
n stone masons in Afghanistan, and the incorporation of carvings from Hindu and
Jain temples in early Indian mosques. Objects of Trans
lation draws upon contemporary theories of cosmopolit
anism and globalization to argue for radically new approaches to the cultural g
eography of premodern South Asia and the Islamic world.</td><td><p&
gt;Finbarr B. Flood is associate professor in the Department
of Art History and the Institute of Fine Arts at New York University. He is t
he author of The Great Mosque of Damascus: Studies on the Making of a
n Umayyad Visual Culture.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td>
<td>978-81-7824-274-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Partisan
s of Allah: Jihad in South Asia</td><td>Ayesha Jalal</td><td>2009</td><td>400</t
d><td>595.0000</td><td>The idea of jihad is central to Islamic faith a
nd ethics, and yet its meanings have been highly contested over time. They have
ranged from the philosophical struggle to live an ethical life to the politica
l injunction to wage war against enemies of Islam. Today, more than ever, jihad
signifies the political opposition between Islam and the West. As the line dra
wn between Muslims and non-Muslims becomes more rigid, Ayesha Jalal seeks to re
trieve the ethical meanings of this core Islamic principle in South Asian histo
ry. Drawing on historical, legal, and literary sources, Jal
al traces the intellectual itinerary of jihad through several centuries and acr
oss the territory connecting the Middle East with South Asia. She reveals how k
ey innovations in modern Islamic thought resulted from historical imperatives.
The social and political scene in India before, during, and after British colon
ial rule forms the main backdrop. We experience the jihad as armed warfare wage
d by Sayyid Ahmad of Rai Bareilly between 1826 and 1831, the calls to jihad in
the great rebellion of 1857, the fusion of jihad with a strand of anti-colonial
nationalism in the early twentieth century, and the contemporary politics of
self-styled jihadis in Pakistan, waging war to liberate co-religionists in Afgh
anistan and Kashmir. Partisans of A
llah surveys this rich and tumultuous history of Sout
h Asian Muslims and its critical contribution to the intellectual development o
f the key concept of jihad. Analyzing the complex interplay of ethics and polit
ics in Muslim history, the author effectively demonstrates the preeminent role
of jihad in the Muslim faith today.</td><td>Ayesha Jalal is the Mary Richardson Professor of History at Tufts University.
Her several books include Self and Sovereignty: Individual and Commu
nity in South Asian Islam since1850 (2000) and The Sole Sp
okesman: Jinnah, the Muslim League and the Demand for Paki
stan (1985).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-275-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Lang
uage of the Gods in the World of Men: Sanskrit, Culture, and Power in Premodern
India</td><td>Sheldon Pollock</td><td>2009</td><td>704</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
In this work of impressive scholarship, Sheldon Pollock explores the r
emarkable rise and fall of Sanskrit, India's ancient language, as a vehicl
e of poetry and polity. He traces the two great moments of
its transformation: the first around the beginning of the Common Era, when San
skrit, long a sacred language, was reinvented as a code for literary and politi
cal expression, the start of an amazing career that saw Sanskrit literary cultu
re spread from Afghanistan to Java. The second moment occu
rred around the beginning of the second millennium, when local speech forms cha
llenged and eventually replaced Sanskrit in both the literary and political are
nas.
Drawing striking parallels, chronologically as well as structurally, w
ith the rise of Latin literature and the Roman empire, and with the new vernacu
lar literatures and nation-states of late-medieval Europe, The Language of the Gods in the World of Men asks
whether these very different histories challenge current theories of culture a
nd power and suggest new possibilities for practice.
</td><td>Sheldon Pollock is William B. Ransford Pro
fessor of Sanskrit and South Asian Studies at Columbia University, and former
George V. Bobrinskoy Distinguished Service Professor at The University of Chi
cago. His previous publications include Literary Cultures in History:
Reconstructions from South Asia (California, 2003), Cosmo
politanism (2002, with Homi Bhabha et al.), and The Ramaya
na of Valmiki, Volume III: Aranyakanda (1991), and Volume I
I: Ayodhyakanda (1986).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General
Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-269-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Islamism
and Democracy in India</td><td>Irfan Ahmad</td><td>2013</td><td>328</td><td>695.
0000</td><td>Jamaat-e-Islami Hind
is the most influential Islamist organization in India today. Founded in 1941
by Syed Abul Ala Maududi with the aim of spreading Islamic values in the subcon
tinent, Jamaat and its offshoot, the Student Islamic Movement of India (SIMI),
has been watched closely by Indian security services since 9/11. In particular,
SIMI has been accused of being behind terrorist bombings. 
Islamism
and Democracy in India is the first in-depth examination of Indias Jamaat-e-Islami
and SIMI. It explores political Islams complex relationship with democracy and g
ives us a rare window into one immensely significant Islamic trajectory in a Mu
slim-minority context.
Irfan Ahmad conducted extensive
ethnographic fieldwork at a school in Aligarh, among student activists at Aliga
rh Muslim University, at a madrasa in Azamgarh, and during Jamaats participation
in elections in 2002. He deftly traces Jamaats changing position towards India&
#39;s secular democracy and the groups gradual ideological shift in the directio
n of religious pluralism and tolerance. He demonstrates how the rise of militan
t Hindu nationalism since the 1980sevident in the destruction of the Babri mosqu
e and widespread violence against Muslimsled to SIMIs radicalization, its rejecti
on of pluralism, and its call for jihad.
Islamism and Democracy in India</em&g
t; argues that when secular democracy is responsive to the traditions and aspir
ations of its Muslim citizens, Muslims in turn embrace pluralism and democracy.
But when democracy becomes majoritarian and exclusionary, Muslims turn radical
.</td><td>Irfa
n Ahmad is an anthropologist and assistant professor of politics in t
he School of Political and Social Inquiry at Monash University in Australia, wh
ere he helps lead the Centre for Islam and the Modern World.</td><td>
IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-270-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Bird&#
39;s Eye View: The Collected Essays and Shorter Writings of Salim Ali</td><td>Ta
ra Gandhi</td><td>2009</td><td>910</td><td>995.0000</td><td><strong&
gt;Sálim Ali, without question Indias greatest ornithologis
t, was a prolific writer. Apart from his many books (the best known being <e
m>The Book of Indian Birds), he wrote
a large number of scientific papers, essays, and popular articles for a variet
y of journals, and magazines. He also broadcast radio talks and gave public lec
tures as well as interviews.
This body of Sálim Alis work has never before been gathered togeth
er into a book.This first-time collection of all these shorter writings, painst
akingly ferreted out and put together by Sálim Alis former student Tara Gan
dhi (with the permission of the Bombay Natural History Society, Sálim Alis
intellectual and spiritual home for many years), presents a fascinating array o
f topics as diverse as the Indian landscapes and birdlife that were his passion
. Whether it is the colours of a bird's feathers or the ecology of the Hima
laya mountains or an insightful conservation message, Salim Alis evocative wri
ting style makes reading this volume enormously pleasurable. <p&g
t;Of its intellectual and academic importance to the worlds ornithologists, to I
ndias scientists, and to all bird lovers, there can be no doubt.</td><
td>Tara Gandhi was a student of Salim Ali. She recei
ved a fellowship from the Bombay Natural History Society for her M.Sc. in Field
Ornithology, and later published her first book Birds and Plant Rege
neration for the Society for Promotion of Wastelands Development. Ta
ra Gandhi has worked for conservation programmes with World Wildlife Fund in Ne
w Delhi, Commonwealth Secretariat in London, M.S.Swaminathan Research Foundat
ion in Chennai, and has surveyed wildlife protected areas in India, including
the Andaman & Nicobar islands and Lakshadweep.</td><td>World</td><td>Gen
eral Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-271-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bombay C
inema: An Archive of the City</td><td>Ranjani Mazumdar</td><td>2009</td><td>296<

/td><td>495.0000</td><td>Cinema i
s a major industry in India. It is also the countrys most powerful cultural form
. Yet until now there has been no major examination of the ways in which Bombays
films serve as a medium for the experience of urban India. Mazumdars book revea
ls a complex modern world convulsed by social crises and transformed by global
ization. It leads us into the heart of Indias urban labyrinth, changing and deep
ening our understanding of a country, its cities, and its cinema. &lt
;p style="text-align: justify">Investigating urban typesangry young m
en, dangerous psychotics, street loafers, prostitutes, yuppies and gangstersRanj
ani Mazumdar shows how recent Indian cinema provides an archive of urban spaces
and of the trauma of a deep social disillusionment ... an urban space implodin
g under the pressure of globalization and new technology, says the film critic T
om Gunning. &
lt;strong>Bombay Cinema is an inspired account of H
indi films as a rich and textured archive of modern urban life in India ... A t
rue gem, says the historian Gyan Prakash.</td><td><div style="
text-align: justify">Ranjani Mazumdar is an
independent film-mmaker and Associate Professor of Cinema Studies at the School
of Arts and Aesthetics at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.</div>
<td>978-81-7824-265-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindu Na
tionalism: A Reader</td><td>Christophe Jaffrelot</td><td>2009</td><td>402</td><t
d>595.0000</td><td>In India and beyond, Hindu nationalis
m came into the headlines in the 1990s, when the Ayodhya movemen
tto build a temple in place of a mosquegained momentum. This was when the Hindu n
ationalist Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) came to power. This stream of Indian po
litics is, however, considerably older: in fact older than the Left, the Congre
ss, and any other. 
The first part of this reader, comprising the writings of both famous
and unknown ideologues, shows that some of the nineteenth-centuryHindu socio-re
ligious reformers, such as Dayananda (founder of the Arya Samaj), prepared the
ground for Hindu nationalism by positing a Vedic Golden Age. On this foundation
, leaders of the Hindu Mahasabha and the Rashtriya Swayamsewak Sangh (RSS) elab
orated their vision of Hindu India in the twentieth century. <p&g
t;Now, V.D. Savarkar viewed the Muslim as the perfect Other, a figure to be stigm
atized and emulated with fascinating ambivalence. A full-fledged ethno-religiou
s concept, Hindutva, came into being, a notion that mentors of the Jana Sangh a
nd the BJPsuch as Deendayal Upadhyaya and Balraj Madhok refined subsequently by a
dding Gandhian nuances as well as more exclusivist overtones. <p&
gt;The second part of the reader outlines every major political issue on which
the Hindu nationalist movement has taken a distinct position. These include: ho
w to participate in party politics without diluting the core cultural doctrine;
how to cope with conversions by catering more to class needs; how to promote H
indi without alienating South India; how to fight reservations without losing t
he Other Backward Castes vote; how to criticize secularism without seeming comm
unal; how to reform education and the economy; how to recuperate Kashmir; and h
ow to make the Hindu diaspora replicate the original ideology beyond Indias boun
daries. In brief, this reader is indispensable for anyone wh
o wishes to understand contemporary Indian politics, society, culture, and hist
ory.</td><td>Christophe Jaffrelot is among
the worlds most eminent and respected scholars of South Asian politics and soci
ety. He is currently Director of CERI (Centre dEtudes et de Recherches Internati
onales) at Sciences Po (Paris), and Research Director at the CNRS (Centre Natio
nal de la Recherche Scientifique). His books include The Hindu Nationalist Movem
ent and Indian Politics, 1925 to the 1990s (1996), Indias Silent Revolution: Th
e Rise of the Low Castes in North Indian Politics (2002), and Dr Ambedkar and Un
touchability: Analysing and Fighting Caste (2005).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV<
/td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-260-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Nationali
sm in theVernacular: Hindi, Urdu, and the Literature of Indian Freedom</td><td>S
hobna Nijhawan</td><td>2010</td><td>536</td><td>795.0000</td><td>This a
nthology comprises a selection of formative literary writings in Hindi and Urdu
from the second half of the nineteenth century, leading up to Indian Independenc
e and the creation of Pakistan. The texts here are mostly hitherto unpublished t
ranslations into English. The anthology provides a picture of how nationalismas a
cultural ideology and political movementwas formed in literature.
Unlike othe
r anthologies, this one focuses on writings in two North Indian vernaculars with
a contested relationship: Hindi and Urdu. The combination is deliberate: the re
lationship of Hindi and Urdu was being consolidated and sealed even as these tex
ts were being written. There are two separate Introductions to this anthology. E
ach grounds, respectively, the peculiar paths taken by Hindi and Urdu proponents
and practitioners.
The anthology emphasizes the shared ground of Hindi and
Urdu. The Hindi and Urdu texts are arranged into eight thematic clusters, each r
epresented by a nationalist mode of reasoning. Autobiographical writings in Hind
i, prison poetry in Urdu, and social reform writings around gender, caste, class
, and Dalits are also included in this fascinating collection.</td><td
>Shobna Nijhawan teaches Hindi at York University in
Canada. Her PhD, on womens Hindi journals and nationalism, was from the Universi
ty of California, Berkeley. Her special areas of interest lie in South and South
east Asian Studies (Hindi/Urdu), with an emphasis on women, gender, and sexualit
y.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-278-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Imagining
the Urban: Sanskrit and the City</td><td>Shonaleeka Kaul</td><td>2010</td><td>2
90</td><td>595.0000</td><td>When you think of Indias ancient cities, yo
u think of khaki archaeologists digging crumbling structures out of ancient mud
. Urban spheres, from this perspective, often look as dull as the dust from whi
ch they emerge.
But the early Indian city wasnt like that at all, says Shonaleeka Kaul;
it was certainly not only brick-and-mortar, nor merely an agglomeration of bui
lt-up space. In Sanskrit literature these cities were alive, vibrant, teeming w
ith variety. Kaul examines Sanskrit kā&l
t;/em>vyas over about a thousand years to see what Indi
as early historic cities were like as living, lived-in, entities. She looks at i
deologies, attitudes, institutions, and practices in ancient urban areas, showi
ng the ways in which they often cohered into a worldview, a mentalité. 
This is also a book about Sanskrit literature. Scholars have long arg
ued for a nuanced use of literary texts to achieve a more rounded understanding
of ancient history, and Kaul achieves exactly that. She takes forward the idea
of a Sanskrit literary culture, arguing that genres influence methods of histori
cal representation. Her book gives us a fresh view of the early city, showing d
istinctive urban ways of thought and behaviour which relate in complex ways to
tradition, morality, and authority. In advocating Sanskrit k</em&g
t;āvyas as an important histo
rical source, it addresses not just ancient India specialists but also scholars
of literary history: the kā
vyas rework history, says Kaul, providing us with transhist
oricity rather than ahistoricity.
By asking new questions about early Indian cities and ancient Indian
texts, this book asks to be read by every scholar of history, urbanism, citysc
apes, literary history, Sanskrit writings, and South Asian antiquity.
</td><td>Shonaleeka Kaul teaches in the Department of History, Universi
ty of Delhi. She was at Jawaharlal Nehru University for her PhD. As part of vis
iting faculty, she has also taught at Yale.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK
,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-279-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Beng
al Renaissance: Identity and Creativity from Rammohun Roy to Rabindranath Tagore
</td><td>Subrata Dasgupta</td><td>2009</td><td>286</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Scholars have long debated the very idea of a Bengal Renaissa
nce. Their controversies have dwelt almost entirely over whether
there was anything like a renaissance at all, and its significance or otherwise f
rom social, political, and cultural perspectives. 
 
This book addresses the issue from a very different framework
.  Subrata Dasguptaan eminent scientist and author of a highly regarded
intellectual biography of the scientist Jagadis Chandra Boseapproaches the topi
c from the perspective of philosophy of science and the psychology of creativit
y.  His intention is to show that the phenomenon of the Bengal Renaiss
ance is characterized by a certain collective cognitive
identity, which had its roots in the work of the Brit
ish Orientalists, beginning with William Jones, and which took form amidst a sm
all but remarkable community of highly creative individuals in nineteenth-centu
ry Bengal.
The most notable figures in this creative community were the social re
former and savant Rammohun Roy; the poet Henry Derozio; the scholar-poet Michae
l Madhusudan Datta; the novelist Bankimchandra Chattopadhyay; pioneering scient
ists and medical men such as Mahendra Lal Sircar, Jagadis Chandra Bose, and Pra
fulla Chandra Ray; the mystic Sri Ramakrishna, the pedagogue Swami Vivekananda;
and the all-encompassing literary figure Rabindranath Tagore.  The co
re work of each of these major figures is outlined for its distinctive style, a
nalysed for its contribution to an intellectual milieu, and assessed for its ef
fect on cultural life. The author unveils in detail the pre
cise cognitive nature of the respective creative endeavours of these key figure
s, especially in the realms of Indology, theology, literature, science, and pra
ctical religion. He demonstrates the cross-cultural mentality and the interest in
universalism that  characterize the work of these cultural icons. He ar
gues that the creativity manifested by these individuals and the resulting shar
ed cognitive identity were sufficiently radical and represent a genuine <em&
gt;cognitive revolution in Indian histor
y.
Written in completely accessible and elegant English, this is a work
for general readers. Those unfamiliar with the basics of the Bengal Renaissanc
e will find it an excellent introduction to the area; scholars familiar with th
e area will find this perspective on cultural history from the perspective of s
cience and psychology quite novel, unusual, and compelling.
</td><td>Subrata Dasgupta is the Computer Science T
rust Fund Endowed Eminent Scholar, and Director of the Institute of Cognitive S
cience, at the University of Louisiana at Lafayette, where he is also Professor
of History.  He is the author of several books, including J
agadis Chandra Bose and the Indian Response to Western Science (Oxfor
d, 1999), and, most recently, a boyhood memoir, Salaam Stanley Matthe
ws (Granta Books, 2006). </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-281-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Footloos
e in the Himalaya</td><td>Bill Aitken</td><td>2009</td><td>268</td><td>495.0000<
/td><td>Away from over-used tourist trails and trekking routes, Bill Ai
tken wanders through the Himalaya. His inclination is to enter disused colonial
dak bungalows and ruined temples, meander in wild glades above the treeline carp
eted with wild flowers, filling his water bottle from mountain springs and water
falls. Having left his native Scotland in his twenties to circumnavigate the wor
ld, Aitken reached the Himalaya and stopped, enraptured.
He began wandering
through these mountains then, and has only stopped on and off in the last forty
years to do more mundane thingslike travelling the Deccan on his motorbike or ch
asing the last steam locomotive in India. His journeys in the mountains have ran
ged from Arunachal to Kashmir, from the icy heights of Zanskar and the Nanda Dev
i to the small towns of Mussoorie and Ranikhet.
For Aitken, travel in the Hi
malaya is as much about the spirit as about landscapes, leeches, and aching knee
s. This sets him on a lively trail of holy men, both saintly and fraudulent, acr
oss all the pilgrim centres of the Himalaya. He travels in bulging buses to Rish
ikesh and Badrinath, Kedarnath and Gangotri. He seeks out tiny disused temples t
o little-known deities like Anasuiya, and discovers a village with temples dedic
ated to Duryodhana. He spends seven ascetic years in an ashram at Mirtola. All a
long he gropes for an answer to the question: what power does the Himalaya posse
ss that has drawn generations of seekers to it?

If anything distinguishes Aitken from the regular travel writer, it is
his inspired craziness. With his wide-ranging, sometimes eccentric, interests, t
his book is replete with literature, geology, philosophy, and folklore. There ar
e detours into hill gossip, stories of local ghosts, accounts of local customs,
and exasperated asides about political ineptitude. Bill Aitkens intimate knowledg
e of the Himalaya, absorbed through a lifetime, makes this more a natives account
than a travellers. 
</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-286-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Caste
Question: Dalits and the Politics of Modern India</td><td>Anupama Rao</td><td>2
010</td><td>414</td><td>750.0000</td><td>This innovative work of histor
ical anthropology explores how India's Dalits, or ex-untouchables, transform
ed themselves from stigmatized subjects into citizens. Anupama Raos account chall
enges standard thinking on caste as either a vestige of precolonial society or a
n artifact of colonial governance. Focusing on western India in the colonial and
postcolonial periods, she shines a light on South Asian historiography and on o
ngoing caste discrimination, to show how persons without rights came to possess
them and how Dalit struggles led to the transformation of such terms of colonial
liberalism as rights, equality, and personhood. Extending into the present, the
ethnographic analyses of The Caste Question reveal
the dynamics of an Indian democracy distinguished not by overcoming caste, but
by new forms of violence and new means of regulating caste.</td><td>&l
t;b>Anupama Rao is Associate Professor of History at Barna
rd College, USA.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-289-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Portfoli
os of the Poor: How the Worlds Poor Live on $2 a Day</td><td>Daryl Collins, Jonat
han Morduch, Stuart Rutherford, and Orlanda Ruthven</td><td>2010</td><td>294</td
><td>495.0000</td><td>About forty percent of the worlds people live on i
ncomes of two dollars a day or less. If youve never had to survive on an income s
o small, it is hard to imagine. How would you put food on the table, afford a ho
me, and educate your children? How would you handle emergencies and old age? Eve
ry day, more than a billion people around the world must answer these questions.
Portfolios of the Poor is the first book to explai
n systematically how the poor find solutions.
The authors report on the yearl
ong financial diaries of villagers and slum dwellers in Bangladesh, India, and Sou
th Africarecords that track penny by penny how specific households manage their m
oney. The stories of these families are often surprising and inspiring.
Most
poor households do not live hand to mouth, spending what they earn in a despera
te bid to keep afloat. Instead, they employ financial tools, many linked to info
rmal networks and family ties. They push money into savings for reserves, squeez
e money out of creditors whenever possible, run sophisticated savings clubs, and
use microfinancing wherever available. Their experiences reveal new methods to
fight poverty and ways to envision the next generation of banks for the bottom bi
llion.
Indispensable for those in development studies, economics, and microfin
ance, Portfolios of the Poor will appeal to anyone
interested in knowing more about poverty and what can be done about it.</p&gt
;</td><td>Daryl Collins conceived and directed the most recen
t version of the financial diaries in South Africa and is a senior associate at
Bankable Frontier Associates in Boston. <div> </div
><div>Jonathan Morduch is professor of public policy
and economics at New York University and coauthor of The Economics of Microfina
nce. </div><div> </div><div><b&gt
;Stuart Rutherford is the author of The Poor and Their Money, and foun
der of SafeSave, a microfinance institution in Bangladesh. </div>
<div> </div><div>Orlanda Ruthven
recently completed a doctoral degree in international development at the Univer
sity of Oxford and lives in New Delhi.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV<
<td>978-81-7824-292-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Western
Science in Modern India: Metropolitan Methods, Colonial Practices</td><td>Pratik
Chakrabarti</td><td>2010</td><td>340</td><td>350.0000</td><td>This bo
ok is about Western science in a colonial world. It
asks: how do we understand the transfer and absorption of scientific knowledge
across diverse cultures, from one society to another? Pra
tik Chakrabarti approaches this question from the assumption that knowledge is
fundamentally linked with experience. He analyses what was Western' about th
at scientific knowledge, and what constituted the colonialness of Indian experie
nce. He shows that the expansion of a European discipline into strange and dist
ant lands meant experiencing new phenomena, examining new facts, developing new
hypotheses. This journey of science from Europe to colonial India, he argues,
was also one from metropolis to periphery. The book explores whether the periph
ery can alter the terms of the metropolis. Starting in the
eighteenth century, Chakrabarti reveals a process of knowledge-transfer that in
volved not only Indian nationalist scientists but also Europeans (East India Co
mpany surgeons and surveyors)the initial practitioners of modern science in Indi
a. In doing so he highlights the fact that the marginality of colonial scientif
ic experience, like the battles to overcome it, could be located at diverse cul
tural sites. This book spans a period of about 170 years,
from 1780 to 1950, and traverses several institutions. These include the Asiati
c Society, the Geological Survey of India, the Indian Association for the Culti
vation of Science, the Bose Institute. It also looks acutely at the work of ind
ividuals such as Henry Piddington, Thomas Holland, Frederick Corbyn, Hugh Falco
ner, Mahendralal Sircar, J.C. Bose, P.C. Ray, and M.N. Saha.
As a historical elucidation of the location of science in modern India
, this is a major monograph. It will interest scientists, historians and sociol
ogists, as well as students of imperialism and the history of ideas.
</td><td>Pratik Chakrabarti has a Ph.D.
in history from Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He is currently Deputy
Director and Research Officer at the Wellcome Unit for the History of Medicine,
University of Oxford, working on the history of tropical medicine in the Briti
sh colonies in the eighteenth and early-nineteenth centuries.</td><td>
WORLD</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-241-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Stat
es of Indian Cricket: Anecdotal Histories</td><td>Ramachandra Guha</td><td>2011<
/td><td>320</td><td>295.0000</td><td>Ramachandra Guha once said he writ
es on history for a living and on cricket to live. The
States of Indian Cricketmarries the craft of history
to the life of cricket in India and is described by its author as the product of
a lifelong addiction to the most sophisticated sport known to mankind.</p&gt
;
Expanding, updating, revising, and redeploying the material in his two
earlier cricket classics (Wickets in the East, 1992; <e
m>and Spin and Other Turns, 1994), Guha here draws upon the memor
ies of several generations of cricket lovers to give us wonderful sketches of I
ndias cricketers, the forgotten as well as the famous: from C.K. Nayudu and Vino
o Mankad, to Bishen Bedi and Sunil Gavaskar, to Saurav Ganguly and Anil Kumble.
Using the device of imaginary all-time India Elevens he provides insights into
the cities and states in which Indian cricket was forged. Equally, we learn mu
ch that is relatively unknown about Indian crickets golden age in the 1970s.
We find thus, for the first time within the covers of a single volume,
something that adds up to an informal, anecdotal, and immensely readable histo
ry of Indian cricket, a book which complements Guhas celebrated work on the spor
ts social history, A Corner of a Foreign Field (2002). 
In a long Introduction, Guha describes the cricketing lore he imbibed
and the cricket he experiencedprocesses which led, ultimately, into his becoming
one of the worlds authorities on cricket in general, and Indias foremost cricket
writer in particular.
The publication of this book will be welcomed by lovers of cricket, co
noisseurs of fine writing, and fans of Ramachandra Guha. 
</td><td>Ramachandra Guha is an internationally well
-known writer, historian, biographer, and columnist. His books include Savaging
the Civilized: Verrier Elwin, His Tribals, and India; Environmentalism: A Glob
al History; An Anthropologist Among the Marxists and Other Essays; and The Last
Liberal and Other Essays. His social history of Indian cricket, A Corner of a
Foreign Field, was awarded the Daily Telegraph/Cricket Society Book of the Yea
r prize for 2002. Reviewers compared this book with C.L.R. James's classic
work Beyond a Boundary.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-242-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Sahibs
Manual for the Mali: Everyday Gardening in India</td><td>Alick Percy-Lancaster a
nd Laeeq Futehally (Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>240</td><td>250.0000</td><td>The malis tendency to over-water should
be checked, for this is often a cause of a delayed show of flowers. The plants
themselves give all the indication that is needed, for a water shortage causes
the leaves to wilt and the stems to droop. The average mali we have seems unab
le to appreciate the difference between light watering, heavy watering, floodin
g and drowning, he being most adept at the last, for his commonest error is to
lay the hose in a corner and leave it till the water has filled the bed entirel
y, overflowed and watered the adjacent lawn and nearby road indiscriminately.&lt
;/p>
Amateur gardeners, armchair gard
eners, and those who like gardens but cannot tell phlox from petunia: Alick Per
cy-Lancasters delightful guide is for everyone. Because it explains not only the
What and the How but also the all-im
portant Why, this is one of the most comprehensive and educ
ative books on gardening in India. Even as he dispenses practical gardening t
ips, the leisurely charm of Percy-Lancasters writing evokes an India far away an
d long ago.
Percy-Lancaster takes us through
garden work month by month: open the book to the pages for the month you are i
n, follow his advice, and whatever open space you haveterrace or balcony, kitche
n window or rambling lawnwill be full of leaf and flower.</td><td>Alick Percy-Lancaster&l
t;/strong> started a monthly bulletin in 1949, addressed to householders str
uggling to create gardens around their new government bungalows. Every issue of
the bulletin gave advice about garden work for that particular month. Althoug
h written for Delhi, the bulletin was in demand in places as far away as Bengal
and Bombay. This book provides his bulletins under one cover for the first tim
e.
Laeeq Futehallys&lt
;/strong> previous books include Gardening (1997). Sh
e has been writing about garden design for decades, and has been involved in th
e planning and maintenance of large public gardens in Mumbai and Bangalore. She
lives in Bangalore.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-244-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ragan Jos
h: Stories from a Musical Life</td><td>Sheila Dhar</td><td>2011</td><td>310</td>

<td>295.0000</td><td>Sheila Dhars autobiogr
aphical stories, essays, and memoirs are classics of modern Indian prose. An ac
complished singer, the world she inhabited included renowned north Indian class
ical musicians such as Begum Akhtar, Siddheshwari Bai, Fayyaz and Niaz Ahmed Kh
an, Kesar Bai Kerkar, Bade Ghulam Ali Khan, and Bhimsen Joshi. No writer has ev
er conveyed the ethos of this world and the quirks of its denizens with such wi
t, irreverence, perceptiveness and empathy.
Sheila Dhars writing straddles many worlds. Once a part of Delhis politi
cal elite, she is inimitably observant about celebrities as diverse as Indira G
andhi, Joan Robinson, Richard Attenborough, and the Queen of Tonga. In other pa
rts of this book she returns to the Old Delhi she grew up inits sprawling bungal
ows, its labyrinthine households with their complicated domestic politics, its
bygone musical ambience.
Incisive intelligence, comic effervescence, self-deprecating humour, a
nd a fascinating ability to manipulate the English language for Indian contextsa
ll combine to make this book an absolute delight.
Many of these writings have been unavailable or out of print for some
time. The present book provides, for the first time within the covers of a sing
le volume, Sheila Dhars collected shorter wri
tings, including all her memorable stories and essays.
</td><td>SHEILA DHAR (19292001) studied at
Hindu College, Delhi, and obtained her MA in English (with the highest di
stinction: summa cum laude) from Boston University. Though
she wrote essays and stories with a skill possessed only by the rarest of raco
nteurs, the passion of her life was Hindustani classical music, which she perfo
rmed, studied, and wrote about with profound insight and an uncommon wit. She s
erved on the board of the Sangeet Natak Akademi and was advisor for music to th
e Indian Council of Cultural Relations. 
Married to the economist P.N. Dhar (who was for many years Indira Gand
his closest advisor), she also had occasion to observe the workings of Indias bur
eaucracy and political elites. She turned her pen on them with equal facility,
summing up the pomposity and stupidity of babudom through incomparable real-lif
e stories that are unlike anything written in modern Indian English.
Sheila Dhars books include Childrens History of India</em&g
t; (1961); This India (1973); and Heres Someone Id
Like You to Meet (1995).</td><td>WORLD</td><td>General Boo
ks</td>
<td>978-81-7824-246-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Gandhi&#3
9;s Conscience Keeper: C. Rajagopalachari and Indian Politics</td><td>Vasanthi S
rinivasan</td><td>2009</td><td>290</td><td>795.0000</td><td>Hailed by &
lt;strong>Mahatma Gandhi as his conscience keepe
r, Chakravarti Rajagopalachari (18781972; better known as Rajaji)
epitomized the practical wisdom, religious tolerance, and statesmanship that Gan
dhi brought to the nationalist movement. He articulated how Gandhis ideas and pra
ctices could be reconciled with the needs and aspirations of a modern nation-sta
te. His political and philosophical positions were argued in a manner, and with
an ideological orientation, strikingly different from that of Jawaharlal Nehru.
And yet Rajaji remains virtually unknown today.
Vasanthi Srinivasan pres
ents Rajajis vision as that of a theocentric liberal. She argues that he tried to
temper majoritarian democracy with statesmanship, a free economy with civic vir
tue, realistic patriotism with genuine internationalism, and secularism with a r
eligiosity derived from the Hindu epics.
Examining his political ideas and a
ctions alongside his literary works, as well as in relation to statesmen-ideolog
ues such as Nehru and Periyar, she shows how Rajaji steered clear of ideological
dogma and charted an ethic of responsibility.
This book will interest gener
al readers as much as scholars of Gandhi, political theory, and Indian politics.
</td><td>Vasanthi Srinivasan is a Reader
in Political Science at the University of Hyderabad. She has taught at the Coll
ege of Humanities, Carleton University, Canada. She has been a Commonwealth Scho
lar as well as the recipient of a New India Foundation fellowship.</td><td>World
</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-249-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Print and
Pleasure: Popular Literature and Entertaining Fictions in Colonial North India<
/td><td>Francesca Orsini</td><td>2009</td><td>328</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Print and Pleasure tells t
he story behind the boom in commercial publishing in nineteenth-century North I
ndia. 
How did the new technology of printing and the enterprise of Indian pu
blishers make the book a familiar object and a necessary part of peoples leisure
in a largely illiterate society? What genres became popular in print? Who read
them and how were they read? 
Our perception of North Indian culture in this period has been dominat
ed by the notion of a competition between Hindi and Urdu, and the growth of lan
guage nationalism. Print and Pleasure argues that many other forces were also at work which, in the pursuit of
commercial interests, spread quite different and much more hybrid tastes. 
The importance of this major new book lies in showing, moreover, that
book history can greatly enrich our understanding of literary and cultural hist
ory. Francesca Orsini mines a huge and largely untapped archive in order to rev
eal that popular songbooks, theatre transcripts, meanderingly seralized narrati
ves, flimsily published tales, and forgotten poems are as much a part of coloni
al history as the elite novels and highbrow journals that are more frequently t
he subject of historical studies.</td><td>Francesca
Orsini is Reader in the Literatures of North India at the School o
f Oriental and African Studies. Her previous books include The Hindi Public Sph
ere: Language and Literature in the Age of Nationalism (2002) and the edited vo
lume Love in South Asia: A Cultural History (2006). She is currently involved i
n a project that seeks to rethink North Indian literary culture from a comparat
ive and multilingual perspective. The next book to be edited by her, Before the
Divide: Hindi and Urdu Literary Cultures, will appear soon.</td><td>
World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-250-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>In Burme
se Prisons: Correspondence May 1923July 1926</td><td>Subhas Chandra Bose, Sisir
k. Bose(Ed.)</td><td>2008</td><td>384</td><td>350.0000</td><td>Prison letters, despi
te being subjected to the scrutiny of government censors, often supply some of t
he deepest insights into the mind of a revolutionary. Subhas Chandra Boses letter
s from Mandalay certainly underscore the truth of the poetic assertion: Stone wal
ls do not a prison make, nor iron bars a cage. They make this volume one of the m
ost moving in the 12-volume set of Netajis Collected Works.
Subhas Chandra Bos
es exile in Burmese prisons from 1924 to 1927 witnessed the transformation of a l
ieutenant to a leader. During the non-cooperation movement and its aftermath he
had wholeheartedly accepted Deshbandhu Chitta Ranjan Das as his political mentor
. The apprenticeship was cut short by Deshbandhus death in June 1925. When Subhas
received this terrible news as a prisoner in Mandalay, he felt desolate with a s
ense of bereavement, as he wrote to his friend Dilip Kumar Roy.
Netajis letter
s cover a very wide array of topics art, music, literature, nature, education, fo
lk culture, civic affairs, criminology, spirituality, and, of course, politics.
He bore the rigours of prison life with a combination of stoicism and humour.
This volume is indispennsable to an understanding of Indias most major revoluti
onary leader and will interest all historians of modern India.</td><td
>Subhas Chandra Bose,,
Edited by Sisir K. Bose&l
t;/b></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-252-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Ugli
ness of the Indian Male and other Propositions</td><td>Mukul Kesavan</td><td>201

1</td><td>312</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Every English-speaking Indian man
between twenty-five and sixty has written about the Hindi movies he has seen,
the English books he has read, the foreign places he has travelled to, and the
curse of communalism, says Mukul Kesavan. Like many of the insightful comments f
or which his historically informed and provocative journalism has become so wid
ely admired, this deliberately large statement may even be true.
What is certainly true is that Kesavans hugely entertaining writings on
these subjects crackle with cerebral wit, sparky phrases, and memorable lines
like no one elses. A historian by profession, Kesavan is distinct from his tribe
because his prose ploughs a lonely furrow: it is always accessible, jargon-shu
nning, aphoristic, and uncommonly elegant. The present collection of his essays
is a distillation of his thoughtsoutrageously funny, profoundly cosmopolitan, a
nd devotedly pseudo-secular all at onceon some of the central concerns of our time
.
Some years ago I was struck by the contrast between the beauty of Hindi
film heroines and the ugliness of Hindi film heroes. After researching the mat
ter I concluded that the explanation was straightforward: leading men in Hindi
films were ugly because they were Indian men and Indian men were measurably ugl
ier than Indian women ... While my observation was accurate and the data I had
gathered reliable, I made the mistake of attributing the ugliness of the Indian
male to nature. I know now that Indian men arent born ugly: they achieve uglin
ess through practice. It is their habits and routines that make them ugly. If I
was to be schematic, Id argue that Indian men are ugly on account of the three
Hs: hygiene, hair, and horrible habits ... Why are Indian men like this? How do
they achieve the bullet-proof unselfconsciousness that allows them to be so ab
andonedly ugly? I think it comes from a sense of entitlement thats hard-wired in
to every male child that grows up in an Indian household. That, and the not uni
mportant fact that, despite the way they look, theyre always paired off with goo
d-looking women.</td><td>Mukul Kesavan is a
historian, novelist, journalist, conversationalist, polemicist, cricket writer,
and television personality well known in India.</td><td>World</td><td
>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-247-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Rebels, W
ives, Saints: Designing Selves and Nations in Colonial Times</td><td>Tanika Sark
ar</td><td>2008</td><td>356</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Tanika Sarkars writings on women
, religion, and nationhood in the context of colonial Bengal have been pathbreak
ing. In this new book of connected essays, she gives a new direction to the same
themes, this time by focusing on some of the key historical texts within which
these identities were given shape.
The colonial universe outlined in this bo
ok centres around woman as both defiled and deified (woman as widow, woman as go
ddess); the nation as woman-goddess within a country comprising plural tradition
s; male reformers battling Hindu conservatives; a Hindu novelist idealizing nat
ionalism as the demolition of Muslim symbols; and male-dominant social norms thr
eatening principles of softness and femininity.
While this is at one level a
book of discrete essays, it is simultaneously a book about the structure of the
early colonial universe in India, a world of linked coherences and incoherences,
of arguments and oppositions to those arguments. This book will consolidate Tan
ika Sarkars reputation as one of Indias foremost historians on women, power, and c
ulture in colonial times.</td><td><div style="text-align: just
ify">Tanika Sarkar is Professor of History, Jawaharla
l Nehru University, New Delhi. Her several books include Hindu Wife, Hindu Natio
n: Community, Religion, and Cultural Nationalism (Permanent Black and Indiana Un
iversity Press, 2001).</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General
Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-256-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Crisis o
f Secularism in India, The</td><td>Anuradha Dingwaney Needham and Rajeswari Sund
er Rajan (Eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>424</td><td>595.0000</td><td>While
secularism has been integral to Indias democracy for more than fifty years, its
uses and limits are being debated anew. Signs of a crisis in the relations betwe
en state, society, and religion include the violence against Muslims in Gujarat
and the precarious situation of Indias minorities more generally; personal laws t
hat vary by religious community; the affiliation of political parties with funda
mentalist religious organizations; and the rallying of sections of the diasporic
Hindu community behind nationalist Hinduism.
A crisis of secularism undoubt
edly exists, but whether the state can resolve conflicts and ease tensions or is
itself part of the problem are matters of vigorous debate. In this continuingly
relevant book, twenty leading Indian intellectuals assess the contradictory ide
als, policies, and practices of secularism in India.
Scholars of history, ant
hropology, religion, politics, law, philosophy, and media studies here consider
the history of secularism in India; the relationship between secularism and demo
cracy; and shortcomings in the categories majority and minority. They examine how de
bates about secularism play out in schools, the media, and the popular cinema. A
nd they address two of the most politically charged sites of crisis: personal la
w and the right to practice and encourage religious conversion.
Together the
essays inject insightful analysis into the fraught controversy about the shortc
omings and uncertain future of secularism in the world today. </td><t
d>Anuradha Dingwaney Needham is Donald R. Longman Pr
ofessor of English at Oberlin College. <div> </div&
gt;<div>Rajeswari Sunder Rajan is Distinguished Visitin
g Global Professor in the Department of English at New York University.</div&
gt;</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-258-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Indias Ne
w Capitalists: Caste, Business, and Industry in a Modern Nation</td><td>Harish D
amodaran</td><td>2009</td><td>366</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Who are the major new Indian business people? What is
their social profile?
Business in India was traditionally the preserve of cer
tain Bania communities clubbed under the Vaishya order. The term Bania, in fact, acq
uired a generic connotation and could refer to the village moneylender, shopkeep
er, wholesaler, or large factory owner.
More recently, Indias commercial etho
s has changed massively with the entry of businessmen from the ranks of Brahmins
, Khatris, and other castes with a predominantly scribal or administrative backg
round. The past four or so decades have seen a further widening of the social ba
se of Indian capital to include agrarian and allied service castes such as Kamma
s, Naidus, Reddys, Rajus, Gounders, Nadars, Ezhavas, Patidars, Marathas, and Ram
garhias.
As a result, entrepreneurship and commerce in India are now no long
er the exclusive bastion of the old mercantile castes. The social profile of Ind
ian business has expanded beyond recognition. And, in order to do business effec
tively in contemporary South Asia, it is necessary to understand the culture, et
hos, and ways of doing business among the regions new trading communities.
In
tracing the modern-day evolution of business communities in India, this book is
the first social history to document and understand Indias new entrepreneurial gr
oups. Written accessibly, and combining analytical rigour with journalistic flai
r, it also contains fifteen individual case studies that embellish its general f
indings.</td><td>
>Harish Damodaran is Senior Assistant Editor with The Hindu Busines
s Line. A specialist in agri-business and commodities reportage, he has spent mo
re than fifteen years understanding the worldview and functioning of Indian busi
nessmen. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Book
s</td>
<td>978-81-7824-227-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Chalo De
lhi: Writings and Speeches 19431945</td><td>Subhas Chandra Bose, Sisir Kumar Bose
and Sugata Bose(Eds.)</td><td>2008</td><td>486</td><td>295.0000</td><td>After a perilous ninety-day submarine vo

yage, Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose arrived in Southeast Asia on 6 May 1943 to lead
the Indian independence movement. Only when the blood of freedom loving Indians
begins to flow, he declared in one of his broadcasts in June 1943, will India atta
in her freedom. In his last message, on 15 August 1945, he urged faith in Indias d
estiny and expressed confidence that India shall be free and before long.
Volum
e 12 of Netajis Collected Works brings together all his speeches and writings as
leader of the Azad Hind movement from June 1943 to August 1945. His stirring spe
eches in Singapore, Malaya, and Burma electrified massive audiences of civilians
and soldiers, united Indians of all religions, and inspired them to join the ma
rch towards Delhi.
The Proclamation of the Provision
al Government of Azad Hind (Free India) in Singapore on 21 October 1943 blends e
rudition and passion. Netajis radio address to the Father of Our Nation provides th
e most detailed justification of his course of action and seeks the Mahatmas bles
sings in the holy war raging around Imphal and Kohima. The Tokyo thesis delivered to
university faculty and students in November 1944 highlights the three supreme c
hallenges for free Indianational defence, eradication of poverty, and education f
or all. His lettersmost published here for the first timereveal Netajis special sol
icitude for the young women and men who joined the Indian National Army.
This
volume is indispensable for all interested in modern South Asian history and po
litics, as well as nationalism and international relations in the twentieth cent
ury.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Subhas Chandr
a Bose (19202000) foundeSubhas Chandra Bosed the Netaji Research Bureau
in 1957 and was its guiding spirit until his death in 2000. A participant in th
e Indian freedom struggle, he was imprisoned by the British in the Lahore Fort,
Red Fort, and Lyallpur Jail. In the post-independence period he played a key rol
e in preserving the best traditions of the anti-colonial movement and making pos
sible the writing of its history. He authored and edited biographies, memoirs, m
onographs, and research papers on Netajis life and times. One of Indias best pedia
tricians, he was Director and later President of the Institute of Child Health,
Calcutta. </div><div style="text-align: justify">
 </div><div style="text-align: justify"><b&g
t;Sugata Bose is the Gardiner Professor of History at Harvard Universi
ty. He is the author of several books on economic, social, and political history
, including A Hundred Horizons: the Indian Ocean in the Age of Global Empire (20
06).</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>




gt;
Medieval History Journal.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-235-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Two Men
and Music: Nationalism in the Making of an Indian Classical Tradition</td><td>Ja
naki Bakhle</td><td>2008</td><td>350</td><td>595.0000</td><td>What does
it mean to invent a classical national tradition? In this critical study of the
development of North Indian classical music, Janaki Bakhle examines the role of
colonialism in the making of a tradition that is often incorrectly assumed to p
ossess an unbroken history from antiquity to the present.

At the end of the nineteenth century, two men with very different visio
nsV.N. Bhatkhande and V.D. Paluskarworked to give Indian classical music, as we un
derstand it today, its distinctive shape, form, and identity. Where previously n
o particular ideology, religious group, or ethnic identity had dominated, in the
hands of Paluskar, a bhakti (or devotionalist) nationalist music was to be clea
nsed of its bawdy associations and put in the service of Hindu proselytizing.
Bhatkhande, a secular musicologist, on the other hand, hoped that through sys
tematic classification and categorization, music would become a new modern, nati
onal, academic art, avoiding religious entanglement. Bhatkande's politics we
re ahead of his time, but the victory has been Paluskar'sthe victory of sacra
lization, not secularism.
Viewed against the backdrop of colonial modernity,
the different projects of these two men exemplify not only the success of a ref
ormist modernization of music, but also the failures, contradictions, and compro
mises that accompanied North Indian classical music's transformation in rela
tion to gender, caste, religion, and the public cultural sphere.
A provocativ
e examination of musicians negotiating the forces of the modern in order to ensu
re the survival of their musical traditions, this book also lays bare how artand
music in particularcan, at crucial moments, be itself successfully wielded as a m
odernizing tool.
</td><td>Janaki Bakhle is Assistant Professor in the
department of History, Columbia University. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><
<td>978-81-7824-238-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Scandal
of Empire, The: India and the Creation of Imperial Britain</td><td>Nicholas B. D
irks</td><td>2008</td><td>412</td><td>395.0000</td><td>Many have told o
f the East India Company's extraordinary excesses in eighteenth-century Indi
a, of the plunder that made its directors fabulously wealthy. But this is only a
fraction of the story.
When Warren Hastings was put on trial by Edmund Burk
e, it brought the Company's exploits to the attention of the public. Through
the trial and after, the British government transformed public understanding of
the Company's corrupt actions by creating an image of a vulnerable India th
at needed British assistance. Intrusive behavior was recast as a civilizing miss
ion.

In this fascinating, devastating account of the scandal that laid the f
oundation of the British Empire, Nicholas Dirks explains how this substitution o
f imperial authority for Company rule helped erase the dirty origins of empire a
nd justify the British presence in India.
 The Scandal of Empire reveals that the co
nquests and exploitations of the East India Company were critical to England&#39
;s development. It shows how mercantile trade was inextricably linked with imper
ial venture and scandalous excess, and how these three things provided the ideol
ogical basis for far-flung British expansion.
In this brilliantly readable a
nd powerful critique, Dirks shows how the empire projected its own scandalous be
havior onto India itself. By returning us to the moment when the scandal of empi
re became acceptable he gives us a new understanding of the modern culture of th
e colonizer and the colonized.
</td><td>Nicholas B. Dirks is the Franz Boas Professor of Ant
hropology and History, and Vice President for Arts and Sciences and Dean of the
Faculty, at Columbia University.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Bo
oks</td>
<td>978-81-7824-239-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Indi
spensable Vivekananda : An Anthology for our Times</td><td>Amiya P Sen</td><td>2
uot;>A hundred years after Swami Vivekanandas ora
tory, essays, and philosophical writings offered substantial modfications and re
finements to modern Hinduism, he remains a key figure in any proper understandin
g of the religion of Indias largest majority.
The present anthology, which sho
wcases those aspects of Vivekananda that seem indispensable</stro
ng> even today, consists of two halves: an Introduction by the editor, follow
ed by selections from the core of the Swamis oeuvre.
In his Introduction, the
editor provides, first, a general introduction to the life and work of the Swami
; and second, a critical appraisal of the various aspects of his social and phil
osophical ideas. Wherever possible and relevant, the latter are situated within
the general spectrum of neo-Hindu thought. An attempt is also made here to criti
cally evaluate the legacy of Vivekananda in contemporary India.
The second se
ction, comprising readings, is divided into four parts, each containing Vivekanand
as writings which deal with Contemporary India and her Problems, Religion and the Hu
man Revolution, Vedanta and the Future of Mankind, and The Spiritual Ends of Man.
A list of Suggested Readings concludes this volume.</td><td><div styl
e="text-align: justify">Amiya P Sen is Reader, D
epartment of History and Culture, Jamia Milia Islamia, New Delhi. He is the auth
or of Hindu Revivalism in Bengal: Some Essays in Interpretation (1993); Swami Vi
vekananda (2000); Three Essays on Sri Ramakrishna and His Times (2001); and, as
editor, Social and Religious Reform: The Hindus of British India (2003). He has
been Visiting Fellow at the University of Oxford; Indian Institute of Advanced S
tudy, Shimla; and Centre for Contemporary Studies, Nehru Memorial Museum and Li
brary, New Delhi.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<ul>
pollution </li>
gt;</li>
problems</li>
;
rld</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7371-891-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Squaring
the Circle: Seven Steps to Indian Renaissance</td><td>APJ Abdul Kalam, Arun Tiw
ari</td><td>2013</td><td>304</td><td>325.0000</td><td>Dr Kalam calls fo
r an Indian Renaissance, which he describes in seven steps involving the common
people of the land, and in particular, the youth. He urges people to arise out o
f servitude to a vested ruling class, awake from the slumber of a passive democr
acy, and advance to manifest our destiny of a developed nation. He recommends th
at by turning inward and listening to the voice of our conscience, we can live a
virtuous life and thereby build a strong and secure India.</td><td>&l
t;p>Dr A P J Abdul Kalam, former President of India, and
author of Wings of Fire 
Prof Arun Tiwari, coauthor of this book, also coauthored Wings of Fire</p&
gt;</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7371-778-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Advances
in Cloud Computing</td><td>Anirban Basu, Rajiv Ranjan & Rajkumar Buyya</td>
<td>2012</td><td>188</td><td>525.0000</td><td>The next wave in computin
g technology, expected to usher in a new era, will be based on cloud computing.
Cloud computing assembles large networks of virtual
ized services comprising hardware resources (CPU, storage, and network) and soft
ware resources (e.g., databases, message queuing systems, monitoring system, and
load-balancers). Cloud providers offer organizations the option of deploying th
eir application over a network of infinite resource pool with practically no cap
ital investment, and with modest operating costs proportional to their actual us
age. As with any emerging technology, a host of issues related to the deployment
and delivery models, security issues, performance considerations, etc., are in
a state of flux. This compendium contains state-of-the-art papers on cloud compu
ting presented at the first international conference organized by the Computer S
ociety of India in July 2012, which would be of interest to researchers, profess
ionals, and industrial practitioners active in this field.</td><td>&lt
;p>Anirban Basu (MTech in e
lectronics, masters and PhD degrees in computer science), is currently Chief Con
sultant to PQR Software, Bangalore, and Professor and Head, Computer Science Eng
ineering (R&D) at East Point Research Academy, Bangalore. He has more than 3
0 years of experience in academics, software development, industry consultancy a
nd corporate training. Dr Basu is a recipient of a number of awards including th
e 1985 Canadian Commonwealth Scholarship in Computer Science and the Computer En
gineering Division Gold Medals of the Institution of Engineers (India). He was C
hairperson,Computer Society of India (CSI), Bangalore Chapter, in 2010-2011, and
is Event Chair, International Conference on Advances in Cloud Computing (ACC 20
12), organized by the society.
Rajiv Ranjan (BTech a
nd PhD in computer science) is a research scientist and project leader at CSIRO
ICT Center Information Engineering Laboratory, Canberra, where he works on proje
cts related to cloud and service computing. Prior to this he was a senior resear
ch associate at the School of Computer Science and Engineering, University of Ne

w South Wales (UNSW). He was Program Chair for the 2010, 2011 and 2012 Australas
ian symposiums on parallel and distributed computing and the 2010 IEEE TCSC Doct
oral Symposium. He is an editor of IEEE TCSC Newsletter.
Rajkumar Buyya is a p
rofessor of computer science and software engineering and the director of Cloud
Computing and Distributed Systems (CLOUDS) Laboratory at the University of Melbo
urne, Australia. He is also the founding CEO of Manjrasoft, a spin-off company o
f the university involved in the commercialization of innovations in cloud compu
ting. He is the founding Chair of IEEE Technical Committee on Scalable Com
puting and has contributed significantly to the organisation of five IEEE/ACM co
nferences. These contributions and Dr Buyyas leading research work has been recog
nised with honours like the 2009 IEEE Medal for Excellence in Scalable Computing
(IEEE Computer Society, USA), and the 2010 Asia Pacific Frost & Sullivan Ne
w Product Innovation Award as well as the 2011 Telstra Innovation Challenge, Peo
ples Choice Award for Manjrasoft''s Aneka cloud technology.</td
<td>978-81-7371-753-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Agen
da of the Apprentice Scientist</td><td>Nicole Ostrowsky</td><td>2012</td><td>396
</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Here are 365 activities to discover that sci
ence is a part of our daily life, that you can take part in it with pleasure, t
hat it can be easy, sometimes surprising and funny, and always accessible to ev
eryone, from 7 to 107. All you need to have is a curiosity about the world arou
nd you.
Throw yourself into this adventure across the sciences, go at your own
pace, follow your fancy and don't necessarily stick to the days of the yea
r. Keep in mind, however, that some activities take place over a couple of daysy
ou will see this as you go. Set your imagination free, do or redo the experimen
ts as you wish, and try and invent better ways to make them work. If you have p
roblems, if you need a clearer explanation, or if you want to share your ideas,
you can write to Nicole. Ostrowsky@unice.fr or visit <a href="http://a
pprenticescientist.com/">http://apprenticescientist.com</a></p&
gt;
But most importantly, don't hesitate to play, draw, cut, construct
, write and thinkthere is no better way to learn than through this maxim:</p&
gt;
Tell me and I'll forget,
 Show me and I may remember,
 Involve me and I'll understa
nd.</td><td>Nicole Ostrowsky is the former head of
the Laboratory of Physics and Condensed Matter at the University of Nice in Fr
ance, where she continues as Professor Emeritus. She began her career as a scie
ntist for the French National Centre for Scientific Research at the Ecole Norma
le Supérieure Laboratory in Paris, and then continued her research work at
Harvard University, USA, before returning to France for further research and t
eaching. The Exploratoire, a collection of hugely popular interactive scientific
experiments she set up, has become a part of the Palais de la Découvertes (
First Science museum of Paris) touring exhibitions. </td><td>IN,PK,N
P,BD,BT,LK,ID,MY</td><td>General Books</td>
r English (Vol. 1): Idioms and their stories</td><td>S Upendran</td><td>2011</td
><td>216</td><td>250.0000</td><td>Idioms and th
eir Stories is the first of a four volume series, bas
ed on the popular column, Know Your English,</strong&
gt; which has been a regular feature in The
Hindu since 1982. 
Teachers, students, and those who are keen on honing their speaking an
d writing skills will find the series useful. This volume contains a selection
of more than 300 idioms, and each entry gives the meaning of the idiom, provide
s examples of its use, and wherever possible, traces its origin. </p&g
t;</td><td>S Upendran, a Professor in the Department of Mater
ials Development at the English and Foreign Languages University, Hyderabad, has
been writing the column, Know Your English in The Hindu, since 1991. The select
ions in this book are from those that featured between 1992 and 2009.</td><td>Wo
r English Vol.2: Words frequently confused</td><td>S Upendran</td><td>2013</td><
td>416</td><td>425.0000</td><td>Words Frequentl
y Confused, the second vo
lume in the four volume series, Know Your English, is based on S. Upendrans popular weekly column published in
The Hindu. It contains a selection of about 480 pairs of wo
rds that are frequently confused. Each entry gives the meaning of the words and
points out the difference between them. Examples are also provided showing how t
he words can be used in everyday contexts. Some of the entries also contain info
rmation about the pronunciation and the etymology (origin) of the word. <stro
ng></td><td>S. Upendran</s
trong> has been writing the column, Know Your English, i
n The Hindu, since 1992. He is a Professor in the Departmen
t of Materials Development at the English and Foreign Languages University, Hyde
rabad. The selections in this book are those that featured between 1992 and 2011
. </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
Methodology</td><td>Ratan Khasnabis and Suvasis Saha</td><td>2015</td><td>320</
td><td>295.0000</td><td>
Research Methodology addresses empirical research issues with a focus
on research design, the problems involved in constructing an appropriate resear
ch design and the means to overcome these problems. Data, its sources, methods
employed to obtain data, experimental techniques employed, types of errors that
may creep in, how to measure, check and control errors are all addressed. Once
the data is collected, methods to analyse the data, present them as a cogent r
eport and the limitations of research are dealt with. A detailed case study il
lustrates all the concepts explained in the book and the chapter-wise assignmen
ts will definitely help the student to understand the basic issues of market re
search. The book is primarily intended to serve as a textbook for the students
of Management at the undergraduate and postgraduate levels.
</td><td>
Dr Ratan Khasnabis is Retired Professor, Department o
f Business Management, University of Calcutta and is still associated with the
Department as Honorary Director of MHROM. He has taught various subjects at the
postgraduate level. His research areas include applied econometrics, agricult
ural economics, small industries and small business and environmental economics
. He has published several papers in reputed journals. He has also published bo
oks on Economics and other branches of social sciences.
Dr Suvasi
s Saha is Professor, Department of Business Management
, University of Calcutta. He has been in postgraduate management education for
over 29 years.  He has been a consultant for several reputed firms in
India. His areas of interest include marketing research, strategic marketing,
services marketing, sales and distribution, brand management, new product devel
opment and sustainable marketing. He has published over 65 papers in national a
nd international journals. He has been conferred the best Professor of Marketin
g Global Award by World Education Congress in the year 2012.
00</td><td>
<td>978-81-7371-953-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mudaliar
and Menons Clinical Obstetrics</td><td>Sarala Gopalan, Dr. S.Rathnakumar, Dr. Va
nita Jain</td><td>2015</td><td>512</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
Mudaliar and Menons Clinical Obstetrics, a classic
among textbooks, has been popular with several generations of students. Origina
lly written by Dr A.L. Mudaliar and Dr. M.K. Krishna Menon, the twelfth edition
has been thoroughly updated and revised to keep abreast of the latest advances
in obstetrics. Algorithms, flow charts and new images have been added. Content
has been updated. 
</td><td>Sarala Gopalan, Dr. S.Rathnakumar and Dr. Vanita Jain</b&gt
;</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7371-979-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Nursing
Research and Statistics</td><td>Anurag Bhai Patidar</td><td>2015</td><td>424</td
><td>350.0000</td><td>This book provides step-by-step instructions how
to undertake and execute a research project and how to use statistics and stat
istical tools to analyse and interpret the findings of the project. With comple
te coverage of the Nursing syllabus for this subject, this book includes reallife examples tailored to the Indian context. Simple language, tables, graphs a
nd examples help students grasp the main concepts and principles of research an
d statistics. The book also provides self-evaluation questions to enable studen
ts to check their understanding of the subject. Distribution and probability t
ables are given for easy reference. Previous years questions papers enhance thi
s books exam-oriented approach.
Online resources such as lecture slides are available at &lt
;/em><a href=&quo
t;http://www.universitiespress.com/">www.universitiespress.com</a>
</td><td>Anurag Bhai Patidar is Lecturer at Bhopal Nursing College, Bhopal Memorial Hospital and
Research Centre (Under Indian Council of Medical Research, Ministry of Health
and Family Welfare, Govt. of India).</td><td>World</td><td>General Boo
ks</td>
<td>978-81-7824-010-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Architect
ure in Medieval India: Forms, Contexts, Histories</td><td>Monica Juneja</td><td>

">From the first half of the nineteenth century, the archi
tectural history of medieval India has been the subject of divers
e books, essays and miscellaneous writings. The present book pulls together the
most significant of these writings, revealing the impressive array of historical
ideas about Indias past that has emerged through the study of its monuments. Mon
ces the colonial emergence and nationalist development of, as well as contempora
ry advances in, the discipline of architectural history, both within India and i
n relation to art history in the West.</td><td>
>Monica Juneja, P
rofessor of History, Delhi University. She specialises in art and architectural
history and is coeditor of The Medieval History Journal. </
<td>978-81-7824-016-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Archaeolo
gical Geography of the Ganga Plain: The Lower and the Middle Ganga</td><td>Dilip
K.Chakrabarti</td><td>2001</td><td>410</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>This book discusses the ancient historical geog
raphy of the lower and middle sections of the Ganga plain. Its basis is a fieldstudy of the distribution of archaeological sites in the region. The geographica
l issues which have been considered here are the location of sites, the historic
al linkages of different areas, the problems of political geography and, finally
, the routes.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&gt
;Dilip K.Chakrabarti University Lecturer in South Asian Archa
eology, Cambridge University.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</t
d>
<td>978-81-7824-024-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Caste and
Democratic Politics in India</td><td>Ghanshyam Shah (Ed.)</td><td>2002</td><td>
Indian constitution seeks to prevent the perpetuation of caste and build a caste
less social system. But this has not happened over the fifty-odd years since Ind
ian independence, and shows little sign of happening in the near future. Therefo
re no understanding of Indian politics is possible without a thorough understand
ing of the complexities of caste. The aim of this book is to bring about such an
understanding. This volume offers state-of-the-art essays on the subject of cas
te and politics in contemporary India. It covers all the important grounds that
students and scholars need in order to get to grips with the idea, ideology, and
ground realities of Indias caste system.</td><td><div style="t
ext-align: justify">Ghanshyam Shah (Ed.) is with the
Centre of Social Medicine and Community Health, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New
Delhi. Series: Essential Writings in Politics (Eds.) Rajeev Bhargava and Parth
a Chatterjee</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-026-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Beyond Na
tionalist Frames: Relocating Postmodernism, Hindutva, History</td><td>Sumit Sark
ar</td><td>2002</td><td>290</td><td>550.0000</td><td>The political context in which the historian of India finds
himself today, says Sumit Sarkar, is dominated by the advance of the Hindu Right
and globalised forms of capitalism. Simultaneously, the historians intellectual
context is now dominated by the marginalisation of all varieties of Marxism and
an academic shift to cultural studies and postmodern critiques. In this scenario
, how may a thinking historian who retains an unfashionable commitment to social
ist-feminist values, alongside a democratic political vision formulated within I
ndian conditions of skewed social development, practice the craft of history? Th
is excellent set of essays collectively constitutes Sumit Sarkars answer to this
central question. The Hindu Bomb, the history of relations between communities, th
e issue of religious propagation and conversion, ideas of nation and woman in Ta

gores fiction, and the relationship of left-wing historiography to postmodern ide
as are some of the themes critically analysed in this major collection.</p&gt
;</td><td>Sumit Sarkar  Professor of History, Delhi
University.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-027-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Awadh in
Revolt 18571858</td><td>Rudrangshu Mukherjee</td><td>2002</td><td>250</td><td>49
5.0000</td><td>. . . through caref
ul research and focus on the joint actions of the peasants and talukdars, Mukher
jee has made a valuable contribution to our understanding of the events of 1857
in Awadh. - Michael Fisher,&amp
;nbsp; Journal of Asian Studies An excellent and scholarly work, likely
to be long regarded as the definitive statement on the subject. - P. J.
O. Taylor (ed.),  A Companion to the Indian Mutiny of 1857. T
his book, now in paperback for the first time and with a new Introduction, remai
ns one of the best studies of popular resistance and peasant rebellion.</p&gt
;</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Rudrangshu M
ukherjee , has taught in Calcutta University and held visiting appoint
ments at Princeton University, Manchester University, and the University of Cali
fornia.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-032-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Decline
and Fall of the Indus Civilization, The</td><td>Nayanjot Lahiri</td><td>2000</td
;This work constitutes essential reading for all those who are interested in the
decline and fall of Indias first civilisation. Students of ancient Indian histor
y and archaeology will find it an indispensable source of information.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Nayanjot Lahi
ri, teaches Archaeology at the Department of History, Delhi University
.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-001-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td> An Anth
ropologist among the Marxists and other Essays</td><td>Ramachandra Guha</td><td>
quot;>Inside every thinking Indian there is a Gandhian and a Marxist strugglin
g for supremacy, says Ramachandra Guha in the opening sentence of this wonderfull
y readable book of ideas, opinions and reflections. A substantial portion of the
book expands on this salvo: it analyses Gandhians and pseudo-Gandhians, Marxist
s and anti-Marxists, Nehruvians and anti-Secularists, Democrats and Stalinists,
scientists and historians, environmentalists and cricketers in short, it examine
s and discusses all those who comprise the intellectual life of thinking Indians
today.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Ramachandra Guha, historian, biographer, cricket-writer a
nd columnist, he is probably Indias best-known writer of non-fiction.</div>
<td>978-81-7824-008-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sikkim:
A Travellers Guide</td><td>Sujoy Das</td><td>2001</td><td>176</td><td>695.0000</t
d><td>On the eastern border of India, sandwiched between Bhutan and Nep
al en route to Tibet, lies one of the last wonderlands of myth and legend. Sikki
m has always lured travellerswhether trekkers, pilgrims, botanists, or just peopl
e who want a serene break from routine. Photographer Sujoy Das provides rare pic
tures of the people of Sikkim, mountains, and barren plateaus. Arundhati Ray cov
ers all that a visitor needs to know in order to travel here. In a wonderfully s
tory-telling style, peppered with anecdotes and folk tales, she provides the har
d information.</td><td>Sujoy Das, has trek
ked and photographed in Sikkim, Nepal, Garhwal, Kumaon, Kashmir and Himachal for
the last twenty years. ARUNDHATI RAY is a Kolkata-based journ
alist. She spends a considerable part of her time in the Eastern Himalayas, trav
elling and researching the area and its people.</td><td>World</td><td>General Bo
oks</td>
<td>978-81-7824-058-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Salim Ali
for Schools: A Childrens Biography</td><td>Zai Whitaker</td><td>2003</td><td>110
</td><td>195.0000</td><td>Sálim Ali, 
the Birdman of India, is one of the worlds most famous naturalists. He made many
discoveries about Indian birds and wrote the Book of Indian Birds, which has bec
ome a classic. He fought for the preservation of many important forests, includi
ng the Bharatpur Bird Sanctuary and Silent Valley. He had amazing adventures and
met wonderful people. This is the story of his life, told by his grand-niece. I
t all began with a little yellow sparrow in his backyard which young Sálim
found, once upon a time</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>General Bo
oks</td>
<td>978-81-7824-065-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Hindu Rul
ers, Muslims Subjects: Islam Rights and the History of Kashmir</td><td>Mridu Rai
</td><td>2004</td><td>358</td><td>695.0000</td><td>This is a remarkable
work of scholarship which shows how Kashmirs modern Muslim identity came into ex
istence. In doing this, it demonstrates the complex manner in which politics can
enforce the creation of religious identity. Kashmir is a hotbed of religious po
litics. Disputed between India and Pakistan, this territory comprises a large ma
jority of Muslims who are subject to the laws of a predominantly Hindu and incre
asingly hinduised India. How did religion and politics become so inextricably en
meshed in defining and expressing the protest of Kashmirs Muslims against Hindu r
ule? </td><td>Mridu Rai teaches History at Yale Uni
versity</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-033-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Subalter
n Studies XI: Community, Gender and Violence</td><td>Partha Chatterjee, Pradeep
Jeganathan (Eds.)</td><td>2002</td><td>360</td><td>595.0000</td><td>In its early phase, Subaltern
Studies dealt extensively with community and violence in the cont
ext of peasant uprisings. Once the problem of peasant involvement in the modern
politics of the nation had been posed, complexities in that relationship began t
o emerge. A new dimension was introduced when the relationship between community
, gender and national politics came to be taken seriously. The present volume co
nfronts the whole range of new issues raised by the relations between community,
gender and the politics of violence.</td><td><div style="text
-align: justify">Partha Chatterjee, Director of the C
entre for Studies in Social Sciences, Kolkata.</div><div style="te
xt-align: justify"> </div><div st
yle="text-align: justify">Pradeep Jeganathan, As
sistant Professor of Anthropology and Global Studies, University of Minnesota, M
inneapolis, USA.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books<
/td>
<td>978-81-7824-034-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Azad Hind
: Writings and Speeches 19411943 (vol 11)</td><td>Subhas Chandra Bose, Sisir Kuma
r Bose and Sugata Bose(Eds.)</td><td>2001</td><td>236</td><td>495.0000</td><td>&
lt;p>On the night of 1617 January 1941, Subhas Chandra Bose secretly left his
Elgin Road home in Calcutta and was driven by his nephew, Sisir, in a car up to
Gomoh railway junction in Bihar. Before his departure he wrote a few post-dated
letters to be mailed on his return to Calcutta in order to give a false impressi
on that he was still at home. Volume 11 of Netaji Boses Collected Works opens wi
th one such letter, written to his political colleague Hari Vishnu Kamath, who w
as then in prison. Two years later, on the eve of setting out on a perilous jour
ney from Europe to Asia on 8 February 1943, Bose wrote a letter to his elder bro
ther, Sarat Chandra, which forms the last item in this volume: Today once again I
am embarking on the path of danger. But this time towards home. I may not see t
he end of the road.</td><td>Subhas Chandra Bose, Sisir Kumar B
ose and Sugata Bose(Eds.)</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General
Books</td>
nd Circulation: Mobile People and Itinerant Cultures in South Asia 17501950</td><
td>Claude Markovits, Jacques Pouchepadass and Sanjay Subrahmanyam (Eds.)</td><td
">The idea of an eternal India, based on stable and unchanging villages, h
as been in disarray for at least two decades. This volume sets out to construct
an alternative positive vision, using the idea of circulation in relation to South
Asia in the colonial period. It comprises a set of complementary essays which d
eal with merchant circulation, pilgrimages, cartography, policing, labour mobili
ty, and the movement of itinerant groups from colonial administrators to wanderi
ng bards. The volume will interest not only South Asians but also those interest
ed in historical method as well as wider comparative perspectives on early moder
n and contemporary history.</td><td><div style="text-align: ju
stify">Claude Markovits, is Directeur de recherche at
the CNRS (National Centre for Scientific Research), Paris. </div&gt
;<div style="text-align: justify"> </b&gt
;</div><div style="text-align: justify">Jacques P
ouchepadass, is Directeur de recherche at the CNRS, Paris.</div>
style="text-align: justify">Sanjay Subrahmanyam
, is Directeur détudes at the EHESS, Paris, and Professor of Indian History
at Oxford University..</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General
Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-040-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Gift
of a Cow: A Translation of the Classic Hindi Novel Godaan</td><td>Premchand</td
><td>2002</td><td>470</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Premchand is the most fa
mous Hindi novelist, and Godaan is Premchands most celebrated novel. Economic and
social conflict in a north Indian village are brilliantly captured in the story
of Hori, a poor farmer, and his familys struggle for survival and self-respect.
Hori does everything he can to fulfill his lifes desire: to own a cow, the peasan
ts measure of wealth and well-being. Like many Hindus of his time, he believes th
at making the gift of a cow to a Brahman before he dies will help him achieve sa
lvation. An engaging introduction to India before Independence, Godaan is at onc
e village ethnography, moving human document, and insightful colonial history. O
ut of print for many years, this translation is regarded as a classic in itself.
</td><td>Premchand Translated by Gordon C.
Roadarmel With a new introduction by Vasudha Dalmia.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,
MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-067-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindu Wi
fe, Hindu Nation: Community, Religion and Cultural Nationalism</td><td>Tanika Sa

rkar</td><td>2003</td><td>280</td><td>495.0000</td><td>This book is a brilliant historicisation and scathing crit
ique of many of the dominant concepts by which Indians generally, and north Indi
an Hindus more specifically, think and live today. Historians, sociologists, pol
itical scientists and serious readers who wish to understand how the immediate p
ast has shaped Indias life will value this incisive work of a major historian.&lt
;/p></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Tanika
Sarkar, Professor, Centre for Historical Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru Un
iversity.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-070-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Reading
Subaltern Studies: Critical History, Contested Meaning, and the Globalization of
South Asia</td><td>David Ludden (Ed.)</td><td>2003</td><td>450</td><td>450.0000
</td><td>The present volume of Su
baltern Studies presents the first comprehensive historical introduction to Subaltern Studies and the worldwide debates it has gene
rated among scholars of history, politics and sociology. The volume provides a r
eliable point of departure for new readers of Subaltern Studies and a resource b
ase for experienced readers who want to revive critical debates. It includes twe
lve essays on Subaltern Studiesfrom early reviews to recent interpretive essays;
a complete list of Subaltern authors; a bibliographic guide to literature in and
around Subaltern Studies; and an extensive introduction that narrates the histo
ry of Subaltern Studies as a specific project within the wider field of historic
al studies from below.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify&q
uot;>David Ludden (Ed.), Professor of History, University
of Pennsylvania. He teaches South Asian history and comparative world history.&l
t;/div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-071-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Time War
ps: The Insistent Politics of Silent and Evasive Pasts</td><td>Ashis Nandy</td><
fy">In this book Ashis Nandy, one of South Asias foremost public intellec
tuals, grapples with Indias political culture by looking from new perspectives at
the countrys past, and by envisioning for the subcontinent a variety of alternat
ive futures. He is able to do this by sidestepping the discipline of history an
d the ideological apparatus of the modern state. He argues that academic history
and the state are overly reliant on three key categoriessecularism, modern scien
tific rationality, and the social-evolutionist idea of progress. Nandy contends,
in contrast, that although ordinary Indians possess the democratic right to pol
itical choice, they have been prevented from bringing into the centre of Indias p
ublic life the everyday categories and thought processes with which they actuall
y live.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Ashis Nandy, is a political psychologist, cultural critic and futu
rist. He has been Director, Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi.
</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-072-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Castes o
f Mind: Colonialism and the Making of Modern India</td><td>Nicholas B.Dirks</td>
ify">The author argues that caste is neither an unchanged survival of an
cient India nor a single system that reflects some core culture. Rather than bei
ng an expression of Indian tradition, he argues that caste, as we know it now, i
s a relatively modern phenomenon, the product of the encounter between India and
British colonial rule. This is not to suggest that the British invented caste,
but to show that it was on account of British domination that caste became a sin
gle term capable of naming as well as subsuming Indias diverse forms of social id
entity and organisation. Dirks also examines the rise of caste politics in conte
mporary India, in particular caste-based movements and their implications for In
dian nationhood.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"
>Nicholas B.Dirks, is Franz Boas Professor of History and

Anthropology at Columbia University.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</t
<td>978-81-7824-079-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Indian R
eligions: The Spiritual Traditions of South Asia: An Anthology</td><td>Peter Hee
hs (Ed.)</td><td>2002</td><td>645</td><td>495.0000</td><td>This book is meant for people interested in Indian rel
igion, literature, history and general culture. While scholarly in its presentat
ion and based on the most up-to-date literature, it is clearly written and inten
ded to be accessible to students of South Asian religion. Indian R
eligions is an anthology of written and oral texts by spiritual t
eachers from South Asia. The period covered is some 3500 years from the period o
f the Rig Veda to the 1980s. About a hundred mystics and anonymous texts are inc
luded. All the major traditions (Vedic-Hindu, Jain, Buddhist, Sufi and Sikh) as
well as heterodox and transgressive traditions, are represented.</td><
td>Peter Heehs (Ed.), is a historian at the Sri Aurobindo Ash
ram Archives, Pondicherry.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</t
d>
<td>978-81-7824-080-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Indias Si
lent Revolution: The Rise of the Low Castes in North Indian Politics</td><td>Chr
istophe Jaffrelot</td><td>2003</td><td>530</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Since the 1960s a new assertiveness has chara
cterized India´s formerly silent majority, the lower castes that comprise m
ore than two-thirds of the countrys population. Today, India´s most populous
state, Uttar Pradesh, is controlled by lower-caste politicians, as is Bihar, an
d lower-caste representation in national politics is growing inexorably. Jaffrel
ot argues that this trend constitutes a genuine democratization of India, and that
the social and economic effects of this silent revolution are bound to multiply i
n the years to come. For anyone interested in Indian politics, post-Independence
history, and the contemporary political scenario, this is an indispensable book
.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Ch
ristophe Jaffrelot is director of the Centre dEtudes et Recherches Inte
rnationales (CERI), part of the Fondation Nationale des Sciences Politiques in P
aris.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-086-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Beyond N
ationalist Frames: Relocating Postmodernism, Hindutva, History</td><td>Sumit Sar
kar</td><td>2004</td><td>272</td><td>495.0000</td><td>The political con
text in which the Historian of India finds himself today, says Sumit Sarkar, is
dominated by the advance of the Hindu Right and globalised forms of capitalism.
Simultaneously, the historians intellectual context is now dominated by the marg
inalisation of Marxism and a shift to cultural studies and postmodern critiques.
In this scenario, how may a thinking historian practice the craft of history?
The theme which unites these essays is sumit sarkar's consistent critique
of the limits of 'nationalist frames'. He shows that despite there diver
gent forms---chauvinistic or beneign, political-statist or culturalist---nationa
list frameworks have limited modern South Asian history. Sarkar argues for movin
g towards flexibly marxian social history and politics imbued with democratic, s
ocialist-feminist, and internationlist values.
The 'Hindu Bomb', the
history of relations between communities, the issue of relegious propogation an
d conversion, ideas of nation and women in tagore's fiction, and the relatio
nship of left-wing, historiography to post modern ideas are some of the things c
ritically analysed in this major collection by the countries best-known historia
n of 'Modern India'.</td><td>Sumit Sarkar h
as been professor of history at Delhi University. His books includes swadeshi mo
vement in bengal 1903-1908; Bibliographical survey of Social Reform Movemetns; P
opular Movements and Middle class leadership in late-colonial India; Modern Indi
a 1885-1947; A Critique of Colonial India; and Writing Social History.</td><td>I
N,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-087-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>India&#3
9;s Living Constitution: Ideas, Practices, Controversies</td><td>E.Sridharan, R.
Sudarshan, Zoya Hasan(Eds.)</td><td>2004</td><td>450</td><td>595.0000</td><td>&l
t;p style="text-align: justify">India became independent in 1947 an
d adopted, after nearly three years of debate in the Constituent Assembly, a Con
stitution which came into effect on 26 January 1950. This Constitution has laste
d until the present, with its basic structure unaltered. India has had thirteen
general elections between 1952 and 1999, and is often called the worlds largest d
emocracy. This is a remarkable achievement, given that the generally accepted pr
erequisites for democratic stability did not exist, and do not exist even today.
Half a century of constitutional democracy is something that political scientis
ts and legal scholars need to analyse and explain. The central theme of the pres
ent volume is to critically examine the career of constitutional-political ideas
(implicitly of Western origin) in the text of the Indian Constitution or implic
it within it, as well as in actual political practice in the country over the pa
st half century.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"
>E.Sridharan (Ed.) is Academic Director of the Un
iversity of Pennsylvania Institute for the Advanced Study of India, New Delhi.&a
mp;nbsp;</div><div style="text-align: justify">&l
t;br /></div><div style="text-align: justify"&gt
;Zoya Hasan (Ed.), Professor of Political Science, C
entre for Political Studies, and Director of the Womens Studies Programme, Jawaha
rlal Nehru University, New Delhi. </div><div style="textalign: justify"> </div><div style
="text-align: justify">R.Sudarshan (Ed.
), Senior Governance Advisor, UNDP, Indonesia.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,L
K,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-121-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Zoo in th
e Garden</td><td>Edward Hamilton Aitken, Introduction by D.K.Lahiri Choudhury</t
stify">EHA (Edward Hamilton Aitken)s enchanting writings on natural histo
ry capture the drama in the lives of frogs in our ponds, crows on our windowsill
s, lizards behind our cupboards and many others. His prose, at once comic and po
etic, captivated readers at the turn of the century in India. This new edition m
akes readily accessible two of EHAs most popular books, The Tribes on My Frontie
r and The Common Birds of Bombay, in their original form, with the original pict
ures. This book contains an introduction to EHA and his writings by the noted li
terary critic and elephant specialist Dhriti K. Lahiri Choudhury.</td>
<td><div style="text-align: justify">Edward Hamilton Ai
tken (EHA) was born at Satara in Bombay Presidency. He taught at Decca
n College, Poona, and was later appointed Chief Collector of Customs and Salt Re
venues at Karachi. He was a founder member of the Bombay Natural History Society
and one of the first joint editors of the Societys journal. He died in 1909. A
part from The Tribes on my Frontier and The Common Birds of Bombay, EHAs books in
clude A Naturalist on the Prowl, Concerning Animals and Other Matters, and The F
ive Windows of the Soul, a philosophic treatise.</div><div style="
ign: justify">Dhriti K. Lahiri Choudhury taught Engli
sh Literature for many years at Rabindra Bharati University. In his other incarn
ation he specialises in the Asian elephant and is the editor of The Great Indian
Elephant Book.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-119-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The &#39
;Ulama of Farangi Mahall and Islamic Culture in South Asia</td><td>Francis Robin
son</td><td>2005</td><td>284</td><td>395.0000</td><td>The learned and holy men of Farangi Mahall&lt
;/strong> were the consolidators in India of the rationalist traditions of Is
lamic scholarship derived from Iran. These were encapsulated in a renowned and w
idely used syllabus which they created and which became the dominant system of I
ndian Islamic education from the eighteenth century.
These traditions repre
sented a confident and flexible Islamic understanding which, many felt, had the
capacity to preserve Islam even while selectively adopting social, cultural and
technological changes from the West. Between 1780 and 1820 these traditions were
arguably poised to bring forth some form of Islamic enlightenment. But over th
e course of the nineteenth century they were overcome by the twin forces of Isla
mic reformism and Western education. 
This book, written over the past
twenty years, is the first full-length treatment in English of this important b
ody of Islamic scholars, teachers and leaders. Based in large part on their wri
tings, records and private papers, it addresses a variety of issues: the establi
shment of specific traditions of scholarship and mysticism in eighteenth-century
Awadh; the place of these traditions in Perso-Islamic culture from the seventee
nth to the twentieth centuries; the traditions and values of the Farangi Mahall
family; and the attempts of Muslim intellectuals to respond to the challenges pr
esented by British rule and Western culture. The work of the Farangi Mahallis i
s also placed in the context of an Islamic world system based on shared systems
of formal and spiritual knowledge.
This book is addressed to all who are seri
ously interested in the religious and intellectual history of India, and to stud
ents of Islam.
</td><td>Francis Robinson is Professor of the History of Sout
h Asia at Royal Holloway, University of London, and the author of Separatism Am
ong Indian Muslims (1974), Atlas of the Islamic World since 1500 (1982), Varieti
es of South Asian Islam (1988), and Islam and Muslim History in South Asia (2000
).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-123-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Assam and
India - Fragmented Memories, Cultural Identity, and the Tai-Ahom Struggle</td><
td>Yasmin Saikia</td><td>2006</td><td>336</td><td>695.0000</td><td>This
book explores how, during the 1990s, socially and economically marginalized peo
ple in Assam sought to produce a past in order to create for themselves a distin
ctive identity recognized within contemporary India. It describes how specific g
roups of Assamese described themselves as Tai-Ahom-a people with a glorious past
stretching back to the invasion of what is now Assam by Ahom warriors in the th
irteenth century.
Saikia considers the problem of competing identities in Ind
ia, the significance of place and culture, and the outcome of the memory-buildin
g project of the Tai-Ahom. Over her research she lived in several Tai-Ahom villa
ges, speaking with political activists, intellectuals, militant leaders, shamans
, and students, and participating in Tai-Ahom religious, social and political ev
ents. She read Tai-Ahom sacred texts and scoured the archives in Calcutta, New D
elhi, and London. She outlines various narratives relating to the Tai-Ahom-by th
e British, by the Indian state, and within the texts of the people.
While Ind
ia's central regions-the cow belt, Bengal, the Deccan, Tamil Nadu-have been
the subject of rich histories in recent times, regions at the periphery such as
Assam have not been much written about by sophisticated, analytic historians. By
revealing how certain contemporary Assamese have transformed the 'dead'
history of Tai-Ahom into living memory, Yasmin Saikia has helped transform our
understanding of one of the most hotly disputed sites in modern India.
</td><td>Yasmin Saikia is Assistant Professor of His
tory at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. She is the author of In t
he Meadows of Gold: Telling Tales of the Swargadeos at the Crossroads of Assam.<
/td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-127-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Discover
y of Ancient India, The: Early Archaeologists and the Beginnings of Archaeology<
/td><td>Upinder Singh</td><td>2005</td><td>410</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This book is written as much for the gene
ral reader interested in India's antiquity and its pioneering archaeologists
, as for students of the history of archaeology, colonialism, and constructions

of the past.
It breaks colonial archaeology down into its specific constituen
ts and examines the ideas, impulses, tensions, and individual contributions that
comprised early studies of India's ancient past.
It focuses, at the outs
et, on the ideas and work of Alexander Cunningham, the first Director General of
the Archaeological Survey of India, as well as his assistants.
It then look
s at a number of related issues-the different definitions of archaeological rese
arch; the conflict between field archaeologists and architectural scholars; the
debate over whether antiquities should be left in situ or removed to museums; th
e different approaches and initiatives towards the conservation of historical mo
numents.
Finally, it looks at the contributions of Indian scholars to archae
ology, and at the Indian princes vis-a-vis the conservation of historical monume
nts.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"><b&gt
;Upinder Singh is Reader in History at Delhi University. Her
earlier books include Kings, Brahmanas and Temples in Orissa: An Epigraphic Stud
y AD 300-1147 (1994), and Ancient Delhi (1999).</div></td><td>World</td><t
d>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-136-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Time Trek
s: The Uncertain Future of Old and New Despotisms</td><td>Ashis Nandy</td><td>20
07</td><td>232</td><td>495.0000</td><td>In Time Warps: The Insistent Po
litics of Silent and Evasive Pasts Ashis Nandy argued that his work can be seen
as an adventure in one kind of time travel, where one mainly uses or invokes the
past to shape the contemporary.
In the present collection he reverses that jou
rney. Using the metaphor of the futureimagined utopias, conceptions of cultural p
ossibilities, social critiques of things to comeNandy redefines the present. His
effort is to demonstrate that, in a world increasingly dominated by a narrow ran
ge of ideologies, one must affirm that social ethics and a more humane society c
an be based on grounds other than those framed for the past 200 years by politic
al and psychological forces that have tried to flatten and homogenize the world
and reduced the possibility of diverse futures.
Nandy critiques the Enlight
enment and the limited ideas of reason, progress and development given shape in Europe
. He asks that we own up to our responsibility for alternative systems of knowle
dge at points in time when human beings turn emancipatory ideas, ideologies, and
categories into new tools of violence and oppression.
The imaginatively title
d essays in this book include The Beautiful, Expanding Future of Poverty; The Fanta
stic IndiaPakistan Battle, or the Future of the Past in South Asia; and Shamans, Sa
vages, and the Wilderness: On the Audibility of Dissent and the Future of Civili
zations.</td><td>Ashis Nandy is a political psycholo
gist, cultural critic, and futurist. He has been Director, Centre for the Study
of Developing Societies, Delhi, and is now an ICSSR National Fellow there. He is
the author of a number of pathbreaking and influential books, including The Sav
age Freud and The Intimate Enemy.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General B
ooks</td>
<td>978-81-7824-140-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>India&#3
9;s Wildlife History: An Introduction</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan</td><td>2006</td
><td>152</td><td>395.0000</td><td>The swift decline and present plight
of India's wildlife make regular headlines. This book asks how we came to th
is point. It introduces us to the long history of India's wildlife, culminat
ing in the present crisis.
Drawing on memoirs, archives and official records
, Mahesh Rangarajan brings new insights to bear upon age-old encounters between
human beings and the natural world in India. While highlighting major figures, s
uch as Jim Corbett and M. Krishnan, he also puts the spotlight on less-known con
servationists, landscapes and species.
The focus of this book is on key land
marks in the history of Indian wildlifeboth its conservation and decline. Chapter
s on the Ancient and Medieval periods sketch out India's early wildlife hist
ory. Nature's retreat against human onslaught over the past two centuries, a
nd efforts to reverse that trend, are then addressed in greater detail.
The p
ast can serve as a guide to options for the present. It can reveal strategies fo
r a future in which wildlife and people coexist. This book ends by looking ahead
and identifies workable ways to conserve India's vanishing wildlife.
A
n easy and lucid style makes this illuminating historical account a book for the
general reader. Specialists and scholars will find a mine of information within
it. This book is the best available short account of the history of Indian wild
life.</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan is a wellknown historian of ecological change as well as a frequently visible television
commentator on Indian politics. He has been a Fellow of the Nehru Memorial Museu
m and Library, New Delhi, and served as Corresponding Editor of the journal Envi
ronment and History. His books include Fencing the Forest (1996); the two-volume
Oxford Anthology of Indian Wildlife (1999); and (as co-author) Towards Coexiste
nce: People, Parks and Wildlife (2000).</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-141-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Battles
over Nature: Science and the Politics of Conservation</td><td>Vasant Saberwal an
d Mahesh Rangarajan (ed.)</td><td>2005</td><td>460</td><td>395.0000</td><td>In this book, biologists, sociologists, historians and activists come toget
her to search out solutions to the key problems of contemporary conservation pr
actices. Much of the world's wildlife and biological diversity is located in
Third World countries where there is intense competition for resources between
people and wildife. Common questions face all such countries. Should the state o
r should local communities manage natural resources? Should 'western science
' or 'local knowledge' form the basis of national park management?
Sharply opposed dualities of this kind have begun preventing people from perceiv
ing a viable middle ground that will enable effective conservation practices.
Focusing on India, but also exloring comparable situations in Africa, this boo
k makes the case for a better exploration of this middle ground, and argues for
the need to involve not just urban enthusiasts, scientists and foresters but als
o the villager. Contributors debate the exclusionary aspects of Indian conservat
ion even as they urge the need to look past romantic notions of egalitarian vill
age republics that will cherish their forests. Biologists demonstrate how, in s
pecific instances, human interference has changed protected areas. Some articles
stress the value of local participation in conservation.
The book calls fo
r more imaginative handling of an inherently difficult, political situation. In
a world rapidly losing its ecological heritage, these are questions relevant to
all of us.</td><td>Vasant Saberwal is a free-lance
environmental researcher and film-maker based in Delhi, with interests in ecolog
y, environmental politics and the sociology of science. He is working on a film
series on the political economy of water in India. His publications include Past
oral Politics(1998) and, with Mahesh Rangarajan and Ashish Kothari, People, Park
s and Wildlife: Towards Co-existence, (Orient Blackswan, 2000). <di
v> </div><div>Mahesh Rangarajan is
an independent researcher. His books include India's Wildlife History, An In
troduction (Permanent Black, 2001), Fencing the Forest (1996) and an edited coll
ection, The Oxford Anthology of Indian Wildlife (1999). Educated at the universi
ties of Delhi and Oxford, he is also a commentator on political affairs.</div
></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-144-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ambassad
or of Hindu-Muslim Unity: Jinnah's Early Politics</td><td>Ian Bryant Wells</
td><td>2005</td><td>280</td><td>450.0000</td><td>This book analyses the
development of Jinnah's relationship with India's Muslims from his entr
y into politics until 1934. It seeks to establish that a dominant view of Jinnah
- namely that he was an ambassador of Hindu-Muslim unity in the 1920s who became
a communalist in the 1940s-is far from the truth.
Ian Wells shows that the &
#39;two Jinnahs' approach over-simplifies the trajectory of a complex and ev
olving political thinker and strategist. The primary changes in Jinnah's pol
itics, he suggests, were the strategies Jinnah employed to achieve his goals rat
her than the goals themselves.
Among the facets of Jinnah's political tho
ught and career analysed here are various other settled perspectives on Jinnah:
his 'elitism' and distance from mass politics; the effect on his work of
an intellectual genealogy from the Liberalism of Morley on the one hand and the
constitutionalism of Gokhale on the other; his view of secularism, religion and
the religious community; his relations with Gandhi, Motilal and Jawaharlal Nehr
u, Willingdon, Ramsay MacDonald and Irwin; his attitude to the Rowlatt Act, the
Khilafat Movement, and non-cooperation; and his complex, troubled relations with
other nationalist Muslim leaders.
This book will interest all historians of
modern India and nationalist politics, as well as those who find Jinnah an intri
guing and fascinating contrast to Mahatma Gandhi and Jawaharlal Nehru.
</td><td>Ian Bryant Wells holds a Bachelor of Arts a
nd First Class Honours from Flinders University of South Australia, with a doubl
e major in History and Asian Politics. He is currently Coordinator of Intellige
nce Studies in the Faculty of Law, Queensland University of Technology (QUT) in
Brisbane, Australia.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-114-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Gandhi:
In His Time and Ours</td><td>David Hardiman</td><td>2004</td><td>360</td><td>595
.0000</td><td>This book examines Gandhi as
the creator of a radical style of politics. It argues that whereas politician
s garner support by demonising those they oppose, Gandhi resisted such a politic
s. He asserted that there are always grounds for a fruitful dialogue between opp
onents.
How did Gandhi create this new form of politics? Hardiman shows its
basis within Gandhis larger vision of an alternative society based on respect, no
n-violence, and ecological harmony. His politics in turn constituted one of the
many directions by which he activated this peculiarly personal vision.
The
practice of such a politics entailed personal and institutional experiments in r
elation to his opponents, who ranged from colonials to violent resisters, from r
ight-wing religious leaders and upholders of caste privilege to socialists and D
alits. Gandhis conflicts and dialogues with all these are studied.
Various ke
y issues in Gandhis life and legacy are also examined. His sexuality and programm
e for women are looked at in the light of feminist critiques. His inconsistencie
s, mistakes and failures (as husband and father) are carefully scrutinised. Hard
imans effort is to show that Gandhi, despite his limitations, provides a beacon b
ecause of the uncompromising honesty of his political life and moral activism.
Finally, there is Gandhis enduring legacy: Jayaprakash Narayan, Medha Patkar, M
artin Luther King, Nelson Mandela and Petra Kelly are discussed. Gandhis influenc
e on new social movementsby environmentalists, anti-war campaigners, feminists, h
uman rights activistsare also examined to assess his legacy. </td><td>&
lt;b>David Hardiman is an eminent historian currently at the Univer
sity of Warwick. He is a founder member of the Subaltern Studies group.</td><td
>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-111-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Good Mus
lim, Bad Muslim: Islam, the USA, and the Global War Against Terror</td><td>Mahmo
od Mamdani</td><td>2004</td><td>312</td><td>495.0000</td><td>In this br
illiant look at the rise of political Islam, the distinguished political scienti
st and anthropologist Mahmood Mamdani dispels the notion of good &lt
;/strong>(secular and Westernized) Muslims as ag
ainst bad (premodern, fanatic) Muslims.
 He argues that such judgements emerge out of politics rather tha
n from cultural or religious identity.
Mamdani shows how political Islam emer
ged from a modern encounter with Western power, and how the terrorist movement w
ithin it arose out of the USAs post-Vietnam proxy wars. His analysis ranges from
the 1960s to the ReaganiteThatcherite 1970s, when a simplistic ideological politi
cs of good versus evil began to be espoused. It culminates by looking in detail a
t the global war against terror being waged in Afghanistan, Pakistan, and Iraq.
Good Muslim, Bad Muslim possesses a huge civilizational sweep which profoundly
alters official understandings of Islamist politics that the US state propagates
. It is more broadly a radical and necessary corrective to the way in which Isla
m is being projected by conservative forces in contemporary times.</td
><td>Mahmood Mamdani is Herbert Lehman Professor of

Government at Columbia University. His books includeThe Myth of Population Contr
ol; Citizen and Subject; and When Victims Become Killers.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK
,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-113-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Amitav G
hosh: A Critical Companion with a new essay on Satyajit Ray by Amitav Ghosh</td>
<td>Tabish Khair</td><td>2005</td><td>196</td><td>350.0000</td><td>Looking back now, I am more than ever aware of
the part that [Satyajit] Ray played in shaping the imaginary universe of my chil
dhood and youth. I see this even in such details as my interest in science and s
cience fiction; in ghost stories and the fantasticalWhen I saw Agantuk [The Stran
ger], in which the main character is an anthropologist, I began to wonder whethe
r my interest in anthropology too, owed something,perhaps subconsciously, to Ray,
ruminates Amitav Ghosh in this book. Ghosh discusses herehe the influence of Sat
yajit Ray on his work, and the functions of the narrative arts.
Amitav Ghosh
is widely recognised as one of Indias leading novelists. His work has won numerou
s literary prizes in India and abroad, has been translated into many languages a
nd is required reading at several universities. This book examines Ghoshs fiction
adow Lines, The Calcutta Chromosome, and The Glass Palace. These thoughtful, inc
isive and highly readable essays are grounded in the interests that infuse Ghoshs
fiction: history, science, discovery, travel, nationalism, subalternity, agency
. It is invaluable for those interested in Ghoshs work, providing ideas and start
ing points for scholars and students.
An up-to-date bibliography on Ghoshs wor
ks is also provided. </td><td><div style="text-align: justify&
quot;>Tabish Khair is associate professor in the Departmen
t of English, University of Aarhus, Denmark. His books include Where Parallel Li
nes Meet (2000), Babu Fictions (2001), and The Bus Stopped (2004).</div><
<td>978-81-7824-118-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sexualit
y, Obscenity, Community : Women, Muslims, and the Hindu Public in Colonial India
</td><td>Charu Gupta</td><td>2005</td><td>400</td><td>495.0000</td><td>
The cultural imagination of Hindu India is the subject of this book. Anyone inte
rested in the prehistory of present-day tensions between Hindus and Muslims will
find it exceptionally valuable.
Charu Gupta shows how gendered notions abou
t women's sexuality and Muslim debauchery were used to pull together a heter
ogeneous populace into a coherent Hindu community in colonial north India. She t
races the deliberations of (largely male) publicists on how to make Hindu women
'pure', on how to distance Hindus from Muslims, and on what constitutes
Hindu sacredness and purity as opposed to Islamic lust and perversion.
The bo
ok explores moral and sexual worries among an aspiring section of Hindu middle-c
lass caste reformers. This group epitomised male fears over womens autonomy. It f
used a coercive regulation of women with a larger project of replenishing Hindu
patriarchy. This involved redefining literature, entertainment, and the domestic
arena in order to forge a respectable, civilised and singular Hindu cultural and po
litical identity. Semi-pornographic works, advertisements for aphrodisiacs, and
popular culture are examined to reveal the complex and contested terrain of Hind
i literature and Hindu identity.</td><td>Charu Gupta </b&g
t;has a SOAS PhD in History and is a Reader in History at Delhi University.</td>
<td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
of the Governed, The: Reflections on Popular Politics in Most of the World</td><
td>Partha Chatterjee</td><td>2004</td><td>188</td><td>495.0000</td><td>
Often dismissed as rumblings of the street, popular politics is where political mo
dernity is being formed today, argues Partha Chatterjee. The rise of mass politi
cs across the world has led to the development of new techniques of governing po
pulation groups. On the one hand, the idea of popular sovereignty has gained wid
e acceptance. On the other, the proliferation of security and welfare technologi
es has created modern governmental bodies that administer populations but do not
provide citizens with an arena for democratic deliberation.
Under these con
ditions, democracy is no longer government of, by, and for the people. Rather, i
t has become a world of power whose startling dimensions and unwritten rules of
engagement Chatterjee provocatively lays bare.
This book argues that the ris
e of ethnic or identity politicsparticularly in the postcolonial worldis a consequ
ence of these new techniques of governmental administration. Using contemporary
examples, Chatterjee examines the different forms taken by the politics of the g
overned, many of which operate outside the traditionally defined arena of civil
society and the formal legal institutions of state. Looking at the global condit
ions within which such local forms have appeared, he shows us how both community
and global society have been transformed.
This major book by one of the mode
rn worlds most eminent political theorists provides a new perspective on the limi
ts and possibilities of democracy in contemporary times.</td><td>Partha Chatterjee several books include, most famously, A
Princely Impostor? The Kumar of Bhawal and the Secret History of Indian Nationa
lism (Permanent Black Paperbacks, 2004). He is a founding member of the Subaltern
Studies collective; director of the Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Kolka
ta; and visiting professor of anthropology, Columbia University, New York.</td><
td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-101-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Monuments
, Objects, Histories: Institutions of Art in Colonial and Postcolonial India</td
><td>Tapati Guha-Thakurta</td><td>2004</td><td>432</td><td>1295.0000</td><td>&lt
;p>Monuments, Objects, Histories surveys the pra
ctices of archaeology, art history, and museums in nineteenth- and twentieth-cen
tury India. It looks at processes by which lost pasts came to be produced in India
. Such lost pasts, the author shows, came to be imagined around a corpus of monu
ments, archaeological relics, and art objects.
This book reveals the scholar
ly and institutional authority that emerged around such structures and artifacts
, making them not only the chosen objects of art and archaeology but also signif
iers of a nation's civilization and antiquity.
The close relationship bet
ween the colonial and the national in the making of India's pasts, and their
legacy for the present, are one of the themes of this book. It looks at the con
solidation of Western expertise and custodianship of India's antiquities; at
the projection of varying regional, nativist, and national claims around the co
untry's architectural and artistic inheritance; and at contemporary politica
l tussles that have placed archaeology and art within struggles over defining th
e Indian nation.
In brief, this book traces the framing of an official natio
nal canon of Indian art through different periods, showing how the workings of d
isciplines and institutions have been linked with the authority of the nation.&l
t;/p></td><td>Tapati Guha-Thakurta is Professor o
f History at the Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta. The author of
The Making of a New Indian Art: Artists, Aesthetics, and Nationalism in Bengal, sh
e is a specialist on art and the cultural history of modern India.</td><td>IN,NP
,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-102-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Letters
to Emilie Schenkl 19341942</td><td>Subhas Chandra Bose</td><td>2004</td><td>230</
td><td>395.0000</td><td>Perhaps the least known aspect of Netaji Subhas
Chandra Boses many-sided personality was his love for Emilie Schenkl, his Austri
an wife.

Bose met Emilie Schenkl in June 1934 in Vienna, developed a close relat
ionship during his forced European exile, secretly married her in December 1937,
and had a daughter, Anita, in November 1942.
This volume of Netajis Collecte
d Works illuminates the human and emotional aspects of his many-splendoured life
. One hundred and sixty-two of his letters, written between 1934 and 1942, are
published in this volume, along with eighteen of Emilie Schenkls letters that ha
ve survived.
</td><td>Sisir Kumar Bose (19202000) founded the Netaji Resear
ch Bureau in 1957 and was its guiding spirit until his death in 2000. A particip
ant in the Indian freedom struggle, he was imprisoned by the British in the Laho
re Fort, Red Fort and Lyallpur Jail. In the post-independence period he played a
key role in preserving the best traditions of the anti-colonial movement and ma
king possible the writing of its history. He authored and edited biographies, me
moirs, monographs and research papers on Netajis life and times. One of Indias bes
t pediatricians, he was Director and later President of the Institute of Child H
ealth, Calcutta. Sugata Bose is the Gardiner Professor of His
tory at Harvard University. He is the author of several books on the economic, s
ocial and political history of modern South Asia.</td><td>World</td><td>General
Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-103-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Congress
President: Speeches, Articles, and Letters January 1938May 1939</td><td>Subhas C
handra Bose, (Eds.)Sisir Kumar Bose and Sugata Bose</td><td>2004</td><td>280</td
><td>395.0000</td><td>In 1938 Subhas Chandra Bose reached the peak of h
is political life, when he was elected President of the Indian National Congress
. Leading the forces of anti-coloniaIism and socialism, he was re-elected in 193
9, having defeated Gandhi's nominee in a bitterly contested election. Howeve
r, in the face of vehement opposition from the right wing of the Congress and Ga
ndhi, he resigned.
This volume brings together Bose's letters, writings a
nd speeches from January 1938 until just after his resignation in April 1939. It
includes the famous Haripura Address of February 1938. Other pieces deal with s
ocialism, national planning, science, HinduMuslim relations, the role of women, a
nd European politics. Among the 120 letters here are sets of correspondence with
Gandhi, Tagore, Jinnah and Nehru.</td><td>Sisir Kumar Bose&l
t;/b> (19202000) founded the Netaji Research Bureau in 1957 and was its guidin
g spirit until his death in 2000. A participant in the Indian freedom struggle,
he was imprisoned by the British in the Lahore Fort, Red Fort and Lyallpur Jail.
In the post-independence period he played a key role in preserving the best tra
ditions of the anti-colonial movement and making possible the writing of its his
tory. He authored and edited biographies, memoirs, monographs and research paper
s on Netajis life and times. One of Indias best pediatricians, he was Director and
later President of the Institute of Child Health, Calcutta. Sugata Bos
e is the Gardiner Professor of History at Harvard University. He is th
e author of several books on the economic, social and political history of moder
n South Asia.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7824-104-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Alternat
ive Leadership, The: Speeches, Articles, Statements and Letters June 19391941</td
><td>Subhas Chandra Bose, Eds. Sisir Kumar Bose and Sugata Bose</td><td>2004</td
><td>240</td><td>350.0000</td><td>Between his resignation as Congress P
resident in Calcutta on 29 April 1939 and his escape from his Elgin Road home on
the night of 16-17 January 1941, Subbas Chandra Bose provided India with an alt
ernative leadership in place of the old guard represented by the Gandhian High C
ommand. His altemative was based on a commitment to anti-imperialism and future
socialism.
This volume brings together the writings and speeches of a crucial
phase in Bose's political life immediately prior to his emergence as the Ne
taji of lndia's army of liberation. The themes dealt with here include the r
ole of the left within the Indian independence movement, the Second World War as
a conflict between rival imperialisms, and the need for HinduMuslim unity and Co
ngressMuslim League understanding.</td><td>Sisir Kumar Bose&lt
;/b> (19202000) founded the Netaji Research Bureau in 1957 and was its guiding
spirit until his death in 2000. A participant in the Indian freedom struggle, h
e was imprisoned by the British in the Lahore Fort, Red Fort and Lyallpur Jail.
In the post-independence period he played a key role in preserving the best trad
itions of the anti-colonial movement and making possible the writing of its hist
ory. He authored and edited biographies, memoirs, monographs and research papers
on Netaji's life and times. One of India's best pediatricians, he was D

irector and later President of the Institute of Child Health, Calcutta. Sugata B
ose is the Gardiner Professor of History at Harvard University. He is the author
of several books on the economic, social and political history of modern South
Asia.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-6322-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Afghanist
ans Regional Dilemmas: South Asia and Beyond</td><td>Harsh V. Pant</td><td>2016</
td><td>196</td><td>750.0000</td><td>
All major regional players and global powers are struggling to come to
terms with the aftermath of the withdrawal of NATO-led Western military forces
from Afghanistan. Regional cooperation has been declared as the only viable a
lternative to the tensions that have plagued Afghanistan for decades. 
Various South and Central Asian governments have underscored that they
recognise that Afghanistans problems of terrorism, narcotics trafficking and co
rruption affect them all; and that these have to be addressed through cooperati
ve efforts. In November 2011, they adopted the Istanbul Protocol that committed
countries as diverse as China, India, Iran, Kazakhstan, Pakistan and Russia to
cooperate in countering terrorism, drug trafficking and insurgency in Afghani
stan and its neighbouring areas.  
However, practical difficulties in implementing the vision of regional
cooperation remain stark, as regional power struggles remain potent. While Tur
key made a public effort to mediate differences between Pakistan and Afghanista
n, Central Asian states worry that extremist groups based in Pakistan and Afgha
nistan will infiltrate Central Asia and launch terrorist attacks. 
Iran opposes any long-term American presence in Afghanistan, while Rus
sia wants to ensure that Afghanistan does not become the source of Islamist ins
tability. China wants to preserve its growing economic profile in Afghanistan,
but is not interested in making any significant political investment; India, fo
r its part, shares common interests with the regional states with respect to Af
ghanistan. 
The first book to examine the impact of Western withdrawal of troops f
rom Afghanistan and the interests and policies of major regional players, <e
m>Afghanistans Regional Dilemmas: South Asia and Beyond will be in
dispensible for students and scholars of international relations, strategic stu

dies, peace and conflict studies.
</td><td>
Harsh V. Pant is Professor of International Relations at Kings College
, London, UK
lamic culture.
.
<td>978-81-250-6316-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Tell the
Tale, Urvashi</td><td>Dalip Kaur Tiwana,Bhupinder Singh(tr)</td><td>2016</td><t
d>436</td><td>850.0000</td><td>The long-awa
ited English translation of the popular Punjabi novel Katha Kaho Urvashi by Sahi
tya Akademi Award-winning novelist and distinguished academic Dalip Kaur Tiwana,
Tell the Tale, Urvashi is the tragic intergenerational saga of a landed Sikh fa
mily in late 20th-century Punjab.
Devinder, his three sisters and their widowed, deeply religious mother form a cl
ose-knit family. Devinders special bond with his eldest sister Kuldeep is challen
ged by his marriage to Alka, a beautiful, restless woman constrained by traditio
nal roles and expectations. Exploring the dynamics of family life, human relatio
nships, the evolving roles of women and the social structures within which they
are rooted, the novel addresses questions of identity and alienation, tradition
and modernity against the backdrop of a wider cultural disorientation of our tim
es, and hauntingly captures the search for the meaning of life, loss and death.&
lt;/p>Using multiple narratives and narr
ative genres, Tiwana projects a many-voiced, fragmented world in which there are
no black and white divisions, no saints or villains, only individuals limited b
y their own impulses and frailties, their memories and pastspeople in whom we can
see reflections of ourselves. A universal tale of love and loss told simply but
evocatively, this classic of Punjabi literature will appeal to all lovers of In
dian fiction.  </a></td><td>Dalip Kaur Tiwana 

<div> </div><div>Bhupinder Singh(Translator)</di
ages of Tripura (Volume 28, Part 2)-Peoples Linguistic Survey of India</td><td>G.
N. Devy and Sukhendu Debbarma</td><td>2016</td><td>280</td><td>1125.0000</td><t
d>
This volume tries to acquaint the reader with the languages spoken in
this north-eastern state of India. There are nineteen Scheduled Tribe communiti
es in Tripura and Kokborok is spoken by a majority of these tribes. The linguis
tic data of the languages covered in this volume has been provided mostly by co
mmunity elders and experts and we hope that this book will bring to its readers
a comprehensive survey of the languages of Tripura.
</td><td>
Sukhendu Debbarma is Professor, Department
of History, Tripura University. He has published a book on the origin and gro
wth of Christianity in Tripura and several papers in national and international
journals. He is a recipient of the Commonwealth Academic Staff Fellow, UK.<
ages of Rajasthan (Volume 25, Part 2)-Peoples Linguistic Survey of India</td><td>
G. N. Devy and Madan Meena and Suraj Rao (Eds)</td><td>2016</td><td>320</td><td>
1295.0000</td><td>
This volume of the Peoples Linguistic Survey of India, The Languages of Rajasthan&l
t;/em> recognises all the languages spoken in Rajasthan within its geographi
cal boundary. The languages have been identified on the basis of peoples knowled
ge and they have been accorded the status of independent languages, avoiding th
e distinction between language, dialect and sub-dialect. An important feature o
f this survey is that people have been given the freedom to name their language
s. 
</td><td>
Madan Meena is a visual artist and resear
cher who has worked extensively with artists and craft-persons of Rajasthan. He
has documented and exhibited mandana wall paintings create
d by the women of the Meena community.  He has also worked on the secre
t language of the Kanjar community. For this he received a fellowship from the
Firebird Foundation for Anthropological Research, USA. He was the state coordin
ator for ICSSRs survey of the educational status of the nomadic and de-notified
tribes of Rajasthan. His publications include Joy of Creativity, Nurturing Walls and Tejaji Gatha.</em&
gt;
Suraj Rao is
Assistant Registrar, MDS University, Ajmer. He has a PhD from Jain Vishava Bhar
ti Institute, Rajasthan and is currently doing his post-doctoral research at th
e Department of Rajasthani, MLSU, Udaipur. He has participated in a number of n
ational and international conferences and presented papers on language, literat
ure, folklore, the cultural heritage of Rajasthan and Ancient Indian History. H
e was felicitated by the Government of Rajasthan for his contribution to Rajast
hani language and literature. 


t;br />
glish literature, Maharajas College, Ernakulam.</td><td>World</td><td>General Boo
ks</td>
ichandra Part III: Ratnanagaris Statecraft</td><td>Govardhanram Madhavram Tripath
i Translator: Tridip Suhrud(tr)</td><td>2016</td><td>384</td><td>695.0000</td><t
d><div>A novel of epic proportions written in four parts from 1887 to 1901
, Sarasvatichandra is both the enactment and embodiment of
the life philosophy of one man, and his sole mission.</div><div> </div><div>Part III, Ratnanagaris Statecraft,</e
m> details the efforts of Maniraj, the enlightened ruler of the princely stat
e of Ratnanagari, and his able minister, Vidya Chatura, to create a responsible
and inclusive polity in times of decay and change. Although feudal, Ratnanagari
has survived British expansion because of the strength and vision of its rulers.
With rare courage and candour, Tripathi deliberates on the impact of British ru
le in the context of the 1857 Revolt, even as he conducts a philosophical enquir
y into the nature of governance. We also travel with Sarasvatichandrarescued from
death by ascetics in Part IIto a remote monastery in the high mountains of Sunda
rgiri, headed by the enigmatic and erudite Swami Vishnudas.</div><div&g
t; </div><div>The novel holds up a fascinating mirror to
Gujarati society and life in the princely states against the backdrop of pre-ind
ependent India, in transition at the turn of the nineteenth centuryculturally, po
litically and ideologically. Before Gandhi, arguably no other work has so profou
ndly influenced the ethos and imagination of Gujarat as Sarasvatichand
ra. Part IV, also translated by Tridip Suhrud, an acknowledged schola
r of nineteenth- and twentieth-century Gujarat, is forthcoming.</div><d
iv> </div></td><td>Govardhanram Madhavram Tripathi&
lt;/b> (18551907) was born at Nadiad, Gujarat. He is also the author of Snehmudra (1889), The Classical Poets of Gujarat and Th
eir Influence on Society and Morals (1894), and Lilavati Ji
vankala (1905).  <div> </div><div&
gt;Tridip Suhrud(tr)  works at th
e Sabarmati Ashram Preservation and Memorial Trust, Ahmedabad, Gujarat.&nbsp
;</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
ages of Manipur (Volume 18, Part 2)-Peoples Linguistic Survey of India</td><td>G.
N. Devy and K. Nipuni Mao (Ed.s)</td><td>2016</td><td>488</td><td>1695.0000</td
><td>
This volume documents the variety of languages prevalent in the state
of Manipur, so as to preserve them in this globalised world, where migration an
d other factors are resulting in loss of languages. Critically, the book encaps
ulates the world view of the speakers of the discussed languages. This book als
o attempts to showcase diversity in languages spoken in the state by contextual
ising the language wealth in its social ecology. The majority of the languages
spoken in the state belong to the Tibeto-Burman language family. The Austro-Asi
atic, Dravidian and Indo-Aryan language families also find representation in th
e state.
</td><td>
K. Nipuni Mao is a freelance researcher.
He holds post-graduate degrees in Linguistics (NEH
U, 2001) and English Literature (EFLU, 2003), and a doctorate degree in Cultura
l Studies, specialising in Oral narratives from the department of Cultural and
Creative Studies, NEHU, Shillong. He worked as a Resource Person (20042010) on N
orth-Eastern Language Development programme (NELDP).
<td>978-81-250-6288-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Grea
t Gatsby </td><td>F. Scott Fitzgerald,Evangeline Manickam(Ed)</td><td>2016</td><
td>204</td><td>175.0000</td><td>The Great Gatsby is a classic
of American literature and continues to enthral readers more than ninety years a
fter it was first published. This definitive edition of the novel meticulously e
dited, annotated and introduced provides contextual and thematic information, an
d employs contemporary critical perspectives. Supplemented with landmark critica
l studies by Jacqueline Lance and Leland S. Person, Jr., this edition of&nbs
p;The Great Gatsby brings the text and its contexts closer to the reade
r</td><td>Evangeline Manickam </str
ong>teaches at the Department of Humanities and Social Sciences, Indian Insti
tute of Technology Madras (IIT Madras).</td><td>World</td><td>General
Books</td>
>2016</td><td>744</td><td>3250.0000</td><td>
ies. 
 
>
gt;
ali 


;br />
</td><td>
t;/p>
td><td>128</td><td>295.0000</td><td>
</td><td>
</td><td>
ayog.
;


<td>978-81-250-6281-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Hood
lum Years</td><td>Ashok Mitra, with a foreword by Prabhat Patnaik</td><td>2016</
td><td>176</td><td>475.0000</td><td><spa
n style="font-size: 11pt">The Hoodlum Years refe
r to the years of
terror and agony that India passed through in the early-mid 1970s and
culminated in the Emergency. At the time Ashok Mitra contributed a series of
sensitive essays to the Economi
c and Political Weekly that tellingly and
powerfully portrayed the horror of those years. This volume contains a
selection of these essays, written during 197275 and between January and April
1977.
<span style="font-size: 11pt"&
gt;The claustrophobic season of 197277, the
author feels, ought to be remembered every now and then; there is otherwise a
danger of our judgement being distorted by the familiar problem of forgetting.&l
t;/span>
gt;With its honest and detailed analysis, this new edition comes with a
Foreword by Prabhat Patnaik.</td><td>Ashok Mi
tra is form
er Finance Minister
of West Bengal (197787) and former Member of the Rajya Sabha; and a
distinguished economist, essayist and political activist.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
let Letter and Other Writings </td><td>Nathaniel Hawthorne,Srirupa Chatterjee(Ed
)</td><td>2016</td><td>372</td><td>285.0000</td><td>Nathaniel Hawthorne
is one of American literature's greatest luminaries, and was instrumental i
n the formation of the American literary canon. This edition seeks to introduce
readers to what has been called his masterwork, The Scarlet Letter, along with a c
hoice selection of his short stories. Meticulously edited and annotated, this bo
ok features a detailed introduction providing contextual and thematic informatio
n, and employs contemporary critical perspectives. Supplemented with erudite cri
tical essays by R. K. Gupta and Nina Baym, this edition of Hawthorne's key w
ritings brings the texts and their contexts closer to the reader.
</td><td>Srirupa Chatterjee teaches at the Department of Libe
ral Arts, Indian Institute of Technology Hyderabad.
0">mitigating

n>Jyoti
n order
<a></a>
e="color: #000000">
;</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
 
 

<td>978-81-250-6234-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>American
Literature</td><td>Nandana Dutta,Pramod K. Nayar</td><td>2016</td><td>472</td><
td>360.0000</td><td>
This book provides a backdrop to the study of American literature. Sur
veying over four hundred years of American history, it analyses the milieu that
determined and defined literary representation and expression, and was respons
ible for the creation of writers and, indeed, readers. It seeks to understand t
he historical, social and natural environment that prevailed in different perio
ds of American history, and its impact on literature.
</td><td>
Nandana Dutta teaches at the Department of
English, Gauhati University. 
</td><td>

</td><td>
 
thesis. 
nglish Literature, 18901960</td><td>Sipra Mukherjee,Pramod K. Nayar(Series Editor
)</td><td>2016</td><td>272</td><td>225.0000</td><td>This book provides
a panoramic view of the modern age in English literature and its intellectual co
ntexts. It describes the ideas, debates and events that determined the trajector
y of literature and the arts in the modern age the discussions on democracy and
equality; deliberations on the scientific developments of the age; the intellect
ual impact of the two World Wars; philosophical and scientific insights into the
human mind; and innovations and experiments with language.</td><td>&l
t;p>Sipra Mukherjee teaches at the Department of English,
West Bengal State University. 
The series editor
Pramod K. Nayar teaches at the Department of English
, University of Hyderabad. His most recent books include The Transnational in En
glish Literature: Shakespeare to the Modern (2015), Citizenship and Identity in
the Age of Surveillance (2015), The Postcolonial Studies Dictionary (2015) and P
ostcolonial Studies: An Anthology (2015). His forthcoming work includes a book o

n the Indian graphic novel.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
New Sociology in India</td><td>Mahuya Bandyopadhyay And Ritambhara Hebbar</td><
td>2016</td><td>276</td><td>750.0000</td><td>
The past few decades have seen tremendous changes, both in the larger
conditions that characterise the world and in the shifts in the way people rela
te to each other, to social relationships, identity, place and culture. Given t
he changes that have occurred in the very ideas of society and the social, how has
the discipline of sociology equipped itself to understand this transformation?
What are the challenges of capturing the interrelations between the state, mark
et and society? Can sociological imagination enable innovation and newness as
researchers struggle to make sense of the rapidly altering worlds they encounte
r?
In this context, this book brings together research conducted in new a
nd unconventional sites to present a different sociological imagination that by
passes the dominant categories (that of caste and village) through which India
is sociologically known and represented. It presents a collection of essays by
young scholars attempting to redefine the contours of the disciplinethrough the
choice of field sites, the exploration of new issues and problems, and the rewo
rking of traditional anthropological methodology in new, unconventional sites.&
lt;/p>
This volume deals with contexts as diverse and unique as a genetics la
boratory; a Bollywood editing studio; a community arts project spanning an urba
n village, a bus journey, and a town that has ceased to exist; a defence thinktank; and family and communal relationships in a transformed world. While refle
cting the authors concern with changing issues, methodology and field sites, the
y are also accounts of personal journeys into the discipline of sociology. 
The essays challenge and push the boundaries of sociology and provide
a re-imagining of India through new sites and methods of research. It will be i
nvaluable for students and researchers in sociology at the undergraduate and po
stgraduate levels. 
</td><td>
Mahuya Bandyopadhyay and Rit
ambhara Hebbar are Professors of Sociology, School of Developmen
t Studies, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai. 

</td><td>
<td>978-81-250-6261-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>New South
Asian Security: Six Core Relations Underpinning Regional Security</td><td>Chris
Ogden</td><td>2016</td><td>196</td><td>750.0000</td><td>
New South Asian Security recasts the interpretation of securit
y and international relations in South Asia. Moving away from the traditional em
phasis on IndiaPakistan relations, this volume focuses on the regions unique confl
uence of two of the international systems rising great powers (China and India),
and two of its failing and most unstable states (Pakistan and Afghanistan). It a
lso acknowledges that South Asian security rests upon the interaction between th
ese four important states.
The volume also highlights the regions present status as the fulcrum of
contemporary dynamics of international relations and global trends (from rising
powers and an Asian Century, to international terrorism, nuclear proliferation a
nd energy security threats). These factors make South Asian security significant
to the world, and highlight its relevance to the nature (and future) of the int
ernational system.
It explicitly:
brings Afghanistan and China into
the study of South Asian relations;
confirms the relevance of big pow
ers in South Asia to regional/global politics;
compares the core norms underpinn
ing bilateral relations among its four critical states; and
constructs a collective understan
ding of the strategic interests driving regional security.
It thus both broadens and redefines our sense of South Asia, while unde
rscoring the increased need for regional understandings concer
ning its security and stability, in the context of the planned withdrawal of ext
ernal actors from Afghanistan.
This book will be indispensable for students and scholars of internatio
nal relations, strategic studies, and peace and conflict studies. 
</td><td>Chris Ogden is Senior Le
cturer in Asian Security at the School of International Relations, University of
St Andrews, the UK.
<td>978-81-7371-409-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Fresh Wa
ter Fishes of Peninsular India</td><td>R I Ranjit Daniels</td><td>2001</td><td>2
is a lucidly written field guide describing 75 taxa of fishes that commonly inha
bit the fresh waters of Peninsular India. This can serve as a good addition to t
he existing Biology textbooks as many of the species have not been studied until
now. The book is lavishly illustrated with black and white illustrations, line
drawings as well as colour photographs. Common English and local names are given
in addition to scientific nomenclature for the fishes.</td><td><di
v style="text-align: justify">R I Ranjit Daniels
</div></td><td>IN</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7370-303-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Outside
the Archives</td><td>Y.D.Gundevia</td><td>2008</td><td>448</td><td>475.0000</td>
<td>You cannot work with a giant a
nd not tell people anything about him, said Dr Zakir Hussain, propmpting Y.D. Gun
devia to write about Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru.
During his 36-year career in th
e Indian Civil Service, Mr Gundevia came into close contact with Pandit Nehru wi
th whom he had a genuinely cordial working relationship. In this book of memoirs
with a difference, the author makes Pandit Nehru the central figure, narrating
little interesting incidents which illustrate how Nehru worked and what he worke
d for.
The book presents a wealth of revealing information that not only desc
ribes Nehru and his policies, but also frankly delineates other world figures su
ch as Lord Mountbatten, Stalin, and Krishna Menon. The truth about Indias efforts
to settle the Kashmir question with Pakistan (even to the point of a proposed t
ransfer of territory) is told in full for the first time.
Also important is t
he inimitably forthright and humorous style in which the author describes these
world figures and events, and reveals facts not yet out of the archives.</p&g
t;</td><td>Yezdezard Dinshaw Gundevia (1908-1986) graduated f
rom Wilson college, Bombay in 1929. </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7370-457-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Telangan
a Charitra-Samskruthi Rashtra Avatharana Udyamaalu (Telugu original)</td><td>Ada
pa Satyanaryana and Dyavanapalli Satyanarayana</td><td>2016</td><td>424</td><td>
395.0000</td><td>
Telangana Charitra - Samskruthi Rashtra Avatharana Udyamaalu
[Telugu original]. This is a history of Telangana from the earliest
times to the formation of the State. This book is published under our Sangam B
ooks imprint.    
The formation of new State has generated public debate about its ident
ity, specificity and distinctiveness. History enthusiasts and general public ha
ve been showing more interest in knowing about the historical and cultural lega
cy of the region.  In all the competitive examinations Telangana histo
ry has been included in the syllabus. But so far no authentic academic work is
available. Hence the objective is to provide a comprehensive account of the evo
lution of polity, society, economy, religion and culture in the Telangana regio
n from ancient to the modern times. 
This book covers the entire history and culture of Telanagana from the
earliest times to the present, i.e., till the formation of new Telangana State
in 2014. The book contains the information on history of ancient Telangana; me
dieval Telangana and modern period. In this book proper care has been taken to
organize the themes and chronology systematically. 
In order to provide an easy grasp of the subject matter and the topics
24 colour photographs have been supplemented in the book (between the pages 17
6-177). 
There are 7 maps in the book which supplements the text in a very important w
ay. 
The contents of the book includes: Introduction; Prehistory; Satavahan
as; Ikshvakus; Vishnukundins; Chalukyas; Kakatiyas; Nayakas (Musunuru&P
admanayakas); Asaf Jahis; Socio-Economic and Political Awakening in Telangana;
Freedom Struggle in Telangana; Formation of Andhra Pradesh; Separate Telangana
Movement, Phase I and Separate Telangana Movement, Phase II.
</td><td>
 Adapa Satyanaryana
is Professor(retired), department of history, Osmania Universit
y. 
 Dyavanapalli Satyanarayana is teaching
in the Osamania University, History Department. &l
t;/p>
<td>978-81-7371-649-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Perspecti
ves in Materials Characterization</td><td>G Amarendra, Baldev Raj, MH Manghnani<

/td><td>2015</td><td>192</td><td>675.0000</td><td>Materials Characteriz
ation is an important area of fundamental and technological interest.A variety o
f experimental techniques for characterizing the physical and chemical propertie
s of materials have been developed over the years. Perspectives in Materials Cha
racterization is the companion volume to Advances in Materials Characterization.
Both volumes comprise review articles written by experts on various methods of
mateirals characterization, providing an introduction and overview of individual
characterization techniques, as well as a demonstration of their application to
selected problems.</td><td>G Amarendra is
Senior Scientist at the Materials Science Division, Indira Gandhi Centre for At
omic Research, Kalpakkam, India.
Baldev Raj was formerly Distinguished Scientist and
Director of the Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, Kalapakkam, India. He
is currently the Director, National Institute of Advanced Studies, Bangalore.&lt
;/p>
M H Manghnani is professor at the University of Hawa
ii, USA</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-7371-607-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Science
366: A Chronicle of Science and Technology</td><td>Biman Basu</td><td>2008</td><
td>712</td><td>1225.0000</td><td>Dates have an important place in our l
ives not only are they historical occasions that we observe every year but they
are also milestones to measure our growth in age, prosperity and wisdom. Therefo
re, dates in the scientific field can be used as a measure of progress in our qu
est for the unknown dates when some important scientific discovery was made or s
ome famous scientist was born. There are also dates that mark important breakthr
oughs in our understanding of the universe around us new discoveries and new inv
entions that have changed our life.
This book can be considered a diary of scientific events both Indian an
d international including dates related to scientists and their works; inventors
and their inventions; scientific organisations; and important scientific occurr
ences.

The entries are arranged chronologically. An entry for the date of birt
h of a scientist or inventor gives a brief biography of the person, while an ent
ry for the date of founding or inauguration of a scientific institution gives a
brief summary of the activities and achievements of the institution. All the ent
ries are cross-referenced for easy navigation. </td><td><div style=
"text-align: justify">Biman Basu was formerly ed
itor of Science Reporter published by the Council of Scientific and Industrial R
esearch (CSIR), New Delhi. He was also a Science Correspondent for All India Rad
io.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-5360-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Praayogi
k Hindi: Applied Language Course - Hindi</td><td>Ramesh Gautam, University of De
lhi</td><td>2014</td><td>140</td><td>130.0000</td><td>This course, prepared by a team of teachers from different
colleges of the University of Delhi. This is the prescribed text book for the Ap
plied Language course Hindi of the Foundation Course of four-year Undergraduate
programme of University of Delhi.</td><td>Ramesh Gau
tam, University of Delhi</td><td>World</td><td>General Books
</td>
BD,PK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-5380-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Genesis:
Select Stories</td><td>Lakshmi Kannan</td><td>2014</td><td>228</td><td>450.0000
</td><td>Lakshmi Kannan has translated fif
teen of her own stories. In Genesis</stron
g>, two scholars in a US campus are kindred souls but the Indian woman is hel
d back by generations of denial.  Ancient temples with their hallowed a
mbience can bestow some life-affirming experiences, as in Cryptic Chords and Rhyt
hms. Kasturi, the Musk Deer, set in Delhi, depicts the Tamil reality of the fiftie
s as sixteen-year-old Shankari is subjected to strict control by her orthodox f
amily, her parents rejecting her idea of buying kasturi because its fragrance m
ight act as an aphrodisiac. 'Mangal's Requiem is about the last hours in
the life of a dacoit who writes poems perhaps to seek release from his anguish
, revealing what the world and his mother and wife cannot grasp; the young wife
experiences relief when her abusive husband hangs. India Gate showcases the regr
essive, unchanging elements in the authors community, even educated, professiona
l women being subjected to the patriarchy of their marital homes; the female pr
otagonist bravely decides to go it alone. Sable Shadows, based on true incidents,
focuses on a form of apartheid marring even international literary events whil
e narrating a tale of friendship and understanding between a Nigerian man and a
n Indian woman.
</td><td>Lakshmi Kannan has translated her
own stories from Tamil. She has four collections of poems, a novel and several
collections of short fiction to her name.  She was Charles Wallace Tru
st Writer in Residence, University of Canterbury, UK, and Fellow of the Indian
Institute of Advanced Study, Shimla. 
ble period now
lt;br />
 
,BD,PK</td><td>General Books</td>
75.0000</td><td><ul>
states. </li>
;</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-5432-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Shift
ing Scales of Justice: The Supreme Court in Neo-liberal India</td><td>Mayur Sure
sh and Siddharth Narrain</td><td>2014</td><td>228</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
 In the course of the last two decades, the Supreme Court has tried to
regulate the use of Indias forest resources, has passed orders on the type of fue
l to be used by urban public transport, has controlled appointments to the highe
r judiciary and has even claimed the power to declare constitutional amendments
invalid.
 This volume traces the ideological direction that the Supreme Court ha
s charted over the last two decades.
 It examines the nature and origins of this expansion of its power and
the transformation in the Courts worldview. 
 It focuses on a time when many feel that the Supreme Court has become
more conservative: it looks at the Courts conservative standwhen it compares slum
dwellers to pickpockets, orders the interlinking of rivers in the name of nation
al progress and reasons that tribal populations will benefit from mining of thei
r lands among others.
 The essays provide an account of this shift within a larger narrative
that identifies the precise manner in which these changes have taken place. It l
ooks at the emergence of judicial sovereignty that appears to be honouring its c

ommitment to the oppressed and bewildered in name only.
</td><td>Mayur Suresh is Sessional Lectur
er at the School of Law, Birkbeck College, University of London.&l
t;/strong> 
Siddharth Narrain is a legal researcher and law
yer with the Alternative Law Forum (ALF), Bangalore.</strong&gt
;</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
t;
he
>

University of Hyderabad. </div></td><td>World</td><td>General Bo
oks</td>
<td>978-81-250-5531-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Judic
iary I Served</td><td>P. Jaganmohan Reddy With a Prologue by Gautam Pingle</td>
<td>2014</td><td>312</td><td>725.0000</td><td><div>The Judiciary I Served
is an account of an eminent jurists long and distinguished career in the law, fro
m his early days as a barrister to his retirement from the Supreme Court of Indi
a. </div><div> </div><div>As a judge
of the Supreme Court, Justice Pingle Jaganmohan Reddy heard and decided on seve
ral landmark cases which had profound and lasting implications for the country,
covering such issues as the fundamental right to property and the constitutional
rights of minority educational institutions. The Bank Nationalisation case, the
Keshavananda Bharati case and the St. Xaviers case are some of the proceedings a
bout which he writes in his book. </div><div> &l
t;/div><div>Justice Reddys years as a judge gave him a broad experience
of different contemporary issues and personalities. In this book he provides an
absorbing account of how repeated challenges, minor and major, were faced by bot
h state and central governments, and how upright judges struggled against such p
ressures in order to uphold the proper functioning of the law.  &nb
sp;</div><div> </div><div>The Prologue to thi
s volume, by his son and academic Gautam Pingle, charts the life and times of Ju
stice Reddy. Personal and heartwarming, the Prologue shows how probity, impartia
lity and firmness were features that marked the illustrious career of this disti
nguished judge.</div><div> </div></td><td>Pingle Ja
ganmohan Reddy (191099) was born at Waddepalli, Warangal District, in what was th
en the Nizams State of Hyderabad. He rose rapidly through the legal profession as
a Divisional Judge, then a Judge of the High Court of Hyderabad before and afte
r the 1948 Police Action, Judge of the High Court of Andhra Pradesh, and Chief J
ustice, High Court of Andhra Pradesh, prior to his elevation to a Judgeship in t
he Supreme Court of India. On retirement from the Supreme Court in 1975, Justice
Reddy served as Vice-Chancellor of Osmania University.</td><td>World</td><td>Ge
neral Books</td>
ages of Tamil Nadu,Volume 27, Part 2</td><td>V. Gnanasundaram, K. Rangan</td><td
>2015</td><td>528</td><td>1920.0000</td><td>
The Peoples Linguistics Survey of India provides an overview of the exta
nt and dying languages of India. It is the culmination of a nationwide survey of
valent in the state of Tamil Nadu. Critically, the book encapsulates the world v
iew of the speakers of the discussed languages.
Apart from dealing with the detailed study of the scheduled languages s
uch as Telugu and Malayalam, that involves the discussion on various linguistics
features as well as the literature, The Languages of Tamil Nadu&nb
sp;brings to the readers a certain wealth of information on Tamil, as also the l
anguages spoken by other speech communities like Saurashtri and Tanjavur Marathi
. It also documents the languages of the tribals like the Irula and Toda and nom
adic communities such as Narikkuravar, out of which, most are on the verge of ex
tinction. 
</td><td>
G. N. Devy is the chief editor of
the PLSI series. He taught at the Maharaja Sayajirao University, Baroda, till 1
996 before leaving to set up the Bhasha Research Centre in Baroda and the Adivas
i Akademi at Tejgadh, where he worked towards conserving and promoting the langu
ages and culture of indigenous and nomadic communities. Apart from being awarded
the Padma Shree, he has received many awards for his work in literature and lan
guage conservation.
V. Gnanasundaram is a former Prof
essor cum Deputy Director of CIIL, Mysore. He has had a long and successful care
er in the field of linguistics and has worked primarily on endangered tribal lan
guages. He has conducted a survey of indigenous mother tongues spoken in the tri
bal communities of Tamil Nadu. He has publications in India as well as abroad.&l
t;/p>
K.Rangan is former Professor and
Head of the Department of Linguistics, Tamil University, Thanjavur. His research
interests include phonology and sociolinguistics. He has been a visiting scient
ist at the Department of Linguistics, MIT. He has publications in both English a
nd Tamil.
<td>978-81-250-5541-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bharat
Mein Saamajik Parivartan Evm Vikas (Hindi)</td><td>Ram Ganesh Yadav</td><td>
2014</td><td>234</td><td>110.0000</td><td>
<div style="text-align: justify">1] Bhar
at mein Samajik Parivatan evm Vikas is a prescribed un
dergraduate textbook for the Social Change and Development in India paper <em&
gt;[Bharat mein Samajik parivatan aur Vikas paper] of Lucknow University. This is aimed at the second paper of sociolog
y BA 2nd year of this University. </div>
iv style="text-align: justify">2] The chapters have been contribute
d by the faculty members of Sociology and Anthropology of various affiliated co
lleges of Lucknow University and  Gorakhpur University.</div>
iv style="text-align: justify">3] This book discusses the major con
cepts related to social change and development, such as theories of development
by Rostow and Learner, Andre Gunder Frank and Samir Amin. This book also analy
zes the human development, social development, sustainable development, and als
o the issues related to development.  Under the issues related to dev
elopment the book discusses development and marginalization, development and di
splacement, culture and development. In the book, also covered are the processe
s of social change which includes sanskritization, modernization, secularizatio
n, westernization, urbanization and globalization. The issues of inequalities o
f caste and gender have also been discussed and analyzed in good details.&n
bsp;</div>
iv style="text-align: justify">4]Package: Bharat mein Samajik Privartan evm Vikas
can be package with the following OBS titles:</div><str
ong>

<ol>
<li style="text-align: justify">Samajshastra
Parichay &l
t;/li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Samajshastriya
Chintan k
e Aadhar </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Bharatiya
Samaj </li&
gt;
<li style="text-align: justify">Bharatiya
Samajshastra k
e Agrani Chintak </li>
</ol>

</td><td>
<div style="text-align: justify">Dr Ram Ganesh Yad

av is Professor and Head of the Department of Sociology, Lucknow
University. He has experience of teaching this subject more than 25 years.&amp
;nbsp;</div><div style="text-align: justify">The contribu
tors to this volume are teaching faculties of Sociology in various colleges aff
iliated to Lucknow University.</div>
onal Advisory Council. </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
ollege, Gauhati University. </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td
>
<td>978-81-250-5473-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Fall
and Rise of Telangana</td><td>Gautam Pingle</td><td>2014</td><td>344</td><td>675
.0000</td><td>Post Independence, the state of Andhra Pradesh was create
d by merging the Telangana region, a part of the princely state of Hyderabad, wi
th the coastal region of Andhra and Rayalaseemaboth parts of the erstwhile Madras
state. With Madras, the major source of income of the state, 
allocated to Tamil Nadu, it was necessary to include the revenue-surplus Telang
ana to create a financially viable entity.
However, there had always been doubts about the long-term feasibility o
f such an arrangement. Jawaharlal Nehru had even considered the provision of a di
vorce if the marriage between the three regions did not turn out to be mutually ben
eficial.
Despite several agreements, laws and government orders safeguarding the
interests of the people of Telangana, modern history records a sordid tale of e
xploitation, agitation, assurances and broken promises. The author shows how the
Srikrishna Commission that was formed to look into the matter and impartially r
ecommend a way forward subverted the process and came forward with a predetermined
solution.
Today, despite violent agitation, the surplus revenue of the region con
tinues to be disproportionately diverted to Coastal Andhra, while land around Hy
derabad is quite often illegally allocated to land sharks from other regions.&lt
;/p>
The author has painstakingly dissected the Telangana problem from its i
nception to the where a separate state seems to be inevitable. He has identified
the political reasons for the behaviour of the national leaders in making promi
ses and later reneging on them, and shows how this betrayal has affected the peo
ple of the region.
In the final chapter, the author proposes a model for the trifurcation of the st
ate and how this can be made equitable and just. Vocal and hard-hitting, this bo
ok will be valuable for students of political science and general readers intere
sted in the movement.</td><td>Gautam Pingle was formerly Dean
of Research
and Consultancy, Administrative Staff College of India, Hyderabad.</td><td>World
<td>978-81-250-5494-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Uttarakha
nd Ki Bhashayen (Volume 30, Part 1)-Bharatiya Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan</td><td>Gane
sh N. Devy, Uma Bhatt and Shekhar Pathak (Ed.s)</td><td>2014</td><td>260</td><td
>1350.0000</td><td>
The Peoples Linguistic Survey of India is a right based movement for car
rying out a nation-wide survey of Indian languages especially languages of fragi
le communities such as nomadic, coastal, island, hill and forest communities.&lt
;/p>
This book is part 1of the Volume 30(Uttarakhand [Hindi]) of The People&
#39;s Linguistic Survey of India (PLSI) undertaken and executed by Bhasha Resear
ch and Publication Center.  

The present book contains the information on language and linguistic va
riety of the Uttarakhand state of India. The languages included in this book are
: Kumauni, Gadhwali,Jaad, Johari, Jaunpuri, Jaunsari, Tharu, Bangadi, Buksa, Mar
cha, Rang Lu, Rawalti, and Raji.</td><td>
Dr Ganesh N. Devy &
lt;/strong>taught English at the Maharaja Sayajirao University of Ba
roda; a renowned literary critic and activist; is founder and director of the&am
p;nbsp;Tribal Academy at Tejgadh, Gujarat; and director of the&nbsp
;Sahitya Akademis Project on Literature in Tribal Languages and Oral Folk Traditi
ons. He is an active participant in the functioning of Bhasha Academy.Currently,
he is a Professor at the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information and Communic
ation Technology (DA-IICT),Gandhinagar,Gujrat.
He is Chair, Peoples Lnguistic Sur
vey of India, 37, Bhasha Research and Publication Centre, Near Dinesh Mills, Bar
oda.
Dr Shekhar Pathak&l
t;/strong> : MA Ph D Kumaon University. Taught for 32 years in Kumaon Univers
ity. Fellowship received from ICHR [1978-80] Delhi; IIAS Simla [1995-97]; CCS, N
MML [2005-09]; New Delhi. He has been a researcher of the history, culture, soci
al movements and a discoverer of history of various aspects and regions of the H
imalayas. He is editor of Peoples Association for Himalaya Area Research [PAHAR],
Nainital.
Dr Uma Bhatt</st
rong> : MA, Ph D from Agra University; had taught for 38 years in Kumaon Univ
ersity; she was ex-editor of Uttara, a monthly magazine for women; she is also a
ssociated with Peoples Association for Himalaya Area Research [PAHAR] Nainital.&l
t;/p>
;

t;/li>
500 words. </li>
Retired Principal, Kendriya Vidyalaya, Baroda. </td><td>World</td><td>General Bo
oks</td>
sidency. 

>
Publications Division and NMML Archives. </td><td>World</td><td>Gener
al Books</td>
t;
of the Bengali People: From Earliest Times to the Fall of the Sena Dynasty</td><
td>Niharranjan Ray, John W. Hood (Tr.)</td><td>2013</td><td>660</td><td>850.0000
</td><td>Niharranjan Rays highly acclaimed magnum opus, Bangal
ir Itihas: Adi Parva, translated here as Hist
ory of the Bengali People is a seminal work on the his
tory of the Bengalis from the earliest times to the beginning of the Muslim rule
in India. 
As much a work of literature as of history, this book is not a story of
kings and the extension of their power but of the life of ordinary people. Thus
, through detailed, methodical discussions on origins of the various peoples, th
eir language and literature, science, trade and commerce, religious practices an
d rituals, there emerges a vivid picture of society and its development through
the passage of time.
This able translation by J. W. Hood has retained the vibrancy and subtl
e nuances of the Bengali original. In his Foreword to this
edition of the translation, Sumit Sarkar writes: Niharranjan Ray was, indeed, a t
owering figure among my generation of historians. But not many scholars are fami
liar with his writings these days. The new edition of the English translation, w
hich has done full justice to the original version, hopefully will rectify this.&
lt;/p>
</td><td>Niharranjan Ray (1903-1981), reno
wned historian, was one of Indias last great polymaths. He has written extensivel
y and authoritatively on a vast range of subjects including art, classical and m
odern literature, history, religion, politics and biography. 
John W. Hood (trans.) obtained his PhD in
Bengali vernacular historiography from the University of Melbourne and has spent
most of his life studying and writing about Indianespecially Bengaliculture. In a
ddition to his Niharranjan Ray published in the Sahitya Aka
demi''s ''Makers of Indian Literature'&
#39; series, he has written a number of books on Indian art
cinema and has translated a variety of Bengali poetry and fiction into English.
lackswan Vishwa Atlas - Laghu Sanskaran</td><td>Sangam Books (India) Private Lim
ited</td><td>2013</td><td>100</td><td>120.0000</td><td>Orient BlackSwan Vishwa Atlas : La
ghu Sanskaran is the Hindi version of  The Orient BlackSwan World Atlas : Mini Edition published by us.
This colourful Atlas is prepared keeping in view the present day needs of the st
udents. The maps included in the book are authentic, easy to understand and attr
active.
This is an essential and indispen
sable global guide. Its  major features are:
<ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">This handy atlas features detail
ed maps of the continents and
countries, highlights city and town names and
displays physical features
and transport routes. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Comprehensive key statistics of
the world [pp. 4-15]</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">A map depicting international co
mmunication networks and tourist
attractions [p. 21]. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Includes the Worlds geographic ex
tremes [p.20]</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The maps of Arctic and Antarctic
regions with the names of
different locations and their explorers. [pp. 74
-75]</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Also included a time-zone chart
[p. 76].  </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">This atlas is appended with a cl
ear, easy-to-use index of around
7000 place names and names of geographical
features such as mountains,
lakes and rivers which makes this atlas an inv
aluable book. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The pullout chart map of World [
Political] and India[Political] pasted in this atlas is easy to hang for better
viewing and understanding. </li>
</ul></td><td>Sangam Books (India) Private Limited</td>
<td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
d>56</td><td>202.0000</td><td>KnowledgeAhead 1-8</stro
ng> is a series of eight books for creating general awareness, acquiring info
rmation about things and events around us, and for developing functional life sk
ills important for day-to-day life. Topics from every sphere of life such as spo
rts, arts, science, travel, history, food and religion are included.

The series has been revised to: 
<ul> <li> Update information and make it more relevant for todayLondo
n Olympics has been added in Book 4.
</li><li> Include Life Skills to help students deal with day-to-da
y life e.g., Bk 4, pg 35; Bk 3, pg 12; Bk 6, pg 37
</li><li> Improve layout and streamline the text flow
</li><li>Imparting a sense of completeness to the information provid
ed by giving background and related material, so that the information is no long
er a collection of isolated facts to be memorized
</li><li>Using what the children have learnt in other subjects as a
springboard, and building on it, rather than repeating what they have already le
arnt
</li><li>Linking topics to everyday life to create interest and inc
rease understanding
</li><li>Including information of the kind that students will not ea
sily get from written sources
</li><li> Devoting a special section to the important life skills of
creativity and problem solving
</li><li> Encouraging children to use the most powerful information
tool of todaythe Internetto find out themselves</li></ul>
Rohini Purang is a creative artist and author. She has also authored primary lev
el books for other publishers.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>General Books</td>
d>64</td><td>208.0000</td><td>&lt
;strong>KnowledgeAhead 1-8 is a series of eight books for crea
ting general awareness, acquiring information about things and events around us,
and for developing functional life skills important for day-to-day life. Topics
from every sphere of life such as sports, arts, science, travel, history, food
and religion are included. 
KnowledgeAhead is designed keepin
g in mind that we are in the Internet age where information is easily available
and therefore imparting encapsulated bits of information to students to be memor
ized has lost its relevance.
The series has been revised to: 
pg 37
memorized

es</li></ul>
uthored primary level books for other publishers.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>General
Books</td>
uicides. 
,BT,LK,NP,MV</td><td>General Books</td>

love. 
t;/p>
the read.

gt; </div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>General Books</
td>
<td>978-81-250-5128-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Translati
on and Postcolonialities: Transactions Across Languages and Cultures</td><td>Vij
aya Guttal and Suchitra Mathur (Eds.)</td><td>2013</td><td>172</td><td>825.0000<
/td><td>Translation and Postcolonialities</e
m> is a collection of essays that pertain to the many intricat
e and complex ways in which translation is seen to mirror postcolonialities, and
brings to the foreground the nature and function of translation in the multilin
gual and multicultural context of India. 
These essays are a selection from the IACLALS conference held in Dharwa
d, Karnataka, in 2009. They use a variety of linguistic and cultural contexts Ka
nnada, Kashmiri, English and Hindi to interrogate translation practices for thei
r complicity with the so-called colonial politics as well as to bring out the li
nguistic, cultural and political transactions and collaborations involved in col
onial and postcolonial translations. Analysing ''texts'' as disp
arate as ancient Kannada scriptures and the Indian variant of Spider-Man comics,
the volume presents a rich and layered debate on the role and place of translat
ion in the postcolonial context.</td><td>Vijaya
Guttal teaches at Karnatak University, Dharwad. 
Suchitra Mathur teaches at the Department of Huma
nities and Social Sciences, Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur. <

 
05. 
 
d in 2007.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-5233-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Combating
Corruption: The Indian Case</td><td>Yogesh Atal and Sunil K. Choudhary</td><td>
2014</td><td>312</td><td>825.0000</td><td>With the exposure of major s
cams like 2G spectrum, Commonwealth Games and Adarsh, public anger against corr
uption boiled over as witnessed in the massive protests of 201112. 
Combating Corruption: The Indian Case provides a perspec
tive for viewing the increasing levels of corruption in the higher echelons of
politics and bureaucracy in post-Independence India, and the limits of popular
struggles and legislative/administrative measures to combat it. Looking at the
phenomenon as deviance from norms and a systemic dysfunctionality, the authors ar
gue that it can be resisted by effective strategies of mass mobilisation under
charismatic leaders. Focusing on peoples participation, it traces the emergence
of anti-corruption movements to the JP Movement of the 1970s, and culminates w
ith the protests led by Anna Hazare and Baba Ramdev and the rise of the Arvind
Kejriwal-led Aam Aadmi Party. 
The book fills a major lacuna in our sociological understanding of corruptiona
s exemplified by cases of grand embezzlementand the popular opposition to it. Id
entifying the traditional sources of corruption, the authors show how the probl
em manifests itself in the social, economic and political contexts peculiar to
India. And in doing so, they underline the crucial role of state institutions a
nd a vigilant civil society in tackling a problem that afflicts almost all, and
not only the developing, societies. 
As instant history, Combating Corruption is an account of an unprecedented phas
e of mass protests in India. A must-read for political analysts, sociologists,
journalists and general readers alike, it is indispensable for understanding c
ontemporary India.</td><td>Yogesh Atal</stro
ng> was Principal Director of Social and Human Sciences at UNESCO from 1974
to 1997. He has written extensively on development-related issues, political pr
ocesses and the Indian social structure. Sunil K. Choudhary is Associate Professor, Departme
nt of Political Science, Shyam Lal College (Evening), University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-5204-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Visionar
y Gleam</td><td>Ashok Chaskar, Arjun Jadhav, Sanjay Pagare (ed)</td><td>2014</td

><td>170</td><td>85.0000</td><td>Visionary Gleam 
brings together some of the best writings in the Englishlanguage. Designed for
the F.Y.B.A. Compulsory English students of Pune University, it helps the reade
rs enhance their language skills. To make the learning process easy for student
s each passage is provided with brief information about the author, the passage
itself and the glossary followed by questions. The additional feature of this
anthology is incorporation of the grammar component for the enrichment of stude
nts linguistic competence. The students are exposed to the vast ocean of English
literature, covering a wide range, from British and American literature; suffi
cient number of Indian texts have also been included. </td><td><p&g
t;Ashok Chaskar, Dean, Faculty of Arts, Fine Arts
and Performing Arts, University of Pune is an Associate Professor in S.P. Colle
ge Pune. He has twenty-five years of teaching experience and has published two
books, Multiculturalism in Indian Fiction in English and Doing Resear
ch in Literature and Language.
Arjun Jadhav is an Associate Professor in
the Department of English, Fergusson College, Pune. He teaches undergraduate a
nd post-graduate classes and guides M. Phil and Ph. D. students. He has edited
the book Creative Writers on Indian English Novelists. He
is the chief editor of Vision: An International Journal of English Lan
guage and Literature. His main areas of interest are pragmatics, lin
guistics and comparative literature. 
Sanjay Pagare is an Associate Professor of
English in Agasti Arts, Commerce and Dadasahed Rupwate Science College, Akole
District, Ahmednagar. He has been teaching English for the last thirty-two year
s at the undergraduate and post graduate level. He was an active member of the
BOS in Linguistics and BOS in English, University of Pune. His areas of interes
t are linguistics and ELT. </td><td>Worl
d</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-5165-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dramatic
Moments: Five One-act Plays</td><td>R.Meera Baby, Liji Varghese</td><td>2014</t
d><td>100</td><td>110.0000</td><td>Dramatic Moments: Five One-act Play
s, prepared for the first semester students of the First Degree Prog
ramme at Kerala University, aims to introduce students to the dramatic genre. I
t brings together plays by well-known playwrights such as Saki, Margaret Wood a
nd the Quintero brothers. These plays are not only popular, but they are notabl
e for their thought-provoking and insightful analysis of human nature. Each uni
t in the book has an introduction, a short summary of the work, a detailed glos
sary and questions.</td><td>R Meera Baby&
amp;nbsp;is Head, Department of Communicative English, K. N. M. Government Arts
and Science College, Kanjiramkulam, Thiruvananthapuram.
<div> </div>
Liji Varghese is Assistant Professor of English at
All Saints' College, Thiruvananthapuram.</td><td>World</td><td>General Boo
ks</td>
<td>978-81-250-5234-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Of Ghost
s and Other Perils</td><td>Troilokyanath Mukhopadhyay & Arnab Bhattacharya</
td><td>2013</td><td>288</td><td>575.0000</td><td><strong&g
t;Of Ghosts and Other Perils brings together seven of
the author’s stories not translated before. ‘Lullu&rsqu
o; is a ‘civilised, modern’ ghost who steals a married woma
n from Delhi and hides her in a chamber below a lake, but Amir, her husband, wi
th the help of a weaver-singer, an astrologer, an exorcist, and other ghosts re
scues her by making Lullu an opium-addict. In ‘Nayanchand’s
Business’ we find a tale of a bull under orders of his ex-owner abou
t to wreak havoc as he makes Yama, the god of the netherworld, and his assistan
t Chitragupta run in panic to escape being gored. Some of the situationsas when
the torso of a man is joined by a quack doctor to the rear portion of a cow aft
er an accident (‘Another Story by Damarudhar’)produce more f
un and dramatic turning points than the reader usually expects.
Troilokyanath’s fiction also has element
s of social criticism tinged with satire though with a light touch. And as the
translator, Arnab Bhattacharya, points out in a scholarly
Afterword, Troilokyanath has been called with some justific
ation a magic realist, a pioneer in Bangla writing.
</td><td>Troilokyanath Mukhopadhyay (184719
19) was one of the foremost writers of fiction in nineteenth-century Bengal. Ac
cording to some, he was an early proponent of the magic realist genre in Bengal
.
Arnab Bhattacharya is a translator and a
critic based in Kolkata, and an author/editor of books.</td><td>World
<td>978-81-250-5960-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>New Disc
over History 8</td><td>KC Khanna</td><td>2016</td><td>160</td><td>308.0000</td><
td>New Discover History 8&n
bsp;is a revised and updated edition of the widely accepted Discover History ser
ies.
These books have an interactive and a child-friendly approach, so that
students enjoy learning history and civics. They are also richly illustrated so
as to make the subject come alive for the students.
Equal emphasis has been paid to major events in Indian and world histor
y so that students get a holistic picture of the past. Also events are covered i
n a systematic and chronological manner so that the students can recognise the p
atterns and understand the underlying processes that moulded our past and presen
t.
Several new features have been added to the books. 
<ul><li>Learning objectives tha
t state clearly the knowledge and skills that students will acquire by the end o
f the lesson. They help students to set goals and achieve them.</li> 
<li>Timelines that provide a graphic representa
tion of the periods of time under study, with the main events that occurred in t
hat period arranged chronologically. They give students a brief and concise pict
ure of the period under study.</li> 
<li>Abundant and rich illustrations that are us
ed as teaching tools. They not only illustrate the text, but are also used to co
nvey information that goes beyond the text.</li> 
<li>Accurate and informative maps that present
a spatial perspective of historical events.</li> 
<li>Discover More Boxes that offer extra inform
ation on the topics under study.</li> 
<li>Words to remember that gives a glossary of
important terms used in the chapter.</li> 
<li>In brief that sums up the main concepts in
the chapter. It is a useful tool for revision.</li> 
<li>Activities that offer a variety of tasks, s
uch as map work, project work, field trips, poster-making, script-writing, roleplay, chart work and making presentations.</li> 
<li>Graded exercises that cover each chapter in
detail, and move from shorter objective-type to longer detailed-answer type.&lt
;/li> 
<li>Higher Order Thinking Skills that require s
tudents to apply what they have learnt in the chapter, and to think beyond it.&l
t;/li> 
<li>Multiple Choice Questions that test a stude
nts understanding of the chapter in depth since they involve choosing the correct
answer from several similar options.</li> 

<li>Picture Study that offers picture-based que
stions that encourage students to observe, identify, and recall facts.</li&gt
; 
<li>Websites for further reference that supply
Internet links to augment the topics under study. These are also useful for proj
ects.</li></ul> </td><td>Dr KC Khanna&am
p;nbsp;was a teacher of history at the famous Ravensdale School at Shimla for mo
re than 20 years. He was an expert in the field of history, and his book India a
nd the world (now known as New Discover History) was one of the best known and m
ost respected text books for middle-school history. </td><td>World</td
><td>General Books</td>
td>New Discover History 6 i
s a revised and updated edition of the widely accepted Discover History series.&
lt;/p>
t.
/>
;/li> 
t;/li> 
; 
ects.</li></ul> </td><td>Dr KC Khanna wa
s a teacher of history at the famous Ravensdale School at Shimla for more than 2
0 years. He was an expert in the field of history, and his book India and the wo
rld (now known as New Discover History) was one of the best known and most respe
cted text books for middle-school history.</td><td>World</td><td>Gener
al Books</td>
td>New Discover History 7 is a
revised and updated edition of the widely accepted Discover History series.
t.
/>
;/li> 
t;/li> 
; 

cted text books for middle-school history.</td><td>World</td><td>Gener
al Books</td>
<ul>
<li>
resource endowme
</li><li>
within r
</li><li>
integration and
</li><li>
employment
</li><li>
</li><li>
movements and re
gions
</li></ul>
lopment Network
he IDFC Rural Development Network.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books
</td>
<td>978-81-250-5971-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Madhya Pr
adesh Ki Bhashayen (Volume 16, Part1) - Bharatiya Bhasha LokSarvekshan</td><td>G
anesh N. Devy and Damodar Jain</td><td>2015</td><td>464</td><td>1895.0000</td><t
d>
;/p>
This book is part 1of the Volume 16 (Madhya Pradesh ki Bhaashyen [Hindi
]) of The People's Linguistic Survey of India (PLSI) undertaken and executed
by Bhasha Research and Publication Center, Baroda.  </p&gt
;
riety of the Madhya Pradesh State of India. The languages included in this book
are: Urdu, Hindi, Kachwaidhari, Korku, Kauravi, Gondi, Jatwari, Jandomati, Tordh
ari, Nahal, Nimarhi, Panchmahali, Pawari, Pardhi, Pati, Banjari, Bagheli, Barela
, Bundeli, Brij, Bhadawari, Bhili, Mawasi, Malwi, Rajputi, Loghdhari, Sahariyayi
, and Sikarwari, .
</td><td>
Professor Ganesh N.
Devy taught English at the Maharaja Sayajirao Universit
y of Baroda; a renowned literary critic and activist; founder and director of th
e Tribal Academy at Tejgadh, Gujara; and director of the s Project on Li
terature in Tribal Languages and Oral Folk Traditions. He is an active participa
nt in the functioning of Bhasha Academy. He was awarded the Padmashri in 2014.&l
t;/p>
Currently he is Chair, Peoples Lnguistic Survey of India, 37, Bhasha Res
earch and Publication Centre, Baroda.
Dr. Damodar Jain, the volume editor, was a
teacher trainer in a B.Ed college in Bhopal. He has conducted and been a partic
ipant in several language training workshops organized by NCERT and SCERT, Bhopa
l. Currently he is senior teacher at IASE, Bhopal.


</td><td>
<ol>
<li>
t;
</li>
<li>
</li>
<li>
</li>
</ol>
 
, sans-serif">is

ns-serif">The
quot;>threading

ns-serif">
f an
t;/p>
ad, Gujarat. </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
d><td>945.0000</td><td>
ierarchy.
</td><td>

<td>978-81-250-6010-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>communic
ation in soft skills - vol 1</td><td>G M Sundaravalli, A S Kamalakar, P Kusuma H
arinath</td><td>2015</td><td>138</td><td>95.0000</td><td> </td><td><b&gt
;G M Sundaravalli, A S Kamalakar, P Kusuma Harinath</td><td>World</td>
<td>978-81-250-6003-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Palashi
Theke Partition O Tarpor: Adhunik Bharater Itihash</td><td>Sekhar Bandyopadhyay<
/td><td>2015</td><td>712</td><td>375.0000</td><td>Palashi Theke Partiti
on O Tarpor: Adhunik Bharater Itihash is a Bangla version of the Book From Plass
ey to Partition and After: A History of Modern India published by Orient BlackSw
an.
 Since its first publication in 2004,  Palashi Theke Partitio
n has come to be regarded as an authoritative history of modern India.
And this enlarged edition of this book offers a perceptive analysis of Indias eff
orts towards modernization and democratization since Independence.
 The book addresses important historiographical questions by taking co
gnizance of emergent perspectives adopted by social science scholarship over the
last twenty-five years. As a major work of our times, it engages in thought-pro
voking debates on issues like political economy of eighteenth-century India, soc
io-religious reform and revival, and the nationalist movement.
 The newly added concluding chapter 9 provides a succinct account of m
ajor developments in postcolonial India during the Nehruvian era and subsequent
years. It links contemporary debates about Indian nationhood with changes in soc
iety, economy and polity, from the years of state-directed planning under a oneparty system to the emergence of a market economy in an era of predominantly coa
lition governments.

Capturing inimitably the rhythms of Indias polyphonic nationalism, this book wi
ll be indispensable for students of history and political science. Scholars and
researchers will benefit from its detailed and extensive bibliography. And it wi
ll guide general readers to an understanding of contemporary India.

</td><td>Sekhar Bandyopadhyay is
Director, New Zealand India Research Institute, Victoria University of Wellingto
n, New Zealand.
are </td><td>Anna Kurian,Pramod K. Nayar</td><td>2016</td><td>256</td><td>210.00
00</td><td>
This book presents an array of contexts that operated in Shakespeare&#
39;s plays. These include ideas about kingship and authority; gender roles; pre
judices, antipathies and stereotypes regarding national, racial, gender or ethn
ic identities; views about the world outside England, or about the classical wo
rld; and the world of the theatre, among many others. The book analyses how the
se contexts are reflected, examined, interrogated and sometimes subverted, in h
is plays.
</td><td>
Anna Kurian works at the Department of Eng

lish, University of Hyderabad, where she teaches Shakespeare and Early Modern D
rama in addition to courses in English and American literature. 
>2015</td><td>224</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
/p>
Gender Studies.
n Studies.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-6048-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Naarivaa
di Siddhaant aur Vyavahaar</td><td>Shubhra Parmar</td><td>2015</td><td>296</td><
td>265.0000</td><td>This book is aimed for the Political Science third
year honours course for the paper feminism: Theory and Practice Generic Elective I
I core interdisciplinary paper of Delhi University. It is an optional paper for t
he students of all subjects except who opt Political Science honours.&
lt;p>This book covers history of feminism in the west, socialist societies an
d in anti-colonial struggles. It also talks about the gendered analysis of India

n society, economy and polity with a view to understanding the structures of gen
der inequalities. The book discusses the contemporary debates on feminism and th
e history of feminist struggles in India; the construction of gender and an unde
rstanding of complexity of patriarchy. It analyses the theoretical debates withi
n feminism. The book also deals with the contemporary Indian womens movements.&lt
;/p>This book covers contemporary issues like sex worker and sex tra
fficking, honor killing and domestic violence.The book has a separate chapter on
women achievers from various walks of life.This book is appended with case stud
ies, chronology of important events of feminist movements in India and the world
; feminism related vocabulary; and an index. </td><td><p&g
t;Dr Subhra Parmar is Assistant Professor, Departmen
t of Political Science, Bhagini Nivedita College, and University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
an art form.
sly ill. 
fiction. 
hattacharya</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
</td><td>750.0000</td><td>
</td><td>
/p>
ty of Dayton, Ohio.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
n
lt;/p>

of English, Presidency University, Kolkata.</td><td>World</td><td>Gen
eral Books</td>
</td><td>
gt;
Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan : Gujarat, Diu-Daman ane Dadra Nagar Havelini Bhasha, Kh
and 9, Bhag 3 (Gujarati)</td><td>Ganesh Devy,Kanji Patel</td><td>2016</td><td>9
60</td><td>3750.0000</td><td>
ies. 
 
of India published by us. This book is Part 3 of  Volume 9 (<em&gt
;Gujarat, Diu- Daman ane Dadra Nagar Havelini Bhasha  [Guja
rati]) of The People's Linguistic Survey of India Series (PLSI) undertaken
and executed by Bhasha Research and Publication Center, Baroda. &n
bsp;
The present book contains the information on 47 languages and linguist
ic variety of the Gujarat State of India. The survey of languages included in t
his volume are as follows: 
a]Scheduled languages : Gujarati, Urdu an
d Sindhi. The regional varieties of Gujarati such as Charotari, Pattani, Vagher

i, Halari, Surati, Saurashtri/Sorathi, Jataki, Mutawaki and Kutchhi have also b
een included in this volume. Similarly regional varieties of Sindhi have also b
een covered in this survey. 
b]Tribal languages : Ambudi, Airani, Kathali Vasa
vi, Kathodi, Kunkana, Kotal, Kotwali, Garasiya, Gamit, Gorpa, Charani, Chaudhar
i,  Dangi, Rathwi, Siddi, Dungara Bhili, Dungari Bhili, Dhodia, Tadavi
, Talavia-Rathod, Dehwali, Panchamahali Bhili, Mavachi, Varali, Rathwi and Sidd
i. 
c]Denotified, Nomadic Tribes [DNT] languages : C
hamathi, Dafer, Thori, Nayaki, Bahurupi, Bhantu, Madari, Mir-Mirasi, Vanjhari,
Vadi, Sandhi,  
d]Coastal languages : Kolagha, Kodi,  K
harwa, Mangeli, Mer.
The volume is supplemented with a]11 maps depicting linguistic variety in the S
tate; b] elaborate bibliography given at the end of each chapter. c] an elabora
te word- index at the end of the volume
</td><td>
taught English at the Maharaja Sayajirao University, Baroda; a renown
ed literary critic and activist; founder and director of the Tribal Aca
demy at Tejgadh, Gujarat; and director of the Sahitya Akadem
is Project on Literature in Tribal Languages and Oral Folk Traditions. He receiv
ed Sahitya  Akademi award for his book After Amnesia </em&
. 
Professor Kanji Patel, the volume editor,
is an English language teacher and a famous Gujarati writer. He is a professor
of English at the language department in Lunavada College in Lunavada of Panchm
ahala and has become an important figure who speaks for the rights of the denot
ified and nomadic tribes of Gujarat. He is one of the key members of the Techni
cal Advisory Committee (TAG) appointed by the Central government to ask for su
ggestions of development of such tribes. 
<td>978-81-250-6140-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Tulnaatm
ak Rajniti: Sansthaayen aur Prakriyayen (Hindi original)</td><td>Tapan Biswal</t
The world is beset with conflicting realities. Inhuman slave trade and
the scramble for colonies coexisted while liberal values were sweeping the weste
rn world. In contemporary times Rule of law coexists with oppressive regimes, wh
ile Globalization promotes universal global economic order there are crumbling e
conomic realities such as deprivation and marginalization.

This textbook traces the transition from an aristocratic social order d
eeply laced with the concept of hierarchy to a democratic order based on equalit
y. Invoking equality as the norm for establishing a new legal and political orde
r has not wiped out traces of hierarchical order in the modern world. Events lik
e French Revolution, Russian Revolution, Tiananmen Square and Tahrir Square to t
he silent revolution by Aung San Suu Kyi are a testimony of an egalitarian world
.
The book Tulnatmak Rajniti: Sansthaayen aur Prakriyayen is carefully cr
afted and constructed around those areas which unfold the history and evolution
of institutions of governance in the developed, developing and underdeveloped co
untries as also the various political processes associated with it.

This book is designed to cover major topics/course of School of Open Learning, D
elhi University; Delhi and other universitys undergraduate program along with Cen
tral and Provincial civil service examinations syllabus of Comparative Politics.
Chapters are penned by various scholars of Political Science while edited by a v

ery senior academic of Delhi University Tapan Biswal. This book is quite useful
for all types of graduate students and participators of important competitive ex
aminations.

This book has all chapter titles and major technical terminologies given in Hind
i with their English equivalents wherever found necessary in the text and also a
ppended in the book in Appendix I [paaribhashik Shabdaavali]. Appendix II includ
es the index of words [Shabd-anukramanika].

This is the first Orient BlackSwan edition of this book. 
</td><td>
Tapan Biswal is Associate Professor at the
Department of Political Science, School of Open Learning, University of Delhi.
He has been teaching undergraduate Honours and post-graduate students for over
two decades. Dr. Biswal has the following publications to his credit - <em&
gt;Ghana: Political Constitutional Developments, Human Rig
hts, Gender and Environment and Intern
ational Relations. Orient BlackSwan is also publishing the second ed
ition of Antarrashtriya Sambandh.
1975.0000</td><td>
 
 
;/p>
</td><td>
gt;



<div> </div>
<td>978-81-250-6139-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Antarras
htriya Sambandh</td><td>Tapan Biswal</td><td>2016</td><td>596</td><td>340.0000</
td><td>Antarraashtriya Sambandh is a book for the students of Internati
onal Relations [IR]. This book clearly portrays the Indian perspective on the em
erging international issues. In terms of simplicity, clarity and coverage, the b
ook adequately addresses to the requirements of the students [undergraduates and
post graduates] of universities where this subject is taught in Hindi. It is a
useful book for the aspirants of IAS and allied Civil services.
The book provides good understanding of International Relations to the
students. This book has eleven chapters.
The book introduces students to theoretical approach
es to international relations.
It deals with the Cold War and Post Cold War era, a period where Indias
participation in international relations actually started. The chapter discusse
s in detail major events happened in the world beginning with the twentieth cent
ury like Russian revolution, First World War, Second world War, bipolar world an
d Cold war, NAM, post cold war, emergence of unipolar world, 9/11 and the Iraq w
ar.
The book talks about Indias foreign policy since independence till date.
The chapter provides the latest developments [including Modi era up to 2015], w
hich includes Indias relations with the US, China, Russia, France, Pakistan, Ban
gladesh, Bhutan, Afghanistan, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Japan and Africa. It has also co
vered the conference on Climate change held in Paris in 2015.
The book is very contemporary in its contents as it covers the multilat
eral economic organizations and international monetary and trade regimes, e.g th
e working of the World Bank, IMF, GATT, WTO, Patent system, Intellectual propert
y rights, global environment etc.
It also describes the agencies of international political economy like formation
of SAPTA, NAFTA, ASEAN etc. Chapter 6 is dedicated to globalization only.
The book also analyzes the issues like international terrorism and acto
rs like the UN in contemporary world. The book analyes the Role of the UN in the
perspective of its strengths and weaknesses, feminist perspectives in internati
onal relations, global environmental issues and international terrorism. It also
covers the geopolitics and geo economic perspective in international relations,
which is very rare for any book written in Hindi on the subject.
This book provides to an international relations student, everything whi

ch he/she needs to understand this subject.
The book is appended with the terminological glossary of international
relations and an index.
This is the second edition published by Orient BlackSwan. The book has
been updated up to 2015 in the OBS edition published February 2016. Antarrashtr
iya Sambandh has been an established book and the first edition of which was pub
lished by Macmillan India in 2010.
</td><td>Tapan Biswal is Associate Professor, Depar
tment of Political Science, School of Open Learning, University of Delhi. His ma
jor publications include Political Development in Ghana; Human Rights, Gender an
d Environment; International Relations; Comparative Politics; and Tulnatmak Raj
niti besides few articles. Dr Biswal is associated with Research supervision for
M.Phil and Ph.D programme and teaching of political science in University of D
elhi for more than two decades now.
The contributors are teaching faculty of Political Science in JNU, Maha
tma Gandhi University, Kottayam, in colleges and school of Open Learning of Univ
ersity of Delhi.
</td><td>
P,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
>2014</td><td>232</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
;/p>

ociate Professor, Asian College of Journalism, Chennai.</td><td>World</td><td>Ge
neral Books</td>
y at
;/p>
;
</td><td>
 
ages of Uttarakhand - Volume 30, Part 2 - Peoples Linguistic Survey of India</td>
<td>Uma Bhatt, Shekhar Pathak</td><td>2015</td><td>348</td><td>1395.0000</td><td

>
The Peoples Linguistics Survey of India tries to give an idea of the ext
valent in the state of Uttarakhand. Critically, the book encapsulates the world
view of the speakers of the discussed languages.
The languages of Uttarakhand have a wide variety as well as rich herit
age because of the various linguistic influences of the different settlers who
came to India from time to time. Here, languages of the Tibeto-Burman family
are spoken along with Austro-Asiatic languages. This volume attempts to documen
t these varieties of languages so as to preserve them in this globalised world,
where migration and other factors are resulting in loss of languages.</p&gt
;</td><td>
and culture of indigenous and nomadic communities. Apart from being awarded th
e Padma Shree, he has received many awards for his work in literature and langu
age conservation.
Uma Bhatt retired as Professor of Hindi a
nd Linguistics from Kumaon University, Nainital. She has been editing the womens
quarterly Uttara with her team for last twenty-five years. She is also associa
ted with PAHAR (Peoples Association for Himalayan Area Research) and other orga
nisations working on Himalayan languages and literature.
Shekhar Pathak taught at Kumaon Universi
ty, Nainital; was Fellow at IIAS, Shimla and Nehru Fellow at Centre for Contemp
orary Studies, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, New Delhi and now works volun
tarily with PAHAR and has been editing their annual journal of same name for th
e last three decades.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-5690-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Himachal
Pradesh Ki Bhashayen (Volume11, Part1) - Bharatiya Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan </td><t
d>Ganesh N.Devy and Tobdan</td><td>2015</td><td>372</td><td>1495.0000</td><td>
<div style="text-align: justify">The Peoples Linguistic Survey o
f India is a right based movement for carrying out a
nationwide survey of Indian languages especially languages of fragile communi
ties such as nomadic, coastal, island, hill and forest communities.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify"> &lt
;/div>
<div style="text-align: justify">This book is Pa
rt 1 of the Volume 11 (Himachal Pradesh ki Bhaashyen [Hindi]) of The People'
s Linguistic Survey of India (PLSI) undertaken and executed by Bhasha Research
and Publication Center, Baroda.  </div>
The present book contains the in
formation on language and linguistic variety of the Himachal Pradesh State of I
ndia. The languages included in this book are: Hindi, Kanashi, Kahluri ya Bilas
puri, Kangri, Kinnauri, Kulluee, Gadi-Pahari, Gujjar, Chambyali, Chinalbhashe,
Churahi, Tinan, Stodapa, Pattani, Pangi, Punan, Baghati, Bagali, Bhoti,&nbs
p; Mandayali / Mandiyali, Mahasui, Lohari-Lahul, Sarazi, Sirmauri and Spiti. &l
t;/p>
</td><td>
Padmashree Dr. Ganesh N. Devy taught Engli
sh at the <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maharaja_Sayaji
rao_University_of_Baroda" title="Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baro
da">Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda</a> a renowned litera
ry critic and activist; founder and director of the <a href="h
ttp://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Tribal_Academy_at_Tejgadh&action=ed
it&redlink=1" title="Tribal Academy at Tejgadh (page does not exis

t)">Tribal Academy at Tejgadh</a>, <a href="http:
//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gujarat" title="Gujarat">Gujarat</a
> and director of the <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/
Sahitya_Akademi" title="Sahitya Akademi">Sahitya Akademi</a
>s Project on Literature in Tribal Languages and Oral Folk Traditions. He is
an active participant in the functioning of Bhasha Academy. Currently, he is a
Professor at the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information and Communication Te
chnology (<a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DA-IICT" title=&quo
t;DA-IICT">DA-IICT</a>), Gandhinagar, Gujarat. 
He is Chair, Peoples Linguistic Survey of India, 37, Bhasha Research and Publ
ication Centre, Baroda. Tobdan</strong&g
t; was born in Khangsar village of Lahul-Spiti district in Himachal Pradesh in
1944. He completed his education till BA-LLB. He had a great interest in writin
g. After retiring from a banks job in 2004, he started writing articles on Histo
ry, Language and Literature, in English, Hindi and Bhoti languages. He has publ
ished several articles and books, and a few more are yet to be published. He ru
ns an annual magazine Kunjum which is based on languages of  Lahul-Spiti
district and other districts of Himachal Pradesh. 
He is a member of Himachal Pradesh Art, Culture and Language academy.
<td>978-81-250-5689-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Jharkhand
Ki Bhashayen (Volume13, Part1) - Bharatiya Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan</td><td>Ganesh
N.Devy and Ramnika Gupta and Prabhat Kumar Singh</td><td>2015</td><td>400</td>
<td>1775.0000</td><td>
The Peoples Linguistic Survey of India is a right based movement for c
arrying out a nation-wide survey of Indian languages especially languages of fr
agile communities such as nomadic, coastal, island, hill and forest communities
.
This book is part 1 of the Volume 13 : Jharkhand ki Bhashyen [Hindi]
of The People's Linguistic Survey of India (PLSI)  undertaken an
d executed by Bhasha Research and Publication Center.  
The present book contains the information on language and linguistic
variety of the Jharkhand State of India. The languages included in this book a
re: Angika, Asur, Bhumij, Birajiya, Birhor, Gondi, Ho, Khadiya, Khortha, Korva,
Kudukh, Kurmali, Mal Pahadiya, Mundari, Nagpuri, Panch Paraganiya, Sabar and S
antali. 
</td><td>
Dr Ganesh N. Devy taught English
at the Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda; a renowned literary cri
tic and activist; is founder and director of the Tribal Academy at Tejg
adh, Gujarat; and director of the Sahitya Akademis Project on L
iterature in Tribal Languages and Oral Folk Traditions. He is an active particip
ant in the functioning of Bhasha Academy.Currently, he is a Professor at the Dhi
rubhai Ambani Institute of Information and Communication Technology (DA-IICT), G
andhinagar, Gujrat. He is Chair, Peoples Lnguistic Survey of India, 37,
Bhasha Research and Publication Centre, Near Dinesh Mills, Baroda.
Dr. Ramnika Gupta is MA from Punj
ab University, Solan and B.Ed.from Central Institute of Education, New Delhi. Sh
e was formerly Member of Parliament and Member of Legislative Assembly, Bihar. S
he has worked for the upliftment of dalits, nomads and women and has been awarde
d and felicitated well for her contribution to these minority communities. &
nbsp;Currently, she is the Chairperson of Ramnika Foundation, Delhi.
Prabhat Kumar Singh is M.Sc. and
Ph.D (Anthropology) and had done extensive research on Kurmali language of Jhark
hand. Amongst his published works are three books and  several research
papers on this language. Currently, he is professor of Anthropology in Ranchi U
niversity, Jharkhand.
;/p>
</td><td>
nt Narratives : Walking the Field in Rural West Bengal</td><td>Dipankar Sinha</t
Development is a contested conce
pt involving abundant local-level controversies and  gotiations. Its mu
ltifarious workings on the ground are not always captured by the academic genre
of esearch reports, with their classic methodologies of statistical sampling a
nd objective questionnaires. Instead, this book offers a narrativebased field vi
ew of development, with
the aim of gathering an intimate understanding of development as lived, negot
iated and told. Based on the authors fieldwork in rural West Bengal in the mid-1
990s and 2000s, the narratives presented here foreground the political, moral
and experiential dimensions of ordinary rural peoples everyday encounters with d
evelopment.
</td><td><div> </div>Dipankar
Sinha<div> </div><div&gt
; </div><div> </div><div> </div></td><td
d><td>1295.0000</td><td>
Tagore.
om around the world.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
Works of C. Rajagopalachari: Vol. II, 192122</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan, N. Balakr
ishnan, Deepa Bhatnagar(Ed.s)</td><td>2014</td><td>528</td><td>1295.0000</td><t
d>Selected Works of C.
Rajagopalachari, Vol. 2, 192122, is part of a series of ten volumes
that gather together the writings of Rajaji over the period 190772. The second v
olume covers a brief but significant phase in Rajajis political life, beginning
with his arrest for participating in the non-cooperation movement in December 1
921 and his imprisonment in Vellore Central Jail. Rajajis jail diary is publishe
d here with detailed annotations for the first time. By the time Rajaji was rel
eased from jail in March 1922, Mahatma Gandhi, by then his close associate, had
been arrested and remanded to Yeravda Jail. The mantle of bringing out the nat
ionalist weekly Young India fell on Rajajis shoulders. Throu
gh the columns of Young India,Rajaji kept alive Gandhijis me
ssage of non-violence and his emphasis on the importance of khaddar and the spi
nning wheel. Besides his various editorials and articles in Young In
dia, the present volume also contains letters, speeches and other wr
itings of Rajaji during these years. The volume ends with his spirited defence
of the non-cooperation programme opposing council entry at the 37th Session of
the Indian National Congress at Gaya in December 1922. Overall, the collection
offers a close commentary on the non-cooperation movement and its aftermath.&lt
;/p></td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan is Dire
ctor, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library (NMML). 
>
Publications Division and NMML Archives.</td><td>World</td><td>Genera
l Books</td>
world.
td>
;
</td><td>
<td>825.0000</td><td>
f Sri Lanka. 
lt;/p>
</td><td>
<td>978-81-250-5888-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Azadi ki
Kahani</td><td>Maulana Abul Kalam Azaad</td><td>2015</td><td>280</td><td>395.00
00</td><td>This
book is the Hindi version of the book India
Wins Freedom published by Orient Blackswan.This is a f
irst-hand autobiographical account of
the story of independence of India achieved in 1947 as told to us by Maulana
Abul Kalam Azad, the first Minister of Education of Independent India - one of
the makers of modern India. He tells the story of the partition of India as
never before, with intimate knowledge and feeling.
<span style="font-size: 11pt; fontfamily: Calibri, sans-serif; background-image: initial; background-attachment: i
nitial; background-size: initial; background-origin: initial; background-clip: i
nitial; background-position: initial; background-repeat: initial"></s
pan>
nitial; background-position: initial; background-repeat: initial">The fu
ll text of this autobiographical narrative
was confined, under seal, in the National Library, Calcutta, and in the
National Archives, New Delhi, for thirty years. What we now have is the
complete text, released in September 1988, by a court directive. </s
pan></td><td>Maulana Abul Kala
m Azad (1888-1958) was a freedom fighter. He joined free Indias first Union Cabin
et as Minister for Education and remained on this post until his death.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-5731-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Cognition
, Experience and Creativity</td><td>Jaison A. Manjaly and Bipin Indurkhya (eds)<
/td><td>2015</td><td>308</td><td>850.0000</td><td><div style="text-align
: justify">This book aims to showcase some of the recent developments i
n the areas of research in creativity and experience. The collection of essays
embraces both theoretical and empirical approaches and tries to understand the
complexity underlying creativity and its social, cultural and biological underp
innings.</div></td><td>
Jaison A. Manjaly is Assistant Professor of Philos
ophy and Cognitive Science at the Indian Institute of Technology Gandhinagar.&l

t;br /> Bipin Indurkhya has taught i
n universities in the US and IIIT-Hyderabad, where he helped set up a cognitive
science laboratory. He currently teaches at the University of Science and Tech
nology, Krakow, Poland.
<td>978-81-250-5745-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Chattisga
rh Ki Bhashayen (Volume7, Part1) - Bharatiya Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan </td><td>Gane
sh N.Devy and Chitta Ranjan Kar</td><td>2015</td><td>264</td><td>1325.0000</td><
td> The Peoples Linguistic Survey of India is a right based movement fo
r carrying out a nation-wide survey of Indian languages especially languages of
fragile communities such as nomadic, coastal, island, hill and forest communitie
s.
This book is part 1 of the Volume 7 (Chhattisgarh ki Bhaashyen [Hindi
by Bhasha Research and Publication Center, Baroda.  
variety of the Chhattisgarh State of India. The languages included in this book
are: Abujhmarhiya, Kamari, Kudhukh, Gondi, Ghotul murhiya,  Chhattisgar
hi, Dandami Marhiya, Dewar, Dorli, Dhurvi(Parji), Pando, Pardhi, Baigaani, Bhata
ri, Munda, Sargujhiya and Halbi.</td><td>
Dr Ganesh N. Devy taught English
at the Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda a renowned literary crit
ic and activist; founder and director of the  Tribal Academy at Tejgadh
, Gujarat and director of the Sahitya Akademi s Project on Literature in Tribal L
anguages and Oral Folk Traditions. He is an active participant in the functionin
g of Bhasha Academy. Currently, he is a Professor at the Dhirubhai Ambani Instit
ute of Information and Communication Technology (DA-IICT), Gandhinagar, Gujarat.
 
He is Chair, Peoples Lnguistic Survey of India, 37, Bhasha Research and
Publication Centre, Baroda.
Dr. Chitta Ranjan Kar, formerly professor of Literature and linguistics
at Pt. Ravi Shankar Shukla University, Raipur (Chhattisgarh) and Guru Ghasidas
Central University, Bilaspur (Chhattisgarh). He has forty five years of teaching
experience.

</td><td>


them. 
irms. 
y. 
</td><td>
University. 
<td>978-81-250-5850-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Palassi
se Vibhajan Tak aur Uske Baad : Adhunik Bharat Ka Itihas</td><td>Sekhar Bandyopa
dhyay</td><td>2015</td><td>612</td><td>340.0000</td><td>
1]Palassi se Vibhajan tak aur Uske Baad : Adhu
nik Bharat ka Itihas  is the second edition o
f  the most popular textbook Palassi se Vibhajan tak : Adhuni
k Bharat ka Itihas published by Orient BlackSwan. </em&
gt;This enlarged version has been also termed as the second editio
n of this book.
2]This is the Hindi version of the most popular English textb
ook From Plassey to Partition and After published by Orient BlackSwan in 2015 w
hich has also been termed as the second edition of this book. 
3]The features of the revision are: 
a] A new Chapter 9 has been added. Chapter 9 titled Swatantrata aur Vibhajan k
e Pashchat [After Independence and Partition] is the last chapter of this book.
This chapter covers the significant development taken place in the history of m
odern India until 2014. This chapter talks about the problems of partition and
refugees; Nehruvian State and its policy; the decline of Congress party system;
the major political development in coalition era; rise of the Dalit parties l
ike BSP; and the environment movements like Chipko, Narmada Bachao andolan etc.
This chapter also covers India-US Civil Nuclear Deals [ signed in 2008]; ASEAN
; BRICS; and has also included a discussion on the spectacular come back of BJP
led NDA. 
b] Updated Bibliography   
c]One new map India in 1956 has been added which
gives the reorganization of states after the independence in 1947.  Whe
reas  in the first edition Maps given were up till 1947. 
d]New Preface  for the second edition 
e]New  cover 
 
4]This book is essentially a college level textbook on the history of Modern
India. It is a general history of India under British rule from the eighteenth
century to the events and movements up to 2014. It is divided in to nine themat
ic chapters which focus more on the Indian people than on the colonial rulers.
In other words, it is a very useful account of the emergence of India as a nati
on and  its development in contemporary times as of 2014. It is the mo
st updated book on its subject as it incorporates most recent researches in thi
s area of study.  
5]From the prelims of this book: 
As the praise of the first edition : 
The best and most objective account of the period Tony Ballantyne, Ne
w Zealand Journal of Asian Studies. 
Accessible and thorough, this laudable textbook, will find place in every unde
rgraduates essential reading list and in every history library. Partho Datta, &lt
;em>The Book Review 
This book takes into account the materialistic factors in [its] analysis, whic
h makes [it] more comprehensive than many others. M. Abul Fazal, Dawn

</td><td>
Sekhar Bandyopadhyaya is Professor of Asian History and Director, New
Zealand India Research Institute, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealan
d. He is also Associate Dean in the Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences.
He has taught at Calcutta University  and Kalayani University in India.
He has written several articles in various journals and authored Cas
te, Politics and the Raj: Bengal, 1872-1937. Hisbook From P
lassey to Partition : History of Modern India 
<td>978-81-250-5853-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>After the
Bomb: Reflections on Indias Nuclear Journey</td><td>Achin Vanaik</td><td>2015</t
d><td>232</td><td>625.0000</td><td>
Proponents of Indias nuclear weapons programme have felt vindicated eve
r since the 2009 IndoUS Civilian Nuclear Deal allowed India to have access to ad
vanced civilian nuclear technology without renouncing its nuclear weapons progr
amme. Over the next few years, supporters of nuclear weaponisation within have
gained greater importance in the countrys strategic discourse. Against this back
drop, Achin Vanaik, a prominent critic of nuclear weapons, warns of the dangers
of indulging in sabre-rattling with weapons of mass destruction. 
After the Bomb analyses the main flaws in the arg
uments favouring nuclear weapons. The volume presents ten dilemmas of nuclear d
eterrence followed by a politico-psychological analysis of why the Indian bomb
lobby takes the effectiveness of nuclear deterrence as an article of faith. It
also tells us why nations should not overestimate the danger of nuclear terrori
sm by non-state actors. 
The author discusses the contrasts and similarities in the viewpoints
of prominent advisors involved in formulating the nuclear policy while presenti
ng an extended critique of Indias professed path to nuclear disarmament. The con
clusion forcefully argues why India needs to go beyond the Non-Proliferation Tr
eaty (NPT) to ensure a world free of nuclear weapons.

This book is a must-read for students and scholars of political scienc
e, international relations, strategic studies, peace and conflict studies as al
so<a></a> for every concerned citizen of the world.
</td><td>
Achin Vanaik was Professor of Internation
al Relations and Global Politics, University of Delhi, Delhi; Associate Fellow
of the Transnational Institute (TNI), Amsterdam; and founding member of the Coa
lition for Nuclear Disarmament and Peace (CNDP), India.
</td><td>IN,PK,NP,MV,BT,BD,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-5854-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Genealogi
es of the Asian Present: Situating Inter-Asia Cultural Studies</td><td>Tejaswini
Niranjana and Wang Xiaoming (eds)</td><td>2015</td><td>564</td><td>1150.0000</t
d><td>
Genealogies of the Asian Present showcases the con
ceptual framework of the Inter-Asia Cultural Studies (IACS) project by consolida
ting insights from past thinkers, marking the continuity of concerns and their r
elationship to critical modern knowledge, and creating the pre-conditions for re
search in Inter-Asia cultural matters. There is also an archive section in the v
olume which contains foundational texts from specific national contexts.&nbs
p; The contemporary essays which demonstrate new ways of asking the culture ques
tion from a number of different Asian locations are presented in six sections. W
ith its focus on methodology, this unique volume covers China, Hong Kong, India,
Indonesia, Japan, Pakistan, Singapore, South Korea and Taiwan.
</td><td>Tejaswini Niranjana (ed.)
 is Senior F
ellow, Centre for the Study of Culture and Society, Bengaluru.Wang Xiaoming (ed.)</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
td><td>174</td><td>195.0000</td><td>
<ul>
<li>Introduces
<li>Covers
ility and
ental
factors.</li>
<li>Provides
<li>Explains
period.</li>
<li>Explains
position in the
<li>Describes
focusing on Indian
<li>Discusses
<li>Discusses
ions of death.</li>
</ul>

</td><td>
<td>978-81-250-5930-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Nutritio
n: A Lifecycle Approach</td><td>Ravinder Chadha and Pulkit Mathur</td><td>2015</
td><td>452</td><td>425.0000</td><td>
Good health for all is a goal of every country. The growth and develop
ment of India has been seriously affected by the problem of malnutrition, and i
t is now being realised that every stage of life, from pregnancy, to infancy, t
o adolescence, to old age, is equally important to break the vicious intergener
ational cycle of malnutrition.
Nutrition: A Lifecycle Approach adopts a lifecycle
approach to the study of nutrition. It has been divided into two sections:
<ul>
<li>Introduction
to Human Nutrition, which deals with basic concep
ts in nutrition and
includes chapters on all major nutrients, their functi
ons, and rich
sources in the Indian diet.</li>
<li>Lifecycle
Nutrition, which discussed the nutritional requireme
nts of different
stages in the lifecycle.</li>
</ul>
The important features of this book are:
<ul>
<li>Discusses the concept of food for different cultures and the relati
onship of food with nutrition and health.</li>
<li>Detailed discussion on each nutrientenergy, carbohydrates, lipids, p
roteins, water, minerals, and vitamins.</li>
<li>Details the different cooking methods and the effect they have on n
utrient content.</li>
<li>Focuses on the different life stagesadults, pregnant women, nursing
mothers, preschool and school-age children, adolescents, and the elderlyand thei
r nutritional requirements.</li>
<li>Separate chapters on feeding children with special needs; sports nu
trition; and the link between nutrition and immunity.</li>
</ul>
Simple and comprehensive, Nutrition is a core te
xt for all undergraduate students of Nutrition and allied courses. It is also a
useful book for the health conscious, who seek authentic, updated facts about
nutrition.
</td><td>
Ravinder Chadha is Associate Professor and
Head, Department of Food and Nutrition, Lady Irwin College, New Delhi. 
Pulkit Mathur is Assistant Professor, Department
of Food and Nutrition, Lady Irwin College, New Delhi.
p>
gt;
hed widely in India and abroad.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-5944-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Samkalee
n Bharat mein Vikas ki Prakriya aur Saamaajik Aandolan</td><td>Abhay Prasad Sing
h</td><td>2015</td><td>464</td><td>310.0000</td><td>
1] This textbook is written as per the Samkaleen Bharat mein
Vikas ki Prakriya aur Saamaajik Aandolan [Development Process and S
ocial Movements in Contemporary India] paper of undergraduate courses in&nbs
p; Delhi university. [This is the Paper xix of Semester V of the three year Hon
ors courses and xiv paper of FYUP DC-I, III year UG courses of Delhi university
] 
b] This paper is also taught in MA political science in Delhi University. &lt
;br />
c] The aspirants of Civil services will also be benefited with this book.
2] Development process has been an untouched area so far a political s
cience textbook is concerned. Books on basic topics like Indian government and
politics, comparative politics etc. have been written and published for UG and
PG or UPSC markets in abundance across Hindi speaking belt in India. But there
has been a dearth of a textbook on development process as such in detail. &
nbsp; 
Currently, the students make their own notes from the books published on the va
rious aspects and events of the development of Indian political events and soci
al movements but always look for an exclusive book on the proces
s of development in contemporary Indian political scenario.&
nbsp; 
3] This is a contributory volume. This book introduces the students to
the conditions, contexts and forms of political contestation over development
paradigms and their bearing on the retrieval of democratic voice of citizens.&l
t;br />
Under the influence of globalization, development processes in India have und
ergone transformation to produce spaces of advantage and disadvantage and new
geographies of power. 
A variety of protest movements emerged to challenge this development paradigm
that evidently also weakens the democratic space so very vital to the formulati
on of critical consensus. 
4] There is a detailed introduction to the book. 
5] Each chapter has end notes and references. 
6] This textbook is appended with glossary, abbreviations, bibliography and a
n index. 
7] This book is going to be one of its kind ever published in Hindi on this s
ubject. 
</td><td>
Dr Abhay Prasad Singh is Senior Assistant Professor
, Department of Political Science, PG DAV College, University of Delhi. He has
been teaching to undergraduate students for about 15 years. He also teaches PG
students. He is a member on the syllabus committee of Political Science, Univer
sity of Delhi.
The contributors are on the faculty of Political science in various co
lleges of Delhi University,  namely, PG DAV college, ARSD college, Da
yal Singh college, Sri Aurbindo college, Shaheed Bhagat Singh college, SPM Coll
ege, Satyawati college and Department of Political Science, Delhi University.&l
t;/p>
<td>978-81-250-5947-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Lok Pras
hasan : Siddhaant evm Vyavahaar</td><td>Sushma Yadav and Balwan Gautam</td><td>2
015</td><td>576</td><td>350.0000</td><td>This
text book on Public Administration aimed for the Public
Administration : Theory and Practice paper of BA Hons of
University of Delhi - specifically written for the paper Theories
of administration [Paper 10, Semester III] and also aims for the
Paper Public Policy and Administration in India paper 14
Semester 4. 

This
book discusses Introduction of public administration; Meaning, nature
and development; New perspectives of public administration;
Development of administration in India; Development administration;
Administrative theory; Organization and Methods; Structure of an
organization; Public policy; Personnel administration; Bureaucracy in
India;Financial administration; Financial administration in India;
Citizen and administration; Public participation in administration;
Welfare administration; decentralization; Urban local governance;
Administrative reform and changing nature of governance in India. &lt
;/span>Included
in the book are updates as of 2015 on the public administration in

India.
The
book is appended with bibliography and index.</p&gt
;</td><td>
Prof. Sushma Yadav, M.A., (Gold Medalist) M.Phil.
, Ph.d. is Pro Vice Chancellor of Indira Gandhi Na
tional Open University. An eminent scholar and Gold Medalist from the Universit
y of Delhi, Prof. Yadav has a very rich teaching and research experience of mor
e than 30 years. She was Chair Professor, Dr Ambedkar Chair in Social Justice
at Indian Institute of Public Administration, New Delhi. Professor Yadav has p
ublished several books and a number of monographs on political science, social
justice, the gender Issues, culture and politics.
 Dr Blawan Gautam&
lt;/strong> is Associate Professor, Department of Political Science, Ramanuja
n [Desh Bandhu Gupta College] College, University of Delhi. He is currently Fe
llow of Political Science at Delhi Universitys Institute of Life Long Learning (
ILLL), University of Delhi. The publications to his credit are: Coope
ratives and Rural Development in India; Tulnatmak Rajniti
k Siddhaant ke Sandharbh; Rajnitk Siddhant : Avdhaarnayen
evm Vimarsh; etc.
tals of Geographical Thought</td><td>Sudeepta Adhikari</td><td>2015</td><td>416<
/td><td>295.0000</td><td>
The modern academic discipline of geography is rooted in ancient pract
ice. Its separate identity was first formulated and named some 2,000 years ago
by the Greeks when they combined the Greek words geo and &
lt;em>graphein to mean earth writing or earth description.
Every discipline pivots around its specific fundamental philosophies.
Fundamentals of Geographical Thought identifies the basic
philosophies of geography, from the ancient through the medieval to the modern/
post-modern, which guided the development of different schools of geography in
India, Germany, France, Great Britain, the USA, Russia and/or former Soviet Uni
on, and in others. It also highlights the philosophical and methodological conf
licts that took place during the various periods of conceptual development of t
he discipline, and measures the impacts of Darwinism on both the philosophy and
the scientific character of geography. 
The introductory chapter of the book deals with the content, purpose,
nature, schools and approaches of geography. The other 19 chapters discuss diff
erent schools of geography in historical perspectives, and compare the extent o
f similarities and differences between them. 
The volume: <a></a>
<ul>
<li>discusses the application of geographical principles and skills to
the resolution of practical problems, </li>
<li>reveals why geography is qualified to be categorised as a science,&
lt;/li>
<li>presents the information in a simple, easy-to-comprehend language a
nd style,</li>
<li>portrays extensive pedagogical features like chapter highlights and
diagrams, and</li>
<li>covers the undergraduate syllabi of geographical thought across all
major universities.</li>
</ul>
 Lucidly written, this volume will be invaluable for undergra
duate and postgraduate students, as well as for scholars, teachers and practiti
oners of geography.
</td><td><div>Sudeepta Adhikari is Professor, Departmen

t of Geography, University of Patna.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General B
ooks</td>
<td>978-81-250-5954-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Padilech
ina Telangana (telugu version of the fall and rise of telangana)</td><td>Gautam
Pingle</td><td>2016</td><td>360</td><td>350.0000</td><td>
This book is a Telugu version of the Book The Fall and Rise of Telangan
a published by Orient BlackSwan in 2014. 
 Post Independence, the state of Andhra Pradesh was created by merging
the Telangana region, a part of the princely state of Hyderabad, with the coast
al region of Andhra and Rayalaseemaboth parts of the erstwhile Madras state. With
Madras, the major source of income of the state,
allocated to Tamil Nadu, it was necessary to include the revenue-surplus Telan
gana to create a financially viable entity. 
 However, there had always been doubts about the long-term feasibility
of such an arrangement. Jawaharlal Nehru had even considered the provision of a
divorce if the marriage between the three regions did not turn out to be mutually b
eneficial. 
 Despite several agreements, laws and government orders safeguarding t
he interests of the people of Telangana, modern history records a sordid tale of
exploitation, agitation, assurances and broken promises. The author shows how t
he Srikrishna Commission that was formed to look into the matter and impartially
recommend a way forward subverted the process and came forward with a predetermin
ed solution. 
 Today, despite violent agitation, the surplus revenue of the region c
ontinues to be disproportionately diverted to Coastal Andhra, while land around
Hyderabad is quite often illegally allocated to land sharks from other regions.

 The author has painstakingly dissected the Telangana problem from its
inception to the where a separate state seems to be inevitable. He has identifi
ed the political reasons for the behaviour of the national leaders in making pro
mises and later reneging on them, and shows how this betrayal has affected the p
eople of the region. 
 In the final chapter, the author proposes a model for the trifurcatio
n of the state and how this can be made equitable and just. Vocal and hard-hitti
ng, this book will be valuable for students of political science and general rea
ders interested in the movement. 
</td><td>Professor Gautam Pingle was formerly Dean,
Research and Consultancy, Administrative Staff College of India, Hyderabad.

p>
gt;
;/p>
2010) 
well, 2010) 
009) 
br>
d><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4708-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Magi
c Web and Other Stories: Ashapurna Debi on the Widow and Her World</td><td>Ashap
urna Debi and Jharna Sanyal (Tr.)</td><td>2012</td><td>244</td><td>625.0000</td>
<td>The M
agic Web and Other Stories is a collection of eighteen
of Ashapurna Debis short stories on the lives of widows. One of the most prolif
ic creative writers in Indian literature, Ashapurna Debi is known for her incis
ive chronicles of the Bengali middle-class. With women as her chosen subjects,
her stories voice suppressed histories of intimate lives, and probe into the f
amilial and social dynamics of relationships analysing the play of gender, cast
e and class.
Through these stories, we are in
troduced to ritual-oriented drudges and gossip-mongering women, and to unbecomi
ng women who refuse to hear the voice of everyday morality and silence the prom
ptings of received values. One finds in the stories the rational, sensible, mod
ern, urban gentleman all but merely the camouflaged victims of patriarchy.&
nbsp;There are also tales where traces of deeply entrenched desires, expressed
through gestures and silences, signify the buried yet pulsating emotions in the
lives of women. 
Between conscience and custom, re
ason and prejudice, oppression and agency, these narratives show a rare sensit
iveness to the deprivations and vulnerabilities, the triumphs and rebellion, th
e noise amidst the silences of the widow and her world.
Jharna Sanyal masterfully retains
this sensitiveness in a translation that is both confident and compassionate.
To those wishing to savour the richness of Ashapurana Debis writings, this is a
gift!</td><td> <str
ong>The Author 
Ashapurna Debi was born in 1909 into a conservative, middle-class f
amily in Calcutta. She did not have any access to formal education but encourag
ed by her mother, she learnt to read and write on her own and published her fir
st poem in the childrens magazine Shishu Saathi. Even after
her marriage at fifteen to Kalidas Gupta of Krishnanagar, her passion for lite
rature, her indomitable will to write and the diligence with which she honed he
r talent remained unabated. She could not wait for a room of her own nor for an
independent income to begin or continue with her writing and so she made writi
ng a part of her everyday life. One of the most incisive chroniclers of our mid
dle-class mentalities, her work includes more than two hundred novels and novel
ettes, about thirty-seven collections of short stories, and about sixty-seven b
ooks for children. Some works are yet to be published. Her contribution to Indi
an literature was acknowledged through the numerous awards she received, among
them the Rabindra Puraskar in 1966, the Padma Shri in 1976, and the Bharatiya J
nanpith in 1977. She died in 1995.
The Translator 
Jharna Sanyal is Professor of English, University of Calcutta. She
has published articles on the interface between Bengal and Britain in the ninet
eenth and twentieth century. She has edited 19th Century Poetry and P
rose: A Selection (Macmillan, 2002) and co-authored Narrati
ves of Frailty: Saratchandra Chattopadhyay and the Colonial EncounterAn Alterna
tive Mode of Hindu Self-fashioning (Dasgupta & Co., 2008). Sh
e has also translated Bengali short stories and essays for various anthologies
and journals.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>

;
sity.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4699-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Soulmates
: The Story of Mahatma Gandhi and Hermann Kallenbach</td><td>Shimon Lev</td><td>
2012</td><td>204</td><td>850.0000</td><td>Over six decades after his de
ath, Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi continues to play a role in inspiring the lives
, thought and philosophy of nations and their leaders. The few relatively unexp
lored gaps that remain in research into his life largely concern his personal l
ife, comradeship and friendshipsamong them, his close association with Hermann
Kallenbach, the German-Jewish architect with whom the Mahatma developed an enig
matic friendship in South
Africa, which stayed with him for the rest of his
life. 
Soulmates: The Story of Mahatma Gandhi and Herm
ann Kallenbach is the first full-length, comprehensive
study of this unique relationship. The account of the strands linking these tw
o remarkable lives is a valuable addition to Gandhi Studies. This volume will i
nform and fascinate a readership well beyond academic or professional interests
.
</td><td>Shimon Lev is an artist, researcher and writer and l
ives in Israel. He is currently pursuing his Phd from the Hebrew University of J
erusalem in Indian Studies.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
y.
td><td>General Books</td>
and Other Stories: Bangla Dalit Fiction in Translation</td><td>Indranil Acharya
and Sankar Prasad Singha</td><td>2012</td><td>220</td><td>350.0000</td><td>An eternity of oppression has defined t
he lives of Dalits. Yet, they survive, resilient and defiant. Drawing on the wo
rks of Dalit writers, Survival and Other Stories</st
rong> is a collection of Bangla fiction in translation, that spea
ks of Dalit lives lived on the edge and of suffering, negation and revolt. 
A mason is tortured for claiming
equality with upper-caste people but he refuses to yield. A gunin, or witch doctor
, holds a woman responsible for the illness of her grandchild; her son kills he
r but the child dies, so the man kills the gunin too. A zamindar repeatedly tau
nts another for his lowly ancestry: the latter forces him to drag a ploughreplacin
g a bullock! A penniless man, woman and child wage a fight for survival with a
poisonous snake: its coiled up in a hole full of grains. A proposal for marriage
from the progressive-minded son of a corrupt politician is turned down by his l
ow-born lover believing that society is not ready to accept their union. A stick
-wielding hireling of landlords, and later of a political party, learning in ol
d age from his erstwhile Muslim adversary that they had been cynically exploite
d, reluctantly accepts his friendship. Evocative of the indignities heaped on t
he Dalits, these stories are insightful and perceptive. They are a sensitive re
telling, that retains the rhythms and idioms of the original Bengali narratives
.
The spectrum of experiences as de
picted in these probing and absorbing stories is a must read for students and s
cholars of Dalit and caste studies, development studies, Indian Literature in T
ranslation, and gender studies. 
Each story has a glossary with me
anings of non-English words in the end.</td><td>Sankar Prasad Singh is Professor in
the Department of English, Vidyasagar University, Midnapore, West Bengal.<div style="text-align: justify">Indranil Acharya

is Assistant Professor in the Department of English, Vidyasagar Unive
rsity, Midnapore, West Bengal.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</
td>
lt;/p>
University of Delhi.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4558-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Feeding
the Forgotten Poor: Perspectives of an Agriculturist</td><td>William Dollente Da
r with Arun Tiwari</td><td>2012</td><td>144</td><td>475.0000</td><td>Bo
osting food security and ensuring the small cultivators proper access to and a f
air deal in the market have been the key areas of William Dars work as scientist
, policymaker and administrator. The author, a farmers son, says he chose to read
agronomy at university because the science that explains the sprouting of seeds
and growing of crops was almost hard-wired in me.
Feeding the Forgotten Poor i
s an autobiography in which personal reminiscences serve as a vehicle for voici
ng concern for the disprivileged. It takes up large issues and draws attention
to orphan crops and hidden hunger. Noting that more than one billion of the worlds s
even billion people go hungry or are malnourished, the book critically examines
the political, economic and environmental issues to which contemporary agricul
ture is closely tiedtariffs and farm subsidies, water pollution, biofuels, the p
rospects and problems of genetically modified organisms, the growing backlash a
gainst mechanised agriculture and increasing support for sustainable practices.


Envisioning the scenario in the year 2050, when the global population is proj
ected to cross the nine million mark, Dar draws the important general conclusio
n that viable solutions are not just about technology and sciencethey require a
change in mindsets, sound policy and adroit handling of institutions.
</td><td>William Dollente Dar is the first Asian and
Filipino Director General of the International Crops Research Institute for th
e Semi-Arid Tropics (ICRISAT). 
Arun Tiwari is the CEO of Indo-US Healthcare Pvt. L
td., and also teaches in the School of Management Sciences at the University of
Hyderabad. </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4618-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bahadur
Shah and the Festival of Flower-sellers</td><td>Mirza Farhatullah Beg, Mohammed
Zakir (trans.)</td><td>2012</td><td>100</td><td>295.0000</td><td>It was
a queens promise that upon the release of her son from prison, she would presen
t a ritual chadar cloth and a flo
ral decoration at the holy dargah of Mehrau
li. This procession and the offering of flowers that became an annual ritu
al for both Hindus and Muslims, came to be known as phool valon ki&lt
;/em> sair, or the festival of flow

er-sellers, and it continues to this day.
In the days of Bahadur Shah II, the festival took the form of an exube
rant celebration, an experience that brought the city of Delhi alive. In a narr
ative that captures the delight that once filled the hearts of the people of th
e city, when they came together regardless of their religious diversities, Mirz
a Farhatullah Beg brings this experience to the reader. 
Beg takes us through the Mehrauli that was. We travel with him from th
e mango-grove and the cascading waters of the Shamsi Talab, to the busy ba
zars glimmering with mirrors, chandeliers and lamps; from the sweet call of the
peacock and papiha, and the gentle drizzle of Bh
adon rain, to the songs of Tirmunhi Khanam and Dildar; from the frag
rance of andarsas and suhals frying i
n the angithees to the aroma of kachoris and kebabs in the shops on the streets; from the f
lare of the dancers' pishwaz to the tinkle of her
glass bangles to the grand procession itself, accompanied by the <em&gt
;dhol and shehnai, by wrestling matches, kite-f
lying competitions, and the magic of fireworks lighting up the skya spectacle th
at continued well past midnight.
A vivid portrayal of Delhi's picturesque and happy past, this
story is also reminiscent of the love and faith that the King shared with his
people. It is a portrayal the reader is sure to relish through Mohammed Zakirs l
ucid yet evocative translation that ably retains the flavour of the Urdu origin
al.</td><td>Mirza Farhatullah Beg</strong&gt
; (18831947) was born of Mughal stock in Delhi. Educated at the Dehli Madrassah,
Hindu College and St. Stephen's College, Delhi, he was Director of Educati
on in the State of Hyderabad. Later, he became the Registrar of the high court
of Hyderabad. A renowned research scholar and a distinguished humorist, Beg&#39
;s essays are marked by rich imagination and informality of style. His language
is one of the best specimens of Urdu as spoken in Delhi. Steeped as he was in
the medieval modes of culture and the lifestyle of Delhi, he saw beauty in them
and sought to make them live for good through his writings.
Mohammed Zakir was born in Delhi and educ
ated at St. Stephens College, Sri Ram College of Commerce and Zakir Husain Delhi
College, University of Delhi. He retired as Professor of Urdu after four decad
es of service in the Jamia Millia Islamia, Delhi. His main interests have been
translation, literary criticism and Urdu linguistics.</td><td>World</
<td>978-81-250-4617-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Lee Jongwook: A Life in Health and Politics</td><td>Desmond Avery</td><td>2016</td><td>3
00</td><td>645.0000</td><td>
<ol>
<li> A newly qualified doctor, Lee Jong-wook, offers his servi
ces treating leprosy patients at St Lazarus Village outside his home town, Seou
l. Here he finds both direction for his future work and his wife, like himself
a volunteer.</li>
<li>Desmond Avery describes Lee Jong-wooks international adventures from
Korea to Hawaii as a postdoctoral student, then to American Samoa as an emerge
ncy room clinician, and to Fiji as a World Health Organization medical officer
for leprosy. As Lees WHO responsibilities expand to other areas, they take him t
o the Philippines, and then to Switzerland where, in 2003, he is elected Direc
tor-General of WHO, the first Korean to head an international organisation.<
/li>
<li>Through this account of Lee Jong-wooks career in health and politics,
the author touches upon many important questions: Will there be a next global
pandemic of deadly influenza? To what extent are AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria
controllable? Who will foot the bill for polio eradication?</li>
<li>The biography also yields important insights into international publ
ic health policy-making.</li>
<li>The book contains 26 photographs, in colour and in black and white,
on art paper, covering various phases of Lee Jong-wooks life.</li>
</ol>
</td><td>Desmond Avery is former editor of
the Bulletin of the World Health Organization and author o
f Beyond Power: Simone Weil and the Notion of Authority&lt
;/p>
;/p>
ndhi National Open University.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</
td>
<td>978-81-250-4572-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Living
Faith: My Quest for Peace, Harmony and Social Change - An Autobiography of Asgh
ar Ali Engineer</td><td>Dr Asghar Ali Engineer</td><td>2012</td><td>360</td><td>
525.0000</td><td>For most of the seventy-one years of his life, <s
trong>Asghar Ali Engineer has been a tireless soldier to the c
ause of national integration and communal harmony. Well-known today as a refor
mist, an activist and Islamic scholar, Asghar Ali Engineer received the Right
Livelihood, or the Alternative Nobel, award in 2004 . . . for promoting over many
years in South Asia the values of religious and communal co-existence, toleranc
e and mutual understanding. [Rightlivelihood.org] 
Written with the simplicity that perhaps describes the man himself, i
s an extensive autobiographical account of Asghar Ali Engineers commitment to b
uilding an inclusive society and his inter-pretation of Islam as a modernist.

It chronicles the personal, social and political events that shaped his life a
nd views, his struggle against the orthodox Bohra priesthood and his rise as a
leader of social and religious reform. It also documents his interactions wit
h religious and political leaders of various hues across the world in the atte
mpt to create a society that embraces all faiths.
Through the reminiscences of a life that has been lived for truth, de
picts a journeyfrom violence to peace, from prejudice to acceptance, from politic
s of power and religion to the power of humanityone that continues unheeded, ag
ainst all odds.</td><td>Dr Asghar Ali Engineer is a
well-known reformist, writer and activist. Internationally known for his work o
n liberation theology in Islam, he leads the progressive Dawoodi Bohra reform mo
vement. He is currently Chairperson, Centre for Study of Society and Secularism,
Mumbai, and Director, Institute of Islamic Studies, Mumbai.</td><td>World</td><
ics of Climate Change and the Global Crisis: Mortgaging Our Future</td><td>Prafu
l Bidwai</td><td>2012</td><td>392</td><td>1010.0000</td><td>Irreversibl

lt;strong>Praful Bidwai is a political columnist, a social sc
ience researcher, and an activist on issues of human rights, environment, globa
l justice and peace. He currently holds the Durgabai Deshmukh Chair in Social D
evelopment, Equity and Human Security as a Visiting Professor at the Council fo
r Social Development, Delhi. Bidwai is a Fellow of the Transnational Institute,
Amsterdam.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4462-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Adhunik
Bharater Itihash</td><td>Bipan Chandra</td><td>2012</td><td>368</td><td>260.0000
</td><td>Adhunik Bharater Itihash is the B

angla edition of History of Modern India&
lt;/em> by Bipan Chandra published by Orient BlackSwan. 
The book surveys Indian History from eighteenth century to 1947. This
book deals with the nature of British imperialism and the policies pursued by i
t in India and their impact on the Indian economy, society and culture. The Ind
ian response to the British imperialism and the rise of Indian Nationalism are
also studied. The book also provides the information about social and religious
reform movements which were prominent at that time. The book gives comprehensi
ve knowledge about the history of Modern India. 
This book is also available in English, Hindi and Oriya.</td
><td>Bipan Chandra is a well known historian. He wa
s Professor of History at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, where he is p
resently an Emeritus Professor. Currently he is the Chairman of National Book T
rust, New Delhi. He is the author of famous books like Epic Struggle&
lt;/em>, Aetihasik Sanfgarsh, Nationalism and
Colonialism in Modern India and Essays in Nationalism published by us.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4464-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Ori
ent BlackSwan World Atlas (Mini Edition)</td><td>Sangam Books (India) Pvt. Ltd</
td><td>2012</td><td>100</td><td>125.0000</td><td>This completely update
d The Orient BlackSwan World Atlas (Second Mini Edition
) is an essential and indispensable global guide. The
cartography involved in its planning and preparation combines elegant design w
ith meticulous accuracy of detail. It provides extensive coverage of the region
s of the world together with essential facts.
This handy atlas features detailed maps of the continents and countrie
s, highlights city and town names, and displays physical features and transport
routes.  It includes a time-zone chart and a map depicting internatio
nal communication networks and tourist attractions.
Comprehensive key statistics of the world and a clear, easy-to-use alp
hanumeric index of over 7000 place names and names of geographical features suc
h as mountains, lakes and rivers make this atlas an invaluable resource book. &
lt;/p>
</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
n Bharat : Ek Parichay (Hindi)</td><td>Dr Manoj Sinha</td><td>2011</td><td>408</
td><td>295.0000</td><td>This is a
n undergraduate textbook on Contemporary India paper of University of Delhi. Thi
s is one of the papers of Foundation course of BA Program of University of Delhi
. This book is a contributory volume written as per the syllabus by the faculty
members of various DU colleges.
This book attempt to familiarise
students with main political, economic and social developments that have taken
place in India since Independence. This book will help students to develop a p
erspective on the functioning of Democracy, emerging trends in the economy in th
e context of globalisation and the dynamics of the Indian society. This book wil
l also cater to any other university where contemporary India courses are taught
. This book will be equally useful for the syllabus of UPSC and allied civil ser
vices.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"><b&
gt;Dr. Manoj Sinha, the volume editor, is Associate Professor, Departm
ent of Political Science, Ramlal Anand College, South Campus, University of Delh
i. The contributors are teaching faculty from various colleges affiliated to Uni
versity of Delhi teaching this paper. The contributors are from Delhi College of
Arts and Commerce, Rajdhani College, Lakshmibai College, Satyawati College, Sha
heed Bhagat Singh College, ARSD College, PGDAV College, Shyamlal College, Zakir
Hussain College, Gargi College, and Shyama Prasad Mukherjee College.</div>
ities.
lhi.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4280-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Itihas-L
ekh: Ek Pathyapustak</td><td>E. Sreedharan</td><td>2011</td><td>520</td><td>350.
0000</td><td>This is the Hindi e
dition of  A textbook of Historiography </st
rong>by  E  Sreedharan  published by us
. 
This book traces the development
of historiography from the days of Herodotus to those of postmodernism. It cov
ers the ancient, medieval and the modern aspects of the subject and offers easy
comprehension, clear and precise guidance and immediate utility. 
The author provides a balanced v
iew of competing ideas and leads the reader into vast arena of the subject. Two
thousand five hundred years of historiography, including Indian historiography
and the poststructuralist critique of history, constitute this clear, analytic
al work.
Written lucidly and in jargon fr
ee language, Itihas-Lekh:  ek pathyapustak: 500
BC se san 2000 tak  should be of interest not
only to the serious students and the teachers but to anyone interested in this
subject.
The  book is appended wi
th bibliographical details, reference and notes rarely available elsewhere. Tho
ugh the subject is complex ,  yet the elaborate Index help readers to
locate required information, as the book is full of names, places, events, doc
uments  and several  other rarely available  sources.
</td><td>E. &
amp;nbsp;Sreedharan is both a teacher and a lover of history. This is
amply evident in philosophical, religious, scientific, ideological and linguis
tic perspectives he brings in to lend credence to this work, which attempts to

contain between its covers of the history of history of 2500 years. He is curre
ntly working on A manual Of Historical Research Methodology</em&gt
;.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4265-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Working
the Night Shift: Women in Indias Call Center Industry</td><td>Reena Patel</td><td
">Relatively high wages and the opportunity to be part of an upscale,&a
mp;nbsp;globalized work environment draw many to the call center industry in In
dia. At the same time, night shift employment presents women, in parti
cular, with new challenges alongside the opportunities. This book expl
ores how beliefs about what constitutes women's work are evolving in
response to globalization.
Working t
he Night Shift is the first in-depth study of the cal
l center industry that is written from the point of view of women work
ers. It uncovers how call center employment affects their lives, mainl
y as it relates to the anxiety that Indian families and Indian society
have towards women going out at night, earning a good salary, and bei
ng exposed to western culture. This timely account illustrates the&amp
;nbsp;ironic and, at times, unsettling experiences of women who enter the space
s and places made accessible through call center work. </td><td><d
iv style="text-align: justify">Reena Patel is a
feminist scholar and currently serves as a Foreign Service officer with the US D
epartment of State. She also advises companies on gender issues in the workplace
.</div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4267-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td> Women of
Honour: Gender and Agency among Dalit Women in the Central Himalayas</td><td>Ka
rin M. Polit</td><td>2012</td><td>380</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>In Women of Honour</s
trong>, Karin Polit gives an ethnogra
phic account of how relationships are shaped among the Dalit people of Chamoli,
Utttarakhand. Through thick descriptions of everyday lifeconversations, friends
hip, dress, workthe author shows that gender identity is a process. Questioning
the assumption that Indian women are mute and powerless, she argues that the pe
ople of Chamoliwomen and mensee themselves as part of an agentive unity. These ne
tworks of agency, which include divine agents, are described as the basis of an
honourable life.
The book will be of interest to a
nthropologists, feministsespecially Dalit feminists, sociologists and cultural c
ritics.
</td><td>Karin M. Polit is lecturer both at the South Asia In
stitute and at the Institute for Ethnology, University of Heidelberg, Germany.</
<td>978-81-250-4250-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dalit Pe
rsonal Narratives: Reading Caste, Nation and Identity</td><td>Raj Kumar</td><td>
2011</td><td>308</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Autobiography as a literary g
enre is diverse and complexand Dalit Personal Narratives is an attempt to understand its multiple meanings expressed and mediated t
hrough different identities such as caste, class, ethnicity, religion, language
and gender. 
Raj Kumar's pioneering book primarily examines Dalit autobiographie
s. It is a historic breakthrough because till recently, Dalits in India were vo
iceless. These narratives thus symbolise how Dalits are breaking down the age-o
ld barrier of silence. Focusing on multiple marginalities pertaining to caste,
nation and identity, the author has followed an inter-disciplinary approach ac
ross disciplines such as history, sociology, law, religion, philosophy and gend
er studies apart from English literature, to bring to the reader the remarkably
different personal narratives of both Dalit men and women. The autobiographies
are located against a socio-cultural background, along with the emergence of D
alit literature, Dalit life-narratives, while revealing their everyday caste an
d class exploitations that call for the restoration of dignity and self-respect
. In itself, the very emergence of Dalit autobiography is an act of resistance
because Dalits are using this opportunity to assert their identities through th
eir writings. Through the autobiographies, one gets a glimpse into the life of a
community struggling against deprivation, discrimination and exploitation at
the hands of a society ridden with caste biases and unequal opportunities.
It also traces the origin of autobiographical writing in the West and
follows its development both thematically and structurally by analysing the auto
biographies of Saint Augustine, Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Benjamin Franklin and J.
S. Mill. Also discussed are autobiographies of upper caste Indian public perso
nalities, including M. K. Gandhi and Jawaharlal Nehru. The personal narratives
of upper caste Indian women, howeverlike Rassundari Devi, Binodini Dasi and othe
rsreveal their under-privileged status in a patriarchal system. Raj Kumar is an
Associate Professor in the Department of English, Delhi University. His research
areas include autobiographical studies, Dalit literature, Indian writing in Eng
lish, Oriya literature and post-colonial studies. He has been a Fellow at the In
dian Institute of Advanced Study, Shimla in 1999 and has published in journals s
uch as Social Action, Sateertha Bulletin, The Fourth World, Creative Forum and L
anguage Forum. Raj Kumar has also translated literary texts from Indian language
s, especially from Oriya into English.
</td><td>Raj Kumar is an Associate Profes
sor in the Department of English, Delhi University. His research areas include a
utobiographical studies, Dalit literature, Indian writing in English, Oriya lit
erature and post-colonial studies. He has been a Fellow at the Indian Institute
of Advanced Study, Shimla in 1999 and has published in journals such as <st
rong>Social Action, Sateertha Bulletin, The Fourth World, Creative Forum and
Language Forum. Raj Kumar has also translated literary texts fr
om Indian languages, especially from Oriya into English.</td><td>Worl
d</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4221-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Locating
Indian Literature: Texts, Traditions, Translations</td><td>E V Ramakrishnan</td>
ify">Locating Indian Literature attempts to
explore the category of Indian literature in relati
on to emerging discourses of marginality, region, resistance and the role of tr
anslation in the making and unmaking of literary traditions. Interrogating theo
retical positions that present Indian literature as an essentialist category, i
t emphasises the pluralistic and performative elements of Indian literatures. I
n its first section, E.V. Ramakrishnan articulates the project of provincialisin
g Indian literature and explores the dialogic interfaces between the abstractions
of law and the evaluative role of criticism. It also interrogates the claims of
history and the reticence of memories, and the dialectics between the dialect
and the region. The second section presents readings of Malayalam literary text
s that concretise the plurality of literary traditions. The third section argue
s for a new approach to the study of texts and traditions with translation form
ing the fulcrum of cultural and political mediations. Interdisciplinary in its
approach, the volume will be of relevance to students and scholars in culture s
tudies, social sciences and humanities.</td><td>E.V. Ramakrishnan is Professor of
Comparative Literature and Dean in the School of Language, Literature and Cultu
re Studies at Central University of Gujarat, Gandhinagar. A bilingual writer wh
o has published poetry and criticism in Malayalam and English, he is the recipi
ent of Kerala Sahitya Akademi Award for literary criticism (1995). Among his ot
her publications are Narrating India: The Novel in Search of the Nation (2006)
, Terms of Seeing: New and Selected Poems (2006) and The Tree of Tongues: An An
thology of Modern Indian Poetry (1999). </td><td>World</td><td>General
Books</td>

ustralian literature in particular. </td><td>World</td><td>General Boo
ks</td>
n Wales and Orissa.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3870-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Maha
bharata</td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao</td><td>2010</td><td>144</td><td>195.0000</
td><td>The great Indian epic brought to life in a masterly retelling by
a consummate storyteller.</td><td>Shanta Rames
hwar Rao (19242015) wrote and told stories for most of he
r life. For her, story-telling was as natural as breathing; she believed that st
ories emerged from deep within and that in the telling and writing, they changed
both teller and listener. She wrote for children and adults, and indeed her wor
ks have been enjoyed by people of all ages. She is best known for her retelling
of Indian myths and legends. Her wide repertoire includes books like &l
t;em>Tales of Ancient India (translated into several lang
uages), The Bulbuls Ruby Nose-ring, Seethu, Bekanna&nbsp
;and the Musical Mice, ChathuThe Elephant
Boy (co-authored with Karoor Nilakanta Pillai),&a
mp;nbsp;In Worship of Shiva, and her retelling of the<em&
gt; Mahabharata (now used as essential course mater
ial in story-telling courses in universities in the UK). Her novel, Children of God, was published t
o critical acclaim. She was invited by the Sahitya Akademi to write on the life
and teachings of Jiddu Krishnamurti.
<td>978-81-250-3945-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Untoucha
ble Spring</td><td>G. Kalyana Rao</td><td>2010</td><td>292</td><td>425.0000</td>
<td>Untouchable Spring, </em&
gt;a memory text, is a family/community saga, a novel and a historical document
rolled into one. Using the oral story-telling tradition, Rao has brought to t
he fore not just the social and cultural life of generations of Dalits, but the
ir art forms. Through the stories of successive generations, we are taken on a
journey to their heartfrom those who were exploited to those who discover their
humanity through defiance. The reminiscences of Ruth take us to her husband
Reubens family in Yennela Dinni, to the boy Yellanna, his being chased away by h
is caste superiors, his music, his son Sivaiahs escape from the drought along with
his wife, the latters conversion to Christianity, the brutality against him and
other Dalit Christians, the birth of Reuben when things seem to fall apart and
he is later left in an orphanage, and then to Reubens search for his roots. Th
is faithful translation from the Telugu, arousing pity for all that is pitiable
and rage at what man has done to man, points to the growing awareness of peopl
es rights and how they are driven to armed struggle. </td><td><p&gt
;Kalyana Rao believes in the revolutionary ideology, is an i
mportant functionary of Virasam, Viplava Rachayitala Sangham (Revolutionary Wri
ters Movement) and a Dalit. He began his career as a playwright and wrote around
fifteen plays, significant among them being Tolipoddu, &l
t;em>Satire and Lockup. His work An
tarani Vasantam(2000), on which this translation is based, is a cont
ribution to the growing body of Dalit writing.  He is writing a sequel
to that book. The Translators
 Alladi Uma and M. Sridhar teach English at the University
of Hyderabad.  Their translated works include Ayoni and Oth
er Stories,Rachakonda Viswantha Sastrys Beware, the Cows are
Coming!(novel),K. Siva Reddys Mohana!
Oh, Mohana!(volume of poems) andAllam Rajaiahs Bhoomi(a collection of short stories).  &l
t;/p></td><td>WORLD</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3918-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>M K Gandh
i's Hind Swaraj: A Critical Edition</td><td>Suresh Sharma and Tridip Suhrud
(Eds.)</td><td>2010</td><td>212</td><td>595.0000</td><td>
Hind Swaraj, Gandhis seminal text in Gujarati, was written between
13 and 22 November 1909 aboard the Kildonan Castle bound for South Africa. It i
s a dialogue on modern civilisation, composed at a moment in modern history when
the pre-modern in the world beyond Europe could still be touched and spoken of,
not as mere memory or longing but as a living form. As a mode of exposition and
argument, Hind Swaraj stems from a cognitive universe that abides beyond the am
bit of modernity. It is perhaps the only critique of the modern order that seeks
an understanding of its salient facts. Its referents are tradition and modernit
y, the ancient and modern, ethical-moral and instrumental-efficient. Hind Swaraj
is a plea for non-violence as a mode of self-affirmation and resistance against
oppression and injustice. For anyone engaged with the life and thought of Gandh
i and with the question of the meaning of life within the modern order of thing
s, Hind Swaraj remains a critical text.
This critical centenary edition is intended as a renewal of a deeper en
gagement with the text and the discourse around it. It reinstates the 1910 editi
on of the English rendering and the original in Gujarati as the first textual re
ferent in conversation with the 1921 edition and the authorised second edition o
f 1939. It is presented along three axes: marginnotes (alternative readings/tran
slations of the Gujarati original), footnotes (notations for categories-concepts
) and Hindi translation (to mute the current placement of English as the exclusi
ve mediation between languages). This is also the first edition of Hind Swaraj i
n two languages.</td><td>Suresh Sharma is
a historian and anthropologist. He is Senior Fellow and Professor at the Centre
for the Study of Developing Societies (CSDS), Delhi. Currently, he is working o
n a commentary on Gandhis Hind Swaraj and a comparative reading of St Augustines C
onfessions and Gandhis My Experiments with Truth. Tridip Suhrud is a political scien
tist and cultural historian, working on the Gandhian intellectual tradition and
the social history of Gujarat of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Current
ly, he is Professor at the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information and Communi
cation Technology, Gandhinagar, Gujarat. At present, he is working on the Englis
h translation of Govardhanram Tripathis four-part novel Sarasvatichandra.</p&g
law.</td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
ute of Persian Studies. </td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>General
Books</td>
gt; </td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3841-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Panchlig
ht and other Stories</td><td>Phanishwar Nath Renu</td><td>2010</td><td>152</td><
td>350.0000</td><td>Renus world is
rural Bihara world of poverty, ignorance, helplessness, superstition and exploit
ation. The characters in his stories are the landless, the disenfranchised and t
he marginalized. He writes of passions spent, hurts unresolved, dreams unfulfill
ed, in the context of a changing world and a crumbling social order. But his wor
k is anything world and a crumbling social order. But his work is anything but b
leak. Its universality and the energy comes from Renus ability to rise above the
human condition and look deep within, into the human heart. Rakhshanda Jalils tr
anslation brings to the reader, a writer and storyteller in supreme control of h
is craft.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">&lt
;b>Phanishwar Nath Renu (1921-77) is one of Hindis foremost writer.
Set in Bihar, that vast hinterland of India, the diversity of the stories in th
is collection represents the work of Phanishwar Nath Renu (1921-77), one of Hind
is foremost writers.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>

o.
gt;</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3777-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Nazir Ah
mad in His Own Words and Mine</td><td>Mirza Farhatullah Beg, Translated from Urd
u by Mohammed Zakir</td><td>2009</td><td>96</td><td>275.0000</td><td>Allah! Allah! What days those were when we ha
d the late Maulvi Nazir Ahmad Sahib with us
With t
hese words, Mirza Farhatullah Beg takes the reader through the bylanes of old De
lhi from Churiwalan, through Hauz Kazi and Khari Baoli to Gali Batashan Wali to
the home of his tutor-a doyen of Urdu prose and one of the pioneers of modern fi
ction in Urdu.
In a narrative that is as funny as it is respectful, there eme
rges an eloquent and evocative portrait that honestly captures the relationship
between an erudite tutor and his loving and impudent pupil.
Rich in historica
l detail, the work also records eye witness anecdotal accounts of the Mutiny of
1857 and paints a vivid picture of a fading world.</td><td>Mi
rza Farhatullah Beg (1883-1947) of Delhi was a distinguished humourist
. His essays are marked by their richness of imagination and informality of styl
e. His pen-portraits are lively and sharp in characterisation. His language repr
esents one of the best specimens of Urdu as spoken in Dehli.<div> <div>Mohammed Zakir was born in 1932 in
Delhi and educated at St. Stephenss College, Sri Ram College of Commerce and Delh
i College, now known as Zakir Husain College, Delhi University. He retired as Pr
ofessor of Urdu after four decades of teaching at the Jamia Millia Islamia, Delh
i. His main interests have been translation, literary criticism and Urdu linguis
tics. He lives in Delhi.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
t Promise</td><td>Ashapurna Debi, translated from Bengali by Indira Chowdhury</t
d><td>2009</td><td>600</td><td>650.0000</td><td>The First Promise is a translation of Ashapurna Debi’s novel, Pratham Pratisruti , originally published in Bengali in 1964. Ce
lebrated as one of the most popular and path-breaking novels of its time, it ha
s received continual critical acclaim: the Rabindra Puraskar (the Tagore Prize)
in 1966 and the Bharitiya Jnanpith, India’s highest literary award,
in 1977. Spanning the late eighteenth and early twentieth centuries, Ashapurna
tells the story of the struggles and efforts of women in nineteenth-century, co
lonial Bengal in a deceptively easy and conversational style. The charming eigh
t-year old heroine, Satyabati is a child bride who leaves her husband&rsquo
;s village for Calcutta, the capital of British India where she is caught in t
he social dynamics of women’s education, social reform agendas, moder
n medicine and urban entertainment. As she makes her way through this complex m
aze, making sense of the rapidly changing world around her, Satyabati nurtures
hopes and aspirations for her daughter. But the promises held out by modernity
turn out to be empty, instigating Satyabati to break away from her inherited wo
rld and initiate a quest that takes her to the very heart of tradition. </p&
gt; Indira Chowdhury’s confident t
ranslation, with its conscious choice of Indian English equivalents over Britis
h and American colloquialisms, carries across the language divide the flavour o
f Ashapurna’s unique idiomatic style. This edition also includes the
translator’s reflections on the process of translation itself. </td><td>Ashapurna Debi was born in 1909. Her
conservative family did not send her to school, but encouraged by her mother,
she learnt to read and write on her own and published her first poem in the chi
ldren’s magazine Shishu Saathi. Married at fifte
en to Kalidas Gupta of Krishnanagar, she continued to write with his support. &
lt;em>Pratham Pratisruti (1964) is the first of a trilogy that in
cludes Subarnalata (1966) and Bakul Katha (1973). Translated here as The First Promise, it won h
er the Rabindra Puraskar in 1966 and the Bharatiya Jnanpith award in 1977. Asha
purna published 181 novels, 38 anthologies of short stories, and 52 books for c
hildren. She died in 1995.
b>The Translator Indira Chowdhury was formerly Prof
essor of English at Jadavpur University, Kolkata. A PhD in History from the Sch
ool of Oriental and African Studies, London, her book The Frail Hero a
nd Virile History (OUP, 1998) was awarded the Tagore Prize (Rabindra
Puraskar) in 2001. She also compiled the Supplement of Indian English words pu
blished in the Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary</em&g
t; in 1995. In 2006, she was awarded the New India Fellowship for her forthcomi
ng book on the institutional history of Tata Institute of Fundamental Research.
Her latest book, (co-authored with Ananya Dasgupta), is titled Homi
Bhabha: A Hundred Years (Penguin India, 2009).</td><td>Wo
Sahitya mein Dalit Vimarsh</td><td>Devendra Chaube</td><td>2009</td><td>268</td>
<td>275.0000</td><td>The book is a study of Dalit writings in modern li
terature. It has a collection of 18 articles divided into three thematic groups:

<ol><li>Concept, </li><li> History, and </li><l
i> Literature
Dalit studies have come in a big way in recent years in High
er Academics. </li></ol>
Also, it is fast becoming a part of University curriculum all over th
e country. Not only scholars, but students are also searching for books that de
al with this subject. This book on this subject fulfills the demand of the marke
t and makes us one of the leading publishers of Dalit studies in Hindi.
Dali
t Studies is an important paper included in the undergraduate syllabus of Hindi.
There is no textbook available to students. Our book will fulfill this need to
some extent.

</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr Devendra C
haube is Associate Professor of Hindi, School of Indian Languages in J
awaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He is one of the non-dalit scholars who i
s an important invitee in most of Dalit seminars and discourses held so far in I
ndia and also abroad. He is deeply interested in the history, literature and cul
ture of this community of maginalised society. His published works include : Sa
mkaleen Kahani ka Samajshastra; Sahitya ka Naya Saundryashastra : Chintan ki pa
rampara aur Dalit Sahitya. He was awarded national fellowship for literary criti
cism Dalit Paath ka Arth by Ministry of Culture, Government of India.</div><

<td>978-81-250-3754-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Poisoned
Bread</td><td>Arjun Dangle (Ed.)</td><td>2009</td><td>392</td><td>595.0000</td>
<td>Silenced for centuries by caste prejudice and social oppression, t
he Dalits of Maharashtra have, in the last sixty years, found a powerful voice
in Marathi literature. The revolutionary social movement launched by their lead
er, Dr Ambedkar, was paralleled by a wave of writing that exploded in poetry, p
rose, fiction and autobiography of a raw vigour, maturity, depth and richness o
f content, and shocking in its exposition of the bitterness of their experience
s. One is jolted too, by the quality of writing of a group denied access for lo
ng ages to any literary tradition. When published in 1992,
Poisoned Bread was the first a
nthology of Dalit literature. The writers-more than eighty of them-presented he
re in English translations, are nearly all of the most prominent figures in Mar
athi Dalit literature, who have contributed to this unique literary phenomenon.

This new edition includes an essay by Gail Omvedt, a distinguished sch
olar activist working with new social movements. Omvedt, who has been actively
involved in anti-caste campaigns since the 1970s, lives and works in Maharashtra
.
</td><td>Arjun Dangle, born in Mumbai in 1945, is a
n important name in the politics and literature of Maharashtra. A founder member
of the militant Dalit youth organization, the Dalit Panthers, he has also been
the president of the State Unit of the Bharatiya Republican Party of India.&lt
;/p>
Dangles poetry, essays and short stories, published to critical acclaim,
have been translated into several Indian and foreign languages.</td>
<td>978-81-250-3752-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>What is
Worth Teaching?</td><td>Krishna Kumar</td><td>2009</td><td>160</td><td>375.0000<
/td><td>Originally published as a
collection of Krishna Kumar's UGC national lectures, What is
Worth Teaching? has acquired the status of a popular analytical t
ext on curriculum inquiry. The title essay poses the problem of curriculum desig
n and content as aspects of the relationship between education and society. The
central theme of knowledge, its selection and representation is pursued in the o
ther essays in the book in the context of the issues such as the teaching of rea
ding, the use of the textbook, gender socialisation, and the values associated w
ith secularism. Structural and historical characteristics of the Indian system a
re used as frames to study the social character of school knowledge and skills.
What is worth Teaching? covers a wide range of issues concerning institutiona
l and pedagogic choices. From reading and storytelling in the early primary clas
ses to the teaching of history in India and Pakistan, this collection of Krishna
Kumar's lectures and essays offers an accessible introduction to critical i
nquiry in education theory.</td><td><div style="text-align: ju
stify">Krishna Kumar is Director of the National Coun
cil of Educational Research and Training (NCERT) and Professor at the Central In
stitute of Education, University of Delhi. He writes in fiction and essays in Hi
ndi and also writes for children.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Book
s</td>
<td>978-81-250-3792-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bhasha,
Sahitya aur Sanskriti</td><td>Vimlesh Kanti Verma and Malti</td><td>2009</td><td
>464</td><td>275.0000</td><td>Bhasha, Sahitya a
ur Sanskriti is the new and enlarged edition of
the Hindi textbook published by us for the Bhasha, Sahitya aur Sanskriti paper
(100 marks)of BA Foundation Course of Delhi University. This is aimed fo
r the Hindi medium students who opt this paper.
Though specifically meant for Delhi University, this book would be a v
ery useful textbook for courses of Hindi at undergraduate level across Hindi de
partments in other Indian universities because Hindi language, literature and c
ulture is an important paper taught at this level in all Indian universities.&l
t;/p>
</td><td>Dr Vimlesh Kanti Verma, MA Hindi
,  Allahabad University, M.Litt.  Linguistics, Delhi Univers
ity,   D Phil Allahabad,   FRAS  f
rom London. He retired as Reader, Department of Hindi, PGDAV College, Universit
y  of  Delhi  in 2008. He teaches currently Applied
Linguistics and Translation to undergraduate and post graduate students at Del
hi  University.  He taught linguistics and literature in Univ
ersity of Toranto, Canada;  Sophia University, Bulgaria and University
of South Pacific, Fiji.  He has several published works and articles
in Indian and International journals on linguistics and literature. He is a vis
iting Professor to the Hindi Departments of many foreign Universities. He was o
n the advisory of the Textbook board of NCERT for nearly twenty years in the pa
st. Dr Malti is MA, Ph D Hindi
, Delhi University; MA  Marathi; PG diploma in Russian, Devi Ahilya Un
iversity, Indore. She retired as Principal, Kalindi College, Delhi University.
She was an active member of several academic committees of University of Delhi.
She was an active member of BA Program Committee of the Foundation Course on B
hasha, Sahitya aur Sanskriti  and the subcommittee for the Application
Course on Anuvad aur Bhashaantaran (Translation and Interpretatng) of Universi
ty of Delhi.  She was also a member of Board of Studies for Hindi of J
awaharlal Nehru University. She is rewarded by several national institutions fo
r her services of the community and Hindi literature. Her published works inclu
de several Hindi and Marathi poems, short stories, articles and critical monogr
aphs, translations of Marathi short stories into Hindi and vice versa published
in various journals and magazines.</td><td>World</td><td>General Book

s</td>
<td>978-81-250-3706-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>My Life
is My Message, Sadhana (1869-1905), Volumes 1-4</td><td>Narayan Desai, translate
d from the original Gujarati by Tridip Suhrud</td><td>2009</td><td>2400</td><td>
4995.0000</td><td>Most biographies of Mahatma Gandhi tell the story of a great political leader who led India to freedom.
But for Gandhi, his politics was a part of his spiritual quest. Swaraj meant s
elf-rule and not merely political autonomy, and Gandhis struggles were meant to
aid the quest for individual self-perfection. Everything he didthe Dandi march o
r his fasts for self-purificationwas part of this struggle for self-realisation.

This English translation of Narayan Desais epic four-volume biography i
n Gujarati, Maru Jivan Ej Mari Vanihailed as one of the fin
est insights into the life of Gandhibrings alive Gandhis quest as one indivisible
whole, in which the political is not outside the realm of the spiritual. <em&gt
;My Life is My Messageliberates the Gand
hi story from the constraining tyranny of political discourse and gives centre
stage to his soulsearchings. The struggle within and the struggle without, are bo
th seen as aspects of the same realityjust as the inner journey of the self is d
epicted in its interaction with the life of the collective. What emerges is a f
ull picture of Gandhi. 
Drawing from a wealth of sourceswhat Gandhi wrote in letters, books and
newspapers, spoke in intimate conversations with his fellow servant co-workers,
and in speeches and interviews, besides what those around him wrote and spoke a
bout himthe narrative is illumined, above all, by the authors own life as an inve
terate Gandhijan, ever since his childhood years in Gandhis a
shrams.</td><td>Born in 1924 to Durgaben and Mahadev Desai,
Narayan Desai chose not to have a formal education. He had f
athers and Gandhijis blessings for the decision. He worked in Gandhijis secretaria
t with his father from 193646, and participated in freedom movement. Later, he w
as a very active participant and leader in Vinoba Bhaves Bhoodan movement from 1
95260, and with Jayaprakash Narayan from 196076. He walked 12,000 km, received 30
00 acres of land as gift and distributed it. He was National Secretary of the &
lt;em>Shanti Sena, the All India Peoples Committee, Chairman of the
War Resistors International, and Founder Member and Director of the World Peac
e Brigade. An accomplished author and editor, he has written over 50 books in
Gujarati, Hindi and English and has edited Bhoomiputra, Yaqueen, Buniyadi Yaqueen, Taru
n Mun and Sarvodaya Jagat. He has won many awar
ds that include the Bharatiya Gyaanpeeth Murtidevi Award, the Sahitya Academy A
ward and the Ranajitram Gold medal (highest literary award in Gujarati). In add
ition he received the Jamnalal Bajaj Award for constructive work and UNESCO Awa
rd for Non-Violence and Tolerance. Currently, he is Chancellor of the Gujarat V
idyapeeth, founded by Gandhiji in 1920, President of the Gujarati Sah
itya Parishad. He is currently engaged in rendering Gandhi <em&gt
;katha in India and abroad and taking Gandhijis message to the youth.
 The Translator<b&
gt; Tridip Suhrud is a political scientist and a cultural historian,
working on the Gandhian intellectual tradition and the social history of Gujar
at of the 19th and 20th centuries. He has translated the works of Ashis Nandy a
nd Ganesh Devy into Gujarati and novelist Suresh Joshi into English. He transla
ted and edited C.B. Dalals Harilal Gandhi: A Life ( Orient
Blackswan, 2007). His other books imclude Writing Life: Three Gujarat
i Thinkers (Orient Blackswan, 2008), Hind Swaraj Vishe and An Autobiography or The Story of My Experiments with Trut
h: A Table of Concordance. He has worked (with Suresh Sharma) on a b
ilingual critical edition of Hind Swaraj (forthcoming, Orie
nt Blackswan). At present he is working on the English translation of Govardham
ram Tripathis four-part novel n. He is a Professor at Dhirubhai Ambani Institute

of Information and Communication Technology, Gandhinagar. </td><td>World</td><
<td>978-81-250-3735-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Word, Im
age, Text: Studies in Literary and Visual Culture</td><td>Shormishtha Panja, Shi
rshendu Chakrabarti, Christel Devadawson (Eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>212</td><td
>675.0000</td><td>This collection of essays on the conceptualisation an
d representation of nature and time and their interrelationship in literature an
d the visual arts is written by scholars both from western academia and India, s
cholars who are established experts in their field as well as young critics maki
ng an early foray in the world of scholarly research. In addition, there is an
essay by a practising artist meditating on nature and time through self-portrait
s. The contributors come from a wide variety of locations: India, Australia, No
rway, Spain and the United States of America. The scope of the book is large: i
t encompasses not only the literature and art of Europe from the fifteenth throu
gh the nineteenth centuries, it also includes an examination of the art and lite
rature of the Indian sub-continent. The verbal and visual genres examined are m
anifold: epyllion, comedy, epic, satire, childrens fiction, travelogue, painting,
sculpture, frontispiece, engraving, miniature, book illustration, cartoon, phot
ograph.
This book is a bold attempt to break down the isolation of the two di
sciplines, literature and the visual arts, and to make parallelism an explorator
y method aimed at a mutually enriching synthesis. Since ideas and tendencies ac
quire an irreducibly concrete life in artistic representation, examination of th
e same life in two different art forms deepens our understanding of it as well a
s of the larger issues and contexts in which the literary and visual texts are e
mbedded.
While this is a collection of scholarly essays, there is enough here
to interest the lay reader. A conscious effort has been made to eschew jargon
and to make the style as clear and accessible as possible without in any way dil
uting the content. The addition of a number of valuable full-colour plates acce
ssed from museums as diverse as the Royal Museum of Fine Arts of Belgium, Brusse
ls; the Vatican Pinacotheca and the Victoria and Albert Museum will add to the
readers pleasure. </td><td><stron
g>Shormishtha Panja is a Professor of English, University of
Delhi. She was till recently Head, Department of English and Dean, Faculty of
Arts, University of Delhi. She is the
President of the Shakespeare Society
of India. She has taught at Stanford University.
Her publications include
Many Indias, Many Literatures: New Critical Essays (1999,
Second
edition 2001, reprinted 2004), Critical Theory Textual Appl
ication (2002) Signifying the Self: Wo
men and Literature (2004, reprinted 2007). She has published numerous
essays on
Renaissance studies, gender studies, literature and the visual ar
ts and Indian literature
in international journals and collections. She is t
he founder member of PEHEL: Delhi
University Women’s Support Group.
 Shirshendu Chakraba
rti is a Professor of English at the University of Delhi. He was
an Inlaks Scholar at Trinity College, Oxford and has a D.Phil. from the Uni
versity of
Oxford. His interests lie in English literature from the Renaissa
nce to the Eighteenth
Century; European intellectual history, literature an
d the visual arts; Modern English
poetry; Modern Bengali literature; Transla
tion. And he has published on Jonathan Swift,
Montaigne, George Herbert, Shel
ley, T.S. Eliot, Tagore. Tagore translations for the Oxford
Tagore. Two volu
mes of poetry in Bangla from Ananda Publishers. Annotated edition of 
Congreve’s The Way of the World, Orient Blackswan.</e
m> Christel Devad
awson, Reader in the Department of English, University of Delhi,
was a
Cambridge Nehru Scholar for her Ph. D. She has studied and taught at S
t Stephen’s College
where she went on to head the English Departm
ent. As Westcott Memorial Lecturer at the
University of Cambridge, she has le
ctured at the universities of Cambridge, Birmingham,
Leicester and Warwick.
Her writings include Reading India, Writing Engl

and: The Fiction of Rudyard Kipling and E. M. Forster, edited versions  A Passage to India, Jane Eyre and (with
G K Das) a collection of critical essays
on A Passage to India. She has just directed a
film on
the history of South Campus, Delhi University.</td><td>World</td><td>
General Books</td>
B
ungary, India, and the UK.</div></td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>Gene
ral Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3750-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Umrao Ja
n Ada</td><td>Mirza Mohammad Hadi Ruswa, Translators: Khushwant Singh and M. A.
Husaini</td><td>2009</td><td>188</td><td>325.0000</td><td>&lt
;strong>Umrao Jan Ada was first published in 1899.
Based on the life of a courtesan of Lucknowa woman of great charm with a reputat
ion as a very fine poet and singerthe novel recreates the gracious ambience of o
ld Lucknow and takes the reader on a fascinating journey through the palaces of
wealthy nawabs, the hideouts of vagabonds, to the luxurious abodes of the citys
courtesans. It captures the culture and decadence of a lifestyle that has now
vanished for ever. It was adapted into a hit Bollywood film in the year 1981.&l
t;/p>
This translation preserves the full flavour of the original narrative.

The poetry, as well as the prose, retains the finesse of the original Urdu, an
d the translation is therefore as affective as it is comprehensible. 
</td><td>Mirza Mohammed Hadi Ruswa was born in Luckn
ow in 1857. One of the best Urdu prose writers, he wrote on several subjects, i
ncluding philosophy and religion. His first published work appeared in 1887. Th
is was followed by both prose and poetry. Th
e translator, Khushwant Singh, was born in 19
15 in Hadali (now in Pakistan). He has written several books on Sikh history an
d religion, apart from being a prolific writer of fiction. His novels include &
lt;em>Train to Pakistan (1956), I Shall Not Hear the N
ightingale (1961) and Delhi: A Novel (1993). He
has published several volumes of stories, and for many years he has been writin
g a widely read English newspaper column in India: With Malice Towards One and
All. He has been the editor of several journals and newspapers, including The Illustrated Weekly of India and Hindustan Times and has served as a member of the Rajya Sabha from 1980-1986. He lives
in Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4098-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Selectio
ns from Galpaguchchha Vol 3: Streer Patra and Other Stories</td><td>Ratan Kumar
Chattopadhyay (Translator)</td><td>2010</td><td>373</td><td>395.0000</td><td>&lt
;p>This three-volume English translation by Ratan Kumar Chattopadhyay called
Selections from Galpaguchchha
is a collection of sixty-one of Tagores short stories broadly grouped under the
themes of parting of ways, the relationship between men and women, and the po
wer within the woman, respectively.
Volume 3, the last in this series, is stu
dded with gems such as Hungry Stones, The Wifes Letter, The Story of a Muslim Woman,
dden Treasure and At Dead of Night. The theme of Hungry Stones is a tale hovering be
tween dream and reality involving palace intrigue and unrequited love, and in Th
e Wifes Letter, Mrinal breaks free from the stifling marital ties of fifteen year
s in what is an indictment of existing gender relations. A traditional Hindu gi
rl out of gratitude for her elderly Muslim protector embraces his religion and
falls in love with his son in The Story of a Muslim Woman.

</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Ratan Kumar
Chattopadhyay, the translator of Tagores short stories in Bengali, is a
graduate from the University of Calcutta.</div></td><td>World</td><td>
General Books</td>
ns from Galpaguchchha Vol 2: Manihara and Other Stories</td><td>Ratan Kumar Chat
topadhyay (Translator)</td><td>2010</td><td>320</td><td>395.0000</td><td>This three-volume English translation b
y Ratan Kumar Chattopadhyay called Selections from Galpa
guchchha is a collection of sixty-one of Tagores short
stories broadly grouped under the themes of parting of ways, the relationship
between men and women, and the power within the woman, respectively.
In Volume 2</str
on in the haunting climax of the Woman Bereft of Jewels, a horrifying morality ta
le of egotism and greed, is justly famous. 
General Books</td>
11</td><td>316</td><td>850.0000</td><td><ul>
;
of English, University of Hyderabad.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>General Books</td>

><ul>
>
<li>In
<li>The la
<li>The Con
vpur
<td>978-81-250-4196-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Re-imagi
ning India and Other Essays</td><td>Institute of Social Sciences (Ed.)</td><td>2
011</td><td>284</td><td>550.0000</td><td>Re-ima
gining India and Other Essays brings together a coll
ection of writings that originated from annual lectures, organised at the Insti
tute of Social Sciences, by leading economists, political and legal thinkers, s
ociologists, linguists and historians. Addressing a diverse array of themes, th
e essays are bound by a common threadconcern for humanity. 
This volume explores a wide range of issues as varied asneed for basic
education, poverty, human development index, self-employment over wage employme
nt, the apartheid regime in South Africa, the role of democracy in counter-stri
king terrorism, the function of multiculturalism in preserving solidarity of a
nation, the rise of Hindutva and its ideological implicati
ons, and the relevance of Gandhian and Nehruvian ideals in shaping of modern In
dia.
Commemorating well-known economist Professor D. T. Lakdawalas contribut
ions in the contemporary context, the scholars emphasise on the need to replace
profit maximisation by profit-making and social returns. As the global economy
struggles with an unprecedented recessionwhich has led to millions becoming un
employed and small investors and pensioners losing their life-long savingsthe co
ntributors underline the importance of revisiting the social-political
-ideological structure, which largely shapes our policy making. </td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4197-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>A Living
Faith: My Quest for Peace, Harmony and Social Change - An Autobiography of Asgha
r Ali Engineer</td><td>Dr Asghar Ali Engineer</td><td>2011</td><td>360</td><td>6

95.0000</td><td>For most of the seventy-one years of his life, <st
rong>Asghar Ali Engineer has been a tireless soldier to the ca
use of national integration and communal harmony. Well-known today as a reform
ist, an activist and Islamic scholar, Asghar Ali Engineer received the Right L
ivelihood, or the Alternative Nobel, award in 2004 . . . for promoting over many
years in South Asia the values of religious and communal co-existence, tolerance
and mutual understanding.[Rightlivelihood.org] 
Written with the simplicity that perhaps describes the man himself, i
s an extensive autobiographical account of Asghar Ali Engineers&l
t;/strong> commitment to building an inclusive society and his inter-pretatio
n of Islam as a modernist. It chronicles the personal, social and political ev
ents that shaped his life and views, his struggle against the orthodox Bohra
priesthood and his rise as a leader of social and religious reform. It also d
ocuments his interactions with religious and political leaders of various hues
across the world in the attempt to create a society that embraces all faiths.

Through the reminiscences of a life that has been lived for truth, de
picts a journeyfrom violence to peace, from prejudice to acceptance, from politic
s of power and religion to the power of humanityone that continues unheeded, ag
ainst all odds.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&
gt;Dr Asghar Ali Engineer is a well-known reformist, writer a
nd activist. Internationally known for his work on liberation theology in Islam,
he leads the progressive Dawoodi Bohra reform movement. He is currently Chairpe
rson, Centre for Study of Society and Secularism, Mumbai, and Director, Institut
e of Islamic Studies, Mumbai.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</t
d>
<td>978-81-250-4187-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Invincibi
lity, Challenges and Leadership</td><td>K. V Krishna Rao</td><td>2011</td><td>45
2</td><td>1050.0000</td><td>Invincibility, Cha
llenges and Leadership is a product of a thorough stud
y and understanding of history, combined with the authors extensive personal and
professional experience in the army and government. K. V. Krishna Rao has used
his wide-ranging research and experience to give the reader an over-view of th
e development and rise of a few civilisations and empires in the course of huma
n history, and to examine the reasons for their downfall. He takes an in-depth
look at the causes and consequences of major wars in the twentieth century; and
the progress of the wars, explaining the course and impact of major battles f
ought. The author then closely looks at the life and role of major political an
d military rulers, to illustrate the development of these great leaders and exa
mine the impact they had on events. These examples are used to identify the rol
e of leadership in defining events, the characteristics and virtues of good lea
dership, and the consequences of the presence of these leaders in directing eve
nts.
As the author notes, to be effective leaders, or even good citizens, a
n understanding of history is vital, since that gives us an opportunity to lear
n from the past, and the chance to prevent repeating mistakes. This book clearl
y demonstrates this fact, by merging lessons from history and discussions about
possible future challenges. This book is a must-read for those interested in w
orld and military history, for current and future leaders and for an understand
ing of the development and qualities of leadership.
</td><td>General Krishna Rao successfully served fo
r forty-one years in the Army and eleven years as Governor, during a crucial pe
riod in the sensitive northeastern states and twice in Jammu and Kashmir. Duri
ng his tenure as Governor, he brought the disturbed situation due to insurgency
in the Northeast under full control. In Jammu and Kashmir which went through a
turbulent proxy war, he was instrumental in restoring normalcy, holding credib
le elections and restoring democracy, after Presidents rule for seven years. &lt
;/p>
During World War II, he served in Burma, the North-West Frontier and
Baluchistan. Thereafter, he was deeply involved in the first war against Pakist
an in the Rajauri-Poonch area in 194748, the second war against Pakistan in 196
5 in the Ladakh area where the Chinese also carried out some aggressive moves,
and the 1971 war in East Pakistan, leading to the liberation of Bangladesh. He
was awarded the highest award Param Vishisht Seva Medal for displaying outstandi
ng leadership, courage, determination and drive during the war. &nbs
p; </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4054-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Dalit Ass
ertion in Society, Literature and History</td><td>Imtiaz Ahmad and Shashi Bhusha
n Upadhyay(Eds)</td><td>2010</td><td>328</td><td>995.0000</td><td>The e
ssays in this volume provide an incisive analysis of the identity of the Dalits
in history , literature and society. They focus on Dalit assertion and agency in
postcolonial India, their quest to break free from poverty and social exclusion
after centuries of oppression, and also the dynamics of a pervasive caste syst
em which is inimical to the growth of a collective consciousness among the backw
ard classes.</td><td>Imtiaz Ahmad was a Professor o
f Political Sociology at JNU. His Caste and Social Stratification among Muslims
in India is a pioneering work. He has written research articles for national and
international magazines on the politics of communalism, and electoral democracy
.<div> 
Shashi Bhushan Upadhyay is an Associate Professor at IGNOU. His areas
of interest include Labour History, Dalit Studies and Literary Studies. He autho
red Existence, Identity and Mobilization: The Cotton Millworkers of Bombay, 1890
-1919, besides articles on historiography and Premchand.</div></td><td>WOR
LD</td><td>General Books</td>
leen Bharat: Prashasan, Samaj Evam Sanskriti (Hindi)</td><td>Neeraj Srivastava</
ustify">This is the second edition of Madhyakaleen Bharat: Prashasan, S
amaj evam Sanskriti [first edition published by Wisdom Prakashan, Allahabad in
2009], a textbook for UG and PG students of various Indian universities across
northern region. This book is a narrative of medieval Indian history [8th to 1
3th century] from a new perspective which is a demand of UPSC and allied Civil
services students. 
Divided into 59 chapters <em&g
t;Madhyakaleen Bharat by Neeraj Srivasta
vais paradoxically a slender text which takes the reader through the administra
tive, social and cultural developments in Indias history between later Gupta per
iod and the climactic decades of the Delhi Sultanate. 
The major strength of this book l
ies in the lucid presentation of factual information in a narrative style, whic
h even most lay readers shall find accessible and comprehensible. Author has tr
ied to steer clear of contentious issues, not by eluding them but by referring
to the general range of interpretations available on the subject by well known
scholars.
Unlike many other textbooks on the
same period, this book has a
pan-Indian focus as there is inclusion of eight relevant chapters on the histo
ry of south India. Besides, as added attraction is the smooth amalgamation of s
ix chapters on the historiography of medieval India.
In times when authors are writing
for other authors (not readers), when writing styles are becoming extremely co
mplex and impenetrable, this book</strong&
gt; clearly emerges as a reader-oriented book. Dr. Srivastavas long experience i
n providing guidance to students is clearly reflected in the style he has chose
n to write.
Satish Chandras Madhyakaleen Bhar
at is facts of history and a NCERT labeled textbook reissued by us. Neeraj Sriv
astavs and Satish Chandras book   both are for the same market,
but students/IAS aspirants dont mind buying more than one book on this topic. Dr
Srivastavas book is a good addition to our Hindi title list, i.e. to have one
more book on Madhyakaleen Bharat  by a young author.</td><td
><div style="text-align: justify">Dr Neeraj Srivastava&
lt;/b> D.Litt. in History, taught in Ishwar Saran Degree college, Allahabad
for over 10 years before he took voluntary retirement to open his IAS coaching
institute named Itihas Bodh Centre in Allahabad, a well known coaching centre in
UP.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4026-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Shivaji
and his times</td><td>Jadunath Sarkar</td><td>2010</td><td>352</td><td>395.0000<
/td><td>As a historian, Jadunath Sarkar (1870-1958) is a study in hims
elf. This re-issue of his classic work fulfils a demand from all students and r
esearchers of Indian history and society.
Shivaji and his times is much more than a
biography of the great Maratha leader. It deals with the tangled web of Deccan
history in the seventeenth century, describes Shivajis relations with the Mugha
ls, provides a detailed knowledge of the internal affairs of the Mughal Empire
at the period of its decline, and also analyses Shivajis relations with the Engl
ish and Portuguese. The book concludes with a description of Maratha government
, institutions and policy in the seventeenth century, and of Shivajis achievemen
ts, character and place in history.
Some original reviews of Shivaji and his times:</stron
g>
The reputation of Professor Jadunat
h Sarkar as a sound critical historian ... will be confirmed and extended by hi
s new volume on Shivaji ... Prof. Sarkars bold and deliberately provocative book
merits the closest study.
- Vi
ncent A. Smith
All his books are good; but perhaps
the best of them is the Life and Times of Shivaji. It is full of research, and
gives a striking picture of the great eventthe birth and development of the Mar
atha nation.
- H.
Beveridge</td><td>As a historian, Ja
dunath Sarkar (1870-1958) is a study in himself. His best-known works
are a multi-volume work on Aurangzeb, works on Shah Jahan, Shah Alam II, the r
ise of the Marathas and an account of the military history of medieval India.&l
t;/p></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4038-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Speaking
of Gandhis Death</td><td>Peter Ronald deSouza, Tridip Suhrud</td><td>2010</td><td
>163</td><td>550.0000</td><td>In March of 1948, a group of Gandhis clos
est associatesled by Pandit NehruVinoba Bhave, J. B. Kripalani, Maulana Azad and
Jayaprakash Narayan, among othersmet at Sevagram to reflect and deliberate on G
andhis assassination. Sixty years later, in a contemporary a
nd evocative response to that moving introspection, a group of scholars, thinke
rs and writers gathered at the Sabarmati Ashram to once again reflect on Gandhis
death as absence and memory. This book brings together the
se reflections, in all their hesitation, tentativeness, openness and counter-fa
ctual agreement. Spontaneous and engaging, it raises some important questionswha
t is it to speak of Gandhis death? How do we understand the meaning of his assas
sination? How did the new nation comprehend the nature of his absence? Did his
death burden us forever? Or did it in fact allow the nation and the state to ex
plore new directions? The sublime photographs of Henri Cart
ier Bresson that accompany the text, cover the story of the aftermath of Gandhis
assassination and his funeralphotographs that capture, as Sadanand Menon puts i
t, not the portrait of any man, but the portrait of a nation in the deepest mome
nt of its sorrow. Be it the brilliantly composed image of Jawaharlal Nehru on th
e gate of the Birla Ghar, delivering his moving The light has gone out of our li
ves and there is darkness everywhere speech , or the spontaneous rhythm of the c
rowds gathering around Gandhis funeral cortege moving through New Delhis Raj Path
and Tilak Marg to the cremation sitethe images provide visual testimony to the
silence and intensity of the event. 
Speaking of Gandhis Death is a contemplation, an unusua
l book of reflectionsreminiscent of the person and persona of the Mahatma.</td><td>Peter Ronald deSouza is Director, Inst
itute of Advanced Studies, Shimla. Tridip Suhrud
is a political scientist and a cultural historian, working on the Ga
ndhian intellectual tradition and the social history of Gujarat of the ninetee
nth and twentieth centuries.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
t;
<ul>
interests?</li>
<li
</li>
<li>Are the
of Michigan.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4068-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Re-imagin
ing India and Other Essays</td><td>U R Ananthamurthy</td><td>2010</td><td>280</t
d><td>850.0000</td><td>Re-imagining India and
Other Essays brings together a collection of writings

that originated from annual lectures, organised at the Institute of Social S
ciences, by leading economists, political and legal thinkers, sociologists, lin
guists and historians. Addressing a diverse array of themes, the essays are bou
nd by a common threadconcern for humanity. 
This volume explores a wide range of issues as varied asneed for basic
education, poverty, human development index, self-employment over wage employme
nt, the apartheid regime in South Africa, the role of democracy in counter-stri
king terrorism, the function of multiculturalism in preserving solidarity of a
nation, the rise of Hindutva and its ideological implicati
ons, and the relevance of Gandhian and Nehruvian ideals in shaping of modern In
dia.
Commemorating well-known economist Professor D. T. Lakdawalas contribut
ions in the contemporary context, the scholars emphasise on the need to replace
profit maximisation by profit-making and social returns. As the global economy
struggles with an unprecedented recessionwhich has led to millions becoming un
employed and small investors and pensioners losing their life-long savingsthe co
ntributors underline the importance of revisiting the social-political
-ideological structure, which largely shapes our policy making.</td><td>This volume brings together the Lakdawala Lectures deliver
ed by Mohammad Yunus, Mahbub ul Haq, Amartya Sen, Albie Sachs, Anthony Giddens,
Romila Thapar, I. G. Patel, Noam Chomsky, Bhikhu Parekh and Joseph Stiglitz,
with a Foreword by Ashis Nandy.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</t
d>
ns from Galpaguchchha Vol 1: Kabuliwalla and other stories</td><td>Ratan Kumar C
hattopadhyay (Translator)</td><td>2010</td><td>295</td><td>395.0000</td><td>This three-volume English translation by Ratan Kumar Chattopadhyay called
Selections from Galpaguchchha 
(Bengali for a bunch of stories)is a collection of sixty-one of Tagores short s
tories broadly grouped under the themes of parting of ways, the relationship be
tween men and women, and the power within the woman, respectively.
Volume 1 includes memorable stories like
the The Pedlar from Kabul, Broken Nest, Punishment and The Postmaster. In the first,
Afghan hawker, Rahmat, comes to Calcutta and befriends five-year-old Mini, who
reminds him of his own daughter back home. While Broken Nest is a story of a lon
ely urban housewifes friendship with her brother-in-law and her overwhelming sen
se of loss when the relationship ends abruptly, Punishment set in rural Bengal is
a poignant story of young Chandora and her grim resolve when her husband, to s
ave his brother, persuades her to own up to a murder she did not commit. 
</td><td>Ratan Kumar Chattopadhyay, the translator of Tagores
short stories in Bengali, is a graduate from the University of Calcutta.</td><td
<td>978-81-250-4023-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Gandhi A
dhyayan</td><td>Manoj Sinha (Volume Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>240</td><td>210.00
00</td><td>Gandhi Adhyayan is a textbook&a
mp;nbsp; for the first year B.A. Honours concurrent course READING GA
NDHI Paper of University of Delhi. 
The book being based on the syllabus requirements, covers three distin
ct areas:
<ol><li> Study of Gandhis critiques, mainly by foreign scholars like
Quentein Skinner and Terrence Ball (here the aim is to teach students how to t
ake into account texual and contextual aspects while reading a text). </li&g
t;<li> A detailed discussion on Gandhis Hind Swaraj a
nd </li><li>Discussion on Gandhis socio-economic thou
ghts e.g. on untouchability and communal harmony. </li></ol>
Second edition contains three new chapter
s to fulfill syllabus requirements further - Gandhi ki Prasangkita[relevance of

Gandhi]; Ek Vaikalpik Adhunikta [an optional modernity]; and Gandhi Chintan [r
eading Gandhi]. 
The book has 14 essays, one appendix, a bibliography and an index. The
essays are mainly written by Delhi University teachers. </td><td>&lt
;p>Manoj Sinha is Associate Professor, department of Poli
tical Science, Ram Lal Anand College (Evening), Delhi University. He is the edi
tor of this volume. The contributors are teaching faculties of colleges affilia
ted to Delhi University.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-4024-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Left Pol
itics in Bengal: Time Travels among Bhadralok Marxists</td><td>Monobina Gupta</t
d><td>2010</td><td>290</td><td>425.0000</td><td>This remarkable book tr
aces the Left Front governments rise to power in the wake of the Emergency. It
tells the story of how a communist almost became Indias Prime Minister; and how t
he CPI-M powering its way to electoral victory through promises of empowerment
to the most wretched, began gradually to betray its followers and abandon its
ideology. Tracking the heady 60s and 70s, Left Politics
in Bengal describes the CPI-Ms evolution from a party
leading peasant movements to one that unleashed violence to take land away from
the peasantry; from a party of unstinted opposition to the Congress to one kee
ping its former adversary in power at the Centre.
The author narrates a tale both deeply personal and objective. Through
academic histories, literature, music, films, narratives of former comrades an
d her own journalistic and personal experience, she explores the structures and
relations of power; specific not just to the CPI-M but communist parties in ge
neral. Emphasising both the representation of the Left in popular mentality, an
d the institutional changes wrought by the party in government, she creates a n
uanced, well-observed portrait of a governments fall from grace.
This is a must-read for all those interested in the comtemporary polit
ics of India.
</td><td>Monobina Gupta is a veteran journalist. She has work
ed with The Patriot, The Telegraph, Mail Today and Indo-Asian News Service.</td>
<td>978-81-250-3991-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The West
ward Traveller (Translated from the original Bengali Paschimjatriki)</td><td>Dur
gabati Ghose, Somdatta Mandal (Tr.)</td><td>2010</td><td>128</td><td>295.0000</t
d><td>In 1932, Durgabati Ghose, an upper middle-class Bengali woman ac
companied her husband on a trip across Europe. The Westward Trave
ller (originally Paschimjatriki) is an enchanting written record
of this four-month long sojourn. Filtered through her upper middle-class upbrin
ging and perceptions, the narrative is observantnot only emphasising on a sense
of place, space and landscape, but also an aesthetic, intrinsic appreciation of
every destination. The writing comes alive in the authors everyday interaction
s with ordinary people, be they fellow travellers or hotel owners or even begga
rs. Focussing on an accurate description of the real world, she is always concern
ed with verisimilitude.
An interesting fact about this t
ravelogue is that even within its set pattern, it offers nuggets of history. Wh
at makes the account endearing is the various examples of intercultural encount
ers and wry comments, often arising from not knowing the language and making va
lue judgments that can be cited at random. As Ashis Nandy says in his Foreword
to this translated work, the way Durgabati recounts her adventures in Europe mak
es them variations on familiar Bengali domesticity, interpersonal patterns and
femininity played outside their natural locale. This gives the travelogue a sta
mp of predictability and at the same time, a touch of robust, irreverent charm
and self-confidence. To translate this depiction of Europe i
n colonial times through the eyes of a modernising Bengali woman has been a labo
ur of love for translator Somdatta Mandal. Simple and lucid in style, the work
retains the traces of the times in which it was originally written and is fait
hful to the intention of the narrative. Coloured in the expanding consciousness
of an individual woman, exploring previously unknown areas of the world, away
from the home and hearth characterised by conventionality, conservatism and dom
esticity, this travel narrative will be a significant contribution to the histo
ry of womens travel narratives from colonial Bengal.</td><td>D
urgabati Ghose was born in 1905 into a prosperous Bengali family. Her
father Girindra Sekhar Basu was the founder of the Indian Psychoanalytical Soc
iety. She accompanied her husband on a trip to Europe in 1932, and wrote about
her trip in a book title Paschimjatriki. A very loving, c
onsiderate and liberal woman, she was loved and revered by everyone in the fami
ly till her death on 11 January 1992. 
The
Translator <div style="text-align: j
ustify">Somdatta Mandal is Professor and current Cha
irperson at the Department of English and Other Modern European Languages, Visv
a-Bharati, Santiniketan, India. Recipient of several awards and international
fellowships, she has published widely both nationally and internationally. She
has written two booksReflections, Refractions and Rejections: Three A
merican Writers and the Celluloid World (2002), Film and Fi
ction: Word into Image (2005), and has edited and co-edited twelve v
olumes of scholarly works including Indian Travel Narratives</em&gt
; (2010). Her current projects include South Asian Diasporic Cinema and transla
tions of travel narratives from colonial Bengal. She has received an award from
Sahitya Akademi for the All India Indian Literature Golden Jubilee (19572007) Li
terary Translation Competition in the Fiction category.</div></td><td>Wor
ld</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3981-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Globa
l Eradication of Smallpox</td><td>Sanjoy Bhattacharya and Sharon Messenger</td><
td>2010</td><td>216</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>The Global
Eradication of Smallpox is a product of two series of lectures pr
esented at the Wellcome Trust Centre for the History of Medicine at UCL, London,
in 2007 and 2008. The book contextualises the global programme and the many fac
tors contributing to the certification of smallpox eradication worldwide in 1980
.

The volume contains first-hand stories of the "warriors"
involved in eradicating smallpox (a goal considered by many to be impossible),
the difficulties faced by them and the strategies adopted to overcome these dif
ficulties. These contributions will, therefore, be of interest to teachers and s
tudents of public health, as well as those involved in designing and managing cu
rrent and future disease elimination and eradication programmes. All the article
s in the volume also highlight the importance of recognising the human factor in
all major global health programmes-campaign managers of global health programme
s and the members of target populations interacting in a complexity of ways. Thi
s volume delves into this important element of the global smallpox eradication p
rogrammes, whilst recognising that they cannot be easily quantified or made the
subject of overarching generalisations. 
The book is accompanied by a CD containing recordings of highlights of
the lectures; this will be an important research and training resource, which wi
ll be useful to historians, public health specialists and medical professionals.

</td><td>Sanjoy Bhattacharya is Reader at the Welcome Trust C
entre for the History of Medicine at UCL. 
<div> </div><div>Sharon Messenger</b&gt
; is Senior Research Assistant at the Wellcome Trust Centre for the History of M
edicine at UCL.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>General Books</td>
t;
div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3979-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Genera
l Introduction to Linguistics</td><td>Tariq Rahman</td><td>2010</td><td>208</td>
t;strong>A General Introduction to Linguistics tak
es the lay reader through the scientific study of language, linguistics. Moving
away from a Euro-centric premise, the author begins with Paninis description of
Sanskrit grammar in his eight books, the Ashtadhayi and m
oves on to linguists who have contributed to the discipline like de Saussure, B
loomfield and Chomsky, whose theories it conveys simply and lucidly. It also de
als with current linguistic theories and touches upon issues in socio-linguisti
cs, linguistic human rights and language death.</td><td><div style
="text-align: justify">Tariq Rahman is National
Distinguished Professor of Linguistics and Asian Studies, Quaid-i-Azam Univers
ity, Islamabad. He has a Ph. D. in English and a D. Litt. In Linguistics.</d
iv></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<strong&
worked on the history of Delhi.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>General Books</t
d>
ngs of M. T. Vasudevan Nair</td><td>M. T. Vasudevan Nair, Translators:Gita Krish
nankutty, V. Abdulla</td><td>2010</td><td>572</td><td>750.0000</td><td>This hardback omnibus edition collects th
ree of M. T. Vasudevan Nairs previously published wo
rksMist and The Soul of Darkness, <e
m>Kaalam and Kuttiedathi and Other Stories. T
he volume features an introduction to M. T. Vasudevan Nairs work by P. P. Ravee
ndran, an eminent academic and a scholar of Malayalam literature.
Mist and &lt
;em>The Soul of Darkness are translationsof M. T. Va
sudevan Nairs highly-acclaimed novellas, Manhu</em&gt
; and Irutinde Atmavu. In the Mist, se
t at a hill-station resort, the author narrates the story of Vimala, a school t
eacher who continues to wait for her beloved Sudhir, with whom she once shared
a passionate affair filled with promises. The Soul of Darkness, on the other hand speaks ofVelayudhan, a young man regarded by his famil
y as not normal and is thus treated abominably, tortured and beaten. Though his c
ousin Ammakutty really cares for him, she is helpless and cannot do much to sav
e him. In both stories, Nair voices through mists of memories and emotions, som
e lost hopes and evocative experiences. The narratives are deeply touching, dra
matic and realistic.
Set against the backdrop of a crumbling matrilineal tarawad system of
the Nairs in Kerala with its manifold conflicts and problems, Kaalam&
lt;/em> is the story of Sethumadhavan Nair who starts out as an ambitious an
d confident adolescent -- but in his journey towards adulthood, where material
and social success go hand in hand, he is faced with an overwhelming sense of
disillusionment.  In its revelations, the story is beautifully adorned
with the emotional experiences of the protagonist, which is also reflective of
MTs own childhood in many ways. Kuttiedathi and ot
her stories is a collection of the finest stories of M.
T. Vasudevan Nair that encompasses the ordinary middle class li
ves and sufferings of people in northern Kerala. Nairs engaging style of storyte
lling is touching throughout. If the lead story Kuttiedathi mixes tragic memory a
nd domestic martyrdom, When the Doors of Heaven Open plays out another life upon
which centre a group of lives, all selfish, caring and indifferent by turns. In
Insight however, strange and unfathomable bonds of passion come up as the main
theme. These are little tragedies of the soul told with a finesse characteristi
c of Nairs profound, yet minimalist sense of expression.</td><td>Born in 1933 in the small village of
Koodallur, Kerala, Madath Thekkepat Vasudevan Nair is the b
est known among his generation of storywriters in Malayalam. With a publishing
career spanning a little more than fifty years, he is renowned as a chronicler
of life in the matriarchal joint family of Kerala, a milieu he describes with i
ntimacy in novels such as Nalukettu (1959) and Ka
alam (1969). He won the State and Kendriya Sahitya Akademi awards re
spectively for these two novels.  He is also among Keralas most popular
script writers and directors of mainstream cinema. He has won four National Aw
ards for his screenplays. The very first film he wrote, produced and directed,
Nirmaalyam (The Floral Offering) won the Presidents Gold Me
dal in 1973 and Kadavu (The Ferry) won the Japanese Grand P
rix. He was also awarded the Jnanpith in 1996.&l
t;div style="text-align: justify">  Apart from short ficti
on in which he has excelled, Nair has published novels and novellas, travelogue
s, literary criticism, books of children and a sizeable number of miscellaneous
notes, reviews and memoirs. Nairs stories have been translated into major langu
ages in India and abroad. He was associated with the editorship of M
atrubhumi periodical publications for well over four decades.&nbs
p; The Government of India honoured him with the Padmabhushan in 2005.</div&
gt;</td><td>WORLD</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3167-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Jung For
Beginners</td><td>Jon Platania and Illustrated by Joe Lee</td><td>2007</td><td>
156</td><td>275.0000</td><td>Carl Gustav Jung merged Eastern mysticism
with Western psychology, brought scientific respectability to religion, laid the
foundation for 'the New Age', and is second only to Freud in influence
and importance. So it is easy to see why some people consider him a genius. Bu
t others...
Put it this way: Some people are so good that all we can do is l
ook up to them. He was a great man who made great mistakes. The two most (in)
famous events in Jung's life were his break with Freud and his sojourn with
the Nazis. Most books on Jung minimize his Nazi period. Author and psychologis
t Jon Plantania, finds nazism too hideous to minimize, so he tells this part of
the story without pulling any punches. Platania then takes us on a tour of the w
ork that made Jung one of the pillars of modern psychology. And what a body of
work it is! Jung's open-mindedness was astonishing, wherever he went - Calcu
tta, Egypt, Palestine, Kenya - Jung learned something that expanded his views.
His open-ended psychology incorporated yoga, meditation, prayer, alchemy, mythol
ogy, astrology, numerology, the I ching - even flying saucers! He taught us that
psychology and religion can not only coexist peacefully together, but that they
can enhance us, inspire us, and complete us.</td><td> </td><td>I
N,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,MY,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>Gene
ral Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3168-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Philosop
hy For Beginners</td><td>Richard Osborne and Illustrated by Ralph Edney</td><td
>2007</td><td>192</td><td>295.0000</td><td>Why does philosophy give som
e people a headache, others a real buzz and yet others a feeling that it is subv
ersive and dangerous? Why do a lot of people think philosophy is totally irrelev
ant? What is philosophy anyway?
The ABCs of philosophy-easy to understand b
ut never simplistic.
Beginning with basic questions posed by the ancient Gree
ks: What is the world made of? What is man? What is knowledge? What is good and
evil? this guide traces the development of these questions as the key to underst
anding how Western philosophy developed over the last 2,500 years.</td
><td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,
YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3169-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Kierkega
ard for Beginners</td><td>Donald D Palmer</td><td>2007</td><td>156</td><td>275.0
000</td><td>The Danish Philosopher Soren Kierkegaard was one of the mos
t original thinkers of the nineteenth century and one of the most enigmatic men
who ever walked the earth.
Philosophically, Kierkegaard was the "bridg
e" that led from Hegel to Existentialism. Kierkegaard abhorred Hegel's
abstract, know-it-all idealism that tried to capture reality in a few words. Ki
erkegaard's attack on social and religious complacency and his single-handed
assault on traditional Western philosophy generated a crisis that produced a re
dically new way of philosophizing and made him the founder of the school that wo
uld later be called Existentialism. To Kiergegaard, reality was personal, subje
ctive-it began and ended with the individual-and philosophy was not something on
e merely talked about, it was the way you lived.
For such a brilliant think
er, the way Kierkegaard lived was...somewhat too interesting? His "abstract
" love affair? His obsesssion with death? His "leap of Faith", hi
s cynicism, his marvellous sense of humour-how do you put all that into one man?
For starter, you read KIERKEGAARD FOR BEGINNERS. It explains, plainly and simply, the grat Danish thinker's obsession wi
th the particularity of human existence as well as his demonstration of how the
creation of an authentic new kind of individual is possible.</td><td>&
nbsp;</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,
CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3197-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Food for
Beginners</td><td>Susan George and Illustrated by Nigel Paige</td><td>2007</td>
<td>176</td><td>275.0000</td><td>This is not a cookbook. It contains f
ood for thought and the recipes of power.
800 million people live under the c
onstant threat of famine. Most are food producing peasants in the Third World.
The baffling question is: why are so many food producers, rather than we, their
consumer, the first to go hungry?
Susan George takes a cold, clear look at t
he facts and myths of food production, and provides answers. She consider its h
istory, from its origin 10,000 years ago to the Global Supermarket of today. Cl
iches and half-truths about over-population, climate and inefficient farming, us
ually given as the reason for Third World hunger, are discarded. She expose the
ruthless game of multinational agri-business, the methods of new Malthusianism
and neo-colonialism. She unmasks pious aid programmes and reveals the basis of
further exploitaiton.
FOOD FOR BEGINNERS is a di
sturbing book: the facts are grim, the picture bleak. But the wit, sheer logic
and force of this documentary comicbook, point beyond despair to justice.</p&
gt;</td><td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,MY,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA
,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3205-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Indian Ci
ties in Transition</td><td>Annapurna Shaw (Ed.)</td><td>2007</td><td>544</td><td
>1195.0000</td><td>Urban India ha
s been in transition for centuries but, perhaps, never more so than since the la
st decade of the twentieth century when the national economy was opened wide to
international trade and competition. Indian Cities in Transition seeks to unders
tand the nature of change that Indian cities are undergoing from a multidiscipli
nary perspective. There are seventeen essays in the volume encompassing the work
of urban planners, geographers, demographers, social anthropologists, economist
s and political scientists. They examine the processes of demographic, environm
ental, economic, political and social change and their impact on Indian cities.
Based on different aspects of change, the articles are categorised under five
sub-themes: globalisation and urban restructuring; environmental impacts of lib
eralisation; economic dimensions of the post-1990s reforms; political economy of
change in the planning and management of Indian cities; and, liberalisation and
its micro-level impacts.</td><td><div style="text-align: just
ify">Annapurna Shaw is an urban geographer and is cur
rently Professor in the Regional Development Group at the Indian Institute of Ma

nagement, Kolkata. She has taught at the University of Kentucky, Arizona State U
niversity, the Aarhus School of Business, Denmark, and the University of Copenha
gen. She is the author of The Making of Navi Mumbai.</div></td><td>World</
<td>978-81-250-3142-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>In the Tr
acks of the Mahatma: The Making of a Documentary</td><td>A.K. Chettiar, A.R.Venk
atachalapathy (Ed.), S. Thillainayagam (Tr.)</td><td>2006</td><td>172</td><td>5
95.0000</td><td>In 1937, a 26-yea
r-old Indian aboard a ship sailing from New York to Dublin, decided to make a do
cumentary on the life of Mahatma Gandhi. Over the next few years he travelled so
me 100,000 miles collecting 50,000 feet of film footage, with the expectation an
d then the outbreak of the Second World War jeopardising his search. The footage
had been shot by about a hundred different cameramen over three decades across
four continents. In 1940, he edited this into a 12,000 feet documentary. It was
released with Tamil commentary, and shortly after, with a Telugu voice-over. Fea
ring government repression, the film then went into hiding. On 15 August 1947, t
he film was screened in New Delhi as celebrations rent the air. A few years late
r, in 1953, he re-edited the film with English commentary in Hollywood and scree
ned in the USA. In the Tracks of the Mahatma is the story of the making of this
documentary in the words of the man who achieved this stupendous task: A.K. Chet
tiar.
The Series: Gandhi Studies aspires to examine and elucidate the relati
onship between life and thought, between experiment and practice, and between Ga
ndhiji and the institutions he founded and the experiments he inspired. Biograph
ical studies of Gandhiji and his associates, histories of institutions and ideas
, along with translations of scholarly and memoir literature from various Indian
languages would form part of this endeavour. This series is committed to no one
fixed way of understanding Gandhiji; it hopes like Gandhiji himself to be deepl
y dialogic. </td><td>A.R. Venkatachalapathy is a s
ocial historian. He is Professor, Madras Institute of Development Studies, Chenn
ai. S. Thillainayagam is Professor, Dept of English, Manonma
niam Sundaranar University, Tirunelveli.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td
>
<td>978-81-250-3158-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Reframing
Masculinities</td><td>Radhika Chopra</td><td>2007</td><td>214</td><td>620.0000<
/td><td>This book is an edited volume in the area of masculinity studie
s, which is a growing area of study. Masculinity studies have so far focused on
men in western societies and on gay masculinity. This book looks specifically at
the Indian context and importantly, it studies masculinity in the context of de
velopment studies. The contributors of this book have studied men across India w
ho work towards achieving a more gender-equal society.</td><td><b&g
t;Radhika Chopra teaches at the Department of Sociology, University of
Delhi and in the course of her research and teaching has addressed issues of ge
nder and masculinity, with a focus on South Asia. She has written extensively on
the subject and her articles and essays have been published in anthologies and
international journals. </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3049-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Harilal G
andhi: A Life</td><td>C.B. Dalal, Translator: Tridip Suhrud</td><td>2007</td><t
d>324</td><td>850.0000</td><td>&l
t;strong>Harilal Gandhi, the eldest son of Mohandas and Kastur
ba Gandhi, is a mysterious, fascinating figure. Paradoxically, Harilal has also
been the subject of much speculation in recent times. Chandulal Bhagubhai Dalals
life of Harilal Gandhi is the only full-length biography available on him. It re
constructs a life from letters, family records and archives of the Sabarmati Ash
ram, and old files of newspapers.


published, un-published and archival material available on Harilal Gandhi. 
</td><td>Chandulal Bhagubhai Dalal (1899 -1980) participated
in the Salt Satyagraha and the Quit India movement and was imprisioned in the ye
ars 1930 and 1942. As the director of the Gandhi Smarak Sanghrahalaya, he creat
ed the foundation of the present day archives at the Sabarmati Ashram, Ahmedabad
. He also wrote a five part History of the satyagraha in South Africa.&nbsp
;<div> </div><div>Tridip Suhrud 
has translated non fiction from English into Gujrati and Gujarati into English.
He is at present translating into English a four part biography of Gandhiji wri
tten by Narayan Desai. He is associated with the activities of the Sabarmati As
hram Preservation and Memorial Trust, Ahmedabad.</div></td><td>World</td><
<td>978-81-250-3228-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Yuganta<
/td><td>Irawati Karve</td><td>2007</td><td>224</td><td>395.0000</td><td><p&gt
;Yuganta studies the principal, mythical-heroic fig
ures of the Mahabharata from historical, anthropological and secular perspective
s. The usually venerated characters of this ancient Indian epic are here subject
ed to a rational enquiry that places them in context, unravels their hopes and f
ears, and imbues them with wholly human motives, thereby making their stories re
levant and astonishing to contemporary readers.
Irawati Karve, thus, presents
a delightful collection of essays, scientific in spirit, yet appreciative of th
e literary tradition of the Mahabharata. She challenges the familiar and formula
tes refreshingly new interpretations, all the while refusing to judge harshly or
venerate blindly.</td><td>Irawati Karve (19051970)
was born in Burma and educated in Pune. A Masters degree in Sociology from Bombay
in 1928 and a Doctoral degree in Anthropology from Berlin in 1930 marked the on
set of a long and distinguished career of pioneering research. She wrote in both
English and Marathi, on academic subjects as well as on topics of general inter
est, and thus commanded an enviably wide circle of readership. Whether through h
er Hindu Society: An Interpretation, a scholarly treatise in English, or through
Yuganta: The End of an Epoch, her study in Marathi of the characters and societ
y in the Mahabharata, we obtain ample illustration of the range and quality of I
rawati Karves mind.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3238-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mahabhar
ata: An Inquiry in the Human Condition, The</td><td>Chaturvedi Badrinath</td><td
>2007</td><td>704</td><td>675.0000</td><td>The book is a collection of
papers presented at the 13th Triennial conference of the Association of Commonwe
alth Literature and Language Studies (ACLALS), held in 2004 in Hyderabad. The es
says examine the swiftly changing connotations of nation in todays global world.
The contributors to the volume come from different parts of the world, and this
makes the collection a truly cross-cultural attempt to re-examine nationalism an
d understand its complex negotiations in the present. The title Nation in Imagin
ation points to the shaping influence of narratives in the shifting contours of
the concept of nation. </td><td>Chaturvedi Badrinath</b&gt
; is a philosopher and was a member of the Indian Administrative Service between
1957 and 1989. Badrinath has been Homi Bhabha Fellow (197173) and Visiting Profe
ssor at Heidelberg University (1971), where he gave a series of seminars on dhar
ma and its application to our times. His other books include Dharma, India and t
he World Order: Twenty-one Essays (1993); Introduction to the Kamasutra (1999);
Finding Jesus in Dharma: Christianity in India (2000); and Swami Vivekananda: Th
e Living Vedanta (2006). </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2707-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Decentral
isation and Local Governance</td><td>L.C. Jain (Ed.)</td><td>2004</td><td>568</
td><td>1095.0000</td><td>This is a collection of 20 essays, dedicated
to Dr George Mathew, by eminent scholars and academics on decentralised governa

nce and its importance in a globalising world. Based on emperical studies and p
aradigms of developed and developing countries, it has an overarching focus on
Indias panchayati raj institutions. The Seventy third constitution Amendment Act
of 1992, by making PRIs mandatory, was a historic move towards deepening democ
racy and advancing development through decentralisation. Decentralisation progr
ammes in other countries (e.g S.Africa and Pakistan ) are also reviewed. The bo
ok offers a comprehensive account of development and governance at the grassroo
ts through a broad canvas of multiperspective and interdisciplinary presentati
ons.</td><td>L.C.Jain (editor) is an eminent Gandhi
an thinker and specialist on panchayati raj. He is author and editor of sever
al publication including Grass without Roots. He was High Commission to S.Afric
a and Member, Planning Commisison of India, and was conferred the Magsaysay Awa
rd for public service in 1989.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
nvironmental Challenges: Transitions to a Sustainable World</td><td>James Gustav
e Speth</td><td>2004</td><td>316</td><td>655.0000</td><td>This book wil
l change the way we understand the future of our planet. It is both alarming and
hopeful. James Gustave Spetch, renowned as a visionary environmentalist leader,
warns that in spite of all the international negotiations and agreements of the
past two decades, efforts to protect Earth's environment are not succeeding
. Still, he says, the challenges are not insurmountable. He offers environmental
threats around the world.
The author explains why current approaches to crit
ical global environmental problemsClimate change, biodiversity loss, deterioratio
n of marine environments, deforestation, water shortages, and othersdon't wor
k now and won't work in the future. He provides a stinging critique of the f
ailure of U.S. leadership and offers intriguing insights into why the U.S. has b
een able to address domestic environmental threats with some success while large
ly failing at the international level. Setting forth eight specific steps to a s
ustainable future, Speth convincingly argues that dramatically different and far
-reaching actions by citizens and governments are now urgent. If ever a book cou
ld be described as "essential", this is it.</td><td> </
td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
.</div></td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,MV,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2660-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Nietzsch
e for Beginners</td><td>Marc Sautet</td><td>2004</td><td>192</td><td>295.0000</t
d><td>Not only does Nietzsche for Beginners</strong&gt
; delve into the scandalous life and considerable works of Friedrich Nietzsche,
it also gives a clear picture of the puzzling time in which he lived. We meet th
e Luminaries of the dayRichard Wagner, Bismarck, Frued, and Darwin, and see their
influence on his work.</td><td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,ID,SG
,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2661-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Garcia M
arquez for Beginners</td><td>Mariana Solanet</td><td>2004</td><td>200</td><td>29
5.0000</td><td>Nober Prize-winner Gabriel Garcia Marquez is Latin Ameri
cas most powerful literary symbol. In three decades, his novel One Hundred Years
of Solitude has sold over twenty million copies in more that thirty languages, t
o become the most famous and widely-read novel in Spanish since Cervantes Don Qui
xote. Garcia Marquez for Beginners introduces read
ers to the man and his magical realism a style that expresses Latin American life
and culture in many different layers of human perception.</td><td>&nbs
p;</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS<
<td>978-81-250-2662-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Marilyn
for Beginners</td><td>Kathryn Hyatt</td><td>2004</td><td>164</td><td>275.0000</t
d><td>In Marilyn for Beginners, Marilyn sp
eaks for herselfto her psychologist, to a reporter, and ultimately to the reader
of this book. Marilyn's story begins with her childhood, made easy and insec
ure by her unstable mother. She then traces her rise to stardom, progressing thr
ough the murky realities of the Hollywood Dream Factory and the heavy price she
paid for fame and fortune. Marilyn also discusses her life achievements and her
struggle to reclaim her personality and to be her own person.</td><td>
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY
,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2696-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Krishna</
td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao</td><td>2005</td><td>168</td><td>995.0000</td><td>&l
t;p>A retelling of the story of Krishna, drawing
from the puranas, folk tales and legends. Krishna means the dark one; it also
means the one who attracts us to him. Divine, at the same time endearingly huma
n, Krishna is at once the beloved child, the stealer of hearts, the loyal friend
, the astute stalesman, the king, the valiant hero.
This retelling in by Shan
ta Rameshwar Rao is simple enough to be understood by young readers, and evocati
ve and thought provoking enough for adults.
The author tells the story in such a way that we are both moved and cha
rmed. There is a sense of the Divine here, at the same time, the retelling make
s it very relevant to contemporary life.
The book includes 16 paintings by th
e celebrated artist Bulbul Sharma. The line drawings are derived from the Sanjh
i motifs of Vraj.
</td><td>Shanta Rameshwar Rao&am
p;nbsp;(19242015) wrote and told stories for most of her life. For her, story-tel
ling was as natural as breathing; she believed that stories emerged from deep wi
thin and that in the telling and writing, they changed both teller and listener.
She wrote for children and adults, and indeed her works have been enjoyed by pe
ople of all ages. She is best known for her retelling of Indian myths and legend
s. Her wide repertoire includes books like Tales of Ancient I
ndia (translated into several languages), The Bulb
uls Ruby Nose-ring, Seethu, Bekanna and the Musical
Mice, ChathuThe Elephant Boy (
co-authored with Karoor Nilakanta Pillai), In Worship of Shiv
a, and her retelling of the Mahabharata&a
mp;nbsp;(now used as essential course material in story-telling cours
es in universities in the UK). Her novel,&nbsp
;Children of God, was published to critical acclaim. She wa
s invited by the Sahitya Akademi to write on the life and teachings of Jiddu Kri
shnamurti.
<td>978-81-250-2638-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Wages
of Impunity: Power, Justice and Human Rights</td><td>K G Kannabiran</td><td>200
4</td><td>382</td><td>895.0000</td><td>The Wages of Impun
ity consists of essays on human rights and civil liberties in Ind
ia. Reiterating the indispensability of fundamental rights, the essays focus on
aspects such as secularism, socialism, and the right to life, liberty, free spee
ch and association. Using the Constitution as the point of departure, the author
opens up the complexity of rights through incisive analyses of case law on each
of these aspects.</td><td>K G Kannabiran is a prac
ticing lawyer since 1961. He was president of the Andhra Pradesh Civil Liberties
Committee from 1978 to 1994. He was elected national president of the Peoples Un
ion for Civil Liberties in 1994 and continues in the position.</td><td>World</td
<td>978-81-250-2476-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Vishva Hi
ndu Parishad and Indian Politics</td><td>Manjari Katju</td><td>2003</td><td>196<
ng>Vishva Hindu Parishad and Indian Politics provides a detail
ed historical account of the VHP, one of the leading organisations in the Hindut
va movement, focusing on its transformation from a loosely-knit body of Hindus a
imed at preserving and promoting Hindu dharma, into a mass organisation actively
involved in mobilising the urban middle classes, service professionals and reli
gious leaders for the creation and promotion of a strong Hindu nation. Rich in e
mpirical data, the book contains extensive quotations from fifty interviews carr
ied out for this study, including those with central figures in the VHP such as
Praveen Togadia and Ashok Singhal and members of related organisations.</p&gt
;</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Manjari Katj
u, Lecturer, Department of Political Science, University of Hyderabad.
</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2597-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Kuttieda
thi and Other Stories</td><td>M T Vasudevan Nair</td><td>2004</td><td>204</td><t
d>350.0000</td><td>Kuttiedathi and Other Stories</stro
ng> is a careful collection of ten short stories. This collection brings toge
ther some of the most well known stories of M T Vasudevan Nair, fairly represent
ative of his literary works. Written over a broad span of time from 1962 to 2000
, the stories collected here reflect the built-in variety of his fictional conce
rns and the changing tones of his narration.</td><td><div style=&qu
ot;text-align: justify">M T Vasudevan Nair is a renow
ned Malayalam author and winner of the Jnanpith award for literature (1995). He
is also among Kerala's most popular scriptwriters and directors of mainstrea
m cinema. Nair scripted, produced and directed his debut film Nirmalayam, which
won the President's Gold Medal in 1973.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Ge
neral Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2502-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Recipes
of the Jaffna Tamils</td><td>Nesa Eliezer (Ed.)</td><td>2003</td><td>164</td><td
>325.0000</td><td>The Tamils of t
he north and east of Sri Lanka have a distinct cuisine which reflects their geog
raphy and their resourcefulness in the use of the products of their harsh lands.
This compilation of recipes of the Jaffna Tamils is a tribute to that tradition
. Rani Thangarajah collected these from her own family recipes and from Tamil w
omen who maintain the spirit of Tamil cooking wherever they go. Grandmothers, mo
thers and aunts are always silently remembered in collections such as this one.
The recipes were collected in Tamil. They have been translated and edited by Nes
a Eliezer. Encouraged by a first hand knowledge of these recipes from her Tamil
heritage in Malaysia, and a keen interest in the cultural traditions of the Indi
an sub-continent, especially of the Tamils, Nesa Eliezer has brought to this col
lection an understanding of the need to record and remember these precious recip
es for the women of the Tamil diaspora.</td><td><div style="te
xt-align: justify">Nesa
Eliezer (Ed.), is a freelance writer and contributes to w
ide variety of magazines.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2496-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Guja
rat Carnage</td><td>Asghar Ali Engineer (Ed.)</td><td>2003</td><td>476</td><td>7
95.0000</td><td>This book is a co
mpilation of articles, editorial, investigative reports, surveys, memoranda and
other significant material on the Gujarat carnage.
The final report of the Human Rights Commission (that took a direct interest for
the first time, of its own accord, in communal violence) is included in it. Use
ful material and information will be found in it by future researchers, academic
s and lay readers. As the specific event of the grim year are blurred and glosse
d over by other issues and by time, it is important to have such a compilation t
hat preserves the lessons learnt in one of the most horrifying and ominous perio
ds in Indias modern history.</td><td><div style="text-align: ju
stify">Asghar Ali Engineer (Ed.) occupies a unique po
sition among scholars of Islam and of Muslims in India, and among teachers and a
ctivists working for the cause of communal harmony in the nation.</div></t
d><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
Nature: The World Bank and Struggles for Social Justice in the Age of Globaliza
tion</td><td>Michael Goldman</td><td>2006</td><td>384</td><td>620.0000</td><td>&
lt;p>Why is the World Bank so successful? How has it gained power even at mom
ents in history when it seemed likely to fall? This pathbreaking book is the fir
st close examination of the inner workings of the Bank, the foundations of its a
chievements, its propensity for intensifying the problems it intends to cure, an
d its remarkable ability to take criticism and extend its own reach.
Michael
Goldman takes us inside World Bank headquarters in Washington, D. C., and then t
o Bank project sites around the globe. He explains how projects funded by the Ba
nk really work and why community activists struggle against the World Bank and i
ts brand of development. Goldman looks at recent ventures in areas such as the e
nvironment, human rights, and good governance and reveals how despite its poor t
rack record the World Bank has acquired greater authority and global power than
ever before.
The book sheds new light on the World Banks role in increasing gl
obal inequalities and considers why it has become the central target for anti-gl
obalization movements worldwide. For anyone concerned about globalization and so
cial justice, Imperial Nature is essential reading.</td><td>M
ichael Goldman is associate professor of sociology at the University o
f Minnesota and is affiliated with its Institute for Global Studies.</td><td>IN,
PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
g of Southern Karnataka : Society, Polity and Culture in the Early Medieval Peri
od, AD 400-1030</td><td>Malini Adiga</td><td>2005</td><td>464</td><td>1005.0000<
/td><td>Southern Karnataka emerged as a re
gional entity between the fourth and eleventh centuries AD. Although interest in
the nature of early medieval states and their social formations has defined muc
h historical research since the 1970s, studies have, until now, been limited to
clarifying only the political-dynastic history of the region.
In this path-br
eaking new study, Malini Adiga reveals the political, social and cultural featur
es that characterised the region. Its distinct identity is explored by examining
the processes that created this political and cultural entity: the various soci
al strata, the nature of the socio-political structure, the developments in the
field of religion, and the manner in which the early medieval state patronised a
nd utilised the various religious cults and sects to legitimise itself. Based on
an extensive analysis of the inscriptions from the region and period under stud
y, this book also drwas on the region's literary sources to explain its char
acteristic social ethos. Exhaustively researched, carefully analysed and richly
descriptive, this book is essential reading for all those interested in early me
dieval Karnataka.</td><td>Malini Adiga is currently
a University Grants Commission Post-Doctoral Fellow at the Department of Histor
y, Mangalore University. She earned her doctorate from Jawaharlal Nehru Universi
ty in 1996 for her thesis "Society and Religion in Southern Karnataka in th
e Early Medieval Period". She was awarded a post-doctoral research fellowsh
ip by the Indian Council for Historical Research for the Project "Women and
Kinship in Early Medieval Karnataka". She presented the papers entitled &q
uot;Gavundas: Landlords and Officers" and "Dharmashastras, Dravidian K
inship and Female Inheritance in Medieval Karnataka" at the Indian History
Congress sessions in Bangalore (1997) and Mysore (2003) respectively. She is als
o the author of a book in Kannada, Sivalli Brahmanas: A Historical Analysis of t
heir Origins (Shivalli Pratishthan, 2001).</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</
td>
<td>978-81-250-2845-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Trafficki
ng in Women and Children in India</td><td>ISS, NHRC, UNIFEM</td><td>2005</td><td
>788</td><td>1995.0000</td><td>This book presents the research findings
of Action Research on Trafficking in Women and Children</stron
g> in India (ARTWAC) that involved the United Nations Development Fund for Wo
men, the National Human Rights Commission and the Institute of Social Sciences.
Through a human rights perspective, the first section of this book analyses the
data generated by ARTWAC and gives detailed recommendations for better judicial
interventions, law enforcement and community participation in anti-trafficking s
trategies. The second section contains a rich collection of case studies, giving
an on-ground picture of how exploiters have little or no respect for the rights
of trafficking victims.</td><td>The study was conducted by the Instit
ute of Social Sciences and co-ordinated by the National Human Rights Commission
under United Nation's Development Fund for Women's anti-trafficking prog
ramme.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2846-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Mahab
harata: An Inquiry in the Human Condition</td><td>Chaturvedi Badrinath</td><td>2
quot;>This book is a scholarly treatise on the subject of Indian philosophy a
nd is also written by one of its foremost and most well-known proponents.
Cha
turvedi Badrinath shows that the Mahabharata is the
most systematic inquiry into the human condition. Badrinath shows that the conc
erns of the Mahabharata are the concerns of everyday lifeof dharma, artha, kama an
d moksha.
This book dispels several false claims about what is today known a
s Hinduism to show us how individual liberty and knowledge, freedom, equality, and
the celebration of love, friendship and relationships are integral to the philo
sophy of the Mahabharata, because they are integral to human life.
What sets
this book apart from others is that Badrinath has used more than 500 Sanskrit sh
lokas, which he has translated himself to illustrate his arguments. Secondly, hi
s approach to Hindu philosophy is one based in humanism, rather than in divisive
politics.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">&l
t;b>Chaturvedi Badrinath is a philosopher and was a member of the I
ndian Administrative Service between 1957 and 1989. Badrinath has been Homi Bhab
ha Fellow (197173) and Visiting Professor at Heidelberg University (1971), where
he gave a series of seminars on dharma and its application to our times. His oth
er books include Dharma, India and the World Order: Twenty-one Essays (1993); In
troduction to the Kamasutra (1999); Finding Jesus in Dharma: Christianity in Ind
ia (2000); and Swami Vivekananda: The Living Vedanta (2006).</div></td><td

<td>978-81-250-2895-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dalit Vi
sions</td><td>Gail Omvedt</td><td>2006</td><td>120</td><td>375.0000</td><td>Dalit Visions explores and critiques the sensi
bility which equates Indian tradition with Hinduism, and Hinduism with Brahmanis
m; which considers the Vedas as the foundational texts of Indian culture and dis
covers within the Aryan heritage the essence of Indian civilisation. It shows th
at even secular minds remain imprisoned within this Brahmanical vision, and the
language of secular discourse is often steeped in a Hindu ethos. The tract looks
at alternative traditions, nurtured within dalit movements, which have question
ed this way of looking at Indian society and its history. While seeking to under
stand the varied dalit visions that have sought to alter the terms of the domina
nt order, this tract persuades us to reconsider our ideas, listen to those voice
s which we often refuse to hear and understand the visions which seek to change
the world in which dalits live.</td><td>Gail Omvedt
is a scholar-activist working with new social movements, especially women's
groups and farmers' organizations. A Ph.D from the University of California
, she has been a citizen of India since 1982. She has been actively involved in
anti-caste campaigns since the 1970s. Her academic writings include several book
s and articles on class, caste and gender issues, most recenlty Reinventing Revo
lution: New Social Movements in India (1993) and Dalits and the Democratic Revol
ution (1994). She is a consulting sociologist on gender, environment and rural d
evelopment and lives in Kasegaon in southern Maharashtra.</td><td>World</td><td>
General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2899-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Heidegge
r for Beginners</td><td>Eric Lemay & Jennifer A Pitts</td><td>2005</td><td>1
18</td><td>275.0000</td><td>The German philosopher Martin Heidegger is
one of the most revolutionary thinkers in the History of Western Philospophy.Hei
degger For Beginners serves as a simple introduction to Heidegger's comple
x central ideas like -Being ,Nothingness, Care,Existense etc. This book situates
Heidegger's thought within a philosophical and historical context-alongside
such thinkers as Plato,Descartes,Kant,Nietzsche and Sartre.
The books in thi
s series deal with a vast and diverse range of subjectshistory, philosophy, curre
nt events, visual arts, music, literature, culture studies and science. For Begi
nners offers inquisitive readers intelligent, accessible introductions to the ma
jor thinkers and ideas of our time. These complex subjects are presented with cl
arity and simplicity. The books are reader-friendly: comic strips, photographs,
cartoons, illustrations etc. are used creatively, to both convey information and
to comment on the subjects.</td><td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,
MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2900-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bukowski
for Beginners</td><td>Carlos Polimeni</td><td>2005</td><td>156</td><td>275.0000
</td><td>Bukowski for Beginners,evaluates
the life and literary achievements of the 'cult writer' whose voice of d
issidence and discontent is still being heard and appreciated by readers worldwi
de.

The books in this series deal with a vast and diverse range of subjectsh
istory, philosophy, current events, visual arts, music, literature, culture stud
ies and science. For Beginners offers inquisitive readers intelligent, accessibl
e introductions to the major thinkers and ideas of our time. These complex subje
cts are presented with clarity and simplicity. The books are reader-friendly: co
mic strips, photographs, cartoons, illustrations etc. are used creatively, to bo
th convey information and to comment on the subjects.
</td><td>Carlos Polimeni,novelist,short-story writer,poet and
journalist was one of the most unconventional writer and cultural critic of the
twentieth century.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,L
B,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2901-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Gestalt
for Beginners</td><td>Sergio Sinay</td><td>2005</td><td>176</td><td>275.0000</td
><td>Gestalt is a German word meaning form or shape. Gestalt Therapy t
akes a holistic approach to healing and personal growth.It is a form of experien
tial psychology that focusses on the elements of the here and now .The purpose o
f Gestalt Therapy is to teach people to work through and complete unresolved pro
blems.Clients learn to follow their own ongoing process and to fully experience,
accept and appreciate their complete selves.Gestalt for Beginners details the bi
rth of the therapy,investigates the complex life of its creator Fitz Peris,and
describes his revolutionary techniques.The author also demonstrates why Gestalt
Therapy is an ideal approach to self-affirmation and personal growth. The books
in this series deal with a vast and diverse range of subjectshistory, philosophy,
current events, visual arts, music, literature, culture studies and science. Fo
r Beginners offers inquisitive readers intelligent, accessible introductions to
the major thinkers and ideas of our time. These complex subjects are presented w
ith clarity and simplicity.</td><td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,M
Y,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2902-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Garcia L
orca for Beginners</td><td>Luis Martinez Cuitino</td><td>2005</td><td>172</td><t
d>275.0000</td><td>Lorca was one of the most influential and talented m
embers of the avant-garde movement of his generation.His chilling and compellin
g drama Blood Wedding established him as the dramatist who revived Spanish-speak
ing theatre.Garcia Lorca for Beginners analyses Lorca's work within the cont
ext of his life-a life filled with passion and drama.
The books in this serie
s deal with a vast and diverse range of subjectshistory, philosophy, current even
ts, visual arts, music, literature, culture studies and science. For Beginners o
ffers inquisitive readers intelligent, accessible introductions to the major thi
nkers and ideas of our time. These complex subjects are presented with clarity a
nd simplicity. The books are reader-friendly: comic strips, photographs, cartoon
s, illustrations etc. are used creatively, to both convey information and to com
ment on the subjects.</td><td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,MY,ID,S
G,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
ties.

ions.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
Geoffrey Da
, National Centre for the Arts. </div></td><td>World</td><td>Ge
neral Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3683-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Shant
i Sena : Philosophy, History And Action</td><td>Thomas Weber</td><td>2009</td><t
d>304</td><td>785.0000</td><td>The recent large-scale communal disturba
nces in India have prompted some older Gandhians to voice the opinion that the t
ime may have come to reactivate the Shanti Sena, Mahatma Gandhis Peace Army, that
did impressive work in promoting communal harmony between the late 1950s and the
mid-1970s.
Although the idea of a Shanti Sena w
as considered to be of fundamental importance by Gandhi, he had little success i
n setting it up in his lifetime. It took the foresight and efforts of Vinoba Bha
ve and Jayaprakash Narayan, and the organising ability of Narayan Desai. The his
tory of this peace army that they brought into life and directed is not only an
inspiring one, it is also important, given the rise in sectarian violence in Ind
ia and the recent growth of international peace teams that looks to the Sena for
motivation and guidance.
Sena members worked in conflict resolution at the g
rassroots level and undertook peace missions during riots, convinced dacoits to
turn themselves into authorities , carried out relief work following wars, exper
imented with nonviolent defence, conducted nonviolence training camps and even p
layed a role in unarmed peacekeeping work in the international sphere.
Relyin
g on interviews with key participants and archival material, this thought-provok
ing work contributes greatly to the study of a unique experiment in practical no
nviolence. This is the first study of its kind that has chronicled in such detai
l the activities and history of the Shanti Sena during its most active years, an
d discussed the prospects for its reinvigoration.</td><td>&lt
;b>Thomas Weber teaches Politics and peace Studies at La Trobe Uni
veristy, Melbourne. He has been researching and writing about Gandhis life, thou
ght and legacy for a quarter of a century, and has traveled extensively in India
. His major Gandhi related publications include: Gandhi, Gandhism and the Gandh
ians (2006), Gandhi as Disciple and Mentor (2004/2007), Nonviolent Intervention
Across Borders: A Recurrent vision (edited with Yeshua Moser-Puangsuwan, 2000),
On the Salt March: The Historiography of Gandhis March to Dandi (1997), Gandh
is Peace Army: The Shanti Sena and Unarmed Peacekeeping (1996) and Hugging the T
rees: The Story of the Chipko Movement(1988). He lives in t
he wooded hills on the outskirts of Melbourne with his wife and child.
<td>978-81-250-3685-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Out of t
he East: Spices and the Medieval Imagination</td><td>Paul Freedman</td><td>2009<
/td><td>288</td><td>565.0000</td><td>The demand for spices in medieval
Europe was extravagant and was reflected in the pursuit of fashion, the formatio
n of taste, and the growth of luxury trade. It is inspired geographical and comm
ercial exploration, as traders pursued such common spices as pepper and cinnamon
and rarer aromatic products, including ambergris and musk. Ultimately, the spic
e quest led to imperial missions that were to change world history.
This enga
ging book explores the demand for spices: why were they so popular, and why so e
xpensive? Paul Freedman surveys the history, geography, economics, and culinary
tastes of the Middle Ages to uncover the surprisingly varied ways that spices we
re put to use- in elaborate medieval cuisine, in the treatment of disease, for t
he promotion of well-being, and to perfume important ceremonies of the Church. S
pices became symbols of beauty, affluence, taste, and grace, Freedman shows, and
their expense and fragrance drove the engines of commerce and conquest at the d
awn of the modern era.</td><td>Paul Freedman is Che
ster D. Tripp Professor of History, Yale University. His previous books include
Images of the Medieval Peasant and The Origins of Peasant Servitude in Medieval
Catalonia.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
t;
history of colonialism.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
The bulk of
ey.
Cambridge Anthropology</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>General B
ooks</td>
<td>978-81-250-3534-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Intekhab
-A-Adab (a Urdu anthology of poetry and prose)</td><td>Urdu Textbook Committee
, Dr B R Ambedkar Marathwada University</td><td>2007</td><td>144</td><td>110.000
0</td><td>Intekhab-A-Adab is an anthology
of Urdu prose and poetry and a prescribed textbook for undergraduate courses of
Urdu in Dr Babasaheb Ambedkar Marathwada University.</td><td>This anth
ology has been compiled and edited by the Urdu Textbook Committee of Dr Babasahe
b Ambedkar Marathwada University, Aurangabad. </td><td>World</td><td>General Boo
ks</td>
<td>978-81-250-3514-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Women of
the Mahabharata, The: The Question of Truth</td><td>Chaturvedi Badrinath</td><t
d>2008</td><td>288</td><td>575.0000</td><td>In the stories where the Ma
habharata speaks of life, women occupy a central place. In living what life brin
gs to them, the women of the Mahabharata show, that
the truth in which one must live, is however, not a simple thing; nor can there
be any one absolute statement about it. Each one of them, in her own way, is a
teacher to mankind as to what truth and goodness in their many dimensions are.
The twelve women of the Mahabharata whose life stories make up this book, rang
e from Shakuntala, Savitri and Damayanti who are known only in sketches; from Su
labha, Suvarchala, Uttara Disha, Madhavi and Kapoti who are hardly known, and fi
nally to Draupadi, known widely but frozen in popular culture and writing in two
or three standard clichéd images. 
The women of the Mahabharata are incarnate
in the women of today. To read the stories of their relation-ships is to read t
he stories of our relationships. They demand from the men of today the same refl
ection on their perceptions, attitudes, and pretensions too, as they did from th
e men in their lives, and equally often from other men full of pretensions, even
if they were kings and sages.
Badrinaths ability to combine respect and love
and to write with impressive scholarship and grace will unforgettably transform
our experience of reading the Mahabharata.
</td><td>Chaturvedi Badrinath is a philosopher and was a memb
er of the Indian Administrative Service between 1957 and 1989. Badrinath has bee
n Homi Bhabha Fellow (197173) and Visiting Professor at Heidelberg University (19
71), where he gave a series of seminars on dharma and its application to our tim
es. His other books include Dharma, India and the World Order: Twenty-one Essays
(1993); Introduction to the Kamasutra (1999); Finding Jesus in Dharma: Christia
nity in India (2000); Swami Vivekananda: The Living Vedanta (2006) and The Mahab
harata: An Inquiry in the Human Condition (2006).</td><td>World</td><td>General
Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3481-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>In the P
resence of Sai Baba: Body, City and Memory in a Global Religious Movement</td><t
d>Smriti Srinivas</td><td>2008</td><td>424</td><td>750.0000</td><td>&lt
;strong>The Sai Baba movement, centred on the Indian guru Sath
ya Sai Baba (b.1926), today attracts a global following from Japan to South Afri
ca. Regarded as a divine incarnation, Sathya Sai Baba traces his genealogy to Sh
irdi Sai Baba (d.1918), a mendicant in colonial India identified with various Su
fi and devotional traditions. The movement, thus, has its roots in Shirdi Sai Baba
.
However, in the process of going global, it has developed conjunctions wit
h other religious traditions, New Religious Movements, and New Age ideas. This b
ook offers an account of the Sai Baba movement as a pathway for charting the var
ied cartographies, sensory formations, and cultural memories implicated in urban
ization and globalization. It traverses the terrain between social theories for
the study of religion and cities themselves a product of modernityand the radical,
creative, and unexpected modernity of contemporary religious movements. It is b
ased on ethnographic research carried out in India, Kenya, and the United States
of America. </td><td>Smriti Srinivas (Ph.D in Soci
ology, Delhi School of Economics, Delhi University) is Associate Professor of An
thropology, University of California, Davis. She is the author of The Mouths of
People, the Voice of God: Buddhists and Muslims in a Frontier Community of Ladak
h (1998), and Landscapes of Urban Memory: The Sacred and the Civic in Indias Hi-T
ech City (2001). Her research interests are in urban cultures, social memory, cu
ltures of the body, and religion. </td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>General
Books</td>
</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3430-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Caste an
d Dalit Lifeworlds: Postcolonial Perspectives</td><td>Debjani Ganguly</td><td>20
08</td><td>300</td><td>575.0000</td><td>Caste and Dalit L
ifeworlds attempts to come to terms with the presence of caste in
late modern India by asking two questions: How do we read caste today? Why is
it no longer enough to brand caste as pre-modern and backward? The author argue
s that caste is less an essence responsible for Indias backwardness as an assemblag
e of a variety of secular and non-secular practices and affects that generate ev
eryday life in India, while being in a constant state of fluxsomething that canno
t be completely contained in a narrative of nation-building, modernization and d
evelopment. In order to illustrate the importance of reading caste in this lig
ht, she turns her archival and analytical focus on both caste Hindu and dalit li
terary, mythographic and religious texts. The attempt is not to endorse either
the caste-system or casteism, but to resist the reified ways in which caste cont
inues to figure in social, scientific and nation-building discources.
Ganguly
is in this work admirably cosmopolitan: she is at ease with different intellect
ual cultures, moving in sophisticated ways between the differect perspectives of
social science, Historiography, Subaltern studies, theorists of the aesthetic,
poststructuralism, postcolonialism. This is a very learned work, familiar with
many fields, interdisciplinary in relaxed attentive ways.
- John Docker,
Australian National University

Debjani Ganguly has chosen an intellectually
ambitious project, one that demands both archival and interpretational skills.
Her attention to caste as a social signtext, narrative, discoursestems from a des
ire, evidenced everywhere in her book to provide a language for the description
of caste identifications and behaviours as part of the dalit everyday. This is
an important move.
Homi K Bhabha, Anne F Rothenberg Professor of English and
Americal Literature, Harvard University</td><td>Debjani Gangu
ly is Head of the Humanities Research Centre in the Research School of
Humanities at the Australian National University. A literary and cultural hist
orian, she has published in the areas of postcolonial studies, global Anglophone
literatures, caste and dalit studies, cultural histories of mixed-race, Gandhi
and nonviolence and Indian literary criticism. Her recent publications are incl
ude Edward Said: The Legacy of a Public Intellectual (Melbourne University Press
, 2007) and Rethinking Gandhi and Nonviolent Relationality (Orient Blackswan and
Routledge, 2007)</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>General Books</td>
g Gandhi and Nonviolent Relationality: Global Perspectives</td><td>Debjani Gangu
ly and John Docker (Eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>372</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>&lt
;p>Conceived, debated and written in the shadow of our new wartorn millenniu
m, this work brings together an impressive and varied group of scholars across
the disciplinary divide to rethink Gandhis legacy and nonviolent ethics.</p&g
t; What traction do peace and Gandhi have in these violent times when
religious fundamentalisms of various kinds are competing with the arrogance an
d unilateralism of imperial capital? In what possible registers can Gandhian mo
ral vernaculars-ahimsa, stayagraha, sarvodaya-address the ravages of our contem
porary world? In rethinking Gandhis</strong&
gt; relevance in the new world order, the contributors approach Gandhi, not pur
ely as an Indian figure, but as an activist-thinker whose transcultural nonviolen
t ethics of the everyday eminently translates across a range of political sites
. The volume also gives us vignettes of Gandhis more eccentric aspects-his vege
tarianism, his fasts and medical practice, and his experiments in communal livi
ng. Without deifying Gandhi, the volume sensitively explores the sheer worldlin
ess and embodied nature of Gandhis thought, practice and legacy.</td><t
d>Debjani Ganguly is Head of the Humanities Researc

h Centre in the Research School of Humanities, Australian National University,
Canberra. She is literary and cultural historian and has published in the areas
of postcolonial studies, global Anglophone writing, theories of world literatu
re, caste and dalit studies, cultural histories of mixed race, the cosmopolitan
ism of Gandhian thought, and Indian literary criticism. Her recent publications
include Caste and Dalit Lifeworlds ( Orient Blackswan, 2005), Edward Said: The
Legacy of a public Intellectual (co-ed, MUP, 2007) and Pigments of the Imaginat
ion (Journal of Intercultural Studies, special issue, co-editor, 2007)</p&gt
; John Docker is Adjunct Professor in the Humaniti
es Research Centre, Australian National Univeristy, Canberra. Since the publica
tion of 1942: The Poetics of Diaspora (Continuum, 2001), he has researched and
written on monotheism and polytheism and most recently, ion genocide in relatio
n to the Enlightenment and to colonialism. He has recently published Is History
Fiction (University of Michigan press, 2005), co-authored with historian Ann C
urthoys, and The Origins of Violence.</td><td>IN,PK,LK,NP,BT,MV</td><
<td>978-81-250-3379-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Harilal
Gandhi: A Life</td><td>Chandulal Bhagubhai Dalal. Edited and Translated by Tridi
p Suhrud</td><td>2007</td><td>320</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Harilal Gandhi, the eldes
t son of Mohandas and Kasturba Gandhi, is a mysterious, fascinating figure. Para
doxically, Harilal has also been the subject of much speculation in recent times
. Chandulal Bhagubhai Dalals life of Harilal Gandhi is the only full-length biogr
aphy available on him. It reconstructs a life from letters, family records and a
rchives of the Sabarmati Ashram, and old files of newspapers.

published, un-published and archival material available on Harilal Gandhi.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Chandulal Bha
gubhai Dalal (1899 -1980) participated in the Salt Satyagraha and the
Quit India movement and was imprisioned in the years 1930 and 1942. As the direc
tor of the Gandhi Smarak Sanghrahalaya, he created the foundation of the present
day archives at the Sabarmati Ashram, Ahmedabad. He also wrote a five part Hist
ory of the satyagraha in South Africa. </div><div style="
ign: justify">Tridip Suhrud has translated non fictio
n from English into Gujrati and Gujarati into English. He is at present translat
ing into English a four part biography of Gandhiji written by Narayan Desai. He
is associated with the activities of the Sabarmati Ashram Preservation and Memor
ial Trust, Ahmedabad.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-3387-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dilli :
Pracheen Itihas (Hindi)</td><td>Upinder Singh (Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>296</td
><td>395.0000</td><td>This is the Hindi edition of Delhi&
lt;/strong>: Ancient History a collection of essays on Delhis ancient history
published by Social Science Press, New Delhi. This collection of essays has been
put together for a discipline centered course by an eminent historian for the s
econd year Honours students of Delhi University other than History Honours stude
nts. The maximum marks for this paper is 50 and the scores are supposed to be ad
ded to the main total of the student.
The readings of this book give us a gli
mpse of the lives of people who lived over the centuries in the Delhi area, and
how these details are pieced together by historians. The book also brings in to
focus the importance of the historians method and the sources of information foun
d in ancient texts, edicts and inscriptions, archaeology and even legends and fo
lklore, sometimes hanging on the thread of a slender historical fact.
This is
the first book in the series of three titles published by Orient BlackSwan for
concurrent courses of History of Delhi University. The other two in the pipeline
are:
Adhunik Bharat ka Sanskritic Itihas by Dilip M Menon - forthcoming
M
adhyakaleen Bharat ka Sanskritic Itihas by Meenakshi Khanna - under consideratio
n</td><td>Dr Upinder Singh teaches Ancient Indian H
istory in the department of History at University of Delhi. Her publications in
clude Kings, Brahmanas and Temples in Orissa: An Epigraphic Study (AD 300-1147),
The Discovery of Ancient India: Early Archaeologists and Beginings of Archaeolo
gy and Ancient Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1980-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>People,
Parks and Wildlife: Towards Co-Existence</td><td>Vasant Saberwal, Mahesh Rangara
jan and Ashish Kothari(Ed.s)</td><td>2001</td><td>156</td><td>275.0000</td><td>&
lt;p style="text-align: justify">The ideology of conservation in In
dia today faces a crisis. Nature lovers, photographers, tourists continue to flo
ck to the National Parks, hoping to see tigers in Ranthambor, lions in the Gir f
orests, and rare birds in Bharatpur. But smugglers and poachers, supported by po
liticians and business interests, sheltered by local communities, raid the prote
cted forests for valuable exports. This tract traces the roots of such problems
to the very ideology of conservation in India, and discusses its historical and
conceptual basis.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify&quot
;>Vasant Saberwal,former research associate at the Institu
te for Social and Economic Change, Bangalore. </div><div style
text-align: justify">Mahesh Rangarajan,Fellow of the
Nehru Memorial Museum and Library.</div><div style="text-align: ju
uot;>Ashish Kothari,founder-member of Kalpavriksh, a 20 ye
ar old environmental action group. He is currently coordinating the Technical an
d Policy Core Group to help formulate Indias National Biodiversity Strategy and A
ction Plan.</div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1979-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindi Na
tionalism</td><td>Alok Rai</td><td>2001</td><td>152</td><td>275.0000</td><td>&lt
;p>This tract looks at the politics of language in India through a study of t
he history of one languageHindi. It traces the tragic metamorphosis of this langu
age over the last century, from a creative, dynamic, popular language to a dead,
Sanskritised, dePersianised language manufactured by a self-serving upper caste
North Indian elite, nurturing hegemonic ambitions. From being a symbol of colle
ctive imagination it became a signifier of narrow sectarianism and regional chau
vinism. The tract shows how this transformation of the language was tied up wi
th the politics of communalism and regionalism.</td><td>Alok
Rai, currently teaching in the Humanities Department of IIT, Delhi. He
holds research degrees from the Universities of Oxford and London, and is wellknown as a critic and writer on comtemporary cultural matters.</td><td>World</td
Language For Beginners</td><td>Michelle Lowe</td><td>2000</td><td>208</td><td>39
5.0000</td><td>The documentary comic books of the For Beginners series
deal with complex and serious subjects. They attempt to untimidate and uncomplic
ate the great ideas and work of great thinkers. The movements and concepts dealt
with are placed in their historical, political and intellectual contexts. The b
ooks are painstakingly researched, humourouly written and enlivened with classic
comic-strip illustrations, photographs, paintings, etc. The range of subjects c
overed is truly vast and variedMalcom X and the New Age guru Castenanda, Shakespe
are and Foucault, Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel, Structuralism and Biolog
y.</td><td>Michelle Lowe</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,
MV,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</
td>
<td>978-81-250-1913-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Foucault
For Beginners</td><td>Lydia Alix FIllingham</td><td>2000</td><td>156</td><td>27
5.0000</td><td>The documentary comic books of the For Beginners series
deal with complex and serious subjects. They attempt to untimidate and uncomplic
ate the great ideas and work of great thinkers. The movements and concepts dealt
with are placed in their historical, political and intellectual contexts. The b
ooks are painstakingly researched, humourouly written and enlivened with classic
comic-strip illustrations, photographs, paintings, etc. The range of subjects c
overed is truly vast and variedMalcom X and the New Age guru Castenanda, Shakespe
are and Foucault, Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel, Structuralism and Biolog
y.</td><td>Lydia Alix FIllingham</td><td>IN,NP,BT,B
D,LK,PK,MV,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General
Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1914-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Freud Fo
r Beginners</td><td>Richard Osborne and Illustrated by Maurice Mechan</td><td>20
00</td><td>184</td><td>275.0000</td><td>The documentary comic books of
the For Beginners series deal with complex and serious subjects. They attempt to
untimidate and uncomplicate the great ideas and work of great thinkers. The mov
ements and concepts dealt with are placed in their historical, political and int
ellectual contexts. The books are painstakingly researched, humourouly written a
nd enlivened with classic comic-strip illustrations, photographs, paintings, etc
. The range of subjects covered is truly vast and variedMalcom X and the New Age
guru Castenanda, Shakespeare and Foucault, Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel,
Structuralism and Biology.</td><td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,M
V,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</t
d>
<td>978-81-250-1915-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Art For
Beginners</td><td>Dani Cavallard, Illustrated by Garline Vago-Hughes</td><td>200
0</td><td>192</td><td>295.0000</td><td>The documentary comic books of t
he For Beginners series deal with complex and serious subjects. They attempt to
untimidate and uncomplicate the great ideas and work of great thinkers. The move
ments and concepts dealt with are placed in their historical, political and inte
llectual contexts. The books are painstakingly researched, humourouly written an
d enlivened with classic comic-strip illustrations, photographs, paintings, etc.
The range of subjects covered is truly vast and variedMalcom X and the New Age g
uru Castenanda, Shakespeare and Foucault, Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel,
Structuralism and Biology.</td><td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV
,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td
>
<td>978-81-250-1916-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Derrida
For Beginners</td><td>Jim Powell, Illustrated by Van Howell</td><td>2000</td><td
>191</td><td>315.0000</td><td>The documentary comic books of the For Be
ginners series deal with complex and serious subjects. They attempt to untimidat
e and uncomplicate the great ideas and work of great thinkers. The movements and
concepts dealt with are placed in their historical, political and intellectual
contexts. The books are painstakingly researched, humourouly written and enliven
ed with classic comic-strip illustrations, photographs, paintings, etc. The rang
e of subjects covered is truly vast and variedMalcom X and the New Age guru Caste
nanda, Shakespeare and Foucault, Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel, Structura
lism and Biology.</td><td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,MY,ID,SG
,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1917-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Martial
Arts For Beginners</td><td>Ron Sieh</td><td>2000</td><td>160</td><td>275.0000</t
d><td>The documentary comic books of the For Beginners series deal with
complex and serious subjects. They attempt to untimidate and uncomplicate the g
reat ideas and work of great thinkers. The movements and concepts dealt with are
placed in their historical, political and intellectual contexts. The books are
painstakingly researched, humourouly written and enlivened with classic comic-st
rip illustrations, photographs, paintings, etc. The range of subjects covered is
truly vast and variedMalcom X and the New Age guru Castenanda, Shakespeare and F
oucault, Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel, Structuralism and Biology.</p&
gt;</td><td>Ron Sieh</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,MY,ID,SG,IR
,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1381-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Delhi</t
d><td> </td><td>1990</td><td>156</td><td>65.0000</td><td>This city
guides, the first of their kind published in India, is designed in the modern f
ormat. This is well-illustrated, packed with precise information and maps, and f
orm an essential part of the tourists baggage. The local resident will also find
these guides useful.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>General Book
s</td>
<td>978-81-250-1565-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Our Film
s Their Films</td><td>Satyajit Ray</td><td>2001</td><td>228</td><td>425.0000</td
><td>This book brings together Sa
tyajit Rays major writings and talks on film makers, and presents them in two sec
tions. Our Films is devoted mainly to his own exper
iences and contains many interesting anecdotes, but also has observations to off
er on trends in Indian films. Their Films deals wit
h some films abroad that have become landmarks in the history of cinemafrom the s
ilent era to the present day and offers glimpses of great directors like Renoir,
John Ford, Kurosawa and Charlie Chaplin, who are Rays personal favourites.</td><td>Satyajit Ray, has made 30 feature films and 5 ma
jor documentaries. He has won the Oscar for Lifetime Achievement in films.</td><td
t: 115%">Ummi
blishing consultant. </div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books
</td>
<td>978-81-250-1161-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Hymns of
Guru Nanak (Illustrated)</td><td>Khushwant Singh.</td><td>1991</td><t
d>176</td><td>1195.0000</td><td>In this translation of some of Guru Nan
aks finest devotional poems, the fifteenth century founder of the Sikh religion p
oints the way to self-realisation by love, devotion, and service to man and God.
The hymns have as direct and strong a message today as they did when they were
first composed. The elements of faith and passion are sensitively brought out in
Arpita Singhs paintings which, in colour and inspired drawing, heighten the aest
hetic and spiritual dimensions of Guru Nanaks divine verse.</td><td>&lt
;div style="text-align: justify">Translated by Khushwant S

ingh. Illustrated by Arpita Singh. Khushwant Singh&l
t;/b>, former Editor, The Illustrated Weekly of India and The Hindustan Times
, and former Member of the Rajya Sabha.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Genera
l Books</td>
tals of Textiles and their Care (5th Edn.)</td><td>S.Dantyagi</td><td>1996<
/td><td>352</td><td>325.0000</td><td>This book takes into account the n
eeds of consumers and home science students. It deals with various aspects of te
xtiles, both natural and synthetic, colours and dyes in fabrics, and properties
of soap and laundering. The new topics added are: scope of textiles, high tenaci
ty viscose rayon, permanent press in fabrics, and home dyeing. Emphasis has been
laid on care of textiles, particularly under Indian conditions.</td><
td>S.Dantyagi, Founder Dean, College of Home Science, Hissar.
<td>978-81-250-1135-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Devel
opment Dictionary: A Guide to Knowledge as Power</td><td>Wolfang Sachs</td><td>1
uot;>The last forty years can be called the age of development. But development h
as been much more than a socio-economic endeavour. It is a perception which mode
ls reality, a myth which comforts societies and a fantasy which unleashes passio
n. This book explores development as a particular world view. The essays are an in
vitation to experts, grassroot movements and students of development to recognis
e the tainted glasses they put on whenever they participate in the development d
iscourse.</td><td>Wolfang Sachs</td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT
,NP,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-1013-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Silappadi
karam and Manimekalai (Illustrated)</td><td>Lakshmi Holmstrom</td><td
y">This book is a rendering in English of the Tamil epics Silappadikaram a
nd Manimekalai written by renowned Tamil poets. Silappadikaram is the story of Kov
alan and Kannagi and of how Kannagi avenges the wrong done to her husband. Manim
ekalai is meant to be a sequel to Silappadikaram, being the story of Kovalans dau
ghters renunciation. There are strong spiritual undertones in the story that give
an insight into the religious influence of those times. The illustrations are b
y A V Illango who is a well-known name in the Indian art scene. His areas of int
erest are Tamil folklore and the mythology and temple architecture of Tamil Nadu
.</td><td>Lakshmi Holmstrom, is an author of repute
and has many translations from the original Tamil, to her credit.</td><td>World
of Household Arts, A - 4th Edn.</td><td>S.Soundararaj</td><td>1996</t
d><td>269</td><td>325.0000</td><td>This lucidly written book is extreme
ly useful to students of Home Science. The author has woven aspects of home scie
nce into the art of home-making in such a fascinating way that it makes interest
ing reading for students, and for everyone involved in the running of a househol
d.</td><td>S.Soundararaj, former Director of Colleg
iate Education, Chennai.</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-0968-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bill Gat
es and Microsoft</td><td>David Marshall</td><td>1996</td><td>64</td><td>95.0000<
/td><td>This series presents a brief sketch of four multinational comme
rcial houses. The books are profusely illustrated in colour and black &
white.</td><td>David Marshall</td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,M
V,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
ns from the Prison Notebooks of Antonio Gramsci</td><td>Translated and edited by
Quintin Hoare and Geoffrey Nowell Smith.</td><td>1996</td><td>580</td><td>695.0
000</td><td>Antonio Gramscis Prison Notebooks,</strong&
gt; written between 1929 and 1935, are the work of one of the outstanding and mo
st original Marxist thinkers in Western Europe. Their influence has grown contin
ually since their first publication in Italian, beginning soon after the second
world war. This volume contains the most important of Gramscis notebookson the rol
e of intellectuals, and on education, history, politics, the modern state, and p
hilosophy. The introduction and full apparatus of notes set this work in its his
torical and political context and help readers find their way into Gramscis think
ing.</td><td>Translated and edited by Quintin Hoare and Geoff
rey Nowell Smith.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,BD,MV,ID,BN,MY,SG</td><td>Genera
l Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-0781-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Legends o
f Devi (Illustrated)</td><td>Sukumari Bhattacharji</td><td>1995</td><td>132
</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Legends of Devi 
is a captivating narration of the various legends and folktales that surround th
e revered goddesses of India. The goddesses not only epitomize the forces of goo
d fighting over evil, but also the source of wordly wellbeing. This book feature
s symbolically rich and breathtaking illustrations by Ramananda Bandapadhyay. Li
ne drawings on every page and sixteen colour plates enrich the book. Specially c
ommissioned for this edition, these illustrations constitute a storehouse of inf
ormation on mythological iconography.</td><td>Sukumari Bhatta
charji is a Sanskrit scholar of renown. She has taught Sanskr
it at the Jadavpur University, Calcutta and after retirement, has been a visitin
g fellow at a number, she received the Ananda Puraskar for Literature in 1988.</
<td>978-81-250-0432-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Textbo
ok of Home Science - Rev. Edn.</td><td>Prepared by teachers of Lady I
rwin College.</td><td>1990</td><td>310</td><td>300.0000</td><td>A Textb
ook of Home Science is the extensively revised edition which has been extremely
useful to middle and secondary level students and teachers of Home Science. A se
ction on Child Development has been added for the first time in this book. A stu
dent who masters this book will be able to not only take the exam with ease, but
also will be equipped to handle everyday life with competence and efficiency.&l
t;/p></td><td>Prepared by teachers of Lady Irwin College.</td><td>World</td><
<td>978-81-250-0442-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Modern M
asters</td><td>Board of Editors</td><td>1980</td><td>153</td><td>130.0000</td><t
d>A language-oriented anthology, suited to the needs of undergraduate s
tudents.</td><td>Board of Editors</td><td>World</td><td>General Books<

/td>
<td>978-81-250-2047-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Chomsky
For Beginners</td><td>David Cogswell</td><td>2001</td><td>153</td><td>275.0000</
td><td>The documentary comic books of the For Beginners series deal wit
h complex and serious subjects. They attempt to untimidate and uncomplicate the
great ideas and work of great thinkers. The movements and concepts dealt with ar
e placed in their historical, political and intellectual contexts. The books are
painstakingly researched, humourouly written and enlivened with classic comic-s
trip illustrations, photographs, paintings, etc. The range of subjects covered i
s truly vast and variedMalcom X and the New Age guru Castenanda, Shakespeare and
Foucault, Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel, Structuralism and Biology.</td><td>David Cogswell</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,MY,I
D,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2048-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Zen For
Beginners</td><td>Judith Blackstone and Zoran Josipovic</td><td>2001</td><td>167
</td><td>275.0000</td><td>The documentary comic books of the For Beginn
ers series deal with complex and serious subjects. They attempt to untimidate an
d uncomplicate the great ideas and work of great thinkers. The movements and con
cepts dealt with are placed in their historical, political and intellectual cont
exts. The books are painstakingly researched, humourouly written and enlivened w
ith classic comic-strip illustrations, photographs, paintings, etc. The range of
subjects covered is truly vast and variedMalcom X and the New Age guru Castenand
a, Shakespeare and Foucault, Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel, Structuralism
and Biology.</td><td>Judith Blackstone and Zoran Josipovic&l
t;/b></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,
YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
are For Beginners</td><td>Brendon Toropov</td><td>2001</td><td>216</td><td>295.0
000</td><td>The documentary comic books of the For Beginners series dea
l with complex and serious subjects. They attempt to untimidate and uncomplicate
the great ideas and work of great thinkers. The movements and concepts dealt wi
th are placed in their historical, political and intellectual contexts. The book
s are painstakingly researched, humourouly written and enlivened with classic co
mic-strip illustrations, photographs, paintings, etc. The range of subjects cove
red is truly vast and variedMalcom X and the New Age guru Castenanda, Shakespeare
and Foucault, Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel, Structuralism and Biology.&
lt;/p></td><td>Brendon Toropov</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,M
V,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</t
d>
iterary Criticism: Theory and Interpretations</td><td>G.N.Devy (Ed.)</td><td>200
t;>Literary criticism produced by Indian scholars from the earliest times to
the present age is represented in this book. These include Bharatamuni, Tholkapp
iyar, Anandavardhana, Abhinavagupta, Jnaneshwara, Amir Khusrau, Mirza Ghalib, Ra
bindranath Tagore, Sri Aurobindo, B.S. Mardhekar, Ananda Coomaraswamy, and A.K.
Ramanujam and Sudhir Kakar among others. Their statements have been translated i
nto English by specialists from Sanskrit, Persian and other languages.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">G.N.Devy (Ed.), was Head of the Department of English at Maharaja Sayajirao Univers
ity, Baroda. He presently heads a Sahitya Akademi project on Tribal Languages.&l
t;/div></td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2023-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Postmode
rnism For Beginners</td><td>Jim Powell</td><td>2001</td><td>170</td><td>295.0000
</td><td>The documentary comic books of the For Beginners series deal w

ith complex and serious subjects. They attempt to untimidate and uncomplicate th
e great ideas and work of great thinkers. The movements and concepts dealt with
are placed in their historical, political and intellectual contexts. The books a
re painstakingly researched, humourouly written and enlivened with classic comic
-strip illustrations, photographs, paintings, etc. The range of subjects covered
is truly vast and variedMalcom X and the New Age guru Castenanda, Shakespeare an
d Foucault, Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel, Structuralism and Biology.</td><td>Jim Powell</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,MY,ID,
SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2024-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Body For
Beginners</td><td>Dany Cavallard</td><td>2001</td><td>176</td><td>275.0000</td>
<td>The documentary comic books of the For Beginners series deal with c
omplex and serious subjects. They attempt to untimidate and uncomplicate the gre
at ideas and work of great thinkers. The movements and concepts dealt with are p
laced in their historical, political and intellectual contexts. The books are pa
instakingly researched, humourouly written and enlivened with classic comic-stri
p illustrations, photographs, paintings, etc. The range of subjects covered is t
ruly vast and variedMalcom X and the New Age guru Castenanda, Shakespeare and Fou
cault, Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel, Structuralism and Biology.</p&gt
;</td><td>Dany Cavallard</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,MY,ID,S
G,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
e and Gender: Essays for Jasodhara Bagchi</td><td>Supriya Chaudhuri and Sajni M
ukerji (Eds.)</td><td>2002</td><td>324</td><td>895.0000</td><td>This book brings together a rich collection of ne
w work on the cultural interface of literature and gender, ranging from essays o
n medieval and Renaissance Europe to nineteenth-century political movements, and
representations in modern Indian film. The contributors are some of the most di
stinguished scholars of our time, working in Europe and in India.</td>
<td><div style="text-align: justify">Supriya Chaudhuri&
lt;/b>(Ed),is Professor of English, Jadavpur University. </div&gt
;<div style="text-align: justify"> </div><di
v style="text-align: justify">Sajni Mukerji(Ed.)
,is Professor of English, Jadavpur University.</div></td><td>World</td><td
>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2232-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Saussure
For Beginners</td><td>W.Terrence Cordon</td><td>2002</td><td>122</td><td>275.00
00</td><td>The documentary comic books of the For Beginners series deal
with complex and serious subjects. They attempt to untimidate and uncomplicate
the great ideas and work of great thinkers. The movements and concepts dealt wit
h are placed in their historical, political and intellectual contexts. The books
are painstakingly researched, humourouly written and enlivened with classic com
ic-strip illustrations, photographs, paintings, etc. The range of subjects cover
ed is truly vast and variedMalcom X and the New Age guru Castenanda, Shakespeare
and Foucault, Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel, Structuralism and Biology.&l
t;/p></td><td>W.Terrence Cordon</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,
MV,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</
td>
<td>978-81-250-2233-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Islam Fo
r Beginners</td><td>N.I.Matar</td><td>2002</td><td>196</td><td>295.0000</td><td>
The documentary comic books of the For Beginners series deal with compl
ex and serious subjects. They attempt to untimidate and uncomplicate the great i
deas and work of great thinkers. The movements and concepts dealt with are place
d in their historical, political and intellectual contexts. The books are painst
akingly researched, humourouly written and enlivened with classic comic-strip il
lustrations, photographs, paintings, etc. The range of subjects covered is truly

vast and variedMalcom X and the New Age guru Castenanda, Shakespeare and Foucaul
t, Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel, Structuralism and Biology.</t
d><td>N.I.Matar</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,K
W,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2234-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Che For
Beginners</td><td>Sergio Sinay</td><td>2002</td><td>184</td><td>275.0000</td><td
>The documentary comic books of the For Beginners series deal with comp
lex and serious subjects. They attempt to untimidate and uncomplicate the great
ideas and work of great thinkers. The movements and concepts dealt with are plac
ed in their historical, political and intellectual contexts. The books are pains
takingly researched, humourouly written and enlivened with classic comic-strip i
llustrations, photographs, paintings, etc. The range of subjects covered is trul
y vast and variedMalcom X and the New Age guru Castenanda, Shakespeare and Foucau
lt, Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel, Structuralism and Biology.</
td><td>Sergio Sinay</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,MY,ID,SG,IR,
IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2235-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mao For
Beginners</td><td>Rius and Friends</td><td>2002</td><td>171</td><td>275.0000</td
><td>The documentary comic books of the For Beginners series deal with
complex and serious subjects. They attempt to untimidate and uncomplicate the gr
eat ideas and work of great thinkers. The movements and concepts dealt with are
placed in their historical, political and intellectual contexts. The books are p
ainstakingly researched, humourouly written and enlivened with classic comic-str
ip illustrations, photographs, paintings, etc. The range of subjects covered is
truly vast and variedMalcom X and the New Age guru Castenanda, Shakespeare and Fo
ucault, Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel, Structuralism and Biology.</p&g
t;</td><td>Rius and Friends</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,MY,I
D,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2236-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Lacan Fo
r Beginners</td><td>Philip Hill</td><td>2002</td><td>169</td><td>275.0000</td><t
d>The documentary comic books of the For Beginners series deal with com
plex and serious subjects. They attempt to untimidate and uncomplicate the great
ideas and work of great thinkers. The movements and concepts dealt with are pla
ced in their historical, political and intellectual contexts. The books are pain
stakingly researched, humourouly written and enlivened with classic comic-strip
illustrations, photographs, paintings, etc. The range of subjects covered is tru
ly vast and variedMalcom X and the New Age guru Castenanda, Shakespeare and Fouca
ult, Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel, Structuralism and Biology.<
/td><td>Philip Hill</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,MY,ID,SG,IR,
IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2250-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Mirch Ma
sala</td><td>Surayya Tyabji</td><td>2002</td><td>104</td><td>125.0000</td><td>&l
t;p style="text-align: justify">This book is a selection of Surayya
Tyabjis classic recipes that was first published in 1975 and has been a best sel
ling title since then. Here are a hundred classics in Indian cookingMoghlai, many
from Hyderabad, and a pick of favourites from all overwith the choice of menus t
hat hunt up well-loved native combinations. Not just mirch and masala, but a com
posite range of recipes that not only tempt your kitchen wit but also help you t
urn out things that taste as good as they sound.</td><td>Sura
yya Tyabji</td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2087-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>My Years
with Boss: At Gemini Studios</td><td>Ashokamitran</td><td>2002</td><td>56</td><
td>325.0000</td><td>For nearly thirty years from 1940, the Gemini Studi
os of Madras was the most influential film-producing organization of India and i
ts founder, the brilliant multi-faceted entrepreneur S. S. Vasan lent substance

and quality to the rather fragile and unpredictable movie business. Sahitya Akad
emi award-winning Tamil writer Ashokamitran worked for the Gemini Studios from 1
952 to 1966. A full twenty years after Ashokamitran renounced films, poet-editor P
ritish Nandy persuaded him to record his reminiscences and the result was a seri
es of articles making up My Years with Boss.</td><td>Ashokami
tran is one of the most distinguished of contemporary Tamil w
riters. His years of rich and diverse contribution to Tamil literature have brou
ght him many honours and awards, including the Sahitya Akademi award (1996).</td
<td>978-81-250-2344-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ayodhya:
Archaeology After Demolition (Rev. Edn.)</td><td>D.Mandal</td><td>2003</td
><td>88</td><td>210.0000</td><td>
Archaeology has become implicated in the Ayodhya controversy. It has been claime
d that archaeological evidence provides irrefutable proof of the existence of a
Rama Temple at the site of Babri Masjid, and of the destruction of this temple b
y Babur. The author uses standard archaeological procedures to question the clai
m. He examines the structural and artefactual evidence and analyses the stratigr
aphic information of B. B. Lals excavations. Exploring possible alternative inter
pretations of the available data, he concludes that there was no temple of stone
or brick lying below the mosque, and that there is no evidence of any act of de
struction. The book is a defence of archaeology against its political misuse. A
cautious examination of the archaeological evidence reveals a great deal about t
he working of communal politics. The archaeological discoveries which are suppos
ed to prove the demolition of a Rama temple by Babur actually show no more than
the logic of a politics which destroyed the Babri Masjid on 6 December 1992.</td><td>D.Mandal, teaches in the Department of Ancient
History, Culture and Archaeology, University of Allahabad.</td><td>World</td><t
ory of Cinema For Beginners</td><td> </td><td>2003</td><td>380</td><td>525.
0000</td><td>The documentary comic books of the For Beginners series de
al with complex and serious subjects. They attempt to untimidate and uncomplicat
e the great ideas and work of great thinkers. The movements and concepts dealt w
ith are placed in their historical, political and intellectual contexts. The boo
ks are painstakingly researched, humourouly written and enlivened with classic c
omic-strip illustrations, photographs, paintings, etc. The range of subjects cov
ered is truly vast and variedMalcom X and the New Age guru Castenanda, Shakespear
e and Foucault, Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel, Structuralism and Biology.
</td><td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,A
E,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2472-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Plato Fo
r Beginners</td><td> </td><td>2003</td><td>156</td><td>275.0000</td><td>&lt
;p>The documentary comic books of the For Beginners series deal with complex
and serious subjects. They attempt to untimidate and uncomplicate the great idea
s and work of great thinkers. The movements and concepts dealt with are placed i
n their historical, political and intellectual contexts. The books are painstaki
ngly researched, humourouly written and enlivened with classic comic-strip illus
trations, photographs, paintings, etc. The range of subjects covered is truly va
st and variedMalcom X and the New Age guru Castenanda, Shakespeare and Foucault,
Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel, Structuralism and Biology.</td><
td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY
,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2474-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Fanon Fo
r Beginners</td><td> </td><td>2003</td><td>184</td><td>275.0000</td><td>&lt
;p>The documentary comic books of the For Beginners series deal with complex
and serious subjects. They attempt to untimidate and uncomplicate the great idea
s and work of great thinkers. The movements and concepts dealt with are placed i
n their historical, political and intellectual contexts. The books are painstaki
ngly researched, humourouly written and enlivened with classic comic-strip illus
trations, photographs, paintings, etc. The range of subjects covered is truly va
st and variedMalcom X and the New Age guru Castenanda, Shakespeare and Foucault,
Jewish Holocaust and Arab and Israel, Structuralism and Biology.</td><
td> </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV,MY,ID,SG,IR,IQ,KW,IL,SA,AE,JO,LB,OM,QA,SY
,YE,BH,CY,PS</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-2253-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Singing
Rivers and Speaking Stones: An Anthology of Prose and Poetry</td><td>Shanta Rame
shwar Rao, (Ed.)</td><td>2002</td><td>144</td><td>100.0000</td><td>This is an anthology of prose and poetry meant
for use as a textbook for General English classes at the intermediate and unde
rgraduate levels. The exercises are innovative and perceptive in nature and open
out new ways of looking at prose and poetry texts. The selections are made with
the student in mind and enable the student to learn how to appreciate creativit
y and writing skills.</td><td>Shanta Rameshwar
Rao (19242015) wrote and told stories for most of her lif
e. For her, story-telling was as natural as breathing; she believed that stories
emerged from deep within and that in the telling and writing, they changed both
teller and listener. She wrote for children and adults, and indeed her works ha
ve been enjoyed by people of all ages. She is best known for her retelling of In
dian myths and legends. Her wide repertoire includes books like <em&
gt;Tales of Ancient India (translated into several languages
), The Bulbuls Ruby Nose-ring, Seethu, Bekanna and the Musical Mice, ChathuThe Elephant Boy&
amp;nbsp;(co-authored with Karoor Nilakanta Pillai),&nb
sp;In Worship of Shiva, and her retelling of the&a
mp;nbsp;Mahabharata (now used as essential course material i
n story-telling courses in universities in the UK). </em&g
t;Her novel, Children of God, was published to cri
tical acclaim. She was invited by the Sahitya Akademi to write on the life and t
eachings of Jiddu Krishnamurti.
<td>978-81-250-2254-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Landscap
es of Urban Memory-The Sacred and the Civic in India's High-Tech</td><td>Smr
iti Srinivas</td><td>2004</td><td>360</td><td>785.0000</td><td>Landscap
es of Urban Memory is a study of the metropolis of Bangalore, today regarded as
a center for high technology research and production, the new "Silicon Vall
ey" of India. This book analyzes the contested relationship between globali
zation, urban memory, space, and the sacred through the city's largest ritua
l, a performance dedicated to Draupadi, heroine of the Mahabharata epic. It is m
ethodologicaly interdisciplinary, draws from anthropology, urban studies, perfor
mance studies, religion, and history, and is comparative in its scope.
</td><td>Smriti Srinivas received her Ph D in Sociol
ogy from the Delhi School of Economics, India, and worked at the Institute for S
ocial and Economic Change, Bangalore, India from 1994-97 as an Assistant Profess
or. Between 1997-98, she was attached as a Rockfeller Fellow to the Internationa
l Center for Advanced Studies, New York University; and was a Mellon Fellow at t
he Department of Sociology, University of Maryland, College Park, in 1998-99.&lt
;/p></td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV,MY,ID,SG,AE</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-81-250-0083-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Crocodile
Fever: Wildlife Adventures in New Guinea</td><td>Rom and Zai Whitaker</td><td>1

uot;>Crocodile Fever is at once a travelogue, a
fascinating adventure story and an authentic record of little-known information
about the wildlife and the people of Papua New Guinea. It records the two years
the authors spent in Papua New Guinea and describes their incredible, moving and
sometimes hilarious experiences in strange and beautiful places. The text is ri
chly interspersed with vivid colour as well as black and white photographs, illu
strations and maps.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify&qu
ot;>Rom and Zai Whitaker,started Indias first snake park an
d now lives at the Crocodile Bank in Chennai, South India where he is involved i
n conservation work and documentary film-making. WHITAKER, Z., is a teacher and
writer. Her first novel Up the Ghat was published in 1992.</div></td><td>W
<td>978-81-250-0084-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Incredib
le Sai Baba, The (Reprinted)</td><td>Arthur Osborne</td><td>2013</td><td>10
2</td><td>150.0000</td><td>This book is a lucid account of the amazing
life of Sai Baba, one of the most revered saints, a
nd one of the most extraordinary of India's holy men. The book discusses the
life of this saint, his divine powers, and his teachings which sought to unite
people of all creeds and faiths.
Although Sai Baba died in 1918, he still has countless devotees through
out India and the world.</td><td>Arthur Osborne was born in London and educated at Christ Church, Oxford. He was deeply in
terested in spirituality and spent several years at Ramanashram, the ashram of t
he sage Ramana Maharshi at Tiruvannamalai in South India. His other books are &l
t;em>Ramana Arunachala and Ramana Maharshi and the Path
of Self-Knowledge.</td><td>IN,MM,PK,LK</td><td>General Book
s</td>
<td>978-81-250-0393-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Anci
ent World and its People</td><td>N. Ray</td><td>2014</td><td>112</td><td>130.000
0</td><td> </td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-1-4704-0928-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Computat
ional Topology: An Introduction</td><td>Herbert Edelsbrunner and John L. Harer</
td><td>2013</td><td>256</td><td>960.0000</td><td>Combining concepts fro
m topology and algorithms, this book delivers what its title promises: an introd
uction to the field of computational topology. Star
ting with motivating problems in both mathematics and computer science and build
ing up from classic topics in geometric and algebraic topology, the third part o
f the text advances to persistent homology. This point of view is critically imp
ortant in turning a mostly theoretical field of mathematics into one that is rel
evant to a multitude of disciplines in the sciences and engineering.
The main approach is the discovery of topology through algorithms. The
book is ideal for teaching a graduate or advanced undergraduate course in comput
ational topology, as it develops all the background of both the mathematical and
algorithmic aspects of the subject from first principles. Thus the text could s
erve equally well in a course taught in a mathematics department or computer sci
ence department.
</td><td>Herbert Edelsbrunner, Duke University, Durham, NC, a
nd Geomagic, Research Triangle Park, NC, and John L. Harer, <em&gt
;Duke University, Durham, NC</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</
<td>978-1-4704-0932-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Analysis
</td><td>Elliott H. Lieb, Michael Loss</td><td>2013</td><td>376</td><td>1080.000
0</td><td>Significantly revised and expanded, this new S
econd Edition provides readers at all levels--from beginning stu
dents to practicing analysts--with the basic concepts and standard tools necess
ary to solve problems of analysis, and how to apply these concepts to research
in a variety of areas.
Authors Elliott Lieb and Michael Loss take you quickly from basic topi
cs to methods that work successfully in mathematics and its applications. While
omitting many usual typical textbook topics, <stron
g>Analysis includes all necessary de
finitions, proofs, explanations, examples, and exercises to bring the reader to
an advanced level of understanding with a minimum of fuss, and, at the same ti
me, doing so in a rigorous and pedagogical way. Many topics that are useful and
important, but usually left to advanced monographs, are presented in <em&gt
;Analysis, and these give the beginner a sense that the subject is a
live and growing.
This edition incorporates numerous changes since the publication of th
e original 1997 edition and includes:
<ul type="disc">
<li>a new chapter on eigenvalues that covers the min-max principle,
semi-classical approximation, coherent states, Lieb-Thirring inequalities,
and more</li>
<li>extensive additions to chapters covering Sobolev Inequalities,
including the Nash and Log Sobolev inequalities</li>
<li>new material on Measure and Integration</li>
<li>many new exercises</li>
<li>and much more ... </li>
</ul>
This edition is an authoritative, straightforward volume that readers-from the graduate student, to the professional mathematician, to the physicist
or engineer using analytical methods--will find useful both as a reference and
as a guide to real problem solving.</td><td>Elliott H. Lieb
, Princeton University, NJ, and Michae
l Loss, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, GA</p&
gt;</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-1-4704-0915-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Complex
Variables</td><td>Joseph L. Taylor</td><td>2013</td><td>320</td><td>1020.0000</t
d><td>The text covers a broad spectrum between basic and advanced <s
trong>complex variables on the one hand and between theoretica
l and applied or computational material on the other hand. With careful selectio
n of the emphasis put on the various sections, examples, and exercises, the book
can be used in a one- or two-semester course for undergraduate mathematics majo
rs, a one-semester course for engineering or physics majors, or a one-semester c
ourse for first-year mathematics graduate students. It has been tested in all th
ree settings at the University of Utah.The exposition is clea
r, concise, and lively. There is a clean and modern approach to Cauchy's the
orems and Taylor series expansions, with rigorous proofs but no long and tedious
arguments. This is followed by the rich harvest of easy consequences of the exi
stence of power series expansions.Through the central portion
of the text, there is a careful and extensive treatment of residue theory and i
ts application to computation of integrals, conformal mapping and its applicatio
ns to applied problems, analytic continuation, and the proofs of the Picard theo
rems.
Chapter 8 covers material on infinite products and zeroes of entire fun
ctions. This leads to the final chapter which is devoted to the Riemann zeta fun
ction, the Riemann Hypothesis, and a proof of the Prime Number Theorem.

</td><td>Joseph L. Taylor, University of
Utah, Salt Lake City, UT</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td>
<td>978-1-4704-0916-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Theo
ry of Matrices, Volume 1</td><td>F. R. Gantmacher</td><td>2013</td><td>384</td><
td>1080.0000</td><td>This treatise, by one of Russia''s leading

mathematicians, gives in easily accessible form a coherent account of matrix th
eory with a view to applications in mathematics, theoretical physics, statistics
, electrical engineering, etc. The individual chapters have been kept as far as
possible independent of each other, so that the reader acquainted with the conte
nts of Chapter 1 can proceed immediately to the chapters of special interest. Mu
ch of the material has been available until now only in the periodical literatur
e.</td><td>F. R. Gantmacher</td>
<td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-1-4704-0917-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Theo
ry of Matrices, Volume 2</td><td>F. R. Gantmacher</td><td>2013</td><td>276</td><
td>960.0000</td><td>This treatise, by one of Russia''s leading
mathematicians, gives in easily accessible form a coherent account of matrix the
ory with a view to applications in mathematics, theoretical physics, statistics,
electrical engineering, etc. The individual chapters have been kept as far as p
ossible independent of each other, so that the reader acquainted with the conten
ts of Chapter 1 can proceed immediately to the chapters of special interest. Muc
h of the material has been available until now only in the periodical literature
.</td><td>F. R. Gantmachera</td>
<td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-1-4704-0918-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Collecte
d Papers of Srinivasa Ramanujan</td><td>G. H. Hardy, P. V. Seshu Aiyar, and B. M
. Wilson</td><td>2013</td><td>464</td><td>1140.0000</td><td>The influen
ce of Ramanujan on number theory is without parallel in mathematics. His papers
, problems, and letters have spawned a remarkable number of later results by ma
ny different mathematicians. Here, his 37 published papers, most of his first t
wo and last letters to Hardy, the famous 58 problems submitted to the <em&gt
;Journal of the Indian Mathematical Society, and the commentary of t
he original editors (Hardy, Seshu Aiyar and Wilson) are reprinted again, after
having been unavailable for some time.
In this printing of Ramanujan''s collected papers, Bruce Berndt
provides an annotated guide to Ramanujan''s work and to the mathematic
s it inspired over the last three-quarters of a century. The historical develop
ment of ideas is traced in the commentary and by citations to the copious refer
ences. The editor has done the mathematical world a tremendous service that few
others would be qualified to do.
</td><td>G. H. Hardy, P. V. Seshu Aiyar, and B. M. Wilson</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-1-4704-0919-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Measure
and Integration</td><td>Sterling K. Berberian</td><td>2013</td><td>336</td><td>1
020.0000</td><td>This highly flexible text is organized into two parts
: Part I is suitable for a one-semester course at the first-year graduate level
, and the book as a whole is suitable for a full-year course.
Part I treats the theory of measure and integration over abstract measure spaces. Prerequisites are a familiarity with e
psilon-delta arguments and with the language of naive set theory (union, inters
ection, function). The fundamental theorems of the subject are derived from fir
st principles, with details in full. Highlights include convergence theorems (m
onotone, dominated), completeness of classical function spaces (Riesz-Fischer t
heorem), product measures (Fubini''s theorem), and signed measures (Rad
on-Nikodym theorem).
Part II is more specialized; it includes regular measures on locally c
ompact spaces, the Riesz-Markoff theorem on the measure-theoretic representatio
n of positive linear forms, and Haar measure on a locally compact group. The gr
oup algebra of a locally compact group is constructed in the last chapter, by a
n especially transparent method that minimizes measure-theoretic difficulties.
Prerequisites for Part II include Part I plus a course in general topology.
To quote from the Preface: "Finally,
I am under no illusions as to originality, for the subject of measure theory is
an old one which has been worked over by many experts. My contribution can onl
y be in selection, arrangement, and emphasis. I am deeply indebted to Paul R. H
almos, from whose textbook I first studied measure theory; I hope that these pa
ges may reflect their debt to his book without seeming to be almost everywhere
equal to it."</td><td>Sterling K. Berberian</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-1-4704-0920-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Cross Di
sciplinary Advances in Quantum Computing</td><td>Kazem Mahdavi, Deborah Koslover
, Leonard L. Brown III</td><td>2013</td><td>160</td><td>900.0000</td><td><p&g
t;This volume contains a collection of papers, written by physicists, computer s
cientists, and mathematicians, from the Conference on Representation Theory, Qua
ntum Field Theory, Category Theory, and Quantum Information Theory, which was he
ld at the University of Texas at Tyler from October 1-4, 2009.
Quantum computing is a field at the interf
ace of the physical sciences, computer sciences and mathematics. As such, advanc
es in one field are often overlooked by practitioners in other fields. This volu
me brings together articles from each of these areas to make students, researche
rs and others interested in quantum computation aware of the most current advanc
es. It is hoped that this work will stimulate future advances in the field.
</td><td>Edited by: Kazem Mahdavi, Deborah Koslover, and Leonard L. Bro
wn III, University of Texas at Tyler, TX</em&g
t;</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
duction to Measure Theory</td><td>Terence Tao, University of California, Los Ang
eles, CA</td><td>2013</td><td>224</td><td>900.0000</td><td>This is a gr
aduate text introducing the fundamentals of measure theory and integration theor
y, which is the foundation of modern real analysis. The text focuses first on th
e concrete setting of Lebesgue measure and the Lebesgue integral (which in turn
is motivated by the more classical concepts of Jordan measure and the Riemann in
tegral), before moving on to abstract measure and integration theory, including
the standard convergence theorems, Fubini''s theorem, and the Carath&#23
3;odory extension theorem. Classical differentiation theorems, such as the Lebes
gue and Rademacher differentiation theorems, are also covered, as are connection
s with probability theory. The material is intended to cover a quarter or semest
er''s worth of material for a first graduate course in real analysis.&lt
;/p>
There is an emphasis in the text on tying together the abstract and the
concrete sides of the subject, using the latter to illustrate and motivate the
former. The central role of key principles (such as Littlewood''s three
principles) as providing guiding intuition to the subject is also emphasized. Th
ere are a large number of exercises throughout that develop key aspects of the t
heory, and are thus an integral component of the text.
As a supplementary section, a discussion of general problem-solving str
ategies in analysis is also given. The last three sections discuss optional topi
cs related to the main matter of the book.
</td><td>Terence Tao, University of Cali
fornia, Los Angeles, CA</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><t
<td>978-1-4704-0923-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Tensors:
Geometry and Applications</td><td>J. M. Landsberg</td><td>2013</td><td>464</td>
<td>1140.0000</td><td>Tensors</st
rong> are ubiquitous in the sciences. The geometry of tensors is both a powe
rful tool for extracting information from data sets, and a beautiful subject in
its own right. This book has three intended uses: a classroom textbook, a refe
rence work for researchers in the sciences, and an account of classical and mod
ern results in (aspects of) the theory that will be of interest to researchers
in geometry. For classroom use, there is a modern introduction to multilinear
algebra and to the geometry and representation theory needed to study tensors,
including a large number of exercises. For researchers in the sciences, there i
s information on tensors in table format for easy reference and a summary of th
e state of the art in elementary language.
This is the first book containing many classical results regarding ten
sors. Particular applications treated in the book include the complexity of mat
rix multiplication, P versus NP, signal processing, phylogenetics, and algebrai
c statistics. For geometers, there is material on secant varieties, G
-varieties, spaces with finitely many orbits and how these objects a
rise in applications, discussions of numerous open questions in geometry arisin
g in applications, and expositions of advanced topics such as the proof of the
Alexander-Hirschowitz theorem and of the Weyman-Kempf method for computing syzy
gies.
</td><td>J. M. Landsberg Texas A&amp
;M University, College Station, TX</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,P
K,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
l Methods in Ordinary Differential Equations: With Applications to Boundary Valu
e Problems</td><td>Stuart P. Hastings and J.Bryce McLoed</td><td>2013</td><td>39
2</td><td>1080.0000</td><td>This text emphasizes rigorous mathematical
techniques for the analysis of boundary value problems for ODEs arising in app
lications. The emphasis is on proving existence of solutions, but there is also
a substantial chapter on uniqueness and multiplicity questions and several cha
pters which deal with the asymptotic behavior of solutions with respect to eith
er the independent variable or some parameter. These equations may give special
solutions of important PDEs, such as steady state or traveling wave solutions.
Often two, or even three, approaches to the same problem are described. The ad
vantages and disadvantages of different methods are discussed.
The book gives complete classical proofs, while also emphasizing the i
mportance of modern methods, especially when extensions to infinite dimensional
settings are needed. There are some new results as well as new and improved pr
oofs of known theorems. The final chapter presents three unsolved problems whic
h have received much attention over the years.
Both graduate students and more experienced researchers will be intere
sted in the power of classical methods for problems which have also been studie
d with more abstract techniques. The presentation should be more accessible to
mathematically inclined researchers from other areas of science and engineering
than most graduate texts in mathematics..
</td><td>Stuart P. Hastings, University of Pittsburgh, PA, and J. Bryce McLeod, Oxford University, England, and Universi
ty of Pittsburgh, PA</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>G
eneral Books</td>
in Operator Theory</td><td>John B. Conway, University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
TN </td><td>2013</td><td>392</td><td>1080.0000</td><td>Op
erator theory is a significant part of many important areas of mo
dern mathematics: functional analysis, differential equations, index theory, rep
resentation theory, mathematical physics, and more. This text covers the central
themes of operator theory, presented with the excellent clarity and style that
readers have come to associate with Conway''s writing.<P&gt
;Early chapters introduce and review material on C*-algebras, normal operators,
compact operators and non-normal operators. The topics include the spectral theo
rem, the functional calculus and the Fredholm index. Also, some deep connections
between operator theory and analytic functions are presented.<P&gt
;
Later chapters cover more advanced topics, such as representations of C*-algebr
as, compact perturbations and von Neumann algebras. Major results, such as the S
z.-Nagy Dilation Theorem, the Weyl-von Neumann-Berg Theorem and the classificati
on of von Neumann algebras, are covered, as is a treatment of Fredholm theory. T
hese advanced topics are at the heart of current research.
The last chapter gives an introduction to reflexive subspaces, i.e., su
bspaces of operators that are determined by their invariant subspaces. These, al
ong with hyperreflexive spaces, are one of the more successful episodes in the m
odern study of asymmetric algebras.
Professor Conway''s authoritative treatment makes this a compel
ling and rigorous course text, suitable for graduate students who have had a sta
ndard course in functional analysis.
</td><td>John B. Conway, University of T
ennessee, Knoxville, TN</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><t
<td>978-1-4704-0926-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Fourier
Analysis</td><td>Javier Duoandikoetxea, Universidad del País Vasco/Euskal H
erriko Unibertsitatea, Bilbao, Spain</td><td>2013</td><td>240</td><td>900.0000</
td><td>Fourier analysis</strong&g
t; encompasses a variety of perspectives and techniques. This volume presents th
e real variable methods of Fourier analysis introduced by Calderón and Zyg
mund. The text was born from a graduate course taught at the Universidad Aut&#2
43;noma de Madrid and incorporates lecture notes from a course taught by Jos&#2
33; Luis Rubio de Francia at the same university.Motivated b
y the study of Fourier series and integrals, classical topics are introduced, s
uch as the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function and the Hilbert transform. The rem
aining portions of the text are devoted to the study of singular integral opera
tors and multipliers. Both classical aspects of the theory and more recent dev
elopments, such as weighted inequalities, H1, BMO spaces, and the T1 theor
em, are discussed.
Chapter 1 presents a review of Fourier series and integrals; Chapters
2 and 3 introduce two operators that are basic to the field: the Hardy-Littlewo
od maximal function and the Hilbert transform. Chapters 4 and 5 discuss singula
r integrals, including modern generalizations. Chapter 6 studies the relationsh
ip between H1, BMO</em&
gt;, and singular integrals; Chapter 7 presents the elementary theory of weight
ed norm inequalities. Chapter 8 discusses Littlewood-Paley theory, which had de
velopments that resulted in a number of applications. The final chapter conclud
es with an important result, the T1 theorem, which has been
of crucial importance in the field.
This volume has been updated and translated from the Spanish edition t
hat was published in 1995. Minor changes have been made to the core of the book
; however, the sections, "Notes and Further Results" have been consid
erably expanded and incorporate new topics, results, and references. It is gear
ed toward graduate students seeking a concise introduction to the main aspects
of the classical theory of singular operators and multipliers. Prerequisites in
clude basic knowledge in Lebesgue integrals and functional analysis.
</td><td>Javier Duoandikoetxea, Universidad del País Vas
co/Euskal Herriko Unibertsitatea, Bilbao, Spain </st
rong></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
l and Quantum Computation</td><td>A. Yu. Kitaev, A. H. Shen and M. N. Vyalyi</td
tify">This book is an introduction to a new rapidly developing theory of
quantum computing. It begins with the basics of classical theory of computation
: Turing machines, Boolean circuits, parallel algorithms, probabilistic computat
ion, NP-complete problems, and the idea of complexity of an algorithm. The secon
d part of the book provides an exposition of quantum computation theory. It star
ts with the introduction of general quantum formalism (pure states, density matr
ices, and superoperators), universal gate sets and approximation theorems. Then
the authors study various quantum computation algorithms: Grover''s algo
rithm, Shor''s factoring algorithm, and the Abelian hidden subgroup prob
lem. In concluding sections, several related topics are discussed (parallel quan
tum computation, a quantum analog of NP-completeness, and quantum error-correcti
ng codes).
Rapid development of quantum computing started in 1994 with a stunning suggesti
on by Peter Shor to use quantum computation for factoring large numbers--an extr
emely difficult and time-consuming problem when using a conventional computer. S
hor''s result spawned a burst of activity in designing new algorithms an
d in attempting to actually build quantum computers. Currently, the progress is
much more significant in the former: A sound theoretical basis of quantum comput
ing is under development and many algorithms have been suggested.
In this concise text, the authors
provide solid foundations to the theory--in particular, a careful analysis of t
he quantum circuit model--and cover selected topics in depth. Included are a com
plete proof of the Solovay-Kitaev theorem with accurate algorithm complexity bou
nds, approximation of unitary operators by circuits of doubly logarithmic depth.
Among other interesting topics are toric codes and their relation to the anyon
approach to quantum computing.
Prerequisites are very modest and
include linear algebra, elements of group theory and probability, and the notio
n of a formal or an intuitive algorithm. This text is suitable for a course in q
uantum computation for graduate students in mathematics, physics, or computer sc
ience. More than 100 problems (most of them with complete solutions) and an appe
ndix summarizing the necessary results are a very useful addition to the book. I
t is available in both hardcover and softcover editions.
</td><td>A. Yu. Kitaev, California Institu
te of Technology, Pasadena, CA, and A. H. Shen and M. N. Vyalyi, Independent University of Moscow, Russia</td><td>IN,N
P,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-1-4704-0933-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Algebra<
/td><td>Saunders Mac Lane and Garrett Birkhoff</td><td>2013</td><td>648</td><td>
1320.0000</td><td>This book presents modern algebra from first princip
les and is accessible to undergraduates or graduates. It combines standard mate
rials and necessary algebraic manipulations with general concepts that clarify
meaning and importance.
This conceptual approach to algebra starts with a description of algeb
raic structures by means of axioms chosen to suit the examples, for instance, a
xioms for groups, rings, fields, lattices, and vector spaces. This axiomatic ap
proach--emphasized by Hilbert and developed in Germany by Noether, Artin, Van de
r Waerden, et al., in the 1920s--was popularized for the graduate level in the
1940s and 1950s to some degree by the authors'' publication of <em&g
t;A Survey of Modern Algebra. The prese
nt book presents the developments from that time to the first printing of this
book. This third edition includes corrections made by the authors.
</td><td>Saunders Mac Lane and Garrett Birkhoff</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-0-10106-936-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Samagra
Andhurla Charitra - Samskruthi
Charithara Purvayugam nunchi Rashtra V
ibhajana, Ananthara Parinamala Varaku (Telugu)</td><td>Sivanagi Reddy Emani and
NVS Ravi Kumar</td><td>2016</td><td>424</td><td>450.0000</td><td>This
is a text of History based on the syllabus of for the aspirants of Andhra Prades
h Public Service Commission [APPSC]. It is aimed for the aspirants of civil serv
ices in Andhra Pradesh. The book covers the history of Andhra Pradesh from its a
ncient times to the medieval and modern times until the bifurcation of Andhra Pr
adesh State into Telangana and Andhra Pradesh in 2014. The book provides the lat
est information on the division of the State.
There is a free booklet of questions packaged with this book which will
help students to self-evaluate their understanding of the subject. There are a
lso more than 35 photographs given in the book.
The book is written in a very lucid manner and easy to understand way.
</td><td>A well known historian, Professor Shivnagi Reddy Eman
i is currently, Chairman, Board of Studies, Department of Travel and T
ourism, Vikramsimhapuri University, Nellore, Andhra Pradesh.
Dr N V S Ravi Kumar is a renowned historian. current
ly Head of Department of History, Heritage and Tourism Studies, HMV, Vidyanagar,
Hyderabad. He has 22 years of experience in teaching and research.
duction to Complex Analysis and Geometry</td><td>John P. D'Angelo</td><td>20
13</td><td>176</td><td>900.0000</td><td>An Intr
oduction to Complex Analysis and Geometry provides the
reader with a deep appreciation of complex analysis and how this subject fits i
nto mathematics. The book developed from courses given in the Campus Honors Prog
ram at the University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign. These courses aimed to shar
e with students the way many mathematics and physics problems magically simplify
when viewed from the perspective of complex analysis. The book begins at an ele
mentary level but also contains advanced material.
The first four chapters provide an introduction to complex analysis with many e
lementary and unusual applications. Chapters 5 through 7 develop the Cauchy theo
ry and include some striking applications to calculus. Chapter 8 glimpses severa
l appealing topics, simultaneously unifying the book and opening the door to fur
ther study.
The 280 exercises range from simple computations to difficult problems.
Their variety makes the book especially attractive.
A reader of the first four chapters will be able to apply complex numbe
rs in many elementary contexts. A reader of the full book will know basic one co
mplex variable theory and will have seen it integrated into mathematics as a who
le. Research mathematicians will discover several novel perspectives.
</td><td>John P. D''Angelo, University of Il
linois, Urbana, IL</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>General Books<
/td>
tion to Differential Equations</td><td>Michael E. Taylor</td><td>2013</td><td>42
4</td><td>1140.0000</td><td>The mathematical formulations of problems i
n physics, economics, biology, and other sciences are usually embodied in differ
ential equations. The analysis of the resulting equations then provides new insi
ght into the original problems. This book describes the tools for performing tha
t analysis.
The first chapter treats single differential equations,&l
t;/strong> emphasizing linear and nonlinear first order equations, linear sec
ond order equations, and a class of nonlinear second order equations arising fro
m Newton''s laws. The first order linear theory starts with a self-conta
ined presentation of the exponential and trigonometric functions, which plays a
central role in the subsequent development of this chapter. Chapter 2 provides a
mini-course on linear algebra, giving detailed treatments of linear transformat
ions, determinants and invertibility, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, and generali
zed eigenvectors. This treatment is more detailed than that in most differential
equations texts, and provides a solid foundation for the next two chapters. Cha
pter 3 studies linear systems of differential equations. It starts with the matr
ix exponential, melding material from Chapters 1 and 2, and uses this exponentia
l as a key tool in the linear theory. Chapter 4 deals with nonlinear systems of
differential equations. This uses all the material developed in the first three
chapters and moves it to a deeper level. The chapter includes theoretical studie
s, such as the fundamental existence and uniqueness theorem, but also has numero
us examples, arising from Newtonian physics, mathematical biology, electrical ci
rcuits, and geometrical problems. These studies bring in variational methods, a
fertile source of nonlinear systems of differential equations. The reader who wo
rks through this book will be well prepared for advanced studies in dynamical sy
stems, mathematical physics, and partial differential equations.
</td><td>Michael E. Taylor, University o
f North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,
PK,LK</td><td>General Books</td>
<td>978-0-86131-805-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The
Ramayana (Illustrated)</td><td>Lakshmi Lal</td><td>1988</td><td>176</td><td>1295
.0000</td><td>In this vivid retelling of the ancient Indian epic Ramaya
na, the author uses anecdotes, lores and legends of the epic to narrate the stor
y of Rama, and brings forth its perennial meaning for the contemporary reader. B
adri Narayans colour plates and line drawings add a rich dimension to this versio
n of the great Sanskrit epic.</td><td>Lakshmi Lal &l
t;/b>prolific writer on art, music, culture and travel.</td><td>World</td><td
>General Books</td>
nding Physical Geography Through Diagrams</td><td>Sutopa Mukherjee</td><td>1996<
>This book deals with the physical aspects of Geography with illustrative and
informative diagrams. It also highlights the relationship between the physical
environment and man. The special feature of this book are its diagrams.</p&gt
;</td><td>Sutopa Mukherjee, teaching Geography in a CBSE Scho
ol in Calcutta.</td><td>World</td><td>Geography</td>
<td>978-81-250-1534-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Introduct
ion to Settlement Geography</td><td>Sumita Ghosh</td><td>1998</td><td>164</td><t
d>250.0000</td><td>This is a comp
rehensive book on Settlement Geography which includes both rural and urban geogr
aphy. This book is a systematic study of morphology of settlement, distribution
and social settlement. Indian situations of urban and rural settlements have bee
n discussed and explained. The contents of the book have been prepared in keepin
g with recent trends in geographical thoughts.</td><td><div style=&
quot;text-align: justify">Sumita Ghosh, Senior Lectur
er in Geography at Loreto College, Kolkata.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Ge
ography</td>
<td>978-81-250-1880-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>An Introd
uction to Development and Regional Planning</td><td>Jayasri Ray Chaudhuri</td><t
y">An Introduction to Development and Regional Planning offers a compreh
ensive analyses of planning in India at a macro, meso and micro level. This book
discusses concepts and theories of development and various contradictions arisi
ng out of policy intervention. This text provides compulsory reading for student
s of Economics, Geography, Regional and Urban Planning.</td><td><di
v style="text-align: justify">Jayasri Ray Chaudhuri</b&
gt;, Assistant Professor, Department of Geography, Lady Brabourne College, Calcu
tta.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Geography</td>
lackSwan School Atlas for Sri Lanka (Tamil Edition)</td><td>Sangam Books (India)
Pvt. Ltd</td><td>2007</td><td>76</td><td>140.0000</td><td>Orient Black

Swan School Atlas for Sri Lanka (Tamil Edition)</td><td> </td><td
>World</td><td>Geography</td>
<td>978-81-250-3914-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Mumbai: P
olitical Economy of Crime and Space</td><td>Abdul Shaban</td><td>2010</td><td>25
8</td><td>730.0000</td><td>Innovative and thought-provoking, 
Mumbai: Political Economy of Crime and Space presents a new approach to the study of crime in Mumbai. The authors primar
y objective is to understand the relationship between spatial distribution and
the cause of crime in the city. The book analyses how economic and political in
terests create socio-religious, cultural and regional schisms resulting in the
ghettoisation of religious minorities and politically sponsored violence.
A substantial addition to the cur
rent research on urban crime in India, this book offers the first detailed are
a-wise social analysis of crime in Mumbai. It presents a comparative analysis o
f crime vis-à-vis the other megacitiesDelhi, Kolkata and Chennai. It draws
on crime data from 1975 to 2005 for the 83 police stations, 13 zones and 5 reg
ions in the city. It uses recent and advanced methods of Geographic Information
Systems (GIS), spatial econometrics, and geostatistics to understand the polit
ical economy of crime. Emphasis is laid on the need to improve environmental de
signs and socio-economic conditions to bring down crime rates, especially in th
e high-delinquency areas of the city.
This book, rich in data, will be
immensely useful to students and scholars of sociology, criminology, geography,
urban planning and development studies. It will be valuable for law enforcing
agencies, administrators and civil society groups.
</td><td>Abdul Shaban &l
t;/b>is Associate Professor at the Centre for Development Studies, Tata Inst
itute of Social Sciences, Mumbai.</td><td>World</td><td>Geography</td>
<td>978-81-250-4464-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Ori
ent BlackSwan World Atlas (Mini Edition)</td><td>Sangam Books (India) Pvt. Ltd</
td><td>2012</td><td>100</td><td>125.0000</td><td>This completely update
d The Orient BlackSwan World Atlas (Second Mini Edition
) is an essential and indispensable global guide. The
cartography involved in its planning and preparation combines elegant design w
ith meticulous accuracy of detail. It provides extensive coverage of the region
s of the world together with essential facts.
This handy atlas features detailed maps of the continents and countrie
s, highlights city and town names, and displays physical features and transport
routes.  It includes a time-zone chart and a map depicting internatio
nal communication networks and tourist attractions.
Comprehensive key statistics of the world and a clear, easy-to-use alp
hanumeric index of over 7000 place names and names of geographical features suc
h as mountains, lakes and rivers make this atlas an invaluable resource book. &
lt;/p>
</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Geography</td>
/p>
>
Development Research Group, World Bank.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Ge
ography</td>
tals of Geographical Thought</td><td>Sudeepta Adhikari</td><td>2015</td><td>416<
/td><td>295.0000</td><td>
lt;em>graphein to mean earth writing or earth description.
Every discipline pivots around its specific fundamental philosophies.
Fundamentals of Geographical Thought identifies the basic
philosophies of geography, from the ancient through the medieval to the modern/
post-modern, which guided the development of different schools of geography in
India, Germany, France, Great Britain, the USA, Russia and/or former Soviet Uni
on, and in others. It also highlights the philosophical and methodological conf
licts that took place during the various periods of conceptual development of t
he discipline, and measures the impacts of Darwinism on both the philosophy and
the scientific character of geography. 
The introductory chapter of the book deals with the content, purpose,
nature, schools and approaches of geography. The other 19 chapters discuss diff
erent schools of geography in historical perspectives, and compare the extent o
f similarities and differences between them. 
The volume: <a></a>
<ul>
<li>discusses the application of geographical principles and skills to
the resolution of practical problems, </li>
<li>reveals why geography is qualified to be categorised as a science,&
lt;/li>
<li>presents the information in a simple, easy-to-comprehend language a
nd style,</li>
<li>portrays extensive pedagogical features like chapter highlights and
diagrams, and</li>
<li>covers the undergraduate syllabi of geographical thought across all
major universities.</li>
</ul>
 Lucidly written, this volume will be invaluable for undergra
duate and postgraduate students, as well as for scholars, teachers and practiti
oners of geography.
</td><td><div>Sudeepta Adhikari is Professor, Departmen
t of Geography, University of Patna.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Geography
</td>
<td>978-81-250-5903-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Practica
l Geography: A Systematic Approach</td><td>Ashis Sarkar</td><td>2015</td><td>484
</td><td>325.0000</td><td>
lt;em>graphein to mean earth writing or earth description. </p&gt
;
What is Practical Geography? Each branch of systematised knowledge has
certain tools and techniques on which it depends to further its basic objectiv
es. Geography too has certain devices of its ownimportant among them are globes,
maps, charts and models. Practical Geography is the study of these devices and
tools which are involved in their construction and use. 
Practical Geography: A Systematic Approach explain
s the techniques of surveying and cartography, using mathematical and statistic
al methods. Divided into five unitsmap making, statistical analysis, map interpr
etation, field techniques and advanced techniques of surveyingthis book lays spe
cial emphasis on the methodology of surveying and cartography. 
<ul>
<li>A few important features of this book are: </li>
<li>Map making (scale, map projection and surveying)</li>
<li>Data analysis and representation</li>
<li>Interpretation of different kinds of mapsgeological
map, weathe
r map, topographical map, aerial photographs and satellite
imageries</l
i>
<li>Field techniques </li>
</ul>
Lucidly written, this volume will be indispensible not only for the un
dergraduate and postgraduate students of geography, but also for the scholars a
nd practitioners of the discipline. 
</td><td>
Ashis Sarkar</stron
g> is a distinguished academician in the fields of cartography, geo
morphology, quantitative geography and <em&gt
;geoinformatics. As a member of the West Bengal Senior Education Ser
vice, he is currently Head, PG Department of Geography, Chandernagore College.
Professionally, he is a member/resource person/life fellow of a number of acade
mic bodies/societies. He is also the Editor-in-Chief of the Indian Jo
urnal of Spatial Science. 
</td><td>World</td><td>Geography</td>
lackSwan School Atlas Manchitra (Second Bangla Edition)</td><td>Sangam Books (In
dia) Pvt. Ltd</td><td>2014</td><td>72</td><td>125.0000</td><td>
This completely updated, comprehensive and user-friendly edition of &l
t;strong>The Orient BlackSwan School Atlas (Bangla)&lt
;/strong> brings the world closer to us through its maps and graphical repres
entation of facts. The authoritative physical and political maps, as well as th
e maps covering climatic variations, geology, soil types, vegetation and areas
of human endeavour, such as agriculture, industry, communication and tourism,
helps students understand the relationship between geographical features and hu
man activities. 
Key features include:
<ul>
<li>detailed and up-to-date physical and political maps of West Bengal i
ncluding the newly formed district of Alipur
Duar</li>
<li>wide-ranging thematic maps of West Bengal showing
climate, geo
logy, natural vegetation, soil, minerals, irrigation, power
projects, indu
stries, density of population, tourism and crops</li>
<li>statistical data 
of  West  Bengal&
amp;nbsp; showing 
district-wise  total  popula
tion, male population, female
population and density of population as per
the 2011 census data</li>
<li>detailed, up-to-date regional maps of India
showing all twenty
nine states as well as six union territories and the National Capital Territory
</li>
<li>a map of India showing forest cover,
national parks, wildlife
sanctuaries, tiger reserves and biosphere
reserves</li>
<li>maps of India
showing population, density of population, liter
acy and sex ratio based on
the 2011 census data</li>
<li>a special map of India depicting natural
disasters, flood and
drought-prone areas and paths of cyclonic storms</li>
<li>maps of India
showing tourism and rich cultural as well as nat
ural heritage sites</li>
<li>three-dimensional histograms and pie graphs giving the
latest
statistical data for various states and union territories of India</li>
<li>eighteen maps of Indian history that introduce the
student to
a dynamic picture of the social change in India</li>
<li>world maps depicting the political boundaries of all
the newly
independent countries</li>
<li>world maps showing the distribution of important
wildlife spec
ies, types of environmental degradation and endangered sites
of heritage&l
t;/li>
<li>maps of polar regions indicating exploration and
expedition ro
utes as well as various research stations in the Antarctic</li>
<li>the latest key statistics of the world, including the
flags of
the newly independent countries</li>
<li>an exhaustive index of over 7,000 entries as per Bangla
alphab
etical order</li>
</ul>
</td><td>Sangam Books (India) Pvt. Ltd</td><td>World</td><td>
Geography</td>
</td><td>
 
<td>978-81-250-5686-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Orie
nt BlackSwan School Atlas with CD-ROM (Seventh Edition)</td><td>Sangam Books (In
dia) Pvt. Ltd</td><td>2014</td><td>132</td><td>290.0000</td><td>
This completely updated, comprehensive and user-friendly edition of Th
e Orient BlackSwan School Atlas brings the world closer to us through its maps
and graphical representation of facts. The authoritative physical and political
maps, as well as the maps covering climatic variations, geology, structure, so
il types, vegetation and areas of human endeavour, such as agriculture, industr
y, communication and tourism, helps students understand the relationship betwee

n geographical features and human activities.
Key features:
<ul>
showing all twenty
</li>
<li>a special map of India depicting natural
disasters, flood- and
drought-prone areas and paths of cyclonic storms</li>
<li>a map of India showing forest cover,
national parks, sanctuari
es, tiger reserves and biosphere reserves</li>
<li>a special map of India showing rich cultural
and natural herit
age sites</li>
<li>maps of India showing population, density of population, literacy an
d sex-ratio based on
the 2011 census data </li>
<li>a map of India showing the different
types of universities/ins
titutions in the country</li>
<li>a unique map of India on space science
together with a list of
satellites launched since 1975</li>
<li>three-dimensional histograms and pie graphs giving the
latest
statistical data for various states and union territories of India</li>
<li>maps of all the states and union territories of India
indicati
ng the latest districts and their headquarters</li>
<li>historical maps that introduce the student to a dynamic
pictur
e of social change in the world</li>
<li>a map showing the SAARC countries</li>
<li>detailed maps of the continents showing climatic
regions and l
atest socio-economic data</li>
<li>maps of the polar regions indicating exploration and
expeditio
n routes as well as various research stations in the Antarctic</li>
<li>world maps showing the physical regions, types of
environmenta
l degradation, endangered sites of heritage and distribution
of important
wildlife species</li>
<li>a special map of the world depicting the age of the
earth'
s crust, tectonics, tsunamis, earthquakes, tropical storms, hot
spots and
volcanic eruptions</li>
<li>a map of the world indicating the routes of well-known
explore
rs and adventurers </li>
<li>latest key statistics of the world, including the flags
of the
newly independent countries</li>
<li>dual index of around 9000 entries, including the most
recent c
hanges in the world</li>
</ul><div>Key features in CD ROM:<ul><li>Over 200 maps into which you can zoom and pan</li&gt
;<li>Interactive and challenging quizzes</li><li>All new key s
tatistics and flags of the world</li><li>Printable outline maps and
worksheets</li></ul></div>
<td>978-81-250-5687-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Orie
nt BlackSwan Primary School Atlas (Third Edition)</td><td>Sangam Books (India) P
vt. Ltd</td><td>2014</td><td>104</td><td>225.0000</td><td>
This completely updated edition of The Orient BlackSwan Primary School
Atlas is friendly and specially enriching for the young learner. 
It has a variety of maps, photographs, illustrations and statistics presented
in an attractive, informative and child-friendly way.
Some of the special features are:
<ul>
<li>a satellite map of India as seen from space</li>
showing all twenty
</li>
<li>thematic maps, showing India's climate, national
heritage,
festivals, transport, tourist places, vegetation, soils,
minerals, indust
ries and natural hazards</li>
<li>continental maps of the different continents</li>
<li>historical maps, showing how India has changed over the
ages&l
t;/li>
<li>all 196 flags of the world, including flags of
newly-formed na
tions </li>
<li>world maps with important features of the world  </li&gt
;
<li>blank maps of India, Asia
and the world for map activities<
/li>
<li>an easy to use index of place names</li>
</ul>
d><td>224</td><td>795.0000</td><td>

d futures.  
</td><td>
t;
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Geography</td>
<td>978-81-250-5266-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Quantita
tive Geography: Techniques and Presentations</td><td>Ashis Sarkar</td><td>2013</
td><td>400</td><td>325.0000</td><td><ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">Quantitative geography is the co
llection of methods that are applied, or could/can be applied, by geographers an
d others to study spatial phenomena (spatial, in geography, is any space on earth
that can be represented on a map), issues and problems. </li>

<li style="text-align: justify">This volume gives a broad summar
y of this discipline and the methods that geographers use to study spatial pheno
mena. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Beginning with a brief outline,
the author has explored in detail the range of methods that are used to study th
e discipline. </li>
</ul></td><td>Ashi
s Sarkar is currently teaching in the PG Department of Geography, Chan
dernagore College. He is also the chief editor of the Indian Journal o
f Spatial Science. </td><td>World</td><td>Geography</td>
lackswan Vishwa Atlas - Laghu Sanskaran</td><td>Sangam Books (India) Private Lim
ited</td><td>2013</td><td>100</td><td>120.0000</td><td>Orient BlackSwan Vishwa Atlas : La
ghu Sanskaran is the Hindi version of  The Orient BlackSwan World Atlas : Mini Edition published by us.
This colourful Atlas is prepared keeping in view the present day needs of the st
udents. The maps included in the book are authentic, easy to understand and attr
active.
This is an essential and indispen
sable global guide. Its  major features are:
<ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">This handy atlas features detail
ed maps of the continents and
countries, highlights city and town names and
displays physical features
and transport routes. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Comprehensive key statistics of
the world [pp. 4-15]</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">A map depicting international co
mmunication networks and tourist
attractions [p. 21]. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Includes the Worlds geographic ex
tremes [p.20]</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The maps of Arctic and Antarctic
regions with the names of
different locations and their explorers. [pp. 74
-75]</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">Also included a time-zone chart
[p. 76].  </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">This atlas is appended with a cl
ear, easy-to-use index of around
7000 place names and names of geographical
features such as mountains,
lakes and rivers which makes this atlas an inv
aluable book. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The pullout chart map of World [
Political] and India[Political] pasted in this atlas is easy to hang for better
viewing and understanding. </li>
</ul></td><td>Sangam Books (India) Private Limited</td>
<td>World</td><td>Geography</td>
rce. </li>
</li>
Sciences, Calcutta. </td><td>World</td><td>Geography</td>
<td>978-81-7371-628-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Geograph
ical Information Science</td><td>Narayan Panigrahi</td><td>2008</td><td>292</td>
<td>395.0000</td><td>Over the las
t decade, GIS (geographical information systems) ha
s established itself as a collaborative information processing system. The vast
domain of information it can process is ever increasing and so is its popularity
. Yet this interdisciplinary field is not available to the vast community of stu
dents and academicians as a subject of study.
This book addresses the GIS use
r domain encompassing students, users and engineers. Important aspects of geogra
phical information science (GISc), which is the basis of GIS, are explained. The
book aims to capture the basics of GIS from the point of view of a student. The
requirements of GIS have been explained keeping in mind the general users level
of knowledge. The processing capability of GIS along with the mathematics and fo
rmulae involved in arriving at a solution are explained for students and cartogr
aphers. The work flow of the whole system, its output and applications are illus
trated from an engineers point of view. </td><td><div style="te
xt-align: justify">Narayan Panigrahi obtained his B.S
c. (Physics Hons.) from Khallikote College, Orissa, M.Sc. (Computer Science) fro
m J.K. Institute of Applied Physics and Technology, University of Allahabad and
M.Tech. (Computer Science and Data Processing) from IIT Kharagpur. His areas of
interest include design, analysis and optimization of algorithms concerning comp
utational geometry, geographical information science and image processing. Curre
ntly he is a scientist at the Centre for Artificial Intelligence and Robotics (C
AIR), a DRDO laboratory in Bangalore, India.</div></td><td>IN,BD,BT,NP,LK,
MV,PK</td><td>Geography</td>
for decades.
t;
>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Geography</td>
</td><td>
ayog.
<td>240</td><td>950.0000</td><td>
 
ts in the U.S. 
</td><td>
t;
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Geography</td>

men.
y.</td><td>IN,NP,PK,LK,MV,BD,BT</td><td>Geography</td>
Governance Centre, Oslo.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Healt
h</td>
d>
</td><td>
sity, Denmark. 
</td><td>World</td><td>Health</td>
<td>978-81-250-6419-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Immunisin
g the Children of the World</td><td>Ralph H. Henderson</td><td>2016</td><td>118<
/td><td>550.0000</td><td>
In Immunising the Children of the World, Ralph H.
Henderson tells the story of WHOs contributions to the global efforts to ensure
worldwide immunisation. He served with the Expanded Program on Immunization (E
PI) during its formative years as Programme Manager and then Director from 1977
to 1989 before becoming a WHO Assistant Director-General from 1990 to 1999.&am
p;nbsp; 
Written in the form of a professional memoir, the author describes the
technical details and political intrigues behind these efforts. The book begin
s by describing his service with the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
(CDC) in West Africa.  It concludes with an account of an attempt to
establish for WHO the Health Leadership Service, a young professionals programme
modelled on the Epidemic Intelligence Service of the CDC. His story is supplem
ented with posters, photographs, and detailed charts and figures that bring to
life a largely ignored public health triumph.
Engaging and informative, this book will be of interest to students, s
cholars and researchers of public health and medical sociology.
</td><td>
Ralph H. Henderson, AB, MD, MPH, MPP, Har
vard University, is a
former Assistant Surgeon General of the US Public Health Service and a<stron
g> former Assistant Director Gene
ral, World Health Organization.

g></td><td>IN,PK,LK,BD,NP,BT,MV</td><td>Health</td>
tment of Sociology, University of Peradeniya, Sri Lanka.</td><td>World</td><td>H
ealth</td>
<td>978-81-250-5379-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Multiple
Voices and Stories: Narratives of Health and Illness </td><td>Arima Mishra and S
uhita Chopra Chatterjee (EDS.)</td><td>2013</td><td>336</td><td>950.0000</td><td
><div style="text-align: justify">In the field of medical sociol
ogy/anthropology, narratives of patients are widely used as an approach to under
stand social reality and lived experiences. As a theoretical and methodological
entry point, they contribute towards defining the scope of discipline, point out
the limitations of the positivist language of biomedicine, and highlight the role
of culture and society in understanding health, illness and suffering in everyd
ay lives.
Inspired by the possibilities of narratives, Multiple Voices and Stories is a coll
ection of essays on the narratives of health which goes beyond the patients and
their immediate families to include midwives, traditional healers, complementary
and alternative medical practitioners, health workers, to name a few.
The essays are arranged thematically. The first section captures the voices of t
he care-providers and healers in different settings. The second section narrates
the voices of the self in providing accounts of doing healthwhether curing an il

lness episode, living with a chronic illness or engaging in everyday practices o
f health. The third section goes further by offering two contrasting examples on
mental health narratives by showing where and why a narrative approach to medic
ine works or does not work.
The volume also raises important questions like: What functions do these narrati
ves perform? Do they generate evidence? If yes, what kind of evidence? How does
such evidence provide an alternative to the evidence in biomedicine? Where do narr
atives stand in the practices of evidence-based medicine and public health?
Bringing together essays by well-known scholars, this volume is an indispensable
read for students and scholars of medical sociology/anthropology, sociology/ant
hropology of health and illness, public health, narrative theory, social work an
d nursing studies.</div></td><td>Arima Mishra is Associ
ate Professor, Health, Nutrition and Development Initiative, Azim Premi Universi
ty, Bengaluru, Karnataka, India.<div> </div><div>&l
t;b>Suhita Chopra Chatterjee is Professor of Sociology, Department
of Humanities and social sciences, Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur, We
st Bengal, India.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Health</td>
>2015</td><td>224</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
/p>
Gender Studies.
n Studies.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Health</td>
5</td><td>492</td><td>1395.0000</td><td>
gt;
gt;
</td><td>
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>Health</td>
<td>978-81-250-5610-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>India In
frastructure Report 2013|14</td><td>IDFC Foundation </td><td>2014</td><td>348</t
d><td>750.0000</td><td>
The Indian population today has
little or no access to good quality healthcare at affordable prices. Not surpri
singly, on several of the basic health indicators India ranks amongst the lowes
t in the world. The health crisis is aggravated by a rising incidence of chroni
c and non-infectious diseases. The public health system is in jeopardy, due to
decades of appallingly low public investments; inadequate and antiquated infras
tructure; severe shortage of human resources; and inadequacies in government po
licies. Failed public health systems have forced people to turn to the private
sector, which is costly and unregulated, with services often being provided by
unqualified medical practitioners. As a result, people seeking healthcare servi
ces have the agonising choice between poor quality public facilities and costly
, yet undependable private services. Preventive and primary healthcare have bee
n marginalised, with the focus having shifted to curative tertiary care, higher
importance of clinical medicine and extremely high dependence on clinical inve
stigations. Health expenditures can be prohibitively high with the rural popula
tion and the urban poor being the worst sufferers. India is thus faced with the
daunting challenge of providing Universal Health Coverage (UHC) and ensuring t
hat all people receive good quality healthcare without facing significant finan
cial difficulty.  
Twelfth in the series, 
India Infrastructure Report 2013|14 looks at the challenges for ensu
ring availability, accessibility, affordability and quality of comprehensive h
ealthcare to all, and explores strategies to overcome the impediments along the
road to UHC. In this process, it also discusses whether initiatives taken to r
educe the burden of peoples health expenditure has yielded desirable results, ho
w to leverage the strengths of the private sector in healthcare delivery, role
played by the non-state entities in rural healthcare, imperatives of engaging w
ith the community, and the high impact of preventive care at low cost. The repo
rt draws the readers attention to some of the emerging issues in the health sect
or such as rising burden of non-communicable diseases (NCDs) and mental health,
human resource crisis in health sector and health concerns of informal sector
workers, and steps required to attend to them within the UHC framework.</p&g
t;
The result of a collaborative ef
fort led by the IDFC Foundation, this Report brings togeth
er a range of insightful perceptions of academics, researchers and practitioner
s committed to improving healthcare practices. It will be an extremely useful r
esource for policy-makers, academics, researchers and corporates engaged in thi
s sector. 
</td><td>IDFC Limited (formerly
Infrastructure Development Finance Company Limited) was incorporated in 1997 as
Indias first specialised infrastructure-financing intermediary in order to addr
ess the growing requirements of the various infrastructure sectors. IDFCs mandat
e was to lead private capital flows to commercially viable infrastructure proje
cts. Having successfully played its role in promoting private investment in inf
rastructure over the last 16 years, IDFC would now enlarge its footprint in the
financial services sector after receiving in-principle approval of the Reserve B
ank of India (RBI) to set up universal banking operations. In keeping with its
mission of being the leading knowledge-driven financial services platform, creat
ing enduring value, promoting infrastructure and nation building, in India and
beyond, IDFC has been carrying out its development agenda under the rubric of th
e IDFC Foundation. IDFC Foundation is a wholly-owned subsidiary of IDFC Limited
and a not-for-profit company within the meaning of Section 8 of the Companies
Act, 2013. IDFC Foundation, since its inception, has been involved in policy a
dvocacy and research, programme support, capacity building and community engage
ment programmes. IDFC Foundations activities are aimed at promoting inclusive gr
owth, creating livelihood opportunities for the rural population and executing
corporate social responsibility (CSR) initiatives. </td><td>World</td>
<td>Health</td>
td><td>174</td><td>195.0000</td><td>
<ul>
<li>Introduces
<li>Covers
ility and
ental
factors.</li>
<li>Provides
<li>Explains
period.</li>
<li>Explains
position in the
<li>Describes
focusing on Indian
<li>Discusses
<li>Discusses
ions of death.</li>
</ul>

</td><td>
Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Health</td>
<td>978-81-250-4617-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Lee Jongwook: A Life in Health and Politics</td><td>Desmond Avery</td><td>2016</td><td>3
00</td><td>645.0000</td><td>
<ol>
<li> A newly qualified doctor, Lee Jong-wook, offers his servi
ces treating leprosy patients at St Lazarus Village outside his home town, Seou
l. Here he finds both direction for his future work and his wife, like himself
a volunteer.</li>
<li>Desmond Avery describes Lee Jong-wooks international adventures from
Korea to Hawaii as a postdoctoral student, then to American Samoa as an emerge
ncy room clinician, and to Fiji as a World Health Organization medical officer
for leprosy. As Lees WHO responsibilities expand to other areas, they take him t
o the Philippines, and then to Switzerland where, in 2003, he is elected Direc
tor-General of WHO, the first Korean to head an international organisation.<
/li>
<li>Through this account of Lee Jong-wooks career in health and politics,
the author touches upon many important questions: Will there be a next global
pandemic of deadly influenza? To what extent are AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria
controllable? Who will foot the bill for polio eradication?</li>
<li>The biography also yields important insights into international publ
ic health policy-making.</li>
<li>The book contains 26 photographs, in colour and in black and white,

on art paper, covering various phases of Lee Jong-wooks life.</li>
</ol>
</td><td>Desmond Avery is former editor of
the Bulletin of the World Health Organization and author o
f Beyond Power: Simone Weil and the Notion of Authority&lt
;/p>
<td>978-81-250-4660-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Urbanisin
g Cholera: The Social Determinants of Its Re-emergence</td><td>Rajib Dasgupta</t
d><td>2012</td><td>368</td><td>1395.0000</td><td>Cholera&
lt;/strong> is one of the classical diseases in the history of epidemiology.
John Snows seminal work of cholera epidemics in London (between 1820s and 1850s
) marked a paradigmatic shift in epidemiological thinking for several reasons:&
lt;/p>
<ol> <li> a rational approach to the social determinants, </li&g
t;<li> inductive logic based on detailed and accurate descriptive data, a
nd, </li><li> for the first time, the right action for the right re
asons (in contrast to miasmatic theories). Subsequent shifts in analytical appr
oaches, fuelled in part by epidemiological transition, have established a far m
ore statistical approach as the gold standard of evidence-based medicine, based
on individual determinants. </ol>
Urbanising Cholera is
a revival of the eco-social approach in examining the social determinants of c
holera and deals with different aspects of the problem. Taking a public health
perspective, the study gives a giving a social epidemiological account of chol
era with a focus on the urban poor. 
This book would be of interest to historians of public health, urban h
ealth practitioners including local self-government organizations and urban pla
nners.</td><td>Rajib Dasgupta is
Associate Professor at the Centre of Social Medicine and Community Health, Jaw
aharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. </t
d><td>World</td><td>Health</td>
<td>978-81-250-4656-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Polio Era
dication and Its Discontents: A Historians Journey Through an International Publi
c Health (Un)Civil War</td><td>William Muraskin</td><td>2012</td><td>168</td><td
>675.0000</td><td>There are many
infectious diseases which kill millions of children every year the world over,
but polio is not one of them. So why did the World Health Assembly in 1988 choo
se the eradication of polio as a global goal? This is the key question that Wil
liam Muraskin asks and it inexorably leads to the unravelling of the official h
eroic story of the fight against polio.
The author finds that the public
health agenda of every single nation of the world was effectively hijacked by
a small group of people working at the global level. They were out to show that
eradication was a viable tool in fighting the disease. For this group, the dis
ease of poliomyelitis was not in itself primarily significant but rather it was
a disease of opportunity which could be used to prove that disease  era
dication in general was a viable instrument of public health. 
Muraskin finds that the most pow
erfully argued and cogent protest against the topdown global polio eradication e
ffort, and the distortion in national health priorities that has resulted from
it, comes from India.  A distinguished group of Indian medical doctors
and scientists, whom he calls the Indian Dissenters, speak not only for their n
ation but for most other developing countries as well
Polio Eradication a
nd Its Discontents reveals the decades-old fight between propone
nts of the Sabin Oral Polio Vaccine (OPV) and the champions of the Salk Inactiv
ated Polio Vaccine (IPV). It also highlights the potential long-term economic b
urden on the developing world that has resulted from the vaccine choices made a
t the global level.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify&q
uot;>William Muraskin is Professor in the Department of Ur
ban Studies, Queens College, City University of New York.</div></td><td>WO
RLD</td><td>Health</td>
<td>978-81-250-4501-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Medical P
luralism in Contemporary India</td><td>V. Sujatha and Leena Abraham</td><td>2012
</td><td>408</td><td>975.0000</td><td>Medical P
luralism in Contemporary India questions the dominant
view of indigenous systems of medicine as cultural remnants of a traditional pa
st. It points out that their practitioners greatly outnumber those of biomedici
ne (allopathy) and explores the reasons behind the enduring presence and import
ance of health care traditions such as ayurveda, siddha and unani.
The authors go beyond simplistic distinctions like traditionalmodern an
d scienceculture. They draw attention to the possibility of bridging the
divide between knowledge systems, and prepare the ground for a socially and cul
turally inclusive approach to healing and health care.
Aspects of commercialisation and globalisation of traditional medicine
s are also examined.</td><td>V. Sujatha</s
trong> is Associate Professor at the Centre for the Study of Social Systems,
Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.
Leena Abraham is Associate Professor at
the Centre for Studies in the Sociology of Education, Tata Institute of Social
Sciences, Mumbai.</td><td>World</td><td>Health</td>
o.
gt;</td><td>World</td><td>Health</td>
of Medicine at the University of Oxford.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Healt
h</td>
<td>978-81-250-3978-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Health, I
llness and Medicine: Ethnographic Readings</td><td>Arima Mishra (Ed.)</td><td>20
ot;>
Health, Illness and Medicine b
rings together a collection of writings in the sociology of medicine by eminent
sociologists and anthropologists. It attempts to understand the existing and fut
ure potential of this sub-discipline in the Indian context and beyond. In doing
so, the contributors engage with a range of debates on illness, health care and
health policies.
Commemorating Aneeta Minochas unparalleled contribution to m
edical sociology in India, this study revolves around two major concerns: the po
sition of medical sociology in sociology, and the interface of sociology with me
dicine and public health.
Reflecting on the current debates in the field of
sociology of health and illness, this volume explores a wide range of issuesmedic
al pluralism, public health discourses on risk and prevention, family planning p
ractices, efforts at combating tuberculosis, HIV/AIDS, organ transplantation, th
e relationship between illness and cultural practices, and illness narratives. T
he book is unique in that it brings together research studies that are theoretic
ally informed and ethnographically grounded.</td><td><div style=&qu
ot;text-align: justify">Arima Mishra teaches in the D
epartment of Sociology, Delhi School of Economics, University of Delhi. Examinin
g a wide range of issues on the lay discourse on heart diseases, critically look
ing at notions of risk, lifestyle and prevention, efficacy of alternative medici
ne and healings systems, she is actively engaged in research studies of medical
sociology for a decade.

Names of Contributors: Riddhi Banerji, Sikha Batra, R
uby Bhardwaj, Reema Bhatia, Suhita Chopra Chatterjee, Flora Cornish, Ritika Gang
uly, Shilpa Khatri, Avanish Kumar, Chandani Liyanage, Arima Mishra, Meerambika M
ahapatro, Tulsi Patel and Anuprita Shukla.
Foreword written by Professor A. M
. Shah and Preface written by Professor Rajni Palriwala.</div></td><td>Wor
ld</td><td>Health</td>
Critical Medical Practice: Reflections on the Dilemmas of Medical Culture Today
</td><td>Anand Zachariah, R. Srivatsan and Susie Tharu (Eds.)</td><td>2010</td><
td>392</td><td>775.0000</td><td>H
igh medical costs, the impersonality of technology-intensive speciality medicin
e and the difficulty in accessing curative primary care constitute a crisis for
medicine in India. Towards a Critical Medical Practice&
lt;/strong> is the outcome of a dialogue between a self-critical
medicine and the new social sciences that offers original perspectives on the c
risis.  
A set of historical studies prov
ides fresh insights into the dilemmas that surround cholera, kalaazar, post-tra
umatic stress disorder, ischemic heart disease, and undernutrition in contempor
ary India. Another group of papers argue that the public health focus on largescale preventive programmes has resulted in the underdevelopment of primary car
e in the curative mode. This deficit in curative care is targeted by the new co
rporate hospitals that adopt as standard an expensive and inappropriate form of
tertiary care that is marketed globally. Doctors trained in a tertiary setting
are ill-equipped to provide appropriate medical care in any other context. Thi
s book is a path-breaking study which captures the drama of the crisis as mirr
ored in the lives of the poor battling illness on an everyday basis.
Doctors practice against this for
midable backdrop of knowledge, orientation and elitism of modern medicine. The
constant everyday work of translating knowledge and experience to address a loc
al situation and do justice to the individual patient remains largely invisible
and undervalued in modern medicine. We argue that theorising this pr
actice, be it in teaching or in research, will open up new direction
s in health care and medical education.
</td><td>Anand Zachariah is Professor of Medicine a
t Christian Medical College, Vellore.
R. Srivatsan is Senior Fellow at the Anveshi Resear
ch Centre for Womens Studies, Hyderabad.
Susie Tharu wa
s formerly Professor and Coordinator, School of Critical Humanities at the Engl
ish and Foreign Languages University, Hyderabad. </td><td>World</td><
td>Health</td>
<td>978-81-250-2866-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Fractured
States: Smallpox, Public Health and Vaccination Policy in British India</td><td
>Sanjoy Bhattacharya, Mark Harrison and Michael Worboys</td><td>2005</td><td>276
</td><td>975.0000</td><td>This wo
rk provides a well rounded history of official smallpox measures and their links
with the development of public health in policies and programmes in Brititsh In
dia. It examines vaccination policy and technology from a political, economic an
d technical perspective as well as the cultural and religious implications of me
dical intervention in smallpox eradication. There is an exposition of the comple
x and sometimes contradictory official and civilian attitudes toward the develop
ment of smallpox control and public health measures in India.</td><td>
<div style="text-align: justify">Sanjoy Bhattacharya&lt
;/b> is Lecturer at the Wellcome Trust Centre for the History of Medicine at
University College London. </div><div style="text-align:
justify"> </div><div style="text-align: justify
">Mark Harrison is Director of the Wellcome Unit for
the History of Medicine at the University of Oxford and Reader in the History of
Medicine within the Modern History faculty. </div><div style=
"text-align: justify"> </div><div style="t
ext-align: justify">Michael Warboys is Director of th
e Centre for the History of Science, Technology and Medicine and the Wellcome Un
it for the History of Medicine at the University of Manchester.</div></td>
<td>World</td><td>Health</td>
<td>978-81-250-3014-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A New Wa
y to Eat</td><td>Tusna Park</td><td>2006</td><td>232</td><td>250.0000</td><td>&l
t;p style="text-align: justify">Weight reduction is often the first
line of treatment in most medical conditions. Indians especially, need to chan
ge the way they eat if they are to tackle the increasing susceptibility to condi
tions such as obesity,diabetes and cardiovascular disease. This book provides a
complete health plan which is practical and easy to follow. It has been resear
ched by a diabetologist,cardiologist and dietician, and combines some of the mos
t recent findings in medical studies with a scientific conception of a healthy d
iet. The book makes for an intelligent and enjoyable reading and is a must for
every home!</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">&
lt;b>Tusna Park has an M.B.B.S. from Christian Medical College in V
ellore. She has set up a private practice in Chennai and has helped a number of
people at the Park Clinic to get over thier problems of excess weight and the c
omplications that arise from it. Her husband Dr David Park is an epidemiologist
and both of them have been on this diet since 1989.
Komal M.K. has herself f
ollowed and benefitted from the simple principles laid down in this book. She h
as thus compiled the recipes from first-hand experience, illustrating that this
is only about eating the right foods at the right time.</div></td><td>Worl
d</td><td>Health</td>
<td>978-81-250-3508-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>History o
f the Social Determinants of Health: Global Histories, Contemporary Debates</td>
<td>Harold J. Cook, Sanjoy Bhattacharya, Anne Hardy (Eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>
380</td><td>1195.0000</td><td>Eve
ry subject has its history, including the Social Determinants of H
ealth. It is a subject that investigates differences in human hea
lth that occur because of social life, from income and class to family life and
neighbourhood. Social determinants can have very large effects on longevity, jus
t as do other determinants, such as the provision of medical care or clean drink
ing water. A Commission to study the social determinants of health and to propo
se ways of improving health based upon their analysis was therefore established
under the auspices of the World Health Organization and chaired by Professor Sir
Michael Marmot. In support of the work of the Commission, therefore, a large
international meeting was organised in London in order to bring together some of
the members of the Commission and several eminent historians to discuss the his
torical experience of people from around the globe. Because historians are among
those who have tried to assess how social relationships have affected health, t
hey can point to some determinants of health that others might miss, while histo
rical investigations can in turn benefit from knowing what other analysts consid
er to be the most important social determinants of health. The result produced k
nowledge of importance to us all. Many of the arguments and evidence are therefo
re brought together here in one book, so that the work of the Commission and som
e of the debates it has prompted can be better known. 
This is the first volume of its k
ind to bring historical studies to the investigation of the social determinants
of health from a global perspective. It brings together eminent historians of in
ternational health to explore an important and topical subject. The contributors
summarise a large body of recent historical literature in order to make it usef
ul for policy analysts. It includes a wide range of international examples. It a
lso includes two chapters on different methods of taking oral histories, which i
s a central concern for anyone who is interested in examining the recent past. &
lt;/p>
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Harold J. Coo
k is the Director of the Wellcome Trust Centre for the History of Medi
cine at University College London.</div><div style="text-align: ju
uot;>Sanjoy Bhattacharya is Reader in History at the Wellc
ome Trust Centre for the History of Medicine at UCL. </div><di
="text-align: justify">Anne Hardy is Deputy Dire
ctor of the Wellcome Trust Centre for the History of Medicine at UCL.</div&gt
;</td><td>World</td><td>Health</td>

/p>
Osamu Nag

</div></td><td>World</td><td>Health</td>
<td>978-81-250-2302-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Western M
edicine and Public Health in Colonial Bombay, 18451895</td><td>Mridula Ramanna</
ustify">The study examines the twin issues of Western medi
cine and public health in Bombay during the years 18451895. The wo
rk is the first to explore in detail the complex interrelationship between gover
nment, municipality and individual philanthropists over the issues of Western me
dicine and public health measures.
w New Perspectives in South Asian History Website</a>.</td><td>&
lt;b>Mridula Ramanna, Reader, Department of History, SIES
College, Mumbai University.</td><td>World</td><td>Health</td>
<td>978-81-250-0647-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sanskrit
-Hindi-English Dictionary</td><td>Suryakanta</td><td>1975</td><td>708</td><td>79
5.0000</td><td>This unique trilin
gual compilation lists over 6,000 entries. All roots, etymologies, inflections,
genders, numbers and cases have been recorded, accompanied by examples of usage
from classical and modern Sanskrit literature.</td><td><div style=&
quot;text-align: justify">Suryakanta, Professor and H
ead, Department of Sanskrit and Pali, Banaras Hindu University.</div></td>
<td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
Bharat Ka Itihas</td><td>Bipan Chandra</td><td>2009</td><td>372</td><td>285.0000
</td><td>This is the Hindi edition of History of Modern I
ndia by Bipan Chandra published by us recently.
The book surv
eys Indian History from eighteenth century to 1947. This book deals with the nat
ure of British imperialism and the policies pursued by it in India and their imp
act on the Indian economy, society and culture. The Indian response to the Briti
sh imperialism and the rise of Indian Nationalism are also studied. The book als
o provides the information about social and religious reform movements which wer
e prominent at that time. The book gives comprehensive knowledge about the Histo
ry of Modern India. </td><td>Bipan Chandra is a wel
l known historian. He was Professor of History at Jawaharlal Nehru University, N
ew Delhi, where he is presently an Emeritus Professor. Currently he is the Chair
man of National Book Trust, New Delhi. He is the author of books like The Epic
Struggle, Aetihasik Sangharsh, Nationalism and Colonialism in Modern India and E
ssays in Nationalism published by us.</td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
lackSwan WordMaster: Learner's Dictionary of Modern English (English-English
-Hindi)</td><td>Board of Editors</td><td>2009</td><td>928</td><td>375.0000</td><
td>WordMaster is the <strong&
gt;key to modern English. It is more than a book of w
ords, it is more than a meaning-finder. WordMaster&l
t;strong> moves beyond words and phrases, to understanding &l
t;em>real English and using it appropriately and effectively. By
providing users with clear and accurate meanings and illustrative sentences, &l
t;strong>WordMaster leads learners from knowing to u
sing, and from words to whole language.</p&g

t; Key Features:
<ul type="disc">
<li>Over 35,000 words, phrases and der
ivatives
from modern English</li>
<li>Meanings in clear sim
ple English,
further explained by illustrative sentences</li>
&lt
;li>Includes words and phrases which have
recently come into use</li
>
<li>Guidance on formal and informal usage,
with further guid
ance on appropriacy, and on attitudes embedded in
language</li>
&
lt;li>Special guidance-alert on language which
is not respectful, taboo
language, gender-sensitive words and words which
may cause offence</li
>
<li>Key words from science and humanities,
technology, compu
ters, medicine and the world of business</li> </ul> Of special use
to South Asian learners with examples, contexts and concerns which are familia
r</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
<td>978-81-250-3677-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dictionn
aire Francais-Hindi (French-Hindi Dictionary)</td><td>S Sadasivan</td><td>2009<
/td><td>1660</td><td>1995.0000</td><td>French Hindi Dictionary&l
t;/strong>, the first comprehensive dictionary of its kind in
French, is a kind of an encyclopedia, giving explanations of hist
orical, technical and other words with many synonyms. The usefulness of such a
labour was further enhanced by the detailed elucidations of important terms rel
ating to geography, history, legends, philosophy, literature and grammar. All p
ertinent information which could be helpful to the users of this Dictionary has
also been included. 
 
Apart from the explanatio
ns of difficult words, varied synonyms of many words have also been 
given: for instance, amongst others, for girl, there a
re 56 synonyms which can be found in this lexicographical work. Hindi equivalen
ts of French idioms have also been furnished here, as, for example, with the wo
rds langue and pain. The words which
have no equivalents in Hindi are either transcribed as borrowed words, or trans
lated. Hence, this Dictionary is an elaborate work composed of nearly <stron
g>a monumental 50,000 words. It is authors life time achieveme
nt. 
 
This work has been assessed by Mme Nicole Balbir of the Ecole des Lan
gues Orientales, Paris, and the Central Institute of English and Foreign Langua
ges, Hyderabad, (now called English and Foreign Language Institute) and the wor
k has been found to be of a high scholarly nature.
The work has also been subsidized by Ministry of Education, Government of India
. The functional characteristics maintained in this compila
tion will make it useful to the learners of French and Hindi at sc
hool, college and post graduate levels, as well as to the researchers and teach
ers of these two languages. It will also be useful for <stron
g>translators and interpreters in these linguistic fields of studies</str
ong>. [The number of students studying French has been
increasing. With the traditional French teaching centre being in the Northern r
egion of India, namely, Banaras Hindu University, the need for such a publicati
on was felt to be more as more Departments teaching French were initiated in De
lhi itself with increase in the opening up of Alliance Française Centres t
eaching French in Northern India. With globalization and outsourcing, learning
French appears to have gained ground as global job opportunities are growing. ]
</td><td>S. Sadashivan [1912-2009]</strong&
gt; was a retired diplomat of the Indian Foreign Service, having spent long yea
rs abroad on mission, especially in francophone countries.  
He retired as Cultural Attaché, Indian Embassy, Kampuchea  in 197
3. Born  1912, son of Indian
immigrants of Mauritius, he left it to do graduation in Lahore and came to Indi
a to study the Vedas. He has taught French in various institutions in Lahore, K
halsa College in Amritsar before Partition, then, joined the Indian Foreign Ser
vice where he served for 25 years, including postings in French-speaking countr
ies, before retiring as Cultural Attaché, Indian Embassy, Kampuchea &n
bsp;in 1973. All his post-retirement years have been entirely devoted to compil
ing, revising and finishing the dictionary with single-minded attention. He published articles regarding Indian cultural heritage, Hinduism etc in L
e Monde daily and local newspapers of the countries visited during his postings.
</td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
dya-Padya Sangrah - 1</td><td>Dinesh Prasad Singh (Ed.)</td><td>2008</td><td>80<
/td><td>95.0000</td><td>It is an
anthology of prose and poetry for Hindi (50 marks) for students of BA/B.Sc/B.Com
. Patna University prescribed under the restructured syllabus effective from Jul
y, 2008.
There are five prose pieces and seven poems in it. Each prose piece
represents a particular literary type.
Poems have been arranged chronologic
ally to introduce students to the evolution of Hindi Kavya by representative poe
ts.
Each chapter is preceded by notes. At the end of the book Glossary and Q
uotes for explanation are given.</td><td><div style="text-alig
n: justify">Dr. Dinesh Prasad Singh is Head of the De
partment of Hindi, Patna University. He is author of four anthologies (Prose and
Poetry) published by Motilal Banarasidas and all prescribed in Patna University
.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
dya-Padya Sangraha-II</td><td>Dinesh Prasad Singh (Ed.)</td><td>2009</td><td>128
</td><td>110.0000</td><td>This is an anthology of Hindi prose and poetr
y prescribed for BA part II of Patna university. This has been prepared accordin
g to the new syllabus. Students of all the three streams arts, science and comme
rce will use this anthology.</td><td><div style="text-align: ju
stify">Dr Dinesh Prasad Singh, Head of the Board of S
tudies, is the author of this anthology. He is former Head of the Department of
Hindi, Patna University.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
Bharat ka Sanskritik Itihas (Hindi)</td><td>Dilip M Menon</td><td>2010</td><td>1
96</td><td>245.0000</td><td>This is the Hindi edition of Cul
tural History of Modern India, a collection of six essays. 
This is the first in the series of three books for concurrent courses
of Delhi University. The six essays presents original and pioneering forays in
the study of cricket, oral history, gender studies, films, popular culture and
Indian classical music. The history of modern India has been narra
ted largely in terms of the nationalist movements, personalities and what has b
een seen as the high politics of state. This collection of essays tries to push
the emerging paradigm further by moving away from conventional notions of the
history of the nation and indeed of the politics.
[This is the second in the series of History titles for concurrent cou
rses Dilli: Prachin Itihas is already published. &lt
;strong>Madhyakaleen Bharat ka Sanskritik Itihas by Meenakshi Khanna </st
rong>is due in June. Then we already have a pac
kage of history titles Prarambhik Bharat ka Parichay, Madhyakaleen Bha
rat, Samkaleen Vishwa ka Itihas, Adhunik Bharat ka Itihas, Palassi se Vi
bhajan tak.]
</td><td>Dilip M Menon, the editor of this volume</st
rong> is Reader in Modern Indian History at University of Delhi. He is the Au
thor of Caste, Nationalism and communism in South India:Malabar 1900-48&nbs
p; and The Blindness of  Insight: Essays on Caste in Modern India. He
is currently visiting Associate Professor in the School of Literature and Langu
age Studies in the University of Witwatersrand , Johannesburg, South Africa.&lt
;/p> The contributors to this volume are :  Mr Ramachand
ra Guha, Dr Tanika Sarkar, Dr Rustom Bharucha,  Dr Sumita S Chakravar

ty, Dr Patricia Uberoi and Dr Amanda Weidman. <strong&g
t;Mr Bipender Kumar, who translated this book into Hindi, is a f
reelance Hindi journalist based in Patna.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Hindi<
/td>
This is
are:
M
gy and Ancient Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
leen Bharat: Rajniti, Samaj Aur Sanskriti (From eighth century to seventeenth ce
ntury)</td><td>Satish Chandra</td><td>2007</td><td>392</td><td>325.0000</td><td>
Madhyakaleen Bharat (written in Hindi) is
a book on the history of Medieval India. It covers the period between the eighth
century and seventeenth century. Generally, most of the books on the history of
medieval India start around 1206, the period of the Turkish invasion and establ
ishment of Turkish rule in parts of north India. The present book Madhyakaleen B
harat breaks this traditional pattern by starting at a much earlier date, from e
ight century onwards. The four hundred years from the eighth century to twelfth
century, although a very significant period in Indian history, is a lesser studi
ed period. The significance of this period lies in the fact that the ancient Ind
ian society was slowly changing and taking a new shape - marked by profound chan
ges in polity, economy, society and culture. Very few books which survey medieva
l Indian society dig into this period. However, professor Satish Chandra has not
only investigated this period, he has ensured that his investigation is compreh
ensible to the general reader. He is thus able to give a fuller picture of medie
val period in India.

The present book is written in a textbook format. It is an important bo
ok in the sense that it treats the subject-matter in a way which does away with
the stereotyped analyses and attitudes and inculcates in the readers, who should
largely be college and university students, a fresh attitude towards viewing hi
story. It gives them a general idea of the findings of other important historian
s and therefore readers can, in a single volume, have glimpses of modern trends
of writings on this period. Above all, the book is very readable.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Satish Chandr
a is a renowned historian. He was professor of history at Jawaharlal N
ehru University. He was vice chairperson and then chairperson (1972-81) of the U
niversity Grants Commission. He has written several books on medieval Indian his
tory as well as on Indian Ocean. He has edited several books. A large number of
his research articles have been published in national and international journals
.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
<td>978-81-250-2651-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Prarambh
ik Bharat Ka Parichay (Hindi)</td><td>Ram Sharan Sharma</td><td>2004</td><td>384
</td><td>310.0000</td><td><ol>
<li style="text-align: justify&q
uot;>It is a survey book on Ancient Indian history from prehistoric times to
the seventh century. It deals with polity, economy, society, religion, philoso
phy and science & technology in ancient India and highlights the contr
ibutions of ancient India in these fields.</li>
<li style="te
xt-align: justify">This book is a revised, updated and upgraded version
of Prachin Bharat (Ancient India), earlier published by N
CERT. The book has been upgraded to suit the requirements of college and unive
rsity students. Four new chapters (chapters 4, 5, 6 & 11) have been ad
ded. Several chapters like Neolithic Age (ch. 9), Harappan Culture: Bronze Age
Urbanisation (ch.10) and Rigvedic Age (ch.12) have been extensively revised i
n the light of new researches and findings. Then, there are insertions of new
paragraphs, lines and words throughout the text in the book.</li>
&lt
;li style="text-align: justify">A special feature of the book is &l
t;strong>chronology, which is given at the end of each chapt
er. This will help the students to correlate events in a chronological sequenc
e.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify"> Another specia
l feature of the book is a detailed and updated bibliography.</li> </ol></td><td>Prof R S Sharma was Professor and Head, Departmen
t of History, Delhi University. Earlier, he taught at Patna and Canada univers
ities. He was also the founding Chairperson of the Indian Council of Historica
l Research (ICHR), New Delhi. He has written both in English and Hindi.</p&
gt; His important works include: Sudras in Ancient India, Ma
terial Culture and Social Formations in Ancient India, Aspects of Political id
eas and Institutions in Ancient India, Indian Feudalism, Looking for the Aryan
s, Advent of the Aryans in India, Early Medieval Indian Society- A Study in Fe
udalization, etc.</td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
<td>978-81-250-3233-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindi Sa
hitya ka Saral Itihas</td><td>Vishwanath Tripathi</td><td>2007</td><td>196</td><
td>175.0000</td><td>Hindi Sahitya ka Saral Itih
as is a simple, concise introduction to the gradual d
evelopment of Hindi literature. It deals with all the relevant topics essential
for history of Hindi literature. Representative authors, their representative wo
rks and representative literary trends have been treated in a little more detail
and in the contexts of social and historical developments of the periods. The a
im is that the reader becomes acquainted with the literature of each period in i
ts specific context.
This book is targeted at undergraduates basically and th
e general readers who want to have a quick acquaintance with the subject.
Spe
cial features of the book are:
<ol> <li>It is easy and simple. (This is an advantage with any textb
ook.) </li><li> It is also a concept-building book. (Concepts are i
mportant for studying advanced-level books of the subject.) </li><li&g
t; Its conciseness has an appeal for readers. (Nowadays trend is in favour of sh
ort and slim books.)
</li><li>It treats modern trends and develop
ments (like dalit lekhan, stree lekhan) and thus updates readers knowledge. <
/li><li>It gives, besides facts, critical insights to readers.</li&g
t;</ol>
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr Vishwanath
Tripathi was Reader in Hindi, Department of Hindi, Delhi University.
He is a well-known critic and has authored a number of books like Lokwadi Tulsi,
Meera ka Kavya, Hindi Alochana. His recent book of memoirs Nangatalai ka Gaon h
as become popular in a short time.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
<td>978-81-250-3207-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Translat
ion and Interpreting: Reader and Workbook</td><td>Ravinder Gargesh and Krishna K
umar Goswami</td><td>2007</td><td>284</td><td>295.0000</td><td>Translation and Interpreti
ng is a bilingual textbook for the application course
in translation in the new restructured BA Programme of University of Delhi. The
book comprises a Reader and a Workbook. The Reader contains articles both in Eng
lish and Hindi, which discuss general issues and approaches related to the theor
y of translation.
The Workbook consists of exercises for the students.
The
book intends to make students familiar with the basic concepts relating to the
theory and practice of translation and, create an awareness of the challenges an
d opportunities presented by linguistic and cultural differences in the context
of globalization and the dynamics of the multilingualism of Indian society.</td><td>Professor Ravinder Gargesh teaches linguistics
at the Department of Linguistics, University of Delhi. He presently teaches ling
uistics/Hindi at the Hankuk Unversity of Foreign Studies, Seoul, Korea.&nbsp
;<div> </div><div>Professor Krishna Kumar
Goswami is an Advisor, Centre for Development of Advanced Computing (C
-DAC), Noida, Ministry of C & IT, Government of India. He has taught Hin
di at various institutes across India. </div></td><td>World</td><td>Hindi
</td>
scholars.
n to write.

UP.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Hindi</td>
<td>978-81-250-4052-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Prashasa
n evam Lokniti</td><td>Manoj Sinha</td><td>2010</td><td>324</td><td>250.0000</td
><td>This is a text book for und
ergraduate (BA Programme) Hindi medium students of  Delhi University.
This Book is also aimed for non-collegiate Womens Board and School of Open Lea
rning affiliated to Delhi University. It caters to Administration and Public Po
licy paper of BA Programme III yaear of DU. This book will also cater to any ot
her university where public administration courses are taught. This book is als
o equally useful for UPSC and allied civil services. </td><td>Dr. Manoj Sinha is As
sociate Professor, Political science Department, Ramlal Anand College, South C
ampus, Delhi University. He is the editor of this volume. The contributors ar
e teaching faculty from DU.</td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
<td>978-81-250-4023-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Gandhi A
dhyayan</td><td>Manoj Sinha (Volume Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>240</td><td>210.00
00</td><td>Gandhi Adhyayan is a textbook&a
mp;nbsp; for the first year B.A. Honours concurrent course READING GA
NDHI Paper of University of Delhi. 
The book being based on the syllabus requirements, covers three distin
ct areas:
<ol><li> Study of Gandhis critiques, mainly by foreign scholars like
Quentein Skinner and Terrence Ball (here the aim is to teach students how to t
ake into account texual and contextual aspects while reading a text). </li&g
t;<li> A detailed discussion on Gandhis Hind Swaraj a
nd </li><li>Discussion on Gandhis socio-economic thou
ghts e.g. on untouchability and communal harmony. </li></ol>
Second edition contains three new chapter
s to fulfill syllabus requirements further - Gandhi ki Prasangkita[relevance of
Gandhi]; Ek Vaikalpik Adhunikta [an optional modernity]; and Gandhi Chintan [r
eading Gandhi]. 
The book has 14 essays, one appendix, a bibliography and an index. The
essays are mainly written by Delhi University teachers. </td><td>&lt
;p>Manoj Sinha is Associate Professor, department of Poli
tical Science, Ram Lal Anand College (Evening), Delhi University. He is the edi
tor of this volume. The contributors are teaching faculties of colleges affilia
ted to Delhi University.</td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
<td>978-81-250-4014-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Samajsha
striya Vichar</td><td>Mujtaba Hussain</td><td>2010</td><td>476</td><td>310.0000<
/td><td>This is a textbook for undergraduate courses in sociology of t
he universities across Hindi speaking states. This book will be very useful for
UPSC and PCS aspirants. It also covers the syllabus of UGC NET. &lt
;p>The Book is on sociological thoughts. It covers the rise of sociology, it
s development, various perspective and the ideas of different sociologist. Written in narrative style the eighteen sociological thinkers
studied in this book are
<ol> <li>August Comte, </li>
<li>Herbert Spencer, </li>
<li>Karl Marx, </li><li>Emile Durkheim, </li>
<li> Max Weber,</li><li> George Simmel, </li><li>
Vilferedo Pareto,</li><li> Ferdinand Tonnies, </li><li>
CW Mills, </li><li> PA Sorokin, </li><li> Talcott Pars
ons, </li><li>RK Merton, </li><li> TB Bottomore, </l
i><li> Ralf Daherndrof,</li><li> LA Coser, </li><l
i> CHCooley, </li><li> George Herbert Mead and </li><li

> Herbert Bumer. </li></ol>
The first chapter of this book is introductory and the last chapter is
the summary and synthesis. The book is appended with a bibliography.
</td><td>Professor Mujtaba Hussain teaches in depar
tment of sociology in Patna University. He has more than 25 years of experience
in teaching Sociology in Patna university. He also taught in a few coaching in
stitiutes for UPSC and PCS examinations. He is currently involved in a project
in Jharkhand.</td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
<td>978-81-250-4184-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bhartiya
Shashan Aur Rajneeti (Hindi)</td><td>Basuki Nath Choudhary and Yuvraj Kumar (Ed
s.)</td><td>2011</td><td>584</td><td>340.0000</td><td>This is an underg
raduate textbook on Indian Government and Politics.
It discusses political development in India since independence.
Divided into five parts its contents include: Overview of the Indian Po
litical system- Problems facing India on the eve of
independence, The Constituent assembly: perspective on the Indian polity, Const
itutional provisions and institutional functioning; Indian constitution-Fundamen
tal rights, directive principles and fundamental duties, Nature of Indian state,
Social structure and the democratic process, perspectives and problems, The fed
eral structure and process; area of tension, state reorganization policy in Indi
a, Indian Parliament, President and federal executive, Judiciary: judicial revie
w and judicial activism, State governments and their functioning, Constitutional
amendments: socio-political implications; Party system and elections- Indian pa
rty system: national and regional parties, Elections in India: politics and voti
ng behavior; Development process- Peasent, labor and tribal movements in India,
Woment and  Dalit and backward class movements, Problems of underdevelo
pment; poverty,illiteracy,regional imbalance and environment  degradati
on, Nation integration, Development process and foreign policy; This book also d
iscusses issues like Right to education, Right to information, human rights, gen
der, environment and rights of forest dwellers.
</td><td>The volume editors are Dr Basuki Nath Chaudhary and Dr Yuvraj
Kumar. The Foreword [Prastavna] is written by Professor Mahendra Prasad Singh,
Ex-HOD of Political Science, Delhi University.
 Dr Basuki Nath Chaudhary, Associate &amp
;nbsp;Professor of Political Science, PG DAV College [evening], University of
Delhi. He is teaching this subject now over 26 year to undergraduate students.

Dr Yuvraj Kumar, Assistant Professor of P
olitical Science, Satyawati College, University of Delhi. He has been teaching
over 8 years to UG students. 
The contributors to this volume are teaching in Political Science  fac
ulties of colleges affiliated to Delhi University. Some of the contributors
are: Dr Geeta Sahare, Laxmibai College; Dr Balwan Gautam and Dr Madhu Damani R
athi, Deshbandhu Gupta College; Dr Manisha Rai, Khalsa College; Dr Ashutosh Kum
ar, Satyawati College; Dr Ranjeet Kumar and Dr Kavita Arora, Shaheed Bhagat Si
ngh College; Dr Mayank Kumar, Satyawati College etc.</td><td>World</td><td>Hind
i</td>
<td>978-81-250-4193-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Vidhayika
Aur Nyayapalika: Sansad Avm Rajya Vidhan Mandalon Se Sambandhit Nyaayik Nirnay
(Hindi)</td><td>Raghbir Singh (Ed.) and K N Chandershekharan Pillai (Editorial T
eam Head)</td><td>2011</td><td>492</td><td>1195.0000</td><td>This is the Hindi version of The Legis
lature and the Judiciary published by us in English recently for
the Rajya Sabha Secretariat, New Delhi.
The Indian Constitution provides
for a federal form of government, with a division of power between the legisla
tive and executive arms of the state. Both institutions have evolved, over the
years, as mature, dynamic and relatively autonomous in their respective spheres
of activityfurther strengthening the edifice of democracy. While these two orga
ns have functioned with restraint and responsibility, the legitimate concerns o
f the respective institutions to guard their autonomy have led to differences b
etween the two. Since independence, the courts have been called upon on numerou
s occasions to resolve such conflicts.
A pioneering volume, The Legisla
ture and the Judiciary explains the powers, privileges and immunities of legisl
atures in India. It also highlights the role of the judiciary in articulating a
constitutional position on the legislatures autonomy, along with a detailed dis
cussion of all the important cases dealt by the high courts and the Supreme Cou
rt.  
In the critical Foreword, eminent
jurist Upendra Baxi provides a brief background to the birth of the Indian co
nstitution. He highlights how the constitution-makers were profoundly influence
d by the powers, privileges and immunities enjoyed by the House of Commons. He
draws our attention to the interesting fact that a majority of cases filed so f
ar are by the legislators themselves, and explains the need for them to have pr
ivileges and immunities. 
This volume consists of two sect
ions:
 Section 1</stro
ng> details the evolution of law through judicial interpretations of provisi
ons relating to Parliament and the State Legislature. Stating, precisely, the c
urrent position of the law, it encapsulates the principles of law laid down by
the high courts and the Supreme Court. 
Section 2</stron
g> provides a brief summary of judgments. Almost all the significant rulings
of the high courts and the Supreme Court relating to Parliament and the State
Legislatures have been incorporated in this section. 
 This consolidation of legal in
formation will facilitate a clear understanding of the existing legal position
of the legislature. This volume will also be a valuable resource for constituti
onal experts, jurists, students of political science and law, and legislators.&
lt;/p></td><td>The chief editor is Raghabir Singh</b&gt
;, Ex-Secretary, Ministry of Law and Justice; currently Chairman, Copyright Boa
rd.
The Head, Editorial Team: Professor K Chandrashekharan Pillai</b&gt
;, EX-Director, Indian law Institute, New Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td
>
<td>978-81-250-4115-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sampresh
anmulak Vyavsayik Hindi</td><td>Hindi Pathya Smiti, Babasaheb BR Ambedkar Marath
wada University (Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>200</td><td>175.0000</td><td>This is a book on Communicative Business
Hindi. The book is a compilation of chapters written by the teaching faculty of
Hindi department of Babasaheb BR Ambedkar Marathwada University, Aurangabad, whe
re the subject is being taught at graduate and post graduate level. There are 12
chapters. The book is appended with business related terminology, banking terms
, accounts and accountancy terms and a bibliography. The book is prepared keepin
g in view the syllabus of Marathwada University.</td><td><div style
="text-align: justify">This book has been compiled by Hind
i Pathya Samiti, Babasaheb Ambedkar Marathwara University, Aurangabad.
</div></td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
Sahitya aur Sanskriti</td><td>Vimlesh Kanti Verma and Malti</td><td>2009</td><td
>464</td><td>275.0000</td><td>Bhasha, Sahitya a
ur Sanskriti is the new and enlarged edition of
the Hindi textbook published by us for the Bhasha, Sahitya aur Sanskriti paper
(100 marks)of BA Foundation Course of Delhi University. This is aimed fo
r the Hindi medium students who opt this paper.
Though specifically meant for Delhi University, this book would be a v
ery useful textbook for courses of Hindi at undergraduate level across Hindi de
partments in other Indian universities because Hindi language, literature and c
ulture is an important paper taught at this level in all Indian universities.&l
t;/p>
</td><td>Dr Vimlesh Kanti Verma, MA Hindi
,  Allahabad University, M.Litt.  Linguistics, Delhi Univers
ity,   D Phil Allahabad,   FRAS  f
rom London. He retired as Reader, Department of Hindi, PGDAV College, Universit
y  of  Delhi  in 2008. He teaches currently Applied
Linguistics and Translation to undergraduate and post graduate students at Del
hi  University.  He taught linguistics and literature in Univ
ersity of Toranto, Canada;  Sophia University, Bulgaria and University
of South Pacific, Fiji.  He has several published works and articles
in Indian and International journals on linguistics and literature. He is a vis
iting Professor to the Hindi Departments of many foreign Universities. He was o
n the advisory of the Textbook board of NCERT for nearly twenty years in the pa
st. Dr Malti is MA, Ph D Hindi
, Delhi University; MA  Marathi; PG diploma in Russian, Devi Ahilya Un
iversity, Indore. She retired as Principal, Kalindi College, Delhi University.
She was an active member of several academic committees of University of Delhi.
She was an active member of BA Program Committee of the Foundation Course on B
hasha, Sahitya aur Sanskriti  and the subcommittee for the Application
Course on Anuvad aur Bhashaantaran (Translation and Interpretatng) of Universi
ty of Delhi.  She was also a member of Board of Studies for Hindi of J
awaharlal Nehru University. She is rewarded by several national institutions fo
r her services of the community and Hindi literature. Her published works inclu
de several Hindi and Marathi poems, short stories, articles and critical monogr
aphs, translations of Marathi short stories into Hindi and vice versa published
in various journals and magazines.</td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
Sahitya mein Dalit Vimarsh</td><td>Devendra Chaube</td><td>2009</td><td>268</td>
<td>275.0000</td><td>The book is a study of Dalit writings in modern li
terature. It has a collection of 18 articles divided into three thematic groups:

<ol><li>Concept, </li><li> History, and </li><l
i> Literature
Dalit studies have come in a big way in recent years in High
er Academics. </li></ol>
Also, it is fast becoming a part of University curriculum all over th
e country. Not only scholars, but students are also searching for books that de
al with this subject. This book on this subject fulfills the demand of the marke
t and makes us one of the leading publishers of Dalit studies in Hindi.
Dali
t Studies is an important paper included in the undergraduate syllabus of Hindi.
There is no textbook available to students. Our book will fulfill this need to
some extent.

</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Dr Devendra C
haube is Associate Professor of Hindi, School of Indian Languages in J
awaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He is one of the non-dalit scholars who i
s an important invitee in most of Dalit seminars and discourses held so far in I
ndia and also abroad. He is deeply interested in the history, literature and cul
ture of this community of maginalised society. His published works include : Sa
mkaleen Kahani ka Samajshastra; Sahitya ka Naya Saundryashastra : Chintan ki pa
rampara aur Dalit Sahitya. He was awarded national fellowship for literary criti
cism Dalit Paath ka Arth by Ministry of Culture, Government of India.</div><
/td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
t;</td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
n Bharat : Ek Parichay (Hindi)</td><td>Dr Manoj Sinha</td><td>2011</td><td>408</
td><td>295.0000</td><td>This is a
n undergraduate textbook on Contemporary India paper of University of Delhi. Thi
s is one of the papers of Foundation course of BA Program of University of Delhi
. This book is a contributory volume written as per the syllabus by the faculty
members of various DU colleges.
This book attempt to familiarise
students with main political, economic and social developments that have taken
place in India since Independence. This book will help students to develop a p
erspective on the functioning of Democracy, emerging trends in the economy in th
e context of globalisation and the dynamics of the Indian society. This book wil
l also cater to any other university where contemporary India courses are taught
. This book will be equally useful for the syllabus of UPSC and allied civil ser
vices.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"><b&
gt;Dr. Manoj Sinha, the volume editor, is Associate Professor, Departm
ent of Political Science, Ramlal Anand College, South Campus, University of Delh
i. The contributors are teaching faculty from various colleges affiliated to Uni
versity of Delhi teaching this paper. The contributors are from Delhi College of
Arts and Commerce, Rajdhani College, Lakshmibai College, Satyawati College, Sha
heed Bhagat Singh College, ARSD College, PGDAV College, Shyamlal College, Zakir
Hussain College, Gargi College, and Shyama Prasad Mukherjee College.</div>
</td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
</li><li style="text-align: justify"> There are 8 titles i
n this package for class 1 to 8.
lines.
.
t;<div style="text-align: justify">Dr Arvind Kumar, Principal, BPS Public School in Patna. This is his own school run by him.
He is one of the co- authors of Anurag Series. He has published books with othe
r publishers on Hindi grammar and composition. He is an experienced teacher of H
indi and Sanskrit.
aught.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Hindi</td>

lines.
.
v><div style="text-align: justify">Dr Arvind Kumar,&
lt;/b> Principal, BPS Public School in Patna. This is his own school run by h
lines.

.
ERT too as an expert. He is one of the co-authors of Anurag series.</div>&
style="text-align: justify">Dr Arvind Kumar, Pri
ncipal, BPS Public School in Patna. This is his own school run by him. He is one
of the co- authors of Anurag Series. He has published books with other publishe
rs on Hindi grammar and composition. He is an experienced teacher of Hindi and S
anskrit.
<td>2012</td><td>44</td><td>140.0000</td><td><ol><li style="text-a
lign: justify"> This is the revised edition of Sahaj Bhasha Pravesh Seri
es published by us.
lines.
.

t;<div>Dr Arvind Kumar, Principal, BPS Public School in
lines.
.
v><div style="text-align: justify">Dr Arvind Kumar&l
t;/b>, Principal, BPS Public School in Patna. This is his own school run by h
<td>2012</td><td>104</td><td>180.0000</td><td><ol><li> This is the r
evised edition of Sahaj Bhasha Pravesh Series published by us.

co-authors of Anurag series.</div><div style="text-align: justify
"> </div><div style="text-align: justify"&
gt;Dr Arvind Kumar, Principal, BPS Public School in Patna. Th
is is his own school run by him. He is one of the co- authors of Anurag Series.
He has published books with other publishers on Hindi grammar and composition. H
e is an experienced teacher of Hindi and Sanskrit.
ot;>Satya Narain Lal, formerly lecturer, SCERT, Patna. He
. 

al work.
subject.
;.</td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
<td>978-81-250-4563-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Gadya Ta
rang </td><td>Sunil Kumar(Ed.)</td><td>2012</td><td>80</td><td>85.0000</td><td>&
lt;p style="text-align: justify">Gadya Tara
ng is an anthology of Hindi short stories and prose co
mpiled for BA Hons first year Hindi course of  Magadh University, Bod
h Gaya. The book is a collection of five stories and three Hindi classic essays
by eminent Hindi writers. Elaborate notes have been given on each of these wri
ters in the book for easy reference. </td><td>Dr Sunil Kumar
is Reader, Department of Hindi, Magadh University, Bodh Gaya, Bihar</t
d><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
<td>978-81-250-4564-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Gadya Sa
rit </td><td>Sunil Kumar (Ed.)</td><td>2012</td><td>96</td><td>75.0000</td><td>&
lt;p style="text-align: justify">Gadya Sar
it is an anthology of Hindi short stories and prose c
ompiled for BA Pass course first year Hindi, Magadh University, Bodh Gaya. The
book is a collection of five stories, three essays and two memoirs by well know
n Hindi writers. Elaborate notes have been given on each of these writers in th
e book for easy reference.</td><td><div style="text-align: jus
tify">Dr Sunil Kumar is Reader, Department of Hindi,
Magadh University, Bodh Gaya, Bihar</div></td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>

ege for Women, University of Delhi, Delhi.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Hin
di</td>
Itihas ka Adikal</td><td>Ranabir Chakravarti</td><td>2012</td><td>376</td><td>2
95.0000</td><td>This is the Hind
i version of the Bangla book Bharter Ithaser Adiparb&lt
;/strong>  publishedby OBS. This book is a essentially a
college level textbook on the history of Ancient India. It covers the period f
rom the most ancient times to 600 AD. It is divided into seven chapters. In add
ition to the usual political history, the book provides a study of society, eco
nomy, polity, art, religion, language and literature. The book is based on the
latest researches and topics like urbanization, state formation, social formati
on, social position of women, caste system and nation making are also discussed
. It also takes care of divergence in historiography as well as differing opini
ons of the historians which enliven past researches.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Ranabir Chakr
avarti, Professor of History at Centre for Historical Studies, Jawahar
lal Nehru University.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
<td>978-81-250-5888-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Azadi ki
Kahani</td><td>Maulana Abul Kalam Azaad</td><td>2015</td><td>280</td><td>395.00
00</td><td>This
book is the Hindi version of the book India
Wins Freedom published by Orient Blackswan.This is a f
irst-hand autobiographical account of
the story of independence of India achieved in 1947 as told to us by Maulana
Abul Kalam Azad, the first Minister of Education of Independent India - one of
the makers of modern India. He tells the story of the partition of India as
never before, with intimate knowledge and feeling.
nitial; background-position: initial; background-repeat: initial"></s
pan>
nitial; background-position: initial; background-repeat: initial">The fu
ll text of this autobiographical narrative
was confined, under seal, in the National Library, Calcutta, and in the
National Archives, New Delhi, for thirty years. What we now have is the
complete text, released in September 1988, by a court directive. </s
pan></td><td>Maulana Abul Kala
m Azad (1888-1958) was a freedom fighter. He joined free Indias first Union Cabin
et as Minister for Education and remained on this post until his death.</td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
>
led NDA. 
e]New  cover 
 

</td><td>

an Adhyayan Doosra Sanskaran (Hindi)</td><td>Erach Bharucha</td><td>2015</td><td
>328</td><td>250.0000</td><td>
Paryavaran Adhyayan (second edition) is&lt
;strong> the Hindi edition of the second edition of 
A textbook of Environmental Studies published by Universities Press.
 
Environmental studies has become an undisputed requirement in the syllabi of a
ll undergraduate courses. The first edition of this textbook was the outcome of
the efforts of the Expert Committee constituted by the UGC in response to the
directive given by the Supreme Court of India, on the necessity for a basic cou
rse on the environment. The Second Edition has incorporated the feedback from t
he students and faculty to make it more user-friendly. 
<ul>
<li>Tailored
precisely to suit the curriculum set down by the UGC.
</li>
<li>Relevant
new case studies, examples, photographs and figures m
ake the book student
and teacher-friendly.</li>
<li>The
subject matter is presented in very simple and lucid langu
age which makes
the concepts clear to Engineering, Arts, Science and Comme
rce students
alike.</li>
<li>The
important aspect of fieldwork is included in Unit 8.</li&
gt;
<li>Flowcharts
have been introduced wherever required so that conc
epts are clearer in the
students minds.</li>
<li>The
refrain of sustainable living runs though the entire book, t
hus
awakening the students to reality and suggests solutions for commonly
encountered environmental issues.</li>
</ul>
Questions are provided at the end of each chapter to test comprehensio
n.
</td><td>
Dr Erach Bharucha &
lt;/strong>is Director, Bharati Vidyapeeth Institute of Environment Educatio
n and Research, Pune. He has been engaged in implementing a variety of environm
ental education programmes for schools and colleges. He has been associated wit
h the NCERT, SCERT and UGC to further the cause of formal environmental educati
on.
<td>978-81-250-5947-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Lok Pras
hasan : Siddhaant evm Vyavahaar</td><td>Sushma Yadav and Balwan Gautam</td><td>2
015</td><td>576</td><td>350.0000</td><td>This
text book on Public Administration aimed for the Public
Administration : Theory and Practice paper of BA Hons of
University of Delhi - specifically written for the paper Theories
of administration [Paper 10, Semester III] and also aims for the
Paper Public Policy and Administration in India paper 14
Semester 4. 

This
book discusses Introduction of public administration; Meaning, nature

and development; New perspectives of public administration;
Development of administration in India; Development administration;
Administrative theory; Organization and Methods; Structure of an
organization; Public policy; Personnel administration; Bureaucracy in
India;Financial administration; Financial administration in India;
Citizen and administration; Public participation in administration;
Welfare administration; decentralization; Urban local governance;
Administrative reform and changing nature of governance in India. &lt
;/span>Included
in the book are updates as of 2015 on the public administration in
India.
The
book is appended with bibliography and index.</p&gt
;</td><td>
Prof. Sushma Yadav, M.A., (Gold Medalist) M.Phil.
, Ph.d. is Pro Vice Chancellor of Indira Gandhi Na
tional Open University. An eminent scholar and Gold Medalist from the Universit
y of Delhi, Prof. Yadav has a very rich teaching and research experience of mor
e than 30 years. She was Chair Professor, Dr Ambedkar Chair in Social Justice
at Indian Institute of Public Administration, New Delhi. Professor Yadav has p
ublished several books and a number of monographs on political science, social
justice, the gender Issues, culture and politics.
 Dr Blawan Gautam&
lt;/strong> is Associate Professor, Department of Political Science, Ramanuja
n [Desh Bandhu Gupta College] College, University of Delhi. He is currently Fe
llow of Political Science at Delhi Universitys Institute of Life Long Learning (
ILLL), University of Delhi. The publications to his credit are: Coope
ratives and Rural Development in India; Tulnatmak Rajniti
k Siddhaant ke Sandharbh; Rajnitk Siddhant : Avdhaarnayen
evm Vimarsh; etc.
<td>978-81-250-5689-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Jharkhand
Ki Bhashayen (Volume13, Part1) - Bharatiya Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan</td><td>Ganesh
N.Devy and Ramnika Gupta and Prabhat Kumar Singh</td><td>2015</td><td>400</td>
<td>1775.0000</td><td>
The Peoples Linguistic Survey of India is a right based movement for c
arrying out a nation-wide survey of Indian languages especially languages of fr
agile communities such as nomadic, coastal, island, hill and forest communities
.
This book is part 1 of the Volume 13 : Jharkhand ki Bhashyen [Hindi]
of The People's Linguistic Survey of India (PLSI)  undertaken an
d executed by Bhasha Research and Publication Center.  
variety of the Jharkhand State of India. The languages included in this book a
re: Angika, Asur, Bhumij, Birajiya, Birhor, Gondi, Ho, Khadiya, Khortha, Korva,
Kudukh, Kurmali, Mal Pahadiya, Mundari, Nagpuri, Panch Paraganiya, Sabar and S
antali. 
</td><td>
Dr Ganesh N. Devy taught English
at the Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda; a renowned literary cri
tic and activist; is founder and director of the Tribal Academy at Tejg
adh, Gujarat; and director of the Sahitya Akademis Project on L
iterature in Tribal Languages and Oral Folk Traditions. He is an active particip

ant in the functioning of Bhasha Academy.Currently, he is a Professor at the Dhi
rubhai Ambani Institute of Information and Communication Technology (DA-IICT), G
andhinagar, Gujrat. He is Chair, Peoples Lnguistic Survey of India, 37,
Bhasha Research and Publication Centre, Near Dinesh Mills, Baroda.
Dr. Ramnika Gupta is MA from Punj
ab University, Solan and B.Ed.from Central Institute of Education, New Delhi. Sh
e was formerly Member of Parliament and Member of Legislative Assembly, Bihar. S
he has worked for the upliftment of dalits, nomads and women and has been awarde
d and felicitated well for her contribution to these minority communities. &
nbsp;Currently, she is the Chairperson of Ramnika Foundation, Delhi.
Prabhat Kumar Singh is M.Sc. and
Ph.D (Anthropology) and had done extensive research on Kurmali language of Jhark
hand. Amongst his published works are three books and  several research
papers on this language. Currently, he is professor of Anthropology in Ranchi U
niversity, Jharkhand.
<td>978-81-250-5690-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Himachal
Pradesh Ki Bhashayen (Volume11, Part1) - Bharatiya Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan </td><t
d>Ganesh N.Devy and Tobdan</td><td>2015</td><td>372</td><td>1495.0000</td><td>
<div style="text-align: justify">The Peoples Linguistic Survey o
f India is a right based movement for carrying out a
nationwide survey of Indian languages especially languages of fragile communi
ties such as nomadic, coastal, island, hill and forest communities.</div>
<div style="text-align: justify"> &lt
;/div>
<div style="text-align: justify">This book is Pa
rt 1 of the Volume 11 (Himachal Pradesh ki Bhaashyen [Hindi]) of The People'
s Linguistic Survey of India (PLSI) undertaken and executed by Bhasha Research
and Publication Center, Baroda.  </div>
The present book contains the in
formation on language and linguistic variety of the Himachal Pradesh State of I
ndia. The languages included in this book are: Hindi, Kanashi, Kahluri ya Bilas
puri, Kangri, Kinnauri, Kulluee, Gadi-Pahari, Gujjar, Chambyali, Chinalbhashe,
Churahi, Tinan, Stodapa, Pattani, Pangi, Punan, Baghati, Bagali, Bhoti,&nbs
p; Mandayali / Mandiyali, Mahasui, Lohari-Lahul, Sarazi, Sirmauri and Spiti. &l
t;/p>
</td><td>
Padmashree Dr. Ganesh N. Devy taught Engli
sh at the <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maharaja_Sayaji
rao_University_of_Baroda" title="Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baro
da">Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda</a> a renowned litera
ry critic and activist; founder and director of the <a href="h
ttp://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Tribal_Academy_at_Tejgadh&action=ed
it&redlink=1" title="Tribal Academy at Tejgadh (page does not exis
t)">Tribal Academy at Tejgadh</a>, <a href="http:
//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gujarat" title="Gujarat">Gujarat</a
> and director of the <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/
Sahitya_Akademi" title="Sahitya Akademi">Sahitya Akademi</a
>s Project on Literature in Tribal Languages and Oral Folk Traditions. He is
an active participant in the functioning of Bhasha Academy. Currently, he is a
Professor at the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information and Communication Te
chnology (<a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DA-IICT" title=&quo
t;DA-IICT">DA-IICT</a>), Gandhinagar, Gujarat. 
He is Chair, Peoples Linguistic Survey of India, 37, Bhasha Research and Publ
ication Centre, Baroda. Tobdan</strong&g
t; was born in Khangsar village of Lahul-Spiti district in Himachal Pradesh in
1944. He completed his education till BA-LLB. He had a great interest in writin
g. After retiring from a banks job in 2004, he started writing articles on Histo
ry, Language and Literature, in English, Hindi and Bhoti languages. He has publ
ished several articles and books, and a few more are yet to be published. He ru
ns an annual magazine Kunjum which is based on languages of  Lahul-Spiti
district and other districts of Himachal Pradesh. 
He is a member of Himachal Pradesh Art, Culture and Language academy.
<ul>
<li>
resource endowme
</li><li>
within r
</li><li>
integration and
</li><li>
employment
</li><li>
</li><li>
movements and re
gions
</li></ul>
lopment Network
he IDFC Rural Development Network.</td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
<td>978-81-250-6231-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Kaavyaas
waad aur Saadhaaranikaran: Kavyashastra par aadhaarit pustak</td><td>Rajendra Ga
utam</td><td>2016</td><td>208</td><td>495.0000</td><td>
The book presents features of Indian poetics and general applicability
of its components in comprehending Indian Poetics. This is a reference book fo
r the students of Hindi and Sanskrit at undergraduate and postgraduate levels.
Research scholars will also find this book useful. 
The book has seven chapters. It begins with introduction to Indian poe
tics. It talks about salient features of poetics, its origin and purpose. It in
cludes a detailed study of Rasa [a rhetoric form in any of several tas
tes or sentiments characterizing a literary work nine rasas [navrasa] are usual
ly distinguished]; and  Sahrdaya [the reader who rea
ds literature with pleasure and sensitivity]. 
The book also defines and analyzes the features of Kaavyaaswaad [th
e aesthetic experience of reading and comprehending literature]. Als
o included in the book is critical analysis of the theory of Saadhaaranikaran &
lt;em>[general applicability].
The book is appended with a terminological glossary involved in the bo
ok.
</td><td>
Rajendra Gautam is a Ph.D in Hindi from P
unjab University. He has taught Hindi to undergraduate and postgraduate student
s over 42 years in various posts as lecturer, Reader, as Associate Professor an
d currently a Professor in the department of Hindi, University of Delhi. He has
several publications to his credit besides several articles contributed to var
ious academic journals, books and magazines. 
1975.0000</td><td>
 
 
;/p>
</td><td>

gt;


<div> </div>
<td>978-81-250-6048-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Naarivaa
di Siddhaant aur Vyavahaar</td><td>Shubhra Parmar</td><td>2015</td><td>296</td><
td>265.0000</td><td>This book is aimed for the Political Science third
year honours course for the paper feminism: Theory and Practice Generic Elective I
I core interdisciplinary paper of Delhi University. It is an optional paper for t
he students of all subjects except who opt Political Science honours.&
lt;p>This book covers history of feminism in the west, socialist societies an
d in anti-colonial struggles. It also talks about the gendered analysis of India
n society, economy and polity with a view to understanding the structures of gen
der inequalities. The book discusses the contemporary debates on feminism and th
e history of feminist struggles in India; the construction of gender and an unde
rstanding of complexity of patriarchy. It analyses the theoretical debates withi
n feminism. The book also deals with the contemporary Indian womens movements.&lt
;/p>This book covers contemporary issues like sex worker and sex tra
fficking, honor killing and domestic violence.The book has a separate chapter on
women achievers from various walks of life.This book is appended with case stud
ies, chronology of important events of feminist movements in India and the world
; feminism related vocabulary; and an index. </td><td><p&g
t;Dr Subhra Parmar is Assistant Professor, Departmen
t of Political Science, Bhagini Nivedita College, and University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
<td>978-81-250-5361-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sufivaad
: Kuchh Mahatvpurna Lekh</td><td>N R Farooqi</td><td>2014</td><td>220</td><td>19
5.0000</td><td>Sufivaad: Kuchh Mahatvpurna Lekh</stro
ng>  provides a detail account of Sufism, its rise, fulfillment and
decline of the Chisti brotherhood of Sufis in medieval India. 
Its contents include: Some aspects of cla
ssic Sufism; the early Sufis of India; the emergence and efflorescence of the C
histi Sufis: An outline of their thought and an account of popular appeal of th
eir shrines; the resurgence of the Chistis: a survey of the expansion and fulfi
llment of a Sufi order in Mughal India; Doyen of the Sufis of the Madh
ya Pradesh: Muhammad Shattari Gwaliori;  A note on Shaikh Ahmad Sirhin

di and his religious and political thought; Saiyid Ahmad of Rae Bareli: an acco
unt of his life and thought and an appraisal of his impact on the Sufi centers
of Awadh and eastern India
Glossary related to Sufism given at the e
nd of the book. 
Detailed Bibliography is given at the end of eac
h chapter. 
There is no one book available in Hindi on the topic of Sufism. The es
says of the book are authors own research. 
This book is a good addition to our list of books on history since the
author is a well known scholar in the academic world. </td><td>Professor N R Farooqi is MA History from Univer
sity of Allahabad; Doctorate from Wisconsin University; started as lecturer in
University of Allahabad; Also served as Professor of History at the Lal Bahadur
Shastri National Academy of Administration, Mussoorie. He was Professor and Ch
airman of the History department in University of Allahabad. He is currently De
an, Research and Development, at University of Allahabad. He held several Inter
national fellowships including Junior Fullbright fellowships. His main area of
research are diplomatic history of Mughal India and Indian Sufism on which he h
as published numerous articles in national and international journals.</p&gt
;</td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
<td>978-81-250-5435-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bharat m
ein Upniveshvaad (Hindi)</td><td>Abhay Prasad Singh (Ed.)</td><td>2014</td><td>2
20</td><td>195.0000</td><td>Bharat mein Upnives
hvaad is a syllabus based undergraduate textbook for t
he Colonialism in India paper [Bharat mein Upniveshvad paper]
of University of Delhi. This is one of the papers of the First Semester of Disc
ipline course of Four year BA Program of Delhi University. Maximum marks for thi
s paper is 100. 
The book discusses the colonial past of India, the importance and relev
ance of understanding this past, which is in fact the roots of many political in
stitutions and ideas; social and economic structures which are the central polit
ics in India today traced back to this past. The book is divided into six units:
1.Imperialism and colonialism; 2. Foundations of colonial rule in India; 3. Eco
nomy and society; 4. Culture and society; 5. Education; and   
The book is appended with all the relevant information of colonialism i
n India in chronological order as a ready reckoner.
The book will be useful for the undergraduate courses in political scie
nce of Delhi University and also other Indian universities of Hindi speaking sta
tes in the country. This will also be extremely useful for the aspirants of UPSC
and allied civil services. 
Package : This book will make a package with Bipan Chandras Ad
hunik Bharat ka Itihas; Shekhar Bandyopadhyays Palassi se Vibhajan tak; Abhay Pra
sad Singhs Bharat mein Rashtravad.
</td><td>Abhay Prasad Singh is Associate P
rofessor of Political Science, PG DAV College, University of Delhi. He has exper
ience of teaching this subject over 15 years now. He also taught post graduate s
tudents of Indira Gandhi National Open University (IGNOU) during Feb.2009- Feb.
2011. Currently  also teaching Post Graduate students at the Non-Colleg
iate Womens Education Board, University of Delhi. He is a member of Commission fo
r Scientific & Technical Terminology, MHRD, Government of India; was a F
ellow with Gandhi Smriti and Darshan Samiti(GSDS) from 2000-2002. 
The contributors of this volume are teaching faculty of Political Scien
ce of various colleges affiliated to Delhi University.
ein Rastravaad (Hindi)</td><td>Abhay Prasad Singh (Ed.)</td><td>2014</td><td>244
</td><td>195.0000</td><td>Bharat mein Rastravaad &
amp;nbsp;is a textbook for the Nationalism in India paper[Bharat mein Ra
shtravaad ] of the Discipline Course-1 [DC-1] of Political Science im
plemented under the Four year Undergraduate Program of University of Delhi. This
is one of the papers of the Second Semester of Discipline course of DC-I. &
nbsp; 
The book is divided into five units: 1. Approaches to the Study of Nati
onalism; 2. Reformism and Anti-Reformism in the Nineteenth Century; 3. Nationali
st Politics and Expansion of its Social Base; 4. Social Movements; 5. Partition
and Independence.  
The book discusses the struggle of Indian people against colonialism. I
t looks at the struggle from different theoretical perspectives that highlight i
ts different dimensions. It begins from nineteenth century Indian responses to c
olonial dominance in the form of reformism and its criticism and continues throu
gh various phases up to the events leading to partition and independence. The bo
ok also highlights various conflicts and contradictions by focusing on its diffe
rent dimensions: communalism, class struggle, caste and gender questions.</p&
gt;
The book will be useful for the undergraduate courses in political scie
nce of other Indian universities of Hindi speaking states in the country; and al
so for the aspirants of UPSC and allied civil services. </td><td>&lt
;p>Abhay Prasad Singh is Associate Professor of
Political Science, PG DAV College, University of Delhi. He has experience of tea
ching this subject over 15 years now. He also taught post graduate students of I
ndira Gandhi National Open University (IGNOU) during Feb.2009- Feb. 2011. Curren
tly  also teaching Post Graduate students at the Non-Collegiate Womens E
ducation Board, University of Delhi. He is a member of Commission for Scientific
& Technical Terminology, MHRD, Government of India; was a Fellow with G
andhi Smriti and Darshan Samiti(GSDS) from 2000-2002. 
The contributors of this volume are teaching faculty of Political Scien
ce of various colleges affiliated to Delhi University.
<td>978-81-250-5466-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Rajasthan
Ki Bhashayen (Volume 26 Part 1)-Bharatiya Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan </td><td>Gan
esh N. Devy (Chief editor), Madan Meena and Suraj Rao(Vol. Ed.)</td><td>2014</td
><td>428</td><td>2095.0000</td><td>The Peoples Linguistic Survey of Ind
ia [PLSI] is a right based movement for carrying out a nation-wide survey of In
dian languages especially languages of fragile communities such as nomadic, coa
stal, island, hill and forest communities. 
      &amp
;nbsp;       &amp
;nbsp;       &amp
;nbsp;    
This book is Part-1 of the Volume-26 (Rajasthan-Hind
i) of The People's Linguistic Survey of India (PLSI) undertaken
and executed by Bhasha Research and Publication Center, Baroda.  
This book contains the information on language and linguistic variety
of the Rajasthan State of India. The languages included in this book are: Khadi
Marwari, Godwadi, Ghanchi, Jagrouti, Daang, Dingle, Dhaati, Dhundhadi, Talhait
i, Thali, Deswali, Ghawadi, Naagarchaali, Pachwara, Bagadi, Bajigari, Bikaneri,
Braj, Sansi (Bhatu), Maad, Maarwadi, Mirasi, Merwadi, Mewadi, Mewati, Vagadi,
Shekhawati, Sarayaki, Sindhi and Hadouti. 
</td><td>Dr Ganesh N. Devy, forme
rly Professor of English at theMaharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda, a reno
wned literary critic and activist, is founder and director of the Tribal Academ
y at Tejgadh Gujarat; and director of the Sahitya Akademis Project on Literature
in Tribal Languages and Oral Traditions. He is an active participant in the fu

nctioning of Bhasha Academy. He has been awarded the Padma Shri in 2013 for his
work in the field of linguistic research of the endangered languages in India.
Currently, he is a Professor at the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information
and Communication Technology ( DA-IICT ), Gandhinagar, Gujrat; and Chair and Chi
ef Editor of the series Peoples Linguistic Survey of India [PLSI].
Dr Madan Meena is a visual artist and rese
archer. He has worked extensively with artists and crafts persons from local co
mmunities in Rajasthan. His doctoral dissertation from University of Rajasthan
was on Art of the Meena Tribes. He has travelled extensively and has had held exh
ibitions of his paintings in many parts of the country. He has published two bo
oks on the subject, Joy of Creativity and Nurtur
ing Walls. His interest in the languages has lead him to start his w
ork on the language of the Kanjar community residing in Rajasthan. He currently
works and lives in Kota in Rajasthan.
Dr Suraj Rao, has Doctorate in Rajasthani,
Hindi and History. He is based in Udaipur. He has published several articles a
nd books on Rajasthani language and literature. He has been given the Sahitya A
kademi award [2013] for his Rajasthani translation [from Urdu language] of Gyan Singh Shatir published bySahitya Akademi.
;
t;/li>
500 words. </li>
Retired Principal, Kendriya Vidyalaya, Baroda. </td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
se Vibhajan Tak: Adhunik Bharat Ka Itihas</td><td>Sekhar Bandyopadhyaya</td><td>
2012</td><td>544</td><td>295.0000</td><td>This is a new edition of the
book.

This is the Hindi version of the
book From Plassey to Partition published by OBS. This book is essentially a col
lege level textbook on the history of Modern India. It is a general history of I
ndia under British rule from the eighteenth century to the first half of the twe
ntieth century. It is divided in to eight thematic chapters which focuses more o
n the Indian people than on the colonial rulers. In other words, it is a very us
eful account of the emergence of India as a nation. It is the most updated book
on its subject as it incorporates most recent researches in this area. This has
a new cover.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Sekhar Bandyo
padhyaya is Associate Professor in Victoria University of Wellington,
New Zealand. He is also Associate Dean in the faculty of humanities and social s
ciences. He has also taught at Calcutta University and Kalayani University in I
ndia. He is author of Caste, Politics and the Raj: Bengal, 1872-1937.</div&gt
;</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Hindi</td>
<td>978-81-250-4970-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindi ki
Duniya Workbook 3</td><td>Chandrika Mathur</td><td>2013</td><td>172</td><td>140
.0000</td><td>Teach through an activity based method Hindi to the chil
dren of class 3 and 4. It will help the child: 
<ul>
<li>Develop sentence structures for speaking and writing in Hindi </l
i>
<li>Expand vocabulary in daily life contexts </li>

<li>Develop conversational ability </li>
<li>Develop the ability to read Hindi with comprehension and expression
</li>
<li>Write correctly and expressively in Hindi </li>
</ul>
Their features are:&
lt;/p>
<ul>
<li>Dialogues and Stories that come alive on CD :</str
ong> aid in absorbing vocabulary and sentence patterns </li>
<li>Songs set to delightful tunes on a &lt
;strong>CD :bring out the many jo
ys of the childs world </li>
<li>Numerous illustrations :bring out the
meanings of texts without their translationsin English </li>
<li>A No-nonsense workbook :consolidates v
ocabulary and sentence structures through games, puzzles, oral and written exer
cises and more </li>
<li>Flash Cards and Bingo Cards:are a funfilled way of reinforcing the memory of vocabulary and concepts </li>
<li>Grammar Sections :Clarify concepts, st
ructures and patterns of the Hindi language </li>
<li>Gender logos for each noun<strong&g
t; :a unique feature! Noun-gender associations are systematicall
y established </li>
</ul>
</td><td>Dr Chandrika Mathur
<ul>
<li>MA, M.Phil 
from JNU and Ph. D  from
U
niversity Of Ottawa, Canada</li>
<li>Has nearly 18 years experience in teaching
Hindi in Rishi Vall
ey School, A school of Krishnamurti Foundation, India</li>
<li>Has contributed several articles in world over
journals on tea
cher education and learning teaching methods. </li>
<li>Currently, Joint Director, Rishi Valley Institute for Teacher Educat
ion, Krishnamurti Foundation India. She is responsible for developing and conduc
ting programmes for teacher development, especially in the area of language teac
hing [including year long courses, short term workshops, and mentoring individua
l teachers]</li>
<li>This series is a result of the authors experience of teaching Hindi t
o children. This series was prepared originally for Rishi Valley, Education Cent
re, KFI.</li>
</ul>
.0000</td><td>Teach through an activity based method Hindi to the chil
dren of class 3 and 4. It will help the child: 
<ul>
i>
</li>
</ul>

lt;/p>
<ul>
y established </li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>MA, M.Phil 
U
Hindi in Rishi Vall
journals on tea
l teachers]</li>
re, KFI.</li>
</ul>
.0000</td><td>Hindi ki Duniya 5 presents texts to teach Hindi to the children of class 5. It will he
lp the child: 
<ul>
<li>Develop sentence structures for speaking and writing in Hindi </
li>
<li>Expand vocabulary </li>
<li>Develop the ability to speak in informal and formal contexts </l
i>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>MA, M.Phil 
U

Hindi in Rishi Vall
journals on tea
l teachers]</li>
re, KFI.</li>
</ul>
<td>978-81-250-4989-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bharat k
a Itihas: 1707 se 1857 tak</td><td>Lakshmi Subramanian</td><td>2013</td><td>304<
/td><td>245.0000</td><td>This is the Hindi version of <st
rong>History of India 1707-1857 publishedby us.
It is an essential textbook for undergraduate students of Indian histo
ry. The period 1707 -1857 was full of dramatic events which has profound conseq
uences for the history of the India. This period marks the fall of great Mughal
empire and advent of British rule in India, and also the Revolt of 1857. This
book is perhaps the only textbook available on this specific period.
This book covers following main themes:&l
t;/p>
<ul type="disc">
<li>The disintegration of the Mughal Empire, the emergence of the succes
sor states, and the establishment of the East India Companys dominance in the sub
continent.</li>
<li>The process that aided consolidation of the British Raj, its methods
of governance and bliss of its economic set up.</li>
<li>Social and intellectual construct which developed during this period
, laying the ground for colonial dominance as well as resistance to it.</li&g
t;
<li>A comprehensive overview of developments in the fields of culture, a
rt, literature, music and ideas during the eighteenth and early nineteenth centu
ries.</li>
<li>Resistance to the colonial enterprise, culminating in the rebellion
of 1857.</li>
</ul>
The other features are:
<ul type="disc">
<li>Each chapter is accompanied by maps </li>
<li>and up-to-date bibliography </li>
<li>glossary of terms used in the book</li>
</ul></td><td>Dr Lakshmi Subramanian is Professor of History in
the Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Kolkata. She has previously taught a
t Jamia Millia Islamia (New Delhi), University of Calcutta and Visva-Bharati (S
hantiniketan). She had several distinguished fellowship and teaching appointmen
t in foreign universities and has published extensively on various aspect of mo
dern India.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Hindi</td>
Duniya Coursebook 1</td><td>Chandrika Mathur</td><td>2013</td><td>84</td><td>22
0.0000</td><td><div style="width: 100%; float: left">
<div style="width: 610px; float: left">
Present an activity-based method to teach Hindi to the children of class 1 and 2
.
This method will help the child: <ul>
<li>Develop a go
od pronunciation and intonation in Hindi</li>
<li>Learn a basic vocabulary in Hindi</li>
<li>Learn to rec
ognize Hindi nouns with their gender</li>
<li>Read Hindi with comprehension and expression</li>
<li>W
rite Hindi correctly in Devnagari script</li>
</ul></div> </div>
<div><str
ong>The features: <ul>
<li>Rhymes set to tune
 in
an audio CD for the students.Each rhyme is intended to teach one letter [a conso
nant or a vowel] and
some nouns beginning with that letter. Each rhyme is depicted through an illustr
ation to facilitate
comprehension.</li>
<li>Illustrations that tell a s
tory:meanings of rhymes and text
became clear without translations through these illustrations</li>
<li>Bingo Cards and Flash cards :This is a fu
n-filled way of reinforcing memory
[These are of three kinds given as Ka, kha and ga in the text pages and t<stro
ng>heir master cards are given at the end of these bo
oks.]</li>
<li>A No-nonsense workbook :diverse exercises t
each and consolidate  the language in a rigorous and systematic way<
/li> <li> Gender logos for each noun:&
nbsp;a unique feature!
Noun-gender associations are established from the very beginning.</li><
/ul></div></td><td>Dr Chandrika Mathur
<ul>
<li>MA, M.Phil 
U
Hindi in Rishi Vall
journals on tea
ion, Krishnamurti Foundation India. She is responsible for
developing and
conducting programmes for teacher development, especially in
the area of l
anguage teaching [including year long courses, short term
workshops, and m
entoring individual teachers]</li>
<li>This series is a result of the authors experience of teaching Hindi
to children. This series was prepared originally for Rishi Valley, Education Cen
tre, KFI.</li>
</ul>
50.0000</td><td><div style="width: 100%; float: left">
<div style="width: 610px; float: left">
Present an activity-based method to teach Hindi to the children of class 1 and 2
.
This method will help the child: <ul>
<li>Develop a go
od pronunciation and intonation in Hindi</li>
<li>Learn a basic vocabulary in Hindi</li>
<li>Learn to rec
ognize Hindi nouns with their gender</li>
<li>Read Hindi with comprehension and expression</li>
<li>W
rite Hindi correctly in Devnagari script</li>

</ul></div> </div>
<div><str
ong>The features: <ul>
<li>Rhymes set to tune
 in
an audio CD for the students.Each rhyme is intended to teach one letter [a conso
nant or a vowel] and
some nouns beginning with that letter. Each rhyme is depicted through an illustr
ation to facilitate
comprehension.</li>
<li>Illustrations that tell a s
tory:meanings of rhymes and text
became clear without translations through these illustrations</li>
<li>Bingo Cards and Flash cards :This is a fu
n-filled way of reinforcing memory
[These are of three kinds given as Ka, kha and ga in the text pages and t<stro
ng>heir master cards are given at the end of these bo
oks.]</li>
<li>A No-nonsense workbook :diverse exercises t
each and consolidate  the language in a rigorous and systematic way<
/li> <li> Gender logos for each noun:&
nbsp;a unique feature!
Noun-gender associations are established from the very beginning.</li><
/ul></div></td><td>Dr Chandrika Mathur
<ul>
<li>MA, M.Phil 
U
Hindi in Rishi Vall
journals on tea
l teachers]</li>
re, KFI.</li>
</ul>
80.0000</td><td>Teach through an activity based method Hindi to the ch
ildren of class 3 and 4. It will help the child: 
<ul>
i>
</li>
</ul>
lt;/p>
<ul>

y established </li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>MA, M.Phil 
U
Hindi in Rishi Vall
journals on tea
l teachers]</li>
re, KFI.</li>
</ul>
80.0000</td><td>Teach through an activity based method Hindi to the ch
ildren of class 3 and 4. It will help the child: 
<ul>
i>
</li>
</ul>
lt;/p>
<ul>

y established </li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>MA, M.Phil 
U
Hindi in Rishi Vall
journals on tea
l teachers]</li>
re, KFI.</li>
</ul>
30.0000</td><td>Hindi ki Duniya 5 &l
t;/strong>presents texts to teach Hindi to the children of class 5. It will
help the child: 
<ul>
<li>Develop sentence structures for speaking and writing in Hindi </
li>
<li>Expand vocabulary </li>
<li>Develop the ability to speak in informal and formal contexts </l
i>
</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>MA, M.Phil 
U
Hindi in Rishi Vall
journals on tea
l teachers]</li>

re, KFI.</li>
</ul>
Duniya Workbook 1</td><td>Chandrika Mathur</td><td>2013</td><td>68</td><td>95.0
000</td><td>Present an activity-based method to teach Hindi to the chi
ldren of class 1 and 2. This method will help the child:
<ul>
<li>Develop a good pronunciation and intonation in Hindi </li>
<li>Learn a basic vocabulary in Hindi </li>
<li>Learn to recognize Hindi nouns with their gender </li>
<li>Read Hindi with comprehension and expression </li>
<li>Write Hindi correctly in Devnagari script </li>
</ul>
The features:</p&g
t;
<ul>
<li>Rhymes set to tune</st
rong> in an audio CD for the students.Each rhyme is intended to teach one l
etter [a consonant or a vowel] and some nouns beginning with that letter. Each
rhyme is depicted through an illustration to facilitate comprehension. </li&g
t;
<li>Illustrations that tell a story:meaning
s of rhymes and text became clear without translations through these illustrati
ons </li>
<li>Bingo Cards and Flash cards :This is a
fun-filled way of reinforcing memory [These are of three kinds given as Ka, kha
and ga in the text pages and their master cards are
given at the end of these books.] </li>
<li>A No-nonsense workbook :diverse exercises
teach and consolidate  the language in a rigorous and systematic way &
lt;/li>
</ul>
Gender logos for each noun: a unique featu
re! Noun-gender associations are established from the very beginning<
/td><td>Dr Chandrika Mathur
<ul>
<li>MA, M.Phil 
U
Hindi in Rishi Vall
journals on tea
l teachers]</li>
re, KFI.</li>
</ul>
Duniya Workbook 2</td><td>Chandrika Mathur</td><td>2013</td><td>92</td><td>110.
0000</td><td>Present an activity-based method to teach Hindi to the ch

ildren of class 1 and 2. This method will help the child:
<ul>
<li>Develop a good pronunciation and intonation in Hindi </li>
<li>Learn a basic vocabulary in Hindi </li>
<li>Learn to recognize Hindi nouns with their gender </li>
<li>Read Hindi with comprehension and expression </li>
<li>Write Hindi correctly in Devnagari script </li>
</ul>
The features:</p&g
t;
<ul>
<li>Rhymes set to tune</st
rong> in an audio CD for the students.Each rhyme is intended to teach one l
etter [a consonant or a vowel] and some nouns beginning with that letter. Each
rhyme is depicted through an illustration to facilitate comprehension. </li&g
t;
<li>Illustrations that tell a story:meaning
s of rhymes and text became clear without translations through these illustrati
ons </li>
<li>Bingo Cards and Flash cards :This is a
fun-filled way of reinforcing memory [These are of three kinds given as Ka, kha
and ga in the text pages and their master cards are
given at the end of these books.] </li>
<li>A No-nonsense workbook :diverse exercises
teach and consolidate  the language in a rigorous and systematic way &
lt;/li>
</ul>
Gender logos for each noun: a unique featu
re! Noun-gender associations are established from the very beginning<
/td><td>Dr Chandrika Mathur
<ul>
<li>MA, M.Phil 
U
Hindi in Rishi Vall
journals on tea
l teachers]</li>
re, KFI.</li>
</ul>
Sahitya aur Sarjantmakta: Foundation Course</td><td> </td><td>2013</td><td>
course, prepared by a team of teachers from different colleges of the Universi
ty of Delhi, is aimed at developing Hindi language proficiency, literary sensib
ility and creative expression in addition to engaging the students with some li
ve issues faced by the contemporary world.
The course aims to enhance the l
anguage proficiency of students at three levels : reading, understanding and wr
iting in Hindi. It also aims at enhancing their ability to analyze literary tex
ts of known creative writers in the language and apply them in different fields
of applications. The course material is task-oriented and dynamic, and calls f
or an interactive pedagogy. 
The book has six units and is br
oadly graded in terms of difficulty levels. The Units are related to 
<ol> <li style="text-align: justify">I, my environment :
language and creativity; </li><li style="text-align: justify"
>the challenges of public life of the Nation : literature and regional colou
rs of the language; </li><li style="text-align: justify">
critical Issues  of modern development reflected in the creativity; &
lt;/li><li style="text-align: justify">question of Indian soc
iety : expression and creativity; </li><li style="text-align: jus
tify">literature, culture and human values; 6] A survey of samples of t
he language].</li></ol>
Interactive method of teaching i
s used throughout in the book. The References from the Internet are well referr
ed in the book.
</td><td>This book has been prepared by the teachers of the colleges of
University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Hindi</td>
<td>978-81-250-5173-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Aaj ka B
harat: Arth aur Samaj</td><td>Basuki Nath Chaudhary and Yuvraj Kumar (Eds.)</td>
<td>2013</td><td>208</td><td>195.0000</td><td><ol>
<li>Aaj ka Bharat: Arth aur Samaj is a syllab
us based undergraduate textbook for the ‘Contemporary India paper<e
m>[Samkaleen Bharat paper]’ of University of Delhi. &#16
0;This is one of the papers of the Second Semester of Foundation course of three
year BA Program of Delhi University. This is a paper for 100 marks credit at th
is level. </li>
<li>The chapters have been contributed by the faculty members of political
science and economics of various affiliated colleges of Delhi University. </
li>
<li> The book discusses the various issues pertaining to the Politics and
Economy in Contemporary India as of 2013, as it covers under this br
oad head the following:
<ol type="a">
<li> Economy related issues like basic features of Indian economy at inde
pendence; the strategy of development in India in post independence era: liberal
ization and role of state; major economic problems and public policy: poverty, u
nemployment, food security and regional disparity; and some important constituen
ts of economic policies in present times.</li>
<li>The book also includes a chapter on changing nature of social sector:
assessment of public policy in respect of education and health sector; technolo
gy polices in India’s development; and catalysts of social change: uni
versal education, adult suffrage and mass media. 
Thus, the book provides a complete insight into the situation of current India
with reference to polity and economy.</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>The book will be useful for the undergraduate courses in political sci
ence of other Indian universities of Hindi speaking states in the country; and&#
160; also for the aspirants of UPSC and allied civil services. It must be promot
ed equally well in the IAS coaching institutes.</li>
</ol></td><td>Dr Basuki Nath Chaudhary</strong&g
t; is Associate Professor of Political Science, PG DAV College [evening], Univer
sity of Delhi. He has experience of teaching this subject now over 25 years. &lt
;/p>
Dr Yuvraj Kumar, UGC Post-Doctoral fellow
of Political Science, University of Delhi. A Ph.D in Political Science, he taugh
t for seven years to undergraduate students in Satyawati College [DU] before he
joined the department in the university in his current affiliation. <

ein Rajneeti (Doosra Sanskaran)</td><td>Rajni Kothari</td><td>2013</td><td>360</
td><td>275.0000</td><td>This is a Hindi translation of the second editi
on of Politics in India by Rajni Kothari published by us. I
n this edition Professor Prakash Sarangi offers a new introduction that places t
he key themes of the book in the context and points out to its relevance in cont
emporary times.
This second edition of Bharat mein Rajniti remains as distinctive as when it was first published. The
books detailed analyses and commentary cover existing and emerging paradigm of I
ndian political life and action. It also deals with the politics of party system
and coalitions, social infrastructure and balanced growth options; Indias challe
nges and greater role it envisage in subcontinent and international politics.&lt
;/p>
This book is useful for all the students of political science, at diffe
rent levels and teachers and those who wants to know about Indian politics.
</td><td>Professor Rajni Kothari is a note
d intellectual who radically changed the contours of the discipline of Political
Science in India. He was the founder of the Centre for the study of Developing
Societies and the Lokayan. 
Prakash C Sarangi is Professor of Politica
l Science at the University of Hyderabad.
<td>978-81-250-5132-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Aaj ka B
harat: Rajneeti aur Samaj</td><td>Basuki Nath Choudhary and Yuvraj Kumar (Eds.)<
/td><td>2013</td><td>220</td><td>195.0000</td><td><ul>
<li>Aaj ka Bharat: Rajniti aur Samaj is a syl
labus based undergraduate textbook for the Contemporary India paper[Sam
kaleen Bharat paper] of University of Delhi. This is one of the
papers of the first Semester of Foundation course of BA Program of Delhi U
niversity. This is a paper for 100 marks credit at this level. </li>
<li>The chapters have been contributed by the faculty members of political
science and sociology of various affiliated colleges of Delhi University. </
li>
<li>The book discusses the various issues pertaining to the Society and Po
litics in Contemporary India as. It covers under this broad he
ad the following: <ol type="a">
<li>Social issues like social mobility and emergence of new social forces:
movements of Dalits, OBCs, Tribals and Women and also the debate on their
representation and social justice in India.</li><li>The book also i
ncludes a chapter on Secularism, Communalism and Minority rights in India
which analyses the political aspects such as democracy and functioning of parlia
mentary system; Indian federalism and democratic decentralization; changin
g character of public administration and corporate governance in India; and Indi
as foreign policy in post cold war era.
 
Thus, the book provides a complete insight into the situation of current India
.</li></ol>
<li>The book will be equally useful for the undergraduate courses in polit
ical science of other Indian universities of Hindi speaking states in the countr
y.</li>
<li>This book will be equally useful for the aspirants of UPSC and allied
civil services. It must be promoted equally well in the IAS coaching institutes.
</li>
</ul></td><td>Dr Basuki Nath Chaudhary</strong&g
t; is Associate Professor of Political Science, PG DAV College [evening],

University of Delhi. He has experience of teaching this subject now over 25 year
s . 
Dr Yuvraj Kumar, UGC Post-Doctoral fellow
of Political Science, University of Delhi. A Ph.D in Political Science, he taugh
t for seven years to undergraduate students in Satyawati College [DU] before he
joined the department in the university in his current affiliation. <
failed.
BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Hindi</td>
</td><td>
 
thesis. 
</td><td>
 
thesis. 
</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
ation and the Politics of Transition in South Asia</td><td>Sekhar Bandyopadhyay<
This volume interrogates the concept of decolonisation, which is often
taken to mean a transfer of power from a colonial to an indigenous elite. Howe
ver, decolonisation involved a much more complex historical experience for the
people of the postcolonial nations. It did not necessarily mean a clinical brea
k with the past, but was rather an incomplete, complicated process, as differen
t groups began to seek different meanings of freedom and imagined multiple path
ways for their future development. Old nationalisms were questioned and new ide
ntities were born, as fresh boundaries were drawn, both geographically and soci
ally. 
This book captures some of these complexities of the decolonisation p
rocess in South Asiaacross India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka and Bangladeshby focusing o
n these uncertainties and debates of the transition period from colonial to the
postcolonial. The essays engage with a range of issues related to decolonisat
ion, including electoral systems, forms of political systems, democracy and aut
horitarianism, economic planning, armed insurrection, ideological consensus and
conflict, minority rights and exclusivist politics.  
</td><td>
Sekhar Bandyopadhyay is Professor of Asian
History at Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. He is also currentl
y Director, New Zealand India Research Institute. 

<td>978-81-250-6235-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Desire an
d Defiance: A Study of Bengali Women in Love, 1850-1930</td><td>Aparna Bandyopad
hyay</td><td>2016</td><td>320</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>
Power is the key element of patriarchy; and the other significant elem
ent is love. Traditional control over womens sexuality was rearticulated in the
mid-nineteenth century through the ideology of a non-consensual, non-dissoluble
conjugality, based on the wifes unconditional fidelity and loyalty to her husba
nd. Intertwined with this control was the fear that women would transgress, fea
rs that even led to a backlash against representations of womens deviant love in
novels, and attempts to prevent women from reading. Despite these restrictions
, some women did follow their desires, in defiance of social norms.
Desire and Defiance retells story of heterosexual
love in Bengal from the womans perspective. Focusing primarily on upper-caste Be
ngali women from both Hindu and Brahmo backgrounds, this book explores aspects
of heterosexual intimacy that were considered transgressive by upper-caste Hind
u society. Resisting societal attempts to confine their sexuality, many upper-c
aste Hindu and Brahmo women married (or remarried) according to their own choic
e, or engaged in non-marital and extra-marital intimacy. However, as the book s
hows, such transgression usually led to harassment, familial and social ostraci
sm, and severe social sanctions. The colonial bureaucracy, judiciary and media
exercised control over womens sexuality through laws and strictures, highlighti
ng the way patriarchy transcended the divide between the public and the private
, the coloniser and the colonised.
Providing a feminist understanding of the high-caste Hindu/Brahmo woma
ns varied and mostly unrewarding experiences of intimacy outside the bounds of n
ormative relationships, this book provides a glimpse into the deeply gendered w
orld of love. Interesting and informative, this book will be useful to students
and scholars of womens studies, history, sociology and culture studies.</p&g
t;
</td><td>Aparna Bandyopadhyay is Associate Professor
, Department of History, Lady Brabourne College, Kolkata.</td><td>Worl
d</td><td>History</td>

</td><td>
ality.
</td><td>
zones. 
>2016</td><td>744</td><td>3250.0000</td><td>
ies. 
 
>
gt;
ali 

;br />
</td><td>
t;/p>
d>
</td><td>
sity, Denmark. 
r to the years of
1977.
t;/span>

er Finance Minister
/span></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>History</td>
failed.
BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</td>
>1100.0000</td><td>
</td><td>

</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-6415-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Rupture,
Loss and Living: Minority Women Speak about Post-conflict Life</td><td>K. Lalita
and Deepa Dhanraj</td><td>2016</td><td>448</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>
Rupture, Loss and Living: Minority Women Speak about Post-co
nflict Life is an oral history volume that brings together narratives
of women survivors of collective violence from three places in India Hyderabad,
Mumbai and Gujarat. These voices represent different classes, rural and urban
locations and span three decades of violent events. 
Thematically presented I Began to See the World for What it is, Loss and T
rauma, Negotiating Survival and Livelihood, Claiming Accountability, Seeking Justic
e this book explores the gendered complexities of negotiating the immediate and
long term aftermath of collective violence. 
In the Introduction, the editors provide an analytical framework built
from ideas articulated in the narratives. Such a framework helps to interrogat
e and contextualise questions of agency, identity and justice. Concepts such as
rupture, loss, dignity and accountability are laid bare in order to understand
the processes and politics of recovery and survival.  
This book goes beyond a restrictive understanding of collective violen
ce and its impacts to challenge existing assumptions on Minority womens engageme
nt with public and private institutions in a post-conflict context. The narrati
ves presented here foreground a critique of power and contemporary society, roo
ted in Minority womens experiences of violence and survival.
This unique and deeply moving compilation will be of great interest to
activists and policymakers working in areas of post-violence recovery and mino
rities and citizenship, as well as to scholars of womens studies, feminism, poli
tical science, sociology, cultural politics and ethnography/oral history. 
</td><td>
Deepa Dhanraj is a Bangalore-based docume
ntary filmmaker, feminist researcher and writer.
K. Lalita is a feminist scholar and activ
ist, currently associated with Yugantar, and Anveshi Research Centre for Women&
#39;s Studies in Hyderabad. 
lamic culture.
.
/td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-6311-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>New Pers
pectives in the History of Indian Education</td><td>Parimala V. Rao</td><td>2016
</td><td>352</td><td>575.0000</td><td>New Perspectives in the
History of Indian Education brings together essays on the m
ilestones in the development of modern education in India since the mid-nineteen
th century. It offers readings on a wide range of interconnected themes and the
debates which have shaped the contours of the educational policy of contemporary
India.The essays critique the existing anti-imperialist, pos
tmodern and nationalist historiographies of Indian education, and bring forth th
e shortcomings of these approaches. Basing themselves on archival sources, they
overturn the existing myths created by these historiographies and shed new light
on the role of the colonial state, missionaries and Indian nationalist leaders.
The empirically rich essays focus on the initiatives to promo
te education among the socially and educationally backward Dalit communities and
the status of Dalit institutions. The authors argue forcefully about the centra
lity of education in fostering social mobility and change. The essays on womens e
ducation discuss how intensely controversial it was to educate girls, and how wo
men struggled to establish their identity and make their voices heard in a tradi
tional society undergoing a transition to modernity. The essays also critically
examine the colonial state policy and the attitude of nationalist leaders toward
s the introduction of mass and compulsory education.This volu
me will be immensely useful for students and scholars in departments of educatio
n, history and sociology. It will also be of interest to educationists, policyma
kers and the general reader who wants to understand the evolution of modern educ
ation in India.</td><td>Parimala V. Rao </st
rong>is Associate Professor, Zakir Husain Centre for Educational Studies, Jaw
aharlal Nehru University.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7370-457-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Telangan
a Charitra-Samskruthi Rashtra Avatharana Udyamaalu (Telugu original)</td><td>Ada
pa Satyanaryana and Dyavanapalli Satyanarayana</td><td>2016</td><td>424</td><td>
395.0000</td><td>
Telangana Charitra - Samskruthi Rashtra Avatharana Udyamaalu
[Telugu original]. This is a history of Telangana from the earliest
times to the formation of the State. This book is published under our Sangam B
ooks imprint.    
The formation of new State has generated public debate about its ident
ity, specificity and distinctiveness. History enthusiasts and general public ha
ve been showing more interest in knowing about the historical and cultural lega
cy of the region.  In all the competitive examinations Telangana histo
ry has been included in the syllabus. But so far no authentic academic work is
available. Hence the objective is to provide a comprehensive account of the evo
lution of polity, society, economy, religion and culture in the Telangana regio
n from ancient to the modern times. 
This book covers the entire history and culture of Telanagana from the
earliest times to the present, i.e., till the formation of new Telangana State
in 2014. The book contains the information on history of ancient Telangana; me
dieval Telangana and modern period. In this book proper care has been taken to
organize the themes and chronology systematically. 

In order to provide an easy grasp of the subject matter and the topics
24 colour photographs have been supplemented in the book (between the pages 17
6-177). 
There are 7 maps in the book which supplements the text in a very important w
ay. 
The contents of the book includes: Introduction; Prehistory; Satavahan
as; Ikshvakus; Vishnukundins; Chalukyas; Kakatiyas; Nayakas (Musunuru&P
admanayakas); Asaf Jahis; Socio-Economic and Political Awakening in Telangana;
Freedom Struggle in Telangana; Formation of Andhra Pradesh; Separate Telangana
Movement, Phase I and Separate Telangana Movement, Phase II.
</td><td>
 Adapa Satyanaryana
is Professor(retired), department of history, Osmania Universit
y. 
 Dyavanapalli Satyanarayana is teaching
in the Osamania University, History Department. &l
t;/p>
<td>978-81-7824-144-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ambassad
or of Hindu-Muslim Unity: Jinnah's Early Politics</td><td>Ian Bryant Wells</
td><td>2005</td><td>280</td><td>450.0000</td><td>This book analyses the
development of Jinnah's relationship with India's Muslims from his entr
y into politics until 1934. It seeks to establish that a dominant view of Jinnah
- namely that he was an ambassador of Hindu-Muslim unity in the 1920s who became
a communalist in the 1940s-is far from the truth.
Ian Wells shows that the &
#39;two Jinnahs' approach over-simplifies the trajectory of a complex and ev
olving political thinker and strategist. The primary changes in Jinnah's pol
itics, he suggests, were the strategies Jinnah employed to achieve his goals rat
her than the goals themselves.
Among the facets of Jinnah's political tho
ught and career analysed here are various other settled perspectives on Jinnah:
his 'elitism' and distance from mass politics; the effect on his work of
an intellectual genealogy from the Liberalism of Morley on the one hand and the
constitutionalism of Gokhale on the other; his view of secularism, religion and
the religious community; his relations with Gandhi, Motilal and Jawaharlal Nehr
u, Willingdon, Ramsay MacDonald and Irwin; his attitude to the Rowlatt Act, the
Khilafat Movement, and non-cooperation; and his complex, troubled relations with
other nationalist Muslim leaders.
This book will interest all historians of
modern India and nationalist politics, as well as those who find Jinnah an intri
guing and fascinating contrast to Mahatma Gandhi and Jawaharlal Nehru.
</td><td>Ian Bryant Wells holds a Bachelor of Arts a
nd First Class Honours from Flinders University of South Australia, with a doubl
e major in History and Asian Politics. He is currently Coordinator of Intellige
nce Studies in the Faculty of Law, Queensland University of Technology (QUT) in
Brisbane, Australia.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</td>
and the Present</td><td>Partha Chatterjee and Anjan Ghosh (Eds.)</td><td>2004</t
t;The essays in this volume bring together historians and anthropologists to ref
lect on the place of history and the historical within present-day conditions. T
he central focus here is on aspects of the popular, on the ways in which the pop
ular relates to the scientific, the professional, the aesthetic, the religious,
the legal, and the political.

The essays represent a critique o
f the disciplinary practices of history. They share some of the impulses that ha
d earlier produced movements such as history from below as well as Subaltern Studi
es, which had also opened historiography to the domain of the popular. But this
volume also reflects an urge to rethink the place of history in the present.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Partha Chatterjee is t
he author of A Princely Imposter? The Kumar of Bhawal and the Secret History of
Indian Nationalism. A founder member of Subaltern Studies, he is Professor of An
thropology at Columbia University, and Director, Centre for Studies in Social Sc
iences, Calcutta.
Anjan Ghosh is a Fellow of the Centre for studies in Social
Sciences, Calcutta.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</t
d>
<td>978-81-7824-067-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindu Wi
fe, Hindu Nation: Community, Religion and Cultural Nationalism</td><td>Tanika Sa
rkar</td><td>2003</td><td>280</td><td>495.0000</td><td>This book is a brilliant historicisation and scathing crit
ique of many of the dominant concepts by which Indians generally, and north Indi
an Hindus more specifically, think and live today. Historians, sociologists, pol
itical scientists and serious readers who wish to understand how the immediate p
ast has shaped Indias life will value this incisive work of a major historian.&lt
;/p></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Tanika
Sarkar, Professor, Centre for Historical Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru Un
iversity.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</td>
t;</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-002-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Subaltern
Studies XI: Community, Gender and Violence</td><td>Partha Chatterjee, Pradeep
Jeganathan (Eds.)</td><td>2000</td><td>360</td><td>575.0000</td><td>In its early phase, Subaltern S
tudies dealt extensively with community and violence in the conte
xt of peasant uprisings. Once the problem of peasant involvement in the modern p
olitics of the nation had been posed, complexities in that relationship began to
emerge. A new dimension was introduced when the relationship between community,
gender and national politics came to be taken seriously. The present volume con
fronts the whole range of new issues raised by the relations between community,
gender and the politics of violence.</td><td><div style="textalign: justify">Partha Chatterjee, Director of the Ce
ntre for Studies in Social Sciences, Kolkata and Visiting Professor of Anthropol
ogy, Columbia University. </div><div style="text-align: j
ustify">Pradeep Jeganathan, Assistant Professor of An
thropology and Global Studies, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, USA.</di
v></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</td>
istory of Indian Literature in English, A</td><td>Arvind Krishna Mehrotra (ed.)<
justify">For anyone interested in the story of English in India, or in t
he finest English storytellers of India, this is the essential companion.
Thi
s book is a history of two hundred years of Indian literature in English. It sta
rts by looking at the introduction of English into Indias complex language scenar
io around 1800. It then takes up the canonical poets, novelists, and dramatists,
as well as a few unjustly forgotten figures, who have made significant contribu
tions to the evolution of Indian literature in English.
The book comprises t
wenty-four chapters, written by some of Indias foremost scholars and critics. Eac
h chapter is devoted either to a single author (Kipling, Tagore, Sri Aurobindo,
R.K. Narayan), or to a group of authors (the Dutt family of nineteenth-century C
alcutta; the Indian diasporic writers of the twentieth century), or to a genre (
beginnings of the Indian novel; poetry since Independence).
Though the contri
butors are all experts in their chosen areas, this is a book for the non-special
ist general reader. Biographical information on major literary figures is provid
ed, and in most cases their work is historically contextualized. The chapters ca
n be read selectively (for example, to follow the development of a genre) or in
the order in which they appear, which is chronological.

William Jones and Thomas Macaulay, Henry Derozio and Toru Dutt, Bankim
and Tagore, Kipling and Naipaul, G.V. Desani and Raja Rao, R.K. Narayan and Nira
d C. Chaudhuri, Sarojini Naidu and Anita Desai, Gandhi and Nehru, Mulk Raj Anand
and Aubrey Menen, Khushwant Singh and Ved Mehta, Verrier Elwin and Salim Ali, J
im Corbett and M. Krishnan, Nissim Ezekiel and A.K. Ramanujan, Salman Rushdie an
d Vikram Seth, Amitav Ghosh and I. Allan Sealy, Gieve Patel and Girish Karnad, s
ocial reformers and religious thinkers, conservationists and hunters, Presidency
College and St Stephens College, drama and translation, this volume covers every
thing of literary significance that has happened in India.
a Mehrotra is a well-known poet, critic, and translator. His books in
clude (as editor) An Illustrated History of Indian Literature in English (2003);
The Transfiguring Places (1998); and The Absent Traveller: Prakrit Love Poetry
from the Gathasaptasati (1991). He has edited The Oxford India Anthology of Twel
ve Modern Indian Poets (1992).</div></td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-238-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Scandal
of Empire, The: India and the Creation of Imperial Britain</td><td>Nicholas B. D
irks</td><td>2008</td><td>412</td><td>395.0000</td><td>Many have told o
f the East India Company's extraordinary excesses in eighteenth-century Indi
a, of the plunder that made its directors fabulously wealthy. But this is only a
fraction of the story.
When Warren Hastings was put on trial by Edmund Burk
e, it brought the Company's exploits to the attention of the public. Through
the trial and after, the British government transformed public understanding of
the Company's corrupt actions by creating an image of a vulnerable India th
at needed British assistance. Intrusive behavior was recast as a civilizing miss
ion.

In this fascinating, devastating account of the scandal that laid the f
oundation of the British Empire, Nicholas Dirks explains how this substitution o
f imperial authority for Company rule helped erase the dirty origins of empire a
nd justify the British presence in India.
 The Scandal of Empire reveals that the co
nquests and exploitations of the East India Company were critical to England&#39
;s development. It shows how mercantile trade was inextricably linked with imper
ial venture and scandalous excess, and how these three things provided the ideol
ogical basis for far-flung British expansion.
In this brilliantly readable a
nd powerful critique, Dirks shows how the empire projected its own scandalous be
havior onto India itself. By returning us to the moment when the scandal of empi
re became acceptable he gives us a new understanding of the modern culture of th
e colonizer and the colonized.
</td><td>Nicholas B. Dirks is the Franz Boas Professor of Ant
hropology and History, and Vice President for Arts and Sciences and Dean of the
Faculty, at Columbia University.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</t
d>



gt;
Medieval History Journal.</div></td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-232-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>A Nationa
l Flag for India</td><td>Arundhati Virmani</td><td>2008</td><td>374</td><td>750.
0000</td><td>"The long and d
ifficult elaboration of the Indian national flag, t
he diverse and sometimes contrary expectations that built up around this object
during half a century with their stakes profoundly rooted in the social world: t
hese essential aspects of the historians work are masterfully unravelled in this
book." Jacques Revel
Unearthing the complex history of the making of the
Indian national flag, Arundhati Virmani reveals cultural processes that imposed
a set of values and sentiments on an incredibly diverse and scattered body of p
eople. She shows that the Indian flag had strong roots in the ethos of coloniali
sm. It was a major resource for the nationalist movement, a tool that allowed la
rge social diversities to assert the compelling necessity for a new political cu
lture with secular nationalism as the unifying pole. This viewpoint was conteste
d by the Muslim League, the Sikhs, the Indian princes, and Hindu nationalists. S
o how, in the end, did the Indian flag come to fly as it does today? And how, in
contrast, was the flag of Pakistan created?</td><td><div style=&qu
ot;text-align: justify">Arundhati Virmani wa
s Reader in History at Delhi University until 1992, when she moved to France, wh
ere she teaches at the Ecole des Hautes Etudes en Sciences Sociales Marseille. S
he has published an essay in Past and Present, as well as two books.</div>
<td>978-81-7824-235-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Two Men
and Music: Nationalism in the Making of an Indian Classical Tradition</td><td>Ja
naki Bakhle</td><td>2008</td><td>350</td><td>595.0000</td><td>What does
it mean to invent a classical national tradition? In this critical study of the
development of North Indian classical music, Janaki Bakhle examines the role of
colonialism in the making of a tradition that is often incorrectly assumed to p
ossess an unbroken history from antiquity to the present.

At the end of the nineteenth century, two men with very different visio
nsV.N. Bhatkhande and V.D. Paluskarworked to give Indian classical music, as we un
derstand it today, its distinctive shape, form, and identity. Where previously n
o particular ideology, religious group, or ethnic identity had dominated, in the
hands of Paluskar, a bhakti (or devotionalist) nationalist music was to be clea
nsed of its bawdy associations and put in the service of Hindu proselytizing.
Bhatkhande, a secular musicologist, on the other hand, hoped that through sys
tematic classification and categorization, music would become a new modern, nati
onal, academic art, avoiding religious entanglement. Bhatkande's politics we
re ahead of his time, but the victory has been Paluskar'sthe victory of sacra
lization, not secularism.
Viewed against the backdrop of colonial modernity,
the different projects of these two men exemplify not only the success of a ref
ormist modernization of music, but also the failures, contradictions, and compro
mises that accompanied North Indian classical music's transformation in rela
tion to gender, caste, religion, and the public cultural sphere.
A provocativ
e examination of musicians negotiating the forces of the modern in order to ensu
re the survival of their musical traditions, this book also lays bare how artand
music in particularcan, at crucial moments, be itself successfully wielded as a m
odernizing tool.
</td><td>Janaki Bakhle is Assistant Professor in the
department of History, Columbia University. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><
td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-249-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Print and
Pleasure: Popular Literature and Entertaining Fictions in Colonial North India<
/td><td>Francesca Orsini</td><td>2009</td><td>328</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Print and Pleasure tells t
he story behind the boom in commercial publishing in nineteenth-century North I
ndia. 
How did the new technology of printing and the enterprise of Indian pu
blishers make the book a familiar object and a necessary part of peoples leisure
in a largely illiterate society? What genres became popular in print? Who read
them and how were they read? 
Our perception of North Indian culture in this period has been dominat
ed by the notion of a competition between Hindi and Urdu, and the growth of lan
guage nationalism. Print and Pleasure argues that many other forces were also at work which, in the pursuit of
commercial interests, spread quite different and much more hybrid tastes. 
The importance of this major new book lies in showing, moreover, that
book history can greatly enrich our understanding of literary and cultural hist
ory. Francesca Orsini mines a huge and largely untapped archive in order to rev
eal that popular songbooks, theatre transcripts, meanderingly seralized narrati
ves, flimsily published tales, and forgotten poems are as much a part of coloni
al history as the elite novels and highbrow journals that are more frequently t
he subject of historical studies.</td><td>Francesca
Orsini is Reader in the Literatures of North India at the School o
f Oriental and African Studies. Her previous books include The Hindi Public Sph
ere: Language and Literature in the Age of Nationalism (2002) and the edited vo
lume Love in South Asia: A Cultural History (2006). She is currently involved i
n a project that seeks to rethink North Indian literary culture from a comparat
ive and multilingual perspective. The next book to be edited by her, Before the
Divide: Hindi and Urdu Literary Cultures, will appear soon.</td><td>
World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-259-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>History,
Bhakti, and Public Memory: Namdev in Religious and Secular Traditions</td><td>C
hristian Lee Novetzke</td><td>2009</td><td>336</td><td>795.0000</td><td><p&gt
;Namdev is a central figure in the cultural history of India, especially within
the field of bhakti, a devotional practice that has created publics of memory fo
r over eight centuries. Born in the Marathi-speaking region of the Deccan in the
late thirteenth century, Namdev is remembered as a simple, low-caste Hindu tail
or whose innovative performances of devotional songs spread his fame widely. He
is central to many religious traditions within Hinduism, as well as to Sikhism,
and he is a key early literary figure in Maharashtra, northern India, and Punjab
.
In the modern period, Namdev appears throughout the public spheres of Marat
hi and Hindi and in India at large, where his identity fluctuates between region
al associations and a quiet, pan-Indian, nationalist-secularist profile that cha
mpions the poor, oppressed, marginalized, and low caste. Christian Lee Novetzke
considers the way social memory coheres around the figure of Namdev from the six
teenth century to the present, examining the practices that situate Namdev's
memory in multiple historical publics. Focusing primarily on Maharashtra and dr
awing on ethnographies of devotional performance, archival materials, scholarly
historiography, and popular media, especially film, Novetzke vividly illustrates
how religious communities in India preserve their pasts and, in turn, create th
eir own historical narratives.</td><td>Christian Lee Novetzke is Assoc
iate Professor at the University of Washington's Jackson School of Internati
onal Studies in the South Asia Program and Comparative Religion Program.</td><td
>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-254-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Gandhi i
s Gone. Who Will Guide Us Now? Nehru, Prasad, Azad, Vinoba, Kripalani, JP, and O
thers Introspect, Sevagram, March 1948</td><td>Gopalkrishna Gandhi (Ed.)</td><td
>2009</td><td>200</td><td>195.0000</td><td>As India became free on 15 A
ugust 1947, and Jawaharlal Nehru became the first prime minister of the country,
the larger Gandhi family, comprising the political and non-political associates o
f the Mahatma, needed to think through their future equations. Was a dividing l
ine to be drawn between those who had entered public office and those who contin
ued to do constructive work?
The Mahatma had planned a discussion on this and,
in his meticulous manner, identified the venue and date for the meeting, which h
e intended to attend in Sevagram on 2 February 1948.
30 January 1948 interven
ed.
But thanks primarily to Rajendra Prasad and Vinoba Bhave, the proposed co
nference did take place, after a slight deferment, in March 1948. Without the Ma
hatma, the meeting acquired a new theme: Gandhi is Gone. Who Will Guide Us Now?
The record of discussions at the conference were typed out for limited circulat
ion amongst the participants. The deliberations were largely in Hindustani, with
the subject of Indias future lingua franca itself being one of the subjects of d
iscussion.
The record of that conference, unknown to the world until now, for
ms a fascinating document. Nehru sparkles in it, Vinoba glows, Kumarappa and Kr
ipalani speak out trenchantly. The Gandhian legacy, and how to further it, is di
scussed threadbare from numerous perspectives. Industrialization, militarization
, communalism, and the plight of refugees from Pakistan are among the subjects d
iscussed.
Published here for the first time sixty years on, the discussions
of that conference remain amazingly pertinent, stimulating, and challenging toda
y. This book is indispensable for anyone interested in Gandhi, his legacy, and t
he history of modern India.</td><td>GOPALKRISHNA GANDHI served in the
Indian Administrative SERVICE for twenty-three years, in four diplomatic mission
s of the Government of Indiafor ten years, and in President K.R. Narayanan's
secretariat for two and a half years. He is currently Governor, West Bengal.</
td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-255-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Small Voi
ce of History, The: Collected Essays</td><td>Ranajit Guha (edited by partha chat
terjee)</td><td>2009</td><td>676</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Ranajit Guha
is arguably the Indian historian whose writings have had a
massive and formative impact on contemporary scholarship in several disciplines
throughout the world: on postcolonial studies in literature, in anthropology,
in history, in cultural studies, in art history. Guha firs
t became known as the practitioner of a critical Marxism that ran parallel to t
he work of British and French Marxist historians of the 1960s and 1970s but whi
ch, instead of recreating a ‘history from below’, sought ac
tive political engagement with the present by deploying insights drawn from Gra
msci and Mao. More recently, Guha’s writings have drawn attention to t
he phenomenological and the everyday, and been noticed for their sustained cri
tique of the disciplinary practices of history-writing. Guh
a’s reputation rests most famously on his international role as found
er and guiding spirit of Subaltern Studies, the series of
essays and monographs that have, over the past three decades, critiqued colonia
list and nationalist historiographies. While spawning new ways of thinking abou
t history in Europe, Latin America, and the USA, these have created a ferment ri
cher than anything else emerging out of modern South Asia, even as they have u
nsettled many existing frameworks of thought. Guha&rsquo
;s fascinatingly diverse historical and political writings, dating from the 195
0s and tucked away in obscure journals and collections, have been virtually ina
ccessible: they are brought together for the first time in the present volume,
which comprises his Collected Essays in English, forty-four in number. </p&gt
; These writings have been put together by Partha Chatterjee, whose lo
ng association with Guha as a founder-member of the Subaltern Studies editorial
board is complemented by his own international stature as a historian, politi
cal theorist, and public intellectual. Chatterjee’s Introduction sketc
hes the professional life and intellectual trajectory of India’s most
profoundly influential modern historian. Every serious stu
dent of South Asian history, politics, and anthropology will be enriched by the
astonishing diversity of insights and learning within this book.</td
><td>RANAJIT GUHA, renowned as the founding father of Subalte
rn Studies, is the author of several pathbreaking works, including &
lt;em>A Rule of Property for Bengal (1963), Elementary A
spects of Peasant Insurgency in Colonial India (1983), and <em&gt
;Dominance without Hegemony: History and Power in Colonial India (199
7). PARTHA CHATTERJEE’s many influential books include&lt
;em> Nationalist Thought and the Colonial World: A Derivative Discourse? (1986), The Nation and Its Fragments: Colonial and Postcoloni
al Histories (1993), and A Princely Impostor: The Kumar of
Bhawal and the Secret History of Indian Nationalism (2002).</td><td
>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-291-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Smal
l Voice of History: Collected Essays</td><td>Ranajit Guha, Partha Chatterjee(Ed.
)</td><td>2010</td><td>676</td><td>795.0000</td><td>Ranajit Guha is arguably the Indian hist
orian whose writings have had a massive and formative impact on contemporary sc
holarship in several disciplines throughout the world: on postcolonial studies
in literature, in anthropology, in history, in cultural studies, in art history
. Guha first became
known as the practitioner of a critical Marxism that ran parallel to the work o
f British and French Marxist historians of the 1960s and 1970s but which, inste
ad of recreating a history from below, sought active political engagement with th
e present by deploying insights drawn from Gramsci and Mao. More recently, Guhas
writings have drawn attention to the phenomenological and the everyday, and be
en noticed for their sustained critique of the disciplinary practices of histor
y-writing. Guhas reputa
tion rests most famously on his international role as founder and guiding spiri
t of Subaltern Studies, the series of essays and monographs
that have, over the past three decades, critiqued colonialist and nationalist
historiographies. While spawning new ways of thinking about history in Europe,
Latin America, and the USA, these have created a ferment richer than anything
else emerging out of modern South Asia, even as they have unsettled many existi
ng frameworks of thought. Guhas fascinatingly diverse historical and political writings, dating from t
he 1950s and tucked away in obscure journals and collections, have been virtual
ly inaccessible: they are brought together for the first time in the present vo
lume, which comprises his Collected Essays in English, forty-four in number. &l
t;/p> These writings have bee
n put together by Partha Chatterjee, whose long association with Guha as a foun
der-member of the Subaltern Studies editorial board is complemented by his own
international stature as a historian, political theorist, and public intellectu
al. Chatterjees Introduction sketches the professional life and intellectual tr
ajectory of Indias most profoundly influential modern historian. Every serious student of South Asian h
istory, politics, and anthropology will be enriched by the astonishing diversit
y of insights and learning within this book.</td><td>RANAJIT
GUHA, renowned as the founding father of Subaltern Studies</em&gt
;, is the author of several pathbreaking works, including A Rule of
Property for Bengal (1963), Elementary Aspects of Peasant
Insurgency in Colonial India (1983), and Dominance without
Hegemony: History and Power in Colonial India (1997). &l
t;p>PARTHA CHATTERJEEs many influential books include Nationalist T
hought and the Colonial World: A Derivative Discourse? (1986), <e
m>The Nation and Its Fragments: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories</em&gt
; (1993), and A Princely Impostor: The Kumar of Bhawal and the Secret
History of Indian Nationalism (2002).</td><td>WORLD</td><t
d>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-287-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Alibis of
Empire: Henry Maine and the Ends of Liberal Imperialism</td><td>Karuna Mantena<
/td><td>2010</td><td>296</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Alibis of Empire presents
a novel account of the origins, substance, and afterlife of late imperial ideo
logy. 
Karuna Mantena challenges the idea that Vict
orian empire was primarily legitimated by liberal notions of progress and civil
ization. In fact, as the British Empire gained its farthest reach, its ideolog
y was being dramatically transformed by a self-conscious rejection of the liber
al model. The collapse of libera
l imperialism enabled a new culturalism that stressed the dangers and difficult
ies of trying to civilize the natives. And, hand in hand with this shift in think
ing was a shift in practice toward models of indirect rule. Mantena shows that the work of the Victorian legal
scholar Henry Maine was at the centre of these momentous changes. &lt
;strong>Alibis of Empire examines how Maine's
sociotheoretic model of traditional society laid the groundwork for the cultural
ist logic of late empire. In charting the movement from liberal idealism, throu
gh culturalist explanation, to retroactive alibi within nineteenth-century Brit
ish imperial ideology, Alibis of Empire unearths a striking
and pervasive dynamic of modern empire.</td><td>KARUNA MANTENA is as
sistant professor of political science at Yale University.</td><td>IN,NP,PK,LK,M
V,BD,BT</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-288-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Traje
ctories of the Indian State: Politics and Ideas</td><td>Sudipta Kaviraj</td><td>
2010</td><td>290</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Sudipta Kavira
j has long been recognized as among Indias most thoughtful and wi
de-ranging political thinkers and analysts, one of the subtlest and most learne
d writers on Indian politics. Ironically, this has remained something of a stat
e secret because Kavirajs writings are scattered and not easy to access as a con
nected body. So the present volumelike its predecessor The Imaginary In
stitution of Indiafills a vital gap in South Asian political thought.

Among Kavirajs many strengths is his exceptional ability to position Ind
ian politics within the frameworks of Western political philosophy alongside pe
rspectives from indigenous political thought. In order to understand rel
ations between the state and social groups, or between dominant and subaltern c
ommunities, Kaviraj says it is necessary to first historicize the study of Indi
an politics. Deploying the historical method, he looks at the precise character
of Indian social groups, the nature of political conflicts, the specific mecha
nisms of social oppression, and many related issues.
In so doing Kaviraj reveals the variety of historical trajectories tak
en by Indian democracy. Indian political structures, with their developed syste
m of rules and legislative orders, may seem to derive from colonialism. Yet the
se structures, says Kaviraj, are comparable less to the European nation-states
of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries than to the pre-modern empire-states
of Indian and Islamic history. Scholars often work with a false genealogy: the
convention of starting the story of Indian politics with 1947, or even 1858, ha
s led to misconstructions. Kaviraj shows that there is no serious way into pres
ent politics except through a longer past; Weber, Marx, and Foucault may be les
s important in this enterprise than painstaking reconnections with the vernacul
ar facts of Indian political history.
This volume is indispensable for every student and scholar of South As
ian politics, history, and sociology. </td><td>Sudipta Kavir
aj, currently a professor of politics at Columbia University, was earlier a pro
fessor of politics at the University of Chicago. Before that he taught for many
years at SOAS, London University, following a long stint as reader in politics
at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>His
tory</td>
<td>978-81-7824-282-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Health a
nd Population in South Asia: From Earliest Times to the Present</td><td>Sumit Gu
ha</td><td>2009</td><td>200</td><td>495.0000</td><td>We have just witne
ssed the close of a millennium during which old world populations and their new
world colonies have expanded enormously. The history of human populations acqui
res a new interest in an epoch when human beings are aware of the burden they ar
e placing on the ecosystem. Asia has long contained a major fraction of world po
pulation, and East and South Asia have accounted for most of that fraction. This
book focuses on various aspects of the population of South Asia over the past t
wenty-five centuries.

An introduction highlights the books points of contact with the debates
in the population history of Asia, Europe and the Americas. This leads into a ma
jor chapter on the population of South Asia from 200 BC to 1900 AD. This offers
an unprecedentedly long time-series for South Asia, and it is likely to be the s
tandard reference for some time to come. Its importance may be gauged by the fac
t that very few scholars have ever discussed the period before 1800 AD, and no o
ne has produced an empirically defensible estimate for the population earlier th
an 1600.

The later chapters in the volume are more narrowly focused on specific
aspects of the interaction between demography, climate, health, medicine and cul
ture. One chapter examines the variation in household structures in western Ind
ia over 200 years, another offers a novel explanation (climatic fluctuation) for
unusual features of South Asian demography in the early modern era.
</p&
gt;
A rare document on vaccination is translated for the first time and use
d to illustrate the interaction of cultural codes and medical techniques. Immens
ely detailed data on military population before 1920 is used to generate importa
nt conclusions regarding the efficacy of knowledge and hygiene in improving heal
th. The book includes a compact survey of the evolution of environmental hygiene
in India through the twentieth century. </td><td>Sumit Guha was educa
ted at St.Stephens College, Delhi, the Jawaharlal Nehru University and the Univer
sity of Cambridge. He has taught in St.Stephens College, the Centre for Developme
nt Studies in Trivandrum, and the Delhi School of Economics. Guhas previous book
s have been published by Oxford University Press and Cambridge University Press.
<td>978-81-7824-277-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Unqui
et Woods (Twentieth Anniversary Edition): Ecological Change and Peasant Resistan
.0000</td><td>Popular initiatives
to halt deforestation in the Himalaya, such as the Chipko movement, are globall
y renowned. It is less well known that these movements have a history stretchin
g back more than a hundred years. A proper understanding of this long duration
within the forests of submontane North India required the marriage of two scho
larly traditions: the sociology of peasant protest and the ecologically oriente
d study of history.
Twenty years ago there appeared o
n this subject an unknown authors first book: The Unquie
t Woods (1989) by Ramachandra Guha. Fairly quickly, th
e book came to be recognized as not just another study of dissenting peasants b
ut as something of a classic which had willy nilly opened up a whole new field e
nvironmental history in South Asia. While the monograph has as a consequence be
en continuously in print within India and in the West since then, its author h
as become a biographer and historian of international stature.
In celebration of its twentieth y
ear in print, The Unquiet Woods</em&gt
; is now reissued with additional material: a new reflective preface by the aut
hor on the genesis and limitations of the book which set him off on the path of
writerly success, as well as three freshly commissioned critical essays by maj
or academic specialists. Taken together, this additional material situates the
monograph and its influence within environmental history in India, Europe and
Latin America, and the USA.
This is a book for anyone interes
ted in the history of Indias environment, forests and their dwellers, the variet
ies of colonial rule, and the specificities of rural rebellion. And it is a boo
k for anyone interested in the writings of Ramachandra Guha.</td><td>
<div style="text-align: justify">Ramachandra Guha most recent book is the monumental India After Gandhi: T
he History of the Worlds Largest Democracy. His biography of Verrier
Elwin, Savaging the Civilized, fused intellectual biograph
y with history of anthropology. Guha is also known as an essayist, columnist, a
nd Indias supreme authority on cricket history. Now a writer at large, Guha has
held the Arne Naess Chair in History in Oslo, and taught at many academic univ
esities and institutions including at Yale, Stanford, and Bangalore.</div>
<td>978-81-7824-278-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Imagining
the Urban: Sanskrit and the City</td><td>Shonaleeka Kaul</td><td>2010</td><td>2
90</td><td>595.0000</td><td>When you think of Indias ancient cities, yo
u think of khaki archaeologists digging crumbling structures out of ancient mud
. Urban spheres, from this perspective, often look as dull as the dust from whi
ch they emerge.
But the early Indian city wasnt like that at all, says Shonaleeka Kaul;
it was certainly not only brick-and-mortar, nor merely an agglomeration of bui
lt-up space. In Sanskrit literature these cities were alive, vibrant, teeming w
ith variety. Kaul examines Sanskrit kā&l
t;/em>vyas over about a thousand years to see what Indi

as early historic cities were like as living, lived-in, entities. She looks at i
deologies, attitudes, institutions, and practices in ancient urban areas, showi
ng the ways in which they often cohered into a worldview, a mentalité. 
This is also a book about Sanskrit literature. Scholars have long arg
ued for a nuanced use of literary texts to achieve a more rounded understanding
of ancient history, and Kaul achieves exactly that. She takes forward the idea
of a Sanskrit literary culture, arguing that genres influence methods of histori
cal representation. Her book gives us a fresh view of the early city, showing d
istinctive urban ways of thought and behaviour which relate in complex ways to
tradition, morality, and authority. In advocating Sanskrit k</em&g
t;āvyas as an important histo
rical source, it addresses not just ancient India specialists but also scholars
of literary history: the kā
vyas rework history, says Kaul, providing us with transhist
oricity rather than ahistoricity.
By asking new questions about early Indian cities and ancient Indian
texts, this book asks to be read by every scholar of history, urbanism, citysc
apes, literary history, Sanskrit writings, and South Asian antiquity.
</td><td>Shonaleeka Kaul teaches in the Department of History, Universi
ty of Delhi. She was at Jawaharlal Nehru University for her PhD. As part of vis
iting faculty, she has also taught at Yale.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK
,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-285-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Ganga and
Yamuna: River Goddesses and their Symbolism in Indian Temples</td><td>Heinrich
von Stietencron</td><td>2010</td><td>202</td><td>595.0000</td><td>There
are many books on the Ganga and Yamuna rivers, pictorial and celebratory. The
present one is of a different kind. Professor von Stietencron investigates the
temple sculptures of Ganga and Yamuna in order to unveil a whole cosmos of Hind
u ritual and conceptual tradition. He shows how an entire worldview informs the
planning and sculptural embellishment of such a templeconceived of as the body
of the deity enshrined in it. Consequently this book is a
historical study of the sculptures of the goddesses Ganga and Yamuna adorning t
he doorways of Indian temples, most recognizable from the Gupta period onwards.
It examines how these gracious and purifying riverine deities have been concei
ved in human form. It discusses in detail the rich store of puranic myths and l
egends woven around these deities, tracing their Vedic roots and showing their
evolution since then. Translated from the German, this is
a significant work of classical Indological scholarship. Drawing upon Sanskrit
and various other sources, it provides major insights into the complex cultural
history of Hindu religious traditions. </td><td><strong&
gt;Heinrich von Stietencron has been Professor of Indology and
Comparative History of Religion (197398) at the University of Tuebingen. He is a
leading authority on the epics and the puranas, on temple
symbolism and iconography, and on religious practice and social structure. He
is chief editor of the annotated Epic and Puranic Bibliography</em&
gt; (1992). He has devoted many years to field research in Orissa, documenting
the many temples and studying the manuscript traditions of the region. His seve
ral books include Hindu Myth, Hindu History (Permanent Bla
ck, 2005). He was awarded the Padma Shree in 2004.</td><td>World</td><
td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-261-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>An Empir
e of Books: The Naval Kishore Press and the Diffusion of the Printed Word in Col
onial India</td><td>Ulrike Stark</td><td>2009</td><td>606</td><td>695.0000</td><
td>The history of the book and the commercialization of print in the ni
neteenth century remain largely uncharted areas in South Asia. This major monogr
aph on the legendary Naval Kishore Press of Lucknow (est. 1858)then the foremost
publishing house in the subcontinentrepresents something of a breakthrough. It an

alyses an Indian publishers engagement in the field of cultural production with a
detail and rigour hitherto unknown.

Describing early centres and pioneers of print in North India, the auth
or traces the coming of the book in Hindi and Urdu. The career of Munshi Naval K
ishore (183695) is viewed as exemplifying the publishers rise to prominence in the
colonial public sphere. Ulrike Stark examines the publishing house in its roles
as commercial enterprise and intellectual centre. Against a backdrop of cultura
l, social, and economic developments, she analyses the production of scholarly a
nd popular books in religion, medicine, historiography, and literature, identify
ing the contributions of individual scholars, literati, and translators associat
ed with the press.

The business relationship between publisher and colonial government rec
eives special attention as an example of the transactional character of the colo
nial encounter. Aspects of patronage, competition, and contested agency in textb
ook production are foregrounded.
Concluding with an analysis of patterns of
Hindi and Urdu publishing, the book portrays the Naval Kishore Press as an intel
lectual microcosm reflecting a still vibrant composite culture.
This book is
invaluable for anyone interested in print culture, intellectual networks, and t
he cultural history of modern India.
</td><td>ULRIKE STARK has until recently been Senior Assistant Professor in the
Department of Modern South Asian Studies, South Asia Institute of Heidelberg Uni
versity. She now teaches in the Department of South Asian Languages and Civiliza
tions at the University of Chicago.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-262-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Melod
ramatic Public: Film Form and Spectatorship in Indian Cinema</td><td>Ravi Vasude
van</td><td>2010</td><td>546</td><td>795.0000</td><td>What role has Ind
ian cinema played in the history of Indian cultural and political transformatio
ns? How have Indian films addressed notions of nationhood, ideas about nation a
nd region, matters of social difference, and conflicts over caste and religion?
What cultural visions can be traced through the history of Indian cinema, and
how have their co-ordinates changed? What new vistas have emergedof national ter
ritory, new lifestyles, and urban culturesas India has moved from the early days
of state formation, through the unravelling of national consensus, down to con
temporary globalization? The Melo
dramatic Public explores these issues as they play ou
t in different historical moments, and in response to larger theoretical formul
ationsfor example, vis-à-vis the place of film in disco
urses of secularism and citizenship. At the same time, it deploys the category
of melodrama to navigate this variegated field. Drawing on debates in film stud
ies, it reveals how melodrama relates the public and the private, as well as mo
des of aesthetic expression, in different historical and cultural settings. Vas
udevan explores significant crossovers and comparative registers in Indian and
American cinema, as well as changes in the nature of Indian cinema and melodram
atic form, especially between the classical 1950s and the contemporary period. &l
t;/p>
Several features make this a work of seminal importance in film studie
s. First, it moves away from generalities about the ways in which film represen
ts or contributes to large political and cultural issues: it does so by attendi
ng to the specifics of cultural address, film style, and film technology. Secon
d, it analyses the transformation of the film industry since the 1990s in terms
of the changing location of cinema in a new globalized environment. Third, it
considers the impact of digitization, both in terms of film form and audience e
ngagement, and through the new circuits of distribution and delivery. 

Vasudevan lays great emphasis on film analysis to explore significant
practices and changes in the realm of cinema and the world around it. While pri
marily focused on popular cinema, his book also devotes attention to the work o
f Satyajit Ray, as well as to the practices of art cinema and documentarists in
present times. 

</td><td>RAVI VASUDEVAN is a fellow of the Centre for the Study of Dev
eloping Societies, Delhi, and co-initiator of Sarai, the centre's research pr
ogramme on media experience and urban history. He has taught film studies in In
dia and the USA, including at Jawaharlal Nehru University, Princeton University
, Jamia Millia Islamia, Jadavpur University, the Film and Television Institute
of India, and the School of Oriental and African Studies, London. He was Van Ze
lst Professor at Northwestern Universitys School of Radio Television Film in 199
8. He is on the editorial advisory board of the British film studies journal &l
t;em>Screen. His articles have been widely published and antholog
ized, and he has edited Making Meaning in Indian Cinema (20
00).</td><td>IN,NP,PK,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-267-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Empire an
d Nation: Essential Writings 1985-2005</td><td>Partha Chatterjee</td><td>2010</t
d><td>376</td><td>695.0000</td><td>This book brings together some of th
e most significant and best-known writings of Partha Chatterjee. It includes hi
s pathbreaking interventions in the theoretical analysis of nationalism, as wel
l as several of his pieces on the political, intellectual, and cultural history
of nationalism. The volume also contains Chatterjees provoc
ative and theoretically innovative essays analysing the phenomenon of democracy
in a post-colonial country like India. There are also examples of his early en
gagement with agrarian politics, and his life-long participation in the project
of Subaltern Studies. A special feat
ure of this book is the sampling it provides of Partha Chatterjees best short jo
urnalistic pieces, of humorous and stylistically brilliant book reviews, and th
e first translations into English of some of his Bengali essays. This is the mo
st comprehensive single volume encompassing the full range of the work of one o
f Indias most original social scientists.
An Introduction by Nivedita Menon (Professor of Politics at Jawaharlal
Nehru University, New Delhi), outlines and critiques Chatterjees ideas, their r
ange, their importance, and their influence in political thought today.</p&g
t;
</td><td>Partha Chatterjee is Professor of Political Science at the Ce
ntre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta, and Professor of Anthropology at
Columbia University, New York. He is a founder-member of ‘Subaltern
Studies’. His several books include The Nation and Its Fragm
ents: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories (1993), A Prince
ly Impostor? The Kumar of Bhawal and the Secret History of
Indian Nationalism (2002), and The Politics of the Govern
ed: Reflections on Popular Politics in Most of the World (2004).</td><td>IN,NP,BD,BT,LK,MV,PK</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-209-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Imperial
Connections: India in the Indian Ocean Arena, 18601920</td><td>Thomas R. Metcalf<
/td><td>2007</td><td>280</td><td>650.0000</td><td>An innovative remappi
ng of empire, Imperial Connections offers a broad-r
anging view of the workings of the British empire in the period when the India o
f the Raj stood at the centre of a newly globalized system of trade, investment,
and migration.
Metcalf argues that India itself became a nexus of imperial p
ower that made possible British conquest, control, and governance across a wide
arc of territory stretching from Africa to eastern Asia. His book, offering a ne
w perspective on how imperialism operates, emphasizes transcolonial interactions
and webs of influence that advanced the interests of colonial India and Britain
alike.
Metcalf examines such topics as law codes and administrative forms a
s they were shaped by Indian precedents; the Indian army's role in securing
Malaya, Africa, and Mesopotamia for the empire; the employment of Indians, espec
ially Sikhs, in colonial policing; and the transformation of East Africa into wh
at was almost a province of India through the construction of the Uganda railway
. He concludes with a look at the decline of this Indian Ocean system after 1920
and considers how far India's participation in it opened opportunities for

Indians to be a colonizing as well as a colonized people.</td><td>THOM
AS R. METCALF is Professor of History Emeritus at the University of California,
Berkeley. His works on Indian history, beginning with The Aftermath of Revolt (1
964) and Land, Landlords and the British Raj (1979), established a high reputati
on which his later books, including An Imperial Vision: Indian Architecture (198
9) and Ideologies of the Raj (1995), have consolidated.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,P
K,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-196-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Empire of
Books, An: The Naval Kishore Press and the Diffusion of the Printed Word in Col
onial India</td><td>Ulrike Stark</td><td>2007</td><td>606</td><td>795.0000</td><
td>The history of the book and the commercialization of print in the ni
neteenth century remain largely uncharted areas in South Asia. This major monogr
aph on the legendary Naval Kishore Press of Lucknow (est. 1858)then the foremost
publishing house in the subcontinentrepresents something of a breakthrough. It an
alyses an Indian publishers engagement in the field of cultural production with a
detail and rigour hitherto unknown.
Describing early centres and pioneers o
f print in North India, the author traces the coming of the book in Hindi and Ur
du. The career of Munshi Naval Kishore (183695) is viewed as exemplifying the pub
lishers rise to prominence in the colonial public sphere. Ulrike Stark examines t
he publishing house in its roles as commercial enterprise and intellectual centr
e. Against a backdrop of cultural, social, and economic developments, she analys
es the production of scholarly and popular books in religion, medicine, historio
graphy, and literature, identifying the contributions of individual scholars, li
terati, and translators associated with the press.
The business relationship
between publisher and colonial government receives special attention as an exam
ple of the transactional character of the colonial encounter. Aspects of patrona
ge, competition, and contested agency in textbook production are foregrounded.
Concluding with an analysis of patterns of Hindi and Urdu publishing, the boo
k portrays the Naval Kishore Press as an intellectual microcosm reflecting a sti
ll vibrant composite culture.
This book is invaluable for anyone interested
in print culture, intellectual networks, and the cultural history of modern Indi
a.</td><td>ULRIKE STARK has until recently been Senior Assistant Profe
ssor in the Department of Modern South Asian Studies, South Asia Institute of He
idelberg University. She now teaches in the Department of South Asian Languages
and Civilizations at the University of Chicago.</td><td>World</td><td>History</t
d>
<td>978-81-7824-195-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Islam and
Healing: Loss and Recovery of an Indo-Muslim Medical Tradition 1600-1900</td><t
d>Seema Alavi</td><td>2007</td><td>400</td><td>695.0000</td><td>Indo-Muslim medicineo
r the Unani traditiondeveloped in South Asia alongside Mughal political culture.
While it healed the body, it also had a profound bearing on the social fabric of
the region. Seema Alavis book shows the nature and extent of this Islamic healin
g traditions interaction with Indian society and politics from roughly 1600 to 19
00.
Drawing on Persian texts for the pre-colonial phase, Alavi then moves be
yond the standard colonial archive to deploy unused Urdu texts, pamphlets, local
newspapers, and private family records. The result is a substantial revision of
the existing historiography of Indian Islams encounter with Western medicine. Th
is book represents, in fact, the first major effort at telling the story of an I
slamic healing tradition and its subsequent transformation by locating it within
both pre-colonial and colonial time frames.
Alavi shows precisely how, in t
he period of high colonialism, established practitioners kept their tradition al
ive. Their struggles to preserve and recast the Mughal legacy, control knowledge
, and consolidate doctrinaire languages of power when confronting print culture
and Western education are compellingly documented and analysed. Without disprivi
leging the state, she demonstrates how an in-house struggle for hegemony can be
as potent as external power during processes that define medical, social, and na
tional modernity.
In the present context, where West-dominant globalization demonizes bot
h Islam and cultural alternatives, the implications of this book are profound. A
pioneering work on social and medical history, it will interest all historians,
students of Islams interaction with the West, alternative modernities, and the a
ncient as well as contemporary struggle of the local against the global. </p&
gt;
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Seema Alavi&l
t;/b> is Professor, Department of History and Culture, Jamia Millia Islamia,
Delhi. She has been a Fulbright Fellow, as well as a Smuts Fellow at Cambridge U
niversity, from where her PhD was revised and published as The Sepoys and the Co
mpany: Tradition and Transition in Northern India 17701830 (1995). She has co-aut
hored (with Muzaffar Alam) A European Experience of the Mughal Orient: The Ijazi-Arsalani (Persian Letters, 17731779) of A.H. Polier (2001). She has edited The
Eighteenth Century in India (2002), taught at Jawaharlal Nehru University, and b
een a Visiting Fellow at Harvard.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><
td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-214-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Subalter
n Studies XII: Muslims, Dalits, and the Fabrications of History</td><td>Shail Ma
yaram, M.S.S. Pandian and Ajay Skaria(Eds.)</td><td>2012</td><td>324</td><td>595
.0000</td><td>The twelfth volume of Subaltern S
tudies comprises essays broadly linked by an interest
in the history of Muslims and Dalits in South Asia, or with the manner in which
dominant histories in the subcontinent have been fabricated.
Shahid Amin examines how a persistent image of the Mussalman came into b
eing via the work of Hindi writers and publicists in the late nineteenth centur
y. He suggests that this image was not derived from popular memory but conjured
up for political deployment. He reveals the enormous mileage gained by this im
age, both then and now.
M.T. Ansari looks at the history of Mappila peasant uprisings in the ear
ly twentieth century, and at how these came to be discursively constructed to a
rrive at an image of the fanatic Mussalman. This then yielded the argument that
the Muslim fanatic was a religious fundamentalist who had either to be confine
d or killed. This essay also thus carries resonances of present-day fabrication
s of Islam.
Faisal Fatehali Devjis essay on Gandhis politics of friendship offers an
interesting counterpoint to the preceding two. Focusing on the Khilafat Moveme
nt, it studies friendship in one of Gandhis boldest experimentshis attempt to ret
hink political relations between Hindus and Muslims. In looking at Gandhi as a s
poiler within the rhetoric of colonial India, Devji points implicitly to the imp
ortance of Gandhian ideology in contemporary India.
Milind Wakankar examines the anomalous position of Kabir within the fr
ameworks of caste and canonicity. His essay serves here as a bridge between the
issue of Untouchables/Dalits on the one hand and Hindu-Muslim relations on the
other.
Anupama Rao looks at the history, politics, and legal aspects of an in
cident in which a Dalit kotwal was murdered on the steps of
a Hanuman temple. Governmental discourse and Dalit rights are illuminated in i
mportant new ways in this essay.
Praveena Kodoths essay analyses authority, property, and matriliny in c
olonial Malabar. It offers a detailed study of the codification of custom and l
ooks at the ideas and assumptions that shaped colonial law-making.
Rashmi Dube Bhatnagar, Renu Dube, and Reena Dube investigate the rheto
ric of bardic historians in Rajasthan and interrogate colonial perspectives of
that tradition.
Prathama Banerjee investigates a crucial imperative of nationalismpride
, love and adoration of ones nationthrough acts of the imagination in colonial Be
ngal.
</td><td>SHAIL MAYARAM is Senior Fellow a
t the Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi. She is the author of
Against History, Against State: Counterperspectives from the Margins&
lt;/em> (2003) and Resisting Regimes: Myth, Memory and the Shaping
of a Muslim Identity (1997). 
M.S.S. PANDIANs publications include Ima
ge Trap: M.G. Ramachandran in Films and Politics (1992). <strong&g
t; 
AJAY SKARIA teaches history at the University of Minneapolis.
He is the author of Hybrid Histories: Forests, Frontiers and Wildness
in Western India (1999).</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><
td>History</td>
th, Hindu History - Religion, Art, and Politics</td><td>Heinrich von Stietencron
</td><td>2007</td><td>336</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Translated from the
German, this is a major work of classical Indological scholarship. Drawing upon
various sources and currentsfolk, tribal, and the multilayered Sanskritic traditi
onit offers major insights into the complex cultural history of Hin
du religious traditions.
Starting from the centuries preceding
the Common Era and continuing through the Gupta period up to the eleventh centu
ry, it traces continuity and change in religion and art within the formative per
iod of what we know today as Hinduism. The terrain
it covers ranges from the grammatical treatises of Panini and Patanjali, to the
Dharma Shastras as well as the epics and Puranas, to inscriptions and temple ico
nography.
Deploying these many perspectives, it looks also at Akbars religiou
s reforms, which gain yet other dimensions via such scrutiny. </td><td
>Heinrich von Stietencron has been Professor of Indology and Comparative History
of Religion (197398) at the University of Tuebingen. He has written widely, most
ly in German, on the epics and the Puranas, on temple symbolism and iconography,
and on religious practice and social structure. He has devoted many years to fi
eld research in Orissa, documenting the many temples and studying the manuscript
traditions of the region. He is chief editor of the annotated Epic and Puranic
Bibliography (1992). He was awarded the Padma Shree in 2004, the only foreign sc
holar to have received this honour. </td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-217-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Moveable
Type: Book History in India</td><td>Abhijit Gupta And Swapan Chakravorty (Eds.)<
/td><td>2008</td><td>272</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Book hi
story is an emerging discipline in India. The editors of the pres
ent volume began the work of consolidating the dispersed writings in the field w
ith Print Areas: Book History in India (Permanent Black, 2004). Reviewers welcom
ed that volume as the first significant Indian contribution to an academic disco
urse that is fast changing literary scholarship and challenging assumptions, if
not practices, in the social sciences.
Moveable Type brings together a wider vari
ety of the best recent work on the subject, combining compilation of primary dat
a with rigorous historical analysis. Contributions range from a magisterial hist
ory of censorship in colonial India to reflections on the social construction of
texts. Several essays focus on the study of historically symptomatic cases, suc
h as the making of a Tamil encyclopaedia and the special number of a Hindi perio
dical.This collection is the latest in a series that promises to be an indispens
able resource for future research in history, literature, textual scholarship, e
ditorial theory, and cultural studies.
</td><td>Swapan Chakravorty is Pr
ofessor of English, Jadavpur University. He is the author of Society and Politic
s in the Plays of Thomas Middleton (1996) and contributory editor of The Oxford
Middleton (2007). He has co-edited Print Areas: Book History in India (2004) wit
h Abhijit Gupta. Chakravorty also writes in Bengali and has recently edited Mudr
aner sanskriti o bangla boi (2007)
Abhijit Gupta is Reader in Englis
h, Jadavpur University. He has co-edited Print Areas: Book History in India (200
4) with Swapan Chakravorty. He is an associate editor of The Oxford Companion to
the Book, and has finished a short-title catalogue of Bengali books over 1801-6
7.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
s of Political Islam in India c.12001800, The</td><td>Muzaffar Alam</td><td>2008<
/td><td>260</td><td>450.0000</td><td>This book shows the ways in which
political Islam, from its establishment in medieval
north India, adapted itself to a variety of Indian contexts and became deeply I
ndianized.
This process, by which pre-existent Arabo-Persian traditions were
moulded to new Indian contexts, involved changes in the manner in which Islamic
rule was conceived and conducted in the subcontinent. It became gradually appar
ent to the conquering Muslim sultans (and later to their successors, the Mughals
), as well as to medieval thinkers and writers of treatises on Islamic morality,
theology and political doctrine, that the conduct of Islamic statecraft in a co
untry comprising mostly Hindus entailed shifts in Islams conceptual and instituti
onal vocabulary. Islamic rulers could not command a vast country without accepti
ng certain cultural limitations to the exercise of their power. In this process
of acculturation, political Islam in India was forced to reinvent itself as a do
ctrine of rule.

From this stemmed a second change: a shift in the meanings of key Islam
ic terms, especially those pertaining to statehood, and relations between rulers
and subject populations. Through a close reading of a variety of textsranging fr
om normative treatises and Sufi biographies to Persian court poetryMuzaffar Alam
shows that the vocabularies in use went through certain changes so fundamental t
hat the language of Indian Islam became quite different from what was in vogue i
n contexts outside.
With its profound deployment of primary and secondary so
urces to study Indo-Muslim statecraft vis-à-vis Islamic theocratic language
s over an eight-hundred-year stretch, this book provides major insights into the
changing nature of political Islam in India. It will interest scholars of the I
slamic world, as well as all serious readers of Indian history and comparative p
olitics. 
</td><td>MUZAFFAR ALAM is Professor in the departments of South Asian Languages
and Civilizations, and History, at the University of Chicago. Earlier, he was Pr
ofessor of History, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. His works include Th
e Crisis of Empire in Mughal North India, 1707-1748. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,
MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-172-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Indias Li
terary History: Essays on the Nineteenth Century</td><td>Stuart Blackburn (Ed.)
and Vasudha Dalmiya (Ed.)</td><td>2006</td><td>528</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This book, the first major reassessme
nt of literary history in nineteenth-century India 
for a generation, opens up this emerging field of literary history to nineteenth
-century India. Its essays emphasise the making of literary history, the process
of canonisation, the reinvention of literary tradition, and the writing of lite
rary history itself. 
A central premise of the book is that when European literary cultures a
rrived in India, they came into contact with popular performance forms and compl
ex literary cultures that had their own histories.
The essays also reach beyo
nd the obvious genres and include little-known texts, situating them within a wi
der debate about national origins, linguistic identities, and political entitlem
ents.
Print culture and oral tales, drama and gender, library use and publish
ing history, theatre and audiences, detective fiction and low-caste novels are a
mong the topics covered.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Stuart Blackb
urn (Ed.), Senior Lecturer, Department of South Asian Languages and Cu
ltures, School of Oriental and African Studies, London.</div><div style
text-align: justify">Vasudha Dalmiya (Ed.), Professor

of Hindi, University of California, Berkeley.</div></td><td>World</td><td
>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-185-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Many Live
s of a Rajput Queen, The: Heroic Pasts in India C.1500-1900</td><td>Ramya Sreeni
vasan</td><td>2007</td><td>288</td><td>650.0000</td><td>This book is centred on the legend of Padmini, the mediev
al Rajput queen widely believed to have been pursue
d by Alauddin Khalji, Sultan of Delhi. Sreenivasan investigates the many narrat
ives that exist about this heroic queen's legend in India, ranging from Sufi
mystical romances in the sixteenth century to nationalist histories in the late
nineteenth century.
The book explores the manner in which early modern regio
nal elites, caste groups, and mystical and monastic communities shaped their dis
tinctive versions of past times through the repeated refashioning of this legend
. It then traces the appropriations of these narrations by colonial administrat
ors and nationalist intellectuals for varying political ends.
In the process,
the author successfully shows us not only how particular narratives about virtu
ous women changed and circulated across the communities of South Asia, but also
the social and political investments in discourses of gender and history that oc
curred simultaneously.
This book will interest historians of memory, gender,
community, culture, and history-writing in early modern and modern South Asia.
In illustrating how significant legends about the past emerged out of particular
pre-colonial repositories of 'tradition', the book also contributes to
current debates on the nature of colonial transitions and the nature of pre-colo
nial historical consciousness. </td><td><div style="text-align
: justify">RAMYA SREENIVASAN received her early training in the study of
literature, and obtained her Ph.D. from Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.
She is Assistant Professor of History at the University at Buffalo, State Univ
ersity of New York.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</td
>
in the Vernacular</td><td>Raziuddin Aquil and Partha Chatterjee (Eds.)</td><td>2
uot;>Historians of India have lately been looking at the place of history in
the country, both as an academic discipline and as a mode of public representa
tion of the past. This book explores the status of regional and vernacular hist
ories in relation to academic histories by professional historians.
Was there history writing in Ind
ia before the British colonial intervention? The stock answer to this question
is no. Other than the Rajatarangini of Kalhana, no ancient t
ext adequately resembles a historical narrative. The itihasa</em&gt
;-purana tradition is largely indistinguishable from mythol
ogy. The vamsavali and caritra traditi
ons do not really distinguish between the legendary and the historical. </p&
gt; Yet these genres of narrati
ng the past did percolate into Indias regional languages, being later complement
ed by the Persian court chronicles of Islamic rulers, with the latter showing w
riting practices much closer to European conventions of history writing. Looking closely at vernacu
lar contexts and traditions of historical production, the essays in this book q
uestion the assumption that there was no history writing in India before coloni
alism. They suggest that careful and appropriate techniques of reading reveal d
istinctly indigenous historical narratives. Such narratives may be embedded wit
hin non-historical literary genres, such as poems, ballads, and works within th
e larger itihasa-purana tradition, but
they are marked by discursive signs that allow them to be recognized as histor
ical. Vernacular his
tory traditions in Assam, Bengal, the North-East, Kerala, the Andhra-Tamil regi
on, Maharashtra, and Uttar Pradesh are examined here with fresh archival materi
al and new insights, making this a valuable book for historians, sociologists,
and South Asianists.</td><td>Raziuddin Aquil  is Fellow in History at the C
entre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta. He is the author of S
ufism, Culture, and Politics: Afghans and Islam in Medieval North India (2007). 
Partha Chatterjee is Professor of Political Science at the Centre for
Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta, and Professor of Anthropology at Columbia
University, New York. His many books include The Nation and Its Frag
ments: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories (1993), and A P
rincely Impostor? The Kumar of Bhawal and the Secret History of Indi
an Nationalism (2002).</td><td>WORLD</td><td>History</td>
e History of Indian Literature in English</td><td>Arvind Krishna Mehrotra (Ed.)<
/td><td>2010</td><td>472</td><td>495.0000</td><td>For anyone intereste
d in the story of English in India, or in the finest English storytellers of In
dia, this is the essential companion. This book is a history
of two hundred years of Indian literature in English. It starts by looking at
the introduction of English into Indias complex language scenario around 1800. I
t then takes up the canonical poets, novelists, and dramatists, as well as a fe
w unjustly forgotten figures, who have made significant contributions to the ev
olution of Indian literature in English. The book comprise
s twenty-four chapters, written by some of Indias foremost scholars and critics.
Each chapter is devoted either to a single author (Kipling, Tagore, Sri Aurobi
ndo, R.K. Narayan), or to a group of authors (the Dutt family of nineteenth-cen
tury Calcutta; the Indian diasporic writers of the twentieth century), or to a
genre (beginnings of the Indian novel; poetry since Independence). &
lt;p>Though the contributors are all experts in their chosen areas, this is a
book for the non-specialist general reader. Biographical information on major
literary figures is provided, and in most cases their work is historically con
textualized. The chapters can be read selectively (for example, to follow the d
evelopment of a genre) or in the order in which they appear, which is chronolog
ical. William Jones and Thomas Macaulay, Henry Derozio and
Toru Dutt, Bankim and Tagore, Kipling and Naipaul, G.V. Desani and Raja Rao, R.
K. Narayan and Nirad C. Chaudhuri, Sarojini Naidu and Anita Desai, Gandhi and N
ehru, Mulk Raj Anand and Aubrey Menen, Khushwant Singh and Ved Mehta, Verrier E
lwin and Salim Ali, Jim Corbett and M. Krishnan, Nissim Ezekiel and A.K. Ramanu
jan, Salman Rushdie and Vikram Seth, Amitav Ghosh and I. Allan Sealy, Gieve Pat
el and Girish Karnad, social reformers and religious thinkers, conservationists
and hunters, Presidency College and St Stephens College, drama and translation,
this volume covers everything of literary significance that has happened in In
dia.</td><td>Arvind Krishna Mehrotra is a
well-known poet, critic, and translator. His books include (as editor) <em&
gt;An Illustrated History of Indian Literature in English (2003); &l
t;em>The Transfiguring Places (1998); and The Absent Tr
aveller: Prakrit Love Poetry from the Gathasaptasati (1991). He has
edited The Oxford India Anthology of Twelve Mode
rn Indian Poets (1992).</td><td>WORLD</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-294-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Birds in
Books: Three Hundred Years of South Asian Ornithology: A Bibliography</td><td>Aa
sheesh Pittie</td><td>2010</td><td>868</td><td>795.0000</td><td>The hi
story of South Asian ornithology spans three centuries and records over 1200 sp
ecies of birds. This is the passionate work of hundreds of amateur and professi
onal ornithologists. The popular as well as scientific documentation of this re
gion’s avifauna is prodigious. For the first time
, this vast body of work is brought together here, in this detailed, meticulous
ly researched, and annotated bibliography. Over 1700 books are listed, covering
the ornithology of Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, India, the Maldives, Myanm

ar, Nepal, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, and Tibet—a region encompassing the O
riental and Palaearctic realms. The bibliography embraces v
arious types of work: from travelogues, field guides, species monographs, count
ry handbooks, regional avifaunas, multi-volume ornithological works, and folios
of art, to simple checklists. In addition, it provides brief glimpses into the
lives of over 200 ornithologists. For comprehensive accessibility, it includes
three indexes enabling readers to reach specific items of information with eas
e.</td><td>AASHEESH PITTIE is an amateur ornithologist, bibl
iophile, and bibliographer. He is interested in the history of South Asian orni
thology, and has compiled a database of over 27,000 ornithological publications
for the South Asian region. He has written several articles and papers on Indi
an birds, and edits the bi-monthly journal Indian Birds.&lt
;/p></td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
Before Us: Historical Traditions of Early North India</td><td>Romila Thapar</td>
<td>2013</td><td>776</td><td>1395.0000</td><td>It has so often been sai
d that Indian civilization lacks historical writingand therefore a sense of histo
rythat this notion passes for a truism. There has been little attempt to show up
the falsity of the generalization. In the present booka magisterial historiograph
ical survey of every major form within which ancient North Indian history is emb
edded or evidentRomila Thapar shows an intellectually dynamic ancient world profu
se with ideas about the past, an arena replete with societies constructing, reco
nstructing, and contesting various visions of worlds before their own.
“To determine what makes for this historical consciousness&am
p;rdquo;, says Professor Thapar, “is not just an attempt to provide In
dian civilization with a sense of history, nor is it an exercise in abstract res
earch. My intention is to argue that, irrespective of the question of the presen
ce or absence of historical writing as such, an understanding of the way in whic
h the past is perceived, recorded, and used affords insights into early Indian s
ociety, as it does for that matter into other early societies.”</p&
gt;
She argues that to possess history a civilization does not have to reve
al writing in forms regarded as belonging to the established genres of history.
In fact, a variety of ancient Indian texts reflect a consciousness of history; a
nd, subsequently, there come into existence recognizable historical traditions a
nd forms of historical writing. Both varieties of textsthose which reflect a cons
ciousness of history and those which reveal forms of historical writingwere deplo
yed to “reveal” the past, and drawn upon as a cultural, poli
tical, religious, or other resource to legitimize an existing social order. 
The Vedic corpus, the Ramayana, the Maha
bharata, the itihasa-purana tradition, the Buddh
ist and Jaina canons, the hagiographical and biographical literature, the inscri
ptional evidence, a variety of chronicles, and dramatic forms such as the Mudrarakshasa are all scrutinized afresh in this book: not as sou
rces for historical data, but instead as a civilization’s many ways of
thinking about and writing its history. </td><td>Romila Thap
ar, described as “virtually the only living historian of ancient and p
re-modern India who has risen to the rank of world-class historians”,
is Emeritus Professor of History at Jawaharlal University, New Delhi. She holds
an Honorary D.Litt. each from Oxford University and the University of Chicago, a
nd is an Honorary Fellow of Lady Margaret Hall, Oxford, and SOAS, London Univers
ity. Her refusal to accept state awards has only enhanced her renown: in both 19
92 and 2005 she declined the Padma Bhushan, awarded by the Indian Government, be
cause, as she put it, “I only accept awards from academic institutions
or those associated with my professional work, and not state awards.”
In 2008 Professor Thapar was awarded the prestigious Kluge Prize of the US Libr
ary of Congress, which honours lifetime achievement in studies such as history w

hich are not covered by the Nobel Prize. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,P
K</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-296-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Encha
ntment of Democracy and India: Politics and Ideas</td><td>Sudipta Kaviraj</td><t
y">Sudipta Kaviraj has long been recognize
d as among Indias most thoughtful and wide-ranging political thinkers and analys
ts, one of the subtlest and most learned writers on Indian politics. Paradoxica
lly, this has remained something of a state secret, because Kavirajs writings ha
ve remained scattered in journals difficult to access. 
The essays in this volume try to
approach Indian democracy from different angles. Kaviraj argues that it is wro
ng to believe that with the rise of modernity human societies suffer complete d
isenchantment: modernity creates new forms of enchantment, and democracy is, in
fact, part of the political enchantment of modernity. 
Focusing on Indian democracy, Ka
viraj shows the limits of marxist and liberal political analyses. In its Indian
incarnation, he says, liberal democracy has had to inhabit an unfamiliar cultu
ral and historical world whose peculiarities are very different from the peculi
arities of European societies.Viewed by conventional political theory, Indian d
emocracy appears inexplicable. It defies all the preconditions that theory lays
down for the success of  democratic governmentnamely, a strong bureauc
ratic state, capitalist production, industrialization, the secularization of so
ciety, and relative economic prosperity. The durability of Indian democracy sho
ws that instead of asking how Indian democracy has survived, we need to ask if
those are in fact preconditions for democracy.
These and many other fascinating
issues of democracys relationship with religion, identity, development, inequal
ity, and culture comprise the themes that link the essays in this brilliant and
insightful collection.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">SUDIPTA KAVIRAJ is a p
rofessor of Indian politics and intellectual history at Columbia University. Ear
lier he taught for many years at SOAS, London University, following a long teach
ing stint at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He has been a fellow of St
Antonys College, Oxford, and a visiting professor at the University of California
, Berkeley, as well as at the University of Chicago.</div></td><td>World</
td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-309-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Writing t
he Mughal World: Studies in Political Culture</td><td>Muzaffar Alam and Sanjay S
ubrahmanyam</td><td>2011</td><td>536</td><td>850.0000</td><td>In this b
ook, two leading historians of early modern South Asia present nine jointly aut
hored essays on the Mughal empire, framed by a long Introduction which reflects
on the imperial, nationalist, and other conflicted trajectories of history-wri
ting on the Mughals. Using materials from a large variety of languagesincluding
Dutch, Portuguese, English, Persian, Urdu, and Tamilthey show how this Indo-Isla
mic dynasty developed a sophisticated system of government and facilitated an e
ra of profound artistic and architectural achievement, setting the groundwork f
or South Asias future trajectory.
In several ways the joint work of Alam and Subrahmanyam, best represen
ted here, provides the most significant innovation, expansion, and rethinking a
bout the Mughal imperium for many decades. The present book intertwines politic
al, cultural, and commercial themes while exploring diplomacy, state-formation,
historiography, religious debate, and political thought. It focuses on confron
tations between a variety of source materials that are then reconciled by the a
uthors, enabling readers to participate both in the debate and the resolution o
f competing claims. 
Interdisciplinary and cutting-edge, this work adds rich dimensions to research
on the Mughal state, early modern South Asia, and the comparative history of the
Mughal, Ottoman, Safavid, and other early modern empires.</td><td>&lt
;strong>MUZAFFAR ALAM is George V. Bobrinskoy Professor in So
uth Asian Languages and Civilizations at the University of Chicago. He is the
author of The Crisis of Empire in Mughal North India and
The Languages of Political Islam in India: c. 12001800. &
lt;/p>
SANJAY SUBRAHMANYAM is professor and hold
er of the Navin and Pratima Doshi Chair of Indian History at the University of
California, Los Angeles. He is the author of several books, including <em&g
t;The Career and Legend of Vasco da Gama and the two-volume <em&g
t;Explorations in Connected History. 
Alam and Subrahmanyam have jointly edited The Mughal State 15261750&lt
;/em> and coauthored Indo-Persian Travels in the Age of Discoverie
s, 14001800.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-310-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Partial R
ecall: Essays on Literature and Literary History</td><td>Arvind Krishna Mehrotra
</td><td>2011</td><td>298</td><td>650.0000</td><td>Indias poets have bee
n among the finest writers of English proseearlier, Henry Derozio and Toru Dutt;
more recently, Nissim Ezekiel, A.K. Ramanujan, Dom Moraes, and Adil Jussawalla
. Writers of this kind, representing the common reader tradition of unpretentious
and jargon-free writing about literature and life, are something of a rarity i
n India. Arvind Krishna Mehrotrarenowned poet, critic, translator, editor, and
anthologistenriches an uncommon stream with this brilliant collection.
The essays gathered here, rich in literary detail and accessible insig
ht, were written over the past thirty years. Among them are Mehrotras homage to
his friend and fellow poet Arun Kolatkar; a perceptive appreciation of A.K. Ram
anujan; a scathing scrutiny of R. Parthasarathy; a radical redefinition of the
modern Indian poem; a literary-historical view of Kabir; and a wide-ranging int
roduction to the entire corpus of Indian writing in English from 1800 to the pr
esent.
Mehrotra, who has lived much of his life in Allahabad, writes also abo
ut the provincialization of Indias middle-sized cities, the decimation of cultur
al heritage across urban north India, and the joys and pains of growing up in a
small town where everyone knew everyone. 
Forthright in manner and cosmopolitan in their references, Mehrotras wr
itings are an exceptional mix of the autobiographical and the literary, an anti
dote to the everyday annihilation of English prose by journalists at one end an
d literary critics at the other. 
This is a book to be enjoyed, savoured, dipped into, and readagain and
again.</td><td>ARVIND KRISHNA MEHROTRA was born in Lahore in 1947 and
educated at the universities of Allahabad and Bombay. He has published four co
llections of poetry, two volumes of translations, and edited several books, inc
luding An Illustrated History of Indian Literature in English</em&g
t;. He lives in Allahabad and Dehra Dun.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-311-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Stages of
Life: Indian Theatre Autobiographies</td><td>Kathryn Hansen</td><td>2011</td><t
d>392</td><td>795.0000</td><td>By the end of the nineteenth century, W
estern-style playhouses were found in every Indian city.  Professional
drama troupes held crowds spellbound with their spectacular productions. 
From this colorful world of entertainment come the autobiographies in
this book. The life-stories of a quartet of early Indian actors and poet-playwr
ights are here translated into English for the first time. 
The most famous, Jayshankar Sundari, was a female impersonator of the
highest order. Fida Husain Narsi also played women's parts, until gaining g
reat fame for his role as a Hindu saint. Two others, Narayan Prasad Betab and R
adheshyam Kathavachak, wrote landmark dramas that ushered in the mythological g
enre, intertwining politics and religion with popular performance.  &l

t;/p>
These men were schooled not in the classroom but in large theatrical c
ompanies run by Parsi entrepreneurs. Their memoirs, replete with anecdote and h
umor, offer an unparalleled window onto a vanished world. Indias late-colonial v
ernacular culture and early cinema history come alive here. From another perspe
ctive, these narratives are as significant to the understanding of the national
ist era as the lives of political leaders or social reformers. 
This book includes four substantive chapters on the history of the Par
si theatre, debates over autobiography in the Indian context, strategies for re
ading autobiography in general, and responses to these specific texts. The appa
ratus, based on the translators extensive research, includes notes on personages
, performances, texts, vernacular usage, and cultural institutions. <
/td><td>KATHRYN HANSEN is a leading scholar of South Asian theatre his
tory, especially the Hindi and Urdu traditions of North India. Her work has hig
hlighted heroic women in myth and history, theatrical transvestism in the natio
nalist period, composite culture and cosmopolitanism, and community formation t
hrough theatrical performance. She has authored Grounds for Play: The
Nautanki Theatre of North India, translated The Parsi Theatre: Its Origins and
Development, and co-edited A Wilderness of Possibilities:
Urdu Studies in Transnational Perspective. Having taught at the Uni
versity of British Columbia, the University of Chicago, and Rutgers University,
she is now Professor in the Department of Asian Studies at the University of T
exas at Austin.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-312-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Indian S
ecularism: A Social and Intellectual History 1890-1950</td><td>Shabnum Tejani</t
d><td>2011</td><td>320</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Secularism has been th
e subject of much debate. Scholars have argued that recent Hindu national
ism is the symptom of a crisis of Indian secularism and have blamed this on a r
esurgence of religion or communalism. Shabnum Tejani argues here for a more com
plex and historically informed understanding. Her book is a history of how the
idea of secularism emerged in India. 
She shows that the study of secularism in India has been circumscribed
by the opposition in which it exists with communalism. Scholars have tr
eated these categories as reified wholes. Consequently, analyses of secularism
have obscured more than they have revealed. Indian
Secularism approaches this question from a wholly ne
w perspective. Beginning in the late nineteenth century and ending with t
he ratification of the constitution in 1950, it examines the social, political,
and intellectual genealogies of secularism and communalism. 
The book examines how secularism came to be bound up with what it mea
nt to legitimately call oneself Indian and shows why this concepts genealogy is so
imbued with the language of religion. It argues that the emergence of th
e category of secularism in India had less to do with creating an ethics of tol
erance than with a formulation of nationalism that provided a counterpoint to c
hallenges posed by Muslim and Untouchable communities. 
Through a detailed reconstruction of six historical moments, which inc
lude the emergence of religious movements and key constitutional debates, Tejan
i shows that the ideology of secularism that emerged in 1950 had its conceptual
preconditions in histories of nationalism, communalism, and British colonial
discourses. She also argues that the distinction between religion and cas
te that has characterized debates on Indian secularism is false. Rather t
han being distinct from community and caste, nationalism and communalism, liber
alism and democracy, Indian secularism was a relational category that emerged a
t the nexus of all these.
This book will interest students of Indian democracy, politics, and hi
story, as well as of political philosophy and the sociology of caste.
</td><td>SHABNUM TEJANI is Lecturer in History at SOAS, London University.</td><
td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>History</td>
e History of Modern Architecture In India</td><td>Jon Lang</td><td>2010</td><td>
is an invaluable book for those who want to understand the geography of their
cities, as well as for students of Indian architecture. In lucid language that
speaks to laymen and architects alike, Jon Lang provides a history of Indian a
rchitecture in the twentieth century. He analyses its tangled developments from
the founding of the Indian Institute of Architects during the 1920s to the pre
sent diversity of architectural directions. He describes the often contradictor
y tugs of the international and the local as he reviews architects efforts to be
up-to-date in their work.
Lang examines the early influence
s on Indian architecture both of movements like the Bauhaus as well as prominen
t individuals like Habib Rehman, Jawaharlal Nehru, Frank Lloyd Wright and Le C
orbusier. He looks at monuments, museums, resettlement colonies, housing, offic
es and movie halls all over India in his wide-ranging survey. Over 150 photogra
phs and line drawings explain and illustrate concepts outlined in the text.
</td><td>Jon Lang is Professor at the University of New South Wales in Sydney, Australia wh
ere he served as the Head of the School of Architecture during the 1990s. Ea
rlier, in the 1980s he was Director of the Urban Design Program at the Universi
ty of Pennsylvania where he taught from 1970 to 1990. Professor Lang was born in Calcutta and edu
cated there, as well as in South Africa and the United States. He has served
as a UNESCO consultant in Turkey and a NATO Fellow in Belgium. As a Ford Found
ation Fellow he has taught at The Indian Institute of Technology in Kharagpur.
He has worked professionally as an architect, urban designer and educator in bo
th North and South America, in Europe and in Asia. Jon Lang is co-author with Madhavi Desai and Miki
Desai of Architecture and Independence: The Search for Identity</e
m> (1997). He is also the author of Creating A
rchitectural Theory(1987) and Urban&lt
;/em> Design: the America
n Experience (1994). </td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-306-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Emer
gence of the Delhi Sultanate: AD 1192-1286</td><td>Sunil Kumar</td><td>2010</td>
<td>440</td><td>595.0000</td><td>The Sultans of Delhi came from relativ
ely humble origins. They were slaves who rose to become generals in the armies
of the Afghan ruler Muizz al-Din Ghuri. Their transformation into rulers of a k
ingdom of great political influence in North India was a slow and discontinuous
process that occurred through the thirteenth century. For
the better part of that century, there were many centres of social and politic
al power in the early Delhi Sultanate. There were military commanders with cont
ending political ambitions, as well as urban elites with contrasting social con
stituencies, religious ideologies, and personal commitments. Such people did no
t always support authoritarian interventions seeking to create a monolithic sta
te. So, for decades, the Sultanate seemed to disappear fro
m political reckoning, and its resurrections were more in the nature of reincar
nations. It made its periodic reappearances in bodily forms different from thos
e of its precursors. Ultimately, the Delhi Sultanate survived not just because
of the political and military acumen of its rulers and military agents, but bec
ause of the ideological investment of a variety of Muslim émigrés tha
t saw the Delhi Sultanate as a sanctuary for Muslims during the period of Mongo
l holocaust. In The Emergence of the Delhi Su
ltanate, Sunil Kumar charts the history of the structures that su
stained and challenged this regime, and of the underlying ideologieseliding its
sometimes ephemeral formthat gave meaning to the idea of the Delhi Sultanate.&lt
;/p></td><td>SUNIL KUMAR is a Reader in Medieval History at the His

tory Department, Delhi University. His Ph.D. was at Duke University, USA, and h
is publications include The Present in Delhi’s Pasts; an edited volum
e, Demolishing Myths or Mosques and Temples? Readi
ngs on History and Temple Desecration in Medieval India; and a forthcoming book
provisionally titled Sites of Power and Resistance: A Study of Sultanate Monum
ental Architecture. He is also the managing editor of the Indian Economic and S
ocial History Review.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-313-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Caste, C
onflict, and Ideology: Mahatma Jotirao Phule and Low Caste Protest in Nineteenth
-Century Western India</td><td>Rosalind OHanlon</td><td>2011</td><td>346</td><td>
495.0000</td><td>This is the first Indian reprint, with a new
preface by the author, of a classic work which was first published in 1985.&lt
;/em>
The nineteenth century saw the beginning
of a violent and controversial movement of protest amongst western Indias low an
d untouchable castes, aimed at the effects of their lowly position within the H
indu caste hierarchy. The leaders of this movement were convinced that religiou
s hierarchies had combined with the effects of British colonial rule to produce
inequality and injustice in many fields, from religion to politics and educati
on. 
This study concentrates on the first leader of this movement, Mahatma
Jotirao Phule. It shows him as its first ideologist, working out a unique brand
of radical humanism. It analyses his contribution to one of the most important
and neglected social developments in western India in this periodthe formation
of a new regional identity. 
This process of identity formation is studied against the background o
f the earlier history of caste relations, and contributes important evidence ab
out the relationship between ritual status and political power. The author draw
s extensively on vernacular language materials and evidence about popular cultu
re from oral traditions.</td><td>Rosalind OHanlon&lt
;/b> is Professor of Indian History and Culture in the Faculty of Oriental S
tudies, University of Oxford. Her publications include A Comparison
Between Women and Men: Tarabai Shinde and the Critique of Gender Relations in C
olonial India, and numerous articles on the social history of coloni
al and early modern India. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Histo
ry</td>
<td>978-81-7824-303-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Dharmanan
d Kosambi: The Essential Writings - Edited, Translated, and with an Introduction
</td><td>Meera Kosambi</td><td>2010</td><td>438</td><td>695.0000</td><td><p&g
t;The life and writings of Dharmanand Kosambi (187
61947), pioneering scholar of Pali and Buddhist Studies, comprise the substance
of this book. 
Born in rural Goa, Dharmanand came under the spell of the Buddhas teach
ings during his adolescence. As described in his long autobiographical memoir (
included here), at an early age he set off on an incredible journey of austere
self-training across the length and breadth of Britains Indian Empire, halting t
o educate himself at places connected with Buddhism. His sojourns included livi
ng in Sri Lanka to master Pali as a novitiate-scholar, in a Burmese cave as a &
lt;em>bhikshu, and in some viharas of North
Indiabegging for monastic sustenanceas well as in Nepal and Sikkim which he reach
ed after arduous, sometimes barefoot, treks. Over these itinerant years Dharman
and acquired such mastery of the Buddhist canon that he was variously appointed
to teach and research at Calcutta, Baroda, Harvard, and Leningrad.
As a thinker Dharmanand blended Buddhist ethics, Mahatma Gandhis philos
ophy of truth and non-violence, and the ideals of socialism. He exchanged lette
rs with the Mahatma, worked for his causes, and died in the approved Buddhist/J
ain manner by voluntary starvation at Sevagram ashram. Arguably, no Indian scho
lars life has been as exemplary as Dharmanands, or has approximated as closely to

the nobility and saintliness of the Mahatmas. Despite his
mastery of several languages, Dharmanand chose to write in Marathi because of h
is strong region-specific commitment. Consequently, very few today are familiar
with his copious output in Buddhist Studies, and fewer still with his contribu
tion to social and political thought. By translating and ma
rshalling his most significant writings, Meera Kosambi shows the manifold dimen
sions of Dharmanands personality, and the profoundly moral character of his int
ellectual journeys. Her Introduction also contextualizes the life, career, and
achievement of one of modern Indias greatest scholar-savants.</td><td>&
lt;p>MEERA KOSAMBI is a sociologist trained in India, Sweden, and the USA. S
he has specialized in Urban Studies and Women’s Studies. She was form
erly Professor and Director of the Research Centre for Women’s Studie
s at the SNDT Women’s University in Mumbai. She has taught, lectured,
and published widely in India and abroad. Her books include Returning
the American Gaze: Pandita Ramabai’s ‘The Peoples of the U
nited States’ (1889) (2003), Crossing Thresholds:
Feminist Essays in Social History (2007), and Feminist V
ision or ‘Treason against Men’? Kashibai Kanitkar and the En
gendering of Marathi Literature (2008).</td><td>World</td>
<td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-304-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Nati
onalization of Hindu Traditions: Bharatendu Harischandra and Nineteenth-Century
Banaras</td><td>Vasudha Dalmia</td><td>2010</td><td>530</td><td>595.0000</td><td
>This book studies how a dominant
strand of Hinduism in North Indiathe tradition which uses and misuses the slog
an HindiHinduHindustancame into being in the late nineteenth century. It uses the li
fe and writings of Bharatendu Harischandra (often called the Father of Modern H
indi) as its focal point for an analysis of some of the vital cultural processe
s through which modern North India, as we experience it today, came to be forme
d. First published in 1997, this book has been widely recog
nized as a work of exceptional scholarship with politically vital implications.
It is reissued now with a new Foreword by Francesca Orsini, highlighting the n
ature of its importance.</td><td>VASUDHA DALMIA is a Professor of Hindi and Modern South Asian Studies
at the University of California, Berkeley.</td><td>World</td><td>Hist
ory</td>
<td>978-81-7824-314-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Print Ar
eas: Book History in India</td><td>Abhijit Gupta and Swapan Chakravorty (Eds.)</
td><td>2010</td><td>260</td><td>295.0000</td><td>In recent years, the
growth of History of the Book as a major, multi-disciplinary area of investigat
ion has energised traditional disciplines such as history and literary studies
in new and unforeseen ways. History of the Book looks at literature as it is em
bodied in its technological productsmainly those of the print industry, but also
manuscripts, engravings, and electronic texts. It studies the various personne
l associated with the making of books: not just authors, but also printers, pub
lishers, illustrators, booksellers, and of course, readers. In so doing it has
restored a measure of historicism and objectivity to literary studies, by insis
ting on a rigorous engagement with the records and what they tell us about mode
s of production, transmission and distribution of books.
Despite being a country with a l
ong, rich and complex book culture, India does not have a comprehensive history
of its books. Print Areas is
the first attempt to write such a history and brings together the work of lead
ing contemporary historians of the book in India. This pioneering volume featur
es essays looking at some of the most fascinating examples of Indias encounter w
ith the book. The choice of the essays also reveals the range of possible appro
aches to the study of books. There are histories of major publishing houses suc
h as Macmillan and Oxford University Press as well of the first edition of a si

ngle book of nonsense verse; perspectives are offered on Benares as a centre of
publishing, the role played by print in shaping Maharashtra politics and the c
ultural impact of popular books in Bengal. These essays will be of interest not
just to the historian or literary scholar but also to those interested in ques
tions of tradition and modernity in colonial and postcolonial India.<
/td><td>Abhijit Gupta  is Reader, English D
ept, Jadavpur University, Kolkata.
Swapan Chakravorty is Professor, English De
pt, Jadavpur University, Kolkata.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-337-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Indias Sp
okesman Abroad: Letters, Articles, Speeches and Statements 19331937</td><td>Sisir
K. Bose and Sugata Bose(Eds.)</td><td>2011</td><td>458</td><td>495.0000</td><td
>In February 1933, a seriously ill and emaciated prisoner was carried
out of an ambulance on a stretcher and put on a ship about to sail from Bombay
to Europe. When the same man boarded a KLM flight in Calcutta for Europe in Nov
ember 1937, he was the President-elect of the Indian National Congress. </p&
gt;
The years 1933 to 1937 witnessed the transformation of a radical leade
r into a statesman. This volume brings together the letters, articles, and spee
ches from a fascinating, though somewhat unusual and relatively neglected, phas
e of the career of Subhas Chandra Bose. An extraordinarily wide array of topics
and themes are touched upon and explored in his works of this periodimperialism
, nationalism, fascism, communism, psychology, philosophy, spirituality, urban
planning, travel, Gandhi, Ireland, love, and more.</td><td>&
lt;strong>SISIR KUMAR BOSE (19202000) founded the Netaji Rese
arch Bureau in 1957 and was its guiding spirit. A participant in the Indian fre
edom struggle, he was imprisoned by the British. After Independence he authored
and edited biographies, memoirs, monographs, and research papers on Netajis lif
e and times.
SUGATA BOSE is Gardiner Professor of His
tory at Harvard University. He is the author of several books on economic, soci
al, and political history, including A Hundred Horizons: The Indian O
cean in the Age of Global Empire and His Majestys Opponent:
Subhas Chandra Bose and Indias Struggle Against Empire.</td
><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-335-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Swad
eshi Movement in Bengal 19031908</td><td>Sumit Sarkar</td><td>2011</td><td>520</t
d><td>595.0000</td><td>This classic work of scholarship, first publish
ed in 1973, has long been out of print. It is reprinted now with a new preface
by the author and critical essays by Neeladri Bhattacharya and Dipesh Chakrabar
ty. </td><td>Sumit Sarkar is arguably the most influential a
nd widely admired historian of modern India. His several books include <em&gt
;Modern India 18851947, Writing Social History, a
nd Beyond Nationalist Frames. Following a distinguished te
aching career, he retired as Professor of History at Delhi University. He lives
in Delhi and is working on his next book.</td><td>World</td><td>Histo
ry</td>
<td>978-81-7824-324-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Changing
Homelands: Hindu Politics and the Partition of India</td><td>Neeti Nair</td><td>
quot;>Changing Homelands of
fers a startling new perspective on what was and was not politically possible i
n late colonial India. In this highly readable account of Partition in Punjab,
Neeti Nair rejects the idea that essential differences between the Hindu and Mu
slim communities made political settlement impossible. Far from being an inevit
able solution, the idea of Partition came as a very late and stunning surprise
to the majority of Hindus in the region.

In tracing the political and soc
ial history of Punjab from the early years of the twentieth century, Nair overt
urns the entrenched view that Muslims were responsible for Partition. She shows
that many powerful Punjabi Hindus also preferred Partition and contributed to
its adoption, as well as that almost no one foresaw the death and devastation t
hat followed. Though
much has been written on the politics of the Muslim and Sikh communities in Pun
jab, Nair is the first historian to focus on the Hindu minority, both before an
d long after the divide of 1947. She engages with politics in post-Partition In
dia by drawing from oral histories that reveal the complex relationship between
memory and historya relationship that continues to inform politics between India
and Pakistan.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify"&g
t;NEETI NAIR was at Tufts for her PhD and is currently an assistant professor of
history at the University of Virginia, Charlottesville.</div></td><td>IN,
NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-327-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Women An
d Social Reform in Modern India (Two Volume Set)</td><td>Sumit Sarkar and Tanika
Sarkar (Eds.)</td><td>2011</td><td>870</td><td>1295.0000</td><td>The s
ubject of social reforms has routinely formed a part of Indian history texts. Th
e word 'reforms' conjures up the names of a few great individuals: alway
s Hindu, always upper-caste and educated, always from cities, and always--apart
from one or two memorable exceptions--men. These are the icons around whom the s
tory of social change is written. The editors of the present work argue the need
to understand the history of social reforms from a much wider array of perspect
ives: for example, the connections between specific social abuses on the one han
d, and, on the other, systems or traditions of gender practices across times, cl
asses, castes, and regions. For instance, when we look at widow immolation or wi
dow remarriage practices, we need to look also at the larger domain of gender re
lations which sanctified immolation or which outlawed widow remarriage. What arg
uments were used? What aspects of these practices did the reformers ignore? How
did the orthodox practitioners defend such traditions? There are also, say Sumit
and Tanika Sarkar, other curious omissions in the existing literature: 'Mos
t reforms passed through the grid of state legislation. Yet, there is little eng
agement even with the law-making machinery ... and far less with the judicial co
urts that enforced the laws and dealt with disputes around the new laws.' Su
ch omissions are addressed, and many interesting questions raised and discussed,
in this impressive collection of writings.</td><td>
Sumit Sarkar is arguably the best-known historian of modern
India. His many books include Beyond Nationalist Frames: Relocating P
ostmodernism, Hindutva, History (Permanent Black paperback, 2003). &
lt;/p>
Tanika  Sarkar is Professor of His
tory at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. Her most celebrated book is &lt
;em>Hindu Wife, Hindu Nation: Community, Religion, and Cultural Nationalism&
lt;/em> (Permanent Black paperback, 2003).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,M
V,PK</td><td>History</td>
Hinduism: Philosophy and Identity in Indian Intellectual History</td><td>Andrew
J. Nicholson</td><td>2011</td><td>280</td><td>750.0000</td><td>Some pos
tcolonial theorists argue that the idea of a single system of belief known as &
lt;strong>Hinduism is a creation of nineteenth-century British
imperialists. Andrew J. Nicholson introduces another perspective: although a un
ified Hindu identity is not as ancient as some Hindus claim, it has its roots i
n innovations within South Asian philosophy from the fourteenth to the seventee
nth centuries. During this time, thinkers treated the philosophies of Vedanta,
Samkhya, and Yoga, along with the worshippers of Visnu, Siva, and Sakti, as bel
onging to a single system of belief and practice. Instead of seeing such groups
as separate and contradictory, they re-envisioned them as separate rivers lead

ing to the ocean of Brahman, the ultimate reality.
Drawing on the writings of philosophers from late medieval and early m
odern traditions, including Vijnanabhiksu, Madhava, and Madhusudana Sarasvati,
Nicholson shows how influential thinkers portrayed Vedanta philosophy as the ul
timate unifier of diverse belief systems. This project paved the way for the wo
rk of later Hindu reformers, such as Vivekananda, Radhakrishnan, and Gandhi, wh
ose teachings promoted the notion that all world religions belong to a single
spiritual unity. In his study, Nicholson also critiques the way in which Euroce
ntric concepts like monism and dualism, idealism and realism, theism and atheis
m, and orthodoxy and heterodoxy have come to dominate modern discourses on Indi
an philosophy.
</td><td>ANDREW J. NICHOLSON is Assistant Professor of Hinduism and Indian intel
lectual history in the Department of Asian and Asian American Studies at Stony B
rook University.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-320-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>War and
Peace in Modern India: A Strategic History of the Nehru Years</td><td>Srinath Ra
ghavan</td><td>2013</td><td>386</td><td>595.0000</td><td>During his sev
enteen years as prime minister, Jawaharlal Nehru led India through one of its mo
st difficult and potentially explosive periods in international affairs. As the
leader of a new state created amidst the bloodiest partition in history, saddled
with new and outstanding problems, Nehru was confronted with a range of dispute
s which threatened to boil over.   
Srinath Raghavan draws on a rich vein of untapped documents to illumina
te Nehrus approach to war and his efforts for peace. Vividly recreating the intel
lectual and political milieu of the Indian foreign policy establishment, he expl
ains the response of Nehru and his top advisors to the tensions with Junagadh, H
yderabad, Pakistan, and China. He gives individual attention to every conflict a
nd shows how strategic decisions for each crisis came to be defined in the light
of the preceding ones. The book follows Nehru as he wrestles with a string of m
ajor conflictsassessing the utility of force, weighing risks of war, exploring di
plomatic options for peace, and forming strategic judgements that would define h
is reputation, both within his lifetime and after. 
War and Peace in Modern India challenges and revises our re
ceived understanding of Nehrus handling of international affairs. General readers
as well as students of Indian history and politics will find its balanced consi
deration of Nehrus foreign policy essential to gauge his achievements, his failur
es, and his enduring legacy.   </td><td>Srin
ath Raghavan is Senior Fellow, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi,
and Lecturer in Defence Studies at Kings College London. He is currently writing
an international history of the IndiaPakistan war of 1971 and the creation of Ban
gladesh. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-318-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Behind t
he Veil: Resistance, Women, and the Everyday in Colonial South Asia</td><td>Anin
dita Ghosh (Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>240</td><td>595.0000</td><td>The
overwhelming image of Indian women during the colonial period has been of pass
ivity, of a sex silenced doubly, first by nationalist discourses and second by th
e more recent postcolonial turn in academic writing. However, as the current vo
lume suggests, it is quite possible, both theoretically and with evidence, to o
ffer a contrary picture that of resistance. 
For some time now, scholars have been working on the theme of dissent
and struggle among women in both contemporary patriarchal structures and gender
ing discourses. But the focus so far has been on the educated and the outstandi
ng either female public figures or close relatives of important male personali
ties. This rather limits the perspective. 
The attempt in the present volume is to unearth a narrative of deeper
and perhaps more enduring subterranean resistance offered by less extraordinary
women in their daily lives. 
Substantial evidence exists to support the contention: some from uncon

ventional sources such as womens songs, photographs, and embroidery, but equally
from legal records, memoirs, and published work. 
This book is, however, as much about the nature of power as it is abou
t women. Inspired by both subaltern and gender studies, it tries to highlight t
he complex ways in which power operates within oppressive structures, making an
y simple valorization and for that matter, theorization of  gendered r
esistance difficult if not impossible. </td><td>Ani
ndita Ghosh is Lecturer in Modern History at the University of Manches
ter. She is the author of Power in Print: Popular Puublishing and the
Politics of Language and Culture in a Colonial Society, 17781905 (20
06).
Contributors: Geraldine Forbes, Tanika Sarkar, Clar
e Anderson, Anindita Ghosh, Nita Verma Prasad, Siobhan Lambert-Hurley, Padma An
agol.</td><td>IN,PK,LK,BD,NP,BT,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-315-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Indi
an Army and the Making of Punjab</td><td>Rajit K. Mazumder</td><td>2011</td><td>
325</td><td>495.0000</td><td>A handful of Englishmen controlled the va
st British Indian empire for nearly two hundred years. Throughout this period,
the colonials who ran the empire (viceroys, bureaucrats, military men, police
officers) constituted a minuscule minority of the Indian population. That a few
thousand British men dominated so many million Indians for so long via native col
laborators (feudal princes, educated babus, peasant recruits) has long been kno
wn. This book looks closely at the Indian army in order to show precisely how c
ollaboration worked to sustain a national empire and a local economy. </p&gt
;
The British Indian army was the mightiest pillar of the empire. It pr
otected the state from internal danger and external aggression, and it helped f
ulfill global imperial objectives. The bulk of this British Indian army was mad
e up of Indian regiments, and, after 1857, the largest recruitment into this ar
my was from Punjab. Rajit Mazumder investigates the social, economic and politi
cal consequences of the creation and existence of this native army. He argues t
hat Punjabs military significance resulted in a uniquely interdependent relation
ship between the colonial state and dominant elements within Punjab. 
Two-fifths of the Indian army comprised Punjabi peasant recruits. The
pay and pensions of these soldiers enabled the recruited classes to live better
than their non-recruited counterparts. Punjab was favoured with other benefit
s: the creation of a vast transport and communications network to protect the n
orth-west frontier grew into the infrastructure on which Punjabs massive agricul
tural expansion took place. 
The benefits that the province thus derived resulted in a loyalist pol
itics that supported British rule. At the same time, ironically, the colonial s
tate was unable to fully use its repressive machinery in Punjab, the province t
hat provided the bulk of its army. The result was that a paternalistic colonial
state and a militarized rural Punjab colluded in a mutually beneficial allianc
e, not encountered elsewhere in British India. Mazumder shows that colonialism
was constrained and nationalism restricted as a consequence of the Indian armys
deep roots in Punjab.
This is a major work of historical research. It is indispensable to his
torians and sociologists, students of Punjab history and society, and the India
n army history.</td><td>Rajit K. Mazumder</s
trong> studied at the Doon School, Dehra Dun, and graduated in economics from
Delhi University.  He read history at Jawaharlal Nehru University, N
ew Delhi, and completed his Ph.D. at the School of Oriental and African Studies
(SOAS), London. He is a lecturer in history at St. Stephens College, Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-316-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Indias Env
ironmental HistoryA Reader: (Vol. 1: From Ancient Times to the Colonial Period, V
ol. 2: Colonialism, Modernity, and the Nation)</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan and K.

Sivaramakrishnan(Eds.)</td><td>2011</td><td>1096</td><td>1850.0000</td><td>Environmental history in
India has generated a rich literature on forests, wildlife, hum
ananimal conflict, tribal rights and commercial degradation, displacement and de
velopment, pastoralism and desertification, famine and disease, sedentarism and
mobility, wildness and civility, and the ecology versus e
quity debate. 
This reader brings together some
of the best and most interesting writing on Indias ecological pasts. It looks at
a variety of the countrys regions, landscapes, and arenas as settings for strif
e or harmony, as topography and ecological fabric, in the process covering a va
st historical terrain. 
Vol 1.</strong&g
t; provides an antidote to the existing historiography, which barely takes noti
ce of the era before 1800. The essays here range from prehistoric India to the
middle of the nineteenth century. They provide insights on forest and water dis
putes, contests over urban and rural space, struggles over water and land, and
frictions over natural wealth which have led to a reinterpretation of source ma
terials on early and medieval India.
Vol 2.</strong&g
t; Shows how colonial rule resulted in ecological change on a new scale altoget
her. Forests covering over half a million sq km were taken over by 1904 and man
aged by foresters.  Canal construction on a gigantic scale gave Britis
h India perhaps more acreage than any other political entity on earth. Similar
new forces were at work in relation to the animal world, with species being rec
lassified as vermin to be hunted down or as game to be selectively shot.</p&
gt;
For all who are interested in the
diverse and detailed findings of the best scholarship on Indias environment, t
his book (and its companion volume) is essential.</td><td>MAHESH RANGARAJAN is Professor of Modern Ind
ian University at the University of Delhi. He was a Rhodes Scholar at Oxford, f
rom where he got his PhD. His books include Indias Wildlife History: An
Introduction (2001), and (as co-editor) Environmental His
tory as if Nature Existed (2007) as well as Making Conser
vation Work (2007). He chaired the Elephant Task Force in 2010 and is
a well-known commentator on politics in the Indian media.
K. SIVARAMAKRISHNAN is Professor
of Anthropology, and Forestry and Environmental Studies, at Yale University. H
is research covers both historical and contemporary environmental issues in Ind
ia, as well as development and state formation. His several books include (as c
o-editor) Ecological Nationalisms: Nature, Livelihoods and Identities
in South Asia (2006).</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
homas Gray and Literary Authority (1993). </td><td>World</td><td>Histo

ry</td>
<td>978-81-7824-338-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Crossing
Thresholds: Feminist Essays in Social History</td><td>Meera Kosambi</td><td>201
1</td><td>412</td><td>595.0000</td><td>The notion of the threshold, ind
icating the restricted periphery of the womans place in family and society, was fi
rmly embedded in the psyche of nineteenth-century women in western India. Yet s
ome remarkable and articulate women (who are the focus of this book) transgresse
d patriarchal boundariescrossing thresholds, literally and metaphoricallyto make t
heir mark in the public sphere. These Indian women created the first ripple femi
nism of the region. 
Nineteenth-century men also inhabit the booksocial reformers and those
who helped these women, as well as conservatives who opposed both the reformers
and the progressive women. The central objective of Professor Kosambis book is
to interrogate official social historywhich posits strong male reformers and pas
sive women recipientsas well as retrieve and assess womens own pioneering contrib
ution to their proto-feminist efforts.
The Introduction presents a conceptual framework of public/private sph
eres, attempts to retrieve womens subjectivity through their published narrative
s, and discusses questions of representation and voice. 
The ten essays that follow span a variety of topicsthe politics of icon
izing individual women, womens complex relationships to their homes and their bo
dies, womens exposure to education and nationalism, the nature of conjugality an
d consent, ideas of motherhood and widowhood. 
Uniting all these themes is the effort to amplify womens voices and rec
onstruct their experiential worlds. 
The book straddles the areas of Gender Studies, History, and Asian Stu
dies while underscoring the resonance of these womens lives with those of other
women across South Asia and the West.</td><td>M
eera Kosambi is a sociologist trained in India, Sweden, and the U
SA. She has specialized in Urban Studies and Womens Studies. She was formerly Di
rector of the Research Centre for Womens Studies at the SNDT Womens University in
Mumbai (Bombay). She has taught, lectured, and published widely in India and a
broad. Her books include Pandita Ramabais American Encounter</em&gt
; (Indiana University Press, 2003), and Pandita Ramabai Through Her O
wn Words (Oxford University Press, 2000).</td><td>World</td
><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-339-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Three Way
s to be Alien: Travails and Encounters in the Early Modern World</td><td>Sanjay
Subrahmanyam</td><td>2011</td><td>248</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This boo
k looks at individual trajectories in an early modern global context. It draws
on the lives and writings of a trio of marginal figures who were cast adrift f
rom their traditional moorings into an unknown world. 
The subjects include 
<ul>
<li>a Persian prince of Bijapur in Central India held hostage by the Port
uguese at Goa</li>
<li>an English traveller and global schemer whose writings reveal a nim
ble understanding of realpolitik in the emerging world of the early seventeenth
century</li>
<li>an insightful Venetian chronicler of the Mughal Empire in the later
seventeenth century who drifted between jobs with the Mughals and various fore
ign entrepôts, observing all but remaining the eternal outsider</li>
</ul>
In telling the fascinating story of floating identities in a changing
world, Subrahmanyam injects humanity into global history and shows that biograp
hy still plays an important role in contemporary historiography.</td>
<td> </td><td>IN,PK,NP,BD,NP,MV,LK</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-342-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Feminist
Vision or Treason Against Men? :Kashibai Kanitkar and the Engendering of Marathi
Literature</td><td>Meera Kosambi</td><td>2011</td><td>352</td><td>395.0000</td><
td>Kashibai Kanitk
ar (18611948), was the first major woman writer in Marathi. She wa
s largely self-taught and keenly conscious of the benefits of womens education.
She promoted this and other emancipatory measures for women through her prolif
ic and wide-ranging writingsboth fiction and non-fictiondeploying them as a mode
of social reform discourse. 
The present book includes transl
ations of most of Kashibais works: both her novels (in abridged form); a review
of Pandita Ramabais American travelogue; long extracts from Kashibais episodic au
tobiographical narrative as well as from her biography of Indias first woman doc
tor, Dr. Anandibai Joshee; and an article tracing the history of womens educatio
n in Maharashtra.
A comprehensive introduction by M
eera Kosambi contextualizes these texts and situates Kashibai within her social
and literary milieu. Kashibai, Professor Kosambi shows, was a pioneering write
r who created a new paradigm in Marathi literature. It was she who enabled Maha
rashtras rich tradition of womens writings by foundational contributions which eng
endered Marathi literature.
</td><td>Meera Kosambi&l
t;/b> (Ed.) is a sociologist trained in India, Sweden, and the USA.
She has specialized in Urban Studies and Womens Studies. A major focus in her re
search is Maharashtras social, cultural, and urban history. Her books include &l
t;em>Returning the American Gaze: Pandita Ramabais The Peoples of the United S
tates, 1889 (Permanent Black, 2003) and Crossing Thresholds:
Feminist Essays in Social History (Permanent Black, 2007).</p&gt
;</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-344-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Rise
of a Folk God: Vitthal of Pandharpur</td><td>Ramchandra Chintaman Dhere, Anne Fe
ldhaus(Tr.)</td><td>2011</td><td>370</td><td>795.0000</td><td>Vitthal,
also called Vithoba, is the most popular Hindu god in the western Indian state
of Maharashtra. He is also among the best-known gods outside India. His temple
at Pandharpur attracts one of the largest and most elaborate annual pilgrimages
in the world. 
This book is the foremost study of the history of Vitthal, his worship
, and his worshippers. First published in Marathi in 1984, it remains the most
thorough and insightful work on Vitthal and his cult in any language, and provi
des an exemplary model for understanding the history and morphology of lived Hi
nduism. 
Vitthal exemplifies the synthesis of Vaishnava and Shaiva elements th
at not only typifies Maharashtrian Hindu religious life but also marks Vitthals
resemblance to another prominent South Indian god, Venkatesh of Tirupati in And
hra Pradesh. 
Dhere's analysis highlights Vitthals connection with pastoralist he
ro cults, and demonstrates the gods development from a god of shepherds to a god
of the majority of the population. In addition, Dhere explores the connections
of Vitthal with Buddhist and Jain traditions. 
The books final chapter presents a culminating stage in the evolution o
f the worship of Vitthal: the interpretation in spiritual terms of the god, his
temple, the town of Pandharpur, and the river that flows past the town. </td><td>RAMCHANDRA CHINTAMAN DHERE is widely known as the foremost
scholar of religious traditions in Maharashtra. He has published a large number
of books on this subject. The many awards he has received for his scholarly wor
k include the highly coveted Maharashtra State Prize and the Sahitya Akademi awa
rd.
Anne Feldhaus is Foundation Professor of Religious Studies at Arizona S
tate University, Tempe, where she teaches Hinduism, Sanskrit, and religious geog
raphy.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>History</td>
alter Flueckiger
 </div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-351-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Empire a
nd Nation: Essential Writings 1985-2005</td><td>Partha Chatterjee</td><td>2012</
gt;This book brings together some of the most significant and best-known writin
gs of Partha Chatterjee. It includes his pathbreak
ing interventions in the theoretical analysis of nationalism, as well as severa
l of his pieces on the political, intellectual, and cultural history of nationa
lism. 
The volume also contains Chatterj
ees provocative and theoretically innovative essays analysing the phenomenon of
democracy in a post-colonial country like India. There are also examples of his
early engagement with agrarian politics, and his life-long participation in th
e project of Subaltern Studies. 
A special feature of this book is
the sampling it provides of Partha Chatterjees best short journalistic pieces,
of humorous and stylistically brilliant book reviews, and the first translation
s into English of some of his Bengali essays. This is the most comprehensive si
ngle volume encompassing the full range of the work of one of Indias most origin
al social scientists. 
An Introduction by Nivedita Menon
(Professor of Politics at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi), outlines an
d critiques Chatterjees ideas, their range, their importance, and their influenc
e in political thought today.    
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">PARTHA CHATTERJEE is P
rofessor of Political Science at the Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Cal
cutta, and Professor of Anthropology at Columbia University, New York. He is a
founder-member of Subaltern Studies. His several books include The Nati
on and Its Fragments: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories (1993), &l
t;em>A Princely Impostor? The Kumar of Bhawal and the
Secret History of Indian Nationalism (2002), and The Politi

cs of the Governed: Reflections on Popular Politics in Most of the World (2004).</div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-348-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Marshalli
ng the Past: Ancient India and its Modern Histories</td><td>Nayanjot Lahiri</td>
<td>2012</td><td>462</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Iconic sites and monument
al subjects in Indian history are the core of this fascinating collection of ess
ays. Nayanjot Lahiri ranges from the Indus cities of Harappa and Mohenjodaro to
Buddhist Mahabodhi and Sanchi, from the political imprint of the 1857 rev
olt on bits of Delhi to the partitioning of Indias archaeological heritage in 1
947. 
Archaeologists find unexpected things during their digsas does Lahiri.
By unearthing new archival material and by looking at the ways in which the per
sonal and the professional mix in their writings, she gives us new facets of tw
o iconic scholars of ancient India, the archaeologist John Marshall and the his
torian D.D. Kosambi. Both are crucial figures: Marshall headed the group that
discovered the Indus civilization; Kosambi changed the way in which ancient Ind
ian history was written after Independence. Lahiri gives us pictures of them th
at no one else has.
Scholarly, perceptive, and entertaining, Marsh
alling the Past offers readings of ancient India and
its modern histories that will confirm Nayanjot Lahiris reputation as one of the
most readable historians of her generation.
</td><td>Nayanjot Lahiri is a professor&am
p;nbsp;at the Department of History, University of Delhiwhere she was once a gra
duate and now teaches archaeology. An undergraduate of St Stephens College, Delh
i,  she has taught at Hindu College (198293) and written severa
l books, including Pre-Ahom  Assam (1991), The Archaeology of Indian Trade Routes &
lt;/em>(1992), The Decline and Fall of the Indus Civiliza
tion (edited; 2000) and Finding Forgotten
Cities (2005). </td><td>World</td><td>History</td
>
<td>978-81-7824-349-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>English H
eart, Hindi Heart land: The Political Life of Literature in India</td><td>Rashmi
Sadana</td><td>2012</td><td>240</td><td>595.0000</td><td>English Heart, Hindi Heartland examines Delhis postcolonial literary worldits institutions, prizes, publish
ers, writers, and translators, and the cultural geographies of key neighbourhoo
ds in light of colonial histories and the globalization of English. 
Rashmi Sadana places internation
ally recognized authors such as Salman Rushdie, Anita Desai, and Vikram Seth in
the context of debates within India about the politics of language, and alongs
ide regionally recognized writers such as K. Satchidanandan, Shashi Deshpande,
and Geetanjali Shree. She undertakes an ethnographic study of literary culture,
probing the connections between place, language, and text in order to show wha
t language comes to stand for in peoples lives. 
In so doing she unmasks a social
discourse rife with questions of authenticity and the cultural politics of inc
lusion and exclusion. She illustrates how the notion of what is considered auth
entic not only obscures larger questions relating to caste, religious, and gend
er identities, but that the authenticity discourse itself is continually in flu
x. To extract cultural capital from Indias linguistic hierarchies, writers deplo
y what Sadana calls literary nationality. 
Her book argues that English in
India, and the way it is positioned among the countrys other languages, does not
represent a fixed pole, but rather serves to change political and literary all
iances among classes and castes, often in surprising ways.</td><td>&l
t;b>Rashmi Sadana is Visiting Assistant Professor, Department of Hu

manities and Social Sciences, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT), Delhi.</td><
td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>History</td>
Central Asia: A Reader</td><td>Xinru Liu(Ed.)</td><td>2012</td><td>354</td><td>
795.0000</td><td>Ce
ntral Asia has been a strategic region in world history because
of its location in the Afro-Eurasian land mass, and because it was the hinge be
tween several different ecological zones. From the border of the Iranian platea
u to the edge of the Takla Makan desert, and from the foothills of the Kunlun M
ountains to the Taiga zone of Siberia, Central Asia encompasses peoples who spo
ke many languages and practised various forms of livelihood.  </p&g
t;
For historians who have been foc
used on individual civilizations, or the societies which have left written reco
rds, Central Asia has seemed an ocean full of dark energy.  From time
to time, barbaric nomads flew out from Central Asia to loot villages and destroy
cities in East and South Asia, and even Europe.  
In recent decades, research on t
he lives of nomadic people on the steppe, archaeological excavations of urban s
ettlements on oases along the Amu and Sir rivers, and the discovery of more Hel
lenistic remains have made scholars look at this region from a different perspe
ctive. Looking towards Central Asia from the Indian subcontinent shows that the
dynamics in Central Asia were often the momentum for fundamental changes in hi
story which brought new cultural elements to South Asia.</td><td><
div style="text-align: justify">XINRU LIU</strong&
gt; has a PhD from the University of Pennsylvania. She teaches South Asia, Cent
ral Asia, and World History at the College of New J
ersey, Ewing. She is also associated with the Institute of History and the Inst
itute of World History, Chinese Academy of Sciences. Her many publications incl
ude Ancient India and Ancient China (1988); Silk
and Religion: An Exploration of Material Life and the Thought of People in A.D
. 60 1200 (1996); Connections Across Eurasia: Transportati
on, Communications, and Cultural Exchange on the Silk Roads (with Ly
nda Norene Shaffer; 2007); and The Silk Road in World History</em&g
t; (2010).</div></td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-359-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Ench
antment of Democracy and India: Politics and Ideas</td><td>Sudipta Kaviraj</td><
td>2012</td><td>352</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Sudipta Kavi
raj has long been recognized as among Indias most thoughtful and
wide-ranging political thinkers and analysts, one of the subtlest and most lear
ned writers on Indian politics. Paradoxically, this has remained something of a
state secret, because Kavirajs writings have remained scattered in journals dif
ficult to access. 
The essays in this volume try to approach Indian democracy from differ
ent angles. Kaviraj argues that it is wrong to believe that with the rise of mo
dernity human societies suffer complete disenchantment: modernity creates new f
orms of enchantment, and democracy is, in fact, part of the political enchantme
nt of modernity. 
Focusing on Indian democracy, Kaviraj shows the limits of marxist and
liberal political analyses. In its Indian incarnation, he says, liberal democra
cy has had to inhabit an unfamiliar cultural and historical world whose peculia
rities are very different from the peculiarities of European societies.Viewed b
y conventional political theory, Indian democracy appears inexplicable. It defi
es all the preconditions that theory lays down for the success of  dem
ocratic governmentnamely, a strong bureaucratic state, capitalist production, i
ndustrialization, the secularization of society, and relative economic prosperi
ty. The durability of Indian democracy shows that instead of asking how Indian
democracy has survived, we need to ask if those are in fact preconditions for d
emocracy.
These and many other fascinating issues of democracys relationship with
religion, identity, development, inequality, and culture comprise the themes t
hat link the essays in this brilliant and insightful collection.
</td><td>SUDIPTA KAVIRAJ is a professor of Indian politics and intelle
ctual history at Columbia University. Earlier he taught for many years at SOAS,
London University, following a long teaching stint at Jawaharlal Nehru Univers
ity, New Delhi. He has been a fellow of St Antonys College, Oxford, and a visiti
ng professor at the University of California, Berkeley, as well as at the Unive
rsity of Chicago. </td><td>WORLD</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-356-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Black
Hole of Empire: History of a Global Practice of Power</td><td>Partha Chatterjee
</td><td>2012</td><td>440</td><td>795.0000</td><td>When Siraj, the rul
er of Bengal, overran the British settlement of Calcutta in 1756, he allegedly
jailed 146 European prisoners overnight in a cramped prison. Of the group, 123
died of suffocation. While this episode was never independently confirmed, the
story of the black hole of Calcutta was widely circulated and seen by the British
public as an atrocity committed by savage colonial subjects. 
The Black Hole of Empire</em&
gt; follows the ever-changing representations of this historical event and found
ing myth of the British Empire in India, from the eighteenth century to the pr
esent. Partha Chatterjee explores how a supposed tragedy paved the ideological
foundations for the civilizing force of British imperial rule and territorial con
trol in India. 
Chatterjee takes a close look at the justifications of modern empire b
y liberal thinkers, international lawyers, and conservative traditionalists, an
d examines the intellectual and political responses of the colonized, including
those of Bengali nationalists. The two sides of empire's entwined history
are brought together in the story of the Black Hole memorial: set up in Calcut
ta in 1760, demolished in 1821, restored by Lord Curzon in 1902, and removed in
1940 to a neglected churchyard. 
Challenging conventional truisms of imperial history, nationalist scho
larship, and liberal visions of globalization, Chatterjee argues that empire is
a necessary and continuing part of the history of the modern state.<
/td><td>PARTHA CHATTERJEE is professor of anthropology and of Middle E
astern, South Asian, and African Studies at Columbia University; and honorary p
rofessor at the Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta. His books incl
ude The Politics of the Governed and Lineages of
Political Society.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>His
tory</td>
<td>978-81-7824-357-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Imag
inary Institution of India: Politics and Ideas</td><td>Sudipta Kaviraj</td><td>2
012</td><td>328</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Sudipta Kaviraj&
lt;/strong> has long been recognized as among Indias most thoughtful and wide
-ranging political thinkers and analysts, and one of the subtlest and most lear
ned writers on Indian politics in recent times. Paradoxically, this has remaine
d something of a state secret, because Kavirajs writings on these subjects have
remained scattered in learned journals, many of which remain difficult to acces
s. So the present volume fills a most important gap in the literature on politi
cs and political thought in South Asia.
Among Kavirajs many strengths is his quite exceptional ability to positi
on Indian politics within the frameworks of political philosophy in the West a
longside perspectives from Indian history and indigenous political thought. The
writings collected here range over a wide terrain, including studies of the pe
culiar nature of Indian democracy; the specificities of the regimes of Jawaharl
al Nehru and Indira Gandhi; political culture in Independent India; the constru
ction of colonial power; the relationship between state, society, and discourse
in India; the structure of nationalist discourse; language and identity format

ion in Indian contexts; the relation of development with democracy and democrat
ic functioning; and the interface of religion, politics, and modernity in South
Asia.
This volume will be indispensable for every student and scholar of Sou
th Asian politics, history, and sociology. 
</td><td>SUDIPTA KAVIRAJ, currently a professor of politics at Columbi
a University, was earlier a professor of politics at the University of Chicago.
Before that he taught for many years at SOAS, London University, following a l
ong stint as reader in politics at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-354-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Unfinishe
d Gestures: Devadasis, Memory, and Modernity in South India</td><td>Davesh Sonej
i</td><td>2012</td><td>328</td><td>750.0000</td><td><stron
g>Unfinished Gestures presents the social and cult
ural history of courtesans in South India who are generally called dev
adasis, focusing on their encounters with colonial modernity in the
nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Following a hundred years of vocifero
us social reform, including a 1947 law that criminalized their lifestyles, the
women in devadasi communities contend with severe social stigma and economic an
d cultural disenfranchisement. Adroitly combining ethnographic fieldwork with h
istorical research, Davesh Soneji provides a comprehensive portrait of these ma
rginalized women and unsettles received ideas about relations among them, the a
esthetic roots of their performances, and the political efficacy of social refo
rm in their communities.</td><td>DAVESH SONEJI
 is associate professor of South Asian religions at McGill Unive
rsity. He is coeditor of Performing Pasts: Reinventing the Arts in Mo
dern South India and editor of Bharatanatyam: A Reader.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-353-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Colored C
osmopolitanism: The Shared Struggle for Freedom in the United States and India</
td><td>Nico Slate</td><td>2012</td><td>344</td><td>895.0000</td><td>A
hidden history connects India and the United States, the worlds two largest dem
ocracies. From the late nineteenth century through the 1960s, activists worked
across borders of race and nation to push both countries toward achieving their
democratic principles. At the heart of this shared struggle, African Americans
and Indians forged bonds ranging from statements of sympathy to coordinated ac
ts of solidarity. Within these two groups, certain activists developed a colore
d cosmopolitanism, a vision of the world that transcended traditional racial di
stinctions. These men and women agitated for the freedom of the colored world, ev
en while challenging the meanings of both color and freedom.
Colored Cosmopolitanism is the first detailed examination of both ends of this transnational encoun
ter. Nico Slate tells the stories of neglected historical figures, like the Eura
sian scholar Cedric Dover, and offers a stunning glimpse of people we thought we
knew. Prominent figures such as Mahatma Gandhi, Jawaharlal Nehru, Swami Viveka
nanda, Booker T. Washington, W.E.B. Du Bois, and Martin Luther King, Jr., emerg
e as never before seen. Slate reveals the full gamut of this exchangefrom select
ive appropriations, to blatant misunderstandings, to a profound empathyas Africa
n Americans and South Asians sought a united front against racism, imperialism,
and other forms of oppression.</td><td>Nico Slate is Assistant Professor of Hist
ory at Carnegie Mellon University. He earned degrees in Earth Systems and the
Interdisciplinary Studies in the Humanities from Stanford University and in En
vironmental Change and Management from Oxford University before completing his
PhD in History at Harvard University.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</t
d><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-352-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Traj
ectories of the Indian State: Politics and Ideas</td><td>Sudipta Kaviraj</td><td
">Sudipta Kaviraj has long been recognized
as among Indias most thoughtful and wide-ranging political thinkers and analysts
, one of the subtlest and most learned writers on Indian politics. Ironically,
this has remained something of a state secret because Kavirajs writings are sca
ttered and not easy to acess as a connected body. So the present volumelike its
predecessor The Imaginary Institution of Indiafills a vital
gap in South Asian political thought.
Among Kavirajs many strengths is
his exceptional ability to position Indian politics within the frameworks of W
estern political philosophy alongside perspectives from indigenous political th
ought.  In order to understand relations between the state and social
groups, or between dominant and subaltern communities, Kaviraj says it is neces
sary to first historicize the study of Indian politics. Deploying the historica
l method, he looks at the precise character of Indian social groups, the nature
of political conflicts, the specific mechanisms of social oppression, and many
related issues.
In so doing Kaviraj reveals the v
ariety of historical trajectories taken by Indian democracy. Indian political s
tructures, with their developed system of rules and legislative orders, may see
m to derive from colonialism. Yet these structures, says Kaviraj, are comparabl
e less to the European nation-states of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries
than to the pre-modern empire-states of Indian and Islamic history. Scholars of
ten work with a false genealogy: the convention of starting the story of Indian
politics with 1947, or even 1858, has led to misconstructions. Kaviraj shows t
hat there is no serious way into present politics except through a longer past;
Weber, Marx, and Foucault may be less important in this enterprise than painst
aking reconnections with the vernacular facts of Indian political history.
This volume is indispensable for
every student and scholar of South Asian politics, history, and sociology. </td><td><div style="text-align: justify">SUDIPTA KAVIRAJ,
is currently a professor of Indian politics and intellectual history at Columbi
a University. Before that he taught for many years at SOAS, London University, f
ollowing a long teaching stint at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He has
been a fellow of St Antonys College, Oxford, and a visiting professor at the Uni
versity of California, Berkeley, as well as at the University of Chicago.</di
v></td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-370-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Is Indian
Civilization A Myth? Fictions and Histories</td><td>Sanjay Subrahmanyam</td><td>2
013</td><td>276</td><td>595.0000</td><td>In the title essay of this ent
hralling collection, Sanjay Subrahmanyam sets a provocative ball rolling: At the
heart of the matter, he says, is the notion that at some distant point in the past
, say about AD 500, the concept of Indian civilization</strong&g
t; had already been perfected. Everything of any importance was in place: social
structure, philosophy, the major literary works The central idea here is of Indi
a-as-civilization, and it very soon becomes the same as a notion of closed India
. Demolishing some of the myths which sustain the notion of the wonder that was In
dia, he shows us a region that was always more a crossroads, a rendezvous for con
cepts, cultures, and worldviews. 
Subrahmanyams book is itself a meeting point for a dazzling variety of i
deas. It provides the cosmopolitan perspective of a multilingual world scholar w
ho, having begun life in New Delhi, has gone on to live in several thought-provo
king cities, including Paris, Lisbon, and Oxford. He is witty, debunking, iconoc
lastic, and polemically entertaining in all that he anatomizes hereIndian history
and fiction, South Asian cultural forms, imperialism and imperialists, seculari
sm and Hindu nationalism, travel writing, and the central conceits in Hemingway,
Rushdie, Naipaul, and Marquez.

Subrahmanyam is renowned as a historian and biographer. This book, whic
h makes us rethink India and the world around it, is the first to reveal that he
is also a writer of accessible and delightful English prose. </td><t
d>Sanjay Subrahmanyam is Distinguished Professor of
History at UCLA. Earlier he taught in Delhi, Paris, and Oxford. His many books i
nclude The Career and Legend of Vasco da Gama (1997), <e
m>Three Ways to be Alien (2011), and Courtly Encounters&
lt;/em> (2012). </td><td>WORLD</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-369-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Caste in
Modern India: A Reader (Two Volume Set)</td><td>Sumit Sarkar and Tanika Sarkar (
Eds.)</td><td>2013</td><td>1008</td><td>1900.0000</td><td>Caste is the key category in conte
mporary Indian social thinking. Discussed and analysed by historians, sociologis
ts, and political scientists, it has produced scholarly explorations and polemic
al controversies in equal measure. The historical literature on caste from colon
ial times to the present is vast.
the best essays on the subject in order to explore specific aspects of modern ca
ste: how the issue of caste was understood in colonial times, how it was re-crea
ted under conditions of modernity, and how various castes came to relate to one
another and to themselves in new ways. The essays also engage in debates that we
re first raised in these fields. Dumonts notions about purity and power are quest
ioned, while fresh perspectives are offered on jajmani.
For a long time, historians of mo
dern South Asia have been trying to ascertain how far caste was invented, exagge
rated, colluded with, and opposed. These two volumes provide the most essential
and thought-provoking pieces on the subject. </td><td>Sumit Sarkar has bee
n Professor of History at the University of Delhi. His many books include The Sw
adeshi Movement in Bengal 19031908 (1973; new edn 2010), Modern India 18851947 (19
83), Writing Social History (1998), Beyond Nationalist Frames (2002), and Women
and Social Reform in Modern India (2007; coedited with Tanika Sarkar).
professor at Yale and Chicago. Her several books include Hindu Wife, H
indu Nation (2001), Rebels, Wives, Saints (2009)
, and Women and Social Reform in Modern India (2007; coedit
ed with Sumit Sarkar). </td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
;s Environmental HistoryA Reader: Vol. 1: From Ancient Times to the Colonial Peri
od; Vol. 2: Colonialism, Modernity, and the Nation</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan and
K. Sivaramakrishnan</td><td>2013</td><td>1096</td><td>1495.0000</td><td><p&g
t;Environmental history in India has generated a ri
ch literature on forests, wildlife, humananimal conflict, tribal rights and comme
rcial degradation, displacement and development, pastoralism and desertification
, famine and disease, sedentarism and mobility, wildness and civility, and the e
cology versus equity debate. 
This reader brings together some of the best and most interesting writi
ng on Indias ecological pasts. It looks at a variety of the countrys regions, land
scapes, and arenas as settings for strife or harmony, as topography and ecologic
al fabric, in the process covering a vast historical terrain. 
Vol. 1 provides an antidote to the existin
g historiography, which barely takes notice of the era before 1800. The essays h
ere range from prehistoric India to the middle of the nineteenth century. They p
rovide insights on forest and water disputes, contests over urban and rural spac
e, struggles over water and land, and frictions over natural wealth which have l
ed to a reinterpretation of source materials on early and medieval India.</p&
gt;
Vol. 2 shows how colonial rule resulted in
ecological change on a new scale altogether. Forests covering over half a milli
on sq km were taken over by 1904 and managed by foresters. Canal construct
ion on a gigantic scale gave British India perhaps more acreage than any other p
olitical entity on earth. Similar new forces were at work in relation to the ani
mal world, with species being reclassified as vermin to be hunted down or as gam
e to be selectively shot.
For all who are interested in the diverse and detailed findings of the
best scholarship on Indias environment, this book (and its companion volume) is e
ssential. </td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan is Professor of Modern
Indian History at the University of Delhi. He was a Rhodes Scholar at Oxford, fr
om where he got his PhD. His books include Indias Wildlife History: An
Introduction (2001), and (as co-editor) Environmental Histo
ry as if Nature Existed (2007) as well as Making Conservati
on Work (2007). He chaired the Elephant Task Force in 2010 and is a w
ell-known commentator on politics in the Indian media.
K. SIVARAMAKRISHNAN is Professor of Anthropology, and Forestry and Envi
ronmental Studies, at Yale University. His research covers both historical and c
ontemporary environmental issues in India, as well as development and state form
ation. His several books include (as co-editor) Ecological Nationalism
s: Nature, Livelihoods and Identities in South Asia (2006).
<td>978-81-7824-362-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Media an
d Modernity: Communications, Women, and the State in India</td><td>Robin Jeffrey
justify">Two puzzles of modern Indiaone well known, the other overlooke
dform the core of this book. 
For fifty years, the state of Ker
ala has been famed, first as a home of Communists, then as a perplexing model of
development. But why Communists? And why development, especially in a place wh
ere the economy usually underperformed even lowly national averages? Part of an
answer lies in the unusual place of women in Kerala and their changing role in
the past 200 years. 
Another part lies in the other, o
ften under-analyzed focus of this book: media and communication. Printing and
publishing in Indian languagesand accompanying questions of literacy and languag
e identitypresent tantalizing puzzles. 
Since data were first collected i
n the 1950s, Keralas people have been Indias greatest newspaper consumers. Do lit
eracy and newspapers mobilize people for political action or does politicizatio
n make people into newspaper readers? To what extent do media wait on consumer
capitalism before they break into the countryside to become truly mas
s media, as they have in India in the past thirty years?
Media and
Modernity ponders these questions, first from the pe
rspective of Kerala, often a forerunner of developments elsewhere, and then at
an all-India level. Readers intrigued by questions of development, communicatio
ns, politics, and the role of women will find in this collection stories that s
urprise and arguments that provoke.
</td><td>Robin Jeffrey&l
t;/b>, arguably Australias best-known academic analyst of Indian cultural his
tory and politics, has been a Professor at the Australian National University a
nd Dean of the College of Asia and the Pacific. He is currently a Visiting Rese
arch Professor at the Institute of South Asian Studies in Singapore. His severa
l books include Indias Newspaper Revolution (2000) and <e
m>Politics, Women, and Well-Being (1993).</td><td>World</t
d><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-363-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ecologic
al Nationalisms: Nature, Livelihoods, and Identities in South Asia</td><td>Gunne
l Cederlöf and K. Sivaramakrishnan</td><td>2012</td><td>400</td><td>595.000
0</td><td>How do we recognize and understand the interactions between
nature, nationness, and nationalism? How is nature appropriated by politics whe
n asserting identity, interests, and rights? 
Drawing from South Asias varying regions, the essays in this pathbreaki
ng volume answer such questions. They range in time from early colonial history
to the end of the twentieth century, and their research locations extend from
north-west Pakistan to eastern Bangladesh, and from Meghalaya in north-east In
dia to the Kerala coast in the
south-west.The authors deploy methods from history, geography, anthropology,
religious studies, and forest ecology. The topics covered include forests, agri
culture, marine fisheries, parks, sacred landscapes, property rights, trade, an
d economic development. 
Collectively, the work in this books takes environmental scholarship&#
160; into novel territory by exploring how questions of national identity becom
e entangled with nature-devotion. Important new insights are offered into the m
otivations of colonial and national governments when controlling or managing na
ture. Fresh perspectives emerge on varieties of regional political conflict tha
t invoke nationalist sentiment through claims on nature. Thereby, this volume a
lso offers new ways of thinking about nationalism.
This book will interest historians and political scientists, sociologi
sts and anthropologists, ecologists and environmentalists, and scholars of reli
gion and South Asia.</td><td>GUNNEL CEDERLöF is
Associate Professor of History, Uppsala University, Sweden.
K. Sivaramakrishnan is Professor of Anthropology and International Stu
dies, and Director, National Resource Center for South Asian Studies, Universit
y of Washington, Seattle, USA.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>H
istory</td>
ore Independence (2012).</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-5125-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>New Persp
ectives in the History of Indian Education</td><td>Parimala V. Rao</td><td>2014<
/td><td>650</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>New Perspectives in the
History of Indian Education brings together essays on the milestones
in the development of modern education in India since the mid-nineteenth centu
ry. It offers readings on a wide range of interconnected themes and the debates
which have shaped the contours of the educational policy of contemporary India
.
The essays critique the existing anti-imperialist, postmodern and nati
onalist historiographies of Indian education, and bring forth the shortcomings
of these approaches. Basing themselves on archival sources, they overturn the e
xisting myths created by these historiographies and shed new light on the role
of the colonial state, missionaries and Indian nationalist leaders.
The empirically rich essays focus on the initiatives to promote educat
ion among the socially and educationally backward Dalit communities and the sta
tus of Dalit institutions. The authors argue forcefully about the centrality of
education in fostering social mobility and change. The essays on womens educati
on discuss how intensely controversial it was to educate girls, and how women s
truggled to establish their identity and make their voices heard in a tradition
al society undergoing a transition to modernity. The essays also critically exa
mine the colonial state policy and the attitude of nationalist leaders towards
the introduction of mass and compulsory education.
This volume will be immensely useful for students and scholars in depa
rtments of education, history and sociology. It will also be of interest to edu
cationists, policymakers and the general reader who wants to understand the evo
lution of modern education in India.</td><td>Parimala V
. Rao is Associate Professor, Zakir Husain Centre for Educationa
l Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-5174-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ideas an
d Institutions in Medieval India, Eighth to Eighteenth Centuries</td><td>Radhika
Seshan</td><td>2013</td><td>240</td><td>575.0000</td><td><ul>
<li>The predominant mindset about the medieval in India owes its origins m
ostly to colonial historiographers. This book goes beyond that to examine in con
siderable detail the changes in the systems of state and society during the medi
eval period. </li>
<li>The author analyses not just the political structures of the era but a
lso various other aspectsbe it kingship, administration of the state, the place o
f various castes in society, the functioning of the judiciary, the economyand the
ideas that they were built around. </li>
<li>The volume has looked at political philosophers of the time like Farab
i, Ghazzali, Barani and others and their concept of a state and contrasted it wi
th the more ‘modern’ idea of a medieval state (colonial hist
oriographers and others). </li>
<li>It examines the state of flux in the country with the rise and fall of
kings and empires, changes in the nature of trade, and emergence of new classes
, castes and centres of power. </li>
<li>It also analyses these changes in the south of India and looks at the
trajectory that the region followed. </li>
</ul></td><td>Radhika Seshan is Associate Professor, Department of History
, University of Pune</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-5175-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Ideas and
Institutions in Medieval India, Eighth to Eighteenth Centuries</td><td>Radhika
Seshan</td><td>2013</td><td>240</td><td>950.0000</td><td><ul>
<li>The predominant mindset about the medieval in India owes its origins m
ostly to colonial historiographers. This book goes beyond that to examine in con
siderable detail the changes in the systems of state and society during the medi
eval period. </li>
<li>The author analyses not just the political structures of the era but a
lso various other aspectsbe it kingship, administration of the state, the place o
f various castes in society, the functioning of the judiciary, the economyand the
ideas that they were built around. </li>
<li>The volume has looked at political philosophers of the time like Farab
i, Ghazzali, Barani and others and their concept of a state and contrasted it wi
th the more ‘modern’ idea of a medieval state (colonial hist
oriographers and others). </li>
<li>It examines the state of flux in the country with the rise and fall of
kings and empires, changes in the nature of trade, and emergence of new classes
, castes and centres of power. </li>
<li>It also analyses these changes in the south of India and looks at the
trajectory that the region followed. </li>
</ul></td><td>Radhika Seshan is Associate Professor, Department o
f History, University of Pune.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
ory of Education in Modern India, 1757-2012 </td><td>Suresh Chandra Ghosh</td><t
y">The History of Education in Modern India 175
72012, presents an overview of the education system in
India from its colonial beginnings through Independence till the present day.
It examines crucial issues that have shaped Indias education system, like the in
troduction of English education, the Education Despatch of 1854, the genesis of
Curzons university reform of 18991905, and the education policy of post-Independ
ence India.
In addition, this fourth, revise
d edition includes the latest discussions and debates around the major changes
planned for and already implemented in the education sector, including the reco
mmendations of the National Knowledge Commission, the Yashpal Committee Report
on the functioning of bodies in higher and technical education, and enactment o
f the Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education Act, 2009. These are a
nalysed against the background of the huge socioeconomic and political changes
brought about in post-liberalisation India.
Meticulously researched and luci
dly written by a leading authority on the subject, this book is essential readi
ng for students at the graduate and postgraduate levels and anyone with an inte
rest in the history and present state of education in India.
</td><td>Suresh Chandra
Ghosh is a former member of the Editorial Advisory Board of <em&gt
;Paedagogica Historica, Belgium. He held the Chair of History of Edu
cation at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, till 2002, and was a Guest Pr
ofessor at Friedrich Schiller University Jena, known for its association with G
oethe, Hegel and Marx.
<td>978-81-250-5267-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Political
Culture and Economy in Eighteenth-Century Bengal: Networks of Exchange, Consump
tion and Communication</td><td>Tilottama Mukherjee</td><td>2013</td><td>448</td>
<td>975.0000</td><td><ul>
<li>Books on eighteenth-century Bengal talk of how the economy declined
when the British took over the revenue administration.</li>
<li>This volume is different from other books written on this period be
cause it breaks away from the well-trodden path of eighteenth-century historiog
raphy that looks at the period as one that saw a general decline.</li>
<li> It explores the major components of the distributive economic
networks of markets, overland and riverine communication systems and consumpti

on. </li>
<li>It analyses their interaction with the state, both during the Nizamat and the early years of the rule of the English East Indi
a Company in Bengal. </li>
</ul>
</td><td>Tilottama Mukherjee</em&g
t; teaches in the Department of History, Jadavpur University, Ko
lkata.
enship.
citizenship. 
, Jawaharlal Nehru University, Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>History</
td>
/p>
nquest.
versity, Denmark</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4989-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Bharat k
a Itihas: 1707 se 1857 tak</td><td>Lakshmi Subramanian</td><td>2013</td><td>304<
/td><td>245.0000</td><td>This is the Hindi version of <st
rong>History of India 1707-1857 publishedby us.
It is an essential textbook for undergraduate students of Indian histo
ry. The period 1707 -1857 was full of dramatic events which has profound conseq
uences for the history of the India. This period marks the fall of great Mughal
empire and advent of British rule in India, and also the Revolt of 1857. This
book is perhaps the only textbook available on this specific period.
This book covers following main themes:&l
t;/p>
<ul type="disc">
<li>The disintegration of the Mughal Empire, the emergence of the succes
sor states, and the establishment of the East India Companys dominance in the sub
continent.</li>
<li>The process that aided consolidation of the British Raj, its methods
of governance and bliss of its economic set up.</li>
<li>Social and intellectual construct which developed during this period
, laying the ground for colonial dominance as well as resistance to it.</li&g
t;
<li>A comprehensive overview of developments in the fields of culture, a
rt, literature, music and ideas during the eighteenth and early nineteenth centu
ries.</li>
of 1857.</li>
</ul>
The other features are:
<ul type="disc">
<li>Each chapter is accompanied by maps </li>
<li>and up-to-date bibliography </li>
<li>glossary of terms used in the book</li>
</ul></td><td>Dr Lakshmi Subramanian is Professor of History in
the Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Kolkata. She has previously taught a
t Jamia Millia Islamia (New Delhi), University of Calcutta and Visva-Bharati (S
hantiniketan). She had several distinguished fellowship and teaching appointmen
t in foreign universities and has published extensively on various aspect of mo
dern India.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>History</td>
>History</td>
sidency. 
>
Publications Division and NMML Archives. </td><td>World</td><td>Histo
ry</td>
age of Secular Islam: Urdu Nationalism and Colonial India</td><td>Kavita Saraswa
thi Datla</td><td>2013</td><td>248</td><td>950.0000</td><td>During the
turbulent period prior to colonial Indias Partition and Independence, Muslim inte
llectuals in Hyderabad sought to secularize and reformulate their linguistic, hi
storical, religious, and literary traditions for the sake of a newly conceived n
ational public. Responding to the model of secular education introduced to South
Asia by the British, Indian academics in princely Hyderabad launched a spirited
debate about the reform of Islamic education, the importance of education in th
e spoken languages of the country, the shape of Urdu and its past, and the signi
ficance of the histories of Islam and India for their present. 
 
The Language of Secular Islam
pursues an alternative account of the political disagreements between Hindus an
d Muslims in South Asia, conflicts too often described as the product of primor
dial and unchanging attachments to religion. The author suggests that the politi
cal struggles of India in the 1930s, the very decade in which the demand for Pak
istan began to be articulated, should not be understood as the product of an ina
dequate or incomplete secularism, but as the clashing of competing secular agend

as. Her work explores negotiations over language, education, and religion at Osm
ania University, the first university in India to use a modern Indian language (
Urdu) as its medium of instruction in all academic subjects. 
 
Grounded in close attention to historical evidence, The
Language of Secular Islam has broad ramifications for
some of the most difficult issues currently debated in the humanities and socia
l sciences: the significance and legacies of European colonialism, the inclusion
s and exclusions enacted by nationalist projects, the place of minorities in the
forging of Indian nationalism, and the relationship between religion and modern
politics. It will be of interest to historians of colonial India, scholars of r
eligion, and anyone who follows language politics.</td><td>Kavita Datl
a is Assistant Professor of History at Mount Holyoke College, Massachusetts, USA
.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>History</td>
p>
s and Speech and Silence.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>History</td>

div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>History</td>
tory at the University of Oslo.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>History</td>
of the Bengali People: From Earliest Times to the Fall of the Sena Dynasty</td><
td>Niharranjan Ray, John W. Hood (Tr.)</td><td>2013</td><td>660</td><td>850.0000
</td><td>Niharranjan Rays highly acclaimed magnum opus, Bangal
ir Itihas: Adi Parva, translated here as Hist
ory of the Bengali People is a seminal work on the his
tory of the Bengalis from the earliest times to the beginning of the Muslim rule
in India. 
As much a work of literature as of history, this book is not a story of
kings and the extension of their power but of the life of ordinary people. Thus
, through detailed, methodical discussions on origins of the various peoples, th
eir language and literature, science, trade and commerce, religious practices an
d rituals, there emerges a vivid picture of society and its development through
the passage of time.
This able translation by J. W. Hood has retained the vibrancy and subtl
e nuances of the Bengali original. In his Foreword to this
edition of the translation, Sumit Sarkar writes: Niharranjan Ray was, indeed, a t
owering figure among my generation of historians. But not many scholars are fami
liar with his writings these days. The new edition of the English translation, w
hich has done full justice to the original version, hopefully will rectify this.&
lt;/p>
</td><td>Niharranjan Ray (1903-1981), reno
wned historian, was one of Indias last great polymaths. He has written extensivel
y and authoritatively on a vast range of subjects including art, classical and m
odern literature, history, religion, politics and biography. 
John W. Hood (trans.) obtained his PhD in
Bengali vernacular historiography from the University of Melbourne and has spent
most of his life studying and writing about Indianespecially Bengaliculture. In a
ddition to his Niharranjan Ray published in the Sahitya Aka
demi''s ''Makers of Indian Literature'&
#39; series, he has written a number of books on Indian art
cinema and has translated a variety of Bengali poetry and fiction into English.
</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
of conflicts in South Asia. </td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
t;
</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-5494-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Uttarakha
nd Ki Bhashayen (Volume 30, Part 1)-Bharatiya Bhasha Lok Sarvekshan</td><td>Gane
sh N. Devy, Uma Bhatt and Shekhar Pathak (Ed.s)</td><td>2014</td><td>260</td><td
>1350.0000</td><td>
;/p>
This book is part 1of the Volume 30(Uttarakhand [Hindi]) of The People&
#39;s Linguistic Survey of India (PLSI) undertaken and executed by Bhasha Resear
ch and Publication Center.  
riety of the Uttarakhand state of India. The languages included in this book are
: Kumauni, Gadhwali,Jaad, Johari, Jaunpuri, Jaunsari, Tharu, Bangadi, Buksa, Mar

cha, Rang Lu, Rawalti, and Raji.</td><td>
Dr Ganesh N. Devy &
lt;/strong>taught English at the Maharaja Sayajirao University of Ba
roda; a renowned literary critic and activist; is founder and director of the&am
p;nbsp;Tribal Academy at Tejgadh, Gujarat; and director of the&nbsp
;Sahitya Akademis Project on Literature in Tribal Languages and Oral Folk Traditi
ons. He is an active participant in the functioning of Bhasha Academy.Currently,
he is a Professor at the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information and Communic
ation Technology (DA-IICT),Gandhinagar,Gujrat.
He is Chair, Peoples Lnguistic Sur
vey of India, 37, Bhasha Research and Publication Centre, Near Dinesh Mills, Bar
oda.
Dr Shekhar Pathak&l
t;/strong> : MA Ph D Kumaon University. Taught for 32 years in Kumaon Univers
ity. Fellowship received from ICHR [1978-80] Delhi; IIAS Simla [1995-97]; CCS, N
MML [2005-09]; New Delhi. He has been a researcher of the history, culture, soci
al movements and a discoverer of history of various aspects and regions of the H
imalayas. He is editor of Peoples Association for Himalaya Area Research [PAHAR],
Nainital.
Dr Uma Bhatt</st
rong> : MA, Ph D from Agra University; had taught for 38 years in Kumaon Univ
ersity; she was ex-editor of Uttara, a monthly magazine for women; she is also a
ssociated with Peoples Association for Himalaya Area Research [PAHAR] Nainital.&l
t;/p>
<td>978-81-250-5501-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Prob
lem of Caste</td><td>Satish Deshpande (Ed.)</td><td>2014</td><td>436</td><td>595
.0000</td><td>Caste is one of the
oldest concerns of the social sciences in India that continues to be relevant e
ven today.  This book tracks how scholars from different disciplines ha
ve responded to the caste question in independent India and highlights recent sh
ifts in perspective. 
The general perception about cast
e is that it is an outdated concept that was slowly but inevitably dying out unt
il it was revived by colonial policies and promoted by vested interests and elec
toral politics after independence.  However, this hegemonic perception
changed irrevocably in the 1990s after the controversial reservations for the Ot
her Backward Classes recommended by the Mandal Commission. Mandal triggered a ne
w awakening by revealing that only a privileged upper caste minority believed in
the declining significance of castefor the  vast majority of Indians ca
ste continued to be a crucial determinant of life opportunities.  
This volume collects significant writings spanning seven decades, three
generations and several disciplines.  The introduction contextualises
established perspectives in relation to emergent concerns, and is followed by fo
rty essays organised into six sections.  
The first section offers a sample of disciplinary responses ranging fro
m sociology to law.  The second explores the relationship between caste
and class, while the third highlights the interplay between caste and politics.
  
The fourth section covers old and
new challenges in law and policy.  Emergent research areas are represe
nted in section five and section six showcases post-Mandal innovations in caste
studies.  
This transdisciplinary volume bri
ngs together sociologists, anthropologists, political scientists, historians, ec
onomists and others.  It will be essential reading for students and sch
olars across these disciplines.
</td><td>Satish Deshpande is Professor, De

partment of Sociology, Delhi School of Economics. </td><td>World</td>
<td>History</td>
g 1956: B. R. Ambedkar and States Reorganisation</td><td>Sudha Pai and Avinash K
umar</td><td>2014</td><td>256</td><td>775.0000</td><td>In 1938, when he
opposed the formation of Karnatak Province along linguistic lines, Ambedkar poi
nted out, we have been living together only to emphasise the fact that those who
want that this unity be sundered must consider this matter in a much more seriou
s way and not on grounds which are purely sentimental.
When the Indian identity was in its embryo, he feared that fostering cu
ltural identities would result in separate nationalities. By 1953, after the for
mation of Andhra State, he pointed at the lack of proper thinking that had gone
into the merger. In 1956, when the States Reorganisation Commission submitted it
s report, he identified its flaws, and famously laid down his One state, one lang
uage principle. 
The speeches, tracts and articles that Ambedkar produced on these lines
were soon forgotten. And now, as new states are being formed, Ambedkars works fi
nd renewed relevance. When he called the merger of Telangana and Telugu-speaking
areas of Madras Presidency as artificial, Ambedkar showed remarkable vision that
administrators can learn from. In laying criteria for reorganisation of statesvia
bility, size, economic feasibility, equality, federal balance, and the divisive
issue of languagehe has already addressed concerns that the contemporary common m
an now asks. 
Along with addressing students and scholars of political science, demog
raphy, public administration and Indian History, Revisiting 1956</e
m> resurrects the leaders works from oblivion and presents relevant portions f
rom them for the general, interested reader.
</td><td>Sudha Pai is Professor, Centre fo
r Political Studies, and Rector (Pro-Vice Chancellor), Jawaharlal Nehru Universi
ty, New Delhi.
Avinash Kumar is Assistant Professor, Cent
re for Informal Sector and Labour Studies, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal
Nehru University, New Delhi
<ol>
n era </li>
</li>

ional warfare.</li>
on-state.</li>
</ol>
ish, University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
ous pluralism.
gt;
</td><td>
K,BD,NP,BT,MV</td><td>History</td>
Reddy served as Vice-Chancellor of Osmania University.</td><td>World</td><td>Hi
story</td>
0</td><td>
<ul>
investigating the
how the
and geog
essays not o
mea
semantics of the
social.</li>
mechanics
relationships
et of essays.</li>
essays em
ostensibly beyond M
</ul>
</td><td>
d><td>1295.0000</td><td>
Tagore.
om around the world.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
e of Development Studies, Chennai, India.</td><td>World</td><td>Histor
y</td>

ollege, Gauhati University. </td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
75.0000</td><td><ul>
states. </li>
<td>978-81-250-5423-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Borderlan
d Lives in Northern South Asia</td><td>David N. Gellner</td><td>2014</td><td>320
</td><td>1050.0000</td><td>Borderland Lives in Northern Sout
h Asia provides valuable new ethnographic insights into life along so
me of the most contentious borders in the world. The collected essays portray e
xistence at different points across India's northern frontiers and, in one
instance, along borders within India. Whether discussing Shi'i Muslims str
iving to be patriotic Indians in the Kashmiri district of Kargil or Bangladeshi
s living uneasily in an enclave surrounded by Indian territory, the contributors
show that state borders in Northern South Asia are complex sites of contestati
on. 
India's borders with Bangladesh, Bhutan, Burma/Myanmar, China and
Nepal encompass radically different ways of life, a whole spectrum of relations
hips to the state, and many struggles with urgent identity issues. Taken togeth
er, the essays show how it is possible to comprehend Northern South Asia's
various nation-state projects without relapsing into conventional nationalist a
ccounts. 
Academic borderland studies are dominated by examples from North Ameri
ca (especially the US-Mexico border) and from Europe; this volume shows that e
xamples from Northern South Asia also deserve a central place in discussions of
borders and state-making. 
This book will be an essential reference for South and Southeast Asian
specialists, for anthropologists, sociologists, and historians of the region,
for anyone interested in border and boundary issues, and for those using and st
udying ethnographic approaches to the state. </td><td><b&
gt;David N. Gellner is Professor of Social Anthropology at the Univers
ity of Oxford.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-5361-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sufivaad
: Kuchh Mahatvpurna Lekh</td><td>N R Farooqi</td><td>2014</td><td>220</td><td>19
5.0000</td><td>Sufivaad: Kuchh Mahatvpurna Lekh</stro

ng>  provides a detail account of Sufism, its rise, fulfillment and
decline of the Chisti brotherhood of Sufis in medieval India. 
Its contents include: Some aspects of cla
ssic Sufism; the early Sufis of India; the emergence and efflorescence of the C
histi Sufis: An outline of their thought and an account of popular appeal of th
eir shrines; the resurgence of the Chistis: a survey of the expansion and fulfi
llment of a Sufi order in Mughal India; Doyen of the Sufis of the Madh
ya Pradesh: Muhammad Shattari Gwaliori;  A note on Shaikh Ahmad Sirhin
di and his religious and political thought; Saiyid Ahmad of Rae Bareli: an acco
unt of his life and thought and an appraisal of his impact on the Sufi centers
of Awadh and eastern India
Glossary related to Sufism given at the e
nd of the book. 
Detailed Bibliography is given at the end of eac
h chapter. 
There is no one book available in Hindi on the topic of Sufism. The es
says of the book are authors own research. 
This book is a good addition to our list of books on history since the
author is a well known scholar in the academic world. </td><td>Professor N R Farooqi is MA History from Univer
sity of Allahabad; Doctorate from Wisconsin University; started as lecturer in
University of Allahabad; Also served as Professor of History at the Lal Bahadur
Shastri National Academy of Administration, Mussoorie. He was Professor and Ch
airman of the History department in University of Allahabad. He is currently De
an, Research and Development, at University of Allahabad. He held several Inter
national fellowships including Junior Fullbright fellowships. His main area of
research are diplomatic history of Mughal India and Indian Sufism on which he h
as published numerous articles in national and international journals.</p&gt
/>
/td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
anguages University, Hyderabad.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-6049-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Indias For
eign Policy: Coping with the Changing World</td><td>Muchkund Dubey</td><td>2015<
/td><td>464</td><td>845.0000</td><td>
Indias Foreign Policy: Principles, Challenges and Strategies  t
races the values and principles that have shaped Indias foreign policy and its ev
olution starting from the Non-Aligned Movement, up to the end of the Cold War; d
ecline of multilateralism and the nation state; and the challenges of globalizat
ion.
This updated edition includes a new chapter on Pakistan. It examines th
e complexities in IndiaPakistan relations and in that context discusses
Pakistans polity, society, economy and the overall thrust of its foreign
policy. It also advances compelling arguments for improving relations with Paki
stan and discusses various approaches towards achieving this purpose including r
esumption of dialogue and solving outstanding bilateral problems. It further out
lines a blueprint for economic cooperation.
The book has a separate chapter on how to deal with our neighboursPakist
an, Bangladesh, Nepal, Sri Lanka, China, Bhutan. it presents a comprehensive ana
lysis of Indias economic relations with Bangladesh. It discusses in detail the re
cent initiatives for improving Indo-Bangladesh cooperation.
This volume further looks at Indias relations with world powers like the
United States (US), Russia, China and Japan, the diversity and dimensions acqui
red by the Indo-US strategic partnership, the long-term vision of Indo-Russian c
ollaboration in the realm of nuclear energy and Indias response to Chinese initia
tives that have the potential of bringing about changes in the world order.
The book also analyses and suggests appropriate strategies for meeting
the challenges of other recent developments having far-reaching consequences for
India in the coming years. These include Chinas rise as a global power, the shif
t of economic power balance from the US and Europe to Asia, the Indo-US nuclear
deal, emergence of a new generation of regional and inter-regional economic grou
pings, and the role of the Indian diaspora in influencing Indias development and
foreign policy.
This volume, with its insightful and informed analysis from a renowned
expert in and practitioner of Indias foreign policy, will be indispensable for un
dergraduate and postgraduate students and scholars of foreign policy, internatio
nal relations and political science It will also be useful for government bodies
and policy think tanks.
</td><td>
Muchkund Dubey started his career
as a lecturer in economics, and later joined the Indian Foreign Service (IFS) i
n which he served as the High Commissioner of India for Bangladesh and the Perma
nent Representative of India to the United Nations, Geneva. He retired from the
IFS after serving as the Foreign Secretary to the Government of India and then j
oined the School of International Studies at the Jawaharlal Nehru University as
Professor where he taught for close to eight years. He was conferred a DLitt deg
ree (Honoris Causa) by the University of Calcutta in 2014. 

</td><td>
Delhi.
</td><td>750.0000</td><td>

</td><td>
/p>
<td>978-81-250-6129-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Selling E
mpire: India in the Making of Britain and America, 16001830</td><td>Jonathan Eaco
tt</td><td>2016</td><td>472</td><td>1230.0000</td><td>
Linking four continents over three centuries,</strong&
gt; Selling Empire
 d
emonstrates the centrality of Indiaboth as an idea and a placeto the making of a
global British imperial system. In the seventeenth century, Brit
ain was economically, politically, and militarily weaker than India, but Briton
s increasingly made use of Indias strengths to build their own empire in both Am
erica and Asia. Early English colonial promoters first thought of America as a p
otential India, hoping that the emerging Atlantic colonies could produce Asian
raw materials. When this vision failed to materialize, Britains circulation of
Indian manufactured goodsfrom umbrellas to cottonsto Africa, Europe, and America
then established an empire of goods and encouraged many British people to debat
e whether or not their empire itself was good for Britain or India. <br /&g
t;
Eacott takes a new look at the British empire's history and geography by
tracing the development of consumer culture, the American Revolution, and Briti
sh industrialization through the commercial intersections linking the Atlantic
and Indian Oceans. From the seventeenth to the nineteenth century and beyond, t
he evolving networks, ideas, and fashions that bound India, Britain, and Ameri
ca shaped the persisting global structures of economic and cultural power and
interdependence.  
This book will be of considerable interest to students and scholars of Indian
, British, colonial American, imperial, and global history.  &nbsp
;
</td><td>Jonathan Eacott is associate professor of history at
the University of California, Riverside.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>H
istory</td>
</td><td>
P,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</td>
/td><td>388</td><td>875.0000</td><td>
lt;/p>
a. 
tment of History, University of Calicut.</td><td>World</td><td>History
</td>

, Indira Gandhi National Open University.</td><td>World</td><td>Histor
y</td>
, sans-serif">is

ns-serif">The
quot;>threading
ns-serif">
f an
t;/p>
ad, Gujarat. </td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
</li><li>
Some sacred
herto undocumented,
and
</li><li>
</li><li>
The complex
evidenced in the
ld.
</li></ul>
td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-6003-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Palashi
Theke Partition O Tarpor: Adhunik Bharater Itihash</td><td>Sekhar Bandyopadhyay<
/td><td>2015</td><td>712</td><td>375.0000</td><td>Palashi Theke Partiti
on O Tarpor: Adhunik Bharater Itihash is a Bangla version of the Book From Plass
ey to Partition and After: A History of Modern India published by Orient BlackSw
an.
 Since its first publication in 2004,  Palashi Theke Partitio
n has come to be regarded as an authoritative history of modern India.
And this enlarged edition of this book offers a perceptive analysis of Indias eff
orts towards modernization and democratization since Independence.
 The book addresses important historiographical questions by taking co
gnizance of emergent perspectives adopted by social science scholarship over the
last twenty-five years. As a major work of our times, it engages in thought-pro
voking debates on issues like political economy of eighteenth-century India, soc
io-religious reform and revival, and the nationalist movement.
 The newly added concluding chapter 9 provides a succinct account of m
ajor developments in postcolonial India during the Nehruvian era and subsequent
years. It links contemporary debates about Indian nationhood with changes in soc
iety, economy and polity, from the years of state-directed planning under a oneparty system to the emergence of a market economy in an era of predominantly coa
lition governments.

Capturing inimitably the rhythms of Indias polyphonic nationalism, this book wi
ll be indispensable for students of history and political science. Scholars and
researchers will benefit from its detailed and extensive bibliography. And it wi
ll guide general readers to an understanding of contemporary India.

</td><td>Sekhar Bandyopadhyay is
Director, New Zealand India Research Institute, Victoria University of Wellingto
n, New Zealand.
>2015</td><td>224</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
/p>

Gender Studies.
n Studies.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>372</td><td>850.0000</td><td>
te. 
ry. 

</td><td>
<td>272</td><td>625.0000</td><td>

evels. 
>A.
Delhi, Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>History<
/td>
td>New Discover History 6 i
s a revised and updated edition of the widely accepted Discover History series.&
lt;/p>
t.
/>

;/li> 
t;/li> 
; 
cted text books for middle-school history.</td><td>World</td><td>Histo
ry</td>
td>New Discover History 7 is a
revised and updated edition of the widely accepted Discover History series.
t.
/>
;/li> 

t;/li> 
; 
cted text books for middle-school history.</td><td>World</td><td>Histo
ry</td>
td>New Discover History 8&n
bsp;is a revised and updated edition of the widely accepted Discover History ser
ies.
t.
/>
;/li> 
t;/li> 

; 
ects.</li></ul> </td><td>Dr KC Khanna&am
p;nbsp;was a teacher of history at the famous Ravensdale School at Shimla for mo
re than 20 years. He was an expert in the field of history, and his book India a
nd the world (now known as New Discover History) was one of the best known and m
ost respected text books for middle-school history. </td><td>World</td
><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-5967-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Conquest
and Community: The Afterlife of Warrior Saint Ghazi Miyan</td><td>Shahid Amin</t
d><td>2015</td><td>352</td><td>995.0000</td><td>Conquest and
Community tells the story of the Indo-Turkic warrior saint Ghazi Mi
yan and his influential cult in the Gangetic plains. A purported nephew of Mahm
ud of Ghazni, Ghazi Miyan was supposedly martyred in holy war against Hindu ki
ngs near Bahraich in modern-day Uttar Pradesh in 1034 CE. Conspicuously absent
from contemporary Persian chronicles about his famous uncle, he is, nevertheles
s, the subject of glowing hagiographies from the seventeenth century onwards, a
s well as an oral folkloric tradition, which thrives to this day. His cult con
tinues draw pilgrims of varying castes, both Muslim and Hindu, from all over no
rthern India to his shrine in Bahraich.
 Shahid Amin studies the history and growth of this cult and its mani
festations in the tales people tell, the ballads they sing, the shrines they vi
sit and the hagiographies they have written. He also addresses the disquiet and
criticism the cult has provoked in both orthodox Hindu and Muslim quarters, fo
r Ghazi Miyan is a complex, sometimes troubling figure, an amalgam of different
traditions and tropes that do not always coexist easily. He features in text a
nd folklore both as a pious iconoclast, who smashes Hindu idols and also as a
staunch protector of cows and cowherds, a putative brother to Hindu women, and
a connoisseur of things Indic from pan to the humble mahua
tree. 
 In studying the Ghazi, his cult and its reception history, this book
offers an astute perspective on the ways in which the Turko-Islamic invasions
of India, c. 10001200 CE, have entered historical and popular memory. By conside
ring the role of religious conflict in the building of the multi-religious cult
of Ghazi Miyan, it also sheds new light on the nature of syncretism in the sub
continent.
 This new kind of of subaltern history, will interest historians, bot
h medievalist and modern, anthropologists, folklorists and st
udents of popular culture, religious studies and historiography.
</td><td>
Shahid Amin is former Professor of History at Delhi
University and author of the award-winning Event, Metaphor, Memory:
Chauri Chaura, 1922-1992.
<td>978-81-250-5968-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The State
of Being Stateless: An Account of South Asia</td><td>Paula Banerjee, Anasua Bas
u Ray Chaudhury and Atig Ghosh</td><td>2015</td><td>304</td><td>675.0000</td><td
><div>Statelessness is defined as the quality of being without a state, a
nationality, or even the protection that nationality should offer. Addressing th
e lacuna in literature on stateless people in post-colonial South Asia, this stu
dy brings together the lived experiences of diverse stateless groups within a co
mparative framework. Through research conducted across dissimilar groups in diff
erent geographical locationsIndia, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Tibet

and Bhutanit asks some critical questions: How are certain groups and communitieso
ften, the minoritiesrendered stateless? Is the existing legal regime adequate to
deal with the problem of statelessness? And do policymakers now need to think be
yond legal terms, as judicial activism has clearly proved ineffective? 
</div><div> </div><div>Demonstrating that con
tinued situations of dislocation and/or refugeehood can produce statelessness, t
he book elaborates a new way of thinking about this increasingly important field
of study, and suggests a way towards framing better and more inclusive internat
ional and national laws to deal with this issue.</div><div> <div>With its cross-disciplinary approach, this volume will
be invaluable for undergraduate and postgraduate students of international rela
tions, political science, law, history and refugee studies. It will also be usef
ul to research centres and non-governmental organisations working on/with statel
ess and refugee groups across the world.</div><div> </
div></td><td><div>Paula Banerjee is Associate Profes
sor, Department of South and South East Asian Studies, University of Calcutta; a
nd President, Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group, Kolkata. She is an expert on I
ndo-American relations; and also a full-time faculty member in the Department of
South and South East Asian Studies, University of Calcutta, Kolkata; and editor
ial board member of Refugee Watch. As part of her current work on borders and bo
undaries, and women in peace movements in South Asia, she has authored numerous
papers on women in conflict situations in northeast India. She is the recipient
of a number of international fellowships including the Advanced Taft Fellowship
(19911993) and the WISCOMP Fellow of Peace Award (2001). Her previously published
work includes Unstable Populations, Anxious States: Mixed and Massive Populatio
n Flows in South Asia (2013); Borders, Histories and Existences: Gender and Beyo
nd (2010); Migration and Circles of Insecurities (2010, co-authored with Ranabir
Samaddar); and Women in Peace Politics (2008). </div><div>
 </div><div>Anasua Basu Ray Chaudhury
is Fellow, Observer Research Foundation, Kolkata. Her specialisation is in regio
nal cooperation, energy politics, refugees and displacement, women and conflict
situations in South Asia. As the recipient of the Public Service Broadcasting Tr
ust (PSBT) Senior Media Fellowship 2007 she worked on Vernacular Dailies and the
Ethnic and/or Religious Stereotypes in the Time of Violence. She also received th
e Kodikara Award from the Regional Centre for Strategic Studies (RCSS), Colombo
in 199899 and was an Indian Council of Social Science Research Post-Doctoral Fell
ow (200406) at the Centre for the Studies of Developing Societies (CSDS), Delhi.
Her previous publications include Women in Indian Borderlands (2011, co-edited w
ith Paula Banerjee) and SAARC at Crossroads: The Fate of Regional Cooperation in
South Asia (2006).</div><div> </div><div>&lt
;b>Atig Ghosh is Assistant Professor of History, Visva-Bharati, San
tiniketan; Honorary Researcher, Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group, Kolkata; and
part-time lecturer of history at Jadavpur University and West Bengal State Univ
ersity. He has been Assistant Editor, The Bengal Post, and is currently Managing
Editor, Avantika: The World of Performing Arts. He was previously an external f
ellow of Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata, and has re
ceived many academic awards, including Order of Merit, Calcutta University, and
Academic Excellence Certificate, Jagannath Hall, Dhaka University.</div>&l
t;div> </div></td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-5971-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Madhya Pr
adesh Ki Bhashayen (Volume 16, Part1) - Bharatiya Bhasha LokSarvekshan</td><td>G
anesh N. Devy and Damodar Jain</td><td>2015</td><td>464</td><td>1895.0000</td><t
d>
;/p>
This book is part 1of the Volume 16 (Madhya Pradesh ki Bhaashyen [Hindi

by Bhasha Research and Publication Center, Baroda.  </p&gt
;
riety of the Madhya Pradesh State of India. The languages included in this book
are: Urdu, Hindi, Kachwaidhari, Korku, Kauravi, Gondi, Jatwari, Jandomati, Tordh
ari, Nahal, Nimarhi, Panchmahali, Pawari, Pardhi, Pati, Banjari, Bagheli, Barela
, Bundeli, Brij, Bhadawari, Bhili, Mawasi, Malwi, Rajputi, Loghdhari, Sahariyayi
, and Sikarwari, .
</td><td>
Professor Ganesh N.
Devy taught English at the Maharaja Sayajirao Universit
y of Baroda; a renowned literary critic and activist; founder and director of th
e Tribal Academy at Tejgadh, Gujara; and director of the s Project on Li
terature in Tribal Languages and Oral Folk Traditions. He is an active participa
nt in the functioning of Bhasha Academy. He was awarded the Padmashri in 2014.&l
t;/p>
Currently he is Chair, Peoples Lnguistic Survey of India, 37, Bhasha Res
earch and Publication Centre, Baroda.
Dr. Damodar Jain, the volume editor, was a
teacher trainer in a B.Ed college in Bhopal. He has conducted and been a partic
ipant in several language training workshops organized by NCERT and SCERT, Bhopa
l. Currently he is senior teacher at IASE, Bhopal.

</td><td>
<ol>
<li>
t;
</li>
<li>
</li>
<li>
</li>
</ol>
 
<td>978-81-250-5723-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>From Pla
ssey to Partition and After: A History of Modern India</td><td>Sekhar Bandyopadh
yay</td><td>2014</td><td>608</td><td>410.0000</td><td>
Since its first publication in 2004, From Plassey to Partit
ion has come to be regarded as an authoritative history of modern In
dia. And this enlarged edition offers a perceptive analysis of Indias efforts to
wards modernisation and democratisation since Independence. 
The book addresses important historiographical questions by taking cognisance
of emergent perspectives adopted by social science scholarship over the last t
wenty-five years. As a major work of our times, it engages in though-provoking
debates on issues like political economy of eighteenth-century India, socio-rel
igious reform and revival, and the nationalist movement. 
The newly added concluding chapter provides a succinct account of major devel
opments in postcolonial India during the Nehruvian and subsequent years. It lin
ks contemporary debates about Indian nationhood with changes in society, econom
y and polity, from the years of state-directed planning under a one-party syste
m to the emergence of a market economy in an era of predominantly coalition go
vernments. 
Capturing inimitably the rhythms of Indias polyphonic nationalism, this book w
ill be indispensable for students of history and political science. Scholars an
d researchers will benefit from its detailed and extensive bibliography. And it
will guide general readers to an understanding of contemporary India.</p&gt
;
</td><td>
Sekhar Bandyopadhyay is Director, New Zeal
and India Research Institute, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand.&l
t;/p>
;/p>
</td><td>
<td>978-81-250-5685-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Ideas, In
stitutions, Processes: Essays in Memory of Satish Saberwal</td><td>N. Jayaram</t
<ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">This book commemmorates
eminent sociologist Satish Saberwal who pioneered interdisciplinarity in
t
he social sciences in India through a series of 15 collected essays in
fou
r different parts. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The first part takes a
b
iographical approach to Saberwal and includes both reminiscences by his
pe
ers as well as an extensive interview with Saberwal. The second part is
de
voted to the methodology of studying sociology in India</li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The third part is
dedica
ted to historical perspectives, as Saberwal was interested in
combining hi
storical and sociological approaches and considers both
ancient and modern
Indian history. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The fourth part focuses on dif
ferent
institutions and processes in contemporary India, and discusses iss
ues
like education, caste, violence and environmentalism. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">The different essays
in
the volume draw from Saberwals important work on crisis, conflict,
social m
obility and institutional rules and norms and generate new
perspectives on
a wide variety of issues.</li>
</ul>
</td><td>N. Jayaram is Professor, Centre for Research Methodo
logy, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai. </td><td>World</td><td>History<
/td>
<td>978-81-250-5611-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Early Me
dieval Indian Society : A Study in Feudalisation</td><td>R.S. Sharma With a Prol
ogue by Jaya Tyagi</td><td>2014</td><td>424</td><td>410.0000</td><td>
The traditional view of feudalism, defined by scholars like Karl Marx
and Marc Bloch, describes a system where a dominant social group controlled own
ership of land and enjoyed the benefits of labour of servile serfs who toiled t
o generate produce from land. While this model was based on conditions in Europ
e, Marx felt that this did not apply to medieval India as most peasants were t
echnically free land-owners.
R.S.Sharma goes beyond this traditional view of feudalism.In hisEarly Medieval Indian Society,he shows how dominant groups used
techniques such as land-grants, control of common services, caste and religion

to gain control over the means of production. R.S. Sharma explains how despite
differences from the European model of feudalisation, similarities in economic
traits like decline of towns and long-distance trade, reduction in the usage of
metal coins and the establishment of a subsidiary market economy made the feud
al model a useful tool to understand this period. He uses feudalism to trace th
e emergence of early medieval India and to also understand developments in art,
religion, literature, polity and society.
The Prologue to this edition is a fitting tribute to the author by Jay
a Sinha Tyagi, a historian of ancient Indian history. Analysing R.S. Sharmas pi
oneering study, she charts this erudite historians contribution to the transform
ation of the study of early medieval India. She also explains why this book con
tinues to serve as a critical resource material for tracing the economic change
s in history.
R.S. Sharmas seminal work will be invaluable for students, scholars and
teachers of ancient and medieval Indian history. It will be useful to readers
interested in studying transitions in socio-cultural ideologies and institution
s from the early medieval times.
</td><td>R. S. Sharma was Emeritus Professor of History, Patn
a University. Earlier, he taught at the universities of Toronto and Delhi.</td><
td>World</td><td>History</td>
inclusive conserva
Works of C. Rajagopalachari: Vol. II, 192122</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan, N. Balakr
ishnan, Deepa Bhatnagar(Ed.s)</td><td>2014</td><td>528</td><td>1295.0000</td><t
d>Selected Works of C.
Rajagopalachari, Vol. 2, 192122, is part of a series of ten volumes
that gather together the writings of Rajaji over the period 190772. The second v
olume covers a brief but significant phase in Rajajis political life, beginning
with his arrest for participating in the non-cooperation movement in December 1
921 and his imprisonment in Vellore Central Jail. Rajajis jail diary is publishe
d here with detailed annotations for the first time. By the time Rajaji was rel
eased from jail in March 1922, Mahatma Gandhi, by then his close associate, had
been arrested and remanded to Yeravda Jail. The mantle of bringing out the nat
ionalist weekly Young India fell on Rajajis shoulders. Throu
gh the columns of Young India,Rajaji kept alive Gandhijis me
ssage of non-violence and his emphasis on the importance of khaddar and the spi
nning wheel. Besides his various editorials and articles in Young In
dia, the present volume also contains letters, speeches and other wr
itings of Rajaji during these years. The volume ends with his spirited defence
of the non-cooperation programme opposing council entry at the 37th Session of
the Indian National Congress at Gaya in December 1922. Overall, the collection
offers a close commentary on the non-cooperation movement and its aftermath.&lt
;/p></td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan is Dire
ctor, Nehru Memorial Museum and Library (NMML). 
>
Publications Division and NMML Archives.</td><td>World</td><td>Histor
y</td>
<td>978-81-250-5615-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Beloved B
apu : The Gandhi-Mirabehn Correspondence</td><td>Tridip Suhrud and Thomas Weber(
Ed.s)</td><td>2014</td><td>552</td><td>1025.0000</td><td><ul>
<li>The current volume offers readers unprecedented insight into the rel
ationship
between Mahatma Gandhi and Mirabehn, his foremost Western woman
disciple, who came to India to dedicate her life to Gandhi and and remained his
faithful companion for twenty-three years. </li>
<li>Gandhi and Mira corresponded extensively when they were not together
. The current volume brings together this correspondence in its entirety for the
first time, interweaving Gandhis letters to Mira with her own responses to him a
nd putting them in conversation with each other. </li>
<li>The letters are arranged chronologically, which allows readers to un
derstand the trajectory of Gandhi and Miras relationship. They reveal the depth a
nd complexity of this connection, which was as close and loving as it was
troubled.</li>
<li>The letters also provide glimpses of Gandhi and Miras work in the kha
di
industry and in village India, their views on ashram life and people, t
heir struggles with health and diet, and their opinions on living a good life an
d serving truth. </li>
<li>The original letters reproduced here are accompanied by the editors
commentary, which contextualizes the correspondence and offers readers impo
rtant historical and biographical background information .</li>
<li>This book will interest not only historians, students and scholars o
f Gandhi but
also the lay reader.</li>
</ul></td><td>Tridip Suhrud is Director, Sab
armati Ashram Preservation and Memorial Trust, Gandhi Ashram, Sabarmati, Ahmeda
bad.<div> <div>Thomas Weber 
is Honorary Associate, School of Social Sciences and Research Associate, Center
for Dialogue, La Trobe University, Melbourne.</div></div></td><td>
World</td><td>History</td>
d><td>224</td><td>795.0000</td><td>

d futures.  
</td><td>
t;
f History, Goa University.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
2015</td><td>224</td><td>750.0000</td><td>
gt;
nial milieus. 
</td><td>
t;br />
</td><td>
>
led NDA. 
e]New  cover 
 

</td><td>
y.
td><td>History</td>

ege for Women, University of Delhi, Delhi.</div></td><td>World</td><td>His
tory</td>
Itihas ka Adikal</td><td>Ranabir Chakravarti</td><td>2012</td><td>376</td><td>2
95.0000</td><td>This is the Hind
i version of the Bangla book Bharter Ithaser Adiparb&lt
;/strong>  publishedby OBS. This book is a essentially a
college level textbook on the history of Ancient India. It covers the period f
rom the most ancient times to 600 AD. It is divided into seven chapters. In add
ition to the usual political history, the book provides a study of society, eco
nomy, polity, art, religion, language and literature. The book is based on the
latest researches and topics like urbanization, state formation, social formati
on, social position of women, caste system and nation making are also discussed
. It also takes care of divergence in historiography as well as differing opini
ons of the historians which enliven past researches.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Ranabir Chakr
avarti, Professor of History at Centre for Historical Studies, Jawahar
lal Nehru University.</div></td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4699-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Soulmates
: The Story of Mahatma Gandhi and Hermann Kallenbach</td><td>Shimon Lev</td><td>
2012</td><td>204</td><td>850.0000</td><td>Over six decades after his de
ath, Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi continues to play a role in inspiring the lives
, thought and philosophy of nations and their leaders. The few relatively unexp
lored gaps that remain in research into his life largely concern his personal l
ife, comradeship and friendshipsamong them, his close association with Hermann
Kallenbach, the German-Jewish architect with whom the Mahatma developed an enig
matic friendship in South
Africa, which stayed with him for the rest of his
life. 
Soulmates: The Story of Mahatma Gandhi and Herm
ann Kallenbach is the first full-length, comprehensive
study of this unique relationship. The account of the strands linking these tw
o remarkable lives is a valuable addition to Gandhi Studies. This volume will i
nform and fascinate a readership well beyond academic or professional interests
.
</td><td>Shimon Lev is an artist, researcher and writer and l
ives in Israel. He is currently pursuing his Phd from the Hebrew University of J
erusalem in Indian Studies.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
/p>

>
Development Research Group, World Bank.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>Hi
story</td>
<td>978-81-250-4758-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Other Ori
entalisms: India between Florence and Bombay, 18601900</td><td>Filipa Lowndes Vic
ente</td><td>2012</td><td>360</td><td>1250.0000</td><td>Other Orientalisms
 analyses different forms of knowledge about India through the circul
ation of people, ideas, information, images and objects between Florence and B
ombay through the last decades of the nineteenth century. During this period, F
lorence became a centre of studies on India, organizing and promoting exhibitio
ns, museums, journals, and international conferences. Based on the relationship
between two Indianists the Italian Angelo de Gubernatis, professor of Sanskrit
in Florence, and the Goan historian José Gerson da Cunha, doctor and hist
orian in Bombay this book reveals an India created in different places and mani
fested by multiple voices.
By being marginal to the main European colonial metropolis, the instit
utional, intellectual and visual experience of Florentine Orientalism enriches
the debate on power and colonial knowledge that has been very much at the centr
e of the social sciences in the last decades. 
Likewise, by exploring the intel
lectual world of Bombay in the second half of the nineteenth century, made up o
f people from a variety of cultural, national and religious backgrounds, this b
ook contributes to the wider cultural history of colonial India.
By combining fascinating unpublis
hed materials of this period, with a deep analysis embedded in contemporary his
toriographical approaches such as European and India encounters in a colonial
context; the debate on orientalism initiated by Edward W. Said, or the global cir
culation of knowledge, people and objects, this books provides new insights int
o different fields.
</td><td>Filipa Lowndes Vicente is a researcher at the Instit
ute of Social Sciences, University of Lisbon (ICS-UL), Portugal. </td><td>World<
ite-driven.
caste in India.
South Africa.
Sociology, University of Hyderabad, India. </td><td>World</td><td>Hist
ory</td>
ngs of Bipan Chandra: The Making of Modern India: From Marx to Gandhi</td><td>Bi
pan Chandra</td><td>2012</td><td>564</td><td>950.0000</td><td>For more
than half a century, Bipan Chandra has made unparalleled contribution to the st
udy of modern Indian history. He is renowned worldwide as an authority on the s
ubject, with a lucid and accessible style that has made him one of the most wid
ely read and influential historians of our times. Bipan Chandras writings have p
rofoundly influenced our understanding of the emergence of modern India, as wel
l as of contemporary concerns that have their roots in the colonial past.
The Writings of Bipan Chandra: The Making of Mo
dern India is a definitive collection of essays which
depicts Bipan Chandras range of interests. It presents his views and positions
qualified after an engagement of over fifty years with Independent India. The e
ssays present a long-term perspective of the emergence of nationalism and the I
ndian national movement, with special emphasis on its Gandhian phase, and the n
ature of Indian capitalism and its relationship with imperialism and the nation
al movement. They identify specificities of the colonial structure, and trace t
he possible paths of economic transformation until independence. The volume inc
ludes a critical appraisal of the Indian Left, and a nuanced understanding of t
he idea of secularism and emergence of communalism in India.
The introduction by Aditya Mukherjee is a fitting tribute from a forme
r student and colleague. This volume is a celebration of the singular scholarsh
ip of perhaps the greatest living chronicler of the Indian national movement an
d after. It will be invaluable for students, teachers and everyone interested i
n the history and idea of India.</td><td>Bipan Chandra is currently Ch
airman, National Book Trust, and Professor Emeritus, Jawaharlal Nehru University
, New Delhi. He has been the President of the Indian History Congress, which end
owed him with the life-time achievement award in 2008. He was appointed National
Research Professor in 2006. Bipan Chandra was born in 1928 in Kangra, Himachal
Pradesh. </td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4555-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>North-Ea
st India: A Handbook of Anthropology</td><td>T.B. Subba</td><td>2012</td><td>452
</td><td>750.0000</td><td>With co
ntributions from both senior and young anthropologists, North-East Ind
ia: A Handbook of Anthropology brings together nineteen essays on No
rth-East India. Carefully crafted with the most up-to-date and competent review
of literature on North-East India, the book is divided into four sections.
The first section of the book dea
ls with the prehistoric archaeology of North-East India and discusses the stat
us of archaeological research in the region. The chapters in the second section
reconstruct the colonial context in the light of the then socio-economic and p
olitical scenario of the country in general and the region in particular, the e
volution of various colonial policies towards the tribes of the region, also gi
ving us a glimpse of Hutton and Mills as ethnographers and administrators. The
following section focuses on approaches and models of physical anthropology of

North-East India, understanding human growth, dermatoglyphics, dental anthropol
ogy and population genetics. The last section probes into the social-cultural a
nthropology of the region with chapters on tribal social organisation and agrar
ian relations, among others.</td><td>T. B. Subba&lt
;/b> is Professor and Head of the Department of Anthropology, North-Eastern
Hill University, Shillong.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
anushi.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>History</td>

;</td><td>WORLD</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4551-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Who Want
s Democracy? </td><td>Javeed Alam</td><td>2012</td><td>188</td><td>250.0000</td>
<td>The internal structure of Indian democracy has seen rapid changes since the
implementation of the Mandal Commission recommendations in 1989. &lt
;strong>Who Wants Democracy? defines two important
shifts in the polity. Even as the elite are increasingly stepping back from ac
tive participation, the less privileged classes are coming forward to engage vi
tally with democratic processes.Javeed Alam highlights how the poor r
eturn in every election to choose their representatives and what the voting pat
terns reveal about the links between regional voices and national unity, betwee
n the politics of community and the ideal of citizenship.
This second edition includes a Prologue in which the author takes up c
ertain theoretical issues. Discussing the democratic possibilities that moderni
ty still offers, he says that the presence of critique within modern thought can
enable people to deepen their understanding of the idea of freedom.
</td><td>Javeed Alam is former chairman of the Indian Council of Social Science
Research.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
lt;/p>
University of Delhi.</div></td><td>World</td><td>History</td>

;/p>
.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
e History of Modern Europe: Liberty, Equality, Solidarity</td><td>David S. Mason
</td><td>2012</td><td>248</td><td>295.0000</td><td>Highlighting the key
events, ideas, and individuals that have shaped modern Europe, this fresh and
lively textbook provides a succinct history of the continent from 1789 to the p
resent. Drawing on the enduring theme of revolution, David Mason explores the c
auses and consequences of revolution: political, economic, and scientific; the
development of human rights; and issues of European identity and integration.&l
t;/p>
Fourteen focused chapters address such topical issues as the Enlighten
ment; the French Revolution and Napoleon; the Industrial Revolution; the theori
es and impact of Marx and Darwin; the revolutions of 1848, 1917, and 1989; the
unifications of Germany and Italy; European imperialism; the two world wars; th
e Cold War; decolonization and its impact on Europe; the evolution and expansio
n of the European Union; rise of modern feminism and other social movements; po
stcommunist states since 1989; expansion and development of the European Union;
and issues of immigration, nationalism, and ethnicity.
Written in an accessible and student-friendly style, this volume includes a tim
eline and glossary, and suggestions for further reading. The volume is further
illustrated with maps, photos and political cartoons. The author introduces st
udents to important ideas and themes while allowing time for substantive use of
other supplementary and primary materials. Students of history, political scie
nce, sociology, and any reader needing a broad overview of the sweep of modern
European history will find this book indispensable. </td><td>Davi
d S. Mason is Professor Emeritus, Butler University, Indianapolis, USA.</td><td>
IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4550-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hill Pol
itics in Northeast India</td><td>S. K. Chaube</td><td>2012</td><td>320</td><td>3
15.0000</td><td>Since the middle of the nineteenth century, the northea
st has grown from ethnocentric tribal organisations to territorial autonomous
structures through a profound process of change in all spheres of life and soci
ety led by an educated and sophisticated middle class. The
third, revised edition of Hill Politics in Northeast Ind
ia traces the political evolution of the region, excl
uding Sikkim, from the first half of the eighteenth century when British admini
stration was formally set up in Assam to the twenty-first century. This volume
looks at how many of the political concerns that continue to plague the region
till today have their roots in the past. It, however, also contends that while
historical problems remain, there has been increasing awareness and interaction
between the people of the northeast and the rest of India. This thoroughly rev
ised edition includes updated text and tables that will help readers gain a hol
istic view of the politics of the hills in the twenty-first century. 
The book will be of particular interest to students and scholars of po
litical science, sociology and history. It will also be useful for administrato
rs and lay readers who are interested in the northeast. </td><td>S. K.
Chaube retired as Professor, Department of Political Science, University of Del
hi.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4656-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Polio Era
dication and Its Discontents: A Historians Journey Through an International Publi
c Health (Un)Civil War</td><td>William Muraskin</td><td>2012</td><td>168</td><td
>675.0000</td><td>There are many
infectious diseases which kill millions of children every year the world over,
but polio is not one of them. So why did the World Health Assembly in 1988 choo
se the eradication of polio as a global goal? This is the key question that Wil
liam Muraskin asks and it inexorably leads to the unravelling of the official h
eroic story of the fight against polio.
The author finds that the public
health agenda of every single nation of the world was effectively hijacked by
a small group of people working at the global level. They were out to show that
eradication was a viable tool in fighting the disease. For this group, the dis
ease of poliomyelitis was not in itself primarily significant but rather it was
a disease of opportunity which could be used to prove that disease  era
dication in general was a viable instrument of public health. 
Muraskin finds that the most pow
erfully argued and cogent protest against the topdown global polio eradication e
ffort, and the distortion in national health priorities that has resulted from
it, comes from India.  A distinguished group of Indian medical doctors
and scientists, whom he calls the Indian Dissenters, speak not only for their n
ation but for most other developing countries as well
Polio Eradication a
nd Its Discontents reveals the decades-old fight between propone
nts of the Sabin Oral Polio Vaccine (OPV) and the champions of the Salk Inactiv
ated Polio Vaccine (IPV). It also highlights the potential long-term economic b
urden on the developing world that has resulted from the vaccine choices made a
t the global level.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify&q
uot;>William Muraskin is Professor in the Department of Ur
ban Studies, Queens College, City University of New York.</div></td><td>WO
RLD</td><td>History</td>

9302002).
History</td>
ory of Assam: From Yandabo to Partition</td><td>Priyam Goswami</td><td>2012</td>
<td>308</td><td>270.0000</td><td><ul>
<li style="text-align: justify">This text covers an important
period in the history of modern northeast India, from the Treaty of Yandabo in
1826 that marked the beginning of British expansion in the region, till Partiti
on in 1947. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">It discusses the history of th
e colonial province of Assam, which included most of modern Assam, Meghalaya, N
agaland, Mizoram and Arunachal Pradesh. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">It details the colonial expans
ion and associated political developments and also analyses the important socia
l, cultural and economic changes during the period. </li>
<li style="text-align: justify">A key aspect is its focus on t
he growth of political consciousness in the region and the impact of the pan-In
dian national movement on the society and politics of the region. </li>
</ul></td><td>Priyam Goswami is Professor, Department o
f History, Gauhati University, Guwahati.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
t;

f Ahmedabad. 
td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4651-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Poli
tical Structure of Early Medieval South India</td><td>Kesavan Veluthat</td><td>2
012</td><td>308</td><td>425.0000</td><td>A major intervention in Indian
historiography when it was first published, this book examines the power struc
ture of the four monarchies of south India under the Pallava, Pa??ya, Cera and
Col?a kingdoms from the seventh through thirteenth centuries of the Common Era
. In this revised edition, the author has added a new ‘Introduction&a
mp;rsquo; in which he addresses the question of when, chronologically, the proc
ess of formation of a ‘state’ becomes visible in south Indi
a. He also examines the causative factors that brought about these changes at t
hat particular juncture in history. The new introduction adds immense value to
this important book on medieval south Indian history. It will be useful for stu
dents and scholars who wish to learn about the nature of state in early medieva
l India as a whole.</td><td>Kesavan Veluthat is Professor, Department
of History, University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4562-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Engines
of Change: The Railroads That Made India</td><td>Ian J. Kerr</td><td>2012</td><t
d>236</td><td>795.0000</td><td>The railway, handmaiden of British colo
nial rule in India and midwife of South Asian nationalisms, was at the infrastr
uctural core of the making of modern India. Few dimensions of India and India
n lifepolitical, economic, cultural, spatialescaped the shaping influences of the
engines of change. 
This book provides the non-specialist with an introduction to the hist
ory of Indias railways, and to the many ways the railways shaped the making of m
odern India. Engines of Change
is a brief, readable, contextualized introduction to Indias railway past. The r
ailway history of India is placed in a broad setting to illustrate the many wa
ys in which the railways made India, and the ways in which wider forces, notabl
y colonialism, shaped the railways India got. 
Operating railways in India date from 1853 and by 1900 the network of
lines in India was the worlds fourth longest. India provided the pre-eminent e
xample of railway development in Asia and Africa. Today, the Indian rail s
ystem continues to rank among the worlds largest. </td><td>Ia
n J. Kerr is a retired professor of History and Senior Scholar in the Departmen
t of History at the University of Manitoba, Canada. He is also Professorial Re
search Associate in the Department of History at the School of Oriental and Afr
ican Studies at the University of London. His publications include 
27 Down: New Departures in Indian Railway Studies.</td><td
>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>History</td>

<td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4292-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Demograph
y and Democracy: Essays on Nationalism, Gender and Ideology</td><td>Himani Banne
rji</td><td>2011</td><td>284</td><td>850.0000</td><td>Demography and Democracy deals with different aspects of hegemony, nationalism, criteria
for citizenship and democracy. In the process this book examines complexities
of civil society involving culture, class, politics and the relations between c
ivil society and the state. Nationalism in plural terms, decolonisation, as wel
l as analysis of ideology, including contemporary political ideologies, are the
overarching themes of this book. The author explores the complexities of moder
n-day nationalisms from the perspective of marxist anti-colonial feminism. Focu
sing on ethnic nationalism and the racialised nature of imperialism of our time
, the volume draws on examples from India, Israel, United States and its allies
. Cultural political identities of the Hindu right, Zionism and other religious
fundamentalisms are discussed in detail.
The author explores the connect
ions between ideology and politics across regional national spaces. She shows t
he overlapping features between Hindutva in India and Zionism in Israel. This i
nvolves an examination of the constitution of cultural/ethnic identities in ter
ms of the construction of the self and the other. The essays also carry on a sust
ained analysis of how patriarchy provides a taken-for-granted mediation through
which the self and other relationships are constituted.
The volume will be useful to stud
ents and scholars of sociology, political science, womens studies and history, a
s well as those interested in contemporary South Asia.</td><td><p&
gt;Himani Banerji is Professor of Sociology, York University,
Ontario.</td><td>IN,NP,PK,BD,BT,LK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4305-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>A Grief t
o Bury: Memories of Love, Work & Loss </td><td>Vasanth Kannabiran</td><td>20
ot;>A Grief to Bury: Memories of Love, Work and Loss</stron
g> is a series of conversations with women about marriage and widowhood. The
women speak here with frankness and candour about their often quite unconventi
onal relationships with their husbands, and of coming to terms with the loss of
a life-long partner. Despite the grief, despite an altered and often fractured
sense of self, each woman is determined to live a productive and creative life
.  
Reflecting the social history of
a class of women born before Independence, this volume explores how the institu
tion of marriage shaped their lives. These are extraordinary women, who have li
ved rich, full lives where work has not been separated from leisure, nor has th
e private world of home and family been separated from the wider world of work
and social commitment. As such they have redefined marriage and family, and equ
ally the public sphere of work to make both inclusive spaces. 
This collection of interviews rai
ses important questions: Is it possible to retain your identity and hold on to
your beliefs in a long marriage? What is the line that separates and insulates
home and family from community and nation? How do these women breathe normally
and smile graciously while coping with a shock that uproots and erases chunks o
f the self? What happens when a long and supportive partnership ends?
Eminent personalities, among the
m, Neera Desai, Meenakshi Mukherjee, Ela Bhatt, K. Saradamoni and Shanta Ramesh
war Rao discuss their long partnerships of shared visions and love. Their choic
es, their struggles, and their indomitable will may provide answers to countles
s young people today. Apart from a general readership, this book will also appe
al to students and scholars of sociology and gender studies.
</td><td>Vasanth Kannabi
ran is a feminist poet and writer. She is a founder-member of Asmita C
ollective, which works on issues of women's rights.</td><td>World<
. 
al work.
subject.
;.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
ngs of Richard Falk: Towards Humane Global Governance </td><td>Richard Falk</td>
<td>2012</td><td>560</td><td>1250.0000</td><td>Richard Fa
lk has been an inspirational figure for scholars of internationa
l law and international relations for more than five decades. His seminal writi
ngs, drawing on a range of intellectual traditionsanarchist, humanist, feminist,
liberal and Marxisthave offered radical thinking on issues ranging from the Vie
tnam War and the Israeli-Palestinian conflict to the 9/11 terrorist attacks in
the US. A prolific writer, Falk has made path-breaking contributions in clarify
ing the role of international law in a turbulent world, reforming the United Na
tions system and promoting international environmental protection and justice.&
lt;/p>
This volume brings together 20 of Falks landmark essays, each resonat
ing with his commitment towards establishing what he calls a system of humane g
lobal governance. Divided into five sections, these essays cover a variety of i
ssues: the major challenges before international legal scholarship today, the f
ailure of the United Nations to take the discourse of global democracy and glob
al justice forward, the need to reform the UN, the international communitys focu
s on protection and sustainability and the neglect of justice, and the untapped
potential of international human rights law to achieve global justice. The way
forward, Falk emphasizes, is to establish, through global social movements, de
mocratic global political structures in the new millennium.
The Foreword by B. S. Chimni is a fitting tribute from a well known
scholar of international law. He writes, Falk is an embodiment of a critical int
ellectual who has never hesitated to speak truth to power. Published for the fir
st time in India, The Writings of Richard Falk: Towards
Humane Global Governance is a must-read for students
and scholars of international law, international relations and political scienc
e.</td><td>Richard Falk is Prof
essor Emeritus of International Law at Princeton University, USA. He has author
ed or co-authored 25 books, and edited or co-edited another 25 books. Falk is
also United Nations Special Rapporteaur on Occupied Palestine. </td><t
d>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4250-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dalit Pe
rsonal Narratives: Reading Caste, Nation and Identity</td><td>Raj Kumar</td><td>
2011</td><td>308</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Autobiography as a literary g
enre is diverse and complexand Dalit Personal Narratives is an attempt to understand its multiple meanings expressed and mediated t
hrough different identities such as caste, class, ethnicity, religion, language
and gender. 
Raj Kumar's pioneering book primarily examines Dalit autobiographie
s. It is a historic breakthrough because till recently, Dalits in India were vo
iceless. These narratives thus symbolise how Dalits are breaking down the age-o
ld barrier of silence. Focusing on multiple marginalities pertaining to caste,
nation and identity, the author has followed an inter-disciplinary approach ac
ross disciplines such as history, sociology, law, religion, philosophy and gend
er studies apart from English literature, to bring to the reader the remarkably
different personal narratives of both Dalit men and women. The autobiographies
are located against a socio-cultural background, along with the emergence of D
alit literature, Dalit life-narratives, while revealing their everyday caste an
d class exploitations that call for the restoration of dignity and self-respect
. In itself, the very emergence of Dalit autobiography is an act of resistance
because Dalits are using this opportunity to assert their identities through th
eir writings. Through the autobiographies, one gets a glimpse into the life of a
community struggling against deprivation, discrimination and exploitation at
the hands of a society ridden with caste biases and unequal opportunities.
It also traces the origin of autobiographical writing in the West and
follows its development both thematically and structurally by analysing the auto
biographies of Saint Augustine, Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Benjamin Franklin and J.
S. Mill. Also discussed are autobiographies of upper caste Indian public perso
nalities, including M. K. Gandhi and Jawaharlal Nehru. The personal narratives
of upper caste Indian women, howeverlike Rassundari Devi, Binodini Dasi and othe
rsreveal their under-privileged status in a patriarchal system. Raj Kumar is an
Associate Professor in the Department of English, Delhi University. His research
areas include autobiographical studies, Dalit literature, Indian writing in Eng

lish, Oriya literature and post-colonial studies. He has been a Fellow at the In
dian Institute of Advanced Study, Shimla in 1999 and has published in journals s
uch as Social Action, Sateertha Bulletin, The Fourth World, Creative Forum and L
anguage Forum. Raj Kumar has also translated literary texts from Indian language
s, especially from Oriya into English.
</td><td>Raj Kumar is an Associate Profes
sor in the Department of English, Delhi University. His research areas include a
utobiographical studies, Dalit literature, Indian writing in English, Oriya lit
erature and post-colonial studies. He has been a Fellow at the Indian Institute
of Advanced Study, Shimla in 1999 and has published in journals such as <st
rong>Social Action, Sateertha Bulletin, The Fourth World, Creative Forum and
Language Forum. Raj Kumar has also translated literary texts fr
om Indian languages, especially from Oriya into English.</td><td>Worl
<td>978-81-250-4248-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>From Hind
i to Urdu: A Social and Political History</td><td>Tariq Rahman</td><td>2011</td>
;A first of its kind, this book traces the political history and genealogy of Ur
du. It also looks at the domains in which the language is used by both Hindus a
nd Muslims of northern India.</td><td>Tariq Rahman is an HEC Distinguished National
Professor of Sociolinguistic History and Professor Emeritus at the National Inst
itute of Pakistan Studies, Qaid-E-Azam University, Islamabad.</td><td>
IN</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4204-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Call
of the Sea: Kachchhi Traders in Muscat and Zanzibar, c. 18001880</td><td>Dr Chhay
a Goswami</td><td>2011</td><td>360</td><td>995.0000</td><td>Drawing on archival sources, <s
trong>The Call of the Sea examines the sig
nificant role played by Kachchhi traders in connecting Muscat and&amp
;nbsp;Zanzibar to the thriving emporiums of Bombay an
d Mandvi. It provides an insight into the business environment and sophisticate
d sea-trade network in the western Indian Ocean that existed in the n
ineteenth century. Kachchhi entrepreneurs carried on a flourishing trade in ivo
ry and cloves, among other products. They also acted as bankers and financiers,
and operated an effective credit network for Indian mercantile communities.&am
p;nbsp;The maritime history of the mercantile communities from Kachchhi is inte
rwoven with the history of the littoral societies of Muscat and Zanzibar.</td><td>Dr Chhaya Goswami is an independent sch
olar based in Mumbai, and was a lecturer in Elphinstone College, Mumbai.</p&g
<td>978-81-250-4206-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Communali
sm & The Intelligentsia in Bihar, 18701930 </td><td>Hitendra Patel</td><td>2
uot;>This volume gives an account of the rise of Hindu communalism in Bihar
in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, and its relationship with
the nationalist ideology, through the activities of the intelligentsia. It sho
ws how a Hindi-speaking intelligentsia emerged, carrying with it notions of his
tory, identity and visions of a new social order where caste, national and relig
ious loyalties co-existed. While Hindu communal forces were unable to match the
dominance of the Congress with its view of a composite nationalism, the presen
ce of the former in the political spectrum was significant. Hitendra Patel narr
ates the Bihari intelligentsias efforts to mobilise people and disseminate Hindu
symbols and stereotypes, while trying to give legitimacy to a communal view of t
heir nationalism. He discusses two movements that aroused widespread passions:
one for the use of Hindi, replacing Urdu, in education and the law courts from
the 1860s, and the other for cow protection. The growth of the Hindi press and a
nti-Bengali sentiments are outlined. Patel also analyses intra-community discou
rses on lower-caste inclusion, revealing divisions within the Hindu fold.&n
bsp;</td><td>Hitendra Patel teaches at the
Department of History at Rabindra Bharati University, Kolkata</td><td
<td>978-81-250-4279-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Feminine
Power in the Mahabharata</td><td>Kevin McGrath</td><td>2011</td><td>240</td><td>
795.0000</td><td>STRI
is a study of bronze-age femininity as portrayed in the Mahabharata. It focuse
s on the roles of wife, daughter-in-law, and mother, and also on the kinship gr
oups. McGrath examines marriage systems and patterns of courtship as well as sh
owing how different stages in a woman's life are depicted by this epic. He
carefully demonstrates that the voice of women during pre-classical times was c
rucial for sustaining and maintaining dharma in society and he shows how the ma
triline dominated cultural life in the court at Hastinapura. The Sanskrit trans
lations of these womens voices are both impeccable and beautiful. 
Feminists, historians, and scholars of Indian antiquity will find grea
t truth in this work, a truth that is profoundly relevant for twenty-first-cent
ury India. </td><td>Kevin McGrath is an As
sociate of the Department of Sanskrit and Indian Studies at Harvard University.
His previous publications include The Sanskrit Hero. <
/td><td>IN,PK,NP,BD,BT,LK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4263-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Before t
he Divide: Hindi and Urdu Literary Culture</td><td>Francesca Orsini (Ed.)</td><t
y">Based on a workshop on 'Intermediary Genres in Hindi and Urdu&#3
9;, Before the Divide: Hindi and Urdu Literary Culture </stron
g>is an attempt to rethink aspects of the literary histories of these two la
nguages.
Today, Hindi and Urdu are consid
ered two separate languages, each with its own script, history, literary canon
and cultural orientation. Yet, pre-colonial India was a deeply multilingual soc
iety with multiple traditions of knowledge and literary production. Historicall
y the divisions between Hindi and Urdu were not as sharp as we imagine them tod
ay. The essays in this volume reassess the definition and identity of language
in the light of this. Its aim is to move away from the received historical narr
atives of Hindi and Urdu, and look afresh at the textual material available in
order to attempt a more complex picture of the north Indian literary culture th
at is more attuned to the nuances of register, accent, language choice, genre a
nd audiences.
Various factors that would lead o
ne to consider a broader range of texts and tastes that lay before poets and wr
iters in those times are examined. For instance, why did a Sant write in Nagari
Rekhta? Why did a Persian poet or an Avadhi Sufi mix Hindavi and Persian? What
ever their motivations, all these cases speak of an awareness of multiple liter
ary models. It also implies a keenness towards experimenting with other literar
y or oral traditions that go against the purist intentions of modern literary h
istorians.
This volume thus looks at the rea
rticulation of language and its identity in the late nineteenth and early twent
ieth centuries and will be useful for students of modern Indian history, langua
ge studies and cultural studies.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Francesca Ors
ini is Reader in the Literatures of North India at the School of Orien
tal and African Studies, University of London. She is the author of The Hindi Pu
blic Sphere, Print and Pleasure: Popular Literature and Entertaining Fictions in
Colonial North India (forthcoming) and is the editor of Love in South Asia.
Contributors
Imre Bangha, Lecturer in Hindi in the Oriental Institute, University of Oxford.
Allison Busch, Assistant Professor of Hindi-Urdu Language and Literature at the
University of Columbia.
Thomas de Bruijn is the author of a monograph on Malik Muhammad Jayasi's Pad
mavat (The Ruby Hidden in the Dust, 1996) and of several articles on medieval Av
adhi literature and on the contemporary New Short Story in Hindi. He works at th
e University of Leiden.
Lalita du Perron, Associate Director of the Centre for South Asia at the Univers
ity of Wisconsin at Madison.
Mehr Afshan Farooqi, Assistant Professor of South Asian Literature at the Univer
sity of Virginia.
Christina Oesterheld teaches Urdu in the Department of Modern South Asian Studie
s (Languages and Literatures) at the South Asia Institute, University of Heidelb
erg.
Valerie Ritter, Assistant Professor of South Asian Languages and Civilisations a
t the University of Chicago.</div></td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
India. </li>
ntries. </li>
ylvania</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>History</td>
Bharater Itihash</td><td>Bipan Chandra</td><td>2012</td><td>368</td><td>260.0000
</td><td>Adhunik Bharater Itihash is the B
angla edition of History of Modern India&
lt;/em> by Bipan Chandra published by Orient BlackSwan. 
The book surveys Indian History from eighteenth century to 1947. This
book deals with the nature of British imperialism and the policies pursued by i
t in India and their impact on the Indian economy, society and culture. The Ind
ian response to the British imperialism and the rise of Indian Nationalism are
also studied. The book also provides the information about social and religious
reform movements which were prominent at that time. The book gives comprehensi
ve knowledge about the history of Modern India. 

This book is also available in English, Hindi and Oriya.</td
><td>Bipan Chandra is a well known historian. He wa
s Professor of History at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, where he is p
resently an Emeritus Professor. Currently he is the Chairman of National Book T
rust, New Delhi. He is the author of famous books like Epic Struggle&
lt;/em>, Aetihasik Sanfgarsh, Nationalism and
Colonialism in Modern India and Essays in Nationalism published by us.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
ities.
lhi.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
ent at Glasgow University, UK.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4476-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sunset o
f the Sikh Empire</td><td>Sita Ram Kohli (Au.), Khushwant Singh (Ed.)</td><td>20
12</td><td>222</td><td>565.0000</td><td>Sunset
of the Sikh Empire is the last book of Sita Ram Kohli
, edited by Khushwant Singh and published posthumously in 1967. The book provid
es a detailed history of the ten years between the death of Maharaja Ranjit Sin
gh and the annexation of the Sikh Empire by the British. The author has utilise
d a huge mass of material pertaining to Maharaja Ranjit Singhs timesabout three l
akh folios covering the period of the Lahore Darbar from 1811 to 1849, kept in
the tomb of Anarkali at Lahoreand British archival material from the National Ar
chives, New Delhi. Day-to-day events are explained in detail, with dates being
cross-referenced from various sources. This classic reissue retains the sanctit
y of the 1967 edition while giving it a completely new look.
This authoritative work is a primary sourcebook that will appeal to st
udents and scholars of history and colonial studies.
</td><td>Sita Ram Kohli (18891962) was one of the most renowned histori
ans of the Sikh Empire. He was a lecturer in history at the Government College,
Lahore and retired, in 1951, as Principal of Ranbir College, Sangrur, Punjab.
Professor Kohli served on a number of historical organisations such as the Indi
an Historical Records Commission, Indian History Congress and Punjab History C
onference. Punjabi University, Patiala, instituted an annual lecture series in
his honour. He compiled the Catalogue of Khalsa Darbar Records </e
m>(in two volumes), and published in both Punjabi and English. </t
d><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4501-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Medical P
luralism in Contemporary India</td><td>V. Sujatha and Leena Abraham</td><td>2012
</td><td>408</td><td>975.0000</td><td>Medical P
luralism in Contemporary India questions the dominant
view of indigenous systems of medicine as cultural remnants of a traditional pa
st. It points out that their practitioners greatly outnumber those of biomedici
ne (allopathy) and explores the reasons behind the enduring presence and import
ance of health care traditions such as ayurveda, siddha and unani.
The authors go beyond simplistic distinctions like traditionalmodern an
d scienceculture. They draw attention to the possibility of bridging the
divide between knowledge systems, and prepare the ground for a socially and cul
turally inclusive approach to healing and health care.
Aspects of commercialisation and globalisation of traditional medicine
s are also examined.</td><td>V. Sujatha</s
trong> is Associate Professor at the Centre for the Study of Social Systems,
Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.
Leena Abraham is Associate Professor at
the Centre for Studies in the Sociology of Education, Tata Institute of Social
Sciences, Mumbai.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4507-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Mysore Mo
dern: Rethinking the Region under Princely Rule</td><td>Janaki Nair</td><td>2012
;>Mysore Modern reconceptua
lizes Indian modernity through critical engagement with some important themes t
aken from the history of the Princely State of Mysore. In this work, Janaki N
air argues that the Princely Indian states were usually regarded as spaces that
were either defined entirely by the dominant narratives of colonial/national m
odernity or were relatively untouched by them. 
Grounded in political history, an
d deriving insights from a wide range of visual, social, and legal texts and is
sues, Mysore &lt
;em>Modern reperiodizes the modern by connecting th
ese apparently discrepant registers to build up a case for a specifically regio
nal, monarchical modern moment in Indian history. Nair examines mural and portrai
ture traditions, as well as forms of memorialization and nationalization of art
and architectural practices. The volume also considers bureaucratic efforts ce
ntered on the use of law and development as instruments of modernity.
As Nair demonstrates, a political
history of Mysore, and of its many experiments with modernity, while relying o
n such disparate prisms as art and architecture, the law, or the discourse of d
evelopment, challenges not only more conventional narratives of Mysores modern p
ast, but signals the necessity of taking the region, rather than the nation, as
the ground for specifying forms of Indian modernity. 
The work will be of interest not
just to those specialists who work on the history of Mysore/Karnataka, but also
to art historians, social and legal historians, while appealing to many who ar
e more generally engaged in rethinking both the region and Indian modernity.&lt
;/p>
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Jankai Nair &
lt;/b>is Professor at the Centre for Historical Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru Uni
versity</div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4505-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Pedagogy
for Religion: Missionary Education and the Fashioning of Hindus and Muslims in B
engal</td><td>Parna Sengupta</td><td>2012</td><td>224</td><td>925.0000</td><td>&
lt;p>Offering a new approach to the study of religion and empire, this innova
tive book challenges a widespread myth of modernitythat Western rule has had a se
cularizing effect on the non-West. Sengupta reveals instead the paradox that the
pursuit and adaptation of modern vernacular education, mainly imported to the c
olonies by Protestant missionaries, opened up new ways for Indians to reformulat
e ideas of community along religious lines. Debates over the mundane aspects of
schooling, rather than debates between religious leaders, transformed the every
day definitions of what it meant to be a Christian, Hindu, or Muslim. 
Thus instruction in science also became a means to instruct the Ind
ian child about the primacy of reason and rationality over superstition. Modern
education, Pedagogy for Religion
argues, did not secularize religious traditions in India as much as it reformul
ated definitions of religion and religious community as a part of a larger globa
l process. 
This book will interest students of modern Indian history, Empire, educ
ation as well as gender studies. </td><td>Parna Sengupta is Associate Director of Stanford Introductory Studies at Stanford Univers
ity. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>History</td>
p>
rld</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3919-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Foundatio
ns of Tilaks Nationalism: Discrimination, Education and Hindutva</td><td>Parimala

V. Rao</td><td>2010</td><td>372</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>&l
t;strong>Foundations of Tilaks Nationalism: Discrimination, Education and Hin
dutva shows how, as opposed to being simply a struggl
e of the colonised against the colonisers oppression, the anti-colonial struggle
in India was much more nuanced and complicated. In this process, it examines t
he role of Bal Gangadhar Tilak and draws attention to issues concerning educati
on, gender, caste, peasantry and communalism, how these were interlinked and ha
d a decisive influence on his anti-colonial nationalism. The study also deconst
ructs the categories of the moderate and the extremist, the reformer and the or
thodox and questions the validity of calling reformers like M. G. Ranade, G. K.
Gokhale, N. G. Chandavarkar and G. G. Agarkar as moderates, collaborators and
compradors of colonial rule. This book critically analyse
s Tilaks stance against a single Indian nationality free from caste and religiou
s prejudices and gender inequalities, of how he advocated the hegemonic control
of the landed elites over society contrary to that of the Reformers and inquir
es into the debates concerning the Nationalist agenda of preventing women and n
on-Brahmins from gaining access to education. Tilaks was a patriarchal and ortho
dox position, that ideated that teaching Hindu women to read and write would ru
in their traditional virtues making them immoral and subordinate. Criticism of
the caste system and allowing education to women and non-Brahmins, were accordi
ng to Tilak, un-national tendencies and against the Hindu nation. 
The
author also addresses the origin of the concept of Hindutva and locates it not i
n the conflict of interest between the Hindus and Muslims, or the Hindus and th
e British, but in the discarding of religious neutrality and the enforcement of
caste restrictions. In this context, the author presents the ideology of Hindu
tva as one further away from the concept of Hinduism, a rigorous representation
of the Muslim other and traces in it the consequent rise of communalism.</p&g
t; In refuting the value premises of viewing an individual independen
t of caste identity, this book also sheds light on Tilaks constant ridicule of t
he Reformers emphasis on the Bhakti tradition as a source of spiritual guidance.
It introduces the reader to the vehement Nationalist critique of Vedic revival
ism, i.e., the advocation of the Vedic religion and a Vedic way of life, which
included Vedic rituals, relaxation of rigid caste restrictions and improvement
in the condition of women by adopting post-puberty marriage, widow marriage and
the education of girls that attempted to incorporate the lower caste groups in
to its foldshattering the social and economic hegemony of the Brahmins.</p&gt
; This meticulous piece of scholarship is a crucial insight into Tila
ks role in Indias struggle for independence and questions the basis of his status
as an uncompromising champion of the freedom movement and his being projected
as the greatest Maharashtrian. In trying to read history from an entirely new
perspective, this book will be useful to students and scholars of modern Indian
history, education, political science and gender studies.</td><td>&lt
;p>Parimala V. Rao is Assistant Professor at Zakir Husain Centre for Educati
onal Studies, School of Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delh
i. She has written extensively on the nationalist discourse on gender, caste an
d peasantry.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>

and Sciences.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>History</td>

gt; </td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>History</td>
td><td>History</td>

ute of Persian Studies. </td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>History<
/td>
law.</td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>History</td>
n Wales and Orissa.</div></td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
>
;
;
</td><td>
lt;br />

Tod
d.
.</div></td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
of Medicine at the University of Oxford.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Histo
ry</td>
<td>978-81-250-3703-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Crises an
d Creativities: Middle Class - Bhadralok in Bengal, c.193952</td><td>Amit Kumar G

upta</td><td>2009</td><td>352</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>The 1940s was t
he decade of crisis and change in Bengal. The years that began with famine, war
and devastation ended with rioting, death and mass migration as a land, its peop
le and its soul were partitioned. In the darkness of terrible human tragedy, how
ever, twinkled significant triumphs of human achievement. Bengali intellectualis
m flourished on either side of Independence, and new landmarks were erected in t
hought, art and aesthetics. The bhadralok, a multilayered social category compri
sing educated professionals, translatable literally as gentlemen and as middle class in socioeconomic terms confronted change with a mi
x of radicalism and reaction. The loftiness of the resultant intellectual produc
t was in inverse proportion to the drastic fall in the general conditions of lif
e. Littérateurs and artists broke out of the elitism of their predecessors
to experiment with new forms, and thinkers and theoreticians adapted the philoso
phical debates of 20th century Europe to contemporary Indian circumstances. This
book is an account of the Bengali bhadraloks distinctive creative response to hi
storical circumstances that remain without parallel in the rest of India in the
years both before and after their passage. It evaluates aesthetic resurgence in
socio-economic perspective, following its many twists and turns, and mapping its
essentially non-conformist, liberating and egalitarian spirit. It will be of gr
eat interest to students of social crisis and cultural change, and everyone seek
ing to appraise artistic responses to historical realities.</td><td>Am
it Kumar Gupta has worked as a teacher, editor and researcher with the Scottish
Church College, the Indian Council of Historical Research, the Centre for Contem
porary Studies, the Nehru Memorial Museum and Library and the UGC.</td><td>World
</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3706-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>My Life
is My Message, Sadhana (1869-1905), Volumes 1-4</td><td>Narayan Desai, translate
d from the original Gujarati by Tridip Suhrud</td><td>2009</td><td>2400</td><td>
4995.0000</td><td>Most biographies of Mahatma Gandhi tell the story of a great political leader who led India to freedom.
But for Gandhi, his politics was a part of his spiritual quest. Swaraj meant s
elf-rule and not merely political autonomy, and Gandhis struggles were meant to
aid the quest for individual self-perfection. Everything he didthe Dandi march o
r his fasts for self-purificationwas part of this struggle for self-realisation.

This English translation of Narayan Desais epic four-volume biography i
n Gujarati, Maru Jivan Ej Mari Vanihailed as one of the fin
est insights into the life of Gandhibrings alive Gandhis quest as one indivisible
whole, in which the political is not outside the realm of the spiritual. <em&gt
;My Life is My Messageliberates the Gand
hi story from the constraining tyranny of political discourse and gives centre
stage to his soulsearchings. The struggle within and the struggle without, are bo
th seen as aspects of the same realityjust as the inner journey of the self is d
epicted in its interaction with the life of the collective. What emerges is a f
ull picture of Gandhi. 
Drawing from a wealth of sourceswhat Gandhi wrote in letters, books and
newspapers, spoke in intimate conversations with his fellow servant co-workers,
and in speeches and interviews, besides what those around him wrote and spoke a
bout himthe narrative is illumined, above all, by the authors own life as an inve
terate Gandhijan, ever since his childhood years in Gandhis a
shrams.</td><td>Born in 1924 to Durgaben and Mahadev Desai,
Narayan Desai chose not to have a formal education. He had f
athers and Gandhijis blessings for the decision. He worked in Gandhijis secretaria
t with his father from 193646, and participated in freedom movement. Later, he w
as a very active participant and leader in Vinoba Bhaves Bhoodan movement from 1
95260, and with Jayaprakash Narayan from 196076. He walked 12,000 km, received 30
00 acres of land as gift and distributed it. He was National Secretary of the &
lt;em>Shanti Sena, the All India Peoples Committee, Chairman of the
War Resistors International, and Founder Member and Director of the World Peac
e Brigade. An accomplished author and editor, he has written over 50 books in
Gujarati, Hindi and English and has edited Bhoomiputra, Yaqueen, Buniyadi Yaqueen, Taru
n Mun and Sarvodaya Jagat. He has won many awar
ds that include the Bharatiya Gyaanpeeth Murtidevi Award, the Sahitya Academy A
ward and the Ranajitram Gold medal (highest literary award in Gujarati). In add
ition he received the Jamnalal Bajaj Award for constructive work and UNESCO Awa
rd for Non-Violence and Tolerance. Currently, he is Chancellor of the Gujarat V
idyapeeth, founded by Gandhiji in 1920, President of the Gujarati Sah
itya Parishad. He is currently engaged in rendering Gandhi <em&gt
;katha in India and abroad and taking Gandhijis message to the youth.
 The Translator<b&
gt; Tridip Suhrud is a political scientist and a cultural historian,
working on the Gandhian intellectual tradition and the social history of Gujar
at of the 19th and 20th centuries. He has translated the works of Ashis Nandy a
nd Ganesh Devy into Gujarati and novelist Suresh Joshi into English. He transla
ted and edited C.B. Dalals Harilal Gandhi: A Life ( Orient
Blackswan, 2007). His other books imclude Writing Life: Three Gujarat
i Thinkers (Orient Blackswan, 2008), Hind Swaraj Vishe and An Autobiography or The Story of My Experiments with Trut
h: A Table of Concordance. He has worked (with Suresh Sharma) on a b
ilingual critical edition of Hind Swaraj (forthcoming, Orie
nt Blackswan). At present he is working on the English translation of Govardham
ram Tripathis four-part novel n. He is a Professor at Dhirubhai Ambani Institute
of Information and Communication Technology, Gandhinagar. </td><td>World</td><
td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3725-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Wives, W
idows and Concubines: The Conjugal Family Ideal in Colonial India</td><td>Mythel
i Sreenivas</td><td>2009</td><td>184</td><td>625.0000</td><td>The book examines how the family became the centre
of intense debates about identity, community, and nation in colonial Tamil Nad
u. Developing ideas about love, marriage and desire were inextricably linked to
caste politics, the colonial economy, and nationalist agitation. The book argu
es that notions of community centred around the changing family were fundamenta
l to shaping national identity in the early twentieth century. </p&
gt;
Emerging earliest among professio
nal and mercantile elites seeking to reform colonial property relations, and fu
eled by the feminist and anti-caste politics of nationalist movements, this emp
hasis on conjugality took numerous, sometimes contradictory, forms.  O
n the one hand, conjugality provided a language with which women laid claim to
a host of rights, from the right to inherit a deceased husbands property to the
right to seek emotional and sexual fulfillment in marriage.  On the ot
her hand, appeals to conjugality also served to reinscribe womens oppression bot
h inside and outside marriage.  Mapping this complex history in relat
ion to the culture, politics, and economy of the Tamil region, the bookopens ne
w arenas of inquiry about the family and colonial modernity in South Asia. Re
cipient of the Joseph W. Elder Prize in the Indian Social Sciences from the Ame
rican Institute of Indian studies this book would be of special interest to his
torians of modern South Asia, as well as anthropologists, sociologists with an
interest in women and gender. 
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Mytheli Sreen
ivas is Assistant Professor of History and Womens Studies at The Ohio
State University.  She studied history at Yale University and the Univ
ersity of Pennsylvania.  Her research in Chennai, New Delhi, and Lond
on has been supported by several prestigious fellowships, including a Fulbrigh
t-Hays award, and has been published in the Journal of Womens History &
lt;/em>and the Journal of Asian Studies.</div></td
><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3749-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Wicke
d City: Crime and Punishment in Colonial Calcutta</td><td>Sumanta Banerjee</td><
td>2009</td><td>656</td><td>1195.0000</td><td><div style="text-align: ju
stify">Jal, juochuri, mithye katha / Ei tin niye Kolikata</e
m> (Forgery, swindling and falsehood: these three make up Calcutta)A popular c
ouplet from early-eighteenth-century Calcutta.</div><div style="t
ext-align: justify">This elegant, impeccably researched and wide-rangin
g work of social history is a riveting journey into the underworld of colonial
Calcutta.</div> From dust
y official files to half-forgotten popular literature of a dark past, 
The Wicked City unravels a fascinating
panorama of crime in the colonial metropolis over two centuries. It begins in t
he eighteenth century with the plots of bribery and murderous vendetta hatched
in Governor Warren Hastings office in the White Townthe tiny European part of th
e city. The story then moves into the dingy backstreets of the Black Townthe vast,
sprawling Bengali habitationand offers a glimpse into the world of indigenous d
acoits. As the eighteenth century flickers out, a new century sees the dawn of
new types of crimes like counterfeiting, even as the technology used in old for
ms of crime like burglary, becomes increasingly more sophisticated.
In this onward march of crime in
the course of Calcuttas rise from fledgling town to giant metropolis, a process
ion of colourful characters emerged and thrived in all their diabolic grandeur.
With all their imagination and creative devices, they elevated crime to the st
atus of art. After im
mersing itself in the world of criminals, the book shifts its gaze towards the ap
paratus built by the colonial rulers to deal with them. In doing so, what clear
ly emerges is the symbiotic relationship between urban crimesspawned by the colo
nial ethic of acquisitiveness and aggressive pursuit of self-interestand the new
laws and modes of punishment, fashioned by the colonial rulers to control thos
e crimes.</td><td>Sumanta Banerjee Born and educated in Calcutta,  he has
been a journalist by profession for more than forty years. Currently based in D
ehradun, he writes political commentaries on current events in India, and is en
gaged in research on popular culture and social history of nineteenth-century B
engal. His published works include In the Wake of Naxalbari
(1980); The Parlour and the Streets: Elite and Popular Culture in Nin
eteenth Century Calcutta (1989); Dangerous Outcast: The P
rostitute in Nineteenth Century Bengal (1998); and Logic in
a Popular Form: Essays on Popular Religion in Bengal (2002).</p&
gt;</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
of India 17071857</td><td>Lakshmi Subramanian (Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>264</td>
<td>295.0000</td><td>The period 17071857 was punctuated by dramatic even
ts which had porofound consequences for the history of the subcontinent. The a
scendency of the British colonial enterprise was a more complex process than wa
s conventionally understood, and scholarship from the 1980s has contributed to
a more nuanced understanding of this period of flux. This authoritative textboo
k identifies and examines the processes of social and political change that too
k place over a century and a half. 
Synthesising and analysing decades of research on this period,<stro
ng> History of India 17071857, covers the
following main themes:
<ul>
<li>The disintegration of the Mughal Empire, the emergence of successor
states, and the establishment of the East India Companys dominance in the subco
ntinent. It also examines the debate around the so-called eighteenth century tr
ansition to capitalism, and the consequences of the colonial intervention. <
/li>
<li>The processes that aided consolidation of the Raj, its methods of g
overnance and the bliss of its economic set up.</li>
<li>Social and intellectual constructs which developed during this peri
od, laying the ground for colonial dominance as well as resistance to it.</l
i>
<li>A comprehensive overview of developments in the fields of culture,
art, literature, music and ideas during the eighteenth and early nineteenth ce
nturies. </li>
of 1857.</li>
</ul>
Each chapter is accompanied by maps and an up-to-date bibliography as
well as an extensive glossary, making this an essential textbook for undergradu
ate students of Indian history.</td><td>Lakshmi Subramanian i
s Professor of History in the Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Kolkata. S
he has previously taught at Jamia Millia Islamia (New Delhi), University of Cal
cutta and Visva-Bharati (Santiniketan)</td><td>World</td><td>History</
td>
<td>978-81-250-4113-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Idea
of Gujarat: History, Ethnography and Text</td><td>Edward Simpson and Aparna Kapa
dia (Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>284</td><td>850.0000</td><td>The hegemon
y of Indias states on the way the country is imagined is such that it is often f
orgotten that Gujarat only emerged as both a political unit and as a form of cu
ltural identity over the course of the last century. 
The Idea of Gujarat: History, Ethnography and T
ext critically examines the processes that went into
the formation of the region and in the process unsettles a series of convention
al wisdoms about the land and its inhabitants. Individual chapters examine the
work of courts, colonial officers, politicians, scholars and gods and goddesses
in the making of the state. As a whole, the book provides a broad introduction
to the idea of Gujarat, the scope of its history, the nature of its politics,
and the dynamics of its society.
It will be of use to students and scholars interested in the study of
Gujarat, and to those concerned with wider questions of identity formation, col
onial and post-colonial knowledge practices, and contemporary politics.</p&g
t;</td><td>Edward Simpson is a senior lect
urer in social anthropology at the School of Oriental and African Studies, Lond
on. 
Aparna Kapadia is a Mellon post-doctoral fellow at
the Faculty of Oriental Studies, University of Oxford. Her doctoral thesis e
xamined the nature of texts, power and kingship in medieval Gujarat. </td><td>Wo
g Medieval India, Sixteenth to Eighteenth Centuries: Politics, Economy, Religion
Vol. I</td><td>Meena Bhargava</td><td>2010</td><td>518</td><td>495.0000</td><td
>Bringing together the writings of eminent historians, &
lt;em>Exploring Medieval India, volumes I and II,
delve into the many interpretations, perspectives and complexities of Indian hi
story across the sixteenth to the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centurie
s. 
This volume comprises three broad thematic divisions: political consol
idation and the methods of legitimising rule; agrarian and commercial trends; a
nd religious trends and social movements. A critical introduction places the es
says in perspective and provides a broad framework for the study of Indian hist
ory. 
Section one begins with a discussion of the evolution of the numerous
political meanings of sharia in India. Focussing on diplomacy and diplomatic pro
cedures under the Mughals, this section presents process of social mobilisation
wherein an Ethiopian slave called Chapu becomes the Malik Ambar of Ahmednagar.
Section two on agrarian and commercial trends focuses on conformity and conflict
s between the tribes and the Mughal agrarian system, foreign merchants in weste
rn Indian sea ports, conflicts and cooperation among European traders, and a co
mparative discussion of forest people and policies of the Mughals and the East
India Company. The third section on religion, social movements and disputes dis
cusses Naqshbandi mysticism under Shaikh Ahmad Sirhindi, the rasa man
dala of the Gaudiya Vaishnava emanating from the mystical movement l
ed by Chaitanya, Aurangzebs religious policy and Mosque-Temple disputes in a lat
e eighteenth century chronicle. It further attempts a comprehensive reading of a
series of political and ideological currents underpinning empire-building stra
tegies over a major part of Eurasia in the sixteenth century.
This volume will be essential reading for both students and scholars o
f Medieval Indian History, regional political patterns, agrarian relations, mov
ements and uprisings during this period.
</td><td>Meena Bhargava is Associate Professor at the Department of His
tory, Indraprastha College, University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td
>History</td>
g Medieval India, Sixteenth to Eighteenth Centuries: Culture, Gender and Regiona
l Patterns Vol. II</td><td>Meena Bhargava (Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>590</td><td
>525.0000</td><td>Bringing together the writings of eminent historians
, Exploring Medieval India, volumes I and II, delve into the many interpretation
s, perspectives and complexities of Indian history across the sixteenth to the
late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 
Probing different aspects of Indias society and culture, this volume c
omprises four thematic clustersdiverse forms of culture; gender and medievalism;
patterns of transition; and region, regional formations and the Mughal Empire.
A comprehensive introduction places the essays in perspective showing how the
Mughal Empire remained composite, intricate and loosely-structured, perhaps heg
emonic but over a disparate, divergent, energetic and lively economy and societ
y. 
Focusing on culture in its diverse forms, section one brings to the fo
re the expansion of Persian as the language of power, the development of insha as a literary trend, the nuances of Mughal architecture, t
he importance of Mughal paintings and how they became a medium of recording the
history of the Mughal empire, the various genres of music and their explicit m
anifestations of the gender politics. Concepts of love, the politics of marriag
e and reproduction, and the role of women within and outside the confines of th
e Mughal household, form the second section. The third section discusses the em
ergence of provincial and regional political configurations, the shifts in the
Indian economy and traces the growing European influence in the rise of the Eas
t India Company. The last section contributes to the understanding of how and t
o what extent different geographical conditions determined the logistics of the
outer frontiers of the Mughal empire, the importance of centralisation of auth
ority around local rulers, the reasons behind Akbars territorial expansion, and
the continued presence of pluralistic socio-cultural centres characterised by H
indu-Muslim symbiosis. 
This book will be essential reading for students and scholars of histo
ry, linguistics, art and aesthetics, gender, regional history and those studyin
g the transition period. </td><td>Meena Bhargava is Associa
te Professor at the Department of History, Indraprastha College, University of
Delhi.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>History</td>

xploitation. 
d><td>History</td>
and African Studies, London.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4183-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Adhuniko
Bharat Itihas (Odiya)</td><td>Bipan Chandra</td><td>2011</td><td>376</td><td>2
50.0000</td><td>This is the Odiya edition of History of Modern India by
Bipan Chandra published by us. 
The book surveys Indian History from eighteenth century to 1947. This b
ook deals with the nature of British imperialism and the policies pursued by it
in India and their impact on the Indian economy, society and culture. The Indian
response to the British imperialism and the rise of Indian Nationalism are also
studied. The book also provides the information about social and religious refo
rm movements which were prominent at that time. The book gives comprehensive kno
wledge about the History of Modern India. </td><td>Bipan Chan
dra is a well known historian. He was Professor of History at Jawaharlal Nehru U
niversity, New Delhi, where he is presently an Emeritus Professor. Currently he
is the Chairman of National Book Trust, New Delhi. He is the author of books li
ke The Epic Struggle, Aetihasik
Sangharsh, Nationalism and Colonialism in Modern India and Essays in Nationalis
m published by us.
Odiya translation is by Dr Pritish Acharya, Bhubaneshwar.</td
<td>978-81-250-4187-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Invincibi
lity, Challenges and Leadership</td><td>K. V Krishna Rao</td><td>2011</td><td>45
2</td><td>1050.0000</td><td>Invincibility, Cha
llenges and Leadership is a product of a thorough stud
y and understanding of history, combined with the authors extensive personal and
professional experience in the army and government. K. V. Krishna Rao has used
his wide-ranging research and experience to give the reader an over-view of th
e development and rise of a few civilisations and empires in the course of huma
n history, and to examine the reasons for their downfall. He takes an in-depth
look at the causes and consequences of major wars in the twentieth century; and
the progress of the wars, explaining the course and impact of major battles f
ought. The author then closely looks at the life and role of major political an
d military rulers, to illustrate the development of these great leaders and exa
mine the impact they had on events. These examples are used to identify the rol
e of leadership in defining events, the characteristics and virtues of good lea
dership, and the consequences of the presence of these leaders in directing eve
nts.
As the author notes, to be effective leaders, or even good citizens, a
n understanding of history is vital, since that gives us an opportunity to lear
n from the past, and the chance to prevent repeating mistakes. This book clearl
y demonstrates this fact, by merging lessons from history and discussions about
possible future challenges. This book is a must-read for those interested in w
orld and military history, for current and future leaders and for an understand
ing of the development and qualities of leadership.
</td><td>General Krishna Rao successfully served fo
r forty-one years in the Army and eleven years as Governor, during a crucial pe
riod in the sensitive northeastern states and twice in Jammu and Kashmir. Duri
ng his tenure as Governor, he brought the disturbed situation due to insurgency
in the Northeast under full control. In Jammu and Kashmir which went through a
turbulent proxy war, he was instrumental in restoring normalcy, holding credib
le elections and restoring democracy, after Presidents rule for seven years. &lt
;/p>
During World War II, he served in Burma, the North-West Frontier and
Baluchistan. Thereafter, he was deeply involved in the first war against Pakist
an in the Rajauri-Poonch area in 194748, the second war against Pakistan in 196
5 in the Ladakh area where the Chinese also carried out some aggressive moves,
and the 1971 war in East Pakistan, leading to the liberation of Bangladesh. He
was awarded the highest award Param Vishisht Seva Medal for displaying outstandi
ng leadership, courage, determination and drive during the war. &nbs

p; </td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
thers.
ribal identity.
hropology. 
Department of History, University of Calcutta.</td><td>World</td><td>H
istory</td>
g of a Small State: Populist Social Mobilisation and the Hindi Press in the Utta
rakhand Movement</td><td>Anup Kumar</td><td>2011</td><td>356</td><td>1095.0000</
td><td>In 1994, the reactionary student agitation against OBC reservat
ions metamorphosed into a jan andolan (populist social mobi
lisation) for creation of Uttarakhand state. This study conceptualises jan ando
lan as a non-party populist political process that temporarily claims public sp
ace and often relies on the press to get its voices heard in the corridors of p
ower. The mobilisation for Uttarakhand was led by social activists and civic le
aders, who formed the Uttarakhand Samyukta Sangharsh Samiti
s, and was supported by the Hindi press, particularly Amar Ujala and Dainik Jagran.
Moving beyond explanations based on electoral caste politics, <em&g
t;The Making of a Small State traces the
roots of the political imagination of Uttarakhand in the series of socio-ecolo
gical protests, such as dhandaks (peasant protests) and Ch
ipko. The study suggests that the new regional movements are manifestations of
political and economic deprivation. They highlight developmental regionalism an
d the demand to restore communitys control over jal, <em&
gt;jungle and zameen. 
However, the paradox of the jan andolan was that the samitis, inspite
of their wide social base, failed to emerge as a political alternative. The stu
dy suggests that internal contradictions in the samitis, the dependency on the
press and the news culture opened the opportunity for the Bharatiya Janata Part
y and the Congress to co-opt the movement for statehood and undermine the core
socio-ecological issues by colonising the public space that was created by the
andolan.
This book is for both academic and general readers who are interested
in news media research, populist mobilisation, and political imagination of new
regional identities.
</td><td>Anup Kumar is Assistant Professor of Commun
ication in the School of Communication, Cleveland State University.</t
d><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4202-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Other Lan
dscapes: Colonialism and the Predicament of Authority in Nineteenth-Century Sout
h India</td><td>Deborah Sutton </td><td>2011</td><td>256</td><td>895.0000</td><t
d>Other Landscapes i
nvestigates the ordering and disordering of colonial authority in South India
during the nineteenth century. The colonisation of the Nilgiri hills required
a landscape to be constituted within the colonial bureaucratic order. This land
scape was organised by the imperatives of improvement and marked out by ethnogr
aphic, agricultural and arboreal typologies. It was against this scheme of peop
le, property and resources that colonial legislation and settler occupation wer
e to be consolidated. However, this imagined landscape over which legislation w
as passed could neither match nor capture the complexities of the many lives in
habiting the hills. In the spaces between legislation and the everyday, colonia
l authority was forced constantly to transgress of its own norms and principles
. Violence, inefficiency, corruption and loss of profit seeped through the marg
ins of colonial governance. 
Other Landscapes per
forms a double manoeuvre; mining the colonial archive for the histories of colo
nisation and using these histories as a means to interrogate the nature of the
authority which laid down that archive. 
This book will be of interest to historians, anthropologists, sociolog
ists and environmentalists.</td><td>deborah sut
ton is a lecturer in the Department of History, Lancaster Univers
ity.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK,PK</td><td>History</td>
nt.
1954.

r. Michelson Institute in Bergen, Norway</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK,PK</td><td>H
istory</td>
<td>978-81-250-4024-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Left Pol
itics in Bengal: Time Travels among Bhadralok Marxists</td><td>Monobina Gupta</t
d><td>2010</td><td>290</td><td>425.0000</td><td>This remarkable book tr
aces the Left Front governments rise to power in the wake of the Emergency. It
tells the story of how a communist almost became Indias Prime Minister; and how t
he CPI-M powering its way to electoral victory through promises of empowerment
to the most wretched, began gradually to betray its followers and abandon its
ideology. Tracking the heady 60s and 70s, Left Politics
in Bengal describes the CPI-Ms evolution from a party
leading peasant movements to one that unleashed violence to take land away from
the peasantry; from a party of unstinted opposition to the Congress to one kee
ping its former adversary in power at the Centre.
The author narrates a tale both deeply personal and objective. Through
academic histories, literature, music, films, narratives of former comrades an
d her own journalistic and personal experience, she explores the structures and
relations of power; specific not just to the CPI-M but communist parties in ge
neral. Emphasising both the representation of the Left in popular mentality, an
d the institutional changes wrought by the party in government, she creates a n
uanced, well-observed portrait of a governments fall from grace.
This is a must-read for all those interested in the comtemporary polit
ics of India.
</td><td>Monobina Gupta is a veteran journalist. She has work
ed with The Patriot, The Telegraph, Mail Today and Indo-Asian News Service.</td>
<td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4025-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>For the
Record: On Sexuality and the Colonial Archive in India</td><td>Anjali Arondekar<
gt;For the Record considers the relationship between s
exuality and the colonial archive by posing the following questions: Why does s
exuality (still) seek its truth in the historical archive? What are the spatial
and temporal logics that compel such a return? And conversely, what kind of arc
hive does such a recuperative hermeneutics produce? Rather than render sexualitys
relationship to the colonial archive through the preferred lens of historical
invisibility (which would presume that there is something about sexuality that
is lost or silent and needs to come out), Arondekar engages sexualitys recursive t
races within the colonial archive against and through our very desire for acces
s.
The logic and the interpretive resources of this book arise out of two
entangled and minoritized historiographies: one in South Asian studies and the
other in queer/sexuality studies. Focusing on late colonial India, Arondekar
examines the spectacularization of sexuality in anthropology, law, literature,
and pornography from 18431920. By turning to materials and/or locations that are
familiar to most scholars of queer and subaltern studies, Arondekar considers
sexuality at the centre of the colonial archive, rather than at its margins.&lt
;/p>
</td><td>Anjali Arondekar is Associate professor of
Feminist Studies at the University of California, Santa Cruz.</td><t
d>IN,NP,PK,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3981-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Globa
l Eradication of Smallpox</td><td>Sanjoy Bhattacharya and Sharon Messenger</td><
td>2010</td><td>216</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>The Global
Eradication of Smallpox is a product of two series of lectures pr
esented at the Wellcome Trust Centre for the History of Medicine at UCL, London,
in 2007 and 2008. The book contextualises the global programme and the many fac
tors contributing to the certification of smallpox eradication worldwide in 1980
.

The volume contains first-hand stories of the "warriors"
involved in eradicating smallpox (a goal considered by many to be impossible),
the difficulties faced by them and the strategies adopted to overcome these dif
ficulties. These contributions will, therefore, be of interest to teachers and s
tudents of public health, as well as those involved in designing and managing cu

rrent and future disease elimination and eradication programmes. All the article
s in the volume also highlight the importance of recognising the human factor in
all major global health programmes-campaign managers of global health programme
s and the members of target populations interacting in a complexity of ways. Thi
s volume delves into this important element of the global smallpox eradication p
rogrammes, whilst recognising that they cannot be easily quantified or made the
subject of overarching generalisations. 
The book is accompanied by a CD containing recordings of highlights of
the lectures; this will be an important research and training resource, which wi
ll be useful to historians, public health specialists and medical professionals.

</td><td>Sanjoy Bhattacharya is Reader at the Welcome Trust C
entre for the History of Medicine at UCL. 
<div> </div><div>Sharon Messenger</b&gt
; is Senior Research Assistant at the Wellcome Trust Centre for the History of M
edicine at UCL.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>History</td>
hful to the intention of the narrative. Coloured in the expanding consciousness
of an individual woman, exploring previously unknown areas of the world, away
from the home and hearth characterised by conventionality, conservatism and dom
esticity, this travel narrative will be a significant contribution to the histo
ry of womens travel narratives from colonial Bengal.</td><td>D
urgabati Ghose was born in 1905 into a prosperous Bengali family. Her
father Girindra Sekhar Basu was the founder of the Indian Psychoanalytical Soc
iety. She accompanied her husband on a trip to Europe in 1932, and wrote about
her trip in a book title Paschimjatriki. A very loving, c
onsiderate and liberal woman, she was loved and revered by everyone in the fami
ly till her death on 11 January 1992. 
The
Translator <div style="text-align: j
ustify">Somdatta Mandal is Professor and current Cha
irperson at the Department of English and Other Modern European Languages, Visv
a-Bharati, Santiniketan, India. Recipient of several awards and international
fellowships, she has published widely both nationally and internationally. She
has written two booksReflections, Refractions and Rejections: Three A

merican Writers and the Celluloid World (2002), Film and Fi
ction: Word into Image (2005), and has edited and co-edited twelve v
olumes of scholarly works including Indian Travel Narratives</em&gt
; (2010). Her current projects include South Asian Diasporic Cinema and transla
tions of travel narratives from colonial Bengal. She has received an award from
Sahitya Akademi for the All India Indian Literature Golden Jubilee (19572007) Li
terary Translation Competition in the Fiction category.</div></td><td>Wor
ld</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3962-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Ancient
Indian Social History: Some Interpretations</td><td>Romila Thapar</td><td>2010</
td><td>452</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Drawing on textual and archaeologic
al sources, most of the essays in this edition are on the early history of Indi
a upto the end of the first millennium A.D., suggesting some fresh interpretati
ons of the data. This revised edition has four new essays
. The tradition of historical writing that earlier received little attention is
now becoming a subject of interest in relation to pre-modern India. The cliche
that Indian civilization lacked a sense of history is open to question and is
discussed more fully in one of these essays. The functions of institutions asso
ciated with the presentation of history, such as museums are considered in anot
her essay. A further discussion relates to the need for the historian to b
e aware of the political exploitation of history. The final essay reminds us of
the debate generated by such a threat in recent years.
This seminal work by one of Indias most eminent historians will be of i
nvaluable use to scholars interested in the study of ancient societies, traditi
on and culture in the context of social formations, and broadly history. 
</td><td>Romila Thapar is Professor Emeritus in History at the Jawaharlal Nehru
University, New Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
t;

div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3961-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Subjugate
d Nomads: The Lambadas under the Rule of the Nizams</td><td>Bhangya Bhukya</td><
fy">This book traces the historical transition of the Lambada community
of Hyderabad State under the Nizams during colonial rule. The study spans near
ly two centuriesfrom the early eighteenth to about the middle of the twentieth
century. The author shows how this community, originally caravan traders, confr
onted the colonial or modern state power which had adversely transformed their
lives. 
The market economy and growth o
f transport hampered the Lambadas caravan trade. The state discouraged their nom
adic ways, inducing them to become peasants on wastelands and in forest tracts.
From the middle of the nineteenth century, they had to depend on cattle-raisin
g and agriculture, often becoming agricultural labourers. The state came to vie
w their extension of agriculture as a threat to forest conservation, subjecting
them to harassment and eviction. They began losing their plots of land through
usurious money-lending and extortion. Zamindars claimed rights over wastelands,
and extracted taxes. Exploitation by various agencies reduced the Lambadas to
working as bonded labourers on farms. During famines and the off-season, some
resorted to dacoity. This led the state to brand them as a criminal community a
nd relocate them as criminal tribes under surveillance. Protracted suffering and
victimisation compelled the Lambadas to revolt, which was transformed into the
Telangana armed struggle at the end of the Nizams rule.
The Lambadas had tried to respond
to the challenges faced through a programme of self-reform. From the 1820s, le
aders emerged from within the community, who rearticulated Lambada history, spi
ritual beliefs and culture. These find expression in the oral tradition which w
as crucial in shaping their community identity, now a significant element in de
mocratic politics.
</td><td>Bhangya Bhukya did his PhD from University
of Warwick, U.K and now teaches history at Osmania University in Hyderabad. H
e is also a British Academy Visiting Fellow in SOAS, University of London. He h
as published influential works on the history of marginalised communities of In
dia. His research interests are community histories, the effects of power/knowl
edge, governmentality and dominance over subaltern communities, particularly ad
ivasis (original); the state and nationalism, and identity movements by forest
and hill peoples in the nineteenth and twentieth century.</td><td>Wor
<strong&
worked on the history of Delhi.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4054-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Dalit Ass
ertion in Society, Literature and History</td><td>Imtiaz Ahmad and Shashi Bhusha
n Upadhyay(Eds)</td><td>2010</td><td>328</td><td>995.0000</td><td>The e
ssays in this volume provide an incisive analysis of the identity of the Dalits
in history , literature and society. They focus on Dalit assertion and agency in
postcolonial India, their quest to break free from poverty and social exclusion
after centuries of oppression, and also the dynamics of a pervasive caste syst
em which is inimical to the growth of a collective consciousness among the backw
ard classes.</td><td>Imtiaz Ahmad was a Professor o
f Political Sociology at JNU. His Caste and Social Stratification among Muslims
in India is a pioneering work. He has written research articles for national and
international magazines on the politics of communalism, and electoral democracy
.<div> 
Shashi Bhushan Upadhyay is an Associate Professor at IGNOU. His areas
of interest include Labour History, Dalit Studies and Literary Studies. He autho
red Existence, Identity and Mobilization: The Cotton Millworkers of Bombay, 1890
-1919, besides articles on historiography and Premchand.</div></td><td>WOR
LD</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4058-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Social M
ovements and Cultural Currents 17891945 : Themes in Modern European History</td><
td>Vandana Joshi (Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>409</td><td>440.0000</td><td>This bookis the first of the multi-volum
e series entitled Themes in Modern European History&lt
;/strong>. This collection of essays
offers a critical survey of European history between 1789 and 1945 and is esse
ntial reading for students and scholars of modern European history. The volume
is divided into two sectionssocial movements and cultural currents. While the fi
rst section discusses events, representations, experiences, polities and societ
ies of this period, the second section looks at the wider literary and artistic
expressions.   
The first five chapters present
a panoramic view of the French Revolution, the Russian Revolution, Italian Fasc
ism, British Liberalism and Feminism, from their origins and focus on several k
ey historical moments. The chapter on feminism evaluates all the others from th
e perspective of the excluded other half of humanity. The sixth (early modernism)
and the seventh (later modernism) chapters address the fundamental question of
when modern actually begins and go on to show how radical philosophical shifts a
ffected the way in which many writers and artists viewed themselves and art in
relation to society and how they manifested themselves in the paintings and lit
erature of the period. The last chapter examines the transformation of popular
culture from its identification in the nineteenth century as an element of cla
ss recognition into a generational, national and mass-cultural item after World
War II. <div style="text-align: justify">The annotat
ed bibliographies at the end of each chapter are a student-friendly pedagogical
aid. The section on European art is enhanced by the inclusion of colour reprod
uctions of the originals discussed in the book.</div></td><td>Van
dana Joshi is Assistant Professor, Department of History, Sri Venkat
eswara College, Delhi University.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>History<
/td>
<td>978-81-250-4043-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Macaulay
: The Tragedy of Power</td><td>Robert E. Sullivan</td><td>2010</td><td>624</td><
td>1050.0000</td><td>On the 150th anniversary of the death of the Engl
ish historian and politician Thomas Babington Macaulay, Robert Sullivan offers a portrait of a Victorian life that probes the cost
of power, the practice of empire and the impact of ideas. 
His Macaulay is a Janus-faced master of the universe: a prominent spok
esman for abolishing slavery in the British Empire who cared little for the cau
se, a forceful advocate for reforming Whig politics but a Machiavellian realist
, a soaring parliamentary orator who avoided debate, a self-declared Christian,
yet a skeptic and a secularizer of English history and culture, and a stern pu
blic moralist who was in love with his two youngest sisters. 
Perhaps best known in India for the insolent tone of the Minute of 183
5 and the drafting of the Criminal Procedure Code, Macaulays History o
f England is a celebrated western classic. His father ensured that a
ncient Greek and Latin literature shaped Macaulays mind, but he crippled his hei
r emotionally. Self-defense taught Macaulay that power, calculation, and duplic
ity rule politics and human relations. In Macaulays writings, Sullivan unearths
a sinister vision of progress that prophesied twentieth-century genocide. That
the reverent portrait fashioned by Macaulays distinguished extended family eclip
sed his insistent rhetoric about race, subjugation, and civilizing slaughter te
stifies to the grip of moral obliviousness.
Devoting his huge talents to gaining powerabove all for England and its
empiremade Macaulays life a tragedy. Sullivan offers an unsurpassed study of an
afflicted genius and a thoughtful meditation on the modern ethics of power.
</td><td>Robert E. Sullivan is Associate
Professor of History and Associate Vice President, University of Notre Dame</td><td>IN,PK,BD,BT,NP,LK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4026-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Shivaji
and his times</td><td>Jadunath Sarkar</td><td>2010</td><td>352</td><td>395.0000<
/td><td>As a historian, Jadunath Sarkar (1870-1958) is a study in hims
elf. This re-issue of his classic work fulfils a demand from all students and r
esearchers of Indian history and society.
Shivaji and his times is much more than a
biography of the great Maratha leader. It deals with the tangled web of Deccan
history in the seventeenth century, describes Shivajis relations with the Mugha
ls, provides a detailed knowledge of the internal affairs of the Mughal Empire
at the period of its decline, and also analyses Shivajis relations with the Engl
ish and Portuguese. The book concludes with a description of Maratha government
, institutions and policy in the seventeenth century, and of Shivajis achievemen
ts, character and place in history.
Some original reviews of Shivaji and his times:</stron
g>
The reputation of Professor Jadunat
h Sarkar as a sound critical historian ... will be confirmed and extended by hi
s new volume on Shivaji ... Prof. Sarkars bold and deliberately provocative book
merits the closest study.

- Vi
ncent A. Smith
All his books are good; but perhaps
the best of them is the Life and Times of Shivaji. It is full of research, and
gives a striking picture of the great eventthe birth and development of the Mar
atha nation.
- H.
Beveridge</td><td>As a historian, Ja
dunath Sarkar (1870-1958) is a study in himself. His best-known works
are a multi-volume work on Aurangzeb, works on Shah Jahan, Shah Alam II, the r
ise of the Marathas and an account of the military history of medieval India.&l
t;/p></td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-4038-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Speaking
of Gandhis Death</td><td>Peter Ronald deSouza, Tridip Suhrud</td><td>2010</td><td
>163</td><td>550.0000</td><td>In March of 1948, a group of Gandhis clos
est associatesled by Pandit NehruVinoba Bhave, J. B. Kripalani, Maulana Azad and
Jayaprakash Narayan, among othersmet at Sevagram to reflect and deliberate on G
andhis assassination. Sixty years later, in a contemporary a
nd evocative response to that moving introspection, a group of scholars, thinke
rs and writers gathered at the Sabarmati Ashram to once again reflect on Gandhis
death as absence and memory. This book brings together the
se reflections, in all their hesitation, tentativeness, openness and counter-fa
ctual agreement. Spontaneous and engaging, it raises some important questionswha
t is it to speak of Gandhis death? How do we understand the meaning of his assas
sination? How did the new nation comprehend the nature of his absence? Did his
death burden us forever? Or did it in fact allow the nation and the state to ex
plore new directions? The sublime photographs of Henri Cart
ier Bresson that accompany the text, cover the story of the aftermath of Gandhis
assassination and his funeralphotographs that capture, as Sadanand Menon puts i
t, not the portrait of any man, but the portrait of a nation in the deepest mome
nt of its sorrow. Be it the brilliantly composed image of Jawaharlal Nehru on th
e gate of the Birla Ghar, delivering his moving The light has gone out of our li
ves and there is darkness everywhere speech , or the spontaneous rhythm of the c
rowds gathering around Gandhis funeral cortege moving through New Delhis Raj Path
and Tilak Marg to the cremation sitethe images provide visual testimony to the
silence and intensity of the event. 
Speaking of Gandhis Death is a contemplation, an unusua
l book of reflectionsreminiscent of the person and persona of the Mahatma.</td><td>Peter Ronald deSouza is Director, Inst
itute of Advanced Studies, Shimla. Tridip Suhrud
is a political scientist and a cultural historian, working on the Ga
ndhian intellectual tradition and the social history of Gujarat of the ninetee
nth and twentieth centuries.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>

scholars.
n to write.
UP.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>History</td>

d><td>History</td>
of Medieval India</td><td>Satish Chandra</td><td>2007</td><td>392</td><td>410.00
00</td><td>Satish Chandras History of Medieval India</s
trong> is a comprehensive overview of the history of the Indian subcontinent
during the thousand-year period between the eighth and the eighteenth century. H
istory of Medieval India studies this interesting period in Indian history when
the land underwent drastic changes, deeply influenced by the invading armies, re
ligious movements and the vicissitudes of the changing political, economic and c
ultural scene. To tell the history of a land spanning the geographical dimension
s and the political divisions of the Indian subcontinent is in itself a formidab
le task. Satish Chandra executes this difficult mission with the eye of an enqui
rer and the pen of a scholar.
Both students and interested readers are sure t
o find this volume, dealing with the histories of the Cholas, Rajputs, the invad
ing Turks, Vijayanagara kings, Bahmanids, Mughals, Marathas and others, an essen
tial reader for understanding the history of medieval India.</td><td>P
rofessor Satish Chandra has been the Chairman, University Grants Commission and
Professor, Medieval Indian History, and Dean, Social Sciences, Jawaharlal Nehru
University. He is currently Secretary of the Twelve-volume Comprehensive History
of India Scheme of the Indian History Congress, being implemented by the Compre
hensive History of India Society. He is also the Secretary General of the Societ
y for Indian Ocean Studies. His work has been extensively published in books and
journals, in India and abroad.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3245-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Fall of
the Mughal Empire, The: Volumes 1-4</td><td>Jadunath Sarkar</td><td>2007</td><td
>1340</td><td>2200.0000</td><td>The four volumes together comprise a de
tailed study of the causes and the result of the events between 1707 1803, that i
s between the death of Aurangzib and the conquest of Delhi. Dr Sarkars pioneering
work is based on a close examination of contemporary sources and documents. The
fourth edition of this book includes extensive footnotes listing the best sourc
es available on the subject, scholarly acknowledgement of other historians views,
and detailed identification in present-day India of the villages and towns ment
ioned in the book. </td><td>Jadunath Sarkar</td><td>IN,NP,BT</td><td>H
istory</td>
<td>978-81-250-3237-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Colonial
City and the Challenge of Modernity, The: Urban Hegemonies and Civic Contestatio
ns in Bombay City (19001925)</td><td>Sandip Hazareesingh</td><td>2007</td><td>260
</td><td>950.0000</td><td>This is an original story about the coming of
modernity in Bombay city in the early twentieth century.
In his account, Sandi
p Hazareesingh shows how this most global of forces had complex and contradictor
y meanings in the local urban setting of colonial Bombay. A colonial technologic
al version helped consolidate British hegemony over this important Asian port ci
ty; in contrast, Gandhis rejection of the colonial urban helped define his search
for a counter-modern, traditionalist basis for the emerging nationalist contest
ation of colonial rule. But Bombay also housed different, radical apprehensions
of modernity, exemplified by the militant daily newspaper the Bombay Chronicle,
which provided an alternative basis for the construction of a local civic nation
alism.
In a era characterised by war and the curtailment of civil liberties,
the eruption of some of the most significant forms of modernity into the everyda
y life of the city newspapers, cinema, labour strikes, demands for civic equalit
y revealed the contradictions of colonial hegemony and underlined the class-boun
d nature of the urban social order. Grappling with these new forces were a rich
cast of characters who are brought to life in these pages, including B.G. Hornim
an, Gandhi, Patrick Geddes, George Lloyd, and Jinnah.
Elegantly written, The
Colonial City and the Challenge of Modernity offers fresh and stimulating insigh
ts into the multi-layered relationships between modernity, colonialism, and the

production of urban space.</td><td>Sandip Hazareesingh received his do
ctorate from the University of Warwick and is currently Lecturer at the Open Uni
versitys Ferguson Centre for African and Asian Studies (www.open.ac.uk/Arts/fergu
son-centre) where he convenes the Historical Globalisation Network.</td><td>Worl
leen Bharat: Rajniti, Samaj Aur Sanskriti (From eighth century to seventeenth ce
ntury)</td><td>Satish Chandra</td><td>2007</td><td>392</td><td>325.0000</td><td>
Madhyakaleen Bharat (written in Hindi) is
a book on the history of Medieval India. It covers the period between the eighth
century and seventeenth century. Generally, most of the books on the history of
medieval India start around 1206, the period of the Turkish invasion and establ
ishment of Turkish rule in parts of north India. The present book Madhyakaleen B
harat breaks this traditional pattern by starting at a much earlier date, from e
ight century onwards. The four hundred years from the eighth century to twelfth
century, although a very significant period in Indian history, is a lesser studi
ed period. The significance of this period lies in the fact that the ancient Ind
ian society was slowly changing and taking a new shape - marked by profound chan
ges in polity, economy, society and culture. Very few books which survey medieva
l Indian society dig into this period. However, professor Satish Chandra has not
only investigated this period, he has ensured that his investigation is compreh
ensible to the general reader. He is thus able to give a fuller picture of medie
val period in India.

The present book is written in a textbook format. It is an important bo
ok in the sense that it treats the subject-matter in a way which does away with
the stereotyped analyses and attitudes and inculcates in the readers, who should
largely be college and university students, a fresh attitude towards viewing hi
story. It gives them a general idea of the findings of other important historian
s and therefore readers can, in a single volume, have glimpses of modern trends
of writings on this period. Above all, the book is very readable.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Satish Chandr
a is a renowned historian. He was professor of history at Jawaharlal N
ehru University. He was vice chairperson and then chairperson (1972-81) of the U
niversity Grants Commission. He has written several books on medieval Indian his
tory as well as on Indian Ocean. He has edited several books. A large number of
his research articles have been published in national and international journals
.</div></td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-2651-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Prarambh
ik Bharat Ka Parichay (Hindi)</td><td>Ram Sharan Sharma</td><td>2004</td><td>384
</td><td>310.0000</td><td><ol>
<li style="text-align: justify&q
uot;>It is a survey book on Ancient Indian history from prehistoric times to
the seventh century. It deals with polity, economy, society, religion, philoso
phy and science & technology in ancient India and highlights the contr
ibutions of ancient India in these fields.</li>
<li style="te
xt-align: justify">This book is a revised, updated and upgraded version
of Prachin Bharat (Ancient India), earlier published by N
CERT. The book has been upgraded to suit the requirements of college and unive
rsity students. Four new chapters (chapters 4, 5, 6 & 11) have been ad
ded. Several chapters like Neolithic Age (ch. 9), Harappan Culture: Bronze Age
Urbanisation (ch.10) and Rigvedic Age (ch.12) have been extensively revised i
n the light of new researches and findings. Then, there are insertions of new
paragraphs, lines and words throughout the text in the book.</li>
&lt
;li style="text-align: justify">A special feature of the book is &l
t;strong>chronology, which is given at the end of each chapt
er. This will help the students to correlate events in a chronological sequenc
e.</li>
<li style="text-align: justify"> Another specia
l feature of the book is a detailed and updated bibliography.</li> </ol></td><td>Prof R S Sharma was Professor and Head, Departmen
t of History, Delhi University. Earlier, he taught at Patna and Canada univers
ities. He was also the founding Chairperson of the Indian Council of Historica
l Research (ICHR), New Delhi. He has written both in English and Hindi.</p&
gt; His important works include: Sudras in Ancient India, Ma
terial Culture and Social Formations in Ancient India, Aspects of Political id
eas and Institutions in Ancient India, Indian Feudalism, Looking for the Aryan
s, Advent of the Aryans in India, Early Medieval Indian Society- A Study in Fe
udalization, etc.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3043-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Writing L
ife: Three Gujarati Thinkers</td><td>Tridip Suhrud</td><td>2009</td><td>280</td>
t;Writing Life looks at the lives and work of three 19th century
thinkers of Gujarat Narmadashankar Lal Shankar, Manibhai Nabhubhai & Gov
ardhanram Tripathi. (The last mentioned is the author of Saraswatichandra). Poe
ts, essayists and Novelists, these three writers deeply influenced the intellect
ual life of Gujarat. Moreover, the book shows, how the idea of social reform is
deeply linked in their work to the idea of the nation. The author also shows how
Gandhi, following these writers, created another notion of nation, reform and t
he moral dimensions of these.</td><td><div style="text-align:
justify">Tridip Suhrud is a political scientist and c
ultural historian. He is Professor at the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Communic
ation Technology, Gandhi Nagar. He has also translated several works from Gujara
ti into English and vice versa. He is the series editor of our Gandhi Studies se
ries, and the author/editor of our Harilal Gandhi, and of our forthcoming 4 volu
me biography of Gandhi by Narayan Desai.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Histo
ry</td>
<td>978-81-250-2982-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Decentrin
g Empire: Britain, India and the Transcolonial World</td><td>Durba Ghosh and Dan
e Kennedy</td><td>2006</td><td>420</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>This volum
e charts a new direction in the study of British imperialism, its impact on Indi
a and other colonial territories, and its influence in propelling the forces of
globalisation. Moving beyond the standard model of a bilateral circuit between
imperial centre and colonial periphery, it highlights instead the web of transco
lonial and transnational networks that spread across and beyond the empire, oper
ating both on its behalf and against its interests. It suggests that these netw
orks worked in effect to decentre empire, shaping the multidimensional contours
of the global modernity we contend with today.
 Decentring Empi
re brings together thirteen original essays by some of the leadin
g scholars of British imperialism, their contributions offered in honour of Thom
as R. Metcalf, the distinguished historian of colonial India. The essays range
widely in scope, moving in time from the mid-eighteenth to the mid-twentieth cen
tury, in space from India to Ireland and Australia and elsewhere across the impe
rial map, and in topic from economic, political, and social to medical, legal, a
nd cultural concerns. Taken together, they demonstrate the analytical richness
of current scholarship on British colonialism in India and elsewhere and give fr
esh insights into its role in the making of the modern world. This is history a
t the cutting edge, an important contribution to the ongoing debate about empire
and its consequences. </td><td>DURBA GHOSH is Assistant Professor of
History at Cornell University. She has published articles in the Historical Jou
rnal, Modern Asian Studies, the Journal of Imperial and Commonwealth History, an
d several edited volumes.
DANE KENNEDY is the Elmer Louis Kayser Professor
of History and International Affairs at George Washington University in Washingt
on, D.C. He is the author of several books on British colonialism, including Th
e Magic Mountains: Hill Stations and the British Raj (1996). His intellectual b
iography of Sir Richard Burton, The Highly Civilized Man: Richard Burton and the
Victorian World was published in 2005.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3021-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Nomad Ca
lled Thief, A : Reflections on Adivasi Silence</td><td>G.N.Devy</td><td>2006</td
><td>199</td><td>450.0000</td><td>A collection of essays on Adivasis. T
ribal groups (adivasis) in India have often been excluded, marginalized and oppr
essed by mainstream society. In many ways this exclusion, marginalization and op
pression is fostered by the way in which mainstream society looks at the adivas
is as exotic, dangerous, or primitive others. Devys book looks at the problems of
adivasis, the threat to their physical environment, the terror and indignity of
the stigma of being considered criminal tribes and their induction into the commu
nal violence in Gujarat. But he also discusses the simple sophistication of Adiv
asi knowledge systems, language and literature, as also initiatives taken along
with tribals in the areas of health, microfinance and preservation of cultural f
orms.</td><td>Prof. G.N. Devy was for many years, Professor of English
at MS University, Baroda. Turning full time to activism, he founded the Bhasha
Research and Publication Centre at Baroda to document the cultural practices, la
nguages and literatures of tribals. He is also a founder-member of the Adivasi A
cademy at Tejgadh an open university for the study of tribal life and knowledge,
and of the world through tribal eyes. He is currently Professor of Humanities a
t the Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information Technology.
He is the author
of several books 3 of these have been published by Orient Blackswan (After Amnes
ia, Of Many Heroes and Indian Literary Criticism).</td><td>World</td><td>History
</td>
g 1857</td><td>Sabyasachi Bhattacharya(Ed.)</td><td>2007</td><td>360</td><td>102
5.0000</td><td>Rethinking 1857, edited by
Sabyasachi Bhattacharya, marking the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of 185
7, explores the possibilities and limits of recent thinking on the 1857 Uprising
. The way we interrogate the past differs from generation to generation. The que
stions we ask today are moulded by the concerns of our times. Coming from percep
tibly different points of departure, the contributors of this volume converge on
one central theme: gaining new insights into the events and people that made 18
57.
This anthology includes fifteen essays divided into four thematic groups.
The first theme is the questioning of the conventional historiography of 1857.
The second theme is the impact of 1857 on tribal and dalit communities who have
been marginalised by the mainstream of Indian society, as well as by dominant tr
aditions in historiography. The third group considers uprisings in regions beyon
d the north Indian Gangetic heartland, which have scarcely merited mention in th
e narratives of 1857 till recent times. Finally, the last theme is the alternat
ive polity that was posited, briefly and without success, during the Uprising of
1857 -- an area that has hardly been dealt with by historians.
Including an
extensive introduction by the editor, Rethinking 1857 brings together some of th
e papers presented at a conference organised by the Indian Council of Historical
Research to mark the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the 1857 Uprising.
</td><td>Sabyasachi Bhattacharya is Chairman, Indian Council for His
torical Research, New Delhi. He was formerly at the Centre for Historical Studie
s, Jawaharlal Nehru University.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>

d><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3270-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Trial of
Bahadur Shah Zafar, The</td><td>Pramod K. Nayar</td><td>2007</td><td>392</td><t
d>795.0000</td><td>
Bahadur Shah Zafar, the poet-king, was catapulted into the limeli
ght when the mutineers from Meerut arrived in Delhi on 11 May 1857. After the mutin
y, the last of the great Mughals went on trial on 27 January 1858 for aiding and
abetting the mutineers of 1857. The 21-day trial in the Diwan-i-Khas, the Hall of
Special Audience, in Zafars own palace, saw the British produce dozens of witness
es and documents to demonstrate Zafars complicity in the Mutiny. He was eventually
found guilty and exiled to Burma, where he died years later.
The proceedings
of this historic trial was first published in 1858, but has remained largely abs
ent from studies and histories of colonial India. The current edition reproduces
the text, documents and witness accounts of the day-by-day account of the trial
.
The Introduction, beginning with a short but comprehensive history of the
East India Company and the Mutiny, places the trial in the context of the colonial
state and its ideological structures. It then moves on to a reading of the tria
ls key narrative and rhetorical features.
The text of the trial constitutes a
great historical drama. The vast archive of evidence captures the theatre, the vio
lence, the betrayals and the British anger. The legal arguments and eye-witness
accounts reveal the human, political and bureaucratic dimensions of the trial of
the nineteenth century.
The Trial of Bahadur Shah Zafar makes for fascinati
ng readingfor the history buff and anyone interested in India 1857.</td
><td><div style="text-align: justify">Pramod K. Nayar&l
t;/b> teaches at the Department of English, University of Hyderabad. His publ
ications include The Penguin 1857 Reader (2007), The Great Uprising: India, 1857
(2007), Reading Culture: Theory, Praxis, Politics (2006), Virtual Worlds: Cultu
re and Politics in the Age of Cybertechnology (2004) and Literary Theory Today (
2002). Among his forthcoming books are Postcolonial Literature: An Introductio
n and English Writing and India, 16001920: Colonizing Aesthetics.</div></td
g Gandhi and Nonviolent Relationality: Global Perspectives</td><td>Debjani Gangu
ly and John Docker (Eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>372</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>&lt
;p>Conceived, debated and written in the shadow of our new wartorn millenniu
m, this work brings together an impressive and varied group of scholars across
the disciplinary divide to rethink Gandhis legacy and nonviolent ethics.</p&g
t; What traction do peace and Gandhi have in these violent times when
religious fundamentalisms of various kinds are competing with the arrogance an
d unilateralism of imperial capital? In what possible registers can Gandhian mo
ral vernaculars-ahimsa, stayagraha, sarvodaya-address the ravages of our contem
porary world? In rethinking Gandhis</strong&
gt; relevance in the new world order, the contributors approach Gandhi, not pur
ely as an Indian figure, but as an activist-thinker whose transcultural nonviolen
t ethics of the everyday eminently translates across a range of political sites
. The volume also gives us vignettes of Gandhis more eccentric aspects-his vege
tarianism, his fasts and medical practice, and his experiments in communal livi
ng. Without deifying Gandhi, the volume sensitively explores the sheer worldlin
ess and embodied nature of Gandhis thought, practice and legacy.</td><t
d>Debjani Ganguly is Head of the Humanities Researc
h Centre in the Research School of Humanities, Australian National University,
Canberra. She is literary and cultural historian and has published in the areas
of postcolonial studies, global Anglophone writing, theories of world literatu
re, caste and dalit studies, cultural histories of mixed race, the cosmopolitan
ism of Gandhian thought, and Indian literary criticism. Her recent publications
include Caste and Dalit Lifeworlds ( Orient Blackswan, 2005), Edward Said: The
Legacy of a public Intellectual (co-ed, MUP, 2007) and Pigments of the Imaginat
ion (Journal of Intercultural Studies, special issue, co-editor, 2007)</p&gt
; John Docker is Adjunct Professor in the Humaniti
es Research Centre, Australian National Univeristy, Canberra. Since the publica
tion of 1942: The Poetics of Diaspora (Continuum, 2001), he has researched and
written on monotheism and polytheism and most recently, ion genocide in relatio
n to the Enlightenment and to colonialism. He has recently published Is History
Fiction (University of Michigan press, 2005), co-authored with historian Ann C
urthoys, and The Origins of Violence.</td><td>IN,PK,LK,NP,BT,MV</td><
td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3366-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Matters
of Exchange: Commerce, Medicine and Science in the Age of Empire</td><td>Harold
J. Cook</td><td>2008</td><td>580</td><td>950.0000</td><td>In this wideranging and stimulating book, a leading authority on the history of medicine and
science presents convincing evidence that Dutch commerce, not religion, inspire
d the rise of science in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Harold Cook sc
rutinises a wealth of historical documents relating to the study of medicine and
natural history in the Netherlands, Europe, Brazil, South Africa, and Asia duri
ng this era, and his conclusions are fresh and exciting. He uncovers direct link
s between the rise of trade and commerce in the Dutch Empire and the flourishing
of scientific investigation. Cook argues that engaging in commerce changed the
thinking of Dutch citizens, leading to a new emphasis on such values as objectiv
ity, accumulation, and description. The preference for accurate information that
accompanied the rise of commerce also laid the groundwork for the rise of scien
ce globally, wherever the Dutch engaged in trade. Medicine and natural history w
ere fundamental aspects of this new science, as reflected in the development of
gardens for both pleasure and botanical study, anatomical theatres, curiosity ca
binets, and richly illustrated books about nature. Sweeping in scope and origina
l in its insights, this book revises previous understandings of the history of s
cience and ideas.</td><td>Harold J. Cook is director of the Wellcome T
rust Centre for the History of Medicine and professor at University College Lond
on.</td><td>IN,BD,NP,LK,BT,MV</td><td>History</td>
This is
are:
M
gy and Ancient Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
Bharat ka Sanskritik Itihas (Hindi)</td><td>Dilip M Menon</td><td>2010</td><td>1
96</td><td>245.0000</td><td>This is the Hindi edition of Cul
tural History of Modern India, a collection of six essays. 
This is the first in the series of three books for concurrent courses
of Delhi University. The six essays presents original and pioneering forays in
the study of cricket, oral history, gender studies, films, popular culture and
Indian classical music. The history of modern India has been narra
ted largely in terms of the nationalist movements, personalities and what has b
een seen as the high politics of state. This collection of essays tries to push
the emerging paradigm further by moving away from conventional notions of the
history of the nation and indeed of the politics.
[This is the second in the series of History titles for concurrent cou
rses Dilli: Prachin Itihas is already published. &lt
;strong>Madhyakaleen Bharat ka Sanskritik Itihas by Meenakshi Khanna </st
rong>is due in June. Then we already have a pac
kage of history titles Prarambhik Bharat ka Parichay, Madhyakaleen Bha
rat, Samkaleen Vishwa ka Itihas, Adhunik Bharat ka Itihas, Palassi se Vi
bhajan tak.]
</td><td>Dilip M Menon, the editor of this volume</st
rong> is Reader in Modern Indian History at University of Delhi. He is the Au
thor of Caste, Nationalism and communism in South India:Malabar 1900-48&nbs
p; and The Blindness of  Insight: Essays on Caste in Modern India. He
is currently visiting Associate Professor in the School of Literature and Langu
age Studies in the University of Witwatersrand , Johannesburg, South Africa.&lt
;/p> The contributors to this volume are :  Mr Ramachand
ra Guha, Dr Tanika Sarkar, Dr Rustom Bharucha,  Dr Sumita S Chakravar
ty, Dr Patricia Uberoi and Dr Amanda Weidman. <strong&g
t;Mr Bipender Kumar, who translated this book into Hindi, is a f
reelance Hindi journalist based in Patna.</td><td>WORLD</td><td>Histor
y</td>

td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3508-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>History o
f the Social Determinants of Health: Global Histories, Contemporary Debates</td>
<td>Harold J. Cook, Sanjoy Bhattacharya, Anne Hardy (Eds.)</td><td>2009</td><td>
380</td><td>1195.0000</td><td>Eve
ry subject has its history, including the Social Determinants of H
ealth. It is a subject that investigates differences in human hea
lth that occur because of social life, from income and class to family life and
neighbourhood. Social determinants can have very large effects on longevity, jus
t as do other determinants, such as the provision of medical care or clean drink
ing water. A Commission to study the social determinants of health and to propo
se ways of improving health based upon their analysis was therefore established
under the auspices of the World Health Organization and chaired by Professor Sir
Michael Marmot. In support of the work of the Commission, therefore, a large
international meeting was organised in London in order to bring together some of
the members of the Commission and several eminent historians to discuss the his
torical experience of people from around the globe. Because historians are among
those who have tried to assess how social relationships have affected health, t
hey can point to some determinants of health that others might miss, while histo
rical investigations can in turn benefit from knowing what other analysts consid
er to be the most important social determinants of health. The result produced k
nowledge of importance to us all. Many of the arguments and evidence are therefo
re brought together here in one book, so that the work of the Commission and som
e of the debates it has prompted can be better known. 
This is the first volume of its k
ind to bring historical studies to the investigation of the social determinants
of health from a global perspective. It brings together eminent historians of in
ternational health to explore an important and topical subject. The contributors
summarise a large body of recent historical literature in order to make it usef
ul for policy analysts. It includes a wide range of international examples. It a
lso includes two chapters on different methods of taking oral histories, which i
s a central concern for anyone who is interested in examining the recent past. &
lt;/p>
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Harold J. Coo
k is the Director of the Wellcome Trust Centre for the History of Medi
cine at University College London.</div><div style="text-align: ju
uot;>Sanjoy Bhattacharya is Reader in History at the Wellc
ome Trust Centre for the History of Medicine at UCL. </div><di
="text-align: justify">Anne Hardy is Deputy Dire
ctor of the Wellcome Trust Centre for the History of Medicine at UCL.</div&gt
<td>978-81-250-3548-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Through W
ar and Famine: Bengal, 193945</td><td>Srimanjari</td><td>2010</td><td>288</td><td
>850.0000</td><td>Through War and Famine: Bengal, 1939-45:
World War II and the Famine of 1943 in Bengal are the two windows
through which this book explores the history of Bengal between 1939 and 1945. T
he social base of the different sections of the people in Bengal during this per
iod determined the impact of both the War and the famine on them. Drawing upon t
his multidimensional reality, the book presents a holistic history of Bengal dur
ing this period. The author delves into questions of how the War transformed the
relationship between the imperial state and it subjects, and their political re
presentatives. She focuses on the fears and hopes, and the political ambitions a
nd frustrations of different political groups and individuals as the state used
propaganda and force to command their loyalty. The work shows how the War provid
ed an opportunity to challenge the validity of the colonial classification of ma

rtial and non-martial races as it was applied in Bengal. It highlights the tense
relations between the military and civil society and how war and deprivation dr
ew religious and lower-caste groups into sectarian politics. Bringing to the for
e the alterations in the economic landscape of Bengal, the author highlights the
realities of wage cuts, longer working hours, absence of insurance against inju
ry and non-payment of compensation. The book draws attention to the economic dis
tress of the peasants and the curious case of the famine unfolding in the rural
interiors and the governments debt collection drive in 1943, that made a mockery
of the latters famine relief activities. It was not just a coincidence or a war-t
ime casualty, the author argues, that a substantial section of destitute women w
ere driven by circumstances into the network of prostitution in the war-years. T
his book will be useful to students and scholars interested in studies on partit
ion, communalism, gender, and famine studies.</td><td>Srimanjari has b
een a faculty member of the Department of History, Miranda House, University of
Delhi, since 1990. She has also been teaching post-graduate students as a visiti
ng faculty member of the Department of History, University of Delhi. Her area o
f specialization is World War II with special reference to developments in Benga
l during that momentous period. Her research work has taken her to Britain in 20
00 and Bangladesh in 2003. She has written articles for journals and has contrib
uted chapters to books on Indian history.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3547-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Texts His
tories Geographies: Reading Indian Literature</td><td>PP Raveendran</td><td>2009
</td><td>260</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Texts Histories Geo
graphies is a critical reading of trends, texts and authors belon
ging to the broad field of Indian literature from a theoretically informed persp
ective. The essays constituting the volume interrogate, both directly and by imp
lication, the canonical views on the categories of India, literature and Indian liter
ature, and the book can be said to represent a critical attitude that has till re
cently been admitted only into the periphery of literary debates. Consideration
of Indian literature from a self-consciously non-dominant position is what the b
ook attempts by raising questions about politics, theory, history, genealogy, lo
cation, culture and translation with reference to Indian literature. Though lite
rary and cultural texts from several languages are used for this purpose, the ce
ntral argument has been elaborated with the support of texts and authors from tw
o specific literatures: Indian English literature and Malayalam literature.
The topics that are discussed in the book include issues concerning mod
ernity, nationalism, colonialism, textuality, historicity, identity and diaspora
. For this the work draws upon a broad range of writing by such authors as Raja
Rao, Jayanta Mahapatra, Shashi Deshpande, Kamala Das, Mahasweta Devi, OV Vijayan
, Meenakshi Mukherjee, Arundhati Roy, CV Raman Pillai, Kumaran Asan, MT Vasudeva
n Nair and Ayyappa Paniker.
</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3527-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Pathways
of Empire: Circulation, Public Works and Social Space in Colonial Orissa, c. 178019
14</td><td>Ravi Ahuja</td><td>2009</td><td>376</td><td>1025.0000</td><td><p&g
t;More and improved roads, railways and canalsare they in the public interest under
all circumstances? Phrases like public works or infrastructure are rarely subjected
to historical reflection. Colonial, nationalist and postcolonial operators hav
e presented their transport policies as if they were informed by the needs of a
general public and not shaped according to preferences of particularistic force
s. Pathways of Empire moves be
yond the technocratic progressivism of earlier writings on the history of trans
port. For the first time theories of produced social space are concretised in ord
er to open a new perspective on Indias social history of circulation and infras
tructure. Moreover, the prevalent and narrow focus on railways is overcome. The
effects of the steam revolution are thus located in the wider context of existen
t South Asian regimes of circulation. 

Part I of this book develops a conceptual framework of social space th
at is applied in Part II to the specific historical contexts of the British-rul
ed districts and princely states of Orissa in the long nineteenth century. It r
econstructs the slow transformation of an ancien régime </em&
gt;of circulation that largely survived the colonial annexation of coastal Oris
sa by half century into a new regime of circulation that was well tuned in to t
he exigencies of colonial capitalism by World War I. Drawi
ng upon extensive and unexplored archival materials, Ravi Ahuja discusses a wid
e range of issues including caravan and river trade, rural resistance against r
oads and canals, the effects of the 1866 famine, pilgrimage and migration, the
commercialisation of princely states and the modernisation of forced labour.&lt
;/p>
Interesting features of this book are eight historical maps grouped to
wards the end of the book and a 20 x 30 pull out map which shows in great detai
l the uneven terrain of Orissa and the feudatory states. The latter is folded a
nd tucked into a pocket on the inside of the back cover. 
</td><td>Ravi Ahuja teaches modern South Asian his
tory at the School of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS) in London. He has publ
ished widely on various problems of social history since the eighteenth century
including labour, urbanism, infrastructure and war.</td><td>World</td><td>Hist
ory</td>
<td>978-81-250-3528-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Power, Kn
owledge, Medicine: Ayurvedic Pharmaceuticals at Home and in the World</td><td>Ma
dhulika Banerjee</td><td>2009</td><td>360</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>If the presence of Ayurveda
in modern times invites surprise, its renewed vigour in the age of globalisatio
n gives rise both to romantic celebration and incredulous hostility. This kind
of response suggests that our understanding of modern Ayurveda has not kept pac
e with the growth of the phenomenon itself. It is not that Ayurveda has not bee
n studied, but that much of the wealth of scholarship lies in highly specialise
d and somewhat insular disciplines like Indology, Medical Research, History and
Medical Anthropology. The big picture of contemporary Ayurveda eludes this sch
olarship.
The present book seeks to fills this gap by
drawing insights from all the various disciplines that have analysed different
aspects of Ayurveda, yet keeping its principal focus on making sense of some of
the big changes that have marked the transformation of Ayurveda in the twentie
th century. The author suggests that this transformation cannot be seen as pure
ly cognitive, technological or economic change, for it involves an irreducible
political play between regimes of knowledge and exercise of state power. Tracing the birth of Ayur
vedic pharmaceutical in colonial times, this book analyses how th
e working of post-colonial state, civil society and industry has shaped contemp
orary Ayurveda. It argues that processes of commercialisation and standardisati
on have resulted in pharmaceuticalisation of this ancient medical system accoun
ting for both the resilience and shrinkage of Ayurveda as a medical system. The
book would engage not just those interested in the phenomenon of Ayurveda
or those involved in health policy but any social scientist interested in tech
nological choice, knowledge and power or alternative modernity.&l
t;/strong></td><td>MADHULIKA BANERJEE teaches at the Department of
Political Science at the University of Delhi. Her work in the politics of altern
ative medical knowledge has been a result of her independent research interest.
Parts of this work were published in journals before, but this is her first book
. She is currently interested in community health groups using traditional medic
al knowledge in their work with disadvantaged communities towards greater health
security.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3521-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Biography
as History: Indian Perspectives</td><td>Vijaya Ramaswamy and Yogesh Sharma</td>

<td>2008</td><td>312</td><td>895.0000</td><td>The book is a collection
of essays that examine the biography as a source for historical information. Fur
ther, the biographies include those of people in the middle merchants, writers,
religious leaders and marginalized groups such as actresses, and other women.&lt
;/p></td><td>Vijaya Ramaswamy is Professor of History, JN
U. She is the author of Walking Naked, Divinity & Deviance and Weavers in Me
dieval India. <div> </div><div>Yog
esh Sharma teaches History at JNU.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>H
istory</td>
<td>978-81-250-3600-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Against S
tigma: Studies in Caste, Race and Justice since Durban</td><td>Balmurli Natrajan
and Paul Greenough</td><td>2009</td><td>504</td><td>1095.0000</td><td>
Historical barriers still inhibit comparative frameworks to map and challenge t
wo of the most odious forms of discrimination―racism and casteism. &#
160;Both justify themselves on a principle of biological descent; they enable s
tigma as if it were a natural fact, refusing to see it as deleterious social ex
clusion.
Against Stigma carrie
s fifteen essays that build upon the energies generated in scholarship as a res
ult of the landmark 2001 World Conference Against Racism, Racial Discrimination
, Xenophobia, and Related Intolerance at Durban, South
Africa. The cont
ributors, who represent a multiplicity of disciplines and intellectual orienta
tions, explore comparative aspects of caste and race including conundrums
of a globalized discourse and national problematics of racism and casteism. &#1
60;The editors Introduction locates this comparative project around descent-base
d discrimination in a wide context; the editors suggest that globalization itse
lf holds out the promise of more generalized practices of resistance and emanci
pation by oppressed national minorities. A critical bibliography on race
and caste is a bonus to students and teachers of Human Rights, Race Relations,
Caste Studies and Politics of Socio-economic Exclusion. 
At a time when democratic movements are sweeping across the globe, Against Stigma presents a fresh s
election of authoritative scholarship and instructive debates centred on race a
nd caste, two of the most potent and divisive concepts in the histories of huma
nity, sociology and human governance. 
</td><td>Balmurli Natrajan is Assistant Professor o
f Anthropology at William Paterson University, New Jersey. 
Paul Greenough is Professor of History and Communit
y and Behavioral Health at the University of Iowa, Iowa City. </td><td>World</t
d><td>History</td>
courses.
Bombay.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3673-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Burd
en of Refuge: Partition Experience of the Sindhis of Gujarat</td><td>Rita Kothar
i</td><td>2009</td><td>236</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Unlike most partiti
on narratives, the narratives of the Sindhis is not marked by violence and bloo
dshed. The Hindus of Sindh came to India by ship, camel and train, and were unh
armed most of the time. The Burden of Refuge is ab
out Partition, and the resettlement and fragmentation of the Sindhi Hindus of I
ndia. Rita Kothari traces the trajectory of the Sindhi Hindus from Sindh to Indi
a, specifically to Gujarat. 
 The Burden of Refuge tells the story of
the Sindhi Hindus of Gajarat beginning with colonial Sindh and tracing the so
cio-political dynamics of the pre-Partition days. Through personal narratives,
Kothari begins to life the story of various Sindhis as they migrate to India a
nd begin their process of resettlement. She delineates the contexts that made a
n atypical commodity like the Sindhis re-modify themselves to suit more textboo
k notions of Gujarati bourgeois society. In their desire to assimilate with the
India (especially Gujarat), the Sindhis gained much, but also suffered m
any losses. Though Sindhis have risen from the ashes of Partition as a model im
migrant community, the Sufi syncreticism that informed their former life has be
en tragically damaged and they have also suffered the loss of their language. I
n Gujarat, their loss are accompanied with a desire to become popular Hindus by a
dopting a more monolithic Hindu identity and by denying their Sindhiness.</p&g
t;
Using intergenerational voices and combining history with personal nar
ratives, Kotharis book examines the phenomena of psychological violence during a
nd after Partition, and explores a different facet of Partition Studies. Going
beyond Partition Studies, this book also makes an important contribution to the
area of identity politics in contemporary India. This multidisciplinary study
is relevant to everyone interested in Indias past and present. </td><t
d>Rita Kothari is the author of Translating India: The Cultu
ral Politics of English and the translator of The Stepchild
: Angaliyat; Speeches and Silence: Literary Journeys of Gu
jarati Women and Unbordered Memories: Partition Stories fo
r Sindh. She is currently co-editing a book on Hinglish, and is also
engaged in ethnographic research on the border communities of Gujarat. She tea
ches at the Mudra Institute of Communication, Ahmadabad. </td><td>Wor
of Modern India</td><td>Bipan Chandra</td><td>2009</td><td>360</td><td>385.0000<
/td><td>History of Modern India presents a
n authoritative overview of the history of what was known as British India. The
text is largely based on the authors research on nationalism and colonialism in I
ndia and also draws from the works of eminent historians of the period.
Chall
enging and revising colonial and nationalist interpretations of history, this bo
ok moves away from a largely political narrative to a social, economic and relig
ious history of modern India. It explains how conditions in India during the eig
hteenth century helped the British East India Company establish its rule in Indi
a. It also gives us important insights into the primary aim of colonial rule whi
ch was the economic exploitation of India through trade and investment. The topi
cs are arranged thematically in order to showcase the various forces that went i
nto the making of independent India. However, in the entire arrangement of theme
s, the chronology of the period is enmeshed innovatively with the various forces
that evolved both as a cause and effect of British imperialist rule of the subc
ontinent. The book also provides a detailed account of the nationalist movement
and introduces us to the contributions of different individuals who were behind
the nationalist movement.
A comprehensive textbook for students of history an
d interested readers, History of Modern India is essential reading for a broad b
ased understanding of the making of modern India.</td><td>Bipan Chandr
a is one of the most eminent historians of modern Indian history. He is currentl
y chairman of the National Book Trust. He is also Professor Emeritus, Centre for
Historical Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi and National Researc
h Professor.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3685-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Out of t
he East: Spices and the Medieval Imagination</td><td>Paul Freedman</td><td>2009<
/td><td>288</td><td>565.0000</td><td>The demand for spices in medieval
Europe was extravagant and was reflected in the pursuit of fashion, the formatio
n of taste, and the growth of luxury trade. It is inspired geographical and comm
ercial exploration, as traders pursued such common spices as pepper and cinnamon
and rarer aromatic products, including ambergris and musk. Ultimately, the spic
e quest led to imperial missions that were to change world history.
This enga
ging book explores the demand for spices: why were they so popular, and why so e
xpensive? Paul Freedman surveys the history, geography, economics, and culinary
tastes of the Middle Ages to uncover the surprisingly varied ways that spices we
re put to use- in elaborate medieval cuisine, in the treatment of disease, for t
he promotion of well-being, and to perfume important ceremonies of the Church. S
pices became symbols of beauty, affluence, taste, and grace, Freedman shows, and
their expense and fragrance drove the engines of commerce and conquest at the d
awn of the modern era.</td><td>Paul Freedman is Che
ster D. Tripp Professor of History, Yale University. His previous books include
Images of the Medieval Peasant and The Origins of Peasant Servitude in Medieval
Catalonia.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>History</td>
Bharat Ka Itihas</td><td>Bipan Chandra</td><td>2009</td><td>372</td><td>285.0000
</td><td>This is the Hindi edition of History of Modern I
ndia by Bipan Chandra published by us recently.
The book surv
eys Indian History from eighteenth century to 1947. This book deals with the nat
ure of British imperialism and the policies pursued by it in India and their imp
act on the Indian economy, society and culture. The Indian response to the Briti
sh imperialism and the rise of Indian Nationalism are also studied. The book als
o provides the information about social and religious reform movements which wer
e prominent at that time. The book gives comprehensive knowledge about the Histo
ry of Modern India. </td><td>Bipan Chandra is a wel
l known historian. He was Professor of History at Jawaharlal Nehru University, N
ew Delhi, where he is presently an Emeritus Professor. Currently he is the Chair
man of National Book Trust, New Delhi. He is the author of books like The Epic
Struggle, Aetihasik Sangharsh, Nationalism and Colonialism in Modern India and E
ssays in Nationalism published by us.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3683-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Shant
i Sena : Philosophy, History And Action</td><td>Thomas Weber</td><td>2009</td><t
d>304</td><td>785.0000</td><td>The recent large-scale communal disturba
nces in India have prompted some older Gandhians to voice the opinion that the t
ime may have come to reactivate the Shanti Sena, Mahatma Gandhis Peace Army, that
did impressive work in promoting communal harmony between the late 1950s and the
mid-1970s.
Although the idea of a Shanti Sena w
as considered to be of fundamental importance by Gandhi, he had little success i
n setting it up in his lifetime. It took the foresight and efforts of Vinoba Bha
ve and Jayaprakash Narayan, and the organising ability of Narayan Desai. The his
tory of this peace army that they brought into life and directed is not only an
inspiring one, it is also important, given the rise in sectarian violence in Ind
ia and the recent growth of international peace teams that looks to the Sena for
motivation and guidance.
Sena members worked in conflict resolution at the g
rassroots level and undertook peace missions during riots, convinced dacoits to
turn themselves into authorities , carried out relief work following wars, exper
imented with nonviolent defence, conducted nonviolence training camps and even p
layed a role in unarmed peacekeeping work in the international sphere.
Relyin
g on interviews with key participants and archival material, this thought-provok
ing work contributes greatly to the study of a unique experiment in practical no
nviolence. This is the first study of its kind that has chronicled in such detai
l the activities and history of the Shanti Sena during its most active years, an
d discussed the prospects for its reinvigoration.</td><td>&lt
;b>Thomas Weber teaches Politics and peace Studies at La Trobe Uni
veristy, Melbourne. He has been researching and writing about Gandhis life, thou
ght and legacy for a quarter of a century, and has traveled extensively in India
. His major Gandhi related publications include: Gandhi, Gandhism and the Gandh
ians (2006), Gandhi as Disciple and Mentor (2004/2007), Nonviolent Intervention
Across Borders: A Recurrent vision (edited with Yeshua Moser-Puangsuwan, 2000),
On the Salt March: The Historiography of Gandhis March to Dandi (1997), Gandh
is Peace Army: The Shanti Sena and Unarmed Peacekeeping (1996) and Hugging the T
rees: The Story of the Chipko Movement(1988). He lives in t
he wooded hills on the outskirts of Melbourne with his wife and child.
t;
history of colonialism.</div></td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
y of Jaipur : c 1503-1938</td><td>Sarkar, Jadunath, Revised and edited by Raghub
ir Singh</td><td>2009</td><td>428</td><td>725.0000</td><td>This authentic and authoritative <stron
g>History of Jaipur was commissioned by Maharaja
Sawai Man Singh II, the last ruler of the erstwhile Jaipur state. Sir Jadunath S
arkar agreed to take up the assignment and completed the manuscript in 1939-40.
This book was finally published, as it was originally written, more than 40 year
s later in 1984.
The author meticulously documented the history of the Kachhw
a rulers of Jaipur. He ploughed through a profusion of raw material preserved al
most intact for three and a half centuries in teh Kachhwa House to present a com
pelling history of the Jaipur dynasty.
Lucidly written, this book will be of
interest to scholars and general readers alike</td><td>Sir Jadunath Sa
rkar (Bengali: ?????? ?????) was a noted Indian Bengali historian.
</td><td>W
orld</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-3690-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Short
History of Aurangzib</td><td>Jadunath Sarkar</td><td>2009</td><td>424</td><td>59
5.0000</td><td>This book is an ab
ridged version of the unrivalled five-volume History of Aurangzib&
lt;/strong> by Sir Jadunath Sarkar. It contains one half of the material of t
he original work. Yet, the author, who himself shortened it, has not compromised
on the essential aspects of this history practically the history of India for s
ixty year. Aurangzibs career prior to his accession has been skillfully compresse
d while significant events during his reign have been dealt with in detail. 
This concise edition, written in
an inimitable style, will continue to be a valuable resource for students and sc
holars of medieval Indian history.
</td><td>Sir Jadunath Sarkar was a noted Indian Bengali histo
rian.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
of the World: From the Late Nineteenth to the Early Twenty-First Century</td><td
>Arjun Dev and Indira Arjun Dev </td><td>2009</td><td>288</td><td>310.0000</td><
td>Lucidly written by two of Indi
as well-known historians, this book presents a comprehensive overview of world hi
story from the last decade of the nineteenth century to present times.
Using
the two world wars as their principal focal points but without in any way being
euro-or West-centric, the book chronicles the major watershed events that have s
haped and defined todays world. Beginning with the events that led to the First W
orld War to the events of 9/11, the book comprehensively discusses various event
s and forces, like the Black peoples struggle for equality in the US, the anti-im
perialist and nationalist movements in Asia and Africa, the formation of the Uni
ted Nations, the Cold War and the construction of the unipolar world. In the ent
ire arrangement of themes, the primary aim of the authors is to establish the in
terconnectedness of events and their bearing on the progress of world history.
History of the World sho
uld be essential reading for undergraduate students of history. Students of inte
rnational relations will also find the book useful. </td><td><div
style="text-align: justify">Arjun Dev is present
ly research Associate, Towards Freedom project, Indian council for historical Re
search. He was associated with NCERT from 1963 to 2000 and retired as professor
of history and head of the NCERTs erstwhile social science and humanitites depar
tment. He was a key figure in curriculum development and in the publication of a
number of NCERT books.
Indira Arjun Dev was professor of history at NCERT. S
he was associated with various programmes of curriculum development and evaluati
on of textbooks used at different levels. She has co-authored and edited a numbe
r of textbooks, particularly on world history, Indias freedom struggle and human
rights education.</div></td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-250-2297-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Living Tr
aditions in Contemporary Contexts: The Madhva Matha of Udupi</td><td>Mr. Vasudev

a Rao</td><td>2002</td><td>252</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This book exami
nes a monastic institution the Madhava Matha of Udupi (Udipi) in Southern Karnat
aka as a site of the formation of religious opinion, of monastic training, and p
ractice, and the transmission of knowledge. The author brings both sociological
and textual perspectives to bear on his work.
While anthropologists and sociologists have worked on cults, practices,
categories of specialists and concepts, Vasudeva Raos is one of the few books to
focus on a monastic institution as the site of the formation of religious opini
on in the context of monastic training and practice. Dr Raos work provides an un
derstanding of doxa or religious opinion in the context of the Madhva tradition
of South India. In doing so, he focusses on priests rather than ascetics and th
us contributes to the growing body of literature on the forms in which Brahminic
ideology and practice take shape. In the process, Dr Rao also casts light on t
he complex ways in which a tradition perpetuates itself and deals with continuit
y and change. The study highlights the ways that texts are learned, remembered
and transmitted to become a part of Indian religious experience. A significant
contribution is also the ways in which the understanding of Madhva gurus and stu
dents reflect and are influenced by the general mood and the political discourse
in the country.
</td><td>Vasudeva Rao holds a Ph.D. in Sociology fro
m the Delhi School of Economics, where he subsequently taught a few years. He is
at present a Consultant at the United Nations Development Programme, New Delhi.

Apart from his work in the sociology of religion, he has also written o
n education and works on issues related to child labour and education.
<td>978-0-10106-936-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Samagra
Andhurla Charitra - Samskruthi
Charithara Purvayugam nunchi Rashtra V
ibhajana, Ananthara Parinamala Varaku (Telugu)</td><td>Sivanagi Reddy Emani and
NVS Ravi Kumar</td><td>2016</td><td>424</td><td>450.0000</td><td>This
is a text of History based on the syllabus of for the aspirants of Andhra Prades
h Public Service Commission [APPSC]. It is aimed for the aspirants of civil serv
ices in Andhra Pradesh. The book covers the history of Andhra Pradesh from its a
ncient times to the medieval and modern times until the bifurcation of Andhra Pr
adesh State into Telangana and Andhra Pradesh in 2014. The book provides the lat
est information on the division of the State.
There is a free booklet of questions packaged with this book which will
help students to self-evaluate their understanding of the subject. There are a
lso more than 35 photographs given in the book.
The book is written in a very lucid manner and easy to understand way.
</td><td>A well known historian, Professor Shivnagi Reddy Eman
i is currently, Chairman, Board of Studies, Department of Travel and T
ourism, Vikramsimhapuri University, Nellore, Andhra Pradesh.
Dr N V S Ravi Kumar is a renowned historian. current
ly Head of Department of History, Heritage and Tourism Studies, HMV, Vidyanagar,
Hyderabad. He has 22 years of experience in teaching and research.
<td>978-0-00106-485-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>1857: Es
says from Economic and Political Weekly</td><td>Banyopadhyay and Sekhar</td><td>
quot;>This volume marks the sesquicentennial of the events of 1857, in which
multi-pronged, widespread and in many instances, organised resistance broke out
against the British across north India. The contributions in this volume look at
several aspects of 1857, and assess its events not merely in terms of their imm
ediately, but in the repercussions that they had politically, socially, and mili
tarily. The essays look at how historiography has accorded its own interpretatio
n to 1857 and its effects, an interpretation that is changing even today.</p&
gt;
 The collection has been grouped
into five sections, each of which explores diverse aspects of 1857. The first se
ction looks at historical perspectives and is titled "Then and Now"; t
he second, "Sepoys and Soldiers" looks at the military aspects; the th
ird, "The Margins" is from the point of view of Dalits; the fourth, &q
uot;Fictional Representations" studies how 1857 has been depicted in litera
ture; and the fifth, "The Arts and 1857" looks at 1857 as it has inspi
red films, music, and fine art.
Held together with a preface by Sekhar Bandyo
padhyay, the essays in this volume---that range in theme and subject from histor
iography and military engagements, to the dalit viranganas idealised in traditio
nal songs and the "unconventional protagonists" in mutiny novels---con
verge on one common goal: to enrich the existing national debates on the 1857 U
prising.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-8028-038-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Renaissan
ce Reborn: In Search of a Historical Paradigm</td><td>Sukanta Chaudhuri</td><td>
2010</td><td>224</td><td>650.0000</td><td>The term Renaiss
ance has been used to refer to various movements in cultural hist
ory originally in Europe, and later, by extension, to other civilizations. This
book brings together a collection of articles by thirteen Italian and Indian s
cholars on the European and Indian renaissances. Between them they cover the wo
rk of major writers in Europe (Dante, Petrarch) and India (Bankim Chandra, Vidy
asagar, Tagore); cultural and socio-historic movements like humanism, nationali
sm, the Reformation and Orientalism; and crucial social sectors like the growth
of the vernaculars, the changing status of women and pursuit of science. </td><td>Sukanta Chaudhuri is Professor of English and Director, School of
Cultural Texts and Records at Jadavpur University.</td><td>World</td><td>History
</td>
men.
y.</td><td>IN,NP,PK,LK,MV,BD,BT</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-87358-37-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Writing H
istory in the Soviet Union: Making the Past Work</td><td>Arup Banerji</td><td>20
08</td><td>300</td><td>695.0000</td><td>The history of th
e Soviet Union has been charted in several studies over the decad
es. These depictions while combining accuracy, elegance, readability and imagina
tiveness, have failed to draw attention to the political and academic environmen
t within which these histories were composed. Writing History in t

he Soviet Union: Making the Past Work is aimed at understanding t
his environment. 
The book seeks to identify the significant hallmarks of the production
of Soviet history by Soviet as well as Western historians. It traces how the Rus
sian Revolution of 1917 triggered a shift in official policy towards historians
and the publication of history textbooks for schools. In 1985, the Soviet past w
as again summoned for polemical revision as part and parcel of an attitude of op
enness (glasnost') and in this, literary figures joined their energies to th
ose of historians. The Communist regime sought to equate the history of the coun
try with that of the Communist Party itself in 1938 and 1962, and this imposed a
blanket of conformity on history writing in the Soviet Union.
</p&g
t;
The book also surveys the rich abundance of writing the Russian Revolut
ion generated as well as the divergent approaches to the history of the period.
The conditions for research in Soviet archives are described as an aspect of off
icial monitoring of history writing. Another instance of this is the manner by w
hich history textbooks have, through the years, been withdrawn from schools and
others officially nursed into circulation. This intervention, occasioned in the
present circumstance by statements by President Putin himself, in the manner in
which history is taught in Russian schools, continues to this day. In other word
s, over the years, the regime has always worked to make the past work.
</td><td>Arup Banerji teaches Russian, Soviet and West European History at the D
epartment of History, University of Delhi. He has published a study of private
trade and traders during the 1920s, Merchants and Markets in Revolutionary Russi
a, 1917-30, and has written on politics and economic issues in the Russian Feder
ation as well as on the Silk Routes.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Histor
y</td>
e and Nationalist Ideology: Writing Histories of Modern Indian Languages</td><td
>Hans Harder (Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>400</td><td>695.0000</td><td>&l
t;EM>This volume takes onbig questions, making a sophisticated and significan
t contribution to the great tradition of assessing the emergence of literary m
odernity in South Asia.- Vasudha Dalmia,</STRONG&gt
; Professor of Hindi and Chair of the Department of South and Southeast Asian
Studies, University of California Writing histories</STRONG&
gt; of literature means making selections, passing value judgments, and incorp
orating or rejecting foregoing traditions. The book argues that in many parts
of India, literary histories play an important role in creating a cultural eth
os. They are closely linked with nationalism in general and various regional su
b-nationalisms in particular. 
Literary historiography helps to establish a national literature in a w
ay that is not always unproblematic: systematic representation of literary wor
ks and authors is as much part of this story as conscious omissions or politic
al spins in the making of a literary heritage.The contributors to this volume
look at a great variety of aspects of the historiography of modern regional la
nguages of India. The approach excludes classical languages of India from this
approach, except Tamil which is considered a modern and a classical language
at the same time. It includes the late yet undoubtedly successful arrival of E
nglish in the nations literary corpus.</td><td>Hans Har
der teaches Modern South Asian Languages and Literatures at the
South Asia Institute, Heidelberg University, Germany.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV
,LK</td><td>History</td>
P,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</td>
History of Medieval India</td><td>Meenakshi Khanna (Ed.)</td><td>2007</td><td>3
trong>Cultural History of Medieval India is a part of the seri
es, Readings in History. The books in this series have been edited and put toget
her by eminent historians for their students.
This anthology of readings see
ks to explore Indian culture in the medieval period through five themes: kingshi
p traditions, social processes of religious devotion, inter-cultural perception,
forms of identities, and aesthetics.
Written by well-known scholars, the el
even essays in this book present sub-cultures in diverse regional settings of th
e subcontinent. The articles suggest that culture does not exist as fragments of
the great and little, or classic and folk in any given tradition. In fact, variants
hin a given tradition interact with one another and assimilate new characteristi
cs over time. These interactions also take place across boundaries of different
religious and cultural spheres, and in the process, give meaning to the notions
of the self and the other. In an attempt to define the other one discovers the self.
se readings introduce a new way of understanding medieval Indian history by enga
ging with interdisciplinary methods of research on issues that are significant t
o everyday existence in a plural society like that of India.
This book will
be of great value to students of history, as well as to other readers interested
in the culture of the medieval period in India.</td><td><div style
="text-align: justify">Meenakshi Khanna is Reade
r in History, Indraprastha College for Women, University of Delhi.</div></
td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-87358-23-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Unbecomin
g Modern: Colonialism, Modernity, Colonial Modernities</td><td>Saurabh Dube and
Ishita Banerjee-Dube (Ed.)</td><td>2006</td><td>266</td><td>675.0000</td><td>&lt
;p style="text-align: justify">IN THIS VOLUME </st
rong>well-known scholars from India and Latin America Enrique Dussel, Madhu D
ubey, Walter Mignolo and Sudipta Sen to name a few discuss the concepts of moder
nity and colonialism, and describe how the two relate to each other. Unbecoming Modern: Colonialism, Modernity, Colonial Modernities </strong&
gt;explores the vital impact of the colonial pasts of India, Mexico, China and t
he even the Unites States on the processes through which these countries have be
come modern.
The collection is unique as it brings together a range of disci
plines and perspectives. The topics discussed include the Zapatista movement in
southern Mexico, the image of the South in recent African-American literature, t

he theories of Andre Gunder Frank about the early modernization of Asian countri
es, and the contradictions of the colonial state in India.</td><td>&lt
;b>Saurabh Dube is Professor of History, Centre for Asian and Afric
an Studies, El Colegio de México, Mexico City. <div> </div><div style="text-align: justify">Ishita
Banerjee-Dube is Associate Professor, Centre for Asian and African St
udies, El Colegio de México, Mexico City.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,L
K,PK,MV</td><td>History</td>
History of Modern India</td><td>Dilip M. Menon(Ed.)</td><td>2011</td><td>197</t
d><td>195.0000</td><td>THE HISTORY of mode
rn India has been narrated largely in terms of the nationalist movement, person
alities and what has been seen as the high politics of the state. Recent shifts i
n history writing have tried to bring in subordinated histories of regions and
of groups. We are moving towards a wider understanding of politics, history and
of the ordinary people who make history. This collection tries to push the eme
rging paradigm further by moving away from conventional notions of the history
of the nation and indeed of the political. 
The six essays in this collection present original and pioneering fora
ys in the study of cricket, oral history, gender studies, film, popular culture
and Indian classical music. Whether looking at issues of caste on the seemingl
y level playing field of cricket in early twentieth century India; or how a nin
eteenth century housewife comes to pen the first autobiography by an Indian wom
an; calendar art reflecting deeper notions of religion and community; or how an
idea of pure classical music faces the challenge of technology, these essays sho
w how ideas of self, community and art are formed within a larger politics. Mor
eover, culture far from being a refuge from the political is also the space wit
hin which politics comes to be worked out.
</td><td>Dilip M. Menon is Mellon Chair i
n Indian Studies and Professor of History at the University of Witwatersrand,
Johannesburg.</td><td>IN,BD,MV,NP,PK,LK,BT</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-87358-24-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Good Women
do not inherit Land: Politics of Land and Gender in India</td><td>Nitya Rao</td>
ify">GOOD WOMEN should not claim a share in
the inheritance, even if they have no brothers. Notions such as this have, in thei
r own way and over time, given the women in the Santal Parganas the resolve to w
rest what is rightfully theirs.
This is a powerful book in the way in which i
t unfolds the lives and anxieties of Santal women in the two villages of Dumka d
istrict, Jharkhand. From the very beginning, adivasi women come alive through se
parate life histories. They span different situations and social patterns but al
l of them relate to rights in landed property, and their own troubled identities
in the backdrop of harsh living conditions, social discrimination and lack of s
tate support. Land for the Santal women is not a mere economic resource. It stan
ds for security, social position and identity, and in this men have a distinct a
dvantage. Soon after, writing in a personal vein, the author unfolds how these a
nxieties of the Santal women resonate her own.

The author traces the relationshi
p between Santals and their land from historic times to the modern era when they
have access to both the modern legal system and their own customary laws. She a
lso examines the role of external agencies in this struggle government administr
ative bodies, non-governmental organizations and political leaders. As modern in
fluences crowd out traditional mores the author asserts that development is not
always a benign process of social advancement but a highly political struggle fo
r re-negotiating power relations between men and women, and among social groups.
The use of a community identity as adivasis has also been responsible for denying
women rights to land in the context of the movement for political autonomy of J
harkhand.
Based on rich ethnographic material, this sensitive book lays bare
the reality of being an adivasi and an adivasi woman, in all its nuances, in the
modern globalized world.
</td><td>Nitya Rao is Senior Lecturer, School of Development
Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, UK.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</t
d><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-384-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Unsettli
ng the Past: Unknown Aspects and Scholarly Assessments of D.D. Kosambi</td><td>D
.D. Kosambi, Meera kosambi (Ed.)</td><td>2014</td><td>402</td><td>595.0000</td><
td>Of virtually no modern histor
This book contains relatively un
known writings by Kosambi, including several obscure but important essays and a
n unpublished childrens story. Also made available here for the first time are s
ome wonderful letters that Kosambi wrote to, among others, the scientist Homi B
habha and the writer-historian Robert Graves. These reveal Kosambis mastery of t
he epistolary art. <div style="text-align: justify">Ot
her sections contain tributes to Kosambi by his friends, and essays by major co
ntemporary scholars on his contributions in diverse fields. The volume gives a
new and well-rounded picture of Kosambis writings, as well as mature assessments
of his scholarship by some of the best minds of our time.</div></td><td>
The editor, Meera kosamb
i provides an Introduction which situates her father within his socia
l, political, intellectual, and familial milieux.
D.D. Kosambi,(
19071966), the Harvard mathematician and Marxist who trained himself in Sanskrit
and ancient Indian studies, was arguably Indias most influential historian of t
he twentieth century. His daughter, Meera kosambi, who has edited this
volume, is a sociologist. Her several books include Crossing Threshol
ds: Feminist Essays in Social History (2007), and Women Wr
iting Gender: Marathi Fiction Before Independence (2012). <
/td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-394-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Reconsid
ering Untouchability : Chamars and Dalit History in North India</td><td>Ramnaray
an S.Rawat</td><td>2014</td><td>292</td><td>495.0000</td><td><div style=&quot
;text-align: justify">Often identified as leatherworkers or characterize
d as a criminal caste, the Chamars of North India have long been stigmatized as
untouchables. In this pathbreaking study, Ramnarayan S. Rawat shows that in fact
the majority of Chamars have always been agriculturalists, and their associatio
n with the ritually impure occupation of leatherworking has largely been constru
cted through Hindu, colonial, and postcolonial representations of untouchability
. </div><div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div style="text-align: justify">Rawat undertake
s a comprehensive reconsideration of the history, identity, and politics of this
important Dalit group. Using Dalit vernacular literature, local-level archival
sources, and interviews in Dalit neighborhoods, he reveals a previously unrecogn
ized Dalit movement which has flourished in North India from the earliest decade
s of the twentieth century and which has recently achieved major political succe
sses. </div></td><td>Ramnarayan S. Rawat is As
sistant Professor of History at the University of Delaware. </td><td>Wo
<td>978-81-7824-391-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Elephants
and Kings: An Environmental History</td><td>Thomas R. Trautmann</td><td>2015</t
d><td>414</td><td>995.0000</td><td><div>Because of their size, elephants h

ave long been irresistible for kings as symbols of eminence. In early civilizati
onssuch as Egypt, Mesopotamia, the Indus civilization, and Chinaelephants were use
d for royal sacrifice, spectacular hunts, public displays, and their ivoryall asp
ects driving them toward extinction. The kings of India, however, Thomas Trautma
nn shows, found a use for elephants that actually helped preserve their habitat
and numbers in the wild: war.</div><div> </div><
div>This book traces the history of the war elephant in India and its spread
as an institution from there to the West, where elephants featured within some o
f the greatest wars of antiquity. Southeast Asia and China are also examined for
comparison and contrast within this environmental history spanning 3000 years a
nd covering a vast terrain, from Spain to Java. </div><div>
 </div><div>Trautmann shows Indian kings capturing wild e
lephants and training them, one by one, through millennia. He reveals the politi
cal compulsions requiring the protection of elephants from hunters and their for
ests from being cut down. Taking a wide-angle view of humanelephant relations, he
throws into relief the structure of Indias environmental history and the reasons
for the persistence of wild elephants in its forests.</div><div>&lt
;br /></div><div>Written with uncommon flair and elegance, this i
s a monumental work of environmental history using Indian antiquity as its entry
point. It will interest lay readers, historians, and environmentalists.</div
></td><td>Thomas R.
Trautmann is Emeritus Professor of the University of Mic
higan, where he taught the history of ancient India and the anthropology of kins
hip.  Some of his books are Dravidian kinship (1981), Aryans and British India (1997), The Aryan debate (2005), Languages and nations: the Dravidian proof in colonial Madras&
lt;/span> (2006), The clash
of chronologies: ancient India in the modern world (2009), India: brief history of a civilization&
lt;/span> (2011) and Arthash
astra: the science of wealth (2012).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</
td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-388-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Ashoka in
Ancient India</td><td>Nayanjot Lahiri</td><td>2015</td><td>414</td><td>895.0000
</td><td>
Ancient rulers regarded him as the iconic Buddhist king. Jawaharlal Neh
ru considered him the greatest emperor of all time. H.G. Wells portrayed him as
the sole shining star of antiquity. But who was the flesh-and-blood Ashoka?
The third emperor of the Maurya dynasty, Ashoka ruled an empire encompa
ssing most of India as well as its western borderlands. He was normal as a ruler
of uncommon ambition, but utterly unusual as the pioneer of a model of humane g
overnance.  In fact the candour and emotion of his messages on stone sh
ow him less as a political figure than as a self-reflective individual.</p&gt
;
Recovering Ashokas life and times from legend, Nayanjot Lahiri crafts a
wonderful biography of this most extraordinary emperor. She provides him with co
ntextual flesh, teasing out his psychology and personality from his edicts and a
rchaeological data about life in India over the last few centuries BCE.</p&gt
;
This is the most historically rich and readable book on Ashoka and his
context.
</td><td>Nayanjot Lahiri established her r
eputation as an accessible historian of Indian antiquity with Finding F
orgotten Cities: How the Indus Civilization was Discovered (2005). Her
books include Marshalling the Past: Ancient India and Its Modern Histor
ies (2012) and The Archaeology of Indian Trade Routes&nbsp
;(1993). She won the Infosys Prize 2013 in the HumanitiesArchaeology, and is Prof
essor, Department of History, University of Delhi.
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-389-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Gende
r Of Caste: Representing Dalits in Print</td><td>Charu Gupta</td><td>2015</td><t
d>354</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Caste and gender are complex markers of
difference, hierarchy, and inequality. They have rarely been addressed together
in the context of colonial India. The Gender of Caste rethinks the history of ca
ste from a gendered perspective by exploring its connections with printpublicpopul
ar culture.
Charu Gupta shows that the creation by elites of hegemonic print and li
terary practices involved the operation of caste and gender in tandem. Caste and
gender constituted society in vital ways and caste was central to how gender wa
s reproduced. Deriving her material from Uttar Pradesh a century ago, she shows
that ideas about gender were critical to caste practices in relation to Dalits.&
lt;/p>

Historicizing several axes along which Dalits were representedgender, caste, clas
s, and community, she extends the preoccupations of Indian feminists and Dalit h
istorians. Utilizing the lens of representation, she examines ideological discours
es that constructed Dalits generally, and Dalit women specifically. Such constru
ctions, she argues, suggest the implicit collusion of colonizers, nationalists,
reformers, and Dalits themselves. She takes us through historical narratives tha
t helped engender images of Dalits and untouchable women, reifications which North
Indians internalized and reproduced towards a cultural common sense that persists
into our own time.

This book questions both the presumptive upper-casteness of feminist studies and t
he presumptive maleness of most Dalit studies of the colonial period. Dalit masc
ulinity, remembrances of 1857, popular vocabularies and idioms, conversion anxie
ties, and the difficulties of indentured labour are among the many themes of thi
s booka major expansion of the field.
</td><td>CHARU GUPTA is Associate Professor, Departm
ent of History, University of Delhi. Her books include Sexuality, Obscenity, Com
munity: Women, Muslims, and the Hindu Public in Colonial India (2002), and Conte
sted Coastlines: Fisherfolk, Nations and Borders in South Asia (2008; coauthored
with Mukul Sharma).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</td>
ists, Nationalists, Democrats: The Collected Essays</td><td>Sarvepalli Gopal (Au
) and Srinath Raghavan (Ed.)</td><td>2014</td><td>444</td><td>595.0000</td><td>&
lt;p>The present book gathers together thirty pieces from scattered and relat
ively inaccessible sources. It is remarkable equally for the quality of the writ
ing within it, reminiscent of the virtues that made Gopals reputation. The English
prose of most Indian academics is wooden, say Ramachandra Guha and Sunil Khilnan
i in their preface to this collection. Gopal, who had immersed himself in the lit
erature of the language, was by contrast a stylist with a wry turn of phrase. Th
ough his mother tongue was Telugu and he spoke Tamil fairly wellas well as an Oxf
ord-educated Brahmin couldhe wrote almost entirely in English, crafting his sente
nces fastidiously This is everywhere apparent in the essays here.
gt;
This is not a collection only for historians and students of Indian politics. It
is a book for anyone wanting to read first-rate English prose by one of the mos
t thoughtful and thought-provoking writers of modern India.</td><td>&lt
;b>S. Gopal (19232002) was the most respected Indian historian of hi
s time. His biographies of Jawaharlal Nehru and Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan remain
the finest political lives written in the country. His writings on Indian histor
y and politics are admired for their flair, elegance, insight, and thoroughness.

Srinath Raghavan is the author of War and
Peace in Modern India (2010). He is Senior Fellow, Centre for Policy
Research, New Delhi, and Lecturer in Defence Studies at Kings College London. He
is writing an international history of the IndiaPakistan war of 1971 and the crea
tion of Bangladesh.
<td>978-81-7824-374-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dharmana
nd Kosambi: The Essential Writings</td><td>Meera Kosambi</td><td>2013</td><td>43
8</td><td>595.0000</td><td>The life and writings of Dharm
anand Kosambi (18761947), pioneering scholar of Pali and Buddhist
Studies, comprise the substance of this book. 
Born in rural Goa, Dharmanand came under the spell of the Buddhas teachi
ngs during his adolescence. As described in his long autobiographical memoir (in
cluded here), at an early age he set off on an incredible journey of austere sel
f-training across the length and breadth of Britains Indian Empire, halting to ed
ucate himself at places connected with Buddhism. His sojourns included living in
Sri Lanka to master Pali as a novitiate-scholar, in a Burmese cave as a <em&
gt;bhikshu, and in some viharas of North Indiabeg
ging for monastic sustenanceas well as in Nepal and Sikkim which he reached after
arduous, sometimes barefoot, treks. Over these itinerant years Dharmanand acqui
red such mastery of the Buddhist canon that he was variously appointed to teach
and research at Calcutta, Baroda, Harvard, and Leningrad.
As a thinker Dharmanand blended Buddhist ethics, Mahatma Gandhis philoso
phy of truth and non-violence, and the ideals of socialism. He exchanged letters
with the Mahatma, worked for his causes, and died in the approved Buddhist/Jain
manner by voluntary starvation at Sevagram ashram. Arguably, no Indian scholars
Despite his mastery of several languages, Dharmanand chose to write in
Marathi because of his strong region-specific commitment. Consequently, very few
today are familiar with his copious output in Buddhist Studies, and fewer still
with his contribution to social and political thought.
By translating and marshalling his most significant writings, Meera Kos
ambi shows the manifold dimensions of Dharmanands personality, and the profoundly
moral character of his intellectual journeys. Her Introduction also contextuali
zes the life, career, and achievement of one of modern Indias greatest scholar-sa
vants. </td><td>Meera Kosambi is a sociol
ogist trained in India, Sweden, and the USA. She has specialized in Urban Studie
s and Womens Studies. She was formerly Professor and Director of the Research Cen
tre for Womens Studies at the SNDT Womens University in Mumbai. She has taught, le
ctured, and published widely in India and abroad. Her books include Re
turning the American Gaze: Pandita Ramabais The Peoples of the United States (1889)
 (2003), Crossing Thresholds: Feminist Essays in Social His
tory (2007), and Feminist Vision or Treason against Men? Kash
ibai Kanitkar and the Engendering of Marathi Literature (2008). </td><td>WORLD</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-375-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Creative
Pasts: Historical Memory and Identity in Western India 1700-1960</td><td>Prachi
Deshpande</td><td>2013</td><td>320</td><td>595.0000</td><td>The Maratha
period of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, when an independent Maratha
state successfully resisted the Mughals, is a defining era in Indian history. Pr
achi Deshpande examines this period for various political projects in the countr
y at large, including anticolonial Hindu nationalism and the non-Brahman movemen

t, as well as popular debates throughout the nineteenth and twentieth centuries
over the meaning of tradition, culture, colonialism, and modernity.
Deploying a rich body of literary and cultural sources, Deshpande highl
ights shifts in history writing in early modern western India, as well as the de
ep connections between historical and literary narratives. She also shows how his
torical memory provided a space for Indians to negotiate among their national, re
ligious, and regional identities, pointing out historys pervasive potential for s
haping politics within thoroughly diverse societies.
A study of quite extraordinary penetration and breadth, <s
trong>Creative Pasts mines Maratha history and Mara
thi sources as never before to analyse historiography, popular memory, and the s
ocio-literary impact of colonialism on regional societies and cultures. Expandin
g from this base, the book succeeds also in showing how many of the significant
patterns of Indian modernity derive from the interplay of cultural activities, p
ower structures, and political rhetoric over the past two centuries and more.&lt
;/p>
</td><td>PRACHI DESHPANDE is presently Assistant Professor of History a
t the University of California, Berkeley. She has an M.A. from Jawaharlal Nehru
University and a Ph.D. from Tufts University. She has been Assistant Professor o
f History at Rutgers (Newark) and Colorado State University. </td><td
>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-376-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Atomic St
ate</td><td>Jahnavi Phalkey</td><td>2013</td><td>354</td><td>795.0000</td><td>&l
t;p>In 1974 India conducted what it called peaceful nuclear tests. These demon
strated that the country possessed the technology required to make atom bombs.
In historical accounts, this explosive achievement has come to be seen as the c
ulmination of a states efforts at capacity building and self-reliance through big
science. 
Questioning the received wisdom, Jahnavi Phalkey provides a fascinatin
gly different history. Mining new data from personal and institutional archives
, she contradicts persistent nationalist notions about early atomic science in
India as the starting point of bombs. She shows that the emergence of the count
rys nuclear science infrastructure was in fact tenuous, contradictory, and rich
in faction fights which frequently determined outcomes and directions. </p&g
t;
Phalkey traces the academic roots of Indias nuclear research to univers
ities, industrial philanthropy, leading scientists, and laboratories: C.V. Rama
n, Meghnad Saha, Homi Bhabha, Shanti Swarup Bhatnagar, and Jawaharlal Nehru are
among her books major protagonists; and Calcutta, Bombay, and Bangalore the ins
titutional centres. Big science in India is located via three transitions: of n
uclear physics from table-top experiments to electronic equipment systems; of I
ndia from imperial rule to independence; and of international relations from im
perialism to the Cold War. 
A brilliant contribution to its field, this book makes us rethink the place of s
cience in Indias history, as well as the frameworks deployed for writing contemp
orary history.</td><td>Jahnavi Phalkey is Lecturer i
n History of Science and Technology at Kings College London.</td><td>W
orld</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-382-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Modern Ti
mes: India1880s 1950s - Environment, Economy, Culture</td><td>Sumit Sarkar</td><
td>2014</td><td>476</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
Much has changed in the world of
South Asian history-writing since Sumit Sarkars renowned classic, Mode
rn India (1983). The passage of thirty years having rendered that wor
k thoroughly dated, the futility of any attempt to revise it became increasingl
y clear to me, especially as over this period my own historical perspectives to
ok new and unexpected directions, says the author. The present work is an entire
ly fresh view of the same period.
Focusing on three huge areas Econ
omy, Environment, and Culture Professor Sarkar offers his magisterial perspecti
ve on these.
Scientific discourses, laws, fore
st administration, peasants and adivasis, irrigation, and conflicts over land-u
se are examined, as are agrarian relations, commercialization, indebtedness, an
d famine. Trade, finance, and industry are other major focus areas.
Modern urban India is scrutinized
via the literature on its big cities. Sociabilities, caste configurations, and
public culture (theatre, cinema, and sports) are discussed, as are literature,
dance, music, and painting.
In conclusion, says Professor Sar
kar, I have within each chapter incorporated the relevant historiographical deve
lopments, changes, and debates. Separate bibliographical sections will I hope f
acilitate the work of teachers and students.
</td><td>
Sumit Sakar, i
s among the most influential and widely admired historians of modern India. His
several books include The Swadeshi Movement in Bengal, &l
t;em>Modern India 18851947, Writing Social History, and Beyond Nationalist Frames. Following a distingui
shed teaching career, he retired as Professor of History, Delhi University. He
lives in New Delhi and is working on his next book. 
<td>978-81-7824-378-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Unqu
iet Woods (Twentieth Anniversary Edition):Ecological Change and Peasant Resistan
.0000</td><td>Popular initiatives to halt deforestation in the Himalaya
, such as the Chipko movement, are globally renowned. It is less well known that
these movements have a history stretching back more than a hundred years. A pro
per understanding of this long duration within the forests of submontane North I
ndia required the marriage of two scholarly traditions: the sociology of peasant
protest and the ecologically oriented study of history.
Twenty years ago there appeared on this subject an unknown authors first
book: The Unquiet Woods (1989
) by Ramachandra Guha. Fairly quickly, the book came to be recognized as not jus
t another study of dissenting peasants but as something of a classic which had w
illy nilly opened up a whole new field environmental history in South Asia. While
the monograph has as a consequence been continuously in print within India and
in the West since then, its author has become a biographer and historian of inte
rnational stature.
In celebration of its twentieth year in print, 
The Unquiet Woods is now reissued with additional mate
rial: a new reflective preface by the author on the genesis and limitations of t
he book which set him off on the path of writerly success, as well as three fres
hly commissioned critical essays by major academic specialists. Taken together,
this additional material situates the monograph and its influence within environ
mental history in India, Europe and Latin America, and the USA.
This is a book for anyone interested in the history of Indias environmen
t, forests and their dwellers, the varieties of colonial rule, and the specifici
ties of rural rebellion. And it is a book for anyone interested in the writings
of Ramachandra Guha.</td><td>RAMACHANDRA GUHAs most recent boo
k is the monumental India After Gandhi: The History of the Worlds Large
st Democracy. His biography of Verrier Elwin, Savaging the
Civilized, fused intellectual biography with history of anthropology.
Guha is also known as an essayist, columnist, and Indias supreme authority on cr
icket history. Now a writer at large, Guha has held the Arne Naess Chair in Hist
ory in Oslo, and taught at many academic univesities and institutions including
at Yale, Stanford, and Bangalore.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-371-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Citizensh
ip and Its Discontents: An Indian History</td><td>Niraja Gopal Jayal</td><td>201
3</td><td>376</td><td>795.0000</td><td>Breaking new ground in scholarsh
ip, this is the first history of citizenship in India. 
Unlike the mature democracies of the West, India began as a true republ
ic of equals with a complex architecture of citizenship rights that was sensitiv
e to the many hierarchies of Indian society. In this provocative biography of th
e defining aspiration of modern India, Jayal shows how the progressive civic ide
als embodied in the constitution have been challenged by exclusions based on soc
ial and economic inequality, and sometimes also, paradoxically, undermined by it
s own policies of inclusion.
Citizenship and Its Discontents&
lt;/em> explores a century of contestations over citizenship from the colonia
l period to the present, analysing evolving conceptions of citizenship as legal
status, as rights, and as identity.
The early optimism that a new India could be fashioned out of an unequa
l and diverse society led to a formally inclusive legal membership, an impulse t
o social and economic rights, and group-differentiated citizenship. Today, these
policies to create a civic community of equals are losing support in a climate
of social intolerance and weak solidarity. 
Once seen by Western political scientists as an anomaly, India today is
a site where every major theoretical debate about citizenship is being enacted
in practice, and one that no global discussion of the subject can afford to igno
re. </td><td>Niraja Gopal Jayal
is Professor at the Centre for the Study of Law and Governance at JNU, New Delh
i. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-373-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Blac
k Hole of Empire: History of a Global Practice of Power</td><td>Partha Chatterje
: justify">When Siraj, the ruler of Bengal, overran the British settleme
nt of Calcutta in 1756, he allegedly jailed 146 European prisoners overnight in
a cramped prison. Of the group, 123 died of suffocation. While this episode was
never independently confirmed, the story of the black hole of Calcutta was widely
circulated and seen by the British public as an atrocity committed by savage col
onial subjects. 
The Black
Hole of Empire follows the ever-changing representati
ons of this historical event and founding myth of the British Empire in India, f
rom the eighteenth century to the present. Partha Chatterjee explores how a supp
osed tragedy paved the ideological foundations for the civilizing force of British
imperial rule and territorial control in India. 
Chatterjee takes a close look at
the justifications of modern empire by liberal thinkers, international lawyers,
and conservative traditionalists, and examines the intellectual and political re
sponses of the colonized, including those of Bengali nationalists. The two sides
of empire''s entwined history are brought together in the story of the
Black Hole memorial: set
up in Calcutta in 1760, demolished in 1821, restored by Lord Curzon in 1902, an
d removed in 1940 to a neglected churchyard. 
Challenging conventional truisms
of imperial history, nationalist scholarship, and liberal visions of globalizati
on, Chatterjee argues that empire is a necessary and continuing part of the hist
ory of the modern state. </td><td>Partha Chatterjee
 is professor of anthropology and of Middle Eastern, South Asian, and
African Studies at Columbia University; and honorary professor at the Centre for
Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta. His books include The Politics
of the Governed and Lineages of Political Society</em&gt
;. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>History</td>
</td><td>world</td><td>History</td>
Hinduism - Philosophy and Identity in Indian Intellectual History </td><td>Andre
w J. Nicholson</td><td>2016</td><td>280</td><td>495.0000</td><td>Some p
ostcolonial theorists argue that the idea of a single system of belief known as H
induism is a creation of nineteenth-century British imperialists. Andrew J. Nicho
lson introduces another perspective: although a unified Hindu identity is not as
ancient as some Hindus claim, it has its roots in innovations within South Asia
n philosophy from the fourteenth to the seventeenth centuries. During this time,
thinkers treated the philosophies of Vedanta, Samkhya, and Yoga, along with the
worshippers of Visnu, Siva, and Sakti, as belonging to a single system of belie
f and practice. Instead of seeing such groups as separate and contradictory, the
y re-envisioned them as separate rivers leading to the ocean of Brahman, the ult
imate reality.
Drawing on the writings of philosophers from late medieval and early mo
dern traditions, including Vijnanabhiksu, Madhava, and Madhusudana Sarasvati, Ni
cholson shows how influential thinkers portrayed Vedanta philosophy as the ultim
ate unifier of diverse belief systems. This project paved the way for the work o
f later Hindu reformers, such as Vivekananda, Radhakrishnan, and Gandhi, whose t
eachings promoted the notion that all world religions belong to a single spiritu
al unity. In his study, Nicholson also critiques the way in which Eurocentric co
ncepts like monism and dualism, idealism and realism, theism and atheism, and or
thodoxy and heterodoxy have come to dominate modern discourses on Indian philoso
phy. </td><td>Andrew j. Nicholson is Assis
tant Professor of Hinduism and Indian intellectual history in the Department of
Asian and Asian American Studies at Stony Brook University.</td><td>IN
,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>History</td>
;s Polity in the Age of Akbar</td><td>Iqtidar Alam Khan</td><td>2015</td><td>234
</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
Certain important facets of the Mughal polity during Akbars reign are th
e subject of this book. Professor Iqtidar Alam Khan traces the rise of the Mugha
l empire, focusing on the orientation given to it by Akbar. His Introduction hig
hlights political and economic processes of the first quarter of the sixteenth c
entury, in particular those that testify to a sharing of political authority and
the social surplus among culturally diverse ruling groups.
He then investigates the nature of Mughal assignments prior to the intr
oduction of the mansab system in 1575. Lo
oking next at Bairam Khans regency, he suggests that this noblemans ouster in 1560 w
as basically a victory of forces within the system resisting centralization.
Iqtidar Alam Khan then focuses on the changing composition of the nobil
ity during this early phase, and accompanying shifts in Akbars religious policy.
Hitherto unnoticed information regarding Akbars person, and happenings in the ear
ly part of his reign, furnished by one of his contemporaries, is the next subjec
t of analysis, followed by a careful tracing of Akbars changing worldview with re
ference to hitherto unpublished source material.
Finally, we are shown how Akbar promoted Iranian emigrants, most of who
m were Shiites. Iqtidar Alam Khans argument here is that a commitment to the prin
ciple of sulh-i kul freed Akbar from the constrain
ts of orthodoxy, enabling him to appoint those professing the&nbsp
;asna-i ashari doctrines to high positions in the state.
</td><td>Iqtidar Alam Khan</e
m> retired as Professor of History, Aligarh Muslim University, in 19
94, and was President of the Indian History Congress 59th session in Bangalore, i
n 1997. He has authored several books on medieval India, including Mirza Kamran: A Biographical Study (1964); &l
t;em>The Political Biography of a Mughal Noble: Munim Khan Khan-i Khanan, 14971
575 (1973); Gunpowder and Firearms: Warfa
re in Medieval India (2004); and Historic
al Dictionary of Medieval India. He is the editor of <em&
gt;Akbar and His Age (1999).

</td><td>world</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-469-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Calli
ng of History : Sir Jadunath Sarkar and His Empire of Truth</td><td>Dipesh Chakr
abarty</td><td>2015</td><td>314</td><td>795.0000</td><td>A leading
scholar in early-twentieth-century India, Sir Jadunath Sarkar
(18701958) was knighted in 1929 and became the first Indian
historian to gain honorary membership in the American Historical
Association. By the end of his lifetime, however, he had been
marginalized by the Indian history establishment, as postcolonial
historians embraced alternative approaches in the name of democracy
and anti-colonialism. The Calling
of History examines Sarkars
careerand poignant obsolescenceas a way into larger questions
about the discipline of history and its public life. 
Through
close readings of more than twelve hundred letters to and from
Sarkar, along with other archival documents, Chakrabarty demonstrates
that historians in colonial India formulated the basic concepts and
practices of the field via vigorousand at times bitter and
hurtfuldebates in the public sphere. He shows that because of its
non-technical nature the discipline as a whole remains susceptible to
pressure from both the public and the academy even today.
Methodological debates and the changing reputations of scholars like
Sarkar, he argues, must therefore be understood within the specific
contexts in which particular histories are written.

Insightful
and with far-reaching implications for all historians, The
Calling of History offers a
valuable look at the double life of history and how tensions between
its public and private sides played out in a major scholars
career.</td><td>Dipesh Chakraba
rty is the Lawrence A. Kimpton Distinguished Service Professo
r of History and South Asian Languages and Civilizations at the University of Ch
icago. He is the recipient of the 2014 Toynbee Prize, which is given to
a distinguished practitioner of global history.</td><td>
IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-397-9</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Past
Before Us - Historical Traditions of Early North India</td><td>Romila Thapar</t
It has so often been said that In
dian civilization lacks historical writingand therefore a sense of historythat t
his notion passes for a truism. There has been little attempt to show up the fa
lsity of the generalization. In the present booka magisterial historiographical
survey of every major form within which ancient North Indian history is embedde
d or evidentRomila Thapar shows an intellectually dynamic ancient world profuse
with ideas about the past, an arena replete with societies constructing, recons
tructing, and contesting various visions of worlds before their own.
To determine what makes for this
historical consciousness, says Professor Thapar, is not just an attempt to provid
e Indian civilization with a sense of history, nor is it an exercise in abstrac
t research. My intention is to argue that, irrespective of the question of the
presence or absence of historical writing as such, an understanding of the way
in which the past is perceived, recorded, and used affords insights into early
Indian society, as it does for that matter into other early societies.
She argues that to possess histor
y a civilization does not have to reveal writing in forms regarded as belonging

to the established genres of history. In fact, a variety of ancient Indian tex
ts reflect a consciousness of history; and, subsequently, there come into exis
tence recognizable historical traditions and forms of historical writing. Both
varieties of textsthose which reflect a consciousness of history and those which
reveal forms of historical writingwere deployed to reveal the past, and drawn upo
n as a cultural, political, religious, or other resource to legitimize an exist
ing social order. 
The Vedic corpus, the R
amayana, the Mahabharata, the itihasapurana tradition, the Buddhist and Jaina canons, the hagiographical a
nd biographical literature, the inscriptional evidence, a variety of chronicles
, and dramatic forms such as the Mudrarakshasa are all sc
rutinized afresh in this book: not as sources for historical data, but instead
as a civilizations many ways of thinking about and writing its history.</p&gt
;
</td><td>
Romila Thapar, 
described as virtually the only living historian of ancient and pre-mo
dern India who has risen to the rank of world-class historians, is Emeritus Pro
fessor of History at Jawaharlal University, New Delhi. She holds an Honorary D.
Litt. each from Oxford University and the University of Chicago, and is an Hono
rary Fellow of Lady Margaret Hall, Oxford, and SOAS, London University. Her ref
usal to accept state awards has only enhanced her renown: in both 1992 and 2005
she declined the Padma Bhushan, awarded by the Indian Government, because, as
she put it, I only accept awards from academic institutions or those associated
with my professional work, and not state awards. In 2008 Professor Thapar was aw
arded the prestigious Kluge Prize of the US Library of Congress, which honours
lifetime achievement in studies such as history which are not covered by the No
bel Prize.
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-399-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Hindu Pas
ts : Women, Religion, Histories </td><td>Vasudha Dalmia</td><td>2015</td><td>374
</td><td>895.0000</td><td>In her Introductio
n to this bookwhich showcases her work as a scholar of social, literary, and reli
gious historyVasudha Dalmia outlines the central ideas which thread her writings:
first, to understand in greater historical depth the relationship between langu
age, religion, and society in India, as well as the ever-changing role of its re
ligious and social institutions; second, to recognize that the Hindu tradition,
which colonials and nationalists tend to see as monolithic, is in fact a multipl
icity of distinct and semi-autonomous strands.</spa
n>
Professor </span&
gt;
Dalmias work reveals a steady focus
on Indian religious traditions, sects, and histories which, over several hundre
d years, came to collectively comprise what in the nineteenth century became kno
wn as Hinduism. In her first essay, Max Müllers study of the Veda is positio
ned within a larger history of German philosophical interest in eastern thought.
Müller appears less an exceptional German scholar and eccentric Oxford phe
nomenon once his derivation and links with earlier European Indology are made cl
ear.Subseq
uent essays look at the building blocks of colonial knowledge-formation, law-mak
ing, and pedagogy in colonial India, and the role in these of Banaras; at some o
f the major components of the Vaishnava Bhakti tradition; at pre-modern vernacul
ar narratives that fed into constructing the modern Hindi novel and the Hindu nar
i; and at the history of modern Hindi literature.Anyone interested in the plurality of Hinduism, womens i
ssues, and Indian cultural history will find this book immensely interesting.&lt
;/span></td><td><s
pan style="color: rgb(34, 30, 31)">Vasudh
a Dalmia established her reputation with a monumental monograph,</s
pan>
&lt
;font style="font-size: 11pt">The
Nationalization of Hindu Traditions<sp
an style="font-family: calibri">
(1997)her classic study of the origins of Hindu and Hindi
nationalism in the ethos of nineteenth-century Banaras. She is known
as a scholar in the classic Indological mould. She has also written
widely on the theatre, including Poetics,Plays and Performances: The Politics of Modern Indian Theatre &l
t;/span>(2007).
She has co-edited books on Hinduism, literary history, and modern
Indian culture, and taught at the universities of Heidelberg and
Tuebingen. She was for several years Professor of Hindi and Modern
South Asian Studies at the University of California, Berkeley. She
retired in 2014 as Professor of Hindu Studies at Yale.
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-459-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Nature an
d Nation : Essays on Environmental History</td><td>Mahesh Rangarajan</td><td>201
5</td><td>360</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
Writing Indias environmental history is not easy. The countrys territoria
l vastness, geographical complexity, and unusual biodiversity make the task diff
icult. Relatively few scholars have shown the historical range and intellectual
depth required to tackle the area compellingly and with sophistication.</p&gt
;
Mahesh Rangarajan is among the foremost scholars in this field. The pap
ers and books he has written or edited over more than two decades have helped cr
aft and enlarge Indian environmental thought as a whole. They have established h
is reputation as a stimulating and wide-ranging historian-thinker in the discipl
ine.
The present collection comprises ten essays showcasing the core of Rang
arajans thought and interventions. They include comparisons of the subcontinent w
ith the world beyond, most specially with societies in Asia and Africa once unde
r Western domination. They also include studies of specific historical conjunctu
res under regimes such as those of Jawaharlal Nehru and Indira Gandhi, Jomo Keny
atta and Julius Nyerere.
Environmental shifts and continuities in a massive Asian society and po
lity are the central focus of this book. It discusses events and processes to sh
ow how specific environmental changes happened. It discusses the global ecologic
al dimensions of Indian transformations. Economy and ecology, state-making and i
dentity, nature and nation converge and cohere to make this a book for every thi
nking person.
</td><td><div>Mahesh Rangarajan&#3
9;s many books include Fencing the Forest: Conservation and Ecological
Change in India's Central Provinces, 18601914 (1996),Indias Wildlife History:
An Introduction(2000), The Oxford Anthology of Indian Wildlife(2 vols, edited,

20012),and Indias Environmental History: A Reader (2 vols, 2012, coedited with K.
Sivaramakrishnan).Rangarajan has been Professor of History, University of Delhi,
and Visiting Faculty</div><div>at Cornell. He is currently Director, Nehru Memorial Museum
and Library, New Delhi. </div></td><td
<td>978-81-7824-456-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Army and
Nation : The Military and Indian Democracy since Independence</td><td>Steven I.
Wilkinson</td><td>2015</td><td>304</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
Army and Nation draws on uniquely comprehensive
data to explore how and why India has succeeded in keeping the military out of
politics, when so many other countries have failed. It uncovers the command and
.
This is the most important book to have appeared on the Indian armed f
orces in more than four decades.
</td><td>
Steven I. Wilkinson is Nilekani Professor
of India and South Asian Studies and Professor of Political Science and Inter
national Affairs at Yale University.
</td><td>IN,PK,NP,MV,BT,BD,LK</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-8028-029-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Agra: Ram
bles and Recollections of Thomas Smith</td><td>Thomas Smith, Shailaja Kathuria(E
d.)</td><td>2007</td><td>152</td><td>375.0000</td><td>There is an <s
trong>Agra beyond the coffee table book and the tourist brochu
re waiting to be discovered. This anthology of Thomas Smiths writing attempts to
set the reader off on that journey of discovery. Smiths writings, deftly organiz
ed and introduced by Shailaja Kathuria, provide a fresh perspective on the famil
iar and also help us experience an Agra that we did not know existed.<
/td><td>Thomas Smith was a scholar, historian and a journalist who wrote extensi
vely about the city of Agra and its monuments between 1930 and 1935.
Shailaja
Kathuria is a historian whose specialization is Agra.</td><td>World</td><td>His
tory</td>
<td>978-81-8028-031-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Poetry an
d History: Bengali Mangal-kabya and Social Change in Precolonial Bengal</td><td>
David L.Curley</td><td>2008</td><td>312</td><td>650.0000</td><td>This c
ollection of scholarly essays analyzes Bengali mangal-kabya,</s
trong> a genre of narrative literature. By careful attention to methods of l
iterary criticism, they contribute to a more sophisticated use of precolonial Be
ngali literature as a source for social history. They will be be interesting an
d important for students of Bengali history and literature alike.</td>
<td>David Curley is Associate Professor in the Department of Liberal Studies at
Western Washington University, U.S.A.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-482-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Rule O
f Property For Bengal :An Essay on the Idea of Permanent Settlement</td><td>Rana
jit Guha</td><td>2016</td><td>330</td><td>595.0000</td><td>
. . . a pioneering work on the intellectual origins 
of [the Permanent Settlement]Holden Furber (1964)&l
t;/p>
The infamous Permanent Settlement of Bengal in the eighteenth century
was the most disputed step in the agrarian field ever taken in India under Brit
ish rule. Why did it happen? Written with uncommon elegance, Ranajit Guhas class
ic studya pioneering work in Indian intellectual historyprovides the answers by l
ooking at the ideas and thinking of the policy-makers who radically changed the
way in which India was taxed and ruled.
Guha considers why European ideas about capitalism in farming and meth
ods of revenue collection were thrust upon a colonial society. He shows that Br
itish administrators such as Lord Cornwallis and Philip Francis were far more c
onsiderably influenced by the French Physiocrats than by Indian conditions on t
he ground. He elaborates on the philosophical antecedents of the Settlement in
the works of Alexander Dow, Henry Pattullo, and Philip Francis, outlining the c
ontradictions between their views and those of Warren Hastings.
This third, attractively re-set, edition of a seminal work that has be
en in print since 1963 includes two new essays by Partha Chatterjee and Rudrang
shu Mukherjee. Together, they position this book within Indian historiography a
nd reveal precisely why it remains indispensable for anyone involved in thinkin
g seriously about colonial rule and the making of modern South Asia.
</td><td>Ranajit Guha is probably the most globally
influential Indian historian of the past fifty years. Best known as the founding
father of Subaltern Studies, his several acclaimed books include The Small Voic
e of History (Permanent Black, 2009). Renowned at various times as a critical fi
gure in the academic worlds of Calcutta, Sussex, Canberra, and New York, Mr Guha
lives for the moment on the fringes of Vienna.</td><td>world</td><td>
History</td>
<td>978-81-7824-480-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Hating Em
pire Properly:India, the Indies, and Enlightenment Anticolonialism</td><td>Sunil
M. Agnani</td><td>2016</td><td>304</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
This book is a novel attempt to think about the eighteenth-century vie
w of
India and the West Indies together, arguing that this is
how Edmund Burke and Denis Diderot actually saw them. 
The interest in more than one geographical space is revealed to be a l
argely unacknowledged part of Enlightenment thought. Focusing on colonized regi
ons in relation to the Enlightenment, Agnani demonstrates how Burkes horror of t
he French Revolutionthe defining event of modernity was shaped by prior reflectio
n on these other domains. 
Exploring with sympathy the angry outbursts against injustice in the w
ritings of Diderot, Agnani nonetheless questions understandings of him as an un
equivocal critic of empire. 
By looking carefully at the thought of both radical and conservative w
riters, Agnani asks what it means to critique empire properly. He draws from Ador
nos quip that one must have tradition in oneself, in order to hate it properly.&lt
;/p>
Empire and the Enlightenment are linked terms. Sunil Agnani shows us conne
ctions between them from a new perspective, ones that have hardly been known, m
uch less outlined and analysed. His work is an important contribution to politi
cal theory, history, literary studies, and postcolonial studies.

Winner of the 2014 Harry Levin Prize from the American Comparative Literature A
ssociation 
Sunil M. Agnanis Hating Empire Properly is an astute and
learned inquiry into the Enlightenment, colonialism, and revolution in the anti
colonial writings of Denis Diderot and Edmund Burke. Agnanis nuanced analyses of
Diderot and Burke and the two Indies demonstrate the suggestive power of hating p
roperly, of entering into its [empires] terms and allowing the internal contradict
ions to be heightened rather than covered by a politic veil. With rich textual a
nalyses and theoretical agility, Hating Empire Properly m
ore than substantiates its concluding suggestion that the full meaning and signifi
cance of the fragmentary discourses of the Enlightenment are manifest only in t

he colonies, rendered legible only by means of the colonies . . .
</td><td>
Sunil Agnani is Associate Professor with the departm
ents of English and History, University of Illinois at Chicago. He has held pre
vious positions at the University of Michigan and the Princeton Society of Fell
ows. He teaches courses on the European Enlightenment, eighteenth-century Briti
sh and French literature and thought, and the literature of empire and decolon
ization.
<td>978-81-7824-477-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Unconditi
onal Equality:Gandhis Religion of Resistance</td><td>Ajay Skaria</td><td>2016</td
><td>406</td><td>895.0000</td><td>
Unconditional Equality examines Mahatma
Gandhis critique of liberal ideas of freedom and equality, and his own practice
of a freedom and equality organized around religion. 
Sometimes working against the grain of Gandhis explicit formulations&lt
;em>, Unconditional Equality reconceives sat
yagraha (passive resistance) as a politics that strives for the absolute equali
ty of all beings. Liberal traditions usually affirm an abstract equality. But f
or Gandhi such equality is an equality of [the] swordbecause it excludes those pre
sumed to lack reason (such as animals or the colonized), but also because those
included lose the power to love.
Gandhi professes instead a politics organized around dharma, or religi
on. For him, there can be no politics without religion. This involves self-surren
der, a freely offered surrender of autonomy and everyday sovereignty. For Gandh
i, the religion that stays in all religions is satyagraha.
Ajay Skaria argues that, conceptually, satyagraha insists on equality
without exception of all humans, animals, and things. 
</td><td>
Ajay Skaria is professor of history at the
University of Minnesota. He is the author of Hybrid Histor
ies: Forests, Frontiers, and Wildness in Western India and
coeditor of Subaltern Studies XII: Muslims, Dalits, and the
Fabrications of History.
<td>978-81-7824-476-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Army and
Nation: The Military and Indian Democracy since</td><td>Steven I. Wilkinson</td
><td>2015</td><td>304</td><td>595.0000</td><td>At Indian independence
in 1947, the countrys founders worried that the army India inheritedconservative
and dominated by officers and troops drawn disproportionately from a few martial
groupsposed a real threat to democracy. They also saw the structure of the army,
with its recruitment on the basis of caste and religion, as incompatible with
their hopes for a new secular nation.
India has successfully preserved its democracy, however, unlike many o
ther colonial states that inherited imperial divide and rule armies, and unlike
its neighbor Pakistan, which inherited part of the same Indian army in 1947. As
Steven I. Wilkinson shows, the puzzle of how this happened is even more surpri
sing when we realize that the Indian Army has kept, and even expanded, many of
its traditional martial class units, despite promising at independence to gradual
ly phase them out.
Army and Nation draws on uniquely comprehensive d
ata to explore how and why India has succeeded in keeping the military out of p
olitics, when so many other countries have failed. It uncovers the command and
.
This is the most important book to have appeared on the Indian armed
forces in more than four decades.</td><td>Steve
n I. Wilkinson is Nilekani Professor of India and South Asian St
udies and Professor of Political Science and International Affairs at Yale Univ
ersity.

<td>978-81-7824-474-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Writing T
he First Person: Literature, History, and Autobiography in Modern Kerala</td><td
>Udaya Kumar</td><td>2016</td><td>336</td><td>895.0000</td><td>Why did
autobiographical writings emerge in Kerala more than a century ago? What were th
e social, material, and cultural features that motivated individuals to write p
ersonal histories and memoirs? This book shows the complex ways in which private
recollections, and the use of memory for loosely literary ends, also entailed t
he production of history by another name.
Udaya Kumar analyses this period of social transformation to show the e
mergence of new resources for the self-relective writer, as well as of new idiom
s of expression. Among the many genres and forms he studies are anti-caste writi
ngs, works advocating spiritual and social reorientation, monologic poetry, and
early novels in Malayalam.
Sree Narayana Gurus thought, the portrayal of women and desire in Kumara
n Asans poetry, and the fictional worlds created by major novelists of this perio
d (such as O. Chandu Menon and C.V. Raman Pillai), says Udaya Kumar, excited fre
sh appraisals of morality, personal emotions, and shared pasts. The envisioning
of caste reform, the recording of historical change, and the creation of politic
al identities, he shows, are often inextricable aspects of new literary practice
s.
Using Keralas cultural history as his entry point, Udaya Kumar has writt
en an uncommonly inspirational book of ideas about the relationship of literatur
e to history, on literature asin a sensehistory in person.
</td><td>Udaya Kumar is Professor at the Centre for
English Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University. He has been Professor of English a
t the University of Delhi and of Cultural Studies at the Centre for Studies in S
ocial Sciences, Calcutta. He was Leverhulme Visiting Professor at Newcastle Univ
ersity, and Fellow at the Nehru Memorial Museum and Library, and at the Indian I
nstitute of Advanced Study. His publications include The Joycean Labyr
inth: Repetition, Time and Tradition in 'Ulysses' (Oxford: Cl
arendon Press, 1991), and papers on contemporary literary and cultural theory an
d Indian literature.
<td>978-81-7824-475-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Leader O
f Youth-Netaji Collected Works Volume 6</td><td>Subhas Chandra Bose, Sisir Kumar
Bose and Sugata Bose (Ed.s)</td><td>2016</td><td>312</td><td>495.0000</td><td>
This volume brings to readers the thoughtful voice of Subhas Chandra B
ose as he spoke to audiences of students and youth across the country during th
e months that he was out of prison between 1929 and February 1933.
It was in 1929 that Jatindranath Dasa young associate of Bhagat Singhdie
d in Lahore Jail after a hunger strike. Jatin had served in the Congress volunt
eer corps in 1928 under Subhas, who took charge of the funeral rites. In Octobe
r 1929 Subhas journeyed from Calcutta to Lahore to deliver a message of complet
e emancipation to the Punjabi students conference, lauding Jatins sacrifice.
On his return to Calcutta Bose was arrested and on 23 January 1930, th
e day he turned thirty-three, he was imprisoned on charges of sedition. From be
hind bars Bose watched with admiration as Gandhi made his next moves towards ci
vil disobedience. 
These are among the many fascinating episodes that comprise this volum
e, which shows Subhas emerging as a pan-Indian leader in his own right, and as
the only real spokesman of the Left.
</td><td>
Sisir Kumar Bose (1920-2000) founded the
Netaji Research Bureau in 1957 and was its guiding spirit. A participant in the
Indian freedom struggle, he was imprisoned by the British. After Independence
he authored and edited biographies, memoirs, monographs, and research papers on
Netajis life and times.
Sugata Bose is Gardiner Professor of Hist
ory at Harvard University. He is the author of several books on economic, socia
l, and political history, including A Hundred Horizons: The Indian O
cean in the Age of Global Empire and His Majestys Opponent:
Subhas Chandra Bose and Indias Struggle Against Empire.
d><td>316</td><td>995.0000</td><td>
ghal rule.
ia.
</td><td>
<td>240</td><td>950.0000</td><td>

 
ts in the U.S. 
</td><td>
t;
t; 
</td><td>
>

ar.
iences, JNU.</td><td>World</td><td>History</td>
D,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-93-83166-04-6</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Persisten
ce of Poverty in India </td><td>Nandini Gooptu and Jonathan Parry (Eds.)</td><td>
2014</td><td>446</td><td>745.0000</td><td>
What distinguishes Persistence o
f Poverty from most other poverty studies is the way in which it conceptualises
the problem. This volume offers a variety of alternative analytical perspectiv
es and fresh insights into poverty that are key to addressing the problem. &amp
;nbsp;In looking at the day to day lived realities of the poor the volume &
nbsp;points out that in order to understand poverty one must take into account
the wider system of class and power relations in which it is rooted. This volum
e suggests that democracy in India may be as big a part of the problem as it is
of the solution.   
</td><td>
<div style="text-align: justify">Nandini Gooptu</b&g
t; is Fellow of St Antony's College, Oxford, and currently&nbs
p;Head of the Department of International Development&nb
sp;at Oxford University. She is the author of The Politics of the Urb
an Poor in Early-Twentieth Century India (Cambridge University Press,&
amp;nbsp;2001) and several highly acclaimed edited volumes.</div><div
quot;text-align: justify">Jonathan Parry is Emeritus
Professor of Anthropology at the London School of Economics and Political Scie
nce.  He is the author of  Caste and Kinship in Kangra (Routl
edge 1979), Death in Banaras (Cambridge University Press, 1994), and several
distinguished edited volumes.</div>

</td><td>
<td>978-81-923046-0-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Tulsi
and the Cross: Anthropology and the Colonial Encounter in Goa</td><td>Rosa Mari
a Perez</td><td>2012</td><td>208</td><td>650.0000</td><td>The book is the outcome of the authors long-term fieldw
ork in Goa and seeks to bridge the gaps in the anthropological research in this
state of India. The existing research, essentially historical, tends to consid
er Goa as Catholic, Portuguese-speaking and framed by Portuguese cultural refer
ences. The author offers an ethnographic approach to the understanding of the c
olonial encounter and of colonialism. Her ethnographical research shows that Go
a is, and was, dominantly Hindu and the perception of Goan society as essential
ly fragmented is a colonial imposition. The author takes into account indigenou

s views, with special focus on a group of devadasis of a H
indu temple. Through them the author aims to dismantle both the stereotypes sta
ged by Portuguese colonialism and an essentialist and Eurocentric view of the c
aste system in India.</td><td>Rosa Maria Perez is Professor of Anthropology at ISC
TE-Lisbon University Institute. Over the past ten years she has been a regular
Visiting Professor at Brown
University, USA. Among her recent books in Engli
sh are Kings and Untouchables: A Study of the Caste System in Western
India (Delhi 2004) and Mirrors of the Empire: Towards a
Debate on Portuguese Colonialism and Postcolonialism (Lisbon, 2002).&
lt;/p></td><td>WORLD</td><td>History</td>
History</td>
<td>978-93-83166-00-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Year
of Blood. Essays on the Revolt of 1857</td><td>Rudrangshu Mukherjee</td><td>2014
</td><td>174</td><td>550.0000</td><td>Rudrangshu Mukherjees essays on th
e Revolt of 1857 have been brought under one cover in The Year of Bloo
d: Essays on the Revolt of 1857. The book traces the eminent historia
ns changing perception of the idea of the Revolt, from his undergraduate days to
the present. 
The Revolt of 1857 was a passionate phase in Indian history and the qua
lity of writing in this book reflects this intensity. Violence has rarely been d
escribed with so much realism and subtlety. The imaginative use of primary sourc
e materials add clarity to accounts such as the massacre in Satichaura Ghat and
the trial of Mangal Pandey.
Rudrangshu Mukherjee places the soldier-peasant at the forefront of the R
evolt. In lucid prose, he is able to unravel the motives, strategies and organiz
ation skills of the mutineers, while exposing the layers of complexity
that defined the relationship between the rulers and the subjugated.
The horrific killings described in depth in this book cover specific pa
rts of Uttar Pradesh; however, the mood of the wider holocaust is captured throu
gh the detailed captions which describe several illustrations, most of which are
from private collections.</td><td>Rudrangshu M
ukherjee is the Editor, Editorial Pages, The Telegraph&
lt;/em>. He taught in the department of history, University of Calcutta and h
eld visiting appointments at Princeton University, Manchester University and the
University of California, Santa Cruz. He is the author and editor of a number o
f books that include Spectre of Violence: The Massacres in Kanpur in 1
857, Delhi, 2007 (1998), New Delhi: The Making of a Capital
 (co-authored) Delhi, 2009, The Penguin Gandhi Reader (edit
ed), Delhi, 1993, Awadh in Revolt, 1857-58: A Study of Popu
lar Resistance (Delhi, 1984; repr. Delhi and London, 2001),
and  Dateline, 1857: Revolt Against the Raj&nb
sp;,Delhi, 2008 among others. </td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>H

istory</td>
t;
PK</td><td>History</td>
re and Nationalist Ideology: Writing Histories of Modern Indian Languages</td><t
d>Hans Harder (Ed.)</td><td>2012</td><td>400</td><td>425.0000</td><td>&
lt;SPAN lang="EN-GB">Writing histories&lt
;/em> of literature means making selections, pa
ssing value judgments, and incorporating or rejecting foregoing traditions. Th
e book argues that in many parts of India, literary histories play an import
ant role in creating a cultural ethos. They are closely linked with nationalis
m in general and various regional sub-nationalisms in particular.
Literary historiography helps to establish a national literature in a
way that is not always unproblematic: systematic representation of literary w
orks and authors is as much part of this story as conscious omissions or polit
ical spins in the making of a literary heritage.
The contributors to this volume look at a great variety of aspects of
the historiography of modern regional languages of India. The approach exclud
es classical languages of India from this approach, except Tamil which is co
nsidered a modern and a classical language at the same time. It includes the l
ate yet undoubtedly successful arrival of English in the nations literary corpu
s.
</td><td>Hans Harder teaches Modern South Asian Lan
guages and Literatures at the South Asia Institute, Heidelberg University, Germa
ny.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>History</td>
tter. 

P,BT,BD,LK,MV,PK</td><td>History</td>
d China in the Colonial World</td><td>Madhavi Thampi (Ed.)</td><td>2010</td><td>
266</td><td>295.0000</td><td>India and China in
the Colonial World bri
ngs together thirteen essays by eminent Indian and Chinese scholars as well as
young researchers who look at the multidimensional interaction between the tw
o countries. This interaction was of many kinds and took place at various leve
ls. This volume casts new light on some of the problems that have confronted t
he relations between India and China as new states and, in doing so, challenge
s stereotyped images of this relationship. The major are
as of India-China relationships covered in this book include some aspects of t
he situation during and after World War II.  Some papers, such as tho
se on the importance of Shanghai in Sino-Indian trade, the presence of the Chi
nese community in India and  Indians in China; Indian fighters in the
Taiping Rebellion; Gandhi and the Chinese in South Africa; and ties between s
outh-west China and north-east India during World War II; present the findings
of new research.  Others such as those pertaining to India-China rel
ations in the period, such as the opium trade; the controversial visit of Rabi
ndranath Tagore to China; and the complexity of  Subhash Chandra Boses
position with relation to both China and Japan have been put in a new light
. The essays in this book are particularly relevant as the
y help to understand the relationship between India and China in the context
of a historical perspective. </td><td>Madhav
i Thampi teaches Chinese History in the Department of East As
ian Studies of Delhi University.  She is the author of Indi
ans in China, 1800-1949 (Delhi, 2005) and co-author of 
China and the Making of Bombay (Mumbai, 2009).  She is an
Honorary Fellow at the Institute of Chinese Studies, Delhi, and Associate Ed
itor of China Report.</td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,M
V</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-87358-48-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Reflectio
ns on Cambridge</td><td>Alan Macfarlane</td><td>2009</td><td>243</td><td>450.000
0</td><td>The traditions and creativity of Cambridge University have
survived 800 years. In celebration, this first-ever combined historical and an
thropological account explores the culture, the customs, the colleges and the po
litics of this famous institution. As Professor there for nearly forty years
, the author sets forth on a personal yet dispassionate attempt to understand
how this ancient university developed and changed, and how it continues to influ
ence those who pass through it. This book delves into the history and architect
ure as well as the charm and the ghosts of Cambridge presenting a valuable res
ource for anyone who studies, teaches, visits, or is intrigued by this great int
ellectual centre.</td><td>Alan Macfarlane</strong&g
t; is Professor of Anthropological Science, University of Cambridge, and Life

Fellow, King’s College Cambridge. In 1986 he was elected a Fellow of
the British Academy. He was born in Assam, India, and his work covers Britain,
India, China and Japan . Throughout his distinguished career, Alan Macfarlane
has published widely in history and anthropology. His publications include &lt
;em><A href="http://www.alanmacfarlane.com/witchcraft/book.html&quot
; target="_blank">Witchcraft in Tudor and Stuart England</A&gt
; (1970,1999) Routledge, London; Resources and P
opulation (1976) CUP; <A href="http://www.alanmacfarlane.com/F
ILES/individualism.html" target="_blank">The Origins of Engl
ish Individualism</A> (1978) Blackwell, Oxford; &lt
;A href="http://www.alanmacfarlane.com/FILES/guide.html" target="
_blank">A Guide to English Historical Records</A> (19
83) CUP ; <A href="http://www.alanmacfarlane.com/FILES/cultur
e.html" target="_blank">The Culture of Capitalism</A>&
lt;/em> (1987) Blackwell, Oxford; <A href="http://www.alan
macfarlane.com/savage/book.html" target="_blank">The Savage Wa
rs of Peace</A> (1997) Blackwell, Oxford; <A hr
ef="http://www.alanmacfarlane.com/tea/book.html" target="_blank&q
uot;>Green Gold: The Empire of Tea</A> (2003) (with Iris M
acfarlane) Ebury Press, London.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>History</
td>
<td>978-81-87358-49-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Windows I
nto a Revolution: Ethnographies of Maoism in India and Nepal</td><td>Alpa Shah a
nd Judith Pettigrew</td><td>2011</td><td>352</td><td>695.0000</td><td>&
lt;strong>Windows into a Revolution, edi
ted by Alpa Shah and Judith Pettigrew, the first book in the series&am
p;nbsp;offers glimpses into the spread of Maoism in India and Nepal by tracing
some of its effects on the lives of ordinary people living amidst the revolutio
ns. Weaving through the nostalgic reflections of former Bengali Naxalites; the
resurgence of ancestral conflicts in the spread of the Maoists in the remote hi
lls of western Nepal; the disillusionments of dalits of ce
ntral Bihar in the policies of the cadres; to the complexities of the interrela
tionship between non-aligned civilians and insurgents in central Nepal, the boo
k offers a series of windows into different stages of mobilization and transfor
mation into what are, were or may become, revolutionary strongholds.<
/td><td>Alpa Shah is Senior Lecturer in
Anthropology at Goldsmiths, University of London. Her research focuses on soci
al inequality and efforts to address it and she has commented on indigeneity,
environmentalism, migration, development, corruption, democracy, citizenship a
nd the state. She is co-editor (with Tobias Kelly) of A Double Edged S
word: Protection and State Violence(2006) and author of In
the Shadows of the State: Indigenous Politics, Environmentalism and Insurgency
, Jharkhand (2010).
Judith Pettigrew is Senior Lecturer in t
he Faculty of Education and Health Sciences at the University of Limerick, Ire
land. She has conducted long-term anthropological research in Nepal since 1990
and has published widely on Nepals Maoist movement. Her research on the everyd
ay impacts of violence on rural people examines the interrelationships between
space, emotional life, violence and psychosocial wellbeing. Her forthcoming
monograph is titled, Ethnography and Everyday Life in Nepal's Civ
il War. </td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,MV,LK</td><td>History</td
>
<td>978-81-87358-43-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>"Whe
n the War Began We Heard of Several Kings": South Asian Prisoners in World
War I Germany</td><td>Franziska Roy, Heike Liebau and Ravi Ahuja (Eds.)</td><td>
2011</td><td>282</td><td>695.0000</td><td>The age of catastrophe devour
ed lives from many parts of the globe. Yet the Great War also occasioned new enc
ounters and experiences. Never before had ten thousands of non-elite South Asi
ans moved across Europe. About two thousand of them, mostly sailors and soldie
rs who hailed from villages in Bengal, Nepal, the Northwest Frontier and Pu
njab, were held for years in German prison camps. They attracted the close att
ention of army officers, diplomats and secret agents, of emigrant revolutiona
ries like Har Dayal and Virendranath Chattopadhyaya, of German artists,
a
cademics and industrialists. The captives made sense of these unusual encount
ers in their own ways. This volume approaches their difficult engagements from
various angles. It introduces and makes available rich German archives as yet
unknown to the non-German speaking world. 
The CD Rom attached to this book goes beyond the written word. It inc
ludes the Hindi and Urdu editions of the propagandistic camp journal <em&gt
;Hindostan, transcripts of sound recordings in which the sailors an
d soldiers speak in their native tongues about their experiences as they are t
aken from place to place, perhaps in the hope that these might reach their fam
ilies. There is nostalgia in their voices as they sing songs about their homes
, while acutely critical comments on their lives in vilayat give the lie to the
notion of the apolitical peasant-soldier. 
The CD Rom also includes
pictorial documents of paintings by the sol
diers, and some powerful photographs of war camps in Zossen and Wünsdorf.
The CD Rom also carries the Bibliography which is a special feature of this b
ook. It is both extensive and rich, covering rare books which will be of enorm
ous value to scholars and interested readers.</td><td><S
TRONG>Franziska Roy is d octoral
candidate at the Department of History of the University of Warwick.
Heike Liebau is Senior Research Fellow
at the Center for Modern Oriental Studies (Berlin).
Ravi Ahuja is professor of modern Indi
an history and the director of the Centre for Modern Indian Studies at
the University of Göttingen.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td>
<td>History</td>
<td>978-81-87358-42-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Telecommu
nications Industry in India: State, Business and Labour in a Global Economy</td>
<td>Dilip Subramanian</td><td>2010</td><td>690</td><td>895.0000</td><td><p&gt
;Telecommunications Industry in India</str
ong> represents the first comprehensive study of a state-run enterprise in
the telecommunications industry. The study traces over a period of half a cent
ury (1948-2009) the growth and decline of Indian Telephone Industries (ITI). A
t the heart of the monograph stands one central interrogation: How does the so
cio-technical system of production in a state-controlled firm shape the relati
ons linking the four main actors: the state, management, union and workers?&lt
;/p> The original contribution of this book lies in combining bus
iness history and labour history within a single conceptual framework.&nbs
p; The author evaluates the broader conclusions about the telecommunications i
ndustry and public sector through the lens of an individual firm to arrive at
a more nuanced understanding of the dynamics of change in the globalizing Indi
an economy. The work is well in command of the literature
on the global business history counterparts of ITI in the telecommunications i
ndustry. It is further strengthened by the use of French material on the subje
ct which is now accessible for the first time in English. 
‘This is an impressive achievement that fills a major gap
in the literature, that is genuinely inter-disciplinary, and that calls on a r
ange of Francophone literature on the sociology of industry and work that is s
eldom cited in studies of Indian industry.’ Jonathan Parry, FBA&lt
;br> Emeritus Professor of Anthropology, London School of Economi
cs and Political Science ‘[The work]&amp
;hellip; has the potential to become a benchmark study in government-business-
labour relations during the import-substituting industrialization era in India…. The proposed work eviden
tly has a global readership….’ &lt
;p align="right">Tirthankar Roy, </stro
ng>London School of Economics and Political Science</td><td><i&g
t;Dilip Subramanian is Associate Professor at the Reims Management Sch
ool and is affiliated to the Ecole des Hautes Etudes en Sciences Sociales, Paris
.</td><td>IN,NP,PK,BD,BT,MV,LK</td><td>History</td>
<td>978-81-87358-34-3</td><td>Hardback</td><td>New Mansi
ons for Music: Performance, Pedagogy and Criticism</td><td>Lakshmi Subramanian</
ustify">The essays in New Mansions for Music: Performance,
Pedagogy and Criticism look at one of the most ancient and rigor
ous classical musical traditions of India, the Karnatik music system, and the ki
nd of changes it underwent once it was relocated from traditional spaces of temp
les and salons to the public domain. Nineteenth-century Madras led the way in th
e transformation that Karnatik music underwent as it encountered the forces of m
odernization and standardization. This study also contributes to our understandi
ng of the experience of modernity in India through the prism of music. The role
of Madras city as patron and custodian of the performing arts, especially classi
cal music offers an invaluable perspective on the larger processes of modernizat
ion in India As the title suggests, the areas of classical music, which were mos
t influenced by these developments were pedagogy or modes of musical transmissio
n, performance conventions and criticism or music appreciation. Once the urban e
lite demanded the widening of the teaching of classical music, traditional modes
of music instruction underwent a major change involving a breakdown of the guru
shishya parampara or the tradition wherein the teacher imparted knowledge to a c
hosen few. Caste and kinship were important determining factors for the selectio
n of these shishyas or students, but in modern institutions like the universitie
s these boundaries had to be demolished. Simultaneously, the public staging of m
usic brought the performer into a new relationship with his audience, especially
as the art form became subject to validation and criticism by the newly emergin
g music critic.
In an immensely readable book peppered with anecdotes an
d conversations with leading musicians and critics of the day, as well as humoro
us visual representations, part caricature, part satirical, the author describes
a rapidly changing society and its new look in early twentieth century Madras.&
lt;/p></td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Laks
hmi Subramanian is Professor, Department of History and Culture, Jamia
Millia Islamia, New Delhi. Her earlier publications include From the Tanjore Co
urt to the Madras Music Academy: A Social History of Music in South India, O.U.P
, Delhi, 2006.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Human Rights</td
>
<td>978-81-87358-09-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Human Sec
urity in South Asia: Gender, Energy, Migration and Globalisation</td><td>P. R. C
hari and Sonika Gupta (Ed.s)</td><td>2002</td><td>200</td><td>630.0000</td><td>&
lt;p>THE WORD SECURITY has a military connotatio
n and refers to the activities involved in protecting or defending a country, in
which the state has a central role. This book argues that the state provides as
well as threatens security. Therefore, it needs to be checked and balanced by b
roadening the concept of security to include both military and non-military thre
ats such as those related to social, economic, ecological and political causes.&
lt;/p></td><td>P.R. Chari is Director, Institute of Peace
and Conflict Studies, New Delhi and Visiting Fellow Centre for the Study of Deve
loping Societies.<div> </div><div>Sonika G
upta is Research Officer, Institute of Peace and Conflict Studies.<
/div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Human Rights</td>


Reviews:

h

onal significance."

-- <s
lt;/strong>
,PK,BD,BT,NP,MV,LK</td><td>Human Rights</td>
<td>978-81-250-3403-2</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Dishonou
red by History: 'Criminal Tribes' and British Colonial Policy</td><td>Me
ena Radhakrishna</td><td>2008</td><td>240</td><td>595.0000</td><td>In this path-breaking study, Meena Radhakrishn
a traces the history and implications of a piece of colonial legislation--the &l
t;strong>Criminal Tribes Act. She discusses the changing notio
ns of crime and criminality over a period of time, and shows how the colonial ad
ministration's traditional prejudice against gypsies combined with realpolit
ik on the one hand, and with a need for wage workers on the other, to feed into
the category 'hereditary criminal'.

Focussing on the itinerant tradin
g community of Koravas in colonial Madras, Dr Radhakrishna studies in detail the
process of its forced sedentarisation in a police and missionary-run settlement
. Here the community was meant to be reformed, albeit more through wage work tha
n evangelism. The study shows how inspite of severe and repeated ruptures from i
ts past, the community survived and forged a strong trade union movement. 
The archival sources used in this
study establish the community to have been an honourable and useful part of sed
entary society in the past. However, through a careful analysis of its present o
ral culture and folklore, Dr Radhakrishna shows that its members have lost memor
y of that history, and share the widespread belief of the community's earlie
r, dangerous criminality.
</td><td>Meena Radhakrishna teaches at the Department of Soci
ology, Delhi School of Economics, University of Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Hum
an Rights</td>
</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Human Rights</td>
<td>978-81-250-2845-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Trafficki
ng in Women and Children in India</td><td>ISS, NHRC, UNIFEM</td><td>2005</td><td
>788</td><td>1995.0000</td><td>This book presents the research findings
of Action Research on Trafficking in Women and Children</stron
g> in India (ARTWAC) that involved the United Nations Development Fund for Wo
men, the National Human Rights Commission and the Institute of Social Sciences.
Through a human rights perspective, the first section of this book analyses the
data generated by ARTWAC and gives detailed recommendations for better judicial
interventions, law enforcement and community participation in anti-trafficking s
trategies. The second section contains a rich collection of case studies, giving
an on-ground picture of how exploiters have little or no respect for the rights
of trafficking victims.</td><td>The study was conducted by the Instit
ute of Social Sciences and co-ordinated by the National Human Rights Commission
under United Nation's Development Fund for Women's anti-trafficking prog
ramme.</td><td>World</td><td>Human Rights</td>
<td>978-81-250-2638-9</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Wages
of Impunity: Power, Justice and Human Rights</td><td>K G Kannabiran</td><td>200
4</td><td>382</td><td>895.0000</td><td>The Wages of Impun
ity consists of essays on human rights and civil liberties in Ind
ia. Reiterating the indispensability of fundamental rights, the essays focus on
aspects such as secularism, socialism, and the right to life, liberty, free spee
ch and association. Using the Constitution as the point of departure, the author
opens up the complexity of rights through incisive analyses of case law on each
of these aspects.</td><td>K G Kannabiran is a prac
ticing lawyer since 1961. He was president of the Andhra Pradesh Civil Liberties
Committee from 1978 to 1994. He was elected national president of the Peoples Un
ion for Civil Liberties in 1994 and continues in the position.</td><td>World</td
><td>Human Rights</td>
<td>978-81-250-2496-5</td><td>Paperback</td><td>The Guja
rat Carnage</td><td>Asghar Ali Engineer (Ed.)</td><td>2003</td><td>476</td><td>7
95.0000</td><td>This book is a co
mpilation of articles, editorial, investigative reports, surveys, memoranda and
other significant material on the Gujarat carnage.
The final report of the Human Rights Commission (that took a direct interest for
the first time, of its own accord, in communal violence) is included in it. Use
ful material and information will be found in it by future researchers, academic

s and lay readers. As the specific event of the grim year are blurred and glosse
d over by other issues and by time, it is important to have such a compilation t
hat preserves the lessons learnt in one of the most horrifying and ominous perio
ds in Indias modern history.</td><td><div style="text-align: ju
stify">Asghar Ali Engineer (Ed.) occupies a unique po
sition among scholars of Islam and of Muslims in India, and among teachers and a
ctivists working for the cause of communal harmony in the nation.</div></t
d><td>World</td><td>Human Rights</td>
<td>978-81-250-3833-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Everyday
Life in a Prison: Confinment, Surveillance, Resistance</td><td>Mahuya Bandyopadh
yay</td><td>2010</td><td>354</td><td>1195.0000</td><td>Based on intensive fieldwork in a central prison in Kolkat
a, this book succinctly addresses issues in the sociology of institutions and or
ganisations. It demystifies the image of the prison as an presenting a close und
erstanding of lives and practices within its four walls.
The book finds answe
rs to such questions as: Is the prison a negative space? Does meaningful life ce
ase to exist in a prison? Are there aspects of life of which prisoners are unabl
e to make sense? What does the construction of meaningful worlds mean for organi
sational practice and goals? How do everyday life, organisational practice and g
oals interact, and what are the implications of this interaction for the nature
of the organisation and the quality of prison life? The author thus constructs t
he prison as a space where inmates make meaningful social worlds that emerge out
of despair.

Marking a departure from the exis
ting sociological studies on prisons in India, Everyday Life in a
Prison: Confinement, Surveillance, Resistance highlights the rela
tionship between the prison and the people on whose lives it impinges. Methodolo
gically, this work is significant as it observation, rapport-building, qualitati
ve interviewing and ethnographic involvement in a prison.
Introducing readers
to a whole new world within the prison, this book will be useful to students an
d scholars of sociology, psychology, social work and human rights. 
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Mahuya Bandy
opadhyay teaches Sociology at Miranda House, University of Delhi, and
is at present conducting post-doctoral research at the Nehru Memorial Museum and
Library, New Delhi.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Human Rights</td>
n Wales and Orissa.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Human Rights</td>
lt;/p>
d>World</td><td>Human Rights</td>
;/p>
.</td><td>World</td><td>Human Rights</td>
p>
programmes.
harkhand.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Human Rights</td>
<td>978-81-250-4556-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Transnati
onal Torture: Law, Violence, and State Power in the United States and India</td>
<td>Jinee Lokaneeta</td><td>2012</td><td>304</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>The opening scene of the 2009 film <em&
gt;Slumdog Millionaire shows the Indian police torturing Jamal, the p

rotagonist of the film, who was suspected of cheating on a game show. This powe
rful scene is a reminder of the routine use of torture in Indian police station
s. Decades of reports by civil liberty and democratic rights groups have docume
nted the torture, custodial deaths, and extrajudicial killings that continue in
contemporary India despite the formal legal safeguards. These incidents of vio
lence are primarily denied or explained away as aberrational acts by police and
prison officials akin to the U.S. officials holding the few bad apples responsib
le for the torture and cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment in the Abu Ghraib
prison, Iraq or Guantánamo Bay, Cuba. 
Transnational Torture
focuses on the legal and political discourses on torture in India and the Unite
d Statestwo common-law based constitutional democraciesto theorize the relationsh
ip between law, violence, and state power in liberal democracies. Analyzing abo
ut one hundred landmark Supreme Court cases on torture in India and the United
States, memos and popular imagery of torture, Jinee Lokaneeta compellingly demo
nstrates that even before recent debates on the use of torture in the war on te
rror, the laws of interrogation were much more ambivalent about the infliction
of excess pain and suffering than most political and legal theorists have ackno
wledged. Rather than viewing the recent policies on interrogation as anomalous
or exceptional, Lokaneeta effectively argues that efforts to accommodate excess
violencea constantly negotiated processare long standing features of routine in
terrogations in both the United States and India, concluding that the inflictio
n of excess violence is more central to democratic governing than is generally
acknowledged.
This book would be of interest to political scientists, sociologists,
legal scholars, human rights activists and policy makers.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Jinee Lokanee
ta is an assistant professor in the political science depart
ment at Drew University in New Jersey, USA.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,
MV,PK</td><td>Human Rights</td>
<ul>
t;/li>
</ul>

. 
ISS), Mumbai.</td><td>World</td><td>Human Rights</td>
Bomb: Reflections on Indias Nuclear Journey</td><td>Achin Vanaik</td><td>2015</t
d><td>232</td><td>625.0000</td><td>
Proponents of Indias nuclear weapons programme have felt vindicated eve
r since the 2009 IndoUS Civilian Nuclear Deal allowed India to have access to ad
vanced civilian nuclear technology without renouncing its nuclear weapons progr
amme. Over the next few years, supporters of nuclear weaponisation within have
gained greater importance in the countrys strategic discourse. Against this back
drop, Achin Vanaik, a prominent critic of nuclear weapons, warns of the dangers
of indulging in sabre-rattling with weapons of mass destruction. 
After the Bomb analyses the main flaws in the arg
uments favouring nuclear weapons. The volume presents ten dilemmas of nuclear d
eterrence followed by a politico-psychological analysis of why the Indian bomb
lobby takes the effectiveness of nuclear deterrence as an article of faith. It
also tells us why nations should not overestimate the danger of nuclear terrori
sm by non-state actors. 
The author discusses the contrasts and similarities in the viewpoints
of prominent advisors involved in formulating the nuclear policy while presenti
ng an extended critique of Indias professed path to nuclear disarmament. The con
clusion forcefully argues why India needs to go beyond the Non-Proliferation Tr
eaty (NPT) to ensure a world free of nuclear weapons.
This book is a must-read for students and scholars of political scienc
e, international relations, strategic studies, peace and conflict studies as al
so<a></a> for every concerned citizen of the world.
</td><td>
Achin Vanaik was Professor of Internation
al Relations and Global Politics, University of Delhi, Delhi; Associate Fellow
of the Transnational Institute (TNI), Amsterdam; and founding member of the Coa
lition for Nuclear Disarmament and Peace (CNDP), India.
</td><td>IN,PK,NP,MV,BT,BD,LK</td><td>Human Rights</td>
d>2015</td><td>204</td><td>650.0000</td><td>
cal contexts.
</td><td>
rong> 
</td><td>IN,PK,NP,MV,BT,BD,LK</td><td>Human Rights</td>
<td>825.0000</td><td>
f Sri Lanka. 
lt;/p>
</td><td>
</td><td>World</td><td>Human Rights</td>
<td>978-81-250-5915-8</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Women Sur
vivors of Violence: Genesis and Growth of a State Support System </td><td>Anjali
Dave</td><td>2015</td><td>224</td><td>525.0000</td><td>
In the 1980s, a field action project, which later developed into a soc
io-legal service to address Violence against Women (VAW), was initiated and dev
eloped by an academic institute of social work in strategic partnership with th
e police in Mumbai and Maharashtra. This service, termed the Special Cells, worke
d in tandem with the police force, and in the past three decades, has been rep
licated in eight states across India.
Women Survivors of Violence is a first-person acc
ount of the evolution of the Special Cells. In the mid-1980s, the author was th
e first social worker of the TISS-initiated field action projectworking on the iss
ue of violence against women from within the police system. The result was the
introduction of Special Cells in the police system. This narrative traces the 2
9-year-old journey of this institution, and provides a deeply personal account
of the effectiveness of a multi-agency coordinated response to VAW, in the form
of a partnership between an academic institute, the police system, and the vio
lated woman.
This books adds to the limited literature available in India on the pr
ocesses and lessons learnt from developing and implementing an intervention on
VAW. It details the processes of understanding the violated woman and the polic
e; setting up of systems to work with women from within the police system; and
engaging with the state as the instrument that can secure the right of women to
a safe and secure life. It critically reflects on the learnings of the Special
Cells from the women, police, the state, law, and social work practices, in th
e context of the ongoing struggles to respond to violence against women.</p&
gt;
An informative and deeply important account, this book will be of inte
rest to students and educators in departments of Social Work and Womens Studies,
government personnel, trainers in police academies, and administrators. Those
interested in womens issues will also find it fascinating.
</td><td>
Anjali Dave is Professor, School of Social Work, Ta
ta Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai. 
f History, Goa University.</td><td>World</td><td>Human Rights</td>
>2015</td><td>224</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
/p>
Gender Studies.
n Studies.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Human Rights</td>
, Indira Gandhi National Open University.</td><td>World</td><td>Human
Rights</td>
for decades.
t;
>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Human Rights</td>
alter Flueckiger
 </div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV</td><td>Human Rights</td>
n to suffer.
al reform.
lt;/em>.</div></td><td>IN,PK,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD</td><td>Human Rights</td>
<td>978-81-7824-202-6</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Hindu Ru
lers, Muslim Subjects: Islam, Rights, and the History of Kashmir</td><td>Mridu R
ai</td><td>2007</td><td>358</td><td>595.0000</td><td>This is a remarkab
le work of scholarship which shows how Kashmirs modern Muslim identity came into
existence. In doing this, it demonstrates the complex manner in which politics c
an enforce the creation of religious identity.
Kashmir is a hotbed of religio
us politics. Disputed between India and Pakistan, this territory comprises a lar
ge majority of Muslims who are subject to the laws of a predominantly Hindu and
increasingly hinduised India. How did religion and politics become so inextricab
ly enmeshed in defining and expressing the protest of Kashmirs Muslims against Hi
ndu rule? This book is a brilliant historical study of this central issue in the
troubled politics of South Asias most picturesqueand most volatileprovince.
Mri
du Rai argues that the origins of present political conditions and problems lie
in the hundred-year period preceding the creation of India and Pakistan, when Ka
shmir was ruled by a succession of Hindu Dogra kings. The Dogras wielded power u
nder the aegis of British imperialism, and the collusion of colonial state and c
ollaborating vassals played no small part in shaping a decisively Hindu sovereig
nty over a subject Muslim populace.

This sovereignty took a novel political form in Kashmir. It was charact
erized by an unprecedented degree of control by rulers intent on establishing an
d legitimizing their authority via Hindu forms of patronage, tradition, ritual,
and related strategies. The regions Muslims, unlike its Hindus, were left out of
the power-sharing arrangements not simply because of their religion but because,
as Muslims, they became irrelevant to the legitimizing devices installed by the
Hindu Dogras and their British overlords. Therefore, the protest of Kashmiri Mu
slims historically represents not so much a defense of Islam as a defence of the
ir rights by a community defined specifically as Muslims by an explicitly Hindu
ruling hierarchy. This explains the development of a consciousness among Kashmir
i Muslims of religiously-based neglect, as well as the emergence of their ongoin
g political protest.
Everyone interested in Kashmir and its history will want
this book, as will those who study religion, politics, legal rights, and commun
ity identities.
</td><td>Mridu Rai did her BA at Miranda House, Delh
i University and her MA at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. Her Ph.D. was
from Columbia University. She teaches History at Yale University.</td><td>IN,NP
,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Human Rights</td>
<td>978-81-7824-065-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Hindu Rul
ers, Muslims Subjects: Islam Rights and the History of Kashmir</td><td>Mridu Rai
</td><td>2004</td><td>358</td><td>695.0000</td><td>This is a remarkable
work of scholarship which shows how Kashmirs modern Muslim identity came into ex
istence. In doing this, it demonstrates the complex manner in which politics can
enforce the creation of religious identity. Kashmir is a hotbed of religious po
litics. Disputed between India and Pakistan, this territory comprises a large ma
jority of Muslims who are subject to the laws of a predominantly Hindu and incre
asingly hinduised India. How did religion and politics become so inextricably en
meshed in defining and expressing the protest of Kashmirs Muslims against Hindu r
ule? </td><td>Mridu Rai teaches History at Yale Uni
versity</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Human Rights</td>
<td>978-81-250-6415-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Rupture,
Loss and Living: Minority Women Speak about Post-conflict Life</td><td>K. Lalita
and Deepa Dhanraj</td><td>2016</td><td>448</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>
Rupture, Loss and Living: Minority Women Speak about Post-co
nflict Life is an oral history volume that brings together narratives
of women survivors of collective violence from three places in India Hyderabad,
Mumbai and Gujarat. These voices represent different classes, rural and urban
locations and span three decades of violent events. 
Thematically presented I Began to See the World for What it is, Loss and T
rauma, Negotiating Survival and Livelihood, Claiming Accountability, Seeking Justic
e this book explores the gendered complexities of negotiating the immediate and
long term aftermath of collective violence. 
In the Introduction, the editors provide an analytical framework built
from ideas articulated in the narratives. Such a framework helps to interrogat
e and contextualise questions of agency, identity and justice. Concepts such as
rupture, loss, dignity and accountability are laid bare in order to understand
the processes and politics of recovery and survival.  
This book goes beyond a restrictive understanding of collective violen
ce and its impacts to challenge existing assumptions on Minority womens engageme
nt with public and private institutions in a post-conflict context. The narrati
ves presented here foreground a critique of power and contemporary society, roo
ted in Minority womens experiences of violence and survival.
This unique and deeply moving compilation will be of great interest to
activists and policymakers working in areas of post-violence recovery and mino
rities and citizenship, as well as to scholars of womens studies, feminism, poli

tical science, sociology, cultural politics and ethnography/oral history. 
</td><td>
Deepa Dhanraj is a Bangalore-based docume
ntary filmmaker, feminist researcher and writer.
K. Lalita is a feminist scholar and activ
ist, currently associated with Yugantar, and Anveshi Research Centre for Women&
#39;s Studies in Hyderabad. 
</td><td>
<td>978-81-250-6418-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Writing
and Editing News </td><td>K. V. Krishnaswamy</td><td>2016</td><td>232</td><td>52
5.0000</td><td>Methods of news gathering and writing, and presenting th
em have seen unprecedented changes in the past two decades. Newsrooms today deli
ver news across streams and formats and as it breaks. The frenetic pace at which
news is generated makes it a challenge to produce error-free content.
While journalists play various rolesas reporters, as editors on the desk
, in news evaluation, in designing layouts and presenting newsthe foundations of
news writing, the basic practices of reporting, editing, and accountability and
ethics apply to all. Writing and Editing News takes one back to the basics of ne
ws writing and editing.
The book answers the questions: What is newsworthy information? How sho
uld a TV report be structured? Why is the humble sub vital for a report? How sho
uld the journalist guard against vested interests?
From detailing the various styles of writing reports, to editing them for variou
s formats, this book is a primer on basic journalistic practices. Drawing on the
authors long career, this book provides illustrations, commentaries and an appen
dix of carefully-chosen exercises in writing and editing news. It will be invalu

able for the student of journalism and mass communication.
</td><td>K. V. Krishnaswamy was Deputy Editor, Hindu, and Ass
ociate Professor at Asian College of Journalism, Chennai.
</td><td>World</td><td>Journalism</td>

<td>978-81-250-5904-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Writing a
nd Editing News</td><td>K. V. Krishnaswamy</td><td>2015</td><td>232</td><td>675.
0000</td><td>
Methods of news gathering and writing, and presenting them have seen u
nprecedented changes in the past two decades. Newsrooms today deliver news acro
ss streams and formats and as it breaks. The frenetic pace at which news is gen
erated makes it a challenge to produce error-free content. 
While journalists play various rolesas reporters, as editors on the desk, in n
ews evaluation, in designing layouts and presenting newsthe foundations of news
writing, the basic practices of reporting, editing, and accountability and ethi
cs apply to all. Writing and Editing News takes one back t
o the basics of news writing and editing. The author discusses the value of mai
ntaining objectivity, different formats of news writing, news structure and lea
d writing skills. Also examined are the continuing importance of editing as a s
kill, news list preparation, news budgeting and evaluation, and headline writin
g and design. 
The book answers important questions: What is newsworthy information? How sho
uld a TV report be structured? Why is the humble sub vital for a report? How sh
ould the journalist guard against vested interests? 
From detailing the various styles of writing reports, to editing them for var
ious presentations, this book is a primer on these basic journalistic practices
. Drawing on the authors long career, this book provides illustrations, commenta
ries and an appendix of carefully-chosen exercises in writing and editing news.

It will be invaluable for the student of journalism and mass communication.&lt
;/p>
</td><td>
K. V. Krishnaswamy was Deputy Editor, &lt
;em>The Hindu, and Associate Professor at Asian College of Journa
lism, Chennai.
>2014</td><td>232</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
;/p>
ociate Professor, Asian College of Journalism, Chennai.</td><td>World</td><td>Jo
urnalism</td>
<td>978-81-250-5475-7</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Sahitya
Saurabha </td><td>Board of editors, Davangere University </td><td>2014</td><td>1
52</td><td>70.0000</td><td>This is a coursebook prescribed for 4th seme
ster BA students, Davangere University.</td><td> </td><td>World</
td><td>Kannada</td>
<td>978-81-250-5476-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Kannada
Beragu </td><td>Board of editors, Davangere University </td><td>2014</td><td>212
</td><td>65.0000</td><td>This is a coursebook prescribed for 4th semest
er BA, BSC students at Davangere University.</td><td> </td><td>Wo
rld</td><td>Kannada</td>
<td>978-81-250-5477-1</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Kannada
Manthana </td><td>Board of editors, Davangere University </td><td>2014</td><td>2
04</td><td>65.0000</td><td>This is a coursebook prescribed for 4th seme

ster BCom/BBM students, Davangere University.</td><td> </td><td>W
orld</td><td>Kannada</td>
r to the years of
1977.
t;/span>
er Finance Minister
/span></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK</td><td>Kannada</td>
;div style="text-align: justify">The book is intended to help devel
structures than those in Part 1.</div></td><td><div style="text-al
ign: justify">Dr Kamlesh Sadanand is former Professor
and Head, Centre for Phonetics and Spoken English, CIEFL, Hyderabad. Besides he
r long years of experience in teaching and developing ELT materials and in super
vising research work, she has published several papers and books, prominent amon
g which is A Practical Course in English Pronunciation. </div>&lt
;div style="text-align: justify"> </div><div&gt
;Ms Susheela Punitha is former Professor of English, Mount Ca
rmel College, Bangalore. She has also been actively engaged in developing course
materials and in conducting ELT workshops.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Ka
nnada</td>
;/div></td><td>World</td><td>Kannada</td>
<td>978-81-250-0679-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>English-E
nglish-Kannada Dictionary</td><td> </td><td>1974</td><td>511</td><td>270.00
00</td><td>A dictionary of this kind has been long-felt need in Kannada as in se
veral other regional languages. Two supplements have been appended at the end of
the dictionary. About 1000 common English idioms and expressions are translated
into Kannada and many words of recent origin not found in other similar diction
ary find a special place here.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Kannada</td>
<td>978-81-250-2252-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>A Diction
ary of Public Administration</td><td>S.R.Maheshwari</td><td>2002</td><td>560</td
><td>1060.0000</td><td>This dicti
onary is the first of its kind in India as well as perhaps in the Third World. I
t covers the terms, concepts, theories and paradigms of public administration. E
ach term is defined and explained concisely but clearly. The dictionary deals wi
th the theory of public administration in all its sub-fields like administrative
theory, personal administration, financial administration, comparative public a
dministration, administrative law and public policy.</td><td><div s
tyle="text-align: justify">S.R.Maheshwari, is a
doyen in the discipline of public administration in India. He is currently Natio
nal Fellow, ICSSR.</div></td><td>World</td><td>Law</td>
in the Law</td><td>John Gibbons, V Prakasam, K V Tirumalesh & Hemalatha Nag
arajan (Eds.)</td><td>2004</td><td>148</td><td>695.0000</td><td>This book is a record of modes and practices in t
he use of language within the context of law. The papers in this volume not only
examine the different situations that arise in legal processes, but they also u
nveil the inherent problems and impact of ambiguity and distortion in the uses o
f legal language, the consequences of cultural constraints on translation of leg
al texts, the power of interpreters in legal testimony and sources of complexity
in legal register. The book examines the nexus between language and the law in
various countries and cultures.</td><td><div style="text-align
: justify">KV  Tirumalesh was until recently
Professor of Linguistics at the Central Institute of English and Foreign Langua

ges, Hyderabad, India.  </div><div style="text-align: jus
ot;>Hemalatha Nagarajan is at present, reader at the Centr
e for Linguistics and Contemporary English at the CIEFL, Hyderabad.</div>&
style="text-align: justify"> </div></td><td>World<
/td><td>Law</td>
<ul>
t;/li>
</ul>
. 
ISS), Mumbai.</td><td>World</td><td>Law</td>
p>
programmes.
harkhand.</div></td><td>WORLD</td><td>Law</td>
<td>978-81-250-4556-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Transnati
onal Torture: Law, Violence, and State Power in the United States and India</td>
<td>Jinee Lokaneeta</td><td>2012</td><td>304</td><td>1025.0000</td><td>The opening scene of the 2009 film <em&
gt;Slumdog Millionaire shows the Indian police torturing Jamal, the p
rotagonist of the film, who was suspected of cheating on a game show. This powe
rful scene is a reminder of the routine use of torture in Indian police station
s. Decades of reports by civil liberty and democratic rights groups have docume
nted the torture, custodial deaths, and extrajudicial killings that continue in
contemporary India despite the formal legal safeguards. These incidents of vio
lence are primarily denied or explained away as aberrational acts by police and
prison officials akin to the U.S. officials holding the few bad apples responsib
le for the torture and cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment in the Abu Ghraib
prison, Iraq or Guantánamo Bay, Cuba. 
Transnational Torture
focuses on the legal and political discourses on torture in India and the Unite
d Statestwo common-law based constitutional democraciesto theorize the relationsh
ip between law, violence, and state power in liberal democracies. Analyzing abo
ut one hundred landmark Supreme Court cases on torture in India and the United
States, memos and popular imagery of torture, Jinee Lokaneeta compellingly demo
nstrates that even before recent debates on the use of torture in the war on te
rror, the laws of interrogation were much more ambivalent about the infliction
of excess pain and suffering than most political and legal theorists have ackno
wledged. Rather than viewing the recent policies on interrogation as anomalous
or exceptional, Lokaneeta effectively argues that efforts to accommodate excess
violencea constantly negotiated processare long standing features of routine in
terrogations in both the United States and India, concluding that the inflictio
n of excess violence is more central to democratic governing than is generally
acknowledged.
This book would be of interest to political scientists, sociologists,
legal scholars, human rights activists and policy makers.
</td><td><div style="text-align: justify">Jinee Lokanee
ta is an assistant professor in the political science depart
ment at Drew University in New Jersey, USA.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,
MV,PK</td><td>Law</td>
lt;/p>

d>World</td><td>Law</td>
<td>978-81-250-3779-8</td><td>Paperback</td><td>A Dictio
nary of Public Administration</td><td>S.R. Maheshwari</td><td>2009</td><td>560</
td><td>595.0000</td><td>A Dictionary of Public Administra
tion is the first work of its kind in India as well as perhaps in
the Third World. It covers the terms, concepts, theories and paradigms of publi
c administration. Each term is defined and explained concisely but clearly. Whil
e a large number of entries are discussed in a few lines, many of them are very
comprehensively treated, which is usually characteristic of an encyclopedia.
The dictionary deals with the theory of public administration in all its sub-fie
lds like administrative theory, personnell administration, financial administrat
ion, comparative public administration, administrative law and public policy. It
goes beyond and includes the institutions and processes of Indian administratio
n as well. All these features make this an indispensable volume for students and
teachers of public administration as well as policy planners and analysts.</td><td>S.R. Maheshwari, is a doyen in the discipline o
f public administration in India. He was National Fellow, ICSSR. He was a visiti
ng Research Fello to universities and renowned institutes in Australia, Japan, C
anada and France. </td><td>World</td><td>Law</td>
<td>978-81-250-4193-1</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Vidhayika
Aur Nyayapalika: Sansad Avm Rajya Vidhan Mandalon Se Sambandhit Nyaayik Nirnay
(Hindi)</td><td>Raghbir Singh (Ed.) and K N Chandershekharan Pillai (Editorial T
eam Head)</td><td>2011</td><td>492</td><td>1195.0000</td><td>This is the Hindi version of The Legis
lature and the Judiciary published by us in English recently for
the Rajya Sabha Secretariat, New Delhi.
The Indian Constitution provides
for a federal form of government, with a division of power between the legisla
tive and executive arms of the state. Both institutions have evolved, over the
years, as mature, dynamic and relatively autonomous in their respective spheres
of activityfurther strengthening the edifice of democracy. While these two orga
ns have functioned with restraint and responsibility, the legitimate concerns o
f the respective institutions to guard their autonomy have led to differences b
etween the two. Since independence, the courts have been called upon on numerou
s occasions to resolve such conflicts.
A pioneering volume, The Legisla
ture and the Judiciary explains the powers, privileges and immunities of legisl
atures in India. It also highlights the role of the judiciary in articulating a
constitutional position on the legislatures autonomy, along with a detailed dis

cussion of all the important cases dealt by the high courts and the Supreme Cou
rt.  
In the critical Foreword, eminent
jurist Upendra Baxi provides a brief background to the birth of the Indian co
nstitution. He highlights how the constitution-makers were profoundly influence
d by the powers, privileges and immunities enjoyed by the House of Commons. He
draws our attention to the interesting fact that a majority of cases filed so f
ar are by the legislators themselves, and explains the need for them to have pr
ivileges and immunities. 
This volume consists of two sect
ions:
 Section 1</stro
ng> details the evolution of law through judicial interpretations of provisi
ons relating to Parliament and the State Legislature. Stating, precisely, the c
urrent position of the law, it encapsulates the principles of law laid down by
the high courts and the Supreme Court. 
Section 2</stron
g> provides a brief summary of judgments. Almost all the significant rulings
of the high courts and the Supreme Court relating to Parliament and the State
Legislatures have been incorporated in this section. 
 This consolidation of legal in
formation will facilitate a clear understanding of the existing legal position
of the legislature. This volume will also be a valuable resource for constituti
onal experts, jurists, students of political science and law, and legislators.&
lt;/p></td><td>The chief editor is Raghabir Singh</b&gt
;, Ex-Secretary, Ministry of Law and Justice; currently Chairman, Copyright Boa
rd.
The Head, Editorial Team: Professor K Chandrashekharan Pillai</b&gt
;, EX-Director, Indian law Institute, New Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Law</td>
<td>978-81-250-4191-7</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Legis
lature and the Judiciary: Judicial Pronouncements on Parliament and State Legisl
atures</td><td>Rajya Sabha Secretariat</td><td>2010</td><td>538</td><td>1795.000
0</td><td>The Indian Constitution provides for a federal form of gover
nment, with a division of power between the legislative and executive arms of t
he state. Both institutions have evolved, over the years, as mature, dynamic an
d relatively autonomous in their respective spheres of activityfurther strengthe
ning the edifice of democracy. While these two organs have functioned with rest
raint and responsibility, the legitimate concerns of the respective institution
s to guard their autonomy have led to differences between the two. Since indepe
ndence, the courts have been called upon on numerous occasions to resolve such
conflicts.
A pioneering volume, The Legislature and the Judiciary&lt
;/strong> explains the powers, privileges and immunities of legislatures in
India. It also highlights the role of the judiciary in articulating a constitut
ional position on the legislatures autonomy, along with a detailed discussion of
all the important cases dealt by the high courts and the Supreme Court. &
lt;/p>
In the critical Foreword, eminent jurist Upendra Baxi provides a brief
background to the birth of the Indian constitution. He highlights how the cons
titution-makers were profoundly influenced by the powers, privileges and immuni
ties enjoyed by the House of Commons. He draws our attention to the interesting
fact that a majority of cases filed so far are by the legislators themselves,
and explains the need for them to have privileges and immunities.
This volume consists of two sections: 
Section 1 details the evolution of law th
rough judicial interpretations of provisions relating to Parliament and the Sta
te Legislature. Stating, precisely, the current position of the law, it encapsu
lates the principles of law laid down by the high courts and the Supreme Court.

Section 2 provides a brief summary of jud
gments. Almost all the significant rulings of the high courts and the Supreme C
ourt relating to Parliament and the State Legislatures have been incorporated i
n this section.
This consolidation of legal information will facilitate a clear unders
tanding of the existing legal position of the legislature. This volume will als
o be a valuable resource for constitutional experts, jurists, students of polit
ical science and law, and legislators.</td><td>This book has been comp
iled by the Rajya Sabha Secretariat, Delhi.</td><td>World</td><td>Law</td>
0">mitigating

n>Jyoti
n order
<a></a>
e="color: #000000">

;</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Law</td>
 
 
</td><td>World</td><td>Law</td>
</td><td>World</td><td>Law</td>
Reddy served as Vice-Chancellor of Osmania University.</td><td>World</td><td>La
w</td>

t;span>

t;</div><div> </div></td><td>World</td><td>Law</td>
<td>978-81-250-5432-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The Shift
ing Scales of Justice: The Supreme Court in Neo-liberal India</td><td>Mayur Sure
sh and Siddharth Narrain</td><td>2014</td><td>228</td><td>795.0000</td><td>
 In the course of the last two decades, the Supreme Court has tried to
regulate the use of Indias forest resources, has passed orders on the type of fue
l to be used by urban public transport, has controlled appointments to the highe
r judiciary and has even claimed the power to declare constitutional amendments
invalid.
 This volume traces the ideological direction that the Supreme Court ha
s charted over the last two decades.
 It examines the nature and origins of this expansion of its power and
the transformation in the Courts worldview. 
 It focuses on a time when many feel that the Supreme Court has become
more conservative: it looks at the Courts conservative standwhen it compares slum
dwellers to pickpockets, orders the interlinking of rivers in the name of nation
al progress and reasons that tribal populations will benefit from mining of thei
r lands among others.
 The essays provide an account of this shift within a larger narrative
that identifies the precise manner in which these changes have taken place. It l
ooks at the emergence of judicial sovereignty that appears to be honouring its c
ommitment to the oppressed and bewildered in name only.
</td><td>Mayur Suresh is Sessional Lectur
er at the School of Law, Birkbeck College, University of London.&l
t;/strong> 
Siddharth Narrain is a legal researcher and law
yer with the Alternative Law Forum (ALF), Bangalore.</strong&gt
;</td><td>World</td><td>Law</td>
5</td><td>492</td><td>1395.0000</td><td>

gt;
gt;
</td><td>
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>Law</td>
<td>978-81-250-5616-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The India
n Parliament : A Critical Appraisal</td><td>Sudha Pai and Avinash Kumar</td><td>
2014</td><td>368</td><td>925.0000</td><td>
<ul>
<li>This volume
examines the credibility and legitimacy of the Ind
ian Parliament,
scrutinising various aspects of its functioning.</li&gt
;
</ul>
<ul>
<li>The introduction
provides a broad-ranging analysis of the rela
tionship between the
functioning of parliamentary institutions and the rap
id changes witnessed
in Indian society, particularly the onset of coalitio
n politics and the
initiation of economic reforms.</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>The first part
of the volume examines the institutional standa
rds of performance of the
Parliament.</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>The second part
focuses on different forms of parliamentary co
ntrol, as well as the
evolving relationship between the legislature and th
e executive in a
period of unstable coalition formations.</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li>The third part
analyses the external factors which affect and
determine the internal
functioning of Parliament.</li>
</ul></td><td>
Sudha Pai, Professor, Centre for Political
Studies, School of Social Sciences, and Rector, Jawaharlal Nehru University, N
ew Delhi. 
Avinash Kumar, Assistant Professor of Political S
tudies, Centre for Informal Sector and Labour Studies, School of Social Science
s, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi.
</td><td>World</td><td>Law</td>

;
</td><td>
</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Law</td>
<td>978-81-250-5968-4</td><td>Hardback</td><td>The State
of Being Stateless: An Account of South Asia</td><td>Paula Banerjee, Anasua Bas
u Ray Chaudhury and Atig Ghosh</td><td>2015</td><td>304</td><td>675.0000</td><td
><div>Statelessness is defined as the quality of being without a state, a
nationality, or even the protection that nationality should offer. Addressing th
e lacuna in literature on stateless people in post-colonial South Asia, this stu
dy brings together the lived experiences of diverse stateless groups within a co
mparative framework. Through research conducted across dissimilar groups in diff
erent geographical locationsIndia, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Tibet
and Bhutanit asks some critical questions: How are certain groups and communitieso
ften, the minoritiesrendered stateless? Is the existing legal regime adequate to
deal with the problem of statelessness? And do policymakers now need to think be
yond legal terms, as judicial activism has clearly proved ineffective? 
</div><div> </div><div>Demonstrating that con
tinued situations of dislocation and/or refugeehood can produce statelessness, t
he book elaborates a new way of thinking about this increasingly important field
of study, and suggests a way towards framing better and more inclusive internat
ional and national laws to deal with this issue.</div><div> <div>With its cross-disciplinary approach, this volume will
be invaluable for undergraduate and postgraduate students of international rela
tions, political science, law, history and refugee studies. It will also be usef
ul to research centres and non-governmental organisations working on/with statel
ess and refugee groups across the world.</div><div> </
div></td><td><div>Paula Banerjee is Associate Profes
sor, Department of South and South East Asian Studies, University of Calcutta; a
nd President, Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group, Kolkata. She is an expert on I
ndo-American relations; and also a full-time faculty member in the Department of
South and South East Asian Studies, University of Calcutta, Kolkata; and editor
ial board member of Refugee Watch. As part of her current work on borders and bo
undaries, and women in peace movements in South Asia, she has authored numerous
papers on women in conflict situations in northeast India. She is the recipient
of a number of international fellowships including the Advanced Taft Fellowship
(19911993) and the WISCOMP Fellow of Peace Award (2001). Her previously published
work includes Unstable Populations, Anxious States: Mixed and Massive Populatio
n Flows in South Asia (2013); Borders, Histories and Existences: Gender and Beyo
nd (2010); Migration and Circles of Insecurities (2010, co-authored with Ranabir
Samaddar); and Women in Peace Politics (2008). </div><div>

 </div><div>Anasua Basu Ray Chaudhury
is Fellow, Observer Research Foundation, Kolkata. Her specialisation is in regio
nal cooperation, energy politics, refugees and displacement, women and conflict
situations in South Asia. As the recipient of the Public Service Broadcasting Tr
ust (PSBT) Senior Media Fellowship 2007 she worked on Vernacular Dailies and the
Ethnic and/or Religious Stereotypes in the Time of Violence. She also received th
e Kodikara Award from the Regional Centre for Strategic Studies (RCSS), Colombo
in 199899 and was an Indian Council of Social Science Research Post-Doctoral Fell
ow (200406) at the Centre for the Studies of Developing Societies (CSDS), Delhi.
Her previous publications include Women in Indian Borderlands (2011, co-edited w
ith Paula Banerjee) and SAARC at Crossroads: The Fate of Regional Cooperation in
South Asia (2006).</div><div> </div><div>&lt
;b>Atig Ghosh is Assistant Professor of History, Visva-Bharati, San
tiniketan; Honorary Researcher, Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group, Kolkata; and
part-time lecturer of history at Jadavpur University and West Bengal State Univ
ersity. He has been Assistant Editor, The Bengal Post, and is currently Managing
Editor, Avantika: The World of Performing Arts. He was previously an external f
ellow of Maulana Abul Kalam Azad Institute of Asian Studies, Kolkata, and has re
ceived many academic awards, including Order of Merit, Calcutta University, and
Academic Excellence Certificate, Jagannath Hall, Dhaka University.</div>&l
t;div> </div></td><td>World</td><td>Law</td>
<td>978-81-87358-01-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Childrens
Lifeworlds: Gender, Welfare and Labour in the Developing World</td><td>Olga Nieu
wenhuys</td><td>1999</td><td>228</td><td>510.0000</td><td><strong&gt
;Childrens Lifeworlds is a landmark. It represents a depth of field
work exploration that enables the author to challenge current definitions of chil
d labour and to offer insights based on the analysis of details of childrens work
--Pamela Reynolds </td><td>Olga Nieuwenhuys is a staff member of
the Amsterdam Research School on Global Issues and Development Research (AGIDS)
and teaches at the University of Amsterdam (The Netherlands).</td><td>IN,NP,BT,
BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Law</td>
br /></div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Law</td>
<td>978-81-87358-06-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Religion
and Personal Law in Secular India: A Call to Judgement</td><td>Gerald James Lars
on (Ed.)</td><td>2002</td><td>376</td><td>630.0000</td><td>THIS BOOK provides a comp
rehensive look into the issues and challenges that India faces as it tries to pu
t a uniform civil code into practice. Scholars representing a wide range of disc
iplines, from both North America and India, provide perspective on complex issue
s of multiculturalism that characterizes Indian society and identities. Readers
seeking a deeper understanding of Indian history and culture will find a sensiti
ve handling of the tensions between religious law and the claims of a modern, se
cular state in this timely volume.</td><td>Gerald James Larso

n (Ed.) is Rabindranath Tagore Professor of Indian Culture an
d Civilization, and Director of India Studies programme at Indiana University, B
loomington.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Law</td>
<td>978-81-87358-28-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Regulatio
n, Institutions and the Law</td><td>Jaivir Singh (Ed.)</td><td>2007</td><td>256<
/td><td>595.0000</td><td>The twel
ve papers in Regulation, Institutions and the Law t
ry to understand the specific context within which regulation has unfolded in a
country like India, which is different in many ways from that of the United Stat
es and Western Europe. The volume also dwells on how these regulatory issues flo
w across national boundaries and affect the international arena in this age of g
lobalization.
While some papers discuss conceptual issues others engage with
how the political economy affects regulation both in terms of domestic political
economy and in relation to pressures from international organizations. Banning
the import of carpets, which use child labour, is a case in point. Yet other pap
ers discuss some specific sectors in the economy, which are regulated, such as,
finance, telecommunications and competition policy, in relation to the problem o
f regulation itself.</td><td><div style="text-align: justify&q
uot;>Jaivir Singh teaches at the Centre for the Study of L
aw and Governance, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He has published arti
cles on the economics of labour law, competition policy, regulation, legal proce
dure, judicial activism and separation of powers, and is the author of Central Go
vernment Policies: Interface with Competition Policy Objectives in Pradeep S. Meh
ta ed., Towards a Functional Competition Policy for India (Jaipur: CUTS Internat
ional 2005).</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Law</td>
Iraq War: The Future of the UN and International Law</td><td>Bernhard Vogel, Ru
dolf Dolzer and Matthias Herdegen (Eds.)</td><td>2005</td><td>228</td><td>595.00
00</td><td> After
the Iraq War: The Future of the UN and International Law opens up
a powerful debate on the future of the world order.
The military occupation
of Iraq by the United States and their allies in Spring 2003 has confronted the
United Nations with new and fundamental questions concerning its authority, pres
tige, working methods, efficiency, even the justification of its existence in th
e future. Besides the United Nations, it concerns the general international law
as such, especially the rules concerning the maintenance of peace and the prohib
ition of the use of force, which are also the central provisions of the United N
ations Charter and the fundamental norms of customary international law. Contemp
orary general international law is inextricably linked to the fate of the United
Nations. The very foundations of the post-war world order, which were establish
ed during the summer months of 1945 after the end of the Second World War, have
been shaken. As regards the evaluation of the new situation since 2003, there is
no unanimity among the various nations of the world. This divergence of fundame
ntal positions on the future of international order, which runs right through th
e members of the Security Council, causes structural uncertainties and tensions
to an extent that was not anticipated.
The purpose of this volume is to rea
ppraise the findings on the current situation and to give a differentiated pic
ture of the international debate on the future international order.</t
d><td><div style="text-align: justify">Professor Dr Ber
nhard Vogel is Minister President of Thuringia (retd.), Chairman of th
e Konrad-Adenauer Foundation.
Professor Dr Rudolf Dolzer i
s Director, Institute of International Law, University of Bonn.
Professor &lt
;b>Dr Matthias Herdegen is Director, Institute of International Law
, University of Bonn; Visiting Professor at the Global Law School, University of
New York and Sorbonne University, Paris; Honourary Professor at University of S
antafé de Bogotá.</div></td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,PK,MV</td><td>Law
</td>
<td>978-81-8028-025-2</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Games Law
yers need to Play - Moot Court Problems and Memorials</td><td>Selections from th
e Raj Anand Moot Court Competition</td><td>2005</td><td>424</td><td>595.0000</td
><td>The Raj Anand Moot Court Competition was initiated in 1998 with it
s focus centrally on Intellectual Property law. Over the years the scope of the
Competition has widened though Intellectual Property remains the core area. One
of its primary aims is to sharpen the skills of mooting among aspiring lawyers.&lt
;strong> Games Lawyers Need to Play brings together the Proble
ms and ten of the finest Memorials of the Competition. Each chapter deals with a
specific year beginning with 2004 and going back to 1998. The problems deal wit
h various aspects of Intellectual Property but are out of ordinary, to enable part
icipants to combine good quality research with creativity and originality. The b
ook has a foreword by Judge Michael Fysh, QC, SC. The Introduction is written by
Pravin Anand.</td><td> </td><td>World</td><td>Law</td>
<td>978-81-87358-56-5</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Marriage,
Love, Caste and Kinship Support: Lived Experiences of the Urban Poor in India<
/td><td>Shalini Grover</td><td>2011</td><td>256</td><td>595.0000</td><td>Marriage, Love,
Caste and Kinship Support: Lived Experiences of the Urban Poor in India</em&g
t; makes use of interesting case studies and photographs to descr
ibe the everyday life in a squatter settlement in Delhi. 
The book helps to understand the
marital experiences of these people most of whom belong to the Scheduled Caste a
nd live in one identified geographical space. The author describes the shifts wi
thin their marriages, remarriages and other kinds of unions and their striking d
iversities, which have been described with care. Shalini Grover also examines th
e close ties of married women with their mothers and natal families. 
An important contribution of the book lies in the unfolding of the role
of women-led informal courts, Mahila Panchayats, and their influence in conflic
t resolution. This takes place in a distinctly different mode of community-based
arbitration against the backdrop of mainstream legal structures and male-domina
ted caste associations. 
The book will be of interest to students of sociology and social anthro
pology, gender studies, development studies, law and psychology. Activists and f
amily counsellors will also find the book useful. </td><td>Shalini Grover is author
of several papers on marriage and kinship including 'Lived Experiences: Mar
riage, Notions of Love and Kinship Support Amongst Poor Women in Delhi', &lt
;em>Contributions to Indian Sociology, 43(1), 2009. This book was
written during her tenure as a Sir Ratan Tata Fellow in Sociology at the Institu
te of Economic Growth, University of Delhi.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,LK,MV,
PK</td><td>Law</td>
Encounters in India: The Local Co-Workers Of The Tranquebar Mission, 18th To 19t
h Centuries</td><td>Heike Liebau</td><td>2013</td><td>566</td><td>750.0000</td><
td>Cultural Encounters in India :&nbs
p;The Local Co-workers of the Tranquebar Mission, 18th to 19th Centuri
esis an English translation of a German book which has won the&nb
sp;Geisteswissenschaften International</st
rong> award for excellence in schol
arship. It is now available for the first tim
e to the English speaking world.
The history of social and religious encou
nter  in 18th century South  India is narrated throug
h fascinating biographies and day to day lives of  Indian workers who w
orked in thefirst organised Protestant mission enterprise in India, the Tranqueb
ar  Mission (1706-1845). The Mission was originally initiated by the Da
nish King Friedrich IV, but sustained by religious authorities and mission organ
isations and supporters  in Germany and Britain.
The book challenges the notion that Christianity in colonial India was basicall
y imposed from the outside. It also questions the approaches to mission history
concentrating exclusively on European  mission societies. Liebau &n
bsp;maintains that the social  history of 18th  centu
ry South India cannot be understood  without considering the contributi
ons of the local converts and mission co-workers who  played an importa
nt  role from the very beginning in the context of Tranquebar &nbsp
;Mission.</td><td>Heike Liebau is
Senior Research Fellow at the Zentrum Moderner Orient (ZMO) in Berlin. Her rese
arch interest lies in the history of cultural encounters, biographical studies a
nd questions of knowledge production. She is the co-editor of <em&gt
;Halle and the Beginning of Protestant Christianity in India&nbsp
;(with Y. Vincent Kumaradoss and Andreas Gross), Halle 2006; and of &lt
;em>The World in World Wars: Experiences, Perceptions and Perspectives from A
frica and Asia (with Katrin Bromber, Katharina Lange, Dyala
Hamzah, Ravi Ahuja), Leiden, Boston 2010.</td><td>IN,NP,BT,BD,MV,PK,LK
</td><td>Literature in Translation</td>
duction to Literary Theory and Criticism</td><td>Ashok Chaskar, Anand B Kulkarni
</td><td>2016</td><td>312</td><td>175.0000</td><td>Literary theory and
criticism is an essential component of every English Studies curriculum. However
, its vastness and complexity all too often mystifies students. This book has be
en written with the intention of making literary theory and criticism more acces
sible and comprehensible to students.
It covers the whole range of theories and movements in literature, from
the ancient Greek and Roman theories, to modern-day movements like Cultural Stu
dies and Digital Humanities. The various schools and theories have been presente
d in separate chapters chronologically, enabling students to map the development
of literary theory and criticism through the ages. Complex concepts and theorie
s are explained in simple, lucid language. The salient features of each theory a
re summarised at the end of each chapter, followed by questions which aid in rec
ollection and critical thinking. A brief summary of an important critical work a
ssociated with each theory is also provided, in order to acquaint students with
the major literary critical texts of each period.
</td><td>Ashok G. Chaskar is Associate Professor and
Head, Department of English, SP College, Pune. He has published extensively in
the field of Indian writing in English, multiculturalism and research methodolog
y.
Anand B. Kulkarni is Head, Department of English, Ar
ts, Commerce & Science College, Pune. He has worked extensively in the f
ield of literary theory and criticism, especially its pedagogical applications i
n teaching English literature to Indian students.
</td><td>World</td><td>Literature in Translation</td>
, sans-serif">is


ns-serif">The
quot;>threading
ns-serif">
f an
t;/p>
ad, Gujarat. </td><td>World</td><td>Literature in Translation
</td>
d><td>945.0000</td><td>

ierarchy.
</td><td>
</td><td>


, Indira Gandhi National Open University.</td><td>World</td><td>Litera
ture in Translation</td>
<td>978-81-250-6071-0</td><td>Hardback</td><td>Three Ess
ays on the Mahabharata: Exercises in Literary Hermeneutics</td><td>Sibaji Bandyo
padhyay</td><td>2015</td><td>356</td><td>695.0000</td><td>
Three Essays on the Mahabharata</em&
gt; investigates what the Mahabharata and the Gita mean today, how that meaning has been constit
uted, and how it is exploited to fashion the practice of everyday Indian politi
cs.
Treating these hallowed texts as pre-texts to gain a more nuanced under
standing of Indias colonial and pre-colonial discourses on the meaning of the In
dian essence, the author underscores that the forty-seventh verse of the second c
hapter of the Gita (Gita &lt
;/em>2.47ma phale?u kadacana) is now </em&
gt;unanimously accepted as the kernel verse. By situating pre-modern commentari
es on 2.47 with modern commentaries on and translations of the same, the autho
r demonstrates that a series of conceptual shifts have accompanied the process
of consecrating the verse to the highest rank.
Together, the three essays in this book deal with:
<ol>
<li>
The
political ramifications of both the form and the content
of Gita 2.47 through
nineteenth and twentieth-century
commentaries on and translations of
the Gita;
</li><li>
The
style of narration of the Mahabharata</em&g
t; War, and the significance of the disquiet expressed by several
modern c
ommentators;
</li><li>
The
ethical significance of the term An??amsaya &l
t;/em>(non-cruelty /
leniency), which functions as a middle term between violen
e
and non-violence in the Mahabharata,
and the
long shadow it casts on the question of ethical propriety in
the domain of po
litical practice. 
</li></ol>
Rather than offering yet another alternative interpretation of either
the Mahabharata or the Gita, this boo
k looks at the subtle processes through which pre-modern categories are transfo
rmed by modern mediations, and how these provide for a retrospective analysis o
f texts composed centuries ago. This deeply interesting and unique work will be
invaluable to students of cultural studies and philosophy. 
</td><td>
Sibaji Bandyopadhyay is former Professor of Cultu
ral Studies, Centre for Studies in Social Sciences, Calcutta (CSSSC), Kolkata.
He is also former Professor of Comparative Literature, Jadavpur University, Kol
kata.
an art form.
sly ill. 
fiction. 
hattacharya</td><td>World</td><td>Literature in Translation</td>
</td><td>750.0000</td><td>

</td><td>
/p>
</td><td>

gt;

</td><td>

<td>978-81-250-5744-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Kaanduri
and Other Stories</td><td>Dash Benhur and Bikram Keshari Das (Trans.)</td><td>2
015</td><td>112</td><td>250.0000</td><td>The
tales in Kaanduri and Other Stories, selected from the writings of
Jitendra Narayan Dash (whose pen name is Dash Benhur), reveal his wide range. Sm
all surprises and poignant discoveries about relationships account for the appea
l of these stories, occasionally marked by humour, which convey the flavour of l
ife among generally the middle and lower classes of Odisha. This volume of ninet
een stories will appeal to general readers and readers of Indian
fiction in translation, and will be a useful guide for students of Translation S
tudies. The stories have been deftly translated from the Odia by Prof. Bikram K.
Das.</td><td>Jitendra Narayan Dash&
lt;/b>, whose pen-name is Dash Benhur, is a retired Reader in Political Scien
ce, and a well-known and prolific writer of short stories in Odia. <
div> </div><d
iv>Bikram Keshari Das (Trans.), a
retired Professor of English, is a lexicographer, volume editor of English text
books, and an award-winning translator of Odia fiction.</div></td><td>Worl
d</td><td>Literature in Translation</td>

y at
;/p>
;
<td>978-81-250-5380-4</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Genesis:
Select Stories</td><td>Lakshmi Kannan</td><td>2014</td><td>228</td><td>450.0000
</td><td>Lakshmi Kannan has translated fif
teen of her own stories. In Genesis</stron
g>, two scholars in a US campus are kindred souls but the Indian woman is hel
d back by generations of denial.  Ancient temples with their hallowed a
mbience can bestow some life-affirming experiences, as in Cryptic Chords and Rhyt
hms. Kasturi, the Musk Deer, set in Delhi, depicts the Tamil reality of the fiftie
s as sixteen-year-old Shankari is subjected to strict control by her orthodox f
amily, her parents rejecting her idea of buying kasturi because its fragrance m
ight act as an aphrodisiac. 'Mangal's Requiem is about the last hours in
the life of a dacoit who writes poems perhaps to seek release from his anguish
, revealing what the world and his mother and wife cannot grasp; the young wife
experiences relief when her abusive husband hangs. India Gate showcases the regr
essive, unchanging elements in the authors community, even educated, professiona
l women being subjected to the patriarchy of their marital homes; the female pr
otagonist bravely decides to go it alone. Sable Shadows, based on true incidents,
focuses on a form of apartheid marring even international literary events whil
e narrating a tale of friendship and understanding between a Nigerian man and a
n Indian woman.
</td><td>Lakshmi Kannan has translated her
own stories from Tamil. She has four collections of poems, a novel and several
collections of short fiction to her name.  She was Charles Wallace Tru
st Writer in Residence, University of Canterbury, UK, and Fellow of the Indian
Institute of Advanced Study, Shimla. 
<td>978-81-250-5499-3</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Four Tam
il Plays</td><td>K Latha, Padma V Mckertich, Tanya C Lawrence</td><td>2014</td><
td>154</td><td>250.0000</td><td>
This book grew out of the need t
o make available in English the work of contemporary Tamil playwrights. Two pla
ys each of Na. Muthusami (Narkalikkarar and Katti
yakkaran)and S. Ramakrishnan (Aravaan and Urulum Paraigal) were chosen as part of a translation project un
dertaken by the Department of English, Stella Maris College, Chennai. Apart fro
m the translations of these plays, the book includes critical essays on the pla
ys as well as a comprehensive introduction to modern Tamil theatre.
The book aims to encourage peopl
e to look closely at literature in regional languages in India, both in the ori
ginal and in translation, and to initiate discussions on the translation proces
s.
</td><td>
<div style="text-align: justify">The editors&
lt;/div><div style="text-align: justify">Ms K. Latha
 has 12 years experience in teaching and 3 years experience in editin
g. Ms Padma Alistair has 6 years experience in teaching, Ms Tanya C Lawrence ha
s 7 years experience in teaching. All three editors are faculty of Stella Maris
College, Chennai.</div>
love. 
t;/p>
the read.

</td><td>World</td><td>Literature in Translation</td>
<td>978-81-250-5234-0</td><td>Paperback</td><td>Of Ghost
s and Other Perils</td><td>Troilokyanath Mukhopadhyay & Arnab Bhattacharya</
td><td>2013</td><td>288</td><td>575.0000</td><td><strong&g
t;Of Ghosts and Other Perils brings together seven of
the author’s stories not translated before. ‘Lullu&rsqu
o; is a ‘civilised, modern’ ghost who steals a married woma
n from Delhi and hides her in a chamber below a lake, but Amir, her husband, wi
th the help of a weaver-singer, an astrologer, an exorcist, and other ghosts re
scues her by making Lullu an opium-addict. In ‘Nayanchand’s
Business’ we find a tale of a bull under orders of his ex-owner abou
t to wreak havoc as he makes Yama, the god of the netherworld, and his assistan
t Chitragupta run in panic to escape being gored. Some of the situationsas when
the torso of a man is joined by a quack doctor to the rear portion of a cow aft
er an accident (‘Another Story by Damarudhar’)produce more f
un and dramatic turning points than the reader usually expects.
Troilokyanath’s fiction also has element
s of social criticism tinged with satire though with a light touch. And as the
translator, Arnab Bhattacharya, points out in a scholarly
Afterword, Troilokyanath has been called with some justific
ation a magic realist, a pioneer in Bangla writing.
</td><td>Troilokyanath Mukhopadhyay (184719
19) was one of the foremost writers of fiction in nineteenth-century Bengal. Ac
cording to some, he was an early proponent of the magic realist genre in Bengal
.
Arnab Bhattacharya is a translator and a
critic based in Kolkata, and an author/editor of books.</td><td>World
</td><td>Literature in Translation</td>

 
05. 
 
d in 2007.</td><td>World</td><td>Literature in Translation</td>
lt;/p>
d>Literature in Translation</td>
>2016</td><td>744</td><td>3250.0000</td><td>
ies. 
 
>
gt;
ali 

;br />
</td><td>

t;/p>
td><td>128</td><td>295.0000</td><td>
</td><td>
ichandra Part III: Ratnanagaris Statecraft</td><td>Govardhanram Madhavram Tripath
i Translator: Tridip Suhrud(tr)</td><td>2016</td><td>384</td><td>695.0000</td><t
d><div>A novel of epic proportions written in four parts from 1887 to 1901
, Sarasvatichandra is both the enactment and embodiment of
the life philosophy of one man, and his sole mission.</div><div> </div><div>Part III, Ratnanagaris Statecraft,</e
m> details the efforts of Maniraj, the enlightened ruler of the princely stat
e of Ratnanagari, and his able minister, Vidya Chatura, to create a responsible
and inclusive polity in times of decay and change. Although feudal, Ratnanagari
has survived British expansion because of the strength and vision of its rulers.
With rare courage and candour, Tripathi deliberates on the impact of British ru
le in the context of the 1857 Revolt, even as he conducts a philosophical enquir
y into the nature of governance. We also travel with Sarasvatichandrarescued from
death by ascetics in Part IIto a remote monastery in the high mountains of Sunda
rgiri, headed by the enigmatic and erudite Swami Vishnudas.</div><div&g

t; </div><div>The novel holds up a fascinating mirror to
Gujarati society and life in the princely states against the backdrop of pre-ind
ependent India, in transition at the turn of the nineteenth centuryculturally, po
litically and ideologically. Before Gandhi, arguably no other work has so profou
ndly influenced the ethos and imagination of Gujarat as Sarasvatichand
ra. Part IV, also translated by Tridip Suhrud, an acknowledged schola
r of nineteenth- and twentieth-century Gujarat, is forthcoming.</div><d
iv> </div></td><td>Govardhanram Madhavram Tripathi&
lt;/b> (18551907) was born at Nadiad, Gujarat. He is also the author of Snehmudra (1889), The Classical Poets of Gujarat and Th
eir Influence on Society and Morals (1894), and Lilavati Ji
vankala (1905).  <div> </div><div&
gt;Tridip Suhrud(tr)  works at th
e Sabarmati Ashram Preservation and Memorial Trust, Ahmedabad, Gujarat.&nbsp
;</div></td><td>World</td><td>Literature in Translation</td>
t;br />
glish literature, Maharajas College, Ernakulam.</td><td>World</td><td>Literature
in Translation</td>
ages of Rajasthan (Volume 25, Part 2)-Peoples Linguistic Survey of India</td><td>
G. N. Devy and Madan Meena and Suraj Rao (Eds)</td><td>2016</td><td>320</td><td>
1295.0000</td><td>
This volume of the Peoples Linguistic Survey of India, The Languages of Rajasthan&l
t;/em> recognises all the languages spoken in Rajasthan within its geographi
cal boundary. The languages have been identified on the basis of peoples knowled
ge and they have been accorded the status of independent languages, avoiding th
e distinction between language, dialect and sub-dialect. An important feature o
f this survey is that people have been given the freedom to name their language
s. 
</td><td>
Madan Meena is a visual artist and resear
cher who has worked extensively with artists and craft-persons of Rajasthan. He
has documented and exhibited mandana wall paintings create
d by the women of the Meena community.  He has also worked on the secre
t language of the Kanjar community. For this he received a fellowship from the
Firebird Foundation for Anthropological Research, USA. He was the state coordin
ator for ICSSRs survey of the educational status of the nomadic and de-notified
tribes of Rajasthan. His publications include Joy of Creativity, Nurturing Walls and Tejaji Gatha.</em&
gt;
Suraj Rao is
Assistant Registrar, MDS University, Ajmer. He has a PhD from Jain Vishava Bhar
ti Institute, Rajasthan and is currently doing his post-doctoral research at th
e Department of Rajasthani, MLSU, Udaipur. He has participated in a number of n
ational and international conferences and presented papers on language, literat
ure, folklore, the cultural heritage of Rajasthan and Ancient Indian History. H
e was felicitated by the Government of Rajasthan for his contribution to Rajast
hani language and literature. 
ages of Tripura (Volume 28, Part 2)-Peoples Linguistic Survey of India</td><td>G.
N. Devy and Sukhendu Debbarma</td><td>2016</td><td>280</td><td>1125.0000</td><t
d>
This volume tries to acquaint the reader with the languages spoken in
this north-eastern state of India. There are nineteen Scheduled Tribe communiti
es in Tripura and Kokborok is spoken by a majority of these tribes. The linguis
tic data of the languages covered in this volume has been provided mostly by co
mmunity elders and experts and we hope that this book will bring to its readers
a comprehensive survey of the languages of Tripura.
</td><td>
Sukhendu Debbarma is Professor, Department
of History, Tripura University. He has published a book on the origin and gro
wth of Christianity in Tripura and several papers in national and international
journals. He is a recipient of the Commonwealth Academic Staff Fellow, UK.<
ages of Manipur (Volume 18, Part 2)-Peoples Linguistic Survey of India</td><td>G.

N. Devy and K. Nipuni Mao (Ed.s)</td><td>2016</td><td>488</td><td>1695.0000</td
><td>
This volume documents the variety of languages prevalent in the state
of Manipur, so as to preserve them in this globalised world, where migration an
d other factors are resulting in loss of languages. Critically, the book encaps
ulates the world view of the speakers of the discussed languages. This book als
o attempts to showcase diversity in languages spoken in the state by contextual
ising the language wealth in its social ecology. The majority of the languages
spoken in the state belong to the Tibeto-Burman language family. The Austro-Asi
atic, Dravidian and Indo-Aryan language families also find representation in th
e state.
</td><td>
K. Nipuni Mao is a freelance researcher.
He holds post-graduate degrees in Linguistics (NEH
U, 2001) and English Literature (EFLU, 2003), and a doctorate degree in Cultura
l Studies, specialising in Oral narratives from the department of Cultural and
Creative Studies, NEHU, Shillong. He worked as a Resource Person (20042010) on N
orth-Eastern Language Development programme (NELDP).
ns from Galpaguchchha Vol 2: Manihara and Other Stories</td><td>Ratan Kumar Chat
topadhyay (Translator)</td><td>2010</td><td>320</td><td>395.0000</td><td>This three-volume English translation b
y Ratan Kumar Chattopadhyay called Selections from Galpa
guchchha is a collection of sixty-one of Tagores short
stories broadly grouped under the themes of parting of ways, the relationship
between men and women, and the power within the woman, respectively.
In Volume 2</str
on in the haunting climax of the Woman Bereft of Jewels, a horrifying morality ta
le of egotism and greed, is justly famous. 
Literature in Translation</td>
ns from Galpaguchchha Vol 3: Streer Patra and Other Stories</td><td>Ratan Kumar
Chattopadhyay (Translator)</td><td>2010</td><td>373</td><td>395.0000</td><td>&lt
;p>This three-volume English translation by Ratan Kumar Chattopadhyay called
Selections from Galpaguchchha
is a collection of sixty-one of Tagores short stories broadly grouped under the
themes of parting of ways, the relationship between men and women, and the po
wer within the woman, respectively.

Volume 3, the last in this series, is stu
dded with gems such as Hungry Stones, The Wifes Letter, The Story of a Muslim Woman,
dden Treasure and At Dead of Night. The theme of Hungry Stones is a tale hovering be
tween dream and reality involving palace intrigue and unrequited love, and in Th
e Wifes Letter, Mrinal breaks free from the stifling marital ties of fifteen year
s in what is an indictment of existing gender relations. A traditional Hindu gi
rl out of gratitude for her elderly Muslim protector embraces his religion and
falls in love with his son in The Story of a Muslim Woman.
Literature in Translation</td>
ns from Galpaguchchha Vol 1: Kabuliwalla and other stories</td><td>Ratan Kumar C
hattopadhyay (Translator)</td><td>2010</td><td>295</td><td>395.0000</td><td>This three-volume English translation by Ratan Kumar Chattopadhyay called
Selections from Galpaguchchha 
(Bengali for a bunch of stories)is a collection of sixty-one of Tagores short s
tories broadly grouped under the themes of parting of ways, the relationship be
tween men and women, and the power within the woman, respectively.
Volume 1 includes memorable stories like
the The Pedlar from Kabul, Broken Nest, Punishment and The Postmaster. In the first,
Afghan hawker, Rahmat, comes to Calcutta and befriends five-year-old Mini, who
reminds him of his own daughter back home. While Broken Nest is a story of a lon
ely urban housewifes friendship with her brother-in-law and her overwhelming sen
se of loss when the relationship ends abruptly, Punishment set in rural Bengal is
a poignant story of young Chandora and her grim resolve when her husband, to s
ave his brother, persuades her to own up to a murder she did not commit. 
</td><td>Ratan Kumar Chattopadhyay, the translator of Tagores
short stories in Bengali, is a graduate from the University of Calcutta.</td><td
>World</td><td>Literature in Translation</td>
hful to t

All - Orient Black Swan PriceList

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

All - Orient Black Swan PriceList

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

<div>

<table cellspacing="0" rules="all" border="1" style="border-collapse:col

l development outcomes, it is important to acknowledge these values and enable p

d removed in 1940 to a neglected churchyard. &lt;/p&gt;

e.html&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;The Culture of Capitalism&lt;/A&gt;&

><td>&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;George J. Kunnath&lt;/strong&gt; is Research Fello

Gender and Politics:Demographic Change in Rural North India (Cambridge Univer

>&lt;strong&gt;Ralph Nicholas&lt;/strong&gt; is Emeritus Professor of Anthropol

h, this illustrated anthology presents his complex, dynamic approach to commonl

women, and mediation organizations, it presents a portrait of contemporary marr

&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rachel Kurian&lt;/strong&gt; is International Labour Ec

rative Literature, University of Kerala.&lt;/p&gt;

ously providing for their families.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;

life, all complemented with stunning photographs, &lt;em&gt;The Toda Landscape

rest to students and scholars of history, literature, publishing studies, print

nguage and linguistics. &lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dr Ganesh N Devy&lt;/strong&gt; taught English at the&am

&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: justify&quot;&gt;The general perception about cast

&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Rajni Palriwala&lt;/b&gt; is Professor, Department of Sociolo

plied linguistics, computational linguistics, folklore and lexicography.</td><td

University in the Netherlands.&lt;/p&gt;</td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>A

rators and students of political science. &lt;/p&gt;

of Tranquebar Initiative of the National Museum of Denmark.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;&

</td><td>&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;S. Shankar&lt;/strong&gt; is a literary critic,

of anti-corruption movements to the JP Movement of the 1970s, and culminates w

broad intersecting sections. The question of constructions of selfhood emerges

;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div&gt;&lt;b&gt;Renuka Singh&lt;/b&gt; is Associate

trong&gt;wide range of theoretical, methodological, substantive and policy issu

&lt;p style=&quot;margin-bottom: 0cm&quot;&gt;In&amp;nbsp;&lt;span style=&quot;f

orld, such as Munich, Seattle, and Austin.&lt;/p&gt;

st, he is probably Indias best-known writer of non-fiction.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&g

g Societies, Delhi.&amp;nbsp; She has taught sociology at the University of Del

South Asia: A Short History</td><td>Jamal Malik</td><td>2012</td><td>536</td><t

&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: justify&quot;&gt;To understand the major turning

e proper social-moral relationship among individuals, genders, families, the ma

ian relations, among others.&lt;/p&gt;</td><td>&lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;T. B. Subba&lt

students and practitioners in sociology, anthropology, politics, geography, econ

&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: justify&quot;&gt; Situated in a modernity that was

heir nationalism. He discusses two movements that aroused widespread passions:

d linguistics.&lt;/p&gt;</td><td>&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: justify&quot;&gt;

of interconnected issues regarding autonomy, modernity and cultural sustainabil

Colonial India: Reforms, Print, Caste and Communalism</td><td>Charu Gupta(Ed.)<

nderstandings, he argues that euro-modernity is a specific geo-historical actua

&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: justify&quot;&gt; In accessible language, James Sc

&lt;/p&gt; </td><td>&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;A. L. Dallapiccola&lt;/strong&gt; is

d City: Crime and Punishment in Colonial Calcutta</td><td>Sumanta Banerjee</td><

traditionally hierarchical Asian societies. The dilemmas of these classes in a

><td>2010</td><td>350</td><td>895.0000</td><td>&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: jus

hrough an extensive and largely non-elite transnational circulation of labour,

&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: justify&quot;&gt; This book brings back a focus o

em&gt; examines the meanings of lethal conflict in a little-studied tribal soci

rt Phillipson and Tibor V&#225;rady (1999); &lt;em&gt;Linguistic Genocide in E

t;strong&gt;Cinema and Censorship&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/em&gt; within the wider con

She did her BA in History at the Women&amp;rsquo;s Christian College, Universi

kendrik Arthobidya :Unnyayan-er Pokhye ki-kaaj-kore</td><td>Debdas Banerjee</td>

tly misunderstood by her allies.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style=&quot;text-align: justif

&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Selected Works of C. Rajagopalachari, Vol. III, 192325&lt;/em&

&lt;strong&gt;N. Balakrishnan&lt;/strong&gt; is Deputy Director, NMML.&lt;br /

for he continues to be relevant to modern readers.&lt;/p&gt;

&lt;p style=&quot;text-align: justify&quot;&gt;The present book includes transl

ld born into a little-educated family of boat-owners in Rameswaram---a small pil

o these tools. &lt;/li&gt; &lt;li&gt;core algorithms of sequence analyses and p

rom the University of Agricultural Sciences, Bangalore. He then went on to earn

d removed in 1940 to a neglected churchyard. </p>

e.html" target="_blank">The Culture of Capitalism</A>&

><td><p><strong>George J. Kunnath</strong> is Research Fello

><strong>Ralph Nicholas</strong> is Emeritus Professor of Anthropol

<p><strong>Rachel Kurian</strong> is International Labour Ec

rative Literature, University of Kerala.</p>

ously providing for their families. </div><div><br />

life, all complemented with stunning photographs, <em>The Toda Landscape

nguage and linguistics. </p>

<p><strong>Dr Ganesh N Devy</strong> taught English at the&am

<p style="text-align: justify">The general perception about cast

<p><b>Rajni Palriwala</b> is Professor, Department of Sociolo

University in the Netherlands.</p></td><td>IN,NP,BT,LK,MV,BD,PK</td><td>A

rators and students of political science. </p>

of Tranquebar Initiative of the National Museum of Denmark. </p>&

</td><td><p><strong>S. Shankar</strong> is a literary critic,

;<br /></div><div><b>Renuka Singh</b> is Associate

trong>wide range of theoretical, methodological, substantive and policy issu

<p style="margin-bottom: 0cm">In <span style="f

orld, such as Munich, Seattle, and Austin.</p>

st, he is probably Indias best-known writer of non-fiction.<br /></div&g

g Societies, Delhi.  She has taught sociology at the University of Del

<p style="text-align: justify">To understand the major turning

ian relations, among others.</p></td><td><p><b>T. B. Subba&lt

<p style="text-align: justify"> Situated in a modernity that was

d linguistics.</p></td><td><p style="text-align: justify">

<p style="text-align: justify"> In accessible language, James Sc

</p> </td><td><p><strong>A. L. Dallapiccola</strong> is

><td>2010</td><td>350</td><td>895.0000</td><td><p style="text-align: jus

<p style="text-align: justify"> This book brings back a focus o

em> examines the meanings of lethal conflict in a little-studied tribal soci

rt Phillipson and Tibor Várady (1999); <em>Linguistic Genocide in E

t;strong>Cinema and Censorship</strong></em> within the wider con

She did her BA in History at the Women’s Christian College, Universi

tly misunderstood by her allies.</p><div style="text-align: justif

<p><em>Selected Works of C. Rajagopalachari, Vol. III, 192325</em&

<strong>N. Balakrishnan</strong> is Deputy Director, NMML.<br /

for he continues to be relevant to modern readers.</p>

<p style="text-align: justify">The present book includes transl

o these tools. </li> <li>core algorithms of sequence analyses and p

<p>Research Methodology addresses empirical research issues with a focus

st and reinforce students understanding.</p>

ing. It includes adiscussion of: </p>

t;em>honoris causa</em>) by Sri Venkateswara University, India; and

t;><strong>Fifty Ways to Improve Your Presentation Skills in English&l

aterials management. He has co-authored India in Canadian Literature.</div&

nearly static queue. </p>

ring, Seethu, Bekanna</em> <em>and the Musical Mice</em&

rowning.</p></td><td><p><strong>Shanta Rameshwar Rao</stron

tales from Japan.</p></td><td><b>Hema Pande</b></td><td>World<

;and the Musical Mice</em>, <em>ChathuThe Elephant Boy&n

Mahabharata</strong></span> are a part of the parallel narrative of

have those that suit modern tastes and interests.</p></td><td> </t

;strong>textbook</strong> on cloud computing for educational programs a

xt-align: justify"><b>Thangam Philip</b> (b. 1921) was Princ

<li>Separate chapters on feeding children with special needs; sports nu

<p>Complicating the long-held view of Indian women as passive participant

m>Zamorins and the Political Culture of Medieval Kerala</em>. Relying

an exchange of letters, words and worlds.</span></p>

of the English language in the Dalit context.</span></p>

d readers who are interested in the making of early modern Goa. </p&

td><td><p><strong>Farhat Naz</strong> is at present with the I

t;<a></a></span></p></td><td>Dalip Kaur Tiwana 

ologists, sociolinguists, and scholars of media and cultural studies.</p>

udies, English and Comparative Literature.</p>

, the coloniser and the colonised.</p>

d>2009</td><td>640</td><td>1025.0000</td><td><p>A comprehensive overview o

p></td><td><p><strong>Anne Birrell</strong> of Clare Hall,

ign: justify"><b>James C. Scott</b> is Sterling Professor of

man</b> is Professor of Economics at the University of California, San Die

">Relatively high wages and the opportunity to be part of an upscale,&a

transformation.</p></td><td><b>Lawrence Grossberg</b> is the